edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase();
-#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb);
-#.
-#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192
+#. map edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase();
+#. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb);
+#.
+#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192
msgid "No base DN provided\n"
msgstr "Nenhum DN base fornecido\n"
-#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
+#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado"
+msgstr "Impossível criar o banco de dados enquanto o serviço não for habilitado"
-#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
-#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
+#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
+#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
msgid "Error while adding the database"
msgstr "Erro ao adicionar banco de dados"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings "
-"later in the installed system."
-msgstr ""
-"O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode mudar as configurações mais "
-"tarde no sistema instalado."
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
+msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
+msgstr "O banco de dados LDAP já foi criado. Você pode mudar as configurações mais tarde no sistema instalado."
-#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
+#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
msgid "[root password]"
msgstr "[senha root]"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103
msgid "[manually set]"
msgstr "[configurado manualmente]"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
-"continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do servidor "
-"LDAP para continuar."
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
+msgstr "Impossível recuperar a senha raiz do sistema. Defina uma senha do servidor LDAP para continuar."
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
msgstr "Configurando o Servidor Master LDAP:"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114
msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:"
msgstr "Configurando o Servidor LDAP independente:"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121
msgid "Base DN: "
msgstr "DN Base: "
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125
msgid "Root DN: "
msgstr "DN Root: "
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128
msgid "LDAP Password: "
msgstr "Senha LDAP: "
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server"
msgstr "Configurando o Servidor Escravo LDAP"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Provider: "
msgstr "Provedor:"
-#. all known interfaces for testing
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
+#. all known interfaces for testing
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Abrir Porta no Firewall"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
msgid "YES"
msgstr "SIM"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212
msgid "NO"
msgstr "NÃO"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr "Firewall está desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
msgstr "Registrar no Daemon SLP: "
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192
msgid "Start LDAP Server: "
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor LDAP: "
-#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253
+#. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP"
-#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257
+#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257
msgid "Open&LDAP Server"
msgstr "Servidor Open&LDAP"
-#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53
+#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
+#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:280
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:53
msgid ""
"The package '%1' is not available.\n"
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
@@ -199,10 +190,10 @@
"O YaST2 não pode continuar a \n"
"configuração sem instalar o pacote."
-#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64
+#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
+#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:291
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:64
msgid ""
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
@@ -210,15 +201,11 @@
"O YaST2 não pode continuar a configuração\n"
"sem instalar os pacotes necessários."
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
-"finished."
-msgstr ""
-"Falha na Configuração da Replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término "
-"da instalação."
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
+msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
+msgstr "Falha na Configuração da Replicação OpenLDAP. Reconfigure-a após o término da instalação."
-#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
+#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
"OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n"
"StartTLS is disabled."
@@ -226,45 +213,42 @@
"Servidor OpenLDAP: Certificado de servidor comum não disponível.\n"
"StartTLS está desabilitado."
-#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
-#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36
+#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
+#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36
msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication"
msgstr "Configuração da replicação MirrorMode OpenLDAP"
-#. Start new config wizward
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106
+#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106
msgid "Existing configuration detected."
msgstr "Configuração existente detectada."
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
-"running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
-"you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
-"Você tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em "
-"execução no momento.\n"
+"Você tem uma configuração existente, mas o servidor LDAP não está em execução no momento.\n"
"Deseja iniciar o servidor agora e reler os dados de configuração ou criar\n"
"uma nova configuração do zero?"
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Restart"
msgstr "Reiniciar"
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "New Configuration"
msgstr "Nova Configuração"
-#. Start new config wizward
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
+#. Start new config wizward
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
msgstr "Migrar Configuração existente"
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
"Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n"
"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST only supports the dynamic configuration\n"
@@ -272,107 +256,97 @@
"configuration to the configuration database?\n"
msgstr ""
"Seu sistema está atualmente configurado para usar o arquivo de configuração\n"
-"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de "
-"configuração\n"
+"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. O YaST suporta somente o banco de dados de configuração\n"
"dinâmica do OpenLDAP (back-config). Você deseja migrar sua configuração\n"
"existente para o banco de dados de configuração?\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148
msgid "Migrate existing configuration"
msgstr "Migrar configuração existente"
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151
msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch"
msgstr "Criar uma nova configuração do zero"
-#. LdapServer summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231
+#. LdapServer summary dialog caption
+#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231
msgid "Authentication Server Configuration Summary"
msgstr "Resumo de Configuração do Servidor de Autenticação"
-#. heading for all dialogs
-#. FIXME: adapt to your needs
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298
+#. heading for all dialogs
+#. FIXME: adapt to your needs
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:32 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:52
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:122
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298
msgid "Authentication Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Servidor de Autenticação"
-#. *********************
-#. * dialog functions **
-#. ********************
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
+#. *********************
+#. * dialog functions **
+#. ********************
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Gerais"
-#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
-#. dialogs
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40
+#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
+#. dialogs
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40
msgid "&Start LDAP Server"
msgstr "Iniciar &Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59
msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon"
msgstr "Registrar em um Daemon &SLP"
-#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
+#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Firewall"
-#. create new item
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
+#. create new item
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "The LDAP Server is not running."
msgstr "O Servidor LDAP não está em execução."
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
-"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"Deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou criar uma "
-"nova configuração?"
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
+msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "Deseja iniciá-lo agora para reler seus dados de configuração ou criar uma nova configuração?"
-#. get helps page
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
+#. get helps page
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
msgid "help page for item <b>"
msgstr "página de Ajuda do item <b>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228
msgid "</b> not available"
msgstr "</b> não disponível"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Server Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Servidor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:338
msgid "Stand-alone server"
msgstr "Servidor independente"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Master server in a replication setup"
msgstr "Servidor master em uma configuração de replicação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Replica (slave) server.\n"
msgstr "Servidor réplica (escravo).\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server."
-msgstr ""
-"Todos os dados, incluindo os da configuração, são replicados de um servidor "
-"remoto."
+msgstr "Todos os dados, incluindo os da configuração, são replicados de um servidor remoto."
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386
msgid ""
"YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n"
"computer. \n"
@@ -380,36 +354,36 @@
"O YaST não pôde determinar o nome completo do host deste\n"
"computador. \n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible."
msgstr "Impossível configurar um master de replicação no momento."
-#. Button text
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452
+#. Button text
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "&Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração &Avançada"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Kerberos Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação do Kerberos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467
msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication"
msgstr "&Habilitar Autenticação Kerberos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
msgstr "Configuração Básica do Kerberos"
-#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
-#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
-#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there.
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502
+#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
+#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
+#. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there.
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502
msgid "R&ealm"
msgstr "D&omínio"
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563
msgid ""
"The package '%1' is not available.\n"
"YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n"
@@ -419,184 +393,179 @@
"O YaST2 não pode habilitar o Kerberos\n"
"sem instalar o pacote."
-#. caption
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595
+#. caption
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Avançada do Kerberos"
-#. tree widget label
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623
+#. tree widget label
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Advanced &Options"
msgstr "&Opções Avançadas"
-#. label widget
-#. header label
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
+#. label widget
+#. header label
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
msgstr "seleção atual: "
-#. tree widget headline
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
+#. tree widget headline
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
msgid "Configuration:"
msgstr "Configuração:"
-#. ############## input handler ################
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913
+#. ############## input handler ################
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913
msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n"
msgstr "Falha na Autenticação LDAP. Tentar de novo?\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Error message: "
msgstr "Mensagem de erro: "
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "Create new account in the first database"
msgstr "Criar nova conta no primeiro banco de dados"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960
msgid "User Id"
msgstr "ID de Usuário"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967
msgid "Container Object"
msgstr "Objeto Container"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Procurar"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980
msgid "Generate a Random Password"
msgstr "Gerar uma Senha Aleatória"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Use the \"cn=config\" Account for Replication"
msgstr "Usar a Conta \"cn=config\" para Replicação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr "Configurar Conta para Replicação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr "não é um DN LDAP válido"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
msgstr "Validar Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424
msgid "Enter a password"
msgstr "Digitar uma senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435
msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again."
msgstr "As senhas digitadas não são iguais. Tente novamente."
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Provedor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de Host do Provedor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Porta"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "Usar StartTLS"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162
msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database"
msgstr "Senha de Administração para o Banco de Dados \"cn=config\""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261
msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)"
msgstr "Arquivo de Certificado C&A (Formato PEM)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
msgid "Bro&wse..."
msgstr "P&esquisar..."
-#. file selection headline
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567
+#. file selection headline
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567
msgid "Select CA Certificate File"
msgstr "Selecione Arquivo de Certificado CA"
-#. ****************************
-#. * tls handlers
-#. ***************************
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458
+#. ****************************
+#. * tls handlers
+#. ***************************
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458
msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File"
msgstr "Selecionar um Arquivo de Certificado de CA Válido"
-#. Doing these checks during installation will
-#. most probably fail
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
-msgid ""
-"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
-"server.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao abrir a conexão com o banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor do "
-"provedor.\n"
+#. Doing these checks during installation will
+#. most probably fail
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
+msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
+msgstr "Falha ao abrir a conexão com o banco de dados \"cn=config\" no servidor do provedor.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n"
"\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Verifique se o servidor do provedor permite conexões remotas com o banco de "
-"dados \"cn=config\"\n"
+"Verifique se o servidor do provedor permite conexões remotas com o banco de dados \"cn=config\"\n"
"e se você digitou a senha correta.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "The following error messages were returned:"
msgstr "Foram retornadas as seguintes mensagens de erro:"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302
msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration."
msgstr "Erro ao verificar a configuração TLS/SSL."
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?"
msgstr "Deseja importar uma CA/Certificação do Servidor diferente?"
-#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
+#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n"
msgstr "A configuração de replicação no servidor do provedor está ausente.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328
msgid "Click Continue to create it now."
msgstr "Clique em Continuar para criá-la agora."
-#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380
+#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n"
"it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n"
@@ -604,146 +573,121 @@
"A configuração de replicação no servidor master indica que\n"
"ele já está agindo como um consumidor de replicação.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
-msgid ""
-"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada "
-"atualmente."
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
+msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgstr "A configuração de replicação em cascata de cn=config não é suportada atualmente."
-#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
-msgid ""
-"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
-"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração "
-"de replicação no servidor do provedor.\n"
+#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
+msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr "Falha ao verificar as credenciais de autenticação definidas na configuração de replicação no servidor do provedor.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr "O teste retornou as seguintes mensagens de erro:"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424
msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now."
msgstr "Clique em \"Continuar\" para corrigir isso agora."
-#. ReplicatonSummary dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519
+#. ReplicatonSummary dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519
msgid "Replication Master setup"
msgstr "Configuração do Master de Replicação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522
msgid ""
"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n"
"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Para agir como um servidor master para replicação, o banco de dados de "
-"configuração precisa\n"
-"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da "
-"configuração.\n"
+"Para agir como um servidor master para replicação, o banco de dados de configuração precisa\n"
+"ser acessível remotamente. Defina uma senha para o banco de dados da configuração.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid ""
"\n"
-"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to "
-"encrypted\n"
+"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n"
"LDAP Connections.)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"(O acesso remoto ao Banco de dados de configuração será restrito a\n"
"Conexões LDAP criptografadas.)\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532
msgid "Enter new &Password"
msgstr "Digitar nova &Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219
msgid "&Validate Password"
msgstr "&Validar Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)"
msgstr "Preparar para replicação MirrorMode (gera o atributo serverId)"
-#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
+#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configuração de Inicialização</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20
msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Iniciar Servidor LDAP</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
-"started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration."
-"p>\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione <b>Sim</b> se o servidor LDAP tiver que ser iniciado "
-"automaticamente como \n"
-"parte do processo de boot. Selecione <b>Não</b> se o servidor LDAP não tiver "
-"que ser iniciado. Nota:\n"
-"Após selecionar <b>Não</b>, você não poderá mudar a configuração do OpenLDAP."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Selecione <b>Sim</b> se o servidor LDAP tiver que ser iniciado automaticamente como \n"
+"parte do processo de boot. Selecione <b>Não</b> se o servidor LDAP não tiver que ser iniciado. Nota:\n"
+"Após selecionar <b>Não</b>, você não poderá mudar a configuração do OpenLDAP.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Escutas de Protocolo</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Habilite e desabilite várias escutas de protocolo do OpenLDAP.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
-"communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
-"configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a interface LDAP padrão na Porta 389. A comunicação TLS/SSL "
-"segura é possível\n"
-"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor "
-"configurado.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a interface LDAP padrão na Porta 389. A comunicação TLS/SSL segura é possível\n"
+"com a operação StartTLS quando você tem um certificado de servidor configurado.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
-"protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
-"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para "
-"conexões SSL\n"
-"protegidas na porta 636. Isto só funcionará se você tiver uma certificação "
-"do servidor configurada (consulte \"Configurações Globais\"/\"Configurações "
-"TLS\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)\" para conexões SSL\n"
+"protegidas na porta 636. Isto só funcionará se você tiver uma certificação do servidor configurada (consulte \"Configurações Globais\"/\"Configurações TLS\").\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPI</b> enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n"
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>LDAPI</b> habilita a interface \"LDAP sobre IPC\" para acessar\n"
-"o servidor LDAP por meio de um Soquete de Domínio Unix. Não desabilite a "
-"interface LDAPI, \n"
+"o servidor LDAP por meio de um Soquete de Domínio Unix. Não desabilite a interface LDAPI, \n"
"já que o YaST a utiliza para se comunicar com o servidor.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Configurações do Firewall</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n"
"network ports or not.</p>\n"
@@ -751,39 +695,30 @@
"<p>Selecione se o SUSEFirewall deve ou não permitir o acesso às portas\n"
"de rede relacionadas ao LDAP.</p>\n"
-#. First part of the Add Database Widget
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46
+#. First part of the Add Database Widget
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46
msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configurações Básicas do Banco de Dados</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. "
-"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
-"and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
-"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) "
-"library to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and "
-"more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha o <b>Banco de Dados</b> entre <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> e <b>mdb"
-"b>. <b>Hdb</b> é uma\n"
-"variante do back end <b>bdb</b>, que usa um layout de banco de dados "
-"hierárquico e\n"
-"suporta a renomeação de subárvores. Do contrário, ele é idêntico ao <b>bdb"
-"b>. Um banco de dados\n"
+"<p>Escolha o <b>Banco de Dados</b> entre <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> e <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> é uma\n"
+"variante do back end <b>bdb</b>, que usa um layout de banco de dados hierárquico e\n"
+"suporta a renomeação de subárvores. Do contrário, ele é idêntico ao <b>bdb</b>. Um banco de dados\n"
"<b>hdb</b> precisa de um <b>idlcachesize</b> maior do que\n"
"um banco de dados <b>bdb</b> para um bom desempenho de pesquisa.\n"
-"O banco de dados <b>mdb</b> usa a biblioteca LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped "
-"DB) do OpenLDAP para armazenar dados.\n"
-"Ele se parece com o back end <b>hdb</b>, porém mais eficiente tanto no uso "
-"do espaço quanto na execução.</p>\n"
+"O banco de dados <b>mdb</b> usa a biblioteca LMDB (Lightning Memory-Mapped DB) do OpenLDAP para armazenar dados.\n"
+"Ele se parece com o back end <b>hdb</b>, porém mais eficiente tanto no uso do espaço quanto na execução.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
@@ -791,44 +726,33 @@
"<p>A opção <b>DN Base</b> especifica o nome da entrada raiz do \n"
" banco de dados que será criado.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password"
-"b> \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
-"other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends "
-"the \n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,"
-"dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
-"Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>DN do Administrador</b>, junto com a <b>Senha do Administrador LDAP"
-"b>,\n"
-"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando "
-"todas ACLs e outras \n"
+"<p>O <b>DN do Administrador</b>, junto com a <b>Senha do Administrador LDAP</b>,\n"
+"especifica a identidade de um superusuário para o banco de dados, superando todas ACLs e outras \n"
"limitações administrativas. Marcar <b>Adicionar DN Base</b> anexa o \n"
-"<b>DN Base</b> digitado acima. Por exemplo, um DN base <tt>dc=example,"
-"dc=com</tt>\n"
-"e o DN do Administrador <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam-se para formar o DN de "
-"Adminsitrador efetivo\n"
+"<b>DN Base</b> digitado acima. Por exemplo, um DN base <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
+"e o DN do Administrador <tt>c=Admin</tt> combinam-se para formar o DN de Adminsitrador efetivo\n"
"<tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
-"password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Se este assistente foi iniciado durante a instalação, a\n"
-"<b>Senha do Administrador LDAP</b> foi inicialmente definida com a senha do "
-"root do sistema,\n"
+"<b>Senha do Administrador LDAP</b> foi inicialmente definida com a senha do root do sistema,\n"
"digitada anteriormente no processo de instalação.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n"
"(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n"
@@ -837,17 +761,14 @@
"file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n"
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente "
-"OpenLDAP \n"
-"(ex. ldapsearch), marque <b>Usar este banco de dados como o padrão para "
-"clientes\n"
+"<p>Para usar este banco de dados como padrão para as ferramentas do cliente OpenLDAP \n"
+"(ex. ldapsearch), marque <b>Usar este banco de dados como o padrão para clientes\n"
"OpenLDAP</b>. Isto resultará na gravação do \n"
"nome de host \"localhost\" e do <b>DN Base</b> fornecido no arquivo \n"
-"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta "
-"caixa de seleção é marcada por padrão\n"
+"de configuração do cliente OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Esta caixa de seleção é marcada por padrão\n"
"na criação do primeiro banco de dados em um servidor.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
@@ -855,108 +776,83 @@
"O YaST atualmente não suporta este banco de dados. Você não pode \n"
"mudar nenhuma configuração aqui.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n"
"for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n"
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto puro (Vinculação "
-"Simples LDAP)\n"
-"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. "
-"A autenticação de texto puro\n"
-"no banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem "
-"utilizadas \n"
+"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar a autenticação de texto puro (Vinculação Simples LDAP)\n"
+"para o banco de dados de configuração, clique na caixa de seleção associada. A autenticação de texto puro\n"
+"no banco de dados de configuração será permitida somente quando forem utilizadas \n"
"conexões suficientemente protegidas (ex: SSL/TLS criptografadas).</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n"
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already "
-"been \n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para mudar a senha de administração do banco de dados de configuração, \n"
"clique em <b>Mudar Senha</b>. \n"
"Uma janela popup aparecerá para você digitar a nova senha e selecionar a \n"
"<b>Criptografia de Senha</b>. \n"
-"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha "
-"sido \n"
+"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha sido \n"
"definida na configuração.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Editar Banco de Dados BDB</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mude as configurações básicas dos Bancos de Dados BDB e HDB.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
-"automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base "
-"automaticamente \n"
+"<p>Digite o DN completo ou somente a primeira parte e anexe o DN base automaticamente \n"
"com <b>Adicionar DN Base</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
-"Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
-"Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
-"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para mudar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em <b>Mudar Senha"
-"b>.\n"
-"Uma janela popup aparecerá para você digitar a nova senha e selecionar a "
-"<b>Criptografia de Senha</b>.\n"
-"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha "
-"sido definida na configuração.</p>\n"
+"<p>Para mudar a senha da conta de administrador, clique em <b>Mudar Senha</b>.\n"
+"Uma janela popup aparecerá para você digitar a nova senha e selecionar a <b>Criptografia de Senha</b>.\n"
+"Os campos de senha estão inicialmente vazios, mesmo que uma senha já tenha sido definida na configuração.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
-"adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
-"number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
-"RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
-"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
-"HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
-"entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Com o <b>Cache de Entradas</b> e o <b>Cache de Índice (Cache IDL)</b>, "
-"você pode ajustar\n"
-"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O <b>Cache de Entradas</b> "
-"define o número de entradas\n"
-"mantidas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se for possível (havendo "
-"RAM suficiente), esse número\n"
-"deve ser grande o suficiente para manter todo o banco de dados em memória. "
-"O <b>Cache de Índice (Cache IDL)</b>\n"
-"é usado para acelerar pesquisas de atributos indexados. Em geral, "
-"especialmente os Bancos de Dados HDB exigem\n"
-"um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho de pesquisa (três vezes maior que "
-"o cache de entradas, como\n"
+"<p>Com o <b>Cache de Entradas</b> e o <b>Cache de Índice (Cache IDL)</b>, você pode ajustar\n"
+"os tamanhos dos caches internos do OpenLDAP. O <b>Cache de Entradas</b> define o número de entradas\n"
+"mantidas na memória cache de entradas do OpenLDAP. Se for possível (havendo RAM suficiente), esse número\n"
+"deve ser grande o suficiente para manter todo o banco de dados em memória. O <b>Cache de Índice (Cache IDL)</b>\n"
+"é usado para acelerar pesquisas de atributos indexados. Em geral, especialmente os Bancos de Dados HDB exigem\n"
+"um cache IDL grande para um bom desempenho de pesquisa (três vezes maior que o cache de entradas, como\n"
"regra prática).</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configurações de Política de Senha</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
@@ -964,29 +860,21 @@
"<p>Para usar políticas de senha neste banco de dados, habilite \n"
"<b>Habilitar Políticas de Senha</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
-"server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests "
-"before storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
-"but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
-"extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Senhas Não Criptografadas com Hash</b> para especificar se o "
-"servidor OpenLDAP\n"
-"deverá criptografar as senhas em texto simples presentes em solicitações de "
-"adição e modificação antes de armazená-las no\n"
-"banco de dados. Observe que isso infringe o modelo de informações X.500/"
-"LDAP,\n"
-"mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não usam a "
-"operação estendida de modificação de senha \n"
+"<p>Marque <b>Senhas Não Criptografadas com Hash</b> para especificar se o servidor OpenLDAP\n"
+"deverá criptografar as senhas em texto simples presentes em solicitações de adição e modificação antes de armazená-las no\n"
+"banco de dados. Observe que isso infringe o modelo de informações X.500/LDAP,\n"
+"mas pode ser necessário para compensar os clientes LDAP que não usam a operação estendida de modificação de senha \n"
"para gerenciar senhas.</p> "
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n"
"authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n"
@@ -994,299 +882,235 @@
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se a opção <b>Informar o Status \"Conta Bloqueada\"</b> estiver "
-"habilitada, os usuários que estiverem tentando se\n"
-"autenticar em uma conta bloqueada receberão uma notificação de que a conta "
-"foi\n"
+"<p>Se a opção <b>Informar o Status \"Conta Bloqueada\"</b> estiver habilitada, os usuários que estiverem tentando se\n"
+"autenticar em uma conta bloqueada receberão uma notificação de que a conta foi\n"
"bloqueada. A notificação pode fornecer informações úteis\n"
"a um invasor. Os sites que exigem segurança não devem habilitar essa\n"
"opção.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
-"DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite o nome do objeto Política padrão em <b>DN de Objeto Política "
-"Padrão</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Digite o nome do objeto Política padrão em <b>DN de Objeto Política Padrão</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
-"may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em <b>Editar Política</b>. "
-"Pode ser necessário\n"
+"<p>Crie ou modifique a política padrão clicando em <b>Editar Política</b>. Pode ser necessário\n"
"informar a senha do administrador LDAP depois disso, para permitir que o\n"
"objeto Política seja lido no servidor.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configuração do Índice</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mude as opções de indexação de um Banco de Dados hdb ou bdb.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
-"defined.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice "
-"definido.</p>"
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
+msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A tabela exibe uma lista de atributos que atualmente possuem um índice definido.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
-"types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho da pesquisa "
-"em tipos específicos\n"
-"de pesquisas. Os índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às "
-"pesquisas mais comuns que são feitas\n"
-"em um banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos "
-"diferentes\n"
+"<p>Índices são usados pelo OpenLDAP para melhorar o desempenho da pesquisa em tipos específicos\n"
+"de pesquisas. Os índices devem ser configurados para corresponder às pesquisas mais comuns que são feitas\n"
+"em um banco de dados. O YaST permite a configuração de três tipos diferentes\n"
"de índices.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
-"configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Presença</b>: Este índice é usado para pesquisas que usam filtros de "
-"presença\n"
-"(ex. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Os índices de presença só devem ser "
-"configurados para atributos\n"
+"<p><b>Presença</b>: Este índice é usado para pesquisas que usam filtros de presença\n"
+"(ex. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Os índices de presença só devem ser configurados para atributos\n"
"que ocorrem raramente no banco de dados.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
-"index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Igualdade</b>: Este índice é usado para pesquisas que usam filtros de "
-"igualdade \n"
-"(ex. (<tt>attributeType=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de "
-"<b>Igualdade</b> deve ser sempre configurado\n"
+"<p><b>Igualdade</b>: Este índice é usado para pesquisas que usam filtros de igualdade \n"
+"(ex. (<tt>attributeType=<valores exatos>)</tt>). Um índice de <b>Igualdade</b> deve ser sempre configurado\n"
"com o atributo <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Substring</b>: Este índice é usado para pesquisas que usam filtros de "
-"substring\n"
+"<p><b>Substring</b>: Este índice é usado para pesquisas que usam filtros de substring\n"
"(ex. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n"
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para definir opções de indexação para um novo "
-"atributo,\n"
-"<b>Apagar</b> para apagar um índice existente e <b>Editar</b> para modificar "
-"as\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para definir opções de indexação para um novo atributo,\n"
+"<b>Apagar</b> para apagar um índice existente e <b>Editar</b> para modificar as\n"
"opções de indexação de um atributo já indexado.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
-"added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
-"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the "
-"indexing\n"
+"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Nota: Dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo "
-"até que os\n"
-"índices recém-adicionados fiquem ativos no banco de dados. Após a gravação "
-"da configuração no servidor,\n"
+"<p>Nota: Dependendo do tamanho do banco de dados, pode levar um certo tempo até que os\n"
+"índices recém-adicionados fiquem ativos no banco de dados. Após a gravação da configuração no servidor,\n"
"uma tarefa em segundo plano será iniciada para gerar as informações\n"
"de indexação para o banco de dados.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configuração do Controle de Acesso</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta tabela apresenta uma visão geral de todas as regras de Controle de "
-"Acesso que estão\n"
+"<p>Esta tabela apresenta uma visão geral de todas as regras de Controle de Acesso que estão\n"
"atualmente configuradas para o banco de dados selecionado.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a "
-"more\n"
+"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para cada regra, você pode ver quais objetos de destino são "
-"correspondentes. Para ter uma visão\n"
-"mais detalhada de uma regra ou para mudar uma regra, selecione-a na tabela "
-"e\n"
+"<p>Para cada regra, você pode ver quais objetos de destino são correspondentes. Para ter uma visão\n"
+"mais detalhada de uma regra ou para mudar uma regra, selecione-a na tabela e\n"
"clique em <b>Editar</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e "
-"<b>Apagar</b> para apagar\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para criar novas regras de controle de acesso e <b>Apagar</b> para apagar\n"
"uma regra de controle de acesso.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
-"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose "
-"target\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
-"using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra que "
-"tem a definição\n"
+"<p>A avaliação do controle de acesso do OpenLDAP para na primeira regra que tem a definição\n"
"de destino (DN, filtro e atributos) correspondente à entrada que será\n"
-"acessada. No entanto, você deve ordenar as regras de acordo com as suas "
-"necessidades, usando\n"
+"acessada. No entanto, você deve ordenar as regras de acordo com as suas necessidades, usando\n"
"os botões <b>Para Cima</b> e<b>Para Baixo</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configurações do Provedor de Replicação</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" "
-"checkbox, if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Habilitar provedor ldapsync para este "
-"banco de dados</b>\", se quiser \n"
+"<p>Marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Habilitar provedor ldapsync para este banco de dados</b>\", se quiser \n"
"replicar o banco de dados selecionado no momento para outro servidor.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Configurações do Ponto de Verificação</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
-"(stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
-"synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
-"or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
-"indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
-"is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Aqui, você pode especificar a frequência de gravação do indicador de "
-"estado de sincronização (armazenado no\n"
-"atributo \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o "
-"banco de dados\n"
+"<p>Aqui, você pode especificar a frequência de gravação do indicador de estado de sincronização (armazenado no\n"
+"atributo \"<i>contextCSN</i>\") no banco de dados. Ele é sincronizado com o banco de dados\n"
"após a quantidade de \"<i>Operações</i>\" de gravação especificada ou\n"
-"após atingir o número de \"<i>Minutos</i>\" especificado desde a última "
-"gravação\n"
-"do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os valores são ''0''), o indicador de "
-"estado é gravado\n"
-"somente após um encerramento sem erros. Gravá-lo com uma frequência maior "
-"pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n"
-"mais rápidos após um encerramento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma "
-"pequena queda no desempenho em ambientes com\n"
+"após atingir o número de \"<i>Minutos</i>\" especificado desde a última gravação\n"
+"do indicador. Por padrão, (ambos os valores são ''0''), o indicador de estado é gravado\n"
+"somente após um encerramento sem erros. Gravá-lo com uma frequência maior pode resultar em tempos de inicialização\n"
+"mais rápidos após um encerramento com erros, mas pode resultar em uma pequena queda no desempenho em ambientes com\n"
"muitas operações de gravação de LDAP.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Registro da sessão</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
-"operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
-"the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
-"replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
-"server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Configura um registro de sessão na memória para manter as informações "
-"sobre as operações de gravação\n"
-"feitas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de gravação deverão "
-"ser mantidas no registro da sessão. \n"
-"A configuração de um registro da sessão só é útil para a replicação "
-"\"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". \n"
-"Nesse caso, pode haver uma aceleração da replicação e uma redução da carga "
-"no servidor master.</p>"
+"<p>Configura um registro de sessão na memória para manter as informações sobre as operações de gravação\n"
+"feitas no banco de dados. Especifique quantas operações de gravação deverão ser mantidas no registro da sessão. \n"
+"A configuração de um registro da sessão só é útil para a replicação \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\". \n"
+"Nesse caso, pode haver uma aceleração da replicação e uma redução da carga no servidor master.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configurações do Consumidor de Replicação</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
-"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want "
-"the\n"
+"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione \"<b>Este banco de dados é um Consumidor de Replicação</b>\" "
-"para que o banco de dados\n"
+"<p>Selecione \"<b>Este banco de dados é um Consumidor de Replicação</b>\" para que o banco de dados\n"
"seja uma réplica de um banco de dados em outro servidor.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Provedor</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
"Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n"
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-"
-"standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
"Informe aqui os detalhes para a conexão de replicação com o servidor\n"
-"master. Selecione o protocolo a ser utilizado (<b>ldap</b> ou <b>ldaps</b>) "
-"e\n"
+"master. Selecione o protocolo a ser utilizado (<b>ldap</b> ou <b>ldaps</b>) e\n"
"digite o nome completo do host do servidor master. É importante\n"
"utilizar o nome completo do host para verificar o certificado TLS/SSL\n"
-"do servidor master. Ajuste o número da porta se o servidor master não "
-"estiver usando portas\n"
+"do servidor master. Ajuste o número da porta se o servidor master não estiver usando portas\n"
"ldap padrão.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Tipo de Replicação</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP suporta modos diferentes de replicação:</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n"
"connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n"
@@ -1298,63 +1122,52 @@
"intervalo de execução da sincronização pode ser definido pela configuração\n"
"<b>Intervalo de Replicação</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n"
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: O servidor escravo abrirá uma conexão\n"
-"persistente com o servidor master para sincronização. As entradas "
-"atualizadas no servidor\n"
-"master serão imediatamente enviadas para o servidor escravo por meio dessa "
-"conexão.</p>\n"
+"persistente com o servidor master para sincronização. As entradas atualizadas no servidor\n"
+"master serão imediatamente enviadas para o servidor escravo por meio dessa conexão.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Autenticação</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
-"authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
-"database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor "
-"escravo para autenticar-se no servidor master.\n"
-"O DN especificado precisa ter acesso de leitura a todas as entradas no banco "
-"de dados replicado no servidor master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Especifique um DN e uma senha que deverão ser utilizados pelo servidor escravo para autenticar-se no servidor master.\n"
+"O DN especificado precisa ter acesso de leitura a todas as entradas no banco de dados replicado no servidor master.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Referência de Atualização</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
-"configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
-"the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Como o banco de dados escravo é apenas leitura, o servidor escravo "
-"responderá\n"
+"<p>Como o banco de dados escravo é apenas leitura, o servidor escravo responderá\n"
"às operações de gravação com uma referência LDAP. \n"
-"Por padrão, essa referência aponta o cliente para o servidor master. Você "
-"pode configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n"
-"Esse recurso é útil, por exemplo, no caso da configuração de replicação em "
-"cascata, quando o provedor do servidor escravo é o próprio servidor\n"
+"Por padrão, essa referência aponta o cliente para o servidor master. Você pode configurar uma referência de atualização diferente aqui.\n"
+"Esse recurso é útil, por exemplo, no caso da configuração de replicação em cascata, quando o provedor do servidor escravo é o próprio servidor\n"
"escravo.</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
+#. Read dialog help
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Servidor LDAP</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -1362,56 +1175,46 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte com segurança a configuração clicando <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>"
-#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
+#. Write dialog help
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Servidor LDAP</big></b></p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
" "
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Iniciar Servidor LDAP Sim ou Não</b> inicia ou pára o servidor LDAP."
-"p>"
+#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
+msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
+msgstr "<p><b>Iniciar Servidor LDAP Sim ou Não</b> inicia ou pára o servidor LDAP.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
-"wizard.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você selecionar <b>Sim</b>, clique em <b>Avançar</b> para iniciar o "
-"assistente de configuração.</p>"
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
+msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se você selecionar <b>Sim</b>, clique em <b>Avançar</b> para iniciar o assistente de configuração.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
@@ -1419,248 +1222,199 @@
"<p>Se o Firewall estiver habilitado, abra as portas de necessárias\n"
"para o OpenLDAP marcando a caixa de seleção correspondente.</p>\n"
-#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
-"are available:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP que deseja configurar. Os seguintes "
-"cenários estão disponíveis:</p>"
+#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
+msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione o tipo de servidor LDAP que deseja configurar. Os seguintes cenários estão disponíveis:</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
-"with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor independente</b>: Configure um servidor OpenLDAP independente "
-"sem preparação para\n"
+"<p><b>Servidor independente</b>: Configure um servidor OpenLDAP independente sem preparação para\n"
"replicação.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor master em uma configuração de replicação</b>: Crie uma "
-"configuração OpenLDAP preparada para atuar como um servidor master\n"
+"<p><b>Servidor master em uma configuração de replicação</b>: Crie uma configuração OpenLDAP preparada para atuar como um servidor master\n"
"(provedor) em uma configuração de replicação.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
-"replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor réplica escravo</b>: Configura um servidor escravo OpenLDAP "
-"que replica todos os seus dados,\n"
+"<p><b>Servidor réplica escravo</b>: Configura um servidor escravo OpenLDAP que replica todos os seus dados,\n"
"incluindo os de configuração, a partir de um servidor master.</p>"
-#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
+#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configurações de TLS</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315
msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Configurações Básicas</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para habilitar a criptografia via TLS/SSL, marque a caixa\n"
-"de seleção <b>Habilitar TLS</b>. Você também precisa configurar um "
-"certificado para \n"
+"de seleção <b>Habilitar TLS</b>. Você também precisa configurar um certificado para \n"
"uso do Servidor.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the "
-"server\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation."
-"p>\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para que o "
-"servidor\n"
-"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o "
-"OpenLDAP suportará apenas \n"
+"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)</b> para que o servidor\n"
+"aceite conexões LDAP na porta 636. Se a opção não estiver marcada, o OpenLDAP suportará apenas \n"
"conexões TLS criptografadas pela operação estendida StartTLS.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
-"that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Se você já tem um certificado do servidor comum instalado que usa o\n"
-"módulo do YaST correspondente, selecione <b>Usar Certificado Comum de "
-"Servidor</b> \n"
+"módulo do YaST correspondente, selecione <b>Usar Certificado Comum de Servidor</b> \n"
"para que o servidor OpenLDAP utilize esse certificado.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Importar Certificado</h4>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File"
-"b>,\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você não tem um certificado do servidor comum ou deseja que o OpenLDAP "
-"use\n"
-"um certificado diferente, digite os nomes de arquivo do <b>Arquivo de "
-"Certificado de CA</b>, \n"
-"<b>Arquivo de Certificado</b> e <b>Arquivo da Chave de Certificado</b> nos "
-"campos\n"
+"<p>Se você não tem um certificado do servidor comum ou deseja que o OpenLDAP use\n"
+"um certificado diferente, digite os nomes de arquivo do <b>Arquivo de Certificado de CA</b>, \n"
+"<b>Arquivo de Certificado</b> e <b>Arquivo da Chave de Certificado</b> nos campos\n"
"correspondentes.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de "
-"CA\n"
+"<p>Para criar um novo CA ou certificado, inicie o módulo de gerenciamento de CA\n"
"clicando em <b>Iniciar Modulo de Gerenciamento de CA</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
+#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Abaixo deste item, configure alguns parâmetros globais.</p>"
-#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
+#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog "
-"in which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
-"support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Adicione arquivos de esquema nesta caixa de diálogo. Pressione "
-"<b>Adicionar</b> para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n"
-"um novo esquema. Nota: O OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta "
-"autalmente a remoção de\n"
+"<p>Adicione arquivos de esquema nesta caixa de diálogo. Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para abrir uma caixa de diálogo de arquivo onde escolher\n"
+"um novo esquema. Nota: O OpenLDAP (quando usado com back-config) não suporta autalmente a remoção de\n"
"Dados de Esquema</p>"
-#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
+#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and "
-"statistics\n"
+"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar declarações de depuração e "
-"estatísticas\n"
+"<p>Selecione os subsistemas que devem registrar declarações de depuração e estatísticas\n"
"no syslog.</p>"
-#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
-"disallow:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione quais recursos especiais o Servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou "
-"proibir:</p>"
+#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
+msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione quais recursos especiais o Servidor OpenLDAP deve permitir ou proibir:</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Selecionar Flags de Permissão</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
-"requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Solicitações de Vinculação do LDAPv2</b>: Deixar o servidor aceitar as "
-"solicitações de vinculação do LDAPv2.\n"
+"<p><b>Solicitações de Vinculação do LDAPv2</b>: Deixar o servidor aceitar as solicitações de vinculação do LDAPv2.\n"
"Observe que o OpenLDAP não implementa o LDAPv2 de fato.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
-"when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
-"present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vinculação anônima quando credenciais não estão vazias</b>: Permitir "
-"vinculação anônima quando \n"
-"as credenciais não estão vazias (isto é, a senha está presente mas a "
-"vinculação do DN não está presente) </p>"
+"<p><b>Vinculação anônima quando credenciais não estão vazias</b>: Permitir vinculação anônima quando \n"
+"as credenciais não estão vazias (isto é, a senha está presente mas a vinculação do DN não está presente) </p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vinculação não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</b>: Permitir "
-"vinculações \n"
+"<p><b>Vinculação não autenticada quando DN não está vazio</b>: Permitir vinculações \n"
"não autenticadas (anônimas) quando o DN não está vazio</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
-"unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Operações de Atualização Não Autenticadas a processar</b>: Permitir "
-"que operações\n"
-"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) sejam processadas. Elas ainda "
-"estão sujeitas a\n"
+"<p><b>Operações de Atualização Não Autenticadas a processar</b>: Permitir que operações\n"
+"de atualização não autenticadas (anônimas) sejam processadas. Elas ainda estão sujeitas a\n"
"controles de acesso e outras limitações administrativas.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Selecionar Flags de Proibição</h3>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n"
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Desabilitar aceitação de Solicitações de Vinculação anônima</b>: O "
-"Servidor\n"
-"não aceitará solicitações de vinculação anônima. Observe que isto não proíbe "
-"o acesso\n"
+"<p><b>Desabilitar aceitação de Solicitações de Vinculação anônima</b>: O Servidor\n"
+"não aceitará solicitações de vinculação anônima. Observe que isto não proíbe o acesso\n"
"a diretório anônimo.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple "
-"Bind\n"
+"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Desabilitar autenticação de Vinculação Simples</b>: Desabilita "
-"completamente a\n"
+"<p><b>Desabilitar autenticação de Vinculação Simples</b>: Desabilita completamente a\n"
"autenticação de Vinculação Simples</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
-"back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Desabilitar imposição de sessão para status anônimo mediante "
-"comprovante\n"
-"de operação StartTLS</b>: O servidor não forçará mais uma conexão "
-"autenticada para o\n"
+"<p><b>Desabilitar imposição de sessão para status anônimo mediante comprovante\n"
+"de operação StartTLS</b>: O servidor não forçará mais uma conexão autenticada para o\n"
"estado anônimo quando receber a operação StartTLS.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n"
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
@@ -1670,1419 +1424,1230 @@
"O servidor não permitirá a operação StartTLS em conexões\n"
"já autenticadas.</p>\n"
-#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
+#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
-"\"Frontend\"\n"
-"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and "
-"overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
-"of\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
+"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta lista mostra todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de "
-"dados com o tipo\n"
-"\"frontend\" e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O "
-"banco de dados \"Frontend\"\n"
-"é usado para configurar restrições globais de controle de acesso e "
-"sobreposições\n"
-"que se aplicam a todos os bancos de dados. O banco de dados \"Config\" "
-"armazena a configuração do próprio\n"
+"<p>Esta lista mostra todos os bancos de dados configurados. Os bancos de dados com o tipo\n"
+"\"frontend\" e \"config\" representam bancos de dados internos especiais. O banco de dados \"Frontend\"\n"
+"é usado para configurar restrições globais de controle de acesso e sobreposições\n"
+"que se aplicam a todos os bancos de dados. O banco de dados \"Config\" armazena a configuração do próprio\n"
"servidor LDAP.</p>\n"
-#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
+#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar novo banco de dados, clique <b>Adicionar Banco de Dados..."
-"</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para adicionar novo banco de dados, clique <b>Adicionar Banco de Dados...</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
-"Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para apagar um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados na lista e "
-"clique em <b>Apagar Banco de Dados...</b>\n"
+"<p>Para apagar um banco de dados, selecione um banco de dados na lista e clique em <b>Apagar Banco de Dados...</b>\n"
"Você não pode apagar os bancos de dados \"config\" e \"frontend\".</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
-"here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"<i>cn=config</i>"
-"\") aqui. Isso é necessário para que o\n"
+"<p>Digite uma senha para o banco de dados de configuração (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") aqui. Isso é necessário para que o\n"
"banco de dados de configuração fique acessível remotamente.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select "
-"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as "
-"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Caso seja esperado que o servidor participe de uma configuração "
-"MirrorMode, marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Preparar para replicação "
-"MirrorMode</b>\".\n"
-"Isso faz com que o atributo serverId seja gerado quando necessário para a "
-"replicação MirrorMode.</p>\n"
+"<p>Caso seja esperado que o servidor participe de uma configuração MirrorMode, marque a caixa de seleção \"<b>Preparar para replicação MirrorMode</b>\".\n"
+"Isso faz com que o atributo serverId seja gerado quando necessário para a replicação MirrorMode.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
-"server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or "
-"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar um servidor escravo, alguns detalhes precisam ser "
-"consultados no servidor master. Digite o nome de host do servidor\n"
-"master, ajuste o protocolo (\"<i>ldap</i>\" ou \"<i>ldaps</i>\") e o número "
-"da porta conforme necessário e digite a senha\n"
+"<p>Para configurar um servidor escravo, alguns detalhes precisam ser consultados no servidor master. Digite o nome de host do servidor\n"
+"master, ajuste o protocolo (\"<i>ldap</i>\" ou \"<i>ldaps</i>\") e o número da porta conforme necessário e digite a senha\n"
"do banco de dados de configuração do master (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
-#. ########## kerberos
-#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your "
-"Kerberos server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique o <big>Domínio Kerberos</big> e a <big>Senha Master</big> do "
-"seu servidor Kerberos.</p>"
+#. ########## kerberos
+#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
+msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique o <big>Domínio Kerberos</big> e a <big>Senha Master</big> do seu servidor Kerberos.</p>"
-#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid ""
-"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is "
-"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, "
-"convencionou-se usar letras maiúsculas no nome de domínio.</p>\n"
+#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
+msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Embora o seu domínio Kerberos possa ser qualquer string ASCII, convencionou-se usar letras maiúsculas no nome de domínio.</p>\n"
-#. advanced item help: database_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados Kerberos para este "
-"domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help: database_name
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do banco de dados Kerberos para este domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help: acl_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file "
-"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica o local do arquivo da lista de controles de acesso "
-"(ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões das entidades "
-"principais no banco de dados.</p>"
+#. advanced item help: acl_file
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica o local do arquivo da lista de controles de acesso (ACL) que o kadmin utiliza para determinar as permissões das entidades principais no banco de dados.</p>"
-#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to "
-"authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de tabela chave usado "
-"pelo kdamin para autenticar-se no banco de dados.</p>"
+#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização do arquivo de tabela chave usado pelo kdamin para autenticar-se no banco de dados.</p>"
-#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
-msgid ""
-"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals "
-"created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de vencimento padrão dos principais "
-"criados neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
+msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este tempo absoluto especifica a data de vencimento padrão dos principais criados neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
-msgid ""
-"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in "
-"this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Estes flags especificam os atributos padrão do principal criado neste "
-"domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
+msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Estes flags especificam os atributos padrão do principal criado neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
msgstr "Permitir pós-datado"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets pós-datáveis."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets pós-datáveis."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
msgstr "Permitir encaminhável"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets encaminháveis."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets encaminháveis."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
msgstr "Permitir renovável"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets renováveis."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
msgstr "Permitir via proxy"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha tickets de proxy."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
msgstr "Habilitar autenticação usuário-usuário"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another "
-"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para "
-"outro usuário, o que viabiliza a autenticação usuário-usuário para este "
-"principal."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite que o principal obtenha uma chave de sessão para outro usuário, o que viabiliza a autenticação usuário-usuário para este principal."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
msgstr "Requer preauth"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to "
-"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this "
-"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will "
-"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket "
-"set."
-msgstr ""
-"Se este flag for habilitado em um principal cliente, esse principal "
-"precisará pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer tickets. Se você "
-"habilitar este flag em um principal de serviço, os tickets de serviço para "
-"ele somente serão emitidos para clientes com um TGT que possui o ticket de "
-"pré-autenticação definido."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
+msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
+msgstr "Se este flag for habilitado em um principal cliente, esse principal precisará pré-autenticar no KDC antes de receber quaisquer tickets. Se você habilitar este flag em um principal de serviço, os tickets de serviço para ele somente serão emitidos para clientes com um TGT que possui o ticket de pré-autenticação definido."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
msgstr "Requer hwauth"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using "
-"a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr ""
-"Se este flag for habilitado, o principal precisará pré-autenticar usando um "
-"dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer tickets."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
+msgstr "Se este flag for habilitado, o principal precisará pré-autenticar usando um dispositivo de hardware antes de receber quaisquer tickets."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
msgstr "Permitir serviço"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this "
-"principal."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag permite ao KDC emitir tickets de serviço para este "
-"principal."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite ao KDC emitir tickets de serviço para este principal."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
msgstr "Permitir solicitação de tgs"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-"
-"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was "
-"used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag permite que um principal obtenha tickets de acordo com "
-"um ticket de concessão de ticket, em vez de repetir o processo de "
-"autenticação que era usado para obter o TGT."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
+msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag permite que um principal obtenha tickets de acordo com um ticket de concessão de ticket, em vez de repetir o processo de autenticação que era usado para obter o TGT."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
msgstr "Permitir tickets"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this "
-"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within "
-"this realm."
-msgstr ""
-"Habilitar este flag significa que o KDC emitirá tickets para este principal. "
-"Desabilitar este flag basicamente desativa o principal neste domínio "
-"Kerberos."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
+msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
+msgstr "Habilitar este flag significa que o KDC emitirá tickets para este principal. Desabilitar este flag basicamente desativa o principal neste domínio Kerberos."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
msgstr "Requer mudança"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
msgstr "Habilitar este flag força uma mudança de senha para este principal."
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
msgstr "Serviço de mudança de senha"
-#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
-msgid ""
-"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change "
-"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a "
-"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that "
-"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password "
-"authentication."
-msgstr ""
-"Se este flag for habilitado, ele marcará este principal como um serviço de "
-"mudança de senha. Isto somente deve ser usado em casos especiais, por "
-"exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets "
-"para aquele principal para que seja possível mudar a senha sem passar pelo "
-"processo normal de autenticação de senha."
+#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
+msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
+msgstr "Se este flag for habilitado, ele marcará este principal como um serviço de mudança de senha. Isto somente deve ser usado em casos especiais, por exemplo, se a senha de um usuário expirou, o usuário deve receber tickets para aquele principal para que seja possível mudar a senha sem passar pelo processo normal de autenticação de senha."
-#. advanced item help : dict_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
-msgid ""
-"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are "
-"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy "
-"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são "
-"permitidas como senhas. Se esta tag não for definida ou se não existir "
-"política atribuída ao principal, nenhuma verificação será feita.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : dict_file
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
+msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A localização do arquivo dicionário contendo strings que não são permitidas como senhas. Se esta tag não for definida ou se não existir política atribuída ao principal, nenhuma verificação será feita.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
-#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens "
-"for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon kadmind escutará "
-"este domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
+#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
+msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este número de porta especifica a porta na qual o daemon kadmind escutará este domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored "
-"with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave master foi armazenada "
-"com kdb5_stash.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a localização onde a chave master foi armazenada com kdb5_stash.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este "
-"domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica a lista de portas que o KDC deve escutar para este domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : master_key_name
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
-msgid ""
-"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the "
-"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado à chave master. O "
-"valor padrão é K/M.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : master_key_name
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
+msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta string especifica o nome do principal associado à chave master. O valor padrão é K/M.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : master_key_type
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
+#. advanced item help : master_key_type
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta string de tipo de chave representa o tipo das master.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : max_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este tempo delta especifica o período de tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket "
-"pode ser válido neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : max_life
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este tempo delta especifica o período de tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser válido neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
-"renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este tempo delta especifica o período de tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket "
-"pode ser renovado neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
+msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este tempo delta especifica o período de tempo máximo pelo qual um ticket pode ser renovado neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
-msgid ""
-"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt "
-"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma lista de strings chave/salt que especifica as combinações de chave/"
-"salt padrão dos principais neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
+msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Uma lista de strings chave/salt que especifica as combinações de chave/salt padrão dos principais neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this "
-"realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica as combinações chave/salt permitidas dos principais neste "
-"domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
+msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica as combinações chave/salt permitidas dos principais neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm "
-"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm "
-"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica se a lista de domínios Kerberos transitados dos tickets inter-"
-"domínios Kerberos deve ser comparada com o caminho de trânsito obtidos dos "
-"nomes de domínios e da seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf</p>"
+#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
+msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica se a lista de domínios Kerberos transitados dos tickets inter-domínios Kerberos deve ser comparada com o caminho de trânsito obtidos dos nomes de domínios e da seção [capaths] do arquivo krb5.conf</p>"
-#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be "
-"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta tag específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas "
-"através do servidor LDAP.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
+msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta tag específica do LDAP indica o número de conexões a serem mantidas através do servidor LDAP.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
-msgid ""
-"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed "
-"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta tag específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas estocadas "
-"para os objetos usados para iniciar os servidores Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
+msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta tag específica do LDAP indica o arquivo contendo as senhas estocadas para os objetos usados para iniciar os servidores Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The "
-"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:)."
-"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under "
-"the subtree.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um domínio "
-"Kerberos. A lista contém os DNs dos objetos Subárvore separados por dois-"
-"pontos (:). </p><p>O escopo da pesquisa especifica o escopo para pesquisar "
-"os principais sob a subárvore.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
+msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica a lista de subárvores contendo os principais de um domínio Kerberos. A lista contém os DNs dos objetos Subárvore separados por dois-pontos (:). </p><p>O escopo da pesquisa especifica o escopo para pesquisar os principais sob a subárvore.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a "
-"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a "
-"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica o DN do objeto Container no qual os principais de um domínio "
-"Kerberos serão criados. Se a referência do container não estiver configurada "
-"para um domínio Kerberos, os principais serão criados no container do "
-"domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
+msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica o DN do objeto Container no qual os principais de um domínio Kerberos serão criados. Se a referência do container não estiver configurada para um domínio Kerberos, os principais serão criados no container do domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
+#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica a vida útil máxima dos tickets para principais neste domínio "
-"Kerberos.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica a vida útil máxima dos tickets para principais neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
-#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifica a vida útil máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste "
-"domínio Kerberos.</p>"
+#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
+#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
+msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifica a vida útil máxima renovável dos tickets para principais neste domínio Kerberos.</p>"
-#. #################################################################################
-#. #################################################################################
-#. #################################################################################
-#. #################################################################################
-#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
-#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
-#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974
+#. #################################################################################
+#. #################################################################################
+#. #################################################################################
+#. #################################################################################
+#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
+#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
+#. itemlist = add(itemlist, );
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974
msgid "Advanced Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885
msgid "Database Path"
msgstr "Caminho do Banco de Dados"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60
msgid "&Database Path"
msgstr "Caminho do Banco de &Dados"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889
msgid "ACL File"
msgstr "Arquivo da ACL"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78
msgid "ACL &File"
msgstr "A&rquivo da ACL"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893
msgid "Administrator Keytab"
msgstr "Tabela de Chaves do Administrador"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900
msgid "Default Principal Expiration"
msgstr "Principal Vencimento Padrão"
-#. checkbox text
-#. checkbox text
-#. checkbox text
-#. checkbox text
-#. checkbox text
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648
+#. checkbox text
+#. checkbox text
+#. checkbox text
+#. checkbox text
+#. checkbox text
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:116
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:396
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:429
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648
msgid "&Available"
msgstr "&Disponível"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129
msgid "&Date"
msgstr "&Data"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:403
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:407
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:436
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:440
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:622
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:626
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659
msgid "&Time"
msgstr "&Horário"
-#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"",
-#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")),
-#. Treeview list item
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008
+#. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"",
+#. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")),
+#. Treeview list item
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:672
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008
msgid "Default Principal Flags"
msgstr "Principais Flags Padrão"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680
msgid "Allow p&ostdated"
msgstr "Permitir pós-&datado"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688
msgid "Allow &forwardable"
msgstr "Permitir en&caminhável"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696
msgid "Allow rene&wable"
msgstr "Permitir reno&vável"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704
msgid "Allow &proxiable"
msgstr "Permitir via &proxy"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712
msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication"
msgstr "Habilitar autenticação &usuário-usuário"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720
msgid "Requires pr&eauth"
msgstr "Requer pr&eauth"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728
msgid "Requires &hwauth"
msgstr "Requer &hwauth"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734
msgid "Allow &service"
msgstr "Permitir &serviço"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740
msgid "Allow tgs re&quest"
msgstr "Permitir s&olicitação de tgs"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:232
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:746
msgid "Allow &tickets"
msgstr "Permitir &tickets"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752
msgid "Need &change"
msgstr "Requer &mudança"
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760
msgid "P&assword changing service"
msgstr "&Serviço de mudança de senha"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911
msgid "Dictionary File"
msgstr "Arquivo de Dicionário"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916
msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port"
msgstr "Porta do Daemon Kadmin"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921
msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port"
msgstr "Porta do Daemon Kpasswd"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926
msgid "Key Stash File"
msgstr "Arquivo de Estoque de Chaves"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929
msgid "KDC Port"
msgstr "Porta KDC"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933
msgid "Master Key Name"
msgstr "Nome da Chave Master"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938
msgid "Master Key Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Chave Master"
-#. Treeview list item
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998
+#. Treeview list item
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:606
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998
msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time"
msgstr "Vida Útil Máxima do Ticket"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653
msgid "&Days"
msgstr "&Dias"
-#. Treeview list item
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003
+#. Treeview list item
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:420
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:639
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003
msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time"
msgstr "Tempo Máximo de Renovação do Ticket"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953
msgid "Default Encryption Types"
msgstr "Tipos de Criptografia Padrão"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958
msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types"
msgstr "Tipos de Criptografia Suportados pelo KDC"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963
msgid "Reject Bad Transit"
msgstr "Rejeitar Tráfego Ruim"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983
msgid "Number of LDAP connections"
msgstr "Número de conexões LDAP"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525
msgid "File for the LDAP password"
msgstr "Arquivo da senha LDAP"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988
msgid "Search Subtrees"
msgstr "Pesquisar Subárvores"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558
msgid "Search Scope"
msgstr "Escopo da Pesquisa"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565
msgid "&subtree search"
msgstr "pesquisa na &subárvore"
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572
msgid "&one level"
msgstr "&um nível"
-#. Treeview list item
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993
+#. Treeview list item
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993
msgid "Principal Container"
msgstr "Container Principal"
-#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
-#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
-#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
-#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016
+#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
+#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
+#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
+#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016
msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas do LDAP"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server
-#. Summary: Wizards definitions
-#. Authors: Andreas Bauer
-#. Ralf Haferkamp
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of ldap-server
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Andreas Bauer
+#. Ralf Haferkamp
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do OpenLDAP MirrorMode"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
msgstr "Lista de Nós MirrorMode"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38
msgid "Server ID"
msgstr "ID do Servidor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38
msgid "Server URI"
msgstr "URI do Servidor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
-"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"Este servidor não está configurado como um Nó MirrorMode. Clique em \"Avançar"
-"\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP padrão."
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
+msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgstr "Este servidor não está configurado como um Nó MirrorMode. Clique em \"Avançar\" para iniciar o assistente de configuração OpenLDAP padrão."
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do MirrorMode OpenLDAP"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Não é possível apagar o host no qual este Módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n"
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
+msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgstr "Não é possível apagar o host no qual este Módulo do YaST foi iniciado.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server."
msgstr "Inicie o yast2 openldap-mirrormode em outro servidor MirrorMode."
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140
msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n"
msgstr "Deseja realmente remover \"%1\" da configuração do MirrorMode?\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145
msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\""
msgstr "As mudanças serão aplicadas imediatamente após o clique em \"Sim\""
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. ****************************************
-#. * tree structure definition **
-#. ***************************************
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191
+#. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. ****************************************
+#. * tree structure definition **
+#. ***************************************
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191
msgid "Startup Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Inicialização"
-#. Tree item
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62
+#. Tree item
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Globais"
-#. Tree item
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67
+#. Tree item
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67
msgid "Schema Files"
msgstr "Arquivos Schema"
-#. Tree item
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75
+#. Tree item
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75
msgid "Log Level Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Nível de Registro"
-#. Tree item
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83
+#. Tree item
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83
msgid "Allow/Disallow Features"
msgstr "Permitir/Proibir Recursos"
-#. Tree item
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218
+#. Tree item
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218
msgid "TLS Settings"
msgstr "Configurações TLS"
-#. Tree item
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
+#. Tree item
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100
msgid "Databases"
msgstr "Banco de dados"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
msgstr "DN do Sufixo"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173
msgid "Database Type"
msgstr "Tipo do Banco de Dados"
-#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l;
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228
+#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l;
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228
msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete."
msgstr "Sua Configuração TLS/SSL parece estar incompleta."
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229
msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente habilitar a escurta do protocolo \"ldaps\"?"
-#. add a new file to the list
-#. file dialog heading
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265
+#. add a new file to the list
+#. file dialog heading
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265
msgid "Select New Schema File"
msgstr "Selecione Novo Arquivo Schema"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272
msgid "The schema file is already in the list."
msgstr "O arquivo schema já está na lista."
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462
msgid "Select a valid Certificate File"
msgstr "Selecionar um Arquivo de Certificado válido"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466
msgid "Select a valid Certificate Key File"
msgstr "Selecionar um Arquivo de Chave de Certificado válido"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555
msgid "A common server certificate is not available."
msgstr "Uma certificação de servidor comum não está disponível."
-#. file selection headline
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575
+#. file selection headline
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575
msgid "Select Certificate File"
msgstr "Selecione Arquivo de Certificado"
-#. file selection headline
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583
+#. file selection headline
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583
msgid "Select Certificate Key File"
msgstr "Selecione Arquivo de Chave de Certificado"
-#. ****************************************
-#. * handlers for database parent widget
-#. ***************************************
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717
+#. ****************************************
+#. * handlers for database parent widget
+#. ***************************************
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717
msgid "Cannot delete Frontend database"
msgstr "Impossível apagar o banco de dados Front end"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719
msgid "Cannot delete Config database"
msgstr "Impossível apagar o banco de dados de Configuração"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721
msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar o banco de dados?"
-#. Error Popup
-#. Error Popup
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887
+#. Error Popup
+#. Error Popup
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887
msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database."
msgstr "Não foi possível gravar configurações para o banco de dados atual."
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944
msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database."
msgstr "Não foi possível ler configurações para o banco de dados atual."
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404
msgid "New Administrator &Password"
msgstr "Nova &Senha do Administrador"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408
msgid "Password &Encryption"
msgstr "Criptogra&fia de Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
msgid "Change Administration Password"
msgstr "Mudar Senha de Administração"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1046
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1047
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191
+#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191
msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently"
msgstr "Não há suporte a vários Consumidores de Replicação no momento"
-#. ****************************************
-#. tree generation functions **
-#. ***************************************
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293
+#. ****************************************
+#. tree generation functions **
+#. ***************************************
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1293
msgid "Index Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Índice"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Política de Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310
msgid "Access Control Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Controle de Acesso"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319
msgid "Replication Provider"
msgstr "Provedor de Replicação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328
+#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328
msgid "Replication Consumer"
msgstr "Consumidor de Replicação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70
msgid "&Start Kerberos Server"
msgstr "&Iniciar Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94
msgid "Protocol Listeners"
msgstr "Escutas de Protocolo"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
msgstr "LDAP"
-#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
+#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
msgstr "LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141
msgid "Included &Schema Files"
msgstr "Arquivos &Schema Incluídos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152
msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:"
msgstr "Selecionar Flags de Nível de &Registro:"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154
msgid "Trace Function Calls"
msgstr "Rastrear Chamadas de Função"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155
msgid "Debug Packet Handling"
msgstr "Lidar com Depuração de Pacotes"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)"
msgstr "Depuração de Alto Rastreamento (argumentos de função)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157
msgid "Connection Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Conexão"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158
msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received"
msgstr "Imprimir Pacotes Enviados e Recebidos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159
msgid "Search Filter Processing"
msgstr "Processamento de Filtro de Pesquisa"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160
msgid "Configuration File Processing"
msgstr "Processamento de Arquivo de Configuração"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161
msgid "Access Control List Processing"
msgstr "Processamento de Lista de Controle de Acesso"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162
msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result"
msgstr "Conexões, Operações e Resultado de Registro"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163
msgid "Log Entries Sent"
msgstr "Entradas de Registro Enviadas"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164
msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends"
msgstr "Comunicação de Impressão com Shell Back-Ends"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165
msgid "Entry Parsing"
msgstr "Processamento de Entrada"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166
msgid "LDAPSync Replication"
msgstr "Replicação do LDAPSync"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
msgstr "Selecionar Flags de &Allow:"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176
msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests"
msgstr "LDAPv2 Bind Requests"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179
msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty"
msgstr "Bind Anônimo quando Credenciais Não Vazias"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183
msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty"
msgstr "Bind Sem Autenticação quando DN Não Vazio"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187
msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process"
msgstr "Operações de Atualização Não Autenticadas a Processar"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193
msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:"
msgstr "Selecionar Flags de &Proibição:"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
-"directory access)"
-msgstr ""
-"Desabilitar aceitação de Solicitações de Vínculo anônimas (não proíbe acesso "
-"a diretório anônimo)"
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
+msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
+msgstr "Desabilitar aceitação de Solicitações de Vínculo anônimas (não proíbe acesso a diretório anônimo)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
msgstr "Desabilitar autenticação de Vinculação Simples"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
-msgid ""
-"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr ""
-"Desabilitar imposição de sessão para status anônimo mediante comprovante de "
-"operação StartTLS"
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
+msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgstr "Desabilitar imposição de sessão para status anônimo mediante comprovante de operação StartTLS"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
msgstr "Desabilitar a operação StartTLS se autenticado"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221
msgid "Basic Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Básicas"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227
msgid "Enable TLS"
msgstr "Habilitar TLS"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234
msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface"
msgstr "Habilitar interface LDAP sobre SSL (ldaps)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242
msgid "Use common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Usar Certificado Comum de Servidor"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254
msgid "Import Certificate"
msgstr "Importar Certificado"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273
msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)"
msgstr "Arquivo de Certi&Ficado (Formato PEM)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Pesquisar..."
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
msgstr "Arquivo de C&have de Certificado (Formato PEM -- Não Criptografado)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
msgstr "&Pesquisar..."
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
msgstr "Iniciar Modulo de Gerenciamento de CA"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178
msgid "&Base DN"
msgstr "DN &Base"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
msgid "Administrator DN"
msgstr "Administrador DN"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
msgid "&Append Base DN"
msgstr "&Adicionar DN Base"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309
msgid "Change Password"
msgstr "Modificar Senha"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317
msgid "Edit BDB Database"
msgstr "Editar Banco de Dados BDB"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Entry Cache"
msgstr "Cache de Entradas"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr "Cache de Índice (Cache IDL)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Ponto de Verificação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "kilobytes"
msgstr "kilobytes"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346
msgid "minutes"
msgstr "minutos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings"
msgstr "Mudar as Configurações do Banco de Dados de Configuração"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr ""
-"Permitir Autenticação em Texto Puro (Vinculação Simples) para este Banco de "
-"Dados. "
+msgstr "Permitir Autenticação em Texto Puro (Vinculação Simples) para este Banco de Dados. "
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
msgstr "(A Conexão Remota deve ser criptografada)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374
msgid "Edit Database"
msgstr "Editar Banco de dados"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Database type not currently supported."
msgstr "Tipo de banco de dados não suportado atualmente."
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381
msgid "Indexing Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Indexação"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "Atributo"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457
msgid "Presence"
msgstr "Presente"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458
msgid "Equality"
msgstr "Igualdade"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:459
msgid "Substring"
msgstr "Substring"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403
msgid "Change Administrator Password"
msgstr "Mudar Senha do Administrador"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410
msgid "Update Kerberos Stash"
msgstr "Atualizar Stash do Kerberos"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
msgid "Add Index"
msgstr "Adicionar Índice"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Política de Senha"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
msgstr "Habilitar Políticas de Senha"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55
msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords"
msgstr "Senhas Não Criptografadas com Hash"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63
msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status"
msgstr "Informar o Status \"Conta Bloqueada\""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73
msgid "Default Policy Object DN"
msgstr "DN de Objeto Política Padrão"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89
msgid "Edit Policy"
msgstr "Editar Política"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100
msgid "All Entries"
msgstr "Todas as Entradas"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101
msgid "All Entries in the Subtree"
msgstr "Todas as Entradas na Subárvore"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102
msgid "The Entry with the DN"
msgstr "A Entrada com o DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106
msgid "Everybody"
msgstr "Todos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107
msgid "Authenticated Clients"
msgstr "Clientes Autenticados"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108
msgid "Anonymous Clients"
msgstr "Clientes Anônimos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109
msgid "The accessed Entry (self)"
msgstr "A Entrada acessada (independente)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110
msgid "The user with the DN"
msgstr "O usuário com o DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111
msgid "All entries in the subtree"
msgstr "Todas as Entradas na subárvore"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112
msgid "All members of the group"
msgstr "Todos os membros do grupo"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125
msgid "<empty>"
msgstr "<vazio>"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126
msgid "No Access"
msgstr "Sem Acesso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128
msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)"
msgstr "Sem Acesso (mas exibir informações quando ocorrer erro)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131
msgid "Authenticate"
msgstr "Autenticar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132
msgid "Compare"
msgstr "Comparar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Leitura"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
msgstr "Gravação"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
msgstr "Gerenciar (acesso total)"
-#. don't count frontend and Config DB
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167
+#. don't count frontend and Config DB
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167
msgid "New Database"
msgstr "Novo Banco de Dados"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170
msgid "Basic Database Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Básicas do Banco de Dados"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189
msgid "&Administrator DN"
msgstr "DN do &Administrador"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
msgstr "&Adicionar DN Base"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password"
msgstr "&Senha do Administrador LDAP"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230
msgid "&Database Directory"
msgstr "&Diretório de Banco de Dados"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240
msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients"
msgstr "Usar este banco de dados como o padrão para clientes OpenLDAP"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311
msgid "Select Database Directory"
msgstr "Selecionar Diretório de Banco de Dados"
-#. check values
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350
+#. check values
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350
msgid "Base DN must be set."
msgstr "DN Base deve ser configurado."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359
msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists."
msgstr "Já existe um banco de dados com este DN Base."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399
msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given."
msgstr "DN Root deve ser configurado se a senha é dada."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405
msgid "Password validation failed."
msgstr "Validação de senha falhou."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435
msgid ""
"The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n"
"%2"
@@ -3090,269 +2655,264 @@
"O Objeto Base: \"%1\" não pode ser criado automaticamente pelo YaST:\n"
"%2"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451
msgid "A directory must be specified."
msgstr "Um diretório deve ser especificado."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "O diretório não existe. Deseja criá-lo?"
-#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
+#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr "Falha na autenticação. A senha provavelmente está incorreta.\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr "A mensagem de erro é: '"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Tentar novamente?"
-#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
-#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
+#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
+#. Entry, try to merge them here
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr "Tipos de Atributos Disponíveis"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr "Tipos de Atributos Selecionados"
-#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
+#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr "A quem esta regra deve ser aplicada"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr "DN da Entrada"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Selecionar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr "Definir o Nivel de Acesso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr "Parar aqui a avaliação de controle de acesso (padrão)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr "Continuar com a próxima regra de controle de acesso (\"break\")"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr "Continuar a avaliação desta regra (\"continuar\")"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr "Digite um DN no campo de texto"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr "DN da Subárvore"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr "DN do Grupo"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr "Editar Regra de Controle de Acesso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr "Objetos Destino"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr "Correspondente ao filtro:"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr "Filtro LDAP"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr "Aplicar esta regra apenas ao atributo listado"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr "Nível de Acesso"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr "Quem"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr "Controle de Fluxo"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Para Cima"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Para Baixo"
-#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
+#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
-msgstr ""
-"Inserir uma lista de atributos válidos no campo de texto <b>Atributos</b>"
+msgstr "Inserir uma lista de atributos válidos no campo de texto <b>Atributos</b>"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr "Inserir um filtro LDAP válido no campo de texto"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr "Você deve adicionar pelo menos um item à lista \"Nível de Acesso\"."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Destino"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
"O banco de dados selecionado contém regras de controle de acesso que não\n"
-"são suportadas pelo YaST. A Caixa de Diálogo de Controle de Acesso será "
-"desabilitada.\n"
+"são suportadas pelo YaST. A Caixa de Diálogo de Controle de Acesso será desabilitada.\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr "Este banco de dados é um Consumidor de Replicação."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr "Nome do Provedor"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Replicação"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr "Intervalo da Replicação"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dias"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Horas"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr "DN de Autenticação"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr "Referência de atualização personalizada"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr "Host de Destino"
-#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
+#. no updateref
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr "Intervalo de replicação especificado inválido"
-#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
+#. test connection
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr "Falha ao verificar a conectividade LDAP com o provedor."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr "Deseja continuar mesmo assim?"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr "Falha ao verificar os recursos LDAPsync do provedor."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
-msgid ""
-"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr ""
-"Verifique se o servidor de destino está habilitado para ser um provedor "
-"LDAPsync"
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgstr "Verifique se o servidor de destino está habilitado para ser um provedor LDAPsync"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr "Habilitar provedor ldapsync para este banco de dados"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "Operações"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr "Registro de Sessão"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr "Habilitar Registro de Sessão"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Replicação"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352
msgid "Reading Startup Configuration"
msgstr "Lendo Configurações de Inicialização"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353
msgid "Reading Configuration Backend"
msgstr "Lendo Configurações Back end"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354
msgid "Reading Configuration Data"
msgstr "Lendo Dados de Configuração"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355
msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do Servidor de Autenticação"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390
msgid ""
"Error while initializing configuration.\n"
"Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n"
@@ -3360,402 +2920,385 @@
"Erro ao inicializar a configuração.\n"
"A escuta do LDAPI está habilitada?\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033
msgid "LDAP search failed."
msgstr "Falha na pesquisa de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812
msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme."
msgstr "Esquema de URI LDAP inválido."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828
msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
msgstr "Falha na inicialização de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
msgstr "Falha na vinculação de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877
msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed."
msgstr "Falha ao inicializar esquema do LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888
msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed."
msgstr "Falha ao ler esquema de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
msgstr "Esquema do Kerberos desconhecido pelo servidor LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581
msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util."
msgstr "Impossível executar kdb5_ldap_util."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005
msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed."
msgstr "Falha ao modificar o banco de dados do kerberos."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046
msgid "LDAP modify failed."
msgstr "Falha ao modificar o LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074
msgid "Incomplete data."
msgstr "Dados incompletos."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101
msgid "Unsupported database type."
msgstr "Tipo de banco de dados não suportado."
-#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
-#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546
+#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
+#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546
msgid "Enabling LDAP Server"
msgstr "Habilitando Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559
msgid "Starting LDAP Server"
msgstr "Iniciando Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549
msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Ativando Servidor OpenLDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Reiniciando Servidor OpenLDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569
msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Habilitando o Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1570
msgid "Starting Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Iniciando o Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1572
msgid "Activating Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Ativando o Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602
msgid "Writing Startup Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Inicialização"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603
msgid "Cleaning up config directory"
msgstr "Limpando diretório config"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604
msgid "Creating Configuration"
msgstr "Criando Configuração"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605
msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Iniciando Servidor OpenLDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606
msgid "Creating Base Objects"
msgstr "Criando Objetos Base"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607
msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608
msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do Servidor de Autenticação"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569
msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed."
msgstr "Falha ao alternar de slapd.conf para back end de configuração."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624
msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed."
msgstr "Falha ao habilitar a escuta do Protocolo LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648
msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed."
msgstr "Falha na limpeza do Diretório Config."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686
msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"."
msgstr "Erro ao preencher o banco de dados de configurações com \"slapadd\"."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706
msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed."
msgstr "Falha ao habilitar o Serviço LDAP."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600
msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed."
msgstr "Falha ao iniciar o serviço LDAP."
-#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
-#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784
+#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
+#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784
msgid "Stopping LDAP Server"
msgstr "Parando Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785
msgid "Disabling LDAP Server"
msgstr "Desabilitando Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787
msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Desativando Servidor OpenLDAP"
-#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
-#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805
+#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
+#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1805
msgid "Stopping Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Parando o Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1806
msgid "Disabling Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Desabilitando o Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808
msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server"
msgstr "Desativando o Servidor Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825
msgid "Writing Sysconfig files"
msgstr "Gravando arquivos Sysconfig"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826
msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database"
msgstr "Aplicando mudanças ao Banco de Dados de Configuração"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827
msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
msgstr "Aplicando mudanças a /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828
msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases"
msgstr "Criando Objetos Base para bancos de dados recém-criados"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829
msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects"
msgstr "Atualizando Objetos Política de Senha Padrão"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
-msgid ""
-"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
-"some minutes)"
-msgstr ""
-"Aguardando a conclusão das tarefas de indexação em segundo plano do OpenLDAP "
-"(isso pode levar alguns minutos)"
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
+msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
+msgstr "Aguardando a conclusão das tarefas de indexação em segundo plano do OpenLDAP (isso pode levar alguns minutos)"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
msgstr "Reiniciar o Servidor OpenLDAP se necessário"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834
msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do AuthServer"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931
msgid "Creating base objects failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar objetos Base."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940
msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar objetos Política de Senha."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
-msgid ""
-"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to "
-"finish.\n"
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
+msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
msgstr "Erro ao esperar o término do indexador do banco de dados OpenLDAP.\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually."
msgstr "Reinicie o OpenLDAP manualmente."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Register at SLP Service: "
msgstr "Registrar no Serviço SLP: "
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213
msgid "Start Kerberos Server: "
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor Kerberos: "
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215
msgid "Create the following databases:"
msgstr "Criar os seguintes bancos de dados:"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220
msgid "Database Suffix: "
msgstr "Sufixo do Banco de Dados: "
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221
msgid "Database Type: "
msgstr "Tipo do Banco de Dados: "
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
msgstr "Não configurado ainda."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472
msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo do Certificado de CA não existe."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477
msgid "Certificate File does not exist"
msgstr "Arquivo do Certificado inexistente"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752
msgid "Certificate key file does not exist."
msgstr "Arquivo da chave do certificado não existe."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523
msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key."
msgstr "Impossível definir uma ACL do sistema de arquivos na chave privada."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491
msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?"
msgstr "O suporte à acl no sistema de arquivos está desabilitado?"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545
msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database"
msgstr "Limpando diretório do banco de dados config"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546
msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database"
msgstr "Convertendo slapd.conf em banco de dados config"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database"
-msgstr ""
-"Alternando a configuração de inicialização para usar banco de dados config"
+msgstr "Alternando a configuração de inicialização para usar banco de dados config"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
msgid "Restarting LDAP Server"
msgstr "Reiniciando Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549
msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Migrando Configuração do Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559
msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n"
msgstr "Saída de \"slaptest\":\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560
msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed."
msgstr "Falha na migração da configuração existente."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587
msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed."
msgstr "Falha ao habilitar escuta LDAPI."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"Certificado comum de servidor não disponível. StartTLS está desabilitado."
+msgstr "Certificado comum de servidor não disponível. StartTLS está desabilitado."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
msgid "Could not create database directory."
msgstr "Não foi possível criar o diretório de banco de dados."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
msgstr "Não foi possível ajustar a propriedade do diretório do banco de dados."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859
msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname."
msgstr "Não foi possível determinar o próprio nome completo do host."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
-msgid ""
-"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its "
-"own fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor master para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem saber "
-"seu próprio nome completo do host."
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
+msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
+msgstr "Um servidor master para replicação não pode funcionar corretamente sem saber seu próprio nome completo do host."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428
msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf."
msgstr "Impossível gravar krb5.conf."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514
msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar o banco de dados do Kerberos."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar no arquivo de senhas."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr "não é um DN LDAP válido."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
msgstr "tem RDNs com múltiplos valores."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
msgstr "DN LDAP inválido: \"%s\". Impossível extrair valores RDN"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033
-msgid ""
-"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-"
-"letter code."
-msgstr ""
-"O valor do atributo \"c\" deve incluir um código de país de 2 letras "
-"ISO-3166 válido."
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033
+msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
+msgstr "O valor do atributo \"c\" deve incluir um código de país de 2 letras ISO-3166 válido."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
msgstr "Primeira parte do sufixo deve ser c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ou dc=."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr "O DN base \"%s\" não é um DN LDAP válido."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr "O DN base \"%s\" possui vários valores RDN (não suportado pelo YaST)."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
msgstr "O DN raiz \"%s\" não é um DN LDAP válido."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
msgstr "O DN raiz \"%s\" possui vários valores RDN (não suportado pelo YaST)."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
msgstr "O DN da Raiz deve ser um objeto Filho do DN Base."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
msgstr "Não pode ser criado o diretório."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr "Arquivo de Certificado de CA: \"%s\" não existe."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
-msgid ""
-"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
+msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
msgstr "Erro ao tentar verificar a certificação do servidor do provedor.\n"
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
@@ -3764,168 +3307,166 @@
"Verifique se \"%s\" contém o arquivo CA\n"
"correto para verificar a Certificação do Servidor remoto."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr "Arquivo de Certificado: \"%s\" não existe."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
msgstr "Arquivo de Chave de Certificado: \"%s\" não existe."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar krb5.conf."
-#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369
+#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar no kdc.conf."
-#. error at paramter check
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
+#. error at paramter check
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr ""
-"O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os permitidos são 'bdb' e "
-"'hdb'."
+msgstr "O tipo de banco de dados '%s' não é suportado. Os permitidos são 'bdb' e 'hdb'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
msgstr "O countryName deve ser um código de país 2-letras ISO-3166."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726
msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'."
msgstr "'rootdn' inválido."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734
msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'."
msgstr "'rootdn' deve estar abaixo do 'suffix'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415
msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'."
msgstr "Para configurar uma senha, você deve definir 'rootdn'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422
msgid "Define 'rootpw'."
msgstr "Defina 'rootpw'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768
#, perl-format
msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method."
msgstr "'%s' é um método não suportado de criptografia."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475
msgid "Define 'directory'."
msgstr "Defina 'directory'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489
msgid "The directory does not exist."
msgstr "O diretório não existe."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526
msgid "Invalid cache size value."
msgstr "Valor de tamanho de cache inválido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547
msgid "Invalid checkpoint value."
msgstr "Valor de checkpoint inválido."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758
msgid "Define 'passwd'."
msgstr "Defina 'passwd'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805
msgid "Database edit failed."
msgstr "Edição de banco de dados falhou."
-#. error message at parameter check
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129
+#. error message at parameter check
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129
msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'suffix' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533
msgid "Cannot restart the service."
msgstr "Não pode reiniciar o serviço."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540
msgid "Cannot stop the service."
msgstr "Não pode parar o serviço."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703
msgid "CA certificate file does not exist."
msgstr "Arquivo do certificado CA não existe."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719
msgid "CA certificate path does not exist."
msgstr "Caminho do certificado CA não existe."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735
msgid "Certificate file does not exist."
msgstr "Arquivo do certificado não existe."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770
msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para 'TLSVerifyClient'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779
msgid "Writing failed."
msgstr "Gravação falhou."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'ServerCertificateFile' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950
msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
msgstr "Não pode ler arquivo de certificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'ServerCertificateData' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr "Dado PEM corrompido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'ServerKeyFile' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975
msgid "Cannot read key file."
msgstr "Não pode ler arquivo de chave."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'ServerKeyData' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998
msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file."
msgstr "Não pode ler arquivo de certificado CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021
msgid "Cannot write certificate file."
msgstr "Não pode gravar arquivo de certificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027
msgid "Cannot write key file."
msgstr "Não pode gravar arquivo de chave."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046
+#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046
msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file."
msgstr "Não pode gravar arquivo de certificado CA."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/autoinst.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -15,48 +15,47 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n"
-#. progress step title
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47
-#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45
+#. progress step title
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47
+#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45
msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..."
-msgstr ""
-"Executando scripts de instalação automática no ambiente de instalação..."
+msgstr "Executando scripts de instalação automática no ambiente de instalação..."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15
msgid "Reading configuration data..."
msgstr "Lendo dados de configuração..."
-#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363
+#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Isto demora alguns instantes"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp
-#. Summary: Main file for client call
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp
+#. Summary: Main file for client call
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35
msgid "Error while reading configuration data."
msgstr "Erro ao ler dados da configuração."
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68
msgid "AutoYaST"
msgstr "AutoYaST"
-#. command line options
-#. Init variables
-#. unique id
-#. Backup
-#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
+#. command line options
+#. Init variables
+#. unique id
+#. Backup
+#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
@@ -66,150 +65,141 @@
"de controle. Verifique o log para mais detalhes.\n"
"Corrija o arquivo e tente novamente.\n"
-#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
+#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Reading configuration data"
msgstr "Lendo dados de configuração"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. * File:
-#. * Package: Auto-installation
-#. * Author: Uwe Gansert
-#. * Summary:
-#. *
-#. * Changes: * initial
-#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit
-#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages>
-#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature
-#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network"
-#. feature of 10.3
-#. * Version: 0.5
-#. * $Id$
-#.
-#. this client can be called from a running system,
-#. to do the autoyast configuration.
-#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will
-#. configure your system like in the profile.
-#. Only stage2 configuration can be done.
-#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. * File:
+#. * Package: Auto-installation
+#. * Author: Uwe Gansert
+#. * Summary:
+#. *
+#. * Changes: * initial
+#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit
+#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages>
+#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature
+#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network"
+#. feature of 10.3
+#. * Version: 0.5
+#. * $Id$
+#.
+#. this client can be called from a running system,
+#. to do the autoyast configuration.
+#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will
+#. configure your system like in the profile.
+#. Only stage2 configuration can be done.
+#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48
msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system"
msgstr "Cliente para configuração do AutoYaST no sistema em execução"
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58
msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile"
msgstr "Configurar o sistema usando o perfil do AutoYaST fornecido"
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile"
msgstr "Caminho para o perfil AutoYaST"
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
msgstr "habilitar/desabilitar todo o gerenciamento de pacotes"
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
msgid "Empty parameter list"
msgstr "Lista de parâmetros vazia"
-#. the following is needed since 10.3
-#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed
-#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135
+#. the following is needed since 10.3
+#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed
+#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
msgstr "O caminho para o perfil do AutoYaST deve ser definido."
-#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr ""
-"Cliente para criação de perfil do AutoYaST com base no sistema em execução"
+#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
+msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr "Cliente para criação de perfil do AutoYaST com base no sistema em execução"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
msgstr "módulos conhecidos: %1"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
msgstr "Lista separada por vírgulas dos módulos a serem clonados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
+#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr "O arquivo %s existe! Deseja realmente sobregravá-lo?"
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
msgstr "Clonando o sistema..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
-#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
+#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
msgstr "O perfil resultante do autoyast está em %s."
-#. help 1/2
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
+#. help 1/2
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
-"location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Usando esta caixa de diálogo, copie o conteúdo do arquivo e especifique o "
-"caminho\n"
-"final no sistema instalado. O YaST copiará esse arquivo para o local "
-"especificado.</p>"
+"<p>Usando esta caixa de diálogo, copie o conteúdo do arquivo e especifique o caminho\n"
+"final no sistema instalado. O YaST copiará esse arquivo para o local especificado.</p>"
-#. help 2/2
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
+#. help 2/2
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
-"symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
-"pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para proteger arquivos copiados, informe dono e permissões dos arquivos.\n"
-"Informe o dono usando a sintaxe <i>userid.groupid</i>. Permissões podemser "
-"uma representação simbólica \n"
-"de mudanças a fazer ou um número octal representando a configuração de bits "
-"para as novas \n"
+"Informe o dono usando a sintaxe <i>userid.groupid</i>. Permissões podemser uma representação simbólica \n"
+"de mudanças a fazer ou um número octal representando a configuração de bits para as novas \n"
"permissões.</p>"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185
msgid "Configuration File Editor"
msgstr "Editor de arquivo de configuração"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191
msgid "&File Path"
msgstr "Caminho de A&rquivo"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200
msgid "&Owner"
msgstr "D&Ono:"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206
msgid "&Permissions"
msgstr "&Permissões"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214
msgid "&Retrieve from"
msgstr "&Recuperar de"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221
msgid "File So&urce"
msgstr "Fonte de arq&uivo"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226
msgid "&Load new contents"
msgstr "&Carregar novos conteúdos"
-#. why?
-#. if (mode == `edit)
-#. {
-#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false);
-#. }
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263
+#. why?
+#. if (mode == `edit)
+#. {
+#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false);
+#. }
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263
msgid ""
"Provide at least the file\n"
"name and the contents of the file.\n"
@@ -217,54 +207,51 @@
"Forneça no mínimo\n"
"nome e o conteúdo do arquivo.\n"
-#. OPEN
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
+#. OPEN
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
msgstr "Selecione um arquivo para carregar."
-#. Summary of configuration
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301
+#. Summary of configuration
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301
msgid "Available Files"
msgstr "Arquivos disponíveis"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
msgid "File Path"
msgstr "Caminho do arquivo"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
msgid "Owner"
msgstr "Proprietário"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "Permissões"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319
msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
msgstr "Adicionar arquivos de configuração completos"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
-"in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
-"server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para muitas aplicações e serviços, você poderia ter preparado um \n"
"arquivo de configuração que pode ser copiado em uma forma completa para \n"
-"um local no sistema instalado. Por exemplo, isto é o caso se você esta "
-"instalando um \n"
+"um local no sistema instalado. Por exemplo, isto é o caso se você esta instalando um \n"
"servidor web e tem um arquivo de configuração httpd.conf preparado.</p>"
-#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
+#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
msgid "Select a file from the table first."
msgstr "Selecione primeiro um arquivo da tabela. "
-#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
+#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -274,77 +261,69 @@
"Favor esperar enquanto o sistema está sendo configurado.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
+#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Em andamento"
-#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
+#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
msgstr "Configurando o Sistema conforme configurações de auto-instalação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unknown sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:"
-"<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not "
-"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível processar estas seções do perfil do AutoYaST neste sistema:"
-"<br><br>%s<br><br>Talvez a grafia esteja incorreta ou o perfil não inclua "
-"todos os pacotes necessários do YaST na seção <software/>."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unknown sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+msgstr "Impossível processar estas seções do perfil do AutoYaST neste sistema:<br><br>%s<br><br>Talvez a grafia esteja incorreta ou o perfil não inclua todos os pacotes necessários do YaST na seção <software/>."
-#. determine name of client, if not use default name
-#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
+#. determine name of client, if not use default name
+#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226
msgid "Configuring %1"
msgstr "Configurado %1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228
msgid "Not Configuring %1"
msgstr "Não Configurando %1"
-#. online update
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
+#. online update
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "Executando scripts pós instalação"
-#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
-#. bnc#955260
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305
+#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services
+#. bnc#955260
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Reiniciando todos os serviços em execução"
-#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Ativando o destino padrão do sistema"
-#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "Finalizando configuração"
-#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Processando o recurso %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Anas Nashif
-#. Summary: Imaging
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Author: Anas Nashif
+#. Summary: Imaging
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n"
@@ -352,32 +331,32 @@
"<p>\n"
"Favor esperar enquanto a imagem é recuperada. </p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
msgid "Retrieve Image File"
msgstr "Recuperar arquivo imagem"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
msgid "Install image file"
msgstr "Instalar arquivo imagem"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35
msgid "Retrieving image file..."
msgstr "Recuperando arquivo imagem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36
msgid "Installing image file..."
msgstr "Instalando arquivo imagem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40
msgid "Installing image into system..."
msgstr "Instalando sistema de imagem info..."
-#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir ))
-#. {
-#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image."));
-#. return `abort;
-#. }
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58
+#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir ))
+#. {
+#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image."));
+#. return `abort;
+#. }
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58
msgid ""
"fetching image-script failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -385,7 +364,7 @@
"falha ao buscar script de imagem:\n"
"%1"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67
+#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67
msgid ""
"running image-script failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -393,23 +372,23 @@
"falha ao executar script de imagem:\n"
"%1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Author: Anas Nashif
-#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures
-#. the system as described in the profile file.
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Author: Anas Nashif
+#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures
+#. the system as described in the profile file.
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
@@ -417,205 +396,197 @@
"<p>\n"
"Favor esperar enquanto o sistema é preparado para auto-instalação.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Probe hardware"
msgstr "Pesquisar hardware"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
msgstr "Recuperar & Ler arquivo de controle"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44
msgid "Parse control file"
msgstr "Analisando o arquivo de controle"
-#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
+#. Checking profile for unsupported sections.
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199
msgid "Initial Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração inicial"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66
msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation"
msgstr "Preparando o Sistema para Instalação Automática"
-#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
+#. progress bar length
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58
msgid "Preprobing stage"
msgstr "Etapa de pré-pesquisa"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69
msgid "Probing hardware..."
msgstr "Pesquisando hardware..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
-#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
-#. Do not translate words in brackets
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>"
-"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change "
-"the configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Estas seções do perfil do AutoYaST não são mais suportadas:<br><br>"
-"%s<br><br>Use, por exemplo, <scripts/> ou <files/> para mudar a "
-"configuração."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
+#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
+#. Do not translate words in brackets
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128
+msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
+msgstr "Estas seções do perfil do AutoYaST não são mais suportadas:<br><br>%s<br><br>Use, por exemplo, <scripts/> ou <files/> para mudar a configuração."
-#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
+#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179
msgid "Parsing control file"
msgstr "Analisando o arquivo de controle"
-#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51
msgid "Install required packages"
msgstr "Instalar pacotes necessários"
-#. progress bar length
-#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74
+#. progress bar length
+#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74
msgid "Checking for required packages..."
msgstr "Verificando pacotes requeridos..."
-#. Add all found packages
-#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214
+#. Add all found packages
+#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214
msgid "Adding found packages..."
msgstr "Adicionando pacotes encontrados..."
-#. Finish
-#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230
+#. Finish
+#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230
msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..."
msgstr "Verificando pacotes requeridos por %1..."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#. Uwe Gansert
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp
-#. Package: Auto-installation
-#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#. Uwe Gansert
-#.
-#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#. Uwe Gansert
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp
+#. Package: Auto-installation
+#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#. Uwe Gansert
+#.
+#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Favor esperar enquanto o sistema é preparado para auto-instalação.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Favor esperar enquanto o sistema é preparado para auto-instalação.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Executar scripts de usuário de pré-instalação"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Configurar Opções Gerais"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Selecione Idioma"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Criar planos de partição"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Configurar Bootloader"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registro"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Configurar seleções de Software"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Configurar Destino Padrão de Systemd"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63
msgid "Configure users and groups"
msgstr "Configurar usuários e grupos"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
msgid "Import SSH keys/settings"
msgstr "Importar chaves/configurações do SSH"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
msgid "Confirm License"
msgstr "Confirmar Licença"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "Executando scripts de usuário de pré-instalação..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "Configurando informações gerais..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Configurando o idioma..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Criando planos de partição..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "Configurando Bootloader..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Registrando o sistema..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "Configurando seleções de Software..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Configurando Destino Padrão de Systemd..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
msgstr "Importando configuração de usuários e grupos..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78
msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..."
msgstr "Importando chaves/configurações do SSH..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79
msgid "Confirming License..."
msgstr "Confirmando Licença..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Preparando o Sistema para Instalação Automática"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
+#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
+#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
+#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
+#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
+#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr "Gerenciando Produtos Complementares..."
-#. Set it in the Language module.
-#.
-#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
+#. Set it in the Language module.
+#.
+#. Set it in the Language module.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "Configurando Idioma..."
-#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
+#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -623,9 +594,9 @@
"Erro ao configurar partições.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
-#. package dependencies.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
+#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
+#. package dependencies.
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -633,66 +604,65 @@
"Erro ao configurar seleções de software.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. ReportingDialog()
-#. @return sumbol
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99
+#. ReportingDialog()
+#. @return sumbol
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "Mensagens"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105
msgid "Sho&w messages"
msgstr "&Mostrar mensagens"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113
msgid "Lo&g messages"
msgstr "Mensagens de Lo&g"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124
msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)"
msgstr "&Timeout (em seg.)"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "Alertas"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142
msgid "Sh&ow warnings"
msgstr "M&ostrar alertas"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150
msgid "Log wa&rnings"
msgstr "Ale&rtas de Log"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161
msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)"
msgstr "Timeout (em s&eg.)"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "Erros"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179
msgid "Show error&s"
msgstr "Mostrar erro&s"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187
msgid "&Log errors"
msgstr "Erros de &Log"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198
msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)"
msgstr "Timeo&ut (em seg.)"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213
msgid ""
-"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-"
-"out)\n"
+"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dependendo de sua experiência, você pode pular, fazer log e mostrar\n"
"(com timeout) as mensagens da instalação.</p> \n"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
@@ -700,21 +670,20 @@
"<p>É recomendado mostrar todas <b>mensagens</b> com timeout.\n"
"Alertas podem ser saltados em alguns lugares mas não ignorados.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226
+#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226
msgid "Messages and Logging"
msgstr "Mensagens e Log"
-#. Select packages
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
+#. Select packages
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Software"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -723,298 +692,282 @@
"adicionar mais seleções <b>adicionais</b> e pacotes.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
-#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
-#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
+#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
+#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/";
+#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
msgstr "Local da fonte de instalação (como http://meuhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr ""
-"A fonte de instalação deste sistema (impossível criar imagens se você "
-"escolher esta opção)"
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129
+msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr "A fonte de instalação deste sistema (impossível criar imagens se você escolher esta opção)"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165
msgid "using that installation source failed"
msgstr "falha ao utilizar a fonte da instalação"
-#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
+#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "Lendo banco de dados de pacotes..."
-#. is result copy of part?
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59
+#. is result copy of part?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
-"to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
-"can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
-"possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montar no /etc/fstab pelo:</b>\n"
-"\tNormalmente, um sistema de arquivos a ser montado é identificado em /etc/"
-"fstab\n"
-"\tpelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para que o "
-"sistema de arquivos a ser montado\n"
-"\tseja encontrado ao procurar-se um UUID ou uma etiqueta de volume. Nem "
-"todos os sistemas de arquivos podem ser\n"
-"\tmontados por UUID ou uma etiqueta de volume. Se uma opção estiver "
-"desabilitada, isso não será possível.\n"
+"\tNormalmente, um sistema de arquivos a ser montado é identificado em /etc/fstab\n"
+"\tpelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para que o sistema de arquivos a ser montado\n"
+"\tseja encontrado ao procurar-se um UUID ou uma etiqueta de volume. Nem todos os sistemas de arquivos podem ser\n"
+"\tmontados por UUID ou uma etiqueta de volume. Se uma opção estiver desabilitada, isso não será possível.\n"
"\t"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Etiqueta de Volume:</b>\n"
-"\t O nome digitado neste campo é usado como etiqueta de volume. Isso "
-"normalmente faz sentido\n"
+"\t O nome digitado neste campo é usado como etiqueta de volume. Isso normalmente faz sentido\n"
"\t apenas quando você ativa a opção de montagem pelo rótulo de volume.\n"
"\t Um rótulo de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n"
"\t "
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Criptografia"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86
msgid "Encryption key"
msgstr "Chave de criptografia"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93
msgid "Encryption is not available for physical volumes"
msgstr "A criptografia não está disponível para volumes físicos"
-#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)),
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103
+#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)),
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103
msgid "Advanced Partition Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas de Partição"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110
msgid "Fstab options"
msgstr "Opções do Fstab"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Montar por"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119
msgid "Device id"
msgstr "ID do dispositivo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134
msgid "Volume label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do volume"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125
msgid "Device path"
msgstr "Caminho do dispositivo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126
+#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
-#. INTERNAL STUFF
-#. local copy of current device the user wants to
-#. edit using this dialog
-#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39
+#. INTERNAL STUFF
+#. local copy of current device the user wants to
+#. edit using this dialog
+#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39
msgid "Edit Drive"
msgstr "Editar Unidade"
-#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE
-#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169
+#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE
+#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169
msgid "D&evice"
msgstr "Dispositi&vo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180
+#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180
msgid "&Intialize drive"
msgstr "&Inicializar unidade"
-#. initially selected
-#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185
+#. initially selected
+#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185
msgid "Re&use"
msgstr "Re&utilizar"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188
msgid "&Type"
msgstr "&Tipo"
-#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)),
-#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518
-#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139
+#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)),
+#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518
+#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139
msgid "Apply"
msgstr "Aplicar"
-#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94
+#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94
msgid "<none>"
msgstr "<nenhum>"
-#. LV
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135
+#. LV
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135
msgid "Provide a logical volume name."
msgstr "Informe um nome de volume lógico."
-#. MB, GB -> M, B
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197
+#. MB, GB -> M, B
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197
msgid ""
"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n"
"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Você escolheu criar a partição, mas não selecionou um sistema de arquivos "
-"válido.\n"
+"Você escolheu criar a partição, mas não selecionou um sistema de arquivos válido.\n"
"Selecione um sistema de arquivos válido para continuar.\n"
-#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we
-#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we
-#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should
-#. be fixed.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392
+#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we
+#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we
+#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should
+#. be fixed.
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392
msgid "Store unsaved changes to partition?"
msgstr "Armazenar mudanças não gravadas na partição?"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419
msgid "Volgroup"
msgstr "Volgroup"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423
msgid "Logical volume name"
msgstr "Nome do Volume Lógico"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426
msgid "Edit partition"
msgstr "Editar Partição"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436
msgid "&Mount point"
msgstr "Ponto de &montagem"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446
msgid "File sys&tem"
msgstr "Sis&tema de arquivos"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453
msgid "&Size"
msgstr "&Tamanho"
-#. HBox
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471
+#. HBox
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471
msgid "Partiti&on number"
msgstr "&Número da partição"
-#. VBox
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482
+#. VBox
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482
msgid "Reuse e&xisting partition"
msgstr "&Reutilizar partição existente"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489
msgid "Res&ize existing partition"
msgstr "Re&dimensionar a partição existente"
-#. HBox
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496
+#. HBox
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496
msgid "Activate Striping"
msgstr "Ativar Distribuição"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500
msgid "Number of Stripes"
msgstr "Número de Distribuições"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508
msgid "Stripe size"
msgstr "Tamanho da distribuição"
-#. HBox
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516
+#. HBox
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516
msgid "Advan&ced"
msgstr "A&vançado"
-#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
-msgid ""
-"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr ""
-"O tamanho \"auto\" será válido apenas se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou "
-"\"swap\" for selecionado."
+#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
+msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr "O tamanho \"auto\" será válido apenas se o ponto de montagem \"/boot\" ou \"swap\" for selecionado."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
+#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
msgstr "Tamanho \"auto\" é inválido para volumes físicos."
-#. Displayed when tree is empty
-#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34
+#. Displayed when tree is empty
+#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34
msgid "Nothing selected"
msgstr "Nada selecionado"
-#. Main Partitioning Dialog
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175
+#. Main Partitioning Dialog
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175
msgid "Partition p&lan"
msgstr "P&lano de partição"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180
+#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180
msgid "Add D&rive"
msgstr "Adicionar &Unidade"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181
+#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181
msgid "Add &Partition"
msgstr "Adicionar &Partição"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186
+#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186
msgid "Add &Volume Group"
msgstr "Adicionar &Grupo de Volume"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66
+#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#. INTERNAL STUFF
-#. local copy of current device the user wants to
-#. edit using this dialog
-#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33
+#. INTERNAL STUFF
+#. local copy of current device the user wants to
+#. edit using this dialog
+#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33
msgid "Edit Volume Group"
msgstr "Editar Grupo de Volume"
-#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE
-#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112
+#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE
+#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112
msgid "Store unsaved changes to volume group?"
msgstr "Armazenar mudanças não gravadas no grupo de volume?"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136
+#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136
msgid "Volgroup device name"
msgstr "Nome do dispositivo volgroup"
-#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
-#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
+#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always?
+#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540
msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while."
msgstr "Script definido pelo usuário em execução. Isso pode levar um tempo."
-#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
-#. @param [String] original Original value
-#. @return [String] new value
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22
+#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
+#. @param [String] original Original value
+#. @return [String] new value
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n"
@@ -1032,32 +985,32 @@
"em Regras ou Hostname, você deve reiniciar o processo de instalação e \n"
"certificar-se que os arquivos de controle estão acessíveis.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31
msgid "System Profile Location"
msgstr "Localização do Perfil de Sistema"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46
msgid "&Profile Location:"
msgstr "Localização do &Perfil:"
-#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
-#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
-#. installation target
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118
+#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
+#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
+#. installation target
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
msgstr "Escolha um disco rígido"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125
msgid "No disks found."
msgstr "Nenhum disco encontrado."
-#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
-#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
-#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
-#. do while the following locale is the help description
-#. help part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133
+#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
+#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
+#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to
+#. do while the following locale is the help description
+#. help part 1 of 1
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -1069,80 +1022,79 @@
"são mostrados aqui. Selecione o disco no qual instalar o &produto.\n"
"</p>"
-#. force help text width
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155
+#. force help text width
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Hard Disk Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Disco Rígido"
-#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
-#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178
+#. there is a selection from that one option has to be
+#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
+#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Escolha uma das opções para continuar."
-#. class_dialog_contents()
-#. @return [Yast::Term]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56
+#. class_dialog_contents()
+#. @return [Yast::Term]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56
msgid "Class Name"
msgstr "Nome de Classe"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56
msgid "Order"
msgstr "Ordem"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56
msgid "Configurations"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61
msgid "Class Description"
msgstr "Descrição de Classe"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64
msgid "Ne&w"
msgstr "No&vo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#. AddEditClasses()
-#. Add or Edit a class
-#. @param [Symbol] mode
-#. @param symbol
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102
+#. AddEditClasses()
+#. Add or Edit a class
+#. @param [Symbol] mode
+#. @param symbol
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102
msgid "Edit or Create Classes"
msgstr "Editar ou Criar Classes"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr "No&me"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112
msgid "Or&der:"
msgstr "Or&dem:"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121
msgid "Descri&ption:"
msgstr "Desc&rição:"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145
msgid "That name is already used. Select another name."
msgstr "Nome já usado. Selecione outro nome."
-#. Manage Classes
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198
+#. Manage Classes
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198
msgid "Classes"
msgstr "Classes"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use este interface para definir classes e arquivos de controle. </p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Use este interface para definir classes e arquivos de controle. </p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
@@ -1150,7 +1102,7 @@
"<p>Por exemplo, você pode definir uma classe de configurações \n"
"para um departamento específico, grupo ou local em sua empresa.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n"
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
@@ -1160,11 +1112,11 @@
"e quando ela é combinada ao criar um arquivo de controle.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243
msgid "No Description"
msgstr "Sem Descrição"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255
msgid ""
"Select at least one class\n"
"to edit.\n"
@@ -1172,7 +1124,7 @@
"Selecione pelo menos \n"
"uma classe para editar.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262
msgid ""
"Select at least one class\n"
"to delete.\n"
@@ -1180,8 +1132,8 @@
"Selecione pelo menos \n"
"uma classe para apagar.\n"
-#. The merge operation
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372
+#. The merge operation
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372
msgid ""
"Merge failed:\n"
" %1"
@@ -1189,34 +1141,34 @@
"Combinação falhou:\n"
" %1"
-#. Merge Dialog
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418
+#. Merge Dialog
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418
msgid "Merge Classes"
msgstr "Combinar Classes"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454
msgid "No control files defined"
msgstr "Nenhum arquivo de controle definido"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469
msgid "&Merge with Empty Control File"
msgstr "Co&mbinar com arquivo de controle vazio"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476
msgid "Merge with &Currently-Loaded Control File"
msgstr "Combinar com arquivo de controle &correntemente carregado"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481
msgid "Merge Cla&sses"
msgstr "Combinar Cla&sses"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487
msgid ""
"<p>If you have defined and created <b>\n"
"classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n"
@@ -1230,7 +1182,7 @@
"classes dependendo da prioridade (ordem) que você informou \n"
"quando criou as classes</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497
msgid ""
"<P>To merge the classes, an <b>XSLT</b>\n"
"script is used.</P>\n"
@@ -1238,7 +1190,7 @@
"<P>Para combinar as classes, um script \n"
"<b>XSLT</b> é usado</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540
msgid ""
"Select at least %1 configurations\n"
"to perform a merge.\n"
@@ -1246,11 +1198,11 @@
"selecione pelo menos %1 configurações \n"
"para executar uma combinação.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579
msgid "Class Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da classe"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
"file should belong.</p>\n"
@@ -1258,234 +1210,226 @@
"<p>Escolha uma ou mais das classes listadas para as quais o arquivo de \n"
"controle atual deve pertencer.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
msgid "No profiles in this class"
msgstr "Nenhum perfil nesta classe"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651
+#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651
msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n"
msgstr "Selecione pelo menos uma configuração de classe.\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp
-#. Summary: Main file for client call
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp
+#. Summary: Main file for client call
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27
msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration"
msgstr "Instalação Automática - Configuração"
-#. SAVE
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
+#. SAVE
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697
msgid "Save as..."
msgstr "Salvar como ..."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709
msgid "File %1 was saved successfully."
msgstr "Arquivo %1 foi salvo com sucesso."
-#. Profile::checkProfile();
-#. Profile::checkProfile();
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
+#. Profile::checkProfile();
+#. Profile::checkProfile();
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
msgstr "Ocorreu um erro ao gravar o arquivo."
-#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107
+#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "Grupos"
-#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154
+#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154
msgid "No modules available"
msgstr "Nenhum módulo disponível"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157
msgid "Modules"
msgstr "Módulos"
-#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column
-#.
-#. @return The `HBox widget.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170
+#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column
+#.
+#. @return The `HBox widget.
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170
msgid "&Clone"
msgstr "&Clonar"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171
msgid "&Apply to System"
msgstr "&Aplicar ao Sistema"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176
msgid "Clea&r"
msgstr "&Limpar"
-#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below.
-#.
-#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize.
-#. @return The `VBox widget.
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195
+#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below.
+#.
+#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize.
+#. @return The `VBox widget.
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalhes"
-#. Configure module
-#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure
-#. @return [Object]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357
+#. Configure module
+#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure
+#. @return [Object]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357
msgid "The module returned invalid data."
msgstr "O módulo retornou dado inválido."
-#. Sets the menus in the wizard.
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380
+#. Sets the menus in the wizard.
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Arquivo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381
msgid "&View"
msgstr "E&xibir"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382
msgid "&Classes"
msgstr "&Classes"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383
msgid "&Tools"
msgstr "Ferramen&tas"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385
msgid "&New"
msgstr "&Novo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Abrir"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387
msgid "&Save"
msgstr "&Salvar"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391
msgid "Save &As"
msgstr "Salvar &Como"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394
msgid "Im&port"
msgstr "Im&portar"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398
msgid "Import &Kickstart File"
msgstr "Importar arquivo &Kickstart"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404
msgid "Settin&gs"
msgstr "Confi&gurações"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411
msgid "Change to Decrypted"
msgstr "Mudar para Decodificado"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412
msgid "Change to Encrypted"
msgstr "Mudar para Criptografado"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418
msgid "Apply Profile to this System"
msgstr "Aplicar Perfil a Este Sistema"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421
msgid "E&xit"
msgstr "Sai&r"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426
msgid "Configu&ration Tree"
msgstr "Árvore de Configu&ração"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433
msgid "So&urce"
msgstr "Fon&te"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440
msgid "Cla&sses"
msgstr "Cla&sses"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446
msgid "Me&rge Classes"
msgstr "Combina&r Classes"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453
msgid "Create Reference Pro&file"
msgstr "Criar Per&fil de Referência"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459
msgid "Check &Validity of Profile"
msgstr "Verificar a &Validade do Perfil"
-#. Show Source
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495
+#. Show Source
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Fonte"
-#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
-#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema "
-"atual?"
+#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
+#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
+msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do módulo '%1' ao seu sistema atual?"
-#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
+#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
msgstr "Erro ao abrir/analisar o arquivo XML."
-#. NEW
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
+#. NEW
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
msgid "Available Modules"
msgstr "Módulos disponíveis"
-#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
-msgid ""
-"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
-"system?"
-msgstr ""
-"Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema "
-"atual?"
+#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
+msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
+msgstr "Você realmente deseja aplicar as configurações do perfil ao seu sistema atual?"
-#. EXIT
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
+#. EXIT
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
msgstr "Arquivo de Controle modificado."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
+#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
msgstr "Salvar as alterações em %1?"
-#. Preferences Dialog
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37
+#. Preferences Dialog
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Profile Repository:"
msgstr "Repositório de &Perfis:"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42
msgid "&Select Directory"
msgstr "&Selecione um Diretório"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "&Class directory:"
msgstr "Diretório de &Classes:"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "Selecione um &Diretório"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\n"
@@ -1495,7 +1439,7 @@
"Informe o diretório onde todos <em>arquivos de controle</em> devem\n"
"ser armazenados no campo <b>Repositório</b>.</P>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71
msgid ""
"<P>If you are using the classes feature\n"
"of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n"
@@ -1505,19 +1449,19 @@
"Autoyast, você também deve informar o diretório de classes.\n"
"É onde todos os arquivos de classes são armazenados</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Selecione um Diretório"
-#. Return a message about invalid file names
-#. @param -
-#. @return message
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153
+#. Return a message about invalid file names
+#. @param -
+#. @return message
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153
msgid ""
"Invalid file name.\n"
"Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n"
@@ -1529,61 +1473,61 @@
"deve começar com uma letra e deve ter\n"
"no máximo 127 caracteres.\n"
-#. title
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221
+#. title
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Create a Reference Control File"
msgstr "Criar um Arquivo de Controle de Referência"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224
msgid "Select Additional Resources:"
msgstr "Selecione recursos adicionais:"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "Collecting system data..."
msgstr "Obtendo dados do sistema..."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Isto demora alguns instantes..."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267
msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
msgstr "Importando arquivo Kickstart..."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094
-#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. progress stage
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288
+#. progress stage
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288
msgid "Read Kickstart file"
msgstr "Ler arquivo Kickstart"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289
msgid "Import data"
msgstr "Importar dados"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292
msgid "Reading Kickstart file..."
msgstr "Lendo arquivo Kickstart..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294
+#. progress step
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "Importing data..."
msgstr "Importando dados..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296
+#. progress step
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307
msgid "Select a kickstart file."
msgstr "Selecionando arquivo Kickstart."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324
msgid ""
"Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n"
"file and try again."
@@ -1591,129 +1535,127 @@
"Erro ocorreu na carga arquivo kickstart. Verifique a sintaxe\n"
"do arquivo e tente novamente."
-#. Set resource name, if not using default value
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
+#. Set resource name, if not using default value
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
-"partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Arquivo Kickstart foi importado.\n"
-"Verifique a sintaxe de importação e certifique-se que a seleção de pacotes e "
-"o\n"
+"Verifique a sintaxe de importação e certifique-se que a seleção de pacotes e o\n"
"particionamento foram importados corretamente."
-#. Validate Dialog
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378
+#. Validate Dialog
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378
msgid "Check profile validity"
msgstr "Verifique validade do perfil"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Erro"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Aviso"
-#. [
-#. _("Checking XML without validation..."),
-#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout",
-#. ],
-#. [
-#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."),
-#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid"
-#. ],
-#. this function is a replacement for this code:
-#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
-#. m[ l ] = v;
-#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
+#. [
+#. _("Checking XML without validation..."),
+#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout",
+#. ],
+#. [
+#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."),
+#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid"
+#. ],
+#. this function is a replacement for this code:
+#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
+#. m[ l ] = v;
+#. @return [Hash]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "Verificando XML com validação RNG..."
-#. section wise validation
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432
+#. section wise validation
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Section %1: "
msgstr "Seção %1: "
-#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
+#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "Verificando XML com validação RNC..."
-#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing
-#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496
+#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing
+#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic"
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Logic"
msgstr "Lógica"
-#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured
-#. and can warn the user if it is missing
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502
+#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured
+#. and can warn the user if it is missing
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502
msgid "No root password configured"
msgstr "Nenhuma senha de Root configurada"
-#. Main dialog
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61
msgid "Con&firm installation?"
msgstr "Con&firma a instalação?"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65
msgid "AutoYaST Second Stage"
msgstr "Segunda Etapa do AutoYaST"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage"
msgstr "Desativar a Máquina após o Primeiro Estágio"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Turn off the Machine after the Second Stage"
msgstr "Desligar a Máquina após a Segunda Fase"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage"
msgstr "Reiniciar a Máquina após o Segundo Estágio"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Assinaturas"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94
msgid "Accept &Unsigned Files"
msgstr "Aceitar arquivos &não assinados"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Accept Files without a &Checksum"
msgstr "Aceitar arquivos sem &checksum"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Accept Failed &Verifications"
msgstr "Aceitar &verificações com falha"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Accept Unknown &GPG Keys"
msgstr "Aceitar Chaves &GPG desconhecidas"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122
msgid "Accept Non Trusted GPG Keys"
msgstr "Aceitar Chaves GPG Não Confiáveis"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129
msgid "Import &New GPG Keys"
msgstr "Importar &novas Chaves GPG"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n"
@@ -1725,14 +1667,13 @@
"durante a instalação automática.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
-"interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
@@ -1742,21 +1683,19 @@
"Desmarque a opção para instalr automaticamente sem interrupção.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
-"manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Se você desativar a segunda etapa do AutoYaST, a instalação prosseguirá em "
-"modo manual\n"
+"Se você desativar a segunda etapa do AutoYaST, a instalação prosseguirá em modo manual\n"
" após a primeira reinicialização (após a instalação do pacote).\n"
" </P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n"
@@ -1766,147 +1705,144 @@
"Para o tratamento de assinaturas, leia a documentação do AutoYaST.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Other Options"
msgstr "Outras Opções"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Frametitle"
msgstr "Título"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Pergunta"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285
msgid "Timeout (zero means no timeout)"
msgstr "Tempo de espera (zero significa que não há tempo de espera)"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de caminhos para respostas (vários caminhos são separados por espaço)"
+msgstr "Lista de caminhos para respostas (vários caminhos são separados por espaço)"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Store answer in this file"
msgstr "Armazenar resposta neste arquivo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'"
msgstr "Lista de Seleção para tipo ''Símbolo''"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Rótulo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713
msgid "<P></P>"
msgstr "<P></P>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635
msgid "1st Stage"
msgstr "Primeiro Estágio"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641
msgid "2nd Stage"
msgstr "Segundo Estágio"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Dialog Title"
msgstr "Título da Caixa de Diálogo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Helptext"
msgstr "Texto da ajuda"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Add to Dialog List"
msgstr "Adicionar à Lista de Caixas de Diálogo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656
msgid "Apply changes to dialog"
msgstr "Aplicar mudanças à caixa de diálogo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Cargo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673
msgid "Delete Dialog"
msgstr "Apagar Caixa de Diálogo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Dialog up"
msgstr "Caixa de Diálogo acima"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679
msgid "Dialog down"
msgstr "Caixa de Diálogo abaixo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682
msgid "Questions in dialog"
msgstr "Perguntas na caixa de diálogo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Add Question"
msgstr "Adicionar Pergunta"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985
msgid "Edit Question"
msgstr "Editar Pergunta"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698
msgid "Delete Question"
msgstr "Remover Pergunta"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703
msgid "Question up"
msgstr "Pergunta acima"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Question down"
msgstr "Pergunta abaixo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714
msgid "ASK Options"
msgstr "Opções ASK"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Configurações gerais"
-#. All helps are here
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16
msgid "<p><b><big>Profile Validation</big></b><br>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Validação de perfil</big></b><br>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
-"and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta ferramenta usa <em>xmllint</em> para validar o perfil contra o DTD "
-"e\n"
+"<p>Esta ferramenta usa <em>xmllint</em> para validar o perfil contra o DTD e\n"
"verifica dados omitidos. Alguma omissões podem ser intencionais e qualquer\n"
"erro reportado pode ser ignorado, por exemplo quando criando classes.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n"
"is validated.</p>\n"
@@ -1914,11 +1850,11 @@
"<p>Carregue um Perfil primeiro, caso contrário um\n"
"arquivo vazio será validado.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25
msgid "<p><b><big>Importing Kickstart Files</big></b><br>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Importando Arquivos Kickstart</big></b><br>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26
msgid ""
"<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n"
"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n"
@@ -1926,39 +1862,35 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Para importar um arquivo Kickstart, informe o caminho do arquivo\n"
"de configuração. Os dados serão carregados no sistema de gerência de \n"
-"configuração para adicionar mais opções de configuração disponíveis com SuSE."
-"</p>\n"
+"configuração para adicionar mais opções de configuração disponíveis com SuSE.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
-"selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta ferramenta criará um perfil de referência lendo\n"
"informação do sistema. Selecione os recursos para ler deste sistema\n"
"além dos recursos padrão como particionamento e seleção de pacotes.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
msgstr "<p> Particionar seus discos rígidos... </p>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
-"system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A tabela a direita mostra as partições atuais a serem criadas no sistema "
-"destino.\n"
+"<p>A tabela a direita mostra as partições atuais a serem criadas no sistema destino.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Discos rígidos</b> são designados com isto </p>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n"
"<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n"
@@ -1968,15 +1900,15 @@
"<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2o. disco EIDE\n"
"<tt>/dev/hdc </tt>3o. disco EIDE"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46
msgid "<p>etc.</p>"
msgstr "<p>etc.</p>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47
msgid "<p>- or - </p>"
msgstr "<p>- ou - </p>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n"
@@ -1986,18 +1918,17 @@
"<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2o. disco SCSI\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdc </tt>3o. disco SCSI</p>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
-"are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
"Se nenhuma partição for definida e o dispositivo especificado for\n"
"onde a partição raiz deve residir, as seguintes partições são\n"
"criadas automaticamente:"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n"
@@ -2005,25 +1936,15 @@
" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, e partição raiz <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"Tamanhos são calculados automaticamente.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61
msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Opções Avançadas</b></p>"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
-"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
-"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
-"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
-"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, o AutoYaST criará uma partição estendida e adicionará todas as "
-"partições novas como dispositivos lógicos. É possível, no entanto, instruir "
-"o AutoYaST a criar determinada partição como primária ou como estendida. É "
-"possível também especificar o tamanho da partição usando setores no lugar de "
-"MBytes."
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
+msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr "Por padrão, o AutoYaST criará uma partição estendida e adicionará todas as partições novas como dispositivos lógicos. É possível, no entanto, instruir o AutoYaST a criar determinada partição como primária ou como estendida. É possível também especificar o tamanho da partição usando setores no lugar de MBytes."
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
@@ -2031,12 +1952,11 @@
"Estas opções e outras opções avançadas não podem ser configuradas com\n"
"este interface. Você deve adiciona-las manualmente ao arquivo de controle.\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
-"partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2046,26 +1966,26 @@
"LVM e RAID não formatadas como preparação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Script Configuration
-#. @return script configuration dialog
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
+#. Script Configuration
+#. @return script configuration dialog
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
msgid "Available Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts Disponíveis"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
msgid "Script Name"
msgstr "Nome de Script"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
msgid "Interpreter"
msgstr "Interpretador"
-#. help 1/6
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64
+#. help 1/6
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
@@ -2073,16 +1993,14 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Scripts de Pré Instalação</h3>\n"
-"<P>Adicione comandos para executar no sistema antes da instalação começar. "
-"P>\n"
+"<P>Adicione comandos para executar no sistema antes da instalação começar. </P>\n"
-#. help 2/6
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
+#. help 2/6
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the "
-"installation\n"
+"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2092,16 +2010,15 @@
"instalação terminar. Estes scripts executam fora do ambiente chroot.\n"
"</P>"
-#. help 3/6
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83
+#. help 3/6
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n"
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the "
-"installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2111,17 +2028,15 @@
"escolha as opções <i>scripts chroot</i>. Estes scripts são executados\n"
"antes do sistema dar boot pela primeira vez. Por padrão, os scripts Chroot\n"
"são executados no sistema de instalação. Para acessar arquivos no sistema\n"
-"de instalação você sempre deve usar o ponto de montagem \"/mnt\" nos "
-"scripts.\n"
+"de instalação você sempre deve usar o ponto de montagem \"/mnt\" nos scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. help 4/6
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97
+#. help 4/6
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted"
-"\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2131,8 +2046,8 @@
"que fará os scripts executarem diretamente no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help 5/6
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108
+#. help 5/6
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n"
@@ -2147,19 +2062,17 @@
"<H3>Scripts Init</H3>\n"
"<P>Estes scripts são executados durante o processo de boot inicial e depois\n"
"que o YaST concluir a configuração do sistema. Os scripts finais são \n"
-"executados com um script <b>rc</b> especial, que é executado apenas uma "
-"vez.\n"
+"executados com um script <b>rc</b> especial, que é executado apenas uma vez.\n"
"Os scripts finais são executados até o final do processo de boot e\n"
"após a inicialização da rede.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. help 6/6
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123
+#. help 6/6
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
-"or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2169,124 +2082,113 @@
"<i>Python</i> como pré-scripts de instalação.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
-"which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
-"installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
-"too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Acesso à Rede:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Durante a execução dos scripts de pós-instalação, a rede é desabilitada "
-"e\n"
+" <P>Durante a execução dos scripts de pós-instalação, a rede é desabilitada e\n"
" necessita da inicialização nos scripts para voltar a ser acessível. Uma\n"
-" alternativa aos scripts de pós-instalação com a rede é o uso de scripts de "
-"inicialização, o que\n"
-" garante um sistema totalmente configurado durante a execução dos scripts. "
-"Caso tenha feito uma instalação\n"
-" através da rede, você pode usar a opção <b>Rede</b> também para o "
-"PostScript.\n"
+" alternativa aos scripts de pós-instalação com a rede é o uso de scripts de inicialização, o que\n"
+" garante um sistema totalmente configurado durante a execução dos scripts. Caso tenha feito uma instalação\n"
+" através da rede, você pode usar a opção <b>Rede</b> também para o PostScript.\n"
" </P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up "
-"box as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
-"might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback e Depuração:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Todos os scripts, exceto os scripts de inicialização, podem exibir o "
-"feedback STDOUT+STDERR em uma caixa popup.\n"
-" Ao ativar a depuração, você obtém maior saída na caixa de diálogo de "
-"feedback, o que pode ajudá-lo\n"
+" <P>Todos os scripts, exceto os scripts de inicialização, podem exibir o feedback STDOUT+STDERR em uma caixa popup.\n"
+" Ao ativar a depuração, você obtém maior saída na caixa de diálogo de feedback, o que pode ajudá-lo\n"
" a depurar o script.</P>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Script Editor"
msgstr "Editor de Script"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161
msgid "&File Name"
msgstr "Nome de A&rquivo"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166
msgid "&Interpreter"
msgstr "&Interpretador"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170
msgid "Perl"
msgstr "Perl"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175
msgid "Shell"
msgstr "Shell"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180
msgid "Python"
msgstr "Python"
-#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220
+#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220
msgid "&Feedback"
msgstr "&Feedback"
-#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226
+#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226
msgid "&Debug"
msgstr "&Depurar"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231
msgid "&Chrooted"
msgstr "Limitado por &chroot"
-#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237
+#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "Rede &N"
-#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245
+#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245
msgid "&Feedback Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &Feedback"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249
msgid "none"
msgstr "nenhum"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254
msgid "Message"
msgstr "mensagem"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Text of the notification popup"
msgstr "Texto do popup de notificação"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Script Location"
msgstr "Local do Script"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291
msgid "S&cript Source"
msgstr "Fonte de S&cript"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298
msgid "&Load new source"
msgstr "Ca&rregar novo fonte"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372
msgid ""
"Provide at least the script\n"
"name and the location or content of the script.\n"
@@ -2294,53 +2196,48 @@
"Informe pelo menos o nome\n"
"e o local ou o conteúdo do script.\n"
-#. Main dialog
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
+#. Main dialog
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the "
-"installation for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Adicionando scripts ao processo de auto instalação, customize a instalação\n"
"para suas necessidades e controle as diferentes etapas da instalação.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Script de Usuário"
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500
-#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508
msgid "Select a script first."
msgstr "Selecione primeiro um script."
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52
msgid "Autoinstall Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Auto-Instalação"
-#. Read rules file
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
+#. Read rules file
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448
msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n"
msgstr "Falha na análise do arquivo de regras. O analisador de XML informa:\n"
-#. Merge Rule results
-#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
-#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
-msgid ""
-"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
-"error message is:\n"
-msgstr ""
-"O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do "
-"autoyast. Mensagem de erro:\n"
+#. Merge Rule results
+#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746
+msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
+msgstr "O analisador de XML informou um erro durante a análise do perfil do autoyast. Mensagem de erro:\n"
-#. backdoor for merging problems.
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
+#. backdoor for merging problems.
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050
msgid ""
"\n"
"User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n"
@@ -2354,19 +2251,19 @@
"sistema na rede ou localmente. O sistema será instalado com o arquivo\n"
"de controle original sem usar classes.\n"
-#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
-#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289
+#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
+#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Escolher o Perfil"
-#. Nothing returned by SLP query
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312
+#. Nothing returned by SLP query
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312
msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP."
msgstr "Nenhum provedor \"autoyast\" encontrado por meio do SLP."
-#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357
+#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357
msgid ""
"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n"
"%{url}"
@@ -2374,51 +2271,51 @@
"URL do perfil do AutoYaST inválido\n"
"%{url}"
-#. SetProtocolMessage ()
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384
+#. SetProtocolMessage ()
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle de disquete"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor TFTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor NFS: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor HTTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Recuperando arquivo de controle (%1) do servidor FTP: %2."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do arquivo %1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do dispositivo /dev/%1."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Copiando arquivo de controle do local padrão"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Fonte desconhecida."
-#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface
-#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI
-#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ())
-#. {
-#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
-#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502
+#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface
+#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI
+#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ())
+#. {
+#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
+#. }
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2426,237 +2323,228 @@
msgstr ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Sistema de Gerenciamento de Configuração</h3>\n"
"<p>Com algumas exceções, quase todos recursos do arquivo de controle\n"
-"podem ser configurados usando o Sistema de Gerenciamento de Configuração."
-"p>\n"
+"podem ser configurados usando o Sistema de Gerenciamento de Configuração.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
-"those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
-"data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A maioria dos módulos usados para criar a configuração é idêntica "
-"àqueles\n"
+"<p>A maioria dos módulos usados para criar a configuração é idêntica àqueles\n"
"disponíveis no Centro de Controle do YaST. Em vez de configurar o sistema,\n"
-"os dados informados serão coletados e exportados para o arquivo de controle "
-"que pode\n"
+"os dados informados serão coletados e exportados para o arquivo de controle que pode\n"
"ser usado para instalar outro sistema com o AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
-"including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Além dos módulos familiares existentes,\n"
"novas interfaces foram criadas para configurações complexas e especiais,\n"
"por exemplo para particionamento, opções gerais e software.</p>\n"
-#. Construct node name for display in tree.
-#.
-#. Constructed names are of the form:
-#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup}
-#.
-#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
-#.
-#. @return the newly created node name
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
+#. Construct node name for display in tree.
+#.
+#. Constructed names are of the form:
+#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup}
+#.
+#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for
+#.
+#. @return the newly created node name
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128
msgid " - Drive"
msgstr " - Unidade"
-#. volume group
-#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
+#. volume group
+#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132
msgid " - Volume group"
msgstr " - Grupo de volume"
-#. Settings Summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46
+#. Settings Summary
+#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46
msgid "Configured Files:"
msgstr "Arquivos Configurados:"
-#. string language_name = "";
-#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92
+#. string language_name = "";
+#. string keyboard_name = "";
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Confirma a instalação?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Segunda Etapa do AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Desligando a máquina após o estágio um"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Parando a máquina após o estágio dois"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Reiniciando a máquina após o estágio dois"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Aceitando arquivos não assinados"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Não aceitando arquivos não assinados"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Aceitando arquivos sem checksum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Não aceitando arquivos sem checksum"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Aceitando verificações com falha"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Não aceitando verificações com falha"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Aceitando chaves GPG desconhecidas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Não aceitando Chaves GPG desconhecidas"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Importando novas chaves GPG"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Não importando novas Chaves GPG"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445
+#. NTP syncing
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445
msgid "Syncing time..."
msgstr "Sincronizando horário..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447
msgid "Syncing time with %s."
msgstr "Sincronizando horário com %s."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451
msgid "Time syncing failed."
msgstr "Falha na sincronização de horário."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455
msgid "Cannot update system time."
msgstr "Impossível atualizar horário do sistema."
-#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#. look for VGs to reuse
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
-msgstr ""
-"Não é possível reutilizar o grupo de volumes %1. O grupo de volumes não "
-"existe."
+msgstr "Não é possível reutilizar o grupo de volumes %1. O grupo de volumes não existe."
-#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
-#. the next instructions taints result
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290
+#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
+#. the next instructions taints result
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr ""
-"O grupo de volumes '%1' deve ter pelo menos um volume físico. Forneça um."
+msgstr "O grupo de volumes '%1' deve ter pelo menos um volume físico. Forneça um."
-#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
-#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
-#. Return summary of configuration
-#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#. return Summary of configuration
-#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
+#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
+#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
+#. Return summary of configuration
+#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
+#. return Summary of configuration
+#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913
msgid "Drives"
msgstr "Dispositivos"
-#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694
+#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
msgstr[0] "%s unidade no total"
msgstr[1] "%s unidades no total"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713
+#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713
msgid "Not yet cloned."
msgstr "Não clonado ainda."
-#. Return Summary
-#. @return [String] summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343
+#. Return Summary
+#. @return [String] summary
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343
msgid "Preinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts de Pré Instalação"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356
msgid "Postinstallation Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts de Pós-Instalação"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369
msgid "Chroot Scripts"
msgstr "Chroot Scripts"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382
msgid "Init Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts de pós-particionamento"
-#. return type of script as formatted string
-#. @param script type
-#. @return [String] type as translated string
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490
+#. return type of script as formatted string
+#. @param script type
+#. @return [String] type as translated string
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pré"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492
msgid "Post"
msgstr "Pós"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494
msgid "Init"
msgstr "Init"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496
msgid "Chroot"
msgstr "Chroot"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498
msgid "Postpartitioning"
msgstr "Pós-particionamento"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500
+#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175
+#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2664,180 +2552,158 @@
"Impossível encontrar estes pacotes nos repositórios de software:\n"
"%1"
-#. 4 means "already exists"
-#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350
+#. 4 means "already exists"
+#. Add add-ons
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar repositório %1"
-#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Verifique o "
-"arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log"
+#. Install
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378
+msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de padrões. Verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Criando Imagem: instalando pacotes"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396
-msgid ""
-"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
-"log"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Verifique o "
-"arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log"
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396
+msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Falha na criação da imagem durante a instalação de pacotes. Verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407
+#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Armazenar imagem em..."
-#. Compress image:
-#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436
+#. Compress image:
+#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be "
-"changed anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"É possível mudar a imagem agora em %1/\n"
-"Se você clicar no botão OK, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser "
-"modificada."
+"Se você clicar no botão OK, a imagem será comprimida e não poderá mais ser modificada."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "Falha na compressão da imagem em '%1'. Verifique o arquivo /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Imagem criada com êxito"
-#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493
+#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
"impossível obter o arquivo directory.yast em `%1`.\n"
-"Você pode criar esse arquivo com ''ls - F > directory.yast'', se ele não "
-"existir."
+"Você pode criar esse arquivo com ''ls - F > directory.yast'', se ele não existir."
-#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527
+#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "impossível ler '%1'. Tentar novamente?"
-#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545
+#. copy a file
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "impossível ler '%1': falha na criação de ISO"
-#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575
+#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Preparando estrutura de arquivos de ISO..."
-#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624
+#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "configuração de boot do DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "Ok"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
-"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"É possível mudar a imagem ISO agora em %1, como adicionar um arquivo XML do "
-"AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n"
+"É possível mudar a imagem ISO agora em %1, como adicionar um arquivo XML do AutoYaST completamente diferente.\n"
"Se você clicar no botão OK, a imagem ISO será criada."
-#. create the actual ISO file
-#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
+#. create the actual ISO file
+#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "Armazenar imagem ISO em..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "Criando Arquivo ISO..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "Imagem ISO criada com êxito em %1"
-#. Summary
-#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757
+#. Summary
+#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Padrões Selecionados"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes selecionados individualmente"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Pacotes para remoção"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Forçar Pacote de Kernel"
-#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875
+#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Impossível definir padrões: %1."
-#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936
-msgid ""
-"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
-"autoyast profile."
-msgstr ""
-"Falha na execução do resolver de pacote. Verifique sua seção de software no "
-"perfil do autoyast."
+#. Solve dependencies
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936
+msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
+msgstr "Falha na execução do resolver de pacote. Verifique sua seção de software no perfil do autoyast."
-#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid ""
-"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
-"disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr ""
-"O plano de partição configurado em seu perfil XML não é compatível com disco "
-"rígido. Está faltando %1MB"
+#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
+msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr "O plano de partição configurado em seu perfil XML não é compatível com disco rígido. Está faltando %1MB"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
msgstr "Total de %1 dispositivo"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo específico configurado."
-#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
-#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
+#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
+#. @return [Boolean]
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Avaliando partição raiz. Um momento por favor ..."
-#. a popup
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
+#. a popup
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026
msgid "No Linux root partition found."
msgstr "Nenhuma partição raiz Linux foi encontrada."
-#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
-#. is inevitable.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
+#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting
+#. is inevitable.
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
@@ -2845,49 +2711,49 @@
"Múltiplas partições raiz encontradas, mas você não configurou\n"
"qual partição raiz deve ser usada. Auto-instalação não é possível.\n"
-#. return list of available devices
-#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
+#. return list of available devices
+#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
msgstr "dispositivo '%1' não encontrado pelo back end de armazenamento"
-#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362
+#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "Obtendo dados de configuração..."
-#. Save YCP data into XML
-#. @param path to file
-#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
+#. Save YCP data into XML
+#. @param path to file
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Perfil do AutoYaST criptografado. Digite a senha duas vezes."
-#. Save sections of current profile to separate files
-#.
-#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
-#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
+#. Save sections of current profile to separate files
+#.
+#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
+#. @return - list of filenames
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Não foi possível gravar a seção %1 no arquivo %2."
-#. Read XML into YCP data
-#. @param path to file
-#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#. Read XML into YCP data
+#. @param path to file
+#. @return [Boolean]
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Perfil do AutoYaST criptografado. Digite a senha correta."
-#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now
-#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156
+#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now
+#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156
msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile"
msgstr "rótulo não encontrado ao procurar perfil do autoyast"
-#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file
-#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179
+#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file
+#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179
msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n"
msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a obtenção do perfil: \n"
-#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193
+#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/base.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n"
-#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question
-#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system.
-#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43
+#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question
+#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system.
+#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43
msgid ""
"Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n"
"may be overridden by Chef later.\n"
@@ -27,130 +27,130 @@
"poderão ser anuladas pelo Chef mais tarde.\n"
"Continuar configuração com YaST?"
-#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
+#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
msgid "Print the help for this module"
msgstr "Imprimir a Ajuda para este módulo"
-#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
+#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
msgstr "Imprimir a versão longa de Ajuda para este módulo"
-#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
+#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
msgstr "Imprimir uma versão longa da Ajuda deste módulo em formato XML"
-#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
+#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
msgstr "Iniciar shell interativo para controlar o módulo"
-#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
+#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes"
msgstr "Sair do modo interativo e salvar as mudanças"
-#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
+#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84
msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes"
msgstr "Abortar modo interativo sem salvar as mudanças"
-#. translators: command line "help" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
+#. translators: command line "help" option
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92
msgid "Print the help for this command"
msgstr "Imprimir a Ajuda para este comando"
-#. translators: command line "verbose" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
+#. translators: command line "verbose" option
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98
msgid "Show progress information"
msgstr "Mostrar Informação de Progresso"
-#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
+#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104
msgid "Where to store the XML output"
msgstr "Onde armazenar a saída em XML"
-#. string: command line interface is not supported
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
+#. string: command line interface is not supported
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
msgstr "Este módulo YaST2 não suporta o interface do comando de linha."
-#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
+#. translators: default error message for command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Use 'help' para uma lista completa dos comandos disponíveis."
-#. translators: default error message for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
+#. translators: default error message for command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para uma lista completa dos comandos disponíveis."
-#. translators: error message in command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
+#. translators: error message in command line interface
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365
msgid "Unknown Command: %1"
msgstr "Comando desconhecido: '%1"
-#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
+#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
msgstr "Opção '%1' tem valor omitido."
-#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
+#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
msgstr "Opção desconhecida para comando '%1': %2"
-#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
+#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
+#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
+#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
msgstr "Valor inválido para opção '%1': %2"
-#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
+#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
msgstr "Valor inválido para opção '%1' -- esperado '%2', recebido %3"
-#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
+#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
msgstr "Opção '%1' não pode ter o valor. Valor dado: %2"
-#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
-#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
+#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
+#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para uma lista completa de opções disponíveis."
-#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
-#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
+#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
+#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para uma lista completa de opções disponíveis."
-#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
+#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561
msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n"
msgstr "YaST Módulo de Configuração %1\n"
-#. translators: the command does not provide any help
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
+#. translators: the command does not provide any help
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585
msgid "No help available"
msgstr "Nenhuma Ajuda disponível"
-#. Process <command> "help"
-#. translators: %1 is the command name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
+#. Process <command> "help"
+#. translators: %1 is the command name
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589
msgid "Command '%1'"
msgstr "Comando '%1'"
-#. translators: command line options
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
+#. translators: command line options
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options:"
@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@
"\n"
" Opções:"
-#. additional help for using command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
+#. additional help for using command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698
msgid ""
"\n"
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@
"\n"
" Opções do tipo [string] devem ser escritas no formato 'opção=valor'."
-#. translators: example title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
+#. translators: example title for command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705
msgid ""
"\n"
" Example:"
@@ -176,193 +176,184 @@
"\n"
" Exemplo:"
-#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
+#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735
msgid "This is a YaST module."
msgstr "Este é um módulo do YaST."
-#. translators: short help title for command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
+#. translators: short help title for command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740
msgid "Basic Syntax:"
msgstr "Sintaxe Básica:"
-#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
+#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
+#. translate <command> and [options] only!
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> [Descrição] [opções]"
-#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
+#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
+#. translate <command> only!
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help"
msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> help"
-#. translators: module command line help
-#. translate <command> and [options] only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
+#. translators: module command line help
+#. translate <command> and [options] only!
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789
msgid " <command> [options]"
msgstr " <comando> [opções]"
-#. translators: module command line help
-#. translate <command> only!
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
+#. translators: module command line help
+#. translate <command> only!
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792
msgid " <command> help"
msgstr " <comando> help"
-#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
+#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804
msgid "Commands:"
msgstr "Comandos:"
-#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
+#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820
msgid "No help available."
msgstr "Nenhuma Ajuda disponível."
-#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
+#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
+#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr ""
-"Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para uma lista de opções disponíveis."
+msgstr "Execute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para uma lista de opções disponíveis."
-#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
-"xmlfile= command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Nome de arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') ausente. Use a opção de linha "
-"de comando xmlfile=."
+#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option."
+msgstr "Nome de arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') ausente. Use a opção de linha de comando xmlfile=."
-#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= "
-"command line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Nome de arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') vazio. Use a opção de linha de "
-"comando xmlfile=."
+#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942
+msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option."
+msgstr "Nome de arquivo de destino (opção 'xmlfile') vazio. Use a opção de linha de comando xmlfile=."
-#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
+#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "desconhecido"
-#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
+#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437
msgid "or '%1'"
msgstr "ou '%1'"
-#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
+#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
msgstr "Especifique o comando '%1'."
-#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
+#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Especifique um dos comandos: %1."
-#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
+#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
msgstr "Especifique somente um dos comandos: %1."
-#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
+#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Não existe interface de usuário disponível para este módulo."
-#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
+#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Pronto"
-#. non-GUI handling
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
+#. non-GUI handling
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Inicializando"
-#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
+#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584
msgid "Finishing"
msgstr "Encerrando"
-#. translators: The command line interface is finished
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
+#. translators: The command line interface is finished
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
+#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
msgstr "Saindo (sem modificações)"
-#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
-#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
+#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
+#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608
msgid "yes or no?"
msgstr "sim ou não?"
-#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
+#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613
msgid "yes"
msgstr "sim"
-#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
-#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
+#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
+#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616
msgid "no"
msgstr "não"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#. File: modules/InstError.ycp
-#. Package: Installation
-#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors
-#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. This module provides unified interface for reporting
-#. installation errors.
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#. File: modules/InstError.ycp
+#. Package: Installation
+#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors
+#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. This module provides unified interface for reporting
+#. installation errors.
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72
msgid "Save y2logs to..."
msgstr "Gravar y2logs em..."
-#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79
+#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79
msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..."
msgstr "Gravando registros do YaST em %1..."
-#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename
-#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2)
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98
+#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename
+#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2)
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98
msgid ""
"Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n"
"%2"
@@ -370,17 +361,17 @@
"Impossível gravar os registros do YaST em %1\n"
"%2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message
-#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message
+#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139
msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file."
msgstr "Mais informações podem ser encontradas quase no fim do arquivo '%1'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message
-#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
-#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
-#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message
+#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
+#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored
+#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157
msgid ""
"This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
@@ -390,86 +381,86 @@
"Anexe também os registros do YaST armazenados no diretório '%2'.\n"
"Consulte %3 para obter mais informações sobre os registros do YaST."
-#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
-#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
-#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
-#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
-#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
+#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
+#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
+#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
+#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
+#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
+#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
-#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
+#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178
msgid "&Save YaST Logs..."
msgstr "&Gravar registros do YaST..."
-#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically
-#. from YaST logs.
-#.
-#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
+#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically
+#. from YaST logs.
+#.
+#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Erro de Instalação"
-#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
-#. unloading after end of block.
-#. @param [String] package to load
-#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
-#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
-#.
-#. @example
-#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
-#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
-#. end
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
+#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
+#. unloading after end of block.
+#. @param [String] package to load
+#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield
+#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed
+#.
+#. @example
+#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do
+#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic")
+#. end
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
msgstr "Carregando no pacote de memória '%s'"
-#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
+#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
msgstr "Removendo do pacote de memória '%s'"
-#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
+#. error report
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Nenhum workflow definido para este modo de instalação."
-#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
+#. last part of the question (variable)
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
msgstr "Deseja continuar ou interromper a instalação?"
-#. button label
-#. Button that will continue with the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
+#. button label
+#. Button that will continue with the installation
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Continuar a instalação"
-#. button label
-#. Button that will really abort the installation
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
+#. button label
+#. Button that will really abort the installation
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "&Abortar a instalação"
-#. last part of the question (variable)
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
+#. last part of the question (variable)
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
msgstr "Deseja adicionar o produto novo mesmo assim?"
-#. popup dialog caption
-#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
+#. popup dialog caption
+#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Aviso"
-#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
+#. popup message, %1 is list of problems
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200
msgid ""
"The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n"
"Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n"
@@ -482,8 +473,7 @@
"%2"
msgstr ""
"O perfil não lhe permite executar os produtos neste sistema.\n"
-"Prosseguir para a execução desta instalação lhe deixará em um estado sem "
-"suporte,\n"
+"Prosseguir para a execução desta instalação lhe deixará em um estado sem suporte,\n"
"o que pode impactar nos seus requisitos de conformidade.\n"
" \n"
"Os requisitos a seguir não foram atendidos neste sistema:\n"
@@ -492,28 +482,28 @@
"\n"
"%2"
-#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
-#. bugzilla #332436
-#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
+#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once
+#. bugzilla #332436
+#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
msgstr "Erro interno durante a integração do workflow adicional."
-#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
+#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "O valor de %1 é inválido."
-#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
+#. service status - label
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr "Não disponível"
-#. help text for service auto start widget
-#. %1 and %2 are button labels
-#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
-#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
-#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
+#. help text for service auto start widget
+#. %1 and %2 are button labels
+#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
+#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
+#. (both without quotes)
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -523,13 +513,13 @@
"Para iniciar o serviço sempre que seu computador for inicializado, defina\n"
"<b>%1</b>. Caso contrário, defina <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for service auto start widget
-#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels
-#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
-#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
-#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
-#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
+#. help text for service auto start widget
+#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels
+#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting"
+#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually"
+#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd"
+#. (both without quotes)
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -541,55 +531,55 @@
"<b>%1</b>. Para iniciar o serviço via o daemon xinetd, defina <b>%3</b>.\n"
"De outra forma, defina <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. radio button
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314
msgid "During Boot"
msgstr "Durante a Inicialização"
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. radio button
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr "Via xinetd"
-#. radio button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
+#. radio button
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Via &xinetd"
-#. frame
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
+#. frame
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373
msgid "Service Start"
msgstr "Início do Serviço"
-#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
+#. service status - label
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464
msgid "Service is running"
msgstr "O serviço está em execução"
-#. service status - label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
+#. service status - label
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470
msgid "Service is not running"
msgstr "O serviço não está em execução"
-#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2
-#. %1 and %2 are push button labels
-#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
-#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
-#. (both without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
+#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2
+#. %1 and %2 are push button labels
+#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now"
+#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now"
+#. (both without quotes)
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the service immediately, use \n"
@@ -599,11 +589,11 @@
"Para iniciar ou parar serviço imediatamente, use\n"
"<b>%1</b> ou <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional
-#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
-#. (without quotes)
-#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
+#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional
+#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
+#. (without quotes)
+#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -611,49 +601,49 @@
"<p>Para salvar todas as mudanças e reiniciar o\n"
"serviço imediatamente, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530
msgid "Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Iniciar Serviço Agora"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532
msgid "Stop the Service Now"
msgstr "Parar Serviço Agora"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "Salvar Configurações e Reiniciar Serviço Agora"
-#. push button for immediate service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
+#. push button for immediate service starting
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575
msgid "&Start the Service Now"
msgstr "Iniciar &Serviço Agora"
-#. push button for immediate service stopping
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
+#. push button for immediate service stopping
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582
msgid "S&top the Service Now"
msgstr "Parar Serviço Agora &t"
-#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
+#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
msgstr "S&alvar Configurações e Reiniciar Serviço Agora"
-#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
+#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Ligar e Desligar"
-#. Current status
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
+#. Current status
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Situação Atual: "
-#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
-#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
+#. help text for LDAP enablement widget
+#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes)
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -663,39 +653,39 @@
"Para armazenar configurações no LDAP em vez de em arquivos,\n"
"configure <b>%1</b>.</p>"
-#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
+#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741
msgid "LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Suporte LDAP Ativo"
-#. check box
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
+#. check box
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Suporte &LDAP Ativo"
-#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
+#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
-#. push button
-#. push button
-#. Button label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#. Button label
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Acima"
-#. push button
-#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942
msgid "&Down"
msgstr "A&baixo"
-#. popup message
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
+#. popup message
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302
msgid ""
"The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n"
"because it is in use.\n"
@@ -705,38 +695,38 @@
"pois está em uso.\n"
"Primeiro pare de usa-la na configuração."
-#. popup title
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
+#. popup title
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
msgstr "Não pode eliminar chave TSIG."
-#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
+#. popup headline
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo com Chave de Autenticação"
-#. popup headline
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
+#. popup headline
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo para Chave de Autenticação"
-#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
+#. error report
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
msgstr "O nome de arquivo especificado é um diretório existente."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
msgstr "O arquivo especificado existe. Regravá-lo?"
-#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
+#. error report
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
msgstr "O ID de chave TSIG não foi especificado."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373
msgid ""
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
@@ -744,8 +734,8 @@
"A chave com o ID especificado existe e é usada.\n"
"Remove-la?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393
msgid ""
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
@@ -753,28 +743,28 @@
"Uma chave com o ID especificado foi encontrada\n"
"no seu disco. Remove-la?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
msgstr "A Chave será criada agora. Continuar?"
-#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
+#. error report
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
msgstr "Criação de chave TSIG falhou."
-#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
+#. message popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo especificado não existe."
-#. message popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
+#. message popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
msgstr "O arquivo especificado não contém Chave TSIG."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460
msgid ""
"The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n"
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
@@ -784,8 +774,8 @@
"mesmo identificador de algumas chaves já presentes.\n"
"Chaves antigas serão removidas. Continuar?"
-#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
+#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
@@ -793,20 +783,19 @@
"<p><b><big>Gerenciamento de chaves TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
"Use este diálogo para gerenciar chaves TSIG.</p>\n"
-#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
+#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Adicionando uma Chave TSIG Existente</b></big><br>\n"
-"Para adicionar uma chave TSIG já criada, selecione um <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> "
-"do arquivo que\n"
+"Para adicionar uma chave TSIG já criada, selecione um <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> do arquivo que\n"
"contém a chave e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
+#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n"
@@ -814,14 +803,12 @@
"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Criando uma Nova Chave TSIG</b></big><br>\n"
-"Para criar uma nova chave TSIG, defina o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> do arquivo "
-"no qual a chave será\n"
-"criada e o <b>ID da Chave</b> para identificar a chave. Em seguida, clique "
-"em\n"
+"Para criar uma nova chave TSIG, defina o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> do arquivo no qual a chave será\n"
+"criada e o <b>ID da Chave</b> para identificar a chave. Em seguida, clique em\n"
"<b>Gerar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
+#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n"
"To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
@@ -837,83 +824,83 @@
"do servidor, ela não pode ser eliminada. Primeiro o servidor deve \n"
"parar de usar a chave.</p>\n"
-#. Frame label - adding a created server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
+#. Frame label - adding a created server key
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
msgstr "Adicionar Chave TSIG Existente"
-#. Frame label - creating a new server key
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
+#. Frame label - creating a new server key
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
msgstr "Criar Nova Chave TSIG"
-#. text entry
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
+#. text entry
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653
msgid "&Key ID"
msgstr "ID da Cha&ve"
-#. push button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
+#. push button
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685
msgid "&Generate"
msgstr "&Gerar"
-#. Table header - in fact label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
+#. Table header - in fact label
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Chaves TSIG Atuais"
-#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#. table header - GPG key ID
-#. table header - GPG key ID
-#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
+#. Table header item - DNS key listing
+#. table header - GPG key ID
+#. table header - GPG key ID
+#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444"
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57
msgid "Key ID"
msgstr "ID da Chave"
-#. Table header item - DNS key listing
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
+#. Table header item - DNS key listing
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome de Arquivo"
-#. combobox header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
+#. combobox header
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484
msgid "&Selected Option"
msgstr "Opção &Selecionada"
-#. heading / label
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
+#. heading / label
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533
msgid "Current Option: "
msgstr "Opção atual: "
-#. error report
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
+#. error report
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717
msgid "The selected option is already present."
msgstr "A opção selecionada já está presente."
-#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
+#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
msgstr "Ch."
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Opção"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. help 1/4
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
+#. help 1/4
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -923,8 +910,8 @@
"Para editar as configurações, escolha a entrada\n"
"apropriada da tabela e clique <b>Editar</b>.</p>"
-#. help 2/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
+#. help 2/4, optional
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -932,8 +919,8 @@
"<p>Para adicionar nova opção, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover\n"
"uma opção, selecione-a e clique <b>Remover</b>.</p>"
-#. help 3/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
+#. help 3/4, optional
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
@@ -941,51 +928,50 @@
"<P>A coluna <B>Ch.</B> da tabela mostra \n"
"se a opção foi modificada.</P>"
-#. help 4/4, optional
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
+#. help 4/4, optional
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
msgid ""
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
"in the list.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para reorganizar as opções, selecione uma opção\n"
-"e use <b>Acima</b> e <b>Para baixo</b> para mover-se para cima ou para "
-"baixo\n"
+"e use <b>Acima</b> e <b>Para baixo</b> para mover-se para cima ou para baixo\n"
"na lista.</p>"
-#. menu button
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
+#. menu button
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204
msgid "&Other"
msgstr "&Outros"
-#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
-#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
+#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
+#. device
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504
msgid "The device is not configured"
msgstr "O dispositivo não está configurado"
-#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
-#. device
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
+#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
+#. device
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507
msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure"
msgstr "Pressione <B>Editar</B> para configurar"
-#. Message shown while loading modules information
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
+#. Message shown while loading modules information
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
msgstr "Carregando módulos, favor esperar ..."
-#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
+#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "Centro de Controle do YaST"
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262
msgid "Run"
msgstr "Executar"
-#. show popup when running as non-root
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
+#. show popup when running as non-root
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273
msgid ""
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges."
@@ -993,13 +979,13 @@
"O Centro de Controle do YaST2 não está sendo executado como root.\n"
"Você somente verá os módulos que não precisem do privilégio de root."
-#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
+#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard"
msgstr "Controlando o ncurses do YaST com o Teclado"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
+#. NCurses Control Center help 1/
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323
msgid ""
"<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n"
"Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n"
@@ -1013,22 +999,13 @@
"Selecione ou ative elementos com [ESPAÇO] ou [ENTER].\n"
"Alguns elementos usam setas (ex., para rolar nas listas).</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
-msgid ""
-"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
-"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
-"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
-"on the right.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A navegação em árvore também é feita usando as teclas de setas. Para "
-"abrir ou fechar uma ramificação, use [ESPAÇO]. Para os módulos que mostram "
-"uma árvore (pode parecer com uma lista) de itens de configuração do lado "
-"esquerdo, use [ENTER] para acessar a caixa de diálogo correspondente à "
-"direita.</p>"
+#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
+msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A navegação em árvore também é feita usando as teclas de setas. Para abrir ou fechar uma ramificação, use [ESPAÇO]. Para os módulos que mostram uma árvore (pode parecer com uma lista) de itens de configuração do lado esquerdo, use [ENTER] para acessar a caixa de diálogo correspondente à direita.</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
+#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
@@ -1036,8 +1013,8 @@
"<p>Botões são equipados com teclas de atalho (Letra grifada)\n"
"Use [ALT] e a letra para ativar o botão..</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
+#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
@@ -1045,8 +1022,8 @@
"<p>Tecle [ESC] para fechar janelas selecionadas (ex., por\n"
"botões de menu) sem escolher alguma coisa.</p>\n"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
+#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
msgid ""
"<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n"
"<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n"
@@ -1060,8 +1037,8 @@
"Se [TAB] e [SHIFT] (ou [ALT]) + [TAB] não funcionam,\n"
"mova o foco para frente com [CTRL] + [F] e retorne com [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
+#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n"
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
@@ -1071,25 +1048,22 @@
"tente [ESC] + [letra]. Exemplo: [ESC] + [H] para [ALT] + [H].\n"
"[ESC] + [TAB] também substitui [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
+#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
-"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Teclas de Função</i><br>\n"
-"As teclas F fornecem acesso rápido às funções principais. As vinculações das "
-"teclas de função referentes à caixa de diálogo atual são mostradas na linha "
-"inferior.</p>"
+"As teclas F fornecem acesso rápido às funções principais. As vinculações das teclas de função referentes à caixa de diálogo atual são mostradas na linha inferior.</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
+#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
msgstr "<p>As teclas F estão normalmente associadas a uma certa ação:</p>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
+#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
msgid ""
"F1 = Help<br>\n"
"F2 = Info or Description<br>\n"
@@ -1113,8 +1087,8 @@
"F9 = Abortar ou Cancelar<br>\n"
"F10 = OK, Próximo, Encerrar, ou Aceitar<br>"
-#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
-#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
+#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10
+#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
@@ -1122,93 +1096,81 @@
"<p>Em alguns ambientes, não há disponibilidade\n"
"de nenhuma ou algumas das teclas F.</p>"
-#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
-#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
-#. For systemd compliant services, just do
-#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
-#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
-#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
-#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
-#. written.
-#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
-#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
-#. is not running, despite the real value.
-#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
-#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
-#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
msgstr "Reiniciar Após Gravar Configurações"
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
msgstr "Recarregar Após Gravar Configurações"
-#. @return [YaST::Term]
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
msgid "Service Status"
msgstr "Status do Serviço"
-#. Content for the help
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
-"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
-"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
-"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the "
-"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
-"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
-"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Status atual</big></b><br>\n"
-"Exibe o status atual do serviço. O status continuará o mesmo após gravar as "
-"configurações, independentemente do valor de \"iniciar serviço durante a "
-"inicialização\".</p>\n"
+"Exibe o status atual do serviço. O status continuará o mesmo após gravar as configurações, independentemente do valor de \"iniciar serviço durante a inicialização\".</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aplicável apenas se o serviço estiver em execução. Verifique se o serviço em "
-"execução recarrega a nova configuração depois de gravá-la (encerrando a "
-"caixa de diálogo ou pressionando o botão Aplicar).</p>\n"
+"Aplicável apenas se o serviço estiver em execução. Verifique se o serviço em execução recarrega a nova configuração depois de gravá-la (encerrando a caixa de diálogo ou pressionando o botão Aplicar).</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Iniciar Durante Inicialização do Sistema</big></b><br>\n"
-"Marque esse campo para habilitar o serviço na inicialização do sistema. "
-"Desmarque-o para desabilitar o serviço. Isso não afeta o status atual do "
-"serviço no sistema que já está em execução.</p>\n"
+"Marque esse campo para habilitar o serviço na inicialização do sistema. Desmarque-o para desabilitar o serviço. Isso não afeta o status atual do serviço no sistema que já está em execução.</p>\n"
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155
msgid "Current status:"
msgstr "Status atual:"
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168
msgid "Start During System Boot"
msgstr "Iniciar Durante Inicialização do Sistema"
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192
msgid "running"
msgstr "executando"
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194
msgid "Stop now"
msgstr "Parar agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199
msgid "stopped"
msgstr "parado"
-#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201
msgid "Start now"
msgstr "Iniciar agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
-#. %1 is the filesystem path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
+#. %1 is the filesystem path
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287
msgid ""
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
@@ -1216,9 +1178,9 @@
"Embora o caminho %1 já exista, ele não é um diretório.\n"
"Continuar ou cancelar a operação?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
-#. for a share, %1 is entered path
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
+#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
+#. for a share, %1 is entered path
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300
msgid ""
"The path %1 does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -1226,9 +1188,9 @@
"O caminho %1 não existe.\n"
"Criá-lo agora?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
-#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
-#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
+#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
+#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319
msgid ""
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
@@ -1236,225 +1198,225 @@
"Falha ao criar o diretório %1.\n"
"Continuar ou cancelar a operação atual?\n"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Adicionar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "C&ontinuar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "&Sim"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70
msgid "&No"
msgstr "&Não"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76
msgid "&Finish"
msgstr "&Encerrar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Ed&itar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94
msgid "Abo&rt"
msgstr "Abo&rtar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100
msgid "Abo&rt Installation"
msgstr "Abo&rtar a instalação"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106
msgid "&Ignore"
msgstr "&Ignorar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112
msgid "&Next"
msgstr "A&vançar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118
msgid "Ne&w"
msgstr "No&vo"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Apa&gar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130
msgid "&Back"
msgstr "&Voltar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Aceitar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142
msgid "&Do Not Accept"
msgstr "Não &Aceitar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148
msgid "&Quit"
msgstr "&Sair"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "T&entar novamente"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160
msgid "&Replace"
msgstr "Substitui&R"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172
msgid "Do&wn"
msgstr "A&baixo"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178
msgid "Sele&ct"
msgstr "Sele&cionar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184
msgid "Remo&ve"
msgstr "Remo&ver"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190
msgid "&Refresh"
msgstr "&Renovar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Ajuda"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instalar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208
msgid "&Do Not Install"
msgstr "&Não Instalar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214
msgid "&Download"
msgstr "&Download"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220
msgid "&Save"
msgstr "&Salvar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226
msgid "&Stop"
msgstr "&Parar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232
msgid "C&lose"
msgstr "&Fechar"
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238
msgid "Bro&wse..."
msgstr "P&esquisar..."
-#. Button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244
+#. Button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244
msgid "Crea&te"
msgstr "&Criar"
-#. Button label
-#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip
-#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
-#. PushButton label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
+#. Button label
+#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip
+#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
+#. PushButton label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Ignorar"
-#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262
+#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Erro"
-#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268
+#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr "Aguarde..."
-#. TextEntry Label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313
+#. TextEntry Label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313
msgid "&Filename"
msgstr "&Nome de Arquivo"
-#. TextEntry Label
-#. textentry label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
+#. TextEntry Label
+#. textentry label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "S&enha"
-#. TextEntry Label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325
+#. TextEntry Label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325
msgid "C&onfirm Password"
msgstr "C&onfirme a Senha"
-#. TextEntry Label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331
+#. TextEntry Label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Porta"
-#. TextEntry Label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337
+#. TextEntry Label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Nome do &Host"
-#. TextEntry Label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343
+#. TextEntry Label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opções"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46
msgid ""
"YaST cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
@@ -1462,34 +1424,34 @@
"O YaST não pode continuar a configuração\n"
"sem instalar os pacotes requeridos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56
msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
msgstr "Não pode iniciar o serviço '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64
msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
msgstr "Não pode reiniciar o serviço '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72
msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service"
msgstr "Não pode parar o serviço '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP"
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP"
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83
msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações em %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1499,19 +1461,19 @@
"\n"
"Motivo: '%2' "
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out"
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out"
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114
msgid "Error writing file '%1'"
msgstr "Erro gravando arquivo %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127
msgid ""
"Error writing file '%1'.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1521,19 +1483,19 @@
"\n"
"Motivo: '%2' "
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in"
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in"
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141
msgid "Cannot open file '%1'"
msgstr "Nao pode ser aberto arquivo %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153
msgid ""
"Cannot open file '%1'.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1543,18 +1505,18 @@
"\n"
"Motivo: '%2' "
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Verifique o ambiente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175
msgid ""
"Unknown Error.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1564,16 +1526,16 @@
"\n"
"Descrição: '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182
msgid "This item must be completed."
msgstr "Este ítem deve ser completado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193
msgid ""
"The directory '%1' does not exist.\n"
"Create it?"
@@ -1581,8 +1543,8 @@
"O diretório '%1' não existe.\n"
"Cria-lo?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203
msgid ""
"The domain has changed.\n"
"You must reboot for the changes to take effect."
@@ -1590,85 +1552,85 @@
"O domínio foi alterado.\n"
"Você deve executar novo boot para as mudanças serem efetivadas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212
+#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212
msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again"
msgstr "Não mostre esta mensagem nov&Amente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220
msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service."
msgstr "Não pode ajustar serviço '%1'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228
msgid "Missing parameter '%1'."
msgstr "Parâmetro omitido '%1'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name
-#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
-#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory
-#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name
+#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
+#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory
+#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239
msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'."
msgstr "Não pode ser criado o diretório '%1'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Não pode ler as configurações atuais."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253
msgid "SuSEconfig script failed."
msgstr "Script SuSEconfig falhou."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
msgstr "Falha ao instalar pacotes requeridos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
msgid "Updating system configuration..."
msgstr "Atualizando configuração do sistema..."
-#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
+#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
msgid "This may take a while."
msgstr "Isto pode levar algum tempo."
-#. Get information about the OS release
-#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
-#. is missing.
-#.
-#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
-#. @return [String] the release information
-#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
+#. Get information about the OS release
+#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
+#. is missing.
+#.
+#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system)
+#. @return [String] the release information
+#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr "Arquivo de versão %{file} não encontrado"
-#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
+#. Confirm user request to abort installation
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Realmente abortar a instalação?"
-#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Realmente abortar YaST Reparo do Sistema?"
-#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#. Button that will really abort the repair
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Abortar Reparo do Sistema"
-#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
+#. Button that will continue with the repair
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "&Continuar Reparo do Sistema"
-#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1678,10 +1640,10 @@
"O Linux não será instalado.\n"
"Seu disco rígido ficará inalterado."
-#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
-#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
-#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
+#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
+#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
+#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1693,9 +1655,9 @@
"que poderá ou não ser usado.\n"
"Pode ser necessário reinstalar.\n"
-#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
-#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
+#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
+#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1705,221 +1667,221 @@
"O Linux não será utilizável.\n"
"Você necessitará reinstalar."
-#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
+#. Confirm aborting the program
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Realmente abortar?"
-#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
+#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Todas as modificações serão perdidas!"
-#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
-#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
+#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
+#. button label
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalhes..."
-#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103
+#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103
msgid "Messages"
msgstr "Mensagens"
-#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
+#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
msgstr "Mostrar Mensagens: %1"
-#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed
-#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file
-#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed
-#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
-#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
-#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
+#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed
+#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file
+#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed
+#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file
+#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed
+#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file
+#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "sim"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101
msgid "No"
msgstr "não"
-#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120
+#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
msgstr "Mensagens de Timeout: %1"
-#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
+#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
msgstr "Mensagens de Registro: %1"
-#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
+#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134
msgid "Warnings"
msgstr "Alertas"
-#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
+#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141
msgid "Display Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Mostrar Alertas: %1"
-#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
+#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150
msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Alertas de Timeout: %1"
-#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
+#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
msgstr "Alertas do Registro: %1"
-#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164
+#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164
msgid "Errors"
msgstr "Erros"
-#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
+#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171
msgid "Display Errors: %1"
msgstr "Mostrar Erros: %1"
-#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180
+#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180
msgid "Time-out Errors: %1"
msgstr "Erros de Timeout: %1"
-#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
-#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
+#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file?
+#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
msgstr "Erros de Registro: %1"
-#. translators: warnings summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668
+#. translators: warnings summary header
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668
msgid "Warning:"
msgstr "Alerta:"
-#. translators: errors summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685
+#. translators: errors summary header
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685
msgid "Error:"
msgstr "Erro:"
-#. translators: message summary header
-#. translators: message summary header
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
-#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719
+#. translators: message summary header
+#. translators: message summary header
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702
+#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719
msgid "Message:"
msgstr "Mensagem:"
-#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile
-#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68
+#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile
+#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68
msgid "Not configured yet."
msgstr "Não configurado ainda."
-#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected
-#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82
+#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected
+#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82
msgid "Not detected."
msgstr "Não detectado."
-#. Create an edit table with basic buttons.
-#.
-#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header
-#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table
-#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another
-#. button).
-#.
-#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI.
-#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items.
-#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to
-#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption.
-#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
-#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons.
-#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
-#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons.
-#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
-#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually
-#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default.
-#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
-#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]()
-#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table>
-#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr>
-#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr>
-#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr>
-#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr>
-#. </table>
-#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82
+#. Create an edit table with basic buttons.
+#.
+#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header
+#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table
+#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another
+#. button).
+#.
+#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI.
+#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items.
+#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to
+#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption.
+#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
+#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons.
+#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
+#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons.
+#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
+#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually
+#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default.
+#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here.
+#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]()
+#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table>
+#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr>
+#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr>
+#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr>
+#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr>
+#. </table>
+#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "A&dicionar"
-#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83
+#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84
+#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "A&pagar"
-#. translators: Tree header
-#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
+#. translators: Tree header
+#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152
msgid "&Variable"
msgstr "&Variável"
-#. FIXME: do it
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
+#. FIXME: do it
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
msgstr "Xterm ausente; instale o pacote xterm."
-#. Get widget description map
-#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
+#. Get widget description map
+#. @return widget description map
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
msgstr "Chaves GPG Privadas"
-#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#. table header - GPG key user ID
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
+#. table header - GPG key user ID
+#. table header - GPG key user ID
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226
msgid "User ID"
msgstr "ID de Usuário"
-#. table header - GPG key fingerprint
-#. table header - GPG key fingerprint
-#. lazy
-#. Standard text strings
-#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
+#. table header - GPG key fingerprint
+#. table header - GPG key fingerprint
+#. lazy
+#. Standard text strings
+#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC"
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55
msgid "Fingerprint"
msgstr "Impressão digital"
-#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
+#. fill up the widget in init handler
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1927,14 +1889,14 @@
"<p><big><b>Chave GPG Privada</b></big><br>\n"
"A tabela contém a lista de chaves GPG privadas.</p>"
-#. Get widget description map
-#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
+#. Get widget description map
+#. @return widget description map
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219
msgid "GPG Public Keys"
msgstr "Chaves GPG Públicas"
-#. fill up the widget in init handler
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
+#. fill up the widget in init handler
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
@@ -1942,33 +1904,31 @@
"<p><big><b>Chave GPG Pública</b></big><br>\n"
"A tabela contém a lista de chaves GPG públicas.</p>"
-#. Get widget description map
-#. @return widget description map
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
+#. Get widget description map
+#. @return widget description map
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282
msgid "&Create a new GPG key..."
msgstr "&Criar uma nova chave GPG..."
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
-"information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Criar uma nova chave GPG</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> foi iniciado, consulte o pager manual <tt>gpg</tt> "
-"para obter mais informações.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> foi iniciado, consulte o pager manual <tt>gpg</tt> para obter mais informações.\n"
" Pressione Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n"
" </p>"
-#. text entry
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
+#. text entry
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
msgstr "&Frase Secreta para a Chave GPG %1"
-#. help text
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
+#. help text
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
@@ -1976,37 +1936,36 @@
"<p><big><b>Frase Secreta</b></big><br>\n"
"Digite a frase secreta para desbloquear a chave GPG."
-#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
-#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
+#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
+#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
msgstr "Digitar Frase Secreta"
-#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
-#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
+#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
+#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
msgstr "Digite a Frase Secreta para Desbloquear a Chave GPG %1:"
-#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
-#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
-#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
+#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
+#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
+#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
msgstr "Insira uma mensagem de registro que descreva as mudanças que você fez."
-#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
+#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n"
"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registro Mostrado</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Registro</b> para selecionar o registro que quer mostrar. Será "
-"mostrado\n"
+"Use <b>Registro</b> para selecionar o registro que quer mostrar. Será mostrado\n"
"no campo abaixo.</p>\n"
-#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120
+#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n"
"This screen displays the log.</p>"
@@ -2014,20 +1973,19 @@
"<p><b><big>O Registro</big></b><br>\n"
"Esta tela mostra o registro.</p>"
-#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130
+#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n"
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para processar ações avançadas ou salvar o registro em arquivo, clique <b>"
-"%1</b>\n"
+"Para processar ações avançadas ou salvar o registro em arquivo, clique <b>%1</b>\n"
"e selecione a ação para processar.</p>"
-#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145
+#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n"
@@ -2037,70 +1995,69 @@
"Para processar ações avançadas, clique <b>%1</b>\n"
"e selecione a ação para processar.</p>"
-#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158
+#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n"
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para salvar o registro em arquivo, clique <b>Salvar Registro</b> e selecione "
-"o \n"
+"Para salvar o registro em arquivo, clique <b>Salvar Registro</b> e selecione o \n"
"arquivo onde salvar o registro.</p>\n"
-#. menu button
-#. Get the buttons below the box with the log
-#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed)
-#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
-#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
-#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
+#. menu button
+#. Get the buttons below the box with the log
+#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed)
+#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget
+#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vançado"
-#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
-#. of error in the YaST code)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
+#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case
+#. of error in the YaST code)
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231
msgid "Log"
msgstr "Registro"
-#. logview caption
-#. logview caption
-#. menubutton
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
+#. logview caption
+#. logview caption
+#. menubutton
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545
msgid "&Log"
msgstr "&Registro"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
+#. menubutton entry
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255
msgid "&Save Log"
msgstr "&Salvar Registro"
-#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
+#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
msgstr "Salvar Registro como..."
-#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
-#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
+#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
+#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
msgid "Error occurred while reading the log."
msgstr "Ocorreu erro durante leitura do registro."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Zona Desconhecida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2108,46 +2065,46 @@
"Interface '%1' não está associada a uma zona de firewall.\n"
"Execute YaST2 Firewall e associe manualmente.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Zona Externa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Zona Interna"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Zona Desmilitarizada"
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
-#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
+#. protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2161,221 +2118,219 @@
"É recomendado deixar a configuração e corrigir manualmente\n"
"o arquivo '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Detectar dispositivos de rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Ler configuração atual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Verificar possibilidade de serviços conflitantes"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Detectando dispositivos de rede..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo configuração atual..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Verificando possibilidade de serviços conflitantes ..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Ajustar serviço firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "Ajustando serviço firewall ..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Gravação da configuração falhou"
-#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
+#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Protocolo desconhecido (%1)"
-#. Returns service definition.
-#. See @services for the format.
-#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
-#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
-#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
-#. when service is not found (default false)
-#. @api private
-#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
-#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
-#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
-#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
-#. defined by package.
-#.
-#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
-#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
-#.
-#. @example
-#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
-#. "service:something",
-#. {
-#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
-#. }
-#. )
-#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
-#. information just yet. Lets do it now
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
+#. Returns service definition.
+#. See @services for the format.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
+#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
+#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
+#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
+#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
+#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
+#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
+#. defined by package.
+#.
+#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
+#.
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
+#.
+#. @example
+#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
+#. "service:something",
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service
+#. information just yet. Lets do it now
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr "O serviço com o nome '%{service_name}' não existe"
-#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
+#. Fallback for presented service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Serviço: %{filename}"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91
msgid "Block Zone"
msgstr "Bloquear Zona"
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97
msgid "Drop Zone"
msgstr "Descartar Zona"
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103
msgid "Home Zone"
msgstr "Zona Residencial"
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109
msgid "Public Zone"
msgstr "Zona Pública"
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112
msgid "Trusted Zone"
msgstr "Zona Confiável"
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115
msgid "Work Zone"
msgstr "Zona Comercial"
-#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
-#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
-#.
-#. @param service_name [String] The service name
-#. @return [String] Default description for service
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
+#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to
+#. determine if the service has been populated or not.
+#.
+#. @param service_name [String] The service name
+#. @return [String] Default description for service
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149
msgid "The %{service_name} Service"
msgstr "O Serviço %{service_name}"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
-#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server
+#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Serviço desconhecido '%1'"
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr ""
-"O firewall não pode ser ajustado durante a primeira fase da instalação."
+msgstr "O firewall não pode ser ajustado durante a primeira fase da instalação."
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
msgstr "O pacote do firewall não está instalado."
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
msgid "Firewall is disabled"
msgstr "Firewall está desabilitado"
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121
msgid "Firewall port is closed"
msgstr "Porta do Firewall está fechada"
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
msgstr "Porta do Firewall está aberta em todos os interfaces"
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
msgstr "Porta do Firewall está aberta nos interfaces selecionados"
-#. label
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
+#. label
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
msgstr "Nenhuma Placa de rede está configurada"
-#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
+#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone"
msgstr "A interface não está atribuída a nenhuma zona"
-#. transaltors: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
+#. transaltors: selection box title
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Interfaces de Rede com Porta Aberta &No Firewall"
-#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
-#. See bnc #382686
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
+#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
+#. See bnc #382686
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494
msgid ""
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Estas interfaces de rede atribuídas à rede interna não podem ser "
-"desmarcadas:\n"
+"Estas interfaces de rede atribuídas à rede interna não podem ser desmarcadas:\n"
"%1\n"
-#. question popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
+#. question popup
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515
msgid ""
"No interface is selected. Service will not\n"
"be available for other computers.\n"
@@ -2387,8 +2342,8 @@
"\n"
"Continuar?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n"
@@ -2402,10 +2357,10 @@
"\n"
"Continuar?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#. yes-no popup
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
+#. yes-no popup
+#. yes-no popup
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619
msgid ""
"Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n"
"on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n"
@@ -2419,23 +2374,23 @@
"\n"
"Continuar?"
-#. translators: selection box title
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
+#. translators: selection box title
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "&Interfaces de rede com porta aberta no Firewall"
-#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
+#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Select &All"
msgstr "Selecion&ar tudo"
-#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
+#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721
msgid "Select &None"
msgstr "Selecionar &Nenhum"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816
msgid ""
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2443,8 +2398,8 @@
"Erro ao verificar status do serviço:\n"
"%{details}"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850
msgid ""
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
@@ -2452,9 +2407,9 @@
"Erro ao definir status do serviço:\n"
"%{details}"
-#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
-#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
+#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
+#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes)
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n"
@@ -2464,10 +2419,10 @@
"Para abrir o firewall para permitir acesso ao serviço de computadores\n"
"remotos, informe <b>%1</b>.<br>"
-#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
-#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
-#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
+#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
+#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
+#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!!
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
@@ -2475,8 +2430,8 @@
"Para selecionar interfaces nas quais abrir a porta,\n"
"clique <b>%2</b>.<br>"
-#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
+#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
@@ -2484,467 +2439,467 @@
"Esta opção está disponível só se o firewall\n"
"está habilitado.</p>"
-#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
+#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Abrir Porta no Firewall"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016
msgid "Firewall Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Firewall"
-#. check box
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
+#. check box
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047
msgid "Open Port in &Firewall"
msgstr "Abrir Porta no &Firewall"
-#. push button
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
+#. push button
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054
msgid "Firewall &Details..."
msgstr "Detalhes do &Firewall..."
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082
msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}"
msgstr "Configurações de Firewall de %{firewall}"
-#. label text
-#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
+#. label text
+#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089
msgid "Firewall is open"
msgstr "Firewall está aberto"
-#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
+#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede"
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "desconhecido"
-#. Device type label
-#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1).
-#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface
-#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
-#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
-#. :-(
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
+#. Device type label
+#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1).
+#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface
+#. are represented as its sub-interfaces.
+#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface"
+#. :-(
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Endereços Adicionais"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "ARCnet"
msgstr "ARCnet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194
msgid "ARCnet Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede ARCnet"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "ATM"
msgstr "ATM"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
msgid "Bluetooth Connection"
msgstr "Conexão Bluetooth"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
msgid "Bond"
msgstr "Ligação"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206
msgid "Bond Network"
msgstr "Rede de Ligações"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209
msgid "CLAW"
msgstr "CLAW"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213
msgid "ISDN Card"
msgstr "Placa ISDN"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223
msgid "CTC"
msgstr "CTC"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217
msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
msgstr "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220
msgid "DSL Connection"
msgstr "Conexão DSL"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
msgid "Dummy"
msgstr "Simulado"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222
msgid "Dummy Network Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Rede Simulado"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227
msgid "ESCON"
msgstr "ESCON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede Ethernet"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222
msgid "FDDI"
msgstr "FDDI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede FDDI"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237
msgid "FICON"
msgstr "FICON"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242
msgid "HIPPI"
msgstr "HIPPI"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243
msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Hipersockets"
msgstr "Hipersockets"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272
msgid "ISDN Connection"
msgstr "Conexão ISDN"
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
msgid "IrDA"
msgstr "IrDA"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "Infrared Network Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Rede Infravermelho"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255
msgid "Infrared Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Infravermelho"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224
msgid "IUCV"
msgstr "IUCV"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "OSA LCS"
msgstr "OSA LCS"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede OSA LCS"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
msgstr "Loopback"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266
msgid "Loopback Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Loopback"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228
msgid "Myrinet"
msgstr "Myrinet"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270
msgid "Myrinet Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede Myrinet"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275
msgid "Parallel Line"
msgstr "Linha Paralela"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276
msgid "Parallel Line Connection"
msgstr "Conexão de Linha Paralela"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226
msgid "QETH"
msgstr "QETH"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283
msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)"
msgstr "Dispositivo OSA-Express ou QDIO (QETH)"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4"
msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288
msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Encapsulação IPv6-in-IPv4"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292
msgid "Serial Line"
msgstr "Linha Serial"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293
msgid "Serial Line Connection"
msgstr "Conexão de Linha Serial"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298
msgid "Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede Token Ring"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Rede USB"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
msgid "VMWare"
msgstr "VMWare"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303
msgid "VMWare Network Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Rede VMWare"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Wireless"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307
msgid "Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede Wireless"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
msgid "XPNET"
msgstr "XPNET"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310
msgid "XP Network"
msgstr "Rede XP"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312
msgid "Virtual LAN"
msgstr "LAN Virtual"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Ponte"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314
msgid "Network Bridge"
msgstr "Ponte de Rede"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
msgid "TUN"
msgstr "TUN"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316
msgid "Network TUNnel"
msgstr "TÚNel de Rede"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
msgid "TAP"
msgstr "TAP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318
msgid "Network TAP"
msgstr "TAP de Rede"
-#. Device type label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
+#. Device type label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152
msgid "InfiniBand"
msgstr "InfiniBand"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo InfiniBand"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
+#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Dispositivo desconhecido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
+#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "Endereço DHCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87
msgid "No IP address assigned"
msgstr "Nenhum endereço IP atribuído"
-#. translators: table header - details about the network device
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
+#. translators: table header - details about the network device
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109
msgid "Device Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Dispositivo"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome de Dispositivo"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do Dispositivo"
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Conectado"
-#. label message
-#. label message
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
+#. label message
+#. label message
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
msgstr "Pesquisando os host nesta rede local...."
-#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
+#. selection box label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214
msgid "&NFS Servers"
msgstr "Servidores &NFS"
-#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
+#. selection box label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238
msgid "Re&mote Hosts"
msgstr "Hosts re&motos"
-#. selection box label
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
+#. selection box label
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258
msgid "&Exported Directories"
msgstr "Diretórios &Exportados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
+#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n"
"but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n"
@@ -2956,10 +2911,10 @@
" \n"
"Deseja realmente continuar?"
-#. If there is network running, return true.
-#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
-#. @return true if network running
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
+#. If there is network running, return true.
+#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
+#. @return true if network running
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n"
@@ -2969,7 +2924,7 @@
"Reinicie a instalação e configure a rede no Linuxrc\n"
"ou continue sem rede."
-#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
+#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352
msgid ""
"No running network detected.\n"
"Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n"
@@ -2981,8 +2936,8 @@
"e inicie este módulo novamente\n"
"ou continue sem rede."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
-#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
+#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
msgid ""
"A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n"
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
@@ -2992,178 +2947,136 @@
"e '*+._-'. Um número de porta deve ser um número de 0 a 65535.\n"
"Espaços não são permitidos.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
+#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado; adicionado como interface interna "
-"do firewall"
+msgstr "Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado; adicionado como interface interna do firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
+#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr ""
-"Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado; adicionado como interface externa "
-"do firewall"
+msgstr "Novo dispositivo de rede '%1' encontrado; adicionado como interface externa do firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
+#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"O pacote SuSEfirewall2 não está instalado, o firewall será desabilitado."
+msgstr "O pacote SuSEfirewall2 não está instalado, o firewall será desabilitado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"O firewall está habilitado (desabilitar</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
+msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)"
+msgstr "O firewall está habilitado (desabilitar</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
-msgid ""
-"Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"O firewall está desabilitado (habilitar</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
+msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)"
+msgstr "O firewall está desabilitado (habilitar</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"A porta SSH está aberta (fechar</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
+msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)"
+msgstr "A porta SSH está aberta (fechar</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
-msgid ""
-"SSH port is blocked (open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"A porta SSH está bloqueada (abrir</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
+msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)"
+msgstr "A porta SSH está bloqueada (abrir</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (close</a>), "
-"but\n"
+"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"A porta SSH está aberta (fechar</a>),\n"
+"A porta SSH está aberta (fechar</a>),\n"
"mas não há interfaces de rede configuradas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
-"on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Você está instalando um sistema pelo SSH, mas não abriu a porta SSH no "
-"firewall."
+#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
+msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
+msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema pelo SSH, mas não abriu a porta SSH no firewall."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão abertas (fechar</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)"
+msgstr "As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão abertas (fechar</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
-msgid ""
-"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão bloqueadas (abrir</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
+msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)"
+msgstr "As portas de administração remota (VNC) estão bloqueadas (abrir</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
-"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Você está instalando um sistema com administração remota (VNC), mas não "
-"abriu as portas VNC no firewall."
+#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
+msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema com administração remota (VNC), mas não abriu as portas VNC no firewall."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open"
msgstr "As portas do Destino iSCSI estão abertas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
+#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
msgstr "As portas do Destino iSCSI estão bloqueadas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
-msgid ""
-"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
-"needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr ""
-"Você está instalando um sistema usando um Destino iSCSI, mas não abriu as "
-"portas necessárias no firewall."
+#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
+msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr "Você está instalando um sistema usando um Destino iSCSI, mas não abriu as portas necessárias no firewall."
-#. the message is followed by list of required packages
-#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
+#. Popup Text
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Estes pacotes necessitam ser instalados:"
-#. the message is followed by list of required packages
-#. Popup Text
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
+#. the message is followed by list of required packages
+#. Popup Text
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
msgstr "Estes pacotes necessitam ser removidos:"
-#. labels changed for bug #215195
-#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
-#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
+#. labels changed for bug #215195
+#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
+#. push button label
+#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Desinstalar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78
msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
msgstr "Verificando conflitos de arquivos..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89
msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Detecção de conflitos de arquivos em andamento.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134
msgid ""
"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
"\n"
"%s"
msgstr ""
-"Conflitos de arquivos detectados. Esses arquivos em conflito serão "
-"sobregravados:\n"
+"Conflitos de arquivos detectados. Esses arquivos em conflito serão sobregravados:\n"
"\n"
"%s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171
msgid ""
"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
@@ -3173,155 +3086,147 @@
"arquivos com o mesmo nome, mas conteúdos diferentes. Se você continuar,\n"
"os arquivos em conflito serão substituídos, perdendo o conteúdo anterior."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176
msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
msgstr[0] "Um Conflito de Arquivo Detectado"
msgstr[1] "Conflitos de Arquivos Detectados"
-#. Convert one message to richtext
-#.
-#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
-#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
msgid "This message will be available at %s"
msgstr "Esta mensagem estará disponível em %s"
-#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. defaults
-#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
+#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. defaults
+#. at start of file providal
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Fazendo download do pacote %1 (%2)..."
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Fazendo Download do Pacote"
-#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
+#. error message, %1 is a package name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "O pacote %1 está quebrado, falha na verificação da integridade."
-#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
+#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
+#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Repetir instalação do pacote?"
-#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
+#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
+#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Interromper a instalação?"
-#. otherwise return Ignore (default)
-#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
-#. detail string is appended to the end
-#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
-#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
+#. otherwise return Ignore (default)
+#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
+#. detail string is appended to the end
+#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
+#. detail string is appended to the end
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Erro: %1:"
-#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
-#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
+#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
+#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
"Ignorar uma falha de download pode resultar em um sistema danificado.\n"
-"Verifique o sistema mais tarde executando o módulo de Gerenciamento de "
-"Software.\n"
+"Verifique o sistema mais tarde executando o módulo de Gerenciamento de Software.\n"
-#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
+#. At start of package install.
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Desinstalando o pacote %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Instalando o pacote %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Desinstalando Pacote"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Instalando Pacote"
-#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
+#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Falha ao remover o pacote %1."
-#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
+#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Instalação do pacote %1 falhou."
-#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
-#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
+#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
+#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
-"module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
"Ignorar uma falha de pacote pode resultar em quebra do sistema.\n"
-"O sistema deve ser verificado mais tarde através da execução do módulo de "
-"Gerenciamento de Software."
+"O sistema deve ser verificado mais tarde através da execução do módulo de Gerenciamento de Software."
-#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
+#. error report
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
-"changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
-"from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O repositório no URL especificado agora fornece uma ID de mídia "
-"diferente.\n"
-"Se o URL estiver correto, isto indica que o conteúdo do repositório foi "
-"mudado. Para continuar \n"
-"usando este repositório, inicie <b>Repositórios de Instalação</b> do centro "
-"de \n"
+"<p>O repositório no URL especificado agora fornece uma ID de mídia diferente.\n"
+"Se o URL estiver correto, isto indica que o conteúdo do repositório foi mudado. Para continuar \n"
+"usando este repositório, inicie <b>Repositórios de Instalação</b> do centro de \n"
"controle do YaST a atualize o repositório.</p>\n"
-#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
-#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
-#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
+#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
+#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
+#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Lado A"
-#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
+#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Lado B"
-#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
+#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Disco %2)"
-#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
+#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Mídia %2)"
-#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
+#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3329,8 +3234,8 @@
"Inserir\n"
"'%1'"
-#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
+#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3342,8 +3247,8 @@
"%2.\n"
"Verifique se o diretório está acessível."
-#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
+#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3355,178 +3260,178 @@
"%2.\n"
"Verifique se o servidor está acessível."
-#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
-#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
+#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
+#. push button label
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Ignorar Atualização Automática"
-#. menu button label - used for more then one device
-#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
+#. menu button label - used for more then one device
+#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Ejetar"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Ejetar A&utomaticamente a Mídia de CD/DVD"
-#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
+#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Repetir a instalação?"
-#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
+#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Ignorar a mídia?"
-#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
+#. otherwise ignore the medium
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Ignorando a mídia defeituosa..."
-#. TextEntry label
-#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
+#. TextEntry label
+#. TextEntry label
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
-#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
+#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Criando o Repositório %1"
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Erro durante a criação do repositório."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Impossível obter a descrição do repositório remoto."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Erro ao recuperar os novos metadados."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "O repositório não é válido."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Os metadados do repositório são inválidos."
-#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
-#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
-#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
-#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
+#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
+#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
+#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
+#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Deseja repetir?"
-#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
+#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Investigando o Repositório %1"
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a investigação do repositório."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Detalhes da investigação do repositório."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "Os metadados do repositório são inválidos."
-#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
+#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Repositório %1"
-#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
+#. at start of delta providal
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Fazendo download do pacote delta RPM %1 (%2)..."
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Fazendo download do pacote Delta RPM"
-#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
+#. at start of delta application
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Aplicando o pacote delta RPM %1..."
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Aplicando o pacote delta RPM"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pacote: "
-#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
+#. close popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Iniciando o script %1 (patch %2)..."
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Executando Script"
-#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
+#. label, patch name follows
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Patch: "
-#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
+#. label, script name follows
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Script: "
-#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
+#. label
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Saída do Script"
-#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
+#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3534,8 +3439,8 @@
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
-#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
+#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3549,37 +3454,37 @@
"Note: Se a atualização for ignorada, alguns pacotes\n"
"podem faltar ou estarem desatualizados."
-#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
+#. push button label
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "Ig&norar Atualização"
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
+#. heading of popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Fazendo download"
-#. message in a progress popup
-#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
+#. message in a progress popup
+#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Fazendo download: %1"
-#. heading of popup
-#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
+#. heading of popup
+#. heading of popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Verificando Banco de Dados de Pacotes"
-#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
+#. message in a progress popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Refazendo banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode demorar."
-#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
+#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3587,17 +3492,17 @@
"Reconstrução do banco de dados de pacotes falhou:\n"
"%1"
-#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#. message in a progress popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Convertendo banco de dados de pacotes. Este processo pode demorar."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
+#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3605,44 +3510,44 @@
"Conversão do banco de dados de pacotes falhou:\n"
"%1"
-#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
+#. progress message (command line mode)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados RPM..."
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Lendo os pacotes instalados"
-#. progress bar label
-#. TODO: allow Abort
-#. ,
-#. `VBox(
-#. `Label(""),
-#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
-#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
+#. progress bar label
+#. TODO: allow Abort
+#. ,
+#. `VBox(
+#. `Label(""),
+#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
+#. )
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados RPM..."
-#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
+#. error message, could not read RPM database
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "Falha na inicialização do destino."
-#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
+#. status message (command line mode)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Banco de dados RPM lido"
-#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
+#. heading in a popup window
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação de Usuário"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3652,26 +3557,26 @@
"\n"
"%2"
-#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#. textentry label
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000
+#. check box
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "Mostrar &detalhes"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Tamanho: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Tempo restante para nova tentativa automática: %1"
-#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
+#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58
msgid ""
"PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n"
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
@@ -3679,7 +3584,7 @@
"O PackageKit ainda está em execução (provavelmente ocupado).\n"
"Solicitar novamente ao PackageKit para sair?"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
msgid ""
"PackageKit is blocking software management.\n"
"This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n"
@@ -3693,17 +3598,17 @@
"\n"
"Solicitar ao PackageKit para sair?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183
msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed"
msgstr "Falha ao Acessar o Gerenciamento de Software"
-#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
"to the software management or retry to access it?\n"
@@ -3711,8 +3616,8 @@
"Deseja continuar sem ter acesso ao gerenciamento\n"
"de software ou tentar acessá-lo novamente?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
msgid ""
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
"continue without having access to the software management,\n"
@@ -3722,20 +3627,20 @@
"continuar sem ter acesso ao gerenciamento de software\n"
"ou interromper?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
msgstr "Deseja interromper ou tentar novamente?\n"
-#. print the question
-#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
+#. print the question
+#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
msgstr "Você aceita este acordo de licença?"
-#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
+#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
@@ -3743,13 +3648,13 @@
"Existem dependências não resolvidas que precisam\n"
"ser resolvidas manualmente no gerenciador de software."
-#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
+#. error report
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Instalação de pacotes necessários falhou."
-#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
+#. continue/cancel popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3759,13 +3664,13 @@
"ser os pacotes requeridos instalados,\n"
"YaST pode não funcionar adequadamente.\n"
-#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
+#. error report
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Não pode continuar sem instalar os pacotes requeridos."
-#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
+#. continue/cancel popup
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3773,29 +3678,28 @@
"Se continuar sem os pacotes requeridos instalados,\n"
"o YaST pode não funcionar adequadamente.\n"
-#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
+#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Confirmar Licença do Pacote: %1"
-#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
+#. push button
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "&Concordo"
-#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
+#. push button
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "&Discordo"
-#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
+#. help text
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
-"installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3808,26 +3712,22 @@
"Para aceitar a licença do pacote, clique em <b>Concordo</b>.\n"
"Para rejeitar a licença do pacote, clique em <b>Discordo</b></p>."
-#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
+#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
-"to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
-"the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t Esta caixa de diálogo permite que você defina as tarefas deste sistema "
-"e qual software instalar.\n"
-"\t\t As tarefas e os softwares disponíveis para o sistema são mostrados por "
-"categoria na coluna\n"
+"\t\t Esta caixa de diálogo permite que você defina as tarefas deste sistema e qual software instalar.\n"
+"\t\t As tarefas e os softwares disponíveis para o sistema são mostrados por categoria na coluna\n"
"\t\t esquerda. Para ver a descrição de um item, selecione-o na lista.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3837,13 +3737,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Mude o status de um item clicando em seu ícone de status\n"
-"\t\t ou clique o botão direito do mouse em qualquer ícone para ver um menu "
-"de contexto.\n"
-"\t\t Com o menu de contexto, você também pode mudar o status de todos os "
-"itens.\n"
+"\t\t ou clique o botão direito do mouse em qualquer ícone para ver um menu de contexto.\n"
+"\t\t Com o menu de contexto, você também pode mudar o status de todos os itens.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3855,11 +3753,10 @@
"\t\t permitindo-lhe ver e selecionar pacotes de software individuais.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
-"disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3867,141 +3764,133 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t A tela de uso do disco no canto inferior direito mostra o espaço "
-"restante no disco\n"
+"\t\t A tela de uso do disco no canto inferior direito mostra o espaço restante no disco\n"
"\t\t após serem feitas todas as mudanças solicitadas.\n"
-"\t\t As partições do disco rígido que estiverem cheias ou quase cheias "
-"poderão prejudicar o\n"
-"\t\t desempenho do sistema e, em alguns casos, até mesmo causar sérios "
-"problemas.\n"
-"\t\t O sistema precisa de algum espaço disponível em disco para ser "
-"executado de forma adequada.\n"
+"\t\t As partições do disco rígido que estiverem cheias ou quase cheias poderão prejudicar o\n"
+"\t\t desempenho do sistema e, em alguns casos, até mesmo causar sérios problemas.\n"
+"\t\t O sistema precisa de algum espaço disponível em disco para ser executado de forma adequada.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#. Dialog title
-#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
+#. Dialog title
+#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Seleção de Software e Tarefas do Sistema"
-#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
-#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
+#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
+#. been scared of the gory details.
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(mais)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Instalação Concluída com Êxito"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Falha na Instalação do Pacote"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Mensagem de Erro: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Falha nos Pacotes: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes Instalados: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes Atualizados: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes Removidos: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes Não Instalados: %1"
-#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
+#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes"
-#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
+#. reset the items list
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Tempo Decorrido: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho Total Instalado: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho Total do Download: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Estatísticas"
-#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
+#. display installation log
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Registro da instalação"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalhes"
-#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
+#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Após Instalar os Pacotes"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr "Mostrar este Relatório"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Concluir"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Continuar no Gerenciador de Software"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
-"or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Relatório de Instalação</B></BIG><BR>Apresenta um resumo dos "
-"pacotes instalados ou removidos.</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Relatório de Instalação</B></BIG><BR>Apresenta um resumo dos pacotes instalados ou removidos.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Relatório de Instalação"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Instalados"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Atualizados"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Removidos"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Restantes"
-#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
+#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -4015,10 +3904,10 @@
"\n"
"no editor sysconfig do YaST."
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#. %2 is a repository name
-#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
+#. %2 is a repository name
+#. %3 is URL of the repository
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456
msgid ""
"The package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -4036,10 +3925,10 @@
"\n"
"Instalar mesmo assim?"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#. %2 is a repository name
-#. %3 is URL of the repository
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
+#. %2 is a repository name
+#. %3 is URL of the repository
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469
msgid ""
"The file %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -4057,17 +3946,17 @@
"\n"
"Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493
msgid "Unsigned Package"
msgstr "Pacote Não Assinado"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495
msgid "Unsigned File"
msgstr "Arquivo Não Assinado"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
"No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n"
@@ -4077,89 +3966,86 @@
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
"Não foi encontrado nenhum checksum para o pacote %1 no repositório.\n"
-"Enquanto o pacote faz parte do repositório assinado, ele não está contido na "
-"lista \n"
+"Enquanto o pacote faz parte do repositório assinado, ele não está contido na lista \n"
"de checksums deste repositório. A instalação do pacote poderá colocar \n"
"a integridade do sistema em risco.\n"
"\n"
"Instalá-lo mesmo assim?\n"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
-"Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Não foi encontrado nenhum checksum para o arquivo %1 no repositório.\n"
"Isso significa que o arquivo faz parte do repositório assinado,\n"
-"mas a lista de checksums neste repositório não faz menção ao arquivo. O uso "
-"do arquivo\n"
+"mas a lista de checksums neste repositório não faz menção ao arquivo. O uso do arquivo\n"
"poderá colocar a integridade do sistema em risco.\n"
"\n"
"Usá-lo mesmo assim?"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572
msgid "No Checksum Found"
msgstr "Nenhum Checksum Encontrado"
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826
msgid "ID: %1"
msgstr "ID: %1"
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624
msgid "Fingerprint: %1"
msgstr "Impressão digital: %1"
-#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
+#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630
msgid "Name: %1"
msgstr "Nome: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636
msgid "Created: %1"
msgstr "Criada em: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648
msgid "Expires: %1"
msgstr "Expira em: %1"
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664
msgid "ID: "
msgstr "ID: "
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670
msgid "Name: "
msgstr "Nome:"
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683
msgid "Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Impressão digital: "
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694
msgid "Created: "
msgstr "Criada em: "
-#. GPG key property
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
+#. GPG key property
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705
msgid "Expires: "
msgstr "Expira em: "
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"Package %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -4173,18 +4059,16 @@
msgstr ""
"O pacote %1 do repositório %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve falha na verificação de "
-"integridade: %4\n"
+"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve falha na verificação de integridade: %4\n"
"\n"
"O pacote foi modificado por acidente ou por um invasor,\n"
-"já que o criador do repositório o assinou. A sua instalação é um grande "
-"risco\n"
+"já que o criador do repositório o assinou. A sua instalação é um grande risco\n"
"para a integridade e segurança do sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Instalá-lo mesmo assim?\n"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740
msgid ""
"File %1 from repository %2\n"
"%3\n"
@@ -4198,8 +4082,7 @@
msgstr ""
"O arquivo %1 do repositório %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve falha na verificação de "
-"integridade: %4\n"
+"foi assinado com a seguinte chave GnuPG, mas houve falha na verificação de integridade: %4\n"
"\n"
"O arquivo foi modificado por acidente ou por um invasor, já que\n"
"o criador do repositório o assinou. O seu uso é um grande risco\n"
@@ -4207,13 +4090,13 @@
"\n"
"Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
msgstr "Falha na Verificação de Validação"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4228,14 +4111,13 @@
"com a seguinte chave GnuPG desconhecida: %2.\n"
"\n"
"Isso significa que uma relação de confiança com o criador do pacote\n"
-"não pode ser estabelecida. A instalação do pacote pode colocar a "
-"integridade\n"
+"não pode ser estabelecida. A instalação do pacote pode colocar a integridade\n"
"do sistema em risco.\n"
"\n"
"Instalar mesmo assim?"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806
msgid ""
"The file %1\n"
"is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n"
@@ -4255,13 +4137,13 @@
"\n"
"Usar mesmo assim?"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836
msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Chave GnuPG Desconhecida"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887
msgid ""
"The package %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4283,8 +4165,8 @@
"a integridade do sistema em risco. É mais seguro\n"
"ignorar o pacote.\n"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900
msgid ""
"The file %1 is digitally signed\n"
"with key '%2 (%3)'.\n"
@@ -4306,18 +4188,18 @@
"a integridade do sistema em risco. É mais seguro\n"
"ignorá-lo.\n"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
msgstr "Assinado com Chave Pública Não Confiável"
-#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
+#. push button
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
msgstr "Confiar e Impor&tar a Chave"
-#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
+#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n"
"packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n"
@@ -4326,29 +4208,24 @@
"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>O proprietário da chave pode distribuir atualizações,\n"
-"pacotes e repositórios de pacotes nos quais seu sistema confiará e pode "
-"oferecer\n"
+"pacotes e repositórios de pacotes nos quais seu sistema confiará e pode oferecer\n"
"instalações e atualizações sem nenhum aviso. Desta maneira,\n"
-"a importação da chave para o seu chaveiro de chaves confiáveis permite que o "
-"proprietário da chave\n"
+"a importação da chave para o seu chaveiro de chaves confiáveis permite que o proprietário da chave\n"
"tenha um certo controle sobre o software do seu sistema.</p>"
-#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
+#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
-"used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma caixa de diálogo de aviso é aberta para cada pacote que não for "
-"assinado\n"
+"<p>Uma caixa de diálogo de aviso é aberta para cada pacote que não for assinado\n"
"por uma chave confiável (importada). Se você não confiar na chave, os\n"
-"pacotes ou repositórios criados pelo proprietário da chave não serão usados."
-"</p>"
+"pacotes ou repositórios criados pelo proprietário da chave não serão usados.</p>"
-#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
+#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984
msgid ""
"The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -4358,8 +4235,8 @@
"%1\n"
"(%2):"
-#. popup message - label, part 2
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
+#. popup message - label, part 2
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994
msgid ""
"You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
"public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
@@ -4367,29 +4244,28 @@
"the key really belongs to that owner before importing it."
msgstr ""
"Você pode importá-la para o seu chaveiro de chaves\n"
-"públicas confiáveis, o que significa que você confia no proprietário da "
-"chave.\n"
+"públicas confiáveis, o que significa que você confia no proprietário da chave.\n"
"Você deve ter certeza de que pode confiar no proprietário e\n"
"que a chave realmente pertence a esse proprietário antes de importá-la."
-#. warning label - the key to import is expired
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
+#. warning label - the key to import is expired
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
msgstr "AVISO: A chave expirou!"
-#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
+#. popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
msgstr "Importar Chave GnuPG Não Confiável"
-#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
+#. push button
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Trust"
msgstr "&Confiar"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
-#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum
+#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1")
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126
msgid ""
"The expected checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
@@ -4411,21 +4287,20 @@
"\n"
"Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n"
-#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
+#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143
msgid "Wrong Digest"
msgstr "Síntese Incorreta"
-#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
+#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162
msgid ""
"The checksum of file %1\n"
"is %2,\n"
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
-"risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4434,99 +4309,90 @@
"mas o checksum esperado não é conhecido.\n"
"\n"
"Isso significa que a origem e integridade do arquivo não podem ser\n"
-"verificadas. O uso desse arquivo colocará a integridade do sistema em "
-"risco.\n"
+"verificadas. O uso desse arquivo colocará a integridade do sistema em risco.\n"
"\n"
"Usá-lo mesmo assim?\n"
-#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
+#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Unknown Digest"
msgstr "Síntese Desconhecida"
-#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
-#. these are the initial values
-#. Return the description for the current stage.
-#. @return [String] localized string description
-#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
+#. we need to remember the values for tab switching
+#. these are the initial values
+#. Return the description for the current stage.
+#. @return [String] localized string description
+#. translators: default global progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Instalando..."
-#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
+#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Mídia"
-#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
+#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Restante"
-#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
+#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Horário"
-#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
-#.
-#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
+#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
+#.
+#. @return A term describing the widgets
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Ações realizadas:"
-#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pacotes estão sendo instalados.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
-"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
-"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
-"installed.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Interrompendo a Instalação</B> A instalação do pacote pode ser "
-"interrompida usando o botão <B>Interromper</B>. No entanto, o sistema poderá "
-"se tornar inconsistente ou inutilizável ou não ser inicializado se o "
-"componente básico do sistema não for instalado.</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
+msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Interrompendo a Instalação</B> A instalação do pacote pode ser interrompida usando o botão <B>Interromper</B>. No entanto, o sistema poderá se tornar inconsistente ou inutilizável ou não ser inicializado se o componente básico do sistema não for instalado.</P>"
-#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
+#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "Notas de Versão %s"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes"
-#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
+#. tab
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Sho&w de Slides"
-#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Executando Upgrade"
-#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
+#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Executando Instalação"
-#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
+#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Instalação de Pacotes"
-#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
+#. popup yes-no
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4534,606 +4400,606 @@
"Você quer realmente sair da\n"
"instalação?"
-#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
+#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Interrompida"
-#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
-#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
+#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL))
+#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "Arquivo não encontrado."
-#. Fill the LogView with file content
-#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
+#. Fill the LogView with file content
+#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
msgid "System Log (%1)"
msgstr "Registro do Sistema (%1)"
-#. Class names collected
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182
+#. Class names collected
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182
msgid "Unclassified device"
msgstr "Dispositivo não classificado"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47
msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device"
msgstr "Dispositivo não classificado compatível com VGA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50
msgid "Mass storage controller"
msgstr "Controladora de armazenamento em massa"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51
msgid "SCSI storage controller"
msgstr "Controladora de armazenamento SCSI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52
msgid "IDE interface"
msgstr "Interface IDE"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53
msgid "Floppy disk controller"
msgstr "Controladora de disquete"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54
msgid "IPI bus controller"
msgstr "Controladora de barramento IPI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55
msgid "RAID bus controller"
msgstr "Controladora de barramento RAID"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56
msgid "Unknown mass storage controller"
msgstr "Controladora de armazenamento em massa desconhecida"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65
msgid "Network controller"
msgstr "Controladora de rede"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60
msgid "Ethernet controller"
msgstr "Controladora Ethernet"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61
msgid "Token ring network controller"
msgstr "Controladora de rede Token ring"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62
msgid "FDDI network controller"
msgstr "Controladora de rede FDDI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63
msgid "ATM network controller"
msgstr "Controladora de rede ATM"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64
msgid "ISDN controller"
msgstr "Controladora de ISDN"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66
msgid "Myrinet controller"
msgstr "Controladora de Myrinet"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73
msgid "Display controller"
msgstr "Controladora de vídeo"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70
msgid "VGA-compatible controller"
msgstr "Controladora compatível com VGA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71
msgid "XGA-compatible controller"
msgstr "Controladora compatível com XGA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72
msgid "3D controller"
msgstr "Controladora 3D"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80
msgid "Multimedia controller"
msgstr "Controladora multimídia"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77
msgid "Multimedia video controller"
msgstr "Controladora multimídia de vídeo"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78
msgid "Multimedia audio controller"
msgstr "Controladora multimídia de áudio"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79
msgid "Computer telephony device"
msgstr "Dispositivo telefônico do computador"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86
msgid "Memory controller"
msgstr "Controladora de memória"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84
msgid "RAM memory"
msgstr "Memória RAM"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85
msgid "FLASH memory"
msgstr "Memória FLASH"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90
msgid "Host bridge"
msgstr "Ponte do host"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91
msgid "ISA bridge"
msgstr "Ponte ISA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92
msgid "EISA bridge"
msgstr "Ponte EISA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93
msgid "MicroChannel bridge"
msgstr "Ponte MicroChannel"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94
msgid "PCI bridge"
msgstr "Ponte PCI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95
msgid "PCMCIA bridge"
msgstr "Ponte PCMCIA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96
msgid "NuBus bridge"
msgstr "Ponte NuBus"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97
msgid "CardBus bridge"
msgstr "Ponte CardBus"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98
msgid "RACEway bridge"
msgstr "Ponte RACEway"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99
msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge"
msgstr "Ponte semitransparente PCI para PCI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100
msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge"
msgstr "Ponte de host InfiniBand para PCI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109
msgid "Communication controller"
msgstr "Controladora de comunicações"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105
msgid "Serial controller"
msgstr "Controladora serial"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106
msgid "Parallel controller"
msgstr "Controladora paralela"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107
msgid "Multiport serial controller"
msgstr "Controladora serial de várias portas"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112
msgid "Generic system peripheral"
msgstr "Periférico de sistema genérico"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113
msgid "PIC"
msgstr "PIC"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114
msgid "DMA controller"
msgstr "Controladora de DMA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115
msgid "Timer"
msgstr "Temporizador"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116
msgid "RTC"
msgstr "RTC"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117
msgid "PCI hotplug controller"
msgstr "Controladora de hotplug PCI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118
msgid "System peripheral"
msgstr "Periférico de sistema"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127
msgid "Input device controller"
msgstr "Controladora de dispositivo de entrada"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122
msgid "Keyboard controller"
msgstr "Controladora de teclado"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123
msgid "Digitizer pen"
msgstr "Caneta digitalizadora"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124
msgid "Mouse controller"
msgstr "Controladora de mouse"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125
msgid "Scanner controller"
msgstr "Controladora de scanner"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126
msgid "Gameport controller"
msgstr "Controladora de porta de jogo"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132
msgid "Docking station"
msgstr "Estação de encaixe"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131
msgid "Generic docking station"
msgstr "Estação de encaixe genérica"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135
msgid "Processor"
msgstr "Processador"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136
msgid "386"
msgstr "386"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137
msgid "486"
msgstr "486"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138
msgid "Pentium"
msgstr "Pentium"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139
msgid "Alpha"
msgstr "Alpha"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140
msgid "Power PC"
msgstr "Power PC"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141
msgid "MIPS"
msgstr "MIPS"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142
msgid "Coprocessor"
msgstr "Co-processador"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145
msgid "Serial bus controller"
msgstr "Controladora de barramento serial"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146
msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)"
msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147
msgid "ACCESS bus"
msgstr "Barramento ACCESS"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148
msgid "SSA"
msgstr "SSA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149
msgid "USB controller"
msgstr "Controladora de USB"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150
msgid "Fiber channel"
msgstr "Fiber channel"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151
msgid "SMBus"
msgstr "SMBus"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159
msgid "Wireless controller"
msgstr "Controladora wireless"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156
msgid "IRDA controller"
msgstr "Controladora de IRDA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157
msgid "Consumer IR controller"
msgstr "Controladora de IR do consumidor"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158
msgid "RF controller"
msgstr "Controladora de RF"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161
msgid "Intelligent controller"
msgstr "Controladora inteligente"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161
msgid "I2O"
msgstr "I2O"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163
msgid "Satellite communications controller"
msgstr "Controladora de comunicações por satélite"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164
msgid "Satellite TV controller"
msgstr "Controladora de TV por satélite"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165
msgid "Satellite audio communication controller"
msgstr "Controladora de comunicações de áudio por satélite"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166
msgid "Satellite voice communication controller"
msgstr "Controladora de comunicações de voz por satélite"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167
msgid "Satellite data communication controller"
msgstr "Controladora de comunicações de dados por satélite"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173
msgid "Encryption controller"
msgstr "Controladora de criptografia"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171
msgid "Network and computing encryption device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de criptografia de computação e rede"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172
msgid "Entertainment encryption device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de criptografia de entretenimento"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180
msgid "Signal processing controller"
msgstr "Controladora de processamento de sinais"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177
msgid "DPIO module"
msgstr "Módulo DPIO"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178
msgid "Performance counters"
msgstr "Contadores de desempenho"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179
msgid "Communication synchronizer"
msgstr "Sincronizador de comunicação"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185
msgid "CRT monitor"
msgstr "Monitor CRT"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186
msgid "LCD monitor"
msgstr "Monitor LCD"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189
msgid "Internally used class"
msgstr "Classe usada internamente"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190
msgid "ISA PnP interface"
msgstr "Interface ISA PnP"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191
msgid "Main memory"
msgstr "Memória principal"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192
msgid "CPU"
msgstr "CPU"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193
msgid "FPU"
msgstr "FPU"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194
msgid "BIOS"
msgstr "BIOS"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195
msgid "PROM"
msgstr "PROM"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198
msgid "Win modem"
msgstr "Modem Win"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199
msgid "ISDN adapter"
msgstr "Adaptador ISDN"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200
msgid "PS/2 controller"
msgstr "Controladora PS/2"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr "Mouse"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203
msgid "PS/2 mouse"
msgstr "Mouse PS/2"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204
msgid "Serial mouse"
msgstr "Mouse serial"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205
msgid "Bus mouse"
msgstr "Mouse de barramento"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206
msgid "USB mouse"
msgstr "Mouse USB"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210
msgid "Mass storage device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de armazenamento em massa"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212
msgid "Tape"
msgstr "Fita"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213
msgid "CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214
msgid "Floppy disk"
msgstr "Disquete"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215
msgid "Storage device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de armazenamento"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229
msgid "Network interface"
msgstr "Interface de rede"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221
msgid "Token ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225
msgid "HSI"
msgstr "HSI"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Teclado"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234
msgid "Console"
msgstr "Console"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impressora"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237
msgid "Hub"
msgstr "Hub"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237
msgid "USB hub"
msgstr "Hub USB"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238
msgid "Braille display"
msgstr "Vídeo em braille"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239
msgid "Scanner"
msgstr "Scanner"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240
msgid "Joystick"
msgstr "Joystick"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240
msgid "Gamepad"
msgstr "Gamepad"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241
msgid "Chipcard reader"
msgstr "Leitora de cartão"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243
msgid "Camera"
msgstr "Câmera"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244
msgid "Webcam"
msgstr "Webcam"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245
msgid "Digital camera"
msgstr "Câmera digital"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247
msgid "Framebuffer"
msgstr "Framebuffer"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247
msgid "VESA framebuffer"
msgstr "Framebuffer VESA"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249
msgid "DVB card"
msgstr "Placa DVB"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250
msgid "DVB-C card"
msgstr "Placa DVB-C"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251
msgid "DVB-S card"
msgstr "Placa DVB-S"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252
msgid "DVB-T card"
msgstr "Placa DVB-T"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254
msgid "TV card"
msgstr "Placa de TV"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partição"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256
msgid "DSL card"
msgstr "Placa DSL"
-#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257
+#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Dispositivo bluetooth"
-#. Runs arguments without changed root.
-#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
-#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
-#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
msgid ""
"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
@@ -5143,8 +5009,8 @@
"Código de saída: %{exitcode}\n"
"Saída do erro: %{stderr}"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178
msgid ""
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
@@ -5152,8 +5018,8 @@
"Os arquivos %1 foram mudados manualmente.\n"
"O YaST poderá perder algumas das mudanças"
-#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
+#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
@@ -5161,13 +5027,13 @@
"O arquivo %1 foi modificado manualmente.\n"
"O YaST pode perder algumas das modificações.\n"
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
msgstr "Não mostrar esta mensagem novamente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
-#. a comma separated list of file names.
-#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
+#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or
+#. a comma separated list of file names.
+#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229
msgid ""
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
@@ -5181,13 +5047,13 @@
"Arquivos %s criados manualmente.\n"
"O YaST pode perder esses arquivos."
-#. error report
-#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
+#. error report
+#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation."
msgstr "Um erro ocorreu durante a criação do initrd"
-#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
-#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
+#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel
+#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
@@ -5195,25 +5061,25 @@
"Execute boot no seu sistema \n"
"para ativar o novo Kernel.\n"
-#. bnc #421002
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
+#. bnc #421002
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
msgstr "Confirme ativação de driver"
-#. This is in information message. Next come the
-#. vendor and device information strings as stored
-#. in the hardware-probing database.
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
+#. This is in information message. Next come the
+#. vendor and device information strings as stored
+#. in the hardware-probing database.
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
msgstr "O YaST detectou os seguintes dispositivos"
-#. Caption for Textentry with module information
-#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
+#. Caption for Textentry with module information
+#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
msgstr "&Driver/Módulo para carregar"
-#. describe valid MAC address
-#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80
+#. describe valid MAC address
+#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80
msgid ""
"A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n"
"digits separated by colons."
@@ -5221,8 +5087,8 @@
"Um endereço MAC válido consiste em seis pares de dígitos\n"
"hexadecimais separados por dois-pontos."
-#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
+#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -5232,8 +5098,8 @@
"Cada componente contém letras, dígitos e hífens. Um hífen não pode iniciar \n"
"ou terminar um componente e o último componente não pode começar com dígito."
-#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
+#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5241,8 +5107,8 @@
"Um nome de host válido é composto de letras, dígitos e hífens.\n"
"Um nome de host não pode começar ou terminar com um hífem.\n"
-#. Translators: dot: "."
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
+#. Translators: dot: "."
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n"
"in the range 0-255 separated by dots."
@@ -5250,8 +5116,8 @@
"Um endereço IPv4 válido consiste em quatro números inteiros\n"
"na faixa de 0 a 255, separados por pontos."
-#. Translators: colon: ":"
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
+#. Translators: colon: ":"
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n"
"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n"
@@ -5261,8 +5127,8 @@
"hexadecimais na faixa 0 - FFF, separados por dois pontos.\n"
"Ele pode ter no máximo um dois pontos duplos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
-#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
+#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
msgid ""
"A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n"
"IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n"
@@ -5278,76 +5144,75 @@
"Exemplos:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 ou 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/Máscara de Rede: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ou 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/Bits_da_Máscara_de_Rede: 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:"
-"db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
+"IP/Bits_da_Máscara_de_Rede: 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
-#. Byte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
+#. Byte abbreviated
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
msgid "B"
msgstr "B"
-#. KiloByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
+#. KiloByte abbreviated
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129
msgid "KiB"
msgstr "KiB"
-#. MegaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
+#. MegaByte abbreviated
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131
msgid "MiB"
msgstr "MiB"
-#. GigaByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
+#. GigaByte abbreviated
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133
msgid "GiB"
msgstr "GiB"
-#. TeraByte abbreviated
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
+#. TeraByte abbreviated
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135
msgid "TiB"
msgstr "TiB"
-#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
-#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
-#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
+#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s")
+#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s")
+#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
msgstr "%1 (média de %2)"
-#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
-#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
+#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
+#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."
-#. covert a number to download rate string
-#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
-#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
+#. covert a number to download rate string
+#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
+#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846
msgid "%1/s"
msgstr "%1/s"
-#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
-#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
-#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
-#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation
-#. about every module.
-#. The popup box informs the user about the detected
-#. hardware and suggests a module to load.
-#. The user can confirm the module or change
-#. the suggested load command
-#.
-#. This is the heading of the popup box
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
+#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
+#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
+#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules
+#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation
+#. about every module.
+#. The popup box informs the user about the detected
+#. hardware and suggests a module to load.
+#. The user can confirm the module or change
+#. the suggested load command
+#.
+#. This is the heading of the popup box
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
msgstr "Confirme a Detecção de Hardware"
-#. This is in information message. Next come the
-#. hardware class name (network cards).
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
+#. This is in information message. Next come the
+#. hardware class name (network cards).
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107
msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:"
msgstr "O YaST detectará o seguinte hardware:"
-#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
+#. Message in a continue/cancel popup
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182
msgid ""
"This module must be run as root.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -5359,36 +5224,36 @@
"Por exemplo, configurações poderão ser lidas impropriamente\n"
"e provavelmente você não poderá grava-las.\n"
-#. Popup headline
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
+#. Popup headline
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
msgstr "Privilegios de Root Necessários"
-#. Popup question
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
+#. Popup question
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
msgstr "Realmente eliminar entrada selecionada?"
-#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
+#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
msgstr "Realmente eliminar '%1'?"
-#. button text
-#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
-#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
+#. button text
+#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
+#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept".
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508
msgid "&Apply"
msgstr "&Aplicar"
-#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
+#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
+#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339
msgid ""
"YaST\n"
"Initializing ...\n"
@@ -5396,631 +5261,631 @@
"YaST\n"
"Inicializando...\n"
-#. Heading for help popup window
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
+#. Heading for help popup window
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
-#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#. fallback name for the dialog title
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
-#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
+#. fallback name for the dialog title
+#. fallback name for the dialog title
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134
+#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188
msgid "Module"
msgstr "Módulo"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33
msgid "United Arab Emirates"
msgstr "Emirados Árabes Unidos"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144
msgid "Albania"
msgstr "Albânia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81
msgid "Argentina"
msgstr "Argentina"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60
msgid "Austria"
msgstr "Áustria"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66
msgid "Australia"
msgstr "Austrália"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55
msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina"
msgstr "Bósnia-Herzegovina"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130
msgid "Belgium"
msgstr "Bélgica"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52
msgid "Bulgaria"
msgstr "Bulgária"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34
msgid "Bahrein"
msgstr "Bahrein"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53
msgid "Bangladesh"
msgstr "Bangladesh"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82
msgid "Bolivia"
msgstr "Bolívia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136
msgid "Brasil"
msgstr "Brasil"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67
msgid "Botswana"
msgstr "Botsuana"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51
msgid "Belarus"
msgstr "Bielorússia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106
msgid "Canada"
msgstr "Canadá"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118
msgid "Switzerland"
msgstr "Suíça"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83
msgid "Chile"
msgstr "Chile"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158
msgid "Peoples Republic of China"
msgstr "República Popular da China"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84
msgid "Colombia"
msgstr "Colômbia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85
msgid "Costa Rica"
msgstr "Costa Rica"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57
msgid "Czech Republic"
msgstr "República Tcheca"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63
msgid "Germany"
msgstr "Alemanha"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70
msgid "Denmark"
msgstr "Dinamarca"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86
msgid "Dominican Republic"
msgstr "República Dominicana"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35
msgid "Algeria"
msgstr "Argélia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87
msgid "Ecuador"
msgstr "Equador"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101
msgid "Estonia"
msgstr "Estônia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36
msgid "Egypt"
msgstr "Egito"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56
msgid "Catalonia"
msgstr "Catalunha"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111
msgid "Spain"
msgstr "Espanha"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146
msgid "Finland"
msgstr "Finlândia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104
msgid "Faroe Islands"
msgstr "Ilhas Faroe"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134
msgid "France"
msgstr "França"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123
msgid "Great Britain"
msgstr "Grã-Bretanha"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121
msgid "Georgia"
msgstr "Geórgia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122
msgid "Greenland"
msgstr "Groenlândia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65
msgid "Greece"
msgstr "Grécia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89
msgid "Guatemala"
msgstr "Guatemala"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159
msgid "Hong Kong"
msgstr "Hong Kong"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90
msgid "Honduras"
msgstr "Honduras"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114
msgid "Croatia"
msgstr "Croácia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115
msgid "Hungary"
msgstr "Hungria"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116
msgid "Indonesia"
msgstr "Indonésia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110
msgid "Ireland"
msgstr "Irlanda"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120
msgid "Israel"
msgstr "Israel"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149
msgid "India"
msgstr "Índia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38
msgid "Iraq"
msgstr "Iraque"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117
msgid "Iceland"
msgstr "Islândia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119
msgid "Italy"
msgstr "Itália"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39
msgid "Jordan"
msgstr "Jordânia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82
msgid "Japan"
msgstr "Japão"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40
msgid "Kuwait"
msgstr "Kuwait"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41
msgid "Lebanon"
msgstr "Líbano"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85
msgid "Liechtenstein"
msgstr "Liechtenstein"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124
msgid "Lithuania"
msgstr "Lituânia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109
msgid "Luxemburg"
msgstr "Luxemburgo"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125
msgid "Latvia"
msgstr "Letônia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42
msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya"
msgstr "Líbia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43
msgid "Morocco"
msgstr "Marrocos"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127
msgid "Macedonia"
msgstr "Macedônia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129
msgid "Malta"
msgstr "Malta"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91
msgid "Mexico"
msgstr "México"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128
msgid "Malaysia"
msgstr "Malásia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92
msgid "Nicaragua"
msgstr "Nicarágua"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131
msgid "Netherlands"
msgstr "Países Baixos"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133
msgid "Norway"
msgstr "Noruega"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126
msgid "New Zealand"
msgstr "Nova Zelândia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44
msgid "Oman"
msgstr "Omã"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93
msgid "Panama"
msgstr "Panamá"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94
msgid "Peru"
msgstr "Peru"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152
msgid "Philippines"
msgstr "Filipinas"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155
msgid "Pakistan"
msgstr "Paquistão"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135
msgid "Poland"
msgstr "Polônia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95
msgid "Puerto Rico"
msgstr "Porto Rico"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137
msgid "Portugal"
msgstr "Portugal"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96
msgid "Paraguay"
msgstr "Paraguai"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45
msgid "Qatar"
msgstr "Qatar"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138
msgid "Romania"
msgstr "Romênia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139
msgid "Russia"
msgstr "Rússia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46
msgid "Saudi Arabia"
msgstr "Arábia Saudita"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47
msgid "Sudan"
msgstr "Sudão"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147
msgid "Sweden"
msgstr "Suécia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77
msgid "Singapore"
msgstr "Cingapura"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143
msgid "Slovenia"
msgstr "Eslovênia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142
msgid "Slovakia"
msgstr "Eslováquia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117
msgid "San Marino"
msgstr "San Marino"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97
msgid "El Salvador"
msgstr "El Salvador"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48
msgid "Syrian Arab Republic"
msgstr "República Árabe da Síria"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151
msgid "Thailand"
msgstr "Tailândia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150
msgid "Tajikistan"
msgstr "Tajiquistão"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49
msgid "Tunisia"
msgstr "Tunísia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153
msgid "Turkey"
msgstr "Turquia"
-#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"),
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154
+#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"),
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154
msgid "Ukraine"
msgstr "Ucrânia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157
msgid "USA"
msgstr "EUA"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99
msgid "Uruguay"
msgstr "Uruguai"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156
msgid "Uzbekistan"
msgstr "Uzbequistão"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100
msgid "Venezuela"
msgstr "Venezuela"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50
msgid "Yemen"
msgstr "Iêmen"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145
msgid "Yugoslavia"
msgstr "Iugoslávia"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79
msgid "South Africa"
msgstr "África do Sul"
-#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80
+#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80
msgid "Zimbabwe"
msgstr "Zimbábue"
-#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160
+#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160
msgid "Taiwan"
msgstr "Taiwan"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation,
-#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation,
+#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129
msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address."
msgstr "%1 não é um endereço IPv4 válido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431
msgid "The zone name must be defined."
msgstr "O nome da zona deve ser definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist,
-#. %1 is the zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist,
+#. %1 is the zone name
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153
msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist."
msgstr "A zona DNS %1 não existe."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type
-#. only 'master' zone records can be managed
-#. %1 is the zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type
+#. only 'master' zone records can be managed
+#. %1 is the zone name
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187
msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master."
msgstr "A zona DNS %1 não é do tipo master."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197
msgid "The zone type must be defined."
msgstr "O tipo da zona deve ser definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type,
-#. %1 is the zone type
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type,
+#. %1 is the zone type
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204
msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported."
msgstr "A zona DNS %1 não é suportada."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217
msgid "The ACL name must be defined."
msgstr "O nome da ACL deve ser definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL,
-#. %1 is the ACL's name
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL,
+#. %1 is the ACL's name
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228
msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Não existe uma ACL chamada %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238
msgid "The hostname must be defined."
msgstr "O nome de host deve ser definido."
-#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250
+#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250
msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format."
msgstr "O nome de host deve estar no formato de nome de domínio completo."
-#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
+#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot."
msgstr "O nome completo do host deve terminar com um ponto."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described
-#. two lines below using a pre-defined text
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described
+#. two lines below using a pre-defined text
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "O nome de host é inválido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278
msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined."
msgstr "A prioridade do servidor de correio deve ser definida."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284
msgid ""
"The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n"
"It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
@@ -6028,9 +5893,9 @@
"A prioridade do servidor de correio está inválida.\n"
"Deve ser um número de 0 a 65535.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone,
-#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone,
+#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305
msgid ""
"The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n"
"\n"
@@ -6044,28 +5909,25 @@
"com o nome da zona, seguido por um ponto. Por exemplo,\n"
"''dhcp1'' ou ''dhcp1.exemplo.org.'' para a zona ''exemplo.org''.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4,
-#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4,
+#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341
msgid ""
"The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n"
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"O endereço IPv4 reverso %1 é inválido.\n"
"\n"
-"Um IPv4 reverso válido consiste em quatro números inteiros da faixa de 0 a "
-"255\n"
+"Um IPv4 reverso válido consiste em quatro números inteiros da faixa de 0 a 255\n"
"separados por um ponto e seguidos pela string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"Por exemplo, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' para o endereço IPv4 "
-"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"Por exemplo, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' para o endereço IPv4 '192.168.32.1'.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
-#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
+#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363
msgid ""
"The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n"
"Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n"
@@ -6075,8 +5937,8 @@
"Use um nome completo de host terminado com um ponto,\n"
"como 'host.exemplo.org.'.\n"
-#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432
+#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432
msgid ""
"Invalid MX record.\n"
"Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n"
@@ -6084,10 +5946,10 @@
"Registro MX inválido.\n"
"Use o formato 'prioridade nome-do-servidor'.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key),
-#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key),
+#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554
msgid ""
"Invalid SOA record.\n"
"%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n"
@@ -6095,10 +5957,10 @@
"Registro SOA inválido.\n"
"%1 deve variar de %2 a %3 segundos.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers
-#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name
-#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh'
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers
+#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name
+#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh'
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583
msgid ""
"Invalid SOA record.\n"
"%1 must be a BIND time type.\n"
@@ -6109,13 +5971,12 @@
"Registro SOA inválido.\n"
"%1 deve ter um tipo de horário BIND.\n"
"Um um tipo de horário BIND consiste em números e nos\n"
-"sufixos W, D, H, M e S sem distinção de maiúsculas e minúsculas. O horário "
-"em segundos é permitido sem o sufixo.\n"
+"sufixos W, D, H, M e S sem distinção de maiúsculas e minúsculas. O horário em segundos é permitido sem o sufixo.\n"
"Digite valores como 12H15m, 86400 ou 1W30M.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
-#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
+#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614
msgid ""
"Invalid SOA record.\n"
"%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n"
@@ -6123,13 +5984,13 @@
"Registro SOA inválido.\n"
"%1 deve ser um número entre %2 e %3.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
msgstr "O nome do arquivo deve ser definido durante o registro em um arquivo."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
msgid ""
"Invalid file size.\n"
"\n"
@@ -6143,18 +6004,18 @@
"\n"
"Os sufixos possíveis são k, K, m, M, g e G.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041
msgid "The count of file versions must be a number."
msgstr "O contador de versão de arquivo deve ser um número."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type,
-#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers
-#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type,
-#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type,
+#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers
+#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type,
+#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381
msgid ""
"Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n"
"Zone %1 is type %2.\n"
@@ -6162,25 +6023,25 @@
"Apenas as zonas escravas têm um servidor master definido.\n"
"A zona %1 é do tipo %2.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440
msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
msgstr "O nome da zona %1 já existe."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver'
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver'
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449
msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones."
msgstr "A opção masterserver é obrigatória para as zonas escravas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581
msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty."
msgstr "O IP de host não pode estar vazio."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found,
-#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4
-#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found,
+#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4
+#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539
msgid ""
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/bootloader.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,92 +14,81 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. command line help text for Bootloader module
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
+#. command line help text for Bootloader module
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
msgstr "Módulo de Configuração do Bootloader"
-#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration
-#. focus proposing new one
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
+#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration
+#. focus proposing new one
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169
msgid "Broken Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração danificada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
-msgid ""
-"YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new "
-"configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr ""
-"O YaST não pôde processar a configuração do carregador de inicialização "
-"atual (%s). Propor uma nova configuração desde o início?"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171
+msgid "YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr "O YaST não pôde processar a configuração do carregador de inicialização atual (%s). Propor uma nova configuração desde o início?"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173
msgid "Propose"
msgstr "Propor"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Quit"
msgstr "Sair"
-#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
-#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
+#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"A partição de boot é do tipo NFS. Não é possível instalar o carregador de "
-"boot."
+msgstr "A partição de boot é do tipo NFS. Não é possível instalar o carregador de boot."
-#. F#300779: end
-#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69
+#. F#300779: end
+#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do Carregador de Boot"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
+#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56
msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
msgstr "O mapa de dispositivos deve conter pelo menos um dispositivo"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
+#. we just go back to original dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108
msgid "Disk order settings"
msgstr "Configurações de ordem de disco"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113
msgid "D&isks"
msgstr "D&iscos"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
+#. textentry header
+#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29
msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr ""
-"A partição %s do carregador de boot selecionada não está mais disponível."
+msgstr "A partição %s do carregador de boot selecionada não está mais disponível."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error
-#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 "
-"bootloader to fix it. Details: %s"
-msgstr ""
-"Erro ao ler os arquvios de configuração do carregador de inicialização. Use "
-"o carregador de inicialização do YaST2 para corrigi-lo. Detalhes: %s"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error
+#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24
+msgid "Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 bootloader to fix it. Details: %s"
+msgstr "Erro ao ler os arquvios de configuração do carregador de inicialização. Use o carregador de inicialização do YaST2 para corrigi-lo. Detalhes: %s"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
+#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25
msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do carregador de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102
msgid ""
"\n"
"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
@@ -111,38 +100,38 @@
"Para obter os detalhes, leia o capítulo relacionado \n"
"na documentação. \n"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "O sistema vai executar boot agora..."
-#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
+#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "Carregador de &Boot"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39
msgid "GRUB2"
msgstr "GRUB2"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40
msgid "GRUB2 for EFI"
msgstr "GRUB2 para EFI"
-#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
+#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42
msgid "Not Managed"
msgstr "Não Gerenciado"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Padrão"
-#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
+#. popup - Continue/Cancel
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -156,7 +145,7 @@
" \n"
" Deseja continuar?\n"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
+#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -166,246 +155,195 @@
"Para selecionar se é para instalar um carregador de boot\n"
"e qual deverá ser instalado, use <b>Carregador de Boot</b>.</p>"
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#. Display bootloader summary
-#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#. Display bootloader summary
+#. @return a list of summary lines
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo de Carregador de Boot: %1"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr "Habilitar Boot Confiável: %1"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
msgid "yes"
msgstr "sim"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
msgid "no"
msgstr "não"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Local do Status: %1"
-#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
+#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Ordem de Discos Rígidos: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
+#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (estendido)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
-#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
+#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalar código de inicialização em MBR (não "
-"instalar</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalar código de inicialização em MBR (não instalar</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Não instalar código de inicialização em MBR (instalar</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Não instalar código de inicialização em MBR (instalar</a>)"
-#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalar código de inicialização na partição /boot (não instalar</a>)"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
+msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalar código de inicialização na partição /boot (não instalar</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Não instalar código de inicialização na partição /boot (instalar</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Não instalar código de inicialização na partição /boot (instalar</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
-msgid ""
-"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not "
-"install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalar código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (não instalar</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
+msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
+msgstr "Instalar código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (não instalar</a>)"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Não instalar código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (instalar</a>)"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
+msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
+msgstr "Não instalar código de inicialização na partição \"/\" (instalar</a>)"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
-"are doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-"Aviso: Nenhum local selecionado para o carregador de boot stage1. A menos "
-"que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione o local acima."
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "Aviso: Nenhum local selecionado para o carregador de boot stage1. A menos que você saiba o que está fazendo, selecione o local acima."
-#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
+#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Mudar Local: %s"
-#. Represents bootloader timeout value
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56
+#. Represents bootloader timeout value
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Tempo de Espera em Segundos"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
-"loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tempo de Espera em Segundos</b><br>\n"
-"Especifica o tempo que o carregador de boot aguardará até que o kernel "
-"padrão seja carregado.</p>\n"
+"Especifica o tempo que o carregador de boot aguardará até que o kernel padrão seja carregado.</p>\n"
-#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92
+#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "Definir Flag &ativo na Tabela de Partição para Partição de Boot"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
-"code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
-"even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Definir Flag ativo na Tabela de Partição para Partição de Boot"
-"b><br>\n"
-"Para ativar a partição que contém o carregador de boot. Em seguida, o código "
-"MBR genérico inicializará\n"
+"<p><b>Definir Flag ativo na Tabela de Partição para Partição de Boot</b><br>\n"
+"Para ativar a partição que contém o carregador de boot. Em seguida, o código MBR genérico inicializará\n"
"a partição ativa. Os BIOS mais antigos exigem uma partição ativa, mesmo\n"
"que o carregador de boot esteja instalado no MBR.</p>"
-#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123
+#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Gravar Código de Boot &genérico no MBR"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
-"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Gravar Código de Boot genérico no MBR</b> substitui o registro de boot "
-"master do seu disco por um código genérico\n"
+"<p><b>Gravar Código de Boot genérico no MBR</b> substitui o registro de boot master do seu disco por um código genérico\n"
"(código independente do OS que inicializa a partição ativa).</p>"
-#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152
+#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "&Ocultar Menu na Inicialização"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A seleção de <b>Ocultar Menu durante Inicialização</b> ocultará o menu de "
-"boot.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A seleção de <b>Ocultar Menu durante Inicialização</b> ocultará o menu de boot.</p>"
-#. Represents if os prober should be run
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175
+#. Represents if os prober should be run
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175
msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS"
msgstr "Inv&estigar OS Estrangeiro"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
-"foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Investigar OS Estrangeiro</b> por meio do os-prober para multiboot com "
-"outras distribuições estrangeiras </p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Investigar OS Estrangeiro</b> por meio do os-prober para multiboot com outras distribuições estrangeiras </p>"
-#. represents kernel command line
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203
+#. represents kernel command line
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "Parâmetro &Opcional da Linha de Comando do Kernel"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
-"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Parâmetro Opcional de Linha de Comando do Kernel</b> permite definir "
-"parâmetros adicionais a serem passados para o kernel.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207
+msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Parâmetro Opcional de Linha de Comando do Kernel</b> permite definir parâmetros adicionais a serem passados para o kernel.</p>"
-#. Represents Protective MBR action
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231
+#. Represents Protective MBR action
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231
msgid "&Protective MBR flag"
msgstr "&Flag de MBR protetor"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
-"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
-"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Flag de MBR protetor</b> é uma configuração apenas para "
-"especialistas necessária somente em hardware diferenciado. Para obter os "
-"detalhes, consulte sobre o MBR protetor nos discos do GPT. Não mude nada sem "
-"ter certeza.</p>"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235
+msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Flag de MBR protetor</b> é uma configuração apenas para especialistas necessária somente em hardware diferenciado. Para obter os detalhes, consulte sobre o MBR protetor nos discos do GPT. Não mude nada sem ter certeza.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249
+#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249
msgid "set"
msgstr "definido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251
+#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251
msgid "remove"
msgstr "remover"
-#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
-#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
-#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
-#. not be partially based on old data now any more
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
+#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal
+#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will
+#. not be partially based on old data now any more
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50
msgid "do not change"
msgstr "não mudar"
-#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271
+#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Habilitar Suporte a Boot &Seguro"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275
msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n"
msgstr "Marque para habilitar Boot Seguro UEFI\n"
-#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296
+#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296
msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support"
msgstr "Habilitar &Suporte a Boot Confiável"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
+#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
msgid ""
"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
@@ -420,14 +358,13 @@
"<p>Isso significa avaliar a integridade do processo de boot\n"
"com a ajuda do hardware (um chip TPM,\n"
"Trusted Platform Module).</p>\n"
-"<p>Primeiramente, é necessário verificar se o Boot Confiável está habilitado "
-"na configuração do\n"
+"<p>Primeiramente, é necessário verificar se o Boot Confiável está habilitado na configuração do\n"
"BIOS (a configuração pode se chamar Chip de Segurança, por exemplo).</p>\n"
-#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
-#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
-#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
+#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
+#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
+#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
msgid ""
"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -437,31 +374,31 @@
"Verifique se ele está habilitado no BIOS.\n"
"Do contrário, o sistema não será inicializado."
-#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
+#. Represents grub password protection widget
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Prot&eger Carregador de Boot com Senha"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr "P&roteger Apenas Modificação de Entrada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr "Se&nha para Usuário \"root\" do GRUB2"
-#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
+#. text entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Re-digi&tar senha"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "A senha não pode estar vazia."
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -469,65 +406,31 @@
"'Senha' e 'Re-digite senha' \n"
"diferem. Favor re-digitar senha."
-#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
+#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. "
-"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry "
-"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the "
-"way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to "
-"kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell."
-"<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype "
-"Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is "
-"distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 "
-"users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
+"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Proteger carregador de inicialização com senha</b><br>\n"
-"No momento da inicialização, a modificação ou mesmo a inicialização de "
-"qualquer entrada exigirá senha. Se a opção <b>Proteger apenas modificação de "
-"entrada</b> for marcada, a inicialização de qualquer entrada não será "
-"restrita, mas a modificação de entradas exigirá senha (que era o mesmo "
-"comportamento do GRUB 1). Como efeito colateral desta opção, rd.shell=0 é "
-"adicionado aos parâmetros do kernel, para prevenir um acesso não autorizado "
-"ao shell do initrd. <br>O YaST só aceitará a senha se você repeti-la em "
-"<b>Redigitar senha</b>. A senha aplica-se ao usuário \"root\" do GRUB2, que "
-"é diferente do \"root\" do Linux. O YaST atualmente não suporta outros "
-"usuários do GRUB2. Se eles forem necessários, use um script do GRUB2 "
-"separado.</p>"
+"No momento da inicialização, a modificação ou mesmo a inicialização de qualquer entrada exigirá senha. Se a opção <b>Proteger apenas modificação de entrada</b> for marcada, a inicialização de qualquer entrada não será restrita, mas a modificação de entradas exigirá senha (que era o mesmo comportamento do GRUB 1). Como efeito colateral desta opção, rd.shell=0 é adicionado aos parâmetros do kernel, para prevenir um acesso não autorizado ao shell do initrd. <br>O YaST só aceitará a senha se você repeti-la em <b>Redigitar senha</b>. A senha aplica-se ao usuário \"root\" do GRUB2, que é diferente do \"root\" do Linux. O YaST atualmente não suporta outros usuários do GRUB2. Se eles forem necessários, use um script do GRUB2 separado.</p>"
-#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
msgid ""
-"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display "
-"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when "
-"booting starts.</p>\n"
-"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial "
-"device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be "
-"specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional "
-"and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a "
-"positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --"
-"unit=0</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting starts.</p>\n"
+"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Quando um console gráfico é usado, é possível utilizar várias resoluções "
-"de vídeo. A opção <tt>auto</tt> tenta localizar a melhor resolução ao "
-"começar a inicialização.</p>\n"
-"<p>Quando um console serial é usado, a saída de boot é impressa em um "
-"dispositivo serial como <tt>ttyS0</tt>. No mínimo, a opção <tt>--unit</tt> "
-"deve ser especificada, e a sintaxe completa é <tt>%s</tt>. Outros "
-"componentes são opcionais e, se não forem definidos, o padrão será usado. "
-"Nos comandos, o <tt>NUM</tt> equivale a um número positivo, como 8. Estes "
-"são parâmetros de exemplo: <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
+"<p>Quando um console gráfico é usado, é possível utilizar várias resoluções de vídeo. A opção <tt>auto</tt> tenta localizar a melhor resolução ao começar a inicialização.</p>\n"
+"<p>Quando um console serial é usado, a saída de boot é impressa em um dispositivo serial como <tt>ttyS0</tt>. No mínimo, a opção <tt>--unit</tt> deve ser especificada, e a sintaxe completa é <tt>%s</tt>. Outros componentes são opcionais e, se não forem definidos, o padrão será usado. Nos comandos, o <tt>NUM</tt> equivale a um número positivo, como 8. Estes são parâmetros de exemplo: <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"
-#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#. there's mode specified, use it
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
-msgstr ""
-"Para habilitar o console serial você deve fornecer os argumentos "
-"correspondentes."
+msgstr "Para habilitar o console serial você deve fornecer os argumentos correspondentes."
-#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
msgid ""
"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
@@ -537,48 +440,48 @@
"O argumento \"unidade\" é obrigatório, a sintaxe completa é:\n"
"%s"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Escolher novo arquivo de tema gráfico"
-#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number",
-#. to be substituted in a command like
-#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
-#. so do not use punctuation
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number",
+#. to be substituted in a command like
+#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
+#. so do not use punctuation
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
msgid "NUM"
msgstr "NUM"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "Usar console &gráfico"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Resolução do &console"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Tema do &console"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Detectar automaticamente pelo grub2"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "Usar console &serial"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "Argumentos do &console"
-#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
+#. represent choosing default section to boot
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Seção de Boot Pa&drão"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -588,53 +491,47 @@
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Ao pressionar <b>Definir como Padrão</b>, você marca a seção \n"
-"selecionada como padrão. Durante a inicialização, o carregador de boot "
-"fornecerá \n"
-"um menu de boot e aguardará até que o usuário selecione o kernel ou um "
-"outro \n"
-"SO para inicializar. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo "
-"de espera, o \n"
-"kernel ou o SO padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do "
-"carregador de boot\n"
-"pode ser mudada com o uso dos botões <b>Para cima</b> e <b>Para baixo</b>."
-"p>\n"
+"selecionada como padrão. Durante a inicialização, o carregador de boot fornecerá \n"
+"um menu de boot e aguardará até que o usuário selecione o kernel ou um outro \n"
+"SO para inicializar. Se nenhuma tecla for pressionada antes do fim do tempo de espera, o \n"
+"kernel ou o SO padrão será inicializado. A ordem das seções no menu do carregador de boot\n"
+"pode ser mudada com o uso dos botões <b>Para cima</b> e <b>Para baixo</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
+#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Localização do Carregador de Boot"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
-msgstr ""
-"Se marcado, será necessário especificar o dispositivo de boot personalizado"
+msgstr "Se marcado, será necessário especificar o dispositivo de boot personalizado"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Inicializar da Par&tição de Boot"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr "Inici&alizar da Partição Raiz"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Inicializar do &Master Boot Record"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Inicializar da Partição &Estendida"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Partição de Boot Personali&zada"
-#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
+#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr "&Editar Ordem de Boot do Disco"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -648,77 +545,65 @@
"Para adicionar um disco, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"Para remover um disco, clique em <b>Remover</b>.</p>"
-#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
+#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Parâmetros de Kernel"
-#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
+#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr "Opções de Có&digo de Boot"
-#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
+#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr "&Opções do Carregador de Boot"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Habilitar Boot Seguro: %1"
-#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
-#. error report
-#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr ""
-"Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de boot não pode ser instalado "
-"apropriadamente."
+#. TODO: not much helpful for customers
+#. error report
+#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de boot não pode ser instalado apropriadamente."
-#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
-#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
-#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18
+#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15
+#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "Não instalar nenhum carregador de boot"
-#. in installation always propose missing stuff
-#. current below use proposed value if not already set
-#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70
+#. in installation always propose missing stuff
+#. current below use proposed value if not already set
+#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70
msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível detectar dispositivo montado como raiz. Verifique o "
-"particionamento."
+msgstr "Impossível detectar dispositivo montado como raiz. Verifique o particionamento."
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Executando Boot"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103
msgid "&Booting"
msgstr "Executando &Boot"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188
-msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
-"bootable."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhum boot loader selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não "
-"inicializar."
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "Nenhum boot loader selecionado para instalação. Seu sistema pode não inicializar."
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr ""
-"Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de boot não pode ser instalado "
-"corretamente"
+#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "Devido ao particionamento, o carregador de boot não pode ser instalado corretamente"
-#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
-#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
+#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read
+#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"Reading current configuration...</P>"
@@ -726,14 +611,14 @@
"<P><BIG><B>Ferramenta de Configuração do Carregador de Boot</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"Lendo configuração atual...</P>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device.
+#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90
msgid "Unknown udev device '%s'"
msgstr "Dispositivo udev desconhecido '%s'"
-#. Write settings dialog
-#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise
+#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -741,138 +626,109 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Gravando Configuração do Carregador de Boot</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>"
-#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
+#. grub2 is sooo cool...
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr ""
-"Combinação de plataforma de hardware %1 e carregador de boot %2 não suportada"
+msgstr "Combinação de plataforma de hardware %1 e carregador de boot %2 não suportada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
-"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
-"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
-"stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr ""
-"A inicialização do MBR não funciona com o sistema de arquivos btrfs e o "
-"rótulo do disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir este problema, "
-"crie a partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos externo para a "
-"partição de boot, ou não instale o stage1 no MBR."
+#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117
+msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr "A inicialização do MBR não funciona com o sistema de arquivos btrfs e o rótulo do disco GPT sem a partição bios_grub. Para corrigir este problema, crie a partição bios_grub ou use qualquer sistema de arquivos externo para a partição de boot, ou não instale o stage1 no MBR."
-#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
-#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
+#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage
+#. check if boot device is on raid0
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr ""
-"O dispositivo de boot está no tipo de raid: %1. O sistema não será "
-"inicializado."
+msgstr "O dispositivo de boot está no tipo de raid: %1. O sistema não será inicializado."
-#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
-"Master Boot Record"
-msgstr ""
-"O dispositivo de boot é um software RAID1. Selecione outra localização do "
-"carregador de boot, por exemplo, MBR (Master Boot Record)"
+#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156
+msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
+msgstr "O dispositivo de boot é um software RAID1. Selecione outra localização do carregador de boot, por exemplo, MBR (Master Boot Record)"
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-"Partição ext ausente para inicialização. Impossível instalar o código de "
-"boot."
+msgstr "Partição ext ausente para inicialização. Impossível instalar o código de boot."
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
-msgid ""
-"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes "
-"could refuse to boot."
-msgstr ""
-"Ativação de flag não definida pelo instalador. Se ela não for mesmo "
-"definida, alguns BIOS talvez não sejam inicializados."
+#. activate set or there is already activate flag
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200
+msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
+msgstr "Ativação de flag não definida pelo instalador. Se ela não for mesmo definida, alguns BIOS talvez não sejam inicializados."
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
-msgid ""
-"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already "
-"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
-msgstr ""
-"O instalador não modificará o MBR do disco. A menos que ele já inclua o "
-"código de boot, o BIOS não poderá inicializar desse disco."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207
+msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk."
+msgstr "O instalador não modificará o MBR do disco. A menos que ele já inclua o código de boot, o BIOS não poderá inicializar desse disco."
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Verificar o bootloader"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Ler Particionamento"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Carregar configurações do boot loader"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Verificando o bootloader..."
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "Lendo particionamento..."
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Carregando configurações do boot loader..."
-#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136
+#. dialog header
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Carregador de Boot"
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
msgid "Unsupported Bootloader"
msgstr "Carregador de inicialização não suportado"
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
-msgid ""
-"Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported "
-"configuration instead?"
-msgstr ""
-"Carregador de inicialização não suportado '%s' detectado. Usar proposta da "
-"configuração suportada?"
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159
+msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported configuration instead?"
+msgstr "Carregador de inicialização não suportado '%s' detectado. Usar proposta da configuração suportada?"
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Usar"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Criar initrd"
-#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248
+#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248
msgid "Save boot loader configuration"
msgstr "Gravar configuração do carregador de boot"
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Criando initrd..."
-#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254
+#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do carregador de boot..."
-#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260
+#. progress line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Carregador de Boot"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ca-management.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,531 +14,504 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line definition
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48
+#. Command line definition
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48
msgid "Managing CA and certificates"
msgstr "Gerenciando CA e certificados"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51
msgid "Create a root CA"
msgstr "Criar uma CA raiz"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52
msgid "Create a certificate of a CA"
msgstr "Criar um certificado de CA"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53
msgid "Create a CRL of a CA"
msgstr "Criar uma CRL de CA"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54
msgid "Export a CA to a file"
msgstr "Exportar CA para um arquivo"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56
msgid "Export a certificate to a file"
msgstr "Exportar certificado para um arquivo"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58
msgid "Export a CRL to a file"
msgstr "Exportar CRL para um arquivo"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "Endereço de e-mail"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70
msgid "Organizational unit"
msgstr "Unidade organizacional"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321
msgid "Organization"
msgstr "Empresa"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323
msgid "Locality"
msgstr "Local"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
msgstr "Estado"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325
msgid "Country"
msgstr "País"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77
msgid "Valid days"
msgstr "Dias de validade"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79
msgid "Key length"
msgstr "Extensão da chave"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84
msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
msgstr "Senha (Segurança: Deve ser dada por uma variável do ambiente)"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93
msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
msgstr "Senha CA (Segurança: Deve ser dada por uma variável do ambiente)"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100
+msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
msgstr "Senha P12 (Segurança: Deve ser dada por uma variável do ambiente)"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112
msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL"
msgstr "Caminho da CA, certificado ou CRL exportado"
-#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management
-#. For use with autoinstallation.
-#. @return sequence result
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170
+#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management
+#. For use with autoinstallation.
+#. @return sequence result
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170
msgid "CA Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de CA"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and "
-"certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n"
-"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and "
-"certificate from a file.\n"
+"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"O YaST gera uma CA e um certificado padrão automaticamente. Esta CA e este "
-"certificado\n"
+"O YaST gera uma CA e um certificado padrão automaticamente. Esta CA e este certificado\n"
" são usados na comunicação com o servidor Apache.\n"
-" Mude aqui as configurações desta CA e deste certificado ou importe uma CA e "
-"um certificado de um arquivo.\n"
+" Mude aqui as configurações desta CA e deste certificado ou importe uma CA e um certificado de um arquivo.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193
msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate"
msgstr "Importar CA e Certificado Comuns"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209
msgid "&Path of Certificate"
msgstr "&Caminho do Certificado"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr "&Senha:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476
msgid "Co&nfirm Password"
msgstr "Co&nfirmar Senha"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256
msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate"
msgstr "Gerar CA e Certificado Comuns"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585
msgid "&CA Name:"
msgstr "Nome do &CA:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216
msgid "&Common Name:"
msgstr "Nome &Comum:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482
msgid "E-Mail"
msgstr "E-mail"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262
msgid "C&ountry:"
msgstr "País &o:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227
msgid "O&rganization:"
msgstr "O&rganização:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236
msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:"
msgstr "Unidade Or&ganizacional:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247
msgid "Loca&lity:"
msgstr "Loca&l:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250
msgid "&State:"
msgstr "E&stado:"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381
msgid "Take Local Server Name"
msgstr "Pegar Nome do Servidor Local"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418
msgid "&Server Name:"
msgstr "Nome do &Servidor:"
-#. Get the user input.
-#.
-#. Get the user input.
-#.
-#. checking password
-#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given
-#. export to file
-#. export to file
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
+#. Get the user input.
+#.
+#. Get the user input.
+#.
+#. checking password
+#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given
+#. export to file
+#. export to file
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr "Novas senhas não são iguais."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540
msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters."
msgstr "A senha deve ter mais de três caracteres."
-#. finding entry in list
-#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665
+#. finding entry in list
+#. Error popup
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665
msgid "CA name required."
msgstr "Nome de CA requerido."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403
msgid "Common name required."
msgstr "Nome Comum requerido."
-#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def;
-#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the
-#. "add" button
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428
+#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def;
+#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the
+#. "add" button
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428
msgid "Invalid e-mail format."
msgstr "Formato de e-mail inválido."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527
msgid "Server name required."
msgstr "Nome do servidor obrigatório."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949
msgid "Cannot read the certificate."
msgstr "Impossível ler o certificado."
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831
msgid "Import Certificate from File"
msgstr "Importar Certificado do Arquivo"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837
msgid "Server Name"
msgstr "Nome do Servidor"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839
msgid "[local server name]"
msgstr "[nome do servidor local]"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846
msgid "CA Name"
msgstr "Nome de CA"
-#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
+#. To translators: table headers
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
msgstr "Nome Comum"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902
msgid "[not set]"
msgstr "[não definido]"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860
msgid "Email"
msgstr "E-mail"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
msgstr "Unidade organizacional"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904
msgid "[set]"
msgstr "[definido]"
-#. Write all ca-management settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916
+#. Write all ca-management settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916
msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Gerando Certificado de Servidor Comum"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936
msgid "Read server information"
msgstr "Ler informações do servidor"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932
msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate"
msgstr "Criar CA e certificado de servidor padrão"
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938
msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..."
msgstr "Criando CA e certificado de servidor padrão..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Error message
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064
+#. Error message
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064
msgid "Cannot create certificates."
msgstr "Impossível criar certificados."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#. File:
-#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp
-#.
-#. Package:
-#. Configuration of CA Management
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Proposal function dispatcher.
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Stefan Schubert
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server "
-"Name and E-Mail."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível avaliar o nome da máquina local. Mudar os valores do Nome do "
-"Servidor e E-Mail."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#. File:
+#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp
+#.
+#. Package:
+#. Configuration of CA Management
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Proposal function dispatcher.
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Stefan Schubert
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107
+msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail."
+msgstr "Impossível avaliar o nome da máquina local. Mudar os valores do Nome do Servidor e E-Mail."
-#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754)
-#. NO FORCE RESET
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466
+#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754)
+#. NO FORCE RESET
+#. richtext label
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466
msgid "CA Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de CA"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441
msgid "Settings have already been written."
msgstr "Configurações já foram gravadas."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442
msgid "Delete the old settings?"
msgstr "Deseja apagar as configurações antigas?"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338
-msgid ""
-"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível recuperar a senha do root do sistema. Defina uma senha de CA para "
-"continuar."
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338
+msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
+msgstr "Impossível recuperar a senha do root do sistema. Defina uma senha de CA para continuar."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325
msgid ""
"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n"
-"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-"creation.\n"
+"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
"A senha é curta demais para ser usada com os certificados. \n"
-"Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de "
-"certificados.\n"
+"Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de certificados.\n"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351
msgid "Current default CA and certificate."
msgstr "Certificado e CA padrão atual."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364
msgid "Creating default CA and certificate."
msgstr "Criando CA padrão e certificado."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357
msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password."
msgstr "Com requisitos de segurança maiores, você deveria trocar a senha."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369
msgid "[manually set]"
msgstr "[configurado manualmente]"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370
msgid "[root password]"
msgstr "[senha root]"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158
msgid "CA Name: "
msgstr "Nome da CA: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Common Name: "
msgstr "Nome Comum: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392
msgid "Server Name: "
msgstr "Nome do Servidor: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Country: "
msgstr "País: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394
msgid "Password: "
msgstr "Senha: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395
msgid "E-Mail: "
msgstr "E-mail: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396
msgid "Alternative Names: "
msgstr "Nomes Alternativos: "
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406
msgid ""
-"The root password is too short for use as the password for the "
-"certificates.\n"
-" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
-"creation.\n"
+"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n"
+" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
"A senha root é curta demais para ser usada com os certificados. \n"
-" Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de "
-"certificados.\n"
+" Digite uma senha válida para os certificados ou desabilite a criação de certificados.\n"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413
msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate."
msgstr "Não foi criado uma CA e um certificado."
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415
msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file"
msgstr "Importando CA e certificado do arquivo"
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427
-msgid ""
-"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is "
-"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O nome de host padrão <b>linux</b> é exclusivo? O certificado somente "
-"será válido se o nome de host estiver correto.</p>"
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427
+msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O nome de host padrão <b>linux</b> é exclusivo? O certificado somente será válido se o nome de host estiver correto.</p>"
-#. menu title
-#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468
+#. menu title
+#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468
msgid "&CA Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de &CA"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. MAIN module
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. MAIN module
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61
msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates"
msgstr "Gerenciando CAs e Certificados"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Seleção"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72
msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate"
msgstr "Criar CA e Certificado Pa&Drão"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Edit Default &Settings"
msgstr "Editar Configuraçõe&S Padrão"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89
msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate"
msgstr "&Não Criar CA e Certificado"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96
msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk"
msgstr "Importar CA e Certificado de D&isco"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and "
-"<b>certificates</b>\n"
+"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n"
"while completing the installation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Neste quadro, selecione o método de instalação desejado para <b>CAs</b> e "
-"<b>certificados</b>\n"
+"Neste quadro, selecione o método de instalação desejado para <b>CAs</b> e <b>certificados</b>\n"
"enquanto é completada a instalação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in "
-"the installed system \n"
+"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n"
"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -547,201 +520,168 @@
" caso não deseje criá-los ou importá-los agora.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. Creates Country items
-#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table
-#. saved default settings
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172
+#. Creates Country items
+#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table
+#. saved default settings
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172
msgid "&Name:"
msgstr "&Nome:"
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830
msgid "critical"
msgstr "critico"
-#. To translators: table headers
-#. To translators: table headers
-#. To translators: table headers
-#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535
+#. To translators: table headers
+#. To translators: table headers
+#. To translators: table headers
+#. To translators: table headers
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535
msgid "Kind"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. restoring table
-#. restoring table
-#. restoring table
-#. restoring table
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991
+#. restoring table
+#. restoring table
+#. restoring table
+#. restoring table
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991
msgid "No item has been selected."
msgstr "Nenhum item foi selecionado."
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#. we need to fake a certificate name
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
+#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
+#. we need to fake a certificate name
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960
msgid "Really delete this entry?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar esta entrada?"
-#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries
-#. @return `next,`back,`abort
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388
+#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries
+#. @return `next,`back,`abort
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA "
-"and certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n"
"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"O YaST gera um <b>CA e certificado padrão</b> automaticamente. Este CA e "
-"certificado\n"
+"O YaST gera um <b>CA e certificado padrão</b> automaticamente. Este CA e certificado\n"
"são usados para comunicação com o <b>servidor Apache</b>.\n"
"Aqui, mude estas <b>configurações padrão</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484
msgid "&Edit Alternative Names"
msgstr "&Editar Nomes Alternativos"
-#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog
-#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96
+#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog
+#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96
msgid "Edit Default Settings"
msgstr "Editar Configurações Padrão"
-#. The main ()
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
+#. The main ()
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Certificado de Servidor Comum"
-#. help text 1/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77
-msgid ""
-"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted "
-"network connections.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma Certificação do Servidor é usada por serviços que fornecem conexões "
-"de rede SSL/TLS criptografadas.</p>"
+#. help text 1/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77
+msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Uma Certificação do Servidor é usada por serviços que fornecem conexões de rede SSL/TLS criptografadas.</p>"
-#. help text 2/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a "
-"certificate for several services running on this host. "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O propósito da <b>Certificação do Servidor Comum</b> é fornecer um "
-"certificado para vários serviços em execução neste host. "
+#. help text 2/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84
+msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. "
+msgstr "<p>O propósito da <b>Certificação do Servidor Comum</b> é fornecer um certificado para vários serviços em execução neste host. "
-#. help text 3/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during "
-"configuration of such a service.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Alguns módulos do YaST incluem o recurso para utilizar este certificado "
-"durante a configuração do serviço.</p>"
+#. help text 3/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92
+msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>"
+msgstr "Alguns módulos do YaST incluem o recurso para utilizar este certificado durante a configuração do serviço.</p>"
-#. help text 4/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100
-msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server "
-"certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com o botão <b>Importar/Substituir</b>, você pode adicionar uma nova "
-"certificação do servidor ou substituir a atual.</p>"
+#. help text 4/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100
+msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com o botão <b>Importar/Substituir</b>, você pode adicionar uma nova certificação do servidor ou substituir a atual.</p>"
-#. help text 5/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But "
-"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode remover os Certificados clicando no botão <b>Remover</b>. "
-"Porém, verifique se eles não estão mais sendo utilizados por outros serviços."
-"</p>"
+#. help text 5/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108
+msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode remover os Certificados clicando no botão <b>Remover</b>. Porém, verifique se eles não estão mais sendo utilizados por outros serviços.</p>"
-#. help text 6/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in "
-"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível gravar certificados em um arquivo usando <b>Exportar para "
-"Arquivo</b> na seção <b>Certificado</b> do módulo <b>Gerenciamento de CA</b>."
-"</p>"
+#. help text 6/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116
+msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível gravar certificados em um arquivo usando <b>Exportar para Arquivo</b> na seção <b>Certificado</b> do módulo <b>Gerenciamento de CA</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 7/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124
-msgid ""
-"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 "
-"format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Certificados para importar de disco devem ter sido gravados em <b>formato "
-"PKCS12 com CA chain</b>.</p>"
+#. help text 7/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124
+msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Certificados para importar de disco devem ter sido gravados em <b>formato PKCS12 com CA chain</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 8/8
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132
+#. help text 8/8
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para obter mais informações, leia o manual.</p>"
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
msgid ""
"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
@@ -749,34 +689,34 @@
"<pre>Certificação do Servidor Comum não encontrada.\n"
"É possível importar um certificado do disco</pre>"
-#. popup window header
-#. popup window header
-#. popup window header
-#. popup window header
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
+#. popup window header
+#. popup window header
+#. popup window header
+#. popup window header
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr "&Remover"
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
msgid "&Import/Replace"
msgstr "&Importar/Substituir"
-#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
+#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3)
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209
msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n"
msgstr "O certificado ainda não expirou.\n"
-#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
+#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3)
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211
msgid ""
"Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n"
"\n"
@@ -784,33 +724,29 @@
"Verifique se nenhum serviço ainda usa este certificado.\n"
"\n"
-#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
-#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
+#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
+#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
msgstr "Tem certeza de que deseja remover o certificado?"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66
msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aqui, veja os valores mais importantes da CA.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates"
-"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Informação especial sobre a CA atual é oferecida por <b>Certificados</b>, "
-"<b>CRL</b>, e <b>Avançado</b>.</p>"
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70
+msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Informação especial sobre a CA atual é oferecida por <b>Certificados</b>, <b>CRL</b>, e <b>Avançado</b>.</p>"
-#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA
-#. @param CA name
-#. @return a string with the CA description
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164
+#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA
+#. @param CA name
+#. @return a string with the CA description
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164
msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b> Descrição de %1 </b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177
msgid ""
"\n"
"CA not found"
@@ -818,13 +754,13 @@
"\n"
"CA não encontrado"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Emitido para:</b></p>"
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224
msgid ""
"\n"
"Common Name: "
@@ -832,9 +768,9 @@
"\n"
"Nome Comum: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229
msgid ""
"\n"
"Organization: "
@@ -842,9 +778,9 @@
"\n"
"Organização: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234
msgid ""
"\n"
"Location: "
@@ -852,9 +788,9 @@
"\n"
"Local: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239
msgid ""
"\n"
"State: "
@@ -862,9 +798,9 @@
"\n"
"Estado: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244
msgid ""
"\n"
"Country: "
@@ -872,9 +808,9 @@
"\n"
"País: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249
msgid ""
"\n"
"EMAIL: "
@@ -882,11 +818,11 @@
"\n"
"E-MAIL: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Emitido por:</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
@@ -894,7 +830,7 @@
"\n"
"Válido desde: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
@@ -902,280 +838,245 @@
"\n"
"Válido até: "
-#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
+#. To translators: pushbutton label
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
msgid "&Advanced..."
msgstr "&Avançado..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&Visualizar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
msgid "&Change CA Password"
msgstr "&Mudar a Senha de CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
msgstr "C&riar SubCA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288
msgid "Export to &File"
msgstr "Exportar para Arquivo &F"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
msgstr "Exportar para &LDAP"
-#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
+#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
msgstr "&Editar Padrão"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51
-msgid ""
-"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some "
-"default values.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ao criar uma nova CA ou certificado, o sistema sugere alguns valores "
-"padrão.</p>"
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51
+msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ao criar uma nova CA ou certificado, o sistema sugere alguns valores padrão.</p>"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57
msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Com este fluxo, mude estas configurações padrão.</p>"
-#. help text 3/4
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Entretanto, as configurações modificadas serão usadas só por <b>novas</B> "
-"entradas.</p>"
+#. help text 3/4
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153
+msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Entretanto, as configurações modificadas serão usadas só por <b>novas</B> entradas.</p>"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client "
-"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode editar as configurações padrão para <b>subCAs</b>, "
-"<b>certificados de cliente</b>, e <b>certificados de servidor</b>.</p>"
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69
+msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode editar as configurações padrão para <b>subCAs</b>, <b>certificados de cliente</b>, e <b>certificados de servidor</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79
msgid "Default Settings for:"
msgstr "Configurações Padrão para:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83
msgid "&Sub CA"
msgstr "&Sub CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85
msgid "&Client Certificate"
msgstr "&Certificado de Cliente"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88
msgid "S&erver Certificate"
msgstr "Certificado de &Servidor"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are "
-"saved.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações padrão antes delas "
-"seram salvas.</p>"
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações padrão antes delas seram salvas.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142
msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique <b>Salvar</b> para encerrar a entrada.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786
msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Resumo</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
msgstr " (crítico)\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156
msgid "Path Length: "
msgstr "Tamanho do Caminho: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
msgstr "(crítico) "
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
msgstr "Copiar Subject Alt Name da CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
msgstr "(crítico)\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824
msgid "nsComment: "
msgstr "nsComment: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837
msgid "nsCertType: "
msgstr "nsCertType: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
msgstr "Copiar Endereço de E-Mail Padrão"
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591
msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)"
msgstr "Salvar Configurações (etapa 3/3)"
-#. creating new certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609
+#. creating new certificate
+#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609
msgid "Default has been saved."
msgstr "Padrão foi salvo."
-#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The "
-"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the "
-"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Primeiro, veja a lista com todos os certificados deste CA. As colunas são "
-"o DN dos certificados incluindo o endereço de e-mail e o estado do "
-"certificado (tal como válido ou revogado).</p>"
+#. help text 1/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46
+msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Primeiro, veja a lista com todos os certificados deste CA. As colunas são o DN dos certificados incluindo o endereço de e-mail e o estado do certificado (tal como válido ou revogado).</p>"
-#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52
+#. help text 2/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52
msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione um dos certificados e execute algumas ações.</p>"
-#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ver</b> abre uma janela com uma representação textual do certificado "
-"completo.</p>"
+#. help text 3/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ver</b> abre uma janela com uma representação textual do certificado completo.</p>"
-#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Além disto, você pode <b>Revogar</b>, <b>Eliminar</b>, ou <b>Exportar</b> "
-"um certificado.</p>"
+#. help text 4/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Além disto, você pode <b>Revogar</b>, <b>Eliminar</b>, ou <b>Exportar</b> um certificado.</p>"
-#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71
+#. help text 5/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71
msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>Adicionar</b>, gere um novo certificado de servidor ou cliente.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com <b>Adicionar</b>, gere um novo certificado de servidor ou cliente.</p>"
-#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Na área abaixo, veja os valores mais importantes do certificado "
-"selecionado.</p>"
+#. help text 6/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78
+msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Na área abaixo, veja os valores mais importantes do certificado selecionado.</p>"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142
msgid "Revoke Certificate"
msgstr "Revogar Certificado"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145
msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created."
msgstr "Você está só revogando o certificado. Nenhum novo CRL será criado."
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150
msgid "Reasons"
msgstr "Motivos"
-#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate
-#. @param map of description
-#. @return a string with the certification description
-#. getRequestDescription - description of a request
-#. @param map of description, onlySubject
-#. @return a string with the request description
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55
+#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate
+#. @param map of description
+#. @return a string with the certification description
+#. getRequestDescription - description of a request
+#. @param map of description, onlySubject
+#. @return a string with the request description
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55
msgid "<p><b>Description</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Descrição</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291
msgid ""
"\n"
"Certificate not found"
@@ -1183,10 +1084,10 @@
"\n"
"Certificado não encontrado"
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65
msgid ""
"\n"
"Common Name: "
@@ -1194,10 +1095,10 @@
"\n"
"Nome Comum: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80
msgid ""
"\n"
"Organization: "
@@ -1205,10 +1106,10 @@
"\n"
"Organização: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"Location: "
@@ -1216,10 +1117,10 @@
"\n"
"Local: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90
msgid ""
"\n"
"State: "
@@ -1227,10 +1128,10 @@
"\n"
"Estado: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95
msgid ""
"\n"
"Country: "
@@ -1238,10 +1139,10 @@
"\n"
"País: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100
msgid ""
"\n"
"EMAIL: "
@@ -1249,10 +1150,10 @@
"\n"
"E-MAIL: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107
msgid ""
"\n"
"Is CA: "
@@ -1260,10 +1161,10 @@
"\n"
"É CA: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112
msgid ""
"\n"
"Key Size: "
@@ -1271,8 +1172,8 @@
"\n"
"Tamanho da Chave: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"Serialnumber: "
@@ -1280,10 +1181,10 @@
"\n"
"Número de série: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117
msgid ""
"\n"
"Version: "
@@ -1291,8 +1192,8 @@
"\n"
"Versão: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid from: "
@@ -1300,8 +1201,8 @@
"\n"
"Válido desde: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
msgid ""
"\n"
"Valid to: "
@@ -1309,10 +1210,10 @@
"\n"
"Válido até: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122
msgid ""
"\n"
"algo. of pub. Key : "
@@ -1320,10 +1221,10 @@
"\n"
"algor. Chave pública: "
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"algo. of signature: "
@@ -1331,131 +1232,130 @@
"\n"
"algor. assinatura: "
-#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
+#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
+#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532
msgid "Valid"
msgstr "Válido"
-#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
+#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
msgstr "Revogado"
-#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
+#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
msgid "Expired"
msgstr "Expirado"
-#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
+#. To translators: table headers
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320
msgid "E-Mail Address"
msgstr "Endereço de e-mail"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472
msgid "Add Server Certificate"
msgstr "Adicionar Certificado de Servidor"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473
msgid "Add Client Certificate"
msgstr "Adicionar Certificado de Cliente"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
msgstr "&Mudar a Senha"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
msgstr "&Revogar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#. Fate (#2613)
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
+#. Fate (#2613)
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265
msgid "Export"
msgstr "Exportar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362
msgid "Export to File"
msgstr "Exportar para Arquivo"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494
msgid "Export to LDAP"
msgstr "Exportar para LDAP"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Exportar como Certificado de Servidor Comum"
-#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
+#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
msgstr "Eliminar certificados atuais?"
-#. Create a certificate via command line
-#. @param option map
-#. @return success
-#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106
+#. Create a certificate via command line
+#. @param option map
+#. @return success
+#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106
msgid "Wrong kind of certificate."
msgstr "Tipo incorreto de certificado."
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55
msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aqui, veja os valores mais importantes do CRL.</p>"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59
msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Com <b>Gerar CRL</b>, um novo CRL será gerado.</p>"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64
msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Ver</b> mostra uma descrição completa.</p>"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69
msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode <b>Exportar</b> o CRL para um arquivo ou diretório LDAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode <b>Exportar</b> o CRL para um arquivo ou diretório LDAP.</p>"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95
msgid "Generate New CRL"
msgstr "Gerar Novo CRL"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99
msgid "&Valid to (days):"
msgstr "&Válido até (dias):"
-#. getDescription - CRL description
-#. @param CA name
-#. @return a string with the CRL description
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210
+#. getDescription - CRL description
+#. @param CA name
+#. @return a string with the CRL description
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210
msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Lista de Revogação de Certificado (CRL):</b></p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -1465,7 +1365,7 @@
"\n"
"Última Atualização: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229
msgid ""
"\n"
"Next Update: "
@@ -1473,7 +1373,7 @@
"\n"
"Próxima Atualização: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -1483,661 +1383,548 @@
"\n"
"Certificados Revogados: "
-#. Dialog Tab - CRL -
-#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260
+#. Dialog Tab - CRL -
+#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260
msgid "&Generate CRL"
msgstr "&Gerar CRL"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129
+#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "Pa&drão"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142
+msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Ao criar uma nova CRL, o sistema sugere alguns valores padrão.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148
msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Com esse frame, altere estas configurações padrão.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724
msgid "&Valid Period (days):"
msgstr "Período de &Validade (dias):"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179
msgid "&Critical"
msgstr "&Crítico"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200
msgid "C&ritical"
msgstr "C&rítico"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207
msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA"
msgstr "C&opiar Nome Alternativo de Assunto de CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254
msgid "Default CRL Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de CRL Padrão"
-#. Translators: window caption
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108
+#. Translators: window caption
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108
msgid "Security Information"
msgstr "Informações de Segurança"
-#. Translators: long help text - security information
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
-msgid ""
-"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write "
-"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored "
-"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be "
-"readable for the root user."
-msgstr ""
-"Aviso!<br>A ativação da criação e da exportação automática de uma CRL "
-"gravará a senha CA em um arquivo de configuração no disco. A senha será "
-"armazenada nesse local como texto sem formatação por ser necessária para a "
-"criação de uma CRL. O arquivo somente estará legível para o usuário root."
+#. Translators: long help text - security information
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
+msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
+msgstr "Aviso!<br>A ativação da criação e da exportação automática de uma CRL gravará a senha CA em um arquivo de configuração no disco. A senha será armazenada nesse local como texto sem formatação por ser necessária para a criação de uma CRL. O arquivo somente estará legível para o usuário root."
-#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
-#. @param selected CA
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522
+#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
+#. @param selected CA
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522
msgid "Export CRL"
msgstr "Exportar CRL"
-#. this default can only be set inside this function
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381
+#. this default can only be set inside this function
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381
msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Exportar a CRL desta CA uma vez selecionando <b>Exportar uma vez</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Exportar a CRL desta CA uma vez selecionando <b>Exportar uma vez</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
-msgid ""
-"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation "
-"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in "
-"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can "
-"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and "
-"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar a recriação repetida da CRL, selecione <b>Recriação e "
-"exportação repetidas</b>. Neste caso, defina o intervalo para a recriação em "
-"<b>Intervalo periódico</b>. Se você definir o intervalo como 24 horas, "
-"poderá também selecionar a hora para a exportação. Leia e entenda as "
-"<b>Informações de Segurança</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
+msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar a recriação repetida da CRL, selecione <b>Recriação e exportação repetidas</b>. Neste caso, defina o intervalo para a recriação em <b>Intervalo periódico</b>. Se você definir o intervalo como 24 horas, poderá também selecionar a hora para a exportação. Leia e entenda as <b>Informações de Segurança</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP "
-"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file"
-"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode ativar uma exportação da CRL para um arquivo local ou para um "
-"servidor LDAP ou ambos. Configure os respectivos parâmetros em <b>Exportar "
-"para arquivo local</b> e <b>Exportar para LDAP</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
+msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode ativar uma exportação da CRL para um arquivo local ou para um servidor LDAP ou ambos. Configure os respectivos parâmetros em <b>Exportar para arquivo local</b> e <b>Exportar para LDAP</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401
msgid "Export once"
msgstr "Exportar uma vez"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407
msgid "Repeated recreation and export"
msgstr "Recriação repetida e exportação"
-#. fix space issue (bnc#446137)
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496
+#. fix space issue (bnc#446137)
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496
msgid "&Host Name:"
msgstr "Nome de &Host:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497
msgid "&Port:"
msgstr "&Porta:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498
msgid "&DN:"
msgstr "&DN:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499
msgid "&Bind DN:"
msgstr "&Bind DN:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427
msgid "Pass&word"
msgstr "Se&nha"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435
msgid "Save &as"
msgstr "Gravar &como"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965
msgid "Export Format"
msgstr "Formato de Exportar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443
msgid "PEM Format"
msgstr "Formato PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444
msgid "DER Format"
msgstr "Formato DER"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453
msgid "Periodic interval"
msgstr "Intervalo periódico"
-#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )),
-#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457
+#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )),
+#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)"
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457
msgid "every"
msgstr "a cada"
-#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463
+#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)"
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463
msgid "&hour(s)"
msgstr "&hora(s)"
-#. (bnc#446137)
-#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472
+#. (bnc#446137)
+#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock"
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472
msgid "at"
msgstr "em"
-#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474
+#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock"
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474
msgid "&o'clock"
msgstr "&horas"
-#. (bnc#446137)
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479
+#. (bnc#446137)
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479
msgid "&Security Information"
msgstr "Informações de &Segurança"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497
msgid "Export to file"
msgstr "Exportar para Arquivo"
-#. gray out or ungray UI elements
-#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported."));
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455
+#. gray out or ungray UI elements
+#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported."));
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "Gravar como"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647
msgid "Export to file failed."
msgstr "Falha ao exportar para arquivo."
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673
msgid "Do you want to retry?"
msgstr "Deseja repetir?"
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468
msgid "Saved to file successfully."
msgstr "Gravado no arquivo com êxito."
-#. Checking error
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603
+#. Checking error
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603
msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully."
msgstr "Salvo no LDAP com sucesso."
-#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672
+#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672
msgid "Export to LDAP failed."
msgstr "Falha ao exportar para LDAP."
-#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86
+#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86
msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab"
msgstr "Erro de Software - Tab Desconhecido"
-#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141
+#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141
msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)"
msgstr "Autoridade de Certificado (CA)"
-#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147
+#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Descrição"
-#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149
+#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149
msgid "C&ertificates"
msgstr "C&ertificados"
-#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151
+#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151
msgid "CR&L"
msgstr "CR&L"
-#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
-#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153
+#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
+#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153
msgid "&Requests"
msgstr "&Solicitações"
-#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89
+#. help text 1/7
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89
msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para gerar uma nova CA, algumas entradas são necessárias.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91
msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para gerar um novo certificado, algumas entradas são necessárias.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para gerar um novo certificado, algumas entradas são necessárias.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96
msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para gerar uma nova solicitação, é necessário digitar algumas informações."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para gerar uma nova solicitação, é necessário digitar algumas informações.</p>"
-#. help text 2/7
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106
+#. help text 2/7
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106
msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Isto depende da política definida no arquivo de configuração.</p>"
-#. help text 4/7
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111
+#. help text 4/7
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111
msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Somente caracteres US ASCII são permitidos.</p>"
-#. help text 5/7
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, "
-"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome de CA</b> é o nome do certificado CA. Use apenas os caracteres, "
-"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", e \"_\".</p>"
+#. help text 5/7
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117
+msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nome de CA</b> é o nome do certificado CA. Use apenas os caracteres, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", e \"_\".</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Nome Comum</b> é o nome da CA.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome Comum</b> é o nome do usuário para quem criar o certificado.</p>"
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129
+msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nome Comum</b> é o nome do usuário para quem criar o certificado.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome Comum</b> é o nome de domínio completamente qualificado do "
-"servidor.</p>"
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nome Comum</b> é o nome de domínio completamente qualificado do servidor.</p>"
-#. help text 6/7
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Endereços de E-Mail</b> são endereços de e-mail válidos do usuário o "
-"administrador do sistema.</p>"
+#. help text 6/7
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145
+msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Endereços de E-Mail</b> são endereços de e-mail válidos do usuário o administrador do sistema.</p>"
-#. help text 7/7
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and "
-"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Organização</b>, <b>Unidade Organizacional</b>, <b>Localidade</b> e "
-"<b>Estado</b> muitas vezes são opcionais.</p>"
+#. help text 7/7
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152
+msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Organização</b>, <b>Unidade Organizacional</b>, <b>Localidade</b> e <b>Estado</b> muitas vezes são opcionais.</p>"
-#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173
+#. To translators: pushbutton label
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173
msgid "D&efault"
msgstr "&Padrão"
-#. To translators: table headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194
+#. To translators: table headers
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194
msgid "E-Mail Addresses"
msgstr "Endereços de E-Mail"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195
msgid "default"
msgstr "padrão"
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285
msgid "Create New "
msgstr "Criar novo "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272
msgid " (step 1/3)"
msgstr " (etapa 1/3)"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length "
-"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A chave privada da CA precisa de uma <B>Senha</B> com no mínimo cinco "
-"caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo campo."
-"p>"
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469
+msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A chave privada da CA precisa de uma <B>Senha</B> com no mínimo cinco caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo campo.</p>"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
-"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada CA possui uma <b>Extensão de Chave</b> própria. Alguns aplicativos "
-"que usam certificados precisam de extensões de chave especiais.</p>"
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476
+msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada CA possui uma <b>Extensão de Chave</b> própria. Alguns aplicativos que usam certificados precisam de extensões de chave especiais.</p>"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484
-msgid ""
-"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the "
-"time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A CA é válida somente durante um período específico (<b>Período de "
-"Validade</b>). Digite o período em dias.</p>"
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484
+msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A CA é válida somente durante um período específico (<b>Período de Validade</b>). Digite o período em dias.</p>"
-#. help text 4/4
-#. help text 4/4
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these "
-"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work "
-"correctly.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opções Avançadas</b> são opções muito especiais. Se você mudar estas "
-"opções, o SUSE não poderá garantir que o certificado gerado funcionará "
-"corretamente.</p>"
+#. help text 4/4
+#. help text 4/4
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543
+msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Opções Avançadas</b> são opções muito especiais. Se você mudar estas opções, o SUSE não poderá garantir que o certificado gerado funcionará corretamente.</p>"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
-"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
-"field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A chave privada do certificado necessita uma <B>Senha</B> com número "
-"mínimo de cinco caracteres. Para verificação, informe novamente no próximo "
-"campo.</p>"
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498
+msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A chave privada do certificado necessita uma <B>Senha</B> com número mínimo de cinco caracteres. Para verificação, informe novamente no próximo campo.</p>"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that "
-"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada certificado tem seu próprio <b>Tamanho de Chave</b>. Algumas "
-"aplicações que usam certificados necessitam tamanhos de chave especiais.</p>"
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505
+msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada certificado tem seu próprio <b>Tamanho de Chave</b>. Algumas aplicações que usam certificados necessitam tamanhos de chave especiais.</p>"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513
-msgid ""
-"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). "
-"Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O certificado é válido só por período específico (<b>Período de Validade"
-"b>). Informe o tempo em dias.</p>"
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513
+msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O certificado é válido só por período específico (<b>Período de Validade</b>). Informe o tempo em dias.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528
-msgid ""
-"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
-"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
-"field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A chave privada da solicitação precisa de uma <B>Senha</B> com no mínimo "
-"cinco caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo "
-"campo.</p>"
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528
+msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A chave privada da solicitação precisa de uma <B>Senha</B> com no mínimo cinco caracteres. Para fins de verificação, digite-a novamente no próximo campo.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
-"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada solicitação possui uma <b>Extensão de Chave</b> própria. Alguns "
-"aplicativos que usam certificados precisam de extensões de chave especiais."
-"p>"
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535
+msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada solicitação possui uma <b>Extensão de Chave</b> própria. Alguns aplicativos que usam certificados precisam de extensões de chave especiais.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561
msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password"
msgstr "&Usar Senha de CA como Senha de Certificado"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582
msgid "V&erify Password:"
msgstr "V&erifique a Senha:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590
msgid "&Key Length (bit):"
msgstr "Tamanho da Chave &K (bit):"
-#. tree widget label
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108
+#. tree widget label
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108
msgid "&Advanced Options"
msgstr "Opções &Avançadas"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616
msgid " (step 2/3)"
msgstr " (etapa 2/3)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661
msgid "Passwords are different."
msgstr "Senhas são diferentes."
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667
msgid "Password required."
msgstr "Senha requerida."
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be "
-"created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este frame oferece uma visão geral de todas as configurações da CA a ser "
-"criada.</p>"
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este frame oferece uma visão geral de todas as configurações da CA a ser criada.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706
msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Criar</b> para gerar a CA.</p>"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that "
-"will be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações para o certificado que "
-"será criado.</p>"
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este quadro dá um resumo de todas as configurações para o certificado que será criado.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716
msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique <b>Criar</b> para gerar o certificado.</p>"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
-"created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este frame oferece uma visão geral de todas as configurações da "
-"solicitação a ser criada.</p>"
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este frame oferece uma visão geral de todas as configurações da solicitação a ser criada.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727
msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Criar</b> para gerar a solicitação.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736
msgid "CA Name: "
msgstr "Nome da CA: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743
msgid "Common Name: "
msgstr "Nome Comum: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752
msgid "Organization: "
msgstr "Organização: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761
msgid "Organizational Unit: "
msgstr "Unidade organizacional:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769
msgid "E-Mail Addresses: "
msgstr "Endereços de E-mail:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793
msgid "Locality: "
msgstr "Local: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801
msgid "State: "
msgstr "Estado: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807
msgid "Country: "
msgstr "País: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812
msgid "Key Length: "
msgstr "Tamanho da Chave: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817
msgid "Valid Period: "
msgstr "Período de Validade: "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820
msgid " days\n"
msgstr " dias\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814
msgid "Path Length "
msgstr "Tamanho do Caminho "
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285
msgid " (step 3/3)"
msgstr " (etapa 3/3)"
-#. label widget
-#. header label
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241
+#. label widget
+#. header label
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241
msgid "Current Selection: "
msgstr "seleção atual: "
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. File:
-#. new_cert_item.ycp
-#.
-#. Module:
-#. CA Management
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating
-#. new certificate )
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Stefan Schubert
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. Creating a new CA/Certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that "
-"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the "
-"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)."
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Este quadro mostra outros atributos e extensões OpenSSL X509v3 que podem "
-"ser definidos. Se você não está familiarizado com essas extensões, consulte "
-"o arquivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (pacote openssl-"
-"doc).</P>"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. File:
+#. new_cert_item.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. CA Management
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating
+#. new certificate )
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Stefan Schubert
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Creating a new CA/Certificate
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55
+msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Este quadro mostra outros atributos e extensões OpenSSL X509v3 que podem ser definidos. Se você não está familiarizado com essas extensões, consulte o arquivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (pacote openssl-doc).</P>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61
msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Entradas erradas podem tornar o certificado inútil.</P>"
-#. items for CA and Certificates
-#. items for Requests
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155
+#. items for CA and Certificates
+#. items for Requests
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155
msgid "Advanced Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas"
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Especialista"
-#. Creating default CA/Certificate
-#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
+#. Creating default CA/Certificate
+#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Criando certificado..."
-#. Creating server certificate
-#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
+#. Creating server certificate
+#. Exporting to common server certificate
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -2145,126 +1932,106 @@
"O certificado padrão também pode ser criado no\n"
"módulo de Gerenciamento de CA.\n"
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Concluir"
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Realmente salvar a configuração ?"
-#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Sair"
-#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
+#. To translators: YesNo Popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Realmente sair da configuração sem salvar ?"
-#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalhes"
-#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47
-msgid ""
-"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The "
-"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Primeiro, exiba uma visão de lista com todas as solicitações disponíveis "
-"desta CA. As colunas são o DN da solicitação, inclusive o endereço de e-mail."
-"</p>"
+#. help text 1/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47
+msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Primeiro, exiba uma visão de lista com todas as solicitações disponíveis desta CA. As colunas são o DN da solicitação, inclusive o endereço de e-mail.</p>"
-#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53
+#. help text 2/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53
msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione uma das solicitações e execute algumas ações.</p>"
-#. help text 3/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
-"request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ver</b> abre uma janela com uma representação em forma de texto da "
-"solicitação completa.</p>"
+#. help text 3/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58
+msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ver</b> abre uma janela com uma representação em forma de texto da solicitação completa.</p>"
-#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você também pode <b>Assinar</b>, <b>Apagar</b> ou <b>Exportar</b> uma "
-"solicitação.</p>"
+#. help text 4/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65
+msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você também pode <b>Assinar</b>, <b>Apagar</b> ou <b>Exportar</b> uma solicitação.</p>"
-#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new "
-"request.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para ler uma nova solicitação. Use <b>Adicionar</b> "
-"para gerar uma nova solicitação.</p>"
+#. help text 5/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72
+msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Importar</b> para ler uma nova solicitação. Use <b>Adicionar</b> para gerar uma nova solicitação.</p>"
-#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79
-msgid ""
-"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Na área abaixo, verifique os valores mais importantes da solicitação "
-"selecionada.</p>"
+#. help text 6/6
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79
+msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Na área abaixo, verifique os valores mais importantes da solicitação selecionada.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326
msgid "Generate Time"
msgstr "Gerar Horário"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335
msgid "&Import"
msgstr "&Importar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340
msgid "Add Sub-CA Request"
msgstr "Adicionar Solicitação de SubCA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341
msgid "Add Server Request"
msgstr "Adicionar Solicitação de Servidor"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342
msgid "Add Client Request"
msgstr "Adicionar Solicitação de Cliente"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348
msgid "&Request"
msgstr "&Solicitar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354
msgid "Sign"
msgstr "Assinar"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356
msgid "As Client Certificate"
msgstr "Como Certificado de Cliente"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357
msgid "As Server Certificate"
msgstr "Como Certificado de Servidor"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358
msgid "As CA Certificate"
msgstr "Como Certificado de CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430
+#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430
msgid "Delete current request?"
msgstr "Deseja apagar a solicitação atual?"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58
msgid ""
"\n"
"Request not found.\n"
@@ -2272,8 +2039,8 @@
"\n"
"Solicitação não encontrada.\n"
-#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
+#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
msgid ""
"\n"
"generation Time: "
@@ -2281,184 +2048,168 @@
"\n"
"tempo de Geração: "
-#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
-#. @param request extention
-#. @return [void]
-#. The user has decide that given request extention
-#. will be used. --> setting for signation
-#. @param request extention
-#. @return [void]
-#. Filling up reqeust extentions
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
+#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention
+#. @param request extention
+#. @return [void]
+#. The user has decide that given request extention
+#. will be used. --> setting for signation
+#. @param request extention
+#. @return [void]
+#. Filling up reqeust extentions
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
msgstr "Extensão \"%1\" não encontrada."
-#. IS CA ?
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
+#. IS CA ?
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
msgstr "Esta é uma solicitação de CA. Deseja mesmo assinar como %1?"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta não é uma solicitação de CA. Deseja mesmo assinar como solicitação de "
-"CA?"
+msgstr "Esta não é uma solicitação de CA. Deseja mesmo assinar como solicitação de CA?"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Este frame mostra a solicitação de assinatura.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A solicitação possui extensões de solicitação especiais, que você pode "
-"aceitar.</p>"
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
+msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A solicitação possui extensões de solicitação especiais, que você pode aceitar.</p>"
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
+msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Caso rejeite essas extensões, os valores padrão serão usados.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
msgstr "Extensões Solicitadas"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
msgstr "Assinar Solicitação como %1 (Etapa 1/2)"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
-msgid ""
-"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
-"signed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Este frame oferece uma visão geral de todas as configurações da "
-"solicitação a ser assinada.</p>"
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
+msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Este frame oferece uma visão geral de todas as configurações da solicitação a ser assinada.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Assinar Solicitação</b> para prosseguir.</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
msgstr " dias"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807
msgid " (critical)</p>"
msgstr " (crítico)</p>"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233
msgid "&Edit Request"
msgstr "&Editar Solicitação"
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
msgstr "Assinar Solicitação como %1 (Etapa 2/2)"
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
msgstr "Assinar Solicitação"
-#. signing request
-#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
+#. signing request
+#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
msgstr "A solicitação foi assinada."
-#. Deleting current CA
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105
+#. Deleting current CA
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105
msgid "Really delete CA %1?"
msgstr "Deseja mesmo apagar CA %1?"
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118
msgid "Force Delete"
msgstr "Forçar Apagamento"
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119
msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?"
msgstr "Esta CA ainda está em uso. Deseja apagá-la?"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145
msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione uma CA e clique <b>Entre CA</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Criar CA Raiz</b> gera uma nova autoridade de certificado raiz.</p>"
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149
+msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Criar CA Raiz</b> gera uma nova autoridade de certificado raiz.</p>"
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156
-msgid ""
-"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para obter mais informações sobre o Gerenciamento de CA, leia o manual."
-"p>"
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156
+msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para obter mais informações sobre o Gerenciamento de CA, leia o manual.</p>"
-#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167
+#. To translators: pushbutton label
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167
msgid "&Enter CA"
msgstr "&Entre CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171
msgid "&Delete CA"
msgstr "&Apagar CA"
-#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180
+#. To translators: pushbutton label
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180
msgid "&Create Root CA"
msgstr "&Criar CA Raíz"
-#. To translators: pushbutton label
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187
+#. To translators: pushbutton label
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187
msgid "&Import CA"
msgstr "&Importar CA"
-#. To translators: tree headers
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199
+#. To translators: tree headers
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199
msgid "CA Tree"
msgstr "Árvore de CA"
-#. To translators: dialog label
-#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208
+#. To translators: dialog label
+#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208
msgid "CA Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de CA"
-#. Change password Dialog
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173
+#. Change password Dialog
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173
msgid "Change Certificate Password"
msgstr "Mudar a Senha do Certificado"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174
msgid "Change CA Password"
msgstr "Mudar Senha de CA"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186
msgid "&Old Password:"
msgstr "&Senha Antiga:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380
msgid "&New Password:"
msgstr "&Nova Senha:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189
msgid "&Verify Password:"
msgstr "&Verifique a Senha:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220
msgid ""
"The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n"
"Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n"
@@ -2466,45 +2217,44 @@
"A nova senha é curta demais para ser usada com os certificados.\n"
"Digite uma senha válida para os certificados.\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245
msgid "CA Password changed."
msgstr "Senha de CA mudada."
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247
msgid "Certificate Password changed."
msgstr "Senha de Certificado mudada."
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275
msgid "Enter CA Password"
msgstr "Informe Senha de CA"
-#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP
-#.
-#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName"
-#. @return true ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349
+#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP
+#.
+#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName"
+#. @return true ( success )
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr "Senh&a LDAP:"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr "Senha de Certificado &P:"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr "&Verificar Senha"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421
msgid "LDAP Initialization"
msgstr "Inicialização do LDAP"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423
msgid ""
"LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n"
"Enter the required LDAP password.\n"
@@ -2512,137 +2262,125 @@
"O LDAP deve inicializar para o gerenciamento de CA.\n"
"Informe a senha LDAP requerida.\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428
msgid "P&assword:"
msgstr "Senh&a:"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625
msgid "Export CA to File"
msgstr "Exportar CA para Arquivo"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636
msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format"
msgstr "Some&nte Certificado em Formato PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981
msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Somente a Chave &Não Criptografada no Formato PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988
msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Somente a &Chave Criptografada no Formato PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "Ce&rtificado e Chave sem criptografia em Formato PEM"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr "C&ertificado e Chave Criptografados em Formato PEM"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr "&Certificado em Formato DER"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr "Cer&tificado e Chave em Formato PKCS12"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr "Como PKCS12 e Inc&lui a CA Chain"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr "&Nova Senha"
-#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk
-#. @return success
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485
+#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk
+#. @return success
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485
msgid "&File Name:"
msgstr "Nome de Arquivo &F:"
-#. export to file
-#. reading certificate from disk
-#. reading certificate from disk
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523
+#. export to file
+#. reading certificate from disk
+#. reading certificate from disk
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523
msgid "File name required."
msgstr "Nome de arquivo requerido."
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829
msgid "CA saved to file."
msgstr "CA salvo em arquivo."
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850
msgid "Export CRL to File"
msgstr "Exportar CRL para Arquivo"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858
msgid "&PEM Format"
msgstr "Formato &PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860
msgid "&DER Format"
msgstr "Formato &DER"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941
msgid "CRL saved to file."
msgstr "CRL salvo em arquivo."
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962
msgid "Export Certificate to File"
msgstr "Exportar Certificado para Arquivo"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973
msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format"
msgstr "S&Omente o Certificado em Formato PEM"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184
msgid "Certificate saved to file."
msgstr "Certificado salvo em arquivo."
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
-" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue."
-"</p>\n"
+" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Importando Certificado de Servidor Comum (Formato PKCS12 + CA "
-"Chain)\n"
-" de Disco:</big></b> Selecione um nome de arquivo e clique <b>Próximo</b> "
-"para continuar.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Importando Certificado de Servidor Comum (Formato PKCS12 + CA Chain)\n"
+" de Disco:</big></b> Selecione um nome de arquivo e clique <b>Próximo</b> para continuar.</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
-msgid ""
-"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place "
-"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
-msgstr ""
-"Importe uma certificação do servidor e a CA correspondente e copie-as para "
-"um lugar onde os módulos do YaST procuram por um certificado comum."
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
+msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
+msgstr "Importe uma certificação do servidor e a CA correspondente e copie-as para um lugar onde os módulos do YaST procuram por um certificado comum."
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n"
"Certificate password</p>\n"
@@ -2650,25 +2388,25 @@
"<p><b>Senha:</b><br>\n"
"Senha do certificado</p>\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236
msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk"
msgstr "Importando Certificado Comum de Disco"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267
msgid "Importing certificate..."
msgstr "Importando certificado..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281
msgid "Certificate has been imported."
msgstr "Certificado foi importado."
-#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315
+#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315
msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?"
msgstr "Este não é um certificado de servidor. Deseja continuar?"
-#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361
+#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361
msgid ""
"The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n"
"the server (%2).\n"
@@ -2678,753 +2416,678 @@
"servidor (%2).\n"
"Este certificado pode não ser adequado como certificação do servidor comum.\n"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369
msgid ""
"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n"
-"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in "
-"subject alternative names."
+"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names."
msgstr ""
"O nome de host deste servidor (comando: hostname --long) deve corresponder \n"
-"ao nome comum do certificado (CN) ou a um dos valores nos nomes alternativos "
-"de entidade."
+"ao nome comum do certificado (CN) ou a um dos valores nos nomes alternativos de entidade."
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383
msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "Exportando como Certificado de Servidor Comum"
-#. export to common certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409
+#. export to common certificate
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409
msgid "Exporting certificate..."
msgstr "Exportando certificado..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456
msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate."
msgstr "Certificado foi gravado como certificado de servidor comum."
-#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk
-#. @param [String] CaName
-#. @return success
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482
+#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk
+#. @param [String] CaName
+#. @return success
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482
msgid "Import Request from Disk"
msgstr "Importar Solicitação do Disco"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537
msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files."
msgstr "Formato de arquivo inválido. Usar arquivos PEM ou DER."
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671
msgid "Importing request..."
msgstr "Importando solicitação..."
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560
msgid "Request has been imported."
msgstr "A solicitação foi importada."
-#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk
-#. @return success
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584
+#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk
+#. @return success
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584
msgid "Import CA from Disk"
msgstr "Importar CA do Disco"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587
msgid "&Path of CA Certificate"
msgstr "&Caminho do Certificado CA"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597
msgid "&Path of Key"
msgstr "&Caminho da Chave"
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606
msgid "&Key Password"
msgstr "Senha da &Chave"
-#. Error popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649
+#. Error popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649
msgid "Path to certificate file required."
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado obrigatório."
-#. Error popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653
+#. Error popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653
msgid "Path of the private key required."
msgstr "Caminho da chave privada obrigatório."
-#. Error popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658
+#. Error popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658
msgid ""
"Key Password is required. \n"
-"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not "
-"encrypted key."
+"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key."
msgstr ""
"A senha da chave é obrigatória. \n"
-"Ela deve ser a senha da chave criptografada ou uma nova, caso não seja uma "
-"chave criptografada."
+"Ela deve ser a senha da chave criptografada ou uma nova, caso não seja uma chave criptografada."
-#. Error popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693
+#. Error popup
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693
msgid "CA has been imported."
msgstr "A CA foi importada."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499
msgid "Cannot read CA list."
msgstr "Impossível ler a lista CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560
msgid "Cannot read CA tree."
msgstr "Impossível ler a árvore CA."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
msgstr "Valor 'caName' omitido."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683
msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short."
msgstr "Valor 'keyPasswd' omitido ou senha é muito curta."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451
msgid "Missing value 'commonName'."
msgstr "Valor 'commonName' omitido."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457
msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA."
msgstr "De acordo com 'basicConstraints', isto não é uma CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604
msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed."
msgstr "Falha ao modificar RequestGenerationData."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735
msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed."
msgstr "Falha ao modificar CertificateIssueData."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945
msgid "Creating Root CA failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar CA Raiz:"
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'certType' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
msgstr "Falha ao obter padrões."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140
msgid "Missing value 'certType'."
msgstr "Valor 'certType' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
msgstr "Falha ao inicializar CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar os padrões."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'caName'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'type'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750
msgid "Parsing the CA failed."
msgstr "Falha ao analisar CA."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441
msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'."
msgstr "Valor 'keyPasswd' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018
msgid "Creating request failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar solicitação."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129
msgid "Missing value 'request'"
msgstr "Valor 'request' omitido"
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "Valor 'caPasswd' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320
msgid "Signing certificate failed."
msgstr "Falha ao assinar o certificado."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'caName' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553
msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'caPasswd' ausente."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601
msgid "Getting the certificate list failed."
msgstr "Falha ao obter a lista de certificados."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
msgstr "Valor inválido do parâmetro 'caPasswd'."
-#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685
+#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685
msgid "Invalid password."
msgstr "Senha inválida."
-#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692
+#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692
msgid "UpdateDB failed."
msgstr "Falha em UpadteDB."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'."
msgstr "Valor inválido do parâmetro 'certificate'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821
msgid "Parsing the certificate failed."
msgstr "Falha ao analisar o certificado."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892
msgid "Missing value 'certificate'."
msgstr "Valor 'certificate' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923
msgid "Revoking the certificate failed."
msgstr "Falha ao revogar o certificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
msgstr "Valor 'days' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
msgstr "Falha ao modificar CRLGenerationData."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053
msgid "Creating the CRL failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar CRL."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173
msgid "No CRL available."
msgstr "Nenhuma CRL disponível."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177
msgid "Parsing the CRL failed."
msgstr "Falha ao analisar CRL."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093
#, perl-format
msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s."
msgstr "Não é possível analisar o Arquivo de destino %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100
msgid "Directory does not exist."
msgstr "O diretório não existe."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'exportFormat'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168
msgid "Export failed."
msgstr "Falha ao exportar."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979
msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'P12Password' omitido."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'solicitação'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625
msgid "Request not found in"
msgstr "Solicitação não encontrada em"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628
msgid "Copy Request failed"
msgstr "Falha na Solicitação de Cópia"
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'keyPasswd'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'objetivo'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303
msgid "Verification failed."
msgstr "Falha na verificação."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435
msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'."
msgstr "Valor 'newCaName' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750
msgid "Creating the SubCA failed."
msgstr "Falha ao criar SubCA."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'ldapHostname'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'ldapPort'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'destinationDN'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'BindDN'."
-#. parameter check failed
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923
+#. parameter check failed
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para parâmetro 'ldapPasswd'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893
msgid "CA certificate does not exist."
msgstr "Certificado CA não existe."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904
msgid "Cannot read the CA."
msgstr "Impossível ler CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912
msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate."
msgstr "Não é possível analisar o certificado de CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977
msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
msgstr "Falha na inicialização de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
msgstr "Falha na vinculação de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208
#, perl-format
msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory."
msgstr "O container %s não está disponível no diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244
msgid "Error while searching in LDAP."
msgstr "Erro durante a pesquisa em LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990
msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory."
msgstr "Não é possível adicionar o certificado de CA ao diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002
msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory."
msgstr "Não é possível modificar o certificado de CA no diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148
msgid "CRL does not exist."
msgstr "CRL não existe."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159
msgid "Cannot read the CRL."
msgstr "Impossível ler a CRL."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167
msgid "Cannot parse the CRL."
msgstr "Não é possível analisar a CRL."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265
msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory."
msgstr "Não é possível adicionar a CRL ao diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278
msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory."
msgstr "Não é possível modificar a CRL no diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381
msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed."
msgstr "Falha ao verificar o novo Ponto de Distribuição de CRL."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474
msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'commonName' omitido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677
msgid "No LDAP server configured."
msgstr "Não há servidor LDAP configurado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772
msgid "LDAP search failed."
msgstr "Falha na pesquisa de LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574
msgid "No configuration available in LDAP."
msgstr "Nenhuma configuiração disponível no LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663
msgid "LDAP password required."
msgstr "Senha LDAP requerida."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717
msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry."
msgstr "Não é possível adicionar entrada de configuração básica."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789
msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry."
msgstr "Não é possível adicionar entrada de configuração de CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929
msgid "Certificate does not exist."
msgstr "Certificado não existe."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956
msgid "Cannot parse the certificate."
msgstr "Não é possível analisar o certificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997
#, perl-format
msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory."
msgstr "%s não está disponível no diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008
msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory."
msgstr "Não é possível modificar o Certificado do usuário no diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026
msgid "Exporting the certificate failed."
msgstr "Falha ao exportar o certificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037
msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory."
msgstr "Não é possível modificar o PKCS12 do usuário no diretório LDAP."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139
msgid "Deleting the certificate failed."
msgstr "Falha ao revogar o certificado."
-#. parameter check
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207
+#. parameter check
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207
msgid "Path to certificate file is needed."
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo do certificado é necessário."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214
msgid "Certificate not found in"
msgstr "Certificado não encontrado em"
-#. parameter check
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220
+#. parameter check
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220
msgid "Password is required."
msgstr "Senha é requerida."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
msgstr "Falha ao importar o certificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'inFile' ausente."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
msgstr "Arquivo não encontrado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'type' ausente."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
msgstr "Valor '%s' inválido em 'type'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'datatype' ausente."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
msgstr "Valor '%s' desconhecido em 'datatype'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
msgstr "Parâmetro 'inForm' ausente."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
msgstr "Valor '%s' desconhecido em 'inForm'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
msgstr "Falha na análise."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
msgstr "Falha ao analisar a solicitação."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
msgstr "Falha na obtenção da lista de solicitações."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
msgstr "Solicitação não encontrada em %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
msgid "Cannot read the request."
msgstr "Não é possível ler a solicitação."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
msgstr "Nenhum dado de solicitação foi encontrado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
msgstr "Falha ao importar a solicitação."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar a solicitação."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'caCertificate'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
msgstr "Valor inválido para o parâmetro 'caKey'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
msgid "CA key not available in %s."
msgstr "Chave CA não disponível em %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
msgstr "Falha ao importar CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar CA."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo de chave não existe."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
+#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
msgid "Password change failed."
msgstr "Falha ao mudar a senha."
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'."
msgstr "Tipo inválido para a Extensão de String '%s'."
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881
msgid "Missing 'data' map."
msgstr "Mapa 'data' ausente."
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'."
msgstr "Valor inválido '%s' para o parâmetro '%s'."
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918
#, perl-format
msgid "Password (%s) is too simple."
msgstr "A senha (%s) é muito simples."
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259
#, perl-format
msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'."
msgstr "Uso incorreto de 'critical' em '%s'."
-#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974
+#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'."
msgstr "Valor desconhecido '%s' em '%s'."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/cio.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,85 +14,83 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125
msgid "Available Input/Output Channels"
msgstr "Canais de Entrada/Saída Disponíveis"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Used"
msgstr "Usado"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "Não"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
+#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
msgstr "Filtrar canais"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr "&Selecionar Tudo"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
msgid "&Clear selection"
msgstr "&Limpar seleção"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
msgstr "&Canais Selecionados da Lista Negra"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
msgid "&Unban Channels"
msgstr "&Autorizar Canais"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
msgid "&Exit"
msgstr "&Sair"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
-#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
msgstr "Faixa especificada inválida. Valor incorreto dentro do trecho '%s'"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
msgstr "Autorizar Canais de Entrada/Saída"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
msgid ""
"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
-"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range "
-"specified with dash.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
msgstr ""
"Lista separada por vírgulas de faixas de canais para autorização.\n"
-"A faixa pode ser o canal, a parte do canal que será preenchida com zero ou a "
-"faixa especificada com traço.\n"
+"A faixa pode ser o canal, a parte do canal que será preenchida com zero ou a faixa especificada com traço.\n"
"Valor de exemplo: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
+#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
msgid "Ranges to Unban."
msgstr "Faixas para Autorizar."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/cluster.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,191 +14,184 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module
-#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module
+#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of cluster"
msgstr "Configuração do cluster"
-#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals
-#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83
+#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Cluster"
msgstr "Cluster"
-#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals
-#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87
+#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Cluster"
msgstr "&Cluster"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of cluster
-#. Summary: Wizards definitions
-#. Authors: Cong Meng
-#.
-#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Cong Meng
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47
msgid "Communication Channels"
msgstr "Canais de Comunicação"
-#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Segurança"
-#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49
+#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50
+#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50
msgid "Configure Csync2"
msgstr "Configurar Csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51
+#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51
msgid "Configure conntrackd"
msgstr "Configurar conntrackd"
-#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
+#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP Redundante"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "ID do Nó"
-#. Set need to require 'set'
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
+#. Set need to require 'set'
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
msgstr "ID do Nó deve ser preenchido com um valor inteiro positivo"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
msgstr "ID do Nó deve ser exclusivo"
-#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "É necessário preencher o campo Vincular Endereço de Rede"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "É necessário preencher o nome do cluster"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "É necessário preencher o Endereço do Membro"
-#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
-msgid ""
-"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
-msgstr ""
-"É necessário preencher os Votos Esperados quando o transporte multicast está "
-"configurado"
+#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
+msgstr "É necessário preencher os Votos Esperados quando o transporte multicast está configurado"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "É necessário preencher o Endereço Multicast"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
msgstr "A porta Multicast deve ser um número inteiro positivo"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
-"passive."
-msgstr ""
-"Apenas passivo ou ativo poderá ser escolhido se forem usadas várias "
-"interfaces. Defina como passivo."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
+msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgstr "Apenas passivo ou ativo poderá ser escolhido se forem usadas várias interfaces. Defina como passivo."
-#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
+#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Transporte:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Canal"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Vincular Endereço de Rede:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Endereço Multicast:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
msgstr "Porta Multicast:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Canal Redundante"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Nome do Cluster:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "Votos Esperados:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr "modo rrp:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr "Gerar Automaticamente ID do Nó"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Endereço do Membro:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "IP Redundante"
-#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
+#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
@@ -206,132 +199,124 @@
" AVISO: Configuração de corosync antiga detectada.\n"
" Reconfigure a lista de membros e confirme todas as outras configurações."
-#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
+#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Habilitar Autenticação de Segurança"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
-"authkey."
-msgstr ""
-"Para um cluster recém-criado, clique no botão a seguir para gerar /etc/"
-"corosync/authkey."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "Para um cluster recém-criado, clique no botão a seguir para gerar /etc/corosync/authkey."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ingressar em um cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de "
-"outros nós manualmente."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Para ingressar em um cluster existente, copie /etc/corosync/authkey de outros nós manualmente."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Falha ao criar /etc/corosync/authkey"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr "Criação de /etc/corosync/authkey bem-sucedida"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Em execução"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Não está em execução"
-#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
+#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Inicializando"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Ativado -- Iniciar pacemaker durante a inicialização"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Desativado -- Iniciar pacemaker manualmente"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Ligar e Desligar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Status Atual: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Iniciar pacemaker Agora"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Para pacemaker Agora"
-#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
+#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Sincronizar Host"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Sincronizar Arquivo"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Adicionar Arquivos Sugeridos"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Gerar Chaves Pré-compartilhadas"
-#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
+#. remove duplicated elements
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Status do Csync2 Desconhecido"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "Ativar csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "Desativar csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Digitar um nome de host"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Editar o nome de host"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Digitar o nome de um arquivo para sincronizar"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Editar o nome de arquivo"
-#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#. key file exist
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -339,267 +324,128 @@
"O arquivo de chave %1 já existe.\n"
"Deseja sobregravá-lo?"
-#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
+#. remove exist key file
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar o arquivo de chave %1."
-#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
+#. generate key file
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"Arquivo de chave %1 gerado.\n"
-"Clique em \"Adicionar Arquivos Sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de "
-"sincronização."
+"Clique em \"Adicionar Arquivos Sugeridos\" para adicioná-lo à lista de sincronização."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gerar a chave."
-#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
+#. SaveCsync2();
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
-"cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd é um daemon que ajuda a duplicar o status do firewall entre os "
-"nós do cluster.\n"
+"Conntrackd é um daemon que ajuda a duplicar o status do firewall entre os nós do cluster.\n"
"O YaST pode ajudar a configurar alguns aspectos básicos do conntrackd.\n"
"Você precisa iniciá-lo com ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "Interface Dedicada:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "Número do Grupo:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "Gerar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr "O Nome do Grupo deve ser um número inteiro positivo"
-#. All helps are here
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
-"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
-"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
-"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
-"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
-"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
-"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
-"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
-"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
-"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
-"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
-"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
-"be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
-"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
-"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu"
-"(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
-"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
-"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
-"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
-"not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
-"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
-"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
-"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
-"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
-"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
-"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
-"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
-"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
-"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast "
-"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should "
-"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in "
-"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated."
-"<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
-"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Vincular Endereço de Rede</big></b><br>Especifica o endereço ao "
-"qual o executivo do openais deve se vincular. Esse endereço sempre deve "
-"terminar com zero. Se o tráfego do totem precisar ser roteado por "
-"192.168.5.92, defina bindnetaddr como 192.168.5.0.<br>Também pode ser usado "
-"um endereço IPV6, caso em que a rede IPV6 será usada. Nesse caso, o endereço "
-"completo deverá ser especificado e não há seleção automática da interface de "
-"rede dentro de uma sub-rede específica, como no caso do IPv4. Se for usada a "
-"rede IPv6, o campo nodeid deverá ser especificado.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Endereço Multicast</big></b><br>Endereço multicast usado pelo "
-"executivo do openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas "
-"o administrador da rede deve ser consultado a respeito do endereço multicast "
-"que será usado. Evite 224.x.x.x, porque se trata de um endereço multicast "
-"\"config\".<br>Também pode ser usado um endereço multicast IPV6, caso em que "
-"a rede IPV6 será usada. Se for usada a rede IPv6, o campo nodeid deverá ser "
-"especificado.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Porta</big></b><br>Especifica o número da porta UDP. É possível "
-"usar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços do openais "
-"configurados para portas UDP diferentes.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Endereço do Membro</big></b><br>Essa lista especifica todos os "
-"nós no cluster por endereço IP. Isso pode ser configurável ao usar udpu "
-"(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>ID do Nó</big></b><br>Essa opção de configuração é opcional "
-"quando se usa IPv4 e obrigatória quando se usa IPv6. Trata-se de um valor de "
-"32 bits que especifica o identificador do nó fornecido ao serviço de "
-"participação no cluster. Se não for especificado com IPv4, o ID do nó será "
-"determinado com base no endereço IP de 32 bits do sistema ao qual o sistema "
-"está vinculado com o identificador de anel 0. O valor zero do identificador "
-"do nó é reservado e não deve ser usado.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Especifica o modo de anel redundante, que "
-"pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece latência "
-"ligeiramente mais baixa da transmissão à entrega em ambientes de rede com "
-"falha, porém com desempenho inferior. A replicação passiva pode chegar a "
-"quase o dobro da velocidade do protocolo do totem se o protocolo não se "
-"tornar vinculado à CPU. A opção final é nenhum, caso em que apenas uma "
-"interface de rede será usada para operar o protocolo do totem. Se apenas uma "
-"diretiva de interface for especificada, nenhum será a opção escolhida "
-"automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem especificadas, "
-"apenas as opções ativo ou passivo poderão ser escolhidas.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Votos esperados</big></b><br>Número de votos esperados para o "
-"quorum de votação. Será automaticamente calculado quando a seção nodelist {} "
-"estiver presente em corosync.conf (a lista será gerada quando o transporte "
-"unicast for usado) ou poderá ser especificado na seção quorum {} (a opção "
-"Votos esperados deve usar o número total de nós do cluster). Se a opção "
-"Votos esperados estiver presente no transporte unicast, o valor anulará o "
-"que foi calculado automaticamente.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Gerar Automaticamente ID do Nó</big></b><br>ID do Nó é "
-"obrigatório ao usar IPv6. Se o ID do nó automático estiver habilitado, o ID "
-"do nó será gerado automaticamente.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Vincular Endereço de Rede</big></b><br>Especifica o endereço ao qual o executivo do openais deve se vincular. Esse endereço sempre deve terminar com zero. Se o tráfego do totem precisar ser roteado por 192.168.5.92, defina bindnetaddr como 192.168.5.0.<br>Também pode ser usado um endereço IPV6, caso em que a rede IPV6 será usada. Nesse caso, o endereço completo deverá ser especificado e não há seleção automática da interface de rede dentro de uma sub-rede específica, como no caso do IPv4. Se for usada a rede IPv6, o campo nodeid deverá ser especificado.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Endereço Multicast</big></b><br>Endereço multicast usado pelo executivo do openais. O padrão deve funcionar para a maioria das redes, mas o administrador da rede deve ser consultado a respeito do endereço multicast que será usado. Evite 224.x.x.x, porque se trata de um endereço multicast \"config\".<br>Também pode ser usado um endereço multicast IPV6, caso em que a rede IPV6 será usada. Se for usada a rede IPv6, o campo nodeid deverá ser especificado.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Porta</big></b><br>Especifica o número da porta UDP. É possível usar o mesmo endereço multicast em uma rede com os serviços do openais configurados para portas UDP diferentes.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Endereço do Membro</big></b><br>Essa lista especifica todos os nós no cluster por endereço IP. Isso pode ser configurável ao usar udpu (Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>ID do Nó</big></b><br>Essa opção de configuração é opcional quando se usa IPv4 e obrigatória quando se usa IPv6. Trata-se de um valor de 32 bits que especifica o identificador do nó fornecido ao serviço de participação no cluster. Se não for especificado com IPv4, o ID do nó será determinado com base no endereço IP de 32 bits do sistema ao qual o sistema está vinculado com o identificador de anel 0. O valor zero do identificador do nó é reservado e não deve ser usado.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Especifica o modo de anel redundante, que pode ser nenhum, ativo ou passivo. A replicação ativa oferece latência ligeiramente mais baixa da transmissão à entrega em ambientes de rede com falha, porém com desempenho inferior. A replicação passiva pode chegar a quase o dobro da velocidade do protocolo do totem se o protocolo não se tornar vinculado à CPU. A opção final é nenhum, caso em que apenas uma interface de rede será usada para operar o protocolo do totem. Se apenas uma diretiva de interface for especificada, nenhum será a opção escolhida automaticamente. Se várias diretivas de interface forem especificadas, apenas as opções ativo ou passivo poderão ser escolhidas.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Votos esperados</big></b><br>Número de votos esperados para o quorum de votação. Será automaticamente calculado quando a seção nodelist {} estiver presente em corosync.conf (a lista será gerada quando o transporte unicast for usado) ou poderá ser especificado na seção quorum {} (a opção Votos esperados deve usar o número total de nós do cluster). Se a opção Votos esperados estiver presente no transporte unicast, o valor anulará o que foi calculado automaticamente.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Gerar Automaticamente ID do Nó</big></b><br>ID do Nó é obrigatório ao usar IPv6. Se o ID do nó automático estiver habilitado, o ID do nó será gerado automaticamente.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
-"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
-"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
-"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
-"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
-"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
-"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
-"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible "
-"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
-"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
-"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
-"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is "
-"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this "
-"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Habilitar Autenticação de Segurança</big></b><br>Especifica que "
-"se deve usar a autenticação HMAC/SHA1 para autenticar todas as mensagens. "
-"Especifica ainda que todos os dados devem ser criptografados com o algoritmo "
-"de criptografia sober128 para proteger os dados contra violação. A "
-"habilitação dessa opção adiciona um cabeçalho de 36 bytes a toda mensagem "
-"enviada pelo totem, o que reduz o throughput total. A criptografia e a "
-"autenticação consomem 75% dos ciclos da CPU em aisexec, medidos com gprof "
-"quando habilitado. Para redes de 100 Mb com transmissões de quadros de 1500 "
-"MTU: Um throughput de 9 Mb/s será possível com 100% de utilização da CPU "
-"quando essa opção estiver habilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. Um throughput de 10 "
-"Mb/s será possível com 20% de utilização da CPU quando essa opção estiver "
-"desabilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. Para redes Gigabit Ethernet com grandes "
-"transmissões de quadros: Um throughput de 20 Mb/s será possível quando essa "
-"opção estiver habilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. Um throughput de 60 Mb/s será "
-"possível quando essa opção estiver desabilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. O padrão é "
-"ativado. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Habilitar Autenticação de Segurança</big></b><br>Especifica que se deve usar a autenticação HMAC/SHA1 para autenticar todas as mensagens. Especifica ainda que todos os dados devem ser criptografados com o algoritmo de criptografia sober128 para proteger os dados contra violação. A habilitação dessa opção adiciona um cabeçalho de 36 bytes a toda mensagem enviada pelo totem, o que reduz o throughput total. A criptografia e a autenticação consomem 75% dos ciclos da CPU em aisexec, medidos com gprof quando habilitado. Para redes de 100 Mb com transmissões de quadros de 1500 MTU: Um throughput de 9 Mb/s será possível com 100% de utilização da CPU quando essa opção estiver habilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. Um throughput de 10 Mb/s será possível com 20% de utilização da CPU quando essa opção estiver desabilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. Para redes Gigabit Ethernet com grandes transmissões de quadros: Um throughput de 20 Mb/s será possível quando essa opção
estiver habilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. Um throughput de 60 Mb/s será possível quando essa opção estiver desabilitada em CPUs de 3 GHz. O padrão é ativado. <br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
-"or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
-"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Inicialização</big></b><br>Iniciar ou não o serviço "
-"corosync durante a inicialização</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Configurações do Firewall</big></b><br>Habilitar a porta "
-"quando Firewall estiver habilitado</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Inicialização</big></b><br>Iniciar ou não o serviço corosync durante a inicialização</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Configurações do Firewall</big></b><br>Habilitar a porta quando Firewall estiver habilitado</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
-"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
-"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
-"synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
-"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
-"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
-"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created."
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar Host</big></b><br>Os nomes de host utilizados "
-"aqui devem ser os nomes de host locais dos nós de cluster. Isso significa "
-"que você deve utilizar exatamente a mesma string que é impressa pelo comando "
-"hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar Arquivo</big></b><br>O nome de arquivo absoluto "
-"completo a ser sincronizado.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Chaves Pré-compartilhadas</big></b><br>A autenticação é "
-"realizada utilizando os endereços IP e as chaves pré-compartilhadas no "
-"Csync2. O arquivo de chave é gerado com csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. O "
-"arquivo key_hagroup deverá ser copiado manualmente para todos os membros do "
-"cluster após sua criação.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar Host</big></b><br>Os nomes de host utilizados aqui devem ser os nomes de host locais dos nós de cluster. Isso significa que você deve utilizar exatamente a mesma string que é impressa pelo comando hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sincronizar Arquivo</big></b><br>O nome de arquivo absoluto completo a ser sincronizado.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Chaves Pré-compartilhadas</big></b><br>A autenticação é realizada utilizando os endereços IP e as chaves pré-compartilhadas no Csync2. O arquivo de chave é gerado com csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. O arquivo key_hagroup deverá ser copiado manualmente para todos os membros do cluster após sua criação.</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
-"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
-"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
-"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
-"used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
-"syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface Dedicada</big></b><br>Uma interface de rede "
-"dedicada para sincronização. A interface deve suportar multicast e estar "
-"ATIVA para uso. Talvez seja necessário pré-configurá-la. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>O endereço IPv4 atribuído à interface de rede "
-"dedicada, que é detectado automaticamente.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Endereço Multicast</big></b><br>O endereço multicast para "
-"usar na sincronização.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Número do Grupo</big></b><br>Um ID numérico que indica o "
-"grupo para sincronização.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Interface Dedicada</big></b><br>Uma interface de rede dedicada para sincronização. A interface deve suportar multicast e estar ATIVA para uso. Talvez seja necessário pré-configurá-la. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>O endereço IPv4 atribuído à interface de rede dedicada, que é detectado automaticamente.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Endereço Multicast</big></b><br>O endereço multicast para usar na sincronização.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Número do Grupo</big></b><br>Um ID numérico que indica o grupo para sincronização.</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -607,18 +453,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do cluster</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando a Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <B>Abortar</B> "
-"agora.</p>\n"
+"Aborte com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -626,8 +471,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do cluster</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -639,107 +484,107 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro fazê-lo.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172
msgid "Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Cluster"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
+#. Cluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do cluster"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Ler o banco de dados"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Ler Configurações do SuSEFirewall"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações do SuSEFirewall..."
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Impossível instalar o pacote necessário"
-#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
+#. read database
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Impossível carregar a configuração existente"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Impossível ler banco de dados 1."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Impossível ler banco de dados2."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Impossível detectar dispositivos."
-#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
+#. Cluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do cluster"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Gravar mudanças no SuSEFirewall"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Gravando mudanças no SuSEFirewall..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/control-center.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,25 +14,24 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150
+#: src/main_window.cpp:150
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "Pesqui&sar"
-#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191
+#: src/main_window.cpp:191
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Pronto"
-#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,...
-#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321
+#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,...
+#: src/main_window.cpp:321
msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..."
msgstr "Iniciando o módulo de configuração \"%1\"..."
-#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341
-#: src/main_window.cpp:406
+#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406
msgid "YaST Control Center"
msgstr "Centro de Controle do YaST"
-#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342
+#: src/main_window.cpp:342
msgid ""
"YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n"
"You will only see modules which do not require root privileges."
@@ -40,25 +39,25 @@
"O Centro de Controle do YaST não está sendo executado como root.\n"
"Você verá somente os módulos que não exigem privilégios de root."
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73
msgid "Log files written successfully."
msgstr "Os arquivos de registro foram gravados com sucesso."
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77
msgid "Couldn't save y2logs."
msgstr "Impossível gravar y2logs."
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136
msgid "Writing log files ..."
msgstr "Gravando arquivos de registro..."
-#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180
+#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180
msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
msgstr "%1 existe! Realmente substituir?"
-#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185
+#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185
msgid ""
"%1 exists and is write-protected!\n"
"Really overwrite?"
@@ -66,15 +65,15 @@
"%1 existe e está protegido contra gravação!\n"
"Realmente substituir?"
-#. Window title for confirmation dialog
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190
+#. Window title for confirmation dialog
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190
msgid "Confirm"
msgstr "Confirmar"
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "C&ontinuar"
-#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193
+#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/control.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -38,17 +38,17 @@
"</p>\n"
" "
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14
msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr "Servidor CIM"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16
msgid "System Role"
msgstr "Função do Sistema"
-#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18
msgid ""
"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
"for the selected scenario."
@@ -56,8 +56,8 @@
"Funções do Sistema são casos de uso predefinidos que adaptam o sistema\n"
"ao cenário selecionado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid ""
"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
@@ -67,15 +67,14 @@
"<p>Os ajustes nas funções do sistema variam de seleção do pacote \n"
"a particionamento de disco. Ao escolher uma função do sistema, o sistema é \n"
"configurado de acordo com o caso de uso da função. As configurações \n"
-"definidas por uma função poderão ser anuladas nas etapas seguintes, se "
-"necessário.</p>"
+"definidas por uma função poderão ser anuladas nas etapas seguintes, se necessário.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26
msgid "Default System"
msgstr "Sistema Padrão"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27
msgid ""
"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n"
"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB"
@@ -83,12 +82,12 @@
"• Ambiente do GNOME, com partição raiz (/) Btrfs\n"
"• Separar a partição /home (XFS) para discos com mais do que 20 GB"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30
msgid "KVM Virtualization Host"
msgstr "Host de Virtualização KVM"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31
msgid ""
"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n"
"• No separate /home partition"
@@ -96,12 +95,12 @@
"• Hipervisor e ferramentas com base em Kernel\n"
"• Sem partição /home separada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34
msgid "Xen Virtualization Host"
msgstr "Host de Virtualização Xen"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35
msgid ""
"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n"
"• No separate /home partition"
@@ -109,206 +108,206 @@
"• Hipervisor e ferramentas completamente vazios\n"
"• Sem partição /home separada"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Instalação"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41
msgid "Expert"
msgstr "Especialista"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Instalação Ativas"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Atualizar Configurações"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Rede"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
msgid "Network Services Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Serviços da Rede"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Hardware"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Preparação"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Carregar Configuração de Rede Linuxrc"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Configuração Automática de Rede"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "Atualização do Instalador"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Bem-vindo"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Ativação de Rede"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Ativação do Disco"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Análise do Sistema"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Produtos Acessórios"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso Horário"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalação"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Instalação"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Executar a Instalação"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr "Limpeza do Instalador"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Sistema para Atualização"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Atualizar"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Atualização"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Executar Atualização"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Instalação Base"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "Configurações AutoYaST"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Sistema"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -332,30 +331,30 @@
"</p>\n"
" "
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Carregar Configuração de Rede lLinuxrc"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Usuário"
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral da Instalação"
-#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
msgstr "Instalação do produto complementar"
-#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
+#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Language Installation"
msgstr "Instalação de idioma"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
@@ -373,7 +372,7 @@
"<p>Divirta-se!<br>Equipe de Desenvolvimento do openSUSE</p>\n"
" "
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
msgid ""
"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
@@ -389,52 +388,49 @@
msgstr ""
"O ambiente de área de trabalho é que fornece a interface gráfica do usuário\n"
"para o computador e também a suíte de aplicativos para\n"
-"e-mail, navegação na Web, produtividade administrativa, jogos e utilitários "
-"para\n"
+"e-mail, navegação na Web, produtividade administrativa, jogos e utilitários para\n"
"gerenciar o computador.\n"
"\n"
-"O openSUSE oferece uma variedade de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os "
-"ambientes de área de trabalho\n"
+"O openSUSE oferece uma variedade de ambientes de área de trabalho. Os ambientes de área de trabalho\n"
"mais usados são o GNOME e o KDE Plasma, e eles são igualmente\n"
"suportados no openSUSE. Esses dois ambientes são fáceis de usar,\n"
"altamente integrados e possuem aparência atraente. Cada ambiente de\n"
-"área de trabalho tem seu estilo próprio, por isso, o gosto pessoal é que "
-"determina qual\n"
+"área de trabalho tem seu estilo próprio, por isso, o gosto pessoal é que determina qual\n"
"área de trabalho é a mais adequada para você."
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "GNOME Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho do GNOME"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho do KDE Plasma"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
msgstr "Servidor (Modo de Texto)"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Xfce Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho do Xfce"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
msgid "LXDE Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho LXDE"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
msgid "Minimal X Window"
msgstr "Servidor X Mínimo"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho Enlightenment"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
msgid "Online Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios Online"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/country.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,63 +14,60 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
+#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
msgid "Keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Configuração do teclado."
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Keyboard configuration summary."
msgstr "Sumário da configuração do teclado."
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79
msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration."
msgstr "Configurar novos valores para configuração de teclado."
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86
msgid "List all available keyboard layouts."
msgstr "Listar todos os mapas de teclado disponíveis."
-#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'set layout' option
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94
msgid "New keyboard layout"
msgstr "Novo mapa de teclado"
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Mapa de Teclado Atual: %1"
-#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"Mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores "
-"possíveis."
+#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
+msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr "Mapa de teclado '%1' é inválido. Use o comando 'list' para ver valores possíveis."
-#. summary item
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
+#. summary item
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Mapa de Teclado"
-#. menue label text
-#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
-#. menu button label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
+#. menue label text
+#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
+#. widget label
+#. menu button label
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Mapa de Te&clado"
-#. help text for keyboard expert screen
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52
+#. help text for keyboard expert screen
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n"
@@ -80,86 +77,80 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Aqui, você poderá ajustar várias configurações do módulo de teclado.\n"
-"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard"
-"tt>.\n"
+"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
" Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n"
" </p>"
-#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
-"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>As configurações feitas aqui aplicam-se apenas ao teclado do console. "
-"Configure o teclado da interface gráfica do usuário com outra ferramenta."
-"p>\n"
+#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
+msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>As configurações feitas aqui aplicam-se apenas ao teclado do console. Configure o teclado da interface gráfica do usuário com outra ferramenta.</p>\n"
-#. heading text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
+#. heading text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas de Teclado"
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
msgid "Repeat &Rate"
msgstr "Repeti&r taxa "
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts"
msgstr "A&traso antes da repetição iniciar"
-#. frame label
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99
+#. frame label
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Start-Up States"
msgstr "Estados de Início"
-#. combobox label
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
+#. combobox label
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "&Num Lock On"
msgstr "&Num Lock ativo"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "BIOS Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de BIOS"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. combobox item
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114
+#. combobox item
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114
msgid "<Untouched>"
msgstr ""
-#. label text
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
+#. label text
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "D&isable Caps Lock"
msgstr "D&esabilitar Caps Lock"
-#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
-#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193
+#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
+#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Teste"
-#. push button
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203
+#. push button
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "E&xpert Settings..."
msgstr "Configurações A&vançadas..."
-#. help text for keyboard screen (header)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220
+#. help text for keyboard screen (header)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><big><b>Keyboard Configuration</b></big></p>"
@@ -167,27 +158,25 @@
"\n"
"<p><big><b>Configuração do Teclado</b></big></p>"
-#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226
+#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Escolha o <b>Mapa de Teclado</b> a ser usado na\n"
"instalação e no sistema instalado. \n"
"Teste o mapa em <b>Testar</b>.\n"
-" Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, "
-"selecione <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.\n"
+" Para definir opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. general help trailer
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
+#. general help trailer
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n"
@@ -197,30 +186,26 @@
"Na dúvida, use os valores padrões já selecionados.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248
+#. help text for keyboard screen (installation)
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
-"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
-"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Escolha o <b>Layout do Teclado</b> para usar no sistema.\n"
-"Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione "
-"<b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Encontre mais opções e layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de seu "
-"ambiente de área de trabalho.</p>\n"
+"Para opções avançadas, como a taxa de repetição e o atraso, selecione <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Encontre mais opções e layouts na ferramenta de layout de teclado de seu ambiente de área de trabalho.</p>\n"
-#. Screen title for keyboard screen
-#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
+#. Screen title for keyboard screen
+#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Teclado do Sistema"
-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
+#. help text for keyboard selection widget
+#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -232,12 +217,12 @@
"e no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
-#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
-#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
-#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
-#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
+#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
+#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
+#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
+#. it is not saved to the system.
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -247,183 +232,179 @@
"diferente daquele do sistema a ser atualizado.\n"
" Selecione o layout a ser usado durante a atualização:"
-#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
-#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
+#. any error to the user
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
msgstr "Falha ao definir teclado X11 como '%s'"
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3"
msgstr "<%1>Layout do Teclado<%2>: %3"
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56
msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3"
msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3"
-#. rich text label
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73
+#. rich text label
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73
msgid "Locale Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de local"
-#. menu button label
-#. menue label text
-#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76
-#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133
+#. menu button label
+#. menue label text
+#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76
+#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Idioma"
-#. translators: command line help text for language module
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56
+#. translators: command line help text for language module
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56
msgid "Language configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69
msgid "Language configuration summary"
msgstr "Resumo de configuração de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76
msgid "Set new values for language"
msgstr "Configurar novos valores de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83
msgid "List all available languages."
msgstr "Listar todos os idiomas disponíveis."
-#. command line help text for 'set lang' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91
+#. command line help text for 'set lang' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91
msgid "New language value"
msgstr "Novo valor de idioma"
-#. command line help text for 'set languages' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98
+#. command line help text for 'set languages' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98
msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)"
msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundários (separados por vírgulas)"
-#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105
+#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105
msgid "Do not install language specific packages"
msgstr "Não instalar pacotes específicos do idioma"
-#. progress title
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134
+#. progress title
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134
msgid "Saving Language Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Idioma"
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139
msgid "Save language and console settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de idioma e do console"
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141
msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages"
msgstr "Instalar e desinstalar pacotes afetados"
-#. progress stage
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
+#. progress stage
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu"
msgstr "Atualizar traduções no menu do carregador de boot"
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
msgid "Saving language and console settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de idioma e do console..."
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149
msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..."
msgstr "Instalando e desinstalando pacotes afetados..."
-#. progress step
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
+#. progress step
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..."
msgstr "Atualizando traduções no menu do carregador de boot..."
-#. help for write dialog
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
+#. help for write dialog
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Gravando Configuração</b><br>Aguarde...</p>"
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "Idioma Atual: %1 (%2)"
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Idiomas Adicionais: %1"
-#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr ""
-"%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando list para ver os valores possíveis."
+#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
+msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr "%1 não é um idioma válido. Use o comando list para ver os valores possíveis."
-#. label text
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119
+#. label text
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Build dialog
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115
msgid "Languages"
msgstr "Idioma"
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123
msgid "Welcome to System Repair"
msgstr "Bem-vindo ao Recuperador do Sistema"
-#. button label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165
+#. button label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes"
-#. multiselection box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178
+#. multiselection box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178
msgid "&Secondary Languages"
msgstr "Idiomas &Secundários"
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189
msgid "Primary &Language"
msgstr "Idioma &Primário"
-#. frame label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199
+#. frame label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199
msgid "Primary Language Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Idioma Primário"
-#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
+#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
-"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário "
-"selecionados serão instalados.\n"
+"Pacotes adicionais com suporte para os idiomas primário e secundário selecionados serão instalados.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239
+#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> to use during installation and for\n"
@@ -435,8 +416,8 @@
"no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -446,8 +427,8 @@
"Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para passar para a próxima caixa de diálogo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -459,8 +440,8 @@
"todas as configurações na última caixa de diálogo de instalação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
+#. help text, continued
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You can select <b>Abort</b> at any time to abort the\n"
@@ -472,9 +453,9 @@
"momento para interromper o processo de instalação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. different help text when called after installation
-#. in an installed system
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281
+#. different help text when called after installation
+#. in an installed system
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Language</b> for your system.\n"
@@ -484,8 +465,8 @@
"Escolha o novo <b>Idioma</b> do seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
+#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new <b>Primary Language</b> for your system.\n"
@@ -495,28 +476,21 @@
"Escolha o novo <b>Idioma Primário</b> do seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
+#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox'
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
-"primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
-"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
-"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Layout do Teclado</b> para adaptar o layout do "
-"teclado ao idioma principal.\n"
-"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Fuso Horário</b> para mudar o fuso horário atual "
-"de acordo com o idioma principal. Se o layout de teclado ou o fuso horário "
-"já estiver adaptado à configuração do idioma padrão, a respectiva opção é "
-"desabilitada.\n"
+"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Layout do Teclado</b> para adaptar o layout do teclado ao idioma principal.\n"
+"Marque a opção <b>Adaptar Fuso Horário</b> para mudar o fuso horário atual de acordo com o idioma principal. Se o layout de teclado ou o fuso horário já estiver adaptado à configuração do idioma padrão, a respectiva opção é desabilitada.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
+#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Secondary Languages</b><br>\n"
@@ -525,17 +499,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Idioma Secundário</b><br>\n"
-"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu "
-"sistema.\n"
+"Na caixa de seleção, especifique idiomas adicionais que quer usar no seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. error message - package solver failed
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
+#. error message - package solver failed
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies."
msgstr "Existem dependências de pacotes não resolvidas."
-#. error message
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
+#. error message
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
msgid ""
"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n"
"Remove some languages from the selection."
@@ -543,8 +516,8 @@
"Não existe espaço suficiente para instalar todos os pacotes\n"
"adicionais. Remova alguns idiomas da seleção."
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n"
@@ -554,13 +527,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Aqui, você poderá ajustar as configurações de idioma.\n"
-"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language"
-"tt>.\n"
+"Essas configurações estão gravadas no arquivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
"Se você estiver em dúvida, use os valores padrão já selecionados.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Locale Settings for User root</b>\n"
@@ -568,82 +540,71 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Configurações Locais para Usuário root</b>\n"
-"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o "
-"usuário root.</p>"
+"determina a forma como as variáveis de local (LC_*) são definidas para o usuário root.</p>"
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
-"values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Somente ctype</b>: O usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário "
-"comum. Outros valores\n"
+"<p><b>Somente ctype</b>: O usuário root tem o mesmo LC_CTYPE de um usuário comum. Outros valores\n"
"não estão definidos.<br>\n"
-"<b>Sim</b>: O usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um "
-"usuário comum.<br>\n"
+"<b>Sim</b>: O usuário root tem as mesmas configurações de local de um usuário comum.<br>\n"
"<b>Não</b>: Nenhuma das variáveis de local do usuário root está definida.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for langauge expert screen
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
-"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
-"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Configuração Detalhada de Local</b> para definir um local para o "
-"idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. O "
-"recurso de tradução talvez não esteja disponível para o local selecionado."
-"p>"
+#. help text for langauge expert screen
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Configuração Detalhada de Local</b> para definir um local para o idioma primário não oferecido na lista da caixa de diálogo principal. O recurso de tradução talvez não esteja disponível para o local selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading text
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
+#. heading text
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
msgid "Language Details"
msgstr "Detalhes de Idioma"
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640
msgid "Locale Settings for User &root"
msgstr "Configurações Locais para Usuário &root"
-#. do not translate "ctype"
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643
+#. do not translate "ctype"
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643
msgid "ctype Only"
msgstr "Somente ctype"
-#. checkbox label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654
+#. checkbox label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654
msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding"
msgstr "Usar codificação &UTF-8"
-#. combo box label
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663
+#. combo box label
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663
msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting"
msgstr "Configuração &Detalhada de Local"
-#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name)
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723
+#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name)
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723
msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1"
msgstr "Adaptar Mapa de &Teclado para %1"
-#. check box label (%1 is country name)
-#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730
+#. check box label (%1 is country name)
+#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730
msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1"
msgstr "Adaptar &Fuso Horário de %1"
-#. busy message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
+#. busy message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375
msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..."
msgstr "Fazendo download da extensão de idioma do sistema de instalação..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
-#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
+#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
msgid ""
"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
"available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -655,21 +616,21 @@
"\n"
"O idioma de fallback %{fallback} será usado."
-#. summary label
-#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#. summary label
+#. summary label
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr "Idioma Primário: %1"
-#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
-#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
-#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
+#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
+#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Instalando Pacotes..."
-#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#. continue/cancel message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -677,90 +638,87 @@
"Tradução do idioma primário não está completa.\n"
"Alguns textos podem ser mostrados em Ingles.\n"
-#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#. popup message
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
"Somente suporte mínimo para o idioma selecionado está incluído nesta mídia.\n"
-"Habilite os repositórios online posteriormente para obter suporte "
-"apropriado\n"
+"Habilite os repositórios online posteriormente para obter suporte apropriado\n"
"para esse idioma.\n"
-#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"O idioma selecionado não pode ser usado no modo de texto. O inglês é usado "
-"na\n"
+"O idioma selecionado não pode ser usado no modo de texto. O inglês é usado na\n"
"instalação, porém, o idioma selecionado será usado no novo sistema."
-#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
+#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
msgid "Time zone configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Fuso Horário"
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65
msgid "Time zone configuration summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Configuração do Fuso Horário"
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72
msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration"
msgstr "Defina os novos valores de configuração do fuso horário"
-#. command line help text for 'list' action
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'list' action
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79
msgid "List all available time zones"
msgstr "Relacionar todos os fusos horários disponíveis"
-#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87
+#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87
msgid "New time zone"
msgstr "Novo Fuso Horário"
-#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94
msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'."
-msgstr ""
-"Novo valor do relógio do hardware. Pode ser \"local\", \"utc\" ou \"UTC\"."
+msgstr "Novo valor do relógio do hardware. Pode ser \"local\", \"utc\" ou \"UTC\"."
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174
msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1"
msgstr "Fuso Horário Atual:\t%1"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1"
msgstr "Relógio do Hardware Configurado Para:\t%1"
-#. summary text (Clock setting)
-#. label text (Clock setting)
-#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
-#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#. summary text (Clock setting)
+#. label text (Clock setting)
+#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map.
+#. @return summary string (html)
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC"
-#. summary text (Clock setting)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
+#. summary text (Clock setting)
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
msgid "Local time"
msgstr "Horário local"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193
msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1"
msgstr "Horário e Dia Atual:\t%1"
-#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
+#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39
msgid ""
"Time %1 is in the past.\n"
"Set a correct time before starting installation."
@@ -768,48 +726,42 @@
"Horário %1 está no passado.\n"
"Informe um horário correto antes de iniciar a instalação."
-#. summary item
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
+#. summary item
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso Horário"
-#. menue label text
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
+#. menue label text
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso &Horário"
-#. help for time calculation basis:
-#. hardware clock references local time or UTC?
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
+#. help for time calculation basis:
+#. hardware clock references local time or UTC?
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
-"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
-"Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
-"time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em "
-"<b>Relógio de Hardware Definido como</b>.\n"
-"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados "
-"(como o Microsoft\n"
+"Especifique se sua máquina está definida para o horário local ou para UTC em <b>Relógio de Hardware Definido como</b>.\n"
+"A maioria dos PCs que também tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados (como o Microsoft\n"
"Windows) usa o horário local.\n"
"As máquinas que possuem apenas o Linux instalado geralmente são\n"
"definidas para UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n"
-"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá "
-"alternar do horário padrão\n"
+"Se o relógio do hardware estiver definido como UTC, seu sistema poderá alternar do horário padrão\n"
"para o horário de verão e vice-versa automaticamente.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text: extra note about localtime
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
+#. help text: extra note about localtime
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n"
@@ -819,27 +771,21 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Nota: O relógio interno do sistema, conforme utilizado pelo kernel do Linux, "
-"deve\n"
-"estar sempre como UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local "
-"correto\n"
+"Nota: O relógio interno do sistema, conforme utilizado pelo kernel do Linux, deve\n"
+"estar sempre como UTC, porque esta é a referência para o horário local correto\n"
"no espaço do usuário. Se você escolher o horário local para o relógio CMOS,\n"
-"consulte o manual do usuário para obter informações básicas sobre os efeitos "
-"colaterais.\n"
+"consulte o manual do usuário para obter informações básicas sobre os efeitos colaterais.\n"
"</p>"
-#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
+#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
-"system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
-"year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
-"backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -847,75 +793,69 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Você selecionou o horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em "
-"seu sistema.\n"
+"Você selecionou o horário local, mas parece que só o Linux está instalado em seu sistema.\n"
"Neste caso, é altamente recomendável usar UTC e clicar em Cancelar.\n"
"\n"
"Para manter o horário local, ajuste o relógio CMOS duas vezes ao ano,\n"
-"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, poderá haver "
-"falha nos backups,\n"
+"devido às trocas de horário de verão. Se isso não for feito, poderá haver falha nos backups,\n"
"seu sistema de e-mail poderá descartar mensagens de e-mail, etc.\n"
"\n"
"Se você usar UTC, o Linux ajustará o horário automaticamente.\n"
"\n"
"Deseja continuar com a sua seleção (horário local)?"
-#. help text for set time dialog
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
-"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, mude-as para "
-"os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol).</p>"
+#. help text for set time dialog
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
+msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A data e hora atuais do sistema são exibidas. Se necessário, mude-as para os valores corretos manualmente ou use o NTP (Network Time Protocol).</p>"
-#. help text, cont.
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
+#. help text, cont.
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
msgid "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Aceitar</b> para gravar as mudanças.</p>"
-#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
+#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format"
msgstr "Data atual no formato DD-MM-YYYY"
-#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
+#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format"
msgstr "Horário atual no formato HH:MM:SS"
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "Current Date"
msgstr "Data Atual"
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "Current Time"
msgstr "Horário Atual"
-#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
+#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
+#. check box label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Change the Time Now"
msgstr "Mudar o Horário Agora"
-#. radio button label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
+#. radio button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server"
msgstr "Sincronizar com o Servidor NTP"
-#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is.
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356
+#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is.
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Change Date and Time"
msgstr "Mudar Data e Horário"
-#. popup text, %1 is entered value
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466
+#. popup text, %1 is entered value
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466
msgid ""
"Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n"
"Enter the correct time.\n"
@@ -923,8 +863,8 @@
"Horário inválido (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n"
"Digite o horário correto.\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is entered value
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475
+#. popup text, %1 is entered value
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475
msgid ""
"Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n"
"Enter the correct date.\n"
@@ -932,49 +872,49 @@
"Data inválida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n"
"Digite a data correta.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Outras &Config"
-#. frame label
-#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
+#. frame label
+#. frame label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Data e Horário (NTP está configurado)"
-#. frame label
-#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
+#. frame label
+#. frame label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Data e Horário"
-#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
+#. check box label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "Relógio do &Hardware Definido como UTC"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Região"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Fuso horário"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Data e Hora:"
-#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
+#. help for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -982,25 +922,23 @@
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Configurações de Fuso Horário e do Relógio</big></b></p>"
-#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
+#. help for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region"
-"b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente "
-"selecione a <b>Região</b>.\n"
+"Para selecionar o fuso horário a ser usado em seu sistema, primeiramente selecione a <b>Região</b>.\n"
"Em <b>Fuso Horário</b>, selecione o fuso horário, o país ou \n"
"a região apropriada dentre as opções disponíveis.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
+#. general help trailer
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -1010,327 +948,327 @@
"Se o horário atual não estiver correto, use <b>Mudar</b> para ajustá-lo.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
+#. Screen title for timezone screen
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Relógio e Fuso Horário"
-#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
+#. popup text
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Selecione um Fuso Horário válido."
-#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
+#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "Horário local"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Relógio de Hardware Definido como"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "NTP configurado"
-#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#. summary label
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Fuso Horário Atual: %1"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
msgid "English (US)"
msgstr "Inglês (EUA)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
msgid "English (UK)"
msgstr "Inglês (UK)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
msgid "German"
msgstr "Alemão"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
msgstr "Alemão (com acentos)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Alemão (Suíça)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
msgid "French"
msgstr "Francês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
msgid "French (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Francês (Suíça)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
msgid "French (Canada)"
msgstr "Francês (Canadá)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
msgstr "Canadense (Multilíngüe)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Espanhol"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Espanhol (América Latina)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Espanhol (CP 850)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiano"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Português"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Português (Brasil)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Português (Brasil - acentuação US)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Grego"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Holandês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dinamarquês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norueguês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Sueco"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finlandês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tcheco"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tcheco (qwerty)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Eslováquia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Eslováquia (qwerty)"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Eslovênia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Húngaro"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polonês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russo"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Sérvio"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estônia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lituânia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turco"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Croácia"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japonês"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgo"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Icelandic"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ucrâniano"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Coreano"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Árabe"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadjique"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Chinês Tradicional"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Chinês Simplificado"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Romeno"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
msgid "US International"
msgstr "Inglês Internacional"
-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
+#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
msgstr "Espanhol (variação Asturiana)"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/dhcp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,684 +14,681 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. command line help text for DHCP server module
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25
+#. command line help text for DHCP server module
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25
msgid "DHCP server configuration module"
msgstr "Módulo de configuração do servidor DHCP"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35
msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server"
msgstr "Imprimir o status do servidor DHCP"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42
msgid "Enable the DHCP server"
msgstr "Habilitar o servidor DHCP"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49
msgid "Disable the DHCP server"
msgstr "Desabilitar o servido DHCP"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56
msgid "Manage individual host settings"
msgstr "Gerenciar configurações individuais de host"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63
msgid "Select the network interface to listen to"
msgstr "Selecione a Interface de rede para escutar para"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70
msgid "Manage global DHCP options"
msgstr "Gerenciar opções globais de DHCP"
-#. command line help text for an action
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77
+#. command line help text for an action
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77
msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options"
msgstr "Gerenciar opções de subnet de DHCP"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Listar todos os hosts definidos com um endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91
msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address"
msgstr "Adicionar novo host com endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97
msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address"
msgstr "Editar um host com endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103
msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address"
msgstr "Eliminar um host com endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109
msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address"
msgstr "O nome do host com endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116
msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address"
msgstr "O endereço de hardware do host com endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123
msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address"
msgstr "O tipo de hardware do host com endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131
msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address"
msgstr "O endereço IP (ou nome de host) do host com um endereço fixo"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Selecionar interface de rede para usar"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-"Imprimir a interface atualmente usada e listar outras interfaces disponíveis"
+msgstr "Imprimir a interface atualmente usada e listar outras interfaces disponíveis"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Imprimir opções atuais"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Configurar opção global"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Chave da opção (por exemplo, ntp-servers)"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Valor da opção (por exemplo, endereço IP)"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Endereço IP mais baixo da faixa de endereços dinâmicos atribuida"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Endereço IP mais alto da faixa de endereços dinâmicos atribuida"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Tempo de lease padrão em segundos"
-#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Tempo de lease máximo em segundos"
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
+#. status information for command line
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP está habilitado"
-#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
+#. status information for command line
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP está desabilitado"
-#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
+#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Host: %1"
-#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
-#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
+#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Hardware: %1"
-#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "Endereço IP: %1"
-#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
+#. command-line error report
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Nome de host não especificado."
-#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
+#. command-line error report
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "Host especificado não existe."
-#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
-#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
+#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
+#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
+#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Interfaces Selecionadas: %1"
-#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
+#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Outras Interfaces: %1"
-#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
+#. command-line error report
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "Interface especificada não existe."
-#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
+#. command-line error report
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "Operação com a interface não foi especificada."
-#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
+#. command-line error report
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "Chave da opção deve ser configurada."
-#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
+#. command-line error report
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "Valor deve ser configurado."
-#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
+#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Faixa de Endereço: %1-%2"
-#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
+#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Tempo Padrão de Lease: %1"
-#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
+#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Tempo Máximo de Lease: %1"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Falhou salvamento da configuração. Modificar configurações?"
-#. Restart only if it's already running
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Falha ao gravar configuração"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Servidor DHCP"
-#. dialog caption
-#. Initialize the widget
-#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
+#. dialog caption
+#. Initialize the widget
+#. @param [String] id any widget id
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Opções Globais"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Subrede"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Host com Endereço Fixo"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Rede Compartilhada N"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Pool de Endereços"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Opções Específicas do Grupo"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Classe"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subrede"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Host"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "Rede Compartilhada &N"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Grupo"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Pool de Endereços"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Classe"
-#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436
+#. frame
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Tipos de Declaração"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Declaração"
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Interface"
-#. dialog caption
-#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100
+#. dialog caption
+#. item of a menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Chave TSIG"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dias"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Horas"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutos"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Início"
-#. dialog caption
-#. tree item
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
+#. dialog caption
+#. tree item
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Início"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Seleção de Placa"
-#. dialog caption
-#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
+#. dialog caption
+#. tree item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Placa"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Configurações Globais"
-#. dialog caption
-#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
+#. dialog caption
+#. tree item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Globais"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: DHCP Dinâmico"
-#. dialog caption
-#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
+#. dialog caption
+#. tree item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP Dinâmico"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Gerenciamento de Host"
-#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
+#. tree item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Host"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Configurações de Especialista"
-#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
+#. tree item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Especialista"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &Inicializar"
-#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
+#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "Argumentos de Inicialização do Servidor DHCP"
-#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
+#. Table - listing available network cards
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Placas de Rede do Servidor DHCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Selecionado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Nome da Interface"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome de Dispositivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#. Table header item - IP of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
+#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Selecionar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
+#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "Desfazer se&leção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "Endereço DHCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
-#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
+#. currently no one is selected
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "No mínimo, uma interface de rede deve ser selecionada."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
-#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
+#. at least minimal configuration
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
-"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
-"address \n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
-"Uma ou mais interfaces de rede selecionadas não estão configuradas (nenhum "
-"endereço IP \n"
+"Uma ou mais interfaces de rede selecionadas não estão configuradas (nenhum endereço IP \n"
"e máscara de rede atribuído)."
-#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052
+#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "Suporte a &LDAP"
-#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
+#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "&Nome do Servidor DHCP (opcional)"
-#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
+#. Textentry with name of the domain
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de &Domínio"
-#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
+#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "IP do Servidor de Nomes &Principal"
-#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
+#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "IP do Servidor de Nomes &Secundário"
-#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
+#. Textentry with IP address of default router
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "&Gateway padrão (Roteador)"
-#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
+#. Textentry with IP address of time server
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Horário N&TP"
-#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
+#. Textentry with IP address of print server
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Im&pressão"
-#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
+#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "Servidor &WINS"
-#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
+#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Tempo Padrão de A&luguel"
-#. Units for defaultleasetime
-#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
+#. Units for defaultleasetime
+#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Unidades"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "O valor especificado não é um nome de host ou endereço IP válido."
-#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
+#. frame
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Informações de Sub-rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Rede A&tual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de Rede Atual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Bi&ts da Máscara de Rede"
-#. text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
+#. text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP Mín&imo"
-#. text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
+#. text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP Má&ximo"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "Intervalo de Endereço IP"
-#. text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
+#. text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Primeiro Endereço IP"
-#. text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#. text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "Último &Endereço IP"
-#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Permitir &BOOTP Dinâmico"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Tempo de Aluguel"
-#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
+#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "Pa&drão"
-#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
+#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Máximo"
-#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
+#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "Unida&des"
-#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
-#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
+#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
+#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Criar Nova Zona DNS do Início"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Editar Zona DNS Atual"
-#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
+#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Obter Informações da Zona Atual"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "&Sincronizar Servidor DNS..."
-#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
+#. Show DNS Zone Information
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -699,150 +696,148 @@
"A zona DNS %1 não é uma zona master.\n"
"Isso significa que você não pode mudá-la aqui.\n"
-#. A popup error text
-#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
+#. A popup error text
+#. A popup error text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Digite valores para ambas as extremidades da faixa de endereço IP."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
-"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
-"server.\n"
+"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
-"A faixa de endereço DHCP dinâmico deve estar na mesma rede do servidor "
-"DHCP.\n"
+"A faixa de endereço DHCP dinâmico deve estar na mesma rede do servidor DHCP.\n"
"O IP %1 não corresponde à rede %2/%3."
-#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
+#. Label of the registered hosts table
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Host Registrado"
-#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
+#. Table header item - Name of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
+#. MAC address of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Endereço de Hardware"
-#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
+#. Network type of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
+#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Configuração de Lista"
-#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
+#. Textentry label - name of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nome"
-#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
+#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço &IP"
-#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
+#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "Endereço de &Hardware"
-#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
+#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Token Ring"
-#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
+#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "&Mudar na Lista"
-#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Eliminar da lis&ta"
-#. now, fill the dialog
-#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
+#. now, fill the dialog
+#. combo box entry, networking technology name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
-#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
+#. combo box entry, networking technology name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token Ring"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "O endereço de hardware é inválido.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "O endereço de hardware deve ser único."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "O nome de host não pode ser vazio."
-#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
+#. error popup, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "Um host denominado %1 já existe."
-#. error popup
-#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
+#. error popup
+#. FIXME: text?
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Digite um IP do host."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "O endereço de hardware deve ser definido."
-#. error popup
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
+#. error popup
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "Selecione um host primeiro."
-#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
+#. checking new MAC
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "O valor de entrada deve ser definido."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -862,54 +857,48 @@
"\n"
"Deseja continuar?"
-#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
+#. remove leading '-'
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" não é uma opção válida de linha de comando de servidor DHCP"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
-msgstr ""
-"A opção de linha de comando de servidor DHCP \"-%1\" exige um argumento"
+msgstr "A opção de linha de comando de servidor DHCP \"-%1\" exige um argumento"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and "
-"write\n"
+"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n"
"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n"
"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n"
" \n"
"Really continue?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Você especificou um arquivo de configuração alternativo para o servidor "
-"DHCP.\n"
+"Você especificou um arquivo de configuração alternativo para o servidor DHCP.\n"
"\n"
-"Isto não é suportado pelo YaST. O módulo do servidor DHCP pode somente ler e "
-"gravar\n"
-"/etc/dhcpd.conf. A nova configuração de %1 não será importada. Todas as "
-"mudanças\n"
+"Isto não é suportado pelo YaST. O módulo do servidor DHCP pode somente ler e gravar\n"
+"/etc/dhcpd.conf. A nova configuração de %1 não será importada. Todas as mudanças\n"
"serão gravadas no arquivo de configuração padrão.\n"
" \n"
"Realmente continuar?\n"
-#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
+#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "Assistente do Servidor DHCP (%1 de 4)"
-#. TRANSLATORS:
-#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4)
-#. and
-#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18
+#. TRANSLATORS:
+#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4)
+#. and
+#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
-"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how "
-"hostnames\n"
+"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n"
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
@@ -920,18 +909,16 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando uma Nova Faixa de Registros DNS</big></b><br />\n"
"O <b>Primeiro Endereço IP</b> define\n"
"o endereço inicial da faixa e o <b>Último Endereço IP</b> define\n"
-"o último endereço. A <b>Base de Nome de Host</b> é uma string que determina "
-"como os nomes de host\n"
+"o último endereço. A <b>Base de Nome de Host</b> é uma string que determina como os nomes de host\n"
"são criados (por exemplo, <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> ou <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> será substituído pelo número do host na faixa.\n"
"Se nenhum <tt>%i</tt> for definido, o número será adicionado ao fim da\n"
-"string. <tt>%i</tt> só pode ser usado uma vez na <b>Base de Nome de Host"
-"b>.\n"
+"string. <tt>%i</tt> só pode ser usado uma vez na <b>Base de Nome de Host</b>.\n"
"<b>Iniciar</b> define o primeiro número usado para o primeiro\n"
"nome de host. Os nomes de host são criados de modo incremental.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Wizard</big></b><br />\n"
"In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n"
@@ -947,19 +934,17 @@
"A zona DNS converte nomes em endereços IP atribuídos. Você também pode\n"
"criar uma zona reversa que converta endereços IP em nomes.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be "
-"changed.</p>\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nome da Nova Zona</b> ou <b>Nome da Zona Reversa</b>\n"
-"são obtidos de seu servidor DHCP atual e das configurações de rede e não "
-"podem ser mudados.</p>\n"
+"são obtidos de seu servidor DHCP atual e das configurações de rede e não podem ser mudados.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Also Create Reverse Zone</b> to create a zone \n"
"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n"
@@ -967,20 +952,19 @@
"<p>Marque <b>Criar Também Zona Reversa</b> para criar uma zona \n"
"que contenha entradas reversas da zona DNS principal.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Name Servers</b></big><br />\n"
"Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n"
"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Servidores de Nomes</b></big><br />\n"
-"Os servidores de nomes são necessários para a funcionalidade adequada do "
-"servidor DNS.\n"
+"Os servidores de nomes são necessários para a funcionalidade adequada do servidor DNS.\n"
"Eles administram todos os registros da zona DNS.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Queries</big></b><br />\n"
"Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n"
@@ -995,33 +979,28 @@
"Qualquer consulta DNS (por exemplo, pesquisa de endereço IP de algum\n"
"nome de host em uma zona DNS) primeiro solicita a zona pai\n"
"(<tt>com</tt> para <tt>exemplo.com</tt>) para obter os servidores de\n"
-"nomes da zona atual. Em seguida, é enviada uma consulta DNS a esses "
-"servidores de nomes solicitando\n"
+"nomes da zona atual. Em seguida, é enviada uma consulta DNS a esses servidores de nomes solicitando\n"
"o endereço IP desejado.<br />\n"
-"Portanto, sempre especifique o nome de host do servidor DNS atual como um "
-"dos\n"
+"Portanto, sempre especifique o nome de host do servidor DNS atual como um dos\n"
"servidores de nomes da zona.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
-"current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar um <b>Novo Servidor de Nomes</b>, clique em <b>Adicionar"
-"b>, preencha o formulário\n"
-"e clique em <b>OK</b>. Se o nome do novo servidor de nomes for incluído na "
-"zona DNS\n"
+"<p>Para adicionar um <b>Novo Servidor de Nomes</b>, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>, preencha o formulário\n"
+"e clique em <b>OK</b>. Se o nome do novo servidor de nomes for incluído na zona DNS\n"
"atual, digite também seu endereço IP. Ele é obrigatório, pois será usado\n"
"durante a criação da zona.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4)
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n"
"<b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1029,26 +1008,23 @@
"<p>Para editar ou apagar uma entrada, selecione-a e clique \n"
"em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
-"use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registros DNS</big></b><br />\n"
-"Defina os nomes de host DNS para todos os clientes DHCP. Não é necessário "
-"definir\n"
+"Defina os nomes de host DNS para todos os clientes DHCP. Não é necessário definir\n"
"todos os nomes de host separadamente. Defina regras simples de como\n"
-"criar nomes de host. Essas regras definem as faixas de endereços IP a serem "
-"usadas\n"
+"criar nomes de host. Essas regras definem as faixas de endereços IP a serem usadas\n"
"e a string da qual gerar os nomes de host para determinada faixa.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
@@ -1060,18 +1036,17 @@
"a <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> com endereços IP de <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
"a <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n"
"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar uma nova faixa de registros DNS, clique em <b>Adicionar"
-"b>,\n"
+"<p>Para adicionar uma nova faixa de registros DNS, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>,\n"
"preencha o formulário e clique em <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>This is a summary of all data\n"
"entered in the configuration wizard so far.</p>\n"
@@ -1079,8 +1054,8 @@
"<p>Este é um resumo de todos os dados \n"
"informados no assistente de configuração até agora.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Accept</b> to save the settings for\n"
"the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n"
@@ -1089,12 +1064,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Clique em <b>Aceitar</b> para gravar as configurações para \n"
"o servidor DNS e voltar para a configuração do servidor DHCP.\n"
-"As configurações não serão permanentemente gravadas até que você complete a "
-"configuração do servidor \n"
+"As configurações não serão permanentemente gravadas até que você complete a configuração do servidor \n"
"DHCP.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Synchronization</big></b><br />\n"
"This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n"
@@ -1102,28 +1076,25 @@
"IP addresses--are maintained here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Sincronização de DNS</big></b><br />\n"
-"Trata-se de uma ferramenta avançada para editar configurações do servidor "
-"DNS para que correspondam às suas\n"
-"configurações de DHCP. Apenas registros 'A' (registros DNS que convertem "
-"nomes de host em\n"
+"Trata-se de uma ferramenta avançada para editar configurações do servidor DNS para que correspondam às suas\n"
+"configurações de DHCP. Apenas registros 'A' (registros DNS que convertem nomes de host em\n"
"endereços IP) são mantidos aqui.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<b>Current Subnet</b> and <b>Netmask</b> show the current network settings.\n"
"<b>Domain</b> is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> and <b>Second IP Address</b> match the current\n"
"Dynamic DHCP range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Sub-rede Atual</b> e <b>Máscara de Rede</b> exibem as configurações de "
-"rede atuais.\n"
+"<b>Sub-rede Atual</b> e <b>Máscara de Rede</b> exibem as configurações de rede atuais.\n"
"O <b>Domínio</b> é obtido da configuração DHCP atual. \n"
"O<b>Primeiro Endereço IP</b> e o <b>Segundo Endereço IP</b> correspondem à\n"
"faixa atual de DHCPs Dinâmicos.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To create a DNS zone from scratch, use <b>Run Wizard</b>\n"
@@ -1133,19 +1104,16 @@
"Para criar uma zona DNS do início, selecione <b>Executar Assistente</b>\n"
"em <b>Tarefas Especiais</b>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
+#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
-"corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
-"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
-"select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1154,40 +1122,37 @@
"Para sincronizar as entradas de DNS com suas formas reversas na zona \n"
"reversa correspondente, selecione <b>Sincronizar Zona Reversa</b>.\n"
"Selecione <b>Remover Registros DNS Correspondentes à Faixa</b> \n"
-"em <b>Tarefas Especiais</b> para apagar qualquer informação relacionada a "
-"esta faixa de endereços IP do servidor DNS. Para criar uma nova faixa de "
-"registros DNS, selecione\n"
-"<b>Adicionar Nova Faixa de Registros DNS</b> em <b>Tarefas Especiais</b>."
-"p>\n"
+"em <b>Tarefas Especiais</b> para apagar qualquer informação relacionada a esta faixa de endereços IP do servidor DNS. Para criar uma nova faixa de registros DNS, selecione\n"
+"<b>Adicionar Nova Faixa de Registros DNS</b> em <b>Tarefas Especiais</b>.</p>\n"
-#. old_range: $[
-#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
-#. "start" : 0,
-#. "from" : "192.168.10.1",
-#. "to" : "192.168.10.100"
-#. ]
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65
+#. old_range: $[
+#. "base" : "dhcp-%",
+#. "start" : 0,
+#. "from" : "192.168.10.1",
+#. "to" : "192.168.10.100"
+#. ]
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Add New DNS Record Range"
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Faixa de Registro DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Edit DNS Record Range"
msgstr "Editar Faixa de Registro DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87
msgid "&Hostname Base"
msgstr "&Base do Nome de Host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Iniciar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154
msgid ""
"Internal error.\n"
"Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2."
@@ -1195,11 +1160,11 @@
"Erro interno.\n"
"Não é possível criar a faixa IP de %1 a %2."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
-#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask
-#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
+#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask
+#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195
msgid ""
"IP address %1 does not match\n"
"the current network %2/%3.\n"
@@ -1207,19 +1172,19 @@
"O Endereço IP %1 não corresponde\n"
"à rede atual %2/%3.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "O último endereço IP deve ser maior que o primeiro."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272
msgid ""
"The IP address %1 is\n"
"outside the current\n"
@@ -1229,37 +1194,37 @@
"fora da faixa atual de\n"
"DHCPs dinâmicos %2-%3.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422
msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string."
msgstr "Só pode haver um '%i' na string da Base do Nome de Host."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Nome de host inválido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Endereço IP inválido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
-#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address
+#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503
msgid ""
"IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n"
"IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n"
@@ -1267,45 +1232,45 @@
"Endereço IP %1 não está na faixa de endereços\n"
"IP permitidos (%2-%3) definidos no servidor DHCP.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "Regenerando entradas da zona DNS..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Adicionando um Novo Registro DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Nome do &Host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "Adicionando faixa DHCP %1-%2 ao servidor DNS..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Removendo Registros DNS Correspondentes à Faixa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Removendo registros na faixa %1-%2 do servidor DNS..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
-#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
+#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1313,8 +1278,8 @@
"A zona %1 não é um tipo master.\n"
"O servidor DNS não pode gravar nenhum registro nela.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1322,20 +1287,20 @@
"A zona %1ainda não existe na configuração atual de servidor DNS.\n"
"Criá-la?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Não é possível criar a zona %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "Sincronizando registros DNS reversos..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1343,73 +1308,73 @@
"Se você cancelar, todas as mudanças feitas no servidor DNS serão perdidas.\n"
"Realmente cancelar esta operação?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domínio"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "Rede &N"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
+#. TRANSLATORS: table label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "Registros da Zona DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de Host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "IP Atribuído"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Adicionar..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Tarefas Especiais"
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Faixa de Registros DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Executar Assistente para Regravar a Zona DNS do Início"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Sincronizar com a Zona Reversa %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Sincronização do Servidor DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56
msgid "Aborting the Wizard"
msgstr "Interrompendo o Assistente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58
msgid ""
"All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n"
"Really abort?\n"
@@ -1417,44 +1382,41 @@
"Todas as mudanças feitas no assistente serão perdidas.\n"
"Realmente abortar?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121
msgid "Add a New Name Server"
msgstr "Adicionar um Novo Servidor de Nome"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128
msgid "Edit Name Server"
msgstr "Editar Servidor de Nomes"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150
msgid "Server &IP"
msgstr "&IP do Servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
-"defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Não foi informado um endereço IP para um servidor de nomes na zona DNS "
-"atual.\n"
-"Isso pode não funcionar porque cada zona precisa do nome e IP de servidor de "
-"nomes definidos. \n"
+"Não foi informado um endereço IP para um servidor de nomes na zona DNS atual.\n"
+"Isso pode não funcionar porque cada zona precisa do nome e IP de servidor de nomes definidos. \n"
"Realmente usar as configurações atuais?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255
msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration."
msgstr "O Servidor de Nomes %1 já existe na configuração."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range'
-#. %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range'
+#. %2 is the last one
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319
msgid ""
"This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n"
"another one (%1-%2).\n"
@@ -1464,204 +1426,204 @@
"outra (%1-%2).\n"
"Realmente usar a nova?\n"
-#. Adding new range definition
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428
+#. Adding new range definition
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428
msgid "At least one name server must be defined."
msgstr "No mínimo um servidor de nome deve ser definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444
msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Nova Zona DNS - Etapa 1 de 3"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562
msgid "New &Zone Name"
msgstr "Nome da Nova &Zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567
msgid "&Current Network"
msgstr "&Rede Atual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468
msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone"
msgstr "&Também Criar Zona Reversa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494
msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Servidores de Nome de Zona - Etapa 2 de 3"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518
+#. TRANSLATORS: table label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518
msgid "Current Name Servers"
msgstr "Servidores de Nomes Atuais"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523
msgid "Server Name"
msgstr "Nome do Servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525
msgid "IP (Optional)"
msgstr "IP (Opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592
msgid "A&dd..."
msgstr "A&dicionar..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594
msgid "&Edit..."
msgstr "&Editar..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Registros DNS - Etapa 3 de 3"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header label
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575
msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients"
msgstr "Registros DNS para Clientes DHCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580
msgid "Hostname Base"
msgstr "Base de Nome de Host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582
msgid "Number to Start With"
msgstr "Número para Começar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584
msgid "From IP"
msgstr "Do IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586
msgid "To IP"
msgstr "Até IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612
+#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary"
msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Registros DNS - Resumo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641
msgid "Re&verse Zone Name"
msgstr "Nome de Zona Re&versa"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835
msgid "<b>Zone Name:</b> %1"
msgstr "<b>Nome da Zona:</b> %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867
msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)"
msgstr "(Substituindo a zona atual pela nova)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856
msgid "<b>Reverse Zone Name:</b> %1"
msgstr "<b>Nome da Zona Reversa:</b> %1"
-#. name servers
-#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877
+#. name servers
+#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877
msgid "Zone Name Servers:"
msgstr "Servidores de Nomes da Zona:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886
msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2"
msgstr "Nome de host: %1, IP: %2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889
+#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889
msgid "Not defined"
msgstr "Não definido"
-#. dhcp ranges
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900
+#. dhcp ranges
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900
msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:"
msgstr "Faixas de Hosts DNS:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
-#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
-#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i')
-#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912
+#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item
+#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one
+#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i')
+#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i'
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912
msgid "Range: %1-%2<br />Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4"
msgstr "Faixa: %1 - %2<br />Base de Nome de Host: %3, Iniciando com: %4"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011
msgid "At least one DNS record must be set."
msgstr "É necessário definir pelo menos um registro DNS."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197
msgid "Cannot remove zone %1."
msgstr "Não é possível remover a zona %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246
msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1."
msgstr "Não é possível adicionar servidores de nome à zona %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268
msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records."
msgstr "Não é possível adicionar registros DNS de zona."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218
msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1."
msgstr "Não é possível criar a zona reversa %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279
msgid "Creating DNS zone..."
msgstr "Criando Zona DNS..."
-#. restore previous settings
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296
+#. restore previous settings
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296
msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..."
msgstr "Restaurando as configurações DNS anteriores..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307
msgid ""
"Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n"
"\n"
@@ -1673,13 +1635,13 @@
"%1\n"
"Retornar ao assistente?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326
msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully."
msgstr "A zona DNS foi criada com sucesso."
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
@@ -1687,8 +1649,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuração do Servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...</p>"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
@@ -1696,8 +1658,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando a Configuração do Servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...</p>"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1707,8 +1669,8 @@
"Selecione os interfaces de rede onde o servidor DHCP deve escutar\n"
"<b>Interfaces Disponíveis</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n"
@@ -1724,8 +1686,8 @@
"Essa opção só estará disponível se o firewall\n"
"estiver habilitado.</p>"
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
+#. help text 2/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
@@ -1734,12 +1696,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Para executar o servidor DHCP em chroot jail, defina\n"
-"<b>Executar Servidor DHCP em Chroot Jail</b>. A inicialização de qualquer "
-"daemon em chroot jail\n"
+"<b>Executar Servidor DHCP em Chroot Jail</b>. A inicialização de qualquer daemon em chroot jail\n"
"é a forma mais segura e recomendada.</p>"
-#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
+#. help text 3/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1749,8 +1710,8 @@
"Para armazenar a configuração do DHCP no LDAP,\n"
"habilite <b>Suporte a LDAP</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#. help text 4/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1759,14 +1720,13 @@
"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Declarações Configuradas</b> mostra as opções de configuração em uso.\n"
-"Para modificar uma declaração existente, selecione-a e clique em <b>Editar"
-"b>.\n"
+"Para modificar uma declaração existente, selecione-a e clique em <b>Editar</b>.\n"
"Para adicionar uma nova declaração, selecione uma que inclua \n"
"a nova declaração e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"Para apagar uma declaração, selecione-a e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
+#. help text 5/5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1780,8 +1740,8 @@
"ou gerenciar chaves TSIG que podem ser usadas para a autenticação de \n"
"atualizações dinâmicas do DNS.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1789,8 +1749,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Sub-rede</big></b><br>\n"
"Defina o <b>Endereço de Rede</b> e a <b>Máscara de Rede</b> da sub-rede.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1800,8 +1760,8 @@
"Defina o nome do host para o qual o endereço fixo ou outras opções \n"
"especiais serão definidas em <b>Nome de Host</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1813,8 +1773,8 @@
"Essa informação é apenas para identificação.\n"
"O nome não afeta o comportamento do servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1826,8 +1786,8 @@
"Essa informação é apenas para identificação.\n"
"O nome não afeta o comportamento do servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1839,8 +1799,8 @@
"Essa informação é apenas para identificação.\n"
"O nome não afeta o comportamento do servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
+#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1848,8 +1808,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Classe</big></b><br>\n"
"Defina o nome da classe de hosts em <b>Nome de Classe</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1863,18 +1823,17 @@
"Para adicionar uma nova opção, use <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover\n"
"uma opção, selecione-a e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para ajustar o DNS dinâmico dos hosts desta sub-rede, use <b>DNS Dinâmico"
-"b>.</p>"
+"Para ajustar o DNS dinâmico dos hosts desta sub-rede, use <b>DNS Dinâmico</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1884,8 +1843,8 @@
"Para habilitar DNS Dinâmico para esta subrede, informe\n"
"<b>Habilitar DNS Dinâmico para Esta subrede</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1894,14 +1853,13 @@
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Chave TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para fazer atualização de DNS Dinâmico, a chave de autenticação deve ser "
-"informada.\n"
+"Para fazer atualização de DNS Dinâmico, a chave de autenticação deve ser informada.\n"
"Use <b>Chave TSIG</b> para selecionar a chave para autenticação. Ela deve\n"
"ser a mesma para os servidores DHCP e DNS. Especifique a chave para as\n"
"zonas forward e reverse.</p>"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1913,13 +1871,12 @@
"funcione adequadamente. Para fazer isto automaticamente, informe\n"
"<b>Atualizar Configurações Globais de DNS Dinâmico</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
-"DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zonas para Atualizar</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1927,37 +1884,30 @@
"o nome do servidor de nomes primário. Se o servidor está no mesmo host do\n"
"servidor DHCP, pode deixar os campos em branco.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
+#. help text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
-"with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
-"options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Argumentos de Inicialização de Servidor DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aqui você pode especificar os parâmetros com os quais deseja que o Servidor "
-"DHCP seja iniciado \n"
-"(ex. \"-p 1234\") para uma porta não padrão na qual escutar). Para todas as "
-"opções possíveis, \n"
-"consulte a página de manual dhcpd. Se estiver em branco, os valores padrão "
-"serão usados.</p>"
+"Aqui você pode especificar os parâmetros com os quais deseja que o Servidor DHCP seja iniciado \n"
+"(ex. \"-p 1234\") para uma porta não padrão na qual escutar). Para todas as opções possíveis, \n"
+"consulte a página de manual dhcpd. Se estiver em branco, os valores padrão serão usados.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server."
-"p>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Seleção de Placa de Rede</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecione uma ou mais das placas de rede listadas a serem usadas para o "
-"servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
+"Selecione uma ou mais das placas de rede listadas a serem usadas para o servidor DHCP.</p>\n"
-#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
+#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -1965,8 +1915,8 @@
"Opcionalmente, você também pode especificar o <b>Nome do Servidor DHCP</b>\n"
"(nome do objeto LDAP dhcpServer), se for diferente do nome de host.\n"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1974,9 +1924,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Configurações Globais</big></b><br>\n"
"Aqui, faça diversas configurações DHCP.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -1984,20 +1934,19 @@
"<p><b>Nome de Domínio</b> define o domínio para o qual o servidor DHCP\n"
"aluga IPs aos clientes.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
"These values must be IP addresses.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>IP do Servidor de Nomes Principal</b> e o <b>IP do Servidor de Nomes "
-"Secundário</b> \n"
+"<p>O <b>IP do Servidor de Nomes Principal</b> e o <b>IP do Servidor de Nomes Secundário</b> \n"
"oferecem esses servidores de nomes para os clientes DHCP.\n"
"Esses valores devem ser endereços IP.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -2005,8 +1954,8 @@
"<p><b>Gateway Padrão</b> insere este\n"
"valor como a rota padrão na tabela de roteamento de clientes.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -2014,16 +1963,13 @@
"<p><b>Servidor de Horário</b> solicita que os clientes usem esse servidor\n"
"para a sincronização de horário.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor de Impressão</b> oferece este servidor como servidor de "
-"impressão padrão.</p>"
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
+msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Servidor de Impressão</b> oferece este servidor como servidor de impressão padrão.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2031,18 +1977,17 @@
"<p><b>Servidor WINS</b> oferece este servidor como servidor \n"
"WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
-"expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tempo de Lease Padrão</b> configura o tempo depois do qual um IP \n"
"leased vence e o cliente deve pedir outro IP novamente.</p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2051,32 +1996,28 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Informações de Sub-rede</big></b></br>\n"
"Veja informações sobre a sub-rede atual, como endereço,\n"
-"máscara de rede e endereços IP mínimo e máximo disponíveis para os "
-"clientes.\n"
+"máscara de rede e endereços IP mínimo e máximo disponíveis para os clientes.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
-"same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Faixa de Endereços IP</big></b><br>\n"
"Defina o <b>Primeiro Endereço IP</b> e o <b>Último Endereço IP</b>\n"
-"da faixa de endereços que devem ser alugados aos clientes. Esses endereços "
-"devem ter a mesma máscara de rede.\n"
-"Por exemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> e <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque o flag "
-"<b>\n"
+"da faixa de endereços que devem ser alugados aos clientes. Esses endereços devem ter a mesma máscara de rede.\n"
+"Por exemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> e <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque o flag <b>\n"
"Permitir BOOTP Dinâmico</b> se a faixa especificada puder ser dinamicamente\n"
"atribuída a clientes BOOTP e a clientes DHCP</p>.\n"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -2086,8 +2027,8 @@
"Defina o tempo de aluguel <b>Padrão</b> para a faixa de endereços IP atual,\n"
"que define o melhor tempo de atualização do IP para os clientes.<br></p>"
-#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2095,8 +2036,8 @@
"<p><b>Máximo</b> (valor opcional) define o período máximo\n"
"pelo qual este IP é bloqueado para o cliente do servidor DHCP.</p>"
-#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
+#. Help text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2106,8 +2047,8 @@
"Para digitar a configuração completa do servidor DHCP, clique em\n"
"<b>Servidor DHCP e Configuração Especialista</b>.</p>"
-#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#. host management help 1/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2115,8 +2056,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gerencia de Host</big></b><br>\n"
"Use este diálogo para editar hosts com endereço fixo.</p>"
-#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
+#. host management help 1/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2130,19 +2071,18 @@
"<p>Para modificar um host configurado, selecione-o na tabela,\n"
"mode os valores, e clique <b>Mudar na Lista</b>.</p>"
-#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#. host management help 1/3
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para remover um host, selecione-o e clique <b>Eliminar da Lista</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para remover um host, selecione-o e clique <b>Eliminar da Lista</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#. help text 1/7
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione o tipo de declaração a ser adicionado.</p>"
-#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
+#. help text 2/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2150,8 +2090,8 @@
"<p>Para adicionar declaração de rede,\n"
"selecione <b>Subrede</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
+#. help text 3/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2159,8 +2099,8 @@
"<p>Para adicionar um host que precise de parâmetros especiais\n"
"(normalmente um endereço fixo), selecione <b>Host</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
+#. help text 4/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2168,8 +2108,8 @@
"<p>Para adicionar rede compartilhada (rede física com\n"
"múltiplas redes lógicas), selecione <b>Rede Compartilhada</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
+#. help text 5/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2177,8 +2117,8 @@
"<p>Para adicionar um grupo de outras declarações (normalmente\n"
"se elas compartilham configurações), selecione <b>Grupo</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
+#. help text 6/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2188,135 +2128,134 @@
"de modo diferente de outros pools embora na mesma subrede,\n"
"selecione <b>Pool de Endereços</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
+#. help text 7/7, optional
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
"select <b>Class</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para criar uma classe de condição que possa ser usada para\n"
-"tratar os clientes de forma diferente de acordo com a classe à qual eles "
-"pertencem,\n"
+"tratar os clientes de forma diferente de acordo com a classe à qual eles pertencem,\n"
"selecione <b>Classe</b>.</p>"
-#. selection box
-#. selection box
-#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
+#. selection box
+#. selection box
+#. selection box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "En&dereços"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "O endereço digitado não é válido."
-#. message popup
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
+#. message popup
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "No mínimo um endereço deve ser especificado."
-#. selection box
-#. Handle the event on the popup
-#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id
-#. @param [String] key string option key
-#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
-#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
+#. selection box
+#. Handle the event on the popup
+#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id
+#. @param [String] key string option key
+#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
+#. selection box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Valores"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "Os endereços digitados não são válidos."
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "No mínimo um par de endereços deve ser especificado."
-#. table item, means switched on
-#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
+#. table item, means switched on
+#. table item, means switched on
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "Ativo"
-#. table item, means switched off
-#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
+#. table item, means switched off
+#. table item, means switched off
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Inativo"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "Um valor deve ser especificado."
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Novo Endereço"
-#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
+#. int field
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Novo Valor"
-#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
+#. label (in role of help text)
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Separe vários endereços com espaços."
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
+#. push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "&Adicionar Par de Endereços"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "O endereço mais baixo deve ser inferior ao mais alto."
-#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
+#. label -- help text
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Se modificar isto, também atualize a configuração de syslog."
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &Hardware"
-#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
-#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
+#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
+#. translation would decrease the understandability
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "Endereço &MAC"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP mas baixo &L"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP mais alto &H"
-#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
+#. Yes-No popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2324,8 +2263,8 @@
"Se você sair da configuração do servidor DHCP sem gravar,\n"
"todas as modificações serão perdidas. Tem certeza de que deseja sair?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2335,21 +2274,19 @@
"não está habilitado a servir sua rede.\n"
"Continuar?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone."
msgstr ""
-"As interfaces de rede relacionadas a seguir não são mencionadas em nenhuma "
-"zona do firewall.\n"
+"As interfaces de rede relacionadas a seguir não são mencionadas em nenhuma zona do firewall.\n"
"%1\n"
-"Execute a configuração do firewall do YaST para designar uma zona às "
-"interfaces."
+"Execute a configuração do firewall do YaST para designar uma zona às interfaces."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2357,10 +2294,10 @@
"A interface de rede %1 não é mencionada em nenhuma zona do firewall.\n"
"Execute a configuração do firewall do YaST para designá-la a uma zona."
-#. popup message
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
+#. popup message
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2368,188 +2305,188 @@
"Esta função não está disponível \n"
"durante preparação da autoinstalação"
-#. tree widget
-#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#. tree widget
+#. tree widget
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "Declarações &Configuradas"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
+#. push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "DNS &Dinâmico"
-#. combo box
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#. combo box
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "Chave TSIG para Forward Zone &K"
-#. combo box
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220
+#. combo box
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "Chave TSIG para Reverse Zone &Key"
-#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798
+#. popup headline
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo com Chave de Autenticação"
-#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "Aplicar Mudanças"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "Executa&R Servidor DHCP em Chroot Jail"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "A&vançado"
-#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096
+#. item of a menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "Mostrar &Log"
-#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098
+#. item of a menu button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de &Interface"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "E&Ndereço de Rede"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de Rede"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "&Nome de Grupo"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "Nome de &Pool"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Nome de Rede Compartilhada"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "&Nome de Classe"
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces Disponíveis"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "Abrir &Firewall para Interfaces Selecionadas"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "Habilitar DNS Dinâmico para esta subr&Ede"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "At&Ualizar Configurações Globais de DNS Dinâmico"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zona"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor de DNS &Primário"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "Re&verse Zone"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor de DNS Pr&imário"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309
+#. push button
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Servidor DHCP e Configuração &Especialista..."
-#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
+#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do Servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Verifique o ambiente"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de firewall"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações do servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações do servidor DNS"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Verificando ambiente..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de firewall..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações do servidor DHCP..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações do servidor DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
+#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2565,8 +2502,8 @@
" \n"
"Interrompendo agora."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2574,8 +2511,8 @@
"Impossível determinar o nome de host. A configuração do servidor \n"
"DHCP baseada em LDAP não estará disponível."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2583,111 +2520,111 @@
"O servidor DHCP parece não estar configurado\n"
"ainda. Criar nova configuração?"
-#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
+#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando configuração do Servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Reiniciar o servidor DHCP"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do servidor DNS"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações do servidor DHCP..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "Reiniciando servidor DHCP..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações do servidor DNS..."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Erro ao reiniciar o daemon DHCP."
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP é iniciado em tempo de boot"
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "O servidor DHCP não é iniciado em tempo de boot"
-#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
+#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Escutar em: %1"
-#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
+#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Intervalo de Endereço Dinâmico: %1"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Configuração LDAP inválida. Não pode usar LDAP."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "Suporte para múltiplos dhcpServiceDN não implementado."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "Serviço DHCP DN não definido."
-#. %1 is LDAP record key
-#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#. Error report
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
+#. %1 is LDAP record key
+#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#. Error report
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Erro ocorreu ao criar %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Erro ocorreu ao atualizar %1."
-#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
+#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Erro ocorreu ao criar cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
-#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
+#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Erro ocorreu ao gravar /etc/dhcpd.conf."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/dns-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,705 +14,686 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
msgid "DNS server configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do servidor DNS"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Configurações de início"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
msgid "DNS forwarders"
msgstr "Forwarders de DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63
msgid "DNS zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79
msgid "Access control lists"
msgstr "Listas de Controle de Acesso"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87
msgid "Zone transport rules"
msgstr "Regras de transporte de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102
msgid "Zone name servers"
msgstr "Servidores de Nome da zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119
msgid "Zone mail servers"
msgstr "Servidor de Mail da zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
msgstr "SOA"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
msgstr "Registros de recurso da zona, tais como A, CNAME, NS, MX, ou PTR"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
msgstr "Gerencia A e o registro PTR correspondente ao mesmo tempo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Mostrar configurações atuais"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor DNS durante o processo de Boot"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
msgid "Start DNS server manually"
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor DNS manualmente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "Adicionar um novo registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "Remover um registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
msgid "IPv4 address"
msgstr "Endereço IPv4"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218
msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)"
msgstr "Destino de Registro (syslog|arquivo)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224
msgid "Set option"
msgstr "Configurar opção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
msgstr "Nome do arquivo para registro (caminho completo)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*"
msgstr "Tamanho de log máximo [0-9]+(KMG)*"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
msgstr "Máximo de versões para rotação, '0' significa sem rotação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
msgid "Zone name"
msgstr "Nome da zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
msgstr "Tipo da zona: master ou escrava"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
msgid "DNS zone master server"
msgstr "Servidor mestre da zona de DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Opção de Habilitar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Opções de desabilitar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid ""
-"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor de Nome (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome "
-"relativo)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Servidor de Nome (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome relativo)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr ""
-"Servidor de Mail (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome "
-"relativo)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "Servidor de Mail (em formato completamente qualificado com ponto ou nome relativo)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
msgstr "Prioridade de servidor de Mail (número de 0 a 65535)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
msgid "Serial number of zone update"
msgstr "Número de série de atualização da zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
msgstr "Tempo de vida geral de registros na zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
msgstr "Um intervalo antes do qual registros da zona devem ser atualizados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
msgstr "Intervalo entre tentativas de atualização com falha"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr ""
-"Intervalo após o qual os registros da zona não serão mais autoritativos"
+msgstr "Intervalo após o qual os registros da zona não serão mais autoritativos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
msgstr "TTL mínimo que pode ser exportado com registros desta zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
msgstr "Tipo de Registro de recurso DNS, tal como A, CNAME, NS, MX, ou PTR"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
msgstr "Consulta de DNS, como exemplo.org para o registro A"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr ""
-"Valor do registro de recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para o registro A de "
-"exemplo.org"
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr "Valor do registro de recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para o registro A de exemplo.org"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
msgstr "Nome de host para o registro de DNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
msgid "Log named queries %1"
msgstr "Consultas de Log nomeadas %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394
msgid "Log zone updates %1"
msgstr "Atualizações de zonas de log %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
msgstr "Transferências de zona de log %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
msgstr "Lista de encaminhadores de zona separada por vírgulas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
+#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
msgid "Parameter %1 is required."
msgstr "O parâmetro %1 é obrigatório."
-#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
+#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507
msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1."
msgstr "Valor desconhecido para o parâmetro %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555
msgid "Start-Up Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Inicialização:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro é permitido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
msgstr "Habilitando Servidor de DNS no processo de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
msgstr "Removendo Servidor de DNS do processo de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "O servidor DNS está habilitado no processo de boot."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
msgid "DNS server needs manual starting."
msgstr "O servidor DNS precisa ser iniciado manualmente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573
msgid "Forwarding:"
msgstr "Encaminhamento:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
msgstr "IP de Forwarder"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
-#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
+#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro de ação é permitido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661
msgid "Logging destination"
msgstr "Destino de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653
msgid "System log"
msgstr "Registro do sistema"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663
msgid "File"
msgstr "Arquivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome de Arquivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679
msgid "Maximum size"
msgstr "Tamanho máximo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687
msgid "Maximum versions"
msgstr "Máximo de Versões"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700
msgid "Log named queries"
msgstr "Consultas de Log nomeadas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708
msgid "Log zone updates"
msgstr "Atualizações de zonas de log"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716
msgid "Log zone transfers"
msgstr "Transferências de zona de log"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723
msgid "Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Registro:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "Configuração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - basic-options listing
+#. Table header item - ACL-options
+#. Table menu item - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741
msgid "Logging Rule"
msgstr "Regra de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header,
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835
msgid "DNS Zones:"
msgstr "Zonas DNS:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
-#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type
+#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
+#. Table menu item - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844
msgid "Master Server"
msgstr "Servidor Mestre"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Forwarders"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
msgid "Predefined"
msgstr "Predefinido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Custom"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
msgstr "ACLs:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
msgid "Zone Transport:"
msgstr "Transporte de Zona:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
msgstr "ACL Habilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
msgid "Name Servers:"
msgstr "Servidores de Nome:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034
msgid "Name Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Nome"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215
msgid "Mail Servers:"
msgstr "Servidores de Correio:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - listing mail servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729
msgid "Mail Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Correio"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#. Table header item - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#. Table header item - listing mail servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioridade"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
msgstr "Informações sobre SOA:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Chave"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222
msgid "Record Query"
msgstr "Consulta de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224
msgid "Record Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226
msgid "Record Value"
msgstr "Valor de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279
msgid "Hostname Record:"
msgstr "Registro de Nome de Host:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de Host"
-#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
+#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
-#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
-#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
-#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136
+#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
+#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
+#. Dialog caption (before a colon)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136
msgid "DNS Server Installation"
msgstr "Instalação de Servidor DNS"
-#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31
+#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31
msgid "Forwarder Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Encaminhador"
-#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
+#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS"
-#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138
+#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138
msgid "Finish Wizard"
msgstr "Finalizar Assistente"
-#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152
+#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152
msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>"
msgstr "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>"
-#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155
+#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155
msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>"
msgstr "<li>Domínios: %1</li>"
-#. check box
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
+#. check box
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "Suporte &LDAP Ativo"
-#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188
+#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188
msgid "Start-up Behavior"
msgstr "Comportamento de Inicialização"
-#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196
+#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196
msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting"
msgstr "&Ativar: Iniciar Agora e ao Inicializar"
-#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199
+#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199
msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually"
msgstr "&Desativar: Iniciar Apenas Manualmente"
-#. Push Button - start expert configuration
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208
+#. Push Button - start expert configuration
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208
msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuração &Especialista de Servidor DNS..."
-#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
+#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "Servidor DNS"
-#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
+#. T: ComboBox label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy"
msgstr "&Política de Resolução DNS Local"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
msgstr "A fusão de encaminhadores está desabilitada"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302
msgid "Automatic merging"
msgstr "Fusão automática"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
msgstr "A fusão de encaminhadores está habilitada"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306
msgid "Custom configuration"
msgstr "Configuração personalizada"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310
msgid "Custom policy"
msgstr "Política personalizada"
-#. T: ComboBox label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
+#. T: ComboBox label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
msgstr "&Encaminhador de Resolução DNS Local"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320
msgid "Using system name servers"
msgstr "Usando servidores de nomes de sistema"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322
msgid "This name server (bind)"
msgstr "Este servidor de nomes (vinculação)"
-#. T: ComboBox item
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
+#. T: ComboBox item
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324
msgid "Local dnsmasq server"
msgstr "Servidor dnsmasq local"
-#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
+#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334
msgid "Add IP Address"
msgstr "Adicionar Endereço IP"
-#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
+#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress"
msgstr "En&dereço IPv4 ou IPv6"
-#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
+#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
+#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403
msgid "Forwarder &List"
msgstr "&Lista de Encaminhadores"
-#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
+#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
msgstr "Impossível definir encaminhador local como %{forwarder}"
-#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
+#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
msgstr "Impossível encontrar um equivalente local para o IP %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
+#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617
msgid ""
"Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n"
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
"been changed to its local equivalent %2."
msgstr ""
-"O encaminhamento de consultas de DNS para si mesmo criaria um loop "
-"infinito.\n"
+"O encaminhamento de consultas de DNS para si mesmo criaria um loop infinito.\n"
"O endereço IP %1 está em uso por este servidor no momento, então ele foi\n"
"mudado para seu equivalente local %2."
-#. both IPv4 and IPv6
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
+#. both IPv4 and IPv6
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645
msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address."
msgstr "Endereço IPv4 ou IPv6 inválido."
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
@@ -720,47 +701,47 @@
"Um endereço IPv6 válido consiste nas letras a-f, números\n"
"e dois-pontos."
-#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
+#. error report
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
msgstr "O encaminhador selecionado já está presente."
-#. Frame label for Basic-Options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
+#. Frame label for Basic-Options
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693
msgid "Add or Change Option"
msgstr "Adicionar ou Mudar Opção"
-#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
+#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707
msgid "O&ption"
msgstr "O&pção"
-#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
-#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
+#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value
+#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Valor"
-#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
-#. Pushbutton - Change Record
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
+#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option
+#. Pushbutton - Change Record
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377
msgid "C&hange"
msgstr "&Modificar"
-#. Table label for basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
+#. Table label for basic-options listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755
msgid "Current Options"
msgstr "Opções Atuais"
-#. Table header item - basic-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
+#. Table header item - basic-options listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Opção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
@@ -768,8 +749,8 @@
"Realmente configurar\n"
"esta opção sem valor?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -777,8 +758,8 @@
"A opção %1 só pode ter um valor sim ou não definido.\n"
"Deseja realmente defini-la como %2?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924
msgid ""
"Option %1 can only be a number.\n"
"Really set it to %2?\n"
@@ -786,8 +767,8 @@
"A opção %1 só pode ser um número.\n"
"Deseja realmente defini-la como %2?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936
msgid ""
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -795,8 +776,8 @@
"O uso das aspas não está correto nesta opção.\n"
"Deseja realmente defini-la como %1?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948
msgid ""
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
@@ -804,8 +785,8 @@
"O uso dos colchetes não está correto nesta opção.\n"
"Deseja realmente defini-la como %1?\n"
-#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
+#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992
msgid ""
"Option %1 should be set only once.\n"
"Really add another one?\n"
@@ -813,78 +794,78 @@
"A opção %1 deve ser definida apenas uma vez.\n"
"Deseja realmente adicionar outra?\n"
-#. Table header - logging options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
+#. Table header - logging options
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
msgid "Log Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Registro"
-#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
+#. Radiobutton - log type
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044
msgid "&System Log"
msgstr "&Registro do Sistema"
-#. Radiobutton - log type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
+#. Radiobutton - log type
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Arquivo"
-#. IntField - max. log size
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
+#. IntField - max. log size
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
msgstr "Tamanho &Máximo (MB)"
-#. IntField - max. log age
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
+#. IntField - max. log age
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097
msgid "Maximum &Versions"
msgstr "Máximo de &Versões"
-#. Frame label - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
+#. Frame label - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115
msgid "Additional Logging"
msgstr "Registro Adicional"
-#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
+#. Checkbox - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
msgstr "Registrar Todas as &Consultas de DNS"
-#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
+#. Checkbox - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123
msgid "Log Zone &Updates"
msgstr "Registrar At&ualizações de Zona"
-#. Checkbox - additional-logging
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
+#. Checkbox - additional-logging
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
msgstr "Registrar &Transferências de Zona"
-#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
+#. popup headline
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283
msgid "Select File for Log"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo para Registro"
-#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
+#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300
msgid "Option Setup"
msgstr "Configuração de Opção"
-#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
+#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nome"
-#. Table header - ACL-options listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
+#. Table header - ACL-options listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349
msgid "Current ACL List"
msgstr "Lista ACL Atual"
-#. Table header item - ACL-options
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
+#. Table header item - ACL-options
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
-#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
+#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477
msgid ""
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
@@ -892,71 +873,71 @@
"Esta ACL é usada por %1 zonas.\n"
"Você realmente quer remove-la?\n"
-#. An error popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
+#. An error popup message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
msgstr "A entrada de ACL especificada já existe."
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581
msgid "Add New Zone "
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Zona "
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Mestre"
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669
msgid "Slave"
msgstr "Escravo"
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
-#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type
+#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Encaminhar"
-#. Table header - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
+#. Table header - DNS listing zones
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629
msgid "Configured DNS Zones"
msgstr "Zonas DNS Configuradas"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
+#. error report
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838
msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured."
msgstr "Já existe uma zona com o nome especificado configurada."
-#. Write settings dialog
-#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
+#. Write settings dialog
+#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Salvamento das configurações falhou. Modificar configurações?"
-#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
+#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "Falha ao gravar configuração"
-#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
+#. Yes-No popup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
@@ -964,83 +945,83 @@
"Todas as modificações serão perdidas.\n"
"Deseja sair da configuração do servidor DNS sem gravar?"
-#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
+#. FIXME: new startup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "Aplicar Mudanças"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Iniciar"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Opções Básicas"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Registro"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#. multi selection box
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#. multi selection box
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694
msgid "ACLs"
msgstr "ACLs"
-#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
-#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
+#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "Chaves TSIG"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93
msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates"
msgstr "Permitir Atua&lizações Dinâmicas"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103
msgid "TSIG &Key"
msgstr "&Chave TSIG"
-#. check box
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
+#. check box
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690
msgid "Enable &Zone Transport"
msgstr "Habilitar Transporte de &Zona"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
+#. check box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
msgstr "Gerar Registros A&utomaticamente de"
-#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
+#. multi selection box
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180
msgid "Zon&e"
msgstr "Zo&na"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
msgstr "Zonas Reversas Conectadas"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
@@ -1048,152 +1029,152 @@
"Esta função não está disponível \n"
"durante preparação da autoinstalação\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
+#. error report
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466
msgid "No TSIG key is defined."
msgstr "Nenhuma Chave TSIG está definida."
-#. Textentry - adding nameserver
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
+#. Textentry - adding nameserver
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496
msgid "&Name Server to Add"
msgstr "Servidor de &Nomes para Adicionar"
-#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
-#. selection box label
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
+#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers
+#. selection box label
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545
msgid "Na&me Server List"
msgstr "Lista de Servidores de No&mes"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
+#. error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
msgstr "O servidor de nomes especificado já existe."
-#. Frame label - adding mail server
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
+#. Frame label - adding mail server
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689
msgid "Mail Server to Add"
msgstr "Servidor de Correio para Adicionar"
-#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
+#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "E&ndereços"
-#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#. int field
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
+#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#. int field
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioridade"
-#. Table label - listing mail servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
+#. Table label - listing mail servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724
msgid "Mail Relay List"
msgstr "Lista de Retransmissões de Correio"
-#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
+#. A popup error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "O valor especificado não é um nome de host ou endereço IP válido."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
+#. error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
msgstr "O servidor de correio especificado já existe."
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutos"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Horas"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dias"
-#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
+#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938
msgid "Weeks"
msgstr "Semanas"
-#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
+#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950
msgid "Seri&al"
msgstr "Seri&al"
-#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
+#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959
msgid "TT&L"
msgstr "TT&L"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&Unidade"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "&Recarregar"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986
msgid "Un&it"
msgstr "Un&idade"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995
msgid "Retr&y"
msgstr "T&entar novamente"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008
msgid "Ex&piration"
msgstr "Ex&piração"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016
msgid "U&nit"
msgstr "U&nidade"
-#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
+#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimo"
-#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
+#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033
msgid "Uni&t"
msgstr "Unidade &t"
-#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
+#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
msgstr "O número de série da zona deve ser especificado."
-#. error report, %1 is an integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
+#. error report, %1 is an integer
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164
msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long."
msgstr "O número de série não deve ter mais de %1 dígitos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185
msgid ""
"The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n"
"of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n"
@@ -1205,107 +1186,107 @@
"um servidor de nome escravo durante todo o tempo.\n"
"Continuar?"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301
msgid "&Record Key"
msgstr "Chave de &Registro"
-#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
+#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
+#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
+#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309
msgid "T&ype"
msgstr "Tipo &y"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314
msgid "Val&ue"
msgstr "Valor &u"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Serviço"
-#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
+#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287
msgid "&Weight"
msgstr "&Peso"
-#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
+#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Porta"
-#. reverse zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
+#. reverse zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A: Conversão de Nome de Domínio IPv4"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "AAAA: Conversão de Nome de Domínio IPv6"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME: Álias do Nome de Domínio"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337
msgid "NS: Name Server"
msgstr "NS: Servidor de Nomes"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338
msgid "MX: Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX: Retransmissão de Correio"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR: Tradução Reversa"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
msgstr "SRV: Registro de Serviços"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341
msgid "TXT: Text Record"
msgstr "TXT: Registro de Texto"
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342
msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
msgstr "SPF: Sender Policy Framework"
-#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
+#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359
msgid "Record Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Registro"
-#. Table label - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
+#. Table label - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395
msgid "Configured Resource Records"
msgstr "Registros de Recurso Configurados"
-#. Table menu item - Records listing
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
+#. Table menu item - Records listing
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405
msgid "Record Key"
msgstr "Chave de Registro"
-#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
+#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835
msgid ""
"Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1317,28 +1298,26 @@
"Os registros IPv6 reversos são suportados na forma completa (%1)\n"
"ou na forma relativa à zona atual."
-#. (hostname or FQ)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
+#. (hostname or FQ)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873
msgid "Invalid IPv6 address."
msgstr "Endereço IPv6 inválido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII "
-"characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
-"Chave de registro %{type} inválida. Ela deve consistir em caracteres US-"
-"ASCII imprimíveis, exceto ''=''\n"
+"Chave de registro %{type} inválida. Ela deve consistir em caracteres US-ASCII imprimíveis, exceto ''=''\n"
"e deve ter no mínimo um caractere."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
-#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
-#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
+#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length
+#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record.
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924
msgid ""
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
@@ -1346,96 +1325,94 @@
"O tamanho máximo de um registro %{type} é de %{max} caracteres.\n"
"Esta mensagem possui %{current} caracteres."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
msgstr "CNAME não pode apontar para si mesmo."
-#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
+#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
msgstr "Erro interno."
-#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
+#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699
msgid "Zone Editor"
msgstr "Editor de Zona"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
msgid "&Basics"
msgstr "&Básico"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
msgstr "Registros NS &d"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442
msgid "&SOA"
msgstr "&SOA"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444
msgid "R&ecords"
msgstr "R&egistros"
-#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
+#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
msgid "M&X Records"
msgstr "Registros M&X"
-#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
+#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
+#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
+#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871
msgid "Settings for Zone"
msgstr "Configurações de Zona"
-#. at least one NS server must be set
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
+#. at least one NS server must be set
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
msgstr "É necessário definir ao menos um servidor NS."
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name
-#.
-#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
-#. DNS records manually from selected zone
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name
+#.
+#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate
+#. DNS records manually from selected zone
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From "
-"feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
"Os registros da zona atual são gerados automaticamente a partir da zona %1.\n"
-"Para mudar os registros manualmente, desabilite o recurso Gerar Registros "
-"Automaticamente de."
+"Para mudar os registros manualmente, desabilite o recurso Gerar Registros Automaticamente de."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682
msgid "&Master DNS Server IP"
msgstr "IP do Servidor DNS &Mestre"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746
msgid "Missing Master Server"
msgstr "Servidor Master Omitido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748
msgid ""
"Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n"
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
@@ -1445,45 +1422,44 @@
"A configuração de um servidor DNS sem um servidor master geraria uma falha.\n"
"Se você continuar, a zona atual será removida."
-#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
msgstr "Nenhum servidor DNS master definido."
-#. A popup error message
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
+#. A popup error message
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
msgstr "O servidor de nomes master especificado não é um endereço IP válido."
-#. Textentry - adding forwarder
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
+#. Textentry - adding forwarder
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP do Novo &Encaminhador"
-#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
+#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
msgstr "Encaminhadores de &Zona Atuais"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938
msgid "Forward Zone Editor"
msgstr "Editor de Zona de Encaminhamento"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974
msgid ""
"This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n"
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
"Really deny these queries?"
msgstr ""
-"Esta zona de encaminhamento não tem encaminhadores definido, o que "
-"significa \n"
+"Esta zona de encaminhamento não tem encaminhadores definido, o que significa \n"
"que todas as consultas DNS são negadas para essa zona. \n"
"Realmente negar essas consultas?"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34
msgid ""
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really exit?"
@@ -1491,13 +1467,13 @@
"Todas as modificações serão perdidas.\n"
"Deseja realmente sair?"
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool."
msgstr "Uma zona desse tipo não pode ser editada com essa ferramenta."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -1505,18 +1481,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando configuração do servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar"
-"b> agora.</p>"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -1524,8 +1499,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Salvando configuração do servidor DNS</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1535,9 +1510,9 @@
"Anule o procedimento de gravação pressionando <b>Anular</b>.\n"
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro fazer isso.</p>"
-#. zone dialog
-#. help 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
+#. zone dialog
+#. help 1/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1545,8 +1520,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Nome de Zona</big></b><br>\n"
"Informe o nome da zona (domínio) em <b>Nome de Zona</b>.</p>"
-#. help 2/5, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43
+#. help 2/5, alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n"
"The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n"
@@ -1562,8 +1537,8 @@
"<b>Chave TSIG</b> para usar autenticação. A chave deve ser a \n"
"mesma para os servidores DHCP e DNS.</p>"
-#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
+#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1573,8 +1548,8 @@
"Para editar configurações de zona, escolha a entrada da\n"
"tabela apropriada e clique <b>Editar</b>.</p>"
-#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58
+#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1582,8 +1557,8 @@
"<p>Para adicionar novo registro à zona, clique <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"Para remover um registro, selecione-o e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62
+#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n"
"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n"
@@ -1593,30 +1568,25 @@
"Para editar o registro SOA (Start of Authority) da zona, clique \n"
"<b>Editar SOA</b>.</p>"
-#. help 2/5 alt. 2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68
+#. help 2/5 alt. 2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add"
-"b>\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click "
-"<b>Delete</b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Servidores Master</big></b><br>\n"
-"Defina os endereços IP dos servidores de nomes master desta zona. Use "
-"<b>Adicionar</b>\n"
-"para adicionar um novo servidor de nomes master. Selecione um servidor "
-"existente e clique em <b>Apagar</b>\n"
+"Defina os endereços IP dos servidores de nomes master desta zona. Use <b>Adicionar</b>\n"
+"para adicionar um novo servidor de nomes master. Selecione um servidor existente e clique em <b>Apagar</b>\n"
"para remover um servidor existente.</p>"
-#. help 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75
+#. help 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave"
-"b>\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1626,12 +1596,11 @@
"<b>Escravo</b> ou <b>Stub</b>, assim os dados da zona serão \n"
"espelhados do servidor mestre.</p>"
-#. help 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
+#. help 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
-"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
-"back.\n"
+"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
@@ -1642,9 +1611,9 @@
"endereços IP (<b>Direto</b>) ou endereços IP em nomes\n"
"de domínio (<b>Reverso</b>).</p>\n"
-#. firewall dialog
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92
+#. firewall dialog
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n"
"Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n"
@@ -1652,11 +1621,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Classes de Interface</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione quais classes de interface devem ter acesso ao servidor DNS. As\n"
-"classes de interface são definidas no componente de configuração do firewall."
-"</p>\n"
+"classes de interface são definidas no componente de configuração do firewall.</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n"
@@ -1664,15 +1632,14 @@
"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adaptando Configurações do Firewall</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para adaptar as configurações do firewall para que o servidor DNS seja "
-"acessado\n"
+"Para adaptar as configurações do firewall para que o servidor DNS seja acessado\n"
"através de todas as interfaces de rede nas quais escuta, marque\n"
"<b>Adaptar Configurações do Firewall</b>.</p>\n"
-#. soa dialog
-#. help text 1/9
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355
+#. soa dialog
+#. help text 1/9
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>"
@@ -1680,8 +1647,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Registro SOA</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure as entradas do registro SOA.</p>"
-#. help text 2/9 - TTL
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110
+#. help text 2/9 - TTL
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110
msgid ""
"<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
@@ -1689,8 +1656,8 @@
"<p><b>$TTL</b> especifica o tempo de vida para todos os \n"
"registros na zona que não tem um TTL explícito.</p>"
-#. help text 3/9 - Primary source
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
+#. help text 3/9 - Primary source
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n"
"of the primary name server.</p>"
@@ -1698,8 +1665,8 @@
"<p><b>Fonte Primária</b> deve conter o nome de domínio \n"
"completamente qualificado do servidor de nomes primário.</p>"
-#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118
+#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
@@ -1707,21 +1674,20 @@
"<p><b>E-mail do Administrador</b> deve conter o endereço de e-mail\n"
"do administrador responsável pela zona.</p>\n"
-#. help text 5/9 - Serial
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122
+#. help text 5/9 - Serial
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O número <b>Serial</b> é usado para determinar se a zona foi modificada\n"
"nos servidores master (para que os servidores escravos não tenham que\n"
"sincronizar a zona inteira).</p>\n"
-#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370
+#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370
msgid ""
"<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n"
"master name server to slave name servers.</p>"
@@ -1729,9 +1695,9 @@
"<p><b>Recarregar</b> configura com que frequencia a zona deve ser \n"
"sincronizada do servidor de nomes primário para o escravo.</p>"
-#. help text 7/9 - Retry
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374
+#. help text 7/9 - Retry
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n"
"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>"
@@ -1739,8 +1705,8 @@
"<p><b>Tentar novamente</b> configura com que frequencia tentar\n"
"sincronizar a zona do servidor mestre se a sincronização falhar.</p>"
-#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136
+#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n"
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
@@ -1750,9 +1716,9 @@
"nos servidores escravos e eles param de responder até uma sincronização.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384
+#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n"
"negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>"
@@ -1760,17 +1726,15 @@
"<p><b>Mínimo</b> configura por quanto tempo servidores escravo \n"
"mantém respostas negativas (falhas em resoluções de nomes).</p>"
-#. ddns keys dialog
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147
+#. ddns keys dialog
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add"
-"b>.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete"
-"b>.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Gerenciamento de Chave TSIG</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1780,8 +1744,8 @@
"Para eliminar uma chave TSIG existente, selecione-a da lista e clique\n"
"<b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n"
@@ -1791,8 +1755,8 @@
"Para iniciar o servidor DNS sempre que fizer boot no computador,\n"
"configure <b>On</b>. Caso contrário <b>Off</b>.</p> "
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
@@ -1802,8 +1766,8 @@
"Para armazenar zonas DNS no LDAP em vez de em arquivos,\n"
"configure <b>Suporte LDAP Ativo</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n"
"To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n"
@@ -1815,8 +1779,8 @@
"<b>Iniciar Servidor DNS Agora</b> ou\n"
"<b>Parar Servidor DNS Agora</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n"
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
@@ -1826,24 +1790,23 @@
"Encaminhadores são servidores DNS aos quais seu servidor DNS deve enviar\n"
"as consultas que não pode responder.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
-#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
-#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set
-#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any
-#. of these check boxes.</p>
-#. ") +
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
+#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
+#. DNS lookup, set <b>Forward First</b>. To ask forwarders only, set
+#. <b>Forwarders Only</b>. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any
+#. of these check boxes.</p>
+#. ") +
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para adicionar novo encaminhador, configure <b>Endereço IP</b> e clique \n"
-"<b>Adicionar</b>. Para eliminar encaminhadores, selecione e clique "
-"<b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
+"<b>Adicionar</b>. Para eliminar encaminhadores, selecione e clique <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>"
@@ -1851,8 +1814,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Editar Opções de Servidor DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Use este diálogo para editar opções de servidor DNS.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n"
"enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1864,13 +1827,13 @@
"<p>Para modificar opção configurada, selecione-a na tabela,\n"
"mude o <b>Valor</b>, e clique <b>Mudar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para remover uma opção, selecione-a e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
@@ -1878,34 +1841,27 @@
"<p><b><big>Registro</big></b><br>\n"
"Use este diálogo para definir varias opções de registro de servidor DNS.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
-"system log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
-"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log "
-"and \n"
+"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions"
-"b>\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecione <b>Inserir no Registro do Sistema</b> para gravar mensagens do "
-"registro do servidor DNS no registro do sistema. \n"
-"Para gravar as mensagens do registro do servidor DNS em um arquivo separado, "
-"selecione \n"
-"<b>Registrar em Arquivo</b> e defina o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> em que deseja "
-"gravar o registro e \n"
+"Selecione <b>Inserir no Registro do Sistema</b> para gravar mensagens do registro do servidor DNS no registro do sistema. \n"
+"Para gravar as mensagens do registro do servidor DNS em um arquivo separado, selecione \n"
+"<b>Registrar em Arquivo</b> e defina o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> em que deseja gravar o registro e \n"
"o <b>Tamanho Máximo</b> do arquivo de registro.\n"
-"O servidor DNS alterna automaticamente os arquivos de registro. Use "
-"<b>Máximo de Versões</b>\n"
+"O servidor DNS alterna automaticamente os arquivos de registro. Use <b>Máximo de Versões</b>\n"
"para especificar quantos arquivos de registro devem ser gravados.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n"
"set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n"
@@ -1916,18 +1872,15 @@
"name server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Em <b>Registro Adicional</b>,\n"
-"defina quais ações devem ser registradas. As ações comuns são sempre "
-"registradas.\n"
-"<b>Registrar Todas as Consultas DNS</b> registra todas as consultas de "
-"clientes ao servidor DNS.\n"
+"defina quais ações devem ser registradas. As ações comuns são sempre registradas.\n"
+"<b>Registrar Todas as Consultas DNS</b> registra todas as consultas de clientes ao servidor DNS.\n"
"<b>Registrar Atualizações de Zona</b> registra as atualizações do DNS.\n"
-"<b>Registrar Transferências de Zona</b> registra as transferências completas "
-"da zona para\n"
+"<b>Registrar Transferências de Zona</b> registra as transferências completas da zona para\n"
"o servidor de\n"
"nomes secundário.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n"
@@ -1937,8 +1890,8 @@
"Neste diálogo, defina listas de controle de acesso para\n"
"controlar acesso às zonas.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n"
"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n"
@@ -1948,8 +1901,8 @@
"e o <b>Valor</b> da opção e clicar em <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover uma \n"
"entrada de ACL, selecione-a e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n"
"TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n"
@@ -1961,24 +1914,21 @@
"muda-se a configuração do servidor DNS. Isto é necessário\n"
"para atualizações dinâmicas das zonas DNS (DDNS).</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added."
-"p>\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para adicionar uma chave já criada, defina o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b>\n"
-"(ou use o botão <b>Pesquisar</b> para selecioná-lo) e clique em "
-"<b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-" Para gerar uma nova chave, digite o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> e o <b>ID da "
-"Chave</b>\n"
+"(ou use o botão <b>Pesquisar</b> para selecioná-lo) e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
+" Para gerar uma nova chave, digite o <b>Nome de Arquivo</b> e o <b>ID da Chave</b>\n"
"e clique em <b>Gerar</b>. A nova chave será gerada e também adicionada.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n"
"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1986,8 +1936,8 @@
"<p>Para remover chave existente, selecione-a e\n"
"clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n"
@@ -1995,85 +1945,70 @@
"<p><b><big>Zonas DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Use este diálogo para gerenciar zonas DNS.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type"
-"b>,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar uma nova zona, forneça o <b>Nome da Zona</b>, selecione o "
-"<b>Tipo de Zona</b>\n"
+"<p>Para adicionar uma nova zona, forneça o <b>Nome da Zona</b>, selecione o <b>Tipo de Zona</b>\n"
"e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
-"followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
-"select\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar uma nova zona reversa IPv4, digite uma parte do endereço "
-"IP reverso seguido de\n"
-"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como o <b>Nome de Zona</b> (por exemplo, nome de "
-"zona\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para a rede <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
-"selecione\n"
+"<p>Para adicionar uma nova zona reversa IPv4, digite uma parte do endereço IP reverso seguido de\n"
+"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como o <b>Nome de Zona</b> (por exemplo, nome de zona\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para a rede <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), selecione\n"
"o <b>Tipo de Zona</b> e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
-#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
+#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
-"followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone "
-"name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar uma nova zona reversa IPv6, digite uma parte do endereço "
-"da zona IPv6 reverso seguido de\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> como <b>Nome da Zona</b>. Vários formatos de nome de zonas são "
-"suportados:\n"
+"<p>Para adicionar uma nova zona reversa IPv6, digite uma parte do endereço da zona IPv6 reverso seguido de\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> como <b>Nome da Zona</b>. Vários formatos de nome de zonas são suportados:\n"
"Formato Padrão: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Formato de Encaminhamento: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Formato de Encaminhamento sem bits de máscara de rede: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(bits de máscara de rede <tt>64</tt> são usados por padrão).</p>\n"
-#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295
+#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n"
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para modificar as configurações de uma zona, como transporte e nome da "
-"zona\n"
-"e os servidores de correio eletrônico, selecione-a e clique em <b>Editar"
-"b>.\n"
-"Para remover uma zona configurada, selecione-a e clique em <b>Apagar</b>."
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Para modificar as configurações de uma zona, como transporte e nome da zona\n"
+"e os servidores de correio eletrônico, selecione-a e clique em <b>Editar</b>.\n"
+"Para remover uma zona configurada, selecione-a e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
-"access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS e Transporte de Zona</big></b><br>\n"
"Use este diálogo para mudar configurações de DNS dinâmico e controlar\n"
"acesso à zona.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n"
@@ -2081,14 +2016,12 @@
"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para permitir atualizações dinâmicas da zona, defina <b>Permitir "
-"Atualizações Dinâmicas</b>\n"
-"e selecione a <b>Chave TSIG</b>. Pelo menos uma chave TSIG deve ser "
-"definida\n"
+"Para permitir atualizações dinâmicas da zona, defina <b>Permitir Atualizações Dinâmicas</b>\n"
+"e selecione a <b>Chave TSIG</b>. Pelo menos uma chave TSIG deve ser definida\n"
"para que a zona possa ser atualizada dinamicamente.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
@@ -2097,14 +2030,13 @@
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para permitir que a zona seja transportada, defina <b>Habilitar Transporte "
-"de Zona</b>\n"
+"Para permitir que a zona seja transportada, defina <b>Habilitar Transporte de Zona</b>\n"
"e selecione as <b>ACLs</b> a serem verificadas quando um host remoto\n"
"tentar transferir a zona. Pelo menos uma ACL deve ser definida\n"
"para permitir transportes de zona.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327
+#. Zone Editor - Help
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n"
@@ -2116,8 +2048,8 @@
"Marque a caixa de seleção <b>Gerar Registros Automaticamente de</b>\n"
"e escolha a zona da qual devem ser gerados os registros.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
+#. Zone Editor - Help
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n"
@@ -2127,24 +2059,21 @@
"Se esta não é uma zona reversa, você pode ver quais zonas são geradas\n"
"a partir da atual no campo <b>Zonas Reversas Conectadas</b>.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add"
-"b>.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registros NS</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para adicionar um novo servidor de nomes, insira o endereço do servidor de "
-"nomes e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-"Para remover um dos servidores de nomes relacionados, selecione-o e clique "
-"em \n"
+"Para adicionar um novo servidor de nomes, insira o endereço do servidor de nomes e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
+"Para remover um dos servidores de nomes relacionados, selecione-o e clique em \n"
"<b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n"
@@ -2155,27 +2084,24 @@
"<p><b><big>Registros MX</big></b><br>\n"
"Para adicionar um novo servidor de correio, insira o <b>Endereço</b>\n"
"e a <b>Prioridade</b> e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-"Para remover um dos servidores de correio relacionados, selecione-o e clique "
-"em \n"
+"Para remover um dos servidores de correio relacionados, selecione-o e clique em \n"
"<b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
-"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
-"the\n"
+"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> é o número usado para determinar se a zona foi \n"
"mudada nos\n"
-"servidores master (assim, os servidores escravos não precisam sincronizar "
-"sempre\n"
+"servidores master (assim, os servidores escravos não precisam sincronizar sempre\n"
"a zona inteira).</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
@@ -2183,20 +2109,19 @@
"<p><b>TTL</b> especifica o tempo de vida para todos os \n"
"registros na zona que não tem um TTL explícito.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n"
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Expiração</b> indica o período após o qual a zona expira nos "
-"servidores\n"
+"<p><b>Expiração</b> indica o período após o qual a zona expira nos servidores\n"
"escravos e os servidores escravos param de responder até a sincronização.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n"
@@ -2204,26 +2129,23 @@
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Registros</big></b><br>\n"
-"Nessa caixa de diálogo, edite os registros de recursos da zona. Para "
-"adicionar novos registros\n"
-"de recursos, defina a <b>Chave de Registro</b>, o <b>Tipo</b> e o <b>Valor"
-"b> e\n"
+"Nessa caixa de diálogo, edite os registros de recursos da zona. Para adicionar novos registros\n"
+"de recursos, defina a <b>Chave de Registro</b>, o <b>Tipo</b> e o <b>Valor</b> e\n"
"clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395
msgid ""
"<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n"
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para mudar um registro existente, selecione-o, modifique as entradas "
-"desejadas\n"
+"<p>Para mudar um registro existente, selecione-o, modifique as entradas desejadas\n"
"e clique em <b>Mudar</b>. Para apagar um registro, selecione-o e clique em\n"
"<b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n"
@@ -2231,8 +2153,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"Cada tipo de registro tem sua própria sintaxe definida no RFC.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405
msgid ""
"<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n"
@@ -2244,8 +2166,8 @@
"de host seguido por um ponto.\n"
" <b>Valor</b> é um endereço IP.</p>"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n"
@@ -2255,34 +2177,30 @@
"an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CNAME: Álias do Nome de Domínio</b>:\n"
-"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é um nome de host relativo à zona atual ou um nome "
-"completo\n"
+"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é um nome de host relativo à zona atual ou um nome completo\n"
"de host seguido por um ponto.\n"
"<b>Valor</b> é um nome de host relativo à zona atual ou um nome completo\n"
"de host seguido por um ponto. Deve ser representado por\n"
"um registro A.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
-"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
-"absolute\n"
+"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS: Servidor de Nomes</b>:\n"
-"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é o nome de uma zona relacionado à zona atual ou um "
-"nome de\n"
+"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é o nome de uma zona relacionado à zona atual ou um nome de\n"
"domínio absoluto seguido de um ponto.\n"
"<b>Valor</b> é um nome de host relacionado à zona atual ou um \n"
-"nome completo de host seguido de um ponto. Deve ser representado por um "
-"registro A.</p>\n"
+"nome completo de host seguido de um ponto. Deve ser representado por um registro A.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429
msgid ""
"<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n"
@@ -2291,49 +2209,43 @@
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>MX: Retransmissão de Correio</b>:\n"
-"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é um nome de host ou zona relacionado à zona atual "
-"ou\n"
+"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é um nome de host ou zona relacionado à zona atual ou\n"
"um nome de host ou zona absoluto seguido de um ponto.\n"
"<b>Valor</b> é um nome de host relacionado à zona atual ou um \n"
-"nome completo de host seguido de um ponto. Deve ser representado por um "
-"registro A.</p>\n"
+"nome completo de host seguido de um ponto. Deve ser representado por um registro A.</p>\n"
-#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437
+#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1"
-"tt>)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>PTR: Tradução Reversa</b>:\n"
-"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é um nome completo de zona reversa (derivado do "
-"endereço IP)\n"
+"<b>Chave de Registro</b> é um nome completo de zona reversa (derivado do endereço IP)\n"
"seguido de um ponto\n"
-"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para o endereço IP <tt>192.168.0.1"
-"tt>)\n"
+"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para o endereço IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" ou uma parte do nome de uma zona reversa relacionada à zona atual\n"
"(como <tt>1</tt> para o endereço IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> na zona\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
"<b>Valor</b> é um nome completo de host seguido de um ponto.</p>\n"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Finalizando a Configuração</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Verifique as configurações digitadas antes de finalizar a configuração."
-"p> \n"
+"<p>Verifique as configurações digitadas antes de finalizar a configuração.</p> \n"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n"
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
@@ -2341,45 +2253,41 @@
"<p>Selecionar <b>Abrir Porta no Firewall</b> para adaptar configurações\n"
"do SuSEfirewall2 para permitir toda as conexões ao servidor DNS.</p>"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n"
"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para iniciar o servidor DNS sempre que o computador for inicializado, defina "
-"o comportamento \n"
-"de inicialização como <b>Ativado</b>. Do contrário, defina como "
-"<b>Desativado</b>.</p> \n"
+"Para iniciar o servidor DNS sempre que o computador for inicializado, defina o comportamento \n"
+"de inicialização como <b>Ativado</b>. Do contrário, defina como <b>Desativado</b>.</p> \n"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n"
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para armazenar as zonas DNS no LDAP em vez de arquivos nativos de "
-"configuração,\n"
+"Para armazenar as zonas DNS no LDAP em vez de arquivos nativos de configuração,\n"
"defina <b>Suporte LDAP Ativo</b>.</p>"
-#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478
+#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n"
"<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para entrar no modo de especialista da configuração do servidor DNS, clique "
-"em\n"
+"Para entrar no modo de especialista da configuração do servidor DNS, clique em\n"
"<b>Configuração Especialista de Servidor DNS</b>.</p>"
-#. slave zone help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484
+#. slave zone help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n"
@@ -2389,8 +2297,8 @@
"Cada zona escrava deve ter o servidor de nomes mestre definido. Use\n"
"<b>IP do Servidor DNS Mestre</b> para definir o servidor de nome mestre.</p>"
-#. slave zone help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490
+#. slave zone help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n"
"To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n"
@@ -2399,26 +2307,24 @@
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Transporte de Zona</b></big><br>\n"
-"Para permitir que a zona seja transportada, defina <b>Habilitar Transporte "
-"de Zona</b>\n"
+"Para permitir que a zona seja transportada, defina <b>Habilitar Transporte de Zona</b>\n"
"e selecione as <b>ACLs</b> a serem verificadas quando um host remoto\n"
"tentar transferir a zona. Pelo menos uma ACL deve ser definida\n"
"para permitir transportes de zona.</p>"
-#. forward zone help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498
+#. forward zone help text 1/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n"
"This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n"
"defined in it.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Zona DNS de Encaminhamento</b></big><br>\n"
-"Este tipo de zona DNS somente encaminha as consultas DNS para os "
-"encaminhadores\n"
+"Este tipo de zona DNS somente encaminha as consultas DNS para os encaminhadores\n"
"definidos nela.</p>"
-#. forward zone help text 2/2
-#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504
+#. forward zone help text 2/2
+#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504
msgid ""
"<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n"
"for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n"
@@ -2428,152 +2334,152 @@
"relativas à respectiva zona serão negadas por não haver nenhum\n"
"servidor DNS para o qual essa consulta possa ser encaminhada.</p>"
-#. %1 is usually an IP address
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159
+#. %1 is usually an IP address
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159
msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo de Registro Desconhecido: %1"
-#. table entry, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180
+#. table entry, %1 is IP address
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180
msgid "Host %1"
msgstr "Host %1"
-#. combo box item, A is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188
+#. combo box item, A is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188
msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation"
msgstr "A -- Tradução de Nome de Domínio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201
msgid "&IP Addresses"
msgstr "Endereços &IP"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218
+#. table entry, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218
msgid "Alias for %1"
msgstr "Apelido para %1"
-#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226
+#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226
msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name"
msgstr "CNAME -- Apelido para Nome de Domínio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "&Apelido"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240
msgid "&Base Host Name"
msgstr "Nome de Host &Base"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257
+#. table entry, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257
msgid "Pointer to %1"
msgstr "Ponteiro para %1"
-#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265
+#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265
msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation"
msgstr "PTR -- Tradução Reversa"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço &IP"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295
+#. table entry, %1 is host name
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295
msgid "Name Server %1"
msgstr "Servidor de Nomes: %1"
-#. combo box item, NS is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303
+#. combo box item, NS is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303
msgid "NS -- Name Server"
msgstr "NS -- Servidor de Nomes"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domínio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317
msgid "&Name Server"
msgstr "Servidor de &Nome"
-#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337
+#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337
msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2"
msgstr "Relay de Mail %1, Prioridade %2"
-#. combo box item, MX is more technical description
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416
+#. combo box item, MX is more technical description
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416
msgid "MX -- Mail Relay"
msgstr "MX -- Relay de Mail"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de &Domínio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432
msgid "&Mail Relay"
msgstr "Relay de &Mail"
-#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
+#. DNS server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969
msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração de servidor DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Verificar o ambiente"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Descarregar caches do daemon DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de firewall"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979
msgid "Read the settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Verificando o ambiente..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Descarregando caches do daemon DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de firewall..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275
msgid ""
"Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n"
"Error: "
@@ -2581,73 +2487,73 @@
"Erro ao chamar netconfig.\n"
"Erro: "
-#. DNS server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
+#. DNS server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342
msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando Configuração de Servidor DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348
msgid "Save configuration files"
msgstr "Salvar arquivos de configuração"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
msgstr "Reiniciar o daemon DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352
msgid "Update zone files"
msgstr "Atualizar arquivos de zonas"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354
msgid "Adjust the DNS service"
msgstr "Ajustar serviço DNS"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356
msgid "Call netconfig"
msgstr "Chamar netconfig"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
+#. progress stage
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358
msgid "Write the firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364
msgid "Saving configuration files..."
msgstr "Salvando arquivos de configuração..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
msgstr "Reiniciando daemon DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368
msgid "Updating zone files..."
msgstr "Atualizando arquivos de zonas..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370
msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..."
msgstr "Ajustando serviço DNS..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372
msgid "Calling netconfig..."
msgstr "Chamando netconfig..."
-#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
+#. progress step
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
+#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named.
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547
msgid ""
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2655,44 +2561,44 @@
"Erro ao iniciar serviço nomeado.\n"
"\n"
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671
msgid "Stub"
msgstr "Stub"
-#. type of zone to be used in summary
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
+#. type of zone to be used in summary
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673
msgid "Hint"
msgstr "Dica"
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682
msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system."
msgstr "O servidor DNS é iniciado na inicialização do sistema."
-#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
+#. summary string
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688
msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system."
msgstr "O servidor DNS não é iniciado na inicialização do sistema."
-#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
+#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716
#, perl-format
msgid "Configured Zones: %s"
msgstr "Zonas Configuradas: %s"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Configuração LDAP inválida. Não pode usar LDAP."
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
msgstr "Habilitar suporte LDAP?"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
@@ -2700,27 +2606,27 @@
"Instalação de pacotes necessários falhou.\n"
"Suporte LDAP não estará ativo."
-#. BNC #679960
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
+#. BNC #679960
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958
msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error."
msgstr "Erro desconhecido de inicialização do LDAP."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao criar %1."
-#. error report, %1 is ldap object
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
+#. error report, %1 is ldap object
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Ocorreu erro durante criação de cn=defaultDNS,%1. Não usando LDAP."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao atualizar %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
-#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
+#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
msgstr "Ocorreu erro ao criar %1. Não usando LDAP."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/docker.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,271 +14,264 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71
msgid "Changes in Container"
msgstr "Mudanças no Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Caminho"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#. TODO translation
-#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
+#. TODO translation
+#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304
msgid "&Exit"
msgstr "&Sair"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81
msgid "Commit Container"
msgstr "Confirmar Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repositório"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
msgid "Tag"
msgstr "Tag"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105
msgid "Author"
msgstr "Autor"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106
msgid "Message"
msgstr "mensagem"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162
msgid "&Ok"
msgstr "&OK"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Inject Shell"
msgstr "Injetar Shell"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84
msgid "Target Shell"
msgstr "Shell de Destino"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
+#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110
msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}"
msgstr "Falha ao executar terminal. Erro: %{error}"
-#. Only root can start process
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
-msgstr ""
-"O serviço docker não é executado. O YaST deve iniciar o docker? Do "
-"contrário, o YaST será encerrado."
+#. Only root can start process
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
+msgstr "O serviço docker não é executado. O YaST deve iniciar o docker? Do contrário, o YaST será encerrado."
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service "
-"manually."
-msgstr ""
-"O serviço docker não é executado. Execute este módulo como root ou inicie o "
-"serviço docker manualmente."
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
+msgstr "O serviço docker não é executado. Execute este módulo como root ou inicie o serviço docker manualmente."
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
msgstr "Falha na comunicação com o docker com o erro: %s. Tente novamente."
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente parar o container em execução?"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente remover o container?"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente eliminar o container em execução?"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
msgid "&Images"
msgstr "&Imagens"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174
msgid "&Containers"
msgstr "&Containers"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Docker Images"
msgstr "Imagens do Docker"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
msgstr "Containers em Execução do Docker"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
msgstr "ID da Imagem"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234
msgid "Created"
msgstr "Criado"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
msgid "Virtual Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Virtual"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
msgid "Container ID"
msgstr "ID do Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imagem"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Comando"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123
msgid "Ports"
msgstr "Portas"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
msgid "Re&fresh"
msgstr "A&tualizar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid "R&un"
msgstr "E&xecutar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
msgid "S&how Changes"
msgstr "M&ostrar Mudanças"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
msgid "Inject &Terminal"
msgstr "Injetar &Terminal"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296
msgid "&Stop Container"
msgstr "&Parar Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
msgid "&Kill Container"
msgstr "&Eliminar Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
msgid "&Commit"
msgstr "&Confirmar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
+#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar a imagem \"%s\"?"
-#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
+#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90
msgid "Run Container"
msgstr "Executar Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100
msgid "Host"
msgstr "Host"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101
msgid "Container"
msgstr "Container"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Remover"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122
msgid "Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168
msgid "Choose directory to share"
msgstr "Escolher diretório para compartilhar"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173
msgid "Choose target directory"
msgstr "Escolher diretório de destino"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200
msgid "Choose external port"
msgstr "Escolher porta externa"
-#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
+#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201
msgid "Choose internal port"
msgstr "Escolher porta interna"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/drbd.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,100 +14,100 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
-#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
+#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Configuração do DRBD"
-#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
-#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
+#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
msgid "DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD"
-#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
-#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
+#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
+#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
msgid "&DRBD"
msgstr "&DRBD"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of drbd
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: xwhu
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:44
msgid "Start-up Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Inicialização"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:45
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Global"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:46
msgid "Resource Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Recurso"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47
msgid "LVM Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Básica de Recurso"
-#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
+#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Avançada de Recurso"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of drbd
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: xwhu
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: xwhu
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
msgstr "Aviso: O módulo DRBD do YaST2 renomeará todos\n"
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
msgid ""
"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n"
"\n"
@@ -117,49 +117,49 @@
"\n"
"Deseja continuar?"
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao ler arquivo de configuração do DRBD:\n"
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao gravar configuração no disco:\n"
-#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
-#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
+#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
+#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do DRBD"
-#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
+#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Primeira parte da configuração do DRBD"
-#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
+#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
+#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Segunda parte da configuração do DRBD"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36
msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Configuração Global do DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42
+#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42
msgid "Minor Count"
msgstr "Menor Contagem"
-#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51
+#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51
msgid "Dialog Refresh"
msgstr "Atualizar Caixa de Diálogo"
-#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "Disable IP Verification"
msgstr "Desabilitar Verificação de IP"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -167,18 +167,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do DRBD</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando "
-"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -186,8 +185,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do DRBD</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -199,15 +198,15 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informa se é seguro ou não fazer isso.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54
msgid "Start to configure DRBD."
msgstr "Iniciar configuração do DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração de Inicialização do DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n"
@@ -217,277 +216,152 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inicialização:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>marque \"Ativo\" para iniciar o servidor DRBD Agora e na "
-"inicialização</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>marque \"Inativo\" para iniciar o servidor DRBD apenas manualmente"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>marque \"Ativo\" para iniciar o servidor DRBD Agora e na inicialização</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>marque \"Inativo\" para iniciar o servidor DRBD apenas manualmente</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Ligar e Desligar:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Iniciar ou Parar o Servidor DRBD imediatamente</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração de Recurso do DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
-"resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Clique no botão \"Adicionar\", \"Editar\", \"Apagar\" para adicionar, "
-"editar ou apagar um recurso</p>\n"
+"<p>Clique no botão \"Adicionar\", \"Editar\", \"Apagar\" para adicionar, editar ou apagar um recurso</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
-"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
-"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
-"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
-"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the "
-"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:"
-"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
-"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
-"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
-"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or "
-"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/"
-"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
-"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
-"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it."
-"p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
-"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated "
-"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different "
-"resources.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Nome\" é obrigatório e deve corresponder ao nome de host do Linux "
-"(uname -n) de um dos nós. Não se deve incluir \".\" no nome de host.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Endereço:Porta\": Um recurso precisa de um endereço IP por "
-"dispositivo, que é usado para aguardar por conexões recebidas do dispositivo "
-"parceiro para acessá-lo. Cada recurso DRBD precisa de uma porta TCP, que é "
-"usada para conectar ao dispositivo parceiro do nó. Para IPv6, o endereço "
-"real, que vem depois da palavra-chave ipv6, deve ser colocado entre "
-"colchetes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Dispositivo\": O nome do nó do dispositivo de blocos do recurso que "
-"está sendo descrito. Você deve usar esse dispositivo com seu aplicativo "
-"(sistema de arquivos) e não deve usar o dispositivo de blocos de nível "
-"baixo, que é especificado com o parâmetro de disco seguido de seu número "
-"secundário. Do contrário, você poderá omitir o nome, ou a palavra secundária "
-"e seu número. Se você omitir o nome, será usado o padrão /dev/drbd''número "
-"secundário''.\n"
-"\t\tComo: ''/dev/drbd{serviço} secundário {número drbd secundário "
-"[0...255]}'' ou ''/dev/drbd{número drbd secundário [0...255]}''</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disco\": O DRBD usa este dispositivo de blocos para realmente "
-"armazenar e recuperar os dados. Nunca acesse esse tipo de dispositivo com o "
-"DRBD em execução.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Metadisco\": interno. Interno significa que a última parte do "
-"dispositivo de suporte é usada para armazenar os metadados.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"ID do nó\": O ID do nó é um valor interno para drbd que será gerado "
-"automaticamente pelo Yast. Um host pode ter um \"ID do nó\" diferente em "
-"recursos diferentes.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Nome\" é obrigatório e deve corresponder ao nome de host do Linux (uname -n) de um dos nós. Não se deve incluir \".\" no nome de host.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Endereço:Porta\": Um recurso precisa de um endereço IP por dispositivo, que é usado para aguardar por conexões recebidas do dispositivo parceiro para acessá-lo. Cada recurso DRBD precisa de uma porta TCP, que é usada para conectar ao dispositivo parceiro do nó. Para IPv6, o endereço real, que vem depois da palavra-chave ipv6, deve ser colocado entre colchetes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Dispositivo\": O nome do nó do dispositivo de blocos do recurso que está sendo descrito. Você deve usar esse dispositivo com seu aplicativo (sistema de arquivos) e não deve usar o dispositivo de blocos de nível baixo, que é especificado com o parâmetro de disco seguido de seu número secundário. Do contrário, você poderá omitir o nome, ou a palavra secundária e seu número. Se você omitir o nome, será usado o padrão /dev/drbd''número secundário''.\n"
+"\t\tComo: ''/dev/drbd{serviço} secundário {número drbd secundário [0...255]}'' ou ''/dev/drbd{número drbd secundário [0...255]}''</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disco\": O DRBD usa este dispositivo de blocos para realmente armazenar e recuperar os dados. Nunca acesse esse tipo de dispositivo com o DRBD em execução.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Metadisco\": interno. Interno significa que a última parte do dispositivo de suporte é usada para armazenar os metadados.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"ID do nó\": O ID do nó é um valor interno para drbd que será gerado automaticamente pelo Yast. Um host pode ter um \"ID do nó\" diferente em recursos diferentes.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
-"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
-"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
-"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
-"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
-"DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
-"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
-"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
-"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
-"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
-"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
-"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
-"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
-"packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
-"write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
-"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
-"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
-"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
-"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
-"KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
-"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
-"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocolo</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocolo A: a E/S de gravação será relatada como concluída, caso "
-"tenha atingido o disco local e o buffer de envio TCP local.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocolo B: a E/S de gravação será relatada como concluída, caso "
-"tenha atingido o disco local e o cache do buffer remoto.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocolo C: a E/S de gravação será relatada como concluída, caso "
-"tenha atingido tanto o disco local quanto o disco remoto.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocolo A: a E/S de gravação será relatada como concluída, caso tenha atingido o disco local e o buffer de envio TCP local.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocolo B: a E/S de gravação será relatada como concluída, caso tenha atingido o disco local e o cache do buffer remoto.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocolo C: a E/S de gravação será relatada como concluída, caso tenha atingido tanto o disco local quanto o disco remoto.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Aguardar o tempo de espera da conexão</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Aguardar o tempo de espera da conexão, se "
-"este nó já foi um cluster degradado</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Aguardar o tempo de espera da conexão, se este nó já foi um cluster degradado</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: O que fazer quando o dispositivo de nível baixo "
-"relata io-error para as camadas superiores</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: O que fazer quando o dispositivo de nível baixo relata io-error para as camadas superiores</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: O tamanho do buffer de envio do soquete TCP</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Número máximo de solicitações a serem alocadas "
-"pelo DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Número máximo de solicitações a serem alocadas pelo DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: Se houver falha no nó do parceiro ao enviar um pacote "
-"de respostas esperado em um décimo de segundo, o nó do parceiro será "
-"considerado expirado e, portanto, a conexão TCP/IP será abandonada. Esse "
-"valor deve ser menor do que connect-int e ping-int. O valor padrão é 60 = 6 "
-"segundos, a unidade é de 0,1 segundo.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: O tempo que o peer tem para responder ao pacote "
-"keep-alive. Caso a resposta do peer não seja recebida dentro desse período "
-"de tempo, ela será considerada expirada. O valor padrão é 500 ms, a unidade "
-"padrão é 100 ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: O tempo que o peer tem para responder ao pacote keep-"
-"alive</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: Se houver falha no nó do parceiro ao enviar um pacote de respostas esperado em um décimo de segundo, o nó do parceiro será considerado expirado e, portanto, a conexão TCP/IP será abandonada. Esse valor deve ser menor do que connect-int e ping-int. O valor padrão é 60 = 6 segundos, a unidade é de 0,1 segundo.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: O tempo que o peer tem para responder ao pacote keep-alive. Caso a resposta do peer não seja recebida dentro desse período de tempo, ela será considerada expirada. O valor padrão é 500 ms, a unidade padrão é 100 ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: O tempo que o peer tem para responder ao pacote keep-alive</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: O maior número de blocos de dados entre duas "
-"barreiras de gravação</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: o nó secundário não consegue concluir uma única "
-"solicitação de gravação dentro da contagem vezes o tempo de espera e é "
-"expulso do cluster. O valor padrão é 0, o que desabilita esse recurso.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: Para garantir a operação perfeita do aplicativo em "
-"conjunto com o DRBD, é possível limitar a largura de banda que pode ser "
-"usada pelas sincronizações em segundo plano. O padrão é 250 KB/s, a unidade "
-"padrão é KB/s.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parâmetro pelo qual você controla o tamanho que a "
-"área ativa (= conjunto ativo) pode atingir. O número padrão de extensões é "
-"127. (Mínimo: 7, Máximo: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: O maior número de blocos de dados entre duas barreiras de gravação</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: o nó secundário não consegue concluir uma única solicitação de gravação dentro da contagem vezes o tempo de espera e é expulso do cluster. O valor padrão é 0, o que desabilita esse recurso.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: Para garantir a operação perfeita do aplicativo em conjunto com o DRBD, é possível limitar a largura de banda que pode ser usada pelas sincronizações em segundo plano. O padrão é 250 KB/s, a unidade padrão é KB/s.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parâmetro pelo qual você controla o tamanho que a área ativa (= conjunto ativo) pode atingir. O número padrão de extensões é 127. (Mínimo: 7, Máximo: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração do LVM</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the "
-"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t"
-"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file "
-"layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the "
-"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is "
-"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than "
-"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A "
-"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These "
-"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed "
-"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, "
-"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. "
-"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata "
-"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is "
-"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be "
-"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster "
-"environments.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Arquivo de configuração do LVM /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Para usar LVM com DRBD, é necessário mudar algumas opções no arquivo "
-"de configuração do LVM e remover as entradas de cache obsoletas dos nós.</p>"
-"\t\t<p>Consulte \"man lvm.conf\" para obter mais informações sobre como "
-"incluir o layout de arquivo.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Para usar LVM com DRBD, é necessário mudar algumas opções no arquivo de configuração do LVM e remover as entradas de cache obsoletas dos nós.</p>\t\t<p>Consulte \"man lvm.conf\" para obter mais informações sobre como incluir o layout de arquivo.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Filtro do Dispositivo</b>: Mascara o dispositivo de blocos "
-"subjacente da lista de dispositivos que o LVM usa para explorar as "
-"assinaturas de Volume Físico. Dessa forma, o LVM é instruído a ler as "
-"assinaturas de Volume Físico nos dispositivos DRBD, em vez dos dispositivos "
-"de blocos de suporte subjacentes.</p>\t\t<p><b>Filtro do LVM</b>: Filtro que "
-"informa o LVM2 para usar apenas um conjunto restrito de dispositivos.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>O filtro consiste em uma matriz de expressões regulares. Essas "
-"expressões podem ser delimitadas por um caractere de sua escolha e ter o "
-"prefixo \"a\" (aceitar) ou \"r\" (rejeitar).</p>\t\t<p>Por exemplo, definir "
-"o filtro como [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Filtro do Dispositivo</b>: Mascara o dispositivo de blocos subjacente da lista de dispositivos que o LVM usa para explorar as assinaturas de Volume Físico. Dessa forma, o LVM é instruído a ler as assinaturas de Volume Físico nos dispositivos DRBD, em vez dos dispositivos de blocos de suporte subjacentes.</p>\t\t<p><b>Filtro do LVM</b>: Filtro que informa o LVM2 para usar apenas um conjunto restrito de dispositivos.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>O filtro consiste em uma matriz de expressões regulares. Essas expressões podem ser delimitadas por um caractere de sua escolha e ter o prefixo \"a\" (aceitar) ou \"r\" (rejeitar).</p>\t\t<p>Por exemplo, definir o filtro como [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Cache do LVM</b>: O padrão é Habilitar/Ativar gravação no cache do "
-"LVM. Deve desabilitar o cache do LVM na combinação do drbd com o LVM.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Cache do LVM</b>: O padrão é Habilitar/Ativar gravação no cache do LVM. Deve desabilitar o cache do LVM na combinação do drbd com o LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: Quando lvmetad é habilitado, os metadados do grupo de "
-"volumes e os flags de estado do PV são obtidos da instância lvmetad, e não é "
-"realizada nenhuma exploração por comandos individuais. Como o cache do "
-"lvmetad não pode ser sincronizado entre os nós, os usuários são aconselhados "
-"a desabilitar o lvmetad em ambientes de cluster.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: Quando lvmetad é habilitado, os metadados do grupo de volumes e os flags de estado do PV são obtidos da instância lvmetad, e não é realizada nenhuma exploração por comandos individuais. Como o cache do lvmetad não pode ser sincronizado entre os nós, os usuários são aconselhados a desabilitar o lvmetad em ambientes de cluster.</p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração Global do DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
-"sanity check</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione <b>\"Desabilitar Verificação de IP\"</b> para desabilitar uma "
-"das verificações de integridade do drbdadm</p>"
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>\"Desabilitar Verificação de IP\"</b> para desabilitar uma das verificações de integridade do drbdadm</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
-"waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
-"seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Atualizar Caixa de Diálogo:</b> A caixa de diálogo de usuário conta e "
-"mostra os segundos que isto\n"
-" levou. Você pode querer desabilitar isso se você tiver o "
-"console \n"
-" do seu servidor conectado a um servidor de terminal serial "
-"com\n"
+"<p><b>Atualizar Caixa de Diálogo:</b> A caixa de diálogo de usuário conta e mostra os segundos que isto\n"
+" levou. Você pode querer desabilitar isso se você tiver o console \n"
+" do seu servidor conectado a um servidor de terminal serial com\n"
" com capacidade de registro limitada.\n"
-" O diálogo irá imprimir a contagem em segundos de cada "
-"'atualização de diálogo',\n"
-" defina para 0 afim de desabilitar a atualização "
-"completamente. </p>"
+" O diálogo irá imprimir a contagem em segundos de cada 'atualização de diálogo',\n"
+" defina para 0 afim de desabilitar a atualização completamente. </p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -498,12 +372,11 @@
"<p><b>Menor contagem:</b>\n"
" use isto se você quiser definir mais recursos depois\n"
" sem carregar novamente o módulo.\n"
-" Por padrão, carregamos o módulo exatamente com a mesma "
-"quantidade \n"
+" Por padrão, carregamos o módulo exatamente com a mesma quantidade \n"
" de dispositivos mencionada neste arquivo. </p>"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -511,8 +384,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do DRBD</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure o DRBD aqui.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -524,8 +397,8 @@
"Se o seu drbd não foi detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
"Em seguida, pressione <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -535,8 +408,8 @@
"Se você pressionar <b>Editar</b>, será aberta uma caixa de diálogo \n"
"adicional para mudar a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -546,8 +419,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral dos DRBDs instalados. Além disso,\n"
"edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
@@ -555,8 +428,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um drbd.</p>"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -566,8 +439,8 @@
"Escolha um drdb para mudar ou remover.\n"
"Em seguida, pressione <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> conforme desejado.</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -577,9 +450,9 @@
"Pressione <b>Avançar</b> para continuar.\n"
" <br></p>"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
-#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
+#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -589,8 +462,8 @@
"Não é possível. É preciso codificar primeiro. :-)\n"
" </p>"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
+#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -600,292 +473,290 @@
"Pressione <b>Avançar</b> para continuar.\n"
" <br></p>\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "Configuração de Filtro do LVM do DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Filtro do Dispositivo"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "Gravando cache do LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "Habilitar Cache do LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74
msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
msgstr "Aviso! É necessário desabilitar o cache do LVM para usar drbd."
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85
msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
msgstr "Usar lvmetad para LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94
msgid "Use LVM metad"
msgstr "Usar metadados do LVM"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99
msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
msgstr "Aviso! Não se deve usar lvmetad para o cluster."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Nome do Recurso"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151
msgid "Nodes"
msgstr "Nós"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188
msgid "Save"
msgstr "Gravar"
-#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
msgid "Node name can not be empty."
msgstr "O nome do nó não pode estar vazio."
-#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618
+#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618
msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets."
msgstr "Endereços IPv6 devem ser colocados entre colchetes."
-#. IPv6 should including port
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631
+#. IPv6 should including port
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631
msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination."
msgstr "IP/porta deve usar a combinação \"end:porta\"."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639
msgid "Please enter a valid IP address."
msgstr "Digite um endereço IP válido."
-#. Checking the port is number
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646
+#. Checking the port is number
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646
msgid "Please enter a valid port number."
msgstr "Digite um nome de porta válido."
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr "Os nomes de nó não devem incluir \".\" ao usar o nome de host local."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Preencha todos os campos."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749
msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
msgstr "Configure pelo menos dois nós."
-#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784
msgid "Enter the node name:"
msgstr "Digitar nome do nó:"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790
msgid "Node name must be different."
msgstr "O nome do nó deve ser diferente."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
-#. Authors: Martin Lazar
-#.
-#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
+#. Authors: Martin Lazar
+#.
+#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Inicializando"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
msgstr "Ativado -- Iniciar Servidor DRBD na Inicialização"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
msgstr "Desligar -- O Servidor é Inicializado Apenas Manualmente"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Ligar e Desligar"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:55
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Status Atual: "
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor DRBD Agora"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
msgstr "Parar Servidor DRBD Agora"
-#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
+#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
msgstr "Propagar Configuração"
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
msgstr ""
"Para propagar esta configuração,\n"
-"copie o arquivo de configuração '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente para o resto "
-"dos nós."
+"copie o arquivo de configuração '/etc/drbd.conf' manualmente para o resto dos nós."
-#. }
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
+#. }
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
msgid "DRBD server is running."
msgstr "O servidor DRBD está em execução."
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
msgstr "O servidor DRBD não está em execução."
-#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
+#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Falha ao iniciar serviço DRBD"
-#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
-#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
+#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
+#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
msgstr "Falha ao parar serviço DRBD"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Heartbeat"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of drbd
-#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
-#. Authors: xwhu
-#.
-#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#.
-#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
-#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of drbd
+#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: xwhu
+#.
+#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr "Falha ao fundir arquivos de config. separados do DRBD\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "Falha ao gravar drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
-#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189
+#. DRBD read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do DRBD"
-#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197
+#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações globais"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Ler recursos"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "Ler configurações do LVM"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Ler status do daemon"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Ler Configurações do SuSEFirewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações globais..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Lendo recursos..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações do LVM..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Lendo status do daemon..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512
+#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "Falha ao fazer backup de drbd.conf"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr "Falha ao limpar drbd.conf do teste drbdadm"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
@@ -893,59 +764,59 @@
"Configuração inválida do recurso %1\n"
"%2"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr "Falha ao recuperar drbd.conf"
-#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640
+#. DRBD write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do DRBD"
-#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status
-#. won't change modified flag
-#. return true if !@modified
-#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
+#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status
+#. won't change modified flag
+#. return true if !@modified
+#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações globais"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Gravar recursos"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do LVM"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Definir status do daemon"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do SuSEfirewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações globais..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Gravando recursos..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações do LVM..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Definindo status do daemon..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Gravando configurações do SuSEFirewall"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "Falha ao criar diretório /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/fcoe-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,38 +14,38 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module
-#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module
+#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client"
msgstr "Configuração do fcoe-client"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando a configuração do fcoe..."
-#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals
-#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82
+#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals
+#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82
msgid "FcoeClient"
msgstr "FcoeClient"
-#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals
-#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86
+#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals
+#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86
msgid "&FcoeClient"
msgstr "&FcoeClient"
-#. setting of config value is 'yes'
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
+#. setting of config value is 'yes'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. setting of config value is 'no'
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
+#. setting of config value is 'no'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50
msgid "no"
msgstr "Não"
-#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
+#. text of an error popup
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102
msgid ""
"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n"
"Command %1 failed."
@@ -53,38 +53,38 @@
"Impossível remover a interface FCoE.\n"
"Falha no comando %1."
-#. FCoE is not available on the interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
+#. FCoE is not available on the interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195
msgid "not available"
msgstr "não disponível"
-#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
+#. the interface is not configured for FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197
msgid "not configured"
msgstr "não configurado"
-#. the flag is 'true'
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
+#. the flag is 'true'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
msgid "true"
msgstr "verdadeiro"
-#. the flag is 'false'
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
+#. the flag is 'false'
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
msgid "false"
msgstr "falso"
-#. the flag is not set at all
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
+#. the flag is not set at all
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
msgid "not set"
msgstr "não definido"
-#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
+#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
msgstr "Configuração da interface VLAN %1 em %2"
-#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
+#. text of an error popup
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@
"porque o FCoE já está configurado na\n"
"própria interface de rede %2."
-#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
+#. text of an error popup
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
msgid ""
"Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n"
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
@@ -105,13 +105,13 @@
"porque o FCoE já está configurado\n"
"na(s) interface(s) VLAN %2."
-#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
+#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
msgstr "Criando e Iniciando o FCoE no Dispositivo VLAN Detectado"
-#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
+#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
msgid ""
"Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n"
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
@@ -121,17 +121,17 @@
"FCoE para a interface VLAN %1 descoberta em %2 e acionar\n"
"o iniciador FCoE?"
-#. text of an error popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
+#. text of an error popup
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
msgstr "Impossível criar e iniciar o FCoE em %1."
-#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
+#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
msgstr "Falha do comando \"%1\" em %2."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
@@ -139,13 +139,13 @@
"Falha ao criar a interface FCoE.\n"
"Continue, pois o modo de teste está em execução"
-#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
+#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente remover a interface FCoE %1?"
-#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
+#. popup text continues
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
msgid ""
"Attention:\n"
"Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n"
@@ -155,8 +155,8 @@
"Verifique se a interface não é essencial para um dispositivo utilizado.\n"
"Removê-la pode resultar em um sistema inutilizável."
-#. popup text continues
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
+#. popup text continues
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
@@ -164,17 +164,17 @@
"Não remova a interface se ela estiver relacionada\n"
"a um dispositivo de múltiplos caminhos já ativado."
-#. replace values in table
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
+#. replace values in table
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Falha na remoção da interface %1."
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
msgstr "Falha ao destruir interface %1."
-#. text of a warning popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
+#. text of a warning popup
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@
"DCB Obrigatório definido como \"sim\", mas a\n"
"interface não é compatível com DCB."
-#. text of an information (notify) popup
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
+#. text of an information (notify) popup
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
msgid ""
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
@@ -191,148 +191,146 @@
"O serviço ''fcoe'' requer o serviço ''lldpad'' habilitado.\n"
"Habilitando o início do serviço ''lldpad'' durante a inicialização."
-#. radio button: start service on boot
-#. radio button: start service on boot
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69
+#. radio button: start service on boot
+#. radio button: start service on boot
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#. radio button: start service manually
-#. radio button: start service manually
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77
+#. radio button: start service manually
+#. radio button: start service manually
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109
+#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "&FCoE Enable"
msgstr "Habilitar &FCoE"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
+#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
msgid "&DCB Required"
msgstr "&DCB Obrigatório"
-#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124
+#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124
msgid "&AUTO_VLAN"
msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN"
-#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "FCoE Service Start"
msgstr "Iniciar Serviço FCoE"
-#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155
+#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Lldpad Service Start"
msgstr "Iniciar Serviço Lldpad"
-#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179
+#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180
msgid "MAC Address"
msgstr "Endereço MAC"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface"
msgstr "Interface VLAN FCoE"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "FCoE Enable"
msgstr "Habilitar FCoE"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "DCB Required"
msgstr "DCB Obrigatório"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "AUTO VLAN"
msgstr "VLAN Automático"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187
msgid "DCB capable"
msgstr "Com suporte a DCB"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Driver"
msgstr "Driver"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Flag FCoE"
msgstr "Sinalizar FCoE"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Flag iSCSI"
msgstr "Sinalizar iSCSI"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191
msgid "Storage Only"
msgstr "Apenas Armazenamento"
-#. button labels
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198
+#. button labels
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Retry &Detection"
msgstr "Repetir &Detecção"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "Change &Settings"
msgstr "Mudar &Configurações"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Create &FCoE Interface"
msgstr "Criar Interface &FCoE"
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "&Remove Interface"
msgstr "&Remover Interface"
-#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222
+#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "Configuration Settings"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229
+#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "&Debug"
msgstr "&Depurar"
-#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240
+#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "&Use syslog"
msgstr "&Usar syslog"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -340,18 +338,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuração do fcoe-client</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando "
-"<B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando <B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -359,8 +356,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando a Configuração do fcoe-client</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -372,8 +369,8 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro fazer isto.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -381,8 +378,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do FcoeClient</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure o fcoe-client aqui.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n"
@@ -391,12 +388,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um fcoe-client:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione um fcoe-client na lista de fcoe-clients detectados.\n"
-"Se o seu fcoe-client não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)"
-"b>.\n"
+"Se o seu fcoe-client não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
"Em seguida, clique em <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -406,237 +402,157 @@
"Se você pressionar <b>Editar</b>, será aberta uma caixa de diálogo \n"
"adicional para mudar a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Services dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start "
-"of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Início de serviços</big><br></b><br>Habilitar ou desabilitar o "
-"início dos serviços <b>fcoe</b> e <b>lldpad</b> com a inicialização.</p>"
+#. Services dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
+msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Início de serviços</big><br></b><br>Habilitar ou desabilitar o início dos serviços <b>fcoe</b> e <b>lldpad</b> com a inicialização.</p>"
-#. Services dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
-msgid ""
-"<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over "
-"Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE "
-"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O início do serviço <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar o daemon de serviço "
-"<i>Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet</i> <i>fcoemon</i>, que controla as "
-"interfaces FCoE e estabelece conexão com o daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+#. Services dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
+msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O início do serviço <b>fcoe</b> significa iniciar o daemon de serviço <i>Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet</i> <i>fcoemon</i>, que controla as interfaces FCoE e estabelece conexão com o daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-#. Services dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol"
-"i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data "
-"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O serviço <b>lldpad</b> inclui o daemon agente de <i>Protocolo de "
-"Descoberta da Camada de Link</i> <i>lldpad</i>, que informa o <i>fcoemon</i> "
-"sobre os recursos DCB (Data Center Bridging) e a configuração das interfaces."
-"</p>"
+#. Services dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82
+msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O serviço <b>lldpad</b> inclui o daemon agente de <i>Protocolo de Descoberta da Camada de Link</i> <i>lldpad</i>, que informa o <i>fcoemon</i> sobre os recursos DCB (Data Center Bridging) e a configuração das interfaces.</p>"
-#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
+#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
msgid "<p><b><big>Network interface overview</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Visão geral da interface de rede</big></b></p>"
-#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of "
-"VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is "
-"configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), "
-"this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A caixa de diálogo de interfaces mostra todas as placas de rede "
-"detectadas, incluindo o status da configuração da VLAN e do FCoE.<br>O FCoE "
-"é possível quando a interface VLAN está configurada para FCoE no switch."
-"<br>Para cada placa de rede (interface de rede), esta informação aparece na "
-"coluna <i>Interface VLAN FCoE</i>.</p>"
+#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
+msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A caixa de diálogo de interfaces mostra todas as placas de rede detectadas, incluindo o status da configuração da VLAN e do FCoE.<br>O FCoE é possível quando a interface VLAN está configurada para FCoE no switch.<br>Para cada placa de rede (interface de rede), esta informação aparece na coluna <i>Interface VLAN FCoE</i>.</p>"
-#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
-msgid ""
-"<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry "
-"Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível repetir a verificação dos serviços FCoE usando <b>Repetir "
-"Detecção</b>(pode ser necessário para interfaces que precisam de um tempo "
-"para ativação).</p>"
+#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
+msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível repetir a verificação dos serviços FCoE usando <b>Repetir Detecção</b>(pode ser necessário para interfaces que precisam de um tempo para ativação).</p>"
-#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available"
-"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the "
-"switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet "
-"activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the "
-"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the "
-"column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os valores de <i>Interface VLAN FCoE</i> em detalhes:<br><b>não "
-"disponível</b>: Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet não é possível (deve ser "
-"habilitado primeiro no switch).<br><b>não configurado</b>: FCoE é possível, "
-"mas ainda não está ativado.<br>Clique em <b>Criar Interface VLAN FCoE</b> "
-"para ativá-lo.<br>Se a interface VLAN FCoE já foi criada, o nome será "
-"mostrado na coluna, ex. eth3.200.</p>"
+#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
+msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os valores de <i>Interface VLAN FCoE</i> em detalhes:<br><b>não disponível</b>: Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet não é possível (deve ser habilitado primeiro no switch).<br><b>não configurado</b>: FCoE é possível, mas ainda não está ativado.<br>Clique em <b>Criar Interface VLAN FCoE</b> para ativá-lo.<br>Se a interface VLAN FCoE já foi criada, o nome será mostrado na coluna, ex. eth3.200.</p>"
-#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113
-msgid ""
-"<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change "
-"Settings</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para mudar a configuração de uma interface VLAN FCoE, clique em <b>Mudar "
-"Configurações</b>.</p>"
+#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113
+msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para mudar a configuração de uma interface VLAN FCoE, clique em <b>Mudar Configurações</b>.</p>"
-#. Configuration dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117
+#. Configuration dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração Geral do FCoE</big></b></p>"
-#. Configuration dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings "
-"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina as configurações gerais para o serviço de sistema do FCoE. As "
-"configurações são gravadas em ''/etc/fcoe/config''.</p>"
+#. Configuration dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121
+msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina as configurações gerais para o serviço de sistema do FCoE. As configurações são gravadas em ''/etc/fcoe/config''.</p>"
-#. Configuration dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
+#. Configuration dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
-"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable "
-"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>."
-"<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the "
-"system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Os valores são:<br>\n"
-"<b>Depurar</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>Usado para habilitar ou "
-"desabilitar a depuração de mensagens do script de serviço fcoe e <i>fcoemon"
-"i>.<br><b>Usar syslog</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>As mensagens serão "
-"enviadas ao registro do sistema se definido como <i>sim</i> (os dados serão "
-"registrados em /var/log/messages).</p>"
+"<b>Depurar</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>Usado para habilitar ou desabilitar a depuração de mensagens do script de serviço fcoe e <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Usar syslog</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>As mensagens serão enviadas ao registro do sistema se definido como <i>sim</i> (os dados serão registrados em /var/log/messages).</p>"
-#. edit dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133
+#. edit dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p>Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>"
msgstr "<p>Editar Configurações em /etc/fcoe/ethx</p>"
-#. Edit dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on "
-"initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values "
-"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O daemon <i>fcoemon</i> lê estes arquivos de configuração na "
-"inicialização.<br>Há um arquivo para cada interface, e os valores indicam se "
-"devem ser criadas instâncias do FCoE e se o DCB é obrigatório.</p>"
+#. Edit dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O daemon <i>fcoemon</i> lê estes arquivos de configuração na inicialização.<br>Há um arquivo para cada interface, e os valores indicam se devem ser criadas instâncias do FCoE e se o DCB é obrigatório.</p>"
-#. Edit dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable "
-"or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes"
-"i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required."
-"<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> "
-"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os valores são:<br><b>Habilitar FCoE</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não"
-"i><br>Habilita ou desabilita a criação de instâncias de FCoE.<br><b>DCB "
-"Obrigatório</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>O padrão é <i>sim</i>, o DCB "
-"normalmente é obrigatório.<br><b>VLAN AUTOMÁTICA</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não"
-"i><br>Se definida como <i>sim</i>, o ''fcoemon'' criará automaticamente as "
-"interfaces VLAN.</p>"
+#. Edit dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
+msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os valores são:<br><b>Habilitar FCoE</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>Habilita ou desabilita a criação de instâncias de FCoE.<br><b>DCB Obrigatório</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>O padrão é <i>sim</i>, o DCB normalmente é obrigatório.<br><b>VLAN AUTOMÁTICA</b>: <i>sim</i> ou <i>não</i><br>Se definida como <i>sim</i>, o ''fcoemon'' criará automaticamente as interfaces VLAN.</p>"
-#. Header of tab in tab widget
-#. Header of tab in tab widget
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133
+#. Header of tab in tab widget
+#. Header of tab in tab widget
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133
msgid "&Interfaces"
msgstr "&Interfaces"
-#. Header of tab in tab widget
-#. Header of tab in tab widget
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139
+#. Header of tab in tab widget
+#. Header of tab in tab widget
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139
msgid "&Configuration"
msgstr "&Configuração"
-#. Header of tab in tab widget
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127
+#. Header of tab in tab widget
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127
msgid "&Services"
msgstr "&Serviços"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184
msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Fibre Channel sobre Ethernet"
-#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package)
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209
+#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package)
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209
msgid "Change FCoE Settings"
msgstr "Mudar Configurações do FCoE"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315
msgid "FcoeClient Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do FcoeClient"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client
-#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413
-msgid ""
-"<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be "
-"installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para continuar configurando o FCoE, é preciso que o pacote <b>%1</b> "
-"esteja instalado.</p>"
+#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client
+#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413
+msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para continuar configurando o FCoE, é preciso que o pacote <b>%1</b> esteja instalado.</p>"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Instalar agora?</p>"
-#. start service lldpad first
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
+#. start service lldpad first
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o serviço ''lldpad''"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o serviço ''fcoe''"
-#. first start lldpad
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
+#. first start lldpad
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket"
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o soquete systemd de lldpad"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901
msgid "Cannot start lldpad service."
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o serviço lldpad."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913
msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket."
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o soquete systemd de fcoemon."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926
msgid "Cannot start fcoe service."
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o serviço fcoe."
-#. warning if no valid configuration found
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
+#. warning if no valid configuration found
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092
msgid ""
"Cannot read config file for %1.\n"
"You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n"
@@ -646,113 +562,113 @@
"Você pode editar as configurações e recriar a interface\n"
"VLAN do FCoE para obter uma configuração válida."
-#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
+#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do fcoe-client"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Verificar pacotes instalados"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474
msgid "Check services"
msgstr "Verificar serviços"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476
msgid "Detect network cards"
msgstr "Detectar placas de rede"
-#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
+#. Progress stage 4/4
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478
msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Ler /etc/fcoe/config"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
msgstr "Procurando pacotes instalados..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484
msgid "Checking for services..."
msgstr "Procurando serviços..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486
msgid "Detecting network cards..."
msgstr "Detectando placas de rede..."
-#. Progress step 4/4
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
+#. Progress step 4/4
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488
msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config"
msgstr "Lendo /etc/fcoe/config"
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516
msgid "Starting of services failed."
msgstr "Falha ao iniciar os serviços."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Impossível detectar dispositivos."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539
msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Impossível ler /etc/fcoe/config."
-#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
+#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do fcoe-client"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
msgstr "Reiniciar o serviço FCoE"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574
msgid "Adjust start of services"
msgstr "Ajustar o início dos serviços"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
msgstr "Reiniciando o serviço FCoE..."
-#. Progress sstep 3/3
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
+#. Progress sstep 3/3
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
msgstr "Ajustando o início dos serviços..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config."
msgstr "Impossível gravar as configurações em /etc/fcoe/config."
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608
msgid ""
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
@@ -760,43 +676,43 @@
"Impossível gravar as configurações para as interfaces FCoE.\n"
"Para obter os detalhes, consulte o arquivo /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o serviço fcoe."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
msgstr "Impossível gravar /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
msgstr "<b>Configuração geral do FCoE</b>"
-#. options from config file, not meant for translation
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
+#. options from config file, not meant for translation
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698
msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>"
msgstr "<b>Interfaces</b>"
-#. network card, e.g. eth0
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
+#. network card, e.g. eth0
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706
msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:"
msgstr "<i>Placa de rede</i>:"
-#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
-#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
+#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for
+#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
msgstr "<b>Início dos serviços</b>"
-#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
+#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
+#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "habilitado"
-#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
+#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "desabilitado"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall-services.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,258 +14,246 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37
msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS"
msgstr "DNS de Multicast do Zeroconf/Bonjour"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40
-msgid ""
-"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)"
-msgstr ""
-"Portas DNS de Multicast (mDNS) do Zeroconf/Bonjour (mDNS) para Descoberta de "
-"Serviço (DNS-SD)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40
+msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)"
+msgstr "Portas DNS de Multicast (mDNS) do Zeroconf/Bonjour (mDNS) para Descoberta de Serviço (DNS-SD)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45
msgid "cyrus-imapd Server"
msgstr "Servidor cyrus-imapd"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48
msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o Servidor cyrus-imapd."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51
msgid "DHCPv4 Server"
msgstr "Servidor DHCPv4"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54
msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o servidor ISC DHCPv4 4.x."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63
msgid "dnsmasq"
msgstr "dnsmasq"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66
msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o servidor DNS/DHCP dnsmasq."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69
msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP"
msgstr "mDNS/Bonjour com suporte a HPLIP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72
msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP"
-msgstr ""
-"Arquivo de Configuração de Firewall para mDNS/Bonjour com suporte a HPLIP"
+msgstr "Arquivo de Configuração de Firewall para mDNS/Bonjour com suporte a HPLIP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77
msgid "icecream daemon"
msgstr "daemon icecream"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80
msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon"
msgstr "abre o soquete para o daemon de compilação icecream"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83
msgid "icecream scheduler"
msgstr "programador icecream"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86
msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler"
msgstr "Abre portas para o programador icecream"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89
msgid "iSNS Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon iSNS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92
msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o daemon iSNS com broadcast permitido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95
msgid "Netbios Server"
msgstr "Servidor Netbios"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98
msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o servidor Samba Netbios com broadcast permitido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103
msgid "NFS Client"
msgstr "Cliente NFS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow "
-"connection to an NFS server."
-msgstr ""
-"Configuração do firewall para o cliente NFS. Abrir portas para o cliente NFS "
-"para permitir a conexão com um servidor NFS."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106
+msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server."
+msgstr "Configuração do firewall para o cliente NFS. Abrir portas para o cliente NFS para permitir a conexão com um servidor NFS."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111
msgid "NFS Server Service"
msgstr "Serviço do Servidor NFS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow "
-"other hosts to connect."
-msgstr ""
-"Configuração do firewall para o servidor NFS do kernel. Abrir portas para o "
-"NFS para permitir a conexão de outros hosts."
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114
+msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect."
+msgstr "Configuração do firewall para o servidor NFS do kernel. Abrir portas para o NFS para permitir a conexão de outros hosts."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119
msgid "xntp Server"
msgstr "Servidor xntp"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122
msgid "Open ports for xntp."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o xntp."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125
msgid "OpenLDAP Server"
msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128
msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)."
msgstr "Abrir portas para servidor OpenLDAP (slapd)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131
msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)"
msgstr "Servidor OpenSLP (SLP)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134
msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services."
msgstr "Habilitar o servidor OpenSLP a divulgar serviços."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137
msgid "Rsync server"
msgstr "Servidor Rsync"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140
msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization"
msgstr "Abre portas para o servidor rsync para permitir a sincronização remota"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145
msgid "Samba Client"
msgstr "Cliente Samba"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148
msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares."
msgstr "Habilitar navegação de compartilhamentos SMB."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151
msgid "Samba Server"
msgstr "Servidor Samba"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154
msgid "Open ports for Samba server."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o servidor Samba."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157
msgid "SMTP with sendmail"
msgstr "SMTP com sendmail"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160
msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail"
msgstr "Arquivo de configuração do firewall para sendmail"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163
msgid "Secure Shell Server"
msgstr "Servidor SSH"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166
msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o servidor SSH (Secure Shell)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169
msgid "svnserve"
msgstr "svnserve"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172
msgid "Open ports for svnserve"
msgstr "Abrir portas para svnserve"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175
msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server"
msgstr "Servidor VNC mini-HTTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178
msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect."
msgstr "Abre portas HTTP VNC para a conexão de browsers."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181
msgid "VNC"
msgstr "VNC"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184
msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect."
msgstr "Abrir portas do servidor VNC para que os viewers possam se conectar."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187
msgid "vsftpd Server"
msgstr "Servidor vsftpd"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190
msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server."
msgstr "Abrir portas para o servidor vsftpd."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193
+#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193
msgid "NIS Client"
msgstr "Cliente NIS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table
-#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196
+#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table
+#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196
msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain."
msgstr "O daemon ypbind vincula clientes NIS a um domínio NIS."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firewall.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,18 +14,18 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
-#. is installed
-#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
+#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config
+#. is installed
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70
msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n"
msgstr "Sua tela não suporta a IU \"firewall-config\".\n"
-#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
+#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71
msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility."
msgstr "Use a linha de comando do Yast2 ou o utilitário \"firewall-cmd\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
-#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
+#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
msgid ""
"Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n"
"The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed."
@@ -33,23 +33,23 @@
"Impossível mudar a configuração de firewall.\n"
"O pacote SuSEfirewall2 não está instalado."
-#. RichText label
-#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233
+#. RichText label
+#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Firewall"
-#. Menu label
-#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235
+#. Menu label
+#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235
msgid "&Firewall"
msgstr "&Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline
+#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66
msgid "Another Firewall Active"
msgstr "Outro Firewall está Ativo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text
-#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text
+#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68
msgid ""
"Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n"
"If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n"
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@
"configurar o SuSEfirewall2.\n"
"Deseja continuar com a configuração?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
+#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108
msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Abortando a Configuração do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
+#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110
msgid ""
"All changes would be lost.\n"
"Really abort configuration?\n"
@@ -77,137 +77,137 @@
"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas.\n"
"Realmente abortar a configuração?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65
+#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting"
msgstr "Habilitar Início Automático do Fir&ewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69
+#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting"
msgstr "&Desabilitar Início Automático do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting"
msgstr "Habilitar Início Automático do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting"
msgstr "Desabilitar Início Automático do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: status information
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: status information
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85
msgid "Firewall is running"
msgstr "Firewall está executando"
-#. TRANSLATORS: status information
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: status information
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Firewall is not running"
msgstr "Firewall não está executando"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93
msgid "&Start Firewall Now"
msgstr "&Iniciar Firewall Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97
msgid "S&top Firewall Now"
msgstr "Pa&rar Firewall Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now"
msgstr "Sal&var Configurações e Reiniciar Firewall Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Start Firewall Now"
msgstr "Iniciar firewall Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Stop Firewall Now"
msgstr "Parar Firewall Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now"
msgstr "Salvar Configurações e Reiniciar Firewall Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271
+#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Início"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153
msgid "Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Allowed Services"
msgstr "Serviços Permitidos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Network Masquerading"
msgstr "Mascaramento de Rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "Mascaramento"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "Broadcast"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740
msgid "Logging Level"
msgstr "Nível de Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#. Example:
-#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53
-#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ]
-#.
-#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport".
-#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol".
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#. Example:
+#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53
+#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ]
+#.
+#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport".
+#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol".
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464
msgid "Custom Rules"
msgstr "Regras Personalizadas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Sumário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42
+#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...</p>"
@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Lendo Configuração do Firewall</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46
+#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...</p>"
@@ -224,8 +224,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Salvando Configuração do Firewall</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Interfaces</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n"
@@ -243,27 +243,25 @@
"selecionando o dispositivo na tabela e clicando em <b>Modificar</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>Digite strings especiais, como <tt>any</tt>, usando \n"
-"<b>Personalizado</b>. Você também pode digitar interfaces não configuradas "
-"aqui ainda.\n"
+"<b>Personalizado</b>. Você também pode digitar interfaces não configuradas aqui ainda.\n"
"Se precisar de mascaramento, a string <tt>any</tt> não será permitida.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Todos os dispositivos de rede devem ser designados a uma zona de "
-"firewall.\n"
+"<p>Todos os dispositivos de rede devem ser designados a uma zona de firewall.\n"
"O tráfego de rede por interfaces não designadas será bloqueado.</p>\n"
-#. Network Manager
-#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
-#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces
-#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool
-#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default)
-#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default)
-#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your
-#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using
-#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work.
-#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):""
-#. ),
-#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75
+#. Network Manager
+#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
+#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces
+#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool
+#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default)
+#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default)
+#. sformat(_("<p>You are currently using NetworkManager to control your
+#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using
+#. <b>Custom</b>. Otherwise your configuration might not work.
+#. </p>"), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):""
+#. ),
+#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Allowed Services</big></b>\n"
"<br>Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n"
@@ -271,12 +269,10 @@
"\n"
"<p>To allow a service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the\n"
"<b>Service to Allow</b> then press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed "
-"Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
+"To remove an allowed service, select the <b>Zone</b> and the <b>Allowed Service</b> then press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p>By deselecting <b>Protect Firewall from Internal Zone</b>, you remove\n"
-"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network "
-"will\n"
+"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n"
"be unprotected.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Serviços Permitidos</big></b>\n"
@@ -285,255 +281,191 @@
"\n"
"<p>Para permitir um serviço, selecione a <b>Zona</b> e o\n"
"<b>Serviço a Permitir</b> e clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-"Para remover um serviço permitido, selecione a <b>Zona</b> e o <b>Serviço "
-"Permitido</b> e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
+"Para remover um serviço permitido, selecione a <b>Zona</b> e o <b>Serviço Permitido</b> e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Ao anular a seleção de <b>Proteger Firewall da Zona Interna</b>, a "
-"proteção\n"
+"<p>Ao anular a seleção de <b>Proteger Firewall da Zona Interna</b>, a proteção\n"
"da zona é removida. Todos os serviços e portas da rede interna estarão\n"
"desprotegidos.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>Additional settings can be configured using <b>Advanced</b>.\n"
-"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC "
-"ports and\n"
+"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n"
"IP protocols.</p>\n"
"<p>TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
"port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or "
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
+"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível definir configurações adicionais com <b>Avançado</b>.\n"
-"As entradas devem ser separadas por um espaço. Com essa opção, você pode "
-"permitir portas TCP, UDP e RPC,\n"
+"As entradas devem ser separadas por um espaço. Com essa opção, você pode permitir portas TCP, UDP e RPC,\n"
" além de protocolos IP.</p>\n"
-" <p>As portas TCP e UDP podem ser especificadas como nomes de porta (<tt>ftp-"
-"data</tt>),\n"
+" <p>As portas TCP e UDP podem ser especificadas como nomes de porta (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n"
" números de porta (<tt>3128</tt>) e faixas de porta (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n"
-" As portas RPC devem ser especificadas como nomes de serviço (<tt>portmap"
-"tt> ou <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
+" As portas RPC devem ser especificadas como nomes de serviço (<tt>portmap</tt> ou <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n"
" Especifique os protocolos IP como nomes de protocolo (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
+#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Masquerading</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your "
-"firewall and allows\n"
-"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, "
-"transparently. Requests\n"
+"<br>Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n"
+"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n"
"from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n"
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Mascarar</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Mascarar é a função que esconde sus rede interna atrás do firewall e "
-"permite\n"
-"sua rede interna acessar a rede externa, tal como Internet, de forma "
-"transparente. Pedidos\n"
+"<br>Mascarar é a função que esconde sus rede interna atrás do firewall e permite\n"
+"sua rede interna acessar a rede externa, tal como Internet, de forma transparente. Pedidos\n"
"da rede externa para a interna são bloqueados.\n"
"Selecione <b>Mascarar Redes</b> para mascarar suas redes\n"
"para a rede externa.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
+#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal "
-"network, it is possible to\n"
-"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal "
-"IP. \n"
-"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form."
-"</p>\n"
+"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n"
+"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n"
+"To add a new redirect rule, press <b>Add</b> and complete the redirect form.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Embora as solicitações da rede externa não possam chegar até sua rede "
-"interna, é possível redirecionar de forma\n"
-"transparente todas as portas solicitadas do firewall para qualquer IP "
-"interno.\n"
-"Para adicionar uma nova regra de redirecionamento, pressione <b>Adicionar"
-"b> e preencha o formulário de redirecionamento.</p>\n"
+"Embora as solicitações da rede externa não possam chegar até sua rede interna, é possível redirecionar de forma\n"
+"transparente todas as portas solicitadas do firewall para qualquer IP interno.\n"
+"Para adicionar uma nova regra de redirecionamento, pressione <b>Adicionar</b> e preencha o formulário de redirecionamento.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Para remover qualquer regra de redirecionamento, selecione-a na tabela e "
-"pressione <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Para remover qualquer regra de redirecionamento, selecione-a na tabela e pressione <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
+#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Configuration</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to "
-"find \n"
+"<br>Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n"
"neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n"
-"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues "
-"using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
+"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add "
-"needed broadcast\n"
-"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated "
-"ports for\n"
+"<p>SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n"
+"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n"
"particular zones.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of "
-"packets in wider networks.\n"
-"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast "
-"Packets</b>\n"
+"<p>Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n"
+"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect <b>Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets</b>\n"
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Broadcast</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Pacotes Broadcast são pacotes UDP especiais enviados para toda a rede "
-"para encontrar\n"
+"<br>Pacotes Broadcast são pacotes UDP especiais enviados para toda a rede para encontrar\n"
"computadores vizinhos ou enviar informações para cada computador da rede.\n"
-"Por exemplo, servidores CUPS oferecem informação sobre suas filas de "
-"impressão usando pacotes broadcast.<p>\n"
+"Por exemplo, servidores CUPS oferecem informação sobre suas filas de impressão usando pacotes broadcast.<p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Serviços SuSEfirewall2 selecionados nas interfaces permitidas "
-"automaticamente adicionam portas de broadcast \n"
-"necessárias aqui. Para remover ou adicionar, edite listas de portas "
-"separadas\n"
+"<p>Serviços SuSEfirewall2 selecionados nas interfaces permitidas automaticamente adicionam portas de broadcast \n"
+"necessárias aqui. Para remover ou adicionar, edite listas de portas separadas\n"
"por espaço para zonas particulares.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Outros pacotes broadcast descartados vão para Log. Pode ser uma "
-"quantidade enorme para redes grandes.\n"
-"Para suprimir Log destes pacotes, não selecione <b>Log de Pacotes Broadcast "
-"Não Aceitos</b>\n"
+"<p>Outros pacotes broadcast descartados vão para Log. Pode ser uma quantidade enorme para redes grandes.\n"
+"Para suprimir Log destes pacotes, não selecione <b>Log de Pacotes Broadcast Não Aceitos</b>\n"
"para as zonas desejadas.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Broadcast Reply</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their "
-"reply\n"
-"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP "
-"browsing.</p>\n"
+"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n"
+"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the "
-"firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also "
-"choose from\n"
+"<p>Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Resposta de Broadcast</big></b><br>\n"
-"Normalmente, o firewall descarta os pacotes enviados por outras máquinas à "
-"medida que as respostas\n"
-"aos pacotes de broadcast são enviadas por seu sistema. Por exemplo, "
-"Navegação Samba ou SLP.</p>\n"
+"Normalmente, o firewall descarta os pacotes enviados por outras máquinas à medida que as respostas\n"
+"aos pacotes de broadcast são enviadas por seu sistema. Por exemplo, Navegação Samba ou SLP.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>É possível configurar quais pacotes podem passar pelo firewall. Use o "
-"botão <b>Adicionar</b>\n"
-"para adicionar uma nova regra. Você terá que escolher a zona do firewall e "
-"também escolher entre\n"
+"<p>É possível configurar quais pacotes podem passar pelo firewall. Use o botão <b>Adicionar</b>\n"
+"para adicionar uma nova regra. Você terá que escolher a zona do firewall e também escolher entre\n"
"os serviços predefinidos ou definir sua regra manualmente.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
+#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec Support</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks "
-"through untrusted networks, such as\n"
+"<br>IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n"
"the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n"
"<b>Enabled</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Details</b> configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n"
-"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the "
-"internal zone.</p>\n"
+"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Suporte IPsec</big></b>\n"
-"<br>IPsec é uma comunicação criptografada entre hosts ou redes confiáveis "
-"através de redes não confiáveis, como a\n"
-"Internet. Essa caixa de diálogo abre o IPsec para uma zona externa usando a "
-"opção \n"
+"<br>IPsec é uma comunicação criptografada entre hosts ou redes confiáveis através de redes não confiáveis, como a\n"
+"Internet. Essa caixa de diálogo abre o IPsec para uma zona externa usando a opção \n"
"<b>Habilitado</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Detalhes</b> configura a forma como os pacotes \n"
-"IPsec descriptografados com êxito devem ser tratados. Por exemplo, eles "
-"poderiam ser tratados como se fizessem parte da zona interna.</p>\n"
+"IPsec descriptografados com êxito devem ser tratados. Por exemplo, eles poderiam ser tratados como se fizessem parte da zona interna.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
+#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Logging Level</big></b>\n"
-"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. "
-"Here,\n"
-"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not "
-"logged at all.</p>\n"
+"<br>This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n"
+"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and "
-"<b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
-"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> "
-"for logging every\n"
-"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do "
-"Not Log Any</b>\n"
+"<p>There are two groups of logged IP packets: <b>Accepted Packets</b> and <b>Not Accepted Packets</b>.\n"
+"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: <b>Log All</b> for logging every\n"
+"packet, <b>Log Only Critical</b> for logging only interesting ones, or <b>Do Not Log Any</b>\n"
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Nível de Registro</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Essa é uma caixa de diálogo de configuração básica para as configurações "
-"de registro de pacotes IP. Aqui,\n"
-" configure o registro dos pacotes de conexão recebidos. Os pacotes enviados "
-"não são registrados.</p>\n"
+"<br>Essa é uma caixa de diálogo de configuração básica para as configurações de registro de pacotes IP. Aqui,\n"
+" configure o registro dos pacotes de conexão recebidos. Os pacotes enviados não são registrados.</p>\n"
" \n"
-" <p>São registrados dois grupos de pacotes IP: <b>Pacotes Aceitos</b> e "
-"<b>Pacotes Não Aceitos</b>.\n"
-" Você pode escolher entre três níveis de registro para cada grupo: "
-"<b>Registrar Tudo</b> para registrar todos os\n"
-" pacotes, <b>Registrar Apenas Críticos</b> para registrar apenas os pacotes "
-"de interesse ou <b>Não Registrar Nenhum</b>\n"
-" se não quiser nenhum registro. Procure registrar ao menos os pacotes "
-"críticos aceitos.</p>\n"
+" <p>São registrados dois grupos de pacotes IP: <b>Pacotes Aceitos</b> e <b>Pacotes Não Aceitos</b>.\n"
+" Você pode escolher entre três níveis de registro para cada grupo: <b>Registrar Tudo</b> para registrar todos os\n"
+" pacotes, <b>Registrar Apenas Críticos</b> para registrar apenas os pacotes de interesse ou <b>Não Registrar Nenhum</b>\n"
+" se não quiser nenhum registro. Procure registrar ao menos os pacotes críticos aceitos.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163
+#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Summary</big></b>\n"
"<br>Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n"
-"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each "
-"firewall zone.\n"
+"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n"
"Every existing zone is summarized here.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Firewall Starting</b> shows whether the firewall is started in the\n"
"<b>boot process</b> or only <b>manually</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the "
-"following items in the summary:</p>\n"
+"<p>Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration "
-"name and device name.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed "
-"network services, additional\n"
-"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC "
-"(Remote Procedure Call)\n"
+"<p><b>Open Services, Ports, and Protocols</b>: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n"
+"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Sumário</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aqui, encontre um sumário das suas configurações.\n"
-"Este sumário é dividido em configuração geral e partes para cada zona de "
-"firewall.\n"
+"Este sumário é dividido em configuração geral e partes para cada zona de firewall.\n"
"Cada zona existente é sumarizada aqui.</p>\n"
"\n"
"<p><b>Inicio do Firewall</b> mostra se o firewall é iniciado no\n"
"<b>processo de boot</b> ou só <b>manualmente</b>.</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>Zonas de firewall devem ter um interface de rede associado para listar os "
-"seguintes ítens no sumário:</p>\n"
+"<p>Zonas de firewall devem ter um interface de rede associado para listar os seguintes ítens no sumário:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: Todas as interfaces são listadas usando seu nome de "
-"configuração e nome de dispositivo.\n"
+"<p><b>Interfaces</b>: Todas as interfaces são listadas usando seu nome de configuração e nome de dispositivo.\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>Abrir Serviços, Portas e Protocolos</b>: Lista todos os serviços de "
-"rede, portas\n"
+"<p><b>Abrir Serviços, Portas e Protocolos</b>: Lista todos os serviços de rede, portas\n"
"TCP, UDP (User Datagram Protocol) e RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n"
"adicionais e protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) permitidos.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181
+#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>Here, enter additional\n"
"ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>"
@@ -541,34 +473,31 @@
"<p>Digite aqui as portas ou \n"
"protocolos adicionais para habilitar na zona de firewall.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6
-#. please, do not modify examples
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186
+#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6
+#. please, do not modify examples
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p><b>TCP Ports</b> and <b>UDP Ports</b> can be entered as\n"
"a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n"
"such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Portas TCP</b> e <b>Portas UDP</b> podem ser digitadas como \n"
-"uma lista de números de porta, nomes de porta ou faixas de porta separados "
-"por espaços, \n"
+"uma lista de números de porta, nomes de porta ou faixas de porta separados por espaços, \n"
"como <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> ou <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6
-#. please, do not modify examples
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
+#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6
+#. please, do not modify examples
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces."
-"</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Portas RPC</b> é uma lista de serviços RPC, como\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separada por espaços."
-"</p>"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ou <tt>portmap</tt>, separada por espaços.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
-#. please, do not modify examples
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
+#. please, do not modify examples
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>IP Protocols</b> is a list of protocols, such as\n"
"<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n"
@@ -580,47 +509,42 @@
"Encontre a lista atual de protocolos no endereço \n"
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6
-#. please, do not modify examples
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
+#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6
+#. please, do not modify examples
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that "
-"represent\n"
+"<p>The <b>Port Range</b> consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n"
"all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n"
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Faixa de Porta</b> consiste em dois números separados por dois-pontos\n"
-"que representam todos os números dentro da faixa, incluindo os próprios "
-"números.\n"
+"que representam todos os números dentro da faixa, incluindo os próprios números.\n"
"O primeiro número de porta deve ser menor que o segundo,\n"
"por exemplo, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213
+#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Port Name</b> is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n"
"organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n"
"the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Nome de porta</b> é um nome designado a um número de porta pela "
-"organização \n"
+"<p>O <b>Nome de porta</b> é um nome designado a um número de porta pela organização \n"
"IANA. Um número de porta pode ter mais nomes de porta designados. Encontre\n"
"a designação atualmente em uso no arquivo <tt>/etc/services</tt>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
+#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.</p>\n"
+"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall</big></b><br />\n"
-"Um firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador contra "
-"ataques de rede.</p>\n"
+"Um firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador contra ataques de rede.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
+#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Custom Rules</big></b><br>\n"
"Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n"
@@ -630,9 +554,9 @@
"Defina regras especiais do firewall que permitam novas conexões,\n"
"desde que sigam essas regras.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5
-#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256
+#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5
+#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p><b>Source Network</b><br>\n"
"Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n"
@@ -644,22 +568,21 @@
"Ex.: <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>, <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>,\n"
"<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ou <tt>0/0</tt> (que significa <tt>todos</tt>).</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5
-#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263
+#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5
+#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protocol</b><br>\n"
"Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n"
"RPC services.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Protocolo</b><br>\n"
-"Protocolo usado pelo pacote. O protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt> é utilizado "
-"para\n"
+"Protocolo usado pelo pacote. O protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt> é utilizado para\n"
"serviços RPC.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
-#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269
+#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
+#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p><b>Destination Port</b><br>\n"
"Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n"
@@ -673,9 +596,9 @@
"No caso do protocolo <tt>RPC</tt>, use o nome do serviço RPC.\n"
"Essa entrada é opcional.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5
-#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277
+#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5
+#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277
msgid ""
"<p><b>Source Port</b><br>\n"
"Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n"
@@ -685,652 +608,646 @@
"Nome da porta, número da porta ou faixa de portas de onde o pacote\n"
"se origina. Esta entrada é opcional.</p>"
-#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289
+#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289
msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!"
msgstr "FIXME: A ajuda para '%1' está ausente!"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87
msgid "Firewall Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97
msgid "Interface or String"
msgstr "Interface ou String"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99
msgid "Configured In"
msgstr "Configurado em"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "Modifi&car..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114
msgid "C&ustom..."
msgstr "Personali&zado..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128
msgid "Zone for Network Interface"
msgstr "Zona para Interface de Rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140
msgid "&Interface Zone"
msgstr "&Interface de Zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182
msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones"
msgstr "Configurações Adicionais de Interface para Zonas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224
msgid "&Masquerade Networks"
msgstr "&Mascarar Redes"
-#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267
+#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267
msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone"
msgstr "Serviç&os Permitidos para Zona Selecionada"
-#. items handled by replacepoint
-#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
+#. items handled by replacepoint
+#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
msgid "&Service to Allow"
msgstr "&Serviço para Permitir"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288
msgid "Allowed Service"
msgstr "Serviços Permitidos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone"
msgstr "&Proteger Firewall da Zona Interna"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322
msgid "A&dvanced..."
msgstr "A&vançado..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339
+#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339
msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone"
msgstr "Serviços com Regras Avançadas para a Zona Selecionada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418
msgid "Source Network"
msgstr "Rede de Origem"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058
msgid "Destination Port"
msgstr "Porta de Destino"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Source Port"
msgstr "Porta de Origem"
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports"
msgstr "Portas Permitidas Adicionais"
-#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392
+#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone"
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392
msgid "Settings for Zone: %1"
msgstr "Configurações para Zona: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395
msgid "&TCP Ports"
msgstr "Portas &TCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397
msgid "&UDP Ports"
msgstr "Portas &UDP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399
msgid "&RPC Ports"
msgstr "Portas &RPC"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404
msgid "&IP Protocols"
msgstr "Protocolos &IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP"
msgstr "Redirecionar solicitações para IP mascarado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422
msgid "Req. IP"
msgstr "Req. IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424
msgid "Req. Port"
msgstr "Req. Porta"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426
msgid "Redir. to IP"
msgstr "Redir. para IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428
msgid "Redir. to Port"
msgstr "Redir. para Porta"
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546
msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule"
msgstr "Adicionar Regra de Redirecionamento Mascarado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550
+#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550
msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:"
msgstr "Regra de Redirecionamento Atendida:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557
+#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557
msgid "&Source Network"
msgstr "Rede de Origem &S"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564
msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)"
msgstr "IP So&licitado (Opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580
msgid "R&equested Port"
msgstr "Porta Solicitada &e"
-#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586
+#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586
msgid "Redirection:"
msgstr "Redirecionamento:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592
msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP"
msgstr "Re&direcionar para IP Mascarado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599
msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)"
msgstr "&Redirecionar para Porta (Opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831
msgid "Log All"
msgstr "Registrar tudo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833
msgid "Log Only Critical"
msgstr "Registrar apenas críticos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835
msgid "Do Not Log Any"
msgstr "Não registrar nenhum"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846
msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets"
msgstr "R&egistro de Pacotes Aceitos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854
msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets"
msgstr "Registro de Pacotes Não Acei&tos"
-#. Only for Expert configuration
-#.
-#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () {
-#. term dialog = `Frame (
-#. _("Broadcast Configuration"),
-#. `VBox (
-#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"),
-#. `VBox (
-#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ),
-#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) )
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `HBox (
-#. `HWeight( 4,
-#. `Empty()
-#. ),
-#. `HWeight( 50,
-#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"),
-#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"),
-#. GetZonesListedItems()
-#. )
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `Left (
-#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"))
-#. )
-#. )
-#. );
-#.
-#. return dialog;
-#. }
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899
+#. Only for Expert configuration
+#.
+#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () {
+#. term dialog = `Frame (
+#. _("Broadcast Configuration"),
+#. `VBox (
+#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"),
+#. `VBox (
+#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ),
+#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) )
+#. )
+#. ),
+#. `HBox (
+#. `HWeight( 4,
+#. `Empty()
+#. ),
+#. `HWeight( 50,
+#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"),
+#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"),
+#. GetZonesListedItems()
+#. )
+#. )
+#. ),
+#. `Left (
+#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"))
+#. )
+#. )
+#. );
+#.
+#. return dialog;
+#. }
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899
msgid "Broadcast Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Broadcast"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908
msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply"
msgstr "Aceitando a Resposta do Broadcast"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189
msgid "Zone"
msgstr "Zona"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
msgid "Accepted from Network"
msgstr "Aceito pela Rede"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Adicionar..."
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#. Only for Expert configuration
-#.
-#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () {
-#. term dialog = `Frame (
-#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"),
-#. `VBox (
-#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ),
-#. `HBox (
-#. `HWeight ( 3,
-#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [
-#. // FIXME: fake items
-#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"),
-#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0")
-#. ])
-#. ),
-#. `HWeight ( 1,
-#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec."))
-#. )
-#. )
-#. )
-#. );
-#.
-#. return dialog;
-#. }
-#. Only for Expert configuration
-#.
-#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () {
-#. term dialog = `Frame (
-#. _("Advanced Security Settings"),
-#. `VBox (
-#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [
-#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")),
-#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject"))
-#. ])),
-#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ),
-#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ),
-#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) )
-#. )
-#. );
-#.
-#. return dialog;
-#. }
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971
+#. Only for Expert configuration
+#.
+#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () {
+#. term dialog = `Frame (
+#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"),
+#. `VBox (
+#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ),
+#. `HBox (
+#. `HWeight ( 3,
+#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [
+#. // FIXME: fake items
+#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"),
+#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0")
+#. ])
+#. ),
+#. `HWeight ( 1,
+#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec."))
+#. )
+#. )
+#. )
+#. );
+#.
+#. return dialog;
+#. }
+#. Only for Expert configuration
+#.
+#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () {
+#. term dialog = `Frame (
+#. _("Advanced Security Settings"),
+#. `VBox (
+#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [
+#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")),
+#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject"))
+#. ])),
+#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ),
+#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ),
+#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) )
+#. )
+#. );
+#.
+#. return dialog;
+#. }
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971
msgid "IPsec Support"
msgstr "Suporte IPsec"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "Habilita&do"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalhes..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990
msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network"
msgstr "Mesma Zona da Rede de Origem"
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996
msgid "IPsec Zone"
msgstr "Zona IPsec"
-#. TRANSLATORS: select box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003
+#. TRANSLATORS: select box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003
msgid "&Trust IPsec As"
msgstr "Confiar &IPsec Como"
-#. Only for Expert configuration
-#.
-#. term IPv6Support () {
-#. term dialog = `Frame (
-#. _("IPv6 Support"),
-#. `VBox (
-#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S")
-#. )
-#. );
-#.
-#. return dialog;
-#. }
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041
+#. Only for Expert configuration
+#.
+#. term IPv6Support () {
+#. term dialog = `Frame (
+#. _("IPv6 Support"),
+#. `VBox (
+#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S")
+#. )
+#. );
+#.
+#. return dialog;
+#. }
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041
msgid "Custom Allowed Rules"
msgstr "Regras Personalizadas Permitidas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048
+#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048
msgid "Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "&Zona de Firewall"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opções"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082
msgid "Add New Allowing Rule"
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Regra de Permissão"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087
msgid "Source &Network"
msgstr "Rede de &Origem"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106
msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)"
msgstr "Porta de &Destino (Opcional)"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111
msgid "&Source Port (Optional)"
msgstr "Po&rta de Origem (Opcional)"
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116
msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)"
msgstr "&Opções Adicionais (Opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144
msgid "Creating summary..."
msgstr "Criando resumo..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog
-#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog
+#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147
msgid "&Show Details"
msgstr "Mo&strar Detalhes"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53
msgid "TCP Ports"
msgstr "Portas TCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55
msgid "UDP Ports"
msgstr "Portas UDP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57
msgid "RPC Services"
msgstr "Serviços RPC"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59
msgid "IP Protocols"
msgstr "Protocolos IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61
msgid "Broadcast Ports"
msgstr "Portas de Broadcast"
-#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
-#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed
-#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.")
-#. :
-#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107
+#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
+#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed
+#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.")
+#. :
+#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107
msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone."
msgstr "Qualquer interface não associada será associada a esta zona."
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114
msgid "Currently supported only in external zone."
msgstr "Atualmente só suportado na zona externa."
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121
msgid "Unknown network interface."
msgstr "Interface de rede desconhecido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198
msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone."
msgstr "Nenhum interface associado a esta zona."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header
+#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351
msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols"
msgstr "Abrir Serviços, Portas e Protocolos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362
msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open."
msgstr "Zona interna está desprotegida. Todas as portas estão abertas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431
msgid "Zone has no open ports."
msgstr "Zona não tem portas abertas."
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473
msgid "%1 custom rules are defined"
msgstr "%1 regras personalizadas estão definidas"
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source "
-"port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"Rede: <i>%1</i>, Protocolo: <i>%2</i>, Porta de destino: <i>%3</i>, Porta de "
-"origem: <i>%4</i>, Opções: <i>%5</i>"
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
+msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
+msgstr "Rede: <i>%1</i>, Protocolo: <i>%2</i>, Porta de destino: <i>%3</i>, Porta de origem: <i>%4</i>, Opções: <i>%5</i>"
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
msgid "All"
msgstr "Todos"
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header
-#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header
+#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549
msgid "Firewall Starting"
msgstr "Início do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563
msgid "<b>Enable</b> firewall automatic starting"
msgstr "<b>Habilitar</b> início automático do firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575
msgid "<b>Disable</b> firewall automatic starting"
msgstr "<b>Desabilitar</b> início automático do firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592
msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "O firewall será iniciado depois que a configuração for gravada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605
msgid "Firewall <b>starts</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "O firewall <b>será iniciado</b> depois que a configuração for gravada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
-msgid ""
-"Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622
+msgid "Firewall <b>will be stopped</b> after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "O firewall <b>será parado</b> depois que a configuração for gravada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637
msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written"
msgstr "O firewall não será iniciado depois que a configuração for gravada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661
msgid "Unassigned Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces não associados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary
-#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690
+#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary
+#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690
msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces."
msgstr "Nenhum tráfego de rede é permitido via estes interfaces."
-#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall
-#. to be started after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136
+#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall
+#. to be started after exiting YaST
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136
msgid "Starting firewall..."
msgstr "Iniciando firewall..."
-#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
-#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
+#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
+#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
msgid "Stopping firewall..."
msgstr "Parando firewall..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
msgid "No zone assigned"
msgstr "Nenhuma zona designada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
+#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
msgid "Custom string"
msgstr "Custom string"
-#. interface could be unassigned
-#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
+#. interface could be unassigned
+#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
msgid "No Zone Assigned"
msgstr "Nenhuma zona designada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
msgid "Port number %1 is invalid."
msgstr "O número de porta %1 é inválido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
-#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
+#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid."
msgstr "O número de porta %1 na definição %2 é inválido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
msgstr "Definição de Porta Inválida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
-#. that is possible to use in port-range
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
+#. that is possible to use in port-range
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
-msgstr ""
-"O número de porta deve estar incluído em um intervalo de 1 a %1 (inclusive)."
+msgstr "O número de porta deve estar incluído em um intervalo de 1 a %1 (inclusive)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition"
msgstr "Definição de Faixa de Portas Inválida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
msgid ""
"Port range %1 is invalid.\n"
"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n"
@@ -1340,13 +1257,13 @@
"Ela deve ser definida como número_porta_mín:número_porta_máx e\n"
" o número_porta_máx deve ser maior que o número_porta_mín."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
msgid "Unknown Port Name"
msgstr "Nome de porta desconhecido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
msgid ""
"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n"
"It probably would not work.\n"
@@ -1356,13 +1273,13 @@
"Ele provavelmente não funcionará.\n"
"Deseja usar essa porta mesmo assim?\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
msgstr "Definição Inválida de Serviço Adicional"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long)
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long)
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
msgid ""
"It appears that the additional service settings\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1372,35 +1289,31 @@
msgstr ""
"Aparentemente, as configurações dos serviços adicionais\n"
"%1\n"
-"estão erradas. As entradas devem ser separadas por espaços, em vez de "
-"vírgulas\n"
+"estão erradas. As entradas devem ser separadas por espaços, em vez de vírgulas\n"
", que não são permitidas.\n"
"Tem certeza de que deseja usar as configurações atuais?"
-#. :
-#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration"))
-#. )
-#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
-#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
-msgid ""
-"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
-msgstr ""
-"Mascaramento necessita de no mínimo uma interface externa e de outra "
-"interface."
+#. :
+#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration"))
+#. )
+#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
+#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
+msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
+msgstr "Mascaramento necessita de no mínimo uma interface externa e de outra interface."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
msgid "This entry must be completed."
msgstr "Esta entrada deve ser completada."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
msgid "Wrong port definition."
msgstr "Definição errada de porta."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
msgid ""
"Wrong port definition.\n"
"No port number found for this port name.\n"
@@ -1410,18 +1323,18 @@
"Nenhum número de porta encontrado para este nome de porta.\n"
"Use número de porta ao invés de nome de porta.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
msgid "Invalid IP definition."
msgstr "Definição de IP inválida."
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
msgstr "&Log de Pacotes de Broadcast Não Aceitos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
msgid ""
"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n"
"but firewall is currently running.\n"
@@ -1433,656 +1346,655 @@
"\n"
"Parar o firewall após gravar a nova configuração?\n"
-#. network is mandatory
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
+#. network is mandatory
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
msgstr "Definição de rede '%1' inválida"
-#. destination port is optional
-#. source port is optional
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
+#. destination port is optional
+#. source port is optional
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
msgstr "Faixa de portas '%1' inválida"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
msgstr "Nome ou número de porta '%1' inválido"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
msgid "All services using UDP"
msgstr "Todos os serviços usando UDP"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
msgid "All services using TCP"
msgstr "Todos os serviços usando TCP"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
msgid "Samba browsing"
msgstr "Examinando Samba"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
msgid "SLP browsing"
msgstr "Examinando SLP"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
msgid "All networks"
msgstr "Todas as redes"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
msgid "Subnet: %1"
msgstr "Sub-rede: %1"
-#. hard-coded default
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
+#. hard-coded default
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zona"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Rede"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Serviço"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
msgid "User-defined service"
msgstr "Serviço definido pelo usuário"
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
msgid "Po&rt"
msgstr "Po&rta"
-#. redraw table
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
+#. redraw table
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
msgid "Select an item to delete."
msgstr "Selecione um item para apagar."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56
msgid "Firewall configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Configurações de início"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71
msgid "Known firewall zones"
msgstr "Zonas de firewall conhecidas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79
msgid "Network interfaces configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de interfaces de rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90
msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols"
msgstr "Serviços permitidos, portas e protocolos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
msgstr "Configurações do pacote de broadcast"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111
msgid "Masquerading settings"
msgstr "Configurações de mascaramento"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
msgstr "Redirecionar solicitações para IP mascarado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125
msgid "Logging settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Log"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134
msgid "Firewall configuration summary"
msgstr "Sumário de configuração de firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142
msgid "Enables firewall"
msgstr "Habilita o firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148
msgid "Disables firewall"
msgstr "Desabilita o firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Mostrar configurações atuais"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
msgstr "Iniciar firewall no processo de boot"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165
msgid "Start firewall manually"
msgstr "Iniciar firewall manualmente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "LIstar entradas configuradas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178
msgid "Zone short name"
msgstr "Nome curto de zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182
msgid "Add a new record"
msgstr "Adicionar novo registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186
msgid "Remove a record"
msgstr "Remover um registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191
msgid "Network interface configuration name"
msgstr "Nome de configuração de interface de rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Pacotes aceitos para Log (todos|crit|nenhum)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
msgstr "Log de Pacotes não aceitos (todos|crit|nenhum)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
msgstr "Log de pacotes de broadcast (sim|não)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218
msgid "Set value"
msgstr "Configurar valor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223
msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Nome de porta ou número; múltiplas portas separadas por vírgulas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230
msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services"
-msgstr ""
-"Serviço de firewall conhecido; múltiplos serviços separados por vírgula"
+msgstr "Serviço de firewall conhecido; múltiplos serviços separados por vírgula"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237
msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Nome de porta TCP ou número; múltiplas portas separadas por vírgula"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244
msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Nome de porta UDP ou número; múltiplas portas separadas por vírgulas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251
msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports"
msgstr "Nome de porta RPC; múltiplas portas separadas por vírgulas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258
msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols"
msgstr "Nome de protocolo IP; múltiplos protocolos separados por vírgulas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265
msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)"
msgstr "Configurar proteção de zona (sim|não)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271
msgid "Detailed information"
msgstr "Informação detalhada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Opção de Habilitar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Opções de desabilitar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
msgstr "Rede de origem, como 0/0 ou 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291
msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)"
msgstr "Protocolo (tcp|udp)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296
msgid "Requested external IP (optional)"
msgstr "IP externo solicitado (opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303
msgid "Requested port name or number"
msgstr "Nome de porta solicitada ou número"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310
msgid "Redirect to internal IP"
msgstr "Redirecionar para IP interno"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317
msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)"
msgstr "Redirecionar para porta no IP interno (opcional)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324
msgid "Record number"
msgstr "Número de registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328
msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers"
msgstr "Usar nomes de portas ao invés de números de portas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556
msgid "Unknown zone %1."
msgstr "Zona desconhecida %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530
msgid "Parameter %1 must be set."
msgstr "O parâmetro %1 deve ser definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429
msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Relacionando Zonas Conhecidas de Firewall:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr "Atalho"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Nome de Zona"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491
msgid "Summary:"
msgstr "Sumário:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro é permitido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "Início:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
msgstr "Habilitando firewall no processo de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
msgstr "Removendo firewall do processo de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
msgstr "Firewall está habilitado no processo de boot"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545
msgid "Firewall needs manual starting"
msgstr "Firewall necessita ativação manual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578
msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:"
msgstr "Interfaces de Rede em Zonas de Firewall:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface)
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596
msgid "Special firewall string"
msgstr "String especial de firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Interface"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome de Dispositivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645
msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Adicionando string especial %1 à zona %2..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655
msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..."
msgstr "Adicionando interface %1 à zona %2..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Removendo string especial %1 da zona %2..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
msgstr "Removendo interface %1 da zona %2..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715
msgid "Log all"
msgstr "Registrar tudo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717
msgid "Log only critical"
msgstr "Registrar apenas críticos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719
msgid "Do not log any"
msgstr "Não registrar nenhum"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729
msgid "Global Logging Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Registro Globais:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737
msgid "Rule Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Regra"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745
msgid "Accepted"
msgstr "Aceito"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751
msgid "Not accepted"
msgstr "Não aceito"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
msgstr "Registro de Pacotes de Broadcast:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776
msgid "Logging enabled"
msgstr "Registro habilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778
msgid "Logging disabled"
msgstr "Registro desabilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906
msgid "Short"
msgstr "Pequeno"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790
msgid "Logging Status"
msgstr "Status de Log"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481
msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2."
msgstr "O valor %1 não é permitido para a opção %2."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891
msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:"
msgstr "Portas de Broadcast Permitidas:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Porta"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
msgstr "Somente um comando de ação é permitido aqui."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987
msgid "Defined Firewall Services:"
msgstr "Serviços de Firewall Definidos:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101
msgid "Service Name"
msgstr "Nome do Serviço"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022
msgid "TCP port"
msgstr "Porta TCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024
msgid "UDP port"
msgstr "Porta UDP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026
msgid "RPC port"
msgstr "Porta RPC"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028
msgid "IP protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
msgstr "Serviços Permitidos nas Zonas:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Todos os serviços"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176
msgid "Entire zone unprotected"
msgstr "Zona inteira desprotegida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099
msgid "Service ID"
msgstr "ID do Serviço"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
msgstr "Portas Adicionais Permitidas:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124
msgid "All ports"
msgstr "Todas as portas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
msgstr "Protocolos IP Adicionais Permitidos nas Zonas:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173
msgid "All IP protocols"
msgstr "Todos os protocolos IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191
msgid "IP Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212
msgid "Unknown service %1."
msgstr "Serviço desconhecido %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285
msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones."
msgstr "Proteção só pode ser configurada para zonas internas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation)
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346
msgid "At least one of %1 must be set."
msgstr "Pelo menos um(a) %1 deve ser definido(a)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
msgstr "Pelo menos um comando de ação de %1 deve ser definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
msgstr "Redirecionar Solicitações para IP Mascarado:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504
msgid "Unknown port name %1."
msgstr "Nome de porta desconhecido %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Mascaramento:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
-#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or
+#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name.
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576
msgid "everywhere"
msgstr "em todos os lugares"
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577
msgid "in the %1 zone"
msgstr "na zona %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
-#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
+#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583
msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2"
msgstr "Mascaramento é %1 %2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "habilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
-#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
+#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "desabilitado"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/firstboot.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,120 +14,114 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65
msgid "Firstboot Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Primeiro Boot"
-#. text label, describing the check box meaning
-#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length
-#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71
+#. text label, describing the check box meaning
+#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length
+#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71
msgid ""
"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n"
"firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"Marque Habilitar Sequência da Primeira Inicialização para iniciar o\n"
-"utilitário de primeira inicialização do YaST na primeira inicialização após "
-"a configuração.\n"
+"utilitário de primeira inicialização do YaST na primeira inicialização após a configuração.\n"
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79
+#. check box label
+#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79
msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence"
msgstr "Habilitar sequência de Primeiro Boot"
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on "
-"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Habilitar Sequência da Primeira Inicialização</b> para iniciar "
-"o utilitário de primeira inicialização do YaST na primeira inicialização "
-"após a configuração.</p>\n"
-"<p>Consulte a documentação do módulo yast2-firstboot para obter mais "
-"informações.</p>\n"
+"<p>Marque <b>Habilitar Sequência da Primeira Inicialização</b> para iniciar o utilitário de primeira inicialização do YaST na primeira inicialização após a configuração.</p>\n"
+"<p>Consulte a documentação do módulo yast2-firstboot para obter mais informações.</p>\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files.
-#. **
-#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3>
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files.
+#. **
+#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3>
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48
msgid "Empty"
msgstr "Vazio"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57
msgid "First Boot Configuration"
msgstr "Primeira Configuração de Boot"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59
msgid "&Up"
msgstr "&Acima"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60
msgid "D&own"
msgstr "Para baix&o"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61
msgid "Enab&le or Disable"
msgstr "Habi&litar/Desabilitar"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Step"
msgstr "Etapa"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Rótulo"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Nome de Módulo"
-#. translators: dialog text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
+#. translators: dialog text
+#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
"Select the desktop environment \n"
"to use from the list below.\n"
@@ -135,8 +129,8 @@
"Favor selecionar o ambiente de trabalho que gostaria de \n"
"usar da lista abaixo.\n"
-#. help text fro desktop dialog
-#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105
+#. help text fro desktop dialog
+#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n"
"This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n"
@@ -146,31 +140,31 @@
"Este sistema tem mais de um ambiente de trabalho instalado. Selecione\n"
"o ambiente a ser habilitado como padrão.</p>"
-#. translators: dialog title
-#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113
+#. translators: dialog title
+#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113
msgid "Select Your Default Desktop"
msgstr "Selecione Sua Área de Trabalho Padrão"
-#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically
-#. be started after this part of the installation is done?
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64
+#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically
+#. be started after this part of the installation is done?
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64
msgid "&Start YaST Control Center"
msgstr "&Iniciar YaST2 Centro de Controle"
-#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70
+#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70
msgid "Configuration Completed"
msgstr "Configuração Completada"
-#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73
+#. congratulation text 1/4
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Parabéns!</b></p>"
-#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75
+#. congratulation text 2/4
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -178,25 +172,25 @@
"<p>A instalação do &product; na sua máquina está completa.\n"
"Após clicar <b>Encerrar</b>, você pode fazer login no sistema.</p>\n"
-#. congratulation text 3/4
-#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
-#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original.
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81
+#. congratulation text 3/4
+#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
+#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original.
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81
msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nos visite em www.suse.com.</p>"
-#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83
+#. congratulation text 4/4
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p>Divirta-se!<br>Seu Time de Desenvolvimento SuSE</p>"
-#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112
+#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seu sistema está pronto para uso.</p>"
-#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114
+#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
@@ -204,8 +198,8 @@
"<p><b>Encerrar</b> fechará a instalação YaST e continuará\n"
"na tela de login.</p>\n"
-#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118
+#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -215,24 +209,21 @@
"ajustar algumas configurações KDE ao seu hardware. Também note\n"
"nosso diálogo de Boas Vindas SuSE.</p>\n"
-#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
+#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
-"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will "
-"start\n"
-"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button "
-"to\n"
+"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n"
+"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Se desejado, especialistas podem usar gama completa de módulos de\n"
-"configuração SuSE neste momento. Marque <b>Iniciar YaST Centro de Controle"
-"b> \n"
+"configuração SuSE neste momento. Marque <b>Iniciar YaST Centro de Controle</b> \n"
"que iniciará após o <b>Encerrar</b>. Nota: O Centro de Controle não tem um\n"
"botão para voltar para a sequencia de instalação.</p>\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
msgid ""
"Your language setting has been changed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -242,29 +233,28 @@
"Sua configuração de idioma foi modificada.\n"
"\n"
"Se necessário, convém adaptar suas configurações de teclado\n"
-"ao novo idioma. Use a ferramenta de configuração de layout do teclado após o "
-"login."
+"ao novo idioma. Use a ferramenta de configuração de layout do teclado após o login."
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Build dialog
+#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. heading text
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72
msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Idioma e Layout de Teclado"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
+#. combo box label
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Idioma"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
+#. combo box label
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Layout de Te&clado"
-#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
+#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -276,8 +266,8 @@
"a configuração e no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -287,8 +277,8 @@
"Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para passar para a próxima caixa de diálogo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -300,34 +290,33 @@
"o processo de instalação a qualquer momento.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Não existe espaço suficiente para instalar todos os pacotes adicionais."
+msgstr "Não existe espaço suficiente para instalar todos os pacotes adicionais."
-#. progress stages
-#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45
+#. progress stages
+#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Atualizar configuração"
-#. progress stages
-#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47
+#. progress stages
+#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47
msgid "Prepare system for first login"
msgstr "Preparar o sistema para primeiro login"
-#. progress stages
-#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52
+#. progress stages
+#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Atualizando configuração..."
-#. progress stages
-#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54
+#. progress stages
+#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54
msgid "Preparing system for first login..."
msgstr "Preparando o sistema para o primeiro login..."
-#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
-#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59
+#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
+#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Please wait while the system is being configured.\n"
@@ -337,49 +326,49 @@
"Favor esperar enquanto o sistema está sendo configurado.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow
-#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70
+#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow
+#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70
msgid "Completing the System Configuration"
msgstr "Completando a Configuração do Sistema"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of firstboot
-#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions
-#. Authors: Anas Nashif
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot.
-#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of firstboot
+#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions
+#. Authors: Anas Nashif
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot.
+#. Input and output routines.
+#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51
msgid "No Text Available"
msgstr "Nenhum Texto Disponível"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172
msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled"
msgstr "Configuração de primeiro boot desabilitada"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175
msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled"
msgstr "Configuração de primeiro boot habilitada"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ftp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,1293 +14,1256 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43
+#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43
msgid "Configuration of FTP server"
msgstr "Configuração do servidor FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:53
msgid "Display settings"
msgstr "Configurações de tela"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:59
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Configurações de inicialização"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70
msgid "Enable/disable chrooting."
msgstr "Habilitar/desabilitar chroot."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78
msgid "Saved log messages into the log file."
msgstr "Gravarr mensagens de registro no arquivo de registro."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86
msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>"
-msgstr ""
-"Umask vsftpd: :, pure-ftpd: <arquivos>:"
-""
+msgstr "Umask vsftpd: :, pure-ftpd: <arquivos>:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94
msgid "Enter the existing directory for anonymous users."
msgstr "Digite o diretório existente para usuários anônimos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102
msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Insira o diretório existente para usuários autenticados (pure-ftpd apenas)."
+msgstr "Insira o diretório existente para usuários autenticados (pure-ftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110
msgid "The port range for passive connection replies"
msgstr "Faixa de portas para respostas de conexões passivas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118
msgid "The maximum idle time in minutes"
msgstr "Tempo máximo de inatividade em minutos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126
msgid "The maximum number of clients connected via IP"
msgstr "Número máximo de clientes conectados via IP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317
msgid "The maximum connected clients"
msgstr "Número máximo de clientes conectados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
-msgstr ""
-"Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para usuários locais "
-"autenticados (KB/s)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142
+msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
+msgstr "Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para usuários locais autenticados (KB/s)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150
msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)"
-msgstr ""
-"Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para clientes anônimos (KB/s)"
+msgstr "Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para clientes anônimos (KB/s)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158
msgid "Access permissions"
msgstr "Permissões de acesso"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:168
msgid "Access permissions for anonymous users"
msgstr "Permissões de acesso para usuários anônimos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181
-msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server "
-"(vsftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"A mensagem de boas-vindas é o texto exibido quando alguém se conecta ao "
-"servidor (vsftpd apenas)."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181
+msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)."
+msgstr "A mensagem de boas-vindas é o texto exibido quando alguém se conecta ao servidor (vsftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190
msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)."
msgstr "O vsftpd suporta conexões seguras via SSL (vsftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd "
-"only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se habilitada, esta opção permitirá conexões usando o protocolo SSL v2 "
-"(vsftpd apenas)."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199
+msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
+msgstr "Se habilitada, esta opção permitirá conexões usando o protocolo SSL v2 (vsftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd "
-"only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Se habilitada, esta opção permitirá conexões usando o protocolo SSL v3 "
-"(vsftpd apenas)."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208
+msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
+msgstr "Se habilitada, esta opção permitirá conexões usando o protocolo SSL v3 (vsftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217
msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)."
msgstr "O vsftpd suporta conexões via TLS (vsftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226
-msgid ""
-"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a "
-"local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr ""
-"Não permitir o download de arquivos que foram carregados, mas não validados "
-"pelo administrador local (pure-ftpd apenas)."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226
+msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
+msgstr "Não permitir o download de arquivos que foram carregados, mas não validados pelo administrador local (pure-ftpd apenas)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235
msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)"
-msgstr ""
-"Configurações de segurança para protocolos SSL e TLS (somente pure-ftpd)"
+msgstr "Configurações de segurança para protocolos SSL e TLS (somente pure-ftpd)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244
msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process."
msgstr "Iniciar daemon FTP durante o processo de boot."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250
msgid "Start FTP daemon manually."
msgstr "Iniciar daemon FTP manualmente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698
msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd"
msgstr "Iniciar daemon FTP via xinetd"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262
msgid "Start xinetd if it is not running."
msgstr "Iniciar o xinetd, se não estiver em execução."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:268
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Habilitar opção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:272 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:277
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Desabilitar opção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282
msgid "Directory for anonymous users"
msgstr "Diretório para usuários anônimos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289
msgid "Directory for authenticated users"
msgstr "Diretório para usuários autenticados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296
msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies"
msgstr "O valor mínimo da faixa de portas para respostas de conexões passivas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303
msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies"
msgstr "O valor máximo da faixa de portas para respostas de conexões passivas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310
msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)"
msgstr "Tempo de Inatividade Máximo (em minutos)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324
msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)"
msgstr "Taxa de transferência de dados máxima para usuários de FTP (KB/s)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330
msgid "Access only for anonymous"
msgstr "Acesso apenas para anônimos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336
msgid "Access only for authenticated users"
msgstr "Acesso apenas para usuários autenticados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342
msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users"
msgstr "Acesso para usuários anônimos e autenticados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348
msgid "Anonymous users can upload."
msgstr "Usuários anônimos podem fazer upload."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354
msgid "Anonymous users can create directories."
msgstr "Usuários anônimos podem criar diretórios."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362
-msgid ""
-"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
-msgstr ""
-"A mensagem de boas-vindas é o texto exibido quando alguém se conecta ao "
-"servidor."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362
+msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
+msgstr "A mensagem de boas-vindas é o texto exibido quando alguém se conecta ao servidor."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369
msgid "SSL version 2"
msgstr "SSL versão 2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374
msgid "SSL version 3"
msgstr "SSL versão 3"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379
msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms."
msgstr "Recusar conexões que não usarem mecanismos de segurança SSL/TLS."
-#. EOF
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454
+#. EOF
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Tela:"
-#. start-up settings
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695
+#. start-up settings
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:457 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:677
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:686 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:695
msgid "Start-Up:"
msgstr "Início:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459
msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd."
msgstr "O daemon FTP é iniciado via xinited."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463
msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process."
msgstr "O daemon FTP está habilitado no processo de boot."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466
msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting."
msgstr "O daemon FTP precisa ser iniciado manualmente."
-#. logging settings
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470
+#. logging settings
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470
msgid "Verbose Logging:"
msgstr "Registro Verboso:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481
msgid "Enable"
msgstr "Habilitar"
-#. CommandLine::Print("");
-#. CommandLine::Print("");
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484
+#. CommandLine::Print("");
+#. CommandLine::Print("");
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:475 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:484
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Desabilitar"
-#. chroot settings
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479
+#. chroot settings
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:479
msgid "Chroot Everyone:"
msgstr "Limitar Todos com Chroot:"
-#. UMASK settings
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753
+#. UMASK settings
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753
msgid "Umask for Anonymous: "
msgstr "Umask para Anônimo:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494
msgid "Umask for Anonymous:"
msgstr "Umask para Anônimo:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:532 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:541
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:549 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:557
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615
msgid "Option is not set now."
msgstr "A opção não está definida."
-#. CommandLine::Print("");
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755
+#. CommandLine::Print("");
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755
msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: "
msgstr "Umask para Usuários Autenticados: "
-#. CommandLine::Print("");
-#. CommandLine::Print("");
-#. part for pure-fptd
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783
+#. CommandLine::Print("");
+#. CommandLine::Print("");
+#. part for pure-fptd
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783
msgid "Umask: "
msgstr "Umask:"
-#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit)
-#. authenticated and anonymous dirs
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520
+#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit)
+#. authenticated and anonymous dirs
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520
msgid "Authenticated dir: "
msgstr "Diretório autenticado: "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528
msgid "Anonymous dir: "
msgstr "Diretório anônimo:"
-#. port range
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535
+#. port range
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535
msgid "Port Range: "
msgstr "Faixa de portas:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:538 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:889
msgid " - "
msgstr " - "
-#. idle time
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545
+#. idle time
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545
msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: "
msgstr "Tempo Máximo de Inatividade [minutos]: "
-#. maximum clients per IP
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553
+#. maximum clients per IP
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553
msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: "
msgstr "Máximo de Clientes por IP: "
-#. maximum clients
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561
+#. maximum clients
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561
msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: "
msgstr "Número Máximo de Clientes: "
-#. max rate for authenticated users
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569
+#. max rate for authenticated users
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569
msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: "
msgstr "Taxa Máxima para Usuários Autenticados [KB/s]: "
-#. max rate for anonymous users
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577
+#. max rate for anonymous users
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577
msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: "
msgstr "Taxa Máxima para Usuários Anônimos [KB/s]: "
-#. general settings for access
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585
+#. general settings for access
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585
msgid "Access Allowed for: "
msgstr "Acesso Permitido para: "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587
msgid "Anonymous Users"
msgstr "Usuários Anônimos"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589
msgid "Authenticated Users"
msgstr "Usuários Autenticados"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591
msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users"
msgstr "Usuários Anônimos e Autenticados"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593
msgid "Option has wrong value."
msgstr "A opção possui valor incorreto."
-#. access permissions for anonymous users
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597
+#. access permissions for anonymous users
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597
msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: "
msgstr "Permissões de Acesso para Anônimo: "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599
msgid "Upload enabled; "
msgstr "Upload habilitado; "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601
msgid "Upload disabled; "
msgstr "Upload desabilitado; "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604
msgid "Create directories enabled"
msgstr "Criação de diretórios habilitada"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606
msgid "Create directories disabled"
msgstr "Criação de diretórios desabilitada"
-#. welcome message vsftpd only
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611
+#. welcome message vsftpd only
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611
msgid "Welcome message: "
msgstr "Mensagem de Boas-vindas:"
-#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: "));
-#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS)
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622
+#. CommandLine::PrintNoCR(_("Security settings: "));
+#. SSL options (SSL version and TLS)
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:622
msgid "SSL is disabled"
msgstr "SSL está desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:624
msgid "SSL is enabled"
msgstr "SSL está habilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628
msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled"
msgstr "SSL versão 2 está desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630
msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled"
msgstr "SSL versão 2 está habilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634
msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled"
msgstr "SSL versão 3 está desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636
msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled"
msgstr "SSL versão 3 está habilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640
msgid "TLS is disabled"
msgstr "TLS está desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:642
msgid "TLS is enabled"
msgstr "TLS está habilitado"
-#. AntiWarez option
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646
+#. AntiWarez option
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:646
msgid "Antiwarez: "
msgstr "Antiwarez: "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648
msgid "Antiwarez enabled"
msgstr "Antiwarez habilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650
msgid "Antiwarez disabled"
msgstr "Antiwarez desabilitado"
-#. SSL/TLS settings
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653
+#. SSL/TLS settings
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653
msgid "SSL/TLS settings: "
msgstr "Configurações de SSL/TLS: "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:655
msgid "SSL/TLS disabled"
msgstr "SSL/TLS desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:657
msgid "SSL/TLS enabled"
msgstr "SSL/TLS habilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:659
msgid "Refuse connections without SSL/TLS"
msgstr "Recusar conexões sem SSL/TLS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673
msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro (atboot/manual) é permitido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680
msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..."
msgstr "Habilitando daemon FTP no processo de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689
msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..."
msgstr "Removendo daemon FTP do processo de boot..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726
msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro (enable/disable) é permitido."
-#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741
+#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741
msgid "Umask:"
msgstr "Umask:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745
msgid "Only one parameter (show/set_umask) is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro (show/set_umask) é permitido."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788
msgid "Entered umask is not valid."
msgstr "O umask inserido é inválido."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772
msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)"
msgstr "Exemplo de umask correto: : (177:077)"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790
msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)"
msgstr "Exemplo de umask correto: <arquivos>: (set_umask=177:077)"
-#. end of if (vsftpd_edit)
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803
+#. end of if (vsftpd_edit)
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803
msgid "Anonymous users:"
msgstr "Usuários anônimos:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809
msgid "Anonymous directory:"
msgstr "Diretório anônimo:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844
msgid "Option is empty."
msgstr "Opção está vazia."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816
msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp"
msgstr "Exemplo de entrada correta: set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:823 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:853
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:935 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1027
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1100 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1151
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1241
msgid "Only one parameter is allowed."
msgstr "Somente um parâmetro é permitido."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832
msgid "Authenticated users:"
msgstr "Usuários autenticados:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839
msgid "Authenticated directory:"
msgstr "Diretório autenticado:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846
msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp"
msgstr "Exemplo de entrada correta: set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858
msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server."
msgstr "Opção não suportada no servidor pure-ftpd."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867
msgid "Port range:"
msgstr "Faixa de portas:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:885
msgid "Port range for passive mode: "
msgstr "Faixa de portas para modo passivo: "
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894
msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port."
msgstr "Insira a porta mínima < porta máxima."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899
msgid "Enter correct numbers."
msgstr "Digite os números corretos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:904
msgid "Only two parameters are allowed."
msgstr "Somente dois parâmetros são permitidos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:929
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "Valor incorreto de opção."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004
msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):"
msgstr "Acesso (Anônimo/Autenticado):"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008
msgid "Access allowed for: "
msgstr "Acesso Permitido para: "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011
msgid "Anonymous users"
msgstr "Usuários Anônimos"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014
msgid "Authenticated users"
msgstr "Usuários Autenticados"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017
msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users"
msgstr "Usuários Anônimos e Autenticados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020
msgid "Unknown option."
msgstr "Opção desconhecida."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040
msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:"
msgstr "Permissões de acesso para usuários anônimos:"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047
msgid "Upload enabled"
msgstr "Upload habilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050
msgid "Upload disabled"
msgstr "Upload desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052
msgid "; "
msgstr "; "
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1055
msgid "Create dirs enabled"
msgstr "Criação de diretórios habilitada"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1058
msgid "Create dirs disabled"
msgstr "Criação de diretórios desabilitada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062
msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed."
msgstr "Somente um ou dois parâmetros são permitidos."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075
msgid "Welcome Message:"
msgstr "Mensagem de Boas-vindas:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120
msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd."
msgstr "Esta opção é permitida apenas em vsftpd."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094
msgid "Missing value of option"
msgstr "Valor ausente da opção"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103
msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\""
msgstr "Exemplo de entrada correta: welcome_message=\"Olá pessoal\""
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127
msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd."
msgstr "Esta opção é permitida apenas em pure-ftpd."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1145 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1235
msgid "Wrong option."
msgstr "Opção incorreta."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211
msgid "Security Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Segurança:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215
msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server."
msgstr "Esta opção é permitida apenas em pure-ftp-server."
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222
msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled"
msgstr "SSL e TLS estão habilitados"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227
msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled"
msgstr "SSL e TLS estão desabilitados"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231
msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS"
msgstr "Recusar conexão sem SSL/TLS"
-#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244
+#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244
msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only"
msgstr "Exemplo de entrada correta: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only"
-#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70
+#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70
msgid "Packages for vsftpd and pure-ftpd are not available."
msgstr "Pacotes para vsftpd e pure-ftpd indisponíveis."
-#. end of `VBox(
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82
+#. end of `VBox(
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82
msgid "No server package installed."
msgstr "Nenhum pacote de servidor instalado."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83
msgid "Choose an FTP daemon."
msgstr "Escolha um daemon FTP."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84
msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration."
msgstr "Clique em Cancelar para cancelar a configuração do FTP."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "&vsftpd"
msgstr "&vsftpd"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204
msgid "&pure-ftpd"
msgstr "&pure-ftpd"
-#. result = Package::Available(daemon);
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134
+#. result = Package::Available(daemon);
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134
msgid "Installation failed."
msgstr "Falha na instalação."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146
msgid "Package for FTP is not available."
msgstr "O pacote para FTP não está disponível."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150
msgid "Package not found."
msgstr "Pacote não encontrado."
-#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon
-#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191
+#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon
+#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191
msgid "Choose daemon?"
msgstr "Escolher o daemon?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration"
msgstr "Interrompendo Configuração do FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?"
-msgstr ""
-"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas. Realmente interromper a configuração?"
+msgstr "Todas as mudanças serão perdidas. Realmente interromper a configuração?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188
+#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "&When booting"
msgstr "Ao &inicializar"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Via &xinetd"
msgstr "Via &xinetd"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Via xinetd"
msgstr "Via xinetd"
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Start widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Start widget (pure-ftpd)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget
-#. Function start vsftpd
-#. write settings to disk...
-#. Function start pure-ftpd
-#. write settings to disk...
-#. Init function for start-up
-#.
-#. init starting via xinetd and update status
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Start widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Start widget (pure-ftpd)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget
+#. Function start vsftpd
+#. write settings to disk...
+#. Function start pure-ftpd
+#. write settings to disk...
+#. Init function for start-up
+#.
+#. init starting via xinetd and update status
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:212 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:173
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:263
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:317
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:408
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:502
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:511
msgid "FTP is running"
msgstr "FTP em execução"
-#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP ();
-#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now."));
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359
+#. UpdateInfoAboutStartingFTP ();
+#. Popup::Message(_("This is not supported via xinetd now."));
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:213 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:214
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:359
msgid "FTP is not running"
msgstr "O FTP não está em execução"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "&Start FTP Now"
msgstr "&Iniciar FTP Agora"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:215 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:264
msgid "S&top FTP Now"
msgstr "&Parar FTP Agora"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273
msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now"
msgstr "Gra&var Configurações e Reiniciar FTP Agora"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now"
msgstr "Iniciar o Daemon FTP Agora"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now"
msgstr "Parar o Daemon FTP Agora"
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now"
msgstr "Gravar Configurações e Reiniciar o Daemon FTP Agora"
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for start-stop widget
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:310
msgid "Selected Service"
msgstr "Serviço Selecionado"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "p&ure-ftpd"
msgstr "p&ure-ftpd"
-#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364
+#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. Wellcome Message for vsftpd
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:364
msgid "&Welcome message"
msgstr "Mensagem de &boas-vindas"
-#. Chroot Everyone
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391
+#. Chroot Everyone
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:391
msgid "&Chroot Everyone"
msgstr "Limitar Todos com &Chroot"
-#. Verbos Logging
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422
+#. Verbos Logging
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422
msgid "&Verbose Logging"
msgstr "Registro &Verboso"
-#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454
+#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)"
msgstr "&Umask (arquivos umask:diretórios umask)"
-#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488
+#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "&Umask for Anonymous"
msgstr "&Umask para Anônimo"
-#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519
+#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519
msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users"
msgstr "Uma&sk para Usuários Autenticados"
-#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547
+#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:547
msgid "FTP Directory for Anon&ymous Users"
msgstr "Diretório FTP para Usuários Anôn&imos"
-#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582
+#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Anon
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:582
msgid "Brows&e"
msgstr "&Procurar"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220
msgid " "
msgstr " "
-#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604
+#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604
msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users"
msgstr "Diretório &FTP para Usuários Autenticados"
-#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated
-#. General Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
-#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
+#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated
+#. General Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
+#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213
msgid "Br&owse"
msgstr "&Pesquisar"
-#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. Max Idle Time [minutes]
-#. Performance Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663
+#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. Max Idle Time [minutes]
+#. Performance Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]"
msgstr "Tempo &Máximo de Inatividade [minutos]"
-#. Max Clients for One IP
-#. Performance Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699
+#. Max Clients for One IP
+#. Performance Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP"
msgstr "Máximo de Cli&entes para Um IP"
-#. Max Clients
-#. Performance Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732
+#. Max Clients
+#. Performance Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Ma&x Clients"
msgstr "&Máximo de Clientes"
-#. Local Max Rate [KB/s]
-#. Performance Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765
+#. Local Max Rate [KB/s]
+#. Performance Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]"
msgstr "Taxa Máxima para &Locais [KB/s]"
-#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s]
-#. Performance Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798
+#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s]
+#. Performance Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798
msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]"
msgstr "&Taxa Máxima para Anônimos [KB/s]"
-#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users
-#. Authentication Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836
+#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users
+#. Authentication Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836
msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users"
msgstr "Habilitar/Desabilitar Usuários Anônimos e Locais"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842
msgid "Anonymo&us Only"
msgstr "Somente A&nônimo"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843
msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only"
msgstr "Somente Usuários Au&tenticados"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "&Both"
msgstr "&Ambos"
-#. Enable Upload
-#. Authentication Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872
+#. Enable Upload
+#. Authentication Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "&Enable Upload"
msgstr "&Habilitar Upload"
-#. Anonymous Can Upload
-#. Authentication Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903
+#. Anonymous Can Upload
+#. Authentication Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload"
msgstr "Anô&nimo Pode Fazer Upload"
-#. Anonymous Can Create Directories
-#. Authentication Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935
+#. Anonymous Can Create Directories
+#. Authentication Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories"
msgstr "Anônim&o Pode Criar Diretórios"
-#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. Enable Pass&ive Mode
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970
+#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. Enable Pass&ive Mode
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:970
msgid "Enable Pass&ive Mode"
msgstr "Habilitar Mo&do Passivo"
-#. Min Port for Pas. Mode
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001
+#. Min Port for Pas. Mode
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Min Port for Pas. Mode"
msgstr "&Mínimo de Portas para Modo Passivo"
-#. Max Port for Pas. Mode
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033
+#. Max Port for Pas. Mode
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1033
msgid "Max P&ort for Pas. Mode"
msgstr "Máximo de P&ortas para Modo Passivo"
-#. Enable SSL
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652
+#. Enable SSL
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#. end of `Frame ( "Passiv Mode Settings"
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1071
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1652
msgid "Enab&le SSL"
msgstr "Habi&litar SSL"
-#. Enable SSL v2
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097
+#. Enable SSL v2
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "&Enable SSL v2"
msgstr "Habil&itar SSL v2"
-#. Enable SSL v3
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126
+#. Enable SSL v3
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1126
msgid "Enable SSL &v3"
msgstr "Ha&bilitar SSL v3"
-#. Enable TLS
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155
+#. Enable TLS
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Enable &TLS"
msgstr "Habilitar &TLS"
-#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183
+#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1183
msgid "D&SA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections"
msgstr "Usar Certificados D&SA para Conexões criptografadas por SSL"
-#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237
+#. Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data"
msgstr "Desabilitar Download de Dados In&validados"
-#. Security Settings
-#. Expert Settings widget
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264
+#. Security Settings
+#. Expert Settings widget
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Segurança"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270
msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS"
msgstr "Desabilitar SSL/&TLS"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS"
msgstr "Aceitar &SSL e TLS"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS"
msgstr "&Recusar Conexões sem SSL/TLS"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1320
msgid "FTP Start-up"
msgstr "Inicialização do FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1322
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicialização"
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. General Settings widget (vsftpd)
-#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd)
-#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Performance Settings widget
-#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. General Settings widget (vsftpd)
+#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. General Settings widget (pure-ftpd)
+#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General Settings widget
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Performance Settings widget
+#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance Settings widget
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1346
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Gerais"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1485
msgid "FTP Directories"
msgstr "Diretórios FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1384
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1446
msgid "FTP General Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Gerais do FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1448
msgid "General"
msgstr "Geral"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1498
msgid "FTP Performance Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Desempenho do FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1500
msgid "Performance"
msgstr "Desempenho"
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Anonymous Settings widget
-#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Anonymous Settings widget
-#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Anonymous Settings widget
+#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Anonymous Settings widget
+#. define for tabs_vsftpd/tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Anonymous Settings widget
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597
msgid "Uploading"
msgstr "Fazendo Upload"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1569
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1613
msgid "FTP Anonymous Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Anônimo do FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1571
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1615
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação"
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd)
-#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget
-#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
-#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd)
-#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
-#.
-#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Expert Settings widget (vsftpd)
+#. define for tabs_vsftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget
+#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
+#. Expert Settings widget (pure-ftpd)
+#. define for tabs_pureftpd necessary later in screens (CWNTree)
+#.
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert Settings widget
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1638
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid "Passive Mode"
msgstr "Modo Passivo"
-#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true
-#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings")
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726
+#. end of `CheckBoxFrame(`id("SSLEnable"), "Sec&urity Settings", true
+#. end of `Frame ( _("Additional Settings")
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726
msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do SUSEfirewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1676
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1731
msgid "FTP Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas do FTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1678
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1733
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720
+#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "Additional Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Adicionais"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1308,18 +1271,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando "
-"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1327,8 +1289,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:29
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1340,27 +1302,25 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40
+#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. Start widget switching daemons help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n"
-" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-"
-"ftpd, \n"
+" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
" </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serviço Selecionado</b><br>\n"
" O quadro mostra qual daemon está configurado: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
-" </b>. Caso você tenha instalado ambos os daemons, poderá alternar entre "
-"eles.\n"
+" </b>. Caso você tenha instalado ambos os daemons, poderá alternar entre eles.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. general welcome message help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50
+#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. general welcome message help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p><b>Welcome Message</b><br>\n"
"Specify the name of a file containing the\n"
@@ -1372,8 +1332,8 @@
"o texto a ser exibido quando alguém se conectar ao servidor.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general chroot help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57
+#. general chroot help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n"
"When enabled, local users will be (by default) placed in a \n"
@@ -1388,24 +1348,22 @@
"chroot() jail em seus diretórios pessoais após o login.\n"
"<b>Aviso:</b> Essa opção tem implicações de segurança, \n"
"especialmente se os usuários tiverem permissão de upload\n"
-"ou acesso a shell. Habilite o Chroot apenas se você souber o que está "
-"fazendo.\n"
+"ou acesso a shell. Habilite o Chroot apenas se você souber o que está fazendo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general logging help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67
+#. general logging help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Verbose Logging</b><br>\n"
"When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Registro Verboso</b><br>\n"
-"Quando habilitado, todas as solicitações e respostas de FTP são "
-"registradas.\n"
+"Quando habilitado, todas as solicitações e respostas de FTP são registradas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73
+#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n"
"File creation mask. (umask for files):(umask for dirs). \n"
@@ -1417,8 +1375,8 @@
"177:077 para ter mais certeza.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80
+#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask for Anonymous:</b><br>\n"
"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for anonymous users. \n"
@@ -1432,25 +1390,23 @@
"o valor será tratado como um número inteiro de base 10.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88
+#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
-"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated "
-"users. \n"
+"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n"
"If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n"
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Umask para Usuários Autenticados:</b><br>\n"
-"O valor usado em umask para criação de arquivos para usuários "
-"autenticados. \n"
+"O valor usado em umask para criação de arquivos para usuários autenticados. \n"
"Para especificar valores octais, lembre-se do prefixo \"0\", do contrário, \n"
"o valor será tratado como um número inteiro de base 10.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96
+#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP Directory for Anonymous Users:</b><br>\n"
"Specify a directory which is used for FTP anonymous users. \n"
@@ -1459,12 +1415,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diretório FTP para Usuários Anônimos:</b><br>\n"
"Especifique o diretório que será utilizado para usuários anônimos de FTP. \n"
-"Clique em <b>Procurar</b> para selecionar o diretório no sistema de arquivos "
-"local.\n"
+"Clique em <b>Procurar</b> para selecionar o diretório no sistema de arquivos local.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103
+#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP Directory for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n"
"Specify a directory which is used for FTP authenticated users. \n"
@@ -1472,16 +1427,14 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diretório FTP para Usuários Autenticados:</b><br>\n"
-"Especifique o diretório que será utilizado para usuários autenticados de "
-"FTP. \n"
-"Clique em <b>Procurar</b> para selecionar o diretório no sistema de arquivos "
-"local.\n"
+"Especifique o diretório que será utilizado para usuários autenticados de FTP. \n"
+"Clique em <b>Procurar</b> para selecionar o diretório no sistema de arquivos local.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113
+#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. performance Max Idle Time help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Idle Time:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum time (timeout) a remote client \n"
@@ -1493,8 +1446,8 @@
"pode aguardar entre os comandos do FTP.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120
+#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Clients for One IP:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect\n"
@@ -1506,8 +1459,8 @@
"do mesmo endereço de Internet de origem. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. performance max clients help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127
+#. performance max clients help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Clients:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum number of clients allowed to connect. \n"
@@ -1516,24 +1469,22 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Máximo de Clientes:</b><br>\n"
"O número máximo de clientes que podem se conectar. \n"
-"Qualquer cliente adicional que tentar se conectar receberá uma mensagem de "
-"erro.\n"
+"Qualquer cliente adicional que tentar se conectar receberá uma mensagem de erro.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. performance local max rate help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134
+#. performance local max rate help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Max Rate:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Taxa Máxima para Locais:</b><br>\n"
-"Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para usuários locais "
-"autenticados.\n"
+"Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para usuários locais autenticados.\n"
"</p>"
-#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140
+#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n"
@@ -1541,30 +1492,25 @@
"<p><b>Taxa Máxima para Anônimos:</b><br>\n"
"Taxa de transferência de dados máxima permitida para clientes anônimos.</p>\n"
-#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147
+#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. authentication Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n"
"<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n"
-"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are "
-"permitted.\n"
-"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are "
-"permitted.\n"
+"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n"
+"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Habilitar/Desabilitar Usuários Locais e Anônimos</b><br>\n"
-"<b>Apenas Anônimos</b>: Se habilitado, apenas logins anônimos serão "
-"permitidos.\n"
-"<b>Apenas Usuários Autenticados</b>: Se habilitado, apenas usuários "
-"autenticados serão permitidos.\n"
-"<b>Ambos</b>: Se habilitado, tanto usuários anônimos quanto usuários "
-"autenticados serão permitidos.\n"
+"<b>Apenas Anônimos</b>: Se habilitado, apenas logins anônimos serão permitidos.\n"
+"<b>Apenas Usuários Autenticados</b>: Se habilitado, apenas usuários autenticados serão permitidos.\n"
+"<b>Ambos</b>: Se habilitado, tanto usuários anônimos quanto usuários autenticados serão permitidos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155
+#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, FTP users can upload. To allow anonymous users \n"
@@ -1572,50 +1518,42 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Habilitar Upload</b><br>\n"
-"Se habilitado, os usuários de FTP poderão fazer upload. Para permitir que "
-"usuários anônimos \n"
+"Se habilitado, os usuários de FTP poderão fazer upload. Para permitir que usuários anônimos \n"
"façam upload, habilite </b>Anônimo Pode Fazer Upload</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162
+#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:162
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n"
"If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n"
"<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n"
-"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after "
-"login.\n"
+"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anônimo Pode Fazer Upload</b><br>\n"
"Se habilitado, usuários anônimos poderão fazer upload.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd apenas: </i>Para permitir que usuários anônimos façam upload, "
-"você \n"
-"precisará de um diretório existente com permissão de gravação no diretório "
-"pessoal após o login.\n"
+"<i>vsftpd apenas: </i>Para permitir que usuários anônimos façam upload, você \n"
+"precisará de um diretório existente com permissão de gravação no diretório pessoal após o login.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170
+#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create "
-"directories,\n"
-"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory "
-"after login.</p>\n"
+"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n"
+"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anônimo Pode Criar Diretórios</b><br>\n"
"Se habilitado, usuários anônimos poderão criar diretórios.\n"
-"<i>vsftpd apenas:</i>Para permitir que usuários anônimos criem diretórios, "
-"você\n"
-"precisará de um diretório existente com permissão de gravação no diretório "
-"pessoal após o login.</p>\n"
+"<i>vsftpd apenas:</i>Para permitir que usuários anônimos criem diretórios, você\n"
+"precisará de um diretório existente com permissão de gravação no diretório pessoal após o login.</p>\n"
-#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
-#.
-#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181
+#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
+#.
+#. expert settings Enable Passive Mode help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Passive Mode</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, the FTP server will allow passive mode for connections. \n"
@@ -1625,8 +1563,8 @@
"Se habilitado, o servidor FTP permitirá conexões no modo passivo. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187
+#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>Min Port for Passive Mode</b><br>\n"
"Minimum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n"
@@ -1638,8 +1576,8 @@
"Utilizado como proteção por um firewall. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194
+#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Port for Pas. Mode</b><br>\n"
"Maximum value for a port range for passive connection replies.\n"
@@ -1651,8 +1589,8 @@
"Utilizado como proteção por um firewall. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201
+#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable SSL</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, SSL connections are allowed.\n"
@@ -1662,8 +1600,8 @@
"Se habilitado, as conexões SSL serão permitidas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207
+#. expert settings Enable SSL v2 help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable SSL v2</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, SSL version 2 connections are allowed.\n"
@@ -1673,8 +1611,8 @@
"Se habilitado, as conexões SSL versão 2 serão permitidas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213
+#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable SSL v3</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, SSL version 3 connections are allowed.\n"
@@ -1684,8 +1622,8 @@
"Se habilitado, as conexões SSL versão 3 serão permitidas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219
+#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable TLS</b><br>\n"
"If enabled, TLS connections are allowed.\n"
@@ -1695,8 +1633,8 @@
"Se habilitado, as conexões TLS serão permitidas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225
+#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b>RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n"
"This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n"
@@ -1709,8 +1647,8 @@
"em <b>Navegar</b>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232
+#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data</b><br>\n"
"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded \n"
@@ -1722,27 +1660,25 @@
"mas não validados pelo administrador local.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239
+#. expert settings Security Settings help 1/1
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n"
"<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n"
"<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n"
-"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use "
-"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
+"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Configurações de Segurança</b><br>\n"
"<i>Desabilitar SSL/TLS</i> Desabilitar camada de criptografia SSL/TLS.\n"
"<i>Aceitar SSL e TLS</i> Aceitar sessões tradicionais e criptografadas.\n"
-"<i>Recusar Conexões sem SSL/TLS</i> Recusar conexões que não utilizem "
-"mecanismos de segurança SSL/TLS, incluindo sessões anônimas.\n"
+"<i>Recusar Conexões sem SSL/TLS</i> Recusar conexões que não utilizem mecanismos de segurança SSL/TLS, incluindo sessões anônimas.\n"
"</p>"
-#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============----------
-#.
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251
+#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============----------
+#.
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure the FTP server.<br></p>\n"
@@ -1750,8 +1686,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do Servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure o servidor FTP.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an FTP server from the list of detected FTP servers.\n"
@@ -1760,24 +1696,22 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Servidor FTP:</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha um servidor FTP na lista de servidores FTP detectados.\n"
-" Se o seu servidor FTP não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)"
-"</b>.\n"
+" Se o seu servidor FTP não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
" Em seguida, clique em <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando ou Apagando</big></b><br>\n"
-"Se você pressionar <b>Editar</b>, uma caixa de diálogo adicional será "
-"aberta\n"
+"Se você pressionar <b>Editar</b>, uma caixa de diálogo adicional será aberta\n"
"para mudar a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of the installed FTP servers. Additionally,\n"
@@ -1787,8 +1721,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral dos servidores FTP instalados. Além disso,\n"
"edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a FTP server.</p>\n"
@@ -1796,8 +1730,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n"
"Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um servidor FTP.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a FTP server to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1805,45 +1739,44 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando ou Apagando</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha um servidor FTP para mudar ou remover.\n"
-"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou em <b>Apagar</b> respectivamente."
-"p>\n"
+"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou em <b>Apagar</b> respectivamente.</p>\n"
-#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value
-#. that says if the service is started.
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84
+#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value
+#. that says if the service is started.
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:84
msgid "Xinetd is not running."
msgstr "Xinetd não está em execução."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:85
msgid "Start it now?"
msgstr "Iniciar agora?"
-#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)"
-#. check value of textentry
-#. only pure-ftpd
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623
+#. Valid function of "Umask (umask files:umask dirs)"
+#. check value of textentry
+#. only pure-ftpd
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623
msgid "Not a valid umask."
msgstr "Umask inválido."
-#. Handle function of "Browse"
-#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users"
-#. Handle function of "Browse"
-#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823
+#. Handle function of "Browse"
+#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users"
+#. Handle function of "Browse"
+#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Authenticated Users"
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:785
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:823
msgid "Select directory"
msgstr "Selecionar diretório"
-#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") {
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059
+#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") {
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059
msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n"
msgstr "Criar o diretório \"upload\" em %1\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064
msgid "and enable write access?\n"
msgstr "e habilitar o acesso de gravação?\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066
msgid ""
"If you want anonymous users to be able to upload,\n"
" you need to create a directory with write access.\n"
@@ -1853,15 +1786,15 @@
"você precisa criar um diretório com acesso de gravação.\n"
"\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1094
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143
msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users."
msgstr " é um diretório pessoal após o login de usuários anônimos."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131
msgid ""
"Do you want to change permissions\n"
"for\n"
@@ -1869,29 +1802,28 @@
"Deseja mudar as permissões\n"
"para\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134
msgid "Upload (allow writing)?"
msgstr "Fazer upload (permitir gravação)?"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089
msgid ""
"To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"Para permitir que usuários anônimos façam upload, você precisa de um "
-"diretório com permissão de gravação.\n"
+"Para permitir que usuários anônimos façam upload, você precisa de um diretório com permissão de gravação.\n"
"\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108
msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n"
msgstr "Deseja criar um diretório?\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111
msgid "Upload with write access?"
msgstr "Fazer upload com acesso de gravação?"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113
msgid ""
"If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n"
" you have to create a directory with write access.\n"
@@ -1901,7 +1833,7 @@
" você precisa criar um diretório com acesso de gravação.\n"
"\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136
msgid ""
"If you want anonymous users to be able to create directories,\n"
" you need a directory with write access.\n"
@@ -1911,23 +1843,23 @@
" você precisa de um diretório com acesso de gravação.\n"
"\n"
-#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload"
-#. check permissions for upload dir
-#.
-#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0)
-#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories"
-#. check permissions for upload dir
-#.
-#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0)
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310
+#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload"
+#. check permissions for upload dir
+#.
+#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0)
+#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Create Directories"
+#. check permissions for upload dir
+#.
+#. end of if (FtpServer::pure_ftp_allowed_permissios_upload == 0)
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1203
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310
msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n"
msgstr "Mudar as permissões de %1?\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1294
msgid ""
"If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n"
"you need a directory with write access for them."
@@ -1935,151 +1867,135 @@
"Se deseja permitir uploads para usuários \"anônimos\", \n"
"você precisa de um diretório com acesso de gravação para eles."
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227
-msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
-"have no write access.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Para conexões anônimas, o diretório pessoal de um usuário anônimo não deve "
-"ter acesso de gravação.\n"
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227
+msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n"
+msgstr "Para conexões anônimas, o diretório pessoal de um usuário anônimo não deve ter acesso de gravação.\n"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314
-msgid ""
-"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should "
-"have no write access."
-msgstr ""
-"Para conexões anônimas, o diretório pessoal de um usuário anônimo não deve "
-"ter acesso de gravação."
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314
+msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access."
+msgstr "Para conexões anônimas, o diretório pessoal de um usuário anônimo não deve ter acesso de gravação."
-#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode"
-#. check values Max Port >= Min Port
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457
+#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode"
+#. check values Max Port >= Min Port
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457
msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port."
msgstr "Condição para portas é porta máx > porta mín."
-#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
-#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637
+#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
+#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637
msgid "RSA certificate is missing."
msgstr "O certificado RSA está faltando."
-#. Handle function of "Browse"
-#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664
+#. Handle function of "Browse"
+#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo"
-#. Valid function of "Security Settings"
-#. check of existing certificate
-#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722
-msgid ""
-"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL "
-"connection is missing."
-msgstr ""
-"O certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para a conexão SSL "
-"está ausente."
+#. Valid function of "Security Settings"
+#. check of existing certificate
+#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722
+msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing."
+msgstr "O certificado <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> para a conexão SSL está ausente."
-#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214
+#. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:214
msgid "Welcome message"
msgstr "Mensagem de boas-vindas"
-#. FtpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816
+#. FtpServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:816
msgid "Initializing FTP Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do FTP"
-#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827
+#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827
msgid "You have installed both daemons:"
msgstr "Você instalou ambos os daemons:"
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829
msgid "Choose one of them for configuration."
msgstr "Escolha um deles para configurar."
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831
msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd."
msgstr "Deseja configurar o vsftpd? Se preferir, escolha pure-ftpd."
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839
-msgid ""
-"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration "
-"in interactive mode."
-msgstr ""
-"Você instalou ambos os daemons. Conseqüentemente, é necessário executar a "
-"configuração em modo interativo."
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839
+msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode."
+msgstr "Você instalou ambos os daemons. Conseqüentemente, é necessário executar a configuração em modo interativo."
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858
msgid "Read settings from the config file"
msgstr "Ler configurações do arquivo config"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações..."
-#. calling read function for reading settings form config file
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874
+#. calling read function for reading settings form config file
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874
msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings."
msgstr "Impossível Ler as Configurações Atuais."
-#. FtpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891
+#. FtpServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891
msgid "Saving FTP Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do FTP"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901
msgid "Write the settings to the config file"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações no arquivo config"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903
msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações para iniciar o daemon"
-#. Progress step 1/1
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907
+#. Progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. write options to the config file
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917
+#. write options to the config file
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:917
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações!"
-#. write settings for starting daemon
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923
+#. write settings for starting daemon
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923
msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!"
msgstr "Impossível gravar as configurações do xinetd!"
-#. write settings for starting daemon
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931
+#. write settings for starting daemon
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931
msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections."
msgstr "Impossível criar diretório de upload para conexões anônimas."
-#. anonymous dir
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
+#. anonymous dir
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>Daemon FTP não configurado.</i></ul></p>"
-#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
+#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
msgstr "Daemon FTP"
-#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
+#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
msgstr "Daemon FTP %1"
-#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
msgstr "Estas opções serão configuradas"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/geo-cluster.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,482 +14,471 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module
-#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster"
msgstr "Configuração do geo-cluster"
-#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals
-#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83
+#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83
msgid "GeoCluster"
msgstr "GeoCluster"
-#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals
-#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87
+#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals
+#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&GeoCluster"
msgstr "&GeoCluster"
-#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption
-#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
-#. Summary: Wizards definitions
-#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang
-#.
-#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#. Initialization dialog caption
+#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption
+#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang
+#.
+#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Geo Cluster"
-#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
+#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
msgid "Geo Cluster Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do Geo Cluster"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51
msgid "configuration file"
msgstr "arquivo de configuração"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "transport"
msgstr "transporte"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "port"
msgstr "porta"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "arbitrator"
msgstr "arbitrador"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "site"
msgstr "site"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr "ticket"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr "Ca&ncelar"
-#. return `cancel or a string
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Habilitar Autenticação de Segurança"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Arquivo de autenticação"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr "O arquivo será gravado em /etc/booth."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
msgstr "Para gravá-lo em outro diretório, digite um caminho absoluto."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
-"booth/<key>."
-msgstr ""
-"Para um geo cluster recém-criado, clique no botão a seguir para gerar /etc/"
-"booth/<chave>."
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr "Para um geo cluster recém-criado, clique no botão a seguir para gerar /etc/booth/<chave>."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other "
-"nodes manually."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ingressar em um geo cluster existente, copie /etc/booth/<chave> de "
-"outros nós manualmente."
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "Para ingressar em um geo cluster existente, copie /etc/booth/<chave> de outros nós manualmente."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Gerar Arquivo de Chave de Autenticação"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr "Básico"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Digite um endereço IP válido"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr "Digitar ticket e tempo de espera"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr "tempo de espera"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr "retries"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr "weights"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr "expire"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "acquire-after"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr "before-acquire-handler"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "timeout inválido"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "expire inválido"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "acquireafter inválido"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "retries inválido"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr "valores de retries menores do que 3 inválidos"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "weights inválido"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "ticket não pode ficar vazio"
-#. fill confs with global_files
+#. fill confs with global_files
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Firewall"
-#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
-#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Digitar endereço IP do arbitrador"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Editar endereço IP do arbitrador"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr "Digitar endereço IP do seu site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr "Editar endereço IP do seu site"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "O nome do ticket já existe!"
-#. Validation check before switch to authentication
-#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Nome da configuração não pode ficar vazio."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Nome da configuração não pode ser duplicado."
-#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
+#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "porta inválida!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr "transporte deve ser preenchido!"
-#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
+#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "arbitrador deve ser preenchido!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr "site deve ser preenchido!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr "ticket deve ser preenchido!"
-#. Validation check before switch to basic
-#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
+#. Validation check before switch to basic
+#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Falha ao criar arquivo de autenticação "
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr "Arquivo de autenticação"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751
msgid " created successfully."
msgstr " criado com êxito."
-#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
+#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr "Seleção de Configuração do GeoCluster"
-#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
-#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
+#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
+#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "Escolher arquivo de configuração:"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Autenticação"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
-#. Convert relative path to absolute path
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
+#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("")
+#. Convert relative path to absolute path
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235
msgid "Cannot write global conf settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar definições da config. global."
-#. List like site
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
+#. List like site
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write global settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações globais."
-#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
-#. Create a ticket item
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
+#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth
+#. Create a ticket item
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277
msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações de ticket globais."
-#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Geo Cluster"
-#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
-#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
+#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores"
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "Ler Configurações do SuSEFirewall"
-#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
+#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Geo Cluster"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações de SuSEfirewall"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "Gravando as configurações de SuSEFirewall"
-#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
+#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações."
-#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuração..."
-#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do geo-cluster"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Ler o banco de dados"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos "
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
msgstr "Não pode ler banco de dados 1."
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
msgstr "Impossível ler banco de dados2."
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Impossível detectar dispositivos."
-#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
+#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do geo-cluster"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
-#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
+#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração ..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/http-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,123 +14,121 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36
+#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36
msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)"
msgstr "Configuração do servidor HTTP (Apache2)"
-#. translators: help text for configure command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45
+#. translators: help text for configure command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45
msgid "Configure host settings"
msgstr "Configurar informações de host"
-#. translators: help text for modules command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55
+#. translators: help text for modules command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55
msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules"
msgstr "Configurar módulos do servidor Apache2"
-#. translators: help text for listen command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65
+#. translators: help text for listen command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65
msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen."
msgstr "Configurar portas e endereços de rede onde o servidor deve escutar."
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74
msgid "Configure virtual hosts"
msgstr "Configurar hosts virtuais"
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81
msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode."
msgstr "Habilite ou desabilite o modo de assistente."
-#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92
+#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92
msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com"
msgstr "Nome de servidor, por exemplo, www.exemplo.com"
-#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99
+#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99
msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator"
msgstr "Endereço de E-mail do administrador do servidor"
-#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106
+#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106
msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored"
msgstr "Diretório onde os documentos do servidor estão armazenados"
-#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113
+#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113
msgid "Name of the host to configure."
msgstr "Nome do host a ser configurado."
-#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121
+#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121
msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)"
msgstr "Adicionar nova entrada de escuta ([endereço:]porta)"
-#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129
+#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129
msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)"
msgstr "Eliminar uma entrada de escuta existente ([endereço:]porta)"
-#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135
+#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135
msgid "List configured entries"
msgstr "LIstar entradas configuradas"
-#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143
+#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143
msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable"
msgstr "Lista separada por vírgulas dos módulos para habilitar"
-#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151
+#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151
msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable"
msgstr "Lista separada por vírgulas dos módulos para desabilitar"
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155
msgid "Create new virtual host"
msgstr "Criar novo host virtual"
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158
msgid "Delete existing virtual host"
msgstr "Apagar host virtual existente "
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162
msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host"
msgstr "Configurar host virtual selecionado como host padrão"
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166
msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"."
msgstr "Defina o modo de assistente como \"ativado\" ou \"desativado\"."
-#. translators: error message in configure command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238
+#. translators: error message in configure command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238
msgid "Configured host not specified"
msgstr "Host configurado não especificado"
-#. translators: error message in configure command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242
+#. translators: error message in configure command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242
msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure"
-msgstr ""
-"Somente hosts existentes podem ser especificados como o host a ser "
-"configurado"
+msgstr "Somente hosts existentes podem ser especificados como o host a ser configurado"
-#. translators: popup error message when validate servername
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885
+#. translators: popup error message when validate servername
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885
msgid "Invalid server name."
msgstr "Nome de servidor inválido."
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288
msgid "Invalid server admin."
msgstr "Admin de servidor inválido."
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500
msgid "Validate error "
msgstr "Validar erro"
-#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output
-#. please, try to align the texts if possible.
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339
+#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output
+#. please, try to align the texts if possible.
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339
msgid ""
"Status \tModule\n"
"=================="
@@ -138,190 +136,183 @@
"Status \tMódulo\n"
"=================="
-#. translators: server module status
-#. translators: service status radio button label
-#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true);
-#. translators: server module status
-#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
-#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182
+#. translators: server module status
+#. translators: service status radio button label
+#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true);
+#. translators: server module status
+#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") );
+#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil );
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "habilitado"
-#. translators: server module status
-#. translators: service status radio button label
-#. translators: server module status
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169
+#. translators: server module status
+#. translators: service status radio button label
+#. translators: server module status
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby);
-#. create list of all standard modules
-#. create temporary list of maps from modules
-#. translators: list of known and unknown modules
-#. translators: server module status unknown
-#. list of all installed modules
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209
+#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby);
+#. create list of all standard modules
+#. create temporary list of maps from modules
+#. translators: list of known and unknown modules
+#. translators: server module status unknown
+#. list of all installed modules
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "desconhecido"
-#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output
-#. please, try to align the texts if possible.
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376
+#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output
+#. please, try to align the texts if possible.
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376
msgid "Listen Statements:"
msgstr "Declarações de Escuta:"
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382
msgid "All interfaces"
msgstr "Todas as interfaces"
-#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces)
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416
+#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces)
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416
msgid "Can use only existing interfaces"
msgstr "Somente interfaces existentes podem ser usadas"
-#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423
+#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423
msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured."
msgstr "A declaração de escuta '%1' já está configurada."
-#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438
+#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438
msgid "Can remove only existing listeners"
msgstr "Somente escutas existentes podem ser removidas"
-#. check the command to be present exactly once
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460
+#. check the command to be present exactly once
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460
msgid "Hosts list:"
msgstr "Lista de hosts:"
-#. create
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471
+#. create
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471
msgid "Some parameter missing"
msgstr "Algum parâmetro está ausente"
-#. remove and setdefault
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520
+#. remove and setdefault
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520
msgid "Argument can be only existing host"
msgstr "O argumento pode ser somente um host existente"
-#. popup - it is already the default host
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324
+#. popup - it is already the default host
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324
msgid "The host is already default."
msgstr "O host já é padrão."
-#. remove the old non-default host
-#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted
-#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242
+#. remove the old non-default host
+#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted
+#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242
msgid "Cannot delete the default host."
msgstr "Não pode eliminar host padrão."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of http-server
-#. Summary: Wizards definitions
-#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of http-server
+#. Summary: Wizards definitions
+#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32
msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses"
msgstr "Escutar Portas e Endereços"
-#. `HSpacing (1),
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57
+#. `HSpacing (1),
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Server Modules"
msgstr "Módulos do Servidor"
-#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#. translators: human-readable "default host"
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr "Host Principal"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Hosts"
msgstr "Hosts"
-#. Run server overview dialog
-#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
-#. translators: initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200
+#. Run server overview dialog
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. translators: initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200
msgid "HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Servidor HTTP"
-#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169
+#. translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Host '%1' Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Host '%1'"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "Configured Hosts"
msgstr "Hosts Configurados"
-#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243
+#. translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "New Host Information"
msgstr "Nova Informação de Host"
-#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269
+#. translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269
msgid "Virtual Host Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Host Virtual"
-#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299
+#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'"
msgstr "Configuração SSL para '%1'"
-#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#. translators: human-readable "default host"
+#. translators: human-readable "default host"
+#. translators: human-readable "default host"
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr "Host padrão"
-#. translators: pop up menu
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324
+#. translators: pop up menu
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Certificates"
msgstr "Certificados"
-#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "&Import Server Certificate..."
msgstr "&Importar Certificado do Servidor..."
-#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329
+#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329
msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate"
msgstr "&Usar Certificado Comum de Servidor"
-#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354
+#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'"
msgstr "Configuração de Dir para '%1'"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>\n"
@@ -331,18 +322,17 @@
"<br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar"
-"b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -350,8 +340,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Salvando configuração do servidor HTTP</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -359,65 +349,45 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo Gravação</big></b><br>\n"
"Para interromper o procedimento de gravação, pressione <b>Interromper</b>.\n"
-" Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se esse procedimento é seguro."
-"p>\n"
+" Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se esse procedimento é seguro.</p>\n"
-#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The "
-"default is 80.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O valor de <b>Porta</b> define a porta na qual o Apache2 escuta. O padrão "
-"é 80.</p>"
+#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p>The <b>Port</b> value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O valor de <b>Porta</b> define a porta na qual o Apache2 escuta. O padrão é 80.</p>"
-#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses "
-"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 "
-"listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Escutar nas interfaces</b> contém a lista de endereços IP configurados "
-"para este host. Endereços IP marcados são aqueles nos quais o Apache2 "
-"escuta. Se você não tem certeza, marque todos.</p>"
+#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p><b>Listen on Interfaces</b> contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Escutar nas interfaces</b> contém a lista de endereços IP configurados para este host. Endereços IP marcados são aqueles nos quais o Apache2 escuta. Se você não tem certeza, marque todos.</p>"
-#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aqui, habilite as linguagens script que o Apache2 deve suportar.</p>"
+#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46
+msgid "<p>Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aqui, habilite as linguagens script que o Apache2 deve suportar.</p>"
-#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 "
-"configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O sumário mostra as configurações que serão gravadas na configuração do "
-"Apache2 quando você clicar <b>Encerrar</b>.</p>"
+#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50
+msgid "<p>The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press <b>Finish</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O sumário mostra as configurações que serão gravadas na configuração do Apache2 quando você clicar <b>Encerrar</b>.</p>"
-#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54
+#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>HTTP Server Expert Configuration</b> \n"
-"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration."
-"</p>"
+"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Pressione <b>Configuração Especialista de servidor HTTP</b> \n"
-"\t\tpara criar uma configuração mais detalhada antes de gravar a "
-"configuração.</p>"
+"\t\tpara criar uma configuração mais detalhada antes de gravar a configuração.</p>"
-#. module dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58
+#. module dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big></b><br>\n"
"The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n"
"The first column contains the name of the module. \n"
"The second column shows whether the module should be\n"
-"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column "
-"displays a short description\n"
+"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n"
"of the module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando Módulos do Servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -427,19 +397,17 @@
"Módulos habilitados serão carregados. A última coluna mostra descrição\n"
"curta do módulo.</p>"
-#. module dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67
+#. module dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To change the status of a module, \n"
-"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>."
-"p>\n"
+"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Toggle Status</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para mudar o status de um módulo, \n"
-"escolha a entrada apropriada na tabela e clique em <b>Alternar Status</b>."
-"p>\n"
+"escolha a entrada apropriada na tabela e clique em <b>Alternar Status</b>.</p>\n"
-#. module dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71
+#. module dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n"
"use <b>Add Module</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -447,20 +415,19 @@
"<p>Se você necessita adicionar um módulo não listado \n"
"na tabela use o botão <b>Adicionar Módulo</b>.</p>\n"
-#. apache service enabling help 1/1
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75
+#. apache service enabling help 1/1
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, "
-"choose\n"
+"Activate the HTTP server by choosing <b>Enabled</b>. To deactivate it, choose\n"
"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configurações do Servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
"Ative o servidor HTTP escolhendo <b>Habilitado</b>. Para desativá-lo,\n"
"escolha <b>Desabilitado</b>.</p>\n"
-#. firewall adapting help 1/1
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81
+#. firewall adapting help 1/1
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>By enabling <b>Open Firewall on Selected Ports</b>, \n"
"adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n"
@@ -472,8 +439,8 @@
" As interfaces do firewall não são adicionadas nem apagadas. \n"
" Esta opção só estará disponível se o firewall estiver habilitado.</p>\n"
-#. server configuration overview help 1/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88
+#. server configuration overview help 1/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>The list of options presents\n"
"several parts of the server configuration. <b>Listen On</b>\n"
@@ -495,34 +462,26 @@
" servidor.\n"
" <b>Host Padrão</b> é um nome de servidor de um host usado como um\n"
" host padrão (fallback). Se o nome do servidor do host\n"
-" padrão não for especificado, será exibido um caminho para o documento raiz "
-"do\n"
+" padrão não for especificado, será exibido um caminho para o documento raiz do\n"
" host padrão.\n"
-" A opção <b>Hosts</b> contém a lista de hosts configurados para o servidor."
-"p>\n"
+" A opção <b>Hosts</b> contém a lista de hosts configurados para o servidor.</p>\n"
-#. server configuration overview help 2/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to "
-"change settings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha uma entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para "
-"mudar configurações.</p>"
+#. server configuration overview help 2/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change settings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolha uma entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar configurações.</p>"
-#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106
+#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106
msgid "<p><b>Log Files</b> displays server log files.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Arquivos de Registro</b> exibe os arquivos de registro do servidor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Arquivos de Registro</b> exibe os arquivos de registro do servidor.</p>"
-#. hosts list help 1/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108
+#. hosts list help 1/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Hosts</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n"
-"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is "
-"used if no other host\n"
+"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n"
"matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n"
"press <b>Set as Default</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -532,78 +491,61 @@
"padrão é usado se nenhum outro combina com o pedido entrante. Para\n"
"configurar um como padrão, clique <b>Configurar como Padrão</b>.</p>\n"
-#. hosts list help 2/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116
+#. hosts list help 2/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the host.\n"
-"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click "
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the host.\n"
+"To add a host, click <b>Add</b>. To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar o "
-"host.\n"
-"Para adicionar host, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover host, selecione-o "
-"e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Escolha entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar o host.\n"
+"Para adicionar host, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover host, selecione-o e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. host editing help 1/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120
+#. host editing help 1/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then "
-"click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para editar configurações de host, escolha entrada apropriada na tabela e "
-"clique <b>Editar</b>.\n"
-"Para adicionar nova opção, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover opção, "
-"selecione-a e clique <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
+"Para editar configurações de host, escolha entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b>.\n"
+"Para adicionar nova opção, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover opção, selecione-a e clique <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. host editing help 2/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126
+#. host editing help 2/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Server Resolution</b> options set the resolution when using\n"
-"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers"
-"b>,\n"
+"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose <b>Resolution via HTTP Headers</b>,\n"
"\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n"
-"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use "
-"<b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
+"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>As opções de <b>Resolução do Servidor</b> definem a resolução\n"
-"\tao utilizar hosts virtuais. Porém, ao escolher <b>Resolução via Cabeçalhos "
-"HTTP</b>,\n"
+"\tao utilizar hosts virtuais. Porém, ao escolher <b>Resolução via Cabeçalhos HTTP</b>,\n"
"\to servidor padrão nunca receberá solicitações do endereço IP de um\n"
-"\thost virtual baseado em nome. Se você planeja configurar um host virtual "
-"baseado em SSL, use <b>Resolução via Endereço IP</b></p>"
+"\thost virtual baseado em nome. Se você planeja configurar um host virtual baseado em SSL, use <b>Resolução via Endereço IP</b></p>"
-#. listen dialog editor help 1/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
+#. listen dialog editor help 1/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b><big><i>Listen</i> Settings for a Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network "
-"interfaces\n"
+"The <i>Listen</i> directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n"
"where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big><i>Escutar</i> Configurações para um Host</big></b><br>\n"
"A diretiva <i>Escutar</i> permite seleção de portas e interfaces de rede\n"
"onde o servidor HTTP deve escutar por pedidos entrantes.</p>\n"
-#. listen dialog editor help 2/2
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139
+#. listen dialog editor help 2/2
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the entry.\n"
-"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the entry.\n"
+"To add a new entry, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar a "
-"entrada.\n"
-"Para adicionar nova entrada, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover uma "
-"entrada, selecione-a e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Escolha entrada apropriada na tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar a entrada.\n"
+"Para adicionar nova entrada, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover uma entrada, selecione-a e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. ssl options dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143
+#. ssl options dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SSL Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n"
@@ -615,36 +557,30 @@
"no host. SSL permite comunicação segura com o host via\n"
"criptografia da comunicação.</p>\n"
-#. ssl options dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150
+#. ssl options dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p>General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n"
-"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access "
-"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
+"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n"
"or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O comportamento geral é determinado pela opção SSL. O host não pode\n"
-"oferecer suporte a SSL (<tt>Sem SSL</tt>), permitir acesso - seja SSL ou não "
-"- (<tt>Permitido</tt>)\n"
+"oferecer suporte a SSL (<tt>Sem SSL</tt>), permitir acesso - seja SSL ou não - (<tt>Permitido</tt>)\n"
" nem aceitar apenas conexões criptografadas via SSL (<tt>Requerido</tt>).\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. ssl options dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157
+#. ssl options dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change "
-"the option.\n"
-"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and "
-"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Choose an appropriate option of the table and click <b>Edit</b> to change the option.\n"
+"To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha a opção apropriada da tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar a "
-"opção.\n"
-"Para adicionar nova opção, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover opção, "
-"selecione-a e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Escolha a opção apropriada da tabela e clique <b>Editar</b> para mudar a opção.\n"
+"Para adicionar nova opção, clique <b>Adicionar</b>. Para remover opção, selecione-a e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode)
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162
+#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode)
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Certificates</b> menu allows \n"
"importing server certificates. <b>Import Server Certificate</b> \n"
@@ -658,128 +594,102 @@
"<b>Usar Certificado Comum</b> configura uso do certificado\n"
"comum emitido para este host.</p>\n"
-#. ssl options dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171
+#. ssl options dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
"module should be loaded by the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nota:</b> Se você habilitar o uso de SSL para um host, o módulo "
-"<tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
+"<p><b>Nota:</b> Se você habilitar o uso de SSL para um host, o módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n"
"deve ser carregado pelo servidor.</p>\n"
-#. new host dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175
+#. new host dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host."
-"</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Novo Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"Este diálogo permite informar informação básica sobre um novo host virtual."
-"p>"
+"Este diálogo permite informar informação básica sobre um novo host virtual.</p>"
-#. new host dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179
+#. new host dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Server Identification</b> specifies the content and\n"
-"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS "
-"name returned as a part\n"
+"the presentation of the the new virtual host. <b>Server Name</b> is the DNS name returned as a part\n"
"of the HTTP headers of the server response. <b>Server Contents Root</b>\n"
"is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n"
"this virtual host. <b>Administrator E-Mail</b> allows setup of an e-mail\n"
"address for feedback about this host.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Identificação do Servidor</b> especifica o conteúdo e\n"
-"a apresentação do novo host virtual. O <b>Nome do Servidor</b> é o nome DNS "
-"retornado junto\n"
-" com os cabeçalhos HTTP da resposta do servidor. A <b>Raiz do Conteúdo do "
-"Servidor</b>\n"
-" é um caminho absoluto para um diretório que contém todos os documentos "
-"fornecidos pelo\n"
-" host virtual. O <b>E-Mail do Administrador</b> permite a configuração de "
-"um endereço\n"
+"a apresentação do novo host virtual. O <b>Nome do Servidor</b> é o nome DNS retornado junto\n"
+" com os cabeçalhos HTTP da resposta do servidor. A <b>Raiz do Conteúdo do Servidor</b>\n"
+" é um caminho absoluto para um diretório que contém todos os documentos fornecidos pelo\n"
+" host virtual. O <b>E-Mail do Administrador</b> permite a configuração de um endereço\n"
" de e-mail para comentários sobre esse host.</p>\n"
-#. new host dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188
+#. new host dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server Resolution</b></big><br>\n"
"Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n"
"settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n"
"There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n"
"from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n"
-"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual "
-"host\n"
+"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n"
"by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n"
-"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address"
-"b>\n"
+"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use <b>Resolution via IP address</b>\n"
"Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Resolução do Servidor</b></big><br>\n"
"O Apache2 deve determinar quais configurações de host\n"
"virtual devem ser usadas para criar a resposta à uma solicitação HTTP. \n"
"Existem duas abordagens básicas. Se forem usados cabeçalhos HTTP\n"
-"da solicitação recebida, o servidor pesquisará o nome de host especificado "
-"pelos\n"
-"cabeçalhos da solicitação HTTP. A outra possibilidade é determinar o host "
-"virtual\n"
+"da solicitação recebida, o servidor pesquisará o nome de host especificado pelos\n"
+"cabeçalhos da solicitação HTTP. A outra possibilidade é determinar o host virtual\n"
"pelo endereço IP usado pelo cliente durante a conexão com o servidor.\n"
-"Se você planeja configurar um host virtual baseado em SSL, use <b>Resolução "
-"via endereço IP</b>\n"
+"Se você planeja configurar um host virtual baseado em SSL, use <b>Resolução via endereço IP</b>\n"
"Consulte o manual do Apache2 para obter mais detalhes.</p>\n"
-#. advanced new host dialog 1/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200
+#. advanced new host dialog 1/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Details for New Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual "
-"host.</p>"
+"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Detalhes de Novo Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"Essa caixa de diálogo permite que você especifique informações adicionais "
-"sobre um novo host virtual.</p>"
+"Essa caixa de diálogo permite que você especifique informações adicionais sobre um novo host virtual.</p>"
-#. advanced new host dialog 2/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204
+#. advanced new host dialog 2/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Enable CGI Support</b>\n"
-"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias "
-"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"to run CGI scripts in the path in <b>CGI Directory Path</b> using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecione <b>Habilitar Suporte CGI</b>\n"
-"para executar scripts CGI no caminho em <b>Caminho do Diretório CGI</b> "
-"usando o álias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
+"para executar scripts CGI no caminho em <b>Caminho do Diretório CGI</b> usando o álias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>.</p>"
-#. advanced new host dialog 3/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208
+#. advanced new host dialog 3/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select <b>Enable SSL Support</b>.\n"
"\n"
"Then enter the path for the certificate file in <b>Certificate File\n"
"Path</b>.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para acesso HTTPS a este host virtual, selecione <b>Habilitar Suporte a "
-"SSL</b>.\n"
+"<p>Para acesso HTTPS a este host virtual, selecione <b>Habilitar Suporte a SSL</b>.\n"
"\n"
"Digite o caminho para o arquivo de certificado em <b>Caminho do Arquivo de\n"
-"Certificado</b>. Essa opção está disponível somente para hosts virtuais "
-"baseados em IP.</p>\n"
+"Certificado</b>. Essa opção está disponível somente para hosts virtuais baseados em IP.</p>\n"
-#. advanced new host dialog 4/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that "
-"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends "
-"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Em <b>Índice de Diretório</b>, digite uma lista dos arquivos (separados "
-"por espaços) que o Apache deve procurar e fornecer quando for solicitado o "
-"URL de um diretório (terminado por <tt>/</tt>). O primeiro arquivo "
-"correspondente encontrado é fornecido.</p>"
+#. advanced new host dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215
+msgid "<p>In <b>Directory Index</b>, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Em <b>Índice de Diretório</b>, digite uma lista dos arquivos (separados por espaços) que o Apache deve procurar e fornecer quando for solicitado o URL de um diretório (terminado por <tt>/</tt>). O primeiro arquivo correspondente encontrado é fornecido.</p>"
-#. advanced new host dialog 5/5
-#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219
+#. advanced new host dialog 5/5
+#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b>Public HTML</b>\n"
"\n"
@@ -789,137 +699,130 @@
"\n"
" permite a todos os usuários acesso aos diretórios <tt>public_html</tt>.</p>"
-#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon.
-#.
-#. @param [String] arg the Listen string
-#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item
-#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table
-#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
-#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301
+#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon.
+#.
+#. @param [String] arg the Listen string
+#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item
+#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table
+#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
+#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
+#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
+#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
+#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
+#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
+#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr "Todos os Endereços"
-#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled
-#. whether to open firewall on this port.
-#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24
+#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled
+#. whether to open firewall on this port.
+#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24
msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection"
msgstr "Ajudante do Servidor HTTP (1/5)--Seleção de Dispositivo de Rede"
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41
msgid "Network Device Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Dispositivo de Rede"
-#. Sequence to choose some script language modules
-#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125
+#. Sequence to choose some script language modules
+#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125
msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules"
msgstr "Ajudante do Servidor HTTP (2/5)--Módulos"
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130
msgid "Modules"
msgstr "Módulos"
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"
-#. Sequence to configure default host parameters
-#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186
+#. Sequence to configure default host parameters
+#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186
msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host"
msgstr "Ajudante do Servidor HTTP (3/5)--Host Padrão"
-#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status
-#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260
+#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status
+#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260
msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts"
msgstr "Ajudante do Servidor HTTP (4/5)--Hosts Virtuais"
-#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible
-#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration.
-#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
-#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291
+#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible
+#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration.
+#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next)
+#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291
msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary"
msgstr "Ajudante do Servidor HTTP (5/5)--Sumário"
-#. translators: initialization dialog message
-#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202
+#. translators: initialization dialog message
+#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133
+#. HttpServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133
msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Servidor HTTP"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Verificar ambiente"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146
msgid "Read Apache2 configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuração do Apache2"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Ler configuração de rede"
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Verificando ambiente..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154
msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo configuração Apache2..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo configuração de rede..."
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. on();
-#. translators: progress step
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. on();
+#. translators: progress step
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: progress finished
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. notification about package needed 1/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar servidor HTTP, os pacotes <b>%1</b>devem ser instalados."
-"p>"
+#. notification about package needed 1/2
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187
+msgid "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar servidor HTTP, os pacotes <b>%1</b>devem ser instalados.</p>"
-#. notification about package needed 2/2
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191
+#. notification about package needed 2/2
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Você quer instalar isto agora?</p>"
-#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197
+#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197
msgid ""
"The package %1 is not available.\n"
"\n"
@@ -933,54 +836,54 @@
" \n"
" sem a instalação do pacote."
-#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249
+#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
+#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249
msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo de configuração '%1' não existe."
-#. off();
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281
+#. off();
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281
msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine."
msgstr "Nenhum servidor DNS em execução nesta máquina."
-#. HttpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405
+#. HttpServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405
msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando Configuração do Servidor HTTP"
-#. translators: progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
+#. translators: progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416
msgid "Write the Apache2 settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações do Apache2"
-#. translators: progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419
+#. translators: progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419
msgid "Enable Apache2 service"
msgstr "Habilitar o serviço Apache2"
-#. translators: progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421
+#. translators: progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421
msgid "Disable Apache2 service"
msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço Apache2"
-#. translators: progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
+#. translators: progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. translators: progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428
+#. translators: progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428
msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr "Habilitando o serviço Apache2..."
-#. translators: progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430
+#. translators: progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430
msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..."
msgstr "Desabilitando o serviço Apache2..."
-#. install required RPMs for modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444
+#. install required RPMs for modules
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444
msgid ""
"The enabled modules require\n"
"installation of some of these additional packages:\n"
@@ -992,18 +895,18 @@
"%1\n"
"Instala-los agora?\n"
-#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554
+#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554
msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring."
msgstr "Descrição do mdulo não tem um nome especificado, ignorando."
-#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566
+#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566
msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1"
msgstr "Modificação desconhecida no módulo de autoinstalação: %1"
-#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585
+#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description.
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585
msgid ""
"Default value for module %1 does not match.\n"
"This can cause inconsistent module configuration."
@@ -1011,251 +914,251 @@
"Valor padrão para módulo %1 não combina.\n"
"Isto pode causar configuração inconsistente do módulo."
-#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600
+#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description.
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600
msgid "Listen statement without port found."
msgstr "Encontrado comando de escuta sem porta."
-#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734
+#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port)
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734
msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Escutar Em</h3>"
-#. "Default host" information
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754
+#. "Default host" information
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754
msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Host Padrão</h3>"
-#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
+#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
+#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803
msgid " in "
msgstr " Em "
-#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
-#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807
+#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
+#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "habilitado"
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "desabilitado"
-#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782
+#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts
+#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782
msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Hosts Virtuais</h3>"
-#. menu button label
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63
+#. menu button label
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63
msgid "&Log Files"
msgstr "Arquivos &Registro"
-#. menu button item
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66
+#. menu button item
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66
msgid "Show &Access Log"
msgstr "Mostrar Registro de &Acesso"
-#. menu button item
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68
+#. menu button item
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68
msgid "Show &Error Log"
msgstr "Mostrar Registro de &Erro"
-#. table cell description
-#. table cell description
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127
+#. table cell description
+#. table cell description
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127
msgid "Server Name"
msgstr "Nome do Servidor"
-#. table cell description
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134
+#. table cell description
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134
msgid "Document Root"
msgstr "Documento Raíz"
-#. table cell description
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143
+#. table cell description
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143
msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail"
msgstr "E-Mail do Administrador do Servidor"
-#. table cell description
-#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664
+#. table cell description
+#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664
msgid "Server Resolution"
msgstr "Resolução do Servidor"
-#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts
-#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679
+#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts
+#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679
msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers"
msgstr "Determinar Servidor que Solicita por Cabeçalhos &HTTP"
-#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts
-#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688
+#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts
+#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688
msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address"
msgstr "Determinar Servidor que Solicit&A por Endereço IP"
-#. table cell description
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171
+#. table cell description
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350
+#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350
msgid "HTTP &Service"
msgstr "&Serviço HTTP"
-#. translators: radio button group label
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387
+#. translators: radio button group label
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387
msgid "Listen on Ports:"
msgstr "Escutar nas Portas:"
-#. table header
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392
+#. table header
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392
msgid "Network Address"
msgstr "Endereços de Rede"
-#. table header
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394
+#. table header
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Porta"
-#. table header: module name
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422
+#. table header: module name
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. table header: module status
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424
+#. table header: module status
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#. table header: module description
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426
+#. table header: module description
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. translators: toggle button label
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434
+#. translators: toggle button label
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Alternar Status"
-#. translators: add user-defined module button label
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440
+#. translators: add user-defined module button label
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440
msgid "&Add Module"
msgstr "&Adicionar Módulo"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552
msgid "Directory"
msgstr "Diretório"
-#. translators: text entry
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558
+#. translators: text entry
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558
msgid "&Port:"
msgstr "&Porta:"
-#. translators: multi selection box
-#. translators: multi selection box
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475
+#. translators: multi selection box
+#. translators: multi selection box
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475
msgid "&Listen on Interfaces"
msgstr "&Escutar nas interfaces"
-#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596
+#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596
msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting"
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor Apache2 durante a Inicialização"
-#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600
+#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600
msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually"
msgstr "Iniciar Servidor Apache2 Manualmente"
-#. translators: button to enter expert configuration
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608
+#. translators: button to enter expert configuration
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608
msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuração Especialista de servidor &HTTP..."
-#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631
+#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631
msgid "Server Identification"
msgstr "Identificação de Servidor"
-#. translators: textentry, new host server name
-#. translators: textentry to set the host name
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180
+#. translators: textentry, new host server name
+#. translators: textentry to set the host name
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180
msgid "Server &Name:"
msgstr "&Nome do Servidor:"
-#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637
+#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637
msgid "Server &Contents Root:"
msgstr "Raiz do &Conteúdo do Servidor:"
-#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641
+#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641
msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:"
msgstr "E-Mail do &Administrador:"
-#. translators: IP address for the new host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668
+#. translators: IP address for the new host
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668
msgid "VirtualHost"
msgstr "Host Virtual"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669
msgid "Change VirtualHost ID"
msgstr "Mudar ID do Host Virtual"
-#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716
+#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716
msgid "CGI Options"
msgstr "Opções de CGI"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722
msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host"
msgstr "Habilitar &CGI para Este Host Virtual"
-#. translators: textentry, certificate file path
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727
+#. translators: textentry, certificate file path
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727
msgid "CGI &Directory Path"
msgstr "Caminho do &Diretório CGI"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737
msgid "SSL Support"
msgstr "Suporte SSL"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743
msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host"
msgstr "Habilitar Suporte &SSL para Este Host Virtual"
-#. translators: textentry, certificate file path
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750
+#. translators: textentry, certificate file path
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750
msgid "&Certificate File Path"
msgstr "&Caminho do Arquivo de Certificado"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755
msgid "&Certificate Key File Path"
msgstr "&Caminho do Arquivo de Chave de Certificado"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763
msgid "Directory Options"
msgstr "Opções de Diretório"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764
msgid "&Directory Index"
msgstr "Índice de &Diretório"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768
msgid "Public HTML"
msgstr "HTML Público"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769
msgid "Enable &Public HTML"
msgstr "Habilitar HTML &Público"
-#. these are for future use:
-#. error message - the entered ip address is not found
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803
+#. these are for future use:
+#. error message - the entered ip address is not found
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803
msgid ""
"The IP address is not configured\n"
"on this machine."
@@ -1263,62 +1166,59 @@
"O endereço IP não está configurado\n"
"nesta máquina."
-#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923
+#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Endereço IP inválido."
-#. translators: popup error message when validate server
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943
+#. translators: popup error message when validate server
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943
msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support."
msgstr "O host padrão não pode ser configurado com o suporte SSL."
-#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used)
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966
+#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used)
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966
msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead."
msgstr "O nome de host será usado quando não houver nome de Servidor definido."
-#. translators: popup error message when validate server
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971
+#. translators: popup error message when validate server
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971
msgid "Server name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nome do Servidor não pode estar vazio"
-#. error message - the entered server name is already configured
-#. in another virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991
+#. error message - the entered server name is already configured
+#. in another virtual host
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991
msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host."
-msgstr ""
-"O nome do servidor informado já está configurado em outro host virtual."
+msgstr "O nome do servidor informado já está configurado em outro host virtual."
-#. error message - the entered ip address is already
-#. configured for another virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010
+#. error message - the entered ip address is already
+#. configured for another virtual host
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010
msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host"
msgstr "O endereço IP já está configurado em outro host virtual"
-#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026
+#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026
msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid."
msgstr "E-Mail do Administrador está inválido."
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117
+#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
+#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117
msgid "&Reload HTTP Server"
msgstr "&Recarrecar Servidor HTTP"
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122
+#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
+#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122
msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server"
msgstr "Salvar Configuraçõe&s e Reiniciar Servidor HTTP"
-#. translators: popup description on changing the default host
-#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may
-#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them.
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166
+#. translators: popup description on changing the default host
+#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may
+#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them.
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166
msgid ""
"The current default host will be replaced by \n"
"the new host and will become a virtual host.\n"
@@ -1342,49 +1242,49 @@
"padrão. Caso contrário clique em Cancelar para não \n"
"trocar o host padrão.\n"
-#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183
+#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183
msgid "Server &IP Address:"
msgstr "Endereço &IP do Servidor:"
-#. message popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246
+#. message popup
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246
msgid "Delete selected host?"
msgstr "Eliminar host selecionado?"
-#. menu button label
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380
+#. menu button label
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380
msgid "Set as De&fault"
msgstr "De&finir como padrão"
-#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]);
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639
+#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]);
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639
msgid "Choose Document Root"
msgstr "Escolher Documento Raíz"
-#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662
+#. translators: error popup
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662
msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty."
msgstr "E-Mail do Administrador não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
msgstr "Todos os endereços (*)"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
msgstr "Endereços IP"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716
msgid "ServerName"
msgstr "Nome de Servidor"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803
msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nome do ID do VirtualHost não pode estar vazio."
-#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
+#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80'
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818
msgid ""
"To use name-based virtual hosting,\n"
"you must designate the IP address on the server\n"
@@ -1396,63 +1296,61 @@
"que aceitará as solicitações para os hosts.\n"
"Também são aceitáveis * para todos os endereços e *:porta."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
msgstr "Zona Mestre %1"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872
msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2."
msgstr "O registro %1 já existe na zona %2."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925
msgid "DNS Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de DNS"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884
msgid "Add to Zone"
msgstr "Adicionar à Zona"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929
msgid "Zone Name"
msgstr "Nome de Zona"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930
msgid "Create New Zone"
msgstr "Criar Nova Zona"
-#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
+#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021
msgid "CGI Directory"
msgstr "Diretório CGI"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028
msgid "Choose Certificate File"
msgstr "Escolha Arquivo de Certificado"
-#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
+#. translators: error popup
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039
msgid "Enter the certificate file."
msgstr "Digite o arquivo de certificado."
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045
msgid "Choose Certificate Key File"
msgstr "Escolher Arquivo de Chave de Certificado"
-#. translators: error popup
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
+#. translators: error popup
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057
msgid "Enter the key file."
msgstr "Digite o arquivo de chave."
-#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231
+#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
+#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231
msgid "Select Certificate"
msgstr "Selecionar Certificado"
-#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223
+#. translators: error message un failed certificate import
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223
msgid ""
"Cannot import certificate\n"
"%1"
@@ -1460,63 +1358,62 @@
"Não pode importar certificado\n"
"%1"
-#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430
+#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430
msgid "Network &Address:"
msgstr "&Endereço de Rede:"
-#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
-#. translators: popup error
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443
+#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement
+#. translators: popup error
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443
msgid "Invalid port number."
msgstr "Número de porta inválido."
-#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941
+#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941
msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers"
msgstr "Resolução via Cabeçalhos HTTP"
-#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944
+#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944
msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used"
msgstr "Resolução via Endereço IP Usado"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108
msgid "Modules dependency problem"
msgstr "Problema na dependência dos módulos"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110
msgid "requires"
msgstr "requer"
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
msgstr "Habilitar módulo necessário ou desabilitar o primeiro."
-#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222
+#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222
msgid "New Module &Name:"
msgstr "&Nome do Novo Módulo:"
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240
msgid "A name for the module to add is required."
msgstr "Um nome para o módulo a ser adicionado é requerido."
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243
msgid "The module is already in the list."
msgstr "O módulo já está na lista."
-#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
-#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306
+#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting
+#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306
msgid "The entry '%1' already exists."
msgstr "A entrada '%1' já existe."
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327
msgid ""
"The list of the ports to which the server should\n"
"listen cannot be empty."
@@ -1524,372 +1421,321 @@
"A lista de portas as quais o servidor deve escutar\n"
"não pode estar vazia."
-#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494
+#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494
msgid "At least one interface must be selected."
msgstr "No mínimo um interface deve ser selecionado."
-#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521
+#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521
msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting"
msgstr "Ativar Script de &PHP5"
-#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529
+#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529
msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting"
msgstr "Habilitar Script P&erl"
-#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537
+#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537
msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting"
msgstr "Habilitar Script P&ython"
-#. illegal keys in vhost
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
+#. illegal keys in vhost
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
msgstr "Chave ilegal no host virtual '%s'."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s."
msgstr "Erro interno: Dado deve ser um array ref e não %s."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764
msgid "Illegal host ID."
msgstr "host ID ilegal."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786
msgid "hostid already exists"
msgstr "hostid já existe"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825
msgid "can not delete default host"
msgstr "não pode eliminar host padrão"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846
msgid "hostid not found"
msgstr "hostid não encontrado"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261
msgid "illegal port"
msgstr "porta ilegal"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278
msgid "writing the firewall rules failed"
msgstr "falhou gravação das regras de firewall"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325
msgid "listen value to delete not found"
msgstr "valor de escuta para eliminar não foi encontrado"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798
msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID."
msgstr "Não foi possível buscar host com ID especificado."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
msgstr "Dado PEM corrompido."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761
msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhum arquivo de chave de certificado configurado para este ID de host."
+msgstr "Nenhum arquivo de chave de certificado configurado para este ID de host."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
msgstr "Analise de arquivo de chave falhou."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
msgstr "Nenhum arquivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
-msgstr ""
-"Oferece controle de acesso com base no nome do host cliente, no endereço IP "
-"etc."
+msgstr "Oferece controle de acesso com base no nome do host cliente, no endereço IP etc."
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
-msgstr ""
-"Executando scripts CGI com base no tipo de mídia ou no método de solicitação"
+msgstr "Executando scripts CGI com base no tipo de mídia ou no método de solicitação"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
-msgid ""
-"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for "
-"URL redirection"
-msgstr ""
-"Mapeando diferentes partes do sistema de arquivos do host na árvore de "
-"documentos e para redirecionamento de URL"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
+msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
+msgstr "Mapeando diferentes partes do sistema de arquivos do host na árvore de documentos e para redirecionamento de URL"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação básica"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
msgstr "Autenticação de usuário usando arquivos de texto"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
msgid "User Authorization"
msgstr "Autorização de Usuário"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
msgstr "Autorização de grupo usando arquivo de texto sem formatação"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
msgstr "Autenticação de usuário usando arquivos DBM"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
-msgid ""
-"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
-msgstr ""
-"Gera índices de diretório automaticamente, semelhantes ao do comando Unix ls"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
+msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
+msgstr "Gera índices de diretório automaticamente, semelhantes ao do comando Unix ls"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
msgstr "Execução de scripts CGI"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece redirecionamentos com barra à direita e arquivos de índice do "
-"diretório de serviço"
+msgstr "Fornece redirecionamentos com barra à direita e arquivos de índice do diretório de serviço"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
msgstr "Modifica o ambiente passado para scripts CGI e páginas SSI"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
-msgstr ""
-"Geração de cabeçalhos Expires HTTP de acordo com os critérios especificados "
-"pelo usuário"
+msgstr "Geração de cabeçalhos Expires HTTP de acordo com os critérios especificados pelo usuário"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
msgstr "Documentos HTML analisados pelo servidor (Inclusões no Servidor)"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
msgstr "Registro das solicitações feitas ao servidor"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186
-msgid ""
-"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and "
-"content"
-msgstr ""
-"Associa as extensões de nome de arquivo solicitadas ao comportamento e ao "
-"conteúdo do arquivo"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186
+msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
+msgstr "Associa as extensões de nome de arquivo solicitadas ao comportamento e ao conteúdo do arquivo"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
msgstr "Fornece negociação de conteúdo"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221
-msgid ""
-"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the "
-"request"
-msgstr ""
-"Permite a configuração de variáveis de ambiente com base nas características "
-"da solicitação"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221
+msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request"
+msgstr "Permite a configuração de variáveis de ambiente com base nas características da solicitação"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232
msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance"
msgstr "Fornece informações sobre a atividade e o desempenho do servidor"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240
msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group"
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que scripts CGI sejam executados como um usuário e um grupo "
-"especificado"
+msgstr "Permite que scripts CGI sejam executados como um usuário e um grupo especificado"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251
msgid "User-specific directories"
msgstr "Diretórios específicos do usuário"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
msgstr "Envia arquivos que contêm seus próprios cabeçalhos HTTP"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
msgstr "Permite acesso a áreas autenticadas para usuário \"anônimo\""
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação de usuário usando a Autenticação MD5 Digest"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301
-msgid ""
-"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic "
-"authentication"
-msgstr ""
-"Permite que um diretório LDAP seja usado para armazenar o banco de dados "
-"para autenticação Básica HTTP"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301
+msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
+msgstr "Permite que um diretório LDAP seja usado para armazenar o banco de dados para autenticação Básica HTTP"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
msgstr "Cache de conteúdo indexado para URIs"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
msgstr "Especificar tradução ou recodificação de conjunto de caracteres"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346
msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality"
msgstr "Funcionalidade WebDAV (Distributed Authoring and Versioning)"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361
msgid "File system provider for mod_dav"
msgstr "Provedor de sistema de arquivos para mod_dav"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
msgstr "Compactar conteúdo antes da entrega ao cliente"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
msgstr "Gerenciador de armazenamento em cache de conteúdo indexado para URIs"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
msgstr "Servidor de eco simples para ilustrar módulos de protocolo"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412
-msgid ""
-"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the "
-"client"
-msgstr ""
-"Passar o corpo da resposta por meio de um programa externo antes da entrega "
-"ao cliente"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412
+msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
+msgstr "Passar o corpo da resposta por meio de um programa externo antes da entrega ao cliente"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
msgstr "Armazena uma lista estática de arquivos no cache de memória"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
msgstr "Personalização de solicitação HTTP e cabeçalhos de resposta"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
msgstr "Processamento de mapa de imagens executado no servidor"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
msgstr "Apresenta uma visão geral abrangente sobre a configuração do servidor"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468
-msgid ""
-"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP "
-"modules"
-msgstr ""
-"Pooling da conexão LDAP e serviços de cache de resultados para uso por "
-"outros módulos LDAP"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468
+msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
+msgstr "Pooling da conexão LDAP e serviços de cache de resultados para uso por outros módulos LDAP"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
msgstr "Registro de bytes de entrada e saída por solicitação"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508
-msgid ""
-"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
-msgstr ""
-"Determina o tipo MIME de um arquivo examinando alguns bytes de seu conteúdo"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508
+msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
+msgstr "Determina o tipo MIME de um arquivo examinando alguns bytes de seu conteúdo"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
msgstr "Servidor proxy/de gateway HTTP/1.1"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565
msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr "Módulo de suporte AJP para mod_proxy"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572
msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling"
msgstr "extensão mod_proxy para tratamento de solicitações CONNECT"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579
msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr "Módulo de suporte FTP para mod_proxy"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585
msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy"
msgstr "Módulo de suporte HTTP para mod_proxy"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591
-msgid ""
-"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece um mecanismo de regravação baseado em regras para regravar URLs "
-"solicitados simultaneamente"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591
+msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly"
+msgstr "Fornece um mecanismo de regravação baseado em regras para regravar URLs solicitados simultaneamente"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618
msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered"
-msgstr ""
-"Tenta corrigir URLs incorretos que possam ter sido inseridos por usuários"
+msgstr "Tenta corrigir URLs incorretos que possam ter sido inseridos por usuários"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627
-msgid ""
-"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer "
-"Security (TLS) protocols"
-msgstr ""
-"Criptografia avançada usando os protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e TLS "
-"(Transpor Layer Security)"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627
+msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols"
+msgstr "Criptografia avançada usando os protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) e TLS (Transpor Layer Security)"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667
-msgid ""
-"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece uma variável de ambiente com identificador exclusivo para cada "
-"solicitação"
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667
+msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request"
+msgstr "Fornece uma variável de ambiente com identificador exclusivo para cada solicitação"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
-msgstr ""
-"Registro de seqüências de cliques relativas à atividade do usuário em um site"
+msgstr "Registro de seqüências de cliques relativas à atividade do usuário em um site"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
-msgstr ""
-"Fornece suporte para hosts virtuais configurados dinamicamente em massa"
+msgstr "Fornece suporte para hosts virtuais configurados dinamicamente em massa"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
msgstr "Fornece suporte para páginas PHP5 geradas dinamicamente"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
msgstr "Fornece suporte para páginas Perl geradas dinamicamente"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
msgstr "Fornece suporte para páginas Python geradas dinamicamente"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
msgstr "Fornece suporte para delimitação de subprocessos AppArmor no apache"
-#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741
+#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
msgstr "Oferece suporte para subversion"
-#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22
+#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22
msgid "Host not found"
msgstr "host não encontrado"
-#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58
+#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter"
msgstr "parâmetro '%s' ilegal"
-#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62
+#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62
msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible"
msgstr "o ssl junto com \"virtual por nome\" não é possível"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/inetd.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,273 +14,273 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. is this proposal or not?
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63
+#. is this proposal or not?
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63
msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)"
msgstr "Configuração de Serviços de Rede (xinetd)"
-#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87
+#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87
msgid "Show the status of current system services"
msgstr "Mostrar o status dos serviços de sistema atuais"
-#. translators: command line help text for "id" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99
+#. translators: command line help text for "id" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99
msgid "Unique identifier"
msgstr "Identificador único"
-#. translators: command line help text for "service" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106
+#. translators: command line help text for "service" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106
msgid "Service name"
msgstr "Nome do serviço"
-#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113
+#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113
msgid "Disable service"
msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço"
-#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121
+#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121
msgid "RPC version of RPC service"
msgstr "Versão RPC do serviço RPC"
-#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128
+#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128
msgid "Socket type"
msgstr "Tipo de socket"
-#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136
+#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136
msgid "Internet (IP) protocols"
msgstr "Internet (IP) protocols"
-#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144
+#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144
msgid "Wait attribute"
msgstr "Atributos do espera"
-#. translators: command line help text for "user" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152
+#. translators: command line help text for "user" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152
msgid "Determines the uid for the server process"
msgstr "Determinar o uid para processo do servidor"
-#. translators: command line help text for "group" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159
+#. translators: command line help text for "group" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159
msgid "Determines the gid for the server process"
msgstr "Determinar gid para processo do servidor"
-#. translators: command line help text for "server" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166
+#. translators: command line help text for "server" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166
msgid "Path name of program to execute"
msgstr "Nome do caminho do programa para ser executado"
-#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173
+#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173
msgid "Parameters for server"
msgstr "Parâmetros para servidor"
-#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180
+#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180
msgid "User comment"
msgstr "Comentário do usuário"
-#. translators: error message for command line
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345
+#. translators: error message for command line
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345
msgid "You must specify a service ID."
msgstr "Vocë deve especificar um endereço."
-#. translators: error message for command line
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356
+#. translators: error message for command line
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356
msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option."
msgstr "Especifique o serviço usando uma opção 'service'."
-#. translators: error message for command line
-#. translators: error message for command line
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391
+#. translators: error message for command line
+#. translators: error message for command line
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "Opão 'id' não pode ser combinada com outras opções."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "Esperar"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
msgid "User"
msgstr "Usuário"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Servidor"
-#. id,
-#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191
+#. id,
+#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191
msgid "On"
msgstr "Ativo"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Inativo"
-#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
-#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
+#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
-#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. create titles
-#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81
+#. create titles
+#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Xinetd"
msgstr "Xinetd"
-#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82
+#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82
msgid "&Xinetd"
msgstr "&Xinetd"
-#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
-#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
+#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "Pacote %1 será instalado durate processo de gravação."
-#. if (true) { // for debugging
-#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#. if (true) { // for debugging
+#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "Pacote %1 não foi instalado. O serviço nõ pode ser editado."
-#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "O pacote %1 foi instalado."
-#. This is main inetd module dialog.
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#. This is main inetd module dialog.
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "&Ativar todos os serviços"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "&Desativar todos os serviços"
-#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "Desab&ilitar"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "Habi&litar"
-#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
-#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
+#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "Serviços Atualmente disponíveis"
-#. `opt(`notify),
-#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#. `opt(`notify),
+#. `opt(`keepSorting),
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Ch"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Type "
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "Argumentos do servidor"
-#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#. Translators: Add service
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Adicionar"
-#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#. Translators: Edit service
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#. Translators: Delete service
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "A&pagar"
-#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#. Translators: Change service status
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "&Alternar Status (Ligado ou Desligado)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "Status para todos os &Serviços"
-#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#. Inetd configure dialog caption
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Configuração de Serviços de Rede (xinetd)"
-#. execute dialog
-#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#. execute dialog
+#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "Adicionar nova entrada de serviço"
-#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#. Translators: Popup::Error
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "Não pode apagar o serviço. Não está instalado."
-#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#. Translators: Popup::Message
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Para apagar um serviço, selecione um no diálogo principal"
-#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#. Translators: Popup::Message
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr "Para ativar ou desativar um serviço, selecione-o no diálogo principal."
-#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
-#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
+#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "Editar uma entrada de serviço"
-#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#. Translators: Popup::Message
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "Para editar um serviço, selecione um no diálogo principal"
-#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#. Translators: Popup::Warning
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -288,76 +288,76 @@
"Todos os serviços estão marcados como desabilitados (bloqueados).\n"
"O super-servidor Internet será desabilitado."
-#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#. service name
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Serviço"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "Versã&o RPC"
-#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#. service status (running or stopped)
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "Serviço está ati&vo"
-#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#. service socket type
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "T&ipo de Soquete"
-#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
-#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "Espe&rar"
-#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#. user and group ComboBoxes
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Usuário"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Grupo"
-#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#. Server arguments
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "S&ervidor"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "Argumen&tos do servidor"
-#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "Co&mentário"
-#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same.
-#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed"
-#. Read user names from passwd.
-#. It does not get the NIS entries.
-#. "+" is filtered out.
-#. @return [Array] users
-#. Read group names from group
-#. It does not get the NIS entries.
-#. "+" is filtered out.
-#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
-#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
+#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same.
+#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed"
+#. Read user names from passwd.
+#. It does not get the NIS entries.
+#. "+" is filtered out.
+#. @return [Array] users
+#. Read group names from group
+#. It does not get the NIS entries.
+#. "+" is filtered out.
+#. @return [Array] groups
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--Padrão--"
-#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#. Translators: Popup::Message
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -365,28 +365,28 @@
"Serviço está vazio.\n"
"Informe valores válidos.\n"
-#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#. Error message
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "O nome do serviço contém o caractere não permitido \"/\"."
-#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "O usuário %1 é reservado somente para processos de servidor interno."
-#. Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38
+#. Popup::Error
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38
msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted."
msgstr "Nenhum pacote selecionado. Configuração abortada."
-#. Not used!
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42
+#. Not used!
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42
msgid "Selected packages will be installed."
msgstr "Pacotes selecionados serão instalados."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -394,8 +394,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando configuração do xinetd</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -403,8 +403,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte com segurança a configuração clicando <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -412,8 +412,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Salvando configuração do xinetd</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Save Process:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -425,8 +425,8 @@
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Service Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Click <b>Enable</b> to enable network services managed by a super-server\n"
@@ -434,10 +434,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Serviços de Rede</big></b><br>\n"
"Clique <b>Habilitar</b> para habilitar serviços de rede gerenciados pela\n"
-"configuração super-servidor. Para parar o super-servidor, clique "
-"<b>Desabilitar</b>.</p>\n"
+"configuração super-servidor. Para parar o super-servidor, clique <b>Desabilitar</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>X</b> in column <b>Ch</b> were edited\n"
@@ -447,31 +446,27 @@
"Todos os serviços marcados com <b>X</b> na coluna <b>Ch</b> foram\n"
"editados e serão modificados na configuração do sistema.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n"
"All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n"
-"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be "
-"configured.</p>"
+"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Status dos Serviços:</big></b><br>\n"
"Todos os serviços marcados com <b>---</b> estão inativos (bloqueados).\n"
"Todos os serviços marcados com <b>On</b> estão ativos (desbloqueados).\n"
-"Todos os serviços marcados com <b>NI</b> não estão instalados e não podem "
-"ser configurados.</p>"
+"Todos os serviços marcados com <b>NI</b> não estão instalados e não podem ser configurados.</p>"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or "
-"Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Modificando Status do Serviço:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecione o serviço para habilitar ou desabilitar e clique <b>Alternar "
-"Status (Ligado ou Desligado)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Selecione o serviço para habilitar ou desabilitar e clique <b>Alternar Status (Ligado ou Desligado)</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing Services:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -479,7 +474,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Editando Serviços:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione o serviço para editar e clique <b>Editar</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Deleting Services:</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -487,7 +482,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Apagando Serviços:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione o serviço para apagar e clique <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Entry:</big></b>\n"
"Click <b>Create</b> and complete the form.</p>\n"
@@ -495,21 +490,19 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando nova entrada:</big></b>\n"
"Clique <b>Adicionar</b> e complete o formulário.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n"
"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
-"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration "
-"will remain.</p>\n"
+"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Cancelando a Configuração:</big></b>\n"
"Deixe a configuração intocada pressionando o botão <b>Cancelar</b>.\n"
-"Fazendo isto, todas as mudanças serão perdidas e a configuração original "
-"permanecerá.</p>\n"
+"Fazendo isto, todas as mudanças serão perdidas e a configuração original permanecerá.</p>\n"
-#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog.
-#. @return The help text.
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104
+#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog.
+#. @return The help text.
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n"
@@ -519,7 +512,7 @@
"<p>Para criar uma entrada válida (serviço) para o super-servidor,\n"
"entre</p> \n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<ul>\n"
"<li>service name\n"
@@ -545,15 +538,11 @@
"<li>argumentos do programa servidor\n"
"</ul>"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>."
-"p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta é uma descrição resumida. Para detalhes, veja <b>info xinetd.conf"
-"b>.\n"
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
+msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Esta é uma descrição resumida. Para detalhes, veja <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a valid service name into the <b>service</b> field.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -561,7 +550,7 @@
"<p>Entre um nome de serviço válido em <b>nome de serviço</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>socket type</b> should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n"
"depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n"
@@ -573,19 +562,17 @@
"é preciso acesso direto ao IP, ou transmissão de datagrama sequencial\n"
"confiável.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/"
-"protocols.\n"
+"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n"
"Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>protocolo</b> deve ser um protocolo válido como especificado em /etc/"
-"protocols.\n"
+"<p>O <b>protocolo</b> deve ser um protocolo válido como especificado em /etc/protocols.\n"
"Exemplos são <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>wait/nowait</b> entry determines if the service is\n"
"single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n"
@@ -613,7 +600,7 @@
"pois udp não é orientado à conexão. Servidores <i>tcp/stream</i> \n"
"normalmente esperam que o valor seja <b>não</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n"
"<b>User</b>. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n"
@@ -625,7 +612,7 @@
"executarem com permissões inferiores ao root.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>In <b>Server</b>, enter the path name of the program to\n"
"be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n"
@@ -635,86 +622,85 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Em <b>servidor</b>, entre o nome do caminho para o programa\n"
"à ser executado pelo inetd quando uma solicitação chegar no seu socket. \n"
-"Parâmetros para o programa pode ser especificados em <b>Argumentos do "
-"Servidor</b>.\n"
+"Parâmetros para o programa pode ser especificados em <b>Argumentos do Servidor</b>.\n"
"\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged
-#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194
+#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged
+#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194
msgid "---"
msgstr "---"
-#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed".
-#. Please, make the
-#. translation as short as possible.
-#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206
+#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed".
+#. Please, make the
+#. translation as short as possible.
+#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206
msgid "NI"
msgstr "NI"
-#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing.
-#. For use with autoinstallation.
-#. @return sequence result
-#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87
+#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing.
+#. For use with autoinstallation.
+#. @return sequence result
+#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87
msgid "Xinetd Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Xinetd"
-#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88
+#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#. Inetd read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando configuração do inetd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Ler a Configuração"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo configuração..."
-#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#. read database
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#. Inetd read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando configuração do inetd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#. in future: catch errors
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações!"
-#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#. "enabled" defaults to true
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>Todos os serviços estão marcados como parados.</i></ul></p>"
-#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "Serviços de rede"
-#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "Serviços de rede gerenciados via %1"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "Este serviços serão deletados"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/installation.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,32 +14,32 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Inicializando a instalação...</p>"
-#. dialog content - busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
+#. dialog content - busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57
msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..."
msgstr "Preparando a 1ª configuração do sistema..."
-#. help for the dialog - busy message
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
+#. help for the dialog - busy message
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48
msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aguarde...</p>"
-#. dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
+#. dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77
msgid ""
"No installation control file has been found,\n"
"the installer cannot continue."
@@ -47,23 +47,23 @@
"Nenhum arquivo de controle de instalação encontrado.\n"
"O instalador não pode continuar."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. progress step title
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. progress step title
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73
msgid "Writing YaST configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do YaST..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#. Dialog busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#. Dialog busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267
msgid "Finishing the installation..."
msgstr "Concluindo a instalação..."
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174
msgid ""
"Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n"
"a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n"
@@ -83,12 +83,12 @@
"funcionalidade do front end gráfico, mas as telas\n"
"são diferentes daquelas do manual.\n"
-#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
-#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
-#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
-#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
-#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
+#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
+#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
+#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ())
+#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in
+#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact.
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193
msgid ""
"The graphical interface could not be started.\n"
"\n"
@@ -110,30 +110,30 @@
"funcionalidade do front end gráfico, mas as telas\n"
"são diferentes daquelas do manual.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275
msgid "Start service %1"
msgstr "Iniciar serviço %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
-#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
+#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47
msgid "Starting service %1..."
msgstr "Iniciando serviço %1..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
msgstr "Ajustando Configurações de Rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301
msgid "Network settings are being adjusted."
msgstr "As configurações de rede estão sendo ajustadas."
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354
msgid ""
"The previous installation has failed.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -145,8 +145,8 @@
" \n"
"Nota: poderá ser preciso digitar algumas informações novamente."
-#. popup question (#x1)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
+#. popup question (#x1)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362
msgid ""
"The previous installation has been aborted.\n"
"Would you like it to continue?\n"
@@ -158,27 +158,26 @@
" \n"
"Nota: talvez seja preciso digitar algumas informações novamente."
-#. popup headline (#x1)
-#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
-#. dialog cotent (progress information)
-#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
+#. popup headline (#x1)
+#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
+#. dialog cotent (progress information)
+#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60
msgid "Starting Installation..."
msgstr "Iniciando Instalação..."
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167
msgid "Confirm Installation"
msgstr "Confirmar Instalação"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170
msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>As informações necessárias para instalação básica estão completas.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>As informações necessárias para instalação básica estão completas.</p>"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n"
"partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n"
@@ -188,11 +187,10 @@
"<p>Se você continuar agora, as <b>partições\n"
"existentes</b> no disco rígido serão <b>apagadas</b> ou <b>formatadas</b>\n"
"(<b>apagando quaisquer dados existentes</b> nessas partições) de\n"
-"acordo com as configurações de instalação nas caixas de diálogo anteriores."
-"p>"
+"acordo com as configurações de instalação nas caixas de diálogo anteriores.</p>"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
@@ -202,32 +200,32 @@
"disco rígido serão modificadas de acordo com configurações de instalação\n"
"nas caixas de diálogo anteriores.</p>"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Volte e verifique configurações se não tem certeza.</p>"
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Confirmar Atualização"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>As informações necessárias para a atualização estão completas.</p>"
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -237,195 +235,162 @@
"<p>Se você continuar agora, os dados no disco rígido serão sobregravados\n"
"de acordo com configurações nas caixas de diálogo anteriores.</p>"
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
-#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
+#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "Iniciar At&Ualização"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
msgid "Blacklist Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos de Lista Negra"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos de Li&sta Negra"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dispositivos de lista negra habilitados (desabilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "Dispositivos de lista negra habilitados (desabilitar</a>)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Dispositivos de lista negra desabilitados (habilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "Dispositivos de lista negra desabilitados (habilitar</a>)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to "
-"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use os <b>Dispositivos de lista negra</b> para criar canais de lista "
-"negra, como dispositivos que reduzem o volume de memória do kernel.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use os <b>Dispositivos de lista negra</b> para criar canais de lista negra, como dispositivos que reduzem o volume de memória do kernel.</p>"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
msgstr "Adicionando Dispositivos à Lista Negra..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando arquivos para o sistema instalado..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando arquivos do sistema para o sistema instalado..."
-#. Create a summary
-#. return string
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
+#. Create a summary
+#. return string
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está: <b>habilitada</b>"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
msgstr "A instalação a partir de imagens está: <b>desabilitada</b>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133
msgid "Installation from Images"
msgstr "Instalação a Partir de Imagens"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível usar imagens predefinidas da Novell para acelerar a instalação do "
-"RPM."
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
+msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
+msgstr "É possível usar imagens predefinidas da Novell para acelerar a instalação do RPM."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
msgstr "&Instalar a Partir de Imagens"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144
msgid "&Do not Install from Images"
msgstr "&Não Instalar de Imagens"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation "
-"source"
-msgstr ""
-"Implantação de imagens personalizadas: é necessário que um URL seja "
-"configurado como fonte de instalação"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
+msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
+msgstr "Implantação de imagens personalizadas: é necessário que um URL seja configurado como fonte de instalação"
-#. Image name, Image location
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
+#. Image name, Image location
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
msgstr "É possível criar imagens personalizadas.\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
-msgid ""
-"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
-"image here"
-msgstr ""
-"Você deve configurar a seleção de software primeiro, antes de criar uma "
-"imagem aqui"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
+msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
+msgstr "Você deve configurar a seleção de software primeiro, antes de criar uma imagem aqui"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during "
-"installation)"
-msgstr ""
-"Criar um arquivo de imagem (o AutoYaST vai buscá-lo no local informado "
-"durante a instalação)"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
+msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
+msgstr "Criar um arquivo de imagem (o AutoYaST vai buscá-lo no local informado durante a instalação)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
msgstr "Criar Imagem"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
msgstr "Onde o AutoYaST encontrará a imagem? (ex.: http://host/)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
msgstr "Qual é o nome da imagem? (ex.: minha_imagem)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
msgstr "Criar ISO (a imagem e o autoinst.xml estarão na mídia)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n"
"Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n"
-"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in "
-"the\n"
+"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n"
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Instalação de Imagens</b> é usada para acelerar a instalação.\n"
-"As imagens contêm instantâneos comprimidos de um sistema instalado "
-"correspondente à sua\n"
+"As imagens contêm instantâneos comprimidos de um sistema instalado correspondente à sua\n"
"seleção de padrões. O restante dos pacotes não incluídos nas\n"
"imagens será instalado dos pacotes normalmente.</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n"
-"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will "
-"dump an\n"
-"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
-"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
-"installation.</p>"
+"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n"
+"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Criando as próprias Imagens</b> é usado para ignorar\n"
-"a etapa completa de instalação do RPM. Em vez disso, o AutoYaST fará dump de "
-"uma\n"
-"imagem no disco rígido, que é muito mais rápida e pode já estar pré-"
-"configurada.\n"
+"a etapa completa de instalação do RPM. Em vez disso, o AutoYaST fará dump de uma\n"
+"imagem no disco rígido, que é muito mais rápida e pode já estar pré-configurada.\n"
"Fora a instalação do RPM, todo o restante é feito como em uma instalação\n"
"automática normal.</p>"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image"
msgstr "você precisa fazer a seleção de software antes de criar a imagem"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
-"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created."
-"p>"
+"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Observe que, ao instalar de imagens, as marcações de horário de todos os "
-"pacotes originários das imagens\n"
-"não serão correspondentes à data de instalação, mas sim à data de criação da "
-"imagem.</p>"
+"<p>Observe que, ao instalar de imagens, as marcações de horário de todos os pacotes originários das imagens\n"
+"não serão correspondentes à data de instalação, mas sim à data de criação da imagem.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
@@ -433,12 +398,12 @@
"<p>A instalação a partir de imagens é desabilitada por padrão se a seleção\n"
"atual de padrões não corresponder a nenhum conjunto de imagens.</p>"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
msgstr "Erro: As imagens não devem ser usadas para o modo: %1."
-#. changed to true
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
+#. changed to true
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119
msgid ""
"Cannot enable installation from images.\n"
"\n"
@@ -450,48 +415,46 @@
"Os padrões selecionados não correspondem às imagens\n"
"armazenadas na mídia de instalação.\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Installation from &Images"
msgstr "Instalação a Partir de &Imagens"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
msgid "No installation images are available"
msgstr "Nenhuma imagem de instalação disponível"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"A instalação de imagens está habilitada (desabilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "A instalação de imagens está habilitada (desabilitar</a>)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
+#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
+#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"A instalação de imagens está desabilitada (habilitar</a>)."
+msgstr "A instalação de imagens está desabilitada (habilitar</a>)."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
msgid "Initializing default window manager..."
msgstr "Inicializando gerenciador de janelas padrão..."
-#. feedback heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
+#. feedback heading
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
msgstr "Instalação de Produto Complementar"
-#. feedback message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
+#. feedback message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
msgstr "Lendo pacotes disponíveis nos repositórios..."
-#. popup error message
-#. %1 represents the the error message details
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
+#. popup error message
+#. %1 represents the the error message details
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109
msgid ""
"An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n"
"Details: %1\n"
@@ -503,35 +466,35 @@
"\n"
"Tentar novamente?"
-#. bnc #542792
-#. Repository name must be generated from product details
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
+#. bnc #542792
+#. Repository name must be generated from product details
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
msgstr "Atualizações para %1 %2"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Produto Desconhecido"
-#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
+#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70
msgid "Run Update"
msgstr "Executar Atualização"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71
msgid "Skip Update"
msgstr "Ignorar Atualização"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
msgstr "Atualização Online"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
msgstr "Executar Atualização Online Agora?"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
@@ -539,24 +502,24 @@
"Defina se deseja executar uma atualização online agora.\n"
"Você pode ignorar esta etapa e executar uma atualização online depois.\n"
-#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
-#. keyboard and accepting the license.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "Idioma, Teclado e Contrato de Licença"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. download release notes now
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. download release notes now
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "Notas de Ver&são..."
-#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192
+#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -568,24 +531,22 @@
"a instalação e no sistema instalado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
+#. help text, continued
+#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
-"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available "
-"translations.\n"
+"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"A licença deve ser aceita antes de continuar a instalação.\n"
-"Use <b>Traduções da Licença...</b> para exibir a licença em todas as "
-"traduções disponíveis.\n"
+"Use <b>Traduções da Licença...</b> para exibir a licença em todas as traduções disponíveis.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -595,8 +556,8 @@
"Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para passar para a próxima caixa de diálogo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -608,8 +569,8 @@
"todas as configurações na última caixa de diálogo de instalação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -621,60 +582,60 @@
"o processo de instalação a qualquer momento.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Contrato de Licença"
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429
msgid "&Language"
msgstr "&Idioma"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Layout de Te&clado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
msgstr "&Aceito os Termos da Licença."
-#. Report error about missing license acceptance
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr "Você deve aceitar a licença para instalar este produto"
-#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
-#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
-#. the translation VERY short.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402
+#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
+#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep
+#. the translation VERY short.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402
msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s"
msgstr "Local do EULA no sistema instalado: %s"
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425
msgid "K&eyboard Test"
msgstr "Teste do T&eclado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459
msgid "License &Translations..."
msgstr "&Traduções da Licença..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
msgstr "&Desabilitar Serviço ZMD"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
@@ -682,24 +643,24 @@
"<p>Selecione <b>Desabilitar o Serviço ZMD</b> para parar e desabilitar\n"
"o serviço ZMD durante a inicialização do sistema.</p>\n"
-#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
-#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
+#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
+#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
msgstr "&Clonar Sistema para o Autoyast"
-#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
+#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
msgstr "Instalação concluída"
-#. congratulation text 1/4
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
+#. congratulation text 1/4
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Parabéns!</b></p>"
-#. congratulation text 2/4
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
+#. congratulation text 2/4
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
@@ -707,23 +668,23 @@
"<p>A instalação do &product; na sua máquina está completa.\n"
"Após clicar <b>Encerrar</b>, você pode fazer login no sistema.</p>\n"
-#. congratulation text 3/4
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
+#. congratulation text 3/4
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nos visite em %1.</p>"
-#. congratulation text 4/4
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
+#. congratulation text 4/4
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
msgstr "<p>Divirta-se!<br>Seu Time de Desenvolvimento SuSE</p>"
-#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
+#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196
msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Seu sistema está pronto para uso.</p>"
-#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
+#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
@@ -731,8 +692,8 @@
"<p><b>Concluir</b> fecha a instalação do YaST e leva você\n"
"para a tela de login.</p>\n"
-#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
+#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n"
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
@@ -742,61 +703,53 @@
"ajustar algumas configurações KDE ao seu hardware. Também note\n"
"nosso diálogo de Boas Vindas SuSE.</p>\n"
-#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
+#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
-"xml</tt>.</p>"
+"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Use <b>Clonar</b> se você quiser criar um perfil do AutoYaST.\n"
-"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do SUSE Linux sem a "
-"interação do\n"
-" usuário. O AutoYaST precisa de um perfil para saber como o sistema "
-"instalado deverá parecer.\n"
-" Se essa opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual "
-"em <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"O AutoYaST é um modo de fazer uma instalação completa do SUSE Linux sem a interação do\n"
+" usuário. O AutoYaST precisa de um perfil para saber como o sistema instalado deverá parecer.\n"
+" Se essa opção for selecionada, será armazenado um perfil do sistema atual em <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-#. #187558
-#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
-msgid ""
-"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para clonar o sistema atual, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>"
+#. #187558
+#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
+msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para clonar o sistema atual, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Instalar agora?</p>"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
msgstr "O pacote autoyast2 não está instalado. A clonagem está desabilitada."
-#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
+#. OEM image if target disk is defined
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "O sistema vai executar boot agora..."
-#. bnc #395030
-#. Use less memory
-#. twice more steps
-#. FIXME: 2 minutes
-#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
+#. bnc #395030
+#. Use less memory
+#. twice more steps
+#. FIXME: 2 minutes
+#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150
msgid "Deploying Images..."
msgstr "Implantando Imagens..."
-#. BNC #444209
-#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
+#. BNC #444209
+#. false == error
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -804,293 +757,278 @@
"Falha ao implantar as imagens.\n"
"Interrompendo a instalação...\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
+#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
-"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
-"packages."
+"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
"A depuração foi ativada.\n"
-"O YaST abrirá um gerenciador de software para que você verifique o status "
-"atual dos pacotes."
+"O YaST abrirá um gerenciador de software para que você verifique o status atual dos pacotes."
-#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
+#. unknown image
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Fazendo download da imagem na velocidade de %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Fazendo download da imagem %1 na velocidade de %2/s"
-#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
+#. reset the label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Implantando imagem..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Implantando imagem %1..."
-#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
+#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
msgstr "Selecione o disco no qual implantar a imagem."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
msgstr "Todos os dados do disco serão perdidos!"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
msgstr "&Disco para Usar"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
-"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione o disco no qual a imagem será implantada. Todos os dados do disco "
-"serão perdidos, e o disco será particionado conforme definido na imagem."
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92
+msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
+msgstr "Selecione o disco no qual a imagem será implantada. Todos os dados do disco serão perdidos, e o disco será particionado conforme definido na imagem."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr "Disco Rígido para Implantação da Imagem"
-#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63
+#. popup label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Detectando Controladoras Disponíveis"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Ativação do Disco"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Configurar Discos &DASD"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Configurar Discos &ZFCP"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "Configurar Interfaces &FCoE"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "Configurar Discos &iSCSI"
-#. Finish
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Co&nfiguração de Rede..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
msgstr "Instalação - Aquecendo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>"
msgstr "<p>A instalação está prestes a começar!</p>"
-#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
-#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
+#. Set the UI content to show some progress.
+#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. bug #302384
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Inicializando"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "Inicializando a instalação..."
-#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141
+#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr ""
-"Foram encontradas atualizações de pacotes nestes repositórios adicionais:"
+msgstr "Foram encontradas atualizações de pacotes nestes repositórios adicionais:"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
-msgstr ""
-"Iniciar o gerenciador de software para verificar e instalar as atualizações?"
+msgstr "Iniciar o gerenciador de software para verificar e instalar as atualizações?"
-#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497
+#. check box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497
msgid "Show &package updates"
msgstr "Mostrar atualizações de &pacotes"
-#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
+#. a fallback busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Chamando a etapa %1..."
-#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
+#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
-#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
+#. get the latest errors
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Erro de Instalação"
-#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
-#. kilobytes
-#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
+#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
+#. kilobytes
+#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
msgstr "Terminando a instalação básica"
-#. Might be left from the previous stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
+#. Might be left from the previous stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299
msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..."
msgstr "Criando a lista de scripts de conclusão a serem chamados..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#. progress stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Copiar arquivos para o sistema instalado"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
+#. progress stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Gravar configuração"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
+#. progress stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de instalação"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
+#. progress stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Instalar gerenciador de boot"
-#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
+#. progress stage
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Preparar o sistema para o boot inicial"
-#. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
+#. some steps are called in live installer only
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr "O cliente %1 retornou dados inválidos."
-#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Verificando a fase: %1..."
-#. Button to accept a license agreement
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
+#. Button to accept a license agreement
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Eu &concordo"
-#. Button to reject a license agreement
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
+#. Button to reject a license agreement
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
msgstr "Eu &não concordo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
msgid "Installation is being initialized."
msgstr "A instalação está sendo inicializada."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Preparando a configuração inicial do sistema..."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Opções de Instalação"
-#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
+#. check box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "&Adicionar Repositórios Online Antes da Instalação"
-#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
+#. check box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "In&cluir Produtos Complementares de Outra Mídia"
-#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
+#. help text for installation method
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Opções de Instalação</b></big></p>"
-#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
+#. help text for installation option
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para utilizar os repositórios remotos sugeridos durante a instalação ou "
-"atualização, selecione\n"
+"Para utilizar os repositórios remotos sugeridos durante a instalação ou atualização, selecione\n"
"<b>Adicionar Repositórios Online Antes da Instalação</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
+#. help text for installation method
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
-"select\n"
+"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para instalar um produto complementar de outra mídia juntamente com o "
-"&product;, selecione\n"
+"Para instalar um produto complementar de outra mídia juntamente com o &product;, selecione\n"
"<b>In&cluir Produtos Complementares de Outra Mídia</b>.</p>\n"
-#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
-"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para instalação, "
-"consulte o site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
+#. help text: additional help for installation
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
+msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se você precisa de drivers de hardware específicos para instalação, consulte o site <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>"
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55
msgid "Keyboard Layout and Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
msgstr "Layout do teclado e senha para o administrador do sistema \"root\""
-#. Error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
+#. Error message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
msgstr "Erro interno: não há licença para mostrar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
msgid "Network Setup"
msgstr "Configuração da Rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95
msgid ""
"No network setup has been found.\n"
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
@@ -1100,28 +1038,28 @@
"Ela é fundamental para a utilização de repositórios remotos,\n"
"caso contrário, você pode ignorar isto com segurança.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
msgstr "Configurar sua placa de rede agora?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Selecionar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118
msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup"
msgstr "&Sim, Executar a Configuração de Rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126
msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup"
msgstr "&Não, Ignorar a Configuração de Rede"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
@@ -1129,20 +1067,17 @@
"<p>O sistema de instalação atual não parece\n"
"ter uma rede configurada.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
-"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma rede configurada é necessária para utilização de repositórios "
-"remotos\n"
-"ou produtos complementares. Se você não utiliza repositórios remotos, ignore "
-"a configuração.</p>\n"
+"<p>Uma rede configurada é necessária para utilização de repositórios remotos\n"
+"ou produtos complementares. Se você não utiliza repositórios remotos, ignore a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
msgid ""
"Network configuration has failed.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for details."
@@ -1150,47 +1085,37 @@
"A configuração de rede falhou.\n"
"Verifique o arquivo de registro %1 para obter os detalhes."
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
-"number \n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
-"ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>No Linux, a <b>opção</b> é a maior prioridade. O <i>openSUSE</i> "
-"oferece \n"
-"vários ambientes de área de trabalho. Veja a seguir a lista com os dois "
-"principais ambientes:\n"
+"<p>No Linux, a <b>opção</b> é a maior prioridade. O <i>openSUSE</i> oferece \n"
+"vários ambientes de área de trabalho. Veja a seguir a lista com os dois principais ambientes:\n"
"<b>GNOME</b> e <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
-"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
-"the software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
-"additional desktop \n"
+"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the software \n"
+"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode selecionar ambientes de área de trabalho alternativos (ou um "
-"dos padrões de instalação mínima)\n"
-"que atendam melhor às suas necessidades usando a opção <b>Outros</b>. "
-"Posteriormente, na\n"
-"seleção de software ou após a instalação, será possível mudar a sua seleção "
-"ou adicionar ambientes de área de trabalho\n"
+"<p>Você pode selecionar ambientes de área de trabalho alternativos (ou um dos padrões de instalação mínima)\n"
+"que atendam melhor às suas necessidades usando a opção <b>Outros</b>. Posteriormente, na\n"
+"seleção de software ou após a instalação, será possível mudar a sua seleção ou adicionar ambientes de área de trabalho\n"
"adicionais. Esta tela permite definir o ambiente padrão.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
msgid "Desktop Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho"
-#. UI wait loop
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
+#. UI wait loop
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
msgid ""
"No desktop type was selected.\n"
"Select the desired desktop environment."
@@ -1198,49 +1123,49 @@
"Nenhum tipo de área de trabalho foi selecionado.\n"
"Selecione o ambiente de área de trabalho desejado."
-#. BNC #449818
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
+#. BNC #449818
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Outros"
-#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
+#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
msgstr "Produto base não encontrado. As notas de versão não serão mostradas."
-#. 1 GB is a good approximation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
+#. 1 GB is a good approximation
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "Preparando discos..."
-#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
-#. BNC #439104
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
+#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used
+#. BNC #439104
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Instalando Pacotes..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Não existe interface de usuário disponível para este módulo."
-#. combobox item
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
+#. combobox item
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
msgid "Language: %1"
msgstr "Idioma: %1"
-#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
+#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Notas da versão"
-#. +2 thingies on the right
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
+#. +2 thingies on the right
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
msgid "&Product"
msgstr "&Produto "
-#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
+#. help text for dialog "Release Notes"
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
@@ -1248,127 +1173,123 @@
"<p>As <b>notas de versão</b> do sistema Linux instalado oferecem um resumo\n"
"dos novos recursos e das modificações.</p>\n"
-#. informative message in RichText widget
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
+#. informative message in RichText widget
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhuma nota de lançamento foi instalada.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n"
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecione o cenário que melhor atende a suas necessidades.\n"
-"Softwares adicionais podem ser selecionados mais tarde na proposta de "
-"software.</p>\n"
+"Softwares adicionais podem ser selecionados mais tarde na proposta de software.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
+#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
msgstr "Escolha um cenário."
-#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
+#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
msgid "Choose Scenario"
msgstr "Escolher Cenário"
-#. This dialog in not interactive
-#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70
+#. This dialog in not interactive
+#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70
msgid "Analyzing the Computer"
msgstr "Analisando o computador"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89
msgid "Probe USB devices"
msgstr "Investigar dispositivos USB"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
msgstr "Investigando dispositivos USB..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
msgstr "Investigar dispositivos FireWire"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
msgstr "Pesquisando dispositivos FireWire..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
msgstr "Pesquisar dispositivos de disquete"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98
msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..."
msgstr "Pesquisando dispositivos de disquete..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Investigar controladoras de disco rígido"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Investigando controladoras de disco rígido..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
msgstr "Carregar módulos do kernel para controladoras de disco rígido"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
msgstr "Carregando módulos do kernel para controladoras de disco rígido..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110
msgid "Probe hard disks"
msgstr "Investigar discos rígidos"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
msgstr "Investigando discos rígidos..."
-#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
+#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118
msgid "Search for system files"
msgstr "Procurar arquivos de sistema"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119
msgid "Searching for system files..."
msgstr "Procurando arquivos de sistema..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122
msgid "Initialize software manager"
msgstr "Inicializar gerenciador de software"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
msgstr "Inicializando gerenciador de software..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
msgid "System Probing"
msgstr "Investigação do Sistema"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr ""
-"O YaST está investigando o hardware do computador e os sistemas instalados."
+msgstr "O YaST está investigando o hardware do computador e os sistemas instalados."
-#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232
+#. additonal error when HW was not found
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232
msgid ""
"\n"
-"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
-"installation."
+"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Consulte ''drivers.suse.com'' se você precisar de drivers de hardware "
-"específicos para a instalação."
+"Consulte ''drivers.suse.com'' se você precisar de drivers de hardware específicos para a instalação."
-#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246
+#. pop-up error report
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1378,7 +1299,7 @@
"Verifique seu hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1388,8 +1309,8 @@
"Durante a instalação automática, ele pode ser detectado posteriormente.\n"
"(especialmente em sistemas S/390 ou iSCSI)\n"
-#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267
+#. pop-up error report
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1401,8 +1322,8 @@
"Verifique seu hardware.\n"
"%1\n"
-#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312
+#. popup message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1410,8 +1331,8 @@
"Falha ao inicializar os repositórios de software.\n"
"Interrompendo a instalação."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
"from the registration server.</p>"
@@ -1419,18 +1340,18 @@
"<p>Impossível obter o URL do repositório de atualização do instalador\n"
"do servidor de registro.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
-#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
+#. URL from control.xml
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
msgstr "<p>O URL padrão %s será usado.<p>"
-#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
-#.
-#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
-#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
-#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
msgid ""
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"to search for installer updates."
@@ -1438,8 +1359,8 @@
"Selecione um servidor de registro detectado da lista\n"
"para pesquisar atualizações do instalador."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1449,8 +1370,8 @@
"%s.\n"
"\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1460,15 +1381,15 @@
"%s.\n"
"\n"
-#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
-#.
-#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
-#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
-#.
-#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration
-#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
-#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
+#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand
+#.
+#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts,
+#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched.
+#.
+#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration
+#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
+#. false if the network is not configured.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1478,10 +1399,10 @@
"Deseja verificar a configuração de rede\n"
"e tentar instalar as atualizações novamente?"
-#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
-#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
+#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
+#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1500,40 +1421,39 @@
"Você pode continuar a instalação sem aplicar as atualizações.\n"
"No entanto, podem faltar algumas correções de bug importantes.\n"
"\n"
-"Se você precisar de um servidor proxy para acessar o repositório de "
-"atualizações,\n"
+"Se você precisar de um servidor proxy para acessar o repositório de atualizações,\n"
"use o parâmetro de boot \"proxy\".\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
msgid "Add Update Repository"
msgstr "Adicionar Repositório de Atualização"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
msgid "Download the Packages"
msgstr "Fazer Download dos Pacotes"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
msgid "Apply the Packages"
msgstr "Aplicar os Pacotes"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
msgid "Restart"
msgstr "Reiniciar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
msgid "Updating the Installer..."
msgstr "Atualizando o Instalador..."
-#. Fetch the profile from the given URI
-#.
-#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
-#.
-#. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
+#. Fetch the profile from the given URI
+#.
+#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
+#.
+#. @see Yast::Profile.current
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1541,33 +1461,33 @@
"Erro ao analisar o arquivo de controle.\n"
"\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
msgstr "Removido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios Previamente Utilizados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
-#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
+#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
@@ -1575,48 +1495,46 @@
"Os seguintes repositórios foram encontrados no sistema\n"
"que receberá upgrade:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
msgid "Current Status"
msgstr "Status Atual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repositório"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
+#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "Modifi&car..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Alternar Status"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
msgid ""
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
-"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the "
-"upgrade process.</p>"
+"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aqui você vê todos os repositórios de software encontrados \n"
-"no sistema que receberá upgrade. Selecione aqueles que deseja incluir no "
-"processo de upgrade.</p>"
+"no sistema que receberá upgrade. Selecione aqueles que deseja incluir no processo de upgrade.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
msgid ""
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
@@ -1624,32 +1542,32 @@
"<p>Para habilitar, remover ou desabilitar um URL, clique no botão \n"
"<b>Alternar status</b> ou clique duas vezes no respectivo item da tabela.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para mudar o URL, clique no botão <b>Mudar...</b>.</p>"
-#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
-#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
-#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
+#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
+#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
+#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
+#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
msgid "&Repository URL"
msgstr "URL do &Repositório"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
msgid "Network is not Configured"
msgstr "A rede não está configurada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
msgid ""
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
@@ -1657,55 +1575,55 @@
"Repositórios remotos exigem uma conexão de Internet.\n"
"Configurá-la?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
msgstr "Adicionando e removendo repositórios..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Adicionando e removendo repositórios.</p>"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
msgstr "Remover repositórios não utilizados"
-#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
+#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
msgstr "Removendo repositórios não utilizados..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
msgstr "Adicionar repositórios habilitados"
-#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
+#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
msgstr "Adicionando repositórios habilitados..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
msgstr "Adicionar repositórios desabilitados"
-#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
+#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
msgstr "Adicionando repositórios desabilitados..."
-#. true - OK, continue
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
+#. true - OK, continue
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
msgstr "Mídia Correta Solicitada"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
"Make sure that media with label %1\n"
"is in the CD/DVD drive.\n"
@@ -1717,9 +1635,9 @@
"\n"
"Se você ignorar, o repositório não será adicionado.\n"
-#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
-#. for the system upgrade
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
+#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
+#. for the system upgrade
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908
msgid ""
"Cannot add repository %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
@@ -1733,8 +1651,8 @@
"\n"
"O repositório será adicionado no estado desabilitado."
-#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
+#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
msgid ""
"Cannot add enabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1744,9 +1662,9 @@
"Nome: %1\n"
"URL: %2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
+#. TRANSLATORS: error report
+#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965
msgid ""
"An error occurred while refreshing repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1756,9 +1674,9 @@
"Nome: %1\n"
"URL: %2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
+#. TRANSLATORS: error report
+#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985
msgid ""
"An error occurred while enabling repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1768,8 +1686,8 @@
"Nome: %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
-#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
+#. do not probe! adding as disabled!
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Cannot add disabled repository\n"
"Name: %1\n"
@@ -1779,32 +1697,31 @@
"Nome: %1\n"
"URL: %2"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Bem-vindo"
-#. welcome text 1/4
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
+#. welcome text 1/4
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71
msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Bem Vindo!</b></p>"
-#. welcome text 2/4
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
+#. welcome text 2/4
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n"
"use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n"
"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Há algumas etapas adicionais a serem executadas antes que o sistema "
-"esteja pronto para\n"
+"<p>Há algumas etapas adicionais a serem executadas antes que o sistema esteja pronto para\n"
"uso. O YaST o orientará por algumas configurações básicas. Clique em\n"
"<b>Próximo</b> para continuar. </p>\n"
" \n"
-#. help ttext
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
+#. help ttext
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
@@ -1812,126 +1729,126 @@
"<p>Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para executar a\n"
"configuração básica do sistema.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
msgstr "Nenhum workflow definido para este tipo de instalação."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
msgid "Writing automatic configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração automática..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
msgstr "Atualizando dependências do módulo de kernel..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
msgid "Setting up linker cache..."
msgstr "Configurando o cache do linker..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando configuração de rede..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
msgstr "Verificando o sistema instalado..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando configuração de proxy..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Salvando fuso horário..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
msgstr "Salvando idioma... "
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
msgid "Saving console configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando configuração de console..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167
msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando configuração de teclado..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172
msgid "Saving product information..."
msgstr "Salvando informações sobre o produto..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177
msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações da instalação automática..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
msgid "Saving security settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de segurança..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
msgid "Saving hardware configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando configuração de hardware..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9
msgid "Adapting system services ..."
msgstr "Adaptando os serviços do sistema..."
-#. normal=configuration in an installed system
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
+#. normal=configuration in an installed system
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138
msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system."
msgstr "Não faz sentido gravar essas configurações no sistema."
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size
-#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length
-#. is used to avoid this issue.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size
+#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length
+#. is used to avoid this issue.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98
msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
msgstr "Importar Chaves e Configuração de Host SSH"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23
msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration"
msgstr "&Importar Chaves e Configuração de Host SSH"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando configurações de SSH para o sistema instalado..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
msgstr "Movendo para o sistema instalado..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
msgstr "Desmontando todos os dispositivos montados..."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
msgstr "Copiando a configuração do sistema X Window para o sistema..."
-#. call command
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
+#. call command
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
msgid ""
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1955,91 +1872,77 @@
"**************************************************************\n"
"\t\t"
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Copiando arquivos de log para o sistema instalado..."
-#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
+#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
msgstr "Gostaria de importar chaves SSH de instalação anterior"
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose "
-"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the "
-"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of "
-"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed."
-"p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found "
-"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada servidor SSH é identificado por uma ou várias chaves de host "
-"públicas. Escolha uma instalação existente do Linux para reutilizar as "
-"chaves de host, e portanto a identidade, do servidor SSH. Os arquivos de "
-"chave encontrados em /etc/ssh (um par de arquivos por chave de host) serão "
-"copiados para o novo sistema que será instalado.</p><p>Marque <b>Importar "
-"Configuração do SSH</b> para copiar outros arquivos encontrados em /etc/ssh, "
-"além das chaves.</p>"
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102
+msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada servidor SSH é identificado por uma ou várias chaves de host públicas. Escolha uma instalação existente do Linux para reutilizar as chaves de host, e portanto a identidade, do servidor SSH. Os arquivos de chave encontrados em /etc/ssh (um par de arquivos por chave de host) serão copiados para o novo sistema que será instalado.</p><p>Marque <b>Importar Configuração do SSH</b> para copiar outros arquivos encontrados em /etc/ssh, além das chaves.</p>"
-#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115
+#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
-#. is a string like /dev/sda1
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device}
+#. is a string like /dev/sda1
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136
msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}"
msgstr "%{system_name} em %{device}"
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Importar Configuração do SSH"
-#. TODO: Add the registration process
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
+#. TODO: Add the registration process
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
msgstr "U&RL do Painel de Controle"
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
msgid "Worker Registration"
msgstr "Registro do Funcionário"
-#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
+#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
-msgstr ""
-"Digitar URL do painel de controle de admin. para registrar como funcionário"
+msgstr "Digitar URL do painel de controle de admin. para registrar como funcionário"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
msgstr "Reduzindo partição PREP..."
-#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34
+#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34
msgid "Error Found in Installation Settings"
msgstr "Erro encontrado nas configurações de instalação"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35
msgid ""
"The following errors were found in the configuration proposal.\n"
"If you continue with the installation it may not be successful.\n"
@@ -2049,23 +1952,23 @@
"Se você continuar com a instalação, pode não ser bem-sucedido.\n"
"Erros:\n"
-#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212
+#. question in a popup box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Realmente redefinir tudo para valores padrão?"
-#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214
+#. explain consequences of a decision
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Você perderá todas as modificações."
-#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260
+#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "Saltando configuração por pedido do usuário"
-#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282
+#. error message is a popup
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -2073,26 +1976,26 @@
"A proposta contém um erro que deve ser\n"
"resolvido antes de continuar.\n"
-#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404
+#. busy message
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr "Adaptando a proposta às configurações atuais..."
-#. busy message;
-#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695
+#. busy message;
+#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Analizando seu sistema..."
-#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513
+#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "ERRO: Sem proposta"
-#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
-#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554
+#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
+#. text for a message box
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -2100,52 +2003,51 @@
"Configuração salva.\n"
"Ocorreram erros."
-#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
-#. do this later manually or not at all
-#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
-#. use newlines for longer translations.
-#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649
+#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog -
+#. do this later manually or not at all
+#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
+#. use newlines for longer translations.
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "&Ignorar Configuração"
-#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658
+#. radio button
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "&Usar a seguinte Configuração"
-#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
-#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721
+#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
+#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique em qualquer título para mudá-lo ou use o menu \"Mudar...\" abaixo."
+msgstr "Clique em qualquer título para mudá-lo ou use o menu \"Mudar...\" abaixo."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Clique em um título para fazer mudanças."
-#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788
+#. menu button item
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "&Redefinir para padrão"
-#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810
+#. FATE #120373
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "At&ualizar"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Instalar"
-#. @return [String] translated headline
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral da Instalação"
-#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78
+#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n"
@@ -2157,20 +2059,19 @@
"ou usando o menu <b>Modificar...</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86
+#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Seu disco rígido ainda não foi modificado. Ainda é possível interromper com "
-"segurança.\n"
+"Seu disco rígido ainda não foi modificado. Ainda é possível interromper com segurança.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297
+#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297
msgid ""
"This proposed setting is marked as read-only\n"
"and cannot be changed."
@@ -2178,37 +2079,34 @@
"Esta configuração proposta está marcado como\n"
"somente leitura e não pode ser alterada."
-#. Help text for installation proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518
+#. Help text for installation proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
-"displayed.\n"
+"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecione <b>Instalar</b> para fazer uma nova instalação com os valores "
-"exibidos.\n"
+"Selecione <b>Instalar</b> para fazer uma nova instalação com os valores exibidos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. so update
-#. Help text for update proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526
+#. so update
+#. Help text for update proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecione <b>Atualizar</b> para fazer uma atualização com os valores "
-"exibidos.\n"
+"Selecione <b>Atualizar</b> para fazer uma atualização com os valores exibidos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text for network configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535
+#. Help text for network configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2219,9 +2117,9 @@
"</p>\n"
"\n"
-#. Help text for service configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543
+#. Help text for service configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2231,9 +2129,9 @@
"Ative as configurações de rede clicando em <b>Avançar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551
+#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2243,13 +2141,13 @@
"Ponha as configurações de hardware em efeito clicando <b>Próximo</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558
+#. Proposal in uml module
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Proposta de Instalação UML</B></P>"
-#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2257,10 +2155,10 @@
"<P>Instalação UML (Linux Modo Usuário) permite iniciar máquinas\n"
"virtuais Linux independentes no sistema host.</P>"
-#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
-#. hardhware configuration.
-#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574
+#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
+#. hardhware configuration.
+#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2270,164 +2168,158 @@
"Para usar as configurações mostradas, clique em <b>Avançar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Text to display
-#.
-#. @return String
-#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
+#. Text to display
+#.
+#. @return String
+#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Habilitando administração remota..."
-#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr "A mudança da função do sistema pode desfazer os ajustes que você fez."
-#. Writes configuration
-#.
-#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
-#. Snapper is configured.
-#.
-#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
-#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
+#. Writes configuration
+#.
+#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
+#. Snapper is configured.
+#.
+#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
+#. otherwise it returns false.
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Criando instantâneo do sistema de arquivos raiz..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49
msgid "after update"
msgstr "após a atualização"
-#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56
msgid "after installation"
msgstr "após a instalação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
-#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
-#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
+#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if
+#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...)
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64
msgid "Linux"
msgstr "Linux"
-#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
-#.
-#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
-#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
+#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer
+#.
+#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary.
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45
msgid "No previous Linux installation found"
msgstr "Nenhuma instalação anterior do Linux encontrada"
-#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47
msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied"
msgstr "Nenhuma chave de host SSH existente será copiada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
-#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
-#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54
msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s"
msgstr "As chaves e a configuração de host SSH serão copiadas de %s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
-#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
-#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard
+#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2'
+#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58
msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
msgstr "As chaves de host SSH serão copiadas de %s"
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor retornou "
-"o código %2."
+msgstr "Impossível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo HTTP(S). O servidor retornou o código %2."
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo FTP. O servidor retornou o "
-"código %2."
+msgstr "Impossível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo FTP. O servidor retornou o código %2."
-#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
msgstr "Falha na leitura de %1/%2.\n"
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
msgstr "Falha na leitura de %1.\n"
-#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
msgstr "Falha na montagem de %1."
-#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
msgstr "Falha na leitura de um arquivo no CD. Caminho: %1/%2."
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
msgstr "Impossível recuperar o arquivo remoto %1"
-#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
-#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
-#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
-#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
msgstr "%1 não está montado e a montagem falhou"
-#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
msgstr "Arquivo %1 não encontrado"
-#. Device
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
msgstr "Impossível localizar o URL '%1' pelo protocolo TFTP."
-#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
-#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
msgstr "Protocolo %1 desconhecido."
-#. checking whether images are supported
-#. BNC #409927
-#. Checking files for signatures
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
+#. checking whether images are supported
+#. BNC #409927
+#. Checking files for signatures
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
msgstr "Falha ao ler informações sobre as imagens de instalação"
-#. count megabytes
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
+#. count megabytes
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192
msgid "Deploying..."
msgstr "Implantando..."
-#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
-#.
-#. @see #all_supported_types
-#. @see #objects_state
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
+#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types.
+#.
+#. @see #all_supported_types
+#. @see #objects_state
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
msgstr "Armazenando preferências do usuário..."
-#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
-#.
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
+#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
msgstr "Restaurando preferências do usuário..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444
msgid ""
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/instserver.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,71 +14,71 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0")
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78
+#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0")
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78
msgid "Label: %1"
msgstr "Etiqueta: %1"
-#. yes/no string displayed in the overview
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87
+#. yes/no string displayed in the overview
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:87
msgid "Announce Using SLP: %1"
msgstr "Anunciar usando SLP: %1"
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:88
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. Instserver overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119
+#. Instserver overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:119
msgid "Installation Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalação"
-#. menu item
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122
+#. menu item
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:122
msgid "&Server Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuração do &Servidor..."
-#. table header
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130
+#. table header
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
-#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130
+#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:130
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Produto"
-#. CD Popup
-#. @param string popup message
-#. @param boolean true if ISO
-#. @return [Object]
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49
+#. CD Popup
+#. @param string popup message
+#. @param boolean true if ISO
+#. @return [Object]
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "Change Media"
msgstr "Mudar Mídia"
-#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#. %1 is the current cd number
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Insira o CD %1 e clique continuar."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Selecione imagem ISO %1 e clique continuar."
-#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#. %2 is the product name and version
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "Insira o CD %1 de %2."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "Selecione imagem ISO %1 de %2."
-#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@
"Inserir\n"
"%1"
-#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "Selecionar %1"
-#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -104,64 +104,64 @@
"\n"
"Primeiro, selecione a mídia do produto base."
-#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "Copiando conteúdo de CD para diretório local"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Isto demora alguns instantes..."
-#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
-#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
+#. rename the directory
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "Erro ao mover conteúdo do repositório."
-#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
+#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
+#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Repositório"
-#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Ler Mídia de &CD ou DVD"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "&Fonte de Dados"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "Usar Imagens &ISO"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "Di&retório com imagens de CD:"
#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "Selecione um &Diretório"
-#. abort?
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#. abort?
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Selecione um Diretório"
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "Nome de servidor de instalação omitido."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -169,8 +169,8 @@
"Conteúdo já existe neste diretório.\n"
"Não copiando CDs."
-#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
@@ -178,21 +178,21 @@
"Adicionar mais um produto (Service Pack, CD de\n"
"Pacote Adicional etc.) ao repositório?"
-#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "&Nome do Repositório:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "A&nunciar como Serviço de Instalação com SLP"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "Nome de repositório inválido."
-#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
@@ -200,8 +200,8 @@
"Repositório '%1' já existe.\n"
"Digite outro nome."
-#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#. create directory only for a new repository
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -213,8 +213,8 @@
" %1 \n"
"é gravável e tente novamente.\n"
-#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -228,93 +228,93 @@
"\n"
"Deseja realmente apagar o conteúdo antigo e criá-lo do zero?"
-#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#. Instserver server dialog caption
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "Configuração Inicial -- Configuração Inicial"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "Não Configure Qualquer Serviço de Rede &w"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Di&retório para Conter Repositórios:"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "&Configurar como Repositório HTTP"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "&Configurar como Repositório FTP"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "&Configurar como Repositório NFS"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "Caminho de diretório para servidor de instalação omitido."
-#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalação -- NFS"
-#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Caractere Curinga de Host"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opções"
-#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "Um erro ocorreu ao configurar NFS."
-#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalação -- FTP"
-#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "Diretório Raíz do Servidor de &FTP:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "Alias de &Diretório:"
-#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "Um erro ocorreu ao configurar FTP."
-#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "Servidor de Instalação -- HTTP"
-#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "Alias de &Diretório"
-#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "Error ao criar configuração HTTPD."
-#. All helps are here
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Servidor de Rede</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:19
msgid ""
"<p>Select one of the server options and specify where all the repositories\n"
"should be hosted on the local system.\n"
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
"repositórios devem ser hospedados no sistema local.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p>If you have one of the services already running and want to do the\n"
"server configuration manually, select not to configure \n"
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
"configurar os serviços.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NFS Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Servidor NFS</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
"<p>To complete this configuration, a new entry in the file\n"
"<em>/etc/exports</em> must be added and the NFS server must be \n"
@@ -364,24 +364,21 @@
"instalado e iniciado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n"
-"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use "
-"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
+"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Se deseja restringir acesso aos diretórios exportados para certos\n"
"hosts, adicione uma máscara wild card mais restrita. Por exemplo, use \n"
-"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em> para restringir acesso a subrede <em>192.168.1.0"
-"em>.\n"
+"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em> para restringir acesso a subrede <em>192.168.1.0</em>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
-"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the "
-"available\n"
+"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n"
"options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -389,7 +386,7 @@
"veja a páogina de manual para <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n"
"<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>"
@@ -397,7 +394,7 @@
"<p>O repositório estará disponível no seguinte URL:\n"
"<tt>nfs://IP_do_Host/Nome_do_Repositório</tt></p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -405,7 +402,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Servidor FTP</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p>To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n"
"installed and started.</p>\n"
@@ -413,7 +410,7 @@
"<p>Para completar esta configuração, um servidor FTP deve \n"
"ser instalado e iniciado.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p>If the chosen software repository directory is outside\n"
"the FTP server hierarchy, a mount entry is added to <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
@@ -422,23 +419,20 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Se o diretório do repositório de software escolhido estiver fora da\n"
-"hierarquia do servidor FTP, será adicionada uma entrada de montagem a <tt>/"
-"etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
+"hierarquia do servidor FTP, será adicionada uma entrada de montagem a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
"Isto fará o diretório do repositório de software\n"
-"disponível no servidor FTP (usando a opção <tt>--bind</tt> de <tt>mount"
-"tt>).\n"
+"disponível no servidor FTP (usando a opção <tt>--bind</tt> de <tt>mount</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
-"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following "
-"URL:\n"
+"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O servidor de instalação estará disponível para clientes usando a URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><tt>ftp://<Host IP>/<Repository Name></tt>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -446,7 +440,7 @@
"<p><tt>ftp://<IP do Host>/<Nome do Repositório></tt>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:70
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -454,7 +448,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Servidor HTTP</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>To complete this configuration, an HTTP server must be \n"
"installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n"
@@ -464,17 +458,15 @@
"instalado e iniciado. O alias será usado para referenciar o diretório \n"
"raíz do servidor de instalação.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown "
-"below:</p>\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecione um álias curto e fácil de memorizar. Se você selecionar\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> como álias, por exemplo, os repositórios serão "
-"disponibilizados conforme mostrado abaixo:</p>\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> como álias, por exemplo, os repositórios serão disponibilizados conforme mostrado abaixo:</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><tt>http://<Host IP>/SUSE/<Repository Name></tt>\n"
"</p>"
@@ -482,7 +474,7 @@
"<p><tt>http://<IP do Host>/SUSE/<Nome do Repositório></tt>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:84 src/include/instserver/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -490,71 +482,58 @@
"<p><b>Configuração do Repositório</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all "
-"product\n"
+"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n"
"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O nome do repositório é usado para criar um diretório no qual todos os "
-"CDs\n"
+"<p>O nome do repositório é usado para criar um diretório no qual todos os CDs\n"
"de produto são copiados e gerenciados. O repositório é acessado usando o\n"
" protocolo configurado (NFS, FTP ou HTTP).</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90
msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Support</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Suporte SLP</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
-"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation "
-"server. \n"
+"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita a busca de servidor de "
-"instalação. \n"
-"Se a opção for marcada, o repositório será anunciado na rede usando o SLP."
-"p>\n"
+"<p>O SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilita a busca de servidor de instalação. \n"
+"Se a opção for marcada, o repositório será anunciado na rede usando o SLP.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base "
-"product, and press\n"
+"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione uma unidade de origem na lista, insira a primeira mídia do "
-"produto base e pressione\n"
+"<p>Selecione uma unidade de origem na lista, insira a primeira mídia do produto base e pressione\n"
"<b>Próximo</b> para copiar o conteúdo no repositório local.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add "
-"additional\n"
-"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs)."
-"p>\n"
+"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
+"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Quando a mídia base é copiada no repositório local, é possível incluir "
-"outros CDs\n"
-"ao repositório (por exemplo, CDs do Service Pack ou qualquer CD "
-"complementar).</p>\n"
+"<p>Quando a mídia base é copiada no repositório local, é possível incluir outros CDs\n"
+"ao repositório (por exemplo, CDs do Service Pack ou qualquer CD complementar).</p>\n"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Imagens ISO</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next"
-"b>, you can\n"
+"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
"select ISO image files.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Em vez de CDs ou DVDs, podem ser usadas imagens ISO. Se pressionar "
-"<b>Próximo</b>, você pode\n"
+"<p>Em vez de CDs ou DVDs, podem ser usadas imagens ISO. Se pressionar <b>Próximo</b>, você pode\n"
"selecionar arquivos de imagens ISO.</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -562,8 +541,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:110
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -571,8 +550,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte com segurança a configuração clicando <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -580,8 +559,8 @@
"<p><b>Gravando Configuração do Repositório</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -593,8 +572,8 @@
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
"Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -602,25 +581,21 @@
"<p><b>Configuração do Repositório</b><br>\n"
"Configure o servidor de instalação aqui.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
-"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then "
-"made \n"
+"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n"
"available for configuration.\n"
-"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories "
-"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Adicionando um Repositório:</b><br>\n"
-"Diretórios não configurados são detectados no diretório do repositório e, em "
-"seguida,\n"
+"Diretórios não configurados são detectados no diretório do repositório e, em seguida,\n"
"disponibilizados para configuração.\n"
-"Para adicionar um repositório, selecione um da lista de diretórios não "
-"configurados e pressione <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
+"Para adicionar um repositório, selecione um da lista de diretórios não configurados e pressione <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -630,8 +605,8 @@
"Se você clicar <B>Editar</B>, será aberto um diálogo \n"
"adicional para modificar a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p><b>Repositories Overview</b><br>\n"
"Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n"
@@ -641,8 +616,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral dos repositórios configurados e edite \n"
"sua configuração, se necessário.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n"
@@ -650,8 +625,8 @@
"<p><b>Adicionando um Repositório:</b><br>\n"
"Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um repositório.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose the repository you want to change or remove and\n"
@@ -661,37 +636,35 @@
"Escolha um repositório para mudar ou remover e\n"
"pressione <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> respectivamente.</p>\n"
-#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#. Read service data using _auto
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
msgid ""
-"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd "
-"package\n"
+"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
"O servidor de FTP de instalação requer o pacote servidor de FTP. O pacote \n"
"vsftpd será instalado agora.\n"
-#. Write Apache config
-#. @param string state : Yes/No
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450
+#. Write Apache config
+#. @param string state : Yes/No
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450
msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
msgstr "Não foi possível gravar /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458
msgid ""
-"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 "
-"package\n"
+"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n"
"will now be installed."
msgstr ""
"O servidor HTTP de instalação requer um pacote servidor HTTP. O pacote\n"
"apache2 será instalado agora."
-#. Setup NFS Server
-#. @param string directory
-#. @param [String] options
-#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#. Setup NFS Server
+#. @param string directory
+#. @param [String] options
+#. @return [Boolean]
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -699,73 +672,73 @@
"O diretório já está exportado via NFS.\n"
"Deixar as exportações do NFS sem modificações?\n"
-#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#. Instserver read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Ler arquivo de configuração"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "Procurar um novo repositório"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Lendo arquivo de configuração..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Procurando novo repositório..."
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Não pode ler as configurações atuais."
-#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#. Instserver read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando Configuração do Servidor de Instalação"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações."
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios Configurados"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iplb.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,159 +14,159 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module
-#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module
+#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of IPLB"
msgstr "Configuração do IPLB"
-#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals
-#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81
+#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals
+#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Iplb"
msgstr "Iplb"
-#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals
-#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83
+#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals
+#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83
msgid "&Iplb"
msgstr "&Iplb"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/iplb.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of iplb
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Cong Meng
-#.
-#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#.
-#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/iplb.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of iplb
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Cong Meng
+#.
+#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#.
+#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Global"
-#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
+#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45
msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Servidores Virtuais"
-#. Iplb summary dialog caption
-#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption
-#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46
-#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140
+#. Iplb summary dialog caption
+#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption
+#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140
msgid "IPLB Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do IPLB"
-#. Iplb overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142
+#. Iplb overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142
msgid "IPLB Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do IPLB"
-#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49
+#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB"
msgstr "Primeira parte da configuração do IPLB"
-#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88
+#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB"
msgstr "Segunda parte da configuração do IPLB"
-#. ids of widget of global dialog
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+#. ids of widget of global dialog
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "no"
msgstr "Não"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226
msgid "&Global Configuration"
msgstr "&Configuração Global"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227
msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration"
msgstr "C&onfiguração do Servidor Virtual"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
msgstr "Intervalo de Verificação"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205
msgid "Check Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de Espera de Verificação"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214
msgid "Failure Count"
msgstr "Contagem de Falhas"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208
msgid "Negotiate Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de Espera de Negociação"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167
msgid "Fallback"
msgstr "Fallback"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86
msgid "Callback"
msgstr "Callback"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87
msgid "Execute"
msgstr "Especialista"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
msgstr "Alerta de E-mail"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187
msgid "Email Alert Freq"
msgstr "Freq. de Alerta de E-mail"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190
msgid "Email Alert Status"
msgstr "Status de Alerta de E-mail"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100
msgid "Auto Reload"
msgstr "Recarregar Automaticamente"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216
msgid "Quiescent"
msgstr "Inativo"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102
msgid "Fork"
msgstr "Bifurcado"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103
msgid "Supervised"
msgstr "Supervisionado"
-#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106
+#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106
msgid "Log File"
msgstr "Arquivo de Registro"
-#. All helps are here
-#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
@@ -174,151 +174,88 @@
"</p><p>Default: 10 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|"
-"syslog_facility\n"
-"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the "
-"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <b>syslog</a></b>(3) facility name.\n"
"</p><p>Default: log directly to the file <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting"
-"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls "
-"the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has "
-"changed on\n"
-"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on "
-"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name "
-"of the\n"
+"</p><p>If this directive is defined, <b>ldirectord</b> automatically calls the executable <i>/path/to/callback</i> after the configuration file has changed on\n"
+"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through <b>scp</b> on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n"
"configuration.\n"
-"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> "
-"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if "
-"<b>autoreload</b> is\n"
+"</p><p>This directive might also be used to restart <b>ldirectord</b> automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if <b>autoreload</b> is\n"
"set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named "
-"<i>configuration</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named <i>configuration</i>.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the "
-"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the "
-"configuration file changed\n"
-"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous "
-"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
+"</p><p>Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n"
+"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n"
"</p><p>Default: no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS"
-"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every "
-"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will "
-"increase\n"
-"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many "
-"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate "
-"instances\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n"
+"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n"
"of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All "
-"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful "
-"to run\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/"
-"a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/"
-"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervised from daemontools. See http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -328,246 +265,130 @@
"</p><p>Padrão: 10 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>tempo de espera de verificação</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Tempo de espera em segundos para verificações de conexão, externas e "
-"de ping. Se o tempo de espera for excedido, o servidor real será declarado "
-"expirado.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
-"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de negotiatetimeout será usado. "
-"negotiatetimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma "
-"configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Se ambos checktimeout e negotiatetimeout não forem definidos, o "
-"padrão será usado.\n"
+"</p><p>Tempo de espera em segundos para verificações de conexão, externas e de ping. Se o tempo de espera for excedido, o servidor real será declarado expirado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de negotiatetimeout será usado. negotiatetimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Se ambos checktimeout e negotiatetimeout não forem definidos, o padrão será usado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 5 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>contagem de falhas</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>O número de vezes consecutivas que uma falha deverá ser relatada por "
-"uma verificação antes de realserver ser considerado com falha. Um valor de 1 "
-"considera o realserver com falha na primeira falha. A verificação bem-"
-"sucedida redefine o contador de falhas para 0.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>O número de vezes consecutivas que uma falha deverá ser relatada por uma verificação antes de realserver ser considerado com falha. Um valor de 1 considera o realserver com falha na primeira falha. A verificação bem-sucedida redefine o contador de falhas para 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>tempo de espera de negociação</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Tempo de espera em segundos para verificações de negociação.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
-"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de connecttimeout será usado. "
-"connecttimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma "
-"configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Se ambos negotiatetimeout e connecttimeout não forem definidos, o "
-"padrão será usado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de connecttimeout será usado. connecttimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Se ambos negotiatetimeout e connecttimeout não forem definidos, o padrão será usado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 30 segundos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>endereço_ip|nomedehost[:númerodaporta|"
-"nomedoserviço]</i> [<b>porta</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>o servidor no qual um serviço Web será redirecionado se todos os "
-"servidores reais estiverem inativos. Normalmente, é 127.0.0.1 com uma página "
-"de emergência.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>endereço_ip|nomedehost[:númerodaporta|nomedoserviço]</i> [<b>porta</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>o servidor no qual um serviço Web será redirecionado se todos os servidores reais estiverem inativos. Normalmente, é 127.0.0.1 com uma página de emergência.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>arquivo de registro</big> = \"</b><i>/caminho/para/"
-"arquivoderegistro</i><b>\"</b>|recurso_syslog\n"
-"</p><p>Um arquivo de registro alternativo pode ser especificado com esta "
-"diretiva. Se o arquivo de registro não tiver um prefixo de ''/'', ele será "
-"considerado um nome de recurso <b>syslog</a></b>"
-"(3).\n"
-"</p><p>Padrão: registrar diretamente no arquivo <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log"
-"i>.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>arquivo de registro</big> = \"</b><i>/caminho/para/arquivoderegistro</i><b>\"</b>|recurso_syslog\n"
+"</p><p>Um arquivo de registro alternativo pode ser especificado com esta diretiva. Se o arquivo de registro não tiver um prefixo de ''/'', ele será considerado um nome de recurso <b>syslog</a></b>(3).\n"
+"</p><p>Padrão: registrar diretamente no arquivo <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i>.\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>alerta de e-mail</big> = \"</b><i>endereçodee-mail</i><b>\""
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>Um endereço de e-mail válido para enviar alertas sobre o status "
-"modificado da conexão com qualquer servidor real definido no serviço "
-"virtual. Esta opção requer a instalação do módulo perl\n"
-"MailTools. Tenta automaticamente enviar e-mail usando algum dos métodos "
-"incorporados. Consulte o perldoc Mail::Mailer para obter mais informações "
-"sobre os métodos.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>alerta de e-mail</big> = \"</b><i>endereçodee-mail</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Um endereço de e-mail válido para enviar alertas sobre o status modificado da conexão com qualquer servidor real definido no serviço virtual. Esta opção requer a instalação do módulo perl\n"
+"MailTools. Tenta automaticamente enviar e-mail usando algum dos métodos incorporados. Consulte o perldoc Mail::Mailer para obter mais informações sobre os métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>freq. de alerta de e-mail</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Atraso em segundos entre a repetição dos alertas de e-mail enquanto "
-"um servidor real especificado no serviço virtual permanecer inacessível. A "
-"configuração de zero segundos\n"
-"inibirá a repetição dos alertas. A precisão do horário do e-mail dessa "
-"configuração depende do número de segundos definido na opção de "
-"configuração\n"
+"</p><p>Atraso em segundos entre a repetição dos alertas de e-mail enquanto um servidor real especificado no serviço virtual permanecer inacessível. A configuração de zero segundos\n"
+"inibirá a repetição dos alertas. A precisão do horário do e-mail dessa configuração depende do número de segundos definido na opção de configuração\n"
"checkinterval.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>status de alerta de e-mail</big> = todos</b>|<b>nenhum</b>|"
-"<b>iniciando</b>|<b>em execução</b>|<b>parando</b>|<b>recarregando</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Lista separada por vírgulas dos estados de servidor nos quais os "
-"alertas de e-mail devem ser enviados. <b>todos</b> é um resumo de\n"
-"\"<b>iniciando</b>,<b>em execução</b>,<b>parando</b>,<b>recarregando</b>\". "
-"Se <b>nenhum</b> for especificado, nenhuma outra opção poderá ser inserida; "
-"do contrário, o operador OR será usado\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>status de alerta de e-mail</big> = todos</b>|<b>nenhum</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>em execução</b>|<b>parando</b>|<b>recarregando</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista separada por vírgulas dos estados de servidor nos quais os alertas de e-mail devem ser enviados. <b>todos</b> é um resumo de\n"
+"\"<b>iniciando</b>,<b>em execução</b>,<b>parando</b>,<b>recarregando</b>\". Se <b>nenhum</b> for especificado, nenhuma outra opção poderá ser inserida; do contrário, o operador OR será usado\n"
"entre as opções.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: todos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/caminho/para/callback</i><b>\""
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se essa diretiva for definida, o <b>ldirectord</b> chamará "
-"automaticamente o executável <i>/caminho/para/callback</i> após a mudança do "
-"arquivo de configuração no\n"
-"disco. Isso é útil para atualizar o arquivo de configuração usando <b>scp"
-"b> no outro host com heartbeat. O primeiro argumento para o callback é o "
-"nome da\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/caminho/para/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Se essa diretiva for definida, o <b>ldirectord</b> chamará automaticamente o executável <i>/caminho/para/callback</i> após a mudança do arquivo de configuração no\n"
+"disco. Isso é útil para atualizar o arquivo de configuração usando <b>scp</b> no outro host com heartbeat. O primeiro argumento para o callback é o nome da\n"
"configuração.\n"
-"</p><p>Essa diretiva também pode ser usada para reiniciar o <b>ldirectord"
-"b> automaticamente após a mudança do arquivo de configuração no disco. No "
-"entanto, se <b>autoreload</b> estiver\n"
+"</p><p>Essa diretiva também pode ser usada para reiniciar o <b>ldirectord</b> automaticamente após a mudança do arquivo de configuração no disco. No entanto, se <b>autoreload</b> estiver\n"
"definido como sim, a configuração será recarregada de qualquer maneira.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>executar</big> = \"</b><i>configuração</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Use essa diretiva para iniciar uma instância de ldirectord para a "
-"<i>configuração</i> nomeada.\n"
+"</p><p>Use essa diretiva para iniciar uma instância de ldirectord para a <i>configuração</i> nomeada.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>recarregar automaticamente</big> = sim</b>|<b>não</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Define se <ldirectord> deve sempre verificar se há modificação "
-"no arquivo de configuração. Se for definido como ''sim'', se o arquivo de "
-"configuração foi modificado\n"
-"no disco e seu tempo de modificação (mtime) for mais recente do que a versão "
-"anterior, a configuração será recarregada automaticamente.\n"
+"</p><p>Define se <ldirectord> deve sempre verificar se há modificação no arquivo de configuração. Se for definido como ''sim'', se o arquivo de configuração foi modificado\n"
+"no disco e seu tempo de modificação (mtime) for mais recente do que a versão anterior, a configuração será recarregada automaticamente.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: não\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>inativo</big> = sim</b>|<b>não</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, quando os servidores reais ou de failback forem "
-"determinados como inativos, eles não serão removidos da tabela <small>LVS"
-"small> do kernel.\n"
-"O peso deles será definido como zero, significando que nenhuma conexão nova "
-"será aceita.\n"
-"</p><p>Isso apresenta um efeito colateral: se o servidor real tiver conexões "
-"persistentes, as conexões novas de qualquer cliente existente continuarão "
-"sendo roteadas para o\n"
-"servidor real, até o tempo de espera persistente expirar. Consulte ipvsadm "
-"para obter mais informações sobre conexões persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, quando os servidores reais ou de failback forem determinados como inativos, eles não serão removidos da tabela <small>LVS</small> do kernel.\n"
+"O peso deles será definido como zero, significando que nenhuma conexão nova será aceita.\n"
+"</p><p>Isso apresenta um efeito colateral: se o servidor real tiver conexões persistentes, as conexões novas de qualquer cliente existente continuarão sendo roteadas para o\n"
+"servidor real, até o tempo de espera persistente expirar. Consulte ipvsadm para obter mais informações sobre conexões persistentes.\n"
"</p><p>É possível evitar esse efeito colateral executando o seguinte:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>Se o arquivo proc não estiver presente, provavelmente o kernel não "
-"tem suporte a lvs, o suporte a <small>LVS</small> não foi carregado ou o "
-"kernel é muito\n"
-"antigo para ter o arquivo proc. A execução de ipvsadm como root deverá "
-"carregar o <small>LVS</small> no kernel, se for possível.\n"
-"</p><p>Se <i>não</i>, os servidores reais ou de failback serão removidos da "
-"tabela <small>LVS</small> do kernel. O padrão é <i>sim</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se o arquivo proc não estiver presente, provavelmente o kernel não tem suporte a lvs, o suporte a <small>LVS</small> não foi carregado ou o kernel é muito\n"
+"antigo para ter o arquivo proc. A execução de ipvsadm como root deverá carregar o <small>LVS</small> no kernel, se for possível.\n"
+"</p><p>Se <i>não</i>, os servidores reais ou de failback serão removidos da tabela <small>LVS</small> do kernel. O padrão é <i>sim</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: <i>sim</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>bifurcado</big> = sim</b>|<b>não</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, o ldirectord criará um processo filho para cada "
-"servidor virtual e executará verificações nos servidores reais a partir "
-"deles. Isso reduz\n"
-"o tempo de resposta às mudanças de status do servidor real em configurações "
-"com muitos servidores virtuais. Isso também pode usar menos memória do que "
-"ao executar muitas instâncias separadas\n"
-"de ldirectord. Os processos filho serão automaticamente reiniciados se "
-"expirarem.\n"
+"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, o ldirectord criará um processo filho para cada servidor virtual e executará verificações nos servidores reais a partir deles. Isso reduz\n"
+"o tempo de resposta às mudanças de status do servidor real em configurações com muitos servidores virtuais. Isso também pode usar menos memória do que ao executar muitas instâncias separadas\n"
+"de ldirectord. Os processos filho serão automaticamente reiniciados se expirarem.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: <i>não</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervisionado</big> = sim</b>|<b>não</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, o ldirectord não entrará no modo de segundo plano. "
-"Todas as mensagens de registro serão redirecionadas para stdout, e não para "
-"um arquivo de registro. Isso é útil para executar\n"
-"<b>ldirectord</b> supervisionado de daemontools. Consulte http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/"
-"a> ou http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/"
-"daemontools.html</a> para obter detalhes.\n"
+"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, o ldirectord não entrará no modo de segundo plano. Todas as mensagens de registro serão redirecionadas para stdout, e não para um arquivo de registro. Isso é útil para executar\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b> supervisionado de daemontools. Consulte http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> ou http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obter detalhes.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: <i>não</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|"
-"servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than "
-"zero. The\n"
-"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> "
-"option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n"
+"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to <b>ipchains</b>(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n"
"must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->"
-"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request"
-"i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or "
-"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended "
-"primarily for\n"
-"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a "
-"range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in "
-"which case\n"
-"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server "
-"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, "
-"must be\n"
-"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and "
-"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will "
-"be\n"
-"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-"
-"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the "
-"request-receive\n"
-"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the "
-"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
-"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server "
-"is used.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual "
-"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> "
-"address of a\n"
-"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running "
-"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its "
-"virtual\n"
-"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is "
-"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way "
-"that the\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n"
+"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of <small>IP</small> addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n"
+"each <small>IP</small> address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n"
+"<b>gate</b>, <b>ipip</b> or <b>masq</b>. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n"
+"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n"
+"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n"
+"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>TCP</small> and <small>UDP</small> (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the <small>IP</small> address of a\n"
+"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n"
+"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n"
"underlying <small>LVS</small> code in the kernel functions.\n"
-"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The "
-"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
-"emailalertfreq and\n"
-"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in "
-"which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n"
+"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate"
-"b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a "
-"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> "
-"connection, thus the\n"
-"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then "
-"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one "
-"negotiate\n"
-"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and "
-"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
-"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real "
-"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> "
-"services. Off\n"
-"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be "
-"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always "
-"be\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a <small>TCP/IP</small> connection, thus the\n"
+"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n"
+"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for <small>UDP</small> services. Off\n"
+"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n"
"activated. Default is <i>negotiate</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|"
-"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|"
-"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|"
-"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None "
-"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it "
-"against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the "
-"server\n"
-"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive"
-"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp sends the <b>request</b> string to the server and tests it against the <b>receive</b> regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n"
+"using the specified protocol. Please see the <b>request</b> and <b>receive</b> sections for protocol specific information.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p>\n"
"<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n"
@@ -590,9 +411,7 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>path to script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be "
-"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if "
-"everything\n"
+"<p>This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n"
"is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n"
"</p><p>Four parameters are passed to the script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n"
@@ -603,105 +422,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service "
-"port.\n"
+"</p><p>Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n"
"</p><p>Default: port specified for each real server\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\""
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real "
-"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be "
-"overridden by\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri to requested object</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n"
"an optional per real-server based request-string.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, "
-"or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
-"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL"
-"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one "
-"or more\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a <small>PTR</small> record to look up.\n"
+"</p><p>For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an <small>SQL</small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n"
"rows. This is a required setting.\n"
-"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any "
-"occurances of \n"
+"</p><p>For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n"
" are replaced with a new line character.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>regexp to compare</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the "
-"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in "
-"mind that\n"
-"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special "
-"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be "
-"overridden by an\n"
+"</p><p>If the requested result contains this <i>regexp to compare</i>, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n"
+"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n"
"optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n"
-"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's "
-"addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
+"</p><p>For a <small>DNS</small> check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the <small>PTR</small> record's names.\n"
"</p><p>For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD"
-"small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the "
-"<small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is "
-"the\n"
-"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> "
-"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Sets the <small>HTTP</small> method which should be used to fetch the <small>URI</small> specified in the request-string. <small>GET</small> is the\n"
+"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If <small>HEAD</small> is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or "
-"<small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> "
-"request. In the\n"
-"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name "
-"of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will "
-"be\n"
-"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last "
-"resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
+"</p><p>Used when using a negotiate check with <small>HTTP</small> or <small>HTTPS</small> . Sets the host header used in the <small>HTTP</small> request. In the\n"
+"case of <small>HTTPS</small> this generally needs to match the common name of the <small>SSL</small> certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n"
+"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the <small>IP</small> address of the real server will be used.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log "
-"in.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from "
-"address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
+"</p><p>For <small>SIP</small> , the username is used as both the to and from address for an <small>OPTIONS</small> query.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the "
-"configuration\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is "
-"derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication "
-"will not be attempted.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , "
-"<small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
+"<p>Password to use to login to <small>FTP</small> , <small>IMAP</small> , <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> , PostgreSQL and\n"
"<small>SIP</small> servers.\n"
"</p><p>For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where "
-"hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at "
-"run time, or sourced\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable <small>HOSTNAME</small> evaluated at run time, or sourced\n"
"from uname if unset.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , "
-"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be "
-"performed.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of <small>LDAP</small> , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the "
-"database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed "
-"against. This\n"
+"<p>Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by <b>receive</b> above) will be performed against. This\n"
"is a required setting.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform "
-"an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd "
-"(set by\n"
+"</p><p>Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by <b>login</b> above) and passwd (set by\n"
"<b>passwd</b> above).\n"
"</p><p>Default: empty string\n"
"\n"
@@ -715,208 +497,115 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an "
-"information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
+"</p><p>Scheduler to be used by <small>LVS</small> for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) man page.\n"
"</p><p>Default: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP"
-"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall "
-"mark then the\n"
+"</p><p>Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an <small>IP</small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n"
"protocol must be fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Default:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the "
-"port is not 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is "
-"53: udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an <small>IP</small> address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the "
-"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. "
-"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-"
-"virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 5 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
-"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout "
-"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
-"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is "
-"used.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n"
+"</p><p>If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 30 seconds\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by "
-"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 "
-"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A "
-"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection "
-"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option "
-"requires perl\n"
-"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using "
-"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on "
-"methods.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n"
+"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real "
-"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero "
-"seconds will\n"
-"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is "
-"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval "
-"configuration\n"
+"</p><p>Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n"
+"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n"
"option.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting"
-"b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be "
-"sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
-"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If "
-"<b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise "
-"options are ORed\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n"
+"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n"
"with each other.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|"
-"sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers "
-"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to "
-"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> "
-"table.\n"
-"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will "
-"be accepted.\n"
-"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent "
-"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be "
-"routed to the\n"
-"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more "
-"information on persistant connections.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>yes</i>, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table.\n"
+"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n"
+"</p><p>This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n"
+"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n"
"</p><p>This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel "
-"doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the "
-"kernel is too\n"
-"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS"
-"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
-"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from "
-"the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is "
-"overridden.\n"
+"</p><p>If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, <small>LVS</small> support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n"
+"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load <small>LVS</small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n"
+"</p><p>If <i>no</i>, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's <small>LVS</small> table. The default is <i>yes</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n"
"</p><p>Default: <i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>servidor virtual</big> =</b> <i>(endereço_ip|nomedehost:"
-"númerodaporta|nomedoserviço)|marca de firewall</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Define um serviço virtual por endereço IP (ou nome de host) e porta "
-"(ou nome do serviço) ou marca de firewall. A marca de firewall é um número "
-"inteiro maior do que zero. A\n"
-"configuração de pacotes de marcação é controlada usando a opção <tt>\"-m\""
-"tt> como <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos os serviços reais e flags de um serviço "
-"virtual\n"
+"<p><b><big>servidor virtual</big> =</b> <i>(endereço_ip|nomedehost:númerodaporta|nomedoserviço)|marca de firewall</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Define um serviço virtual por endereço IP (ou nome de host) e porta (ou nome do serviço) ou marca de firewall. A marca de firewall é um número inteiro maior do que zero. A\n"
+"configuração de pacotes de marcação é controlada usando a opção <tt>\"-m\"</tt> como <b>ipchains</b>(8). Todos os serviços reais e flags de um serviço virtual\n"
"devem seguir essa linha imediatamente e serem recuados.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>servidores reais</big> =</b> <i>endereço_ip|nomedehost[->"
-"endereço_ip|nomedehost][:númerodaporta|nomedoserviço</i>]\n"
-"<b>porta</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>peso</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request"
-"i><b>\", \"</b><i>recebimento</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>Define um serviço real por endereço IP (ou nome de host) e porta (ou "
-"nome do serviço). Se a porta for omitida, será usado 0, que é mais usado em\n"
-"serviços fwmark nos quais a porta dos servidores reais é ignorada. "
-"Opcionalmente, uma faixa de endereços <small>IP</small> (ou dois nomes de "
-"host) pode ser especificada, caso em que\n"
-"cada endereço <small>IP</small> na faixa será tratado como um servidor real "
-"que usa a porta especificada. O segundo argumento define o método de "
-"encaminhamento e deve ser\n"
-"<b>porta</b>, <b>ipip</b> ou <b>masq</b>. O terceiro argumento é opcional e "
-"define o peso do servidor real. Se omitido, um peso de 1 será\n"
-"usado. Os dois últimos argumentos também são opcionais. Eles definem um par "
-"solicitação/recebimento a ser usado para verificar se um servidor está "
-"ativo. Eles anulam o par solicitação/recebimento\n"
-"na seção de servidor virtual. Essas duas strings devem ser colocadas entre "
-"aspas. Se a string request começar com http://..., o endereço IP e a porta "
-"do servidor\n"
-"real serão anulados; do contrário, o endereço IP e a porta do servidor real "
-"serão usados.\n"
-"</p><p>Para os serviços virtuais <small>TCP</small> e <small>UDP</small> "
-"(não fwmark), exceto se o método de encaminhamento for masq e o endereço "
-"<small>IP</small> de um\n"
-"servidor real não for local (não estiver presente na interface do host que "
-"executa ldirectord), a porta do servidor real será definida como a mesma de "
-"seu serviço\n"
-"virtual. Ou seja, o mapeamento de porta só estará disponível se o servidor "
-"real for outra máquina e o método de encaminhamento for masq. Isso se deve "
-"ao modo como o\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>servidores reais</big> =</b> <i>endereço_ip|nomedehost[->endereço_ip|nomedehost][:númerodaporta|nomedoserviço</i>]\n"
+"<b>porta</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>peso</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>recebimento</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>Define um serviço real por endereço IP (ou nome de host) e porta (ou nome do serviço). Se a porta for omitida, será usado 0, que é mais usado em\n"
+"serviços fwmark nos quais a porta dos servidores reais é ignorada. Opcionalmente, uma faixa de endereços <small>IP</small> (ou dois nomes de host) pode ser especificada, caso em que\n"
+"cada endereço <small>IP</small> na faixa será tratado como um servidor real que usa a porta especificada. O segundo argumento define o método de encaminhamento e deve ser\n"
+"<b>porta</b>, <b>ipip</b> ou <b>masq</b>. O terceiro argumento é opcional e define o peso do servidor real. Se omitido, um peso de 1 será\n"
+"usado. Os dois últimos argumentos também são opcionais. Eles definem um par solicitação/recebimento a ser usado para verificar se um servidor está ativo. Eles anulam o par solicitação/recebimento\n"
+"na seção de servidor virtual. Essas duas strings devem ser colocadas entre aspas. Se a string request começar com http://..., o endereço IP e a porta do servidor\n"
+"real serão anulados; do contrário, o endereço IP e a porta do servidor real serão usados.\n"
+"</p><p>Para os serviços virtuais <small>TCP</small> e <small>UDP</small> (não fwmark), exceto se o método de encaminhamento for masq e o endereço <small>IP</small> de um\n"
+"servidor real não for local (não estiver presente na interface do host que executa ldirectord), a porta do servidor real será definida como a mesma de seu serviço\n"
+"virtual. Ou seja, o mapeamento de porta só estará disponível se o servidor real for outra máquina e o método de encaminhamento for masq. Isso se deve ao modo como o\n"
"código base <small>LVS</small> funciona no kernel.\n"
-"</p><p>Mais de uma dessas entradas pode fazer parte de uma seção virtual. As "
-"opções checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, "
-"emailalertfreq e\n"
-"inativo listadas acima também podem aparecer em uma seção virtual, caso em "
-"que a configuração global é anulada.\n"
+"</p><p>Mais de uma dessas entradas pode fazer parte de uma seção virtual. As opções checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq e\n"
+"inativo listadas acima também podem aparecer em uma seção virtual, caso em que a configuração global é anulada.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>tipo de verificação</big> = conexão</b>|<b>externa</b>|"
-"<b>negociação</b>|<b>desativada</b>|<b>ativada</b>|<b>ping</b>|"
-"<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Tipo de verificação a ser realizada. A negociação envia uma "
-"solicitação e corresponde a uma string de recebimento. Conexão tenta apenas "
-"estabelecer uma conexão <small>TCP/IP</small>, portanto, as\n"
-"strings request e de recebimento podem ser omitidas. Se checktype for um "
-"número, negociação e conexão serão combinadas para que, após cada N "
-"tentativas de conexão, uma tentativa de\n"
-"negociação seja executada. Isso é útil para verificar com frequência se um "
-"serviço está respondendo e em quais intervalos mais longos uma verificação "
-"de negociação é feita. Ping significa que\n"
-"o ping <small>ICMP</small> será usado para testar a disponibilidade dos "
-"servidores reais. Ping também é usado como a verificação de conexão dos "
-"serviços <small>UDP</small>. Desativada\n"
-"significa que nenhuma verificação será realizada e nenhum servidor real ou "
-"de fallback será ativado. Ativada significa que nenhuma verificação será "
-"realizada e os servidores reais sempre estarão\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>tipo de verificação</big> = conexão</b>|<b>externa</b>|<b>negociação</b>|<b>desativada</b>|<b>ativada</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>Tipo de verificação a ser realizada. A negociação envia uma solicitação e corresponde a uma string de recebimento. Conexão tenta apenas estabelecer uma conexão <small>TCP/IP</small>, portanto, as\n"
+"strings request e de recebimento podem ser omitidas. Se checktype for um número, negociação e conexão serão combinadas para que, após cada N tentativas de conexão, uma tentativa de\n"
+"negociação seja executada. Isso é útil para verificar com frequência se um serviço está respondendo e em quais intervalos mais longos uma verificação de negociação é feita. Ping significa que\n"
+"o ping <small>ICMP</small> será usado para testar a disponibilidade dos servidores reais. Ping também é usado como a verificação de conexão dos serviços <small>UDP</small>. Desativada\n"
+"significa que nenhuma verificação será realizada e nenhum servidor real ou de fallback será ativado. Ativada significa que nenhuma verificação será realizada e os servidores reais sempre estarão\n"
"ativados. O padrão é <i>negociação</i>.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>serviço</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|"
-"<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>nenhum</b>|"
-"<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|"
-"<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>O tipo de serviço para monitorar ao usar checktype=negotiate. Nenhum "
-"indica um serviço que não será monitorado.\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp envia a string de <b>request</b> para o servidor e faz um "
-"teste com ela no regexp de <b>recebimento</b>. Os outros tipos de "
-"verificações se conectam ao servidor\n"
-"usando o protocolo especificado. Consulte as seções <b>request</b> e "
-"<b>recebimento</b> para obter informações específicas de protocolo.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>serviço</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>nenhum</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
+"</p><p>O tipo de serviço para monitorar ao usar checktype=negotiate. Nenhum indica um serviço que não será monitorado.\n"
+"</p><p>simpletcp envia a string de <b>request</b> para o servidor e faz um teste com ela no regexp de <b>recebimento</b>. Os outros tipos de verificações se conectam ao servidor\n"
+"usando o protocolo especificado. Consulte as seções <b>request</b> e <b>recebimento</b> para obter informações específicas de protocolo.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão:\n"
"</p>\n"
"<dt>* A porta do servidor virtual é 21: ftp\n"
@@ -938,11 +627,8 @@
"</dt><dt>* Do contrário: nenhum\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>comando de verificação</big> = \"</b><i>caminho para "
-"script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Essa configuração é usada quando checktype é externa e também é o comando "
-"a ser executado para verificar o status de um servidor real. Ela deve sair "
-"com status 0 quando tudo\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>comando de verificação</big> = \"</b><i>caminho para script</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>Essa configuração é usada quando checktype é externa e também é o comando a ser executado para verificar o status de um servidor real. Ela deve sair com status 0 quando tudo\n"
"está OK; do contrário, não zero.\n"
"</p><p>Quatro parâmetros são passados para o script:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* IP do servidor virtual/marca de firewall\n"
@@ -953,109 +639,68 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>porta de verificação</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Número da porta para monitorar. Às vezes, a porta de verificação é "
-"diferente da porta de serviço.\n"
+"</p><p>Número da porta para monitorar. Às vezes, a porta de verificação é diferente da porta de serviço.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: a porta especificada para cada servidor real\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri para objeto solicitado</i><b>\""
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>Esse objeto será solicitado a cada segundo de checkinterval, em cada "
-"servidor real. A string deve estar entre aspas. Observe que essa string pode "
-"ser anulada por uma\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>uri para objeto solicitado</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Esse objeto será solicitado a cada segundo de checkinterval, em cada servidor real. A string deve estar entre aspas. Observe que essa string pode ser anulada por uma\n"
"string request opcional baseada por servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>Para uma verificação <small>DNS</small>, deve ser o nome de um "
-"registro A ou o endereço de um registro <small>PTR</small> para pesquisa.\n"
-"</p><p>Para uma verificação MySQL, Oracle ou PostgreSQL, deve ser uma "
-"consulta <small>SQL</small>. Os dados retornados não são verificados, apenas "
-"os de resposta com uma ou mais\n"
+"</p><p>Para uma verificação <small>DNS</small>, deve ser o nome de um registro A ou o endereço de um registro <small>PTR</small> para pesquisa.\n"
+"</p><p>Para uma verificação MySQL, Oracle ou PostgreSQL, deve ser uma consulta <small>SQL</small>. Os dados retornados não são verificados, apenas os de resposta com uma ou mais\n"
"linhas. Essa configuração é obrigatória.\n"
-"</p><p>Para uma verificação simpletcp, essa string recebe a exceção verbatim "
-"em qualquer ocorrência de \n"
+"</p><p>Para uma verificação simpletcp, essa string recebe a exceção verbatim em qualquer ocorrência de \n"
" substituída por um novo caractere de linha.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>recebimento</big> = \"</b><i>regexp para comparar</i><b>\""
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se o resultado solicitado incluir este <i>regexp para comparar</i>, o "
-"servidor real será declarado ativo. O regexp deve estar entre aspas. Lembre-"
-"se de que\n"
-"regexps não são strings puras, e você precisa inserir escape nos caracteres "
-"especiais se tiverem que ser literais. Observe que esse regexp pode ser "
-"anulado por um\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>recebimento</big> = \"</b><i>regexp para comparar</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Se o resultado solicitado incluir este <i>regexp para comparar</i>, o servidor real será declarado ativo. O regexp deve estar entre aspas. Lembre-se de que\n"
+"regexps não são strings puras, e você precisa inserir escape nos caracteres especiais se tiverem que ser literais. Observe que esse regexp pode ser anulado por um\n"
"regexp de recebimento opcional baseado por servidor real.\n"
-"</p><p>Para uma verificação <small>DNS</small>, pode ser qualquer um dos "
-"endereços de registro A ou dos nomes de registro <small>PTR</small>.\n"
-"</p><p>Para uma verificação MySQL, a configuração de recebimento não é "
-"usada.\n"
+"</p><p>Para uma verificação <small>DNS</small>, pode ser qualquer um dos endereços de registro A ou dos nomes de registro <small>PTR</small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Para uma verificação MySQL, a configuração de recebimento não é usada.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>método http</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD"
-"small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>Define o método <small>HTTP</small> que deve ser usado para buscar o "
-"<small>URI</small> especificado na string request. <small>GET</small> é o\n"
-"método usado por padrão quando o parâmetro não está definido. Se "
-"<small>HEAD</small> for usado, a string de recebimento não deverá ser "
-"definida.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>método http</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
+"</p><p>Define o método <small>HTTP</small> que deve ser usado para buscar o <small>URI</small> especificado na string request. <small>GET</small> é o\n"
+"método usado por padrão quando o parâmetro não está definido. Se <small>HEAD</small> for usado, a string de recebimento não deverá ser definida.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: <small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>host virtual</big> = \"</b><i>nomedehost</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Usado quando uma verificação de negociação é usada com <small>HTTP"
-"small> ou <small>HTTPS</small>. Define o cabeçalho do host usado na "
-"solicitação <small>HTTP</small>. No\n"
-"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, geralmente ele precisa corresponder ao nome "
-"comum do certificado <small>SSL</small>. Se não for definido, o cabeçalho do "
-"host será\n"
-"derivado do URL da solicitação referente ao servidor real, se houver. Em "
-"último recurso, o endereço <small>IP</small> do servidor real será usado.\n"
+"</p><p>Usado quando uma verificação de negociação é usada com <small>HTTP</small> ou <small>HTTPS</small>. Define o cabeçalho do host usado na solicitação <small>HTTP</small>. No\n"
+"caso de <small>HTTPS</small>, geralmente ele precisa corresponder ao nome comum do certificado <small>SSL</small>. Se não for definido, o cabeçalho do host será\n"
+"derivado do URL da solicitação referente ao servidor real, se houver. Em último recurso, o endereço <small>IP</small> do servidor real será usado.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>nomedeusuário</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, "
-"MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> e PostgreSQL, o nome de usuário usado para "
-"efetuar login.\n"
+"</p><p>Para <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small> e PostgreSQL, o nome de usuário usado para efetuar login.\n"
"</p><p>Para Radius, a senha é usada para o atributo User-Name.\n"
-"</p><p>Para <small>SIP</small>, o nome de usuário é usado tanto como o "
-"endereço de destino quanto de origem de uma consulta <small>OPTIONS"
-"small>.\n"
+"</p><p>Para <small>SIP</small>, o nome de usuário é usado tanto como o endereço de destino quanto de origem de uma consulta <small>OPTIONS</small>.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão:\n"
"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anônimo\n"
"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle e PostgreSQL: Deve ser especificado na configuração\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<nomedehost>, o nome de host "
-"é derivado de acordo com a opção passwd a seguir.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Do contrário: string vazia, indicando que não será feita nenhuma "
-"tentativa de autenticação de caso.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<nomedehost>, o nome de host é derivado de acordo com a opção passwd a seguir.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Do contrário: string vazia, indicando que não será feita nenhuma tentativa de autenticação de caso.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</dt><dt><b><big>senha</big> = \"</b><i>senha</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>Senha para usar ao efetuar login nos servidores <small>FTP</small>, "
-"<small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small>, "
-"PostgreSQL e\n"
+"<p>Senha para usar ao efetuar login nos servidores <small>FTP</small>, <small>IMAP</small>, <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle, <small>POP</small>, PostgreSQL e\n"
"<small>SIP</small>.\n"
"</p><p>Para Radius, passwd é usada para o atributo User-Password.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<nomedehost>, em que "
-"nomedehost é a variável de ambiente <small>HOSTNAME</small> avaliada em "
-"tempo de execução ou originada\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<nomedehost>, em que nomedehost é a variável de ambiente <small>HOSTNAME</small> avaliada em tempo de execução ou originada\n"
"de uname, se não definida.\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Do contrário: string vazia. No caso de <small>LDAP</small>, "
-"MySQL, Oracle e PostgreSQL, significa que não será feita nenhuma "
-"autenticação.\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Do contrário: string vazia. No caso de <small>LDAP</small>, MySQL, Oracle e PostgreSQL, significa que não será feita nenhuma autenticação.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>nome do banco de dados</big> = \"</b><i>nomedobancodedados"
-"i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>O banco de dados para usar nos servidores MySQL, Oracle e PostgreSQL, que "
-"é o banco de dados em que será feita a pesquisa (definida pelo "
-"<b>recebimento</b> acima). Essa\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>nome do banco de dados</big> = \"</b><i>nomedobancodedados</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>O banco de dados para usar nos servidores MySQL, Oracle e PostgreSQL, que é o banco de dados em que será feita a pesquisa (definida pelo <b>recebimento</b> acima). Essa\n"
"configuração é obrigatória.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>segredo radius</big> = \"</b><i>segredoradius</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Segredo para usar em servidores Radius, que é o segredo usado para "
-"executar uma Access-Request com o nome de usuário (definido por <b>login</b> "
-"acima) e a senha (definida por\n"
+"</p><p>Segredo para usar em servidores Radius, que é o segredo usado para executar uma Access-Request com o nome de usuário (definido por <b>login</b> acima) e a senha (definida por\n"
"<b>passwd</b> acima).\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: string vazia\n"
"\n"
@@ -1065,247 +710,195 @@
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>máscara de rede</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Máscara de rede a ser usada para granularidade de conexões de cliente "
-"persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Máscara de rede a ser usada para granularidade de conexões de cliente persistentes.\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>programador</big> =</b> <i>nome_do_programador</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Programador a ser usado por <small>LVS</small> para balanceamento de "
-"carga. Para obter informações sobre os programadores disponíveis, consulte a "
-"página de manual <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
+"</p><p>Programador a ser usado por <small>LVS</small> para balanceamento de carga. Para obter informações sobre os programadores disponíveis, consulte a página de manual <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8).\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: \"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocolo</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Protocolo a ser usado. Se virtual for especificado como um endereço "
-"<small>IP</small> e porta, ele deverá ser tcp ou udp. Se for uma marca de "
-"firewall, o\n"
+"</p><p>Protocolo a ser usado. Se virtual for especificado como um endereço <small>IP</small> e porta, ele deverá ser tcp ou udp. Se for uma marca de firewall, o\n"
"protocolo deverá ser fwm.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual é um endereço <small>IP</small> e porta, e a porta "
-"não é 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual é um endereço <small>IP</small> e porta, e a porta é 53: "
-"udp\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual é um endereço <small>IP</small> e porta, e a porta não é 53: tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* Virtual é um endereço <small>IP</small> e porta, e a porta é 53: udp\n"
"</dt><dt>* Virtual é uma marca de firewall: fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>tempo de espera de verificação</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Tempo de espera em segundos para verificações de conexão, externas e "
-"de ping. Se o tempo de espera for excedido, o servidor real será declarado "
-"expirado.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
-"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de negotiatetimeout será usado. "
-"negotiatetimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma "
-"configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Se ambos checktimeout e negotiatetimeout não forem definidos, o "
-"padrão será usado.\n"
+"</p><p>Tempo de espera em segundos para verificações de conexão, externas e de ping. Se o tempo de espera for excedido, o servidor real será declarado expirado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de negotiatetimeout será usado. negotiatetimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Se ambos checktimeout e negotiatetimeout não forem definidos, o padrão será usado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 5 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>tempo de espera de negociação</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
"</p><p>Tempo de espera em segundos para verificações de negociação.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
-"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de connecttimeout será usado. "
-"connecttimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma "
-"configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
-"</p><p>Se ambos negotiatetimeout e connecttimeout não forem definidos, o "
-"padrão será usado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se não for definido, o valor de connecttimeout será usado. connecttimeout é também um valor global que pode ser anulado por uma configuração por máquina virtual.\n"
+"</p><p>Se ambos negotiatetimeout e connecttimeout não forem definidos, o padrão será usado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 30 segundos\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>contagem de falhas</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>O número de vezes consecutivas que uma falha deverá ser relatada por "
-"uma verificação antes de realserver ser considerado com falha. Um valor de 1 "
-"considera o realserver com falha na primeira falha. A verificação bem-"
-"sucedida redefine o contador de falhas para 0.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>O número de vezes consecutivas que uma falha deverá ser relatada por uma verificação antes de realserver ser considerado com falha. Um valor de 1 considera o realserver com falha na primeira falha. A verificação bem-sucedida redefine o contador de falhas para 0.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 1\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>alerta de e-mail</big> = \"</b><i>endereçodee-mail</i><b>\""
-"b>\n"
-"</p><p>Um endereço de e-mail válido para enviar alertas sobre o status "
-"modificado da conexão com qualquer servidor real definido no serviço "
-"virtual. Essa opção requer a instalação do módulo perl\n"
-"MailTools. Tenta automaticamente enviar e-mail usando algum dos métodos "
-"incorporados. Consulte perldoc Mail::Mailer para obter mais informações "
-"sobre os métodos.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>alerta de e-mail</big> = \"</b><i>endereçodee-mail</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>Um endereço de e-mail válido para enviar alertas sobre o status modificado da conexão com qualquer servidor real definido no serviço virtual. Essa opção requer a instalação do módulo perl\n"
+"MailTools. Tenta automaticamente enviar e-mail usando algum dos métodos incorporados. Consulte perldoc Mail::Mailer para obter mais informações sobre os métodos.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>freq. de alerta de e-mail</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>Atraso em segundos entre a repetição dos alertas de e-mail enquanto "
-"um servidor real especificado no serviço virtual permanecer inacessível. A "
-"configuração de zero segundos\n"
-"inibirá a repetição dos alertas. A precisão do horário do e-mail dessa "
-"configuração depende do número de segundos definido na opção de "
-"configuração\n"
+"</p><p>Atraso em segundos entre a repetição dos alertas de e-mail enquanto um servidor real especificado no serviço virtual permanecer inacessível. A configuração de zero segundos\n"
+"inibirá a repetição dos alertas. A precisão do horário do e-mail dessa configuração depende do número de segundos definido na opção de configuração\n"
"checkinterval.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: 0\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>status de alerta de e-mail</big> = todos</b>|<b>nenhum</b>|"
-"<b>iniciando</b>|<b>em execução</b>|<b>parando</b>|<b>recarregando</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>Lista separada por vírgulas dos estados de servidor nos quais os "
-"alertas de e-mail devem ser enviados. <b>todos</b> é um resumo de\n"
-"\"<b>iniciando</b>,<b>em execução</b>,<b>parando</b>,<b>recarregando</b>\". "
-"Se <b>nenhum</b> for especificado, nenhuma outra opção poderá ser inserida; "
-"do contrário, o operador OR será usado\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>status de alerta de e-mail</big> = todos</b>|<b>nenhum</b>|<b>iniciando</b>|<b>em execução</b>|<b>parando</b>|<b>recarregando</b>,...\n"
+"</p><p>Lista separada por vírgulas dos estados de servidor nos quais os alertas de e-mail devem ser enviados. <b>todos</b> é um resumo de\n"
+"\"<b>iniciando</b>,<b>em execução</b>,<b>parando</b>,<b>recarregando</b>\". Se <b>nenhum</b> for especificado, nenhuma outra opção poderá ser inserida; do contrário, o operador OR será usado\n"
"entre as opções.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: todos\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>endereço_ip|nomedehost[:númerodaporta|"
-"nomedoserviço]</i> [<b>porta</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>o servidor no qual um serviço Web será redirecionado se todos os "
-"servidores reais estiverem inativos. Normalmente, é 127.0.0.1 com uma página "
-"de emergência.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>endereço_ip|nomedehost[:númerodaporta|nomedoserviço]</i> [<b>porta</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>o servidor no qual um serviço Web será redirecionado se todos os servidores reais estiverem inativos. Normalmente, é 127.0.0.1 com uma página de emergência.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>inativo</big> = sim</b>|<b>não</b>\n"
-"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, quando os servidores reais ou de failback forem "
-"determinados como inativos, eles não serão removidos da tabela <small>LVS"
-"small> do kernel.\n"
-"O peso deles será definido como zero, significando que nenhuma conexão nova "
-"será aceita.\n"
-"</p><p>Isso apresenta um efeito colateral: se o servidor real tiver conexões "
-"persistentes, as conexões novas de qualquer cliente existente continuarão "
-"sendo roteadas para o\n"
-"servidor real, até o tempo de espera persistente expirar. Consulte ipvsadm "
-"para obter mais informações sobre conexões persistentes.\n"
+"</p><p>Se <i>sim</i>, quando os servidores reais ou de failback forem determinados como inativos, eles não serão removidos da tabela <small>LVS</small> do kernel.\n"
+"O peso deles será definido como zero, significando que nenhuma conexão nova será aceita.\n"
+"</p><p>Isso apresenta um efeito colateral: se o servidor real tiver conexões persistentes, as conexões novas de qualquer cliente existente continuarão sendo roteadas para o\n"
+"servidor real, até o tempo de espera persistente expirar. Consulte ipvsadm para obter mais informações sobre conexões persistentes.\n"
"</p><p>É possível evitar esse efeito colateral executando o seguinte:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>Se o arquivo proc não estiver presente, provavelmente o kernel não "
-"tem suporte a lvs, o suporte a <small>LVS</small> não foi carregado ou o "
-"kernel é muito\n"
-"antigo para ter o arquivo proc. A execução de ipvsadm como root deverá "
-"carregar o <small>LVS</small> no kernel, se for possível.\n"
-"</p><p>Se <i>não</i>, os servidores reais ou de failback serão removidos da "
-"tabela <small>LVS</small> do kernel. O padrão é <i>sim</i>.\n"
-"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será "
-"anulado.\n"
+"</p><p>Se o arquivo proc não estiver presente, provavelmente o kernel não tem suporte a lvs, o suporte a <small>LVS</small> não foi carregado ou o kernel é muito\n"
+"antigo para ter o arquivo proc. A execução de ipvsadm como root deverá carregar o <small>LVS</small> no kernel, se for possível.\n"
+"</p><p>Se <i>não</i>, os servidores reais ou de failback serão removidos da tabela <small>LVS</small> do kernel. O padrão é <i>sim</i>.\n"
+"</p><p>Se definido em uma seção de servidor virtual, o valor global será anulado.\n"
"</p><p>Padrão: <i>sim</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-#. overwrite global value part
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
+#. overwrite global value part
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146
msgid "Check Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Verificação"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150
msgid "Check Port"
msgstr "Porta de Verificação"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152
msgid "Check Command"
msgstr "Comando de Verificação"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
msgid "Http Method"
msgstr "Método Http"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
msgid "Request"
msgstr "Solicitação"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162
msgid "Receive"
msgstr "Receber"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165
msgid "Virtual Host"
msgstr "Host Virtual"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Login"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
msgstr "Nome do Banco de Dados"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
msgid "Radius Secret"
msgstr "Segredo Radius"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
msgid "Persistent"
msgstr "Persistente"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Máscara de rede"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
msgstr "Programador"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231
msgid "Virtual Servers"
msgstr "Servidores Virtuais"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
+#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296
msgid "Virtual Server"
msgstr "Servidor Virtual"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
msgid "Real Servers"
msgstr "Servidores Reais"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
msgid "Check type"
msgstr "Tipo de verificação"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
msgid "Auth type"
msgstr "Tipo de autenticação"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
msgid "Others"
msgstr "Outros"
-#. return `cacel or a string
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
+#. return `cacel or a string
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#. split the real server ip value;
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
+#. split the real server ip value;
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411
msgid ""
"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
@@ -1313,98 +906,98 @@
"Ao usar IPv6, o formato deve ser\n"
"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP do Servidor Real"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
msgid "Forward Method"
msgstr "Método de Encaminhamento"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
msgid "weight"
msgstr "peso"
-#. find next ]
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
+#. find next ]
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456
msgid "IP address is not Valid"
msgstr "Endereço IP Inválido"
-#. tab switch events end
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
+#. tab switch events end
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
msgid "Add a new real server:"
msgstr "Adicione um novo servidor real:"
-#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
+#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
msgid "Edit the real server:"
msgstr "Edite o servidor real:"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. Read all iplb settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
+#. Read all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do IPLB"
-#. Names of real stages
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#. Names of real stages
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
msgid "Read the global settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações globais"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
msgid "Read the virtual host settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações do host virtual"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223
msgid "Reading the global settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações globais..."
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224
msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações do host virtual..."
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Write all iplb settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
+#. Write all iplb settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do IPLB"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
-#. write global conf
-#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
-#. string key's format
-#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119
-#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string
-#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
+#. write global conf
+#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
+#. string key's format
+#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119
+#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string
+#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address;
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações."
-#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuração..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,267 +14,260 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56
+#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator"
msgstr "Configuração de um iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69
msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do iSCSI..."
-#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85
+#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85
msgid "iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals
-#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89
+#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals
+#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89
msgid "&iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador do &iSCSI"
-#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64
+#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &Inicializar"
-#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68
+#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "iSNS Address"
msgstr "Endereço iSNS"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87
msgid "iSNS Port"
msgstr "Porta iSNS"
-#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
+#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110
msgid "&Initiator Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Iniciador"
-#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
-#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
-#. shifting load from processor to card)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
+#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well
+#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware
+#. shifting load from processor to card)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Offload Car&d"
msgstr "&Placa Offload"
-#. table of connected targets
-#. table of discovered targets
-#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
+#. table of connected targets
+#. table of discovered targets
+#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Interface"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
msgstr "Endereço do Portal"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Target Name"
msgstr "Nome do Destino"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Início"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Disconnect"
msgstr "Desconectar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
msgstr "Conectado"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Discovery"
msgstr "Descoberta"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Conectar"
-#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "No Discovery Authentication"
msgstr "Sem autenticação por descoberta"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Authentication by Initiator"
msgstr "Autenticação por iniciador"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Nome do usuário"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Authentication by Targets"
msgstr "Autenticação por destinos"
-#. authentication dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
+#. authentication dialog for add target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Login Authentication"
msgstr "Sem autenticação por login"
-#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
+#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "Startup"
msgstr "Inicialização"
-#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
+#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304
msgid "manual"
msgstr "manual"
-#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
+#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306
msgid "onboot"
msgstr "na inicialização"
-#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
+#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd')
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308
msgid "automatic"
msgstr "automático"
-#. widget for portal address
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
+#. widget for portal address
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Porta"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Chave"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. service status dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
+#. service status dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#. list og connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
+#. list og connected targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Connected Targets"
msgstr "Destinos Conectados"
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Discovered Targets"
msgstr "Destinos Descobertos"
-#. main tabbed dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
+#. main tabbed dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. discovery new target
-#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130
+#. discovery new target
+#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
+#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Iniciador do iSCSI</h1>"
-#. authentication dialog for add new target
-#. list of connected targets
-#. authentication for connect to portal
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
+#. authentication dialog for add new target
+#. list of connected targets
+#. authentication for connect to portal
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery"
msgstr "Descoberta do Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. |***************************************************************************
-#. |
-#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc.
-#. | All Rights Reserved.
-#. |
-#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. | published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. |
-#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. | GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. |
-#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#. |
-#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#. |
-#. |***************************************************************************
-#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client
-#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs
-#. Authors: Michal Zugec
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35
-msgid ""
-"If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication "
-"by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do "
-"not only use one of them for security reasons.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Se a autenticação é necessária por motivos de segurança, use <b>Autenticação "
-"por iniciador</b> e <b>Autenticação por destinos</b> em conjunto. Não use "
-"apenas um deles por motivos de segurança.\n"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. |***************************************************************************
+#. |
+#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc.
+#. | All Rights Reserved.
+#. |
+#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. | published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. |
+#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. | GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. |
+#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#. |
+#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#. |
+#. |***************************************************************************
+#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client
+#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs
+#. Authors: Michal Zugec
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35
+msgid "If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do not only use one of them for security reasons.\n"
+msgstr "Se a autenticação é necessária por motivos de segurança, use <b>Autenticação por iniciador</b> e <b>Autenticação por destinos</b> em conjunto. Não use apenas um deles por motivos de segurança.\n"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -282,18 +275,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Iniciador do iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar"
-"b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -301,8 +293,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Iniciador do iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -314,8 +306,8 @@
" Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se esse procedimento é seguro.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -323,8 +315,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do Iniciador do iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure aqui um iniciador do iSCSI.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n"
@@ -333,12 +325,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Iniciador do iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione um iniciador do iSCSI na lista de iniciadores detectados.\n"
-" Se o iniciador do iSCSI não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não "
-"detectado)</b>.\n"
+" Se o iniciador do iSCSI não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
" Em seguida, pressione <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -348,8 +339,8 @@
"Pressione <b>Editar</b> para abrir uma caixa de diálogo para mudar\n"
" a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n"
@@ -359,8 +350,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral dos iniciadores do iSCSI instalados. Além disso,\n"
" edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n"
@@ -368,8 +359,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Iniciador do iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um iniciador do iSCSI.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n"
@@ -377,68 +368,40 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando ou Apagando</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha o Iniciador do iSCSI que deseja mudar ou remover.\n"
-" Em seguida, pressione <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> conforme desejado."
-"p>\n"
+" Em seguida, pressione <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> conforme desejado.</p>\n"
-#. table of connected targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get "
-"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the "
-"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use "
-"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target "
-"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Lista de sessões atuais.</p><p>Use o botão <b>Adicionar</b> para obter "
-"outros destinos. Uma descoberta é iniciada para detectar novos destinos, e o "
-"modo de inicialização dos destinos já conectados permanece inalterado."
-"<br>Use <b>Desconectar</b> para cancelar a conexão e, com ela, remover o "
-"destino da lista.<br>Para mudar o status de inicialização, clique em "
-"<b>Editar</b>.</p>"
+#. table of connected targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92
+msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Lista de sessões atuais.</p><p>Use o botão <b>Adicionar</b> para obter outros destinos. Uma descoberta é iniciada para detectar novos destinos, e o modo de inicialização dos destinos já conectados permanece inalterado.<br>Use <b>Desconectar</b> para cancelar a conexão e, com ela, remover o destino da lista.<br>Para mudar o status de inicialização, clique em <b>Editar</b>.</p>"
-#. Warning
-#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#. Warning
+#. Warning
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
-"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
-"corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ao efetuar acesso de <b>LEITURA</b>/<b>GRAVAÇÃO</b> a um dispositivo "
-"iSCSI, certifique-se de que esse acesso seja exclusivo. Caso contrário, há "
-"possibilidade de os dados se corromperem.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>Ao efetuar acesso de <b>LEITURA</b>/<b>GRAVAÇÃO</b> a um dispositivo iSCSI, certifique-se de que esse acesso seja exclusivo. Caso contrário, há possibilidade de os dados se corromperem.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi"
-"tt>. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
-"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome do Iniciador</b> é um valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
-"iscsi</tt>. \n"
-"Se você tiver iBFT, esse valor será adicionado dele, e você só poderá mudá-"
-"lo na configuração do BIOS.</p>"
+"<p><b>Nome do Iniciador</b> é um valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"Se você tiver iBFT, esse valor será adicionado dele, e você só poderá mudá-lo na configuração do BIOS.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
-"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
-"be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Se deseja utilizar o <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) para "
-"descobrir destinos em vez do método SendTargets padrão,\n"
-"preencha o endereço de IP do servidor iSNS e a porta. A porta padrão deve "
-"ser 3205.\n"
+"Se deseja utilizar o <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) para descobrir destinos em vez do método SendTargets padrão,\n"
+"preencha o endereço de IP do servidor iSNS e a porta. A porta padrão deve ser 3205.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
@@ -448,135 +411,97 @@
"Apenas mude a <b>Porta</b>. Se você não precisar de autenticação,\n"
"selecione <b>Sem autenticação por descoberta</b>. "
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
-"<b>Connect</b>. "
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de nós oferecidos pelo destino do iSCSI. Selecione um item e clique em "
-"<b>Conectar</b>."
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
+msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr "Lista de nós oferecidos pelo destino do iSCSI. Selecione um item e clique em <b>Conectar</b>."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Inicialização</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
-"when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
-"service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>manual</b> é para os destinos iSCSI não serem conectados por\n"
"padrão, o usuário deve conectá-los manualmente</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados na inicialização, "
-"por exemplo, quando\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados na inicialização, por exemplo, quando\n"
"o root estiver no iSCSI. Dessa forma, ele será avaliado pelo initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados quando o "
-"serviço iSCSI for\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> é para os destinos iSCSI serem conectados quando o serviço iSCSI for\n"
"inicializado.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Autenticação</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the "
-"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A configuração padrão aqui é <i>Sem autenticação</i>. Desmarque a opção "
-"se a autenticação é necessária por motivos de segurança."
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143
+msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons."
+msgstr "<p>A configuração padrão aqui é <i>Sem autenticação</i>. Desmarque a opção se a autenticação é necessária por motivos de segurança."
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the "
-"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server "
-"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the "
-"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status "
-"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen."
-"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> "
-"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, "
-"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:"
-"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets "
-"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets "
-"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the "
-"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-"
-"up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta tela mostra a lista de destinos descobertos.</p><p>Use o botão "
-"<b>Descoberta</b> para obter os destinos iSCSI disponíveis de um servidor "
-"especificado por endereço IP.<br><b>Conecte-se</b> a um destino para "
-"estabelecer a conexão. Se o login foi bem-sucedido, a coluna <i>Conectado"
-"i> mostrará o status \"Verdadeiro\", e o destino aparecerá na tela "
-"<i>Destinos Conectados</i>.<br>Para remover um destino, use o botão "
-"<b>Apagar</b>.<br> <b>Dica:</b> A remoção de destinos só é possível para os "
-"que não estão conectados. Se necessário, use primeiro <b>Desconectar</b> em "
-"<i>Destinos Conectados</i>.</p><p><b>Nota:</b> Se uma <b>Descoberta</b> de "
-"destinos for reiniciada, o modo de inicialização dos destinos já conectados "
-"provavelmente será mudado (para o padrão \"manual\"). Alterne para a tela "
-"<i>Destinos Conectados</i> e use o botão <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar "
-"novos destinos sem mudar o modo de inicialização.</p>"
+#. list of discovered targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148
+msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra a lista de destinos descobertos.</p><p>Use o botão <b>Descoberta</b> para obter os destinos iSCSI disponíveis de um servidor especificado por endereço IP.<br><b>Conecte-se</b> a um destino para estabelecer a conexão. Se o login foi bem-sucedido, a coluna <i>Conectado</i> mostrará o status \"Verdadeiro\", e o destino aparecerá na tela <i>Destinos Conectados</i>.<br>Para remover um destino, use o botão <b>Apagar</b>.<br> <b>Dica:</b> A remoção de destinos só é possível para os que não estão conectados. Se necessário, use primeiro <b>Desconectar</b> em <i>Destinos Conectados</i>.</p><p><b>Nota:</b> Se uma <b>Descoberta</b> de destinos for reiniciada, o modo de inicialização dos destinos já conectados provavelmente será mudado (para o padrão \"manual\"). Alterne para a tela <i>Destinos Conectados</i> e use o botão <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar novos destinos sem mudar o modo de inicialização.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
-#. string initiatorname="";
-#. function for run command in background
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65
+#. string initiatorname="";
+#. function for run command in background
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65
msgid "Command timed out"
msgstr "Tempo de espera esgotado do comando"
-#. validation for authentication dialog entry
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135
+#. validation for authentication dialog entry
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Insert the username."
msgstr "Digite o nome de usuário."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140
msgid "Insert the password."
msgstr "Digite a senha."
-#. init table of connected sessions
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152
+#. init table of connected sessions
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152
msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid"
msgstr "Erro ao Conectar a iscsid"
-#. delete (logout from) connected target
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214
+#. delete (logout from) connected target
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214
msgid "Really log out from the selected target?"
msgstr "Deseja mesmo efetuar logout do destino selecionado?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
msgstr "Erro ao efetuar logout do destino selecionado."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
msgid "No record found."
msgstr "Nenhum registro encontrado."
-#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
+#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270
msgid "No valid IP address"
msgstr "Nenhum endereço IP válido"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
msgstr "O campo da porta não pode estar vazio"
-#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
+#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393
msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
msgstr "Nome do Iniciador Incorreto"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394
msgid ""
"\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
@@ -598,172 +523,162 @@
"\n"
"Deseja usar o nome?\n"
-#. validate ip
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
+#. validate ip
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Digite o endereço IP."
-#. check for valid host name
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
+#. check for valid host name
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584
msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n"
msgstr "Verifique o nome de host de resp. do endereço IP.\n"
-#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
+#. validate port number
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Digite a porta."
-#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]");
-#. ******************* target table *************************
-#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
-#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
+#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]");
+#. ******************* target table *************************
+#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
+#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850
msgid "True"
msgstr "Verdadeiro"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822
msgid "False"
msgstr "Falso"
-#. check if not already connected
-#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
-msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
-"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr ""
-"O destino com este TargetName já está conectado. Verifique se o recurso de "
-"multi-caminho está habilitado para evitar a corrupção dos dados."
+#. check if not already connected
+#. check if not already connected
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875
+msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr "O destino com este TargetName já está conectado. Verifique se o recurso de multi-caminho está habilitado para evitar a corrupção dos dados."
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Continuar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
+#. check if is not already connected
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "O destino já está conectado."
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
-#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar o iniciador do iSCSI, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar "
-"instalado.</p>"
+#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
+#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
+msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar o iniciador do iSCSI, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>"
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Instalar agora?</p>"
-#. IscsiClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152
+#. IscsiClient read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152
msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Ler o banco de dados"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos "
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. IscsiClient read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237
+#. IscsiClient read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237
msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246
msgid "Write AutoYaST settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do AutoYaST"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248
msgid "Set up service status"
msgstr "Configurar status do serviço"
-#. interface type for hardware offloading
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
+#. interface type for hardware offloading
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
msgid "default (Software)"
msgstr "padrão (Software)"
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
msgid "all"
msgstr "todos"
-#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
+#. }
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
"backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n"
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-"O InitiatorName do iBFT e do <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> são "
-"diferentes.\n"
-"O nome antigo do iniciador será substituído pelo valor do iBFT e será criado "
-"um backup.\n"
+"O InitiatorName do iBFT e do <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> são diferentes.\n"
+"O nome antigo do iniciador será substituído pelo valor do iBFT e será criado um backup.\n"
"Para usar um nome de iniciador diferente, mude-o \n"
"no BIOS.\n"
-#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
-#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
+#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons
+#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped)
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070
msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
msgstr "Falha na conexão do destino.\n"
-#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
+#. do discovery first
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuração..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/iscsi-lio-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,275 +14,261 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module
-#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56
+#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module
+#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56
msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO"
msgstr "Configuração de um destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85
+#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target"
msgstr "Destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89
+#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89
msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target"
msgstr "&Destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. first tab - service status and firewall
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57
+#. first tab - service status and firewall
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#. second tab - global authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
+#. second tab - global authentication
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427
msgid "Global"
msgstr "Global"
-#. third tab - targets / luns
-#. targets dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
+#. third tab - targets / luns
+#. targets dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "Destinos"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Destino"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr "Identificador"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr "Grupo do portal"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136
msgid "Ip address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140
msgid "Port number"
msgstr "Número da porta"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Bind all IP addresses"
msgstr "Vincular todos os endereços IP"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145
msgid "Use Login Authentication"
msgstr "Usar autenticação por login"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Caminho"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr "Mapeamento de LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "Autenticação"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "Editar LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "Editar Autenticação"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "Copiar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Sem Autenticação"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação Recebida"
-#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747
+#. dialog to add/modify user and password
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Nome do usuário"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação Enviada"
-#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
+#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &Inicializar"
-#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
+#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "TPG Status"
msgstr "Status de TPG"
-#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
+#. dialog for expert settings
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Chave"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. Summary dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
+#. Summary dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#. Main dialog - tabbed
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do Destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. expert dialog
-#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190
+#. expert dialog
+#. LUN details
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Destino iSCSI</h1>"
-#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
+#. dialog for add target
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "Adicionar Destino iSCSI"
-#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
-#. (includes authentication)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
msgid "Modify initiators ACLs"
msgstr "Modificar ACLs dos iniciadores"
-#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
+#. edit target dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "Modificar Configuração LUN do Destino iSCSI"
-#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
+#. expert target dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas do Destino iSCSI"
-#. All helps are here
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36
-msgid ""
-"If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in "
-"<b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication "
-"for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in "
-"next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still "
-"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant "
-"access to the targets in next page"
-msgstr ""
-"Se você habilitar <b>Usar autenticação por login</b>, você deve preencher o "
-"<b>ID do usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b> para ambas <b>Autenticação "
-"por destinos</b> e <b>Autenticação por iniciadores</b> nas "
-"próximas páginas. Mesmo se você desabilitou <b>Usar autenticação por login"
-"b>, ainda é necessário adicionar o nome do iniciador do qual "
-"você quer permitir acesso aos destinos na próxima página"
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36
+msgid "If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in <b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant access to the targets in next page"
+msgstr "Se você habilitar <b>Usar autenticação por login</b>, você deve preencher o <b>ID do usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b> para ambas <b>Autenticação por destinos</b> e <b>Autenticação por iniciadores</b> nas próximas páginas. Mesmo se você desabilitou <b>Usar autenticação por login</b>, ainda é necessário adicionar o nome do iniciador do qual você quer permitir acesso aos destinos na próxima página"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Destino iSCSI pelo LIO</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Destino iSCSI pelo LIO</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em "
-"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -290,8 +276,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -303,7 +289,7 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informa se é ou não seguro fazer isso.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n"
"targets into selected file.</p>"
@@ -311,8 +297,8 @@
"<p>O botão <b>Gravar</b> exporta algumas informações sobre\n"
"os destinos para o arquivo selecionado.</p>"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -320,8 +306,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do Destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure aqui um destino iSCSI.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n"
@@ -330,12 +316,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha um destino iSCSI na lista de destinos iSCSI detectados.\n"
-"Se o seu destino não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)"
-"b>.\n"
+"Se o seu destino não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
"Em seguida, clique em <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -345,8 +330,8 @@
"Se você clicar em <b>Editar</b>, uma caixa de diálogo adicional será aberta\n"
"para mudar a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n"
@@ -356,8 +341,8 @@
"Tenha uma visão geral dos destinos iSCSI instalados. Além disso,\n"
"edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
@@ -365,8 +350,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Destino iSCSI</big></b><br>\n"
"Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um destino iSCSI.</p>"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n"
@@ -374,11 +359,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando ou Apagando</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha o destino iSCSI que deseja mudar ou remover.\n"
-"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b>, conforme desejado."
-"p>\n"
+"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b>, conforme desejado.</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -388,10 +372,10 @@
"Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para continuar.\n"
"<br></p>"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
-#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117
+#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -401,8 +385,8 @@
"Não é possível. É preciso codificar primeiro. :-)\n"
"</p>"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111
+#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -412,348 +396,290 @@
"Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para continuar.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
-#. discovery authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use "
-"<b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or "
-"you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication "
-"by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for "
-"initiators and targets!</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta aba pretende configurar a autenticação para a sessão de descoberta. Use "
-"<b>Sem autenticação de descoberta</b> para desabilitar a autenticação por "
-"descoberta. Ou você precisará preencher ambos <b>Autenticação por destinos"
-"b> e <b>Autenticação por iniciadores</b>. <b>Nota: ID de usuário e senha não "
-"podem ser os mesmos para iniciadores e destinos!</b>"
+#. discovery authentication
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123
+msgid "This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use <b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for initiators and targets!</b>"
+msgstr "Esta aba pretende configurar a autenticação para a sessão de descoberta. Use <b>Sem autenticação de descoberta</b> para desabilitar a autenticação por descoberta. Ou você precisará preencher ambos <b>Autenticação por destinos</b> e <b>Autenticação por iniciadores</b>. <b>Nota: ID de usuário e senha não podem ser os mesmos para iniciadores e destinos!</b>"
-#. target client setup.
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
+#. target client setup.
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN "
-"imported from\n"
-" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use "
-"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
-" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> "
-"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para dar a um iniciador (cliente iSCSI) acesso ao "
-"LUN importado do\n"
-" grupo do portal de destino. Especifique qual iniciador tem permissão para "
-"conectar (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
-" em ''/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi'' no iniciador iSCSI). <b>Apagar</b> "
-"remove o acesso do iniciador ao LUN.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para dar a um iniciador (cliente iSCSI) acesso ao LUN importado do\n"
+" grupo do portal de destino. Especifique qual iniciador tem permissão para conectar (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" em ''/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi'' no iniciador iSCSI). <b>Apagar</b> remove o acesso do iniciador ao LUN.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
-"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's "
-"needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by "
-"Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. "
-"Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two "
-"kinds of authentication.\n"
-" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit "
-"Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two kinds of authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>Editar LUN</b>, é possível modificar o mapeamento LUN. Observe que "
-"o número de destino LUN deve ser exclusivo.<br>Após clicar em <b>Editar "
-"autenticação</b>, é necessário usar <b>Autenticação por destinos</b> e "
-"<b>Autenticação por iniciadores</b> em conjunto. Em seguida, insira <b>ID do "
-"usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b>. Certifique-se de definir ID de usuários e senhas "
-"diferentes para os dois tipos de autenticação.\n"
-" Se <b>Usar autenticação por login</b> estiver desabilitada na janela "
-"anterior, <b>Editar autenticação</b> estará desabilitada aqui.</p>"
+"<p>Com <b>Editar LUN</b>, é possível modificar o mapeamento LUN. Observe que o número de destino LUN deve ser exclusivo.<br>Após clicar em <b>Editar autenticação</b>, é necessário usar <b>Autenticação por destinos</b> e <b>Autenticação por iniciadores</b> em conjunto. Em seguida, insira <b>ID do usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b>. Certifique-se de definir ID de usuários e senhas diferentes para os dois tipos de autenticação.\n"
+" Se <b>Usar autenticação por login</b> estiver desabilitada na janela anterior, <b>Editar autenticação</b> estará desabilitada aqui.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access "
-"to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Copiar</b> permite dar a um iniciador adicional acesso ao LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Copiar</b> permite dar a um iniciador adicional acesso ao LUN.</p>"
-#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145
+#. target dialog
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
-"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete"
-"b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"Lista de destinos e grupos do portal de destino oferecidos. Crie um novo "
-"destino clicando em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-"Para apagar ou modificar um item, selecione-o e clique em <b>Editar</b> ou "
-"<b>Apagar</b>."
+"Lista de destinos e grupos do portal de destino oferecidos. Crie um novo destino clicando em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
+"Para apagar ou modificar um item, selecione-o e clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b>."
-#. edit target
-#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
+#. edit target
+#. add target
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>IP/Porta de Destino iSCSI e configuração do LUN</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"É possível disponibilizar dispositivos de blocos ou arquivos arbitrários em "
-"um <b>LUN</b>.\n"
-"Você deve informar o <b>caminho</b> para os dispositivos de blocos ou para o "
-"arquivo. \n"
-"O <b>nome do LUN</b> é um nome arbitrário que identifica exclusivamente o "
-"<b>LUN</b>. \n"
+"É possível disponibilizar dispositivos de blocos ou arquivos arbitrários em um <b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"Você deve informar o <b>caminho</b> para os dispositivos de blocos ou para o arquivo. \n"
+"O <b>nome do LUN</b> é um nome arbitrário que identifica exclusivamente o <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"O nome deve ser exclusivo no grupo do portal de destino. Se o usuário\n"
"não especificar um nome para o LUN, ele será gerado automaticamente."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
-"address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Em <b>Endereço IP</b> e <b>Número da Porta</b>, você especifica em qual "
-"endereço\n"
+"<p>Em <b>Endereço IP</b> e <b>Número da Porta</b>, você especifica em qual endereço\n"
"e porta o serviço será disponibilizado. O padrão de número de porta é 3260.\n"
"Apenas endereços IP atribuídos a uma das placas de rede são permitidos."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
-msgstr ""
-"Crie um novo destino. Substitua os valores de gabarito pelos valores "
-"corretos."
+msgstr "Crie um novo destino. Substitua os valores de gabarito pelos valores corretos."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
-"lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN"
-"b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"É possível disponibilizar arquivos ou dispositivos de blocos arbitrários sob "
-"um LUN.\n"
-"Você deve especificar o <b>caminho</b> para os arquivos ou dispositivos de "
-"blocos. \n"
-"O <b>nome do LUN</b> é um nome arbitrário que identifica exclusivamente o "
-"<b>LUN</b>. \n"
+"É possível disponibilizar arquivos ou dispositivos de blocos arbitrários sob um LUN.\n"
+"Você deve especificar o <b>caminho</b> para os arquivos ou dispositivos de blocos. \n"
+"O <b>nome do LUN</b> é um nome arbitrário que identifica exclusivamente o <b>LUN</b>. \n"
"O nome deve ser exclusivo no grupo do portal de destino. Se o usuário\n"
"não especificar um nome para o LUN, ele será gerado automaticamente."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
-"configuration options."
-msgstr ""
-"É possível <b>adicionar</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>apagar</b> todas as opções "
-"de configuração adicionais."
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186
+msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
+msgstr "É possível <b>adicionar</b>, <b>editar</b> ou <b>apagar</b> todas as opções de configuração adicionais."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
-"purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
-"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Edite o número <b>LUN</b>, se necessário, e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (nullio é "
-"para fins de teste).\n"
-"Se Tipo=fileio, defina <b>Caminho</b> como o arquivo ou o dispositivo de "
-"disco.<b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Setores</b> são opcionais."
+"Edite o número <b>LUN</b>, se necessário, e defina o <b>Tipo</b> (nullio é para fins de teste).\n"
+"Se Tipo=fileio, defina <b>Caminho</b> como o arquivo ou o dispositivo de disco.<b>ID de SCSI</b> e <b>Setores</b> são opcionais."
-#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
+#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
msgstr "Problema ao mudar a autenticação"
-#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
+#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Username"
msgstr "Nome de Usuário Inválido"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182
msgid "Invalid Password."
msgstr "Senha Inválida."
-#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication,
-#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly.
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233
+#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication,
+#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly.
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233
msgid "No Discovery Authentication"
msgstr "Sem autenticação por descoberta"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244
msgid "Authentication by Targets"
msgstr "Autenticação por destinos"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262
msgid "UserID"
msgstr "ID do usuário"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257
msgid "Authentication by Initiators"
msgstr "Autenticação por iniciadores"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277
msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "O LUN selecionado já está em uso!"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
msgstr "O Nome selecionado já está em uso."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
-msgstr ""
-"O Caminho selecionado deve ser um dispositivo de blocos ou um arquivo normal."
+msgstr "O Caminho selecionado deve ser um dispositivo de blocos ou um arquivo normal."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "O Caminho selecionado já está em uso."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
msgid "Path:"
msgstr "Caminho:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Procurar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Selecionar arquivo ou dispositivo"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462
msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr "LUN do iniciador"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462
msgid "Target LUN"
msgstr "LUN de Destino"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
msgid "Change:"
msgstr "Mudar:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
msgstr "LUN de Destino %1 usado mais de uma vez."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
msgstr "É necessário habilitar pelo menos uma Autenticação."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr "Nome do iniciador:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
msgstr "Importar LUNs do TPG"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "O nome do iniciador não pode estar vazio!"
-#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
-#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727
+#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
+#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727
msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "O nome do iniciador já existe!"
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
-#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
+#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "Novo nome do iniciador:"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#. create items from targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. remove a item
-#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
-#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316
+#. remove a item
+#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
+#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar o item selecionado?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr "Problema ao criar destino %1 com TPG %2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr "Problema ao definir portal de rede como %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "Problema ao remover o LUN %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr "Problema ao definir o LUN %1 (nome:%2) para o caminho %3"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr "Problema ao definir autenticação em %1:%2 como %3"
-#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
+#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "O destino não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "O grupo do portal de destino não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "O destino já existe."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "Recebidas"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Enviadas"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478
msgid ""
"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
@@ -767,98 +693,98 @@
"(consulte /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi no iniciador).\n"
"Deseja realmente continuar sem acesso para iniciador?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492
msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problema ao remover o LUN %4 do iniciador %3 em %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507
msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problema ao adicionar o LUN %4:%5 do iniciador %3 a %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528
msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr "Problema ao remover o iniciador %3 de %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552
msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr "Problema ao criar o iniciador %3 para %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587
msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Problema ao mudar autenticação do iniciador %3 em %1:%2"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438
+#. scope link IPv6
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr "Impossível gravar configuração de lio"
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr "Impossível gravar configuração de tcm"
-#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136
+#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136
msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package"
msgstr "Impossível continuar sem instalar o pacote lio-utils"
-#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177
+#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177
msgid "Could not start service \"%1\""
msgstr "Não foi possível iniciar o serviço \"%1\""
-#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190
+#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190
msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do Destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Ler o banco de dados"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos..."
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf)
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245
+#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf)
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245
msgid ""
"You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n"
"to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n"
@@ -868,37 +794,37 @@
"haver uma configuração válida em /etc/ietd.conf. O módulo \n"
"deve tentar importar a configuração de /etc/ietd.conf para o LIO?"
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254
msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!"
msgstr "Erros durante a importação. Verifique o estado do LIO."
-#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281
+#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281
msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do Destino iSCSI pelo LIO"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298
msgid "Write lio configuration"
msgstr "Gravar configuração de lio"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302
msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304
msgid "Writing lio configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração de lio..."
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuração..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/isns.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,109 +14,109 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xisns module
-#: src/clients/isns.rb:35
+#. Command line help text for the Xisns module
+#: src/clients/isns.rb:35
msgid "Configuration of an isns service"
msgstr "Configuração de um serviço isns"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44
msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do iSCSI..."
-#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65
+#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65
msgid "iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador do iSCSI"
-#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69
+#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69
msgid "&iSCSI Initiator"
msgstr "Iniciador do &iSCSI"
-#. first tab - service status and firewall
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34
+#. first tab - service status and firewall
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102
+#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "iSCSI Nodes"
msgstr "Nós ISCSI"
-#. third tab - Discovery Domains
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120
+#. third tab - Discovery Domains
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120
msgid "Discovery Domains"
msgstr "Domínios de Descoberta"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &Inicializar"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66
msgid "iSCSI Node Name"
msgstr "Nome do Nó iSCSI"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108
msgid "Node Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Nó"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29
msgid "Discovery Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de Domínio de Descoberta"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132
msgid "Create Discovery Domain"
msgstr "Criar Domínio de Descoberta"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151
msgid "Discovery Domain Members"
msgstr "Membros do Domínio de Descoberta"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162
msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node"
msgstr "Adicionar Nó iSCSI Existente"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163
msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member"
msgstr "Criar Membro de Nó iSCSI"
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Remover"
-#. Summary dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185
+#. Summary dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#. Main dialog - tabbed
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "iSNS Service"
msgstr "Serviço iSNS"
-#. curr_target = "";
-#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198
+#. curr_target = "";
+#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>serviço isns</h1>"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -124,18 +124,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando a configuração do daemon iSNS</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar"
-"b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -143,8 +142,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do iSNS</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -156,8 +155,8 @@
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure an iSNS server.<br></p>\n"
@@ -165,151 +164,96 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do iSNS</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure um servidor iSNS.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service "
-"are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI "
-"targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node "
-"removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A lista de todos os nós iSCSI disponíveis registrados no serviço iSNS é "
-"exibida.</p> <p>Os nós são registrados pelos iniciadores e destinos iSCSI."
-"p> <p> É possível somente <b>apagar</b> os nós. Apagar um nó remove-o do "
-"banco de dados iSNS.</p>"
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A lista de todos os nós iSCSI disponíveis registrados no serviço iSNS é exibida.</p> <p>Os nós são registrados pelos iniciadores e destinos iSCSI.</p> <p> É possível somente <b>apagar</b> os nós. Apagar um nó remove-o do banco de dados iSNS.</p>"
-#. discovery domains
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create"
-"b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the "
-"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Uma lista de todos os domínios de descoberta é exibida. É possível <b>Criar"
-"b> ou <b>Apagar</b> um domínio de descoberta. <p>Apagar um domínio remove os "
-"membros do domínio, mas não apaga os membros do nó iSCSI.</p>"
+#. discovery domains
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43
+msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
+msgstr "Uma lista de todos os domínios de descoberta é exibida. É possível <b>Criar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> um domínio de descoberta. <p>Apagar um domínio remove os membros do domínio, mas não apaga os membros do nó iSCSI.</p>"
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting "
-"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery "
-"domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or "
-"<b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but "
-"does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not "
-"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When "
-"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this "
-"domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS "
-"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same "
-"Discovery Domains.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"Uma lista de todos os nós iSCSI é exibida pelo domínio de descoberta. A "
-"seleção de outro domínio de descoberta atualiza a lista de membros deste "
-"domínio de descoberta. É possível <b>Adicionar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> um nó "
-"iSCSI de um domínio de descoberta. <p>Apagar um nó remove-o do domínio, mas "
-"não apaga o nó iSCSI</p> <p>A criação de um nó iSCSI permite que um nó ainda "
-"não registrado seja adicionado como membro do domínio de descoberta. Quando "
-"o iniciador ou o destino registra esse nó, ele passa a fazer parte do "
-"domínio</p> <p>Quando um iniciador iSCSI faz a solicitação de descoberta, o "
-"serviço iSNS retorna todos os destinos de nós iSCSI que são membros dos "
-"mesmos Domínios de Descoberta.</p> "
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46
+msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> "
+msgstr "Uma lista de todos os nós iSCSI é exibida pelo domínio de descoberta. A seleção de outro domínio de descoberta atualiza a lista de membros deste domínio de descoberta. É possível <b>Adicionar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> um nó iSCSI de um domínio de descoberta. <p>Apagar um nó remove-o do domínio, mas não apaga o nó iSCSI</p> <p>A criação de um nó iSCSI permite que um nó ainda não registrado seja adicionado como membro do domínio de descoberta. Quando o iniciador ou o destino registra esse nó, ele passa a fazer parte do domínio</p> <p>Quando um iniciador iSCSI faz a solicitação de descoberta, o serviço iSNS retorna todos os destinos de nós iSCSI que são membros dos mesmos Domínios de Descoberta.</p> "
-#. dds table dialog
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery "
-"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a "
-"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS "
-"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery "
-"Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Na parte superior, uma lista de todos os Conjuntos de Domínios de Descoberta "
-"é exibida. Os Domínios de Descoberta pertencem a Conjuntos de Domínios de "
-"Descoberta. <p>Um Domínio de Descoberta deve ser membro de um Conjunto de "
-"Domínios de Descoberta para ser ativo. </p><p>Em um banco de dados iSNS, o "
-"Conjunto de Domínios de Descoberta contém Domínios de Descoberta, e os "
-"Domínios de Descoberta contêm membros do Nó iSCSI. </p>"
+#. dds table dialog
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50
+msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
+msgstr "Na parte superior, uma lista de todos os Conjuntos de Domínios de Descoberta é exibida. Os Domínios de Descoberta pertencem a Conjuntos de Domínios de Descoberta. <p>Um Domínio de Descoberta deve ser membro de um Conjunto de Domínios de Descoberta para ser ativo. </p><p>Em um banco de dados iSNS, o Conjunto de Domínios de Descoberta contém Domínios de Descoberta, e os Domínios de Descoberta contêm membros do Nó iSCSI. </p>"
-#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different "
-"discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A lista de membros do conjunto de domínios de descoberta é atualizada "
-"sempre que um conjunto de domínios de descoberta diferente é selecionado.</p>"
+#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53
+msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A lista de membros do conjunto de domínios de descoberta é atualizada sempre que um conjunto de domínios de descoberta diferente é selecionado.</p>"
-#. **************** global funcions and variables *****
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25
+#. **************** global funcions and variables *****
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25
msgid "Create New Discovery Domain"
msgstr "Criar Novo Domínio de Descoberta"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain"
msgstr "Adicionar nó iSCSI ao domínio de descoberta"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105
msgid "Available Nodes to Add"
msgstr "Nós Disponíveis para Adicionar"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112
msgid "Add Node"
msgstr "Adicionar Nó"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113
msgid "Done"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168
msgid "Target or Initiator"
msgstr "Destino ou Iniciador"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Deseja mesmo apagar o item selecionado?"
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
msgstr "Apagar este domínio realmente?"
-#. boolean display = true;
-#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10);
-#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351
+#. boolean display = true;
+#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10);
+#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351
msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível conectar ao servidor iSNS. Verifique se o servidor iSNS está em "
-"execução."
+msgstr "Impossível conectar ao servidor iSNS. Verifique se o servidor iSNS está em execução."
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70
msgid "isns Daemon Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Daemon iSNS"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar o serviço isns, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado."
-"p>"
+#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149
+msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar o serviço isns, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>"
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Instalar agora?</p>"
-#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277
+#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a configuração do daemon isns"
-#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300
+#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a configuração do isns"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/journal.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-15 11:17\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/journalctl.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: journalctl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-28 11:06\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/kdump.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,376 +14,344 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the kdump module
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59
+#. Command line help text for the kdump module
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59
msgid "Configuration of kdump"
msgstr "Configuração do kdump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69
msgid "Display settings"
msgstr "Configurações de tela"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75
msgid "Start-up settings"
msgstr "Configurações de inicialização"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81
msgid "Dump Level number 0-31"
msgstr "Nível de Dump número 0-31"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89
msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo"
msgstr "Formato de dump da imagem de dump: nenhum/ELF/comprimido/lzo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102
msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images"
msgstr "O destino do dump inclui um destino para gravar imagens de dump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"O esquema de nomeação é:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Digite somente "
-"\"kernel_string\"."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
+msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "O esquema de nomeação é:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Digite somente \"kernel_string\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
-msgid ""
-"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
-"kdump kernel."
-msgstr ""
-"A linha de comando do kdump é aquela que precisa ser passada para o kernel "
-"do kdump."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
+msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
+msgstr "A linha de comando do kdump é aquela que precisa ser passada para o kernel do kdump."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
-"line string."
-msgstr ""
-"Defina esta variável se você deseja somente usar valores _append_ para a "
-"string de linha de comando padrão."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
+msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
+msgstr "Defina esta variável se você deseja somente usar valores _append_ para a string de linha de comando padrão."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
msgstr "Reinicializar imediatamente após gravar o núcleo no kernel do kdump."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
msgstr "Copiar kernel para o diretório de dump."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
-msgstr ""
-"Especifica quantos dumps antigos são mantidos. 0 significa manter todos."
+msgstr "Especifica quantos dumps antigos são mantidos. 0 significa manter todos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
msgstr "Servidor SMTP para envio de mensagens de notificação."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
msgstr "Nome de usuário SMTP para envio de mensagens de notificação."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
-"password (plain text file)."
-msgstr ""
-"Senha SMTP para envio de mensagens de notificação. Caminho do arquivo que "
-"inclui a senha (arquivo de texto simples)."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
+msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
+msgstr "Senha SMTP para envio de mensagens de notificação. Caminho do arquivo que inclui a senha (arquivo de texto simples)."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
msgstr "Endereço de e-mail para envio de mensagens de notificação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
msgstr "Endereço de e-mail para envio de cópia de mensagens de notificação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
msgid "Enable option"
msgstr "Habilitar opção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225
msgid "Disable option"
msgstr "Desabilitar opção"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229
msgid "Shows current option status"
msgstr "Mostra o status da opção atual"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
msgstr "Tamanho em MB de memória alocada"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
msgstr "O número do nível de dump inclui páginas para gravação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo"
msgstr "O formato de dump pode ser nenhum, ELF, comprimido ou lzo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
-"sftp, nfs, cifs"
-msgstr ""
-"O destino de dump inclui o tipo de destino de: arquivo (sistema de arquivos "
-"local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
+msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr "O destino de dump inclui o tipo de destino de: arquivo (sistema de arquivos local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
msgid "Name of server"
msgstr "Nome do servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
msgstr "Porta de conexão"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
msgstr "Diretório para gravação das imagens de dump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
msgstr "Compartilhamento exportado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
msgid "User name"
msgstr "Nome do usuário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
msgstr "Caminho de arquivo que inclui senha (arquivo de texto sem formatação)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
msgstr "id_udev da partição inicial"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means "
-"only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr ""
-"O esquema de nomeação é: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Kernel "
-"significa somente \"kernel_string\"."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
+msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr "O esquema de nomeação é: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Kernel significa somente \"kernel_string\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
msgstr "Incluir opções da linha de comando."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
-msgid ""
-"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
-"or s are allowed"
-msgstr ""
-"A opção faz com que o runlevel inicialize o kernel do kdump. Somente valores "
-"como 1,2,3,5 ou s são permitidos"
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
+msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
+msgstr "A opção faz com que o runlevel inicialize o kernel do kdump. Somente valores como 1,2,3,5 ou s são permitidos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
msgstr "Número de dumps. 0 significa manter todos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
msgid "Email address"
msgstr "Endereço de e-mail"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
msgstr "Controla o uso do dump assistido por firmware"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
msgid "Display Settings:"
msgstr "Configurações de Tela:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
-msgstr ""
-"O Kdump está habilitado (a opção de boot \"crashkernel\" foi adicionada)"
+msgstr "O Kdump está habilitado (a opção de boot \"crashkernel\" foi adicionada)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
msgstr "Alocação de memória (MB) para o kdump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
msgstr "O Kdump está desabilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
msgid "Dump Level: %1"
msgstr "Nível de Dump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445
msgid "Dump Format: %1"
msgstr "Formato do Dump: %1"
-#. parsing target info
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
+#. parsing target info
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Destino do Dump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
msgstr "destino: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582
msgid "file directory: %1"
msgstr "diretório do arquivo: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
msgid "server name: %1"
msgstr "nome do servidor: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528
msgid "port: %1"
msgstr "porta: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597
msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed"
msgstr "nome do usuário: conexão anônima permitida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602
msgid "user name: %1"
msgstr "nome do usuário: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589
msgid "share: %1"
msgstr "compartilhamento: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610
msgid "EMPTY"
msgstr "VAZIO"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
msgstr "Kernel personalizado do kdump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
msgid "Kdump command line: %1"
msgstr "Linha de comando do kdump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
msgstr "Anexação à linha de comando do kdump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
msgstr "Reinicializações imediatas do kdump: %1"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
-msgstr ""
-"Número de dumps antigos: Todos os dumps são gravados sem apagar os dumps "
-"antigos"
+msgstr "Número de dumps antigos: Todos os dumps são gravados sem apagar os dumps antigos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
msgstr "Número de dumps antigos: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1"
msgstr "Servidor SMTP do Kdump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692
msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1"
msgstr "Usuário SMTP do Kdump: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
msgstr "Senha SMTP do Kdump: ********"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
msgstr "Kdump Enviando Notificação para: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
msgstr "Kdump Enviando Cópia da Notificação para: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
msgid ""
"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n"
"It will be rewritten."
@@ -391,388 +359,383 @@
"A opção de kernel \"crashkernel\" inclui faixas e/ou valores redundantes.\n"
"Ela será sobregravada."
-#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
+#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "É necessário reinicializar para aplicar as mudanças."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253
msgid "Wrong options were used."
msgstr "Foram usadas opções incorretas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781
msgid "Dump level was set."
msgstr "O nível de dump foi definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810
msgid "Wrong value of option."
msgstr "Valor incorreto de opção."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806
msgid "Dump format was set."
msgstr "O formato do dump foi definido."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813
-msgid ""
-"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
-msgstr ""
-"A opção só pode incluir o valor \"nenhum\", \"ELF\", \"comprimido\" ou \"lzo"
-"\"."
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813
+msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgstr "A opção só pode incluir o valor \"nenhum\", \"ELF\", \"comprimido\" ou \"lzo\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo %1 não existe."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
msgstr "O valor de \"dir\" está ausente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
msgstr "O valor de \"servidor\" está ausente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
msgstr "O valor de \"compartilhamento\" está ausente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040
msgid "Wrong value for target."
msgstr "Valor incorreto para o destino."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
msgstr "Valor incorreto de opções \"no.\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
msgstr "Valor incorreto para a opção \"server\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
msgstr "Valor incorreto para a opção \"user\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
msgstr "Valor incorreto para a opção \"email\"."
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
msgstr "Dump assistido por firmware: %{status}"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278
+#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278
msgid "No option has been defined."
msgstr "Nenhuma opção definida."
-#. proposal part - kdump label
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83
+#. proposal part - kdump label
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr "Kdump"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85
msgid "&Kdump"
msgstr "&Kdump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57
+#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump"
msgstr "Habilitar/Desabilitar Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Enable Kd&ump"
msgstr "Habilitar Kd&ump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Disable Kdump"
msgstr "&Desabilitar Kdump"
-#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111
+#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "Include in Dumping"
msgstr "Incluir no Dumping"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero"
msgstr "&Páginas Preenchidas com Zero"
-#. `VStretch ()
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124
+#. `VStretch ()
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124
msgid "Cach&e Pages"
msgstr "Armazenar Páginas em Cach&e"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134
msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages"
msgstr "Armazenar Páginas Particula&res em Cache"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139
msgid "&User Data Pages"
msgstr "Páginas de Dados do &Usuário"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140
msgid "&Free Pages"
msgstr "Páginas &Livres"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168
msgid "&Dump Format"
msgstr "Formato &Dump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "&No Dump"
msgstr "&Nenhum Dump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "&ELF Format"
msgstr "Formato &ELF"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "C&ompressed Format"
msgstr "Formato C&ompactado"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174
msgid "&LZO Compressed Format"
msgstr "Formato &LZO Comprimido"
-#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194
+#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "&Select Target"
msgstr "&Selecionar Destino"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Diretório Local"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "SFTP"
msgstr "SFTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188
msgid "CIFS (SMB)"
msgstr "CIFS (SMB)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228
msgid "&SMTP Server"
msgstr "Servidor &SMTP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#. password entry
-#. password entry
-#. password entry
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#. password entry
+#. password entry
+#. password entry
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Senha"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264
msgid "Notification &To"
msgstr "Notificação ¶"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
msgstr "CC da No&tificação"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel"
msgstr "&Kernel Personalizado do Kdump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
msgstr "Linha de Co&mando do Kdump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321
+#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
msgstr "Anexação à &Linha de Comando do Kdump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338
+#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
msgstr "&Habilitar a Reinicialização Imediata Após Gravar o Núcleo"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352
+#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
msgstr "Habilitar Cópia do Ke&rnel no Diretório de Dump"
-#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366
+#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
msgstr "Habilitar Exclusão de Imagens de &Dump Antigas"
-#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383
+#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
msgstr "Núm&ero de Dumps Antigos"
-#. "handle" :
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408
+#. "handle" :
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "Kdump Memory"
msgstr "Memória do Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Kdump Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicialização do Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicialização"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering"
msgstr "Kdump - Filtragem do Dump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Dump Filtering"
msgstr "Filtragem do Dump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
msgstr "Destino de Gravação da Imagem do Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Dump Target"
msgstr "Destino do Dump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "SMTP Server"
msgstr "Servidor SMTP"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460
msgid "Notification Email Addresses"
msgstr "Endereços de E-mail da Notificação"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Email Notification"
msgstr "Notificação por E-mail"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
msgstr "Kernel Personalizado para Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Command Line"
msgstr "Linha de Comando"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Dump Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do Dump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508
msgid "Kdump Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas do Kdump"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529
msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]"
msgstr "Memória &Baixa do Kdump [MiB]"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531
msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]"
msgstr "Memór&ia do Kdump [MiB]"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537
msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:"
msgstr "Memória Total do Sistema [MiB]:"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544
msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:"
msgstr "Memória Usável [MiB]:"
-#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567
+#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567
msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]"
msgstr "&Memória Alta do Kdump [MiB]"
-#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
+#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/"
-"removed. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Habilitar/Desabilitar kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Habilitar ou desabilitar o kdump. O parâmetro crashkernel da opção de "
-"boot é adicionado/removido. \n"
+" Habilitar ou desabilitar o kdump. O parâmetro crashkernel da opção de boot é adicionado/removido. \n"
" Para aplicar as mudanças, é necessário reinicializar.<br></p>\n"
-#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42
+#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Memory</b><br>\n"
" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n"
@@ -780,28 +743,18 @@
"<p><b>Memória do Kdump</b><br>\n"
" Alocação de memória para o kernel do kdump. <br></p>\n"
-#. T: help text for a combo box
-#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
+#. T: help text for a combo box
+#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
-"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-"
-"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which "
-"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the "
-"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has "
-"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dump Assistido por Firmware</b><br>\n"
-" Os dumps não são gerados antes da reinicialização da partição, mas "
-"ocorrem enquanto a partição está sendo reiniciada. Ao executar um dump "
-"assistido por firmware, a memória do sistema é congelada, e a partição "
-"reinicializada, permitindo que uma nova instância do sistema operacional "
-"faça dump dos dados com base na falha anterior do kernel. Esse recurso só "
-"é adequado quando o sistema tem mais de 1,5 GB de memória.</p>"
+" Os dumps não são gerados antes da reinicialização da partição, mas ocorrem enquanto a partição está sendo reiniciada. Ao executar um dump assistido por firmware, a memória do sistema é congelada, e a partição reinicializada, permitindo que uma nova instância do sistema operacional faça dump dos dados com base na falha anterior do kernel. Esse recurso só é adequado quando o sistema tem mais de 1,5 GB de memória.</p>"
-#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
+#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dump Level</b><br>\n"
" Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n"
@@ -813,77 +766,64 @@
" As páginas do tipo especificado são copiadas para o arquivo de dump. \n"
" O tipo de página marcado na tabela a seguir está incluído. <br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip."
-"<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster."
-"<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Formato de Dump</b><br>\n"
" <i>Nenhum Dump</i> — Gravar apenas o registro do kernel.<br>\n"
" <i>Formato ELF</i> — Criar arquivo de dump no formato ELF.<br>\n"
-" <i>Formato Comprimido</i> — Comprimir os dados do dump por cada página "
-"com gzip.<br>\n"
-" <i>Formato LZO Comprimido</i> — Arquivos um pouco maiores, mas muito "
-"mais rápidos.<br>\n"
+" <i>Formato Comprimido</i> — Comprimir os dados do dump por cada página com gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>Formato LZO Comprimido</i> — Arquivos um pouco maiores, mas muito mais rápidos.<br>\n"
"</p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
-"dumps.<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Destino de Gravação da Imagem do Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Destino para gravar imagens do kdump. Selecione o tipo de destino para "
-"gravar dumps.<br></p>"
+" Destino para gravar imagens do kdump. Selecione o tipo de destino para gravar dumps.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filesystem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing "
-"<i>Browse</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Sistema de arquivos local</b> - salva a imagem kdump no sistema de "
-"arquivos local.\n"
-" <i>Diretório para salvar dumps</i> - caminho para salvar as imagens "
-"kdump.\n"
-" Selecione o diretório para salvar as imagens do kdump via diálogo "
-"pressionando <i>Navegar</i>\n"
+"<p><b>Sistema de arquivos local</b> - salva a imagem kdump no sistema de arquivos local.\n"
+" <i>Diretório para salvar dumps</i> - caminho para salvar as imagens kdump.\n"
+" Selecione o diretório para salvar as imagens do kdump via diálogo pressionando <i>Navegar</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Save kdump image via FTP.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of ftp server.\n"
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Gravar imagem do kdump via FTP.\n"
" <i>Nome do Servidor</i> - Nome do servidor FTP.\n"
" <i>Porta</i> - Número da porta de conexão.\n"
-" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i> - Caminho de gravação das imagens do "
-"kdump.\n"
+" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i> - Caminho de gravação das imagens do kdump.\n"
" <i>Habilitar FTP Anônimo</i> habilita a conexão anônima com o servidor.\n"
-" <i>Nome de Usuário</i> para a conexão FTP. <i>Senha</i> para a conexão "
-"FTP.<br></p>"
+" <i>Nome de Usuário</i> para a conexão FTP. <i>Senha</i> para a conexão FTP.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b>SSH</b> - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -892,16 +832,15 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b>: Gravar imagem do kdump via SSH e \"dd\" na máquina de "
-"destino.\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b>: Gravar imagem do kdump via SSH e \"dd\" na máquina de destino.\n"
" <i>Nome do Servidor</i>: O nome do servidor.\n"
" <i>Porta</i>: O número da porta para conexão.\n"
" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i>: O caminho para gravar imagens do kdump.\n"
" <i>Nome de Usuário</i> para conexão SSH. \n"
" <i>Senha</i> para conexão SSH.<br></p>\n"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>SFTP</b> - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -913,24 +852,22 @@
"<p><b>SFTP</b>: Gravar imagem do kdump via SFTP.\n"
" <i>Nome do Servidor</i>: O nome do servidor.\n"
" <i>Porta</i>: O número da porta para conexão.\n"
-" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i>: O caminho para gravar as imagens do "
-"kdump.\n"
+" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i>: O caminho para gravar as imagens do kdump.\n"
" <i>Nome de Usuário</i> para conexão SSH. \n"
" <i>Senha</i> para conexão SSH.<br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
"by default.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>A escolha entre SSH e SFTP depende\n"
-"dos detalhes da configuração do servidor. Por padrão, os servidores SLE "
-"suportam as duas\n"
+"dos detalhes da configuração do servidor. Por padrão, os servidores SLE suportam as duas\n"
"opções.</p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Save kdump image on NFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
@@ -938,11 +875,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - Gravar imagem do kdump no NFS.\n"
" <i>Nome do Servidor</i> - Nome do servidor NFS.\n"
-" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i> - Caminho de gravação das imagens do kdump."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i> - Caminho de gravação das imagens do kdump.<br></p>"
-#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
+#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of server.\n"
@@ -953,29 +889,24 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>CIFS</b> - Gravar imagem do kdump via CIFS.\n"
" <i>Nome do Servidor</i> - Nome do servidor.\n"
-" <i>Compartilhamento Exportado</i> - Nome de compartilhamento no "
-"Windows.\n"
-" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i> - Caminho de gravação das imagens do "
-"kdump.\n"
-" <i>Usar Autenticação</i> permite uma conexão autenticada com o "
-"servidor.\n"
-" <i>Nome de Usuário</i> para a conexão. <i>Senha</i> para a conexão.<br>"
-"p>"
+" <i>Compartilhamento Exportado</i> - Nome de compartilhamento no Windows.\n"
+" <i>Diretório no Servidor</i> - Caminho de gravação das imagens do kdump.\n"
+" <i>Usar Autenticação</i> permite uma conexão autenticada com o servidor.\n"
+" <i>Nome de Usuário</i> para a conexão. <i>Senha</i> para a conexão.<br></p>"
-#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
+#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Custom Kdump Kernel</b> The user can enter the custom kernel.\n"
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n"
" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kernel Personalizado do Kdump</b> O usuário pode fornecer o kernel "
-"personalizado.\n"
+"<p><b>Kernel Personalizado do Kdump</b> O usuário pode fornecer o kernel personalizado.\n"
" O esquema de nomeação é: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n"
" Digite somente <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
-#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
+#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line</b>\n"
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
@@ -983,8 +914,8 @@
"<p><b>Linha de Comando do Kdump</b>\n"
" Argumentos adicionais passados para o kexec. <br></p>"
-#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
+#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
" Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
@@ -992,37 +923,32 @@
" is set. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Anexar Linha de Comando do Kdump</b> \n"
-" Defina essa opção como _append_ values na string padrão da linha de "
-"comando.\n"
+" Defina essa opção como _append_ values na string padrão da linha de comando.\n"
" A string será anexada se a <i>Linha de Comandos do Kdump</i>\n"
" for definida. <br></p>\n"
-#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
+#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Habilitar Reinicialização Imediata Após Gravação do Núcleo</b> - \n"
-" Habilita a reinicialização imediata após a gravação do núcleo no kdump."
-"<br></p>"
+" Habilita a reinicialização imediata após a gravação do núcleo no kdump.<br></p>"
-#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
+#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed."
-"<br></p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Habilitar Exclusão de Imagens de Dump Antigas</b> - \n"
-" Habilita a exclusão de imagens de dump antigas. Se o número de arquivos "
-"de dump em \n"
-" <i>Número de Dumps Antigos</i> exceder este número, os dumps antigos "
-"serão removidos.<br></p>"
+" Habilita a exclusão de imagens de dump antigas. Se o número de arquivos de dump em \n"
+" <i>Número de Dumps Antigos</i> exceder este número, os dumps antigos serão removidos.<br></p>"
-#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
+#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory</b> - \n"
" If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n"
@@ -1036,73 +962,54 @@
" do dump. O padrão é \"desativado\". É útil ter tudo no lugar\n"
" para a depuração.<br></p>\n"
-#. SMTP Server
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> usado para o envio de e-mails de notificação após um "
-"dump.</p>"
+#. SMTP Server
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
+msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Servidor SMTP</b> usado para o envio de e-mails de notificação após um dump.</p>"
-#. SMTP User Name
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
+#. SMTP User Name
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
-"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome de usuário</b> para a autenticação SMTP quando o <i>Servidor "
-"SMTP</i> for definido. Isto é opcional.\n"
-" Se você não especificar um nome de usuário e senha, o SMTP normal será "
-"usado.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Nome de usuário</b> para a autenticação SMTP quando o <i>Servidor SMTP</i> for definido. Isto é opcional.\n"
+" Se você não especificar um nome de usuário e senha, o SMTP normal será usado.</p>\n"
-#. SMTP Password
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
+#. SMTP Password
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
-"This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP "
-"will be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Senha</b> para a autenticação SMTP quando o <i>Servidor SMTP</i> for "
-"definido. Isto é opcional.\n"
-" Se você não especificar um nome de usuário e uma senha, o SMTP normal será "
-"usado.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Senha</b> para a autenticação SMTP quando o <i>Servidor SMTP</i> for definido. Isto é opcional.\n"
+" Se você não especificar um nome de usuário e uma senha, o SMTP normal será usado.</p>\n"
-#. Notification To (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
-"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Notificação para</b> especifica o endereço de e-mail para o qual a "
-"notificação será enviada quando um dump for gravado.</p>\n"
+#. Notification To (email addresses)
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
+msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Notificação para</b> especifica o endereço de e-mail para o qual a notificação será enviada quando um dump for gravado.</p>\n"
-#. Notification CC (email addresses)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
+#. Notification CC (email addresses)
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
-"to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved."
-"p>\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Notificação com Cópia</b> especifica uma lista de endereços de e-mail "
-"separados por espaço aos quais a\n"
+"<p><b>Notificação com Cópia</b> especifica uma lista de endereços de e-mail separados por espaço aos quais a\n"
"notificação será enviada via Cc se um dump for gravado.</p>\n"
-#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
+#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
-"number of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Número de Dumps Antigos</b> especifica quantos dumps antigos são "
-"mantidos. Se a quantidade de arquivos de dump \n"
+"<p><b>Número de Dumps Antigos</b> especifica quantos dumps antigos são mantidos. Se a quantidade de arquivos de dump \n"
"exceder esse número, os dumps mais antigos serão removidos.</p>"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1110,18 +1017,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando a Configuração do Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em "
-"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -1129,8 +1035,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando a Configuração do Kdump</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1142,8 +1048,8 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro ou não fazer isso.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -1151,8 +1057,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do Kdump</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure o Kdump aqui.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n"
@@ -1161,12 +1067,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha um kdump na lista de kdumps detectados.\n"
-"Se o seu kdump não tiver sido detectado, selecione <b>Outro (não detectado)"
-"b>.\n"
+"Se o seu kdump não tiver sido detectado, selecione <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
"Em seguida, clique em <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -1176,8 +1081,8 @@
"Se você clicar em <B>Editar</B>, será aberta uma caixa de diálogo \n"
"adicional para a mudança da configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
@@ -1187,8 +1092,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral dos kdumps instalados. Além disso,\n"
"edite as configurações deles.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
@@ -1196,8 +1101,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
"Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um kdump.</p>"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1207,103 +1112,102 @@
"Escolha um kdump a ser mudado ou removido.\n"
"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> conforme desejado.</p>\n"
-#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
-#.
-#. terms
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85
+#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
+#.
+#. terms
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85
msgid "Local Filesystem"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Local"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91
msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps"
msgstr "&Diretório para Gravação de Dumps"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94
msgid "B&rowse"
msgstr "P&rocurar"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192
msgid "Server Nam&e"
msgstr "Nom&e do Servidor"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151
msgid "P&ort"
msgstr "P&orta"
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Diretório no Servidor"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
msgstr "Habilitar FTP Anô&nimo"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
msgid "SSH / SFTP"
msgstr "SSH/SFTP"
-#. text entries
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
+#. text entries
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
msgstr "Compartilhamento Expo&rtado"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205
msgid "Use Aut&hentication"
msgstr "Usar Auten&ticação"
-#. Function validates options in
-#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661
msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\""
msgstr "É necessário especificar o \"Diretório para Gravação de Dumps\""
-#. install cifs-mount package
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729
+#. install cifs-mount package
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729
msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\""
msgstr "É necessário especificar o \"Nome do Servidor\""
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736
msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\""
msgstr "É necessário especificar o \"Diretório no Servidor\""
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753
msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\""
msgstr "É necessário especificar o \"Nome do Usuário\""
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743
msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\""
msgstr "É necessário especificar o \"Compartilhamento Exportado\""
-#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]="";
-#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]="";
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794
+#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]="";
+#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]="";
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794
msgid "Select directory for saving dump images"
msgstr "Selecione o diretório para gravar as imagens de dump"
-#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes
-#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
-#.
-#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
+#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes
+#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
+#.
+#. "KdumpMemory"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
-msgstr ""
-"A opção de kernel inclui várias faixas ou valores redundantes. Sobregravá-la?"
+msgstr "A opção de kernel inclui várias faixas ou valores redundantes. Sobregravá-la?"
-#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
+#. T: Checkbox label
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr "Usar &Dump Assistido por Firmware"
-#. Function validates options in
-#. "Dump Format"
-#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
msgid ""
"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
@@ -1315,18 +1219,18 @@
"Por exemplo, algumas configurações não serão lidas corretamente,\n"
"e a configuração resultante provavelmente será inutilizável.\n"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
msgid "Kdump not supported"
msgstr "Kdump não suportado"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31
msgid "Saving kdump configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do kdump..."
-#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
-#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
+#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
+#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
@@ -1334,134 +1238,130 @@
"Erro ao atualizar o initrd ao chamar '%{cmd}'.\n"
"Consulte %{log} para obter detalhes."
-#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#. Kdump read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do kdump"
-#. Progress stage 1/4
-#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
+#. Progress stage 1/4
+#. Progress step 1/4
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Lendo o arquivo de configuração..."
-#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
+#. Progress stage 3/4
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Lendo as opções de boot do kernel..."
-#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
+#. Progress stage 4/4
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Calculando limites de memória..."
-#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
+#. Progress step 2/4
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Lendo partições de discos..."
-#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#. Progress finished 3/4
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Lendo uso de memória e calibragem disponível..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Não é possível ler o arquivo de configuração /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Não é possível ler as opções de boot do kernel."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Não é possível ler a memória disponível."
-#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
+#. Kdump read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do kdump"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Atualizar as opções de boot"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Atualizando as opções de boot..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Não é possível gravar as configurações."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o parâmetro crashkernel ao carregador de boot."
-#. Create a textual summary
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
+#. Create a textual summary
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Status do kdump: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "HABILITADO"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "DESABILITADO"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Valor(es) da opção crashkernel: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Formato do Dump: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Destino dos dumps: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Número de dumps: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
-#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
-msgid ""
-"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but "
-"only %{available} are available."
-msgstr ""
-"Aviso! Talvez não haja espaço livre suficiente. %{required} necessário(s), "
-"mas apenas %{available} disponível(is)."
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
+#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
+msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
+msgstr "Aviso! Talvez não haja espaço livre suficiente. %{required} necessário(s), mas apenas %{available} disponível(is)."
-#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
+#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/languages_db.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-15 11:17\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,18 +14,18 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/ui.rb:88
+#. popup text
+#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr "Realmente abortar o processo de gravação?"
-#. help text
-#: src/ui.rb:96
+#. help text
+#: src/ui.rb:96
msgid "Writing LDAP Client Settings"
msgstr "Gravando Configurações do Cliente LDAP"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/ui.rb:144
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/ui.rb:144
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
"Se você reler as configurações do servidor,\n"
"todas as mudanças serão perdidas. Deseja realmente reler?\n"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/ui.rb:168
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@
"<p>Configure o gabarito usado para criar \n"
"novos objetos (como usuários ou grupos).</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/ui.rb:172
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/ui.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
@@ -51,8 +51,8 @@
"<p>Edite os valores de atributo do modelo com <b>Editar</b>.\n"
"Mudando o valor <b>cn</b> altera o nome do modelo.</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/ui.rb:176
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/ui.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
@@ -62,56 +62,56 @@
"para novos objetos. Modifique a lista adicionando novos valores, editando\n"
"ou removendo os valores atuais.</p>\n"
-#. table header 1/2
-#. table header 1/2
-#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
+#. table header 1/2
+#. table header 1/2
+#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "Atributo"
-#. table header 2/2
-#. table header 2/2
-#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
+#. table header 2/2
+#. table header 2/2
+#: src/ui.rb:247 src/ui.rb:582
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. label (table folows)
-#: src/ui.rb:253
+#. label (table folows)
+#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
msgstr "Valores Padrão para Novos Objetos"
-#. table header 1/2
-#: src/ui.rb:259
+#. table header 1/2
+#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
msgstr "Atributo de Objeto"
-#. table header 2/2
-#: src/ui.rb:261
+#. table header 2/2
+#: src/ui.rb:261
msgid "Default Value"
msgstr "Valor Padrão"
-#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
-#: src/ui.rb:267
+#. button label (with non-default shortcut)
+#: src/ui.rb:267
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "A&dicionar"
-#. button label
-#: src/ui.rb:269
+#. button label
+#: src/ui.rb:269
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#. dialog label
-#: src/ui.rb:281
+#. dialog label
+#: src/ui.rb:281
msgid "Object Template Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Modelo de Objeto"
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
-#: src/ui.rb:384
+#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
+#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Realmente eliminar o atributo padrão \"%1\"?"
-#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
+#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
+#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
+#: src/ui.rb:417 src/ui.rb:636
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
@@ -119,39 +119,37 @@
"O atributo \"%1\" é mandatório.\n"
"Informe um valor."
-#. helptext 1/4
-#: src/ui.rb:438
+#. helptext 1/4
+#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Gerencie a configuração armazenada no diretório LDAP.</p>"
-#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/ui.rb:442
+#. helptext 2/4
+#: src/ui.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>Each configuration set is called a \"configuration module.\" If there\n"
"is no configuration module in the provided location (base configuration),\n"
"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n"
"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada conjunto de configurações é chamado de \"módulo de configuração\". "
-"Se não\n"
+"<p>Cada conjunto de configurações é chamado de \"módulo de configuração\". Se não\n"
"houver módulo de configuração no local fornecido (configuração básica),\n"
" crie um usando <b>Novo</b>. Para apagar o módulo atual,\n"
" use <b>Apagar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/ui.rb:449
+#. helptext 3/4
+#: src/ui.rb:449
msgid ""
"<p>Edit the values of attributes in the table with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value "
-"renames the\n"
+"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
"current module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Edite os valore de atributos na tabela com <b>Editar</b>.\n"
"Alguns valores tem significado especial, por exemplo, mudando o valor\n"
"<b>cn</b> é alterado o nome do módulo atual.</p>\n"
-#. helptext 4/4
-#: src/ui.rb:455
+#. helptext 4/4
+#: src/ui.rb:455
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the default template of the current module,\n"
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
@@ -161,17 +159,17 @@
"clique <b>Configurar Modelo</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/ui.rb:535
+#. combobox label
+#: src/ui.rb:535
msgid "Configuration &Module"
msgstr "&Módulo de Configuração"
-#. button label
-#: src/ui.rb:559
+#. button label
+#: src/ui.rb:559
msgid "C&onfigure Template"
msgstr "C&onfigurar Modelo"
-#. dialog label
-#: src/ui.rb:598
+#. dialog label
+#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Módulo"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ldap.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,24 +14,22 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. hint to error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:252
+#. hint to error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:252
msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable."
msgstr "Verifique se o Servidor LDAP está em execução e acessível."
-#. hint to error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:256
+#. hint to error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:256
msgid ""
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server "
-"Certificate is valid."
+"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
msgstr ""
"Falha ao estabelecer criptografia TLS.\n"
-"Verifique se o Certificado de CA correto está instalado e se a Certificação "
-"do Servidor é válida."
+"Verifique se o Certificado de CA correto está instalado e se a Certificação do Servidor é válida."
-#. hint to error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:260
+#. hint to error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:260
msgid ""
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
"Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled."
@@ -39,8 +37,8 @@
"Falha ao estabelecer criptografia TLS.\n"
"Verifique se o Servidor está com o suporte a StartTLS habilitado."
-#. error message:
-#: src/Ldap.rb:530
+#. error message:
+#: src/Ldap.rb:530
msgid ""
"\n"
"The server could be down or unreachable.\n"
@@ -48,8 +46,8 @@
"\n"
"O servidor pode estar desligado ou inacessível.\n"
-#. error message:
-#: src/Ldap.rb:534
+#. error message:
+#: src/Ldap.rb:534
msgid ""
"\n"
"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n"
@@ -57,8 +55,8 @@
"\n"
"O valor de DN está ausente ou é inválido.\n"
-#. error message:
-#: src/Ldap.rb:538
+#. error message:
+#: src/Ldap.rb:538
msgid ""
"\n"
"Attribute type not found.\n"
@@ -66,8 +64,8 @@
"\n"
"Tipo de Atributo não encontrado.\n"
-#. error message:
-#: src/Ldap.rb:540
+#. error message:
+#: src/Ldap.rb:540
msgid ""
"\n"
"Object class not found.\n"
@@ -75,69 +73,69 @@
"\n"
"Classe de Objeto não encontrada.\n"
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848
msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
msgstr "Não é possível estabelecer conexão com o servidor LDAP."
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#: src/Ldap.rb:549
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#: src/Ldap.rb:549
msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
msgstr "Ocorreu um problema durante a conexão com o servidor LDAP."
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#: src/Ldap.rb:553
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#: src/Ldap.rb:553
msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
msgstr "Ocorreu um problema ao ler dados do servidor LDAP."
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#: src/Ldap.rb:557
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#: src/Ldap.rb:557
msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users."
msgstr "Problema ao gravar usuários LDAP."
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#: src/Ldap.rb:561
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#: src/Ldap.rb:561
msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups."
msgstr "Problema ao gravar grupos LDAP."
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#: src/Ldap.rb:565
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#: src/Ldap.rb:565
msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server."
msgstr "Problema ao gravar dados no servidor LDAP."
-#. error message, more specific description follows
-#: src/Ldap.rb:569
+#. error message, more specific description follows
+#: src/Ldap.rb:569
msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
msgstr "Ocorreu um problema ao ler o esquema do servidor LDAP."
-#. default error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:594
+#. default error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:594
msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
msgstr "Ocorreu um erro LDAP desconhecido."
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857
msgid "&Show Details"
msgstr "Mo&strar Detalhes"
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available."
msgstr "Erro desconhecido. Provavelmente 'yast2-ldap' não está disponível."
-#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
-#: src/Ldap.rb:800
+#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
+#: src/Ldap.rb:800
msgid "Really keep this configuration?"
msgstr "Realmente manter esta configuração?"
-#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
-#: src/Ldap.rb:865
+#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
+#: src/Ldap.rb:865
msgid ""
"A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n"
"configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n"
@@ -149,31 +147,31 @@
"\n"
"Tentar a conexão sem TLS/SSL?\n"
-#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server
-#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed
-#. @return password
-#: src/Ldap.rb:973
+#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server
+#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed
+#. @return password
+#: src/Ldap.rb:973
msgid "BindDN"
msgstr "BindDN"
-#. password entering label
-#. password entering label
-#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155
+#. password entering label
+#. password entering label
+#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155
msgid "&LDAP Server Password"
msgstr "Senha do Servidor &LDAP"
-#. label
-#: src/Ldap.rb:979
+#. label
+#: src/Ldap.rb:979
msgid "Server: %1:%2"
msgstr "Servidor: %1:%2"
-#. button label
-#: src/Ldap.rb:988
+#. button label
+#: src/Ldap.rb:988
msgid "&Anonymous Access"
msgstr "&Acesso Anônimo"
-#. error message, %1 is DN
-#: src/Ldap.rb:1330
+#. error message, %1 is DN
+#: src/Ldap.rb:1330
msgid ""
"A direct parent for DN '%1' \n"
"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n"
@@ -183,8 +181,8 @@
"não existe no diretório LDAP.\n"
"O objeto com o DN selecionado não pode ser criado.\n"
-#. error message
-#: src/Ldap.rb:1431
+#. error message
+#: src/Ldap.rb:1431
msgid ""
"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
@@ -192,8 +190,8 @@
"Existe um objeto com o DN selecionado, mas não é um objeto Gabarito.\n"
"Selecione outro.\n"
-#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
-#: src/Ldap.rb:1717
+#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
+#: src/Ldap.rb:1717
msgid ""
"No entry with DN '%1'\n"
"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n"
@@ -201,19 +199,19 @@
"Nenhuma entrada com DN '%1'\n"
"existe no servidor LDAP. Criar agora?\n"
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Abrir"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configure novo valor para o atributo atual.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n"
"with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n"
@@ -225,49 +223,48 @@
"<p>Se o atributo puder ter mais valores, adicione novas entradas\n"
"com <b>Adicionar Valor</b>. Às vezes, o botão contém a lista de valores\n"
" que podem ser usados no atributo atual.\n"
-" Se o valor do atributo editado precisar ser um DN (distinguised name - nome "
-"exclusivo),\n"
+" Se o valor do atributo editado precisar ser um DN (distinguised name - nome exclusivo),\n"
" será possível escolhê-lo na árvore LDAP usando <b>Pesquisar</b>.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
-#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note
-#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages?
-#. Example:
-#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>"
-#. or:
-#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
+#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
+#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note
+#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages?
+#. Example:
+#. "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\"<br>(available only in english):</p>"
+#. or:
+#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
msgstr "<p>A descrição do atributo \"%1\":<br></p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
+#. textentry label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
msgstr "&Valor do atributo \"%1\" "
-#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
+#. textentry label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
msgstr "&Valores do atributo \"%1\" "
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356
+#. button label
+#. button label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356
msgid "&Add Value"
msgstr "&Adicionar Valor"
-#. menubutton item (default value)
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
+#. menubutton item (default value)
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
msgid "&Empty Entry"
msgstr "&Entrada Vazia"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
msgid "Bro&wse"
msgstr "P&esquisar"
-#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
+#. error popup
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439
msgid ""
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
@@ -275,28 +272,28 @@
"O valor '%1' já existe.\n"
"Favor selecionar outro."
-#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
+#. description of configuration object
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
msgstr "Configuração de ferramentas de gerencia de usuário"
-#. description of configuration object
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
+#. description of configuration object
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
msgstr "Configuração de ferramentas de gerenciamento de grupo"
-#. label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
+#. label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
msgid "Object Class of New Module"
msgstr "Classe de Objeto de Novo Módulo"
-#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
+#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
msgstr "&Nome do Novo Módulo (Valor \"cn\")"
-#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
+#. error popup
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
msgid ""
"The entered value already exists.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
@@ -304,34 +301,32 @@
"O valor informado já existe.\n"
"Selecione outro.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
+#. error popup
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
msgstr "Informe o nome do módulo."
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
-"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults "
-"when\n"
+"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Aqui, configure os valores de atributos pertencentes\n"
"a um objeto usando modelo atual. Tais valores são usados como padrão\n"
"quando o novo objeto é criado.</p>\n"
-#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
-#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the
-#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\"
-#. entry of the current template.</p>
-#. ") +
-#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
+#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
+#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the
+#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\"
+#. entry of the current template.</p>
+#. ") +
+#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory"
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567
msgid ""
"<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
-"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be "
-"replaced\n"
+"values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -340,34 +335,28 @@
"com o valor do atributo \"attr_name\" (por exemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"como valor de \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
+#. combobox label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
msgstr "&Nome de Atributo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
+#. textentry label
+#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
msgstr "&Valor de Atributo"
-#. general help text for LDAP browser
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
+#. general help text for LDAP browser
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Navegar na árvore LDAP à esquerda da caixa de diálogo.</p>"
-#. help text for LDAP browser
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64
-msgid ""
-"<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object "
-"data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use "
-"<b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma vez que o objeto LDAP estiver selecionado na árvore, a tabela mostra "
-"os dados do objeto. Use <b>Editar</b> para mudar o valor do atributo "
-"selecionado. Use <b>Gravar</b> para gravar suas mudanças no LDAP.</p>"
+#. help text for LDAP browser
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64
+msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Uma vez que o objeto LDAP estiver selecionado na árvore, a tabela mostra os dados do objeto. Use <b>Editar</b> para mudar o valor do atributo selecionado. Use <b>Gravar</b> para gravar suas mudanças no LDAP.</p>"
-#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows)
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69
+#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows)
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69
msgid ""
"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
"Discard these changes?\n"
@@ -375,49 +364,49 @@
"Existem mudanças não gravadas na entrada atual.\n"
"Deseja descartar essas mudanças?\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
msgid "LDAP Browser"
msgstr "Browser LDAP"
-#. combobox item
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101
+#. combobox item
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101
msgid "Current LDAP Client settings"
msgstr "Configurações Atuais do Cliente LDAP"
-#. combo box label
-#. combo box label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747
+#. combo box label
+#. combo box label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747
msgid "LDAP Connections"
msgstr "Conexões LDAP"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
+#. textentry label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146
msgid "LDAP Server"
msgstr "Servidor LDAP"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
+#. textentry label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
msgid "Administrator DN"
msgstr "Administrador DN"
-#. check box label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162
+#. check box label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162
msgid "L&DAP TLS"
msgstr "L&DAP TLS"
-#. button label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168
+#. button label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168
msgid "A&nonymous Access"
msgstr "Acesso &Anônimo"
-#. InputField label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230
+#. InputField label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230
msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection"
msgstr "Digite o nome da nova conexão LDAP"
-#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452
+#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
@@ -425,17 +414,17 @@
"O atributo \"%1\" é mandatório.\n"
"Informe um valor."
-#. button label
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550
+#. button label
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550
msgid "&Reload"
msgstr "&Recarregar"
-#. table header 1/2
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
+#. table header 1/2
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "Atributo"
-#. table header 2/2
-#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
+#. table header 2/2
+#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/mail.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the mail module
-#: src/clients/mail.rb:60
+#. Command line help text for the mail module
+#: src/clients/mail.rb:60
msgid "Configuration of mail"
msgstr "Configuração de mail"
-#. command line action help
-#: src/clients/mail.rb:73
+#. command line action help
+#: src/clients/mail.rb:73
msgid "Mail configuration summary"
msgstr "Sumário da configuração de mail"
-#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs!
-#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30
+#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs!
+#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Initializing mail</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
"Aguarde...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
-#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36
+#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n"
@@ -49,9 +49,9 @@
"<B>Abortar</B> agora.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs!
-#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49
+#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs!
+#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@
"Aguarde...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
-#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55
+#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Abort saving by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n"
@@ -74,9 +74,9 @@
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1
-#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67
+#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1
+#. do not translate MTA
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n"
"to install.</p>"
@@ -84,8 +84,8 @@
"<p>Selecionar o sistema de correio (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n"
"a ser instalado.</p>"
-#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73
+#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n"
@@ -97,34 +97,29 @@
"as mensagens não serão enviadas imediatamente, e sim após\n"
"chamar <b>sendmail -q</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n"
-"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você escolher <b>Sem Conexão</b>, o servidor de correio será "
-"iniciado,\n"
-"mas somente o transporte de correio local será possível. O MTA escutará o "
-"localhost.</p>\n"
+"<p>Se você escolher <b>Sem Conexão</b>, o servidor de correio será iniciado,\n"
+"mas somente o transporte de correio local será possível. O MTA escutará o localhost.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
+#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Especifique a re-escrita do endereço do remetente aqui para cada usuário."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>Especifique a re-escrita do endereço do remetente aqui para cada usuário.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96
+#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n"
-"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use "
-"authentication,\n"
+"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n"
"simply leave these fields empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -132,32 +127,28 @@
"informa esta opção. Se você não quer usar autenticação, simplesmente\n"
"deixe estes campos vazios.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103
+#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
-"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider."
-"com</b>.</p>\n"
+"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>O servidor de mensagens de saída é normalmente usado por \n"
-"conexões dial-up. Informe o servidor SMTP,tal como, <b>smtp.provedor.com</b>."
-"</p>\n"
+"conexões dial-up. Informe o servidor SMTP,tal como, <b>smtp.provedor.com</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
+#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your "
-"provider.</p>\n"
+"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>No campo <b>Nome de Usuário</b>, informe o nome de usuário que recebeu do "
-"provedor.</p>\n"
+"<p>No campo <b>Nome de Usuário</b>, informe o nome de usuário que recebeu do provedor.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
+#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n"
@@ -165,8 +156,8 @@
"\n"
"<p>Informe sua senha no campo <b>Senha</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115
+#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n"
@@ -178,8 +169,8 @@
"embora possam existir muitos na sua configuração.\n"
"Eles não serão perdidos.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126
+#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>These are parameters for downloading mail from\n"
@@ -189,22 +180,21 @@
"<p>Estes são parâmetros para download de mensagens de \n"
"um servidor POP ou IMAP usando <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136
+#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n"
"Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n"
-"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses."
-"</p>\n"
+"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>Esta tabela redireciona mensagens entregues localmente. \n"
"Redireciona para outro usuário local (útil para contas do sistema, \n"
"como para <b>root</b>), para endereço remoto, ou lista de endereços. </p>\n"
-#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
+#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>See the aliases(5) manual page\n"
@@ -214,8 +204,8 @@
"<p>Veja a página do manual Apelidos(5)\n"
"para uma descrição de funções avançadas.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153
+#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n"
@@ -227,8 +217,8 @@
"Diferente da tabela de apelidos, ela considera \n"
"o domínio como parte do endereço.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160
+#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n"
@@ -238,9 +228,9 @@
"<p>Isto permite hospedar múltiplos \"domínios virtuais\"\n"
"em uma mesma máquina.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog
-#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120
+#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog
+#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120
msgid ""
"The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n"
"probably modified the configuration files directly.\n"
@@ -252,14 +242,14 @@
"diretamente. Se você continuar, ela será ativada e\n"
"o Config Postfix sobregravará as modificações manuais.\n"
-#. After text freeze, but
-#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know
-#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to
-#. ba) never see this message anyway
-#. bb) read English
-#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup
-#. Translators: error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140
+#. After text freeze, but
+#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know
+#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to
+#. ba) never see this message anyway
+#. bb) read English
+#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup
+#. Translators: error popup
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140
msgid ""
"YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n"
"but neither of them is installed."
@@ -267,130 +257,129 @@
"O YaST só pode configurar Postfix e Sendmail,\n"
"mas nenhum deles está instalado."
-#. not to be displayed, #37554.
-#. but ProbePackages still has to be called.
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157
+#. not to be displayed, #37554.
+#. but ProbePackages still has to be called.
+#. continue-cancel popup
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157
msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n"
msgstr "A configuração será gravada agora.\n"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix
-#. Translators: frame label
-#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix
+#. Translators: frame label
+#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208
msgid "Mail transfer agent"
msgstr "Servidor de Correio - MTA"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Configurações gerais"
-#. Translators: frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282
+#. Translators: frame label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282
msgid "Connection type"
msgstr "Tipo de conexão"
-#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290
+#. Translators: radio button label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290
msgid "&Permanent"
msgstr "&Permanente"
-#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294
+#. Translators: radio button label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294
msgid "&Dial-up"
msgstr "&Dial-up"
-#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299
+#. Translators: radio button label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299
msgid "No &connection"
msgstr "Sem &conexão"
-#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306
+#. Translators: radio button label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306
msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon"
msgstr "Não iniciar Postfix como Daemon"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421
msgid "Outgoing Mail"
msgstr "Mensagens de saída"
-#. OUTGOING NOMX
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
+#. OUTGOING NOMX
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400
msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server."
msgstr "Não faça pesquisa de MX no servidor de correio eletrônico de saída."
-#. TLS
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
+#. TLS
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402
msgid "TLS encryption"
msgstr "Criptografado (TLS)"
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338
- src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407
msgid "Use"
msgstr "Usar"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408
msgid "Enforce"
msgstr "Obrigar o Uso"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412
msgid "&Masquerading"
msgstr "&Mascaramento"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413
msgid "&Authentication"
msgstr "&Autenticação"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479
msgid "Incoming Mail"
msgstr "Entrada de E-mail"
-#. pushbutton
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
+#. pushbutton
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalhes..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
msgstr "Iniciar o &fetchmail"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "manual"
msgstr "manual"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526
msgid "daemon"
msgstr "daemon"
-#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
+#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532
msgid "&Downloading"
msgstr "Carregan&do"
-#. menu button: details of incoming mail
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
+#. menu button: details of incoming mail
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551
msgid "&Aliases..."
msgstr "&Apelidos ..."
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552
msgid "&Virtual domains..."
msgstr "Domínios &Virtuais..."
-#. popup text
-#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
-#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
-#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
+#. popup text
+#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS)
+#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix)
+#. %3: value (about 50 characters)
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632
msgid ""
"To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n"
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
@@ -400,11 +389,11 @@
"o valor de %1 em %2 será configurado para \n"
"\"%3\"."
-#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is
-#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
-#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
-#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
+#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is
+#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only
+#. certain characters and must begin with a letter.
+#. Already in Translation Memory
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673
msgid ""
"The user login may contain only\n"
"lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n"
@@ -416,213 +405,213 @@
"começar com uma letra ou \"_\".\n"
"Favor repetir a entrada.\n"
-#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
+#. Translators: popup dialog heading
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712
msgid "Sender address rewriting"
msgstr "Re-gravação do endereço do remetente"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#. Translators: combo box label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269
msgid "&Local user"
msgstr "Usuário &Local"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725
msgid "&Display as"
msgstr "&Mostre como"
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757
msgid "The address for this user is already defined."
msgstr "O endereço para este usuário já está definido."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763
msgid "The mail address format is incorrect."
msgstr "O endereço IP está incorreto"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788
msgid "Masquerading"
msgstr "Mascaramento"
-#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
+#. Translators: radio button label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803
msgid "Masquerade &local domains"
msgstr "Mascarar domínos &locais"
-#. `HBox (
-#. `HSpacing (2),
-#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld)
-#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
-#. ),
-#. Translators: radio button label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
+#. `HBox (
+#. `HSpacing (2),
+#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld)
+#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld))
+#. ),
+#. Translators: radio button label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816
msgid "Ma&squerade other domains"
msgstr "Ma&scarar outros domínios"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826
msgid "Do&mains to masquerade"
msgstr "Do&mínios a mascarar"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156
msgid "Local user"
msgstr "Usuário local"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840
msgid "Display as"
msgstr "Mostre como"
-#. `HBox (
-#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"),
-#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
-#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf"))
-#. ),
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
+#. `HBox (
+#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"),
+#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])),
+#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf"))
+#. ),
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400
msgid "A&dd"
msgstr "A&dicionar"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Apa&gar"
-#. Translators: error popup
-#. Already in Translation Memory
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
+#. Translators: error popup
+#. Already in Translation Memory
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919
msgid "The domain name is incorrect"
msgstr "O nome de domínio está incorreto"
-#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains);
-#. list<string> lmod = [];
-#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
+#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains);
+#. list<string> lmod = [];
+#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users;
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955
msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação do servidor de saída"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963
msgid "Outgoing &Server"
msgstr "&Servidor de mensagens de saída"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965
msgid "&User name"
msgstr "Nome do &usuário"
-#. password entry
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
+#. password entry
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "S&enha"
-#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
+#. Translators: popup dialog heading
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122
msgid "Mail downloading"
msgstr "Download de mensagens"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Servidor"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154
msgid "User"
msgstr "Usuário"
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "A&pagar"
-#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
+#. Translators: popup dialog heading
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming mail redirection"
msgstr "Redirecionamento de correio recebido"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237
msgid "&Alias"
msgstr "&Apelido"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239
msgid "&Destinations"
msgstr "&Destinos"
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272
msgid "The alias format is incorrect."
msgstr "A máscara de sub-rede está incorreta"
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277
msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined."
msgstr "Os destinos para este apelido já estão definidos."
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#. summary item
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#. summary item
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348
msgid "Aliases"
msgstr "Apelidos"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392
msgid "Alias"
msgstr "Álias"
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#. Translators: table column headings
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#. Translators: table column headings
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394
msgid "Destinations"
msgstr "Destinos"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384
msgid "Virtual domains"
msgstr "Domínios virtuais"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502
msgid "Mail configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Correio"
-#. label
-#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
+#. label
+#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. just a template, do not translate
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71
+#. just a template, do not translate
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71
msgid "."
msgstr "."
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79
msgid "&Outgoing mail server"
msgstr "Servid&or de mensagens de saída"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n"
@@ -634,13 +623,13 @@
"conexões dial-up. Informe o servidor SMTP do provedor de serviços \n"
"Internet, tal como, <b>smtp.provedor.com</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header"
msgstr "Do&mínio para cabeçalho 'De:'"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n"
@@ -652,13 +641,13 @@
"originada de <b>emp.com.br</b> ao invés de <b>pc-042.emp.com.br</b>.\n"
"Use a caixa de texto oferecida ou um diálogo mais detalhado.</p>\n"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122
msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail"
msgstr "&Domínios para mensagens entregues localmente"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n"
@@ -670,13 +659,13 @@
"mensagens serão entregues localmente. Se você não \n"
"informar, o nome de Host local é assumido.</p>\n"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142
msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections"
msgstr "Aceitar conexões &SMTP remotas"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n"
@@ -688,26 +677,24 @@
"SMTP ou pode ser carregado de um \n"
"servidor POP ou IMAP usando <b>fetchmail</b>.</p>"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156
msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)"
msgstr "&Habilitar pesquisa de virus (AMaViS)"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing "
-"mail\n"
+"<p><b>Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS)</b> checks incoming and outgoing mail\n"
"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Habilitar pesquisa de vírus (AMaViS)</b> verifica os e-mails recebidos "
-"e enviados\n"
+"<p><b>Habilitar pesquisa de vírus (AMaViS)</b> verifica os e-mails recebidos e enviados\n"
"com o AMaViS.</p>\n"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: </p>\n"
"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> SPAM scanner</p>\n"
@@ -716,12 +703,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Habilitar o AMaViS também habilitará os seguintes módulos: </p>\n"
"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> verificador de SPAM</p>\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b> verifica as mensagens recebidas assinadas com a Chave do "
-"Domínio</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b> verifica as mensagens recebidas assinadas com a Chave do Domínio</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b> mecanismo verificador de vírus de código-fonte aberto</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n"
@@ -731,13 +717,13 @@
"<p>Se AMaViS não está instalado e você quer usá-lo, ele será \n"
"instalado.automaticamente.</p>\n"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186
msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails."
msgstr "&Habilitar assinatura DKIM para mensagens enviadas."
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n"
@@ -745,179 +731,161 @@
"\n"
"<p><b>Habilitação de assinatura DKIM para mensagens enviadas.</b></p>\n"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n"
-"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new "
-"service\n"
-"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can "
-"send\n"
+"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n"
+"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n"
"email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n"
-"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed "
-"with\n"
+"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n"
"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>A habilitação do DKIM para e-mails enviados requer mais algumas ações. "
-"Uma chave SSL\n"
+"<p>A habilitação do DKIM para e-mails enviados requer mais algumas ações. Uma chave SSL\n"
"será gerada para o valor ''mydomain'' definido no Postfix. Um novo serviço\n"
-"''submission'' será configurado no Postfix. Depois que ele for configurado, "
-"você poderá\n"
-"enviar e-mails com este serviço ''submission'' de ''mynetworks'' com a "
-"autenticação SASL\n"
-"habilitada. Somente e-mails enviados por esse novo serviço serão assinados "
-"com\n"
+"''submission'' será configurado no Postfix. Depois que ele for configurado, você poderá\n"
+"enviar e-mails com este serviço ''submission'' de ''mynetworks'' com a autenticação SASL\n"
+"habilitada. Somente e-mails enviados por esse novo serviço serão assinados com\n"
"a chave de domínio.</p>\n"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n"
"Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n"
"in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n"
"according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n"
-"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, "
-"the\n"
+"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n"
"public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n"
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>A chave pública da chave de domínio precisa ser oferecida por um Serviço "
-"de Nomes\n"
+"<p>A chave pública da chave de domínio precisa ser oferecida por um Serviço de Nomes\n"
"de Domínio. A chave pública será gravada como um registro TXT DNS\n"
"em <b>/var/db/dkim/[meudomínio].public.txt</b> e precisa ser implantada em\n"
"um Serviço de Nomes de Domínio adequado. Se houver um serviço de nomes\n"
-"em execução neste servidor, que é o servidor autorizado para esse domínio, "
-"a\n"
+"em execução neste servidor, que é o servidor autorizado para esse domínio, a\n"
"chave pública será adicionada como um registro TXT à zona do domínio\n"
"automaticamente.</p>\n"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
-msgstr ""
-"Se você habilitar o suporte a DKIM, o antivírus (AMaViS) também será "
-"habilitado."
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
+msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
+msgstr "Se você habilitar o suporte a DKIM, o antivírus (AMaViS) também será habilitado."
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Server"
msgstr "&Servidor"
-#. Translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234
+#. Translators: combo box label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocolo"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243
msgid "&Remote user name"
msgstr "Nome de usuário &Remoto"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255
msgid "P&assword"
msgstr "Senh&a"
-#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282
+#. Translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282
msgid "&Forward root's mail to"
msgstr "&Encaminhar E-Mail do root para"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>It is recommended to have a regular user account\n"
"for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É recomendado ter uma conta de usuário regular\n"
-"para o administrador de sistema e direcionar mail do root para esta conta."
-"p>"
+"para o administrador de sistema e direcionar mail do root para esta conta.</p>"
-#. Translators: combo box label
-#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301
+#. Translators: combo box label
+#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301
msgid "&Delivery Mode"
msgstr "&Modo de entrega"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not "
-"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>modo de entrega</b> costuma ser <b>Diretamente</b>, exceto se você "
-"não encaminhar as mensagens do root ou quiser acessar o correio via IMAP.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
+msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>modo de entrega</b> costuma ser <b>Diretamente</b>, exceto se você não encaminhar as mensagens do root ou quiser acessar o correio via IMAP.</p>"
-#. LogView label. take a string from users?
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
+#. LogView label. take a string from users?
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
msgid "Reading the &User List"
msgstr "Lendo a Lista de &Usuários"
-#. LogView progress line
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361
+#. LogView progress line
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361
msgid "Local users"
msgstr "Usuários Locais"
-#. LogView progress line
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377
+#. LogView progress line
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377
msgid "LDAP users"
msgstr "Usuários LDAP"
-#. LogView progress line
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398
+#. LogView progress line
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398
msgid "NIS users"
msgstr "Usuários NIS"
-#. Translators: error popup
-#. Translators: error popup
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653
+#. Translators: error popup
+#. Translators: error popup
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653
msgid "The host name is incorrect"
msgstr "O nome de host está incorreto"
-#. Translators: error popup
-#. Translators: error popup
-#. Translators: error popup
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779
+#. Translators: error popup
+#. Translators: error popup
+#. Translators: error popup
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779
msgid "The user name format is incorrect."
msgstr "O formato do nome de usuário está incorreto"
-#. Translators: error popup
-#. Validation
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839
+#. Translators: error popup
+#. Validation
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839
msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded."
msgstr "Não pode ser usado procmail se o mail do root não é encaminhado."
-#. combo box choice:
-#. deliver mail normally
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863
+#. combo box choice:
+#. deliver mail normally
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863
msgid "Directly"
msgstr "Diretamente"
-#. combo box choice:
-#. deliver mail through procmail
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866
+#. combo box choice:
+#. deliver mail through procmail
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866
msgid "Through procmail"
msgstr "Via procmail"
-#. combo box choice:
-#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP
-#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869
+#. combo box choice:
+#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP
+#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869
msgid "To IMAP Server"
msgstr "Para Servidor IMAP"
-#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
+#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216
msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "AMaViS, um pesquisador de virus, será instalado.\n"
-#. error popup.
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
+#. error popup.
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230
msgid ""
"AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n"
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
@@ -927,57 +895,57 @@
"para realizar a exploração real, mas o ClamAV não foi encontrado.\n"
"Configure um scanner manualmente."
-#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
+#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "Fetchmail, utilitário de download de mensagens, será instalado.\n"
-#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
+#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258
msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n"
msgstr "O servidor IMAP Dovecot será instalado.\n"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302
msgid "Initializing mail configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a configuração de correio"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#. do not translate MTA
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
+#. Translators: progress label
+#. do not translate MTA
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311
msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)"
msgstr "Determinando o agente de transporte de mensagens (MTA)"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313
msgid "Reading general settings"
msgstr "Lendo configurações gerais"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315
msgid "Reading masquerading settings"
msgstr "Lendo configurações de mascaramento"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317
msgid "Reading downloading settings"
msgstr "Lendo configurações de download"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319
msgid "Reading alias tables"
msgstr "Lendo tabela de apelidos"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#. smtp-auth
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
+#. Translators: progress label
+#. smtp-auth
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322
msgid "Reading authentication settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de autenticação..."
-#. Translators: error message,
-#. %1 is a file name,
-#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
+#. Translators: error message,
+#. %1 is a file name,
+#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496
msgid ""
"Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
@@ -987,161 +955,161 @@
"formato fixo para ser lido pelo YaST. Para obter detalhes,\n"
"consulte %2"
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823
msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration."
msgstr "Erro ao gravar configuração do fetchmail"
-#. Translators: error message
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
+#. Translators: error message
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924
msgid "Error writing file %1"
msgstr "Erro gravando arquivo %1"
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945
msgid "Error running config.postfix"
msgstr "Erro ao executar config.postfix"
-#. Translators: error message
-#. Translators: error message
-#. Translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
+#. Translators: error message
+#. Translators: error message
+#. Translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995
msgid "Error starting service %1."
msgstr "Erro iniciando serviço %1."
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014
msgid "Writing general settings"
msgstr "Gravando configurações gerais"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023
msgid "Writing masquerading settings"
msgstr "Gravando configurações de mascaramento"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031
msgid "Writing alias tables"
msgstr "Gravando tabelas de apelidos"
-#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
-#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
+#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to
+#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417.
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043
msgid "Writing downloading settings"
msgstr "Gravando configurações de download"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053
msgid "Writing authentication settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações de autenticação..."
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062
msgid "Finishing writing configuration files"
msgstr "Encerrando gravação dos arquivos de configuração"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
msgstr "Executando Config Postfix"
-#. Translators: progress label
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
+#. Translators: progress label
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080
msgid "Restarting services"
msgstr "Reiniciando serviços"
-#. Translators: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
+#. Translators: dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087
msgid "Saving mail configuration"
msgstr "Salvando configuração de correio"
-#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
+#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Outros"
-#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
+#. summary: connection type
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289
msgid "Permanent"
msgstr "Permanente"
-#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
+#. summary: connection type
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292
msgid "Dial-up"
msgstr "Discagem"
-#. summary: connection type
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
+#. summary: connection type
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#. summary header; mail transfer agent
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
+#. summary header; mail transfer agent
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301
msgid "MTA"
msgstr "MTA"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304
msgid "Connection Type"
msgstr "Tipo de conexão"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308
msgid "Outgoing Mail Server"
msgstr "Servidor de mensagens de saída"
-#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
+#. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315
msgid "From Header"
msgstr "Cabeçalho De"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321
msgid "Local Domains"
msgstr "Domínios virtuais"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326
msgid "Masquerade Other Domains"
msgstr "Mascarar outros domínios"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331
msgid "Masquerade Users"
msgstr "Mascarar Usuários"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334
msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections"
msgstr "Aceitar conexões SMTP remotas"
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337
msgid "Use AMaViS"
msgstr "Usar AMaViS"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340
msgid "Use DKIM"
msgstr "Usar DKIM"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343
msgid "Fetchmail"
msgstr "Fetchmail"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356
msgid "Virtual Users"
msgstr "Usuários virtuais"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/migration.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/migration.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/migration.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,34 +14,30 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
-#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49
msgid "Migration Finished"
msgstr "Migração Concluída"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage
-#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes."
msgstr "O sistema será reiniciado agora para ativar as mudanças."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart
-#. the system immediately
-#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70
+#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart
+#. the system immediately
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70
msgid "&Restart Now"
msgstr "&Reiniciar Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog)
-#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system "
-"as soon as possible.</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Concluir</b> encerra a migração, e você deve reiniciar o sistema assim "
-"que possível.</b>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog)
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible.</b>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Concluir</b> encerra a migração, e você deve reiniciar o sistema assim que possível.</b>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration,
-#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page
-#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101
+#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration,
+#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101
msgid ""
"<h2>Congratulations!</h2><br>\n"
"<p>You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.<br>\n"
@@ -63,8 +59,8 @@
"<p> \n"
"Equipe de Desenvolvimento do SUSE</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now
-#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169
msgid ""
"There are some online updates available to installation,\n"
"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
@@ -76,10 +72,10 @@
"\n"
"Deseja instalar as atualizações agora?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed
-#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored
-#. from a snapshot or backup
-#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed
+#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored
+#. from a snapshot or backup
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216
msgid ""
"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n"
"likely in an inconsistent state.\n"
@@ -95,51 +91,45 @@
"início da migração (selecionando o instantâneo no menu de boot,\n"
"se você usa o snapper) ou restaurar o sistema de um backup."
-#. create a filesystem snapshot
-#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post)
-#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users
-#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed
-#. only for "post" type snapshots)
-#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed)
-#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278
+#. create a filesystem snapshot
+#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post)
+#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users
+#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed
+#. only for "post" type snapshots)
+#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed)
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278
msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot."
msgstr "Falha ao criar instantâneo do sistema de arquivos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85
msgid "&Migration Summary"
msgstr "&Resumo da Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal
-#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152
-msgid ""
-"Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from "
-"migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)"
-msgstr ""
-"Aviso: O repositório <b>%{name}</b> está obsoleto e deve ser excluído da "
-"migração.<br>É altamente recomendado desabilitar esse repositório. (Desabilitar</a>)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal
+#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152
+msgid "Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)"
+msgstr "Aviso: O repositório <b>%{name}</b> está obsoleto e deve ser excluído da migração.<br>É altamente recomendado desabilitar esse repositório. (Desabilitar</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190
msgid "<p>This is an overview of the product migration.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Esta é uma visão geral da migração do produto.</p>\n"
-#. @return [String] translated headline
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45
msgid "Migration proposal"
msgstr "Proposta de migração"
-#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with
-#. list of modules
-#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63
+#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with
+#. list of modules
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/multipath.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,190 +14,180 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module
-#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53
+#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module
+#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of multipath"
msgstr "Configuração do multipath"
-#. Multipath summary dialog caption
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70
+#. Multipath summary dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70
msgid "Multipath Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Multipath"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67
msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath"
msgstr "&Não usar Multipath"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75
msgid "&Use Multipath"
msgstr "&Usar Multipath"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90
msgid "Blacklist"
msgstr "Lista Negra"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146
msgid "Item"
msgstr "Item"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115
msgid "Blacklist Exceptions"
msgstr "Exceções da Lista Negra"
-#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults..
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141
+#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults..
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141
msgid "Defaults"
msgstr "Padrões"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164
msgid "Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169
msgid "vendor"
msgstr "fornecedor"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169
msgid "product"
msgstr "produto"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188
msgid "Multipaths"
msgstr "Multipaths"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195
msgid "alias"
msgstr "álias"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953
msgid "wwid"
msgstr "wwid"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213
msgid "Configure Defaults"
msgstr "Configurar Padrões"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214
msgid "Configure Devices"
msgstr "Configurar Dispositivos"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216
msgid "Configure Blacklist"
msgstr "Configurar Lista Negra"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221
msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions"
msgstr "Configurar Exceções da Lista Negra"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#. Disable configure tab during installation
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531
+#. Disable configure tab during installation
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Configurar"
-#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256
+#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
+#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
msgstr "Parâmetros inválidos:\n"
-#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327
+#. duplicated configuraton checking
+#. duplicated configuraton checking
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
msgstr "Configuração duplicada."
-#. used for store undecided input
-#. used for store undecided input
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453
+#. used for store undecided input
+#. used for store undecided input
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar Detalhes"
-#. do not do with number id
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441
+#. do not do with number id
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441
msgid "Illegal parameter:"
msgstr "Parâmetro inválido:"
-#. devices section
-#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559
+#. devices section
+#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file.
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559
msgid "Illegal parameters:"
msgstr "Parâmetros inválidos:"
-#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941
+#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
+#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941
msgid "item"
msgstr "Item"
-#. duplicated configuraton checking
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341
+#. duplicated configuraton checking
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
msgstr "Configuração duplicada"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
msgstr "Impossível encontrar /sbin/multipath"
-#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630
+#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630
msgid "Use multipath failed:"
msgstr "Falha ao usar multipath:"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
msgstr "* Impossível habilitar multipathd."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
msgstr "* Impossível iniciar multipathd."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665
msgid "Do not use multipath failed:"
msgstr "Falha ao não utilizar multipath:"
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671
msgid "* Cannot stop multipath."
msgstr "* Impossível parar multipath."
-#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681
+#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
msgstr "* Impossível desabilitar multipathd."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -205,8 +195,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração de Múltiplos Caminhos</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -214,353 +204,271 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração de Múltiplos Caminhos</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. dialog help for Status help
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44
+#. dialog help for Status help
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Multipath Status</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not "
-"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd "
-"stopped.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br>"
-"p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Status do Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tInicie ou pare o multipathd, verifique as informações do multipath."
-"<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tInicie ou pare o multipathd, verifique as informações do multipath.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Parar/Iniciar Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique em <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b> para iniciar o multipathd. Clique "
-"em <b>\"Não usar Multipath\"</b> para parar o multipathd.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tA informação sobre o status do multipath ainda pode ser exibida quando "
-"o multipathd estiver parado.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique em <b>\"Usar Multipath\"</b> para iniciar o multipathd. Clique em <b>\"Não usar Multipath\"</b> para parar o multipathd.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tA informação sobre o status do multipath ainda pode ser exibida quando o multipathd estiver parado.<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>Configurar Multipath</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique na guia <b>Configurar</b> para realizar a configuração do "
-"multipath.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique na guia <b>Configurar</b> para realizar a configuração do multipath.<br></p>\n"
-#. dialog help for Configure tab
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
+#. dialog help for Configure tab
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There "
-"are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, "
-"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults "
-"settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath "
-"candidates.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist "
-"settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure "
-"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides "
-"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices "
-"settings.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations."
-"<br><br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tTodo o conteúdo de /etc/multipath.conf pode ser configurado aqui. "
-"Existem quatro seções no arquivo de configuração:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, "
-"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> lista das configurações mais ajustadas de múltiplos "
-"caminhos.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tTodo o conteúdo de /etc/multipath.conf pode ser configurado aqui. Existem quatro seções no arquivo de configuração:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> lista das configurações mais ajustadas de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
"\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> configurações padrão de multipath-tools.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar Padrões\"</b> para definir as "
-"configurações padrão.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> lista de nomes de dispositivos a serem descartados "
-"como não candidatos de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar Lista Negra\"</b> para configurar a "
-"lista negra.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> lista de nomes de dispositivos a serem "
-"excluídos da lista negra.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar Exceções da Lista Negra\"</b> para "
-"configurar a seção blacklist_exceptions.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> lista de configurações por controladora de "
-"armazenamento. Anula as configurações padrões, sobrescritas pelas "
-"configurações de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar dispositivos\"</b> para configurar os "
-"dispositivos.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Concluir\"</b> para gravar e atualizar as "
-"configurações.<br><br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar Padrões\"</b> para definir as configurações padrão.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> lista de nomes de dispositivos a serem descartados como não candidatos de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar Lista Negra\"</b> para configurar a lista negra.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> lista de nomes de dispositivos a serem excluídos da lista negra.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar Exceções da Lista Negra\"</b> para configurar a seção blacklist_exceptions.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> lista de configurações por controladora de armazenamento. Anula as configurações padrões, sobrescritas pelas configurações de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Configurar dispositivos\"</b> para configurar os dispositivos.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\tClique no botão <b>\"Concluir\"</b> para gravar e atualizar as configurações.<br><br></p>\n"
-#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72
+#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath "
-"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own "
-"value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração Padrão</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAs configurações padrão globais podem ser definidas e removidas aqui."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tQualquer configuração padrão aqui terá efeito em todas as "
-"configurações de multipath, a não ser que uma configuração local "
-"correspondente a substitua.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tSe uma configuração padrão é removida, o multipath considerará seu "
-"próprio valor como configuração padrão.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tAs configurações padrão globais podem ser definidas e removidas aqui.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tQualquer configuração padrão aqui terá efeito em todas as configurações de multipath, a não ser que uma configuração local correspondente a substitua.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tSe uma configuração padrão é removida, o multipath considerará seu próprio valor como configuração padrão.<br></p>\n"
-#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
+#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
-"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
-"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in "
-"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração da Lista Negra</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tNomes de dispositivos listados aqui podem ser descartados como não "
-"candidatos multipath.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tExistem três métodos para identificar um nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid"
-"b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador mundial que identifica o dispositivo na "
-"lista negra.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Uma expressão regular pode ser usada aqui para "
-"identificar nomes de dispositivos em udev_dir (padrão no diretório /dev). "
-"Nomes de dispositivos comuns são cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, "
-"raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar uma controladora de "
-"armazenamento específica na lista negra. Um dispositivo pode ser "
-"especificado pelo fabricante e pelo nome do produto.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tNomes de dispositivos listados aqui podem ser descartados como não candidatos multipath.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tExistem três métodos para identificar um nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador mundial que identifica o dispositivo na lista negra.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Uma expressão regular pode ser usada aqui para identificar nomes de dispositivos em udev_dir (padrão no diretório /dev). Nomes de dispositivos comuns são cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar uma controladora de armazenamento específica na lista negra. Um dispositivo pode ser especificado pelo fabricante e pelo nome do produto.<br>\n"
"</p>"
-#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89
+#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, "
-"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from "
-"blacklist.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device "
-"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are "
-"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted "
-"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Excecções da Lista Negra</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivos listados aqui são excluídos da lista negra."
-"<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tExistem três métodos para identificar um nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid"
-"b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador mundial que identifica o dispositivo a "
-"ser excluído da lista negra.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Uma expressão regular pode ser usada aqui para "
-"identificar nomes de dispositivos em udev_dir (padrão no diretório /dev). "
-"Nomes de dispositivos comuns são cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, "
-"raw, loop.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar uma controladora de "
-"armazenamento específica excluída da lista negra. Um dispositivo pode ser "
-"especificado pelo fabricante e pelo nome do produto.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tOs nomes de dispositivos listados aqui são excluídos da lista negra.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tExistem três métodos para identificar um nome de dispositivo: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: O identificador mundial que identifica o dispositivo a ser excluído da lista negra.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Uma expressão regular pode ser usada aqui para identificar nomes de dispositivos em udev_dir (padrão no diretório /dev). Nomes de dispositivos comuns são cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Usado para identificar uma controladora de armazenamento específica excluída da lista negra. Um dispositivo pode ser especificado pelo fabricante e pelo nome do produto.<br>\n"
"</p>"
-#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3
-#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99
+#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3
+#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the "
-"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name."
-"<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração de Dispositivos</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\tAs configurações por controladora de armazenamento são listadas aqui. "
-"Elas anulam as configurações padrão e são substituídas pelas configurações "
-"de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
-"\t\t\tCada dispositivo é identificado pelo <b>fornecedor</b> e nome do "
-"<b>produto</b>.<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\tAs configurações por controladora de armazenamento são listadas aqui. Elas anulam as configurações padrão e são substituídas pelas configurações de múltiplos caminhos.<br>\n"
+"\t\t\tCada dispositivo é identificado pelo <b>fornecedor</b> e nome do <b>produto</b>.<br></p>\n"
-#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
-#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
-#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
-#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
+#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
+#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
+#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one.
+#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore.
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939
msgid "should be a decimal integer"
msgstr "deve ser um inteiro decimal"
-#. replacewidget_notify = true;
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
+#. replacewidget_notify = true;
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
msgid "illegal value"
msgstr "valor inválido"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
msgstr "deve ser maior que 0"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
msgstr "inteiro decimal inválido"
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223
-#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
+#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
msgid "should not be empty"
msgstr "não deve estar vazio"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. prepare for loading built-in configurations
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98
+#. prepare for loading built-in configurations
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98
msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível ler a seção multipath na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
+msgstr "Impossível ler a seção multipath na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106
msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration."
msgstr "Impossível ler a seção defaults na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114
msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível ler a seção blacklist na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
+msgstr "Impossível ler a seção blacklist na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122
msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível ler a seção blacklist_exceptions na configuração de múltiplos "
-"caminhos."
+msgstr "Impossível ler a seção blacklist_exceptions na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132
msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration."
msgstr "Impossível ler a seção devices na configuração de múltiplos caminhos."
-#. Multipath read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145
+#. Multipath read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145
msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração de Múltiplos Caminhos"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159
msgid "Read configurations"
msgstr "Ler configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161
msgid "Read service status"
msgstr "Ler status do serviço"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167
msgid "Reading the configurations..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169
msgid "Reading the service status..."
msgstr "Lendo o status do serviço..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos..."
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. BNC #418703
-#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible)
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186
+#. BNC #418703
+#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible)
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Não pode instalar pacotes requeridos."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Impossível detectar dispositivos."
-#. Multipath read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248
+#. Multipath read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248
msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Múltiplos Caminhos"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266
msgid "Restart multipathd"
msgstr "Reiniciar multipathd"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272
msgid "Restarting multipathd..."
msgstr "Reiniciando multipathd..."
-#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284
+#. write settings
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284
msgid "Can not write settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações."
-#. restart multipathd
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299
+#. restart multipathd
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299
msgid "Restarting multipathd failed."
msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar multipathd."
-#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432
msgid "Ignore your modification?"
msgstr "Ignorar sua modificação?"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses-pkg.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -15,1481 +15,1114 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n"
-#. headline of package versions popup
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
+#. headline of package versions popup
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
msgid "Package Versions"
msgstr "Versões dos Pacotes"
-#. text above of list of all package versions
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
+#. text above of list of all package versions
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
msgstr "Lista de todas as versões de pacotes disponíveis:"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
msgid "&Packages with Status"
msgstr "&Pacotes com Status"
-#. headline - packages with automatic status change
-#. headline of a popup with packages
-#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
+#. headline - packages with automatic status change
+#. headline of a popup with packages
+#. the headline of the popup containing a list with packages with status changes
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1280 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:192
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:289 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:589
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr "Mudanças Automáticas"
-#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
+#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
msgstr "Além das suas seleções manuais, os seguintes"
-#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
-#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
+#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
+#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
msgstr "pacotes foram mudados para resolver dependências:"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
-msgid ""
-"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode optar por instalar mesmo assim, mas se arrisca a ter um sistema "
-"corrompido."
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
+msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
+msgstr "Você pode optar por instalar mesmo assim, mas se arrisca a ter um sistema corrompido."
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
msgid "&Continue anyway"
msgstr "&Continuar mesmo assim"
-#. headline of a popup showing the package license
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
+#. headline of a popup showing the package license
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
msgid "End User License Agreement"
msgstr "Contrato de Licença do Usuário Final"
-#. label text - keep it short
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
+#. label text - keep it short
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1691
msgid "Filter: "
msgstr "Filtro: "
-#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
+#. label text - keep it short (use abbreviation if necessary)
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1698
msgid "Total Download Size: "
msgstr "Tamanho Total do Download: "
-#. Help button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
+#. Help button
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1711 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1828
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:107
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Ajuda"
-#. add the Cancel button
-#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
+#. add the Cancel button
+#. begin: the label of the Cancel button
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1717 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1836
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:691
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. add the OK button
-#. the label of an Accept button
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
+#. add the OK button
+#. the label of an Accept button
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1722 src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1841
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:705
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Aceitar"
-#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
+#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
msgid "C&onfiguration"
msgstr "C&onfiguração"
-#. fill seclection box
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74
+#. fill seclection box
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74
msgid "Recommended"
msgstr "Recomendado"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77
msgid "Suggested"
msgstr "Sugerido"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:80
msgid "Orphaned"
msgstr "Órfão"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83
msgid "Unneeded"
msgstr "Desnecessário"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
-msgid ""
-"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if "
-"recommeded by a newly installed package."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta é uma lista de pacotes úteis. Eles serão instalados adicionalmente se "
-"recomendados por um pacote recém-instalado."
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
+msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
+msgstr "Esta é uma lista de pacotes úteis. Eles serão instalados adicionalmente se recomendados por um pacote recém-instalado."
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
-msgid ""
-"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already "
-"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr ""
-"A sugestão é instalar estes pacotes porque fazem parte dos pacotes já "
-"instalados. Esta decisão de instalá-los é do usuário."
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
+msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
+msgstr "A sugestão é instalar estes pacotes porque fazem parte dos pacotes já instalados. Esta decisão de instalá-los é do usuário."
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
-msgid ""
-"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. "
-"updates aren't possible."
-msgstr ""
-"O solucionador detectou que estes pacotes estão sem repositório, portanto, "
-"não é possível atualizá-los."
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
+msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
+msgstr "O solucionador detectou que estes pacotes estão sem repositório, portanto, não é possível atualizá-los."
-#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
-msgid ""
-"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any "
-"longer."
-msgstr ""
-"Estes pacotes podem ser desnecessários porque as dependências anteriores não "
-"são mais aplicáveis."
+#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
+msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
+msgstr "Estes pacotes podem ser desnecessários porque as dependências anteriores não são mais aplicáveis."
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:67
msgid "Install"
msgstr "Instalar"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:69
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Atualizar"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71
msgid "Taboo"
msgstr "Tabu"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73
msgid "Protected"
msgstr "Protegido"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75
msgid "Keep"
msgstr "Manter"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77
+#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77
msgid "Do not install"
msgstr "Não instalar"
-#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB
-#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
+#. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB
+#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> "
-"locale"
-msgstr ""
-"Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados ao idioma <b>%s</b>"
+msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
+msgstr "Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados ao idioma <b>%s</b>"
-#. the label of the selections
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
+#. the label of the selections
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "Padrões"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71
msgid "Languages"
msgstr "Idiomas"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:74
msgid "RPM Groups"
msgstr "Grupos RPM"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77
msgid "Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Pesquisa"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:84
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Instalação"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87
+#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87
msgid "Package Classification"
msgstr "Classificação dos Pacotes"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183
+#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183
#, c-format
msgid "%d of %d package installed"
msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed"
msgstr[0] "%d de %d pacote instalado"
msgstr[1] "%d de %d pacotes instalados"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196
+#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196
msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database"
msgstr "<b>@System</b>: banco de dados RPM local"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199
+#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>"
msgstr "<b>URL do Repositório:</b>"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126
msgid "&Ignore Case"
msgstr "&Ignorar Maiúsculas/Minúsculas"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:132
msgid "Search &Mode"
msgstr "&Modo de Pesquisa"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:134
msgid "Contains"
msgstr "Contém"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135
msgid "Begins with"
msgstr "Começa com"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136
msgid "Exact Match"
msgstr "Correspondência Exata"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:137
msgid "Use Wildcards"
msgstr "Usar Curingas"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138
msgid "Use RegExp"
msgstr "Usar Expressão Regular"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Pesquisando..."
-#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string
-#. entered for package search isn't correct
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262
+#. Popup informs the user that the query std::string
+#. entered for package search isn't correct
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262
msgid "Query Error:"
msgstr "Erro na Consulta:"
-#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275
+#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275
#, c-format
msgid "%d packages found"
msgstr "%d pacotes encontrados"
-#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well
-#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end:
-#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72
+#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well
+#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end:
+#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72
msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]"
msgstr "Al&ternar [ESPAÇO]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73
msgid "&Install [+]"
msgstr "&Instalar [+]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74
msgid "&Delete [-]"
msgstr "Apa&gar [-]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75
msgid "&Update [>]"
msgstr "At&ualizar [>]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76
msgid "Ta&boo [!]"
msgstr "Ta&bu [!]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77
msgid "&Lock [*]"
msgstr "&Bloquear [*]"
-#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu)
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79
+#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu)
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79
msgid "&All Listed Packages"
msgstr "&Todos os Pacotes Listados"
-#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90
+#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90
msgid "&Install All"
msgstr "&Instalar Todos"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:91
msgid "&Delete All"
msgstr "&Apagar Todos"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92
msgid "&Keep All"
msgstr "&Manter Todos"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93
msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally"
msgstr "A&tualizar Todos Sempre"
-#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95
+#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95
msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available"
msgstr "&Atualizar Se Houver Versão Mais Recente"
-#. YOU mode
-#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well
-#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end:
-#. begin: Online Update Actions menu
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103
+#. YOU mode
+#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well
+#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end:
+#. begin: Online Update Actions menu
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103
msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]"
msgstr "&Alternar [ESPAÇO]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104
msgid "&Install [+]"
msgstr "&Instalar [+]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105
msgid "&Do Not Install [-]"
msgstr "&Não Instalar [-]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106
+#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106
msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]"
msgstr "Blo&quear ou Proibir [!]"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81
+#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81
msgid "Launch &Repository Manager"
msgstr "Iniciar &Gerenciador de Repositório"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82
+#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82
msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration"
msgstr "Iniciar &Configuração da Atualização Online"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83
+#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83
msgid "&Action after Package Installation"
msgstr "&Ação após Instalação de Pacotes"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92
+#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92
msgid "&Restart Package Manager"
msgstr "&Reiniciar Gerenciador de Pacote"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93
+#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93
msgid "&Close Package Manager"
msgstr "&Fechar Gerenciador de Pacote"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94
+#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94
msgid "&Show Summary"
msgstr "&Mostrar Resumo"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84
msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check"
msgstr "Verificação &Automática de Dependências"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88
msgid "&Check Dependencies Now"
msgstr "&Verificar Dependências Agora"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "Modo de Verificação do &Sistema"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:95
msgid "&Verify System Now"
msgstr "Verificar &Sistema Agora"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr "Instalar Pacotes &Recomendados"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
msgstr "&Instalar Pacotes Recomendados para Pacotes já Instalados Agora"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "Cleanup when &Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "&Limpar ao remover pacotes (alteração temporária)"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
msgid "Allow &Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
msgstr "Permitir alterações do f&ornecedor (alteração temporária)"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
msgstr "&Gerar Caso Teste de Dependência do Solver"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "Todas as dependências de pacote estão corretas."
-#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
-msgstr ""
-"Ao ser(em) recomendando(s) pelos pacotes já instalados, o(s) seguinte(s)"
+msgstr "Ao ser(em) recomendando(s) pelos pacotes já instalados, o(s) seguinte(s)"
-#. part 2 of the text
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
+#. part 2 of the text
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
msgstr "pacotes foram automaticamente selecionados para instalação:"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
msgstr "Caso teste de dependência do resolver gravado em "
-#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
+#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
msgstr "Para atender às dependências dos pacotes já instalados, os seguintes"
-#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
-#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
+#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
+#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr "As dependências do sistema estão corretas."
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78
msgid "&Export Package List to File"
msgstr "&Exportar Lista de Pacotes para Arquivo"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81
msgid "&Import Package List from File"
msgstr "&Importar Lista de Pacotes de Arquivo"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84
msgid "&Show Available Disk Space"
msgstr "&Mostrar Espaço Disponível em Disco"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191
msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File"
msgstr "Exportar Lista de Todos os Pacotes e Padrões para Arquivo"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224
msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to "
msgstr "Erro ao exportar a lista de pacotes e padrões para "
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246
msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File"
msgstr "Importar Lista de Todos os Pacotes e Padrões de Arquivo"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310
+#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310
msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from "
msgstr "Erro ao importar a lista de pacotes e padrões de "
-#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short
-#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end:
-#. begin:
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72
+#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short
+#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end:
+#. begin:
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72
msgid "&Needed Patches"
msgstr "Patches &Necessários"
-#. _( "Re&levant Patches" )
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74
+#. _( "Re&levant Patches" )
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74
msgid "&Installed Patches"
msgstr "Patches &Instalados"
-#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) );
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76
+#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) );
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76
msgid "&Recommended"
msgstr "&Recomendado"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77
msgid "&Security"
msgstr "&Segurança"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78
msgid "&Optional"
msgstr "&Opcional"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79
msgid "&All Patches"
msgstr "Todos os P&atches"
-#. end:
-#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81
+#. end:
+#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "P&esquisar"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71
+#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:71
msgid "&General Help"
msgstr "Ajuda &Geral"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74
+#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74
msgid "&Package Status and Symbols"
msgstr "&Status dos Pacotes e Símbolos"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77
+#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77
msgid "&How to Use the Filters"
msgstr "&Como Usar os Filtros"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80
+#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80
msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu"
msgstr "&Funções Úteis no Menu"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84
+#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84
msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr "&Status do Patch e Instalação do Patch"
-#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu
-#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end:
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71
+#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu
+#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end:
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:71
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "Dados &Técnicos"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72
msgid "&Package Description"
msgstr "&Descrição do Pacote"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73
msgid "Package &Versions"
msgstr "&Versões do Pacote"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74
msgid "&File List"
msgstr "Lista de &Arquivos"
-#. end: menu items of the view menu
-#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57
+#. end: menu items of the view menu
+#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "&Dependências"
-#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and
-#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end:
-#. begin:
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91
+#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and
+#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end:
+#. begin:
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91
msgid "&Long Description"
msgstr "Descrição &Longa"
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92
msgid "&Package List"
msgstr "Lista de &Pacotes"
-#. end: menu items of the view menu
-#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94
+#. end: menu items of the view menu
+#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Versões"
-#. name of the source package
-#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216
+#. name of the source package
+#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216
msgid "Source Package: "
msgstr "Pacote de Origem: "
-#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257
+#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257
msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>"
-msgstr ""
-"<i>Estas informações estão disponíveis apenas para pacotes instalados.</i>"
+msgstr "<i>Estas informações estão disponíveis apenas para pacotes instalados.</i>"
-#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429
+#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429
msgid "References:<br>"
msgstr "Referências:<br>"
-#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75
+#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75
msgid "Search for Patches"
msgstr "Procurar Patches"
-#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124
+#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124
msgid "Name of the Patch"
msgstr "Nome do Patch"
-#. column header package description (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
+#. column header package description (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:387
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Resumo"
-#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies)
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173
+#. the list containing the problems (the unresolved package dependencies)
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:173
msgid "&Problems"
msgstr "&Problemas"
-#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190
+#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190
msgid "Possible &Solutions"
msgstr "&Soluções Possíveis"
-#. hint for the user: more information below
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357
+#. hint for the user: more information below
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357
msgid " see below"
msgstr " veja abaixo"
-#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information
-#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem)
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542
+#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information
+#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem)
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542
msgid "No further solution details available"
msgstr "Não há mais detalhes de solução disponíveis"
-#. a help line for the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128
+#. a help line for the dependency popup
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128
msgid " [+] Select [-] Delete [>] Update "
msgstr " [+] Selecionar [-] Apagar [>] Atualizar "
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:348
msgid "Error: Out of disk space!"
msgstr "Erro: Espaço insuficiente em disco!"
-#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356
+#: src/NCPkgPopupDiskspace.cc:356
msgid "Warning: Disk space is running out!"
msgstr "Aviso: O espaço em disco está se esgotando!"
-#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62
+#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62
msgid "Name of the Package"
msgstr "Nome do Pacote"
-#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66
+#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66
msgid "Keywords"
msgstr "Palavras-chave"
-#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68
+#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68
msgid "Description (time-consuming)"
msgstr "Descrição (demorado)"
-#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70
+#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70
msgid "Provides"
msgstr "Fornece"
-#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72
+#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72
msgid "Required by"
msgstr "Requerido por"
-#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64
+#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&Ver"
-#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71
+#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71
msgid "&Extras"
msgstr "&Extras"
-#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,...
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78
+#. pick a package filter - patterns, langs, repos, search,...
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:78
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filtro"
-#. All installed Packages
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86
+#. All installed Packages
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Instalados"
-#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93
+#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pacote: "
-#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100
+#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100
msgid "A&ctions"
msgstr "A&ções"
-#. the headline of the help window
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114
+#. the headline of the help window
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114
msgid "General Help"
msgstr "Ajuda Geral"
-#. part1 of help text package installation
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to "
-"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single "
-"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or "
-"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when "
-"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package "
-"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> "
-"and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
+#. part1 of help text package installation
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
+msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Bem-vindo ao seletor de pacotes</b></p><p>Esta ferramenta ajudará você "
-"a gerenciar os softwares em seu sistema. Você pode instalar, atualizar ou "
-"remover pacotes únicos e também padrões (conjuntos de pacotes com uma "
-"finalidade específica) ou idiomas. Geralmente, você não precisa se preocupar "
-"com as dependências dos pacotes ao instalar ou remover algo, o solucionador "
-"cuida de tudo para você. O seletor de pacotes consiste em\n"
-"três partes principais: <b>filtros</b>, <b>tabela de pacotes</b> e <b>menu"
-"b>.</p>"
+"<p><b>Bem-vindo ao seletor de pacotes</b></p><p>Esta ferramenta ajudará você a gerenciar os softwares em seu sistema. Você pode instalar, atualizar ou remover pacotes únicos e também padrões (conjuntos de pacotes com uma finalidade específica) ou idiomas. Geralmente, você não precisa se preocupar com as dependências dos pacotes ao instalar ou remover algo, o solucionador cuida de tudo para você. O seletor de pacotes consiste em\n"
+"três partes principais: <b>filtros</b>, <b>tabela de pacotes</b> e <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-#. part of help text package installation
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large "
-"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain "
-"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ "
-"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on "
-"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Filtro</b> no painel esquerdo foi projetado para facilitar a "
-"orientação em uma grande quantidade de pacotes. Use os filtros para exibir "
-"apenas os pacotes de determinado repositório ou dentro de um padrão "
-"selecionado (por exemplo: Jogos ou Desenvolvimento em C/C++) ou para "
-"procurar palavras-chave específicas. Você encontra mais informações sobre os "
-"filtros em <i>Como usar os filtros</i>.</p>"
+#. part of help text package installation
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Filtro</b> no painel esquerdo foi projetado para facilitar a orientação em uma grande quantidade de pacotes. Use os filtros para exibir apenas os pacotes de determinado repositório ou dentro de um padrão selecionado (por exemplo: Jogos ou Desenvolvimento em C/C++) ou para procurar palavras-chave específicas. Você encontra mais informações sobre os filtros em <i>Como usar os filtros</i>.</p>"
-#. additional help text for post installation
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You "
-"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the "
-"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has "
-"several columns:</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A <b>tabela de pacotes</b> é o componente principal do seletor de "
-"pacotes. Você verá uma lista de pacotes que correspondem ao filtro atual "
-"(por exemplo, o grupo RPM selecionado ou o resultado da pesquisa). Cada "
-"linha da tabela de pacotes possui várias colunas:</p>"
+#. additional help text for post installation
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
+msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A <b>tabela de pacotes</b> é o componente principal do seletor de pacotes. Você verá uma lista de pacotes que correspondem ao filtro atual (por exemplo, o grupo RPM selecionado ou o resultado da pesquisa). Cada linha da tabela de pacotes possui várias colunas:</p>"
-#. part2 of help text package installation
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
-msgid ""
-"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and "
-"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available "
-"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version"
-"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ol><li>Status do pacote (para obter mais informações, consulte <i>Status e "
-"Símbolos dos Pacotes</i>)</li> <li>Nome do pacote</li><li>Resumo do pacote"
-"li><li>Versão disponível (em alguns dos repositórios configurados)</li> "
-"<li>Versão instalada (vazio para pacotes ainda não instalados)</li> "
-"<li>Tamanho do pacote</li></ol>"
+#. part2 of help text package installation
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
+msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>Status do pacote (para obter mais informações, consulte <i>Status e Símbolos dos Pacotes</i>)</li> <li>Nome do pacote</li><li>Resumo do pacote</li><li>Versão disponível (em alguns dos repositórios configurados)</li> <li>Versão instalada (vazio para pacotes ainda não instalados)</li> <li>Tamanho do pacote</li></ol>"
-#. part3 of help text package installation
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status "
-"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete "
-"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status "
-"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu "
-"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package "
-"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O menu <b>Ações</b> abaixo da tabela permite mudar o status de um pacote "
-"selecionado (ou de todos os pacotes na lista), por exemplo, para apagar um "
-"pacote ou selecionar um pacote adicional para instalação. A mudança de "
-"status também pode ser feita diretamente, pressionando a tecla especificada "
-"no item de menu (para informações detalhadas sobre o status do pacote, "
-"consulte <i>Status e Símbolos dos Pacotes</i>).</p>"
+#. part3 of help text package installation
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
+msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O menu <b>Ações</b> abaixo da tabela permite mudar o status de um pacote selecionado (ou de todos os pacotes na lista), por exemplo, para apagar um pacote ou selecionar um pacote adicional para instalação. A mudança de status também pode ser feita diretamente, pressionando a tecla especificada no item de menu (para informações detalhadas sobre o status do pacote, consulte <i>Status e Símbolos dos Pacotes</i>).</p>"
-#. part4 of help text package installation
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package "
-"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions "
-"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful "
-"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>menu</b> inclui funções relacionadas ao gerenciamento das "
-"dependências dos pacotes: exibir informações relevantes sobre os pacotes ou "
-"executar ações, como abrir o editor de repositório. Para obter mais "
-"informações, consulte <i>Funções Úteis no Menu</i>.</p>"
+#. part4 of help text package installation
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
+msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>menu</b> inclui funções relacionadas ao gerenciamento das dependências dos pacotes: exibir informações relevantes sobre os pacotes ou executar ações, como abrir o editor de repositório. Para obter mais informações, consulte <i>Funções Úteis no Menu</i>.</p>"
-#. the headline of the help window
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
+#. the headline of the help window
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
msgid "Package Status and Symbols"
msgstr "Status do Pacote e Símbolos"
-#. part 1 of help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
-msgid ""
-"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the "
-"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an "
-"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should "
-"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the "
-"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O status do pacote pode ser mudado usando o menu <i>Ações</i> ou as "
-"teclas especificadas nos itens de menu. Por exemplo: use ''+'' para instalar "
-"um pacote adicional.</p><p>O status \"Proibido\" significa que o pacote "
-"nunca deve ser instalado. Por outro lado, o status \"Bloqueado\" significa "
-"que a versão instalada do pacote deve ser sempre mantida.</p>"
+#. part 1 of help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
+msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O status do pacote pode ser mudado usando o menu <i>Ações</i> ou as teclas especificadas nos itens de menu. Por exemplo: use ''+'' para instalar um pacote adicional.</p><p>O status \"Proibido\" significa que o pacote nunca deve ser instalado. Por outro lado, o status \"Bloqueado\" significa que a versão instalada do pacote deve ser sempre mantida.</p>"
-#. part 2 of help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. "
-"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all "
-"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você também pode usar <b>ENTER</b> ou <b>ESPAÇO</b> para alterar o status "
-"do pacote. O menu <i>Ações</i> também permite mudar o status de todos os "
-"pacotes na lista (selecione ''Todos os Pacotes Listados'').</p>"
+#. part 2 of help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
+msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você também pode usar <b>ENTER</b> ou <b>ESPAÇO</b> para alterar o status do pacote. O menu <i>Ações</i> também permite mudar o status de todos os pacotes na lista (selecione ''Todos os Pacotes Listados'').</p>"
-#. part 3 of help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
+#. part 3 of help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
msgid "<p>The meaning of the status flags:</p>"
msgstr "<p>O significado dos flags de status:</p>"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
-msgid ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be "
-"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated"
-"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: "
-"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---"
-"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b> + </b>: o pacote será instalado</p><p><b>a+ </b>: o pacote será "
-"instalado automaticamente</p><p><b> > </b>: o pacote será atualizado"
-"p><p><b>a> </b>: o pacote será atualizado automaticamente</p><p><b> i </b>: "
-"o pacote está instalado</p><p><b> - </b>: o pacote será apagado</p><p><b>---"
-"</b>: nunca instalar este pacote (tabu)</p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
+msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b>: o pacote será instalado</p><p><b>a+ </b>: o pacote será instalado automaticamente</p><p><b> > </b>: o pacote será atualizado</p><p><b>a> </b>: o pacote será atualizado automaticamente</p><p><b> i </b>: o pacote está instalado</p><p><b> - </b>: o pacote será apagado</p><p><b>---</b>: nunca instalar este pacote (tabu)</p>"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it "
-"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:"
-"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>-i-</b>: mantém a versão instalada e nunca o atualiza nem o apaga "
-"(pacote bloqueado)</p><p>Informação de status sobre padrões e idiomas:"
-"p><p><b> i </b>: Todos os requisitos deste padrão/idioma foram cumpridos</p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
+msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>: mantém a versão instalada e nunca o atualiza nem o apaga (pacote bloqueado)</p><p>Informação de status sobre padrões e idiomas:</p><p><b> i </b>: Todos os requisitos deste padrão/idioma foram cumpridos</p>"
-#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
+#. label for an error popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
msgid "How to Use Filters"
msgstr "Como Usar os Filtros"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the "
-"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties "
-"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), "
-"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the "
-"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Filtro</b> permite filtrar todos os pacotes disponíveis de acordo "
-"com os critérios selecionados. Os filtros de pacote são baseados nas "
-"propriedades dos pacotes (repositório, grupo RPM), nos \"conteineres\" dos "
-"pacotes (padrões, idiomas), na classificação dos pacotes ou nos resultados "
-"da pesquisa. Selecione o filtro desejado no menu suspenso. Os filtros "
-"específicos estão descritos a seguir.</p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
+msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Filtro</b> permite filtrar todos os pacotes disponíveis de acordo com os critérios selecionados. Os filtros de pacote são baseados nas propriedades dos pacotes (repositório, grupo RPM), nos \"conteineres\" dos pacotes (padrões, idiomas), na classificação dos pacotes ou nos resultados da pesquisa. Selecione o filtro desejado no menu suspenso. Os filtros específicos estão descritos a seguir.</p>"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have "
-"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of "
-"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may "
-"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the "
-"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os <b>Padrões</b> descrevem os recursos e as funções que o sistema deve "
-"ter (por exemplo, servidor X ou ferramentas do Console). Cada padrão contém "
-"um conjunto de pacotes requeridos (obrigatórios), recomendados (deveriam ser "
-"instalados) e sugeridos (podem ser instalados). Se você selecionar um padrão "
-"para instalação, atualização ou exclusão, o solucionador será executado e "
-"mudará o status dos pacotes subordinados de acordo.</p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
+msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os <b>Padrões</b> descrevem os recursos e as funções que o sistema deve ter (por exemplo, servidor X ou ferramentas do Console). Cada padrão contém um conjunto de pacotes requeridos (obrigatórios), recomendados (deveriam ser instalados) e sugeridos (podem ser instalados). Se você selecionar um padrão para instalação, atualização ou exclusão, o solucionador será executado e mudará o status dos pacotes subordinados de acordo.</p>"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They "
-"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific "
-"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers "
-"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a "
-"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. "
-"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific "
-"repository. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Idiomas</b> são conteineres de pacotes muito parecidos com os padrões. "
-"Eles incluem pacotes com traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos "
-"específicos de idioma para o idioma selecionado. Os <b>Grupos RPM</b> não "
-"são conteineres de pacotes que podem ser instalados. Em vez disso, a "
-"participação em determinado grupo RPM é uma propriedade do pacote. Eles têm "
-"uma estrutura hierárquica (árvore). O filtro <b>Repositórios</b> exibe os "
-"pacotes disponíveis em um repositório específico. </p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
+msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Idiomas</b> são conteineres de pacotes muito parecidos com os padrões. Eles incluem pacotes com traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos específicos de idioma para o idioma selecionado. Os <b>Grupos RPM</b> não são conteineres de pacotes que podem ser instalados. Em vez disso, a participação em determinado grupo RPM é uma propriedade do pacote. Eles têm uma estrutura hierárquica (árvore). O filtro <b>Repositórios</b> exibe os pacotes disponíveis em um repositório específico. </p>"
-#. help text package search
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for "
-"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the "
-"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides "
-"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para usar o filtro de <b>Pesquisa</b>, digite uma palavra-chave (ou parte "
-"dela) para a pesquisa de pacotes. Por exemplo, procure todos os pacotes 3D "
-"usando a expressão \"3d\". Também é possível pesquisar nas descrições do "
-"pacote e na dependência provides ou requires do RPM. Marque a caixa de "
-"seleção apropriada e clique no botão ''Pesquisar''.</p>"
+#. help text package search
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
+msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para usar o filtro de <b>Pesquisa</b>, digite uma palavra-chave (ou parte dela) para a pesquisa de pacotes. Por exemplo, procure todos os pacotes 3D usando a expressão \"3d\". Também é possível pesquisar nas descrições do pacote e na dependência provides ou requires do RPM. Marque a caixa de seleção apropriada e clique no botão ''Pesquisar''.</p>"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose "
-"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or "
-"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter "
-"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, "
-"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Resumo da instalação</b> apresenta uma visão geral dos pacotes com o "
-"status modificado nesta sessão (por exemplo, eles foram marcados para "
-"instalação ou remoção), seja pelo usuário ou automaticamente pelo "
-"solucionador. O filtro <b>Classificação dos Pacotes</b> mostra informações "
-"sobre pacotes <i>Recomendados</i>, <i>Sugeridos</i>, <i>Órfãos</i> e "
-"<i>Desnecessários</i>.</p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
+msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Resumo da instalação</b> apresenta uma visão geral dos pacotes com o status modificado nesta sessão (por exemplo, eles foram marcados para instalação ou remoção), seja pelo usuário ou automaticamente pelo solucionador. O filtro <b>Classificação dos Pacotes</b> mostra informações sobre pacotes <i>Recomendados</i>, <i>Sugeridos</i>, <i>Órfãos</i> e <i>Desnecessários</i>.</p>"
-#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
+#. label for an error popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
msgid "Useful Functions in Menu"
msgstr "Funções Úteis no Menu"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the "
-"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are "
-"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package "
-"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve "
-"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try "
-"Again'.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dependências:</b><br> Esse menu oferece várias ações relacionadas ao "
-"gerenciamento das dependências dos pacotes. Por padrão, as dependências do "
-"pacote são verificadas a cada mudança de status. Você será informado sobre "
-"os conflitos de pacotes em uma caixa de diálogo que propõe possíveis "
-"resoluções para os conflitos. Para resolver o conflito, selecione uma das "
-"soluções oferecidas e clique em ''OK -- Tentar Novamente''.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
+msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Dependências:</b><br> Esse menu oferece várias ações relacionadas ao gerenciamento das dependências dos pacotes. Por padrão, as dependências do pacote são verificadas a cada mudança de status. Você será informado sobre os conflitos de pacotes em uma caixa de diálogo que propõe possíveis resoluções para os conflitos. Para resolver o conflito, selecione uma das soluções oferecidas e clique em ''OK -- Tentar Novamente''.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
-msgid ""
-"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle "
-"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually "
-"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry "
-"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve "
-"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic "
-"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate "
-"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into "
-"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what "
-"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para desabilitar a verificação de dependências em cada mudança de status, "
-"desative a opção <i>Verificação Automática de Dependências</i>. É possível "
-"verificar as dependências manualmente selecionando <i>Verificar Dependências "
-"Agora</i>. A entrada <i>Verificar sistema</i> verificará as dependências dos "
-"pacotes já instalados e resolverá conflitos de forma não interativa, "
-"marcando os pacotes ausentes para instalação automática, se necessário. Para "
-"fins de depuração, use <i>Gerar Caso de Teste do Solucionador de "
-"Dependências</i>. Esse recurso faz dump dos dados das dependências dos "
-"pacotes no diretório <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Geralmente, é "
-"isso que você vai precisar quando for solicitado um \"caso de teste do "
-"solucionador\" no Bugzilla.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
+msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para desabilitar a verificação de dependências em cada mudança de status, desative a opção <i>Verificação Automática de Dependências</i>. É possível verificar as dependências manualmente selecionando <i>Verificar Dependências Agora</i>. A entrada <i>Verificar sistema</i> verificará as dependências dos pacotes já instalados e resolverá conflitos de forma não interativa, marcando os pacotes ausentes para instalação automática, se necessário. Para fins de depuração, use <i>Gerar Caso de Teste do Solucionador de Dependências</i>. Esse recurso faz dump dos dados das dependências dos pacotes no diretório <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Geralmente, é isso que você vai precisar quando for solicitado um \"caso de teste do solucionador\" no Bugzilla.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
-msgid ""
-"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency "
-"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak "
-"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair "
-"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after "
-"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System "
-"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options "
-"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>As opções disponíveis para verificação de dependências são:"
-"<br><i>Verificação Automática de Dependências</i> (ver acima), <i>Instalar "
-"Pacotes Recomendados</i>: se ATIVADA, as dependências vulneráveis serão "
-"aceitas, <i>Modo de Verificação do Sistema</i>: consertar as dependências "
-"dos pacotes instalados e resolver imediatamente. Nota: após a verificação do "
-"sistema com <i>Verificar Sistema Agora</i>, a opção <i>Modo de Verificação "
-"do Sistema</i> será ATIVADA (desmarque a opção, se desejado). Essas opções "
-"são gravadas no arquivo de configuração do YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2"
-"tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
+msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>As opções disponíveis para verificação de dependências são:<br><i>Verificação Automática de Dependências</i> (ver acima), <i>Instalar Pacotes Recomendados</i>: se ATIVADA, as dependências vulneráveis serão aceitas, <i>Modo de Verificação do Sistema</i>: consertar as dependências dos pacotes instalados e resolver imediatamente. Nota: após a verificação do sistema com <i>Verificar Sistema Agora</i>, a opção <i>Modo de Verificação do Sistema</i> será ATIVADA (desmarque a opção, se desejado). Essas opções são gravadas no arquivo de configuração do YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
-msgid ""
-"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove "
-"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may "
-"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, "
-"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/"
-"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Opções avançadas:<br> <i>Limpar ao apagar pacotes</i>: remover pacotes "
-"dependentes não utilizados. <i>Permitir mudança de fornecedor</i>: o "
-"fornecedor do pacote pode ser diferente do fornecedor do pacote instalado. "
-"Essas opções não são gravadas e só podem ser definidas no arquivo de "
-"configuração da biblioteca de pacotes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
+msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Opções avançadas:<br> <i>Limpar ao apagar pacotes</i>: remover pacotes dependentes não utilizados. <i>Permitir mudança de fornecedor</i>: o fornecedor do pacote pode ser diferente do fornecedor do pacote instalado. Essas opções não são gravadas e só podem ser definidas no arquivo de configuração da biblioteca de pacotes <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will "
-"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: "
-"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package "
-"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and "
-"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ver:</b><br>Escolha quais informações sobre o pacote selecionado serão "
-"exibidas na janela abaixo da tabela de pacotes. As opções disponíveis são: "
-"descrição do pacote, dados técnicos (versão, tamanho, licença, etc.), "
-"versões do pacote (todas as versões disponíveis), lista de arquivos (todos "
-"os arquivos incluídos no pacote) e dependências (provides, requires, etc.)."
-"p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
+msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Ver:</b><br>Escolha quais informações sobre o pacote selecionado serão exibidas na janela abaixo da tabela de pacotes. As opções disponíveis são: descrição do pacote, dados técnicos (versão, tamanho, licença, etc.), versões do pacote (todas as versões disponíveis), lista de arquivos (todos os arquivos incluídos no pacote) e dependências (provides, requires, etc.).</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the "
-"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository "
-"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update "
-"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch "
-"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three "
-"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package "
-"Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Configuração:</b><br>Este menu integra o seletor de pacotes ao "
-"restante dos utilitários de gerenciamento de pacote. Deste ponto, você pode "
-"<b>Iniciar Gerenciador de Repositório</b> e editar os repositórios "
-"configurados ou registrar-se em um repositório de atualização e configurar o "
-"download periódico das atualizações disponíveis (<b>Iniciar Configuração da "
-"Atualização Online</b>). Você também pode escolher entre os três "
-"comportamentos possíveis do seletor de pacotes ao sair: no menu <b>Ação após "
-"Instalação de Pacotes</b>.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
+msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Configuração:</b><br>Este menu integra o seletor de pacotes ao restante dos utilitários de gerenciamento de pacote. Deste ponto, você pode <b>Iniciar Gerenciador de Repositório</b> e editar os repositórios configurados ou registrar-se em um repositório de atualização e configurar o download periódico das atualizações disponíveis (<b>Iniciar Configuração da Atualização Online</b>). Você também pode escolher entre os três comportamentos possíveis do seletor de pacotes ao sair: no menu <b>Ação após Instalação de Pacotes</b>.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package "
-"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and "
-"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import "
-"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring "
-"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described "
-"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup "
-"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted "
-"partition.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Há diversas funções aqui. <i>Exportar Lista de Pacotes "
-"para Arquivo</i> faz dump dos dados dos pacotes instalados, padrões e "
-"idiomas no arquivo XML especificado. Esse arquivo pode ser lido "
-"posteriormente usando a opção <i>Importar Lista de Pacotes do Arquivo</i>, "
-"por exemplo, em um computador diferente. Isto fará com que o conjunto de "
-"pacotes no computador de destino tenha o mesmo estado conforme descrito no "
-"arquivo XML fornecido. <i>Mostrar Espaço Disponível no Disco</i> exibe uma "
-"tabela popup com o espaço usado e livre no disco na partição montada.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
+msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Há diversas funções aqui. <i>Exportar Lista de Pacotes para Arquivo</i> faz dump dos dados dos pacotes instalados, padrões e idiomas no arquivo XML especificado. Esse arquivo pode ser lido posteriormente usando a opção <i>Importar Lista de Pacotes do Arquivo</i>, por exemplo, em um computador diferente. Isto fará com que o conjunto de pacotes no computador de destino tenha o mesmo estado conforme descrito no arquivo XML fornecido. <i>Mostrar Espaço Disponível no Disco</i> exibe uma tabela popup com o espaço usado e livre no disco na partição montada.</p>"
-#. label of a frame with search settings
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
+#. label of a frame with search settings
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
msgid "&Search in "
msgstr "&Pesquisar em "
-#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
-#. text for the package search popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
+#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
+#. text for the package search popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:312
msgid "Search &Phrase"
msgstr "&Frase de Pesquisa"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:332
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Código"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:338
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:344
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
-#. column header package name (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
+#. column header package name (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:352
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
+#. column header installed package version (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:359
msgid "Version"
msgstr "versão"
-#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
+#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repositório"
-#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
+#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
msgid "Avail. Vers."
msgstr "Vers. Disp."
-#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
+#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
msgstr "Vers. Inst."
-#. column header package size (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
+#. column header package size (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamanho"
-#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
+#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura"
-#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
+#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
msgid "Kind"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
+#. a text for a small popup which is shown during package dependency checking
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:416
msgid "Solving..."
msgstr "Resolvendo..."
-#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
+#. a text for a small popup which is shown during writing package selection to a file
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:422
msgid "Saving..."
msgstr "Gravando..."
-#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
+#. a text for a samll popup which is shown during loading package selections from a file
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:428
msgid "Loading..."
msgstr "Carregando..."
-#. the headline of the disk space popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
+#. the headline of the disk space popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do Uso do Disco"
-#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
+#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partição"
-#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
+#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
msgstr "Usado"
-#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
+#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
msgstr "Livre"
-#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
+#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Total"
-#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
+#.
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
msgid "<i>Out of disk space!</i>"
msgstr "<i>Espaço insuficiente em disco!</i>"
-#.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
+#.
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:477
msgid "<b>Disk space is running out!</b>"
msgstr "<b>O espaço em disco está se esgotando!</b>"
-#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
+#. part of a text
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:484
msgid "needs"
msgstr "precisa de"
-#. part of a text
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
+#. part of a text
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:491
msgid "more disk space."
msgstr "mais espaço em disco."
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:498
msgid "<b>Version: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Versão: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:505
msgid "<b>Size: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Tamanho: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:512
msgid "<b>Installed: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Instalado: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:519
msgid "<b>Authors: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Autores: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Licença: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Mídia Nº: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Grupo de Pacote: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
msgid "<b>Provides: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Fornece: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:554
msgid "<b>Requires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Requer: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Pré-requisitos: </b>"
-#. part of the package description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
+#. part of the package description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
msgid "<b>Conflicts with: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Conflita com: </b>"
-#. headline for a list of installed files
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
+#. headline for a list of installed files
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
msgstr "<i>Lista de Arquivos Instalados:</i><br>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
msgstr "Traduções, dicionários e outros arquivos relacionados a idiomas para "
-#. the headline of the help popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
+#. the headline of the help popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
msgstr "Status do Patch e Instalação do Patch"
-#. help text online udpate
-#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
-msgid ""
-"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security"
-"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You "
-"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain "
-"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in "
-"the feature.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Informações gerais sobre patches:</p><p>Os patches de <b>segurança</b> "
-"solucionam problemas de segurança, e é altamente recomendável que sejam "
-"instaladas. Você também deve instalar os patches <b>recomendados</b>, pois "
-"geralmente incluem correções importantes de bugs. Instale os patches de "
-"<b>recurso</b> se você estiver interessado no recurso.</p>"
+#. help text online udpate
+#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
+msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Informações gerais sobre patches:</p><p>Os patches de <b>segurança</b> solucionam problemas de segurança, e é altamente recomendável que sejam instaladas. Você também deve instalar os patches <b>recomendados</b>, pois geralmente incluem correções importantes de bugs. Instale os patches de <b>recurso</b> se você estiver interessado no recurso.</p>"
-#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
-msgid ""
-"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) "
-"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second "
-"run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os patches para o \"libzypp\" (Pacote, Patch, Padrão e Gerenciamento de "
-"Produto) sempre serão instalados primeiro. Os outros patches devem ser "
-"instaladas em uma segunda execução.</p>"
+#. help text online udpate continue
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
+msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os patches para o \"libzypp\" (Pacote, Patch, Padrão e Gerenciamento de Produto) sempre serão instalados primeiro. Os outros patches devem ser instaladas em uma segunda execução.</p>"
-#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
-msgid ""
-"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your "
-"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your "
-"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> "
-"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You "
-"have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Significado dos flags de status:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Os patches relativos à "
-"sua instalação são pré-selecionados. Será feito o download e a instalação "
-"deles no sistema. Se você não quiser determinado patch, anule a seleção dele "
-"com '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: Todos os requisitos deste patch foram satisfeitos."
-"</p><p><b> + </b>: Você selecionou este patch para instalação.</p>"
+#. help text online udpate continue
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
+msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Significado dos flags de status:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Os patches relativos à sua instalação são pré-selecionados. Será feito o download e a instalação deles no sistema. Se você não quiser determinado patch, anule a seleção dele com '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: Todos os requisitos deste patch foram satisfeitos.</p><p><b> + </b>: Você selecionou este patch para instalação.</p>"
-#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
-msgid ""
-"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a "
-"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all "
-"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is "
-"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is "
-"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still "
-"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with "
-"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the "
-"patches are not wanted.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Mais detalhes sobre o status:<br>Se houver vários patches para um pacote "
-"(ou um conjunto de pacotes) que ainda não foram aplicados ao sistema, todos "
-"serão pré-selecionados e terão o status <b>a+</b>. Se um desses patches for "
-"desmarcado com ''-'', ele poderá mostrar o status <b>i</b> posteriormente. "
-"Isso ocorre porque qualquer outro patch referente ao(s) mesmo(s) pacote(s) "
-"ainda estará selecionado. Será feita a instalação da(s) versão(ões) mais "
-"recente(s) do(s) pacote(s) e, com ela, esse patch será satisfeito. Será "
-"necessário anular a seleção de todos os patches se não forem desejados.</p>"
+#. help text online udpate continue
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
+msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Mais detalhes sobre o status:<br>Se houver vários patches para um pacote (ou um conjunto de pacotes) que ainda não foram aplicados ao sistema, todos serão pré-selecionados e terão o status <b>a+</b>. Se um desses patches for desmarcado com ''-'', ele poderá mostrar o status <b>i</b> posteriormente. Isso ocorre porque qualquer outro patch referente ao(s) mesmo(s) pacote(s) ainda estará selecionado. Será feita a instalação da(s) versão(ões) mais recente(s) do(s) pacote(s) e, com ela, esse patch será satisfeito. Será necessário anular a seleção de todos os patches se não forem desejados.</p>"
-#. help text online udpate continue
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
-msgid ""
-"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e."
-"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to "
-"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a "
-"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages "
-"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the "
-"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are "
-"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system."
-"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the "
-"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os menus:</p><p>O menu <b>Filtrar</b> permite filtrar os patches; por "
-"exemplo, mostrar os patches ''Instalados'' ou listar os patches de "
-"''Segurança''. É possível também procurar por patches.<br>Use o menu "
-"<b>Ações</b> para mudar o status de um patch.<br>O menu <b>Ver</b> permite "
-"ver quais pacotes estão relacionados ao patch. Nota: Se o filtro for ''Todos "
-"os Patches'', a lista de pacotes de alguns patches poderá estar vazia. Isso "
-"significa que nenhum pacote relacionado ao patch foi instalado no sistema."
-"<br>O menu <b>Dependências</b> inclui as verificações de dependências e a "
-"entrada ''Gerar Caso de Teste do Solucionador''.</p>"
+#. help text online udpate continue
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
+msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os menus:</p><p>O menu <b>Filtrar</b> permite filtrar os patches; por exemplo, mostrar os patches ''Instalados'' ou listar os patches de ''Segurança''. É possível também procurar por patches.<br>Use o menu <b>Ações</b> para mudar o status de um patch.<br>O menu <b>Ver</b> permite ver quais pacotes estão relacionados ao patch. Nota: Se o filtro for ''Todos os Patches'', a lista de pacotes de alguns patches poderá estar vazia. Isso significa que nenhum pacote relacionado ao patch foi instalado no sistema.<br>O menu <b>Dependências</b> inclui as verificações de dependências e a entrada ''Gerar Caso de Teste do Solucionador''.</p>"
-#. label for a warning popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
+#. label for a warning popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Aviso"
-#. label for an error popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
+#. label for an error popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:662
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Erro"
-#. label for a notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
+#. label for a notify popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:669
msgid "Notify"
msgstr "Notificar"
-#. the label of an OK button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
+#. the label of an OK button
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
-#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
+#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "C&ontinuar"
-#. the label of the Yes button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
+#. the label of the Yes button
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "&Sim"
-#. the label of the No button
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712
+#. the label of the No button
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:712
msgid "&No"
msgstr "&Não"
-#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
-#. has to make some action (#213602)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720
+#. the label of the Solve button - 'try again' implies that user
+#. has to make some action (#213602)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "&OK - Tentar Novamente"
-#. text for a Notify popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728
-msgid ""
-"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost."
-"<br>Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Todas as mudanças feitas na seleção de pacote, patch ou padrão serão "
-"perdidas.<br>Deseja realmente sair?</p>"
+#. text for a Notify popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728
+msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Todas as mudanças feitas na seleção de pacote, patch ou padrão serão perdidas.<br>Deseja realmente sair?</p>"
-#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
+#. the label of language table
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
msgid "Available Languages"
msgstr "Idiomas Disponíveis"
-#. the label of language table
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743
+#. the label of language table
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743
msgid "Available Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios Disponíveis"
-#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars!
-#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
-#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
-#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753
+#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars!
+#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
+#. static const std::string value = _( "Installable Patches" );
+#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "Patches Necessários"
-#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761
+#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
+#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761
msgid "Installed Patches"
msgstr "Patches Instalados"
-#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
+#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Online Update Patches"
msgstr "Patches de Atualização Online"
-#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
+#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
msgstr "Problema de Atualização - consulte a ajuda"
-#. the label for Filter: Search results
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
+#. the label for Filter: Search results
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
msgid "Search Results"
msgstr "Resultados da Pesquisa"
-#. the headline of the dependency popup
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
+#. the headline of the dependency popup
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "Package Dependencies"
msgstr "Dependências do Pacote"
-#. help text package status
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
-msgid ""
-"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated "
-"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other "
-"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any "
-"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually "
-"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Lista de Problemas de Atualização</b><br><p>Os pacotes nesta lista não "
-"podem ser atualizados automaticamente.</p><p>Possíveis motivos:</p><p>Eles "
-"ficaram obsoletos por causa de outros pacotes.</p><p>Não existe nenhuma "
-"versão mais nova para atualizar nas mídias de instalação.</p><p>Eles são "
-"pacotes de terceiros</p><p>Selecione manualmente o que fazer com eles. A "
-"ação mais segura é apagá-los.</p>"
+#. help text package status
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
+msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Lista de Problemas de Atualização</b><br><p>Os pacotes nesta lista não podem ser atualizados automaticamente.</p><p>Possíveis motivos:</p><p>Eles ficaram obsoletos por causa de outros pacotes.</p><p>Não existe nenhuma versão mais nova para atualizar nas mídias de instalação.</p><p>Eles são pacotes de terceiros</p><p>Selecione manualmente o que fazer com eles. A ação mais segura é apagá-los.</p>"
-#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804
+#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Fonte"
-#. menu entry Update List
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
+#. menu entry Update List
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
msgid "&Update List"
msgstr "Lista de At&ualizações"
-#. part of the patch description
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
+#. part of the patch description
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
msgstr "<b>Patch: </b>"
-#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826
+#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826
msgid "No patches available"
msgstr "Nenhum patch disponível"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832
msgid "Script"
msgstr "Script"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838
msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
msgstr "Versões de Pacote Incompatíveis"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845
-msgid ""
-"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-"
-"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você está tentando instalar versões compatíveis e incompatíveis com "
-"várias versões deste pacote ao mesmo tempo.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845
+msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você está tentando instalar versões compatíveis e incompatíveis com várias versões deste pacote ao mesmo tempo.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854
-msgid ""
-"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install "
-"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" "
-"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta versão é compatível com várias versões.</p><p>Clique em \"Continuar"
-"\" para instalar essa versão e desmarcar a versão incompatível com várias "
-"versões, ou em \"Cancelar\" para desmarcar essa versão e manter a outra.</p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854
+msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta versão é compatível com várias versões.</p><p>Clique em \"Continuar\" para instalar essa versão e desmarcar a versão incompatível com várias versões, ou em \"Cancelar\" para desmarcar essa versão e manter a outra.</p>"
-#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864
-msgid ""
-"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to "
-"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to "
-"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Esta versão é incompatível com várias versões.</p><p>Clique em \"Continuar"
-"\" para instalar apenas essa versão e desmarcar todas as outras, ou em "
-"\"Cancelar\" para desmarcar essa versão e manter as outras.<p>"
+#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864
+msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>"
+msgstr "<p>Esta versão é incompatível com várias versões.</p><p>Clique em \"Continuar\" para instalar apenas essa versão e desmarcar todas as outras, ou em \"Cancelar\" para desmarcar essa versão e manter as outras.<p>"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/ncurses.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/network.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,148 +14,139 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:63
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:63
msgid "DNS Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de DNS"
-#. Commandline command help
-#. Commandline command help
-#. Commandline command help
-#. Commandline command help
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64
+#. Commandline command help
+#. Commandline command help
+#. Commandline command help
+#. Commandline command help
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:71 src/clients/host.rb:67 src/clients/lan.rb:65
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:76 src/clients/remote.rb:64
msgid "Display configuration summary"
msgstr "Mostrar Sumário da Configuração"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:80
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:80
msgid "Edit current settings"
msgstr "Editar as configurações atuais"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:89
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:89
msgid "Used machine hostname"
msgstr "Nome de host de máquina usado"
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:94
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:94
msgid "IP address of first nameserver."
msgstr "Endereço IP do primeiro servidor de nomes."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:99
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:99
msgid "IP address of second nameserver."
msgstr "Endereço IP do segundo servidor de nomes."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:104
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:104
msgid "IP address of third nameserver."
msgstr "Endereço IP do terceiro servidor de nomes."
-#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
+#. Command line output Headline
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:161
msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração DNS:"
-#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
-#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
-#. fail message: a string is expected
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
+#. validator: a reference to boolean( string) is expected
+#. setter: a reference to void( any) is expected
+#. fail message: a string is expected
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
msgstr "InvalidHostname. "
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
msgid "Invalid IP. "
msgstr "IP inválido. "
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
msgid "Cannot set "
msgstr "Impossível definir "
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
msgstr ". A rede é gerenciada pelo NetworkManager."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
msgid "Invalid option value."
msgstr "Valor de opção inválido."
-#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
+#: src/clients/dns.rb:252
msgid "Internal error"
msgstr "Erro interno"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Firewall..."
-#. Proposal title
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
+#. Proposal title
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:141
msgid "Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "Firewall e SSH"
-#. Menu entry label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
+#. Menu entry label
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:143
msgid "&Firewall and SSH"
msgstr "&Firewall e SSH"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:156
msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Básica do Firewall e SSH"
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
+#. frame label
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:161
msgid "Firewall and SSH service"
msgstr "Serviço de Firewall e SSH"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:172
msgid "Enable Firewall"
msgstr "Habilitar Firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Enable SSH Service"
msgstr "Habilitar Serviço SSH"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
-"attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
-"dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall e SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"O firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador contra "
-"ataques na rede.\n"
-"O SSH é um serviço que permite efetuar login no computador remotamente, por "
-"um cliente\n"
+"O firewall é um mecanismo defensivo que protege seu computador contra ataques na rede.\n"
+"O SSH é um serviço que permite efetuar login no computador remotamente, por um cliente\n"
"SSH dedicado</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
-"after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível escolher se o firewall será habilitado ou desabilitado após\n"
"a instalação. É recomendável mantê-lo habilitado.</p>"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
-"SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
-"service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Com o firewall habilitado, é possível decidir se é para abrir a porta do "
-"firewall para o serviço SSH\n"
-"e permitir logins SSH remotos. Seja qual for a decisão, é possível também "
-"habilitar o serviço SSH (ex. ele\n"
+"<p>Com o firewall habilitado, é possível decidir se é para abrir a porta do firewall para o serviço SSH\n"
+"e permitir logins SSH remotos. Seja qual for a decisão, é possível também habilitar o serviço SSH (ex. ele\n"
"será iniciado durante a inicialização do computador).</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n"
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
@@ -163,92 +154,91 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível também abrir as portas VNC no firewall. Isso não\n"
"habilita o serviço de administração remota em um sistema em\n"
-"execução, mas ele será iniciado pelo instalador automaticamente, se "
-"necessário.</p>"
+"execução, mas ele será iniciado pelo instalador automaticamente, se necessário.</p>"
-#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
-#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
+#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
+#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)"
msgstr "O firewall será habilitado (desabilitar</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)"
msgstr "O firewall será desabilitado (habilitar</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)"
msgstr "O serviço SSH será habilitado (desabilitar</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)"
msgstr "O serviço SSH será desabilitado (habilitar</a>)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
msgid "Open SSH Port"
msgstr "Abrir Porta SSH"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
msgstr "Abrir Portas &VNC"
-#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
+#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)"
msgstr "As portas VNC serão abertas (fechar</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)"
msgstr "As portar VNC serão bloqueadas (abrir</a>)"
-#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
-#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
-#. @return [String] proposal html text
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
+#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
+#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
+#. @return [String] proposal html text
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)"
msgstr "A porta SSH será aberta (bloquear</a>)"
-#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
+#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)"
msgstr "A porta SSH será bloqueada (abrir</a>)"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. configuration of hosts
-#. Hosts dialog caption
-#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75
+#. Commandline help title
+#. configuration of hosts
+#. Hosts dialog caption
+#: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75
msgid "Host Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Host"
-#. Command line output Headline
-#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:112
+#. Command line output Headline
+#. configuration of hosts
+#: src/clients/host.rb:112
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração de Hosts:"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
msgstr "Conectando à Internet..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
msgstr "Executando download das últimas notas de versão..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
msgid "Closing connection..."
msgstr "Fechando a Conexão..."
-#. Test dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
+#. Test dialog caption
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
msgstr "Executando teste da conexão com a Internet"
-#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
+#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
@@ -256,8 +246,8 @@
"<p>Aqui, você pode ver o progresso do\n"
"teste da conexão internet.</p>\n"
-#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
+#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -265,8 +255,8 @@
"<p>O teste pode ser abortado clicando no botão \n"
" <b>Abortar Teste</b>.</p>\n"
-#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
+#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
@@ -274,63 +264,63 @@
"<p>Se o teste falhar, retorne para a configuração de rede\n"
"e corrija as configurações.</p>\n"
-#. Label for result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
+#. Label for result of internet test
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
msgid "Test Result:"
msgstr "Resultado do Teste:"
-#. Push Button to abort internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
+#. Push Button to abort internet test
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:299
msgid "&Abort Test"
msgstr "&Abortar teste"
-#. Frame label: status of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
+#. Frame label: status of internet test
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:304
msgid "Test Status"
msgstr "Status do Teste"
-#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
+#. Push Button to see logs of internet test
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:314
msgid "&View Logs..."
msgstr "&Ver Registros..."
-#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
+#. result of internet test
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:351
msgid "Success"
msgstr "Sucesso"
-#. result of internet test
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
+#. result of internet test
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:355
msgid "Failure"
msgstr "Falha"
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:365
msgid "Kernel Network Interfaces"
msgstr "Interfaces de Rede do Kernel"
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
msgstr "Tabela de Roteamento do Kernel"
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
msgstr "Pesquisa de Nome de Host"
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
msgid "Kernel Messages"
msgstr "Mensagens do Kernel"
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
msgstr "Download das últimas notas de versão"
-#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
+#. popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
msgid ""
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
@@ -338,19 +328,19 @@
"Impossível instalar notas da versão das quais foi feito download. \n"
"Falha na verificação da assinatura RPM."
-#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
+#. popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
msgstr "Falha na instalação de notas da versão das quais foi feito download."
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780
msgid "Opening of Connection"
msgstr "Abertura de Conexão"
-#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
+#. popup to inform user about the failure
+#. popup to inform user about the failure
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812
msgid ""
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -358,39 +348,31 @@
"Conexão à Internet falhou. Veja\n"
"os logs para mais detalhes.\n"
-#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Não existe URL para as notas de versão definidas. O teste de Internet não "
-"pode ser executado."
+#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "Não existe URL para as notas de versão definidas. O teste de Internet não pode ser executado."
-#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
-#. most likely due to server-side error
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
+#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
+#. most likely due to server-side error
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
-"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any "
-"steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
-"configuration,\n"
+"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"O download das últimas notas de versão falhou devido a um erro no "
-"servidor. \n"
+"O download das últimas notas de versão falhou devido a um erro no servidor. \n"
"Isto não necessariamente significa uma rede mal configurada.\n"
"\n"
-"Clique em ''Continuar'' para prosseguir para a próxima etapa de instalação. "
-"Para ignorar quaisquer etapas\n"
-"que exijam conexões com a Internet ou para voltar à sua configuração de "
-"rede,\n"
+"Clique em ''Continuar'' para prosseguir para a próxima etapa de instalação. Para ignorar quaisquer etapas\n"
+"que exijam conexões com a Internet ou para voltar à sua configuração de rede,\n"
"clique em ''Cancelar''.\n"
-#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
+#. popup to inform user about the failure
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894
msgid ""
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
@@ -398,13 +380,13 @@
"Falha no download das últimas notas de versão. Veja\n"
"os registros para obter detalhes."
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940
msgid "Check for Patches"
msgstr "Verificar Patches"
-#. popup to inform user about the failure
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
+#. popup to inform user about the failure
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949
msgid ""
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
@@ -412,103 +394,103 @@
"Verificação das últimas atualizações falhou.\n"
"Veja os logs para mais detalhes.\n"
-#. label of combobox where the log is selected
-#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
+#. label of combobox where the log is selected
+#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975
msgid "Closing of Connection"
msgstr "Fechando a Conexão"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing.
-#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal
-#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped
-#. @return sequence result
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99
+#. Commandline help title
+#. Whole configuration of network but without reading and writing.
+#. For use with autoinstallation and proposal
+#. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped
+#. @return sequence result
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99
msgid "Network Card Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Placas de Rede"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:87
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:87
msgid "Add a network card"
msgstr "Adicionar Placa de rede"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:99
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:99
msgid "Change existing configuration"
msgstr "Mudar configuração existente"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:107
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:107
msgid "Delete a network card"
msgstr "Remover placa de rede"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:117
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:117
msgid "List only configured cards"
msgstr "Listar somente placas configuradas"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:121
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:121
msgid "List only unconfigured cards"
msgstr "Listar somente placas não configuradas"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:127
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:127
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Identificador de dispositivo"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:132
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:132
msgid "Config identifier"
msgstr "Identificador de config"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:137
msgid "Use static or dynamic configuration"
msgstr "Usar configuração estática ou dinâmica"
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:141
msgid "Configuration Name"
msgstr "Nome de Configuração"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:146
msgid "Device IP address"
msgstr "Endereço IP do Dispositivo"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:151
msgid "Network mask"
msgstr "Máscara de rede"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:156
msgid "Prefix length"
msgstr "Comprimento do prefixo"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:161
msgid "Bond Slaves"
msgstr "Escravos Vinculados"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
msgstr "Dispositivo Ethernet para VLAN"
-#. Commandline option help
-#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
+#. Commandline option help
+#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
msgstr "Interfaces para Ponte"
-#. see bnc#498993
-#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
-#. we'll keep values from installation
-#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
+#. see bnc#498993
+#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
+#. we'll keep values from installation
+#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Erro na Configuração: interface não inicializada."
-#. translators: command line help for network module
-#: src/clients/network.rb:60
+#. translators: command line help for network module
+#: src/clients/network.rb:60
msgid ""
"Configuration of network.\n"
"This is only a delegator to network sub-modules.\n"
@@ -522,18 +504,18 @@
"\n"
"lan\t"
-#. Selection box item
-#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
+#. Selection box item
+#: src/clients/network.rb:67 src/clients/network.rb:108
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede"
-#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/network.rb:88
+#. Network dialog caption
+#: src/clients/network.rb:88
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Rede"
-#. Network dialog help
-#: src/clients/network.rb:91
+#. Network dialog help
+#: src/clients/network.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
@@ -541,39 +523,37 @@
"<p>Escolha um dos módulos de rede disponíveis para configurar\n"
"os dispositivos correspondentes e clique em <b>Iniciar</b>.</p>"
-#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/network.rb:105
+#. Selection box label
+#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
msgstr "Módulos de rede &disponíveis"
-#: src/clients/network.rb:123
+#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Iniciar"
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:54
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:54
msgid "Remote Access Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Remota"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:74
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:74
msgid "Allow remote access"
msgstr "Permitir acesso remoto"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Configure 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração "
-"remota"
+msgstr "Configure 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração remota"
-#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
+#. Command line output Headline
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração Remota:"
-#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
+#. Command line error message
+#: src/clients/remote.rb:146
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -581,385 +561,380 @@
"Configure 'sim' para permitir a administração remota\n"
"ou 'não' para não permiti-la."
-#. RichText label
-#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78
+#. RichText label
+#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78
msgid "VNC Remote Administration"
msgstr "Administração Remota do VNC"
-#. Menu label
-#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80
+#. Menu label
+#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:80
msgid "VNC &Remote Administration"
msgstr "Administração &Remota do VNC"
-#. Commandline help title
-#. Main routing dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
+#. Commandline help title
+#. Main routing dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Roteamento"
-#. FIXME
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:64
+#. FIXME
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:64
msgid "Show complete routing table"
msgstr "Mostrar a tabela de roteamento completa"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
msgstr "Mostrar a entrada na tabela de roteamento para o destino selecionado"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings"
msgstr "Configurações de encaminhamento IPv4 e IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:87
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:87
msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings"
msgstr "Somente configurações de encaminhamento IPv4"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:95
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:95
msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings"
msgstr "Somente configurações de encaminhamento IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:103
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:103
msgid "Add new route"
msgstr "Adicionar nova rota"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:111
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:111
msgid "Edit an existing route"
msgstr "Editar uma rota existente"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:119
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:119
msgid "Delete an existing route"
msgstr "Apagar uma rota existente"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:130
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:130
msgid "Destination IP address"
msgstr "Endereço IP do destino"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:132
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:132
msgid "Gateway IP address"
msgstr "Endereço IP do gateway"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:133
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:133
msgid "Subnet mask"
msgstr "Máscara de sub-rede"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:134
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:134
msgid "Network device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de rede"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:135
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:135
msgid "Additional options"
msgstr "Opções adicionais"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:136
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:136
msgid "Show current settings"
msgstr "Mostrar configurações atuais"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:137
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:137
msgid "Enable IP forwarding"
msgstr "Habilitar encaminhamento IP"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:138
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:138
msgid "Disable IP forwarding"
msgstr "Desabilitar encaminhamento IP"
-#. main ui function
-#. Frame label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
+#. main ui function
+#. Frame label
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
msgstr "Tabela de roteamento"
-#. Table header 1/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
+#. Table header 1/4
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
msgstr "Destino"
-#. Table header 2/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
+#. Table header 2/4
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
msgid "Gateway"
msgstr "Gateway"
-#. Table header label
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
+#. Table header label
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Máscara de rede"
-#. Table header 4/4
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
+#. Table header 4/4
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:209 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:68
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:72
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:91
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opções"
-#. Handler for action "list"
-#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
+#. Handler for action "list"
+#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:422
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
msgstr "Não há entrada para o destino '%1' na tabela de roteamento"
-#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
+#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:262
msgid "%s forwarding is enabled"
msgstr "Encaminhamento %s habilitado"
-#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
+#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:265
msgid "%s forwarding is disabled"
msgstr "Encaminhamento %s desabilitado"
-#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
+#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:269
msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Habilitando encaminhamento %s..."
-#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
+#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:273
msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..."
msgstr "Desabilitando encaminhamento %s..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:279
msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv4:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:289
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv6:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:299
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv4 e IPv6:"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:321
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
-msgstr ""
-"É necessário especificar pelo menos os endereços IP de destino e gateway."
+msgstr "É necessário especificar pelo menos os endereços IP de destino e gateway."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:330
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
msgstr "Adicionando o destino '%1' à tabela de roteamento..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:344
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "O endereço IP de destino deve ser especificado."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
-"must be specified"
-msgstr ""
-"Pelo menos um dos seguintes parâmetros (gateway, máscara de rede, "
-"dispositivo, opções) deve ser especificado"
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:349
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "Pelo menos um dos seguintes parâmetros (gateway, máscara de rede, dispositivo, opções) deve ser especificado"
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:371
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
msgstr "Atualizando o destino '%1' na tabela de roteamento..."
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:414
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
msgstr "Apagando o destino '%1' da tabela de roteamento..."
-#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
+#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
+#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Aviso: nenhuma criptografia é usada."
-#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
+#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
+#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Modificar."
-#. Table item
-#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface
-#. (eth0:1)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121
+#. Table item
+#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface
+#. (eth0:1)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:121
msgid "Additional Address"
msgstr "Endereços Adicionais"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171
+#. Summary text
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171
msgid "Already Configured Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Já Configurados:"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176
+#. Summary text
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176
msgid "Nothing is configured"
msgstr "Nada está configurado"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:202
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Card"
msgstr "Placa PCMCIA RDSI (ISDN)"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:204
msgid "USB ISDN Card"
msgstr "Placa USB RDSI (ISDN)"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:206
msgid "PCMCIA Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede Ethernet PCMCIA"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:208
msgid "USB Ethernet Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede Ethernet USB"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:210
msgid "PCMCIA FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede FDDI PCMCIA"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:212
msgid "USB FDDI Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede FDDI USB"
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:214 src/include/network/complex.rb:218
msgid "PCMCIA ISDN Connection"
msgstr "Conexão PCMCIA RDSI (ISDN)"
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:216 src/include/network/complex.rb:220
msgid "USB ISDN Connection"
msgstr "Conexão USB RDSI (ISDN)"
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:222 src/include/network/complex.rb:226
msgid "PCMCIA Modem"
msgstr "Modem PCMCIA"
-#. Device type label
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
+#. Device type label
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:224 src/include/network/complex.rb:228
msgid "USB Modem"
msgstr "Modem USB"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:230
msgid "PCMCIA Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede Token Ring PCMCIA"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:234
msgid "USB Token Ring Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede Token Ring USB"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:236
msgid "USB Network Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de rede USB"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:238
msgid "PCMCIA Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede Wireless PCMCIA"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:240
msgid "USB Wireless Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de rede Wireless USB"
-#. Device type label
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
+#. Device type label
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255
msgid "Unknown Network Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Rede Desconhecido"
-#. Modem status (%1 is device)
-#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
-#. Network card status (%1 is device)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
+#. Modem status (%1 is device)
+#. ISDN device status (%1 is device)
+#. Network card status (%1 is device)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374
msgid "Configured as %1"
msgstr "Configurado como %1"
-#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
+#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
msgstr "Configurado como %1 com provedor %2"
-#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
+#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
msgstr "Configurado como %1 com provedor %2 (protocolo %3)"
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
msgstr "Configurado sem endereço (NENHUM)"
-#. Network card status
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
+#. Network card status
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345
msgid "Configured without an address"
msgstr "Configurado sem endereço"
-#. Network card status (%1 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
+#. Network card status (%1 is address)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured with address %1"
msgstr "Configurado com endereço %1"
-#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
+#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
msgstr "Configurado com endereço %1 (remoto %2)"
-#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
+#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with %1"
msgstr "Configurado com %1"
-#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
+#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
msgstr "Configurado como %1 com endereço %2"
-#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
+#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
msgstr "Configurado como %1 com endereço %2 (remoto %3)"
-#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
+#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
msgstr "Configurado como %1 com %2"
-#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config
-#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over.
-#. @param [Hash] devmap device map
-#. @return textual device protocol
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
+#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config
+#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over.
+#. @param [Hash] devmap device map
+#. @return textual device protocol
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Não configurada"
-#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
-#. ComboBox item
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
+#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
+#. ComboBox item
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434
msgid "Managed"
msgstr "Gerenciado"
-#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59
+#. Heading text
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "Enter Provider Password"
msgstr "Informe a senha do provedor"
-#. Steps dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121
+#. Steps dialog caption
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Test Internet Connection"
msgstr "Testar conexão com a Internet"
-#. Steps dialog caption 1/2
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124
+#. Steps dialog caption 1/2
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n"
"configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>"
@@ -967,8 +942,8 @@
"<p>Aqui, você pode validar a conexão internet \n"
"configurada. O teste é opcional.</p>"
-#. Steps dialog caption 2/2
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132
+#. Steps dialog caption 2/2
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>A successful result enables you to run\n"
"the YaST Online Update.</p>"
@@ -976,8 +951,8 @@
"<p>Um resultado com sucesso lhe habilita a\n"
"executar o YaST Atualização Online.</p>"
-#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139
+#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139
msgid ""
"To validate your Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
@@ -985,8 +960,8 @@
"Para validar seu acesso à Internet, \n"
"ative o procedimento de teste."
-#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145
+#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145
msgid ""
"To validate your DSL Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
@@ -994,8 +969,8 @@
"Para validar seu acesso internet DSL, \n"
"ative o procedimento de teste."
-#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149
+#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149
msgid ""
"To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
@@ -1003,8 +978,8 @@
"Para validar seu acesso internet ISDN, \n"
"ative o procedimento de teste."
-#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153
+#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153
msgid ""
"To validate your modem Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
@@ -1012,265 +987,263 @@
"Para validar seu acesso internet por modem, \n"
"ative o procedimento de teste."
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "&Yes, Test Connection to the Internet Via"
msgstr "&Sim, Testar a Conexão com a Internet Via"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "N&o, Skip This Test"
msgstr "Nã&o, Pular este teste"
-#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196
+#. label text - one step of during network test
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "- Connect to the Internet"
msgstr "- Conectar à Internet"
-#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
+#. label text - one step of during network test
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
msgstr "- Download das últimas notas de versão"
-#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
+#. label text - one step of during network test
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
msgid "- Check for latest updates"
msgstr "- Verificação das últimas atualizações "
-#. label text - one step of during network test
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
+#. label text - one step of during network test
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:212
msgid "- Close connection"
msgstr "- Fechar conexão"
-#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
+#. Heading text
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "The following steps will be performed:"
msgstr "Os seguintes passos serão executados:"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:231
msgid "Select:"
msgstr "Selecionar:"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
msgstr "&Sim, executar atulização online agora."
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "N&o, Skip Update"
msgstr "Nã&o, saltar a atualização"
-#. Heading text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
+#. Heading text
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
msgstr "Atualizações Online disponíveis"
-#. Label text
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
+#. Label text
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
msgstr "Download e instalar via o YaST Atualização Online?"
-#. Heading
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
+#. Heading
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
msgstr "Logs de Teste da Conexão Internet:"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "&Select Log:"
msgstr "&Selecionar Registro:"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85
msgid "Additional Addresses"
msgstr "Endereços Adicionais"
-#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
+#. Table header label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97
msgid "IPv4 Address Label"
msgstr "Rótulo do Endereço IPv4"
-#. Table header label
-#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
+#. Table header label
+#. Table header label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#. PushButton label
-#. PushButton label
-#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
+#. PushButton label
+#. PushButton label
+#. PushButton label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "A&dicionar"
-#. PushButton label
-#. PushButton label
-#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
+#. PushButton label
+#. PushButton label
+#. PushButton label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#. PushButton label
-#. PushButton label
-#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
+#. PushButton label
+#. PushButton label
+#. PushButton label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "A&pagar"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133
msgid "&Name of Interface"
msgstr "&Nome da Interface"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135
msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>"
msgstr "<p>TODO é relativamente vago!</p>"
-#. Combo Box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
+#. Combo Box label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140
msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone"
msgstr "Atribuir Interface à &Zona de Firewall"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148
msgid "&Mandatory Interface"
msgstr "Interface &Obrigatória"
-#. ComboBox label
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360
+#. ComboBox label
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360
msgid "&Device Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &Dispositivo"
-#. ComboBox label
-#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
-#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TextEntry label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174
+#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346
msgid "&Configuration Name"
msgstr "Nome da &Configuração"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183
msgid "Tunnel owner"
msgstr "Proprietário do túnel"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "Grupo de túnel"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos com Ponte"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
msgstr "Interface Real para &VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216
msgid "VLAN ID"
msgstr "ID da VLAN"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
msgstr "Escravos Vinculados e Ordem"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Para Cima"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Para Baixo"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
msgstr "&Escravos Vinculados"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
msgstr "Opções do Driver de &Vinculação"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione as opções do driver vinculado e edite-as, se necessário. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione as opções do driver vinculado e edite-as, se necessário. </p>"
-#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
-#. else
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806
+#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
+#. else
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Sem Configuração de Link e IP (Escravos Associados)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
msgstr "Usar Valores iBFT"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299
msgid "Dynamic Address"
msgstr "Endereço Dinâmico"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315
msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6"
msgstr "DHCP versões 4 e 6"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316
msgid "DHCP version 4 only"
msgstr "Apenas DHCP versão 4"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317
msgid "DHCP version 6 only"
msgstr "Apenas DHCP versão 6"
-#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
+#. TODO : Stat ... Assigned
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328
msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP Atribuído Estaticamente"
-#. TextEntry label
-#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
-#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326
+#. TextEntry label
+#. TextEntry label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332
+#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço &IP"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
msgstr "Máscara de &Sub-rede"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de &Host"
-#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
+#. Text entry label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367
msgid "R&emote IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP R&emoto"
-#. validation error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
+#. validation error popup
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376
msgid "The remote IP address is invalid."
msgstr "O endereço IP remoto está incorreto"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384
msgid "&S/390"
msgstr "&S/390"
-#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023
+#. validate device type, misdetection
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1280,14 +1253,14 @@
"foi detectado. Isto só faz sentido se\n"
"você sabe que a detecção está errada."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Configuração %1 já existe."
-#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
-#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067
+#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
+#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1297,24 +1270,24 @@
"em nenhuma zona, assim todo seu tráfego \n"
"será bloqueado. Associar zona agora?"
-#. Validator for network masks adresses
-#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
-#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
-#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087
+#. Validator for network masks adresses
+#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
+#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
+#. @return whether valid
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Nenhum endereço IP válido."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Máscara de rede ou comprimento do prefixo inválido."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Nome de host inválido."
-#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
+#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1328,8 +1301,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deixar o nome de host em branco?\n"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1337,87 +1310,81 @@
"Endereço IP duplicado detectado.\n"
"Realmente continuar?\n"
-#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186
+#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Geral"
-#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Ativação do Dispositivo"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Zona do Firewall"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Unidade Máxima de Transferência (MTU)"
-#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
-#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216
+#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
+#. tab set but not for one tab
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configure configurações detalhadas de placa de rede aqui.</p>"
-#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
-#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
+#. shortcuts
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "Ende&reços"
-#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286
+#. Address tab help
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configure o seu endereço IP.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Escravos Vinculados"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "&Sem Fio"
-#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361
+#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Prioridade Ifplugd"
-#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
-#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367
+#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
+#. substituted as %1
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On "
-"Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
-"to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>PRIORIDADE IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Todas as interfaces configuradas com <b>Conexão a Cabo</b> e com "
-"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 serão\n"
-" usadas mutuamente exclusivas. Se mais de uma dessas interfaces for de "
-"<b>Conexão a Cabo</b>, \n"
-" precisaremos de uma forma de decidir qual interface usar. Portanto, temos "
-"que\n"
+"<p> Todas as interfaces configuradas com <b>Conexão a Cabo</b> e com IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 serão\n"
+" usadas mutuamente exclusivas. Se mais de uma dessas interfaces for de <b>Conexão a Cabo</b>, \n"
+" precisaremos de uma forma de decidir qual interface usar. Portanto, temos que\n"
" definir a prioridade de cada interface. </p>\n"
-#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450
+#. Address dialog caption
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Configuração da Placa de Rede"
-#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608
+#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608
msgid ""
"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n"
"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n"
@@ -1426,16 +1393,15 @@
"\n"
"Really continue?\n"
msgstr ""
-"As interfaces selecionadas compartilham a mesma porta física, e se forem "
-"vinculadas, \n"
+"As interfaces selecionadas compartilham a mesma porta física, e se forem vinculadas, \n"
"talvez não tenham o efeito de redundância desejado.\n"
"\n"
"%s\n"
"\n"
"Continuar mesmo assim?\n"
-#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93
+#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1443,269 +1409,263 @@
"Pelo menos um dispositivo selecionado já está configurado.\n"
"Adaptar a configuração para ponte?\n"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55
msgid "Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless ISA/PCI and PCMCIA ethernet cards"
msgstr "Placa etherrnet ISA/PCI e PCMCIA Cisco/Aironet 802.11 wireless"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62
msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
msgstr "Placas Wireless Lucent Orinoco, baseadas em Prism II e similares"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
msgstr "Placas wireless PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, baseadas em Prism II"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
msgid "Wireless LAN cards using direct PCI interface"
msgstr "Placas LAN Wireless usando interface direta PCI"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:83
msgid "Wireless LAN cards using the PLX9052 PCI bridge"
msgstr "Placas LAN Wireless usando bridge PLX9052 PCI"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:90
msgid "Wireless device using kernel module p80211.o"
msgstr "Dispositivo Wireless usando módulo de kernel p80211.o"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:97
msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_cs.o"
msgstr "Dispositivo Wireless usando módulo de kernel prism2_cs.o"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:104
msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_pci.o"
msgstr "Dispositivo Wireless usando módulo de kernel prism2_pci.o"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:111
msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_plx.o"
msgstr "Dispositivo Wireless usandoo módulo de kernel prism2_plx.o"
-#. Network card name (wireless)
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118
+#. Network card name (wireless)
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:118
msgid "Wireless device using kernel module prism2_usb.o"
msgstr "Dispositivo Wireless usando módulo de kernel prism2_usb.o"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:126
msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet mace"
msgstr "Ethernet mace Apple onboard"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:132
msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet bmac"
msgstr "Ethernet bmac Apple onboard"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:138
msgid "Apple onboard Ethernet gmac"
msgstr "Ethernet gmac Apple onboard"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:171
msgid "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series"
msgstr "3Com 3c90x/3c980 B/C series"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:202
msgid "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet"
msgstr "Apricot Xen-II onboard ethernet"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208
msgid "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter"
msgstr "Adaptador AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231
msgid "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter"
msgstr "Adaptador D-Link DE600 pocket"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237
msgid "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter"
msgstr "Adaptador D-Link DE620 pocket"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299
msgid "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)"
msgstr "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320
msgid "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)"
msgstr "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440
msgid "iSeries Virtual Network"
msgstr "iSeries Virtual Network"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:448
msgid "IBM Tropic chipset token ring"
msgstr "IBM Tropic chipset token ring"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:454
msgid "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring"
msgstr "IBM Olympic chipset PCI Token Ring"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:460
msgid "IBM OSA Token Ring"
msgstr "IBM OSA Token Ring"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473
msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)"
msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479
msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)"
msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510
msgid "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller"
msgstr "Digital Equipment Corporation FDDI controller"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516
msgid "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)"
msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)"
-#. Network subsystem name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533
+#. Network subsystem name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533
msgid "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) network"
msgstr "Channel-to-Channel (CTC) network"
-#. Network subsystem name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541
+#. Network subsystem name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541
msgid "Hipersockets (HSI) Network"
msgstr "Rede Hipersockets (HSI) "
-#. Network subsystem name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548
+#. Network subsystem name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548
msgid "IBM OSA LCS"
msgstr "IBM OSA LCS"
-#. Network subsystem name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553
+#. Network subsystem name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:553
msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) network"
msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON) network"
-#. Network subsystem name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561
+#. Network subsystem name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network"
-msgstr ""
-"Rede FICON (Fiberchannel System Connector - Conector de Sistema de Canal de "
-"Fibra)"
+msgstr "Rede FICON (Fiberchannel System Connector - Conector de Sistema de Canal de Fibra)"
-#. Network subsystem name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569
+#. Network subsystem name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569
msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)"
-#. Network card name
-#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577
+#. Network card name
+#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:577
msgid "CI7000 adapter"
msgstr "CI7000 adapter"
-#. list
\n"
+"detectado se o sistema de arquivos ''auto'' for selecionado. Se a detecção falhar ou se você\n"
+"quiser utilizar um sistema de arquivos específico, selecione-o na lista.</p>\n"
-#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
+#. combobox title
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de &Disco"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2631,21 +2469,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Disco</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecione o disco onde o repositório está localizado.\n"
-"Use o <b>Caminho para Diretório</b> para especificar o diretório do "
-"repositório.\n"
+"Use o <b>Caminho para Diretório</b> para especificar o diretório do repositório.\n"
"Se o caminho for omitido o sistema usará o diretório raiz do disco.\n"
"Se o diretório incluir somente pacotes RPM sem\n"
-"quaisquer metadados (ex.: não existe nenhuma informação sobre o produto), "
-"marque a opção\n"
+"quaisquer metadados (ex.: não existe nenhuma informação sobre o produto), marque a opção\n"
"<b>Diretório RPM Simples</b>.</p>\n"
-#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421
+#. text entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Caminho para Imagem ISO"
-#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2655,72 +2491,72 @@
"Use <b>Caminho para Imagem ISO</b> para especificar o caminho do\n"
"arquivo de imagem ISO.</p>"
-#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622
+#. text entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "&Nome do Servidor"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Porta"
-#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631
+#. text entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "Compartilhamento&s"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&Imagem ISO"
-#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647
+#. text entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Diretório no Servidor"
-#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652
+#. frame
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "Au&tenticação"
-#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659
+#. check box
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anônimo"
-#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668
+#. text entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio"
-#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677
+#. text entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome do &usuário"
-#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684
+#. password entry
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "Senha (&P)"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
-#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943
+#. help text - server dialog
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2728,8 +2564,7 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
-"Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2740,48 +2575,44 @@
"Para permitir a autenticação, desmarque <b>Anônimo</b> e especifique o\n"
"<b>Nome do Usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b>.<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Para o repositório SMB/CIFS, especifique o nome do <b>Compartilhamento</b> e "
-"o <b>Caminho para o Diretório\n"
+"Para o repositório SMB/CIFS, especifique o nome do <b>Compartilhamento</b> e o <b>Caminho para o Diretório\n"
"ou Imagem ISO</b>. \n"
"Se a localização for um arquivo contendo uma imagem ISO\n"
"da mídia, defina a <b>Imagem ISO</b>.</p>\n"
-#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956
+#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956
msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS "
-"repository.\n"
+"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível definir o número da <b>Porta</b> para um repositório HTTP/"
-"HTTPS.\n"
+"<p>É possível definir o número da <b>Porta</b> para um repositório HTTP/HTTPS.\n"
"Deixe vazio para usar a porta padrão.</p>\n"
-#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
-#.
-#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018
+#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018
msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr "&Eu desejo instalar outro Produto Complementar"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Co&nfiguração de Rede..."
-#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153
+#. help text
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
"or on the hard disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Tipo de Mídia</b></big><br>\n"
-"O repositório de software pode estar localizado no CD, em um servidor de "
-"rede\n"
+"O repositório de software pode estar localizado no CD, em um servidor de rede\n"
"ou no disco rígido.</p>"
-#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162
+#. help, continued
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2791,8 +2622,8 @@
"Para adicionar do <b>CD</b> ou do <b>DVD</b>,\n"
"tenha o conjunto de CDs ou o DVD à mão.</p>"
-#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#. help, continued
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2806,8 +2637,8 @@
"Basta indicar o caminho base se todos os CDs forem copiados\n"
"no mesmo diretório.</p>\n"
-#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184
+#. help, continued
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2819,209 +2650,206 @@
"Especifique o diretório onde estão os pacotes do\n"
"primeiro CD, como /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Selecionar o tipo de mídia"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Insira o CD do produto acessório"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Insira o DVD do produto acessório"
-#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226
+#. ask for a medium
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Nenhum disco USB foi detectado."
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442
+#. use three slashes as third slash means path
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
-"the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Fazer Download de Arquivos</b><br>\n"
"Cada repositório possui arquivos de descrição que descrevem seu conteúdo.\n"
-"Marque a opção <b>Fazer download dos arquivos de descrição de repositório"
-"b> para fazer download dos arquivos\n"
+"Marque a opção <b>Fazer download dos arquivos de descrição de repositório</b> para fazer download dos arquivos\n"
"ao fechar este módulo do YaST. Se a opção estiver desmarcada, o YaST fará\n"
-"download dos arquivos automaticamente quando precisar deles mais tarde. "
-"p>\n"
+"download dos arquivos automaticamente quando precisar deles mais tarde. </p>\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Mídia"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Produto Complementar"
-#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
-#.
-#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717
+#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
+#.
+#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr "Esquema URL '%s' inválido."
-#. SourceManager read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
+#. SourceManager read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
msgstr "Inicializando Repositórios Disponíveis"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112
msgid "Read configured repositories"
msgstr "Ler repositórios configurados"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114
msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP"
msgstr "Detectar repositórios disponíveis via SLP"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118
msgid "Reading configured repositories..."
msgstr "Lendo repositórios configurados..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120
msgid "Detecting available repositories..."
msgstr "Detectando repositórios disponíveis..."
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133
msgid "Cannot read repositories."
msgstr "Impossível ler os repositórios."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141
msgid "Cannot detect available repositories."
msgstr "Impossível detectar os repositórios disponíveis."
-#. popup message header
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160
+#. popup message header
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160
msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n"
msgstr "Impossível gravar as mudanças do repositório.\n"
-#. SourceManager read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183
+#. SourceManager read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183
msgid "Saving Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do Repositório"
-#. Progress stage 1/1
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194
+#. Progress stage 1/1
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194
msgid "Write repository settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações do repositório"
-#. Progress step 1/1
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198
+#. Progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Create a repository from an URL
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296
+#. Create a repository from an URL
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296
msgid "Adding repository..."
msgstr "Adicionando repositório..."
-#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395
+#. status info, to be used inside summary
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407
+#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430
+#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430
msgid "On"
msgstr "Ligado"
-#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432
+#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Desligado"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios Configurados"
-#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
-#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
+#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
+#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
+#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
msgstr "&Unidade a ser ejetada"
-#. translators: popup heading (progress popup)
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51
+#. translators: popup heading (progress popup)
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51
msgid "SLP Search"
msgstr "Pesquisa SLP"
-#. progress information
-#. progress information
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81
+#. progress information
+#. progress information
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81
msgid "Scanning network for installation services..."
msgstr "Procurando serviços de instalação na rede..."
-#. frame label
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106
+#. frame label
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106
msgid "Filter Form"
msgstr "Filtrar Formulário"
-#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158
+#. translators: popup heading
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158
msgid "Choose SLP Repository"
msgstr "Escolher Repositório SLP"
-#. tree label (tree of available products)
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171
+#. tree label (tree of available products)
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171
msgid "Available Installation &Products"
msgstr "&Produtos de Instalação Disponíveis"
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalhes..."
-#. error popup
-#. message popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217
+#. error popup
+#. message popup
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217
msgid "No details are available."
msgstr "Nenhum detalhe disponível."
-#. min Y in UI
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274
+#. min Y in UI
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274
msgid "Repository Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Repositório"
-#. table header item
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281
+#. table header item
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Chave"
-#. table header item
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283
+#. table header item
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. message popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403
+#. message popup
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403
msgid ""
"Select one of the offered options.\n"
"More repositories are available for this product.\n"
@@ -3029,8 +2857,8 @@
"Selecione uma das opções oferecidas.\n"
"Este produto possui mais repositórios disponíveis.\n"
-#. popup error
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423
msgid ""
"An internal error occurred.\n"
"The selected repository has no URL."
@@ -3038,13 +2866,13 @@
"Ocorreu um erro interno.\n"
"O repositório selecionado não tem URL."
-#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
+#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
msgstr "Coletando informações de %1 serviços encontrados..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
msgid ""
"No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n"
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
@@ -3054,18 +2882,18 @@
"A causa pode ser o SuSEfirewall2 em execução,\n"
"que provavelmente bloqueia a exploração da rede."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
msgstr "Nenhum repositório SLP foi encontrado na rede."
-#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
+#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
msgstr "Partição \"%1\" necessita %2 mais espaço de disco."
-#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
+#. popup message
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
@@ -3073,7 +2901,7 @@
"Cancele a seleção de pacotes ou apague dados\n"
"ou arquivos temporários antes de atualizar o sistema.\n"
-#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
+#. popup message
+#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Cancele a seleção de alguns pacotes."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/pam.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/pkg-bindings.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,192 +14,168 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: src/GPGMap.cc:54
+#: src/GPGMap.cc:54
msgid "Never"
msgstr "Nunca"
-#. help text
-#: src/HelpTexts.h:36
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available "
-"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a "
-"while...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Carregando Pacotes Disponíveis</B></BIG></P><P>Os objetos "
-"disponíveis estão sendo carregados dos repositórios configurados. Isso pode "
-"levar um tempo...</P>"
+#. help text
+#: src/HelpTexts.h:36
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Carregando Pacotes Disponíveis</B></BIG></P><P>Os objetos disponíveis estão sendo carregados dos repositórios configurados. Isso pode levar um tempo...</P>"
-#. help text
-#: src/HelpTexts.h:42
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"reading installed packages...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Carregando Pacotes Instalados</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de "
-"pacotes está lendo os pacotes instalados...</P>"
+#. help text
+#: src/HelpTexts.h:42
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Carregando Pacotes Instalados</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de pacotes está lendo os pacotes instalados...</P>"
-#. help text
-#: src/HelpTexts.h:47
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is "
-"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available "
-"packages in the repository...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Registrando um Novo Repositório</B></BIG></P><P>Um novo "
-"repositório está sendo registrado. O gerenciador de pacotes está lendo a "
-"lista de pacotes disponíveis no repositório...</P>"
+#. help text
+#: src/HelpTexts.h:47
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Registrando um Novo Repositório</B></BIG></P><P>Um novo repositório está sendo registrado. O gerenciador de pacotes está lendo a lista de pacotes disponíveis no repositório...</P>"
-#: src/HelpTexts.h:52
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"updating configured repositories...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Gravando Repositórios</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de pacotes "
-"está atualizando os repositórios configurados...</P>"
+#: src/HelpTexts.h:52
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Gravando Repositórios</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de pacotes está atualizando os repositórios configurados...</P>"
-#: src/HelpTexts.h:55
-msgid ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
-"updating the repository content...</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>Atualizando o Repositório</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de "
-"pacotes está atualizando o conteúdo do repositório...</P>"
+#: src/HelpTexts.h:55
+msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Atualizando o Repositório</B></BIG></P><P>O gerenciador de pacotes está atualizando o conteúdo do repositório...</P>"
-#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:658
+#. error message
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "O pacote não pode ser selecionado para instalação."
-#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:664
+#. error message
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "O pacote não está disponível."
-#. still not initialized, throw an exception
-#. translators: this is an error message
-#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
+#. still not initialized, throw an exception
+#. translators: this is an error message
+#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
msgstr "Impossível conectar-se ao gerenciador de pacotes"
-#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129
+#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129
msgid "Refreshing repository "
msgstr "Atualizando o repositório "
-#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150
+#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150
msgid "Probing repository "
msgstr "Investigando o repositório "
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:52
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:52
msgid "Scanning products in "
msgstr "Procurando produtos em "
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:581
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:581
msgid "Search Available Products"
msgstr "Pesquisar Produtos Disponíveis"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:586
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:586
msgid "Probe Source Type"
msgstr "Investigar Tipo de Fonte"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:589
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:589
msgid "Download Descriptions"
msgstr "Fazer Download de Descrições"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
-#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
+#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
msgid "Rebuild Cache"
msgstr "Reconstruir Cache"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480
-#: src/Source_Set.cc:76
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:594 src/Source_Load.cc:156 src/Source_Load.cc:480
+#: src/Source_Set.cc:76
msgid "Load Data"
msgstr "Carregar Dados"
-#: src/Source_Create.cc:597
+#: src/Source_Create.cc:597
msgid "Adding the Repository..."
msgstr "Adicionando o Repositório..."
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
msgid "Downloading "
msgstr "Fazendo Download "
-#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
+#. stages: "download", "build cache"
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
msgid "Refresh Metadata"
msgstr "Atualizar Metadados"
-#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
+#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
+#: src/Source_Download.cc:414
msgid "Refreshing Repository..."
msgstr "Atualizando Repositório..."
-#. error message (followed by directory name)
-#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73
+#. error message (followed by directory name)
+#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73
msgid "Target is not a directory: "
msgstr "O destino não é um diretório: "
-#. error message (followed by directory name)
-#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103
+#. error message (followed by directory name)
+#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103
msgid "Cannot create directory "
msgstr "Impossível criar o diretório "
-#. error message (followed by directory name)
-#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112
+#. error message (followed by directory name)
+#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112
msgid "Cannot check status of directory "
msgstr "Impossível verificar o status do diretório "
-#. error message (followed by detailed description)
-#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216
+#. error message (followed by detailed description)
+#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216
msgid "Error: Cannot copy the cache to the target directory\n"
msgstr "Erro: Impossível copiar o cache para o diretório de destino\n"
-#. error message
-#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193
+#. error message
+#: src/Source_Installation.cc:193
msgid "Copying failed"
msgstr "Falha ao copiar"
-#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string
-#: src/Source_Load.cc:109
+#. error message, service name and URL is appened at the end of the string
+#: src/Source_Load.cc:109
msgid "Error refreshing service"
msgstr "Erro ao atualizar o serviço"
-#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478
+#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478
msgid "Refresh Sources"
msgstr "Atualizar Fontes"
-#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
-#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
+#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
+#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
msgstr "Carregando o Gerenciador de Pacotes..."
-#: src/Source_Load.cc:477
+#: src/Source_Load.cc:477
msgid "Load Sources"
msgstr "Carregar Fontes"
-#. TODO: improve the error message
-#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70
+#. TODO: improve the error message
+#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70
msgid "Cannot find source"
msgstr "Impossível localizar fonte"
-#: src/Source_Save.cc:132
+#: src/Source_Save.cc:132
msgid "Remove Repositories"
msgstr "Remover Repositórios"
-#. stages: "download", "build cache"
-#: src/Source_Save.cc:137
+#. stages: "download", "build cache"
+#: src/Source_Save.cc:137
msgid "Save Repositories"
msgstr "Gravar Repositórios"
-#. start the process
-#: src/Source_Save.cc:145
+#. start the process
+#: src/Source_Save.cc:145
msgid "Saving Repositories..."
msgstr "Gravando Repositórios..."
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:70
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:70
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
msgstr "Inicializar o Sistema de Destino"
-#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
+#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
msgstr "Ler Pacotes Instalados"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/printer.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,81 +14,74 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the printer module
-#: src/clients/printer.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the printer module
+#: src/clients/printer.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of printer"
msgstr "Configuração da impressora"
-#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system
-#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map
-#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST
-#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function.
-#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244
+#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system
+#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map
+#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST
+#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function.
+#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244
msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
msgstr "Erro: Falha ao gravar /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263
+#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263
msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf"
msgstr "Erro: Falha ao gravar /etc/cups/client.conf"
-#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
-#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read.
-#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301
+#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
+#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read.
+#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301
msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)."
msgstr "Aviso: Impossível ler %1 (o arquivo pode não existir)."
-#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
-#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read.
-#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338
+#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
+#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read.
+#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338
msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)."
msgstr "Erro: Falha ao ler %1 (é possível que o arquivo esteja vazio)."
-#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
-#. where %1 is replaced by the file name.
-#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383
+#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
+#. where %1 is replaced by the file name.
+#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383
msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save"
msgstr "Aviso: Falha ao fazer backup de %1 como %1.yast2save"
-#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
-#. where %1 is replaced by the file name.
-#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411
+#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
+#. where %1 is replaced by the file name.
+#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411
msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig"
msgstr "Aviso: Falha ao fazer backup de %1 como %1.yast2orig"
-#. Propose configuration for each local printer:
-#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed
-#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see
-#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13
-#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors.
-#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is
-#. mandatory to set up local print queues.
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível configurar impressão (requer pacote cups-client não instalado)."
+#. Propose configuration for each local printer:
+#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed
+#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see
+#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13
+#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors.
+#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is
+#. mandatory to set up local print queues.
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92
+msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
+msgstr "Impossível configurar impressão (requer pacote cups-client não instalado)."
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível configurar impressoras locais (requer pacote cups não instalado)."
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102
+msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
+msgstr "Impossível configurar impressoras locais (requer pacote cups não instalado)."
-#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config:
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhuma impressora local acessível (usando o servidor CUPS remoto '%1' para "
-"imprimir)."
+#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config:
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117
+msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
+msgstr "Nenhuma impressora local acessível (usando o servidor CUPS remoto '%1' para imprimir)."
-#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd:
-#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because
-#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config
-#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds
-#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info
-#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues.
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356
+#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd:
+#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because
+#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config
+#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds
+#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info
+#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues.
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356
msgid ""
"Started the CUPS daemon.\n"
"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n"
@@ -96,17 +89,17 @@
"Daemon do CUPS iniciado.\n"
"Aguardando meio minuto para que ele fique pronto para operar...\n"
-#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system)
-#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate.
-#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time.
-#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now.
-#. (Plain busy message without title.)
-#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system)
-#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate.
-#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time.
-#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now.
-#. (Plain busy message without title.)
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372
+#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system)
+#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate.
+#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time.
+#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now.
+#. (Plain busy message without title.)
+#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system)
+#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate.
+#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time.
+#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now.
+#. (Plain busy message without title.)
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n"
"Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..."
@@ -114,637 +107,600 @@
"O daemon do CUPS ainda não está acessível.\n"
"Aguardando um minuto para que ele fique pronto para operar..."
-#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now.
-#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).
-#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls
-#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used).
-#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port
-#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done.
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196
+#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now.
+#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).
+#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls
+#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used).
+#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port
+#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done.
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196
msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)."
msgstr "Impossível configurar impressoras locais (nenhum cupsd acessível)."
-#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here)
-#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces
-#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional
-#. space between table columns:
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223
+#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here)
+#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces
+#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional
+#. space between table columns:
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223
msgid "No local printer detected."
msgstr "Nenhuma impressora local detectada."
-#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls
-#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp).
-#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
-#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814
+#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls
+#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp).
+#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
+#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814
msgid "Creating New Printer Setup"
msgstr "Criando Configuração da Nova Impressora"
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817
msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System"
msgstr "Configuração da Nova Impressora ainda não Armazenada no Sistema"
-#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347
+#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347
msgid "This may result broken printer configurations."
msgstr "Isso pode resultar em configurações corrompidas da impressora."
-#. has almost no additional space between table columns:
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389
+#. has almost no additional space between table columns:
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389
msgid "Found existing configuration"
msgstr "Configuração existente encontrada"
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397
msgid "Created configuration"
msgstr "Configuração criada"
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410
msgid "No local printer configured."
msgstr "Nenhuma impressora local configurada."
-#. Create titles:
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438
+#. Create titles:
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impressora"
-#. Menu title for Printer in proposals
-#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440
+#. Menu title for Printer in proposals
+#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr "&Impressora"
-#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers
-#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now.
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49
+#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers
+#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now.
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49
msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now"
-msgstr ""
-"&Realizar uma configuração automática de impressoras locais conectadas agora"
+msgstr "&Realizar uma configuração automática de impressoras locais conectadas agora"
-#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
-#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61
-msgid ""
-"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
-msgstr ""
-"Especificar se a configuração automática da impressora USB deve ser "
-"executada quando ligada"
+#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
+#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically:
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61
+msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
+msgstr "Especificar se a configuração automática da impressora USB deve ser executada quando ligada"
-#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers
-#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer.
-#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name.
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer "
-"configuration"
-msgstr ""
-"&Utilizar o pacote udev-configure-pritnter para configuração automática da "
-"impressora USB"
+#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers
+#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer.
+#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name.
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75
+msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration"
+msgstr "&Utilizar o pacote udev-configure-pritnter para configuração automática da impressora USB"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'"
msgstr "Desabilitar Servidor CUPS Remoto '%1'"
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of "
-"printers for the local system."
-msgstr ""
-"Conflito entre uma configuração de servidor CUPS remoto e a configuração "
-"automática de impressoras do sistema local."
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system."
+msgstr "Conflito entre uma configuração de servidor CUPS remoto e a configuração automática de impressoras do sistema local."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
msgstr "Falha ao remover a entrada 'ServerName' de /etc/cups/client.conf"
-#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp).
-#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
-#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
-#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188
+#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp).
+#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
+#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
+#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here:
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188
msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer."
msgstr "Falha ao instalar udev-configure-printer."
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201
msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer."
msgstr "Falha ao remover udev-configure-printer."
-#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247
+#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality:
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247
msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain."
msgstr "A configuração automática da impressora foi em vão."
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252
msgid "Automated printer configuration results"
msgstr "Resultados da configuração automática da impressora"
-#. BasicAddDialog dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#. BasicModifyDialog dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51
+#. BasicAddDialog dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#. BasicModifyDialog dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51
msgid "any model"
msgstr "qualquer modelo"
-#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog):
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51
+#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog):
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51
msgid "Add New Printer Configuration"
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Configuração de Impressora"
-#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
-#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
-#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
-#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
-#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
-#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
-#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
-#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994
+#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
+#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
+#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
+#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
+#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
+#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
+#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
+#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994
msgid "Enter your printer model here."
msgstr "Digite o modelo de sua impressora aqui."
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87
msgid "Specify the Connection"
msgstr "Especificar a Conexão"
-#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection
-#. to show more available printer connections
-#. in the Table with a list of printer connections:
-#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection
-#. to show more available printer connections
-#. in the Table with a list of printer connections:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343
+#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection
+#. to show more available printer connections
+#. in the Table with a list of printer connections:
+#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection
+#. to show more available printer connections
+#. in the Table with a list of printer connections:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343
msgid "&Detect More"
msgstr "&Detectar Mais"
-#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard"
-#. to specify the printer connection individually:
-#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard"
-#. to specify the printer connection individually:
-#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard"
-#. to specify the printer connection individually:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195
+#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard"
+#. to specify the printer connection individually:
+#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard"
+#. to specify the printer connection individually:
+#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard"
+#. to specify the printer connection individually:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195
msgid "Connection &Wizard"
msgstr "A&ssistente de Conexão"
-#. Printer model name:
-#. Printer model name:
-#. Printer model name:
-#. Printer model name:
-#. Printer model name:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545
+#. Printer model name:
+#. Printer model name:
+#. Printer model name:
+#. Printer model name:
+#. Printer model name:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port):
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548
msgid "Connection"
msgstr "Conexão"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
-#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver):
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection:
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
+#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver):
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131
msgid "Find and Assign a Driver"
msgstr "Localizar e Atribuir um Driver"
-#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
-#. and then show the search result:
-#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
-#. and then show the search result:
-#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
-#. and then show the search result:
-#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
-#. and then show the search result:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557
+#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
+#. and then show the search result:
+#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
+#. and then show the search result:
+#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
+#. and then show the search result:
+#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
+#. and then show the search result:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557
msgid "&Search for"
msgstr "Pesqui&sar por"
-#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers:
-#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428
+#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers:
+#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428
msgid "&Find More"
msgstr "Localizar &Mais"
-#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog
-#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before):
-#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog
-#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before):
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434
+#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog
+#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before):
+#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog
+#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before):
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434
msgid "Driver &Packages"
msgstr "&Pacotes de Drivers"
-#. By default there is no UserInput()
-#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox
-#. (without clicking additionally a button)
-#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected:
-#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI
-#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument).
-#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument)
-#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended
-#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because
-#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
-#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI
-#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument).
-#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument)
-#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended
-#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because
-#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
- src/modules/Printer.rb:1954
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
+#. By default there is no UserInput()
+#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox
+#. (without clicking additionally a button)
+#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected:
+#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI
+#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument).
+#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument)
+#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended
+#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because
+#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
+#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI
+#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument).
+#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument)
+#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended
+#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because
+#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox.
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
msgid "Select a driver."
msgstr "Selecione um driver."
-#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver,
-#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271
+#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver,
+#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271
msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)"
msgstr "Tamanho padrão do papel (se a impressora e o driver suportar)"
-#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
-#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574
+#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
+#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574
msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name"
msgstr "Definir &Nome Arbitrário"
-#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue:
-#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478
+#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue:
+#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478
msgid "&Use as Default"
msgstr "&Usar como Padrão"
-#. to set up HP printers:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241
+#. to set up HP printers:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241
msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:"
msgstr "Configuração alternativa para impressoras HP:"
-#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249
+#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249
msgid "Run &hp-setup"
msgstr "Executar &hp-setup"
-#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256
+#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256
msgid "hp-setup runs in English language"
msgstr "O hp-setup é executado em inglês"
-#. nor a driver was selected:
-#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state:
-#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI:
-#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function
-#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
-#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
-#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
+#. nor a driver was selected:
+#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state:
+#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI:
+#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function
+#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
+#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
+#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Nada Selecionado"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection
-#. nor a driver was selected:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection
+#. nor a driver was selected:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340
msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver."
msgstr "Selecione uma conexão e atribua um driver."
-#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function
-#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table
-#. so that this item can be preselected:
-#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function
-#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table
-#. so that this item can be preselected:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936
+#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function
+#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table
+#. so that this item can be preselected:
+#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function
+#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table
+#. so that this item can be preselected:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936
msgid "No Connection Selected"
msgstr "Nenhuma Conexão Selecionada"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938
msgid "Select a connection."
msgstr "Selecione uma conexão."
-#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080
+#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080
msgid "No Driver Selected"
msgstr "Nenhum Driver Selecionado"
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365
msgid "No Queue Name"
msgstr "Nenhum Nome de Fila"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367
msgid "Enter a queue name."
msgstr "Digite um nome de fila."
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377
msgid "Invalid Queue Name"
msgstr "Nome de Fila Inválido"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379
-msgid ""
-"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are "
-"allowed for the queue name."
-msgstr ""
-"Somente letras (a-z e A-Z), números (0-9) e ''_'' são permitidos no nome da "
-"fila."
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379
+msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name."
+msgstr "Somente letras (a-z e A-Z), números (0-9) e ''_'' são permitidos no nome da fila."
-#. when a queue name is changed to be valid:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389
+#. when a queue name is changed to be valid:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389
msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name"
msgstr "Confirmar Nome de Fila Validado"
-#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name
-#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395
+#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name
+#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395
msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?"
msgstr "'%1' é inválido ou já existe. Usar '%2'?"
-#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
-#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
-#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
-#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
-#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
-#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, "
-"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a próxima caixa de diálogo não mostrar a configuração da nova impressora "
-"como esperado, aguarde algum tempo e use o botão ''Atualizar Lista''."
+#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
+#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
+#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
+#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
+#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
+#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "Se a próxima caixa de diálogo não mostrar a configuração da nova impressora como esperado, aguarde algum tempo e use o botão ''Atualizar Lista''."
-#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called
-#. and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802
+#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called
+#. and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802
msgid "Failed to run hp-setup."
msgstr "Falha ao executar hp-setup."
-#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100
+#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100
msgid "Modify %1"
msgstr "Modificar %1"
-#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog
-#. to set all available options for the printer driver
-#. which is currently used for a print queue:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147
+#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog
+#. to set all available options for the printer driver
+#. which is currently used for a print queue:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147
msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver"
msgstr "&Todas as Opções do Driver Atual"
-#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification.
-#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs)
-#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224
+#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification.
+#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs)
+#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224
msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver"
msgstr "Tamanho Padrão do Papel do Driver Atual"
-#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list.
-#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection
-#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list
-#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint)
-#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user).
-#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe
-#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept
-#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list).
-#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the
-#. table of connections via prepend():
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298
+#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list.
+#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection
+#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list
+#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint)
+#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user).
+#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe
+#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept
+#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list).
+#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the
+#. table of connections via prepend():
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298
msgid "Current Connection"
msgstr "Conexão Atual"
-#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used.
-#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term.
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface "
-"script' is used)"
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhum driver em uso (é uma fila 'raw' ou um 'System V style interface "
-"script' é usado)"
+#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used.
+#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term.
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315
+msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)"
+msgstr "Nenhum driver em uso (é uma fila 'raw' ou um 'System V style interface script' é usado)"
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323
msgid "Current Driver"
msgstr "Driver Atual"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384
msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver"
msgstr "Ajustar Opções do Driver Atual ou Atribuir um Driver Diferente"
-#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line):
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461
+#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line):
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461
msgid "Description &Text"
msgstr "&Texto de Descrição"
-#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469
+#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469
msgid "&Location"
msgstr "&Localização"
-#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485
+#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485
msgid "Accept Print &Jobs"
msgstr "Aceitar &Serviços de Impressão"
-#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492
+#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492
msgid "&Enable Printing"
msgstr "&Habilitar Impressão"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759
msgid "Failed to modify %1."
msgstr "Falha ao modificar %1."
-#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816
+#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816
msgid "Modifying Printer Setup"
msgstr "Modificando Configuração da Impressora"
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819
msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System"
msgstr "Configuração da Impressora Modificada ainda não Armazenada no Sistema"
-#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails.
-#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
-#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time "
-"and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr ""
-"Se a próxima caixa de diálogo não mostrar as modificações esperadas, aguarde "
-"algum tempo e use o botão ''Atualizar Lista''."
+#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails.
+#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
+#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "Se a próxima caixa de diálogo não mostrar as modificações esperadas, aguarde algum tempo e use o botão ''Atualizar Lista''."
-#. Exit this dialog in any case:
-#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
-#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
+#. Exit this dialog in any case:
+#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
+#. Have the PageSize option topmost:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
msgid "No driver options available"
msgstr "Nenhuma opção de driver disponível"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected:
-#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected:
+#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855
msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration."
msgstr "Motivos possíveis: Nada foi selecionado ou é uma configuração remota."
-#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416
+#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416
msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer"
msgstr "Manter o modelo da impressora ou selecionar outro &fabricante"
-#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally
-#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer.
-#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
-#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432
-msgid ""
-"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
-msgstr ""
-"Manter o modelo ou selecionar um &fabricante se não for necessário "
-"configurar uma ''fila de não processados''"
+#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally
+#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer.
+#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
+#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432
+msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
+msgstr "Manter o modelo ou selecionar um &fabricante se não for necessário configurar uma ''fila de não processados''"
-#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452
+#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452
msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer"
msgstr "Selecionar o fabricante da &impressora"
-#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer.
-#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
-#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467
+#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer.
+#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
+#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467
msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up."
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione o &fabricante da impressora se não for necessário configurar uma "
-"''fila de não processados''."
+msgstr "Selecione o &fabricante da impressora se não for necessário configurar uma ''fila de não processados''."
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742
msgid "&IP Address or Host Name"
msgstr "Endereço &IP ou Nome de Host"
-#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done
-#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form
-#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/...
-#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form
-#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/...
-#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/...
-#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734
+#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done
+#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form
+#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/...
+#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form
+#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/...
+#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/...
+#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734
msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]"
msgstr "Endereço &IP ou Nome de Host [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755
msgid "Look up"
msgstr "Pesquisar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759
msgid "Look up for All Hosts"
msgstr "Pesquisar Todos os Hosts"
-#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters:
-#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774
+#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters:
+#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774
msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr ""
-"Parâmetro opcional ''opção=valor'' (normalmente vazio) [codificado com sinal "
-"de porcentagem]"
+msgstr "Parâmetro opcional ''opção=valor'' (normalmente vazio) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
-#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899
msgid "&Test Connection"
msgstr "&Testar Conexão"
-#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639
+#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639
msgid ""
"To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n"
"the RPM package hplip must be installed."
@@ -752,69 +708,66 @@
"Para acessar um dispositivo HP pelo back end ''hp'',\n"
"o pacote RPM hplip deve estar instalado."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644
msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed."
msgstr "O pacote RPM hplip não está instalado."
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1)
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1)
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993
msgid "&Serial device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo serial"
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. the baud rate for a serial device
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. the baud rate for a serial device
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007
msgid "&Baud rate"
msgstr "&Taxa de transmissão"
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. the number of data bits for a serial device
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. the number of data bits for a serial device
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023
msgid "&Data bits"
msgstr "Bits de &Dados"
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. the parity checking for a serial device
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. the parity checking for a serial device
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037
msgid "&Parity checking"
msgstr "Verificação de &paridade"
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. the flow control for a serial device
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. the flow control for a serial device
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053
msgid "&Flow control"
msgstr "Controle de &fluxo"
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. the number of stop bits for a serial device
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. the number of stop bits for a serial device
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067
msgid "S&top bits"
msgstr "Bits de ¶da"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076
-msgid ""
-"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Para acessar uma impressora bluetooth, o pacote RPM bluez-cups deve estar "
-"instalado."
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076
+msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
+msgstr "Para acessar uma impressora bluetooth, o pacote RPM bluez-cups deve estar instalado."
-#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
-#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
-#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092
msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed."
msgstr "O pacote RPM bluez-cups não está instalado."
-#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails
-#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098
+#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails
+#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098
msgid ""
"It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n"
"Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n"
@@ -824,345 +777,332 @@
"Execute ''hcitool scan'' para obter os IDs de dispositivo bluetooth.\n"
"Digite o ID sem dois-pontos, como ''1A2B3C4D5E6F''."
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107
msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..."
msgstr "Recuperando IDs de dispositivo bluetooth..."
-#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up.
-#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because
-#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $!
-#. would kill only grep and
-#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $!
-#. would kill only the sub shell.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119
+#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up.
+#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because
+#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $!
+#. would kill only grep and
+#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $!
+#. would kill only the sub shell.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119
msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs."
msgstr "Falha ao obter uma lista de IDs de dispositivo bluetooth."
-#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
-#. a bluetooth device ID
-#. can be selected or entered:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212
+#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
+#. a bluetooth device ID
+#. can be selected or entered:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212
msgid "&Bluetooth device ID"
msgstr "ID do dispositivo &Bluetooth"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218
msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs"
msgstr "IDs dos dispositivos bluetooth disponíveis"
-#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels,
-#. first for network scan button,
-#. second for the TCP port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268
+#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels,
+#. first for network scan button,
+#. second for the TCP port number:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268
msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers"
msgstr "Procurar Servidores de Soquete Direto"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269
msgid "TCP Port Number"
msgstr "Número da Porta TCP"
-#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels,
-#. first for network scan button,
-#. second for name of printer queue
-#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels,
-#. first for network scan button,
-#. second for name of printer queue
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653
+#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels,
+#. first for network scan button,
+#. second for name of printer queue
+#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels,
+#. first for network scan button,
+#. second for name of printer queue
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653
msgid "Scan for LPD Servers"
msgstr "Procurar Servidores LPD"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327
msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)"
msgstr "Nome da Fila (consulte o manual da impressora)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393
+#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393
msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr ""
-"URI (consulte o manual da impressora) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
+msgstr "URI (consulte o manual da impressora) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402
-msgid ""
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Para acessar um compartilhamento de impressora SMB, o pacote RPM samba-"
-"client deve estar instalado."
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402
+msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed."
+msgstr "Para acessar um compartilhamento de impressora SMB, o pacote RPM samba-client deve estar instalado."
-#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
-#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
-#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418
msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed."
msgstr "O pacote RPM samba-client não está instalado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526
msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)"
msgstr "&Servidor (Nome de Host NetBIOS)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535
msgid "&Printer (Share Name)"
msgstr "&Impressora (Nome do Compartilhamento)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545
msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)"
msgstr "&Grupo de Trabalho (Nome de Domínio)"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552
msgid "Authentication (if needed)"
msgstr "Autenticação (se necessária)"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555
msgid "Use fixed username and password"
msgstr "Usar senha e nome de usuário fixos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication)
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Usuário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication)
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573
msgid "Pass&word"
msgstr "Se&nha"
-#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585
+#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R):
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585
msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)"
msgstr "Suporte ao &Active Directory (R)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872
msgid "Queue Name"
msgstr "Nome da fila"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757
msgid "Scan for IPP Servers"
msgstr "Procurar Servidores IPP"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758
msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts"
msgstr "Procurar Broadcasts IPP"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792
msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Para acessar uma fila de impressão IPX, o pacote RPM ncpfs deve estar "
-"instalado."
+msgstr "Para acessar uma fila de impressão IPX, o pacote RPM ncpfs deve estar instalado."
-#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
-#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
-#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808
msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed."
msgstr "O pacote RPM ncpfs não está instalado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864
msgid "IP Address or Host Name"
msgstr "Endereço IP ou Nome de Host"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878
msgid "Authenticate as"
msgstr "Autenticar como"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication)
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883
msgid "User"
msgstr "Usuário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication)
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "S&enha"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976
msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr ""
-"URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
+msgstr "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985
msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Para imprimir por ''pipe'', o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado."
+msgstr "Para imprimir por ''pipe'', o pacote RPM cups-backends deve estar instalado."
-#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
-#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
-#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
-#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
-#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
-#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
+#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
+#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
msgstr "O pacote RPM cups-backends não está instalado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr ""
-"Programa (/caminho/para/comando?opção=valor) [codificado com sinal de "
-"porcentagem]"
+msgstr "Programa (/caminho/para/comando?opção=valor) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
msgstr "Para usar \"beh\", é necessário instalar o pacote RPM cups-backends."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr ""
-"URI do Dispositivo (ao qual ''beh'' deve ser aplicado) [codificado com sinal "
-"de porcentagem]"
+msgstr "URI do Dispositivo (ao qual ''beh'' deve ser aplicado) [codificado com sinal de porcentagem]"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
+#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
msgstr "Nunca Desabilitar a Fila"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
msgstr "Número de Tentativas ('0' significa infinitas)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
+#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
msgstr "Atraso em Segundos Entre Duas Tentativas"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
msgstr "Selecione um tipo de conexão específico."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
+#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
msgid "&Connection Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &Conexão"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Conectado Diretamente"
-#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
-#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
+#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226
msgid "USB Port"
msgstr "Porta USB"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
msgstr "Dispositivos HP (HPLIP)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
-#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
+#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
msgstr "Acessar Impressora da Rede ou Caixa do Servidor de Impressão por"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
msgstr "Porta TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo LPD (Line Printer Daemon)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
msgstr "Protocolo IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
msgstr "Imprimir pela Máquina do Servidor de Impressão"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
msgstr "Windows (R) ou Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257
msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)"
msgstr "Servidor UNIX Tradicional (LPR/LPD)"
-#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
+#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ),
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
msgstr "Servidor CUPS (IPP)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
msgid "Special"
msgstr "Especial"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
msgstr "Especificar Dispositivo URI Arbitrário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
msgstr "Enviar Dados de Impressão para Outro Programa (pipe)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
msgstr "Encadeamento em Série da Sub-rotina de Erros Back End (beh)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
+#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
msgid "Connection Settings"
msgstr "Configurações da Conexão"
-#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
-#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module.
-#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is
-#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do)
-#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview."
-#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog
-#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog.
-#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all
-#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
-#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
-#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
+#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
+#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module.
+#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is
+#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do)
+#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview."
+#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog
+#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog.
+#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all
+#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
+#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
+#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK".
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313
msgid "Connection Wizard"
msgstr "Assistente de Conexão"
-#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121
-#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500
-#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
-#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
-#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
+#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121
+#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500
+#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped.
+#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped.
+#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
msgstr "O suporte a impressoras SCSI foi descartado do CUPS versão 1.5."
-#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
+#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
msgid ""
"An untested and insecure workaround might be\n"
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
@@ -1172,16 +1112,16 @@
"a definição de ''FileDevice Yes'' no arquivo cupsd.conf\n"
"e a utilização de um URI de Dispositivo como ''file:/dev/sg...''"
-#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
-#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
-#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
+#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
+#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
+#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443
msgid "Select a connection"
msgstr "Selecionar uma conexão"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
-#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected
+#. because there is no connection available to be selected:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446
msgid ""
"If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n"
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
@@ -1191,13 +1131,13 @@
"acessar o dispositivo usando esse tipo de conexão.\n"
"A impressora estava conectada e ligada o tempo todo?"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
msgid "Select a valid connection"
msgstr "Selecionar uma conexão válida"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
-#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected
+#. because the current connection is no longer valid:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457
msgid ""
"When the current connection is no longer valid,\n"
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
@@ -1207,97 +1147,91 @@
"ela não funcionará mais para acessar o dispositivo por meio dessa conexão.\n"
"A impressora ainda está conectada e ligada?"
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
msgstr "O dispositivo serial e a taxa de transferência não podem ficar vazios."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
-msgstr ""
-"A verificação de paridade de ''espaço'' só é suportada com 7 bits de dados."
+msgstr "A verificação de paridade de ''espaço'' só é suportada com 7 bits de dados."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
-msgid ""
-"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
-msgstr ""
-"A verificação de paridade de ''marca'' só é suportada com 7 bits de dados e "
-"1 bit de parada."
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
+msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
+msgstr "A verificação de paridade de ''marca'' só é suportada com 7 bits de dados e 1 bit de parada."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
msgstr "O ID do dispositivo bluetooth não pode ficar vazio."
-#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
-#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
-#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
+#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri
+#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values
+#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564
msgid "URI could not be empty."
msgstr "O URI não pode ficar vazio."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
msgstr "O nome do servidor e a impressora não podem ficar vazios."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
msgstr "Ambos usuário e senha devem ser especificados."
-#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
-#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
-#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
-#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
-#.
-#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
+#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
+#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
+#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
+#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible.
+#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name
+#.
+#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
msgstr "O nome do servidor não pode ficar vazio."
-#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options
-#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options
-#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
-#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
-#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
+#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options
+#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options
+#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
+#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options
+#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options
+#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
msgstr "Os nomes do servidor e da fila não podem ficar vazios."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
-msgstr ""
-"O URI do dispositivo, o número de tentativas e o atraso não podem ficar "
-"vazios."
+msgstr "O URI do dispositivo, o número de tentativas e o atraso não podem ficar vazios."
-#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
-#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
-#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
+#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
+#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
+#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2'
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789
msgid "Could not be empty."
msgstr "Não pode ficar vazio."
-#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
-#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
+#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
+#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
msgstr "Selecione um fabricante ou uma ''fila de não processados''."
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
msgstr "Pesquisar todos os hosts na rede local"
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904
msgid ""
"Please wait...\n"
"This could take more than a minute."
@@ -1305,36 +1239,36 @@
"Aguarde...\n"
"Isto pode levar mais de um minuto."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1"
msgstr "Explorar hosts acessíveis pela porta TCP %1"
-#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
-#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
+#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
+#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)"
msgstr "Explorar hosts acessíveis pelo Samba (SMB)"
-#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
-#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
+#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
+#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)"
msgstr "Explorar hosts acessíveis pela porta 515 (LDP/LPR)"
-#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
-#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
+#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
+#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902
msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
msgstr "Explorar hosts acessíveis pela porta 631 (CUPS/IPP)"
-#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{
-#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h);
-#. return size (queues) > 0;
-#. });
-#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
-#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
+#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{
+#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h);
+#. return size (queues) > 0;
+#. });
+#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case
+#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929
msgid ""
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
@@ -1342,26 +1276,26 @@
"A exploração na rede não encontrou nenhum host.\n"
"(Problema na rede ou firewall ativo?)"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
-#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
+#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr "Falha do teste de acesso na porta '%1' do host '%2'."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
-#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
-#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
-#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
+#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
+#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
+#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr "Falha do teste de acesso na fila '%1' do host '%2'."
-#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
+#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
msgid ""
"This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n"
"if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n"
@@ -1370,259 +1304,246 @@
msgstr ""
"Isto é apenas um teste genérico que poderá relatar falsas falhas\n"
"se a autenticação pelo Active Directory (R) for necessária.\n"
-"Neste caso, o próprio usuário com permissão para imprimir pelo Active "
-"Directory (R)\n"
+"Neste caso, o próprio usuário com permissão para imprimir pelo Active Directory (R)\n"
"deve efetuar login e testar se ele consegue imprimir usando o Gnome ou KDE."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
-#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
+#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr "O teste genérico relatou falhas no compartilhamento '%1' no host '%2'."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
-#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
+#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
msgstr "Falha do teste de acesso no compartilhamento '%1' do host '%2'."
-#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
+#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
msgid "Test OK"
msgstr "Teste OK"
-#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
-#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
-msgid ""
-"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be "
-"installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Para suportar o Active Directory (R), o pacote RPM samba-krb-printing deve "
-"estar instalado."
+#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
+#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
+msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
+msgstr "Para suportar o Active Directory (R), o pacote RPM samba-krb-printing deve estar instalado."
-#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
-#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
+#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
+#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
-msgstr ""
-"O suporte ao Active Directory (R) será desabilitado em todas as filas de "
-"impressão SMB."
+msgstr "O suporte ao Active Directory (R) será desabilitado em todas as filas de impressão SMB."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of printer
-#. Summary: DialogTree definition
-#. Authors: Michal Zugec
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of printer
+#. Summary: DialogTree definition
+#. Authors: Michal Zugec
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Printer Configurations"
msgstr "Configurações da Impressora"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Print via Network"
msgstr "Imprimir pela Rede"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Share Printers"
msgstr "Compartilhar Impressoras"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130
msgid "Policies"
msgstr "Políticas"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137
msgid "Automatic Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Automática"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177
msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations"
msgstr "Configurações de Impressora do AutoYaST"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Impressão por Rede do AutoYaST"
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192
msgid "Detected Printers"
msgstr "Impressoras detectadas"
-#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs
-#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
-#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module.
-#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is
-#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do)
-#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview."
-#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all
-#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
-#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222
+#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs
+#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008)
+#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module.
+#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is
+#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do)
+#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview."
+#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all
+#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
+#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network"
msgstr "Configurações do AutoYaST para Impressão com CUPS por Rede"
-#. AddDriver dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47
+#. AddDriver dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47
msgid "Driver Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes de Drivers"
-#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
-#. add or remove printer driver packages:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98
+#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
+#. add or remove printer driver packages:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98
msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages"
msgstr "Instalar ou Remover Pacotes de Drivers de Impressoras"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111
msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers"
msgstr "Arquivos de Descrição de Impressora para Drivers Ghostscript"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122
msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers"
msgstr "Arquivos de Descrição de Impressora para algumas Impressoras PCL"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133
msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers"
msgstr "Arquivos de Descrição de Impressora para Impressoras PostScript"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name.
-#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name.
+#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146
msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver"
msgstr "Driver Gutenprint/Gimp-Print"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs.
-#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text
-#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs.
+#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text
+#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157
msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices"
msgstr "Driver para Impressoras HP e Dispositivos Multifuncionais HP"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168
msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files"
msgstr "Arquivos de Descrição de Impressora PostScript do Fabricante"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
msgstr "Driver SpliX para impressoras SPL sem JBIG"
-#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
-#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
-#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
+#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
+#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
+#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
msgstr "Driver da Impressora Jato de Tinta Epson ESC/P-R"
-#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
-#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
-#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
+#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
+#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
+#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215
msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available"
msgstr "Disponibilizar um Arquivo de Descrição de Impressora"
-#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
+#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
-msgstr ""
-"&Nome do arquivo de descrição da impressora com o caminho completo de sua "
-"localização"
+msgstr "&Nome do arquivo de descrição da impressora com o caminho completo de sua localização"
-#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
-#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
+#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
+#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&Pesquisar"
-#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
-#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
+#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog
+#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
msgid "Select a printer description file"
msgstr "Selecione um arquivo de descrição da impressora"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
msgstr "Impossível acessar '%1'"
-#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
-#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
-msgid ""
-"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
+#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
+#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
+msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr "O arquivo de descrição da impressora não segue a especificação."
-#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
+#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
msgstr "Usar o arquivo de descrição de impressora apesar dos erros?"
-#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
-msgid ""
-"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
-msgstr ""
-"Um arquivo de descrição de impressora em não conformidade pode causar falhas "
-"arbitrárias."
+#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
+msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
+msgstr "Um arquivo de descrição de impressora em não conformidade pode causar falhas arbitrárias."
-#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
+#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
msgstr "Falha ao disponibilizar o arquivo de descrição da impressora"
-#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated:
-#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55
+#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated:
+#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55
msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1"
msgstr "Opções de Driver para Fila %1"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138
msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1."
msgstr "Falha ao definir opções do driver para fila %1."
-#. Read dialog help 1/1:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37
+#. Read dialog help 1/1:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Initializing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1632,8 +1553,8 @@
"<b><big>Inicializando Configuração da impressora</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/1:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/1:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Finishing printer Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1643,42 +1564,35 @@
"<b><big>Concluindo Configuração da impressora</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Overview dialog help 1/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51
+#. Overview dialog help 1/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the "
-"printer\n"
+"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
-"printer.\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Visão Geral da Fila de Impressão</big></b><br>\n"
-"Um dispositivo de impressão não é usado diretamente, mas por meio de uma "
-"fila de impressão.<br>\n"
+"Um dispositivo de impressão não é usado diretamente, mas por meio de uma fila de impressão.<br>\n"
"Quando vários aplicativos submetem trabalhos de impressão simultaneamente,\n"
-"esses trabalhos são enfileirados e enviados um após o outro para o "
-"dispositivo\n"
+"esses trabalhos são enfileirados e enviados um após o outro para o dispositivo\n"
"de impressora.<br>\n"
-"É possível ter várias filas de impressão diferentes para o mesmo "
-"dispositivo\n"
+"É possível ter várias filas de impressão diferentes para o mesmo dispositivo\n"
"de impressão.\n"
-"Por exemplo, uma segunda fila com um driver apenas monocromático para um "
-"dispositivo\n"
-"a cores ou uma fila Postscript e uma fila com um driver PCL para uma "
-"impressora Postscript+PCL.\n"
+"Por exemplo, uma segunda fila com um driver apenas monocromático para um dispositivo\n"
+"a cores ou uma fila Postscript e uma fila com um driver PCL para uma impressora Postscript+PCL.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Overview dialog help 2/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65
+#. Overview dialog help 2/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Using Remote Queues:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1700,8 +1614,8 @@
"que já esteja disponível em uma fila remota.<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Overview dialog help 3/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77
+#. Overview dialog help 3/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configure a printer:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1710,12 +1624,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configurar uma impressora:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar uma nova fila para um dispositivo "
-"de impressão.\n"
+"Clique em <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar uma nova fila para um dispositivo de impressão.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 4/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84
+#. Overview dialog help 4/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Change the settings for a queue:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1727,8 +1640,8 @@
"Selecione uma fila local e pressione <b>Editar</b>.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91
+#. Overview dialog help 5/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Remove a queue:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1740,8 +1653,8 @@
"Selecione uma fila local e clique em <b>Apagar</b>.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98
+#. Overview dialog help 6/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Print a test page:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1753,8 +1666,8 @@
"Selecione a fila e clique em <b>Imprimir Página de Teste</b>.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105
+#. Overview dialog help 7/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Refresh the list of queues:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1772,13 +1685,12 @@
"as filas remotas disponíveis poderão ter sido modificadas.\n"
"Geralmente, leva algum tempo (até vários minutos)\n"
"para que essas mudanças se tornem conhecidas no host local.\n"
-"Clique em <b>Atualizar Lista</b> depois de determinado tempo para obter "
-"uma \n"
+"Clique em <b>Atualizar Lista</b> depois de determinado tempo para obter uma \n"
"lista atualizada das filas remotas disponíveis.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118
+#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1788,57 +1700,44 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Visão Geral da Fila de Impressão do AutoYaST</big></b><br>\n"
-"O AutoYaST suporta somente configurações para impressão com CUPS por rede."
-"<br>\n"
+"O AutoYaST suporta somente configurações para impressão com CUPS por rede.<br>\n"
"O AutoYaST não suporta a configuração de filas de impressão locais.\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127
+#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
-"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer "
-"device.\n"
-"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer "
-"drivers\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
+"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n"
"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
-"printer\n"
-"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less "
-"quality).\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n"
+"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Configurar uma Nova Fila para um Dispositivo de Impressora</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
-"O dispositivo de impressora não é usado diretamente, mas por meio de uma "
-"fila de impressão.<br>\n"
+"<b><big>Configurar uma Nova Fila para um Dispositivo de Impressora</big></b><br>\n"
+"O dispositivo de impressora não é usado diretamente, mas por meio de uma fila de impressão.<br>\n"
"Quando vários aplicativos submetem trabalhos de impressão simultaneamente,\n"
-"os trabalhos são enfileirados e enviados um após o outro para o dispositivo "
-"de impressora.<br>\n"
-"É possível ter várias filas de impressão diferentes no mesmo dispositivo de "
-"impressora.\n"
-"Geralmente, várias filas de impressão são necessárias quando diversos "
-"drivers\n"
+"os trabalhos são enfileirados e enviados um após o outro para o dispositivo de impressora.<br>\n"
+"É possível ter várias filas de impressão diferentes no mesmo dispositivo de impressora.\n"
+"Geralmente, várias filas de impressão são necessárias quando diversos drivers\n"
"de impressora devem\n"
"ser usados no mesmo dispositivo de impressora.\n"
"Por exemplo, uma segunda fila com um driver apenas monocromático\n"
"para forçar a impressão somente em preto em um dispositivo colorido\n"
-"ou uma fila PostScript e uma fila com um driver PCL para uma impressora "
-"PostScript+PCL,\n"
-"já que imprimir usando o driver PCL costuma ser mais rápido (apesar da "
-"qualidade inferior).\n"
+"ou uma fila PostScript e uma fila com um driver PCL para uma impressora PostScript+PCL,\n"
+"já que imprimir usando o driver PCL costuma ser mais rápido (apesar da qualidade inferior).\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143
+#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To set up a new queue:<br>\n"
@@ -1854,12 +1753,11 @@
"defina um nome de fila exlcusivo.\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152
+#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer "
-"device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -1867,41 +1765,32 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
-"else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-"device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"A <b>conexão</b> determina o modo como os dados são enviados ao dispositivo "
-"de impressora.<br>\n"
-"Se uma conexão errada for selecionada, nenhum dado poderá ser enviado ao "
-"dispositivo e, portanto, não será possível nenhuma impressão.<br>\n"
-"Se um dispositivo de impressora estiver acessível por mais de um tipo de "
-"conexão,\n"
+"A <b>conexão</b> determina o modo como os dados são enviados ao dispositivo de impressora.<br>\n"
+"Se uma conexão errada for selecionada, nenhum dado poderá ser enviado ao dispositivo e, portanto, não será possível nenhuma impressão.<br>\n"
+"Se um dispositivo de impressora estiver acessível por mais de um tipo de conexão,\n"
"ele será exibido para cada tipo de conexão.<br>\n"
-"Em particular, os dispositivos HP são frequentemente acessíveis tanto por "
-"conexões ''usb:/...''\n"
+"Em particular, os dispositivos HP são frequentemente acessíveis tanto por conexões ''usb:/...''\n"
"como por ''hp:/...''.\n"
"Esta última conexão é fornecida pelo pacote de drivers HP ''hplip''.\n"
-"Para impressão simples, ambos os tipos de conexão devem funcionar, mas para "
-"qualquer outra coisa\n"
-"(ex.: status do dispositivo via ''hp-toolbox'' ou escaneamento com um "
-"dispositivo multifuncional HP),\n"
+"Para impressão simples, ambos os tipos de conexão devem funcionar, mas para qualquer outra coisa\n"
+"(ex.: status do dispositivo via ''hp-toolbox'' ou escaneamento com um dispositivo multifuncional HP),\n"
"a conexão ''hp:/...'' deve ser usada.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168
+#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
-"<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
@@ -1926,8 +1815,7 @@
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
-"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the "
-"model.\n"
+"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
@@ -1949,20 +1837,15 @@
"<p>\n"
"O <b>driver</b> determina que os dados corretos sejam produzidos para o\n"
"modelo específico de impressora.<br>\n"
-"Se um driver incorreto for atribuído, dados incorretos serão enviados à "
-"impressora,\n"
+"Se um driver incorreto for atribuído, dados incorretos serão enviados à impressora,\n"
"resultando em impressões de má qualidade ou nenhuma impressão.<br>\n"
-"Inicialmente, o campo de entrada para a string de pesquisa de driver está "
-"predefinido\n"
+"Inicialmente, o campo de entrada para a string de pesquisa de driver está predefinido\n"
"com o nome do modelo automaticamente detectado da conexão selecionada,\n"
"e os drivers que combinam com a descrição do nome do modelo\n"
"são exibidos por padrão.<br>\n"
-"Se as descrições do driver corresponderem ao nome do modelo detectado "
-"automaticamente,\n"
-"e se todas as descrições de drivers correspondentes parecerem pertencer ao "
-"mesmo modelo,\n"
-"as descrições do driver serão classificadas de modo que o driver mais "
-"razoável\n"
+"Se as descrições do driver corresponderem ao nome do modelo detectado automaticamente,\n"
+"e se todas as descrições de drivers correspondentes parecerem pertencer ao mesmo modelo,\n"
+"as descrições do driver serão classificadas de modo que o driver mais razoável\n"
"fique em primeiro lugar na lista e seja automaticamente selecionado.\n"
"Se nenhum driver for automaticamente pré-selecionado, você deverá\n"
"encontrar e selecionar manualmente um driver apropriado.<br>\n"
@@ -1974,14 +1857,12 @@
"A razão para isso é que a seleção automática de driver\n"
"só funciona com base na comparação de strings\n"
"(o nome do modelo detectado automaticamente e as descrições do driver),\n"
-"portanto, o resultado pode ser apenas uma proposta baseada no melhor "
-"palpite\n"
+"portanto, o resultado pode ser apenas uma proposta baseada no melhor palpite\n"
"de como configurar seu modelo de impressora em particular.<br>\n"
"Portanto, verifique se os valores pré-selecionados fazem sentido\n"
"e modifique as configurações\n"
"de acordo com o funciona melhor com a sua impressora.<br>\n"
-"Se nenhuma descrição de driver corresponder ao nome do modelo detectado "
-"automaticamente,\n"
+"Se nenhuma descrição de driver corresponder ao nome do modelo detectado automaticamente,\n"
"isso não significa que não existe nenhum driver disponível para o modelo.\n"
"Em geral, apenas o nome do modelo nas descrições do driver\n"
"é diferente do nome do modelo detectado automaticamente.\n"
@@ -1989,14 +1870,11 @@
"de driver e pesquisar em todas as descrições de drivers disponíveis.<br>\n"
"Normalmente, as configurações de opção de driver padrão são aceitáveis,\n"
"de modo que o driver funcione com seu modelo de impressora específico.\n"
-"Algumas configurações de opção de driver devem corresponder à impressora "
-"específica.\n"
+"Algumas configurações de opção de driver devem corresponder à impressora específica.\n"
"Em particular, a configuração de tamanho do papel padrão\n"
"deve combinar com o papel presente na impressora.\n"
-"Você pode explicitamente selecionar A4 ou Carta como tamanho padrão de "
-"papel\n"
-"ou não selecionar nada para usar o tamanho padrão de papel incorporado do "
-"driver,\n"
+"Você pode explicitamente selecionar A4 ou Carta como tamanho padrão de papel\n"
+"ou não selecionar nada para usar o tamanho padrão de papel incorporado do driver,\n"
"que também será o fallback, se o driver não suportar A4 nem Carta\n"
"(por exemplo, um driver para uma impressora de fotos de tamanho pequeno).\n"
"Para ajustar outras opções de driver, exceto A4 ou Carta,\n"
@@ -2004,8 +1882,8 @@
"ajustar todas as opções do driver na caixa de diálogo ''Editar/Modificar''.\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218
+#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n"
@@ -2021,8 +1899,8 @@
"no nome da fila, que deve começar com uma letra.\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227
+#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"One of the print queues may be set to be <b>used by default</b>.<br>\n"
@@ -2039,8 +1917,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Uma das filas de impressão pode estar configurada para ser <b>usada por "
-"padrão</b>.<br>\n"
+"Uma das filas de impressão pode estar configurada para ser <b>usada por padrão</b>.<br>\n"
"Os aplicativos deverão usar essa fila de impressão padrão do sistema\n"
"se nenhuma outra fila de impressão for especificada pelo usuário.\n"
"Mas não existe uma fila padrão única.\n"
@@ -2048,14 +1925,13 @@
"próprias configurações de fila padrão, e qualquer aplicativo pode\n"
"implementar seu modo particular de configuração da fila padrão\n"
"(por exemplo, o aplicativo pode memorizar a última fila utilizada).<br>\n"
-"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo ''Print Settings with "
-"CUPS'' (Configurações de impressão com CUPS)\n"
+"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo ''Print Settings with CUPS'' (Configurações de impressão com CUPS)\n"
"no banco de dados de suporte do openSUSE em<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243
+#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"An alternative way to set up HP devices is to <b>run hp-setup</b>.<br>\n"
@@ -2073,25 +1949,22 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Um modo alternativo de configurar dispositivos HP é <b>executar o hp-setup"
-"b>.<br>\n"
+"Um modo alternativo de configurar dispositivos HP é <b>executar o hp-setup</b>.<br>\n"
"A ferramenta própria da HP ''hp-setup'' oferece suporte de configuração\n"
"principalmente para impressoras e dispositivos multifuncionais HP que\n"
-"necessitam de um plug-in de driver proprietário, obtido por download da HP e "
-"instalado\n"
+"necessitam de um plug-in de driver proprietário, obtido por download da HP e instalado\n"
"do modo correto no sistema de determinado usuário final.\n"
"Além disso, o ''hp-setup'' pode oferecer um melhor suporte de configuração\n"
"para impressoras e dispositivos de rede multifuncionais HP\n"
"porque a própria ferramenta da HP pode implementar um\n"
"gerenciamento diferenciado para dispositivos de rede HP especiais.<br>\n"
-"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo ''How to set-up a HP printer'' (Como "
-"configurar uma impressora HP) no\n"
+"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo ''How to set-up a HP printer'' (Como configurar uma impressora HP) no\n"
"banco de dados de suporte do openSUSE em<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261
+#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Modify a Print Queue</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2100,16 +1973,14 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Modificar uma Fila de Impressão</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para modificar uma fila, selecione somente o que você realmente quer mudar."
-"<br>\n"
+"Para modificar uma fila, selecione somente o que você realmente quer mudar.<br>\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268
+#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -2117,10 +1988,8 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
-"else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
-"device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
@@ -2150,32 +2019,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"A <b>conexão</b> determina de que modo os dados são enviados para a "
-"impressora.<br>\n"
-"Se uma conexão incorreta for selecionada, nenhum dado poderá ser enviado ao "
-"dispositivo,\n"
+"A <b>conexão</b> determina de que modo os dados são enviados para a impressora.<br>\n"
+"Se uma conexão incorreta for selecionada, nenhum dado poderá ser enviado ao dispositivo,\n"
"não havendo nenhuma impressão.<br>\n"
-"Se um dispositivo de impressora estiver acessível por mais de um tipo de "
-"conexão,\n"
+"Se um dispositivo de impressora estiver acessível por mais de um tipo de conexão,\n"
"ele será exibido para cada tipo de conexão.<br>\n"
-"Em particular, os dispositivos HP são geralmente acessíveis por ambas as "
-"conexões ''usb:/...''\n"
+"Em particular, os dispositivos HP são geralmente acessíveis por ambas as conexões ''usb:/...''\n"
"e ''hp:/...''.\n"
"Esta última conexão é fornecida pelo pacote de drivers da HP ''hplip''.\n"
-"Para impressão simples, ambos os tipos de conexão devem funcionar, mas para "
-"qualquer outras coisa\n"
-"(ex.: status do dispositivo por meio do ''hp-toolbox'' ou escaneamento com "
-"um dispositivo HP multifuncional),\n"
+"Para impressão simples, ambos os tipos de conexão devem funcionar, mas para qualquer outras coisa\n"
+"(ex.: status do dispositivo por meio do ''hp-toolbox'' ou escaneamento com um dispositivo HP multifuncional),\n"
"a conexão ''hp:/...'' deve ser usada.<br>\n"
"Quando você troca a conexão atual por outra,\n"
"o campo de entrada da string de pesquisa de driver é predefinido\n"
"com o nome do modelo automaticamente detectado da nova conexão selecionada.\n"
"Os drivers que tiverem sua descrição correspondente ao nome do modelo\n"
"serão exibidos por padrão.<br>\n"
-"Se as descrições do driver corresponderem ao nome do modelo automaticamente "
-"detectado\n"
-"e todas as descrições dos drivers correspondentes parecerem pertencer ao "
-"mesmo modelo,\n"
+"Se as descrições do driver corresponderem ao nome do modelo automaticamente detectado\n"
+"e todas as descrições dos drivers correspondentes parecerem pertencer ao mesmo modelo,\n"
"as descrições dos drivers serão classificadas com o driver mais aceitável\n"
"no topo da lista (mas ainda abaixo do driver atualmente usado).\n"
"Por outro lado, isso não significa que este driver\n"
@@ -2183,15 +2044,13 @@
"O driver listado em primeiro lugar\n"
"pode não funcionar com o seu modelo de impressora \n"
"em particular. A seleção automática de driver\n"
-"compara as strings (o nome do modelo detectado automaticamente e as "
-"descrições do \n"
+"compara as strings (o nome do modelo detectado automaticamente e as descrições do \n"
"driver), portanto, o resultado talvez seja apenas o melhor palpite\n"
"de como configurar seu modelo de impressora específico.<br>\n"
"Portanto, verifique se os valores pré-selecionados fazem sentido.\n"
"É possível modificar as configurações\n"
"para o que funciona melhor com a sua impressora.<br>\n"
-"Se nenhuma descrição de driver corresponder ao nome do modelo detectado "
-"automaticamente,\n"
+"Se nenhuma descrição de driver corresponder ao nome do modelo detectado automaticamente,\n"
"isso não significa que não existe um driver disponível para o modelo.\n"
"Em geral, o nome do modelo nas descrições dos drivers\n"
"é diferente do nome do modelo detectado automaticamente.\n"
@@ -2199,19 +2058,16 @@
"e pesquisar em todas as descrições de drivers disponíveis.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309
+#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
-"<br>\n"
-"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings "
-"later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now."
-"<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
+"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2220,8 +2076,7 @@
"should work for the particular driver.\n"
"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n"
"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n"
-"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages."
-"<br>\n"
+"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n"
"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n"
"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n"
@@ -2229,8 +2084,7 @@
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
-"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was "
-"not changed.\n"
+"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n"
"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n"
@@ -2242,50 +2096,42 @@
"<p>\n"
"O <b>driver</b> determina que os dados corretos sejam produzidos para\n"
"um modelo de impressora específico.<br>\n"
-"Se o driver errado for atribuído, dados errados serão enviados à "
-"impressora,\n"
+"Se o driver errado for atribuído, dados errados serão enviados à impressora,\n"
"resultando em má impressão ou nenhuma impressão.<br>\n"
-"Você pode selecionar outro driver e modificar suas configurações de opção "
-"posteriormente\n"
+"Você pode selecionar outro driver e modificar suas configurações de opção posteriormente\n"
"ou manter o driver atual e modificar suas configurações de opção agora.<br>\n"
"Algumas configurações de opção do driver devem combinar com sua impressora.\n"
"Por exemplo, a definição do tamanho padrão do papel do driver deve\n"
"combinar com o papel usado na impressora.<br>\n"
-"Para outras configurações de opção do driver, você pode escolher o que "
-"quiser.\n"
+"Para outras configurações de opção do driver, você pode escolher o que quiser.\n"
"Por exemplo, qualquer opção dentre as resoluções de impressão disponíveis\n"
"deve funcionar para o driver em particular.\n"
"Mesmo assim, pode ser que a sua impressora falhe ao imprimir\n"
"com resolução alta. Por exemplo, quando você tem uma impressora a laser\n"
-"que não possui memória interna suficiente para processar páginas em alta "
-"resolução.\n"
+"que não possui memória interna suficiente para processar páginas em alta resolução.\n"
"Quando você troca o driver atual por outro,\n"
"primeiro aplique esta modificação à fila de impressão\n"
"para que o novo driver seja usado na fila\n"
"(ex.: o primeiro passo é fechar esta caixa de diálogo)\n"
"e depois ajuste todas as opções do driver\n"
"utilizando esta caixa de diálogo novamente.<br>\n"
-"Inicialmente, o campo de entrada da string de pesquisa de driver está "
-"predefinido\n"
+"Inicialmente, o campo de entrada da string de pesquisa de driver está predefinido\n"
"com a descrição do driver utilizado quando a conexão não foi modificada.\n"
"Isto normalmente resulta em único driver correspondente,\n"
"e você teria que inserir uma string de pesquisa de driver menos específica\n"
"para obter outros drivers ou utilizar o botão ''Localizar Mais''.\n"
-"Se nenhum driver correspondente for encontrado, isso não significa que não "
-"existe um driver disponível.\n"
+"Se nenhum driver correspondente for encontrado, isso não significa que não existe um driver disponível.\n"
"Você pode inserir qualquer string de pesquisa de driver\n"
"e pesquisar em todas as descrições de drivers disponíveis.\n"
"</p>"
-#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343
+#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n"
-"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and "
-"<b>location</b>.\n"
-"Application programs often show description and location in the print "
-"dialog.\n"
+"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n"
+"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n"
"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n"
"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n"
"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n"
@@ -2298,12 +2144,9 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Em contraste com a conexão e o driver, em que você deve fazer a seleção "
-"correta,\n"
-"é possível inserir strings arbitrárias para <b>descrição</b> e <b>local"
-"b>.\n"
-"Os aplicativos frequentemente exibem a descrição e o local na caixa de "
-"diálogo de impressão.\n"
+"Em contraste com a conexão e o driver, em que você deve fazer a seleção correta,\n"
+"é possível inserir strings arbitrárias para <b>descrição</b> e <b>local</b>.\n"
+"Os aplicativos frequentemente exibem a descrição e o local na caixa de diálogo de impressão.\n"
"Para assegurar que as strings apareçam corretamente em qualquer idioma\n"
"que um usuário de um aplicativo possa utilizar,\n"
"é seguro usar somente texto simples ASCII sem\n"
@@ -2315,8 +2158,8 @@
"(ex.:''Sala 123'' ou ''Recepção'').\n"
"</p>"
-#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361
+#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Set Driver Options</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2333,17 +2176,15 @@
"<b><big>Definir Opções do Driver</big></b><br>\n"
"Normalmente, o melhor é manter os padrões do driver, porque\n"
"os padrões devem ser aceitáveis na maioria dos casos.<br>\n"
-"Adicionalmente, as caixas de diálogo de impressão em grande parte dos "
-"aplicativos\n"
+"Adicionalmente, as caixas de diálogo de impressão em grande parte dos aplicativos\n"
"também mostram as opções do driver para o usuário final especificar\n"
"as opções do driver para cada impressão individual.<br>\n"
-"A única configuração que deve ser marcada em qualquer caso é o tamanho do "
-"papel,\n"
+"A única configuração que deve ser marcada em qualquer caso é o tamanho do papel,\n"
"que deve ser igual ao papel usado na impressora.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374
+#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n"
@@ -2357,16 +2198,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"Configurações não padrão podem não funcionar em todos os casos ou ter\n"
"consequências inesperadas.<br> \n"
-"Por exemplo, uma configuração de resolução alta pode não funcionar em uma "
-"impressora a laser\n"
+"Por exemplo, uma configuração de resolução alta pode não funcionar em uma impressora a laser\n"
"quando sua memória interna é insuficiente para processar páginas em\n"
"alta resolução.<br> \n"
-"Ou uma configuração de alta qualidade pode resultar em uma impressão muito "
-"lenta em uma impressora jato de tinta.\n"
+"Ou uma configuração de alta qualidade pode resultar em uma impressão muito lenta em uma impressora jato de tinta.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385
+#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n"
@@ -2380,21 +2219,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Em certos casos, as configurações de driver específicas da impressora\n"
-"devem ser ajustadas para se obter todas as funcionalidades de uma impressora."
-"<br>\n"
-"Em particular, quando a impressora possui unidades opcionais instaladas, "
-"como\n"
-"unidade duplex ou alimentadores de papel opcionais, as respectivas "
-"configurações do driver\n"
+"devem ser ajustadas para se obter todas as funcionalidades de uma impressora.<br>\n"
+"Em particular, quando a impressora possui unidades opcionais instaladas, como\n"
+"unidade duplex ou alimentadores de papel opcionais, as respectivas configurações do driver\n"
"devem ser verificadas e ajustadas.<br>\n"
-"Por exemplo, uma opção de unidade duplex deve ser definida como "
-"''instalada'' ou ''verdadeira'',\n"
-"do contrário, o driver poderá ignorar as configurações de opção de impressão "
-"duplex.\n"
+"Por exemplo, uma opção de unidade duplex deve ser definida como ''instalada'' ou ''verdadeira'',\n"
+"do contrário, o driver poderá ignorar as configurações de opção de impressão duplex.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398
+#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2407,10 +2241,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Adicionar ou Remover Pacotes de Drivers de Impressoras</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
-"Quando um pacote de driver de impressora não está marcado, ele não é "
-"instalado.\n"
+"<b><big>Adicionar ou Remover Pacotes de Drivers de Impressoras</big></b><br>\n"
+"Quando um pacote de driver de impressora não está marcado, ele não é instalado.\n"
"Selecione o pacote para que seja instalado.<br>\n"
"Quando um pacote de driver de impressora está marcado, ele é instalado.\n"
"Anule a seleção do pacote para que seja removido.\n"
@@ -2418,8 +2250,8 @@
"configuração de impressora que exija o driver.<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410
+#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Add a Printer Description File</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2451,13 +2283,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Adicionar um Arquivo de Descrição de Impressora</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para definir uma configuração de impressora, um arquivo de descrição de "
-"impressora\n"
+"Para definir uma configuração de impressora, um arquivo de descrição de impressora\n"
"(arquivo PPD) é necessário.<br>\n"
-"Quando um arquivo PPD não está localizado no diretório /usr/share/cups/"
-"model/,\n"
-"ele não fica disponível para definir uma configuração de impressora com "
-"ele.\n"
+"Quando um arquivo PPD não está localizado no diretório /usr/share/cups/model/,\n"
+"ele não fica disponível para definir uma configuração de impressora com ele.\n"
"Sendo assim, é possível especificar o caminho completo para o arquivo PPD,\n"
"localizado em qualquer outro local do seu sistema, para instalá-lo\n"
"no diretório /usr/share/cups/model/.<br>\n"
@@ -2471,61 +2300,51 @@
"não funcionará porque o driver estará faltando.\n"
"Para impressoras não PostScript, você precisa de um driver de impressora\n"
"e um arquivo PPD que correspondam exatamente ao driver específico.\n"
-"Os arquivos PPD correspondentes são automaticamente instalados no lugar "
-"correto\n"
-"quando você instala os pacotes de drivers de impressoras mencionados acima."
-"<br>\n"
+"Os arquivos PPD correspondentes são automaticamente instalados no lugar correto\n"
+"quando você instala os pacotes de drivers de impressoras mencionados acima.<br>\n"
"Somente para impressoras PostScript, um arquivo PPD sozinho é geralmente\n"
-"suficiente para definir uma configuração de impressora PostScript "
-"funcional.\n"
+"suficiente para definir uma configuração de impressora PostScript funcional.\n"
"Em particular, é suficiente quando o arquivo PPD não contém\n"
"uma entrada ''cupsFilter'', porque essa entrada faz referência\n"
"a um driver de impressora.<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
-"<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Especificar a Conexão</big></b><br>\n"
-"A <b>conexão</b> determina o modo como os dados são enviados ao dispositivo "
-"de impressora.<br>\n"
+"A <b>conexão</b> determina o modo como os dados são enviados ao dispositivo de impressora.<br>\n"
"Se for usada uma conexão errada, nenhum dado será enviado ao dispositivo,\n"
"o que impede qualquer impressão.<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-"
-"transfer,\n"
+"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)."
-"<br>\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign "
-"'='.<br>\n"
-"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark "
-"'?')\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
+"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&"
-"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
@@ -2542,24 +2361,19 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>URI do Dispositivo de Impressora</big></b><br>\n"
"Uma conexão é especificada como <b>URI do dispositivo</b>.<br>\n"
-"A primeira palavra (esquema URI) especifica o tipo de transferência de "
-"dados,\n"
+"A primeira palavra (esquema URI) especifica o tipo de transferência de dados,\n"
"por exemplo \"usb\", \"socket\", \"lpd\" ou \"ipp\".<br>\n"
"Depois do esquema, existem componentes mais ou menos adicionais\n"
"que especificam os detalhes para esse tipo de transferência de dados.<br>\n"
"Caracteres de espaço não são permitidos em um URI.\n"
"Portanto, um espaço em um valor de um componente de URI\n"
"é codificado como \"%20\" (20 é o valor hexadecimal do espaço).<br>\n"
-"Os componentes de um URI são separados por caracteres reservados especiais, "
-"como\n"
-"dois-pontos \":\", barra \"/\", ponto de interrogação \"?\", \"E\" comercial "
-"\"&\" ou um sinal de igual \"=\".<br>\n"
-"Por último, podem existir parâmetros opcionais (separados por um ponto de "
-"interrogação \"?\")\n"
+"Os componentes de um URI são separados por caracteres reservados especiais, como\n"
+"dois-pontos \":\", barra \"/\", ponto de interrogação \"?\", \"E\" comercial \"&\" ou um sinal de igual \"=\".<br>\n"
+"Por último, podem existir parâmetros opcionais (separados por um ponto de interrogação \"?\")\n"
"no formato \"opção1=valor1&opção2=valor2&opção3=valor3\", o que\n"
"resulta no URI completo de um dispositivo, por exemplo:<br>\n"
-"ipp://servidor.domínio:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&"
-"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"ipp://servidor.domínio:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"Alguns exemplos:<br>\n"
"Uma impressora USB modelo \"Fun Printer 1000+\" fabricada pela \"ACME\"\n"
"com número de série \"A1B2C3\" pode ter um URI de dispositivo como:<br>\n"
@@ -2573,8 +2387,8 @@
"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Percent Encoding</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2654,51 +2468,39 @@
"<b><big>Codificação com Sinal de Porcentagem</big></b><br>\n"
"O problema é complicado.\n"
"É recomendado evitar caracteres reservados e espaços\n"
-"para valores de componentes em URIs se os valores estiverem sob seu "
-"controle\n"
-"(ex.: você não pode evitá-los quando é necessário especificar esses "
-"caracteres\n"
+"para valores de componentes em URIs se os valores estiverem sob seu controle\n"
+"(ex.: você não pode evitá-los quando é necessário especificar esses caracteres\n"
"em valores de um URI para acessar uma fila de impressão remota,\n"
"mas a fila de impressão remota não está sob seu controle).\n"
"Quando for possível, use somente os chamados ''caracteres não reservados''.\n"
"Os caracteres não reservados são letras maiúsculas e minúsculas,\n"
"dígitos decimais, hífen, ponto final, sublinhado e til.\n"
-"Mesmo o hífen, o ponto final, o til e a diferenciação entre maiúsculas e "
-"minúsculas\n"
+"Mesmo o hífen, o ponto final, o til e a diferenciação entre maiúsculas e minúsculas\n"
"podem causar problemas em casos especiais\n"
"(ex.: somente letras, dígitos e sublinhado funcionam\n"
-"no nome da fila de impressão do CUPS, e a diferenciação de maiúsculas e "
-"minúsculas não é significante).\n"
+"no nome da fila de impressão do CUPS, e a diferenciação de maiúsculas e minúsculas não é significante).\n"
"Portanto, é melhor utilizar somente letras minúsculas, dígitos,\n"
"e sublinhado para todos os valores em todos os URIs, se possível.<br>\n"
"Caracteres reservados e espaços no valor de um componente\n"
-"devem ser codificados com sinal de porcentagem (também conhecido como "
-"codificação de URL).<br>\n"
+"devem ser codificados com sinal de porcentagem (também conhecido como codificação de URL).<br>\n"
"Quando um campo de entrada na caixa de diálogo permite inserir somente\n"
"um único valor para um único componente do URI\n"
"(ex.: campos de entrada separados para nome de usuário e senha),\n"
"você deve digitar os espaços e caracteres reservados literalmente\n"
"(ou seja, sem usar a codificação com sinal de porcentagem).\n"
-"Para esse tipo de campo de entrada, todos os espaços e caracteres "
-"reservados\n"
+"Para esse tipo de campo de entrada, todos os espaços e caracteres reservados\n"
"serão automaticamente codificados com sinal de porcentagem.\n"
-"Por exemplo, se a senha for ''Foo%20Bar'' (sem codificação com sinal de "
-"porcentagem),\n"
-"ela deverá ser digitada literalmente no campo de entrada de senha na caixa "
-"de diálogo.\n"
-"A codificação automática com sinal de porcentagem produz ''Foo%2520Bar'', "
-"que é como\n"
+"Por exemplo, se a senha for ''Foo%20Bar'' (sem codificação com sinal de porcentagem),\n"
+"ela deverá ser digitada literalmente no campo de entrada de senha na caixa de diálogo.\n"
+"A codificação automática com sinal de porcentagem produz ''Foo%2520Bar'', que é como\n"
"o valor do componente de senha é realmente armazenado no URI.<br>\n"
-"Em contraste, quando um campo de entrada na caixa de diálogo permite "
-"inserir\n"
+"Em contraste, quando um campo de entrada na caixa de diálogo permite inserir\n"
"mais de um único valor para um único componente do URI\n"
"(ex.: um único campo de entrada para todos os parâmetros opcionais\n"
"como ''opção1=valor1&opção2=valor2&opção3=valor3''\n"
"ou um único campo de entrada para inserir o URI inteiro),\n"
-"você deve digitar os espaços e os caracteres reservados usando a codificação "
-"com sinal de porcentagem\n"
-"porque não é mais possível usar a codificação automática com sinal de "
-"porcentagem.\n"
+"você deve digitar os espaços e os caracteres reservados usando a codificação com sinal de porcentagem\n"
+"porque não é mais possível usar a codificação automática com sinal de porcentagem.\n"
"Considere que, em um parâmetro opcional ''opção=valor'',\n"
"o valor seja ''isto&aquilo'', de modo que o\n"
"parâmetro opcional inteiro seja ''opção=isto&aquilo'' (literalmente).\n"
@@ -2708,8 +2510,7 @@
"um primeiro parâmetro opcional ''opção=isto'' e\n"
"um segundo parâmetro opcional que é somente ''aquilo''.\n"
"Portanto, um único parâmetro opcional ''opção=isto&aquilo''\n"
-"deve ser inserido com a codificação do sinal de porcentagem como "
-"''opção=isto&aquilo''<br>\n"
+"deve ser inserido com a codificação do sinal de porcentagem como ''opção=isto&aquilo''<br>\n"
"Os campos que exigem entrada codificada com sinal de porcentagem\n"
"são indicados com a dica ''[codificação com sinal de porcentagem]''.<br>\n"
"Listagem dos caracteres e sua codificação com sinal de porcentagem:<br>\n"
@@ -2719,8 +2520,7 @@
"cifrão $ é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %24<br>\n"
"porcentagem % é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %25<br>\n"
"''E'' comercial & é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %26<br>\n"
-"apóstrofo/aspas simpĺes ' é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como "
-"%27<br>\n"
+"apóstrofo/aspas simpĺes ' é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %27<br>\n"
"parêntese esquerdo ( é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %28<br>\n"
"parêntese direito ) é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %29<br>\n"
"asterisco * é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %2A<br>\n"
@@ -2734,13 +2534,12 @@
"sinal de arroba @ é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %40<br>\n"
"colchete esquerdo [ é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %5B<br>\n"
"colchete direito ] é codificado com sinal de porcentagem como %5D<br>\n"
-"Para obter detalhes, consulte ''Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic "
-"Syntax'' (URI (Uniform Resource Identifier): Sintaxe Genérica) em<br>\n"
+"Para obter detalhes, consulte ''Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Generic Syntax'' (URI (Uniform Resource Identifier): Sintaxe Genérica) em<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2749,19 +2548,16 @@
"For example:<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>URIs de Dispositivo para Dispositivos Conectados Diretamente</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>URIs de Dispositivo para Dispositivos Conectados Diretamente</big></b><br>\n"
"Os dispositivos que são conectados por USB\n"
-"são detectados automaticamente, e o URI de dispositivo apropriado é gerado "
-"automaticamente.\n"
+"são detectados automaticamente, e o URI de dispositivo apropriado é gerado automaticamente.\n"
"Por exemplo:<br>\n"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
@@ -2798,27 +2594,22 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>URIs de Dispositivos para Acessar uma Impressora de Rede ou Caixa de "
-"Servidor de Impressão</big></b><br>\n"
-"Uma caixa de servidor de impressão é um pequeno dispositivo com uma conexão "
-"de rede\n"
-"e uma porta de conexão USB ou paralela para conectar a impressora em "
-"questão.\n"
+"<b><big>URIs de Dispositivos para Acessar uma Impressora de Rede ou Caixa de Servidor de Impressão</big></b><br>\n"
+"Uma caixa de servidor de impressão é um pequeno dispositivo com uma conexão de rede\n"
+"e uma porta de conexão USB ou paralela para conectar a impressora em questão.\n"
"A impressora de rede tem esse tipo de dispositivo incorporado.\n"
"O acesso acontece por três protocolos de rede diferentes.\n"
"Leia o manual da sua impressora de rede ou caixa de servidor de impressão\n"
"para saber o que o seu dispositivo suporta: <br>\n"
"<b>Porta TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"O endereço IP e o número da porta são necessários para acessá-la.\n"
-"Geralmente, a porta número 9100 é a correta. É o protocolo mais fácil, "
-"rápido e confiável.\n"
+"Geralmente, a porta número 9100 é a correta. É o protocolo mais fácil, rápido e confiável.\n"
"O URI de dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n"
"socket://endereço_ip:número_da_porta<br>\n"
"<b>Protocolo LPD (Line Printer Daemon)</b><br>\n"
"Um LPD é executado no dispositivo e fornece uma ou mais filas LPD.\n"
"O endereço IP e o nome da fila LPD são necessários para acessá-lo.\n"
-"A maioria das impressoras de rede e caixas de servidor de impressão suportam "
-"isso.\n"
+"A maioria das impressoras de rede e caixas de servidor de impressão suportam isso.\n"
"Muitas vezes, um nome arbitrário de fila ou ''LPT1'' funciona.\n"
"Mas usar a fila LDP correta, o que não muda de forma alguma\n"
"os dados nem adiciona alimentações de formulário ou páginas de banner,\n"
@@ -2827,8 +2618,7 @@
"lpd://endereço_ip/fila<br>\n"
"<b>Protocolo IPP (Internet Printing Protocol)</b><br>\n"
"IPP é o protocolo nativo para CUPS executado em um computador real,\n"
-"mas quando o IPP é implementado em uma pequena caixa de servidor de "
-"impressão,\n"
+"mas quando o IPP é implementado em uma pequena caixa de servidor de impressão,\n"
"muitas vezes não é implementado adequadamente. Use o IPP apenas quando o\n"
"fornecedor oferecer suporte para isto oficialmente. \n"
"O URI de dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n"
@@ -2839,8 +2629,8 @@
"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2850,8 +2640,7 @@
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
-"installed.\n"
+"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
@@ -2894,8 +2683,7 @@
"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)"
-"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
@@ -2916,33 +2704,26 @@
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>URIs de Dispositivo para Imprimir via Máquina do Servidor de "
-"Impressão</big></b><br>\n"
-"Diferentemente de uma caixa de servidor de impressão, a máquina do servidor "
-"de impressão é um computador real\n"
+"<b><big>URIs de Dispositivo para Imprimir via Máquina do Servidor de Impressão</big></b><br>\n"
+"Diferentemente de uma caixa de servidor de impressão, a máquina do servidor de impressão é um computador real\n"
"que oferece serviço de impressão.<br>\n"
"O acesso acontece por meio de vários protocolos de rede diferentes.\n"
"Pergunte ao administrador de rede qual é a máquina do servidor de impressão\n"
"fornecida em sua rede:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) ou Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"Para acessar um compartilhamento de impressora SMB, o pacote RPM samba-"
-"client deve estar instalado.\n"
+"Para acessar um compartilhamento de impressora SMB, o pacote RPM samba-client deve estar instalado.\n"
"O pacote inclui o back end do CUPS ''smb'', que é um link para\n"
"o programa <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que envia os dados\n"
"para um compartilhamento de impressora SMB.<br>\n"
-"O nome do servidor, o nome do compartilhamento de impressora e, "
-"opcionalmente, o nome do grupo de trabalho\n"
+"O nome do servidor, o nome do compartilhamento de impressora e, opcionalmente, o nome do grupo de trabalho\n"
"são necessários para acessá-lo.\n"
-"Além disso, um nome de usuário e uma senha podem ser solicitados para "
-"permitir o acesso.\n"
+"Além disso, um nome de usuário e uma senha podem ser solicitados para permitir o acesso.\n"
"Tenha em mente que espaços e caracteres especiais nesses valores\n"
"devem ser codificados com sinal de porcentagem (veja acima).<br>\n"
-"Por padrão, o CUPS executa back ends (neste caso, o smbspool) como o usuário "
-"\"lp\".\n"
+"Por padrão, o CUPS executa back ends (neste caso, o smbspool) como o usuário \"lp\".\n"
"Ao imprimir em um ambiente Active Directory (AD) (R),\n"
"o usuário \"lp\" não pode imprimir nesse ambiente,\n"
-"portanto, o modo tradicional de impressão com o smbspool como usuário \"lp"
-"\"\n"
+"portanto, o modo tradicional de impressão com o smbspool como usuário \"lp\"\n"
"não funcionará.<br>\n"
"Para imprimir em um ambiente AD, o pacote\n"
"RPM samba-krb-printing também deve estar instalado.\n"
@@ -2951,62 +2732,50 @@
"que é um agrupador que executa o smbspool como o usuário original\n"
"que submeteu determinado trabalho de impressão.\n"
"Quando o protocolo Kerberos é usado para autenticação\n"
-"em um ambiente AD, o usuário recebe um ticket para concessão de tickets "
-"(TGT)\n"
-"do gerenciador de exibição durante o login na área de trabalho do GNOME ou "
-"KDE.\n"
+"em um ambiente AD, o usuário recebe um ticket para concessão de tickets (TGT)\n"
+"do gerenciador de exibição durante o login na área de trabalho do GNOME ou KDE.\n"
"Quando o smbspool é executado como o usuário original que submeteu\n"
"determinado trabalho de impressão, ele pode acessar o TGT desse usuário\n"
-"e usá-lo para enviar os dados de impressão para o compartilhamento de "
-"impressora SMB,\n"
+"e usá-lo para enviar os dados de impressão para o compartilhamento de impressora SMB,\n"
"mesmo em um ambiente AD com autenticação Kerberos.\n"
"Neste caso, nem mesmo um nome de usuário fixo ou uma senha fixa\n"
"precisa ser especificado para autenticação.\n"
"A pré-condição é que o get_printing_ticket seja executado no mesmo host\n"
-"no qual o usuário que submeteu determinado trabalho de impressão está "
-"conectado.\n"
+"no qual o usuário que submeteu determinado trabalho de impressão está conectado.\n"
"Isto significa que ele deve ser configurado na estação de trabalho\n"
"do usuário específico que vai submeter os trabalhos de impressão,\n"
"e a estação de trabalho do usuário deve enviar seus dados de impressão\n"
"diretamente ao compartilhamento de impressora SMB no ambiente AD.\n"
"Em particular, isso não funciona em um servidor CUPS separado,\n"
-"no qual os usuários que submetem os trabalhos de impressão não estão "
-"conectados.<br>\n"
-"Para o modo tradicional, o URI completo de dispositivo correspondente é:"
-"<br>\n"
+"no qual os usuários que submetem os trabalhos de impressão não estão conectados.<br>\n"
+"Para o modo tradicional, o URI completo de dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n"
"smb://nome_de_usuário:senha@grupo_de_trabalho/servidor/impressora<br>\n"
"Por exemplo, \"John Doe\" com a senha \"@home!\" pode usar algo como\n"
-"o seguinte URI de dispositivo para acessar um compartilhamento \"Fun Printer "
-"1000+\":<br>\n"
+"o seguinte URI de dispositivo para acessar um compartilhamento \"Fun Printer 1000+\":<br>\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
-"Para obter <b>mais informações</b>, consulte <tt>man smbspool</tt> e acesse "
-"o site <br>\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)"
-"_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
+"Para obter <b>mais informações</b>, consulte <tt>man smbspool</tt> e acesse o site <br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"\"Windows\" e \"Active Directory\" são marcas comerciais registradas\n"
"da Microsoft Corporation nos Estados Unidos e/ou em outros países.<br>\n"
"<b>Servidor Unix Tradicional (LPR)</b><br>\n"
-"O Protocolo LPD (Line Printer Daemon) é executado em um servidor UNIX "
-"tradicional\n"
+"O Protocolo LPD (Line Printer Daemon) é executado em um servidor UNIX tradicional\n"
"e oferece uma ou mais filas LDP.\n"
"O endereço IP e o nome da fila LDP são necessários para acessá-lo.\n"
"O URI de dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n"
"lpd://endereço_ip/fila<br>\n"
"<b>Servidor CUPS</b><br>\n"
-"Normalmente, você não deve configurar uma fila de impressão local para "
-"acessar\n"
+"Normalmente, você não deve configurar uma fila de impressão local para acessar\n"
"uma fila remota em um servidor CUPS. Em vez disso, faça a configuração\n"
"na caix a de diálogo <b>Imprimir pela Rede</b>.\n"
-"Somente siga adiante se você souber que realmente deve configurar uma fila "
-"de impressão local\n"
+"Somente siga adiante se você souber que realmente deve configurar uma fila de impressão local\n"
"para acessar uma fila remota em um servidor CUPS.<br>\n"
"IPP é o protocolo nativo do CUPS executado no servidor.\n"
"A porta oficial IANA para o IPP é 631.\n"
"O URI de dispositivo correspondente é:<br>\n"
"ipp://endereço_ip:631/impressoras/fila<br>\n"
-#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
+#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3039,12 +2808,10 @@
"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
"Example:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second "
-"delay\n"
+"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/"
-"beh</tt> and<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3079,23 +2846,19 @@
"O último parâmetro é o URI original, que a fila possuía anteriormente.<br>\n"
"Exemplo:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://endereço_ip:número_da_porta<br>\n"
-"O back end beh tenta acessar a impressora de rede 3 vezes com 5 segundos de "
-"atraso\n"
-"entre cada tentativa. Se o acesso ainda falhar, a fila não será "
-"desabilitada\n"
+"O back end beh tenta acessar a impressora de rede 3 vezes com 5 segundos de atraso\n"
+"entre cada tentativa. Se o acesso ainda falhar, a fila não será desabilitada\n"
"e o serviço de impressão será perdido.<br>\n"
-"Para obter <b>mais informações</b>, consulte <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/"
-"beh</tt> e acesse o site <br>\n"
+"Para obter <b>mais informações</b>, consulte <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> e acesse o site <br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n"
"</p>"
-#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
+#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
-"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network."
-"<br>\n"
+"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
"to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
@@ -3130,12 +2893,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Impressão pela Rede</big></b><br>\n"
-"Normalmente, o CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) é utilizado para imprimir "
-"por rede.<br>\n"
+"Normalmente, o CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) é utilizado para imprimir por rede.<br>\n"
"Por padrão, o CUPS usa o modo de ''Pesquisa''\n"
"para tornar as impressoras disponíveis na rede.<br>\n"
-"Neste caso, os servidores CUPS remotos devem publicar as impressoras na "
-"rede\n"
+"Neste caso, os servidores CUPS remotos devem publicar as impressoras na rede\n"
"e, em seu host, o processo do daemon do CUPS (cupsd) deve ser executado\n"
"para escutar as informações recebidas sobre as impressoras publicadas.<br>\n"
"As informações de Pesquisa do CUPS são recebidas pela porta UDP 631.<br>\n"
@@ -3156,20 +2917,17 @@
"de qualquer rede externa (em particular, da Internet),\n"
"atribua a interface de rede pertencente à rede interna\n"
"à zona interna do firewall.\n"
-"Use o módulo de configuração de Firewall do YaST para realizar essa "
-"configuração básica\n"
+"Use o módulo de configuração de Firewall do YaST para realizar essa configuração básica\n"
"e obter segurança e utilidade em sua rede,\n"
"e o uso de impressoras remotas em uma rede interna confiável\n"
"funcionará sem nenhuma outra configuração de firewall.<br>\n"
-"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo no banco de dados de suporte do "
-"openSUSE\n"
-"''CUPS and SANE firewall settings'' (Configurações de firewall do CUPS e "
-"SANE) em<br>\n"
+"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo no banco de dados de suporte do openSUSE\n"
+"''CUPS and SANE firewall settings'' (Configurações de firewall do CUPS e SANE) em<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
-#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
+#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n"
@@ -3187,28 +2945,23 @@
"<p>\n"
"Se você puder acessar servidores CUPS remotos para impressão,\n"
"mas os servidores não publicarem informações de suas impressoras na rede\n"
-"ou quando você não puder aceitar informações recebidas sobre as impressoras "
-"publicadas\n"
+"ou quando você não puder aceitar informações recebidas sobre as impressoras publicadas\n"
"(ex. porque possui a proteção de um firewall na zona da rede\n"
-"na qual as impressoras são publicadas), você poderá solicitar as informações "
-"sobre as impressoras\n"
-"dos servidores CUPS (desde que os servidores CUPS permitam o seu acesso)."
-"<br>\n"
+"na qual as impressoras são publicadas), você poderá solicitar as informações sobre as impressoras\n"
+"dos servidores CUPS (desde que os servidores CUPS permitam o seu acesso).<br>\n"
"Para cada servidor CUPS que for solicitado, um processo cups-polld\n"
"será iniciado pelo processo do daemon do CUPS (cupsd) no host.\n"
"Por padrão, cada cups-polld faz poll para um servidor CUPS\n"
"remoto a cada 30 segundos para obter informações das impressoras.\n"
"</p>"
-#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
+#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
-"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your "
-"host.\n"
-"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly."
-"<br>\n"
+"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
+"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n"
@@ -3219,22 +2972,18 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Se você imprimir apenas pela rede e se usar um único servidor CUPS,\n"
-"não será necessário usar a Pesquisa do CUPS nem ter um daemon do CUPS em "
-"execução no host.\n"
-"Em vez disso, é mais simples especificar o servidor CUPS e acessá-lo "
-"diretamente.<br>\n"
+"não será necessário usar a Pesquisa do CUPS nem ter um daemon do CUPS em execução no host.\n"
+"Em vez disso, é mais simples especificar o servidor CUPS e acessá-lo diretamente.<br>\n"
"Uma possível desvantagem é que os aplicativos podem sofrer atrasos\n"
"por algum tempo (até esgotar o tempo de espera) durante suas tentativas\n"
"de acesso ao servidor CUPS que, na verdade, está indisponível\n"
-"(exemplo: durante o uso do laptop em viagens). Normalmente, trata-se de um "
-"tempo de espera\n"
-"da resolução de nome de host (DNS) que provoca o atraso. Portanto, talvez "
-"ajude\n"
+"(exemplo: durante o uso do laptop em viagens). Normalmente, trata-se de um tempo de espera\n"
+"da resolução de nome de host (DNS) que provoca o atraso. Portanto, talvez ajude\n"
"ter uma entrada codificada para o servidor CUPS no arquivo /etc/hosts.\n"
"</p>"
-#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
+#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n"
@@ -3258,71 +3007,58 @@
"da Microsoft Corporation nos Estados Unidos e/ou em outros países.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
+#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
-"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must "
-"run\n"
+"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Compartilhando Filas de Impressão e Publicando-as na Rede</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
-"Geralmente, o CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) deve ser configurado para "
-"usar\n"
+"<b><big>Compartilhando Filas de Impressão e Publicando-as na Rede</big></b><br>\n"
+"Geralmente, o CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) deve ser configurado para usar\n"
"seu modo de Pesquisa para tornar as impressoras disponíveis na rede.<br>\n"
-"Neste caso, os servidores CUPS publicam as filas de impressão locais na "
-"rede\n"
-"e, nos sistemas clientes do CUPS, o processo do daemon do CUPS (cupsd) deve "
-"ser executado\n"
+"Neste caso, os servidores CUPS publicam as filas de impressão locais na rede\n"
+"e, nos sistemas clientes do CUPS, o processo do daemon do CUPS (cupsd) deve ser executado\n"
"para escutar as informações recebidas sobre as impressoras publicadas.<br>\n"
"As informações de Pesquisa do CUPS são recebidas pela porta UDP 631.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
+#. SharingDialog help 2/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
-"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients."
-"<br>\n"
+"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n"
"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n"
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
-"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS "
-"Browsing.\n"
+"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
-"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server "
-"directly.\n"
+"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Em primeiro lugar, os sistemas clientes do CUPS devem ter acesso ao servidor "
-"CUPS.\n"
-"Em seguida, especifique se as impressoras devem ou não ser publicadas para "
-"os clientes.\n"
+"Em primeiro lugar, os sistemas clientes do CUPS devem ter acesso ao servidor CUPS.\n"
+"Em seguida, especifique se as impressoras devem ou não ser publicadas para os clientes.\n"
"Em uma rede local, o modo comum de configurar a Pesquisa do CUPS é\n"
"permitir o acesso remoto para todos os hosts na rede local\n"
"e publicar as impressoras em todos os hosts.<br>\n"
"Não é necessário publicar as impressoras em qualquer um dos casos.<br>\n"
-"Se você possui somente um servidor CUPS, não é necessário usar a Pesquisa do "
-"CUPS.\n"
-"Em vez disso, é mais simples especificar o servidor CUPS nos sistemas "
-"clientes\n"
-"(em ''Impressão pela Rede'') para que os clientes acessem o servidor "
-"diretamente.\n"
+"Se você possui somente um servidor CUPS, não é necessário usar a Pesquisa do CUPS.\n"
+"Em vez disso, é mais simples especificar o servidor CUPS nos sistemas clientes\n"
+"(em ''Impressão pela Rede'') para que os clientes acessem o servidor diretamente.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
+#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n"
@@ -3350,16 +3086,14 @@
"e quando a conexão de rede do host\n"
"utiliza uma interface não PPP no servidor CUPS\n"
"(uma interface com o flag IFF_POINTOPOINT não definido).<br>\n"
-"Alternativamente ou adicionalmente, é possível especificar uma lista "
-"explícita de interfaces de rede\n"
+"Alternativamente ou adicionalmente, é possível especificar uma lista explícita de interfaces de rede\n"
"das quais o acesso remoto é permitido.<br>\n"
-"Alternativamente ou adicionalmente, é possível especificar uma lista "
-"explícita de\n"
+"Alternativamente ou adicionalmente, é possível especificar uma lista explícita de\n"
"endereços IP e/ou redes permitidos.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
+#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Regarding firewall:<br>\n"
@@ -3407,8 +3141,7 @@
"porque essa zona é confiável por padrão.<br>\n"
"Não faz sentido imprimir em uma rede interna confiável\n"
"com uma interface de rede pertencente à ''zona externa'' não confiável\n"
-"(esta é a configuração padrão para que as interfaces de rede sejam "
-"seguras).\n"
+"(esta é a configuração padrão para que as interfaces de rede sejam seguras).\n"
"Não desabilite a proteção por firewall no CUPS\n"
"(ou seja, no IPP que usa a porta TCP 631 e a porta UDP 631)\n"
"para a ''zona externa'' não confiável.<br>\n"
@@ -3417,20 +3150,17 @@
"de qualquer rede externa (em particular, da Internet),\n"
"atribua a interface de rede pertencente à rede interna\n"
"à zona interna do firewall.\n"
-"Use o módulo de configuração de Firewall do YaST para realizar esta "
-"configuração básica\n"
+"Use o módulo de configuração de Firewall do YaST para realizar esta configuração básica\n"
"para obter segurança e utilidade em sua rede, e\n"
"o compartilhamento de impressoras em uma rede interna confiável\n"
"funcionará sem nenhuma outra configuração de firewall.<br>\n"
-"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo no banco de dados de suporte do "
-"openSUSE\n"
-"''CUPS and SANE Firewall settings'' (Configurações de firewall do CUPS e "
-"SANE) em<br>\n"
+"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo no banco de dados de suporte do openSUSE\n"
+"''CUPS and SANE Firewall settings'' (Configurações de firewall do CUPS e SANE) em<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
-#. Policies help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
+#. Policies help 1/2:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Operation Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3444,13 +3174,12 @@
"<b><big>Política de Operação do CUPS</big></b><br>\n"
"Políticas de operação são regras usadas para cada operação no CUPS.\n"
"Tais operações são, por exemplo, 'imprimir algo' ,'cancelar a impressão',\n"
-"'configurar uma impressora', 'modificar ou remover uma configuração de "
-"impressora'\n"
+"'configurar uma impressora', 'modificar ou remover uma configuração de impressora'\n"
"e 'habilitar ou desabilitar impressão'.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Policies help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
+#. Policies help 2/2:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3470,23 +3199,20 @@
"<br>\n"
"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by "
-"default).<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Política de Erros do CUPS</big></b><br>\n"
"A política de erros define a política padrão que é usada quando\n"
-"o CUPS falha ao enviar um serviço de impressão para o dispositivo de "
-"impressora.<br>\n"
+"o CUPS falha ao enviar um serviço de impressão para o dispositivo de impressora.<br>\n"
"Dependendo de como a impressora é conectada\n"
"(por exemplo \"usb\", \"socket\", \"lpd\" ou \"ipp\"),\n"
"e dependendo do tipo de falha,\n"
"o back end do CUPS que realmente envia os dados para a impressora\n"
"pode sobregravar a política de erros padrão\n"
-"e assegurar o uso obrigatório de outra política de erros (consulte <tt>man "
-"backend</tt>).\n"
+"e assegurar o uso obrigatório de outra política de erros (consulte <tt>man backend</tt>).\n"
"Por exemplo, ele pode parar qualquer tentativa de impressão\n"
"mesmo que a política de erros padrão seja de repetir o serviço.\n"
"Isso pode acontecer quando uma tentativa de estabelecer\n"
@@ -3495,13 +3221,12 @@
"<br>\n"
"As seguintes políticas de erros estão disponíveis:<br>\n"
"Parar a impressora e manter o serviço para impressão futura.<br>\n"
-"Reenviar o serviço desde o começo após esperar algum tempo (30 segundos, por "
-"padrão).<br>\n"
+"Reenviar o serviço desde o começo após esperar algum tempo (30 segundos, por padrão).<br>\n"
"Interromper e apagar o serviço e prosseguir com o próximo serviço.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
+#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3519,8 +3244,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Configuração Automática para Impressoras Locais Conectadas</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Configuração Automática para Impressoras Locais Conectadas</big></b><br>\n"
"Marque a caixa de seleção para executar a configuração automática do YaST\n"
"para impressoras que estão conectadas ao host local.<br>\n"
"Para cada impressora local conectada detectada automaticamente,\n"
@@ -3534,8 +3258,8 @@
"e aceitar qualquer valor pré-selecionado.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
-#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
+#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
+#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3559,8 +3283,7 @@
"<b><big>Configuração Automática para Impressoras USB</big></b>\n"
"O pacote RPM ''udev-configure-printer'' inclui\n"
"a configuração automática quando há impressoras USB conectadas.<br>\n"
-"Quando a caixa de seleção não está marcada inicialmente, ele não está "
-"instalado,\n"
+"Quando a caixa de seleção não está marcada inicialmente, ele não está instalado,\n"
"e você pode selecioná-lo para instalação.<br>\n"
"Quando a caixa de seleção está marcada inicialmente, ele já está instalada,\n"
"e você pode anular a seleção para removê-lo.<br>\n"
@@ -3574,109 +3297,107 @@
"exceto quando alguém muda o arquivo 70-printers.rules manualmente.\n"
"</p>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of printer
-#. Summary: Overview dialog definition
-#. Authors: Johannes Meixner
-#.
-#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of printer
+#. Summary: Overview dialog definition
+#. Authors: Johannes Meixner
+#.
+#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Mostrar"
-#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
+#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Local"
-#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
+#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "&Remoto"
-#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
-#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
+#. Print queue name:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
-#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
+#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localização"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
-#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
+#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Padrão"
-#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
-#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
+#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
+#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
+#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "&Atualizar Lista"
-#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
+#. PushButton label to print a test page:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "Imprimir Página de &Teste"
-#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible.
-#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r'
-#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
-#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
-#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
+#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
+#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible.
+#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r'
+#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
+#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
+#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
-"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not "
-"accessible.\n"
+"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Um daemon local do CUPS em execução é necessário, mas parece não estar "
-"acessível.\n"
+"Um daemon local do CUPS em execução é necessário, mas parece não estar acessível.\n"
"Verifique com ''lpstat -h localhost -r'' se há um cupsd local acessível.\n"
"Um cupsd não acessível gera uma sequência infinita de mais falhas.\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
-#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631).
-#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems
-#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
-#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
-#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
+#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
+#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631).
+#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems
+#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
+#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
+#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3689,10 +3410,8 @@
"the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n"
msgstr ""
"O daemon do CUPS parece não escutar na porta IPP oficial da IANA (631).\n"
-"Verifique ser o cups está escutando com o comando ''netstat -nap | grep "
-"cupsd''.\n"
-"Isso acontece quando existe uma configuração ''Listen ...:1234'' ou ''Port "
-"1234''\n"
+"Verifique ser o cups está escutando com o comando ''netstat -nap | grep cupsd''.\n"
+"Isso acontece quando existe uma configuração ''Listen ...:1234'' ou ''Port 1234''\n"
"(em que 1234 é qualquer número de porta diferente da porta oficial 631)\n"
"em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (verifique também se existe ''BrowsePort 1234'').\n"
"O módulo de impressora do YaST não suporta uma porta não oficial.\n"
@@ -3700,810 +3419,745 @@
"Se você realmente tiver que usar uma porta não oficial, poderá usar\n"
"o módulo de impressora do YaST para configurar suas impressoras.\n"
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
-"Executando diversos testes relacionados à acessibilidade do servidor "
-"CUPS...\n"
+"Executando diversos testes relacionados à acessibilidade do servidor CUPS...\n"
"(isto pode levar algum tempo)"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "Não usar mais o servidor CUPS inacessível '%1'?"
-#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
+#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr "Para prosseguir, você deve concordar que '%1' não será mais usado."
-#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
-#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
-#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
-msgid ""
-"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor inacessível gera uma sequência infinita de atrasos e falhas."
+#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
+#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
+#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
+msgstr "Um servidor inacessível gera uma sequência infinita de atrasos e falhas."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "Servidor CUPS %1"
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Testando a acessibilidade do servidor CUPS..."
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Selecione uma entrada."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Impossível Apagar"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta é uma configuração remota. Somente configurações locais podem ser "
-"apagadas."
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
+msgstr "Esta é uma configuração remota. Somente configurações locais podem ser apagadas."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão"
-#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
-msgid ""
-"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be "
-"restored."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração selecionada seria apagada imediatamente, não podendo ser "
-"restaurada."
+#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
+msgstr "A configuração selecionada seria apagada imediatamente, não podendo ser restaurada."
-#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
+#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Apagar a configuração %1"
-#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
+#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Não apagar"
-#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because
-#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes
-#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments
-#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module.
-#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
-#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
-#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
+#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because
+#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes
+#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments
+#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module.
+#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
+#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
+#. with whatever other setup tool:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão de uma Classe"
-#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
+#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "Uma classe apagada não pode ser recriada com esta ferramenta."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Rejeitando serviços de impressão"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
-msgstr ""
-"A página de teste não pode ser impressa porque os serviços de impressão "
-"foram rejeitados."
+msgstr "A página de teste não pode ser impressa porque os serviços de impressão foram rejeitados."
-#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
-#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
-#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
+#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
+#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
+#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Impressão desabilitada"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"A página de teste não pode ser impressa porque a impressão está desabilitada."
+msgstr "A página de teste não pode ser impressa porque a impressão está desabilitada."
-#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue.
-#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because
-#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
-#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
-#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
-msgid ""
-"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is "
-"printed."
-msgstr ""
-"Existem serviços de impressão pendentes que podem ser apagados antes que a "
-"página de teste seja impressa."
+#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue.
+#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because
+#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
+#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
+#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
+msgstr "Existem serviços de impressão pendentes que podem ser apagados antes que a página de teste seja impressa."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Apagar Trabalhos de Impressão Pendentes de %1"
-#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
-#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
+#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Apagá-los antes de imprimir a página de teste"
-#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
-#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
+#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
+#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Imprimir a página de teste depois dos outros trabalhos"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar todos os serviços pendentes para %1."
-#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see
-#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617
-#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added
-#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps
-#. The following modifications
-#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100
-#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200
-#. @@ -564 +564 @@
-#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered
-#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered
-#. @@ -570 +570 @@
-#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show
-#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
-#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
-#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
+#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see
+#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617
+#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added
+#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps
+#. The following modifications
+#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100
+#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200
+#. @@ -564 +564 @@
+#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered
+#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered
+#. @@ -570 +570 @@
+#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show
+#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
+#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
+#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Testar impressão"
-#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
+#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
-msgstr ""
-"Imprimir uma ou duas páginas, por exemplo, para testar a impressão duplex"
+msgstr "Imprimir uma ou duas páginas, por exemplo, para testar a impressão duplex"
-#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
+#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Uma página de teste"
-#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
+#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "Duas páginas de teste"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Falha ao imprimir página de teste para %1."
-#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues)
-#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
-#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
-#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
+#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues)
+#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
+#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
+#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Aguardar o Término da Impressão da Página de Teste"
-#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
+#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr "Página de teste enviada para %1. A impressão deve começar logo."
-#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
-#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
+#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "Impressão da página de teste bem-sucedida"
-#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
-#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
+#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
+#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "Falha na impressão da página de teste"
-#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing
-#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now.
-#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals
-#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters
-#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed
-#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state
-#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode).
-#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished.
-#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used)
-#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but
-#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command
-#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake
-#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer
-#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
-#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
-#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
+#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing
+#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now.
+#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals
+#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters
+#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed
+#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state
+#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode).
+#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished.
+#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used)
+#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but
+#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command
+#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake
+#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer
+#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
+#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
+#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Existem serviços de impressão pendentes que podem ser apagados agora."
-#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
-#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
+#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Apagar todos os trabalhos pendentes"
-#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
-#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
+#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
+#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Não apagar"
-#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
+#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ver o registro completo, consulte o arquivo /var/log/cups/error_log."
+msgstr "Para ver o registro completo, consulte o arquivo /var/log/cups/error_log."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
-msgid ""
-"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações de registro do CUPS durante o processo da página de teste para "
-"%1 (apenas em inglês)"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
+msgstr "Informações de registro do CUPS durante o processo da página de teste para %1 (apenas em inglês)"
-#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
-#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
+#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
+#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-msgstr ""
-"Para obter informações de registro do CUPS, consulte o arquivo /var/log/cups/"
-"error_log."
+msgstr "Para obter informações de registro do CUPS, consulte o arquivo /var/log/cups/error_log."
-#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
-msgid ""
-"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando há falha na impressão por um sistema remoto, você deve contatar o "
-"administrador do sistema remoto."
+#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
+msgstr "Quando há falha na impressão por um sistema remoto, você deve contatar o administrador do sistema remoto."
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor CUPS remoto possui configurações que conflitam com a adição de "
-"uma configuração."
+msgstr "Um servidor CUPS remoto possui configurações que conflitam com a adição de uma configuração."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Impossível Modificar"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta é uma configuração remota. Somente configurações locais podem ser "
-"modificadas."
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
+msgstr "Esta é uma configuração remota. Somente configurações locais podem ser modificadas."
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
-#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
-#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
+#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
+#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45
msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing"
msgstr "parar a impressora e manter a tarefa para impressão futura"
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
-#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
-#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time
-#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed):
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
+#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
+#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time
+#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed):
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52
msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time"
msgstr "reenviar o trabalho após esperar algum tempo"
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
-#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
-#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
+#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
+#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58
msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job"
msgstr "interromper e apagar o serviço e continuar com o próximo serviço"
-#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77
+#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77
msgid "Specify the &error policy"
msgstr "Especifique a política de &erros"
-#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above
-#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues).
-#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration"
-#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical
-#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93
+#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above
+#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues).
+#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration"
+#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical
+#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93
msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations"
-msgstr ""
-"&Aplicar esta política de erro a todas as configurações de impressora local"
+msgstr "&Aplicar esta política de erro a todas as configurações de impressora local"
-#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101
+#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101
msgid "Specify the &operation policy"
msgstr "Especifique a política de &operação"
-#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above
-#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues).
-#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration"
-#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical
-#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113
+#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above
+#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues).
+#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration"
+#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical
+#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113
msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations"
-msgstr ""
-"Aplicar esta &política de operação a todas as configurações de impressora "
-"local"
+msgstr "Aplicar esta &política de operação a todas as configurações de impressora local"
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"Conflito entre uma configuração de servidor CUPS remoto e as políticas de "
-"configuração do sistema local."
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system."
+msgstr "Conflito entre uma configuração de servidor CUPS remoto e as políticas de configuração do sistema local."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name.
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331
msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'"
msgstr "Falha ao aplicar a política a '%1'"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value.
-#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value.
+#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354
msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
msgstr "Falha ao definir 'DefaultPolicy %1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value.
-#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value.
+#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373
msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
msgstr "Falha ao definir 'ErrorPolicy %1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
-#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
-#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
-#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
-#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality:
-#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
-#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
-#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
-#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
-#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality:
-#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
-#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
-#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
-#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
-#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality:
-#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037
+#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
+#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
+#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
+#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
+#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality:
+#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
+#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
+#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
+#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
+#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality:
+#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
+#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
+#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
+#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort"
+#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality:
+#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037
msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
msgstr "Falha ao aplicar as configurações ao sistema."
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
-#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
+#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52
msgid "do not accept any printer announcement"
msgstr "não aceitar nenhum anúncio de impressora"
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
-#. that printer information is accepted from
-#. all remote CUPS servers:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
+#. that printer information is accepted from
+#. all remote CUPS servers:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56
msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere"
msgstr "aceitar todos os anúncios de qualquer lugar"
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
-#. that printer information is accepted from
-#. remote CUPS servers in the local network:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
+#. that printer information is accepted from
+#. remote CUPS servers in the local network:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60
msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network"
msgstr "aceitar de todos os hosts na rede local"
-#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
-#. that printer information is accepted only from
-#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses
-#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67
+#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
+#. that printer information is accepted only from
+#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses
+#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67
msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below"
msgstr "aceitar somente dos endereços especificados abaixo"
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74
msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network"
msgstr "Usar CUPS para Imprimir pela Rede"
-#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81
+#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81
msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers"
msgstr "&Aceitar Anúncios de Impressora dos Servidores CUPS"
-#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select
-#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers
-#. printer information is accepted:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96
+#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select
+#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers
+#. printer information is accepted:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96
msgid "&General Setting"
msgstr "Configuração &Geral"
-#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally
-#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask
-#. from where remote printer information is accepted:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121
+#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally
+#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask
+#. from where remote printer information is accepted:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121
msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Endereços IP Adicionais ou &Rede/Máscara de Rede (separados por espaço)"
+msgstr "Endereços IP Adicionais ou &Rede/Máscara de Rede (separados por espaço)"
-#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134
+#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134
msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers"
msgstr "&Solicitar Informações de Impressora dos Servidores CUPS"
-#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter
-#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses
-#. from where remote printer information is polled:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146
+#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter
+#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses
+#. from where remote printer information is polled:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146
msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Nomes de servidores CUPS ou Endereços &IP em Poll (separados por espaço em "
-"branco)"
+msgstr "Nomes de servidores CUPS ou Endereços &IP em Poll (separados por espaço em branco)"
-#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly
-#. only via one single remote CUPS server:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158
+#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly
+#. only via one single remote CUPS server:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158
msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server"
msgstr "&Realizar Todas as Impressões Diretamente por um Único Servidor CUPS"
-#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter
-#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used
-#. to do all his printing tasks:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170
+#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter
+#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used
+#. to do all his printing tasks:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170
msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address"
msgstr "E&ndereço IP ou nome do servidor CUPS único"
-#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server
-#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178
+#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server
+#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178
msgid "&Test Server"
msgstr "&Testar Servidor"
-#. or to set up to use a network printer directly:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189
+#. or to set up to use a network printer directly:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189
msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly"
-msgstr ""
-"Usar Outro Servidor de Impressão ou Usar uma Impressora em Rede Diretamente"
+msgstr "Usar Outro Servidor de Impressão ou Usar uma Impressora em Rede Diretamente"
-#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers"
-#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208
+#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers"
+#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208
msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers"
msgstr "Um firewall pode rejeitar anúncios de impressoras dos servidores CUPS"
-#. Popup::AnyMessage message:
-#. Popup::AnyMessage message:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263
+#. Popup::AnyMessage message:
+#. Popup::AnyMessage message:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263
msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Sobre a configuração do firewall, consulte o texto da Ajuda desta caixa de "
-"diálogo."
+msgstr "Sobre a configuração do firewall, consulte o texto da Ajuda desta caixa de diálogo."
-#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name.
-#. Such a client-only config does not make sense:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364
+#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name.
+#. Such a client-only config does not make sense:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364
msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered."
msgstr "É necessário digitar um nome de servidor CUPS válido."
-#. when a client-only server is not accessible
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391
+#. when a client-only server is not accessible
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391
msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?"
msgstr "Continuar mesmo que '%1' não esteja acessível?"
-#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. when a client-only server is not accessible:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396
+#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. when a client-only server is not accessible:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures."
msgstr "Um servidor não acessível gera uma sequência infinita de falhas."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430
msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf."
msgstr "Tentativa de definir ''ServerName %1'' em /etc/cups/client.conf."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441
msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao definir ''ServerName %1'' em /etc/cups/client.conf."
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467
msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled."
-msgstr ""
-"A caixa de seleção que define todas as impressões por um único servidor CUPS "
-"estava desabilitada."
+msgstr "A caixa de seleção que define todas as impressões por um único servidor CUPS estava desabilitada."
-#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf:
-#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has
-#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty.
-#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that
-#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here:
-#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On",
-#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575
+#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf:
+#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has
+#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty.
+#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that
+#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here:
+#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On",
+#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575
msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao definir ''Browsing On'' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow.
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow.
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569
msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao definir valor(es) de BrowseAllow '%1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
+msgstr "Falha ao definir valor(es) de BrowseAllow '%1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. but now the user has deactivated it
-#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled.
-#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf
-#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers
-#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog.
-#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597
+#. but now the user has deactivated it
+#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled.
+#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf
+#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers
+#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog.
+#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao definir ''BrowseAllow none'' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names.
-#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615
+#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names.
+#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615
msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered."
msgstr "Pelo menos um nome de servidor CUPS válido deve ser digitado."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll.
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll.
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659
msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
msgstr "Falha ao definir valor(es) de BrowsePoll '%1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-#. but now the user has deactivated it
-#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled:
-#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684
+#. but now the user has deactivated it
+#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled:
+#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
msgstr "Falha ao definir ''BrowsePoll none'' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd
-#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or
-#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled.
-#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues.
-#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1)
-#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd.
-#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same
-#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow.
-#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes.
-#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information
-#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout)
-#. from the local cupsd's list.
-#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem
-#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then
-#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues:
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727
+#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd
+#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or
+#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled.
+#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues.
+#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1)
+#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd.
+#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same
+#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow.
+#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes.
+#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information
+#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout)
+#. from the local cupsd's list.
+#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem
+#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then
+#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues:
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727
msgid ""
-"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept "
-"announcements'\n"
+"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n"
"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n"
"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..."
msgstr ""
-"Ao alternar de ''aceitar anúncios de impressora'' para ''não aceitar "
-"anúncios''\n"
-"ou após desabilitar ''solicitar informações de impressora dos servidores "
-"CUPS'',\n"
+"Ao alternar de ''aceitar anúncios de impressora'' para ''não aceitar anúncios''\n"
+"ou após desabilitar ''solicitar informações de impressora dos servidores CUPS'',\n"
"normalmente leva 5 minutos até que as informações já recebidas desapareçam..."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
+#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144
msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
msgstr "O servidor '%1' está acessível pela porta 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64
+#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64
msgid "&Deny Remote Access"
msgstr "&Negar Acesso Remoto"
-#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73
+#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73
msgid "&Allow Remote Access"
msgstr "&Permitir Acesso Remoto"
-#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83
+#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83
msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:"
msgstr "Existem vários modo de especificar quais hosts remotos são permitidos:"
-#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues
-#. for computers within the local network:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100
+#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues
+#. for computers within the local network:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100
msgid "For computers within the &local network"
msgstr "Para computadores dentro da rede &local"
-#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111
+#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111
msgid "&Publish printers within the local network"
msgstr "&Publicar impressoras dentro da rede local"
-#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues
-#. via network interfaces specified in the table below:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121
+#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues
+#. via network interfaces specified in the table below:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121
msgid "Via network interfaces"
msgstr "Por interfaces de rede"
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Interface"
-#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not
-#. local print queues are published by default
-#. via the network interface in the other table column:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137
+#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not
+#. local print queues are published by default
+#. via the network interface in the other table column:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137
msgid "Publish printers via this interface"
msgstr "Publicar impressoras por esta interface"
-#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows
-#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148
+#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows
+#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Adicionar"
-#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows
-#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154
+#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows
+#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows
-#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160
+#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows
+#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues
-#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169
+#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues
+#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169
msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks"
msgstr "Para Endereços IP ou Redes Específicos"
-#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues
-#. for hosts and/or networks:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Per&mitir acesso daqueles endereços IP ou rede/máscara de rede (separados "
-"por espaço)"
+#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues
+#. for hosts and/or networks:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180
+msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
+msgstr "Per&mitir acesso daqueles endereços IP ou rede/máscara de rede (separados por espaço)"
-#. TextEntry to publish local print queues
-#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by "
-"space)"
-msgstr ""
-"Publicar para estes endereços IP ou endereços de &broadcast de rede "
-"(separados por espaço)"
+#. TextEntry to publish local print queues
+#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192
+msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)"
+msgstr "Publicar para estes endereços IP ou endereços de &broadcast de rede (separados por espaço)"
-#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default
-#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214
+#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default
+#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214
msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below."
msgstr "&Publicar impessoras por padrão pela interface de rede abaixo."
-#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221
+#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221
msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:"
msgstr "&Interfaces de Rede Disponíveis:"
-#. Use the exact same wording "remote access"
-#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261
+#. Use the exact same wording "remote access"
+#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261
msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access"
msgstr "Um firewall pode impedir o acesso remoto"
-#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396
+#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396
msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao definir apenas ''Listen localhost'' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406
+#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406
msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao remover as entradas ''Allow'' de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
-#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594
+#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
+#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594
msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao remover as entradas ''BrowseAddress'' de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
+msgstr "Falha ao remover as entradas ''BrowseAddress'' de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
-#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536
+#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
+#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536
msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao definir as entradas ''Allow'' '%1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
-#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560
+#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
+#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao definir as entradas ''BrowseAddress'' '%1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
+msgstr "Falha ao definir as entradas ''BrowseAddress'' '%1' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name.
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613
+#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name.
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613
msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
msgstr "Falha ao definir ''Listen *:631'' em /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer "
-"configurations."
-msgstr ""
-"Um servidor CUPS remoto possui configurações que conflitam com o "
-"compartilhamento configurações da impressora local."
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations."
+msgstr "Um servidor CUPS remoto possui configurações que conflitam com o compartilhamento configurações da impressora local."
-#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer.
-#. For use with autoinstallation.
-#. @return sequence result
-#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing.
-#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation.
-#. @return sequence result
-#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215
+#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer.
+#. For use with autoinstallation.
+#. @return sequence result
+#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing.
+#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation.
+#. @return sequence result
+#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215
msgid "Printer Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da impressora"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. Settings:
-#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer:
-#. Global variables:
-#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58
+#. Settings:
+#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer:
+#. Global variables:
+#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network.<br>\n"
@@ -4515,15 +4169,15 @@
"O AutoYaST não suporta filas de impressão locais.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning.
-#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367
+#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning.
+#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367
msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..."
msgstr "Recuperando informações do driver da impressora..."
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382
msgid ""
"Retrieving printer driver information...\n"
"(this could take more than a minute)"
@@ -4531,266 +4185,263 @@
"Recuperando informações do driver da impressora...\n"
"(isto pode levar mais de um minuto)"
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396
msgid "Failed to create PPD database."
msgstr "Falha ao criar banco de dados PPD."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo %1 não existe."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Falha ao ler %1."
-#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling
-#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 )
-#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn
-#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100%
-#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%.
-#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar.
-#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress,
-#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above.
-#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character
-#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally,
-#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size
-#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459
+#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling
+#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 )
+#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn
+#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100%
+#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%.
+#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar.
+#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress,
+#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above.
+#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character
+#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally,
+#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size
+#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459
msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information"
msgstr "Informações do Driver de Impressora Recuperadas"
-#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning.
-#. Don't care if this command is successful.
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508
+#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning.
+#. Don't care if this command is successful.
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508
msgid "Detecting printers..."
msgstr "Detectar impressoras..."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected.
-#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected.
+#. The latter results no error.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522
msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically."
msgstr "Falha ao detectar impressoras automaticamente."
-#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above).
-#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar
-#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579
+#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above).
+#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar
+#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579
msgid "Printer detection finished"
msgstr "Detecção de impressora concluída"
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected
-#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected
+#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607
msgid "Failed to detect print queues."
msgstr "Falha ao detectar filas de impressão."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected
-#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected
+#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678
msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1."
msgstr "Falha ao determinar opções do driver para fila %1."
-#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see
-#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...:
-#. for background information
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735
+#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see
+#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...:
+#. for background information
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735
msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração da Impressora"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Verificar pacotes instalados"
-#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740
+#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgstr "Verificando pacotes instalados..."
-#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792
+#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see
-#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...:
-#. for background information
-#. @return true in any case (because it only exits)
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785
+#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see
+#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...:
+#. for background information
+#. @return true in any case (because it only exits)
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785
msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration"
msgstr "Concluindo Configuração da Impressora"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788
msgid "Finish printer configuration"
msgstr "Concluir configuração da impressora"
-#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790
+#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790
msgid "Finishing printer configuration..."
msgstr "Concluindo configuração da impressora..."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected
-#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected
+#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098
msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível mostrar filas de impressão (falha ao detectar filas de impressão)."
+msgstr "Impossível mostrar filas de impressão (falha ao detectar filas de impressão)."
-#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119
+#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119
msgid "Local"
msgstr "Local"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Classe"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121
msgid "Remote"
msgstr "Remoto"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124
+#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124
msgid "Ready"
msgstr "Pronto"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125
msgid "Printout disabled"
msgstr "Impressão desabilitada"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128
msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled"
msgstr "Rejeitando serviços de impressão, impressão desabilitada"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130
msgid "Rejecting print jobs"
msgstr "Rejeitando serviços de impressão"
-#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167
+#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167
msgid "There is no print queue."
msgstr "Não existe fila de impressão."
-#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212
+#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212
msgid "Failed to autodetect printers."
msgstr "Falha ao autodetectar impressoras."
-#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474
+#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474
msgid "No connections."
msgstr "Nenhuma conexão."
-#. A hint what to do if there are no connections.
-#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are
-#. button lables and must be translated accordingly:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478
+#. A hint what to do if there are no connections.
+#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are
+#. button lables and must be translated accordingly:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478
msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'."
msgstr "Tente ''Detectar Mais'' ou use o ''Assistente de Conexão''."
-#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496
+#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496
msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database."
msgstr "Falha ao criar banco de dados de drivers de impressora."
-#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected.
-#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525
+#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected.
+#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525
msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here."
msgstr "Selecione uma conexão para mostrar os drivers correspondentes aqui."
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543
msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..."
msgstr "Determinando os drivers de impressora correspondentes..."
-#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
+#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhum driver correspondente encontrado. Mude a string de pesquisa ou tente "
-"''Localizar Mais''."
+msgstr "Nenhum driver correspondente encontrado. Mude a string de pesquisa ou tente ''Localizar Mais''."
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
msgstr "Processando muitos drivers de impressora. Aguarde..."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar fila %1."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar configuração %1."
-#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
-#. which should not happen at all:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
+#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
+#. which should not happen at all:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
msgstr "Falha ao determinar as opções do driver."
-#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
+#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
msgid "new value"
msgstr "novo valor"
-#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
+#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
msgid "saved value"
msgstr "valor gravado"
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
msgid "The server '"
msgstr "O servidor '"
-#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
-#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
+#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
+#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name.
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n"
"This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n"
@@ -4799,16 +4450,14 @@
"In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Impossível executar hp-setup porque nenhuma tela gráfica pode ser aberta.\n"
-"Isso acontece principalmente quando o YaST é executado em modo apenas "
-"texto,\n"
-"quando o usuário que executa o YaST não possui a variável de ambiente "
-"DISPLAY definida\n"
+"Isso acontece principalmente quando o YaST é executado em modo apenas texto,\n"
+"quando o usuário que executa o YaST não possui a variável de ambiente DISPLAY definida\n"
"ou quando o processo do YaST não tem permissão para acessar a tela gráfica.\n"
"Neste caso, você deve executar hp-setup manualmente como usuário ''root''.\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
+#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -4818,23 +4467,21 @@
"/usr/bin/hp-setup não é executável\n"
"ou não existe.\n"
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"Hp-setup iniciado.\n"
-"Você deve concluir o hp-setup antes de proceder com a configuração da "
-"impressora.\n"
+"Você deve concluir o hp-setup antes de proceder com a configuração da impressora.\n"
-#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed:
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
-#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
-#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
+#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed:
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name.
+#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog:
+#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423
msgid ""
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
@@ -4842,109 +4489,99 @@
"Para executar o hp-setup, o pacote RPM hplip deve estar instalado.\n"
"Utilize ''Pacotes de Drivers'' para instalá-lo."
-#. Is the package available to be installed?
-#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não existe nenhum repositório de "
-"pacotes disponível."
+#. Is the package available to be installed?
+#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
+msgstr "O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não existe nenhum repositório de pacotes disponível."
-#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr ""
-"O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não está disponível no "
-"repositório."
+#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr "O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não está disponível no repositório."
-#. Only a simple message because:
-#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
-#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223
+#. Only a simple message because:
+#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
+#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
msgstr "Falha ao instalar o pacote necessário %1."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name
-#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name
+#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242
msgid "Remove package %1?"
msgstr "Remover pacote %1?"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278
msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies."
msgstr "Remover o pacote %1 quebra dependências."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name
-#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name
+#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287
msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?"
msgstr "Remover %1 independentemente da quebra de dependências?"
-#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292
+#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292
msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere."
msgstr "A quebra das dependências leva a falhas arbitrárias em outros lugares."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309
msgid "Failed to remove package %1."
msgstr "Falha ao remover o pacote %1."
-#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started
-#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335
+#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started
+#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335
msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon"
msgstr "Iniciar o daemon do CUPS em execução no local"
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337
msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed."
msgstr "Um daemon do CUPS em execução no local é necessário."
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343
msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
msgstr "Falha ao iniciar o daemon CUPS"
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432
msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible."
msgstr "Nenhum daemon do CPU em execução no local está acessível."
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445
msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot"
-msgstr ""
-"Falha ao habilitar inicialização do daemon CUPS durante o boot do sistema"
+msgstr "Falha ao habilitar inicialização do daemon CUPS durante o boot do sistema"
-#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
-#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400
+#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
+#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400
msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon"
msgstr "Reiniciar o daemon do CUPS em execução no local"
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402
msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma reinicialização interrompe todos os trabalhos de impressão que estão "
-"ativos."
+msgstr "Uma reinicialização interrompe todos os trabalhos de impressão que estão ativos."
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408
msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon"
msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o daemon CUPS"
-#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because
-#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config
-#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds
-#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info
-#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423
+#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because
+#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config
+#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds
+#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info
+#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423
msgid ""
"Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n"
"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n"
@@ -4952,45 +4589,44 @@
"Daemon do CUPS reiniciado.\n"
"Aguardando meio minuto para que ele fique pronto para operar...\n"
-#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd
-#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439
+#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd
+#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439
msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot"
msgstr "Habilitar a inicialização do daemon CUPS durante o boot do sistema"
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441
msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot."
msgstr "Atualmente o daemon CUPS não é iniciado no boot do sistema."
-#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
-#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461
+#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
+#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461
msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon"
msgstr "Parar o daemon do CUPS em execução no local"
-#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463
+#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463
msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma parada interrompe todos os trabalhos de impressão que estão ativos."
+msgstr "Uma parada interrompe todos os trabalhos de impressão que estão ativos."
-#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup):
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479
+#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup):
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479
msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible."
msgstr "Um daemon do CUPS em execução no local ainda está acessível."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516
msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible."
msgstr "O servidor CUPS '%1' não está acessível."
-#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649
+#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649
msgid "Updating configuration files..."
msgstr "Atualizando arquivos de configuração..."
-#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files:
-#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657
+#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files:
+#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657
msgid "&Skip waiting"
msgstr "&Ignorar espera"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/product-creator.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,17 +14,17 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module
-#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45
+#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module
+#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45
msgid "Configuration of Image Creator"
msgstr "Configuração do Criador de Imagem"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. /bin/objcopy - binutils
-#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo
-#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99
-#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. /bin/objcopy - binutils
+#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo
+#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99
+#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages\n"
"failed."
@@ -32,207 +32,207 @@
"Instalação de pacotes necessários \n"
"falhou."
-#. command line help text for the kiwi module
-#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48
+#. command line help text for the kiwi module
+#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48
msgid "Configuration of Kiwi"
msgstr "Configuração do Kiwi"
-#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54
+#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of Product Creator"
msgstr "Configuração do Criador do Produto"
-#. translators: command line help text for list action
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64
+#. translators: command line help text for list action
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64
msgid "Print existing configurations"
msgstr "Imprimir configurações existentes"
-#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71
+#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71
msgid "Create installation ISO image"
msgstr "Criar imagem ISO de instalação"
-#. translators: command line help text for create-config action
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78
+#. translators: command line help text for create-config action
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78
msgid "Create new product configuration"
msgstr "Criar nova configuração de produto"
-#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85
+#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85
msgid "Delete existing configuration"
msgstr "Apagar configuração existente"
-#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92
+#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92
msgid "Edit existing configuration"
msgstr "Editar configuração existente"
-#. translators: command line help text for show action
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99
+#. translators: command line help text for show action
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99
msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration"
msgstr "Mostrar o resumo da configuração selecionada"
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107
msgid "Name of the configuration"
msgstr "Nome da configuração"
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114
msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source."
msgstr "Frase secreta GPG necessária para assinar a origem."
-#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121
+#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121
msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source"
msgstr "Arquivo com a frase secreta GPG necessária para assinar a fonte"
-#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129
+#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129
msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)"
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de configuração (o padrão é %1)"
-#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136
+#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136
msgid "Path to the output directory"
msgstr "Caminho para o diretório de saída"
-#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144
+#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144
msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree"
msgstr "A saída deveria ser uma imagem ISO em vez de uma árvore de diretórios"
-#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150
+#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150
msgid "Name of the output ISO image"
msgstr "Nome da imagem ISO de saída"
-#. command line help text for 'savespace' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157
+#. command line help text for 'savespace' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157
msgid "Copy only needed files to save space"
msgstr "Copiar somente arquivos necessários para economizar espaço"
-#. command line help text for 'profile' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163
+#. command line help text for 'profile' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile"
msgstr "Caminho para o perfil AutoYaST"
-#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170
+#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170
msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image"
msgstr "Copiar perfil do AutoYaST para a imagem do CD"
-#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176
+#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176
msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file"
msgstr "Caminho do arquivo isolinux.cfg"
-#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183
+#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183
msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product"
msgstr "ID de chave GPG usado para assinar um produto"
-#. command line help text for 'repositories' option
-#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190
+#. command line help text for 'repositories' option
+#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190
msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)"
msgstr "Lista de repositórios de pacotes (separada por vírgulas)"
-#. command line error message
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328
+#. command line error message
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328
msgid "Configuration name is missing."
msgstr "O nome da configuração está ausente."
-#. command line error message, %1 is a name
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86
+#. command line error message, %1 is a name
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86
msgid "There is no configuration %1."
msgstr "Não há configuração %1."
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104
msgid "Path to output directory is missing."
msgstr "O caminho do diretório de saída está ausente."
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116
msgid "List of package repositories is empty."
msgstr "A lista de repositórios de pacotes está vazia."
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing."
msgstr "O caminho do perfil do AutoYaST está ausente."
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "O arquivo %1 não existe."
-#. Command line handler for Create ISO action
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233
+#. Command line handler for Create ISO action
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233
msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
msgstr "Carregando a configuração %1..."
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240
msgid "Cannot load configuration %1."
msgstr "Não é possível carregar configuração %1."
-#. command line error message (%1 is path)
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290
+#. command line error message (%1 is path)
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290
msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1."
msgstr "Não é possível criar imagem ISO %1."
-#. command line info message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296
+#. command line info message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296
msgid "ISO image %1 has been written."
msgstr "A imagem ISO %1 foi gravada."
-#. command line error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303
+#. command line error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303
msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
msgstr "O nome da configuração não pode estar vazio."
-#. summary caption
-#. summary caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907
+#. summary caption
+#. summary caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907
msgid "Package Source"
msgstr "Fonte de Pacotes"
-#. summary line (%1 is file path)
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369
+#. summary line (%1 is file path)
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369
msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1"
msgstr "Usando o perfil %1 do AutoYaST"
-#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
-#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945
+#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
+#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945
msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2"
msgstr "Criando a imagem ISO %1/%2"
-#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389
+#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389
msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2"
msgstr "Criando árvore de diretório em %1/%2"
-#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined)
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412
+#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined)
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412
msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2"
msgstr "Assinar o meio digitalmente com a chave GPG %1%2"
-#. summary text
-#. summary text
-#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993
+#. summary text
+#. summary text
+#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993
msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed"
msgstr "O meio não será assinado digitalmente"
-#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc...
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100
+#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc...
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100
msgid ""
"Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n"
"does not match the system architecture (%2).\n"
@@ -244,83 +244,83 @@
"\n"
"Kiwi não pode criar imagens para arquiteturas diferentes."
-#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133
+#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133
msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral da configuração do criador de produto"
-#. Table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
+#. Table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Produto"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imagem"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
msgid "GPG Key"
msgstr "Chave GPG"
-#. push button label
-#. combo box item
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024
+#. push button label
+#. combo box item
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024
msgid "Xen Image"
msgstr "Imagem Xen"
-#. push button label
-#. button label
-#. combo box item
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026
+#. push button label
+#. button label
+#. combo box item
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026
msgid "Virtual Disk Image"
msgstr "Imagem de Disco Virtual"
-#. push box item
-#. combo box item
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022
+#. push box item
+#. combo box item
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022
msgid "Live ISO Image"
msgstr "Imagem ISO Live"
-#. menu button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175
+#. menu button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175
msgid "&Create Product..."
msgstr "&Criar Produto..."
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178
msgid "ISO Image"
msgstr "Imagem ISO"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180
msgid "Directory Tree"
msgstr "Árvore do Diretório"
-#. menu button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186
+#. menu button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186
msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..."
msgstr "Cri&ar Imagem com KIWI..."
-#. TreeDialog
-#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data.
-#. @return [Symbol]
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327
+#. TreeDialog
+#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data.
+#. @return [Symbol]
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327
msgid ""
"<P>Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.</P>\n"
" \n"
@@ -328,109 +328,108 @@
"<P>Criando a estrutura de diretórios para a nova imagem ISO.</P>\n"
" \n"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332
msgid "<p>Press <b>Next</b> to start creating the ISO file.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique <b>próximo</b> para criar o arquivo ISO</p>"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338
msgid "Create skeleton with common files"
msgstr "Criar estrutura com arquivos comuns"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339
msgid "Copy additional and customized files"
msgstr "Copiar arquivos adicionais e customizados"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340
msgid "Copy selected packages"
msgstr "Copiar pacotes selecionados"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344
msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files"
msgstr "Criando estrutura com arquivos essenciais"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345
msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..."
-msgstr ""
-"Copiando arquivos adicionais e customizados para árvore de diretório..."
+msgstr "Copiando arquivos adicionais e customizados para árvore de diretório..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346
msgid "Copying selected packages"
msgstr "Copiando pacotes selecionados"
-#. label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354
+#. label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354
msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key"
msgstr "Assinar a Origem com uma Chave GPG"
-#. progressbar label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359
+#. progressbar label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359
msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..."
msgstr "Assinando a Origem com uma Chave GPG..."
-#. label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365
+#. label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365
msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc"
msgstr "Desabilitar verificações de assinatura no linuxrc"
-#. progressbar label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370
+#. progressbar label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370
msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..."
msgstr "Desabilitando verificações de assinatura no linuxrc..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375
msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
msgstr "Criando diretório da imagem ISO..."
-#. redirect the download callbacks
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404
+#. redirect the download callbacks
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404
msgid "Error while creating skeleton."
msgstr "Erro durante criação de estrutura."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449
msgid "ISO image directory ready"
msgstr "Diretório da imagem ISO pronto"
-#. if (!Mode::commandline())
-#. {
-#. Wizard::EnableNextButton();
-#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton();
-#. }
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495
+#. if (!Mode::commandline())
+#. {
+#. Wizard::EnableNextButton();
+#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton();
+#. }
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495
msgid "Creating CD Image..."
msgstr "Criando imagem CD..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496
msgid "This may take a while."
msgstr "Isto pode levar algum tempo."
-#. caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530
+#. caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530
msgid "ISO Summary"
msgstr "Sumário ISO"
-#. frame label
-#. summary caption
-#. richtext header
-#. richtext header
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373
+#. frame label
+#. summary caption
+#. richtext header
+#. richtext header
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548
msgid "Missing Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes faltantes"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557
msgid ""
"<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n"
"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -438,12 +437,12 @@
"<p>Verifique os dados na caixa de resumo e\n"
"clique em Concluir para retornar à caixa de diálogo principal.</p>\n"
-#. caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583
+#. caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583
msgid "Custom CDs"
msgstr "CDs customizados"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585
msgid ""
"<p>Verifying data and packages...\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -453,7 +452,7 @@
" </p>\n"
" \n"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592
msgid ""
"<p>If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n"
"Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n"
@@ -463,170 +462,158 @@
"Corrija o problema e tente novamente.</p>\n"
"...................."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600
msgid "Set up Package Source"
msgstr "Configurar fonte de pacote"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601
msgid "Create Package List"
msgstr "Criar Lista de Pacote"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602
msgid "Verify Package Availability"
msgstr "Verificar Disponibilidade de Pacote"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603
msgid "Check Destination"
msgstr "Verificar Destino"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607
msgid "Configuring package source..."
msgstr "Configurando fonte de pacote..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608
msgid "Creating package list..."
msgstr "Criando lista de pacotes..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609
msgid "Verifying package availability..."
msgstr "Verificando disponibilidade de pacote..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610
msgid "Checking destination..."
msgstr "Verificando destino..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614
msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image"
msgstr "Verificar Dados para imagem ISO"
-#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot");
-#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true);
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636
+#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot");
+#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true);
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636
msgid "Enabling sources..."
msgstr "Ativando origens..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645
msgid "Selecting packages..."
msgstr "Selecionando pacotes..."
-#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667
+#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Verificando pacotes..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675
msgid "Verifying the destination directory..."
msgstr "Verificando o diretório de destino..."
-#. help text
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785
+#. help text
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785
msgid "<p>Start creating a new image configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Inicie a criação de uma nova configuração de imagem com <b>Adicionar</b>."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Inicie a criação de uma nova configuração de imagem com <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the "
-"image.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para alterar a configuração da imagem selecionada ou "
-"criar a imagem.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787
+msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use <b>Editar</b> para alterar a configuração da imagem selecionada ou criar a imagem.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791
-msgid ""
-"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting "
-"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Apague o diretório com a configuração selecionada usando a opção "
-"<b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791
+msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Apague o diretório com a configuração selecionada usando a opção <b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. help text, %1 is directory
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796
+#. help text, %1 is directory
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796
msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Todas as configurações de imagem estão gravadas no diretório <tt>%1</tt>."
-"</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Todas as configurações de imagem estão gravadas no diretório <tt>%1</tt>.</p>"
-#. main dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804
+#. main dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804
msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Visão geral da configuração do criador de imagem"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Versão"
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamanho"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881
msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?"
msgstr "Apagar a configuração %1 (%2) agora?"
-#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
-#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94
+#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
+#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94
msgid "On"
msgstr "Ativo"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Inativo"
-#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption
-#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226
+#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption
+#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226
msgid "Product Creator Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do criador de produto"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Profile Loca&tion:"
msgstr "Localização do Perfil &t:"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209
msgid "Select Fi&le"
msgstr "Se&lecionar Arquivo"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage"
msgstr "Copiar Perfil para I&magem de CD"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232
msgid "Pac&kage Manager"
msgstr "Gerenciador de Pacotes &k"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "&AutoYaST Control File"
msgstr "Arquivo de Controle do &AutoYaST"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "&Configuration Name:"
msgstr "Nome da &Configuração:"
-#. set architecture if configured
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512
+#. set architecture if configured
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512
msgid "Enter the name of the configuration."
msgstr "Informe um nome para a configuração."
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319
msgid ""
"A configuration with this name already exists.\n"
" Select a new name.\n"
@@ -634,86 +621,86 @@
"Uma configuração com este nome já existe.\n"
" Selecione um novo nome.\n"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344
+#. error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one."
msgstr "O arquivo '%1' não existe. Escolha um correto."
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415
msgid "Output:"
msgstr "Saida:"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:"
msgstr "Caminho &Para Árvore de Diretório Gerada:"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "&Select Directory"
msgstr "&Selecione um Diretório"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443
msgid "&Generate ISO Image File"
msgstr "&Gerar Arquivo de Imagem ISO"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459
msgid "&ISO Image File:"
msgstr "Arquivo de Imagem &ISO:"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473
msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only"
msgstr "Criar somen&Te Árvore de Diretório"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484
msgid "Other Options"
msgstr "Outras Opções"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Copy only needed files to save space."
msgstr "Copiar só arquivos necessários para economia de espaço."
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "CD Publisher:"
msgstr "Editor de CD:"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509
msgid "CD Preparer:"
msgstr "Preparador de CD:"
-#. ask for directory widget label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549
+#. ask for directory widget label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Selecione um Diretório"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562
msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing."
msgstr "Caminho para árvore de diretório gerada foi omitido."
-#. preselect the first item
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646
+#. preselect the first item
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Target Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura de Destino"
-#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it
-#. %1 is URL of the repository
-#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...)
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774
+#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it
+#. %1 is URL of the repository
+#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...)
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"Source %1\n"
"does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n"
@@ -723,56 +710,56 @@
"não suporta a arquitetura de destino atual (%2).\n"
"Mudar a arquitetura de destino?\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801
msgid "Source Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Origem"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Selecionado"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
-#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc...
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933
+#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc...
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933
msgid "Target architecture: %1"
msgstr "Arquitetura de destino: %1"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836
msgid "Cr&eate New..."
msgstr "Cr&iar Novo..."
-#. remove not found sources (with id = -1)
-#. enable the source
-#. disable the source
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949
+#. remove not found sources (with id = -1)
+#. enable the source
+#. disable the source
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949
msgid "X"
msgstr "X"
-#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed
-#. change the architecture
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081
+#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed
+#. change the architecture
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081
msgid "Target Architecture: %1"
msgstr "Arquitetura de destino: %1"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970
msgid "Select at least one source."
msgstr "Selecione pelo menos uma origem."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005
+#. error message
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005
msgid ""
"There is a mismatch between the selected\n"
"repositories and the machine architecture.\n"
@@ -786,62 +773,61 @@
"Selecione outro repositório ou\n"
"mude a arquitetura de destino.\n"
-#. ask for the target architecture
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048
+#. ask for the target architecture
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048
msgid "Select the new target architecture."
msgstr "Selecionar a nova arquitetura de destino."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142
msgid "Base Source Selection"
msgstr "Seleção da Fonte Base"
-#. convert the URL to Id
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170
+#. convert the URL to Id
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Selected Base Source"
msgstr "Fonte Base Selecionada"
-#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237
+#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "File Contents: %1"
msgstr "Conteúdo do Arquivo: %1"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240
msgid "Load File"
msgstr "Carregar Arquivo"
-#. Pkg::TargetFinish ();
-#. busy message
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295
+#. Pkg::TargetFinish ();
+#. busy message
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295
msgid "Reading data from Package Database..."
msgstr "Lendo informação do Banco de Dados de Pacotes..."
-#. popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300
+#. popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300
msgid "Please wait..."
msgstr "Aguarde..."
-#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540
+#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540
msgid "Reading package database..."
msgstr "Lendo banco de dados de pacotes..."
-#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations
-#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515
+#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations
+#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
-"to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -850,15 +836,15 @@
"adicionar mais seleções <b>adicionais</b> e pacotes.\n"
"</p>"
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Software"
-#. error message, %1 = details
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606
+#. error message, %1 = details
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606
msgid ""
"Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n"
"\n"
@@ -868,82 +854,74 @@
"\n"
"%1\n"
-#. refresh table and pushbutton state
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825
+#. refresh table and pushbutton state
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825
msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium"
msgstr "Assinar &Digitalmente o Produto no Meio"
-#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected?
-#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...")
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833
+#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected?
+#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...")
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n"
-"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG "
-"key. \n"
+"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n"
"This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Assinar</b></big><br>\n"
-"Para permitir que os usuários verifiquem seu produto, assine-o com uma chave "
-"GPG. \n"
+"Para permitir que os usuários verifiquem seu produto, assine-o com uma chave GPG. \n"
"Esta chave é verificada quando o produto é adicionado como repositório.</p>"
-#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language
-#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!)
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840
+#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language
+#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!)
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840
msgid ""
-"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option "
-"'Insecure:\n"
-"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading "
-"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc "
-"for more information.</P>"
+"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n"
+"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Se o produto não é assinado, o YaST automaticamente adiciona a opção "
-"''Inseguro: \n"
-"1'' no arquivo de configuração do linuxrc, do contrário, o linuxrc negaria o "
-"carregamento de um sistema de instalação não assinado na inicialização. "
-"Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para obter mais informações.</P>"
+"<P>Se o produto não é assinado, o YaST automaticamente adiciona a opção ''Inseguro: \n"
+"1'' no arquivo de configuração do linuxrc, do contrário, o linuxrc negaria o carregamento de um sistema de instalação não assinado na inicialização. Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para obter mais informações.</P>"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849
msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium"
msgstr "Assinando o Produto no Meio"
-#. Configuration Summary
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899
+#. Configuration Summary
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899
msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração"
-#. summary line
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920
+#. summary line
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920
msgid "Selected %1 packages"
msgstr "%1 Pacotes selecionados"
-#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928
+#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura"
-#. summary caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938
+#. summary caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938
msgid "Output Directory"
msgstr "Diretório de Saída"
-#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955
+#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955
msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>"
msgstr "Criando árvore de diretório em <b> %1/%2 </b>"
-#. header in the summary dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964
+#. header in the summary dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964
msgid "Signing"
msgstr "Assinando"
-#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined)
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984
+#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined)
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984
msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2"
msgstr "Assinar digitalmente o meio com a chave GPG <b>%1</b>%2"
-#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999
msgid ""
"<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -951,8 +929,8 @@
"<p>Verifique os dados no resumo e clique em Avançar para continuar.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. All helps are here
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35
+#. All helps are here
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Boot Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n"
@@ -962,26 +940,23 @@
"Adicione novas entradas de menu de boot com opções de boot.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p>For example, \n"
"configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n"
-"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the "
-"original is used.</p>\n"
+"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Por exemplo, \n"
-"configure o CD para instalação automática e especifique o local da origem "
-"da\n"
-"instalação. Se você não tem certeza, deixe o arquivo sem alteração e o "
-"original é usado.</p>\n"
+"configure o CD para instalação automática e especifique o local da origem da\n"
+"instalação. Se você não tem certeza, deixe o arquivo sem alteração e o original é usado.</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46
msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração</big></b></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -989,13 +964,13 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte com segurança a configuração clicando <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração</big></b></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -1007,8 +982,8 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro fazer isso.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n"
@@ -1018,8 +993,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral das configurações disponíveis. Adicionalmente,\n"
"edite estas configurações.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a Configuration:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to create a new configuration.</p>"
@@ -1027,8 +1002,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando uma Configuração:</big></b><br>\n"
"Clique <b>Adicionar</b> para criar nova configuração.</p>"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n"
@@ -1036,11 +1011,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando ou Apagando:</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha uma configuração para mudar ou remover. \n"
-"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou em <b>Apagar</b> respectivamente."
-"P>\n"
+"Em seguida, clique em <b>Editar</b> ou em <b>Apagar</b> respectivamente.</P>\n"
-#. overview dialog help part 4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81
+#. overview dialog help part 4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n"
"repository directory with the selected product.</p>"
@@ -1048,21 +1022,17 @@
"<p>Use <b>Criar Produto</b> para criar uma imagem ISO ou\n"
"um diretório de repositório de instalação com o produto selecionado.</p>"
-#. overview dialog help part 5
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85
+#. overview dialog help part 5
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of "
-"various\n"
-"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image "
-"system.</p>"
+"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n"
+"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Pressione <b>Criar Image com KIWI</b> para configuração adicionar de "
-"vários\n"
-" tipos de imagens, como imagens Live media ou Xen, com o sistema de imagens "
-"KIWI.</p>"
+"<p>Pressione <b>Criar Image com KIWI</b> para configuração adicionar de vários\n"
+" tipos de imagens, como imagens Live media ou Xen, com o sistema de imagens KIWI.</p>"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Name and Packages</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n"
@@ -1072,8 +1042,8 @@
"Escolha o nome da configuração e o método com o qual selecionar\n"
"os pacotes para adicionar à imagem ISO.<br></p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95
+#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
"<b>AutoYaST Profile</b><p>\n"
"Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n"
@@ -1083,8 +1053,8 @@
"Selecione um perfil AutoYaST com a configuração do software.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101
+#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<b>Software Manager</b><p>\n"
"Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n"
@@ -1095,14 +1065,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<b>Gerenciador de Software</b><p>\n"
"Use o gerenciador de software sem pacotes pré-selecionados. Todos\n"
-"os pacotes que seriam automaticamente selecionados durante a instalação "
-"devem ser\n"
+"os pacotes que seriam automaticamente selecionados durante a instalação devem ser\n"
"selecionados manualmente de acordo com o hardware e a arquitetura\n"
"para os quais você está criando este CD.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Source selection help 1/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110
+#. Source selection help 1/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n"
"Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n"
@@ -1110,31 +1079,25 @@
"<p><b><big>Selecionar Origens de Pacote</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione pelo menos uma origem de pacote.<br></p>\n"
-#. Source selection help 2/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114
+#. Source selection help 2/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n"
-"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that "
-"of\n"
+"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n"
"the machine you are currently working on.\n"
"All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n"
-"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not "
-"change\n"
-"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current "
-"configuration.</p>\n"
+"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n"
+"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Arquitetura de Destino</big></b><br>\n"
"É possível criar um produto para uma arquitetura diferente da máquina\n"
"na qual você está trabalhando.\n"
-"Todos os repositórios selecionados devem suportar a arquitetura de destino."
-"<br>\n"
-"<b>Nota:</b> O KIWI ainda não suporta arquiteturas diferentes. Não modifique "
-"a\n"
-"arquitetura se você pretende criar uma imagem KIWI da configuração atual."
-"p>\n"
+"Todos os repositórios selecionados devem suportar a arquitetura de destino.<br>\n"
+"<b>Nota:</b> O KIWI ainda não suporta arquiteturas diferentes. Não modifique a\n"
+"arquitetura se você pretende criar uma imagem KIWI da configuração atual.</p>\n"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123
+#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>ISO Directory and Image</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n"
@@ -1148,8 +1111,8 @@
"espaço de disco suficiente.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p>Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n"
"creating an ISO image at a later time.\n"
@@ -1159,8 +1122,8 @@
"a criação de uma imagem ISO posteriormente.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n"
"to the skeleton. \n"
@@ -1170,86 +1133,75 @@
"arquivos necessários para a estrutura.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143
+#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p><b>The Base Product</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Produto Base</b></p>"
-#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147
+#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The "
-"base\n"
-"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is "
-"also\n"
+"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n"
+"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n"
"bootable.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Um dos repositórios usados deve ser marcado como produto base. O "
-"repositório\n"
-"do produto base deverá ser inicializável para garantir que o produto recém-"
-"criado também seja\n"
+"<p>Um dos repositórios usados deve ser marcado como produto base. O repositório\n"
+"do produto base deverá ser inicializável para garantir que o produto recém-criado também seja\n"
"inicializável.</p>\n"
-#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153
-msgid ""
-"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os outros repositórios serão usados como complementos para o repositório "
-"base.</p>"
+#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153
+msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os outros repositórios serão usados como complementos para o repositório base.</p>"
-#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4
-#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157
+#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4
+#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
-"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and "
-"proposes\n"
+"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n"
"the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n"
"repository from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O criador do produto resolve as dependências dos produtos selecionados e "
-"propõe\n"
-"o produto base. Se o valor proposto estiver errado, selecione o repositório "
-"base correto\n"
+"<p>O criador do produto resolve as dependências dos produtos selecionados e propõe\n"
+"o produto base. Se o valor proposto estiver errado, selecione o repositório base correto\n"
"na lista.</p>\n"
-#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...)
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610
+#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...)
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610
msgid "Packages for Image"
msgstr "Pacotes para Imagem"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621
msgid "Bootstrap"
msgstr "Bootstrap"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624
msgid "Xen Specific Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Específicos do Xen"
-#. richtext header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361
+#. richtext header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr "Padrões"
-#. label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419
+#. label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419
msgid "&Ignored Software"
msgstr "&Software Ignorado"
-#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466
+#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466
msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image"
msgstr "Pacotes a serem incluídos na Imagem de Boot"
-#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575
+#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575
msgid ""
"Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n"
"are also included in the list for deletion.\n"
@@ -1259,73 +1211,73 @@
"também estão incluídos na lista para exclusão.\n"
"Continuar mesmo assim?"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613
msgid "Packages to Delete"
msgstr "Pacotes a Apagar"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627
msgid "Testing"
msgstr "Testando"
-#. combo box label, %1 is profile name
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634
+#. combo box label, %1 is profile name
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634
msgid "Image, Profile %1"
msgstr "Imagem, Perfil %1"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644
msgid "Include in Boot Image"
msgstr "Incluir na Imagem de Boot"
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086
+#. popup label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086
msgid "Add New User"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Usuário"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088
msgid "Login &Name"
msgstr "Nome de &Login"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090
msgid "&Full Name"
msgstr "Nome &Completo"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094
msgid "&Home Directory"
msgstr "&Diretório Home"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "&UID"
msgstr "&UID"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099
msgid "G&roup Name"
msgstr "Nome do G&rupo"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101
msgid "&GID"
msgstr "&GID"
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138
+#. popup label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138
msgid "Edit User"
msgstr "Editar Usuário"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Enter the user name."
msgstr "Insira o nome de usuário."
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -1333,118 +1285,111 @@
"As senhas não são iguais.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377
msgid "Directory to Import"
msgstr "Diretório a ser importado"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347
msgid "Script to Import"
msgstr "Script a ser importado"
-#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate)
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392
+#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate)
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Path to root Directory"
msgstr "Caminho para o diretório raiz"
-#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate)
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401
+#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate)
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Path to config Directory"
msgstr "Caminho para o diretório config"
-#. removing 'import_' button id prefix
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423
+#. removing 'import_' button id prefix
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423
msgid "Path to %1 File"
msgstr "Caminho para o Arquivo %1"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443
msgid "Path to images.sh File"
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo images.sh"
-#. generic popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460
+#. generic popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460
msgid "Feature not implemented yet."
msgstr "Recurso não implementado ainda."
-#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after
-#. deleting some repository)
-#. return true if there was no conflict
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476
+#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after
+#. deleting some repository)
+#. return true if there was no conflict
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476
msgid "Checking packages availability..."
msgstr "Verificando a disponibilidade dos pacotes..."
-#. do not check bootinclude packages
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508
+#. do not check bootinclude packages
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508
msgid "Missing packages"
msgstr "Pacotes ausentes"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513
msgid ""
-"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:"
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p>\n"
"<p>%2.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package "
-"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n"
+"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any "
-"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the "
-"section.\n"
+"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Os pacotes da seção '%1' não estão disponíveis com os repositórios "
-"selecionados:</p>\n"
+"<p>Os pacotes da seção '%1' não estão disponíveis com os repositórios selecionados:</p>\n"
"<p>%2.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Remova os pacotes da seção, verifique a seleção detalhada de pacotes ou "
-"ignore a situação.</p>\n"
+"Remova os pacotes da seção, verifique a seleção detalhada de pacotes ou ignore a situação.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Acessar a seleção detalhada de pacotes e aceitar a tela sem fazer nenhuma "
-"outra modificação resulta na remoção de pacotes problemáticos da seção.\n"
+"Acessar a seleção detalhada de pacotes e aceitar a tela sem fazer nenhuma outra modificação resulta na remoção de pacotes problemáticos da seção.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528
msgid "Remove Packages"
msgstr "Remover Pacotes"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530
msgid "Check Package Selection"
msgstr "Verificar Seleção de Pacotes"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorar"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Cancelar"
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651
msgid "Create ISO image now?"
msgstr "Criar imagem ISO agora?"
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653
msgid "Create Xen image now?"
msgstr "Criar imagem Xen agora?"
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655
msgid "Create virtual disk image now?"
msgstr "Criar imagem de disco virtual agora?"
-#. popup message, %1 is a dir
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660
+#. popup message, %1 is a dir
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660
msgid ""
"ISO image successfully created in\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1454,8 +1399,8 @@
"%1\n"
" diretório."
-#. popup message, %1 is a dir
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666
+#. popup message, %1 is a dir
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666
msgid ""
"Xen image files successfully created in\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1464,8 +1409,8 @@
"Arquivos de imagem Xen criados no %1\n"
" diretório.\n"
-#. popup message, %1 is a dir
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672
+#. popup message, %1 is a dir
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672
msgid ""
"Virtual disk image successfully created in\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1474,15 +1419,15 @@
"Imagem de disco virtual criado com sucesso no %1\n"
" diretório."
-#. popup label
-#. default question
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748
+#. popup label
+#. default question
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748
msgid "Create image now?"
msgstr "Criar imagem agora?"
-#. default popup message, %1 is a dir
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778
+#. default popup message, %1 is a dir
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778
msgid ""
"Image successfully created in\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1491,577 +1436,483 @@
"Imagem criada com sucesso no %1\n"
" diretório."
-#. busy popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821
+#. busy popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821
msgid "Reading current image configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo configuração de imagem atual..."
-#. tab header
-#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934
+#. tab header
+#. default dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934
msgid "Image Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de imagem"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Installed Software"
msgstr "Software instalado"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Configurações de idioma"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235
msgid "Users"
msgstr "Usuários"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259
msgid "Scripts"
msgstr "Scripts"
-#. informative label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277
-msgid ""
-"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from "
-"Studio."
-msgstr ""
-"A edição dos seguintes arquivos está desabilitada para as configurações "
-"importadas do Studio."
+#. informative label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277
+msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio."
+msgstr "A edição dos seguintes arquivos está desabilitada para as configurações importadas do Studio."
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305
msgid "Directories"
msgstr "Diretórios"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365
msgid "Co&mpression"
msgstr "Co&mpactação"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367
+#. help text
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367
msgid ""
"<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n"
-"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an "
-"explanation of available values.</p>"
+"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione o valor para a <b>Compactação</b> da imagem. Isto modificará "
-"o \n"
-"valor dos <i>flags</i> do tipo de imagem. Consulte o manual do kiwi para ver "
-"uma explicação dos valores disponíveis.</p>"
+"<p>Selecione o valor para a <b>Compactação</b> da imagem. Isto modificará o \n"
+"valor dos <i>flags</i> do tipo de imagem. Consulte o manual do kiwi para ver uma explicação dos valores disponíveis.</p>"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384
msgid "So&ftware Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de So&ftware"
-#. pusbutton label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407
+#. pusbutton label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407
msgid "Ch&ange..."
msgstr "Mu&dar..."
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408
msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Adapte a seleção de software com <b>Mudar</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for "&Ignored software"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424
-msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a "
-"new line.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para o <b>software ignorado</b>, digite cada entrada (como "
-"''smtp_daemon'') em uma nova linha.</p>"
+#. help text for "&Ignored software"
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424
+msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para o <b>software ignorado</b>, digite cada entrada (como ''smtp_daemon'') em uma nova linha.</p>"
-#. label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431
+#. label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431
msgid "Packages to &Delete"
msgstr "Pacotes a &Apagar"
-#. help text for "&Ignored software"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be "
-"uninstalled from the target image.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada entrada de <b>Pacotes a Apagar</b> é um nome de pacote a ser "
-"desinstalado da imagem-alvo.</p>"
+#. help text for "&Ignored software"
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436
+msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada entrada de <b>Pacotes a Apagar</b> é um nome de pacote a ser desinstalado da imagem-alvo.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&Versão"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Insira a <b>Versão</b> de sua configuração de imagem.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459
msgid "&Size"
msgstr "T&amanho"
-#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461
+#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461
msgid ""
"<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n"
-"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it "
-"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>"
+"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Configure o <b>Tamanho</b> da imagem na <b>Unidade</b> especificada.\n"
-"Se <b>Aditivo</b> estiver marcado, o significado do <b>Tamanho</b> será "
-"diferente: o espaço mínimo disponível na imagem.</p>"
+"Se <b>Aditivo</b> estiver marcado, o significado do <b>Tamanho</b> será diferente: o espaço mínimo disponível na imagem.</p>"
-#. combo box label (MB/GB values)
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473
+#. combo box label (MB/GB values)
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473
msgid "&Unit"
msgstr "&Unidade"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480
msgid "Additive"
msgstr "Aditivo"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487
msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS"
msgstr "Criptografar Imagem com LUKS"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489
-msgid ""
-"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> "
-"and enter the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para criar um sistema de arquivos criptografado, marque <b>Criptografar "
-"Imagem com LUKS</b> e digite a senha.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489
+msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para criar um sistema de arquivos criptografado, marque <b>Criptografar Imagem com LUKS</b> e digite a senha.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500
msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password"
msgstr "Senha do LUKS da Imagem Criptografada"
-#. general help for directory structure tab
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513
+#. general help for directory structure tab
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513
msgid "<p>Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Edite os scripts de configuração usados para criar sua imagem.</p>"
-#. general help for directory structure tab
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520
+#. general help for directory structure tab
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520
msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aponte para os diretórios de configuração para criar sua imagem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aponte para os diretórios de configuração para criar sua imagem.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527
msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation"
msgstr "Diretório com Configur&ação de Sistema"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the "
-"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of "
-"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina o caminho da <b>Diretório com Configuração de Sistema</b> (o "
-"diretório <tt>raiz</tt>). O diretório inteiro é copiado para a raiz da "
-"árvore de imagens usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531
+msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina o caminho da <b>Diretório com Configuração de Sistema</b> (o diretório <tt>raiz</tt>). O diretório inteiro é copiado para a raiz da árvore de imagens usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-#. label (above table)
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551
+#. label (above table)
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551
msgid "Directory with System Configuration"
msgstr "Diretório com Configuração de Sistema"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556
msgid "Path to Directory"
msgstr "Caminho para Diretório"
-#. help for table with users
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root"
-"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image "
-"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configure o <b>Diretório com Configuração de Sistema</b> (o diretório "
-"<tt>raiz tt>). O diretório completo é copiado na raiz da árvore de imagens "
-"usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
+#. help for table with users
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561
+msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Configure o <b>Diretório com Configuração de Sistema</b> (o diretório <tt>raiz tt>). O diretório completo é copiado na raiz da árvore de imagens usando <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-#. label (above table)
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588
+#. label (above table)
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588
msgid "Directory with Scripts"
msgstr "Diretório com Scripts"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Path to File"
msgstr "Caminho para arquivo"
-#. help for table with users
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> "
-"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all "
-"the image packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configure o <b>Diretório com Scripts</b> (o diretório <tt>config</tt>). "
-"Ele contém scripts que são executados após a instalação de todos os pacotes "
-"de imagens.</p>"
+#. help for table with users
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598
+msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Configure o <b>Diretório com Scripts</b> (o diretório <tt>config</tt>). Ele contém scripts que são executados após a instalação de todos os pacotes de imagens.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627
msgid "Studio Custom Build Script"
msgstr "Script de Construção Personalizada do Studio"
-#. textentry label
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656
+#. textentry label
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Importar..."
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645
msgid "I&mage Configuration Script"
msgstr "Script de Configuração de I&magem"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. "
-"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package "
-"scripts have run.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Edite o seu <b>Script de Configuração de Imagem</b>, chamado <tt>config."
-"sh</tt>. Esse script é executado no fim da instalação, porém antes da "
-"execução dos scripts de pacote.</p>"
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646
+msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Edite o seu <b>Script de Configuração de Imagem</b>, chamado <tt>config.sh</tt>. Esse script é executado no fim da instalação, porém antes da execução dos scripts de pacote.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666
msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts"
msgstr "Ca&minho para Diretório com Scripts"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667
-msgid ""
-"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) "
-"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image "
-"packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Diretório com Scripts</b> opcional (diretório <tt>config</tt>) "
-"contém scripts que são executados após a instalação de todos os pacotes de "
-"imagens.</p>"
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667
+msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Diretório com Scripts</b> opcional (diretório <tt>config</tt>) contém scripts que são executados após a instalação de todos os pacotes de imagens.</p>"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677
msgid "Br&owse..."
msgstr "Pesq&uisar..."
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687
msgid "C&leanup Script"
msgstr "Script de L&impeza"
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688
-msgid ""
-"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run "
-"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Editar o seu <b>Script de limpeza</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Esse script é "
-"executado no início do processo de criação de imagem.</p>"
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688
+msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Editar o seu <b>Script de limpeza</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Esse script é executado no início do processo de criação de imagem.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698
msgid "Im&port..."
msgstr "Im&portar..."
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709
msgid "&Author"
msgstr "&Autor"
-#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information"
-"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina os valores para <b>Autor</b> da imagem, <b>Informações de "
-"Contato b> e a <b>Especificação</b> de imagem.</p>"
+#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711
+msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina os valores para <b>Autor</b> da imagem, <b>Informações de Contato b> e a <b>Especificação</b> de imagem.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724
msgid "C&ontact"
msgstr "C&ontato"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736
msgid "&Specification"
msgstr "&Especificação"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750
msgid "&Locale"
msgstr "&Idioma"
-#. help text for locale (heading)
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758
+#. help text for locale (heading)
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758
msgid "<p><b>Locale Settings</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Configurações de Idioma</b></p>"
-#. help text for locale
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of "
-"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O valor de <b>Idioma</b> (por ex.: <tt>pt_BR</tt>) define o conteúdo da "
-"variável RC_LANG em <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text for locale
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O valor de <b>Idioma</b> (por ex.: <tt>pt_BR</tt>) define o conteúdo da variável RC_LANG em <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "Mapa de Te&clado"
-#. help text for keytable
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. "
-"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Layout do Teclado</b> especifica o nome do mapa de teclas do console a "
-"ser usado. O valor corresponde ao arquivo de mapa em <tt>/usr/share/kbd/"
-"keymaps</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text for keytable
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778
+msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Layout do Teclado</b> especifica o nome do mapa de teclas do console a ser usado. O valor corresponde ao arquivo de mapa em <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787
msgid "&Time Zone"
msgstr "Fuso &Horário"
-#. help text for timezone
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795
-msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones "
-"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível definir um <b>Fuso horário</b> específico. Os fusos horários "
-"disponíveis estão localizados no diretório <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>"
+#. help text for timezone
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795
+msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível definir um <b>Fuso horário</b> específico. Os fusos horários disponíveis estão localizados no diretório <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>.</p>"
-#. general help for users tab
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803
+#. general help for users tab
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803
msgid "<p>Create users that should be available on the target system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Crie os usuários que devem estar disponíveis no sistema de destino.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Crie os usuários que devem estar disponíveis no sistema de destino.</p>"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814
msgid "Login Name"
msgstr "Nome de Login"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816
msgid "Full Name"
msgstr "Nome Completo"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818
msgid "UID"
msgstr "UID"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820
msgid "Home Directory"
msgstr "Diretório Home"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824
msgid "GID"
msgstr "GID"
-#. help for table with users
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828
+#. help for table with users
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828
msgid ""
-"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home "
-"Directory</b> and group\n"
+"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n"
"to which the users belongs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para cada usuário, especifique <b>Nome</b>, <b>Senha</b>, <b>Diretório "
-"Pessoal</b> e o grupo\n"
+"<p>Para cada usuário, especifique <b>Nome</b>, <b>Senha</b>, <b>Diretório Pessoal</b> e o grupo\n"
"ao qual pertencem os usuários.</p>\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911
msgid "Live CD Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do CD Live"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913
msgid "Xen Image Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Imagem Xen"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919
msgid "&Create ISO"
msgstr "&Criar ISO"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921
msgid "&Create Xen Image"
msgstr "&Criar Imagem Xen"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923
+#. button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923
msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image"
msgstr "&Criar Imagem de Disco Virtual"
-#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973
-msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on "
-"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Insira o nome de sua configuração de imagem. Baseie a nova configuração "
-"no modelo da lista ou no diretório com a configuração já existente. p>"
+#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973
+msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Insira o nome de sua configuração de imagem. Baseie a nova configuração no modelo da lista ou no diretório com a configuração já existente. p>"
-#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980
-msgid ""
-"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Coloque os modelos de configuração personalizado no diretório <tt>%1</tt>."
-"</p>"
+#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980
+msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Coloque os modelos de configuração personalizado no diretório <tt>%1</tt>.</p>"
-#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988
+#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988
msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Image Type</b> which should be created.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o <b>Tipo de Imagem</b> que deve ser criado.</p>"
-#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991
+#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991
msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione o <b>Diretório de Saída</b> para a imagem criada.</p>"
-#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994
-msgid ""
-"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for "
-"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current "
-"system repositories.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Modificar a lista de <b>Repositórios de Pacotes</b> que serão utilizados "
-"para criar a imagem. Use <b>Adicionar do Sistema</b> para adicionar um dos "
-"repositórios atuais do sistema.</p>"
+#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994
+msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Modificar a lista de <b>Repositórios de Pacotes</b> que serão utilizados para criar a imagem. Use <b>Adicionar do Sistema</b> para adicionar um dos repositórios atuais do sistema.</p>"
-#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999
+#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999
msgid "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to continue with the configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Avançar</b> para continuar a configuração.</p>"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020
msgid "Network Boot Image"
msgstr "Imagem de inicialização de rede"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028
msgid "OEM Image"
msgstr "Imagem OEM"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123
-msgid ""
-"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-"O diretório selecionado não contém descrições válidas da configuração do "
-"sistema."
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123
+msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration."
+msgstr "O diretório selecionado não contém descrições válidas da configuração do sistema."
-#. busy popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131
+#. busy popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131
msgid "Importing repositories..."
msgstr "Importando repositórios..."
-#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182
+#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182
msgid "%1, version %2"
msgstr "%1, versão %2"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197
msgid "&32bit Architecture Image"
msgstr "Imagem da Arquitetura de &32 bits"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209
msgid "Target is i586 only"
msgstr "O destino é somente i586"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222
msgid "&Kiwi Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do &Kiwi"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236
msgid "Create from Scratch"
msgstr "Criar do Zero"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247
msgid "Base on Template"
msgstr "Com base no modelo"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266
msgid "Base on Existing Configuration"
msgstr "Com base na configuração já existente"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273
msgid "&Choose..."
msgstr "&Escolher..."
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284
msgid "I&mage Type"
msgstr "Tipo de I&magem"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292
msgid "&Output Directory"
msgstr "Diretório de &Saída"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304
+#. table header
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304
msgid "Package Repository"
msgstr "Repositório de pacote"
-#. menu butto label
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310
+#. menu butto label
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310
msgid "A&dd from System"
msgstr "A&dicionar do Sistema"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318
msgid "Image preparation"
msgstr "Preparação da Imagem"
-#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414
+#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -2069,13 +1920,13 @@
"Impossível procurar repositórios SLP\n"
"sem ter o pacote %1 instalado.\n"
-#. popup for file selection dialog
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500
+#. popup for file selection dialog
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500
msgid "Path to the Output Directory"
msgstr "Caminho para o diretório de saída"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521
msgid ""
"Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n"
"Choose a different one."
@@ -2083,18 +1934,18 @@
"Configuração com o nome \"%1\" já existe.\n"
"Escolha outro nome."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533
msgid "Enter the path to the output directory."
msgstr "Insira o caminho para o diretório de saída."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539
msgid "Specify at least one package repository."
msgstr "Especifique pelo menos um repositório de pacotes."
-#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list
-#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640
+#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list
+#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640
msgid ""
"Failed to add these repositories:\n"
"\n"
@@ -2108,22 +1959,22 @@
"\n"
"Continuar mesmo assim?"
-#. text box label
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693
+#. text box label
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693
msgid "Path to directory to store the log files"
msgstr "Caminho para o diretório de armazenamento dos arquivos de registro"
-#. text box label
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702
+#. text box label
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702
msgid "Standard output file name"
msgstr "Nome do arquivo de saída padrão"
-#. text box label
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709
+#. text box label
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709
msgid "Error output file name"
msgstr "Nome do arquivo de saída de erro"
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760
msgid ""
"File %1 already exists.\n"
"Rewrite?"
@@ -2131,106 +1982,106 @@
"O arquivo %1 já existe.\n"
"Regravar?"
-#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image
-#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result
-#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part
-#. of command line option)
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825
+#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image
+#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result
+#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part
+#. of command line option)
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825
msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed."
msgstr "Falha ao remover o diretório chroot antigo."
-#. label
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848
+#. label
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848
msgid "Preparing for Image Creation"
msgstr "Preparando para criação de imagem"
-#. button label
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866
msgid "Save logs"
msgstr "Gravar registros"
-#. label (command result)
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940
+#. label (command result)
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940
msgid "Image creation failed."
msgstr "A criação da imagem falhou."
-#. label
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965
+#. label
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965
msgid "Creating Image"
msgstr "Criando Imagem"
-#. label (command result)
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976
+#. label (command result)
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976
msgid "Image creation succeeded."
msgstr "A criação da imagem foi bem sucedida."
-#. label (command result)
-#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995
+#. label (command result)
+#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995
msgid "Image creation canceled."
msgstr "Criação de imagem cancelada."
-#. ProductCreator read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457
+#. ProductCreator read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457
msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Criador de Produto"
-#. translators: progress stage 1/1
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471
+#. translators: progress stage 1/1
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471
msgid "Read the configuration"
msgstr "Ler a Configuração"
-#. translators: progress step 1/1
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475
+#. translators: progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..."
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. translators: progress finished
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: progress finished
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498
msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
msgstr "Não pode ler a configuração."
-#. ProductCreator read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537
+#. ProductCreator read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537
msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Criador de Produto"
-#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. translators: progress step 1/1
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555
+#. translators: progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577
msgid "Error while writing settings."
msgstr "Erro durante a gravação da configuração."
-#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610
+#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração ..."
-#. Create an overview table with all configured cards
-#. @return table items
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623
+#. Create an overview table with all configured cards
+#. @return table items
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623
msgid "No Files"
msgstr "Nenhum Arquivo"
-#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003
+#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003
msgid ""
"Cannot read directory %1\n"
"from source %2."
@@ -2238,14 +2089,14 @@
"Impossível ler o diretório %1\n"
"da origem %2."
-#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key
-#. check if the metadata are gzipped
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691
+#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key
+#. check if the metadata are gzipped
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691
msgid "Error reading control file."
msgstr "Erro durante a leitura do arquivo de controle."
-#. workaround for bnc#498464
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698
+#. workaround for bnc#498464
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698
msgid ""
"Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n"
"%2.\n"
@@ -2253,8 +2104,8 @@
"Não foi possível adicionar a chave GPG %1 a initrd\n"
"%2.\n"
-#. yes/no popup: error message
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892
+#. yes/no popup: error message
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892
msgid ""
"Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n"
"Try again?\n"
@@ -2262,8 +2113,8 @@
"Erro: Não foi possível assinar digitalmente a origem.\n"
"Deseja tentar novamente?\n"
-#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line)
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002
+#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line)
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002
msgid ""
"These sources were not found:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2271,18 +2122,18 @@
"Essas origens não foram encontradas:\n"
"%1"
-#. popup question, %1 is directory name
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254
+#. popup question, %1 is directory name
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254
msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?"
msgstr "Deseja remover o diretório de destino %1?"
-#. remove the destination
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279
+#. remove the destination
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279
msgid "The destination %1 already exists."
msgstr "O destino %1 já existe."
-#. TODO ask in interactive mode
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288
+#. TODO ask in interactive mode
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288
msgid ""
"Destination directory exists or is a file.\n"
"Remove directory %1?"
@@ -2290,25 +2141,25 @@
"Diretório de destino existe ou é um arquivo.\n"
"Remover diretório %1?"
-#. Check if selected packages are available
-#. @return [String] error message
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309
+#. Check if selected packages are available
+#. @return [String] error message
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309
msgid "Checking for package availability..."
msgstr "Verificando disponibilidade do pacote..."
-#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368
+#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368
msgid "%1 package not available."
msgstr "%1 pacote não disponível."
-#. change the label
-#. copy the packages
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563
+#. change the label
+#. copy the packages
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563
msgid "Copying %1"
msgstr "Copiando %1"
-#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:"";
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599
+#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:"";
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599
msgid ""
"Cannot download package %1\n"
" from source %2.\n"
@@ -2316,7 +2167,7 @@
"Não foi possível fazer o download do pacote %1\n"
" da origem %2.\n"
-#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616
+#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616
msgid ""
"Error while copying packages. \n"
"\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/proxy.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,31 +14,31 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Informative label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
+#. Informative label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
msgstr "Detalhes não disponíveis"
-#. A push button
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104
+#. A push button
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "&Details <<"
msgstr "&Detalhes <<"
-#. avoid confusing Emacs
-#. A push button
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106
+#. avoid confusing Emacs
+#. A push button
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "&Details >>"
msgstr "&Detalhes >>"
-#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173
+#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Unknown Error Code"
msgstr "Código de Erro Desconhecido"
-#. Error message,
-#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP"
-#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191
+#. Error message,
+#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP"
+#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden"
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191
msgid ""
"An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n"
"Proxy return code: %2.\n"
@@ -46,10 +46,10 @@
"Erro durante o teste de proxy %1.\n"
"Código de retorno do proxy: %2.\n"
-#. Unknown return code,
-#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP,
-#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206
+#. Unknown return code,
+#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP,
+#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden"
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206
msgid ""
"An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n"
"Proxy return code: %2.\n"
@@ -57,56 +57,52 @@
"Erro desconhecido durante o teste de proxy %1.\n"
"Código de retorno do proxy: %2.\n"
-#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227
+#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227
msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..."
msgstr "Testando as configurações de proxy atuais..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237
msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test."
msgstr "Erro durante o teste de proxy HTTP."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test."
msgstr "Erro durante o teste de proxy HTTPS."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test."
msgstr "Erro durante o teste de proxy FTP."
-#. Popup message
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299
+#. Popup message
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
msgstr "As configurações de proxy funcionam corretamente."
-#. Proxy dialog caption
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
+#. Proxy dialog caption
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27
msgid "Proxy Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Proxy"
-#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
+#. Proxy dialog help 1/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405
msgid ""
"<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to "
-"take effect, \n"
-"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. "
-"Please check \n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
+"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Configure seu proxy de Internet (cache) aqui.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Nota:</b> Em geral, a recomendação é efetuar login novamente para que "
-"as configurações tenham efeito,\n"
-"mas em alguns casos, o aplicativo pode coletar novas configurações "
-"imediatamente. Verifique \n"
+"<p><b>Nota:</b> Em geral, a recomendação é efetuar login novamente para que as configurações tenham efeito,\n"
+"mas em alguns casos, o aplicativo pode coletar novas configurações imediatamente. Verifique \n"
"o que o seu aplicativo (browser da Web, cliente ftp, etc.) suporta.</p>"
-#. Proxy dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412
+#. Proxy dialog help 2/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
@@ -114,24 +110,22 @@
"<p><b>URL de Proxy HTTP</b> é o nome do servidor proxy para seu acesso\n"
"ao world wide web (WWW).</p>\n"
-#. Proxy dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416
+#. Proxy dialog help 3/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416
msgid ""
-"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured "
-"access\n"
+"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>URL de Proxy HTTPS</b> é o nome do servidor proxy para seu acesso "
-"protegido \n"
+"<p><b>URL de Proxy HTTPS</b> é o nome do servidor proxy para seu acesso protegido \n"
"à World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
-#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420
+#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420
msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
msgstr "<p>Exemplo: <i>http://proxy.exemplo.com:3128</i></p>"
-#. Proxy dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422
+#. Proxy dialog help 4/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422
msgid ""
"<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
"to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>"
@@ -139,8 +133,8 @@
"<p><b>URL de Proxy FTP</b> é o nome do servidor proxy para seu acesso \n"
"aos serviços de transferencia de arquivos (FTP).</p>"
-#. Proxy dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426
+#. Proxy dialog help 5/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n"
"enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
@@ -150,8 +144,8 @@
"será suficiente preencher o URL do proxy HTTP. Ele será usado para\n"
"todos os protocolos (HTTP, HTTPS e FTP).\n"
-#. Proxy dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433
+#. Proxy dialog help 6/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n"
"for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
@@ -161,21 +155,19 @@
"por vírgula, para os quais pedidos devem ser feitos diretamente sem\n"
"cache, por exemplo, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-#. Proxy dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442
+#. Proxy dialog help 7/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
"the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)."
-"p>\n"
+"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Se você usa um servidor proxy com autorização, digite o\n"
"<b>Nome de Usuário Proxy</b> e a <b>Senha do Proxy</b>. Um nome de\n"
-"usuário válido consiste apenas em caracteres ASCII imprimíveis (exceto "
-"aspas).</p>\n"
+"usuário válido consiste apenas em caracteres ASCII imprimíveis (exceto aspas).</p>\n"
-#. Proxy dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450
+#. Proxy dialog help 8/8
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
@@ -183,61 +175,61 @@
"<p>Pressione <b>Testar Configurações de Proxy</b> para testar\n"
"a configuração atual de proxy HTTP, HTTPS e FTP.</p> \n"
-#. CheckBox entry label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467
+#. CheckBox entry label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467
msgid "&Enable Proxy"
msgstr "Habilitar o &Proxy"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473
msgid "Proxy Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Proxy"
-#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479
+#. Text entry label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL"
msgstr "URL de Proxy &HTTP"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481
msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL"
msgstr "URL de Proxy HTTP&S"
-#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484
+#. Text entry label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484
msgid "F&TP Proxy URL"
msgstr "URL de Proxy F&TP"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols"
msgstr "Us&ar o Mesmo Proxy para Todos os Protocolos"
-#. Text entry label
-#. domains without proxying
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495
+#. Text entry label
+#. domains without proxying
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "No Proxy &Domains"
msgstr "&Domínios Sem Proxy"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Proxy Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação de Proxy"
-#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513
+#. Text entry label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513
msgid "Proxy &User Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário de Proxy"
-#. Password entry label
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521
+#. Password entry label
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521
msgid "Proxy &Password"
msgstr "Senha de &Proxy"
-#. Test Proxy Settings - push button
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533
+#. Test Proxy Settings - push button
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533
msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings"
msgstr "Testar Configurações de Pr&oxy"
-#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
+#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
@@ -245,7 +237,7 @@
"O proxy está habilitado, mas não foi especificado um URL de proxy.\n"
"Deseja realmente usar essas configurações?"
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
"Security warning:\n"
"Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n"
@@ -257,43 +249,43 @@
"criptografia em um arquivo de texto simples legível para todos.\n"
"Usar realmente estas configurações?"
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
msgstr "Você não pode informar uma senha e deixar o nome de usuário vazio."
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "URL de proxy HTTP é inválida."
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "URL de proxy HTTP deve conter uma especificação de protocolo (http)."
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPS é inválido."
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "O URL do proxy HTTPS deve conter uma especificação de esquema (http)."
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
msgstr "URL de proxy FTP é inválida."
-#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
+#. Popup::Error text
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
msgstr "URL de proxy FTP deve conter uma especificação de protocolo (http)."
-#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
-#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
+#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
+#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
msgid ""
"One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n"
"Check if all domains match one of the following:\n"
@@ -309,142 +301,140 @@
"* Nome completo do host\n"
"* Nome de domínio com prefixo '.'"
-#. Return a modification status
-#. @return true if data was modified
-#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
+#. Return a modification status
+#. @return true if data was modified
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104
msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
msgstr "Status da Configuração de Proxy"
-#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107
msgid "HTTP"
msgstr "HTTP"
-#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111
msgid "HTTPS"
msgstr "HTTPS"
-#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
+#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115
msgid "FTP"
msgstr "FTP"
-#. command-line help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35
msgid "Enable proxy settings"
msgstr "Habilitar configurações de proxy"
-#. command-line help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43
msgid "Disable proxy settings"
msgstr "Desabilitar configurações de proxy"
-#. command-line help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
msgstr "Mudar as configurações de proxy atuais"
-#. command-line help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
msgstr "Configurar a autenticação do proxy"
-#. command-line help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
+#. command-line help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
msgstr "Mostrar resumo das configurações atuais"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83
msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
msgstr "Configurar proxy HTTP"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88
msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
msgstr "Configurar proxy HTTPS"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93
msgid "Set FTP proxy"
msgstr "Configurar proxy FTP"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
msgid "Clear all options listed"
msgstr "Limpar todas as opções listadas"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
msgstr "Configurar domínios para não usar as configurações de proxy"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
msgstr "Nome de usuário a ser usado para a autenticação de proxy"
-#. command-line option help
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
+#. command-line option help
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
msgstr "Senha a ser usada para a autenticação de proxy"
-#. ask the user
-#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
-#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
+#. ask the user
+#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
+#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Senha:"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
+#. Popup headline
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
msgstr "A Configuração do proxy foi salva com sucesso."
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39
msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
-msgstr ""
-"É recomendado efetuar login novamente para ativar as novas configurações de "
-"proxy."
+msgstr "É recomendado efetuar login novamente para ativar as novas configurações de proxy."
-#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
-#. @return true if success
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
+#. Write proxy settings and apply changes
+#. @return true if success
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174
msgid "Update proxy configuration"
msgstr "Atualizar configuração de proxy"
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176
msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Proxy"
-#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#. but only when Progress is visible
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
+#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
+#. but only when Progress is visible
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184
msgid "Updating proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Atualizando configuração de proxy..."
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418
msgid "Proxy is disabled."
msgstr "Proxy desabilitado."
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423
msgid "Proxy is enabled."
msgstr "Proxy está habilitado"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432
msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "Proxy HTTP: %1"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440
msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
msgstr "Proxy HTTPS: %1"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "Proxy FTP: %1"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/qt-pkg.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,1691 +14,1473 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
msgid "&Update Problems"
msgstr "&Problemas de Atualização"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
msgid "Patter&ns"
msgstr "&Padrões"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
msgid "Package &Groups"
msgstr "&Grupos de Pacotes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
msgstr "G&rupos RPM"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
msgid "&Languages"
msgstr "&Idiomas"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
msgid "&Repositories"
msgstr "&Repositórios"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
msgstr "P&esquisar"
-#. DEBUG
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114
+#. DEBUG
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:429 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:114
msgid "&Keywords"
msgstr "Pala&vras-chave"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:438
msgid "&Installation Summary"
msgstr "&Resumo de Instalação"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
msgstr "D&escrição"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
msgstr "Dados &Técnicos"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
msgstr "Dependências"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
msgstr "&Versões"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:585
msgid "File List"
msgstr "Lista de Arquivos"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
msgstr "Registro de Mudanças"
-#. "Cancel" button
-#. button #0
-#. text
-#. button #0
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
+#. "Cancel" button
+#. button #0
+#. text
+#. button #0
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
+#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249
+#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413
+#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
-#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
+#. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:639 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268
+#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228
msgid "&Accept"
msgstr "&Aceitar"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:682
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Arquivo"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684
msgid "&Import..."
msgstr "&Importar..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685
msgid "&Export..."
msgstr "E&xportar..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
msgstr "S&air -- Descartar Mudanças"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
msgstr "&Sair -- Gravar Mudanças"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
msgstr "&Pacote"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
-#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
msgstr "Todos os Pacotes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
msgstr "Atualizar se houver versão mais nova disponível"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
msgid "Update unconditionally"
msgstr "Atualizar sempre"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
msgstr "&Patch"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
msgid "Confi&guration"
msgstr "Confi&guração"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
msgid "&Repositories..."
msgstr "&Repositórios..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
msgid "&Online Update..."
msgstr "Atualização &Online..."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
msgstr "&Dependências"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
msgid "&Check Now"
msgstr "Verifi&car Agora"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:804
msgid "&Autocheck"
msgstr "Verificar A&utomaticamente"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
msgstr "Instalar Pacotes &Recomendados"
-#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
+#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opções"
-#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
+#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
msgstr "Mostrar Pacotes -de&vel"
-#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
+#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
msgstr "Mostrar Pacotes -&debuginfo/-debugsource"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
msgstr "Modo de Verificação do &Sistema"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
msgstr "&Limpar ao apagar pacotes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
msgstr "&Permitir mudança de fornecedor"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
msgid "E&xtras"
msgstr "&Extras"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:866
msgid "Show &Products"
msgstr "Mostrar &Produtos"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
msgstr "Mostrar Mudanças de &Pacotes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
msgid "Show &History"
msgstr "Mostrar &Histórico"
-#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
+#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes -&devel Correspondentes"
-#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
+#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes -de&buginfo Correspondentes"
-#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
+#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes -debug&source Correspondentes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
msgstr "Instalar Todos os Pacotes &Recomendados Correspondentes"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
msgstr "Gerar Caso &Teste do Resolver de Dependência"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Ajuda"
-#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
-#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
-#. Menu entry for help overview
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
+#. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out
+#. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc
+#. Menu entry for help overview
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "Visã&o Geral"
-#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
+#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
msgid "&Symbols"
msgstr "&Símbolos"
-#. Menu entry for keyboard help
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
+#. Menu entry for keyboard help
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
msgstr "&Teclas"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
msgstr "Todas dependências do pacote estão OK."
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
msgid "P&atches"
msgstr "P&atches"
-#. startsWith
-#. filter
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
+#. startsWith
+#. filter
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
msgstr "Gravar Lista de Pacotes"
-#. Post error popup
-#. parent
-#. Post error popup.
-#. parent
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
+#. Post error popup
+#. parent
+#. Post error popup.
+#. parent
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1226 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1320
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:605
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Erro"
-#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
+#. caption
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
msgstr "Erro ao exportar a lista de pacotes para %1"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
msgstr "Carregar Lista de Pacotes"
-#. caption
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
+#. caption
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
msgstr "Erro ao carregar lista de pacotes de %1"
-#. caption
-#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
+#. caption
+#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
msgstr "%1 pacotes serão atualizados"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr "&Continuar"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "C&ancel"
msgstr "C&ancelar"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
-msgid ""
-"<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system "
-"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><small>Cancelar comutação</a> de "
-"pacotes do sistema para versões no repositório %2</small></p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
+msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small>Cancelar comutação</a> de pacotes do sistema para versões no repositório %2</small></p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
-msgid ""
-"<p>Switch system packages</a> to the "
-"versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Comutar pacotes do sistema</a> para as "
-"versões neste repositório (%2)</p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
+msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Comutar pacotes do sistema</a> para as versões neste repositório (%2)</p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
msgstr "Sub-pacotes Adicionados:"
-#. "OK" button
-#. addHStretch( hbox );
-#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
-#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
+#. "OK" button
+#. addHStretch( hbox );
+#. "OK" button
+#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1572 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1728
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93
msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts"
msgstr "Redefinir Conflitos de Dependência &Ignorados"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
msgstr "As dependências do sistema estão corretas."
-#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185
+#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185
msgid "Error: Out of disk space!"
msgstr "Erro: Espaço insuficiente em disco!"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you "
-"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not "
-"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and "
-"deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode fazer a instalação assim mesmo se souber o que está fazendo, "
-"arriscando o sistema a ficar corrompido e precisando de reparos manuais. Se "
-"não tiver certeza absoluta de como tratar uma situação destas, clique em "
-"<b>Cancelar</b> agora e anule a seleção de alguns pacotes.</p>"
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
+msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode fazer a instalação assim mesmo se souber o que está fazendo, arriscando o sistema a ficar corrompido e precisando de reparos manuais. Se não tiver certeza absoluta de como tratar uma situação destas, clique em <b>Cancelar</b> agora e anule a seleção de alguns pacotes.</p>"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
msgid "C&ontinue Anyway"
msgstr "C&ontinuar Mesmo Assim"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208
msgid "The following items will be changed: "
msgstr "Os seguintes itens serão mudados: "
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248
msgid "Do you want to Abandon all changes and exit?"
msgstr "Deseja descartar todas as alterações e sair?"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249
msgid "&Yes"
msgstr "&Sim"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249
msgid "&No"
msgstr "&Não"
-#. Dialog header
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116
+#. Dialog header
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116
msgid "Automatic Changes"
msgstr "Mudanças Automáticas"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
-msgid ""
-"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been "
-"changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr ""
-"Além das seleções manuais, os seguintes pacotes foram mudados para resolver "
-"dependências:"
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
+msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
+msgstr "Além das seleções manuais, os seguintes pacotes foram mudados para resolver dependências:"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412
msgid "C&ontinue"
msgstr "C&ontinuar"
-#. Dialog header
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318
+#. Dialog header
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318
msgid "Unsupported Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Não Suportados"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
-msgid ""
-"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or "
-"requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr ""
-"Tenha em mente que o seguinte software selecionado não é suportado ou requer "
-"um contrato de suporte adicional para o consumidor."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
+msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
+msgstr "Tenha em mente que o seguinte software selecionado não é suportado ou requer um contrato de suporte adicional para o consumidor."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry."
msgstr "Ainda não implementado."
-#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62
+#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62
msgid "The YaST Package Manager"
msgstr "Gerenciador de Pacote do YaST"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
-msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Nota:</b> Isto é uma breve visão geral. Consulte o manual para obter "
-"detalhes."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
+msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
+msgstr "<b>Nota:</b> Isto é uma breve visão geral. Consulte o manual para obter detalhes."
-#. Help specific to online update mode
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
+#. Help specific to online update mode
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta caixa de diálogo, selecione os patches para download e instalação."
+msgstr "Nesta caixa de diálogo, selecione os patches para download e instalação."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
-msgid ""
-"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the "
-"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the "
-"(estimated) download size."
-msgstr ""
-"A lista à esquerda contém patches disponíveis com o respectivo tipo "
-"(segurança, recomendado ou opcional) e o tamanho de download (estimado)."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
+msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
+msgstr "A lista à esquerda contém patches disponíveis com o respectivo tipo (segurança, recomendado ou opcional) e o tamanho de download (estimado)."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
-msgid ""
-"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on "
-"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches"
-"b> check box below the list."
-msgstr ""
-"Essa lista normalmente contém somente patches que ainda não estão instalados "
-"no seu sistema. Você pode mudar isso com a caixa de seleção <b>Incluir "
-"Patches Instalados</b> abaixo da lista."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
+msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
+msgstr "Essa lista normalmente contém somente patches que ainda não estão instalados no seu sistema. Você pode mudar isso com a caixa de seleção <b>Incluir Patches Instalados</b> abaixo da lista."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
-msgid ""
-"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the "
-"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description "
-"here."
-msgstr ""
-"O campo <b>Descrição do Patch</b> contém uma explicação longa do patch "
-"selecionado. Clique em um patch da lista para ver a descrição aqui."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
+msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
+msgstr "O campo <b>Descrição do Patch</b> contém uma explicação longa do patch selecionado. Clique em um patch da lista para ver a descrição aqui."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
-msgid ""
-"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently "
-"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete "
-"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is "
-"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr ""
-"A lista de pacotes à direita mostra o conteúdo do patch selecionado, isto é, "
-"os pacotes que ele contém. Você não pode instalar ou apagar pacotes "
-"individuais de um patch, somente todo o patch. Isto é intencional, para "
-"evitar inconsistências."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
+msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
+msgstr "A lista de pacotes à direita mostra o conteúdo do patch selecionado, isto é, os pacotes que ele contém. Você não pode instalar ou apagar pacotes individuais de um patch, somente todo o patch. Isto é intencional, para evitar inconsistências."
-#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
-#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
-#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
-msgid ""
-"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter "
-"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Além de <b>Patches</b>, você também pode selecionar uma das outras telas de "
-"filtro em <b>Filtro</b>, na parte superior esquerda:"
+#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
+#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
+#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
+msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Além de <b>Patches</b>, você também pode selecionar uma das outras telas de filtro em <b>Filtro</b>, na parte superior esquerda:"
-#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
-msgid ""
-"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can "
-"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Nesta caixa de diálogo, selecione os pacotes a instalar, atualizar, ou "
-"apagar. Você pode selecionar pacotes individuais ou \"seleções\" de pacote "
-"inteiro."
+#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
+msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
+msgstr "Nesta caixa de diálogo, selecione os pacotes a instalar, atualizar, ou apagar. Você pode selecionar pacotes individuais ou \"seleções\" de pacote inteiro."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
-msgid ""
-"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or "
-"right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Clique no ícone de status de um pacote ou seleção para mudar o status ou "
-"clique o botão direito do mouse para abrir um menu de contexto."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
+msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
+msgstr "Clique no ícone de status de um pacote ou seleção para mudar o status ou clique o botão direito do mouse para abrir um menu de contexto."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
-msgid ""
-"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. "
-"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only "
-"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check "
-"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn "
-"you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr ""
-"Use o botão<b>Verificar Dependências</b> para resolver dependências de "
-"pacotes. Alguns pacotes exigem outros pacotes para ser instalados. Alguns "
-"pacotes somente podem ser instalados se outros pacotes específicos não "
-"estiverem instalados. Esta verificação automaticamente marca os pacotes "
-"necessários para instalação e avisa se houver conflitos."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
+msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
+msgstr "Use o botão<b>Verificar Dependências</b> para resolver dependências de pacotes. Alguns pacotes exigem outros pacotes para ser instalados. Alguns pacotes somente podem ser instalados se outros pacotes específicos não estiverem instalados. Esta verificação automaticamente marca os pacotes necessários para instalação e avisa se houver conflitos."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
-msgid ""
-"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically "
-"be performed."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando você sai desta caixa de diálogo com <b>Aceitar</b>, a verificação é "
-"feita automaticamente."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
+msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
+msgstr "Quando você sai desta caixa de diálogo com <b>Aceitar</b>, a verificação é feita automaticamente."
-#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
-#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
-#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
-msgid ""
-"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at "
-"the upper left:"
-msgstr ""
-"Selecione uma das telas de filtros disponíveis com a caixa <b>Filtro</b> na "
-"parte superior esquerda:"
+#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
+#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
+#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
+msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
+msgstr "Selecione uma das telas de filtros disponíveis com a caixa <b>Filtro</b> na parte superior esquerda:"
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
-msgid ""
-"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically "
-"belong together."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Seleções</b> mostra alguns conjuntos predefinidos de pacotes que são "
-"agrupados logicamente."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
+msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
+msgstr "<b>Seleções</b> mostra alguns conjuntos predefinidos de pacotes que são agrupados logicamente."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
-msgid ""
-"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can "
-"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr ""
-"Use a caixa de seleção ao lado da opção para selecioná-la por inteiro. Você "
-"também pode selecionar ou anular a seleção de pacotes individuais na lista "
-"de pacotes à direita."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
+msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
+msgstr "Use a caixa de seleção ao lado da opção para selecioná-la por inteiro. Você também pode selecionar ou anular a seleção de pacotes individuais na lista de pacotes à direita."
-#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
-msgid ""
-"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and "
-"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category "
-"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right "
-"side."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Grupos de Pacotes</b> mostra pacotes por categoria. Você pode expandir/"
-"recolher os itens da árvore para refinar ou generalizar categorias. Clique "
-"em qualquer categoria para exibir os pacotes da respectiva lista no lado "
-"direito."
+#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
+msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
+msgstr "<b>Grupos de Pacotes</b> mostra pacotes por categoria. Você pode expandir/recolher os itens da árvore para refinar ou generalizar categorias. Clique em qualquer categoria para exibir os pacotes da respectiva lista no lado direito."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
-msgid ""
-" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that "
-"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr ""
-" <b>Dica:</b> Existe uma entrada \"Todos zzz\" no final da lista que mostra "
-"todos os pacotes. Pode demorar alguns instantes em máquinas lentas."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
+msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
+msgstr " <b>Dica:</b> Existe uma entrada \"Todos zzz\" no final da lista que mostra todos os pacotes. Pode demorar alguns instantes em máquinas lentas."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
-msgid ""
-"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. "
-"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Pesquisa</b> permite que você procure pacotes que atendam a vários "
-"critérios. É a maneira mais fácil de localizar um pacote, se você souber o "
-"nome."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
+msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
+msgstr "<b>Pesquisa</b> permite que você procure pacotes que atendam a vários critérios. É a maneira mais fácil de localizar um pacote, se você souber o nome."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a "
-"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Dica:</b> Você também pode usar isto para localizar qual pacote contém "
-"certa biblioteca. Pesquise no campo <b>Fornece</b> do RPM."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
+msgstr "<b>Dica:</b> Você também pode usar isto para localizar qual pacote contém certa biblioteca. Pesquise no campo <b>Fornece</b> do RPM."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
-msgid ""
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- "
-"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Resumo da Instalação</b>, por padrão, mostra as mudanças no seu sistema "
-"-- que pacotes serão instalados, apagados ou atualizados."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
+msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
+msgstr "<b>Resumo da Instalação</b>, por padrão, mostra as mudanças no seu sistema -- que pacotes serão instalados, apagados ou atualizados."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
-msgid ""
-"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to "
-"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can "
-"see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr ""
-"Em geral, convém usar <b>Verificar Dependências</b> e depois alternar para "
-"<b>Resumo da Instalação</b> antes de clicar em <b>Aceitar</b>. Deste modo, "
-"você pode ver todas as mudanças que serão feitas no seu sistema."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
+msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
+msgstr "Em geral, convém usar <b>Verificar Dependências</b> e depois alternar para <b>Resumo da Instalação</b> antes de clicar em <b>Aceitar</b>. Deste modo, você pode ver todas as mudanças que serão feitas no seu sistema."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
-msgid ""
-"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; "
-"use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr ""
-"Você pode também selecionar explicitamente quais pacotes e com qual status "
-"deseja ver aqui; use as caixas de seleção no lado esquerdo."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
+msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
+msgstr "Você pode também selecionar explicitamente quais pacotes e com qual status deseja ver aqui; use as caixas de seleção no lado esquerdo."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see "
-"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and "
-"uncheck everything else."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Dica:</b> Você também pode reverter o efeito desse filtro. Você pode ver "
-"quais pacotes permanecem iguais no sistema. Marque <b>Manter</b> e desmarque "
-"todo o resto."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
+msgstr "<b>Dica:</b> Você também pode reverter o efeito desse filtro. Você pode ver quais pacotes permanecem iguais no sistema. Marque <b>Manter</b> e desmarque todo o resto."
-#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
-#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
-#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159
+#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
+#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
+#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159
msgid "Symbols Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral de Símbolos"
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108
msgid "Do not install"
msgstr "Não instalar"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168
msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
msgstr "Este pacote não está instalado e não será instalado."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:95
msgid "Install"
msgstr "Instalar"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174
msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet."
msgstr "Este pacote será instalado. Ele não está instalado ainda."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107
msgid "Keep"
msgstr "Manter"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180
msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched."
msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado. Deixar inalterado."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:184 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:293
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:283 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:96
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Atualizar"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the "
-"versions are the same)."
-msgstr ""
-"Este pacote já está instalado. Atualize-o ou reinstale-o (se as versões "
-"forem as mesmas)."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
+msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
+msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado. Atualize-o ou reinstale-o (se as versões forem as mesmas)."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:94
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193
msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it."
msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado. Apague-o."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100
msgid "Taboo"
msgstr "Tabu"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
-msgid ""
-"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any "
-"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other "
-"packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Este pacote não está instalado e deve não ser instalado em nenhuma "
-"circunstância, especialmente por causa de dependências não resolvidas que "
-"outros pacotes possam ter ou receber."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
+msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Este pacote não está instalado e deve não ser instalado em nenhuma circunstância, especialmente por causa de dependências não resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou receber."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
-msgid ""
-"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any "
-"installation media."
-msgstr ""
-"Pacotes definidos como \"tabu\" são tratados como se não existissem em "
-"qualquer mídia de instalação."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
+msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
+msgstr "Pacotes definidos como \"tabu\" são tratados como se não existissem em qualquer mídia de instalação."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
msgid "Protected"
msgstr "Protegido"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
-msgid ""
-"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not "
-"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr ""
-"Este pacote está instalado e não deve ser modificado, especialmente por "
-"causa de dependências não resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou "
-"receber."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
+msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
+msgstr "Este pacote está instalado e não deve ser modificado, especialmente por causa de dependências não resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou receber."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
-msgid ""
-"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by "
-"newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Use este status para pacotes de terceiros que não devem ser substituídos por "
-"versões mais novas que possam vir com a distribuição."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
+msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Use este status para pacotes de terceiros que não devem ser substituídos por versões mais novas que possam vir com a distribuição."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:98
msgid "Autoinstall"
msgstr "Instalar automaticamente"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
-msgid ""
-"This package will be installed automatically because some other package "
-"needs it."
-msgstr ""
-"Este pacote será instalado automaticamente por ser necessário a algum outro "
-"pacote."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
+msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
+msgstr "Este pacote será instalado automaticamente por ser necessário a algum outro pacote."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
-msgid ""
-"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Dica:</b> Você pode precisar usar \"tabu\" para se desfazer de um pacote "
-"assim."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
+msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
+msgstr "<b>Dica:</b> Você pode precisar usar \"tabu\" para se desfazer de um pacote assim."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:99
msgid "Autoupdate"
msgstr "Atualizar automaticamente"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer "
-"version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr ""
-"Este pacote já está instalado, mas com um outro pacote precisa de uma versão "
-"mais nova, ele será atualizado automaticamente."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
+msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
+msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado, mas com um outro pacote precisa de uma versão mais nova, ele será atualizado automaticamente."
-#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97
+#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:97
msgid "Autodelete"
msgstr "Apagar automaticamente"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
-msgid ""
-"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it "
-"is deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Este pacote já está instalado, mas dependências de pacotes exigem que ele "
-"seja apagado."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
+msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
+msgstr "Este pacote já está instalado, mas dependências de pacotes exigem que ele seja apagado."
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
-msgstr ""
-"Isto pode acontecer, por exemplo, se algum outro pacote tornar este obsoleto."
+msgstr "Isto pode acontecer, por exemplo, se algum outro pacote tornar este obsoleto."
-#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265
+#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265
msgid "Special Keys Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral de Teclas Especiais"
-#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions.
-#. Automatic word wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269
+#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions.
+#. Automatic word wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269
msgid "In any case, go to the next list item."
msgstr "Em todo caso, vá para o próximo item da lista."
-#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276
+#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
-msgid ""
-"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the "
-"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr ""
-"Obtenha este pacote. Instale-o se não estiver instalado. Atualize para a "
-"versão mais recente se estiver instalado e houver uma versão mais nova."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
+msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
+msgstr "Obtenha este pacote. Instale-o se não estiver instalado. Atualize para a versão mais recente se estiver instalado e houver uma versão mais nova."
-#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
+#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Remover"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
-msgid ""
-"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not "
-"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Elimine este pacote. Marque como \"não instalar\" se não estiver instalado "
-"ainda. Apague se estiver instalado."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
+msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
+msgstr "Elimine este pacote. Marque como \"não instalar\" se não estiver instalado ainda. Apague se estiver instalado."
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
-msgid ""
-"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore "
-"packages that are not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Atualize este pacote se estiver instalado e houver uma versão mais nova. "
-"Ignore pacotes que não estejam instalados."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
+msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
+msgstr "Atualize este pacote se estiver instalado e houver uma versão mais nova. Ignore pacotes que não estejam instalados."
-#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
+#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
msgid "Undo Update"
msgstr "Desfazer Atualização"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
-msgid ""
-"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently "
-"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Desfazer o efeito de \">\" acima: Defina o pacote como \"manter\" se estiver "
-"atualmente como \"atualizar\". Ignore todos os outros pacotes."
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
+msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
+msgstr "Desfazer o efeito de \">\" acima: Defina o pacote como \"manter\" se estiver atualmente como \"atualizar\". Ignore todos os outros pacotes."
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package "
-"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies "
-"that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Defina este pacote como \"tabu\" se não estiver instalado: certifique-se que "
-"o pacote não será instalado, especialmente por causa de dependências não "
-"resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou receber. "
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
+msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Defina este pacote como \"tabu\" se não estiver instalado: certifique-se que o pacote não será instalado, especialmente por causa de dependências não resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou receber. "
-#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322
+#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322
msgid "Protect"
msgstr "Proteger"
-#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
-msgid ""
-"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package "
-"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that "
-"other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr ""
-"Defina este pacote como \"protegido\" se estiver instalado: certifique-se "
-"que este pacote não será modificado, especialmente por causa de dependências "
-"não resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou receber. "
+#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
+msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
+msgstr "Defina este pacote como \"protegido\" se estiver instalado: certifique-se que este pacote não será modificado, especialmente por causa de dependências não resolvidas que outros pacotes possam ter ou receber. "
-#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
-msgid ""
-"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer "
-"versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr ""
-"Use isto para pacotes de terceiros que não podem ser substituídos por "
-"versões mais novas que possam vir na distribuição."
+#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
+msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
+msgstr "Use isto para pacotes de terceiros que não podem ser substituídos por versões mais novas que possam vir na distribuição."
-#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
-#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
+#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
+#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalhes..."
-#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94
+#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94
msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
msgstr "Informações somente disponíveis para pacotes instalados."
-#. Dialog title
-#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76
+#. Dialog title
+#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76
msgid "Changed Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Mudados"
-#. add the items.
-#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114
+#. add the items.
+#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114
msgid "All"
msgstr "Todos"
-#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115
+#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115
msgid "Selected by the user"
msgstr "Selecionado pelo usuário"
-#. Set the dialog title.
-#.
-#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just
-#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may
-#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window
-#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles).
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98
+#. Set the dialog title.
+#.
+#. "Dependency conflict" is already used as the conflict list header just
+#. some pixels below that, so don't use this twice. This dialog title may
+#. or may not be visible, depending on whether or not there is a window
+#. manager running (and configured to show any dialog titles).
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:98
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Aviso"
-#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134
+#. "OK" button
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
msgstr "&OK -- Tentar Novamente"
-#. "Expert" menu button
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145
+#. "Expert" menu button
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145
msgid "&Expert"
msgstr "&Especialista"
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:157
msgid "&Save This List to a File..."
msgstr "&Gravar Esta Lista em Arquivo..."
-#. Busy popup
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174
+#. Busy popup
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174
msgid "Checking Dependencies..."
msgstr "Verificando Dependências..."
-#. Heading for popup dialog
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388
+#. Heading for popup dialog
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388
msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case"
msgstr "Criar teste do Resolvedor de Dependência"
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the "
-"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use isto para gerar registros detalhados para ajudar a detectar bugs no "
-"resolver de dependência. Os registros serão armazenados no diretório <br><tt>"
-"%1</tt></p>"
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
+msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use isto para gerar registros detalhados para ajudar a detectar bugs no resolver de dependência. Os registros serão armazenados no diretório <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-#. parent
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
+#. parent
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
msgid "Solver Test Case"
msgstr "Caso Teste do Solver"
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
-msgid ""
-"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare "
-"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Caso teste do resolver de dependência gravado em <br><tt>%1</tt>"
-"p><p>Preparar o arquivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexar ao Bugzilla?</p>"
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
+msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Caso teste do resolver de dependência gravado em <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Preparar o arquivo <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> para anexar ao Bugzilla?</p>"
-#. parent
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
+#. parent
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
msgid "Success"
msgstr "Sucesso"
-#. caption
-#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check "
-"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Erro</b> ao criar teste do resolvedor de dependência</p><p>Verifique o "
-"espaço em disco e as permissões para <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+#. caption
+#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
+msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Erro</b> ao criar teste do resolvedor de dependência</p><p>Verifique o espaço em disco e as permissões para <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-#. startsWith
-#. filter
-#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180
+#. startsWith
+#. filter
+#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:180
msgid "Save Conflicts List"
msgstr "Gravar Lista de Conflitos"
-#. caption
-#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606
+#. caption
+#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:202 src/YQPkgList.cc:606
msgid "Cannot open file %1"
msgstr "Impossível abrir arquivo %1"
-#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292
+#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:292
msgid "Conflict Resolution:"
msgstr "Resolução de Conflito:"
-#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329
+#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329
msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>"
msgstr "<a href='/'>%1 mais...</a>"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196
msgid "Version:"
msgstr "Versão:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:106 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:136
msgid "Provides:"
msgstr "Fornece:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137
msgid "Prerequires:"
msgstr "Pré-requisitos:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138
msgid "Requires:"
msgstr "Requer:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:109 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:139
msgid "Conflicts:"
msgstr "Conflitos:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140
msgid "Obsoletes:"
msgstr "Obsoletos:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141
msgid "Recommends:"
msgstr "Recomenda:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:112 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:142
msgid "Suggests:"
msgstr "Sugere:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143
msgid "Enhances:"
msgstr "Melhorias:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144
msgid "Supplements:"
msgstr "Suplementa:"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189
msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>"
msgstr "<b>Versão Alternativa</b>"
-#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190
+#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190
msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>"
msgstr "<b>Versão Instalada</b>"
-#. Dialog title
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72
+#. Dialog title
+#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72
msgid "Package Description"
msgstr "Descrição do Pacote"
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114
+#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114
msgid "References:"
msgstr "Referências:"
-#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown"
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133
+#. Translators: %1 contains the support level like "Level 3", "unsupported" or "unknown"
+#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:133
msgid "Supportability: %1"
msgstr "Suportabilidade: %1"
-#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262
+#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262
msgid "This package contains: "
msgstr "Este pacote contém: "
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!"
msgstr "<b>Erro:</b> Espaço insuficiente em disco!"
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:164
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Disk space is running out!"
msgstr "<b>Aviso:</b> O espaço em disco está esgotando!"
-#. Dialog title
-#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71
+#. Dialog title
+#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageWarningDialog.cc:71
msgid "Disk Space Warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Espaço em Disco"
-#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list
-#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130
+#. %1 is the total number of files in a file list
+#: src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:130
msgid "%1 files total"
msgstr "Total de %1 arquivos"
-#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like
-#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an
-#. existing one if it's open already
-#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176
+#. Translators: Button with pop-up menu to open a new page (very much like
+#. in a web browser) with another package filter view or to switch to an
+#. existing one if it's open already
+#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176
msgid "&View"
msgstr "&Ver"
-#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530
+#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530
msgid "Move page &left"
msgstr "Mover página para a &esquerda"
-#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540
+#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:540
msgid "Move page &right"
msgstr "Mover página para a &direita"
-#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547
+#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:547
msgid "&Close page"
msgstr "&Fechar página"
-#. Dialog title
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83
+#. Dialog title
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83
msgid "Package History"
msgstr "Histórico do Pacote"
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98
msgid "Show History (/var/log/zypp/history)"
msgstr "Mostrar Histórico (/var/log/zypp/history)"
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:110
msgid "Date"
msgstr "Data"
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Ação"
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114
msgid "Version/URL"
msgstr "Versão/URL"
-#. "OK" button
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131
+#. "OK" button
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:131
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&Fechar"
-#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went
-#. wrong while trying to read history file.
-#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268
+#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went
+#. wrong while trying to read history file.
+#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:268
msgid "Unable to read history"
msgstr "Impossível ler o histórico"
-#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US"
-#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide!
-#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70
+#. Translators: Table column heading for language ISO code like "de_DE", "en_US"
+#. Please keep this short to avoid stretching the column too wide!
+#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:70
msgid "Code"
msgstr "Código"
-#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)"
-#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73
+#. Full (human readable) language / country name like "German (Austria)"
+#: src/YQPkgLangList.cc:73
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626
msgid "Package"
msgstr "Pacote"
-#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++;
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114
-#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66
+#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++;
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114
+#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:66
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Resumo"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628
msgid "Installed (Available)"
msgstr "Instalado (Disponível)"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94
msgid "Avail. Ver."
msgstr "Vers. Disp."
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:97
msgid "Inst. Ver."
msgstr "Vers. Inst."
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:103 src/YQPkgProductList.cc:67
msgid "Version"
msgstr "versão"
-#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++;
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629
+#. headers << _( "Source" ); _srpmStatusCol = numCol++;
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:108 src/YQPkgList.cc:629
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamanho"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579
-#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579
+#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436
msgid "&All in This List"
msgstr "&Tudo Nesta Lista"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495
msgid "Export This List to &Text File..."
msgstr "Exportar Esta Lista para Arquivo de &Texto..."
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526
msgid "&Install Source"
msgstr "Fonte de &Instalação"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530
msgid "Do &Not Install Source"
msgstr "&Não Instalar Fonte"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534
msgid "&Install All Available Sources"
msgstr "&Instalar Todas as Fontes Disponíveis"
-#. key
-#. enabled
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540
+#. key
+#. enabled
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540
msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources"
msgstr "&Não Instalar Nenhuma Fonte"
-#. startsWith
-#. filter
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582
+#. startsWith
+#. filter
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582
msgid "Export Package List"
msgstr "Exportar Lista de Pacotes"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625
#, c-format
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887
msgid "Install Sources"
msgstr "Instalar Fontes"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888
msgid "Do Not Install Sources"
msgstr "Não Instalar Fontes"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892
msgid "No Sources Available"
msgstr "Nenhuma Fonte Disponível"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907
msgid "Installed Version: %1"
msgstr "Versão Instalada: %1"
-#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package
-#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925
+#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package
+#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42"
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:925
msgid "same"
msgstr "igual"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:927
msgid "newer"
msgstr "mais novo"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:928
msgid "older"
msgstr "mais antigo"
-#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931
+#. Translators: %1 is the version, %2 is one of "newer", "older", "same"
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:931
msgid "Available Version: %1 (%2)"
msgstr "Versão Disponível: %1 (%2)"
-#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935
+#: src/YQPkgList.cc:935
msgid "Not available for installation"
msgstr "Não disponível para instalação"
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:280
msgid "Do Not Install"
msgstr "Não instalar"
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281
msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify"
msgstr "Protegido -- Não Modificar"
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282
msgid "Taboo -- Never Install"
msgstr "Tabu - Nunca Instalar"
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422
msgid "Show solver information"
msgstr "Mostrar informações do solver"
-#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472
+#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472
msgid "(by a software selection)"
msgstr "(por seleção de software)"
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474
msgid "(by dependencies)"
msgstr "(por dependências)"
-#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed,
-#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied)
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490
+#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed,
+#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied)
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490
msgid "Dependencies broken"
msgstr "Dependências danificadas"
-#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed,
-#. but whose dependencies are satisfied
-#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500
+#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed,
+#. but whose dependencies are satisfied
+#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500
msgid "All dependencies satisfied"
msgstr "Todas as dependências satisfeitas"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62
msgid "Accessibility"
msgstr "Acessibilidade"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63
msgid "Accessories"
msgstr "Acessórios"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:64
msgid "Education"
msgstr "Formação"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:65
msgid "Games"
msgstr "Jogos"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:66
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "Gráficos"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67
msgid "Internet"
msgstr "Internet"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68
msgid "Office"
msgstr "Escritório"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Outros"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70
msgid "Programming"
msgstr "Programação"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:71
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr "Multimídia"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:72
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:73
msgid "GNOME Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho do GNOME"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:74
msgid "KDE Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho do KDE"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:75
msgid "XFCE Desktop"
msgstr "Área de Trabalho do XFCE"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76
msgid "Other Desktops"
msgstr "Outras Áreas de Trabalho"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77
msgid "Publishing"
msgstr "Editoração"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:78
msgid "Servers"
msgstr "Servidores"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:79
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Fontes"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:80
msgid "Admin Tools"
msgstr "Ferramentas Administrativas"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81
msgid "Legacy"
msgstr "Legado"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82
msgid "Localization"
msgstr "Localização"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:83
msgid "Virtualization"
msgstr "Virtualização"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84
msgid "Security"
msgstr "segurança"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85
msgid "Power Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Energia"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:86
msgid "Communication"
msgstr "Comunicação"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:87
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Rede"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88
msgid "Maps"
msgstr "Mapas"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89
msgid "Software Sources"
msgstr "Fontes de Software"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102
msgid "Unknown Group"
msgstr "Grupo Desconhecido"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93
msgid "Suggested Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Sugeridos"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94
msgid "Recommended Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Recomendados"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95
msgid "Orphaned Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Órfãos"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96
msgid "Unneeded Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Desnecessários"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97
msgid "Multiversion Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Multiversão"
-#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165
-#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59
+#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165
+#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59
msgid "Package Groups"
msgstr "Grupos de Pacotes"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92
+#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92
msgid "&Show Patch Category:"
msgstr "Mo&strar Categoria do Patch:"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99
+#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99
msgid "Needed Patches"
msgstr "Patches Necessários"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100
+#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100
msgid "Unneeded Patches"
msgstr "Patches Não Necessários"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101
+#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101
msgid "All Patches"
msgstr "Todos os Patches"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113
+#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "Patch Description"
msgstr "Descrição do Patch"
-#. Translators: These are patch categories
-#. Dialog title
-#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100
+#. Translators: These are patch categories
+#. Dialog title
+#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:614 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:100
msgid "YaST"
msgstr "YaST"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615
+#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615
msgid "security"
msgstr "segurança"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616
+#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616
msgid "recommended"
msgstr "recomendado"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617
+#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:617
msgid "optional"
msgstr "opcional"
-#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618
+#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:618
msgid "document"
msgstr "documento"
-#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170
+#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Padrão"
-#. Dialog title
-#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73
+#. Dialog title
+#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73
msgid "Products"
msgstr "Produtos"
-#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65
+#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:65
msgid "Product"
msgstr "Produto"
-#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68
+#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68
msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "Fornecedor"
-#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter
-#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of
-#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary"
-#.
-#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very
-#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than
-#. above it.
-#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139
+#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter
+#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of
+#. "All packages", "RPM groups", "search", "summary"
+#.
+#. And yes, the colon really belongs there since this is one of the very
+#. few cases where a combo box label is left to the combo box rather than
+#. above it.
+#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139
msgid "&Secondary Filter:"
msgstr "&Filtro Secundário:"
-#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157
+#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157
msgid "Unmaintained Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes Não Mantidos"
-#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177
+#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Pesquisa"
-#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192
+#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:192
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Instalação"
-#. Column headers for repository list
-#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76
+#. Column headers for repository list
+#: src/YQPkgRepoList.cc:76
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63
+#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:63
msgid "zzz All"
msgstr "zzz Tudo"
-#. Search button
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93
+#. Search button
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:93
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "&Pesquisar"
-#.
-#. Where to search
-#.
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106
+#.
+#. Where to search
+#.
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:106
msgid "Search in"
msgstr "Pesquisar em"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112
msgid "Nam&e"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116
msgid "Su&mmary"
msgstr "Resu&mo"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118
msgid "Descr&iption"
msgstr "Descr&ição"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123
msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125
msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128
msgid "File list"
msgstr "Lista de Arquivos"
-#.
-#. Search mode
-#.
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143
+#.
+#. Search mode
+#.
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:143
msgid "Search &Mode:"
msgstr "&Modo de Pesquisa:"
-#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode!
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156
+#. Caution: combo box items must be inserted in the same order as enum SearchMode!
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:156
msgid "Contains"
msgstr "Contém"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157
msgid "Begins with"
msgstr "Começa com"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158
msgid "Exact Match"
msgstr "Correspondência Exata"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:159
msgid "Use Wild Cards"
msgstr "Usar Curingas"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:160
msgid "Use Regular Expression"
msgstr "Usar Expressão Regular"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:167
msgid "Case Sensiti&ve"
msgstr "&Diferenciar Maiúsculas de Minúsculas"
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:248
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Pesquisando..."
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:334
msgid "No Results."
msgstr "Nenhum Resultado."
-#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went
-#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear
-#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or
-#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return
-#. the original (translated) error message.
-#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349
+#. Translators: This is a (short) text indicating that something went
+#. wrong while searching for packages. At this point, it is not clear
+#. if it's a user error (e.g., syntax error in regular expression) or
+#. an internal error. But there is a "Details" button that will return
+#. the original (translated) error message.
+#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349
msgid "Query Error"
msgstr "Erro na Consulta"
-#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64
+#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Seleção"
-#. Headline
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77
+#. Headline
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77
msgid "Changes Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral das Mudanças"
-#.
-#. Packages with what status to show
-#.
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87
+#.
+#. Packages with what status to show
+#.
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87
msgid "Show packages with status"
msgstr "Mostrar pacotes com status"
-#. Refresh button
-#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120
+#. Refresh button
+#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120
msgid "&Refresh List"
msgstr "Lista de &Atualização"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197
msgid "Build Time:"
msgstr "Horário de Criação:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198
msgid "Install Time:"
msgstr "Horário de Instalação:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199
msgid "Package Group:"
msgstr "Grupo de Pacotes:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200
msgid "License:"
msgstr "Licença:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201
msgid "Installed Size:"
msgstr "Tamanho Instalado:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202
msgid "Download Size:"
msgstr "Tamanho do Download:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203
msgid "Distribution:"
msgstr "Distribuição:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204
msgid "Vendor:"
msgstr "Fornecedor:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205
msgid "Packager:"
msgstr "Empacotador:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206
msgid "Architecture:"
msgstr "Arquitetura:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207
msgid "Build Host:"
msgstr "Host Criador:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208
msgid "URL:"
msgstr "URL:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209
msgid "Source Package:"
msgstr "Pacote de Origem:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211
msgid "Media No.:"
msgstr "Nº da Mídia:"
-#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212
+#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212
msgid "Authors:"
msgstr "Autores:"
-#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60
+#: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60
msgid ""
"<br>\n"
"<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n"
@@ -1734,12 +1516,12 @@
"A ação mais segura é apagá-los.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
msgstr "%1-%2 do fornecedor %3 (instalado)"
-#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382
+#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382
msgid ""
"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
@@ -1749,7 +1531,7 @@
"várias versões deste\n"
"pacote ao mesmo tempo."
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390
msgid ""
"This version is multiversion-capable.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1763,7 +1545,7 @@
"e desmarcar a versão incompatível com várias versões ou\n"
"clique em \"Cancelar\" para desmarcar essa versão e manter a outra."
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399
msgid ""
"This version is not multiversion-capable.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1777,32 +1559,32 @@
"e desmarcar todas as outras versões ou\n"
"clique em \"Cancelar\" para desmarcar essa versão e manter as outras."
-#. Dialog heading
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407
+#. Dialog heading
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407
msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
msgstr "Versões de Pacote Incompatíveis"
-#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
-#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
-#. %4 is the repository's priority
-#. %5 is the vendor of the package
-#. Examples:
-#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
-#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
-#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
-#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
+#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
+#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
+#. %4 is the repository's priority
+#. %5 is the vendor of the package
+#. Examples:
+#. 2.5.23-i568 from Packman with priority 100 and vendor openSUSE
+#. 3.17.4-i386 from openSUSE-11.1 update repository with priority 20 and vendor openSUSE
+#. ^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^
+#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
msgstr "%1-%2 de %3 com prioridade %4 e fornecedor %5"
-#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554
+#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
msgstr "Esta versão está instalada no seu sistema."
-#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86
+#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86
msgid "Missing package"
msgstr "Pacotes ausentes"
-#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87
+#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87
msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature."
msgstr "O pacote libqdialogsolver é necessário para este recurso."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/qt.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,53 +14,53 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180
+#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. Translators: Please keep this short!
-#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182
+#. Translators: Please keep this short!
+#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182
msgid "Disk Usage"
msgstr "Uso do Disco"
-#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++;
-#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185
+#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++;
+#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185
msgid "Free"
msgstr "Livre"
-#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186
+#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186
msgid "Total"
msgstr "Total"
-#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188
+#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256
+#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:256
msgid "Used %1"
msgstr "Usado %1"
-#. Window title for help wizard window
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:63 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:112
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
-#. Close button for wizard help window
-#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
-#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134
+#. Close button for wizard help window
+#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134
msgid "&Close"
msgstr "&Fechar"
-#. Window title for help wizard window
-#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133
+#. Window title for help wizard window
+#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133
msgid "Release Notes"
msgstr "Notas de Versão"
-#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
+#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
msgstr "Editor de Folhas de Estilo"
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
@@ -68,18 +68,18 @@
"Você clicou o botão direito do mouse quando deveria usar o botão esquerdo.\n"
"Deseja alternar as funções dos botões direito e esquerdo do mouse?"
-#. Popup dialog caption
-#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
+#. Popup dialog caption
+#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
msgstr "Clique Inesperado"
-#. parent
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
+#. parent
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
msgid "Color switching"
msgstr "Alternância de cor"
-#. caption
-#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
+#. caption
+#: src/YQDialog.cc:630
msgid ""
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
@@ -87,92 +87,62 @@
"Alternando para paleta de cores para usuários com visão deficiente.\n"
"Pressione Shift-F4 novamente para retornar para cores normais."
-#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key
-#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning
-#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while
-#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it
-#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood
-#. by the target audience.
-#.
-#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German.
-#. Simply leave it.
-#: src/YQInputField.cc:238
+#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key
+#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning
+#. replaces the normal label (caption) of that password field while
+#. CapsLock is active, so please keep it short. Please don't translate it
+#. at all if the term "CapsLock" can reasonably expected to be understood
+#. by the target audience.
+#.
+#. In particular, please don't translate this to death in German.
+#. Simply leave it.
+#: src/YQInputField.cc:238
msgid "CapsLock!"
msgstr "CapsLock!"
-#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163
+#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163
msgid "Save screen shot to..."
msgstr "Gravar captura de tela em..."
-#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280
+#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280
msgid "YaST Logging"
msgstr "Registro do YaST"
-#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281
+#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
msgstr "Configurar Registro do YaST:"
-#. Help button
-#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
-#. "Help" button
-#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404
+#. Help button
+#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Help" button
+#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404
msgid "&Help"
msgstr "&Ajuda"
-#.
-#. "Release Notes" button
-#.
-#. Release Notes button
-#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
-#. "Release Notes" button
-#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419
+#.
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#.
+#. Release Notes button
+#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#. "Release Notes" button
+#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419
msgid "&Release Notes"
msgstr "&Notas de Versão"
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116
-msgid ""
-"<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a "
-"screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop "
-"environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette "
-"optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable "
-"logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to "
-"save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D"
-"dt><dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing "
-"special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module."
-"dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-"
-"Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show "
-"style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the "
-"log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). "
-"Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget "
-"tree browser.</dd></dl>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h1>Atalhos avançados</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Tira e salva uma "
-"captura de tela. Pode não estar disponível quando o YaST está em execução em "
-"alguns ambientes de trabalho.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Habilita/desabilita a "
-"paleta de cores otimizada para usuários com problemas de visão."
-"dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Habilita/desabilita o registro de mensagens de "
-"depuração.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Abre um diálogo para salvar os arquivos "
-"de log em uma localização não padrão.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D"
-"dt><dd>Enviar um DebugEvent. Os módulos do YaST podem reagir a isto "
-"executando ações de depuração especiais. Os resultados dependem do módulo do "
-"YaST específico.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Inicia/Para o gravador de "
-"macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Reproduz a macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-"
-"Alt-S</dt><dd>Exibe o editor da folha de estilos.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T"
-"dt><dd>Despeja a árvore do widget no arquivo de log.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-"
-"X</dt><dd>Abre uma janela de terminal (xterm). Útil para instalações via VNC."
-"</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Exibe o navegador da árvore do widget."
-"dd></dl>"
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116
+msgid "<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget tree browser.</dd></dl>"
+msgstr "<h1>Atalhos avançados</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Tira e salva uma captura de tela. Pode não estar disponível quando o YaST está em execução em alguns ambientes de trabalho.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Habilita/desabilita a paleta de cores otimizada para usuários com problemas de visão.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Habilita/desabilita o registro de mensagens de depuração.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Abre um diálogo para salvar os arquivos de log em uma localização não padrão.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</dt><dd>Enviar um DebugEvent. Os módulos do YaST podem reagir a isto executando ações de depuração especiais. Os resultados dependem do módulo do YaST específico.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Inicia/Para o gravador de macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Reproduz a macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Exibe o editor da folha de estilos.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Despeja a árvore do widget no arquivo de log.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Abre
uma janela de terminal (xterm). Útil para instalações via VNC.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Exibe o navegador da árvore do widget.</dd></dl>"
-#. "Steps" button
-#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409
+#. "Steps" button
+#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409
msgid "&Steps"
msgstr "&Etapas"
-#. "Tree" button
-#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
-#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414
+#. "Tree" button
+#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
+#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414
msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "&Árvore"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/rdp.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,35 +14,33 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33
msgid "Remote Access Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Remota"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/rdp.rb:43
msgid "Display configuration summary"
msgstr "Mostrar Sumário da Configuração"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/rdp.rb:53
msgid "Allow remote access"
msgstr "Permitir acesso remoto"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr ""
-"Configure 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração "
-"remota"
+msgstr "Configure 'sim' para permitir ou 'não' para não permitir a administração remota"
-#. Command line output Headline
-#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107
+#. Command line output Headline
+#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107
msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração Remota:"
-#. Command line error message
-#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127
+#. Command line error message
+#: src/clients/rdp.rb:127
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
@@ -50,95 +48,90 @@
"Configure 'sim' para permitir a administração remota\n"
"ou 'não' para não permiti-la."
-#. RichText label
-#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57
+#. RichText label
+#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57
msgid "RDP Remote Administration"
msgstr "Administração Remota do RDP"
-#. Menu label
-#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59
+#. Menu label
+#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59
msgid "RDP &Remote Administration"
msgstr "Administração &Remota do RDP"
-#. Dialog contents
-#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30
+#. Dialog contents
+#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32
+#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32
msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service"
msgstr "Habilitar o serviço RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol)"
-#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33
+#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
msgstr "Abrir Porta no Firewall"
-#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40
+#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Remote Administration via RDP</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol "
-"running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able "
-"to login to this computer\n"
+"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol running on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able to login to this computer\n"
"remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Administração remota via RDP</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p> O Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) é um protocolo de administração remota "
-"executado na porta TCP 3389.</p><p>Se o recurso está habilitaddo, você "
-"poderá logar-se neste computador\n"
-"remotamente através de um cliente RDP como o Conexão de Área de Trabalho "
-"Remota do Windows.\n"
+"<p> O Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) é um protocolo de administração remota executado na porta TCP 3389.</p><p>Se o recurso está habilitaddo, você poderá logar-se neste computador\n"
+"remotamente através de um cliente RDP como o Conexão de Área de Trabalho Remota do Windows.\n"
-#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46
+#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Remote Administration via RDP"
msgstr "Administração remota via RDP"
-#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
+#. Progress stage 1
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94
+#. Progress stage 2
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94
msgid "Configure xrdp"
msgstr "Configurar xrdp"
-#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
+#. Progress stage 3
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Reiniciar os serviços"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102
msgid "Stop the services"
msgstr "Parar os serviços"
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106
msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando a configuração de administração remota (RDP)"
-#. 100; //for testing
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111
+#. 100; //for testing
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125
msgid "Configuring xrdp..."
msgstr "Configurando xrdp..."
-#. Disable xrdp
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144
+#. Disable xrdp
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "Reiniciando o serviço..."
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147
msgid "Stopping the service..."
msgstr "Parando o serviço..."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163
+#. Label in proposal text
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163
msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled."
msgstr "O serviço remoto (RDP) está habilitado."
-#. Label in proposal text
-#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166
+#. Label in proposal text
+#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166
msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled."
msgstr "O serviço RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) está desabilitado."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/rear.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,392 +14,339 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xrear module
-#: src/clients/rear.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xrear module
+#: src/clients/rear.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of Rear"
msgstr "Configuração do Rear"
-#. command line help text for 'configure' action
-#: src/clients/rear.rb:67
+#. command line help text for 'configure' action
+#: src/clients/rear.rb:67
msgid "Change the Rear configuration"
msgstr "Mudar a configuração do Rear"
-#: src/clients/rear.rb:73
+#: src/clients/rear.rb:73
msgid "Output"
msgstr "Saída"
-#: src/clients/rear.rb:74
+#: src/clients/rear.rb:74
msgid "Netfs URL"
msgstr "URL do Netfs"
-#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137
+#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137
msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:"
msgstr "Este sistema não é suportado pelo Rear porque:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you "
-"ignore this warning."
-msgstr ""
-"NÃO espere que o backup criado seja útil para a recuperação do sistema se "
-"você ignorar este aviso."
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142
+msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
+msgstr "NÃO espere que o backup criado seja útil para a recuperação do sistema se você ignorar este aviso."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156
msgid "This system is not supported."
msgstr "Este sistema não é suportado."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160
msgid "&Ignore and continue"
msgstr "&Ignorar e continuar"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195
+#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195
msgid "Additional Directories to Backup"
msgstr "Diretórios Adicionais para Backup"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223
msgid "Choose Directory"
msgstr "Escolher Diretório"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253
msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file."
msgstr "Impossível gravar arquivo de configuração do Rear."
-#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274
+#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules"
msgstr "Módulos Adicionais do Kernel"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281
msgid "Available Modules in current System:"
msgstr "Módulos Disponíveis no Sistema atual:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298
msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:"
msgstr "Módulos adicionados ao Sistema de Recuperação:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303
msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded."
msgstr "Os módulos são classificados na ordem em que foram carregados."
-#. Dialog to run rear
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380
+#. Dialog to run rear
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380
msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution."
msgstr "Preparando para Execução do Rear."
-#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401
+#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401
msgid "Running rear..."
msgstr "Executando o Rear..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
msgid "Execution failed with return value %1."
msgstr "Falha na execução com valor de retorno %1."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup."
msgstr "Concluído. É altamente aconselhado testar o backup criado."
-#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#. The whole sequence
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810
+#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
+#. The whole sequence
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810
msgid "Rear Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Rear"
-#. help text for Rear
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468
-msgid ""
-"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Configure o backup Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) para o computador."
-"</p>"
+#. help text for Rear
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468
+msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Configure o backup Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) para o computador.</p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want "
-"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina como iniciar o <b>Sistema de Recuperação</b>. Escolha USB para "
-"inicializar de um pendrive USB, ou ISO para CD-ROM, respectivamente.</p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471
+msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina como iniciar o <b>Sistema de Recuperação</b>. Escolha USB para inicializar de um pendrive USB, ou ISO para CD-ROM, respectivamente.</p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474
-msgid ""
-"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have "
-"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location "
-"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to "
-"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha onde o <b>Backup</b> deve ser armazenado. Selecione NFS para usar "
-"um servidor que ofereça Sistema de Rede de Arquivos. Especifique o local da "
-"seguinte forma: <tt>nfs://nomedehost/diretório</tt>. Você também pode "
-"escolher USB para armazenar o backup em um pendrive ou disco USB.</p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474
+msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolha onde o <b>Backup</b> deve ser armazenado. Selecione NFS para usar um servidor que ofereça Sistema de Rede de Arquivos. Especifique o local da seguinte forma: <tt>nfs://nomedehost/diretório</tt>. Você também pode escolher USB para armazenar o backup em um pendrive ou disco USB.</p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477
-msgid ""
-"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click "
-"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se nenhum dispositivo USB for exibido, conecte um pendrive ou disco USB e "
-"clique em <b>Explorar Novamente Dispositivos USB</b>.</p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477
+msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se nenhum dispositivo USB for exibido, conecte um pendrive ou disco USB e clique em <b>Explorar Novamente Dispositivos USB</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy "
-"to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione <b>Manter backup antigo</b> para não sobregravar a cópia "
-"anterior do backup.</p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Manter backup antigo</b> para não sobregravar a cópia anterior do backup.</p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the "
-"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's "
-"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the "
-"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O menu <b>Avançado</b> permite adicionar <b>mais diretórios ao backup</b> "
-"e <b>outros módulos do kernel ao sistema recuperação</b>. Isso será útil "
-"apenas se o backup não possuir todos os diretórios necessários ou se o "
-"sistema de recuperação não for inicializado devido a módulos do kernel "
-"ausentes.</p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483
+msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O menu <b>Avançado</b> permite adicionar <b>mais diretórios ao backup</b> e <b>outros módulos do kernel ao sistema recuperação</b>. Isso será útil apenas se o backup não possuir todos os diretórios necessários ou se o sistema de recuperação não for inicializado devido a módulos do kernel ausentes.</p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's "
-"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on "
-"your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O botão <b>Gravar e executar o Rear agora</b> executa o Rear e mostra sua "
-"saída. <strong>Faça um teste para verificar se o backup criado funciona como "
-"esperado no sistema!</strong></p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486
+msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
+msgstr "<p>O botão <b>Gravar e executar o Rear agora</b> executa o Rear e mostra sua saída. <strong>Faça um teste para verificar se o backup criado funciona como esperado no sistema!</strong></p>"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes "
-"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>OK</b> grava a configuração e sai, enquanto <b>Cancelar</b> fecha a "
-"caixa de diálogo de configuração sem gravar.</p>"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489
+msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>OK</b> grava a configuração e sai, enquanto <b>Cancelar</b> fecha a caixa de diálogo de configuração sem gravar.</p>"
-#. Set defaults:
-#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513
+#. Set defaults:
+#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513
msgid "Additional directories in the backup:"
msgstr "Diretórios adicionais no backup:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517
msgid "Additional programs in the rescue system:"
msgstr "Programas adicionais no sistema de recuperação:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520
msgid "Additional files to be copied into the rescue system:"
msgstr "Arquivos adicionais a serem copiados no sistema de recuperação:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523
msgid "Additional post recovery scripts:"
msgstr "Scripts pós-recuperação adicionais:"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527
msgid "YaST would like to change your ReaR configuration."
msgstr "O YaST gostaria de alterar sua configuração do ReaR."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530
msgid "You might end up in an unusable backup if you don't accept this."
msgstr "Você pode terminar com um backup inutilizável se não aceitar isto."
-#. prepare advanced menu
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553
+#. prepare advanced menu
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553
msgid "Additional Directories in Backup"
msgstr "Diretórios Adicionais no Backup"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System"
msgstr "Módulos Adicionais do Kernel no Sistema de Recuperação"
-#. handle advanced menu
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782
+#. handle advanced menu
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782
msgid "Required Programs"
msgstr "Programas necessários"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787
msgid "Copy As Is"
msgstr "Copiar como está"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792
msgid "Post Recovery Script"
msgstr "Script de pós recuperação"
-#. prepare main dialog
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579
+#. prepare main dialog
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579
msgid "Recovery System"
msgstr "Sistema de Recuperação"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587
msgid "&Boot Media"
msgstr "Mídia de &Boot"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597
msgid "Backup"
msgstr "Backup"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605
msgid "&Backup Media"
msgstr "&Mídia de Backup"
-#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly
-#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746
+#. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly
+#. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746
msgid "&Location"
msgstr "&Localização"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625
msgid "&Keep old backup"
msgstr "Manter backup &antigo"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632
msgid "Use &dhclient"
msgstr "Usar &dhclient"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638
msgid "Rescan USB Devices"
msgstr "Explorar Novamente Dispositivos USB"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641
msgid "&Backup Options"
msgstr "Opções do &backup"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr "Avançado"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649
msgid "Save and run rear now"
msgstr "Gravar e executar o Rear agora"
-#. set settings according to options read from config file.
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669
+#. set settings according to options read from config file.
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669
msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n"
msgstr "BACKUP está definido como um valor desconhecido.\n"
-#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682
+#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682
msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n"
msgstr "OUTPUT está definido como um valor desconhecido.\n"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"NETFS_URL está definido como um valor desconhecido ou formatado "
-"incorretamente.\n"
+msgstr "NETFS_URL está definido como um valor desconhecido ou formatado incorretamente.\n"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot "
-"configure.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Seu arquivo de configuração do Rear inclui opções que este módulo do YaST2 "
-"não pode configurar.\n"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708
+msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
+msgstr "Seu arquivo de configuração do Rear inclui opções que este módulo do YaST2 não pode configurar.\n"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
msgstr "Deseja continuar e sobregravar as configurações?"
-#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757
+#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757
msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?"
msgstr "Sua mídia USB será sobregravada. Deseja continuar?"
-#. true: read-only
-#. Rear read dialog caption
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821
+#. true: read-only
+#. Rear read dialog caption
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821
msgid "Reading Rear Configuration"
msgstr "Lendo Configuração do Rear"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Analisando o sistema"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "Lendo configurações do Rear"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829
msgid "Analyzing system..."
msgstr "Analisando o sistema..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829
msgid "Reading rear settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações do rear..."
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43
msgid "Your ReaR configuration needs to be modified."
msgstr "Sua configuração do ReaR necessita ser alterada."
-#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46
msgid "&New Entry"
msgstr "&Nova entrada"
-#. check bootloader
-#. returns error message if system is not supported
-#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79
+#. check bootloader
+#. returns error message if system is not supported
+#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79
msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used."
msgstr "Impossível saber qual carregador de boot foi usado."
-#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70
+#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70
msgid "Bootloader %1 is used."
msgstr "O carregador de boot %1 foi usado."
-#. check devices
-#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108
+#. check devices
+#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108
msgid "Device %1 is iscsi."
msgstr "O dispositivo %1 é iscsi."
-#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120
+#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120
msgid "Device %1 is multipath."
msgstr "O dispositivo %1 é de múltiplos caminhos."
-#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143
+#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143
msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)."
msgstr "A partição %1 utiliza um sistema de arquivos não suportado (%2)."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/registration.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -15,216 +15,211 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n"
-#. popup message
-#. popup message
-#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
+#. popup message
+#. popup message
+#. popup message
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Contatando o Servidor de Registro"
-#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#. dialog title
-#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
-#. pressing "Next"
-#. dialog title
-#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
-#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
+#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#. dialog title
+#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after
+#. pressing "Next"
+#. dialog title
+#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
+#. @return [Symbol] user input
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registro"
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
-#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
msgstr "Use '%s' em vez deste módulo do YaST."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp
-#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79
-msgid ""
-"<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending "
-"service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Falha ao inicializar o repositório. Desabilite (ou remova) o serviço ou "
-"repositório causador no gerenciador de repositórios.</p><p>Detalhes:</p><p>"
-"%s</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp
+#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79
+msgid "<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Falha ao inicializar o repositório. Desabilite (ou remova) o serviço ou repositório causador no gerenciador de repositórios.</p><p>Detalhes:</p><p>%s</p>"
-#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
+#. popup message: registration finished properly
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registro bem-sucedido."
-#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
+#. remove possible duplicates
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr "Falha na descoberta SLP. Nenhum servidor encontrado"
-#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
-#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
+#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
+#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Fazendo Download do Certificado SSL"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Importando Certificado SSL"
-#. %s is name of given product
-#. then register the product(s)
-#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
+#. %s is name of given product
+#. then register the product(s)
+#. %s is name of given product
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registrando %s ..."
-#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
-#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
+#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
+#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55
msgid "Product Registration"
msgstr "Registro de Produto"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9
msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation"
msgstr "Executar registro durante a instalação automática"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10
msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation"
msgstr "Ignorar registro durante a instalação automática"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Registration Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Registro"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17
msgid "E-mail Address: %s"
msgstr "Endereço de E-mail: %s"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
msgstr "Código de Registro Configurado"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
msgid "Install Available Updates"
msgstr "Instalar Atualizações Disponíveis"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27
msgid "Registration Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Registro"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
msgid "Server URL: %s"
msgstr "URL do Servidor: %s"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
msgid "Use SLP discovery"
msgstr "Usar descoberta de SLP"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
msgstr "URL da Certificação do Servidor SSL: %s"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s"
msgstr "Impressão Digital do Certificado SSL: %s"
-#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
+#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48
msgid "Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Extensões e Módulos"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6
msgid "Secure Connection Error"
msgstr "Erro de Conexão Segura"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Detalhes:"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Certificado com Falha"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
msgstr "Emitido para"
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
msgstr "Nome Comum (CN): "
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
msgstr "Organização (O): "
-#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
+#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
msgstr "Unidade Organizacional (UO): "
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
msgstr "Emitido por"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
msgid "Validity"
msgstr "Validade"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
msgid "Issued On: "
msgstr "Emitido em: "
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
msgstr "AVISO: O certificado ainda não é válido!"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
msgid "Expires On: "
msgstr "Expira em: "
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
msgstr "AVISO: O certificado expirou!"
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
msgid "Serial Number: "
msgstr "Número de Série: "
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Impressão Digital SHA1: "
-#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
+#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
msgstr "Impressão Digital SHA256: "
-#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
-#. later after SP2: time -> timed
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
+#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed
+#. later after SP2: time -> timed
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr "Tempo de espera da conexão."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81
msgid ""
"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n"
"the connection is reliable."
@@ -232,13 +227,13 @@
"Verifique se o servidor de registro pode ser acessado e\n"
"se a conexão é confiável."
-#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Verifique se este sistema é reconhecido pelo servidor de registro."
-#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -258,24 +253,24 @@
"Aguarde um bom tempo após o login e tente fazer \n"
"upgrade novamente."
-#. add the hint to the error details
-#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#. Error popup
-#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
+#. add the hint to the error details
+#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
+#. Error popup
+#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181
msgid "Connection to registration server failed."
msgstr "Falha na conexão com o servidor de registro."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Erro no cliente de registro."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry the operation later."
@@ -283,20 +278,20 @@
"Erro no servidor de registro.\n"
"Repita a operação mais tarde."
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr "O Certificado SSL recebido não corresponde ao certificado esperado."
-#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
+#. %s are error details
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Detalhes: %s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
-#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
-#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
+#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
+#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
+#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -310,23 +305,23 @@
"Corrija o problema de certificado manualmente, verifique se o servidor\n"
"pode ser conectado com segurança e inicie o módulo do YaST novamente."
-#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#. progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr "Importando o certificado SSL"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr "Importando o certificado '%s'..."
-#. workaround after string freeze
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264
+#. workaround after string freeze
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr "Erro na conexão segura: %s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
-#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
+#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -338,15 +333,15 @@
"Verifique se o produto mais recente que suporta o novo protocolo de\n"
"registro está instalado no servidor."
-#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "URL Inválido."
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299
msgid ""
"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
"Do you want to configure the network now?"
@@ -354,17 +349,17 @@
"A rede não está configurada. O servidor de registro não pode ser acessado.\n"
"Deseja configurar a rede agora?"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306
msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
msgstr "Erro de rede. Verifique a configuração de rede."
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
+#. progress step title
+#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
msgstr "Armazenando Configuração de Registro..."
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
@@ -372,8 +367,8 @@
"O produto base não foi encontrado.\n"
"Verifique seu sistema."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
@@ -381,7 +376,7 @@
"O meio de instalação ou o próprio instalador está gravemente danificado.\n"
"Relate um bug em %s."
-#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
@@ -389,56 +384,56 @@
"Verifique se o produto está instalado e se /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"é um symlink que aponta para o arquivo .prod do produto base."
-#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
-#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
+#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
+#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "Registrando o Sistema..."
-#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
-#. updating product registration, %s is a product name
-#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
+#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name
+#. updating product registration, %s is a product name
+#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Atualizando para o %s..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "Sincronizando Produtos..."
-#. load available addons from SCC server
-#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
-#. installation workflow
-#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons
-#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
-#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
+#. load available addons from SCC server
+#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the
+#. installation workflow
+#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons
+#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
+#. @return [Symbol] the user input
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Carregando Extensões e Módulos Disponíveis..."
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Carregando Produtos de Migração..."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Registrar Extensões e Módulos"
-#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Registrando Extensões e Módulos.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
@@ -446,8 +441,8 @@
"O servidor de registro oferece repositórios de atualização.\n"
"\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -455,9 +450,9 @@
"Você deseja habilitar estes repositórios durante a instalação\n"
"para receber as atualizações mais recentes?"
-#. Yast::Mode.update
-#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
+#. Yast::Mode.update
+#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -465,15 +460,15 @@
"Você deseja habilitar estes repositórios durante o upgrade\n"
"para receber as atualizações mais recentes?"
-#. indent size used in summary text
-#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
+#. indent size used in summary text
+#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
msgstr "Certificado:"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
-#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
-#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed
+#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip]
+#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99
msgid ""
"Repository '%s'\n"
"cannot be loaded.\n"
@@ -485,42 +480,42 @@
"\n"
"Ignorar o repositório ou interromper?"
-#. create UI label for a base product
-#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
-#. @return [String] UI Label
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
+#. create UI label for a base product
+#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
+#. @return [String] UI Label
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Produto desconhecido"
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar configuração do repositório."
-#. # error message
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
+#. # error message
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Falha ao atualizar o serviço '%s'."
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o serviço '%s'."
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar o serviço '%s'."
-#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
+#. error message
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Falha ao atualizar o serviço '%s'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -528,30 +523,30 @@
"Produto remoto %s não encontrado.\n"
"Impossível registrá-lo."
-#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
-#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
+#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
+#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Interromper realmente?"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr "Contrato de Licença"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44
msgid "Downloading Licenses..."
msgstr "Fazendo Download das Licenças..."
-#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
-#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
-#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
+#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir
+#. @param [Addon] addon the addon
+#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75
msgid "Downloading License Agreement..."
msgstr "Fazendo Download do Contrato de Licença..."
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88
msgid ""
"Downloading the license for\n"
"%s\n"
@@ -561,325 +556,289 @@
"%s\n"
"."
-#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
+#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102
msgid "%s License Agreement"
msgstr "Contrato de Licença de %s"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
msgstr "Códigos de Registro da Extensão e do Módulo"
-#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you "
-"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
-"extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Digite os códigos de registro das extensões ou módulos solicitados.</p>\n"
-"<p>Os códigos de registro são necessários para o registro bem-sucedido. Se "
-"você não puder informar o código de registro, volte e anule a seleção da "
-"respectiva extensão ou módulo.</p>"
+"<p>Os códigos de registro são necessários para o registro bem-sucedido. Se você não puder informar o código de registro, volte e anule a seleção da respectiva extensão ou módulo.</p>"
-#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
-#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
+#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
+#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
msgstr[0] "A extensão selecionada precisa de um código de registro separado."
-msgstr[1] ""
-"As extensões selecionadas precisam de códigos de registro separados."
+msgstr[1] "As extensões selecionadas precisam de códigos de registro separados."
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
msgstr[0] "Digite o código de registro no campo a seguir."
msgstr[1] "Digite os códigos de registro nos campos a seguir."
-#. create the main dialog definition
-#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
+#. create the main dialog definition
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
msgstr "&Filtrar Excluindo Versões Beta"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Detalhes"
-#. addon description widget
-#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
+#. addon description widget
+#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr "Selecione aqui a extensão ou módulo para mostrar os detalhes"
-#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
-#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
+#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
+#. (%s is an extension name)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "%s (não disponível)"
-#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
+#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr "O YaST permite selecionar no máximo %s extensões ou módulos."
-#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
-"registration code.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Observe que algumas extensões ou módulos podem precisar de código de "
-"registro específico.</p>"
+#. help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
+msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Observe que algumas extensões ou módulos podem precisar de código de registro específico.</p>"
-#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the "
-"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para remover qualquer extensão ou módulo, é necessário efetuar login no "
-"SUSE Customer Center para removê-lo manualmente.</p>"
+#. help text (3/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
+msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para remover qualquer extensão ou módulo, é necessário efetuar login no SUSE Customer Center para removê-lo manualmente.</p>"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
msgid "Extension and Module Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Extensão e Módulo"
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível selecionar as extensões e módulos disponíveis para o seu "
-"sistema.</p>"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
+msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível selecionar as extensões e módulos disponíveis para o seu sistema.</p>"
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Extensões e Módulos Disponíveis"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
+#. dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
msgstr "Novo Registro de Extensão e Módulo"
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível selecionar extensões e módulos para serem registrados "
-"novamente.</p>"
+#. help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível selecionar extensões e módulos para serem registrados novamente.</p>"
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
+#. @return [String] the main dialog label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Extensões e Módulos Registrados"
-#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
-"together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível selecionar quais extensões ou módulos serão registrados "
-"juntamente com o produto base.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
+msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível selecionar quais extensões ou módulos serão registrados juntamente com o produto base.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
msgstr "Registrar Extensões ou Módulos Opcionais"
-#. create the main dialog content
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
+#. create the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57
msgid "Identifier"
msgstr "Identificador"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Versão"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
msgid "Release Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Versão"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
msgid "Registration Code"
msgstr "Código de Registro"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Download Available Extensions..."
msgstr "Fazer Download das Extensões Disponíveis..."
-#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
+#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar '%s'?"
-#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
-#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
+#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
+#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184
msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier"
msgstr "&Identificador de Extensão ou Módulo"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185
msgid "&Version"
msgstr "&Versão"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186
msgid "&Architecture"
msgstr "&Arquitetura"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Release Type"
msgstr "&Tipo de Versão"
-#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
+#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "&Código de Registro"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
-"database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
-"Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O registro do produto inclui o seu produto no banco de dados do SUSE "
-"Customer Center,\n"
+"<p>O registro do produto inclui o seu produto no banco de dados do SUSE Customer Center,\n"
"permitindo que você receba atualizações online e suporte técnico.\n"
-"Para registrá-lo durante a instalação automaticamente, selecione <b>Executar "
-"Registro do Produto</b>.</p>"
+"Para registrá-lo durante a instalação automaticamente, selecione <b>Executar Registro do Produto</b>.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
-"of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. "
-"Refer\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se a sua rede implantar um servidor de registro personalizado, defina o "
-"URL correto do servidor\n"
-"e o local do certificado SMT em <b>Configurações do Servidor SMT</b>. "
-"Consulte\n"
+"<p>Se a sua rede implantar um servidor de registro personalizado, defina o URL correto do servidor\n"
+"e o local do certificado SMT em <b>Configurações do Servidor SMT</b>. Consulte\n"
"o manual do SMT para obter mais ajuda.</p>"
-#. the UI defition for the global registration status
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
+#. the UI defition for the global registration status
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93
msgid "Register the Product"
msgstr "Registrar o Produto"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "&Endereço de E-mail"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
msgstr "Instalar Atualizações Disponíveis dos Repositórios de Atualizações"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do Servidor"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
msgstr "Localizar Servidor de Registro Usando a Descoberta SLP"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
msgstr "Usar URL do Servidor Específico em vez do Padrão"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL"
msgstr "URL da Certificação do Servidor SSL Opcional"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "Impressão Digital da Certificação do Servidor SSL Opcional"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154
msgid "none"
msgstr "nenhum"
-#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
+#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165
msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint"
msgstr "Impressão Digital do Certificado SSL"
-#. the UI defition for the main dialog
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
+#. the UI defition for the main dialog
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Registrar Extensões ou Módulos..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr "Registrar Sistema por meio de %s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr "Registrar Sistema por meio do Servidor SMT local"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "&URL do Servidor de Registro Local"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "&Ignorar Registro"
-#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
+#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
msgstr "&Registrar Extensões ou Módulos Novamente"
-#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#. the main dialog content
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
+#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#. the main dialog content
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr "O sistema já foi registrado."
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
msgstr "Selecione o método de registro de sua preferência."
-#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
-"updates and extensions."
-msgstr ""
-"Digite as credenciais do SUSE Customer Center aqui para registrar o sistema "
-"para obter atualizações e extensões."
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
+msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
+msgstr "Digite as credenciais do SUSE Customer Center aqui para registrar o sistema para obter atualizações e extensões."
-#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
+#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -893,88 +852,66 @@
"Você poderá registrá-lo após a instalação ou visitar nosso\n"
"Atendimento do Cliente para registro online."
-#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
-#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
+#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Co&nfiguração de Rede..."
-#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
msgid "Certificate has expired"
msgstr "Certificado expirado"
-#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
msgid "Self signed certificate"
msgstr "Certificado autoassinado"
-#. SSL error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
+#. SSL error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
msgstr "Certificado autoassinado na cadeia de certificação"
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
msgstr "&Confiar e Importar"
-#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the "
-"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>As conexões seguras (ex. HTTPS) usam certificados SSL para verificar a "
-"autenticidade do servidor e criptografar os dados que são transferidos.</p>"
+#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
+msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>As conexões seguras (ex. HTTPS) usam certificados SSL para verificar a autenticidade do servidor e criptografar os dados que são transferidos.</p>"
-#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known "
-"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
-"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível importar o certificado para a lista de autoridades de "
-"certificação (CA) conhecidas, indicando que você confia no assunto e no "
-"emissor do certificado desconhecido.</p>"
+#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127
+msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível importar o certificado para a lista de autoridades de certificação (CA) conhecidas, indicando que você confia no assunto e no emissor do certificado desconhecido.</p>"
-#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed "
-"certificate.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A importação de um certificado permite usar um certificado autoassinado, "
-"por exemplo.</p>"
+#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132
+msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A importação de um certificado permite usar um certificado autoassinado, por exemplo.</p>"
-#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of "
-"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Importante:</b> É sempre necessário verificar as impressões digitais "
-"dos certificados importados para assegurar a legitimidade.</p>"
+#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> É sempre necessário verificar as impressões digitais dos certificados importados para assegurar a legitimidade.</p>"
-#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big "
-"security risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem verificação é um alto "
-"risco de segurança.</b></p>"
+#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
+msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>A importação de um certificado desconhecido sem verificação é um alto risco de segurança.</b></p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57
msgid "Internal error: %s"
msgstr "Erro interno: %s"
-#. register the base system if not already registered
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132
+#. register the base system if not already registered
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132
msgid ""
"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
@@ -982,46 +919,40 @@
"É necessário registrar o sistema base para registrar o complemento '%s'.\n"
"Ignorar o registro do sistema base e do complemento?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
msgid "Repositories used for Migration"
msgstr "Repositórios usados para Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for "
-"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found "
-"in the selected repositories.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, é possível selecionar manualmente os repositórios "
-"que serão usados para a migração online. Será feito o upgrade dos pacotes "
-"para a maior versão encontrada nos repositórios selecionados.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, é possível selecionar manualmente os repositórios que serão usados para a migração online. Será feito o upgrade dos pacotes para a maior versão encontrada nos repositórios selecionados.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
+#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration"
msgstr "Selecionar os Repositórios usados para Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
+#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
msgstr "Gerenciar Repositórios..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113
msgid "URL: %s"
msgstr "URL: %s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115
msgid "Priority: %s"
msgstr "Prioridade: %s"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
-#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
-#. the online migration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
+#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
+#. the online migration
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
msgid ""
"The system is not registered,\n"
"to run the online migration you need\n"
@@ -1031,117 +962,103 @@
"Para executar a migração online, é necessário\n"
"registrar primeiro o sistema."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
msgid "No installed product found."
msgstr "Nenhum produto instalado encontrado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
msgid "No migration product found."
msgstr "Nenhum produto de migração encontrado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
msgstr "Preparando Repositórios de Migração..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62
msgid "Select the Migration Target"
msgstr "Selecionar Destino da Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver "
-"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível selecionar os produtos de destino da migração. O servidor de "
-"registro pode oferecer várias migrações possíveis para os novos produtos.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível selecionar os produtos de destino da migração. O servidor de registro pode oferecer várias migrações possíveis para os novos produtos.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68
msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
msgstr "<p>É possível selecionar apenas um destino de migração na lista.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories "
-"later.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use a caixa de seleção <b>%s</b> para marcar manualmente os repositórios "
-"de migração mais tarde.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use a caixa de seleção <b>%s</b> para marcar manualmente os repositórios de migração mais tarde.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71
msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
msgstr "Selecionar Repositórios de Migração Manualmente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97
msgid "Select the target migration."
msgstr "Selecione a migração de destino."
-#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
+#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
msgstr "Ajustar Manualmente os Repositórios para Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
+#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
msgstr "Destinos de Migração Possíveis"
-#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Migração"
-#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
-#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
-#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
-#. using the selected migration.
-#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
-#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server "
-"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
-msgstr ""
-"ERRO: Produto <b>%{product}</b> não disponível no servidor de registro "
-"(%{url}). Disponibilize o produto para permitir o uso da migração."
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
+#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
+#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
+#. using the selected migration.
+#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
+#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr "ERRO: Produto <b>%{product}</b> não disponível no servidor de registro (%{url}). Disponibilize o produto para permitir o uso da migração."
-#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
-#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
+#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>será instalado.</b>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
-#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>permanece inalterado.</b>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
-#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
+#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>terá o upgrade feito para</b> %{new_product}."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
-#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
+#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr ""
-"%{old_product} <b>terá a instalação de uma versão menos eficiente feita "
-"para</b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr "%{old_product} <b>terá a instalação de uma versão menos eficiente feita para</b> %{new_product}."
-#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1155,47 +1072,39 @@
"Selecione um destino diferente para migração ou disponibilize os produtos\n"
"ausentes no servidor de registro."
-#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
+#. help text
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>O sistema já foi registrado.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
-"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível cancelar seu registro ou registrar outras extensões ou módulos "
-"para melhorar a funcionalidade do sistema.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível cancelar seu registro ou registrar outras extensões ou módulos para melhorar a funcionalidade do sistema.</p>"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
-"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para cancelar o registro do sistema, é necessário efetuar login no SUSE "
-"Customer Center para remover o sistema manualmente.</p>"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
+msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para cancelar o registro do sistema, é necessário efetuar login no SUSE Customer Center para remover o sistema manualmente.</p>"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
msgid "Select Extensions"
msgstr "Selecionar Extensões"
-#. button label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
+#. button label
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Register Again"
msgstr "Registrar Novamente"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
msgid "Registration is being updated..."
msgstr "Atualizando o registro..."
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
msgstr "O registro anterior está sendo atualizado."
-#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
+#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
msgid ""
"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n"
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
@@ -1203,18 +1112,18 @@
"Falha no upgrade automático do registro.\n"
"É possível registrar o sistema do zero manualmente."
-#. Constructor
-#.
-#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service]
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#. @return [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service]
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Pesquisando..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Pesquisando servidores de registro locais..."
-#. Constructor
-#.
-#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
-#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
-#. heading will be used).
-#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
-#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
msgid "Service selection"
msgstr "Seleção de serviço"
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
msgstr "Selecione um serviço detectado na lista."
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
msgid "No service was selected."
msgstr "Nenhum serviço foi selecionado."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/reipl.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
-#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
+#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
+#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of reipl"
msgstr "Configuração do reipl"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a device name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
+#. %1 is replaced with a device name
+#. Newline at the end is required
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -32,12 +32,12 @@
"Após encerrar, recarregue o sistema\n"
"reinicializando (IPL) o dispositivo '%1'.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
-#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
-#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
+#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
+#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
+#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
+#. Newline at the end is required
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
"com WWPN '%2'\n"
"e LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -63,89 +63,89 @@
"com uma IPL do dispositivo \n"
"que contém o /boot"
-#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
+#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
+#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Reipl"
msgstr "Reipl"
-#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
+#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
+#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
msgid "&Reipl"
msgstr "&Reipl"
-#. Reipl configure dialog caption
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
+#. Reipl configure dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
msgid "Reipl Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Reipl"
-#. Reipl configure dialog contents
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63
+#. Reipl configure dialog contents
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63
msgid "reipl methods"
msgstr "Métodos reipl"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&ccw"
msgstr "&ccw"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "&fcp"
msgstr "&fcp"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "&nss"
msgstr "&nss"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "ccw parameters"
msgstr "Parâmetros ccw"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "&Loadparm"
msgstr "&Loadparm"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "fcp parameters"
msgstr "Parâmetros fcp"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "D&evice"
msgstr "Dispositi&vo"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "&Worldwide port number"
msgstr "Número da porta &mundial"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135
msgid "Lo&gical unit number"
msgstr "Número da unidade ló&gica"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141
msgid "B&oot program selector"
msgstr "Selet&or do programa de boot"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "nss parameters"
msgstr "parâmetros nss"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nome"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "reipl configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Reipl"
-#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177
msgid "help missing in helps.ycp"
msgstr "ajuda ausente em helps.ycp"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -153,18 +153,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do reipl</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em "
-"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -172,8 +171,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do reipl</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -185,150 +184,128 @@
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Configure dialog help 1
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55
+#. Configure dialog help 1
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55
msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuração do reipl s390</big></b></p>"
-#. Configure dialog help 2
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
+#. Configure dialog help 2
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio "
-"buttons\n"
-"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine "
-"supports,\n"
+"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n"
+"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha um dos métodos para reinicializar sua máquina com os botões de "
-"opção listados\n"
+"<p>Escolha um dos métodos para reinicializar sua máquina com os botões de opção listados\n"
"em <b>Métodos reipl</b>. Dependendo do que a sua máquina suportar,\n"
"escolha entre os dispositivos CCW (Channel Command Word) e SCSI,\n"
-"que são conectados pelo zFCP (Protocolo Fibre Channel). Em seguida, preencha "
-"os\n"
-"campos de entrada com os parâmetros necessários para o respectivo método."
-"p>\n"
+"que são conectados pelo zFCP (Protocolo Fibre Channel). Em seguida, preencha os\n"
+"campos de entrada com os parâmetros necessários para o respectivo método.</p>\n"
-#. Configure dialog help 3
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
+#. Configure dialog help 3
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n"
-"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><"
-"device ID></i>,\n"
-"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a "
-"DASD or to\n"
+"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
+"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>dispositivo</b> deve ter um ID de barramento válido, com letras "
-"minúsculas\n"
-"no formato compatível com sysfs 0.<i><ID do conjunto do subcanal></i>."
-"<i><ID do dispositivo></i>,\n"
+"<p>O <b>dispositivo</b> deve ter um ID de barramento válido, com letras minúsculas\n"
+"no formato compatível com sysfs 0.<i><ID do conjunto do subcanal></i>.<i><ID do dispositivo></i>,\n"
"como 0.0.5c51. Dependendo do método escolhido, pode referir-se\n"
"a um adaptador FCP ou DASD.</p>"
-#. Configure dialog help 4
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74
+#. Configure dialog help 4
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>loadparm</b> must be a maximum of 8 characters and selects a boot\n"
"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n"
"to select the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>O <b>loadparm</b> deve ter no máximo 8 caracteres e seleciona uma\n"
-"configuração de boot no menu do gerenciador de inicialização zipl. Use um "
-"caractere\n"
+"configuração de boot no menu do gerenciador de inicialização zipl. Use um caractere\n"
"vazio para selecionar a configuração padrão.</p>"
-#. Configure dialog help 5
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80
+#. Configure dialog help 5
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n"
"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>número da porta mundial</b> (WWPN) deve ser digitado com letras "
-"minúsculas\n"
-"como um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos, por exemplo, 0x5005076300c40e5a."
-"p>\n"
+"<p>O <b>número da porta mundial</b> (WWPN) deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas\n"
+"como um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos, por exemplo, 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
-#. Configure dialog help 6
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
+#. Configure dialog help 6
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase "
-"letters\n"
-"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000."
-"</p>"
+"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
+"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>número da unidade lógica</b> (LUN) deve ser digitado com letras "
-"minúsculas\n"
-"para formar um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos com todos zeros à direita, "
-"como 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
+"<p>O <b>número da unidade lógica</b> (LUN) deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas\n"
+"para formar um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos com todos zeros à direita, como 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
-#. Configure dialog help 7
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88
+#. Configure dialog help 7
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>boot program selector</b> must be a non-negative integer choosing\n"
"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n"
"the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>seletor do programa de boot</b> deve ser um inteiro não negativo que "
-"se\n"
-"refere a uma configuração de boot no menu do gerenciador de inicialização "
-"zipl.\n"
+"<p>O <b>seletor do programa de boot</b> deve ser um inteiro não negativo que se\n"
+"refere a uma configuração de boot no menu do gerenciador de inicialização zipl.\n"
"Use 0 para selecionar a configuração padrão.</p>"
-#. Configure dialog help 8
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94
+#. Configure dialog help 8
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>endereço do bloco lógico do registro de partida</b> (LBA) especifica "
-"o\n"
+"<p>O <b>endereço do bloco lógico do registro de partida</b> (LBA) especifica o\n"
"registro mestre de partida e é sempre 0.</p>"
-#. Configure dialog help 9
-#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
+#. Configure dialog help 9
+#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by "
-"shutdown,\n"
+"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Depois da confirmação desta caixa de diálogo, você pode acionar uma "
-"reinicialização\n"
-"(por ex., encerrando) para que o sistema seja automaticamente reiniciado a "
-"partir do dispositivo especificado.</p>"
+"<p>Depois da confirmação desta caixa de diálogo, você pode acionar uma reinicialização\n"
+"(por ex., encerrando) para que o sistema seja automaticamente reiniciado a partir do dispositivo especificado.</p>"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
msgstr "Métodos reipl configurados"
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
msgstr "O método ccw está configurado e em uso."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
msgstr "O método ccw está configurado."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
msgstr "O método ccw não é suportado."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
msgstr "O método fcp está configurado e em uso."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
msgstr "O método fcp está configurado."
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
+#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
msgstr "O método fcp não é suportado."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/relocation-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,13 +14,13 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module
-#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58
+#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module
+#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58
msgid "Configuration of relocation-server"
msgstr "Configuração do servidor de relocação"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48
msgid ""
"Really exit?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -28,180 +28,178 @@
"Realmente sair?\n"
"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas."
-#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort);
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166
+#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort);
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166
msgid "Select SSL Key File"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo de Chave SSL"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175
msgid "Select SSL Cert File"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo de Certificado SSL"
-#. A popup dialog caption
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303
+#. A popup dialog caption
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303
msgid "Add New Port"
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Porta"
-#. A popup dialog caption
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305
+#. A popup dialog caption
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305
msgid "Edit Current Port"
msgstr "Editar Porta Atual"
-#. A text entry
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309
+#. A text entry
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Porta"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336
msgid "Port number must not be empty."
msgstr "O número da porta não pode ficar vazio."
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343
msgid "Port number out of range."
msgstr "Número da porta fora da faixa."
-#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350
+#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350
msgid "Port number already exists."
msgstr "O número da porta já existe."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Li Dongyang
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Li Dongyang
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Globais"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "Relocation Address:"
msgstr "Endereço de Relocação:"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Allowed Hosts:"
msgstr "Hosts Permitidos:"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "Use SSL as Default"
msgstr "Usar SSL como Padrão"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "non-SSL Server"
msgstr "Servidor não SSL"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85
msgid "Port:"
msgstr "Porta:"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124
msgid "Enable"
msgstr "Habilitar"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "SSL Server"
msgstr "Servidor SSL"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97
msgid "SSL Key File:"
msgstr "Arquivo de Chave SSL:"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "SSL Cert File:"
msgstr "Arquivo de Certificado SSL:"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Firewall"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137
msgid "Tunneled migration"
msgstr "Migração canalizada"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works"
msgstr "Verificar se a migração canalizada funciona"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Plain migration"
msgstr "Migração comum"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Make sure plain migration works"
msgstr "Verificar se a migração comum funciona"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "TCP Ports"
msgstr "Portas TCP"
-#. A table header
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165
+#. A table header
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Porta"
-#. a push button
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#. a push button
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Adicionar..."
-#. a push button
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173
+#. a push button
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "&Edit..."
msgstr "&Editar..."
-#. a push button
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175
+#. a push button
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "Include default port range"
msgstr "Incluir faixa de portas padrão"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do servidor de relocação</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do servidor de relocação</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em "
-"<B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -209,8 +207,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do servidor de relocação</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -222,184 +220,167 @@
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informa se é seguro ou não fazer isso.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b>Relocation Address</b><br>\n"
"Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections</p>\n"
"<p><b>Allowed Hosts</b><br>\n"
-"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all "
-"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated "
-"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name "
-"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be "
-"accepted.</p>\n"
+"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.</p>\n"
"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n"
"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Endereço de Relocação</b><br>\n"
"O endereço xend deve escutar conexões de soquete de relocação</p>\n"
"<p><b>Hosts Permitidos</b><br>\n"
-"Os hosts permitidos para comunicação com a porta de relocação. Se ficar "
-"vazio, todas as conexões serão permitidas. Do contrário, deverá ser uma "
-"sequência de expressões regulares separadas por espaço. Qualquer host com "
-"nome de domínio completo e qualificado ou um endereço IP correspondente a "
-"uma dessas expressões regulares será aceito.</p>\n"
+"Os hosts permitidos para comunicação com a porta de relocação. Se ficar vazio, todas as conexões serão permitidas. Do contrário, deverá ser uma sequência de expressões regulares separadas por espaço. Qualquer host com nome de domínio completo e qualificado ou um endereço IP correspondente a uma dessas expressões regulares será aceito.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Chave de Arquivo SSL/Arquivo de Certificado SSL</b><br>\n"
"Chave e certificado SSL para utilizar na interface de relocação SSL</p>"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Tunneled migration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host "
-"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting "
-"the data stream.</p>\n"
+"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n"
-"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the "
-"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually "
-"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
+"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Migração canalizada</big></b><br>\n"
-"O libvirtd do host de origem abre uma conexão direta com o libvirtd do host "
-"de destino para envio dos dados de migração. Isso habilita a opção para "
-"criptografar o fluxo de dados.</p>\n"
+"O libvirtd do host de origem abre uma conexão direta com o libvirtd do host de destino para envio dos dados de migração. Isso habilita a opção para criptografar o fluxo de dados.</p>\n"
"<p><b><big>Migração comum</big></b><br>\n"
-"A VM do host de origem abre uma conexão TCP direta não criptografada com o "
-"host de destino para envio dos dados de migração. Exceto quando uma porta é "
-"especificada manualmente, o libvirt escolhe a porta de migração na faixa "
-"padrão.</p>"
+"A VM do host de origem abre uma conexão TCP direta não criptografada com o host de destino para envio dos dados de migração. Exceto quando uma porta é especificada manualmente, o libvirt escolhe a porta de migração na faixa padrão.</p>"
-#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration
-#. @return sequence result
-#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104
+#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration
+#. @return sequence result
+#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104
msgid "&Xend"
msgstr "&Xend"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109
+#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109
msgid "&KVM"
msgstr "&KVM"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114
+#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114
msgid "&Xen Libxl"
msgstr "&Libxl do Xen"
-#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161
+#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161
msgid "Relocation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Servidor de Relocação"
-#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
+#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do servidor de relocação"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
msgstr "Ler a configuração atual do xend"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
msgid "Read the current xend state"
msgstr "Ler o estado atual do xend"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de firewall"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo a configuração atual do xend..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
msgstr "Lendo o estado atual do xend..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de firewall..."
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
msgstr "Ler o estado atual de libvirtd/sshd"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
msgstr "Lendo o estado atual de libvirtd/sshd..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
msgstr "Impossível ler o estado atual do Xend."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
msgid "Cannot read firewall settings."
msgstr "Impossível ler configurações de firewall."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
msgstr "Impossível ler o estado atual de libvirtd/sshd."
-#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
+#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do servidor de relocação"
-#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
+#. Progress stage 1
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
msgid "Write the Xend settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações do Xend"
-#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
+#. Progress stage 2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419
msgid "Adjust the Xend service"
msgstr "Ajustar o serviço Xend"
-#. Progress stage 3
-#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
+#. Progress stage 3
+#. Progress stage 2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
+#. Progress step 1
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426
msgid "Writing the Xend settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações do Xend..."
-#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
+#. Progress step 2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428
msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..."
msgstr "Ajustando o serviço Xend..."
-#. Progress step 3
-#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
+#. Progress step 3
+#. Progress stage 2
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
+#. Progress stage 1
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "Ajustar o serviço libvirtd/sshd"
-#. Progress step 1
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
+#. Progress step 1
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
msgstr "Ajustando o serviço libvirtd/sshd"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar as configurações do xend."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações de firewall."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/s390.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,171 +14,170 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
-#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49
msgid "Configuration of DASD"
msgstr "Configuração do DASD"
-#. text for installation summary
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46
+#. text for installation summary
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46
msgid "No DASD disk detected"
msgstr "Nenhum disco DASD detectado"
-#. section name in proposal dialog
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71
+#. section name in proposal dialog
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71
msgid "DASD"
msgstr "DASD"
-#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+#. section name in proposal - menu item
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
msgid "&DASD"
msgstr "&DASD"
-#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
-#: src/clients/dump.rb:50
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/dump.rb:50
msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices"
msgstr "Criação de dispositivos de dump S/390"
-#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
-#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45
msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server"
msgstr "Configuração do servidor de terminal IUCV"
-#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
-#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45
msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings"
msgstr "Configuração das definições do terminal IUCV"
-#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module
-#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52
+#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module
+#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52
msgid "Configuration of OnPanic"
msgstr "Configuração do OnPanic"
-#. popup label
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49
+#. popup label
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Detectando Controladoras Disponíveis"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
msgstr "S/390 Configuração de Controladora de Disco"
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "Configurar Discos &DASD"
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "Configurar Discos &ZFCP"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102
- src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
-#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49
msgid "Configuration of ZFCP"
msgstr "Configuração do ZFCP"
-#. text for installation summary
-#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46
+#. text for installation summary
+#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46
msgid "No zFCP device configured"
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo zFCP configurado"
-#. section name in proposal dialog
-#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71
+#. section name in proposal dialog
+#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71
msgid "zFCP"
msgstr "zFCP"
-#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73
+#. section name in proposal - menu item
+#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73
msgid "&zFCP"
msgstr "&zFCP"
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
msgid "&Activate"
msgstr "&Ativar"
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "&Deactivate"
msgstr "&Desativar"
-#. menu button id
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+#. menu button id
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
msgstr "Configurar DIAG O&n"
-#. menu button id
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+#. menu button id
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
msgstr "Configurar DIAG O&ff"
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatar"
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
msgid "Set Format On"
msgstr "Ativar Formato"
-#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Set Format Off"
msgstr "Desativar Formato"
-#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
msgstr "Discos Formatados em &Paralelo"
-#. error popup message
-#. error popup message
-#. error popup message
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+#. error popup message
+#. error popup message
+#. error popup message
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Nenhum disco selecionado."
-#. 8 means disk is not formatted
-#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+#. 8 means disk is not formatted
+#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
msgstr "Dispositivo %1 não formatado. Formatá-lo agora?"
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
msgstr "Há %1 dispositivos não formatados. Formatá-los agora?"
-#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
msgstr "Não foi possível localizar nenhum dispositivo para o canal %1."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
msgstr "Disco %1 não está ativo."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
msgstr "Disco %1 não está acessível para gravação."
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
"Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
@@ -188,120 +187,120 @@
"Deseja mesmo formatar os discos a seguir?<br>\n"
" %1"
-#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "DASD Disk Management"
msgstr "DASD Gerenciamento de Disco"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "Channel ID"
msgstr "ID de Canal"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formatar"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Use DIAG"
msgstr "Usar DIAG"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
msgid "Access Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Acesso"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Formatted"
msgstr "Formatado"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Partition Information"
msgstr "Informação da Partição"
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
msgstr "ID de Canal Mí&nimo"
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
msgstr "ID de Canal Má&ximo"
-#. push button
-#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filtro"
-#. menu button
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Perform &Action"
msgstr "Executar &Ação"
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr "&Selecionar Tudo"
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
msgid "&Deselect All"
msgstr "&Desfazer seleção de todos"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
msgstr "IDs de canal do filtro inválidos."
-#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Disco DASD"
-#. text entry
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+#. text entry
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "&Channel ID"
msgstr "&ID de Canal"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+#. check box
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
msgid "Format the Disk"
msgstr "Formatar o Disco"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+#. check box
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
msgid "Use &DIAG"
msgstr "Usar &DIAG"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
msgid ""
"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -309,23 +308,23 @@
"Sair realmente da configuração de disco DASD sem gravar?\n"
"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
msgstr "ID de canal inválido."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Device already exists."
msgstr "O dispositivo já existe."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -333,9 +332,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração da Controladora</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
@@ -343,8 +342,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte com segurança a configuração clicando <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -352,9 +351,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração da Controladora</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -364,9 +363,9 @@
"Interrompa o procedimento de gravação clicando em <b>Interromper</b>.\n"
"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro fazer isso.</p>\n"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
+#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
@@ -374,9 +373,9 @@
"<p><b><big>Discos DASD Configurados</big></b><br>\n"
"Neste diálogo, gerencie discos DASD no seu sistema.</p>"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
+#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -384,13 +383,13 @@
"<p>Para filtrar os discos exibidos, defina o <b>ID de Canal Mínimo</b> e o\n"
"<b>ID de Canal Máximo</b> e clique em <b>Filtrar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Para configurar um novo disco DASD, clique <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -398,30 +397,26 @@
"<p>Para remover um disco DASD configurado, selecione-o\n"
"e clique <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
-"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select "
-"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
+"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para executar ações em vários discos de uma vez, marque os discos. Para "
-"selecionar todo o disco exibido (possivelmente após a aplicação de um "
-"filtro), clique em\n"
+"<p>Para executar ações em vários discos de uma vez, marque os discos. Para selecionar todo o disco exibido (possivelmente após a aplicação de um filtro), clique em\n"
"<b>Selecionar Tudo</b> ou <b>Anular Seleção</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para executar uma ação nos discos selecionados, use <b>Executar Ação"
-"b>.\n"
+"<p>Para executar uma ação nos discos selecionados, use <b>Executar Ação</b>.\n"
"A ação será executada imediatamente!</p>"
-#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+#. Disk add help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
@@ -431,8 +426,8 @@
"Para adicionar um disco, digite o <b>ID de Canal</b> do disco\n"
"DASD como identificador.</p>"
-#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+#. Disk add help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -440,228 +435,181 @@
"<p>Se o disco tiver que ser formatado,\n"
"use <b>Formatar o Disco</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Disk add help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+#. Disk add help 3/3
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para utilizar o modo DIAG,\n"
"selecione <b>Usar DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Controladora"
-#. Run the dialog for Dump
-#. @param what symbol a
-#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47
+#. Run the dialog for Dump
+#. @param what symbol a
+#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47
msgid "Create Dump Device"
msgstr "Criar Dispositivo de Dump"
-#. Dump dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50
+#. Dump dialog help 1/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50
msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Prepare um ou mais volumes para uso como dispositivo de dump S/390."
-"b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Prepare um ou mais volumes para uso como dispositivo de dump S/390.</b></p>"
-#. Dump dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54
-msgid ""
-"<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are "
-"limited to DASD.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os dispositivos suportados são discos ECKD DASD e ZFCP, enquanto "
-"multivolumes estão limitados ao DASD.<br>"
+#. Dump dialog help 2/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54
+msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>Os dispositivos suportados são discos ECKD DASD e ZFCP, enquanto multivolumes estão limitados ao DASD.<br>"
-#. Dump dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58
+#. Dump dialog help 3/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58
msgid ""
"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n"
-"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk"
-"b>.</p>"
+"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Somente discos completos podem ser utilizados, nenhuma partição. Se o "
-"dispositivo estiver formatado ou particionado\n"
-"de forma incompatível, ative a caixa de seleção <b>Forçar sobregravação de "
-"disco</b>.</p>"
+"Somente discos completos podem ser utilizados, nenhuma partição. Se o dispositivo estiver formatado ou particionado\n"
+"de forma incompatível, ative a caixa de seleção <b>Forçar sobregravação de disco</b>.</p>"
-#. Dump dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or "
-"ZFCP dialog.<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para usar dispositivos DASD e ZFCP, ative-os na respectiva caixa de "
-"diálogo DASD ou ZFCP do YaST.<br>"
+#. Dump dialog help 4/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>Para usar dispositivos DASD e ZFCP, ative-os na respectiva caixa de diálogo DASD ou ZFCP do YaST.<br>"
-#. Dump dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
-msgid ""
-"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
+#. Dump dialog help 5/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
msgstr "Dispositivos em uso ou com partições não serão mostrados.</p>"
-#. Dump dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+#. Dump dialog help 6/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
msgid ""
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>O <b>dumpdevice</b> após um disco indica que ele é um dispositivo\n"
-"de dump utilizável. Os dispositivos de dump multivolumes são indicados por "
-"uma lista de IDs DASD.</p>"
+"de dump utilizável. Os dispositivos de dump multivolumes são indicados por uma lista de IDs DASD.</p>"
-#. Dump dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+#. Dump dialog help 7/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
msgstr "<p>Colunas do ZFCP: Dispositivo, Tamanho, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
-#. Dump dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+#. Dump dialog help 8/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
msgstr "Colunas do DASD: Dispositivo, Tamanho, ID, Dump</p>"
-#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+#. Dialog content
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
msgid "&ZFCP"
msgstr "&ZFCP"
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
msgstr "&Forçar sobregravação de disco"
-#. prevent leading space
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+#. prevent leading space
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
msgid "You haven't selected any device."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo foi selecionado."
-#. warn only in case of force
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
-msgid ""
-"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will "
-"be lost! Continue?"
-msgstr ""
-"O disco %1 será formatado como um dispositivo de dump. Todos os dados neste "
-"dispositivo serão perdidos! Continuar?"
+#. warn only in case of force
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
+msgstr "O disco %1 será formatado como um dispositivo de dump. Todos os dados neste dispositivo serão perdidos! Continuar?"
-#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk()
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203
+#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk()
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203
msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?"
msgstr "Operação bem-sucedida. Inicializar outro dispositivo de dump?"
-#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36
+#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36
msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>IDs z/VM</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n"
"<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar o servidor de terminal IUCV, especifique os IDs z/VM a "
-"serem utilizados.\n"
+"<p>Para configurar o servidor de terminal IUCV, especifique os IDs z/VM a serem utilizados.\n"
"<br>Eles são separados por quebras de linha.</p>\n"
-#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
-msgid ""
-"<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user "
-"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O TS-Shell permite especificar a <b>Autorização</b> para cada usuário e "
-"grupo TS-Shell. Os direitos de um grupo são herdados por seus membros.</p>"
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O TS-Shell permite especificar a <b>Autorização</b> para cada usuário e grupo TS-Shell. Os direitos de um grupo são herdados por seus membros.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
-msgid ""
-"<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, "
-"defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all "
-"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Cada ID z/VM permitido pode ser selecionado manualmente em <b>Seleção"
-"b>, definido por uma <b>Expressão regular</b> ou carregado de um <b>Arquivo"
-"b> que contém todos os IDs z/VM permitidos separados por quebras de linha."
-"p>"
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Cada ID z/VM permitido pode ser selecionado manualmente em <b>Seleção</b>, definido por uma <b>Expressão regular</b> ou carregado de um <b>Arquivo</b> que contém todos os IDs z/VM permitidos separados por quebras de linha.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Clique em <b>Novo Usuário</b> para criar novos usuários TS-Shell, ou em "
-"<b>Apagar Usuário</b>\n"
+"<p>Clique em <b>Novo Usuário</b> para criar novos usuários TS-Shell, ou em <b>Apagar Usuário</b>\n"
"para remover usuários.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
-"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to "
-"change\n"
+"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar ou remover grupos da tabela de autorização TS-Shell ou "
-"para mudar\n"
+"<p>Para adicionar ou remover grupos da tabela de autorização TS-Shell ou para mudar\n"
"a participação dos usuários, vá para <b>Gerenciar Grupos</b>.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts "
-"should be gathered.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>IDs Auditados</b>, especifique os IDs z/VM dos quais devem ser "
-"coletadas as transcrições.</p>"
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com <b>IDs Auditados</b>, especifique os IDs z/VM dos quais devem ser coletadas as transcrições.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Novo Usuário TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> "
-"and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
-"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting "
-"them on the right.</p>"
+"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
+"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para criar um novo usuário TS-Shell, o <b>Nome do usuário</b>, o "
-"<b>Diretório Pessoal</b> e a <b>Senha</b> devem ser fornecidos.\n"
-"\t<br>Também é possível especificar <b>Grupos Adicionais</b> selecionando-os "
-"à direita.</p>"
+"<p>Para criar um novo usuário TS-Shell, o <b>Nome do usuário</b>, o <b>Diretório Pessoal</b> e a <b>Senha</b> devem ser fornecidos.\n"
+"\t<br>Também é possível especificar <b>Grupos Adicionais</b> selecionando-os à direita.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, "
-"activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para garantir que o usuário mude a senha após o primeiro login, ative "
-"<b>Forçar Mudança de Senha</b>.</p>"
+#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para garantir que o usuário mude a senha após o primeiro login, ative <b>Forçar Mudança de Senha</b>.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
msgid ""
"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
"data will be stored there.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode especificar o mesmo diretório pessoal para cada usuário TS-"
-"Shell,\n"
+"<p>Você pode especificar o mesmo diretório pessoal para cada usuário TS-Shell,\n"
"desde que não sejam armazenados dados nele.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Gerenciar Grupos para Autorização TS</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
@@ -669,20 +617,17 @@
"<p>Defina autorizações TS-Shell por grupo para que cada membro TS-Shell\n"
"desse grupo herde os mesmos direitos.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
-"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or "
-"Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
+"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Grupos existentes podem ser adicionados ou removidos da autorização TS-"
-"Shell.\n"
-"Selecione-os na tabela e clique em <b>Selecionar ou Anular Seleção</b>. O "
-"status atual é exibido na coluna <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
+"<p>Grupos existentes podem ser adicionados ou removidos da autorização TS-Shell.\n"
+"Selecione-os na tabela e clique em <b>Selecionar ou Anular Seleção</b>. O status atual é exibido na coluna <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
"selection.</p>"
@@ -690,662 +635,565 @@
"<p>Modifique os membros TS-Shell de um grupo selecionado na seleção\n"
"<b>Membros TS</b>.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
-"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> "
-"input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has "
-"to be used.</p>"
+"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Novos grupos podem ser criados digitando o nome no campo de entrada "
-"<b>Novo Grupo</b> e confirmando com <b>Criar</b>.\n"
-"\t<br>Para apagar grupos criados anteriormente, a caixa de diálogo "
-"<b>Usuários YaST</b> deve ser usada.</p>"
+"<p>Novos grupos podem ser criados digitando o nome no campo de entrada <b>Novo Grupo</b> e confirmando com <b>Criar</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>Para apagar grupos criados anteriormente, a caixa de diálogo <b>Usuários YaST</b> deve ser usada.</p>"
-#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Desfaça mudanças nesta caixa de diálogo clicando no botão <b>Voltar</b>."
-"p>"
+msgstr "<p>Desfaça mudanças nesta caixa de diálogo clicando no botão <b>Voltar</b>.</p>"
-#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn ao efetuar Login</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
-msgid ""
-"<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users "
-"a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
-msgstr ""
-"<p>IUCVConn ao efetuar Login precisa de um usuário para cada ID z/VM. Para "
-"criar esses usuários, forneça uma <b>senha</b> e um <b>diretório pessoal</b>."
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
+msgstr "<p>IUCVConn ao efetuar Login precisa de um usuário para cada ID z/VM. Para criar esses usuários, forneça uma <b>senha</b> e um <b>diretório pessoal</b>."
-#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
-msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or "
-"just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is "
-"enabled. </p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>É possível sincronizar manualmente os usuários clicando em "
-"<b>Sincronizar</b> ou apenas confirmando as mudanças com <b>OK</b> enquanto "
-"<b>IUCVConn ao efetuar Login</b> estiver habilitado. </p>"
+#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>É possível sincronizar manualmente os usuários clicando em <b>Sincronizar</b> ou apenas confirmando as mudanças com <b>OK</b> enquanto <b>IUCVConn ao efetuar Login</b> estiver habilitado. </p>"
-#. Text approval
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54
+#. Text approval
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. Text disapproval
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57
+#. Text disapproval
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. Text for category user
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60
+#. Text for category user
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60
msgid "user"
msgstr "usuário"
-#. Text for category group
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63
+#. Text for category group
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63
msgid "group"
msgstr "grupo"
-#. filter non ts users
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200
+#. filter non ts users
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200
msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)"
msgstr "IDs z/&VM (classificados automaticamente)"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219
msgid "&Enable TS-Shell"
msgstr "&Habilitar TS-Shell"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229
msgid "Authorization"
msgstr "Autorização"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246
msgid "UID/GID"
msgstr "UID/GID"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248
msgid "Groups/Members"
msgstr "Grupos/Membros"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253
msgid "&New User"
msgstr "&Novo Usuário"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255
msgid "&Delete User"
msgstr "&Apagar Usuário"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259
msgid "&Manage Groups"
msgstr "&Gerenciar Grupos"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270
msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs"
msgstr "IDs z/VM Permitidos"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285
msgid "&Selection"
msgstr "&Seleção"
-#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306
+#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306
msgid "&Regex"
msgstr "&Expressão Regular"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Arquivo"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339
msgid "Bro&wse"
msgstr "&Procurar"
-#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366
+#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366
msgid "&Audited IDs"
msgstr "IDs Au&ditados"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388
msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login"
msgstr "&Habilitar IUCVConn ao efetuar Login"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Login"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403
msgid "UID"
msgstr "UID"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407
msgid "Shell"
msgstr "Shell"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415
msgid "Settings for new Users"
msgstr "Configurações para novos Usuários"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Senha"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502
msgid "Co&nfirm Password"
msgstr "Co&nfirmar Senha"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487
msgid "&Home Directory"
msgstr "Diretório &Pessoal"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491
msgid "B&rowse"
msgstr "&Procurar"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452
msgid "&Sync"
msgstr "&Sincronizar"
-#. initialize list with additional groups
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479
+#. initialize list with additional groups
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509
msgid "&Force Password Change"
msgstr "&Forçar Mudança de Senha"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522
msgid "&Additonal Groups"
msgstr "Grupos &Adicionais"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547
msgid "TS-Auth"
msgstr "Autorização TS"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549
msgid "GID"
msgstr "GID"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551
msgid "TS-Members"
msgstr "Membros TS"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556
msgid "&Select or Deselect"
msgstr "&Selecionar ou desfazer seleção"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558
msgid "C&reate"
msgstr "C&riar"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560
msgid "&New Group"
msgstr "&Novo Grupo"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570
msgid "TS-&Members"
msgstr "&Membros TS"
-#. draw active tab
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+#. draw active tab
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
msgid "&z/VM IDs"
msgstr "IDs &z/VM"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
msgid "&TS-Shell"
msgstr "&TS-Shell"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
msgid "&IUCVConn"
msgstr "&IUCVConn"
-#. check and commit password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+#. check and commit password
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
msgstr "As senhas não são iguais ou são inválidas."
-#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
msgid "The username is not valid!"
msgstr "O nome do usuário não é válido!"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
msgstr "Um diretório pessoal deve ser especificado!"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
msgid "Adding the user has failed."
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar o usuário."
-#. delete group entry if disabled
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+#. delete group entry if disabled
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
msgstr "Definir Configurações do Servidor de Terminal IUCV"
-#. update screen
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+#. update screen
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
msgid "New TS-Shell User"
msgstr "Novo Usuário TS-Shell"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
msgstr "Gerenciar Grupos para Autorização TS"
-#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, apenas letras e números são permitidos."
+msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, apenas letras e números são permitidos."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
-msgid ""
-"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, não é permitido começar com número."
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
+msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, não é permitido começar com número."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, não são permitidos mais de oito "
-"caracteres."
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
+msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, não são permitidos mais de oito caracteres."
-#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
-msgstr ""
-"ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, é necessário pelo menos uma letra."
+msgstr "ID z/VM \"%1\" inválido na linha %2, é necessário pelo menos uma letra."
-#. check password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+#. check password
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
msgstr "É necessário uma senha correta para sincronizar usuários IUCVConn."
-#. check home directory
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+#. check home directory
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
msgstr "O diretório pessoal IUCVConn especificado é inválido."
-#. update ts member selection
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+#. update ts member selection
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
msgid "The group name is not valid!"
msgstr "O nome do grupo não é válido!"
-#. change tab selection back
-#. check for z/VM ID entries
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+#. change tab selection back
+#. check for z/VM ID entries
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
msgstr "Impossível configurar o servidor de terminal sem IDs z/VM válidos."
-#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity.
-#. @return true for valid inputs
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are "
-"allowed."
-msgstr ""
-"Entrada incorreta, apenas letras minúsculas, números e vírgulas para "
-"separação são permitidos."
+#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity.
+#. @return true for valid inputs
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55
+msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed."
+msgstr "Entrada incorreta, apenas letras minúsculas, números e vírgulas para separação são permitidos."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60
msgid "Comma is only a separator."
msgstr "A vírgula é apenas um separador."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62
msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters."
msgstr "Os IDs z/VM não permitem mais de oito caracteres."
-#. Terminal id counting starts with 0
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79
+#. Terminal id counting starts with 0
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79
msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed."
msgstr "ID IUCV inválido, são permitidas apenas letras minúsculas."
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83
msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars."
msgstr "Os IDs IUCV não podem ter mais de %1 caracteres."
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121
msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>"
msgstr "<p><h2>Definir Configurações do Sistema de Terminal Local</h2></p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123
msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal "
-"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a "
-"combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance."
-"<br>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Diversas <b>instâncias IUCVtty</b> podem ser executadas para fornecer "
-"vários dispositivos de terminal. As instâncias são diferenciadas por ID do "
-"terminal, que é uma combinação do <b>Prefixo do ID do Terminal</b> e do "
-"número da instância.<br>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125
+msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>Diversas <b>instâncias IUCVtty</b> podem ser executadas para fornecer vários dispositivos de terminal. As instâncias são diferenciadas por ID do terminal, que é uma combinação do <b>Prefixo do ID do Terminal</b> e do número da instância.<br>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm"
-"i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are "
-"available.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Por exemplo, se você definir dez instâncias com o prefixo "<i>lxterm"
-"i>", os IDs de terminal de <i>lxterm0</i> a <i>lxterm9</i> estarão "
-"disponíveis.</p>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
+msgstr "Por exemplo, se você definir dez instâncias com o prefixo "<i>lxterm</i>", os IDs de terminal de <i>lxterm0</i> a <i>lxterm9</i> estarão disponíveis.</p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes "
-"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and "
-"login programs.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O driver de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC é um módulo do kernel que utiliza "
-"nós de dispositivos para habilitar até oito dispositivos de terminal HVC "
-"para comunicação com os programas getty e login.</p>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O driver de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC é um módulo do kernel que utiliza nós de dispositivos para habilitar até oito dispositivos de terminal HVC para comunicação com os programas getty e login.</p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain "
-"<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>restringir acesso</b>, permita somente conexões de determinados "
-"<b>servidores de terminal</b>.</p>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com <b>restringir acesso</b>, permita somente conexões de determinados <b>servidores de terminal</b>.</p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina a emulação de todas as instâncias de um só vez ou para cada uma "
-"separadamente.</p>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina a emulação de todas as instâncias de um só vez ou para cada uma separadamente.</p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid ""
-"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages "
-"to\n"
+"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ative <b>rotear mensagens do kernel para hvc0</b> para rotear mensagens "
-"do kernel\n"
+"<p>Ative <b>rotear mensagens do kernel para hvc0</b> para rotear mensagens do kernel\n"
"para o dispositivo hcv0 em vez do ttyS0.<br>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add "
-"<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the "
-"<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Para que as mensagens do kernel ainda apareçam no ttyS0, adicione "
-"manualmente <b>console=ttyS0</b> ao parâmetro do kernel de seleção de boot "
-"atual no <b>módulo do carregador de boot do YaST</b>.</p>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "Para que as mensagens do kernel ainda apareçam no ttyS0, adicione manualmente <b>console=ttyS0</b> ao parâmetro do kernel de seleção de boot atual no <b>módulo do carregador de boot do YaST</b>.</p>"
-#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
-msgid ""
-"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through "
-"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
-msgstr ""
-"<h3>Aviso: Terminais HVC permanecerão conectados se ninguém efetuar logout "
-"manual usando o atalho: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>Aviso: Terminais HVC permanecerão conectados se ninguém efetuar logout manual usando o atalho: ctrl _ d</h3>"
-#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+#. Dialog content
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
msgid "&IUCVtty"
msgstr "&IUCVtty"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
msgstr "&Prefixo do ID do Terminal"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
msgstr "Instâncias I&UCVtty"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
msgid "HVC"
msgstr "HVC"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
msgid "H&VC instances"
msgstr "Instâncias H&VC"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
msgid "Restrict &access to"
msgstr "Restringir &acesso a"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
msgstr "&Servidores de Terminal Permitidos"
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
msgstr "rotear mensagens do &kernel para hvc0"
-#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
msgid "Really leave without saving?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente sair sem gravar?"
-#. check iucv id
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+#. check iucv id
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
msgstr "O ID do IUCV não é válido."
-#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
msgstr "Os Servidores de Terminal não são válidos."
-#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"O sistema precisa ser reinicializado para algumas mudanças terem efeito."
+msgstr "O sistema precisa ser reinicializado para algumas mudanças terem efeito."
-#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
msgstr "Somente %1 linhas são permitidas para VMCMD."
-#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
msgid "On Panic Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração em Caso de Pane"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Configurar as ações a serem executadas em caso de pane no kernel</b>"
-"p>"
+#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Configurar as ações a serem executadas em caso de pane no kernel</b></p>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
-msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior "
-"during kernel panics.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> precisa estar habilitado para influenciar o "
-"comportamento durante panes no kernel.</p>"
+#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O daemon <b>Dumpconf</b> precisa estar habilitado para influenciar o comportamento durante panes no kernel.</p>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120
+#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120
msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>"
msgstr "<p>As seguintes <b>Ações de Pane</b> são possíveis:<br>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122
+#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122
msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>"
msgstr "<b>stop</b> Parar o Linux (padrão).<br>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124
+#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124
msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>"
msgstr "<b>dump</b> Fazer dump do Linux e parar o sistema.<br>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126
+#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126
msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>"
msgstr "<b>reipl</b> Reinicializar o Linux.<br>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128
+#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128
msgid ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only "
-"available\n"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n"
"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>"
msgstr ""
-"<b>dump_reipl</b> Fazer dump do Linux e reinicializar o sistema. Esta opção "
-"está disponível somente\n"
-"no LPAR com máquinas z9(r) e posteriores e no z/VM versão 5.3 e posterior."
-"<br>"
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Fazer dump do Linux e reinicializar o sistema. Esta opção está disponível somente\n"
+"no LPAR com máquinas z9(r) e posteriores e no z/VM versão 5.3 e posterior.<br>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Executar comandos CP específicos e parar o sistema.</p>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified "
-"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system "
-"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O tempo definido em <b>Minutos de Atraso</b> adia a ativação da ação de "
-"pane especificada para um sistema recém-iniciado para impedir loops. Se o "
-"sistema travar antes de o tempo ter decorrido, a ação padrão (stop) será "
-"executada.</p>"
+#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O tempo definido em <b>Minutos de Atraso</b> adia a ativação da ação de pane especificada para um sistema recém-iniciado para impedir loops. Se o sistema travar antes de o tempo ter decorrido, a ação padrão (stop) será executada.</p>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If "
-"no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> "
-"dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O dispositivo para fazer dump da memória pode ser definido com "
-"<b>Dispositivo de Dump</b>. Se nenhum dispositivo for mostrado, você deverá "
-"criar um com a caixa de diálogo <b>Dispositivos de Dump do YaST</b>.</p>"
+#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O dispositivo para fazer dump da memória pode ser definido com <b>Dispositivo de Dump</b>. Se nenhum dispositivo for mostrado, você deverá criar um com a caixa de diálogo <b>Dispositivos de Dump do YaST</b>.</p>"
-#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux "
-"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>VMCMD</b>, especifique comandos CP a serem executados antes da "
-"parada do sistema Linux. Somente %1 linhas e um total de %2 caracteres são "
-"permitidos.</p>"
+#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com <b>VMCMD</b>, especifique comandos CP a serem executados antes da parada do sistema Linux. Somente %1 linhas e um total de %2 caracteres são permitidos.</p>"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "Nã&o Iniciar Dumpconf"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "&Iniciar Dumpconf"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
msgid "&Panic Action"
msgstr "Ação de &Pane"
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
msgid "Delay &Minutes"
msgstr "&Minutos de Atraso"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
msgid "&Dump Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de &Dump"
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
msgid "&VMCMD"
msgstr "&VMCMD"
-#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
msgstr "Impossível habilitar o processo de dump sem um dispositivo de dump."
-#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command."
msgstr "Impossível usar vmcmd sem definir pelo menos um comando."
-#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos ZFCP Configurados"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "WWPN"
msgstr "WWPN"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"
-#. yes-no popup
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+#. yes-no popup
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
msgid ""
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -1353,51 +1201,48 @@
"Realmente deixar a configuração de dispositivo ZFCP sem gravar?\n"
"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Dispositivo ZFCP"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Get WWPNs"
msgstr "Obter WWPNs"
-#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "&WWPN"
msgstr "&WWPN"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
msgid "Get LUNs"
msgstr "Obter LUNs"
-#. combobox
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
msgid "&LUN"
msgstr "&LUN"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use "
-"allow_lun_scan."
-msgstr ""
-"Se não foi definido um WWPN e um LUN, o sistema tenta usar allow_lun_scan."
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan."
+msgstr "Se não foi definido um WWPN e um LUN, o sistema tenta usar allow_lun_scan."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
msgstr "O WWPN digitado é inválido."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
msgstr "O LUN informado é inválido."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1405,8 +1250,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração de Dispositivo ZFCP</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1414,8 +1259,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração de Dispositivo ZFCP</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
@@ -1423,14 +1268,13 @@
"<p><b><big>Dispositivos ZFCP Configurados</big></b><br>\n"
"Gerencie os dispositivos ZFCP em seu sistema.</p>\n"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar um novo dispositivo ZFCP, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar um novo dispositivo ZFCP, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>"
-#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1438,25 +1282,24 @@
"<p>Para remover um dispositivo ZFCP configurado, selecione-o e clique em\n"
"<b>Apagar</b>.</p>"
-#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+#. Disk selection dialog Warning
+#. Disk selection dialog Warning
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Aviso</h1>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Ao obter acesso de\n"
-"<b>LEITURA</b>/<b>GRAVAÇÃO</b> a um dispositivo ZFCP, verifique se esse "
-"acesso é exclusivo.\n"
+"<b>LEITURA</b>/<b>GRAVAÇÃO</b> a um dispositivo ZFCP, verifique se esse acesso é exclusivo.\n"
" Caso contrário, há possibilidade de os dados se corromperem.</p>"
-#. Disk add help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+#. Disk add help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
@@ -1468,221 +1311,208 @@
"<b>ID de Canal</b> da controladora ZFCP, o número da porta\n"
"mundial (<b>WWPN</b>) e o número <b>LUN</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs "
-"conforming\n"
+"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, "
-"such as\n"
+"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n"
"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value "
-"with\n"
-"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN "
-"<b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use "
-"allow_lun_scan.</p>"
+"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n"
+"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>ID de Canal</b> deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas em formato "
-"aceito pelo\n"
+"<p>O <b>ID de Canal</b> deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas em formato aceito pelo\n"
"sysfs 0.0.<nºdisp>, como <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>O WWPN deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas como um valor hexadecimal "
-"de 16 dígitos, por exemplo,\n"
+"<p>O WWPN deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas como um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos, por exemplo,\n"
"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
-"<p>O LUN deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas como um valor hexadecimal "
-"de 16 dígitos com\n"
-"todos os zeros à direita, como <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Se não for "
-"definido um WWPN <b>nem</b> um LUN, o sistema tentará usar allow_lun_scan."
-"p>"
+"<p>O LUN deve ser digitado com letras minúsculas como um valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos com\n"
+"todos os zeros à direita, como <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>Se não for definido um WWPN <b>nem</b> um LUN, o sistema tentará usar allow_lun_scan.</p>"
-#. popup label
-#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+#. popup label
+#. popup label
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr "Executando mkinitrd."
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "ID de Canal: %1, Formato: %2, DIAG: %3"
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "ID de Canal: %1, Dispositivo: %2, DIAG: %3"
-#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+#. popup label
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
msgstr "Lendo Discos DASD Configurados"
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
msgstr "%1: sysfs não montado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
msgstr "%1: Status inválido para <online>."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
msgstr "%1: Nenhum dispositivo encontrado para <ccwid>."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
msgstr "%1: Não foi possível mudar o estado do dispositivo."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
msgstr "%1: O dispositivo não é um DASD."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
msgid "%1: Could not load module."
msgstr "%1: Não foi possível carregar o módulo."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
msgstr "%1: Falha ao ativar o DASD."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
msgstr "%1: DASD não formatado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
msgstr "%1: Erro desconhecido %2."
-#. progress bar
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+#. progress bar
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
msgid "Formatting %1:"
msgstr "Formatando %1:"
-#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
+#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
msgstr "Falha na formatação de discos. Código de saída: %1."
-#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
-#. integers,
-#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
+#. integers,
+#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
msgstr "Formatando %1: cilindro %2 de %3 feito"
-#. Get a List of available Disks of type
-#. @return [Array<String>] of disks
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67
+#. Get a List of available Disks of type
+#. @return [Array<String>] of disks
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67
msgid "Checking Disks"
msgstr "Verificando Discos"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76
msgid "Checking DASD disks"
msgstr "Verificando discos DASD"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78
msgid "Checking ZFCP disks"
msgstr "Verificando discos ZFCP"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82
msgid "Checking DASD disks..."
msgstr "Verificando discos DASD..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84
msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..."
msgstr "Verificando discos ZFCP..."
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
- src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. Format a disk as DUMP device
-#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node
-#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter
-#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106
+#. Format a disk as DUMP device
+#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node
+#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106
msgid "Creating Dump Device"
msgstr "Criando Dispositivo de Dump"
-#. Progress stage 1/1
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115
+#. Progress stage 1/1
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115
msgid "Creating dump device"
msgstr "Criando dispositivo de dump"
-#. Progress step 1/1
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119
+#. Progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119
msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes."
-msgstr ""
-"Criando dispositivo de dump. Este processo poderá levar alguns minutos."
+msgstr "Criando dispositivo de dump. Este processo poderá levar alguns minutos."
-#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
msgstr "Disco inválido ou inutilizável (fatal)."
-#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
msgstr "Formatação ou particionamento incompatível. Corrija com Force."
-#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
msgid "Missing support programs."
msgstr "Programas de suporte ausentes."
-#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
msgstr "Parâmetros ausentes ou incorretos."
-#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
msgid "Access problem."
msgstr "Problema de acesso."
-#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
msgstr "Código de erro do programa de suporte: %1."
-#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
msgid ""
"Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
"%2"
@@ -1690,195 +1520,195 @@
"Impossível criar dispositivo de dump %1:\n"
"%2"
-#. Read all settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142
+#. Read all settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142
msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration"
msgstr "Carregando Configuração do Terminal IUCV"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151
msgid "Check IUCVtty entries"
msgstr "Verificar entradas IUCVtty"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153
msgid "Check HVC entries"
msgstr "Verificar entradas HVC"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155
msgid "Read kernel parameters"
msgstr "Ler parâmetros do kernel"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159
msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..."
msgstr "Verificando entradas IUCVtty..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161
msgid "Checking HVC entries..."
msgstr "Verificando entradas HVC..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163
msgid "Reading kernel parameters..."
msgstr "Lendo parâmetros do kernel..."
-#. Inittab write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+#. Inittab write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Terminal IUCV"
-#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+#. Progress stage 1/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do IUCVtty"
-#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+#. Progress stage 2/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
msgid "Write HVC settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do HVC"
-#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+#. Progress stage 3/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
msgid "Write kernel parameters"
msgstr "Gravar parâmetros do kernel"
-#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+#. Progress step 1/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações do IUCVtty..."
-#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+#. Progress step 2/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações do HVC..."
-#. Progress step 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#. Progress step 3/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
msgstr "Gravando parâmetros do kernel..."
-#. Text to select all
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43
+#. Text to select all
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43
msgid "<ALL>"
msgstr "<TUDO>"
-#. Read all settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+#. Read all settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
msgstr "Carregando Configurações do Servidor de Terminal IUCV"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
msgid "Read configuration files"
msgstr "Ler arquivos de configuração"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
msgid "Load user/group settings"
msgstr "Carregar configurações de usuário/grupo"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
msgid "Reading configuration files..."
msgstr "Lendo arquivos de configuração..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
msgstr "Carregando configurações de usuário/grupo..."
-#. no need to write anything if unmodified
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459
+#. no need to write anything if unmodified
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459
msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configurações do Servidor de Terminal IUCV"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468
msgid "Write configuration files"
msgstr "Gravar arquivos de configuração"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470
msgid "Update user settings"
msgstr "Atualizar configurações do usuário"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474
msgid "Writing configuration files..."
msgstr "Gravando arquivos de configuração..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476
msgid "Updating user settings..."
msgstr "Atualizando configurações do usuário..."
-#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Lendo Configuração do Dumpconf"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
msgid "Checking dump devices"
msgstr "Verificando dispositivos de dump"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
msgid "Reading settings"
msgstr "Lendo configurações"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
msgid "Checking dump devices..."
msgstr "Verificando dispositivos de dump..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações..."
-#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Dumpconf"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Reiniciar o serviço"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Reiniciando serviço..."
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
msgstr "ID de Canal: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
msgstr "ID de Canal: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Dispositivo: %4"
-#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
msgid ""
"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
"You will have to set it manually."
@@ -1886,62 +1716,62 @@
"Impossível avaliar controladoras ZFCP (ex. em LPAR).\n"
"Isso deverá ser definido manualmente."
-#. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+#. popup label
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Lendo Dispositivos ZFCP Configurados"
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
msgstr "%1: WWPN inválido."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
msgstr "%1: Não foi possível ativar o WWPN para o adaptador %1."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
msgstr "%1: Não foi possível ativar o dispositivo ZFCP."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
msgstr "%1: O disco SCSI não pôde ser desativado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: O registro do LUN não pôde ser cancelado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: O registro do WWPN não pôde ser cancelado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
msgstr "%1: O dispositivo <ccwid> não existe."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
msgstr "%1: O módulo zfcp não pôde ser carregado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
msgstr "%1: O status do adaptador não pôde ser mudado."
-#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr "%1: Portas WWPN ainda ativas."
-#. message, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+#. message, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "%1: Este adaptador de host suporta allow_lun_scan."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-client.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
+#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
msgid ""
"Samba client configuration module.\n"
"See Samba documentation for details."
@@ -23,43 +23,43 @@
"Módulo de configuração de cliente Samba.\n"
"Veja documentação do Samba para detalhes."
-#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
+#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)"
msgstr "Habilitar ou desabilitar serviços de Winbind (winbindd)"
-#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
+#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
msgstr "Marque se esta máquina é um membro de um domínio"
-#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
+#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
msgid "Join this machine to a domain"
msgstr "Ingressar esta máquina em um domínio"
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
+#. translators: command line help text for configure action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
msgstr "Modificar as configurações globais do Samba"
-#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
+#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
msgid "Enable the service"
msgstr "Habilitar o serviço"
-#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
+#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119
msgid "Disable the service"
msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço"
-#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
+#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
msgstr "Nome de domínio onde se integrar"
-#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
+#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
msgid ""
"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n"
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n"
@@ -67,190 +67,186 @@
"O usuário utilizado para ingressar no domínio. Se omitido, o \n"
"YaST2 tentará ingressar no domínio sem especificar usuário e senha.\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
+#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
msgstr "A senha usada para o usuário quando participando do domínio"
-#. command line help text for machine optioa
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
+#. command line help text for machine optioa
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
msgid "The machine account"
msgstr "Conta da máquina"
-#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
+#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr "O nome de um workgroup"
-#. user must provide the domain name to be tested
-#. error message for isdomainmember command line action
-#. must provide the domain name to be joined
-#. error message for joindomain command line action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255
+#. user must provide the domain name to be tested
+#. error message for isdomainmember command line action
+#. must provide the domain name to be joined
+#. error message for joindomain command line action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255
msgid "Enter the name of a domain."
msgstr "Digite o nome de um domínio."
-#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224
+#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224
msgid "Cannot test domain membership."
msgstr "Não pode testar se participa do domínio."
-#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231
+#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231
msgid "This machine is a member of %1."
msgstr "Esta máquina é membro de %1."
-#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236
+#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236
msgid "This machine is not a member of %1."
msgstr "Esta máquina não é membro de %1."
-#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
-#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
+#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action
+#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
+#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "Ingressou no domínio %1 com êxito."
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61
msgid "U&ID"
msgstr "U&ID"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Primary Group Name"
msgstr "Nome de Grupo &Principal"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "&Secondary Group Name"
msgstr "Nome de Grupo Se&cundário"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "&GID"
msgstr "&GID"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Server Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Servidor"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Remote &Path"
msgstr "&Caminho Remoto"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de &Montagem"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "O&pções"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid"
-"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique a <b>Faixa</b> de IDs de usuários e grupos do Samba (valores "
-"<tt>winbind uid</tt> e <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>"
+#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique a <b>Faixa</b> de IDs de usuários e grupos do Samba (valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> e <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "&UID Range"
msgstr "Faixa de &UID"
-#. int field label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238
+#. int field label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimo"
-#. int field label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240
+#. int field label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "Má&ximo"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "&GID Range"
msgstr "Faixa de &GID"
-#. int field label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249
+#. int field label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inimo"
-#. int field label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251
+#. int field label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "M&aximum"
msgstr "Má&ximo"
-#. require_groups
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
+#. require_groups
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Allowed Group(s)"
msgstr "Grupo(s) Permitido(s)"
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261
msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)"
msgstr "Nome(s) ou SID(s) de Grupo"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
msgstr "Método &Kerberos"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277
msgid "Windows Internet Name Service"
msgstr "Windows Internet Name Service"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "Mount Server Directories"
msgstr "Montar Diretórios do Servidor"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294
+#. table header
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "Server Name"
msgstr "Nome do Servidor"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296
+#. table header
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Remote Path"
msgstr "Caminho Remoto"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298
+#. table header
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "Local Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de Montagem Local"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300
+#. table header
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Nome do Usuário"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302
+#. table header
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opções"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas"
-#. error popup: min >= max
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377
+#. error popup: min >= max
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377
msgid ""
"The minimum value in the range cannot be\n"
"larger than maximum one.\n"
@@ -258,116 +254,116 @@
"O valor mínimo na faixa não pode ser maior\n"
"que o máximo.\n"
-#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428
+#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428
msgid "Windows Domain Membership"
msgstr "Participação no Domínio do Windows"
-#. busy popup text
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449
+#. busy popup text
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..."
msgstr "Verificando participação no domínio AD..."
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461
msgid "&Leave"
msgstr "&Sair"
-#. status label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468
+#. status label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468
msgid "Currently a member of this domain"
msgstr "Atualmente um membro deste domínio"
-#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489
+#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication"
msgstr "&Usar Informações do SMB para Autenticação Linux"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr "&Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511
msgid "Join Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Entrada"
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
+#. text entry label
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "S&enha"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533
msgid "Mac&hine Account OU"
msgstr "OU da Conta da &Máquina"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542
msgid "Active Directory Server"
msgstr "Servidor do Active Directory"
-#. button label (run YaST client for NTP)
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551
+#. button label (run YaST client for NTP)
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551
msgid "N&TP Configuration..."
msgstr "Configuração &NTP..."
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555
msgid "Disable Name Service Cache"
msgstr "Desabilitar Cache de Serviço de Nomes"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557
msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor"
msgstr "Iniciar Monitor de Alteração de Arquivos"
-#. translators: frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572
+#. translators: frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572
msgid "Membership"
msgstr "Membro"
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domínio"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582
msgid "&Domain or Workgroup"
msgstr "&Domínio ou Grupo de Trabalho"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Off&line Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação &Offline"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605
msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH"
msgstr "&Single Sign-On para SSH"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615
msgid "Change primary DNS suffix"
msgstr "Mudar o sufixo DNS primário"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622
+#. button label
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622
msgid "&Expert Settings..."
msgstr "Configurações de &Especialista..."
-#. 1st part of an error message:
-#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from
-#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778
+#. 1st part of an error message:
+#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from
+#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"Cannot use the workgroup\n"
"'%1' for Linux authentication."
@@ -375,13 +371,13 @@
"Impossível usar o workgroup\n"
"'%1' para autenticação Linux."
-#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787
+#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787
msgid "Enter a valid domain."
msgstr "Digite um domínio válido."
-#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789
+#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789
msgid ""
"Enter a domain or disable\n"
"using SMB for Linux authentication."
@@ -389,24 +385,22 @@
"Digite um domínio ou desabilite\n"
"usando SMB para autenticação Linux."
-#. we might use it to warn user (#155716)
-#. continue/cancel popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809
+#. we might use it to warn user (#155716)
+#. continue/cancel popup
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809
msgid ""
-"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the "
-"following\n"
+"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n"
"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"Se este sistema for configurado como cliente do Active Directory, os padrões "
-"das\n"
+"Se este sistema for configurado como cliente do Active Directory, os padrões das\n"
"seguintes configurações de smb.conf serão restaurados:\n"
" %1"
-#. 1st part of an error message:
-#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host
-#. is not in a domain
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828
+#. 1st part of an error message:
+#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host
+#. is not in a domain
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828
msgid ""
"The host must be a member of a domain\n"
"for Linux authentication using SMB."
@@ -414,8 +408,8 @@
"O host precisa ser membro de um domínio\n"
"para autenticação Linux usando SMB."
-#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832
+#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832
msgid ""
"Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n"
"for Linux authentication."
@@ -423,13 +417,13 @@
"Entre em um domínio ou desabilite o uso de SMB\n"
"para autenticação Linux."
-#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence.
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841
+#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence.
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841
msgid "Samba is now enabled."
msgstr "Samba está habilitado agora."
-#. yes/no popup text
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853
+#. yes/no popup text
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853
msgid ""
"In a Microsoft environment,\n"
"hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n"
@@ -439,8 +433,8 @@
"as mudanças no nome de host com o DHCP são problemáticas.\n"
"Desabilitar as mudanças do nome de host com o DHCP?"
-#. message popup, part 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888
+#. message popup, part 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888
msgid ""
"This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
@@ -450,8 +444,8 @@
"estão executando. Reinicie seus serviços manualmente ou execute\n"
"boot na máquina para habilitar isto para todos os serviços.\n"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -459,18 +453,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Cliente Samba</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando em "
-"<b>Interromper</b>.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando em <b>Interromper</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -478,8 +471,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Cliente Samba</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -488,68 +481,58 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo Salvamento</big></b><br>\n"
"Interrompa o procedimento de salvamento pressionando <b>Interromper</b>.\n"
-"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro efetuar esse "
-"procedimento.\n"
+"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro efetuar esse procedimento.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title
-#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation)
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75
+#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title
+#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation)
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75
msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Selecionando a Participação no Domínio do Windows</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>Selecionando a Participação no Domínio do Windows</big></b></p>"
-#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
+#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active "
-"Directory domain.\n"
+"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Um cliente Linux pode ser membro de um grupo de trabalho, domínio NT ou "
-"domínio do Active Directory.\n"
+"<p>Um cliente Linux pode ser membro de um grupo de trabalho, domínio NT ou domínio do Active Directory.\n"
"Especifique o nome da participação.</p>\n"
-#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
+#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if "
-"joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Usar Informações do SMB para Autenticação Linux</b> permite \n"
-"a verificação de senhas no servidor NT ou no servidor Kerberos, em caso de "
-"ingresso no domínio do AD.</p>\n"
+"a verificação de senhas no servidor NT ou no servidor Kerberos, em caso de ingresso no domínio do AD.</p>\n"
-#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
+#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the "
-"list of name servers.\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n"
"This option is only available for static network setups.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Mudar o sufixo DNS primário</b> para adicionar seu servidor AD "
-"à lista de servidores de nomes.\n"
+"<p>Marque <b>Mudar o sufixo DNS primário</b> para adicionar seu servidor AD à lista de servidores de nomes.\n"
"Essa opção somente está disponível para configurações de redes estáticas.</p>"
-#. Samba role dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71
+#. Samba role dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the "
-"domain.</p>\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Quando você clica em <b>OK</b>, o sistema verifica a participação e,\n"
-"se for um domínio NT ou do Active Directory, ele permitirá que este host "
-"ingresse no domínio.</p>\n"
+"se for um domínio NT ou do Active Directory, ele permitirá que este host ingresse no domínio.</p>\n"
-#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
+#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p>Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Especifique o nome de domínio do NT ou do Active Directory.</p>\n"
-#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation)
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81
+#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation)
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>Next</b>, the system verifies the domain and\n"
"allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
@@ -557,75 +540,42 @@
"<p>Quando você pressiona <b>Próximo</b>, o sistema verifica o domínio e,\n"
"permite que este host entre no domínio.</p>\n"
-#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home "
-"directories created on the first login.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login</b> para que os diretórios "
-"pessoais locais sejam criados no primeiro login.</p>"
+#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login</b> para que os diretórios pessoais locais sejam criados no primeiro login.</p>"
-#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is "
-"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must "
-"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored "
-"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no "
-"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially "
-"useful for mobile users."
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Autenticação Offline</b> permite que o usuário efetue login mesmo que "
-"não haja conexão com o controlador do domínio. Para que essa opção funcione, "
-"efetue login em seu domínio pelo menos uma vez. As credenciais do usuário "
-"serão então criptografadas e armazenadas em seu computador, voltando a ser "
-"usadas para login no domínio quando não for possível estabelecer conexão com "
-"o controlador do domínio. Esse procedimento é especialmente útil para "
-"usuários móveis."
+#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4)
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89
+msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users."
+msgstr "<p><b>Autenticação Offline</b> permite que o usuário efetue login mesmo que não haja conexão com o controlador do domínio. Para que essa opção funcione, efetue login em seu domínio pelo menos uma vez. As credenciais do usuário serão então criptografadas e armazenadas em seu computador, voltando a ser usadas para login no domínio quando não for possível estabelecer conexão com o controlador do domínio. Esse procedimento é especialmente útil para usuários móveis."
-#. Samba membership dialog help (common part)
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS "
-"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Clique em <b>Configurações de Especialista</b> para habilitar recursos "
-"avançados, como as opções WINS ou a montagem de diretórios pessoais de "
-"servidores com base em domínios do Active Directory.</p>"
+#. Samba membership dialog help (common part)
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93
+msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Clique em <b>Configurações de Especialista</b> para habilitar recursos avançados, como as opções WINS ou a montagem de diretórios pessoais de servidores com base em domínios do Active Directory.</p>"
-#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97
+#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97
msgid "<p><b>Join Settings</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Configurações de Entrada</b></p>"
-#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101
+#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for "
-"joining\n"
-"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be "
-"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
+"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n"
+"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina o <b>Nome de Usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b> que devem ser usados "
-"para ingressar no\n"
-"domínio selecionado durante a instalação automática. Observe que a senha "
-"será gravada no perfil em formato de texto sem criptografia.</p>"
+"<p>Defina o <b>Nome de Usuário</b> e a <b>Senha</b> que devem ser usados para ingressar no\n"
+"domínio selecionado durante a instalação automática. Observe que a senha será gravada no perfil em formato de texto sem criptografia.</p>"
-#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active "
-"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos "
-"configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique o <b>Servidor do Active Directory</b> a usar para entrar um "
-"um domínio do Active Directory. Ele também é usado como valor do KDC na "
-"configuração do Kerberos.</p>"
+#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Servidor do Active Directory</b> a usar para entrar um um domínio do Active Directory. Ele também é usado como valor do KDC na configuração do Kerberos.</p>"
-#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration
-#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109
+#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration
+#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n"
@@ -637,22 +587,22 @@
"como um cliente NTP. Acesse a configuração com <b>Configuração NTP</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. default value of Machine Account
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
+#. default value of Machine Account
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62
msgid "(default)"
msgstr "(padrão)"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73
msgid "&Machine Account OU"
msgstr "Conta da &Máquina OU"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78
msgid "O&btain list"
msgstr "O&bter lista"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121
msgid ""
"User name and password are required\n"
"for listing the machine accounts."
@@ -660,38 +610,36 @@
"Nome de usuário e senha necessários\n"
"para listar as contas da máquina."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139
msgid "&Machine Account"
msgstr "Conta da &Máquina"
-#. translators: text for busy pop-up
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
+#. translators: text for busy pop-up
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177
msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..."
msgstr "Verificando se é membro do workgroup..."
-#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
+#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
msgstr "Digite o nome de usuário e a senha para sair do domínio %1."
-#. additional information for cluster environment
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
+#. additional information for cluster environment
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes."
msgstr "A configuração será propagada pelos nós dos clusters."
-#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
+#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
msgstr "Digite o nome de usuário e a senha para entrar no domínio %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Para ingressar no domínio de modo anônimo, deixe as entradas de texto "
-"vazias.\n"
+msgstr "Para ingressar no domínio de modo anônimo, deixe as entradas de texto vazias.\n"
-#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
+#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this host\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
@@ -699,8 +647,8 @@
"Impossível determinar automaticamente se este host\n"
"é membro do domínio %1."
-#. popup question, first part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
+#. popup question, first part
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308
msgid ""
"This host is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
@@ -708,12 +656,12 @@
"Este host não é membro\n"
"do domínio %1."
-#. last part of popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
+#. last part of popup question
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312
msgid "Join the domain %1?"
msgstr "Entrar no domínio %1?"
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316
msgid ""
"Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n"
"is a member of the domain %1."
@@ -721,7 +669,7 @@
"Impossível determinar automaticamente se este\n"
"cluster é membro do domínio %1."
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319
msgid ""
"This cluster is not a member\n"
"of the domain %1."
@@ -729,304 +677,251 @@
"Este cluster não é membro\n"
"do domínio %1."
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
-msgstr ""
-"Já existem compartilhamentos de usuário. Deseja manter ou apagar esses "
-"compartilhamentos?"
+msgstr "Já existem compartilhamentos de usuário. Deseja manter ou apagar esses compartilhamentos?"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
+#. button label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
msgid "&Keep"
msgstr "&Manter"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
+#. button label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Apagar"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381
msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?"
-msgstr ""
-"Há outros serviços de compartilhamento do Windows disponíveis. Deseja "
-"interrompê-los também?"
+msgstr "Há outros serviços de compartilhamento do Windows disponíveis. Deseja interrompê-los também?"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392
msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr "&Usar WINS para Resolução de Nomes de Host"
-#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for "
-"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você quiser usar o Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) para "
-"resolução de nomes, selecione <b>Usar WINS para Resolução de Nomes de Host"
-"b>.</p>"
+#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
+msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se você quiser usar o Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) para resolução de nomes, selecione <b>Usar WINS para Resolução de Nomes de Host</b>.</p>"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP"
msgstr "Recuperar servidor WINS por &DHCP"
-#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided "
-"by DHCP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Recuperar servidor WINS por DHCP</b> para usar um servidor WINS "
-"fornecido pelo DHCP.</p>"
+#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Recuperar servidor WINS por DHCP</b> para usar um servidor WINS fornecido pelo DHCP.</p>"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
msgid "Sharing by Users"
msgstr "Compartilhamento por Usuários"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440
msgid "Sharing"
msgstr "Compartilhamento"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453
msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories"
msgstr "&Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463
msgid "Allow &Guest Access"
msgstr "Permitir Acesso de &Convidado"
-#. texty entry label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
+#. texty entry label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475
msgid "&Permitted Group"
msgstr "&Grupo Permitido"
-#. infield label
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
+#. infield label
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481
msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares"
msgstr "&Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos"
-#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the "
-"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other "
-"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users"
-"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system "
-"permissions allow access.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios</b> permite que os "
-"membros do <b>Grupo Permitido</b> compartilhem com outros usuários os "
-"diretórios que possuem. Por exemplo, <tt>usuários</tt> de âmbito local ou "
-"<tt>Usuários do DOMÍNIO do %1</tt> em âmbito de domínio. O usuário deve "
-"verificar se as permissões do sistema de arquivos permitem acesso.</p>"
+#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
+msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Permitir aos Usuários Compartilhar seus Diretórios</b> permite que os membros do <b>Grupo Permitido</b> compartilhem com outros usuários os diretórios que possuem. Por exemplo, <tt>usuários</tt> de âmbito local ou <tt>Usuários do DOMÍNIO do %1</tt> em âmbito de domínio. O usuário deve verificar se as permissões do sistema de arquivos permitem acesso.</p>"
-#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares "
-"that may be created.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos</b>, limite o total de "
-"compartilhamentos que podem ser criados.</p>"
+#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
+msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com <b>Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos</b>, limite o total de compartilhamentos que podem ser criados.</p>"
-#. membership dialog help common part
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
-msgid ""
-"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow "
-"Guest Access</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para permitir acesso aos compartilhamentos de usuário sem precisar de "
-"autenticação, habilite <b>Permitir Acesso de Convidado</b>.</p>"
+#. membership dialog help common part
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
+msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para permitir acesso aos compartilhamentos de usuário sem precisar de autenticação, habilite <b>Permitir Acesso de Convidado</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for PAM Mount table
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
+#. help text for PAM Mount table
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
-"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when "
-"the\n"
+"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n"
-"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each "
-"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
+"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Na tabela <b>Montar Diretórios do Servidor</b>, você pode especificar os "
-"diretórios do servidor\n"
+"<p>Na tabela <b>Montar Diretórios do Servidor</b>, você pode especificar os diretórios do servidor\n"
"(como o diretório pessoal) que devem ser montados localmente quando o\n"
-"usuário efetuar login. Se a montagem for específica do usuário, informe o "
-"<b>Nome de Usuário</b>\n"
-"para a regra selecionada. Do contrário, o diretório será montado para cada "
-"usuário. Para obter mais informações, consulte a página de manual de "
-"pam_mount.conf.</p>"
+"usuário efetuar login. Se a montagem for específica do usuário, informe o <b>Nome de Usuário</b>\n"
+"para a regra selecionada. Do contrário, o diretório será montado para cada usuário. Para obter mais informações, consulte a página de manual de pam_mount.conf.</p>"
-#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
-msgid ""
-"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for "
-"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount "
-"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a "
-"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Por exemplo, você pode usar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> de "
-"<b>Caminho Remoto</b>, o valor <tt>~/</tt> de <b>Ponto de Montagem Local</b> "
-"para montar o diretório pessoal, juntamente com o valor <tt>user="
-"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opções</b>.</p>"
+#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
+msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Por exemplo, você pode usar o valor <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> de <b>Caminho Remoto</b>, o valor <tt>~/</tt> de <b>Ponto de Montagem Local</b> para montar o diretório pessoal, juntamente com o valor <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> como parte de <b>Opções</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for kerberos method option
-#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
-msgid ""
-"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are "
-"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos "
-"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page "
-"for details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> define como os tickets kerberos são "
-"verificados. Quando <b>Single Sign-on para SSH</b> é usado, o Método "
-"Kerberos padrão definido pelo YaST é <tt>segredos e tabela de chaves</tt>. "
-"Consulte a página do manual de smb.conf para obter detalhes.</p>"
+#. help text for kerberos method option
+#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
+msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O valor do <b>Método Kerberos</b> define como os tickets kerberos são verificados. Quando <b>Single Sign-on para SSH</b> é usado, o Método Kerberos padrão definido pelo YaST é <tt>segredos e tabela de chaves</tt>. Consulte a página do manual de smb.conf para obter detalhes.</p>"
-#. translators: initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74
+#. translators: initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74
msgid "Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Cliente Samba"
-#. translators: initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76
+#. translators: initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650
msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando Configuração do Cliente Kerberos"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações PAM"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657
msgid "Write Kerberos client settings"
msgstr "Gravando Configurações de Cliente Kerberos"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659
msgid "Write OpenSSH settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de OpenSSH"
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações PAM..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665
msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações do cliente Kerberos..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667
msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de OpenSSH..."
-#. final progress step label
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. translators: write progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
+#. final progress step label
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress finished
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673
msgid "Install required packages"
msgstr "Instalar pacotes necessários"
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675
msgid "Installing required packages..."
msgstr "Instalando pacotes necessários..."
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "Login PAM"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Usar Kerberos"
-#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
+#. summary item
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Não usar Kerberos"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "Domínio Kerberos Padrão"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "Domínio padrão"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "Endereço do Servidor KDC"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "Defasagem do Relógio"
-#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
+#. summary text, %1 is value
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Servidor KDC</b>: %1<br>"
-#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#. summary text, %1 is value
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Domínio Padrão</b>: %1<br>"
-#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#. summary text, %1 is value
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Domínio Kerberos Padrão</b>: %1<br>"
-#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
+#. summary text (yes/no follows)
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr "<b>Autenticação do Kerberos Habilitada</b>: %1"
-#. summary value
-#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#. summary value
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. summary value
-#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#. summary value
+#. translators: winbind status in summary
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
+#. summary line
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr "Configuração Adquirida via DNS"
-#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
+#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1034,8 +929,8 @@
"Defasagem de relógio inválida.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
+#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -1043,143 +938,143 @@
"Tempo de vida inválido.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622
msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Cliente Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
+#. translators: progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633
msgid "Read the global Samba settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações globais do Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
+#. translators: progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635
msgid "Read the winbind status"
msgstr "Ler status do winbind"
-#. translators: progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
+#. translators: progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639
msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações globais do Samba..."
-#. translators: progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
+#. translators: progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641
msgid "Reading the winbind status..."
msgstr "Lendo status do winbind..."
-#. Samba-client read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
+#. Samba-client read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745
msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando Configuração do Cliente Samba"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Desabilitar serviços Samba"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Habilitar serviços Samba"
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Desabilitando serviços Samba..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Habilitando serviços Samba..."
-#. write progress stage
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
+#. write progress stage
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773
msgid "Write Kerberos configuration"
msgstr "Gravar configuração do Kerberos"
-#. write progress step
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
+#. write progress step
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775
msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração do Kerberos..."
-#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#. translators: error message, %1 is filename
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887
msgid "Cannot write settings to %1."
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações em %1."
-#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846
msgid "Cannot start winbind service."
msgstr "Impossível iniciar o serviço winbind."
-#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851
msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon."
msgstr "Não pode ser iniciado o daemon winbind."
-#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857
msgid "Cannot stop winbind service."
msgstr "Não foi possível parar o serviço winbind."
-#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
+#. translators: error message, do not change winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862
msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon."
msgstr "Não pode ser parado o daemon winbind."
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878
msgid "Cannot write PAM settings."
msgstr "Não é possível gravar configurações PAM."
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Global"
-#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
+#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1"
msgstr "Workgroup ou Domínio: %1"
-#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068
msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
msgstr "Criar Diretório Pessoal no Login"
-#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075
msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled"
msgstr "Autenticação Off-line Habilitada"
-#. autoyast summary item
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
+#. autoyast summary item
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083
msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1"
msgstr "Número Máximo de Compartilhamentos: %1"
-#. summary item: configured workgroup
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
+#. summary item: configured workgroup
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104
msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Workgroup ou Domínio</b>: %1</p>"
-#. summary item: authentication using winbind
-#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
+#. summary item: authentication using winbind
+#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109
msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Autenticação com SMB</b>: %1</p>"
-#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
+#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
msgstr "Impossível proceder com o ingresso: Estado do cluster inconsistente"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,217 +14,201 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66
+#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66
msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)"
-msgstr ""
-"Módulo de configuração de servidor Samba (consulte a documentação do Samba "
-"para obter detalhes)"
+msgstr "Módulo de configuração de servidor Samba (consulte a documentação do Samba para obter detalhes)"
-#. translators: command line help text for share action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79
+#. translators: command line help text for share action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79
msgid "Manipulate a single share"
msgstr "Manipular um único compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for list action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89
+#. translators: command line help text for list action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89
msgid "Show the list of available shares"
msgstr "Mostrar lista de compartilhamentos disponíveis"
-#. translators: command line help text for role action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99
+#. translators: command line help text for role action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99
msgid "Set the role of the server"
msgstr "Configurar a função do servidor"
-#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109
+#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109
msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information"
msgstr "Configurar back-end para armazenar informação de usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for service activation action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119
+#. translators: command line help text for service activation action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119
msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)"
msgstr "Habilitar ou desabilitar serviços Samba (smb e nmb)"
-#. translators: command line help text for configure action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129
+#. translators: command line help text for configure action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129
msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server"
msgstr "Mudar configurações globais do servidor Samba"
-#. translators: command line help text for enable option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137
+#. translators: command line help text for enable option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137
msgid "Enable the share or a service"
msgstr "Habilitar o compartilhamento ou um serviço"
-#. translators: command line help text for disable option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143
+#. translators: command line help text for disable option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143
msgid "Disable the share or a service"
msgstr "Desabilitar o compartilhamento ou um serviço"
-#. translators: command line help text for delete share option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149
+#. translators: command line help text for delete share option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149
msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file"
msgstr "Remover o compartilhamento do arquivo de configuração"
-#. translators: command line help text for share name option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155
+#. translators: command line help text for share name option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155
msgid "The name of a share"
msgstr "O nome de um compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162
+#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162
msgid "Add a new share"
msgstr "Adicionar um novo compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168
+#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168
msgid "Change options of a share"
msgstr "Mudar opções de um compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174
+#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174
msgid "Show the options of a share"
msgstr "Mostrar opções de um compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for share comment option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180
+#. translators: command line help text for share comment option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180
msgid "The comment of a share"
msgstr "O comentário de um compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for share path option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187
+#. translators: command line help text for share path option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187
msgid "The path (directory) to share"
msgstr "O caminhao (diretório) de um compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for share printable option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194
+#. translators: command line help text for share printable option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194
msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer"
msgstr "Marcar se um compartilhamento deve atuar como impressora"
-#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201
+#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share"
-msgstr ""
-"Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários permitidos para leitura deste "
-"compartilhamento"
+msgstr "Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários permitidos para leitura deste compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208
+#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share"
-msgstr ""
-"Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários permitidos para gravar neste "
-"compartilhamento"
+msgstr "Uma lista separada por vírgulas de usuários permitidos para gravar neste compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215
+#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215
msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN"
msgstr "Marcar se um compartilhamento deve ficar visível ao navegar na LAN"
-#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222
+#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222
msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access"
msgstr "Marcar se o compartilhamento deve permitir acesso de convidados"
-#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229
+#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share"
-msgstr ""
-"Uma lista separada por vírgulas dos usuários permitidos a acesso ao "
-"compartilhamento"
+msgstr "Uma lista separada por vírgulas dos usuários permitidos a acesso ao compartilhamento"
-#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236
+#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236
msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller"
msgstr "O servidor deve agir como controlador de domínio primário"
-#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242
+#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242
msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller"
msgstr "O servidor deve agir como controlador de domínio de backup"
-#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248
+#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248
msgid "Server should act as a domain member"
msgstr "Servidor deve agir como membro do domínio"
-#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254
+#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254
msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins"
-msgstr ""
-"O servidor deve fornecer compartilhamentos, mas não deve permitir logins de "
-"domínio"
+msgstr "O servidor deve fornecer compartilhamentos, mas não deve permitir logins de domínio"
-#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260
+#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260
msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information"
msgstr "Use o arquivo 'smbpasswd' para armazenar informação de usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266
+#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266
msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information"
msgstr "Use o arquivo 'passdb.tdb' para armazenar informação de usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272
+#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272
msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information"
msgstr "Use servidor LDAP para armazenar informação de usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for password option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278
+#. translators: command line help text for password option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278
msgid "Password for the LDAP server"
msgstr "Senha para servidor LDAP"
-#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284
+#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
msgstr "O nome de um workgroup"
-#. translators: command line help text for description option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291
+#. translators: command line help text for description option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291
msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server"
msgstr "Descrição legível do servidor Samba"
-#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
-msgstr ""
-"O sufixo LDAP DN para manipulação de informação de usuário no servidor LDAP"
+#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
+msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
+msgstr "O sufixo LDAP DN para manipulação de informação de usuário no servidor LDAP"
-#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing "
-"passwords)"
-msgstr ""
-"O sufixo LDAP DN para modificar conteúdo no servidor LDAP (por exemplo, "
-"mudar senhas)"
+#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
+msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)"
+msgstr "O sufixo LDAP DN para modificar conteúdo no servidor LDAP (por exemplo, mudar senhas)"
-#. translators: error message for share command line action
-#. must provide the share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374
+#. translators: error message for share command line action
+#. must provide the share name
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374
msgid "Specify the share name."
msgstr "Especifique o nome do compartilhamento."
-#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380
+#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380
msgid "The share %1 does not exist."
msgstr "O compartilhamento %1 não existe."
-#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394
+#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394
msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share."
msgstr "Informe o caminho de um diretório para compartilhar."
-#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
-#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
+#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
+#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071
msgid "Share %1 already exists."
msgstr "O compartilhamento %1 já existe."
-#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action
-#. try to keep alignment
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450
+#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action
+#. try to keep alignment
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450
msgid ""
"Status \tType\tName\n"
"=============================="
@@ -232,133 +216,130 @@
"Status \tTipo\tNome\n"
"=============================="
-#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460
+#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460
msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2"
msgstr "%1\tDisco\t%2"
-#. translators: share status
-#. translators: share status
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
+#. translators: share status
+#. translators: share status
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. translators: share status
-#. translators: share status
-#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
+#. translators: share status
+#. translators: share status
+#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment
-#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478
+#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment
+#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478
msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2"
msgstr "%1\tImpressora\t%2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
-#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
+#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
-"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
-"users,\n"
+"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Como os usuários atualmente estão conectados a este servidor Samba,\n"
"a configuração do servidor foi recarregada em vez de reiniciada.\n"
-"Para confirmar que todas as configurações devem ser aplicadas apesar da "
-"possibilidade de desconectar\n"
+"Para confirmar que todas as configurações devem ser aplicadas apesar da possibilidade de desconectar\n"
"os usuários, execute \"systemctl restart smb\" e \"systemctl restart nmb\""
-#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146
+#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146
msgid "smbpasswd file"
msgstr "arquivo smbpasswd"
-#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM
-#. Unknown passdb backend
-#. // translators: passdb backend radio button
-#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) )
-#. translators: passdb backend radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598
+#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM
+#. Unknown passdb backend
+#. // translators: passdb backend radio button
+#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) )
+#. translators: passdb backend radio button
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598
msgid "LDAP"
msgstr "LDAP"
-#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169
+#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169
msgid "TDB database"
msgstr "Banco de dados TDB"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261
msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character."
msgstr "O valor opcional não deve iniciar com caractere de espaço."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279
msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted."
-msgstr ""
-"Vários valores opcionais para um back end devem ser colocados entre aspas."
+msgstr "Vários valores opcionais para um back end devem ser colocados entre aspas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300
msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
msgstr "O URL digitado '%1' é inválido"
-#. message popup
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405
+#. message popup
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405
msgid "Delete the selected entry?"
msgstr "Remover a opção selecionada?"
-#. we are already initialized
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481
+#. we are already initialized
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481
msgid "At least one backend must be specified."
msgstr "No mínimo, um back end deve ser especificado."
-#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1)
-#. {
-#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend
-#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified.
-#.
-#. The back-end cannot be deleted.
-#. "));
-#. return false;
-#. }
-#. message popup
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568
+#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1)
+#. {
+#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend
+#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified.
+#.
+#. The back-end cannot be deleted.
+#. "));
+#. return false;
+#. }
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568
msgid "Delete the selected back-end?"
msgstr "Remover o back-end selecionado?"
-#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583
+#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583
msgid "Back-End Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Back-End"
-#. translators: passdb backend radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592
+#. translators: passdb backend radio button
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592
msgid "smbpasswd File"
msgstr "arquivo smbpasswd"
-#. translators: passdb backend radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600
+#. translators: passdb backend radio button
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600
msgid "TDB Database"
msgstr "Banco de dados TDB"
-#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605
+#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes"
-#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend
-#. is selected, but no details are entered
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648
+#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend
+#. is selected, but no details are entered
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648
msgid ""
"An identifier must be provided\n"
"in details \n"
@@ -374,117 +355,117 @@
"Consulte a coleção HOWTO do Samba para obter\n"
"mais informações.\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of samba-server
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky
-#. Lukas Ocilka
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of samba-server
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky
+#. Lukas Ocilka
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)"
msgstr "Controlador de Domínio &Primário (PDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70
msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)"
msgstr "Controlador de Domínio de B&ackup (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
msgstr "Não é &Controlador de Domínio"
-#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
-#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
+#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
+#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. translators: combo box value
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget
-#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. translators: combo box value
-#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
+#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget
+#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. translators: combo box value
+#. translators: combo box value
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Samba Installation"
msgstr "Instalação do Samba"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
msgstr "Passo 1 de 2"
-#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups )
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
-#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
+#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups )
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"),
+#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)),
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de &Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
msgstr "Passo 2 de 2"
-#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
+#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
msgstr "Nome de Domínio Atual:"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Servidor Samba"
-#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
+#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
msgstr "Indisponível porque um PDC está presente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Rename Share"
msgstr "Renomear Compartilhamento"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
msgid "New Share &Name"
msgstr "Novo &Nome de Compartilhamento"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Enter a new share name."
msgstr "Digite um novo nome de compartilhamento."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
msgid ""
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose another share name.\n"
@@ -492,8 +473,8 @@
"O compartilhamento '%1' já existe.\n"
"Escolha outro nome de compartilhamento.\n"
-#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
+#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
msgid ""
"If you delete share %1,\n"
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
@@ -503,27 +484,27 @@
"todas as suas configurações serão perdidas.\n"
" Deseja mesmo apagá-lo?"
-#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
+#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Trusted &Domain"
msgstr "&Domínio Confiável"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "S&enha"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nome de domínio não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
msgstr "Não pode estabelecer relacionamento de domínio de confiança."
-#. issue a warning, if not already done so
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
+#. issue a warning, if not already done so
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801
msgid ""
"The password for trusted domains\n"
"is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n"
@@ -535,15 +516,15 @@
"fica armazenada como texto simples. Isso pode ser considerado\n"
"uma ameaça à segurança."
-#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
+#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
msgstr "Domínios de Con&fiança"
-#. confirmation
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
+#. confirmation
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
@@ -551,233 +532,233 @@
"Abandonar realmente o relacionamento de confiança\n"
"com o domínio de confiança %1?"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Share %1"
msgstr "Compartilhar %1"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Global de Especialista"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920
msgid "Identification"
msgstr "Identificação"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
msgstr "&Nome do Compartilhamento"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Share &Description"
msgstr "&Descrição do Compartilhamento"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928
msgid "Share Type"
msgstr "Tipo do Compartilhamento"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933
msgid "&Printer"
msgstr "&Impressora"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr "&Diretório"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Share &Path"
msgstr "&Caminho do Compartilhamento"
-#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
+#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "&Read-Only"
msgstr "&Apenas Leitura"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
msgstr "&Herdar ACLs"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
msgstr "Expor Instantâneos"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
msgstr "Utilizar Recursos do Btrfs"
-#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
+#. translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New Share"
msgstr "Novo Compartilhamento"
-#. translators: file selection dialog title
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
+#. translators: file selection dialog title
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
msgstr "Camiho para Compartilhamento"
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Nome de compartilhamento não pode estar vazio."
-#. translators: error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
+#. translators: error message
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Share path cannot be empty."
msgstr "Caminho de compartilhamento não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
msgstr "Compartilhamentos Disponíveis"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filtro"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
msgstr "Mostrar &Todos os Compartilhamentos"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
msgstr "Não Mostrar Compartilhamentos do &Sistema"
-#. translators: table header texts
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
+#. translators: table header texts
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110
msgid "Read-Only"
msgstr "Apenas Leitura"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Caminho"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124
msgid "Guest Access"
msgstr "Acesso de Convidado"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid "Comment"
msgstr "Comentário"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid "&Rename..."
msgstr "&Renomear..."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
msgstr "&Alternar Status"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
msgstr "Suporte de Servidor WINS"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Remote WINS Server"
msgstr "Servidor WINS Remoto"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Na&me"
msgstr "No&me"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
msgstr "Usar WINS para Resolução de Nomes de Hosts"
-#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
+#. translators: combobox item
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
msgstr "Não é um DC"
-#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
+#. translators: combobox item
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
msgid "Primary (PDC)"
msgstr "Primário (PDC)"
-#. translators: combobox item
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
+#. translators: combobox item
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Backup (BDC)"
msgstr "Backup (BDC)"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179
msgid "Base Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Base"
-#. translators: combobox label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
+#. translators: combobox label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194
msgid "Domain &Controller"
msgstr "&Controlador de Domínio"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "Advanced Settings..."
msgstr "Configurações Avançadas..."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206
msgid "&Expert Global Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Globais de &Especialista"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
msgstr "Fontes de Autenticação do &Usuário"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Samba"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
msgstr "&Início"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
msgstr "Compartilhamento&s"
-#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
+#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
msgstr "I&dentidade"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
msgstr "WINS"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
msgstr "Configurações &LDAP"
-#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
+#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname"
msgstr "Nome de &Host NetBIOS"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
msgstr "Fontes de Informação de Usuário"
-#. try to create it
-#. first, ask for password
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
+#. try to create it
+#. first, ask for password
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619
msgid ""
"For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n"
"administrative account (root).\n"
@@ -787,16 +768,16 @@
"uma conta administrativa (root).\n"
"Ela será criada agora."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
msgstr "Senha de &Root do Samba"
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
msgstr "&Verificar Senha"
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
@@ -804,13 +785,13 @@
"A primeira e a segunda versões da\n"
"senha não são iguais."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
msgid "Cannot create account for user %1."
msgstr "Não foi possível criar conta para usuário %1"
-#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
+#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
@@ -818,7 +799,7 @@
"Digite o nome do usuário e a senha\n"
"para ingressar no domínio %1."
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
@@ -826,23 +807,23 @@
"Para participar de domínio de modo anônimo,\n"
"deixe as entradas de texto vazias."
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
+#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725
msgid "Do &Not Join"
msgstr "&Não Participar"
-#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
-#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
+#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain
+#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761
msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully."
msgstr "Ingressou no domínio %1 com êxito."
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -850,18 +831,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando configuração do Servidor Samba</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar"
-"b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -869,8 +849,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Salvando configuração do Servidor Samba</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -879,77 +859,63 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando Salvamento</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte o procedimento de salvamento pressionando <b>Abortar</b>.\n"
-"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro efetuar esse "
-"procedimento.\n"
+"Uma caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro efetuar esse procedimento.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
+#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and "
-"click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Seleção de Grupo de Trabalho ou Domínio</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecione o nome existente do grupo de trabalho ou domínio ou digite um novo "
-"nome e clique em <b>Avançar</b>.\n"
+"Selecione o nome existente do grupo de trabalho ou domínio ou digite um novo nome e clique em <b>Avançar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
+#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT "
-"style domain.</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their "
-"passwords.</p>\n"
-"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings "
-"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be "
-"phased out in future releases.</p>"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
+"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tipo de Servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Um controlador de domínio permite que clientes Windows efetuem login em "
-"um domínio no estilo do Windows NT.</p>\n"
+"<p>Um controlador de domínio permite que clientes Windows efetuem login em um domínio no estilo do Windows NT.</p>\n"
"<p>O controlador de backup usa outro controlador de domínio para validação.\n"
-"O controlador principal usa suas próprias informações sobre os usuários e "
-"suas senhas.</p>\n"
-"<p>As opções disponíveis nas caixas de diálogo de configuração dependem das "
-"configurações desta seleção. A funcionalidade de controlador de domínio no "
-"estilo do Windows NT será eliminada das versões futuras.</p>"
+"O controlador principal usa suas próprias informações sobre os usuários e suas senhas.</p>\n"
+"<p>As opções disponíveis nas caixas de diálogo de configuração dependem das configurações desta seleção. A funcionalidade de controlador de domínio no estilo do Windows NT será eliminada das versões futuras.</p>"
-#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
+#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Tipo de Servidor Samba</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Um controlador de domínio permite que os clientes Windows efetuem login "
-"em um domínio do Windows.</p>\n"
+"<p>Um controlador de domínio permite que os clientes Windows efetuem login em um domínio do Windows.</p>\n"
" <p>As opções disponíveis nas caixas de diálogo de configuração \n"
" dependem das definições desta seleção.</p>"
-#. Share list dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80
+#. Share list dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80
msgid "<p><b><big>Shares</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Compartilhamentos</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n"
"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta lista contém os compartilhamentos já configurados e informações \n"
-"básicas sobre eles, além de indicar se estão habilitados ou desabilitados."
-"<br></p>"
+"básicas sobre eles, além de indicar se estão habilitados ou desabilitados.<br></p>"
-#. Share list dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87
+#. Share list dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p>A share can be enabled or disabled.\n"
"A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n"
@@ -963,8 +929,8 @@
"Portanto, ele pode ser habilitado novamente mais tarde.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Share list dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95
+#. Share list dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p>Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n"
"Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n"
@@ -978,20 +944,19 @@
"selecione <b>Não Mostrar Compartilhamentos do Sistema</b> no menu\n"
"<b>Filtro</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Share list dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103
+#. Share list dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n"
"remove the information about a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar um novo compartilhamento, <b>Editar"
-"b> para modificar um\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar um novo compartilhamento, <b>Editar</b> para modificar um\n"
"compartilhamento existente e <b>Eliminar</b> para \n"
"remover informações sobre um compartilhamento.</p>\n"
-#. Identity dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109
+#. Identity dialog help 1/5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Identity</big></b><br>\n"
"These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n"
@@ -1001,30 +966,25 @@
"Estas opções permitem configuração da identidade do servidor\n"
"e seu papel principal na rede.</p>\n"
-#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
+#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n"
-"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain "
-"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The "
-"backup controller \n"
+"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n"
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>As configurações básicas definem o domínio e a\n"
-"função do servidor. O <b>Controlador de Domínio de Backup</b> e o "
-"<b>Controlador de Domínio Primário</b> permitem que os clientes Windows "
-"efetuem login em um domínio do Windows. O controlador de backup \n"
+"função do servidor. O <b>Controlador de Domínio de Backup</b> e o <b>Controlador de Domínio Primário</b> permitem que os clientes Windows efetuem login em um domínio do Windows. O controlador de backup \n"
"usa outro controlador de domínio para validação. O controlador primário\n"
"usa suas próprias informações sobre os usuários e suas senhas.\n"
-"Se o servidor não deverá participar como controlador de domínio, escolha o "
-"valor \n"
+"Se o servidor não deverá participar como controlador de domínio, escolha o valor \n"
"<b>Não é um DC</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124
+#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base Settings</b> set up the domain and the\n"
"server role. <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allows Windows clients\n"
@@ -1032,13 +992,12 @@
"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>As <b>Configurações Básicas</b> definem o domínio e a\n"
-"função do servidor. O <b>Controlador de Domínio Primário</b> permite que os "
-"clientes Windows\n"
+"função do servidor. O <b>Controlador de Domínio Primário</b> permite que os clientes Windows\n"
"efetuem login em um domínio do Windows. Se o servidor não deverá participar\n"
"como controlador de domínio, escolha <b>Não é um DC</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Samba role dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131
+#. Samba role dialog help 3/5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS</b> is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n"
"network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n"
@@ -1054,8 +1013,8 @@
"para suas consultas. No segundo caso, escolha <b>Servidor WINS Remoto</b>\n"
"e digite o endereço IP do servidor WINS.</p>\n"
-#. Samba role dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140
+#. Samba role dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140
msgid ""
"<p>Optionally, set a <b>Server NetBIOS Name</b>. The\n"
"NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network.</p>"
@@ -1063,18 +1022,16 @@
"<p>Como opção, defina um <b>Nome NetBIOS do Servidor</b>. O nome\n"
"NetBIOS é aquele que o servidor usa na rede SMB.</p>"
-#. Samba role dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144
+#. Samba role dialog help 5/5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global "
-"settings.</p>\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>As <b>Configurações Avançadas</b> fornecem acesso a \n"
-"detalhes de configuração, fontes de autenticação de usuário e configurações "
-"técnicas globais.</p>\n"
+"detalhes de configuração, fontes de autenticação de usuário e configurações técnicas globais.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Trusted Domains</big></b><br>\n"
"NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n"
@@ -1088,7 +1045,7 @@
"Aqui, você pode criar uma lista de domínios para os quais\n"
"o servidor Samba deve prover acesso.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new domain into the list, press <b>Add</b>.\n"
"Enter the name of the domain to trust\n"
@@ -1099,13 +1056,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Para adicionar um domínio novo à lista, pressione <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"Digite o nome de domínio a confiar\n"
-"e uma senha na caixa de diálogo exibida. A senha é usada pelo servidor "
-"Samba\n"
+"e uma senha na caixa de diálogo exibida. A senha é usada pelo servidor Samba\n"
"para acessar o domínio de confiança. Depois de se pressionar <b>OK</b>,\n"
"o relacionamento de confiança é estabelecido. Para eliminar um domínio,\n"
"escolha-o na lista e pressione <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
msgid ""
"<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n"
"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n"
@@ -1113,8 +1069,8 @@
"<p>Para obter mais detalhes sobre como funcionam os domínios confiáveis,\n"
"consulte a coleção HOWTO do Samba.</p>\n"
-#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166
+#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Edit a Share</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n"
@@ -1122,18 +1078,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Editar Compartilhamento</big></b><br>\n"
"Ajuste aqui as opções de um compartilhamento.</p>\n"
-#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170
+#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar uma nova opção de configuração, "
-"<b>Editar</b> para modificar uma\n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar uma nova opção de configuração, <b>Editar</b> para modificar uma\n"
"opção existente e <b>Eliminar</b> para eliminar uma opção.</p>\n"
-#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
+#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n"
@@ -1141,18 +1096,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Configurações Globais de Especialista</big></b><br>\n"
"Aqui, refine as opções globais do servidor.</p>\n"
-#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178
+#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar nova opção de configuração, "
-"<b>Editar</b> \n"
+"<p>Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar nova opção de configuração, <b>Editar</b> \n"
"para modificar opção existente, e <b>Eliminar</b> para eliminar opção.</p>\n"
-#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
+#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n"
@@ -1162,60 +1116,50 @@
"Configure aqui os detalhes sobre o uso do LDAP pelo\n"
"servidor Samba.</p>\n"
-#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
+#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n"
-"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN"
-"b> is used when\n"
+"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O <b>DN da Base de Pesquisa</b> (nome exclusivo) é\n"
-"a base para começar a pesquisar as informações. O <b>DN de Administração</b> "
-"é usado na\n"
+"a base para começar a pesquisar as informações. O <b>DN de Administração</b> é usado na\n"
"criação de novos usuários e grupos. Se o DN de administração exigir uma\n"
"senha para acesso de gravação, defina-a usando \n"
"<b>Definir Senha de Administração do LDAP</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password "
-"is set.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nota:</b> As configurações são gravadas antes que a senha de "
-"administração do LDAP seja definida.</p>\n"
+#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
+msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nota:</b> As configurações são gravadas antes que a senha de administração do LDAP seja definida.</p>\n"
-#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
+#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Authentication Information Backends</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n"
"information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n"
"only one is allowed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Back Ends de Informações de Autenticação do Usuário</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Back Ends de Informações de Autenticação do Usuário</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha o local onde o servidor Samba deve procurar por informações de\n"
"autenticação. O Samba não suporta mais vários back ends de uma vez,\n"
"apenas um é permitido.</p>\n"
-#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
+#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current "
-"one first\n"
+"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para mudar a fonte de autenticação do usuário, primeiro remova a fonte "
-"atual\n"
-"clicando em <b>Apagar</b> e adicione uma nova usando a opção <b>Adicionar"
-"b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Para mudar a fonte de autenticação do usuário, primeiro remova a fonte atual\n"
+"clicando em <b>Apagar</b> e adicione uma nova usando a opção <b>Adicionar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
+#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b>smbpasswd file</b> is the file using the same format as\n"
"the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n"
@@ -1227,8 +1171,8 @@
"passwd. É possível ter múltiplos arquivos neste\n"
"formato.</p>\n"
-#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218
+#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n"
"the information.</p>\n"
@@ -1236,59 +1180,56 @@
"<p><b>LDAP</b> é a URL de um servidor LDAP para \n"
"verificar informação.</p>\n"
-#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222
+#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n"
"to store and look up the information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Banco de dados TDB</b> usa um formato binário interno de banco de "
-"dados Samba\n"
+"<p>O <b>Banco de dados TDB</b> usa um formato binário interno de banco de dados Samba\n"
"para armazenar e procurar as informações.</p>\n"
-#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore
-#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */
-#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to
-#. to store and look up the information.</p>
-#. ") +
-#. not in UI anymore
-#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7
-#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify
-#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.
-#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order
-#. of the back-ends.</p>
-#. "),
-#. no such button there
-#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */
-#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to
-#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows
-#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently
-#. selected LDAP back-end.</p>
-#. "),
-#. add new share dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248
+#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore
+#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */
+#. _("<p><b>MySQL database</b> uses an external MySQL database to
+#. to store and look up the information.</p>
+#. ") +
+#. not in UI anymore
+#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7
+#. _("<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify
+#. an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.
+#. Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order
+#. of the back-ends.</p>
+#. "),
+#. no such button there
+#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */
+#. _("<p>The <b>LDAP</b> button gives access to
+#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows
+#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently
+#. selected LDAP back-end.</p>
+#. "),
+#. add new share dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add a New Share</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adicionar Novo Compartilhamento</big></b><br>\n"
-"Digite aqui as informações básicas sobre um compartilhamento a ser "
-"adicionado.</p>\n"
+"Digite aqui as informações básicas sobre um compartilhamento a ser adicionado.</p>\n"
-#. add new share dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252
+#. add new share dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p><b>Share Name</b> is used for accessing\n"
"the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n"
"purpose of the share.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nome do Compartilhamento</b> é usado para acessar\n"
-"o compartilhamento a partir de clientes. <b>Descrição de Compartilhamento"
-"b>\n"
+"o compartilhamento a partir de clientes. <b>Descrição de Compartilhamento</b>\n"
"descreve o propósito de um compartilhamento.</p>"
-#. add new share dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258
+#. add new share dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258
msgid ""
"<p>There are two types of shares. A <b>Printer</b> share\n"
"is presented as a printer to clients. A <b>Directory</b> share \n"
@@ -1300,8 +1241,8 @@
"apresentado como disco de rede. O <b>Caminho do Compartilhamento</b>\n"
"deve ser informado para um compartilhamento diretório.</p>\n"
-#. add new share dialog help 4/3
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265
+#. add new share dialog help 4/3
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n"
"of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n"
@@ -1311,7 +1252,7 @@
"de um serviço não poderão criar nem modificar os arquivos do diretório\n"
"de serviços.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n"
"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n"
@@ -1321,130 +1262,72 @@
"que se uma ACLs padrão existe nos diretórios pai, ela será sempre\n"
"honrada quando da criação de um sub-diretório.</p>\n"
-#. add new share dialog help
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by "
-"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only "
-"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to "
-"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions "
-"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further "
-"details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com a opção <b>Expor Instantâneos</b> selecionada, o Samba expõe os "
-"instantâneos criados pelo Snapper para acesso e manipulação por clientes "
-"CIFS/SMB. Essa opção está disponível apenas quando o Samba oferece suporte "
-"ao Snapper, e o Caminho do Compartilhamento corresponde a um subvolume de "
-"configuração do Snapper permitido pelo Btrfs.<br> É necessário também "
-"conceder as permissões relevantes, consulte a página de manual do Samba "
-"<b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> para obter mais detalhes.</p>"
+#. add new share dialog help
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com a opção <b>Expor Instantâneos</b> selecionada, o Samba expõe os instantâneos criados pelo Snapper para acesso e manipulação por clientes CIFS/SMB. Essa opção está disponível apenas quando o Samba oferece suporte ao Snapper, e o Caminho do Compartilhamento corresponde a um subvolume de configuração do Snapper permitido pelo Btrfs.<br> É necessário também conceder as permissões relevantes, consulte a página de manual do Samba <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> para obter mais detalhes.</p>"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of "
-"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if "
-"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See "
-"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Utilizar Recursos do Btrfs</b> instrui o Samba a aproveitar os "
-"recursos específicos do sistema de arquivos Btrfs. Essa opção está "
-"disponível apenas quando o Samba oferece suporte ao Btrfs, e o Caminho do "
-"Compartilhamento é um subvolume do Btrfs. Consulte a página de manual do "
-"Samba <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> para obter mais detalhes.</p>"
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
+msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Utilizar Recursos do Btrfs</b> instrui o Samba a aproveitar os recursos específicos do sistema de arquivos Btrfs. Essa opção está disponível apenas quando o Samba oferece suporte ao Btrfs, e o Caminho do Compartilhamento é um subvolume do Btrfs. Consulte a página de manual do Samba <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> para obter mais detalhes.</p>"
-#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
+#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the "
-"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/"
-"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
+"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, "
-"including full Administrator DN.\n"
+"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP "
-"objects.\n"
+"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To "
-"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings"
-"b>.<p>"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configurações do LDAP</big></b><br>\n"
"Determine aqui o servidor LDAP a ser utilizado para autenticação.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"A configuração do <b>Back End da Senha LDAP</b> permite armazenar as "
-"informações dos usuários na árvore LDAP especificada pelo URL. Com <b>Back "
-"End do Idmap LDAP</b>, armazene as tabelas de mapeamento SID/uid/gid no "
-"LDAP.\n"
+"A configuração do <b>Back End da Senha LDAP</b> permite armazenar as informações dos usuários na árvore LDAP especificada pelo URL. Com <b>Back End do Idmap LDAP</b>, armazene as tabelas de mapeamento SID/uid/gid no LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"Na seção Autenticação, defina as credenciais para o servidor LDAP, incluindo "
-"o DN do Administrador completo.\n"
+"Na seção Autenticação, defina as credenciais para o servidor LDAP, incluindo o DN do Administrador completo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"O <b>DN Base de Pesquisa</b> é o sufixo LDAP anexado aos objetos LDAP "
-"específicos do Samba.\n"
+"O <b>DN Base de Pesquisa</b> é o sufixo LDAP anexado aos objetos LDAP específicos do Samba.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"Para testar a conexão com seu servidor LDAP, clique em <b>Testar Conexão"
-"b>. Para definir configurações de especialista do LDAP ou utilizar os "
-"valores padrão, clique em <b>Configurações Avançadas</b>.<p>"
+"Para testar a conexão com seu servidor LDAP, clique em <b>Testar Conexão</b>. Para definir configurações de especialista do LDAP ou utilizar os valores padrão, clique em <b>Configurações Avançadas</b>.<p>"
-#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The "
-"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, "
-"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> "
-"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Sufixo de Usuário</b> especifica onde os usuários são adicionados na "
-"árvore LDAP. O valor é precedido ao valor do <b>DN Base de Pesquisa</b>. De "
-"forma parecida, o <b>Sufixo de Grupo</b> especifica o local para grupos, o "
-"<b>Sufixo de Máquina</b> para máquinas e <b>Sufixo Idmap</b> para "
-"mapeamentos idmap.</p>"
+#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
+msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Sufixo de Usuário</b> especifica onde os usuários são adicionados na árvore LDAP. O valor é precedido ao valor do <b>DN Base de Pesquisa</b>. De forma parecida, o <b>Sufixo de Grupo</b> especifica o local para grupos, o <b>Sufixo de Máquina</b> para máquinas e <b>Sufixo Idmap</b> para mapeamentos idmap.</p>"
-#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
+#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait "
-"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)."
-"p>"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Repouso de Replicação</b> é a quantidade de milissegundos que o "
-"Samba aguarda após a gravação no servidor LDAP para que as réplicas LDAP "
-"possam acompanhá-lo.</p>\n"
-"O <p><b>Tempo de Espera</b> especifica o tempo de espera das operações LDAP "
-"(em segundos).</p>"
+"<p>O <b>Repouso de Replicação</b> é a quantidade de milissegundos que o Samba aguarda após a gravação no servidor LDAP para que as réplicas LDAP possam acompanhá-lo.</p>\n"
+"O <p><b>Tempo de Espera</b> especifica o tempo de espera das operações LDAP (em segundos).</p>"
-#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
-msgid ""
-"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina se é para usar SSL na conexão LDAP com <b>Usar SSL ou TLS</b>.</p>"
+#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
+msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina se é para usar SSL na conexão LDAP com <b>Usar SSL ou TLS</b>.</p>"
-#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
+#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete "
-"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
-"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the "
-"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual "
-"page for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
+"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Apagar DN</b> especifica se a operação de exclusão apaga a entrada "
-"LDAP completa ou somente os atributos específicos do Samba.</p>\n"
-"<p>Com <b>Sincronizar Senhas</b>, defina a sincronização possível da senha "
-"LDAP com os hashes NT e LM. Consulte a página de manual de <tt>smb.conf</tt> "
-"para obter detalhes.</p>"
+"<p><b>Apagar DN</b> especifica se a operação de exclusão apaga a entrada LDAP completa ou somente os atributos específicos do Samba.</p>\n"
+"<p>Com <b>Sincronizar Senhas</b>, defina a sincronização possível da senha LDAP com os hashes NT e LM. Consulte a página de manual de <tt>smb.conf</tt> para obter detalhes.</p>"
-#. translators: warning text
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
+#. translators: warning text
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
msgid ""
"If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n"
"service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n"
@@ -1453,12 +1336,11 @@
msgstr ""
"Se você mudar o Nome de Host NetBIOS, o Samba criará um\n"
"identificador de serviço (SID) para o servidor com a primeira\n"
-"conexão de cliente. Como o novo SID não é igual ao antigo, clientes não "
-"poderão\n"
+"conexão de cliente. Como o novo SID não é igual ao antigo, clientes não poderão\n"
"mais autenticar-se como membros do domínio.\n"
-#. translators: warning text
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329
+#. translators: warning text
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329
msgid ""
"Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n"
"directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n"
@@ -1467,12 +1349,11 @@
msgstr ""
"Considere que /tmp e /var/tmp sejam diretórios publicamente\n"
"acessíveis e que um serviço de limpeza programada pode remover os arquivos\n"
-"após um período configurado. Consulte MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP e TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR "
-"em\n"
+"após um período configurado. Consulte MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP e TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR em\n"
"/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n"
-#. translators: warning text
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336
+#. translators: warning text
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336
msgid ""
"Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n"
"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n"
@@ -1480,8 +1361,8 @@
"Exportar o /var pode gerar problemas de segurança. O\n"
"diretório contém muitos segredos do seu sistema.\n"
-#. translators: warning text
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340
+#. translators: warning text
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340
msgid ""
"Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n"
"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n"
@@ -1489,8 +1370,8 @@
"Exportar o /etc pode gerar problemas de segurança. O\n"
"diretório contém muitos segredos do seu sistema.\n"
-#. translators: warning text
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346
+#. translators: warning text
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n"
"entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n"
@@ -1498,48 +1379,46 @@
"Exportar o / pode gerar problemas de segurança, já que isso \n"
"torna todo seu sistema de arquivos acessível a clientes do Samba.\n"
-#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
+#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, "
-"and\n"
+"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>As <b>Configurações Avançadas</b> fornecem acesso a \n"
-"detalhes de configuração, como configurações do LDAP, origens de "
-"autenticação de usuário e\n"
+"detalhes de configuração, como configurações do LDAP, origens de autenticação de usuário e\n"
"configurações global especializadas.</p>\n"
-#. translators: combo box value
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67
+#. translators: combo box value
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67
msgid "TLS"
msgstr "TLS"
-#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest)
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82
+#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest)
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82
msgid "Only"
msgstr "Somente"
-#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166
+#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166
msgid "Enter the server URL."
msgstr "Informe a URL do servidor."
-#. translators: inform text
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289
+#. translators: inform text
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289
msgid "Passwords do not match."
msgstr "Senhas não são iguais."
-#. translators: inform text
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300
+#. translators: inform text
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300
msgid "Passwords match."
msgstr "Senhas são iguais."
-#. Propose default values
-#. translators: popup message
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369
+#. Propose default values
+#. translators: popup message
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369
msgid ""
"All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n"
"Continue?\n"
@@ -1547,183 +1426,182 @@
"Todos os valores atuais relacionados com LDAP serão\n"
"regravados. Continuar?\n"
-#. translators: popup message
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364
+#. translators: popup message
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364
msgid "Connection successful."
msgstr "Conexão teve sucesso."
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432
msgid "&Search Base DN"
msgstr "DN da &Base de Pesquisa"
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Autenticação"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438
msgid "&Administration DN"
msgstr "DN de &Administração"
-#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword
-#. translators: password enrty label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447
+#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword
+#. translators: password enrty label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447
msgid "Administration &Password"
msgstr "&Senha de Administração"
-#. translators: reenter password entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453
+#. translators: reenter password entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453
msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)"
msgstr "Senha de Administração (No&vamente)"
-#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database)
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464
+#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database)
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464
msgid "Passdb Back-End"
msgstr "Passdb Back-End"
-#. translators: check box label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471
+#. translators: check box label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471
msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End"
msgstr "Usar Back-&End de Senha do LDAP"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475
msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
msgstr "&URL de Servidor LDAP"
-#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping)
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483
+#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping)
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483
msgid "Idmap Back-End"
msgstr "Idmap Back-End"
-#. translators: check box label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490
+#. translators: check box label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490
msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End"
msgstr "Usar Back-End de &ldmap do LDAP"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494
msgid "LDAP Server U&RL"
msgstr "U&RL de Servidor LDAP"
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517
msgid "&Test Connection"
msgstr "&Testar Conexão"
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520
msgid "Advanced &Settings..."
msgstr "&Configurações Avançadas..."
-#. translators: dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820
+#. translators: dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820
msgid "Expert LDAP Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de especialista LDAP"
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523
msgid "Default Values"
msgstr "Valores Padrão"
-#. translators: frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587
+#. translators: frame label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587
msgid "Suffixes"
msgstr "Sufixos"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590
msgid "&User Suffix"
msgstr "Sufixo de &Usuário"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592
msgid "&Group Suffix"
msgstr "Sufixo de &Grupo"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594
msgid "&Machine Suffix"
msgstr "Sufixo de &Máquina"
-#. translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596
+#. translators: text entry label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596
msgid "&Idmap Suffix"
msgstr "Sufixo &Idmap"
-#. translators: frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641
+#. translators: frame label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641
msgid "Time-Outs"
msgstr "Time-Outs"
-#. translators: integer field label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647
+#. translators: integer field label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647
msgid "&Replication Sleep"
msgstr "&Repouso de Replicação"
-#. translators: integer field label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654
+#. translators: integer field label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654
msgid "&Time-Out"
msgstr "&Time-Out"
-#. translators: frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693
+#. translators: frame label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Segurança"
-#. translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699
+#. translators: combo box label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699
msgid "&Use SSL or TLS"
msgstr "&Usar SSL ou TLS"
-#. translators: frame label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747
+#. translators: frame label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747
msgid "Other Settings"
msgstr "Outras Configurações"
-#. No such option, bug 169194
-#. translators: text entry label
-#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))),
-#. translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757
+#. No such option, bug 169194
+#. translators: text entry label
+#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))),
+#. translators: combo box label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757
msgid "&Delete DN"
msgstr "Eliminar &DN"
-#. translators: combo box label
-#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767
+#. translators: combo box label
+#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767
msgid "&Synchronize Passwords"
msgstr "&Sincronizar Senhas"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167
msgid "Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Servidor Samba"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. translators: in error message, followed by server error
-#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261
+#. translators: in error message, followed by server error
+#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261
msgid "Additional Information:"
msgstr "Informação Adicional:"
-#. translators: unknown error message
-#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265
+#. translators: unknown error message
+#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available."
msgstr "Erro desconhecido. Provavelmente yast2-ldap não está disponível."
-#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
+#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
msgid "Unknown Class:"
msgstr "Classe Desconhecida:"
-#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
+#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported."
-msgstr ""
-"Somente há suporte para as classes dcObject (dc) e organizationalUnit (ou)."
+msgstr "Somente há suporte para as classes dcObject (dc) e organizationalUnit (ou)."
-#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP
-#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624
+#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP
+#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"It seems that there is no functional\n"
@@ -1732,204 +1610,204 @@
"Parece não existir um servidor LDAP\n"
"funcional em %s.\n"
-#. translators: server role name
-#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50
+#. translators: server role name
+#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50
msgid "File and Printer Sharing"
msgstr "Compartilhamento de Arquivo e Impressora"
-#. translators: server role name
-#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52
+#. translators: server role name
+#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52
msgid "Backup Domain Controller"
msgstr "Controladora de Domínio Backup"
-#. translators: server role name
-#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54
+#. translators: server role name
+#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54
msgid "Primary Domain Controller"
msgstr "Controladora de Domínio Primário"
-#. translators: server role name
-#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56
+#. translators: server role name
+#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56
msgid "Domain Member Server"
msgstr "Servidor Membro de Domínio"
-#. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138
+#. Samba-server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138
msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração de Servidor Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143
msgid "Read global Samba settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações globais Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145
msgid "Read Samba secrets"
msgstr "Ler segredos do Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147
msgid "Read Samba service settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de serviço do Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149
msgid "Read Samba accounts"
msgstr "Ler contas do Samba"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151
msgid "Read the back-end settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações de back-end"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153
msgid "Read the firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de firewall"
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155
msgid "Read Samba service role settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de função do serviço do Samba"
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158
msgid "Reading global Samba settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações globais Samba..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160
msgid "Reading Samba secrets..."
msgstr "Lendo segredos do Samba..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162
msgid "Reading Samba service settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de serviço do Samba..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164
msgid "Reading Samba accounts..."
msgstr "Lendo contas do Samba..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166
msgid "Reading the back-end settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações de back-end..."
-#. translators: progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168
+#. translators: progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168
msgid "Reading the firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de firewall..."
-#. translators: progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170
+#. translators: progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170
msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de função do serviço do Samba..."
-#. translators: progress finished
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
+#. translators: progress finished
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
+#. Samba-server read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando Configuração do Servidor Samba"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações globais"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Desabilitar serviços Samba"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Habilitar serviços Samba"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
msgid "Write back-end settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de back-end"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
msgid "Write Samba accounts"
msgstr "Gravar contas do Samba"
-#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
+#. translators: write progress stage
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
msgid "Save firewall settings"
msgstr "Salvar configurações de firewall"
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações globais..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Desabilitando serviços Samba..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Habilitando serviços Samba..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
msgid "Writing back-end settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de back-end..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
msgid "Writing Samba accounts..."
msgstr "Gravando contas do Samba..."
-#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
+#. translators: write progress step
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
msgid "Saving firewall settings..."
msgstr "Salvando configurações de firewall..."
-#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
+#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações no /etc/samba/smb.conf."
-#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
+#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
msgid "Global Configuration:"
msgstr "Configuração Global:"
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
#, perl-format
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s"
msgstr "Workgroup ou Domínio: %s"
-#. summary item: selected role for the samba server
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
+#. summary item: selected role for the samba server
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
#, perl-format
msgid "Role: %s"
msgstr "Função: %s"
-#. summary item: status of the samba service
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
+#. summary item: status of the samba service
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
msgid "Samba server is disabled"
msgstr "Servidor Samba desabilitado"
-#. summary heading: configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
+#. summary heading: configured shares
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
msgid "Share Configuration:"
msgstr "Compartilhar Configuração:"
-#. summary item: no configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
+#. summary item: no configured shares
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/samba-users.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,124 +14,105 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74
+#. helptext
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74
msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aqui, edite as configurações da conta do usuário samba.</p>"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77
msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for "
msgstr "<p>Se não informar valores customizados para "
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon "
-"Script</b> "
-msgstr ""
-"<b>\"Home Drive\"</b>, <b>\"Home Path\"</b>, <b>\"Profile Path\"</b> e <b>"
-"\"Logon Script\"</b> "
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78
+msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> "
+msgstr "<b>\"Home Drive\"</b>, <b>\"Home Path\"</b>, <b>\"Profile Path\"</b> e <b>\"Logon Script\"</b> "
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81
-msgid ""
-"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"os valores padrão como definidos na sua Configuração Samba local serão "
-"usados.</p>"
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81
+msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>"
+msgstr "os valores padrão como definidos na sua Configuração Samba local serão usados.</p>"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96
msgid "Home Drive"
msgstr "Home Drive"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173
msgid "Use Default Values"
msgstr "Usar Valores Padrão"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117
msgid "Home Path"
msgstr "Home Path"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138
msgid "Profile Path"
msgstr "Profile Path"
-#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162
+#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162
msgid "Logon Script"
msgstr "Logon Script"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185
msgid "Samba Account Disabled"
msgstr "Conta Samba Desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187
msgid "No Password Expiration"
msgstr "Sem Vencimento de Senha"
-#. dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112
msgid "Edit Samba Attributes"
msgstr "Editar Atributos Samba"
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82
msgid ""
-"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for "
-"Samba.\n"
-"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> "
-"attribute,\n"
-"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All "
-"other\n"
-"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name"
-"b>\n"
-"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group "
-"will\n"
+"<p>This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n"
+"The only setting that you can edit here is the <b>Samba Group Name</b> attribute,\n"
+"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n"
+"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the <b>Samba Group Name</b>\n"
+"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n"
"be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Este plug-in pode ser usado para habilitar um grupo LDAP para ser "
-"disponibilizado ao Samba.\n"
-"A única configuração que você pode editar aqui é o atributo <b>Nome de Grupo "
-"Samba</b>,\n"
+"<p>Este plug-in pode ser usado para habilitar um grupo LDAP para ser disponibilizado ao Samba.\n"
+"A única configuração que você pode editar aqui é o atributo <b>Nome de Grupo Samba</b>,\n"
"que é o Nome do Grupo como deve aparecer para os Clientes Samba. Todas as\n"
-"outras configurações são computadas automaticamente. Se você deixar o "
-"<b>Nome de Grupo Samba</b>\n"
+"outras configurações são computadas automaticamente. Se você deixar o <b>Nome de Grupo Samba</b>\n"
"vazio, o mesmo nome definido nas\n"
"Configurações Globais deste Grupo\n"
"será usado.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99
msgid "Samba Group Name"
msgstr "Nome de Grupo Samba"
-#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85
+#. plugin name
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85
msgid "Samba Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos Samba"
-#. summary
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95
+#. summary
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95
msgid "Manage samba account parameters"
msgstr "Gerenciar parâmetros de conta samba"
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203
msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute."
msgstr "Não pode atualizar atributo de objectclass."
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252
msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in."
msgstr "Não pode inicializar SID do samba. Desabilitando o plug-in."
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294
msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account"
msgstr "Mude a senha para criar conta samba"
-#. summary
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95
+#. summary
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95
msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups"
msgstr "Gerencie atributo Samba dos grupos LDAP"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/scanner.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,219 +14,219 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Text for the command_line_description:
-#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text)
-#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing.
-#. For use with autoinstallation.
-#. @return sequence result
-#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110
-#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114
+#. Text for the command_line_description:
+#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text)
+#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing.
+#. For use with autoinstallation.
+#. @return sequence result
+#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114
msgid "Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Scanner"
-#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116
+#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "Driver"
msgstr "Driver"
-#. Header for a column of the overview table
-#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119
+#. Header for a column of the overview table
+#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Scanner"
msgstr "Scanner"
-#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125
+#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "&Restart Detection"
msgstr "&Reiniciar Detecção"
-#. Label of a button to test a scanner:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130
+#. Label of a button to test a scanner:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Testar"
-#. Label of a button to run hp-setup.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136
+#. Label of a button to run hp-setup.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136
msgid "Run &hp-setup"
msgstr "Executar &hp-setup"
-#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog.
-#. Do not confuse "scanning via network"
-#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
-#. with "scanning the network"
-#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services):
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145
+#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog.
+#. Do not confuse "scanning via network"
+#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
+#. with "scanning the network"
+#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services):
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145
msgid "Scanning via &Network..."
msgstr "Digitalizar via &Rede..."
-#. edit
-#. delete
-#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend:
-#. test
-#. select a scanner
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753
+#. edit
+#. delete
+#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend:
+#. test
+#. select a scanner
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Nada Selecionado"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Selecione uma entrada."
-#. without a matching active scanner was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button.
-#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
-#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
-#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button.
-#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300
+#. without a matching active scanner was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button.
+#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
+#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
+#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button.
+#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "Edit Not Possible"
msgstr "Impossível Editar"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver
-#. without a matching active scanner was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button:
-#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver
-#. without a matching active scanner was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button:
-#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver
+#. without a matching active scanner was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button:
+#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver
+#. without a matching active scanner was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button:
+#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner."
msgstr "Só é possível apagar um driver sem scanner correspondente."
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
-#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
-#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button.
-#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button.
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
-#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
-#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button.
-#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button.
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
-#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
-#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
-#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
+#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
+#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button.
+#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button.
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
+#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
+#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button.
+#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button.
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry
+#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
+#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
+#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513
msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner."
msgstr "Só é possível adicionar um scanner."
-#. which is not yet configured was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button.
-#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
-#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
-#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button.
-#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369
+#. which is not yet configured was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button.
+#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
+#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
+#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button.
+#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369
msgid "Delete Not Possible"
msgstr "Impossível Apagar"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner
-#. which is not yet configured was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button:
-#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner
-#. which is not yet configured was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button:
-#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner
+#. which is not yet configured was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button:
+#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner
+#. which is not yet configured was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button:
+#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482
msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner."
msgstr "Só é possível editar um scanner detectado."
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Deactivate %1?"
msgstr "Desativar %1 ?"
-#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name.
-#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
+#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name.
+#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "Falhou desativação %1."
-#. which is not yet configured was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
-#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button.
-#. without a matching active scanner was selected
-#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
-#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button.
-#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
-#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
-#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508
+#. which is not yet configured was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
+#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button.
+#. without a matching active scanner was selected
+#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
+#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button.
+#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver
+#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
+#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508
msgid "Test Not Possible"
msgstr "Impossível Testar"
-#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542
+#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542
msgid "Failed to test %1."
msgstr "Falhou teste %1."
-#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582
+#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582
msgid "Failed to run hp-setup."
msgstr "Falha ao executar hp-setup."
-#. Select model dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605
+#. Select model dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605
msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection"
msgstr "Seleção de Modelo e Driver de Scanner"
-#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662
+#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "S&earch String"
msgstr "String de P&esquisa"
-#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675
+#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "Pesqui&sar"
-#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680
+#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Show Complete &List"
msgstr "Mostrar &Lista Completa"
-#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models:
-#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724
+#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models:
+#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "Scanner &Models"
msgstr "&Modelos de Scanner"
-#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740
+#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740
msgid "All Scanner &Models"
msgstr "&Todos os Modelos de Scanner"
-#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773
+#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773
msgid "Unsupported Model"
msgstr "Modelo Não Suportado"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"This model is not supported.\n"
"Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver."
@@ -234,16 +234,16 @@
"Este modelo não é suportado.\n"
"Solicite ao fabricante um driver para Linux."
-#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784
+#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784
msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1"
msgstr "Modelo Não Suportado pelo Driver %1"
-#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected
-#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789
+#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected
+#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789
msgid ""
"Check if another driver supports it,\n"
"select a compatible model,\n"
@@ -253,46 +253,41 @@
"selecione um modelo compatível\n"
"ou peça ao fabricante um servidor Linux."
-#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64).
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832
+#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64).
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832
msgid "Unsupported Driver"
msgstr "Driver Não Suportado"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected
-#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64).
-#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
-#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
-msgid ""
-"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-"
-"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
-msgstr ""
-"O driver epkowa está disponível somente para arquiteturas compatíveis com "
-"i386 (i386 de 32 bits e também x86_64 de 64 bits)."
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected
+#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64).
+#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
+#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
+msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
+msgstr "O driver epkowa está disponível somente para arquiteturas compatíveis com i386 (i386 de 32 bits e também x86_64 de 64 bits)."
-#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845
+#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845
msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver"
msgstr "Driver Possivelmente com Problema"
-#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64.
-#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849
+#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64.
+#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture."
-msgstr ""
-"O driver epkowa pode causar problemas em arquiteturas x86_64 de 64 bits."
+msgstr "O driver epkowa pode causar problemas em arquiteturas x86_64 de 64 bits."
-#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865
+#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Outdated Driver"
msgstr "Driver Desatualizado"
-#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
-#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected.
-#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870
+#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
+#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected.
+#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n"
"Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio."
@@ -300,70 +295,70 @@
"O driver hpoj deve funcionar, mas não é mais mantido.\n"
"Tente usar o driver atualizado hpaio."
-#. Configure backend dialog
-#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892
+#. Configure backend dialog
+#. @return dialog result
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup"
msgstr "Configuração de Scanner e Driver"
-#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend
-#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940
+#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend
+#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940
msgid "Failed to activate %1."
msgstr "Falhou a ativação %1."
-#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005
+#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005
msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network"
msgstr "Configuração de Scanning via Rede"
-#. Header of a TextEntry user input field.
-#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008
+#. Header of a TextEntry user input field.
+#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned"
msgstr "&Clientes Permitidos para saned"
-#. Header of a TextEntry user input field.
-#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
-#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012
+#. Header of a TextEntry user input field.
+#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
+#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012
msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver"
msgstr "&Servidores Usados para net Metadriver"
-#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog:
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023
+#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog:
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023
msgid "Server Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do Servidor"
-#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032
+#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032
msgid "Client Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do Cliente"
-#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network.
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041
+#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network.
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041
msgid "Predefined Configurations"
msgstr "Configurações Predefinidas"
-#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration.
-#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration"
-#. because this term is used also in the help text
-#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050
+#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration.
+#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration"
+#. because this term is used also in the help text
+#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050
msgid "&Local Host Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Host &Local"
-#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network.
-#. Do not confuse "scanning via network"
-#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
-#. with "scanning the network"
-#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
-#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061
+#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network.
+#. Do not confuse "scanning via network"
+#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
+#. with "scanning the network"
+#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
+#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061
msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network"
msgstr "&Desabilitar Digitalização via Rede"
-#. Read dialog help 1/1:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/1:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -375,8 +370,8 @@
"Aguarde...\n"
"</p>"
-#. Write dialog help 1/1:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/1:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -388,45 +383,41 @@
"Aguarde...\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 1/8:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52
+#. Overview dialog help 1/8:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active "
-"scanners.\n"
+"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configuração do Scanner</big></b><br>\n"
-"Configurar ou mudar a configuração do scanner e mostrar os scanners já "
-"ativos.\n"
+"Configurar ou mudar a configuração do scanner e mostrar os scanners já ativos.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 2/8:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59
+#. Overview dialog help 2/8:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n"
"detected scanners and press <b>Edit</b>.\n"
-"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual "
-"configuration.\n"
+"If your scanner has not been detected, use <b>Add</b> for a manual configuration.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Para configurar um novo scanner, escolha-o na lista de\n"
" scanners detectados e pressione <b>Editar</b>.\n"
-" Se o seu scanner não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Adicionar</b> para uma "
-"configuração manual.\n"
+" Se o seu scanner não tiver sido detectado, use <b>Adicionar</b> para uma configuração manual.\n"
" </p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 3/8:
-#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name.
-#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name.
-#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
-#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72
+#. Overview dialog help 3/8:
+#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name.
+#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name.
+#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
+#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n"
@@ -443,8 +434,7 @@
"configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n"
"If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n"
"check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n"
-"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the "
-"scanner.\n"
+"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -455,11 +445,9 @@
"tente <b>Outros</b> e <b>Reiniciar Detecção</b>.\n"
"Pode ser que apareçam alguns dispositivos USB que não sejam scanners.\n"
"Não existe um modo genérico de distinguir confiavelmente um scanner\n"
-"de outros dispositivos USB porque não existe nenhuma classe de dispositivo "
-"USB para scanners.\n"
+"de outros dispositivos USB porque não existe nenhuma classe de dispositivo USB para scanners.\n"
"Tente prosseguir clicando em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-"Para dispositivos multifuncionais HP, pode ser necessário executar <tt>hp-"
-"setup</tt>\n"
+"Para dispositivos multifuncionais HP, pode ser necessário executar <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n"
"por meio de <b>Outros</b> e <b>Executar hp-setup</b> antes de \n"
"configurar a unidade de scanner com essa ferramenta.\n"
"Se você tiver dificuldades para configurar seu scanner,\n"
@@ -467,17 +455,16 @@
"Se ele não aparecer, o sistema USB não poderá se comunicar com o scanner.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Overview dialog help 4/8:
-#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93
+#. Overview dialog help 4/8:
+#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n"
"If difficulties arise proceeding with <b>Add</b>,\n"
"check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
"If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n"
-"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been "
-"loaded.\n"
+"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -485,13 +472,12 @@
" Em caso de dificuldade ao usar <b>Adicionar</b>,\n"
" verifique se o scanner é mostrado pelo comando <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n"
" Se não for, o sistema SCSI não poderá se comunicar com o scanner.\n"
-" Verifique se foi carregado um módulo de kernel adequado para o adaptador de "
-"host SCSI.\n"
+" Verifique se foi carregado um módulo de kernel adequado para o adaptador de host SCSI.\n"
" </p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 5/8:
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104
+#. Overview dialog help 5/8:
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n"
@@ -499,32 +485,28 @@
"Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected to the parallel port,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup"
-"b>\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
"before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Os scanners de porta paralela não podem ser configurados com esta "
-"ferramenta,\n"
+"Os scanners de porta paralela não podem ser configurados com esta ferramenta,\n"
"exceto os dispositivos multifuncionais HP.\n"
"Os scanners comuns de porta paralela devem ser configurados manualmente.\n"
"Para configurar uma unidade de scanner em um dispositivo multifuncional HP\n"
"conectado à porta paralela,\n"
-"pode ser necessário executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> por meio de <b>Outros</b> e "
-"<b>Executar hp-setup</b>\n"
-"antes de configurar a unidade de scanner com essa ferramenta utilizando "
-"<b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
+"pode ser necessário executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> por meio de <b>Outros</b> e <b>Executar hp-setup</b>\n"
+"antes de configurar a unidade de scanner com essa ferramenta utilizando <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Overview dialog help 6/8:
-#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network)
-#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services)
-#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network).
-#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
-#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122
+#. Overview dialog help 6/8:
+#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network)
+#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services)
+#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network).
+#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
+#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n"
@@ -536,10 +518,8 @@
"connected to another host in the network.\n"
"To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n"
"which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n"
-"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup"
-"b>\n"
-"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add"
-"b>.\n"
+"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via <b>Other</b> and <b>Run hp-setup</b>\n"
+"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using <b>Add</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -552,60 +532,53 @@
"remoto conectado a outro host na rede.\n"
"Para configurar a unidade de scanner em um dispositivo multifuncional HP\n"
"conectado por uma interface de rede incorporada,\n"
-"pode ser necessário executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> por meio de <b>Outros</b> e "
-"<b>Executar hp-setup</b>\n"
-"antes de configurar a unidade de scanner com essa ferramenta utilizando "
-"<b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
+"pode ser necessário executar <tt>hp-setup</tt> por meio de <b>Outros</b> e <b>Executar hp-setup</b>\n"
+"antes de configurar a unidade de scanner com essa ferramenta utilizando <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Overview dialog help 7/8:
-#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
-#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
-#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly.
-#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way
-#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144
+#. Overview dialog help 7/8:
+#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
+#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
+#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly.
+#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way
+#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to select model and driver and enable it.\n"
"Press <b>Edit</b> to select and enable a driver.\n"
"Press <b>Delete</b> to disable the driver.\n"
-"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled "
-"drivers,\n"
+"If you press <b>Other</b>, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n"
"set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"A tabela lista os drivers configurados com seus scanners associados.\n"
-"Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para selecionar o modelo e o driver e habilitá-"
-"lo.\n"
+"Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para selecionar o modelo e o driver e habilitá-lo.\n"
"Pressione <b>Editar</b> para selecionar e habilitar um driver.\n"
"Pressione <b>Apagar</b> para desabilitar o driver.\n"
-"Se você pressionar <b>Outros</b>, poderá reiniciar a detecção, testar os "
-"scanners habilitados,\n"
-"definir os dispositivos multifuncionais HP ou configurar a digitalização "
-"pela rede.\n"
+"Se você pressionar <b>Outros</b>, poderá reiniciar a detecção, testar os scanners habilitados,\n"
+"definir os dispositivos multifuncionais HP ou configurar a digitalização pela rede.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Overview dialog help 8/8:
-#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is
-#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver.
-#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases
-#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem
-#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).
-#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module
-#. but at least the user must be informed.
-#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver"
-#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case.
-#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs
-#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166
+#. Overview dialog help 8/8:
+#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is
+#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver.
+#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases
+#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem
+#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem).
+#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module
+#. but at least the user must be informed.
+#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver"
+#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case.
+#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs
+#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible "
-"reasons are:\n"
+"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n"
"The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n"
"the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n"
"(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n"
@@ -615,8 +588,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Se um driver está configurado mas nenhum scanner é reconhecido por ele, os "
-"motivos possíveis são:\n"
+"Se um driver está configurado mas nenhum scanner é reconhecido por ele, os motivos possíveis são:\n"
"O scanner não está conectado ou está desligado,\n"
"o driver não é o correto para o modelo em questão\n"
"(até mesmo pequenas diferenças no nome do modelo ou diferenças internas\n"
@@ -625,155 +597,123 @@
"(ex.: um problema de USB ou SCSI de baixo nível).\n"
"</p>"
-#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5:
-#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180
+#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5:
+#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner Model Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n"
-"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing "
-"<b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Seleção do Modelo de Scanner</big></b><br>\n"
-"Todos os modelos de scanners conhecidos, suportados ou não, são listados "
-"aqui.\n"
-"Leia todas as informações cuidadosamente antes de selecionar um modelo e "
-"pressionar <b>Próximo</b>.\n"
+"Todos os modelos de scanners conhecidos, suportados ou não, são listados aqui.\n"
+"Leia todas as informações cuidadosamente antes de selecionar um modelo e pressionar <b>Próximo</b>.\n"
"As informações se baseiam nos dados do projeto SANE em \n"
"<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5:
-#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192
+#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5:
+#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
+#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver "
-"available.\n"
-"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-"
-"backends package.\n"
-"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete."
-"<br>\n"
-"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver "
-"does not work.\n"
+"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n"
+"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n"
+"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete.<br>\n"
+"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n"
"Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n"
-"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver "
-"internals\n"
-"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained "
-"driver.\n"
+"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n"
+"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Um modelo será suportado se houver pelo menos um driver de scanner "
-"apropriado disponível.\n"
-"A maioria dos drivers de scanner é do projeto SANE e faz parte do pacote "
-"sane-backends.\n"
+"Um modelo será suportado se houver pelo menos um driver de scanner apropriado disponível.\n"
+"A maioria dos drivers de scanner é do projeto SANE e faz parte do pacote sane-backends.\n"
"O status do suporte de determinado modelo varia de mínimo até completo.<br>\n"
-"Quando um driver aparece como ''não mantido'', não significa que o driver "
-"não funciona.\n"
+"Quando um driver aparece como ''não mantido'', não significa que o driver não funciona.\n"
"Mesmo um driver não mantido pode funcionar perfeitamente.\n"
-"Porém, isso significa que não existe ninguém mais que conheça o "
-"funcionamento do driver,\n"
-"portanto, não haverá nenhuma ajuda para os problemas que ocorrerem em um "
-"driver não mantido.\n"
+"Porém, isso significa que não existe ninguém mais que conheça o funcionamento do driver,\n"
+"portanto, não haverá nenhuma ajuda para os problemas que ocorrerem em um driver não mantido.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204
+#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a "
-"driver.\n"
-"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an "
-"unsupported scanner.\n"
+"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n"
+"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Mesmo que o modelo não tenha driver disponível, o fabricante pode ter o "
-"driver.\n"
-"Portanto, peça o driver de um scanner não suportado ao seu respectivo "
-"fabricante.\n"
+"Mesmo que o modelo não tenha driver disponível, o fabricante pode ter o driver.\n"
+"Portanto, peça o driver de um scanner não suportado ao seu respectivo fabricante.\n"
"</p>"
-#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
-#. Add the following sentence to translations:
-#. Such comments are only available in English.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213
+#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
+#. Add the following sentence to translations:
+#. Such comments are only available in English.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Quando há comentários adicionais disponíveis, eles são mostrados entre "
-"colchetes.\n"
+"Quando há comentários adicionais disponíveis, eles são mostrados entre colchetes.\n"
"Tais comentários estão disponíveis só em Inglês.</p>"
-#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
-#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200":
-#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221
+#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
+#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200":
+#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use the <b>Search String</b> to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n"
"To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n"
-"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is "
-"also possible.\n"
-"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this "
-"list,\n"
-"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson."
-"*</tt>.\n"
-"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search "
-"string.\n"
-"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*perfection</tt>\n"
-"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson."
-"*1200</tt>.\n"
+"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n"
+"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n"
+"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n"
+"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Use a <b>String de Pesquisa</b> para localizar uma entrada rapidamente.\n"
"Para encontrar texto em qualquer local da tabela, digite-o no campo.\n"
-"Uma pesquisa mais complexa, usando expressões regulares sem diferenciação "
-"entre maiúsculas e minúsculas, também é possível.\n"
-"Se o scanner for detectado e o nome do fabricante estiver disponível nesta "
-"lista,\n"
-"a string de pesquisa é predefinida com o nome do fabricante, como <tt>^Epson."
-"*</tt>.\n"
-"Para refinar os resultados da pesquisa, anexe detalhes específicos do modelo "
-"à string de pesquisa.\n"
-"Por exemplo, anexe uma palavra que faça parte do nome do modelo, como em "
-"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
+"Uma pesquisa mais complexa, usando expressões regulares sem diferenciação entre maiúsculas e minúsculas, também é possível.\n"
+"Se o scanner for detectado e o nome do fabricante estiver disponível nesta lista,\n"
+"a string de pesquisa é predefinida com o nome do fabricante, como <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n"
+"Para refinar os resultados da pesquisa, anexe detalhes específicos do modelo à string de pesquisa.\n"
+"Por exemplo, anexe uma palavra que faça parte do nome do modelo, como em <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n"
"ou alguns dígitos referentes ao modelo, como <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235
+#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big></b><br>\n"
"The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n"
-"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next"
-"b>.\n"
+"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press <b>Next</b>.\n"
"If you press <b>Back</b>, the driver is deactivated.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configuração de Scanner e Driver</big></b><br>\n"
"O driver é ativado e os scanners associados são detectados.\n"
-"Isso pode demorar alguns segundos. Portanto, aguarde para pressionar "
-"<b>Próximo</b>.\n"
+"Isso pode demorar alguns segundos. Portanto, aguarde para pressionar <b>Próximo</b>.\n"
"Se você pressionar <b>Voltar</b>, o driver será desativado.\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244
+#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Additional Packages</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -789,8 +729,8 @@
"Alguns pacotes podem não estar disponíveis para todas as arquiteturas.\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4:
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253
+#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4:
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Firmware Upload</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -804,29 +744,25 @@
"Nesse caso, será mostrado um texto explicativo.\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4:
-#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name.
-#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name.
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
-#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices".
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269
+#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4:
+#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name.
+#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name.
+#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
+#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices".
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>HP All-in-One Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n"
"In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n"
-"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one "
-"devices:\n"
-"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer "
-"available),\n"
-"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-"
-"one devices,\n"
-"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio "
-"driver.\n"
+"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n"
+"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n"
+"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n"
+"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n"
"Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n"
"but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n"
"Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n"
@@ -837,23 +773,20 @@
"<b><big>Dispositivos Multifuncionais HP</big></b><br>\n"
"Os dispositivos multifuncionais HP exigem configuração especial.\n"
"Nesse caso, será exibida uma caixa de diálogo adequada.\n"
-"Existem dois pacotes de software que fornecem suporte para dispositivos "
-"multifuncionais HP:\n"
+"Existem dois pacotes de software que fornecem suporte para dispositivos multifuncionais HP:\n"
"o obsoleto HPOJ (pacote hp-officeJet, não mais disponível),\n"
-"que fornece o sistema PTAL (com o serviço ptal) para acessar os dispositivos "
-"multifuncionais HP,\n"
+"que fornece o sistema PTAL (com o serviço ptal) para acessar os dispositivos multifuncionais HP,\n"
"e o atualizado HPLIP (pacote hplip), que fornece o driver hpaio.\n"
"Ambos os pacotes podem ser instalados ao mesmo tempo,\n"
-"mas o serviço ptal e o driver hpaio não podem ser executados "
-"simultaneamente.\n"
+"mas o serviço ptal e o driver hpaio não podem ser executados simultaneamente.\n"
"Por isso, deve-se utilizar o serviço ptal ou o driver hpaio\n"
"para todos os dispositivos multifuncionais HP.\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5:
-#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
-#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288
+#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5:
+#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
+#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services).
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Scanning via Network</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -867,21 +800,18 @@
" para configurar a digitalização via rede.\n"
" </p>"
-#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5:
-#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
-#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name.
-#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example.
-#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300
+#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5:
+#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
+#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name.
+#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example.
+#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via "
-"the network,\n"
-"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a "
-"server.\n"
-"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to "
-"access saned on your server.\n"
+"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n"
+"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n"
+"In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n"
"or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
"If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n"
@@ -890,27 +820,23 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configurações do Servidor</big></b><br>\n"
-"Se você tem scanners conectados localmente e deseja torná-los acessíveis na "
-"rede,\n"
-"configure o daemon de escaneamento de rede saned para que seu host torne-se "
-"um servidor.\n"
-"Em <b>Clientes Permitidos</b>, insira os hosts clientes que podem acessar o "
-"saned em seu servidor.\n"
+"Se você tem scanners conectados localmente e deseja torná-los acessíveis na rede,\n"
+"configure o daemon de escaneamento de rede saned para que seu host torne-se um servidor.\n"
+"Em <b>Clientes Permitidos</b>, insira os hosts clientes que podem acessar o saned em seu servidor.\n"
"Insira uma lista de hosts clientes (nomes de host ou endereços IP)\n"
"ou sub-redes (notação CIDR, como 192.168.1.0/24) separados por vírgula.\n"
"Se nenhum host cliente tiver permissão, o saned não será ativado.\n"
-"Se o saned estiver ativado, o xinetd também será ativado e configurado para "
-"o saned.\n"
+"Se o saned estiver ativado, o xinetd também será ativado e configurado para o saned.\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5:
-#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
-#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services).
-#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone"
-#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module
-#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used.
-#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned").
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319
+#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5:
+#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
+#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services).
+#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone"
+#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module
+#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used.
+#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned").
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Regarding Firewall</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -947,14 +873,11 @@
"Um firewall é utilizado para proteger processos de servidores em execução\n"
"no host contra acesso indesejado pela rede.\n"
"Para utilizar scanners na rede, o daemon de rede da SANE (saned)\n"
-"é o processo de servidor que deve ser executado para que os clientes "
-"remotos\n"
+"é o processo de servidor que deve ser executado para que os clientes remotos\n"
"possam acessar os scanners conectados ao seu host local.\n"
"Os hosts clientes acessam o saned pela porta sane (porta TCP 6566),\n"
-"mas os dados do escaneamento são transferidos por uma porta aleatória "
-"adicional.\n"
-"Portanto, somente a porta 6566 não é suficiente para escaneamento em rede."
-"<br>\n"
+"mas os dados do escaneamento são transferidos por uma porta aleatória adicional.\n"
+"Portanto, somente a porta 6566 não é suficiente para escaneamento em rede.<br>\n"
"Não abra a porta sane 6566 nem qualquer outra porta\n"
"relacionada ao uso de scanners para a zona externa no firewall.\n"
"Isto é perigoso porque permite o acesso de hosts estrangeiros ao saned,\n"
@@ -967,28 +890,24 @@
"Para tornar o saned em seu servidor acessível em uma rede interna,\n"
"atribua a interface de rede pertencente à rede interna\n"
"à zona interna do firewall.\n"
-"Utilize o módulo de configuração de Firewall do YaST para realizar essa "
-"configuração básica\n"
+"Utilize o módulo de configuração de Firewall do YaST para realizar essa configuração básica\n"
"referente à segurança da rede; e o firewall e o escaneamento em rede\n"
"funcionarão sem nenhuma outra configuração.<br>\n"
-"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo ''CUPS and SANE Firewall "
-"settings'' (Configurações de firewall do CUPS e SANE)\n"
+"Para obter detalhes, consulte o artigo ''CUPS and SANE Firewall settings'' (Configurações de firewall do CUPS e SANE)\n"
"no banco de dados de suporte do openSUSE em<br>\n"
"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
-#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5:
-#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
-#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
-#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354
+#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5:
+#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
+#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
+#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Client Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the "
-"network,\n"
-"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the "
-"servers.\n"
+"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n"
+"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n"
"The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n"
"In <b>Servers Used</b>, enter which servers should be used.\n"
"Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n"
@@ -998,24 +917,22 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Configurações do Cliente</big></b><br>\n"
"Para acessar scanners conectados a outros hosts (servidores) na rede,\n"
-"configure o metadriver de rede para acessá-los por meio do daemon executado "
-"nos servidores.\n"
+"configure o metadriver de rede para acessá-los por meio do daemon executado nos servidores.\n"
"O saned e o firewall dos servidores devem permitir o acesso.\n"
"Em <b>Servidores Usados</b>, informe os servidores que devem ser usados.\n"
-"Insira uma lista de servidores (nomes de servidor ou endereços IP) separados "
-"por vírgula.\n"
+"Insira uma lista de servidores (nomes de servidor ou endereços IP) separados por vírgula.\n"
"Se nenhum servidor for inserido, a rede não será ativada.\n"
" </p>"
-#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5:
-#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration"
-#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel
-#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration.
-#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
-#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
-#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
-#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host.
-#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373
+#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5:
+#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration"
+#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel
+#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration.
+#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
+#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
+#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
+#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host.
+#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Local Host Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -1037,15 +954,15 @@
"pode acessar o scanner mesmo como usuário normal no host local.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence:
-#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116
+#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence:
+#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
-#. to display an error message where
-#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
+#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
+#. to display an error message where
+#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
msgid ""
"The error message is:\n"
"\n"
@@ -1055,23 +972,22 @@
"\n"
"%1"
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
msgstr "Falha ao determinar a versão do pacote %1."
-#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require
-#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson
-#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038).
-#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
-#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
-#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
+#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require
+#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson
+#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038).
+#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
+#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
+#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
-"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly "
-"Avasys)\n"
+"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
"(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
"where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n"
@@ -1086,237 +1002,223 @@
"model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n"
msgstr ""
"O software de driver Image Scan da Epson/Avasys é necessário.\n"
-"O software de driver Image Scan é produzido e distribuído pela Epson (antiga "
-"Avasys)\n"
+"O software de driver Image Scan é produzido e distribuído pela Epson (antiga Avasys)\n"
"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
"(antiga Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
-"de onde é possível fazer download dos pacotes RPM para as arquiteturas de 32 "
-"bits (i386) e de 64 bits (x86_64)\n"
+"de onde é possível fazer download dos pacotes RPM para as arquiteturas de 32 bits (i386) e de 64 bits (x86_64)\n"
"(se você aceitar os contratos de licença da Epson/Avasys).\n"
"O driver Image Scan contém software proprietário apenas binário.\n"
-"Para alguns modelos, ele está disponível somente para arquitetura de 32 bits "
-"(i386),\n"
+"Para alguns modelos, ele está disponível somente para arquitetura de 32 bits (i386),\n"
"que não funciona em instalações de sistemas de 64 bits.\n"
-"Alguns scanners também são suportados por outros drivers (software "
-"gratuito).\n"
+"Alguns scanners também são suportados por outros drivers (software gratuito).\n"
"Se o seu modelo de scanner exige um módulo DFSG pago (proprietário),\n"
"você deve fazer download e instalar dois pacotes da Epson/Avasys:\n"
"O pacote ''iscan'' para o software base e o pacote adicional\n"
"dependente do modelo ''iscan-plugin'' com o módulo proprietário.\n"
-#. Is the package available to be installed?
-#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-"O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não há nenhum repositório de "
-"pacotes disponível."
+#. Is the package available to be installed?
+#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
+msgstr "O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não há nenhum repositório de pacotes disponível."
-#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr ""
-"O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não está disponível no "
-"repositório."
+#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr "O pacote necessário %1 não está instalado e não está disponível no repositório."
-#. Only a simple message because:
-#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
-#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
+#. Only a simple message because:
+#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
+#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
msgstr "Falha ao instalar o pacote requerido %1."
-#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command.
-#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
-#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
-#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
+#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command.
+#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
+#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
+#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
msgid ""
"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n"
"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n"
"with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n"
"this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n"
"gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n"
-"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is "
-"fixed.\n"
+"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n"
msgstr ""
"Falha ao determinar os scanners ativos.\n"
"Se o metadriver de rede estiver ativo durante algum problema\n"
"com a rede, o comando ''scanimage -L'' poderá não responder. Por exemplo,\n"
-"isso poderá acontecer se a comunicação com um servidor usado pelo metadriver "
-"de rede\n"
+"isso poderá acontecer se a comunicação com um servidor usado pelo metadriver de rede\n"
"ficar distorcida porque o firewall descarta o tráfego na rede.\n"
-"Neste caso, desabilite o metadriver de rede até que o problema na rede seja "
-"corrigido.\n"
+"Neste caso, desabilite o metadriver de rede até que o problema na rede seja corrigido.\n"
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined.
-#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined.
+#. The latter results no error.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners."
msgstr "Falha na determinação dos scanners ativos."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "O Arquivo %1 não existe."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Falha ao ler %1."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined.
-#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined.
+#. The latter results no error.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers."
msgstr "Falha na determinação dos dispositivos ativos."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
-#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
+#. The latter results no error.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically."
msgstr "Falha ao detectar scanners automaticamente."
-#. Global functions:
-#. Read all scanner settings:
-#. - Check installed packages
-#. - Read or create the scanner database
-#. - Determine active scanners
-#. - Determine active backends
-#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
+#. Global functions:
+#. Read all scanner settings:
+#. - Check installed packages
+#. - Read or create the scanner database
+#. - Determine active scanners
+#. - Determine active backends
+#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Scanner"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Verificar pacotes instalados"
-#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
+#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
msgid "Read or create the scanner database"
msgstr "Ler ou criar banco de dados de scanner"
-#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "Determinar scanners ativos"
-#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
+#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
msgid "Determine active drivers"
msgstr "Determinar dispositivos ativos"
-#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
+#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
msgid "Detect scanners"
msgstr "Detectar scanners"
-#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
+#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgstr "Verificando pacotes instalados..."
-#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
+#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
msgstr "Lendo ou criando banco de dados de scanner..."
-#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "Determinando scanners ativos..."
-#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
+#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
msgid "Determining active drivers..."
msgstr "Determinando dispositivos ativos..."
-#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#. Busy message:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
+#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#. Busy message:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
msgid "Detecting scanners..."
msgstr "Detectando scanners..."
-#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
+#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
+#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
msgid "Creating scanner database..."
msgstr "Criando banco de dados de scanners..."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
msgstr "Abortando: Falha ao criar banco de dados de scanner."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Abortando: Falha ao ler %1."
-#. Write scanner settings:
-#. - Save the actual environment
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
+#. Write scanner settings:
+#. - Save the actual environment
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Scanner"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
msgid "Save the actual environment"
msgstr "Salvar ambiente real"
-#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
msgid "Saving the actual environment..."
msgstr "Salvando ambiente real..."
-#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
-#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
+#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
+#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n"
@@ -1329,13 +1231,12 @@
"É possível prosseguir, mas o serviço ptal em execução pode impedir\n"
"que hp-setup funcione corretamente.\n"
"É recomendado interromper a configuração do scanner agora,\n"
-"parar o serviço ptal, mudar a configuração da impressora para utilizar "
-"HPLIP\n"
+"parar o serviço ptal, mudar a configuração da impressora para utilizar HPLIP\n"
"e, em seguida, iniciar a configuração do scanner novamente.\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
+#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n"
"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n"
@@ -1344,32 +1245,26 @@
"configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n"
"again afterwards.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Impossível executar o hp-setup porque nenhuma tela gráfica pode ser "
-"aberta. \n"
-"Isso acontece quando o YaST é executado em modo apenas texto, quando o "
-"usuário que executa o YaST \n"
-"não possui a variável de ambiente DISPLAY definida ou quando o processo do "
-"YaST não tem \n"
-"permissão para acessar a tela gráfica. Neste caso, interrompa a configuração "
-"do \n"
-"scanner, execute o hp-setup manualmente e, em seguida, inicie a configuração "
-"do scanner novamente.\n"
+"Impossível executar o hp-setup porque nenhuma tela gráfica pode ser aberta. \n"
+"Isso acontece quando o YaST é executado em modo apenas texto, quando o usuário que executa o YaST \n"
+"não possui a variável de ambiente DISPLAY definida ou quando o processo do YaST não tem \n"
+"permissão para acessar a tela gráfica. Neste caso, interrompa a configuração do \n"
+"scanner, execute o hp-setup manualmente e, em seguida, inicie a configuração do scanner novamente.\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
+#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
msgid ""
"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Parece que o hplip não está instalado, o que é necessário para executar o hp-"
-"setup.\n"
+"Parece que o hplip não está instalado, o que é necessário para executar o hp-setup.\n"
"Instalar o pacote hplip?\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
+#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -1379,187 +1274,178 @@
"/usr/bin/hp-setup não é executável\n"
"ou não existe.\n"
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
-#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
+#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner "
-"configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"Hp-setup iniciado.\n"
-"Você deve concluir o hp-setup antes de proceder com a configuração do "
-"scanner.\n"
+"Você deve concluir o hp-setup antes de proceder com a configuração do scanner.\n"
-#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
-#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
+#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
+#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
msgid "Not Configured:"
msgstr "Não Configurado:"
-#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
+#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Dispositivo desconhecido"
-#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
+#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
+#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "Fabricante desconhecido"
-#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
+#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "Modelo desconhecido"
-#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
-#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
-#. %3 will be replaced by the device name
-#. where the scanner is connected to:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
-#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
-#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
+#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
+#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
+#. %3 will be replaced by the device name
+#. where the scanner is connected to:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
+#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
+#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%1 %2 em %3"
-#. A suffix for the second column of a table
-#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
-#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
+#. A suffix for the second column of a table
+#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
+#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver"
msgstr "Nenhum scanner reconhecido por este driver"
-#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user
-#. when neither a scanner was autodetected
-#. nor an active scanner was found
-#. nor an active driver was found:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
+#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user
+#. when neither a scanner was autodetected
+#. nor an active scanner was found
+#. nor an active driver was found:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
msgstr "Nenhum scanner foi detectado e não há nenhum scanner ou driver ativo."
-#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
+#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
msgid "Firmware upload required."
msgstr "Necessário upload de firmware."
-#. Scanner model list entry for models which require
-#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys.
-#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
-#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
-#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
+#. Scanner model list entry for models which require
+#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys.
+#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
+#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
+#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
msgstr "O software de driver Image Scan da Epson/Avasys é necessário."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
-#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
+#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
+#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
msgid "Package %1"
msgstr "Pacote %1"
-#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
+#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
msgstr "O driver não mantido %1 pode oferecer boa funcionalidade."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality."
msgstr "O driver %1 deve oferecer boa funcionalidade."
-#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
+#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgstr "Este scanner não é suportado."
-#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
+#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgstr "Este scanner não é suportado pelo driver %1."
-#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
+#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
msgstr "O driver não mantido %1 pode oferecer funcionalidade completa."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality."
msgstr "O driver %1 deve oferecer funcionalidade completa."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
msgstr "O driver %1 pode funcionar, mas não foi testado."
-#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
+#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
msgstr "O driver não mantido %1 pode oferecer funcionalidade básica."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality."
msgstr "O driver %1 deve oferecer funcionalidade básica."
-#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
+#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "O driver não mantido %1 pode oferecer funcionalidade mínima."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "O driver %1 deve oferecer funcionalidade mínima."
-#. which are listed but without a known support status:
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
+#. which are listed but without a known support status:
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
msgstr "O driver %1 pode funcionar, mas a funcionalidade é desconhecida."
-#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload
-#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown.
-#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply
-#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
-#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
-#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
+#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload
+#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown.
+#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply
+#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only
+#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
+#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
msgid ""
-"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's "
-"memory.\n"
+"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
"\n"
-"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot "
-"distribute it.\n"
+"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n"
"Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n"
-"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web "
-"site.\n"
-"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular "
-"scanner.\n"
+"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n"
+"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n"
"Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n"
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
"After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n"
-"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware "
-"upload.\n"
+"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n"
"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n"
msgstr ""
-"Um arquivo de firmware contém software que deve ser enviado por upload para "
-"a memória do scanner.\n"
+"Um arquivo de firmware contém software que deve ser enviado por upload para a memória do scanner.\n"
"Sem o firmware, o scanner não funciona.\n"
"\n"
-"Como o firmware é licenciado pelo fabricante do scanner, não podemos "
-"distribuí-lo.\n"
+"Como o firmware é licenciado pelo fabricante do scanner, não podemos distribuí-lo.\n"
"Geralmente, o arquivo de firmware está armazenado no CD do fabricante.\n"
"É possível também fazer download dele pelo site do fabricante na Web.\n"
"Pergunte ao fabricante como obter o arquivo de firmware para o seu scanner.\n"
@@ -1567,14 +1453,13 @@
"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
"\n"
"Depois de obter o arquivo de firmware, configure o driver manualmente.\n"
-"A página de manual do driver descreve como configurá-lo para upload do "
-"firmware.\n"
+"A página de manual do driver descreve como configurá-lo para upload do firmware.\n"
"O seguinte comando exibe a página de manual do driver:\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
+#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1586,29 +1471,26 @@
"e todas as filas de impressão que usam esse serviço não funcionarão mais.\n"
"Se você prosseguir, mude a configuração da impressora para utilizar HPLIP.\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver
-#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
+#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver
+#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
+#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
"\n"
-"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be "
-"initialized.\n"
+"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n"
"Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n"
"The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n"
"Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n"
"before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n"
"An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n"
-"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB "
-"fails,\n"
+"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n"
"set up the PTAL system manually.\n"
"If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n"
-"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/"
-"lp0),\n"
+"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n"
"so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n"
"\n"
"Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n"
@@ -1617,144 +1499,138 @@
"Especificamente, o serviço ptal deve estar configurado e em execução.\n"
"\n"
"Antes de iniciar o serviço ptal, o sistema PTAL deve ser inicializado.\n"
-"Além disso, o serviço ptal deve ser ativado para inicialização durante a "
-"inicialização.\n"
+"Além disso, o serviço ptal deve ser ativado para inicialização durante a inicialização.\n"
"O sistema PTAL e o serviço hplip excluem um ao outro.\n"
"Portanto, um serviço hplip em execução seria interrompido e desativado\n"
"antes da inicialização e ativação do sistema PTAL.\n"
"A inicialização automática do sistema PTAL é segura somente para USB.\n"
"Se você possuir um dispositivo não USB ou se a inicialização USB falhar,\n"
"configure o sistema PTAL manualmente.\n"
-"Se você possuir um dispositivo multifuncional (scanner + impressora), "
-"observe que\n"
-"um serviço ptal em execução monopoliza o arquivo do dispositivo USB (por "
-"exemplo, /dev/usb/lp0);\n"
-"por isso, a impressora não pode mais ser endereçada por meio do arquivo do "
-"dispositivo USB.\n"
+"Se você possuir um dispositivo multifuncional (scanner + impressora), observe que\n"
+"um serviço ptal em execução monopoliza o arquivo do dispositivo USB (por exemplo, /dev/usb/lp0);\n"
+"por isso, a impressora não pode mais ser endereçada por meio do arquivo do dispositivo USB.\n"
"\n"
"Inicializar e ativar o sistema PTAL para USB agora?\n"
-#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver.
-#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
+#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver.
+#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
+#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
"and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n"
"If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n"
"Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n"
-"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal "
-"service.\n"
+"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n"
msgstr ""
"Pelo menos uma configuração de impressora usa o serviço hplip.\n"
"É possível prosseguir mas o serviço hplip seria interrompido\n"
"e todas as filas de impressão que usam esse serviço não funcionariam mais.\n"
"Se o scanner também é suportado pelo driver hpaio, não prossiga.\n"
"Em vez disso, use hpaio para configurar o scanner.\n"
-"Alternativamente, prossiga e mude a configuração da impressora para usar o "
-"serviço ptal.\n"
+"Alternativamente, prossiga e mude a configuração da impressora para usar o serviço ptal.\n"
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "Configurando o Driver %1"
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "Verificar se pacotes adicionais devem ser instalados"
-#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "Verificar se é necessário o upload de firmware"
-#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
+#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "Testar e configurar requisitos para drivers específicos"
-#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "Ativar o driver"
-#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
+#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "Verificando se pacotes adicionais devem ser instalados..."
-#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
+#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "Verificando se é necessário o upload de firmware..."
-#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
+#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "Testando e configurando requisitos para drivers específicos..."
-#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "Ativando o driver..."
-#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
+#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "Pacotes Requeridos Não Instalados"
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where
-#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#. %2 will be replaced by the package name
-#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
-#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
-#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where
+#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
+#. %2 will be replaced by the package name
+#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
+#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
+#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "O dispositivo %1 requer o pacote %2."
-#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend.
-#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
-#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
-#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
+#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend.
+#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system.
+#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
+#. Activate the backend via bash script:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Abortado"
-#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate.
-#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been
-#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files.
-#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package.
-#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified
-#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
-#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
-#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
+#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate.
+#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been
+#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files.
+#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package.
+#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified
+#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
+#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
+#. Otherwise skip this section.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "Carga de Firmware Requerida"
-#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend.
-#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo
-#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
-#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
+#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend.
+#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo
+#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
+#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "Se o serviço ptal não está executando, o scanner não pode trabalhar."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
msgstr "Falha ao configurar o sistema PTAL."
-#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
+#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1762,68 +1638,64 @@
"Os seguintes scanners usam o mesmo driver.\n"
"No entanto, todos esses scanners serão desativados:"
-#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k.
-#. but the user should get a notification
-#. why the ptal service must be still active.
-#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used.
-#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
-msgid ""
-"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not "
-"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
-msgstr ""
-"O driver hpoj está desativado mas o serviço ptal associado não está "
-"desativado porque é necessário para o sistema de impressão CUPS."
+#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k.
+#. but the user should get a notification
+#. why the ptal service must be still active.
+#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used.
+#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
+msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
+msgstr "O driver hpoj está desativado mas o serviço ptal associado não está desativado porque é necessário para o sistema de impressão CUPS."
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "Falha ao interromper serviço ptal."
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "Falha ao desabilitar serviço ptal."
-#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
-#. then show a message but exit successfully because
-#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
+#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
+#. then show a message but exit successfully because
+#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "Nenhum scanner para %1"
-#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
-#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
+#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
+#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "Não é possível testar sem um scanner correspondente ativo."
-#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
+#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "&Scanner para Testar"
-#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
+#. Test the device:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "Testando %1"
-#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
-#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
-#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
+#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
+#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier.
+#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "Testando com 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
-#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier
-#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
-#. which are usually only available in English.
-#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
+#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier
+#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
+#. which are usually only available in English.
+#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1835,27 +1707,27 @@
"\n"
"%2"
-#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
+#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
+#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(nenhum resultado disponível)"
-#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew.
-#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test,
-#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow
-#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
-#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
-#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
+#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew.
+#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test,
+#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow
+#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
+#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected.
+#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "Testado com sucesso %1"
-#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier
-#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
-#. which are usually only available in English.
-#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier
+#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
+#. which are usually only available in English.
+#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1867,40 +1739,38 @@
"\n"
"%2"
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
-#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured.
+#. The latter results no error.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "Falha na determinação da configuração para scanning via rede."
-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
-#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
+#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
+#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
+#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up.
+#. The latter results no error.
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "Falha ao configurar scanning via rede."
-#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling
-#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'"
-#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules.
-#. One might use a more specific test via
-#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'"
-#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets
-#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here
-#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown.
-#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
-#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
-#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
+#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling
+#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'"
+#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules.
+#. One might use a more specific test via
+#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'"
+#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets
+#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here
+#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown.
+#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
+#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
+#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "Verifique se o seu firewall permite escaneamento em rede."
-#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
+#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Para obter detalhes sobre o firewall, consulte o texto da Ajuda desta caixa "
-"de diálogo."
+msgstr "Para obter detalhes sobre o firewall, consulte o texto da Ajuda desta caixa de diálogo."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/security.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,297 +14,294 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Security module
-#: src/clients/security.rb:59
+#. translators: command line help text for Security module
+#: src/clients/security.rb:59
msgid "Security configuration module"
msgstr "Módulo de configuração de segurança"
-#. command line help text for 'summary' action
-#: src/clients/security.rb:72
+#. command line help text for 'summary' action
+#: src/clients/security.rb:72
msgid "View summary of current configuration"
msgstr "Ver resumo da configuração atual"
-#. command line help text for 'level' action
-#: src/clients/security.rb:79
+#. command line help text for 'level' action
+#: src/clients/security.rb:79
msgid "Set the security level"
msgstr "Configurar Nível de segurança"
-#. command line help text for 'set' action
-#: src/clients/security.rb:86
+#. command line help text for 'set' action
+#: src/clients/security.rb:86
msgid "Set the value of the specific option"
msgstr "Definir o valor da opção específica"
-#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:94
+#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:94
msgid "Workstation security level"
msgstr "Nível de segurança da estação de trabalho"
-#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:100
+#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:100
msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level"
msgstr "Nível de segurança do Dispositivo de Roaming (ex. laptop ou tablet)"
-#. command line help text for 'level server' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:106
+#. command line help text for 'level server' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:106
msgid "Network Server security level"
msgstr "Nível de segurança do Servidor de Rede"
-#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:112
+#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:112
msgid "Password encryption method"
msgstr "Método de Criptografia de Senha"
-#. command line help text for 'set crack' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:120
+#. command line help text for 'set crack' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:120
msgid "Check new passwords"
msgstr "Verificar novas senhas"
-#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:128
+#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:128
msgid "Set file permissions to desired type"
msgstr "Definir permissões de arquivo para o tipo desejado"
-#. command line help text for 'set remember' option
-#: src/clients/security.rb:136
+#. command line help text for 'set remember' option
+#: src/clients/security.rb:136
msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords"
msgstr "Defina o número de senhas de usuário a memorizar"
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/security.rb:250
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/security.rb:250
msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400."
msgstr "O número de senhas a memorizar deve estar entre 0 e 400."
-#. Main dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58
+#. Main dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58
msgid "Local Security Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Segurança Local"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93
msgid "&Custom Settings"
msgstr "&Configurações Personalizadas"
-#. Frame caption
-#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107
+#. Frame caption
+#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107
msgid "Security Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Segurança"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Security configuration
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Michal Svec
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Security configuration
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Michal Svec
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Usar teclas SysRq mágicas"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Usar permissões de arquivo seguras"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Acesso remoto ao gerenciador de exibição"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "Gravar novamente o horário do sistema no relógio do hardware"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Sempre gerar mensagens do syslog para scripts do cron"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Executar daemon DHCP em chroot"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Executar daemon DHCP como usuário dhcp"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Login remoto como root no gerenciador de exibição"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Acesso remoto ao servidor X"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Acesso remoto ap subsistema de entrega de e-mails"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Reiniciar serviços ao atualizar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Parar serviços ao remover"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "Habilitar suncookies TCP"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv4"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "Encaminhamento IPv6"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Habilitar serviços básicos do sistema"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Desabilitar serviços extras"
-#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#. handle the special cases at first
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Configurar"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Configuração de Segurança"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Status da Segurança"
-#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
+#. add one line for each security setting
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
-#. this is a separator between service names
-#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
+#. this is a separator between service names
+#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " ou "
-#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Estes serviços básicos do sistema não estão habilitados:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P>Estes serviços básicos do sistema não estão habilitados:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Todos os serviços básicos estão habilitados.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Estes serviços extras estão habilitados:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Verifique a lista de serviços e desabilite todos os serviços não "
-"utilizados.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Verifique a lista de serviços e desabilite todos os serviços não utilizados.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Apenas serviços básicos do sistema estão habilitados.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. Overview dialog caption
-#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#. Overview dialog caption
+#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral da Segurança"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Mudar &Status"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Descrição"
-#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
+#. update the current value
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Analisando o sistema"
-#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#. Boot dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Boot"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Permissões de Boot"
-#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#. Misc dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Configurações gerais"
-#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#. Password dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Senha"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Verificações"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Idade da Senha"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -312,8 +309,8 @@
"O número mínimo de dias não pode ser maior\n"
"que o máximo."
-#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
+#. Popup text, %1 is number
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
@@ -321,18 +318,18 @@
"Comprimento mínimo de senha não pode ser maior que o máximo.\n"
"O comprimento máximo de senha para a criptografia selecionada é %1."
-#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#. Login dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Login"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Login"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -340,18 +337,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração de Segurança</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Abortando a Inicialização</big></b><br>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando <b>Abortar</b> "
-"agora.</p>"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança clicando <b>Abortar</b> agora.</p>"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -359,8 +355,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Salvando Configuração de Segurança</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -368,27 +364,23 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando Salvamento</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte o salvamento clicando <b>Abortar</b>.</b>"
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which "
-"include\n"
-" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The "
-"default\n"
+"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
+" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
" settings can be modified as needed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configurando Segurança Local</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Usando os padrões predefinidos, mude as configurações de segurança "
-"locais, que incluem\n"
-" inicialização, login, senha, criação de usuário e permissões de arquivo. "
-"As configurações\n"
+"<p>Usando os padrões predefinidos, mude as configurações de segurança locais, que incluem\n"
+" inicialização, login, senha, criação de usuário e permissões de arquivo. As configurações\n"
" padrão podem ser modificadas conforme a necessidade.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
+#. Main dialog help 5/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
@@ -396,18 +388,17 @@
"<p><b>Estação de Trabalho</b>: Para um computador conectado\n"
"a qualquer tipo de rede, incluindo a Internet.</p>"
-#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
+#. Main dialog help 6/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dispositivo de Roaming</b>: Para laptop, tablet ou dispositivo "
-"similar\n"
+"<p><b>Dispositivo de Roaming</b>: Para laptop, tablet ou dispositivo similar\n"
"conectado a redes diferentes.</p>"
-#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
+#. Main dialog help 7/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -415,14 +406,13 @@
"<p><b>Servidor de Rede</b>: Para um computador que forneça\n"
"qualquer tipo de serviço.</p>"
-#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
+#. Main dialog help 8/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Configurações Personalizadas</b>: Crie sua própria configuração.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Configurações Personalizadas</b>: Crie sua própria configuração.</p>"
-#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
+#. Login dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -432,57 +422,45 @@
"<p>Estas configurações de login\n"
"são armazenadas no arquivo /etc/login.defs.</p>"
-#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
+#. Login dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
-"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to "
-"prevent\n"
-"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait "
-"to\n"
-"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3"
-"tt>).</p>"
+"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
+"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n"
+"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Segundos para Esperar Após Tentativa de Login Incorreta:</b>\n"
-"aconselha-se aguardar algum tempo após uma tentativa incorreta de login para "
-"impedir\n"
-"a adivinhação de senha. Defina um tempo curto o suficiente para que os "
-"usuários não precisem esperar antes de\n"
-"tentar novamente se uma senha for digitada de forma incorreta. Um valor "
-"razoável é três segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
+"aconselha-se aguardar algum tempo após uma tentativa incorreta de login para impedir\n"
+"a adivinhação de senha. Defina um tempo curto o suficiente para que os usuários não precisem esperar antes de\n"
+"tentar novamente se uma senha for digitada de forma incorreta. Um valor razoável é três segundos (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
-#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#. Login dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
-"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than "
-"usual).\n"
+"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Registrar Tentativas de Login com Sucesso:</b> O registro de "
-"tentativas\n"
-"de login bem-sucedidas é útil. Ele pode ajudar a avisá-lo sobre acesso não "
-"autorizado\n"
-"ao sistema (por exemplo, um usuário efetuando login de uma local diferente "
-"do usual).\n"
+"<p><b>Registrar Tentativas de Login com Sucesso:</b> O registro de tentativas\n"
+"de login bem-sucedidas é útil. Ele pode ajudar a avisá-lo sobre acesso não autorizado\n"
+"ao sistema (por exemplo, um usuário efetuando login de uma local diferente do usual).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
+#. Login dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
-"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote "
-"access\n"
+"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
"to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Permitir Login Remoto Gráfico:</b> Marcar esta opção permite o acesso\n"
"a uma tela gráfica de login para esta máquina na rede. O acesso remoto\n"
-"à sua máquina por um gerenciador de exibição talvez represente um risco de "
-"segurança.</p>"
+"à sua máquina por um gerenciador de exibição talvez represente um risco de segurança.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
+#. Password dialog help 1/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -490,93 +468,75 @@
"<p>Estas configurações de senha\n"
"são armazenadas principalmente no arquivo /etc/login.defs.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
+#. Password dialog help 2/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
-"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common "
-"word.\n"
+"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
"By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Verificar Novas Senhas</b>: É prudente escolher uma senha que não\n"
"esteja em dicionário e não seja um nome ou outra palavra simples e usual.\n"
-"Ao marcar a caixa, você aplica a verificação de senha quanto a essas regras."
-"</p>"
+"Ao marcar a caixa, você aplica a verificação de senha quanto a essas regras.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
+#. Password dialog help
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
-"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the "
-"new\n"
+"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n"
"password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n"
"This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho Mínimo Aceitável de Senha:</b>\n"
"O tamanho mínimo aceitável para a nova senha, reduzido pelo número de\n"
-"diferentes classes de caracteres diferentes (outra, maiúscula, minúscula e "
-"dígito)\n"
-"usado na nova senha. Consulte ''man pam_cracklib'' para ver uma explicação "
-"mais detalhada.\n"
-"Esta opção só pode ser modificada quando <b>Verificar Novas Senhas</b> está "
-"definida.</p>"
+"diferentes classes de caracteres diferentes (outra, maiúscula, minúscula e dígito)\n"
+"usado na nova senha. Consulte ''man pam_cracklib'' para ver uma explicação mais detalhada.\n"
+"Esta opção só pode ser modificada quando <b>Verificar Novas Senhas</b> está definida.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
+#. Password dialog help 4/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
-"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from "
-"reusing.\n"
+"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
"Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Senhas a Memorizar</b>:\n"
-"Digite o número de senhas de usuário a armazenar para impedir que o usuário "
-"as reutilize.\n"
+"Digite o número de senhas de usuário a armazenar para impedir que o usuário as reutilize.\n"
" Digite 0 caso não se deva armazenar nenhuma senha.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
+#. Password dialog help 5a/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Método de Criptografia de Senha:</b></p>"
-#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
+#. Password dialog help 5b/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
-"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you "
-"need\n"
+"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
"compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, o método padrão do Linux, trabalha em todos os\n"
-"ambientes de rede, mas restringe sua senha a, no máximo, oito caracteres. "
-"Se\n"
+"ambientes de rede, mas restringe sua senha a, no máximo, oito caracteres. Se\n"
"você precisar de compatibilidade com outros sistemas, use este método.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
+#. Password dialog help 5c/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current "
-"Linux \n"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> permite senhas mais extensas e tem suporte em todas as "
-"atuais \n"
-"distribuições do Linux, mas não por outros sistemas nem softwares antigos."
-"p>"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> permite senhas mais extensas e tem suporte em todas as atuais \n"
+"distribuições do Linux, mas não por outros sistemas nem softwares antigos.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método de hash padrão atual, não é recomendável usar "
-"outros algoritmos a menos que seja necessário por motivos de compatibilidade."
-"</p>"
+#. Password dialog help 5d/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método de hash padrão atual, não é recomendável usar outros algoritmos a menos que seja necessário por motivos de compatibilidade.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
+#. Password dialog help 7/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -584,31 +544,28 @@
"<p><b>Idade da Senha:</b> defina o\n"
"número mínimo e máximo de dias em que uma senha pode ser usada.</p>"
-#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
+#. Password dialog help 8/8
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
-"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer "
-"the\n"
+"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
"time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dias Antes do Aviso de Vencimento de Senha</b>: Esta entrada define o\n"
-"número de dias em que os usuários são avisados antes que suas senhas "
-"expirem. Quanto maior o\n"
+"número de dias em que os usuários são avisados antes que suas senhas expirem. Quanto maior o\n"
"tempo, menor a probabilidade de alguém adivinhar as senhas.</p>"
-#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
+#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Segurança de Usuário</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, mude várias configurações usadas para criar "
-"usuários.</p>"
+"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, mude várias configurações usadas para criar usuários.</p>"
-#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
+#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -616,8 +573,8 @@
"<p><b>Limitações de ID de Usuário:</b>\n"
"defina o ID de usuário mínimo e máximo possível.</p>"
-#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
+#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -625,102 +582,79 @@
"<p><b>Limitações de ID de Grupo</b>:\n"
"Defina o ID de grupo mínimo e máximo possível.</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
+#. Misc dialog help 1/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security."
-"p>"
+"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Outras Configurações de Segurança</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, mude configurações diversas relacionadas à "
-"segurança local.</p>"
+"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, mude configurações diversas relacionadas à segurança local.</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
+#. Misc dialog help 2/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
-"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions."
-"secure\n"
+"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
-"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions."
-"*.\n"
-"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred "
-"accidentally\n"
+"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
"or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
-"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can "
-"only\n"
-"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or "
-"by\n"
+"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
+"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Permissões de Arquivo</b>: As configurações das permissões\n"
-"de determinados arquivos de sistema são definidas de acordo com os dados em /"
-"etc/permissions.secure\n"
+"de determinados arquivos de sistema são definidas de acordo com os dados em /etc/permissions.secure\n"
"ou /etc/permissions.easy. O arquivo usado depende dessa seleção.\n"
-"Iniciar o SuSEconfig define essas permissões de acordo com /etc/permissions."
-"*.\n"
-"Isso corrige os arquivos com permissões incorretas, tenham elas sido "
-"alteradas acidentalmente\n"
+"Iniciar o SuSEconfig define essas permissões de acordo com /etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"Isso corrige os arquivos com permissões incorretas, tenham elas sido alteradas acidentalmente\n"
"ou por invasores.</p><p>\n"
-"Com <b>Fácil</b>, a maioria dos arquivos do sistema legíveis somente pelo "
-"root\n"
-"no modo Seguro são modificados de modo que outros usuários também possam lê-"
-"los.\n"
-"Usando-se <b>Seguro</b>, determinados arquivos do sistema, como /var/log/"
-"messages, só podem\n"
-"ser vistos pelo usuário root. Alguns programas só podem ser iniciados pelo "
-"root ou por\n"
+"Com <b>Fácil</b>, a maioria dos arquivos do sistema legíveis somente pelo root\n"
+"no modo Seguro são modificados de modo que outros usuários também possam lê-los.\n"
+"Usando-se <b>Seguro</b>, determinados arquivos do sistema, como /var/log/messages, só podem\n"
+"ser vistos pelo usuário root. Alguns programas só podem ser iniciados pelo root ou por\n"
"daemons, não por usuários comuns.\n"
"A configuração mais segura é <b>Paranóico</B>. Com ela, você deve\n"
"decidir quais usuários podem executar aplicativos X e programas setuid.</p>\n"
-#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
+#. Misc dialog help 6/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
-"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database "
-"(locatedb)\n"
+"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
"that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n"
-"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody"
-"b>\n"
+"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n"
" (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Usuário Iniciando o updatedb</b>: O programa updatedb é executado\n"
-"uma vez ao dia. Ele verifica todo o sistema de arquivos e cria o banco de "
-"dados (locatedb)\n"
-"que armazena a localização de todos os arquivos. O banco de dados pode ser "
-"pesquisado pelo\n"
-"programa \"locate\". Defina aqui o usuário que executa esse comando: "
-"<b>ninguém</b>\n"
+"uma vez ao dia. Ele verifica todo o sistema de arquivos e cria o banco de dados (locatedb)\n"
+"que armazena a localização de todos os arquivos. O banco de dados pode ser pesquisado pelo\n"
+"programa \"locate\". Defina aqui o usuário que executa esse comando: <b>ninguém</b>\n"
" (poucos arquivos) ou <b>root</b> (todos os arquivos).</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
+#. Misc dialog help 10/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
-"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like "
-"system\n"
+"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n"
"searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diretório Corrente no Caminho do root</b> Em um sistema DOS,\n"
"inicialmente os arquivos executáveis (programas) são pesquisados no\n"
-"diretório atual, depois na variável de caminho atual. Um sistema similar ao "
-"UNIX difere\n"
-"ao pesquisá-los exclusivamente por meio do caminho de pesquisa (variável "
-"PATH).</p>"
+"diretório atual, depois na variável de caminho atual. Um sistema similar ao UNIX difere\n"
+"ao pesquisá-los exclusivamente por meio do caminho de pesquisa (variável PATH).</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
+#. Misc dialog help 11/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
-"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current "
-"directory\n"
+"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -729,32 +663,25 @@
"corrente e na variável path depois. Ao contrário, em sistema UNIX eles são \n"
"pesquisados somente no path (variável PATH).</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
+#. Misc dialog help 12/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
-"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown "
-"programs in\n"
+"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n"
"the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n"
-"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your "
-"system,\n"
+"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n"
"is rather easy if you set this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Alguns sistemas configuram uma solução alternativa adicionando ponto (\"."
-"\") ao\n"
-"caminho de pesquisa, o que faz os arquivos no caminho atual serem "
-"encontrados e executados.\n"
-"Essa prática é muito perigosa, visto que você poderia iniciar programas "
-"desconhecidos acidentalmente\n"
-"no diretório atual em vez de os arquivos normais de todo o sistema. Como "
-"conseqüência,\n"
-"a execução de <i>Cavalos de Tróia</i>, que exploram essa fraqueza e invadem "
-"seu sistema,\n"
+"<p>Alguns sistemas configuram uma solução alternativa adicionando ponto (\".\") ao\n"
+"caminho de pesquisa, o que faz os arquivos no caminho atual serem encontrados e executados.\n"
+"Essa prática é muito perigosa, visto que você poderia iniciar programas desconhecidos acidentalmente\n"
+"no diretório atual em vez de os arquivos normais de todo o sistema. Como conseqüência,\n"
+"a execução de <i>Cavalos de Tróia</i>, que exploram essa fraqueza e invadem seu sistema,\n"
"é mais fácil se você definir essa opção.</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
+#. Misc dialog help 13/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -762,8 +689,8 @@
"<p>\"sim\": o ponto (\".\") é incluido no fim do caminho de \n"
"pesquisa do root, fazendo ele ser o último pesquisado.</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
+#. Misc dialog help 14/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -771,231 +698,139 @@
"<p>\"não\": o usuário root sempre tem que iniciar programas\n"
"no diretório corrente prefixado com um \"./\". Exemplo: \"./configure\".</p>"
-#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
+#. Misc dialog help 14/14
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
-"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, "
-"during kernel\n"
+"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Habilitar Teclas Magic SysRq</b><br> Se você marcar essa opção,\n"
-"terá algum controle sobre o sistema mesmo se ele falhar (por exemplo, "
-"durante a depuração\n"
-"do kernel). Para obter detalhes, consulte /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq."
-"txt</p>"
+"terá algum controle sobre o sistema mesmo se ele falhar (por exemplo, durante a depuração\n"
+"do kernel). Para obter detalhes, consulte /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
-#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important "
-"security settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Visão Geral da Segurança</B><BR>Esta visão geral mostra as "
-"configurações de segurança mais importantes.</P>"
+#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
+msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Visão Geral da Segurança</B><BR>Esta visão geral mostra as configurações de segurança mais importantes.</P>"
-#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
-msgid ""
-"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
+#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
+msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Para mudar o valor atual, clique no link associado à opção.</P>"
-#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
-msgid ""
-"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current "
-"value of the option is secure.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Uma marca de seleção na coluna <B>Status da Segurança</B> significa que o "
-"valor atual da opção é seguro.</P>"
+#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
+msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Uma marca de seleção na coluna <B>Status da Segurança</B> significa que o valor atual da opção é seguro.</P>"
-#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not "
-"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>O valor atual não pode ser lido. O serviço provavelmente não está "
-"instalado ou a opção está ausente no sistema.</B></P>"
+#. an error message (rich text)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
+msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>O valor atual não pode ser lido. O serviço provavelmente não está instalado ou a opção está ausente no sistema.</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
"configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n"
-"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then "
-"the\n"
-"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only "
-"to\n"
-"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords "
-"that\n"
-"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote "
-"graphical\n"
+"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n"
+"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n"
+"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n"
+"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n"
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>O gerenciador de exibição disponibiliza uma tela de login gráfico e pode "
-"ser acessado\n"
+"<P>O gerenciador de exibição disponibiliza uma tela de login gráfico e pode ser acessado\n"
"pela rede por um servidor X executado em outro sistema, se\n"
"configurado.</P><P>As janelas exibidas transmitem\n"
"os dados pela rede. Se a rede não for totalmente confiável, o tráfego\n"
-"de rede poderá ser interceptado por um invasor, que ganha acesso não apenas "
-"ao\n"
-"conteúdo gráfico da exibição, mas também a nomes de usuários e senhas "
-"utilizados.</P><P>Se você não precisa do <EM>XDMCP</EM> para login gráfico\n"
+"de rede poderá ser interceptado por um invasor, que ganha acesso não apenas ao\n"
+"conteúdo gráfico da exibição, mas também a nomes de usuários e senhas utilizados.</P><P>Se você não precisa do <EM>XDMCP</EM> para login gráfico\n"
"remoto, desabilite esta opção.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
-"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of "
-"the\n"
-"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down "
-"is\n"
-"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to "
-"create\n"
+"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
+"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
+"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n"
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Na inicialização, a hora do sistema é definida pelo relógio do hardware "
-"do computador.\n"
-"Dessa forma, é necessário configurar o relógio do hardware antes de encerrar "
-"o\n"
-"computador.</P><P>A hora do sistema consistente é essencial para o sistema "
-"criar\n"
+"<P>Na inicialização, a hora do sistema é definida pelo relógio do hardware do computador.\n"
+"Dessa forma, é necessário configurar o relógio do hardware antes de encerrar o\n"
+"computador.</P><P>A hora do sistema consistente é essencial para o sistema criar\n"
"mensagens de registro corretas.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
-msgid ""
-"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its "
-"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are "
-"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can "
-"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog "
-"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>As falhas de um sistema são normalmente detectadas por anomalias em seu "
-"comportamento. Mensagens do syslog sobre eventos com reincidência constante "
-"são importantes para identificar as causas dos problemas. A ausência de um "
-"único registro pode dizer mais do que a ausência de todos os registros "
-"gravados.</P><P>Portanto, as mensagens do syslog de eventos do sistema serão "
-"úteis apenas se estiverem presentes.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
+msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>As falhas de um sistema são normalmente detectadas por anomalias em seu comportamento. Mensagens do syslog sobre eventos com reincidência constante são importantes para identificar as causas dos problemas. A ausência de um único registro pode dizer mais do que a ausência de todos os registros gravados.</P><P>Portanto, as mensagens do syslog de eventos do sistema serão úteis apenas se estiverem presentes.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files "
-"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the "
-"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Os ambientes de execução em chroot restringem um processo apenas aos "
-"arquivos necessários, colocando-os em um subdiretório separado e executando "
-"o processo com uma raiz modificada (chroot) definida para esse diretório.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Os ambientes de execução em chroot restringem um processo apenas aos arquivos necessários, colocando-os em um subdiretório separado e executando o processo com uma raiz modificada (chroot) definida para esse diretório.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
-msgid ""
-"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize "
-"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its "
-"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with "
-"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement "
-"to be effective.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>O daemon cliente DHCP deve ser executado como o usuário <EM>dhcpcd</EM> "
-"para minimizar uma possível ameaça, caso o serviço apresente algum ponto "
-"fraco vulnerável em seu código do programa.</P><P>Observe que o dhcpcd nunca "
-"deve ser executado como <EM>root</EM> ou com o recurso <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT"
-"EM> para que o confinamento da execução com chroot seja efetivo.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
+msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>O daemon cliente DHCP deve ser executado como o usuário <EM>dhcpcd</EM> para minimizar uma possível ameaça, caso o serviço apresente algum ponto fraco vulnerável em seu código do programa.</P><P>Observe que o dhcpcd nunca deve ser executado como <EM>root</EM> ou com o recurso <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> para que o confinamento da execução com chroot seja efetivo.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
-msgid ""
-"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window "
-"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does "
-"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be "
-"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or "
-"otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Os administradores nunca devem efetuar login como <EM>root</EM> em uma "
-"sessão do X Window para minimizar o uso dos privilégios de root.</P><P>Esta "
-"opção não impede a ação de administradores descuidados, mas evita que "
-"invasores consigam efetuar login como <EM>root</EM> por meio de um "
-"gerenciador de exibição, no caso de conseguirem adivinhar ou, de alguma "
-"forma, obter a senha.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
+msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Os administradores nunca devem efetuar login como <EM>root</EM> em uma sessão do X Window para minimizar o uso dos privilégios de root.</P><P>Esta opção não impede a ação de administradores descuidados, mas evita que invasores consigam efetuar login como <EM>root</EM> por meio de um gerenciador de exibição, no caso de conseguirem adivinhar ou, de alguma forma, obter a senha.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
-"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, "
-"connect\n"
-"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on "
-"a\n"
+"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
+"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
"different system and display their content on the X server through network\n"
-"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus "
-"the\n"
-"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and "
-"therefore\n"
+"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n"
+"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n"
"subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n"
-"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display "
-"X\n"
-"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell "
-"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server "
-"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
+"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n"
+"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Os clientes X Window, por exemplo, programas que abrem uma janela de "
-"exibição, conectam-se\n"
-"ao servidor X executado na máquina física. Os programas também podem ser "
-"executados em\n"
+"<P>Os clientes X Window, por exemplo, programas que abrem uma janela de exibição, conectam-se\n"
+"ao servidor X executado na máquina física. Os programas também podem ser executados em\n"
"um sistema diferente e exibir o conteúdo no servidor X por conexões\n"
"de rede.</P><P>Quando habilitado, o servidor X escuta na porta 6000 mais o\n"
-"número de exibição. Como o tráfego de rede é transferido sem criptografia e, "
-"portanto,\n"
+"número de exibição. Como o tráfego de rede é transferido sem criptografia e, portanto,\n"
"está sujeito a detecção de rede e, como a porta aberta pelo servidor X\n"
-"oferece opções de ataque, a configuração segura é desabilitar esse recurso."
-"P><P>Para exibir os clientes X Window\n"
-"na rede, é recomendável usar um shell seguro (<EM>ssh</EM>), que permite aos "
-"clientes X Window conectarem-se ao servidor X por conexão ssh criptografada."
-"</P>"
+"oferece opções de ataque, a configuração segura é desabilitar esse recurso.</P><P>Para exibir os clientes X Window\n"
+"na rede, é recomendável usar um shell seguro (<EM>ssh</EM>), que permite aos clientes X Window conectarem-se ao servidor X por conexão ssh criptografada.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
-"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not "
-"expose\n"
-"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP "
-"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through "
-"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
+"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
+"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>O subsistema de entrega de e-mail sempre é iniciado. Mas por padrão, ele "
-"não se expõe\n"
-"fora do sistema, porque não escuta na porta de rede SMTP 25.</P><P>Se você "
-"não envia e-mails ao seu sistema pelo protocolo SMTP, desabilite esta opção."
-"</P>"
+"<P>O subsistema de entrega de e-mail sempre é iniciado. Mas por padrão, ele não se expõe\n"
+"fora do sistema, porque não escuta na porta de rede SMTP 25.</P><P>Se você não envia e-mails ao seu sistema pelo protocolo SMTP, desabilite esta opção.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
"installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
"to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Se um pacote contendo um serviço em execução estiver sendo\n"
-"atualizado, o serviço será reiniciado depois que os arquivos do pacote "
-"forem\n"
-"instalados.</P><P>Isso faz sentido na maioria dos casos, além de ser "
-"seguro,\n"
+"atualizado, o serviço será reiniciado depois que os arquivos do pacote forem\n"
+"instalados.</P><P>Isso faz sentido na maioria dos casos, além de ser seguro,\n"
"considerando que muitos serviços precisam dos seus binários ou arquivos de\n"
-"configuração acessíveis no sistema de arquivos. Do contrário, esses serviços "
-"continuarão\n"
+"configuração acessíveis no sistema de arquivos. Do contrário, esses serviços continuarão\n"
"em execução até serem parados. Por exemplo, os daemons em execução são\n"
-"eliminados.</P><P>Esta configuração deverá ser mudada apenas se houver uma "
-"razão\n"
+"eliminados.</P><P>Esta configuração deverá ser mudada apenas se houver uma razão\n"
"específica para isso.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
"removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
-"continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
"to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
@@ -1004,106 +839,54 @@
"desinstalado, o serviço será parado antes da remoção dos arquivos do\n"
"pacote.</P><P> Isso faz sentido na maioria dos casos, além de ser seguro,\n"
"considerando que muitos serviços precisam dos seus binários ou arquivos\n"
-"de configuração acessíveis no sistema de arquivos. Do contrário, esses "
-"serviços continuarão\n"
+"de configuração acessíveis no sistema de arquivos. Do contrário, esses serviços continuarão\n"
"em execução até serem parados. Por exemplo, os daemons em execução são\n"
-"eliminados.</P><P>Esta configuração deverá ser mudada apenas se houver uma "
-"razão\n"
+"eliminados.</P><P>Esta configuração deverá ser mudada apenas se houver uma razão\n"
"específica para isso.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
-msgid ""
-"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the "
-"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) "
-"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such "
-"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate "
-"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause "
-"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most "
-"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS "
-"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Um sistema pode ser sobrecarregado por inúmeras tentativas de conexão até "
-"ficar sem memória, o que gera uma vulnerabilidade de DoS (Denial of Service "
-"- Ataque de Negação de Serviço).</P><P>O uso de syncookies é um método que "
-"pode ajudar nesse tipo de situação. Porém, em configurações com um grande "
-"número de tentativas de conexões legítimas de uma fonte, a opção "
-"<EM>Habilitado</EM> pode causar problemas de conexões TCP negadas sob uma "
-"carga elevada.</P><P>Ainda assim, para a maioria dos ambientes, os "
-"syncookies são a primeira linha de defesa contra ataques DoS por inundação "
-"de SYN, portanto, a configuração segura é <EM>Habilitado</EM>.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
+msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Um sistema pode ser sobrecarregado por inúmeras tentativas de conexão até ficar sem memória, o que gera uma vulnerabilidade de DoS (Denial of Service - Ataque de Negação de Serviço).</P><P>O uso de syncookies é um método que pode ajudar nesse tipo de situação. Porém, em configurações com um grande número de tentativas de conexões legítimas de uma fonte, a opção <EM>Habilitado</EM> pode causar problemas de conexões TCP negadas sob uma carga elevada.</P><P>Ainda assim, para a maioria dos ambientes, os syncookies são a primeira linha de defesa contra ataques DoS por inundação de SYN, portanto, a configuração segura é <EM>Habilitado</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
-msgid ""
-"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, "
-"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network "
-"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards "
-"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not "
-"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Encaminhamento IP significa transmitir pacotes que foram recebidos pela "
-"rede, mas que não são destinados a nenhuma das interfaces de rede "
-"configuradas no sistema, por ex., endereços de interface de rede.</P><P>Se "
-"um sistema encaminha o tráfego de rede na camada 3 ISO/OSI, ele é chamado de "
-"roteador. Se você não precisar da funcionalidade de routeador, desabilite "
-"esta opção.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
+msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Encaminhamento IP significa transmitir pacotes que foram recebidos pela rede, mas que não são destinados a nenhuma das interfaces de rede configuradas no sistema, por ex., endereços de interface de rede.</P><P>Se um sistema encaminha o tráfego de rede na camada 3 ISO/OSI, ele é chamado de roteador. Se você não precisar da funcionalidade de routeador, desabilite esta opção.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Esta definição aplica-se apenas a <EM>IPV4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Esta definição aplica-se apenas a <EM>IPV6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
-msgid ""
-"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes "
-"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>As Teclas SysRq Mágicas habilitam alguns controles sobre o sistema mesmo "
-"se ele falhar (ex.: durante a depuração do kernel) ou se o sistema não "
-"responder.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
+msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>As Teclas SysRq Mágicas habilitam alguns controles sobre o sistema mesmo se ele falhar (ex.: durante a depuração do kernel) ou se o sistema não responder.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
-msgid ""
-"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The "
-"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file."
-"P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Há permissões de arquivo predefinidas nos arquivos em /etc/permissions.*. "
-"As permissões de arquivo mais restritivas são definidas como 'secure' ou "
-"'paranoid'.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
+msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Há permissões de arquivo predefinidas nos arquivos em /etc/permissions.*. As permissões de arquivo mais restritivas são definidas como 'secure' ou 'paranoid'.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and "
-"to run the security-related services.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Os serviços básicos do sistema devem ser habilitados para oferecer "
-"consistência ao sistema e executar os serviços relacionados à segurança.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
+msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Os serviços básicos do sistema devem ser habilitados para oferecer consistência ao sistema e executar os serviços relacionados à segurança.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
-msgid ""
-"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. "
-"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by "
-"the system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Todo serviço em execução é um potencial alvo de ataque de segurança. "
-"Portanto, é recomendado desativar todos os serviços que não estão sendo "
-"usados pelo sistema.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
+msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Todo serviço em execução é um potencial alvo de ataque de segurança. Portanto, é recomendado desativar todos os serviços que não estão sendo usados pelo sistema.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Segurança de Boot</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, mude várias configurações de boot relacionadas à "
-"segurança.</p>"
+"<p>Nesta caixa de diálogo, mude várias configurações de boot relacionadas à segurança.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
-#. reboot)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
msgid ""
"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
@@ -1113,8 +896,8 @@
"ignorar este evento, por exemplo, quando o sistema atua tanto como\n"
"estação de trabalho quanto como servidor."
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
msgid ""
"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
@@ -1124,9 +907,9 @@
"ignorar este evento, por exemplo, quando o sistema atua tanto como\n"
"estação de trabalho quanto como servidor."
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
msgid ""
"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
@@ -1138,8 +921,8 @@
"alguém que pressiona a combinação de teclas CTRL + ALT + DEL no\n"
"console. %s</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
msgid ""
"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
@@ -1147,73 +930,69 @@
"<p><b>Comportamento de Encerramento do Gerenciador de Login</b>:\n"
"Defina quem tem permissão para encerrar a máquina do %s.</p>\n"
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, "
-"user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring "
-"authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hibernar Sistema</b>:\n"
-"Defina as condições para permitir que usuários hibernem o sistema. Por "
-"padrão, o usuário no console ativo tem esse direito.\n"
-"As outras opções são para permitir a ação a qualquer usuário ou exigir "
-"autenticação em todos os casos.</p>\n"
+"Defina as condições para permitir que usuários hibernem o sistema. Por padrão, o usuário no console ativo tem esse direito.\n"
+"As outras opções são para permitir a ação a qualquer usuário ou exigir autenticação em todos os casos.</p>\n"
-#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
+#. level name
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
msgstr "Estação de trabalho"
-#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
+#. level name
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56
msgid "Roaming Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de Roaming"
-#. level name
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
+#. level name
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58
msgid "Network Server"
msgstr "Servidor de Rede"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63
msgid "&Workstation"
msgstr "&Estação de Trabalho"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65
msgid "&Roaming Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo de Roaming"
-#. RadioButton label
-#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
+#. RadioButton label
+#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67
msgid "Network &Server"
msgstr "&Servidor de Rede"
-#. Adduser dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59
+#. Adduser dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59
msgid "User Addition"
msgstr "Adição de Usuário"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/users.rb:55
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/security/users.rb:55
msgid "User ID Limitations"
msgstr "Limitações de ID de Usuário"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/users.rb:67
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/security/users.rb:67
msgid "Group ID Limitations"
msgstr "Limitações de ID de Grupo"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/users.rb:127
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/security/users.rb:127
msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum."
msgstr "O ID de usuário mínimo não pode ser maior que o máximo."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/users.rb:134
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/security/users.rb:134
msgid ""
"The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n"
"maximum."
@@ -1221,310 +1000,310 @@
"O ID de grupo mínimo não pode ser maior que o\n"
"máximo."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
-#. * Module: Security configuration
-#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
-#. * Authors: Michal Svec
-#. *
-#. * $Id$
-#. *
-#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
-#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
-#. * WIDGETS.
-#.
-#. <pre>
-#.
-#. The WIDGETS format:
-#. -------------------
-#.
-#. map WIDGETS = $[
-#. "Item unique ID" : $[
-#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
-#. "Label" : "Item Label",
-#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
-#. "Value" : "option2"
-#. ],
-#. ...
-#. ];
-#.
-#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
-#.
-#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
-#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
-#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
-#.
-#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
-#.
-#. Implementation:
-#. ---------------
-#.
-#. map2widget("ID")
-#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
-#. - create the widget
-#.
-#. widget2value("ID")
-#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
-#. - return its current value
-#.
-#. updatewidget("ID")
-#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
-#. - updates the WIDGETS map
-#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
-#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
-#.
-#. processinput()
-#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
-#.
-#. </pre>
-#.
-#. *
-#. @return [Hash] all widgets
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Ignorar"
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Fazer Boot"
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Desligar"
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
msgid "Only root"
msgstr "Somente root"
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
msgid "All Users"
msgstr "Todos os Usuários"
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr "Ninguém"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
msgstr "&Interpretação de Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
+#. CheckBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Permitir Login Remoto &Gráfico"
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
+#. CheckBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "Teclas &Mágicas SysRq"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Desabilitar"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Habilitar Todas as Funções"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "Segundos para &Esperar Após Tentativa de Login Incorreta"
-#. IntField label
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
+#. IntField label
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Máxim&o"
-#. IntField label
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
+#. IntField label
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inimo"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Hibernação do Sistema"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "Usuário no console ativo"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "Qualquer um pode hibernar"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Autenticação sempre necessária"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "Método de Criptografia de Senh&a"
-#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
+#. CheckBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "&Verificar Novas Senhas"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Núm&ero de Senhas a Memorizar"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "Tamanho &Mínimo Aceitável de Senha"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&Dias Antes do Aviso de Vencimento de Senha"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "Per&missões de Arquivo"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Fácil"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Seguro"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
+#. ComboBox value
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranóico"
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&Usuário Iniciando o updatedb"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "Má&ximo"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimo"
-#. ComboBox label
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
-#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
msgstr "Comportamento de &Encerramento do Gerenciador de Login do %s:"
-#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
+#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr "Configurações de Segurança Predefinidas"
-#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Segurança"
-#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159
msgid "Security Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Segurança"
-#. Label
-#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161
+#. Label
+#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
+#. Security read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Slavando Configuração de segurança"
-#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
+#. Progress stage 1/4
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de segurança"
-#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
+#. Progress stage 2/4
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações inittab"
-#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
+#. Progress stage 3/4
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações PAM"
-#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
+#. Progress stage 4/4
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Atualizar configurações do sistema"
-#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
+#. Progress step 1/5
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações de segurança..."
-#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
+#. Progress step 2/5
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações inittab..."
-#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
+#. Progress step 3/5
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações PAM..."
-#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#. Progress step 4/5
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Atualizando configurações do sistema..."
-#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#. Progress step 5/5
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Finalizando"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Nível de segurança atual: Configurações Personalizadas"
-#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
+#. Summary text
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Nível de segurança atual: %1"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/services-manager.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,128 +14,99 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
+#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:30
msgid "Saving default systemd target..."
msgstr "Gravando destino do systemd padrão..."
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26
msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available"
msgstr "O VNC precisa do sistema gráfico disponível"
-#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51
msgid "&Default systemd target"
msgstr "&Destino do systemd padrão"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52
msgid "Default systemd target"
msgstr "Destino do systemd padrão"
-#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
+#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116
msgid "Set Default Systemd Target"
msgstr "Definir Destino do Systemd Padrão"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134
msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target"
msgstr "Selecionando o Destino do Systemd Padrão"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
-msgid ""
-"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units "
-"whose job is to activate services and other units."
-msgstr ""
-"Systemd é um gerenciador de sistema e serviços para Linux. Ele consiste em "
-"unidades cujo trabalho é ativar serviços e outras unidades."
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136
+msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units."
+msgstr "Systemd é um gerenciador de sistema e serviços para Linux. Ele consiste em unidades cujo trabalho é ativar serviços e outras unidades."
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink "
-"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man "
-"page."
-msgstr ""
-"A unidade de destino padrão é ativada na inicialização. Normalmente, trata-"
-"se de um symlink localizado em path/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Saiba "
-"mais na página de manual do systemd."
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139
+msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page."
+msgstr "A unidade de destino padrão é ativada na inicialização. Normalmente, trata-se de um symlink localizado em path/etc/systemd/system/default.target. Saiba mais na página de manual do systemd."
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with "
-"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
-msgstr ""
-"O destino multiusuário é para configurar um sistema multiusuário não gráfico "
-"com rede adequada ao servidor (semelhante ao nível de execução 3)."
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143
+msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)."
+msgstr "O destino multiusuário é para configurar um sistema multiusuário não gráfico com rede adequada ao servidor (semelhante ao nível de execução 3)."
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
-msgid ""
-"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which "
-"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
-msgstr ""
-"Destino gráfico para configurar uma tela de login gráfica com rede típica "
-"para estações de trabalho (semelhante ao nível de execução 5)."
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146
+msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)."
+msgstr "Destino gráfico para configurar uma tela de login gráfica com rede típica para estações de trabalho (semelhante ao nível de execução 5)."
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
-msgid ""
-"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with "
-"graphical target."
-msgstr ""
-"Caso não saiba com certeza qual é a melhor opção para você, use o destino "
-"gráfico."
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149
+msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target."
+msgstr "Caso não saiba com certeza qual é a melhor opção para você, use o destino gráfico."
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Available Targets"
msgstr "Destinos Disponíveis"
-#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
-#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
-#. and keep the default target unchanged.
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
+#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the
+#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this
+#. and keep the default target unchanged.
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:220
msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' "
msgstr "O instalador recomenda para você o destino padrão '%s' "
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:232
msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation"
msgstr "Os pacotes X11 foram selecionados para instalação"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:235
msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system"
-msgstr ""
-"A Instalação Ativa é normalmente usada para GUI completa no sistema de "
-"destino"
+msgstr "A Instalação Ativa é normalmente usada para GUI completa no sistema de destino"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI"
msgstr "A conexão serial geralmente não suporta GUI"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:242
msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"A instalação em modo de texto considera que o sistema de destino não tenha "
-"GUI"
+msgstr "A instalação em modo de texto considera que o sistema de destino não tenha GUI"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:245
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:249
msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system"
msgstr "O uso de VNC considera que o sistema de destino tenha GUI"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:252
msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system"
-msgstr ""
-"O modo de instalação SSH considera que o sistema de destino não tenha GUI"
+msgstr "O modo de instalação SSH considera que o sistema de destino não tenha GUI"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:255
msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation"
msgstr "Os pacotes X11 não foram selecionados para instalação"
-#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
-msgid ""
-"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta recomendação baseia-se na análise das configurações de outra instalação"
+#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258
+msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings"
+msgstr "Esta recomendação baseia-se na análise das configurações de outra instalação"
-#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
-#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#. translators: command line help text for services-manager module
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:29 src/clients/services.rb:29
msgid ""
"Systemd target and services configuration module.\n"
"Use systemctl for commandline services configuration."
@@ -143,118 +114,114 @@
"Módulo de configuração de serviços e destino do Systemd.\n"
"Use systemctl para obter a configuração dos serviços de linha de comando."
-#. Default for double-click in the table
-#. Default for double-click in the table
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#. Default for double-click in the table
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:89 src/clients/services.rb:89
msgid "Writing configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando configuração..."
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94
msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao gravar configuração:\n"
-#. Additional space for UI features
-#. Additional space for UI features
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#. Additional space for UI features
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:131
msgid "Default System &Target"
msgstr "&Destino do Sistema Padrão"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:142 src/clients/services.rb:142
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Serviço"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143
-#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#. The current state matches the futural state
-#. The current state matches the futural state
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144
-#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#. The current state matches the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Ativo"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:145 src/clients/services.rb:145
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:150 src/clients/services.rb:150
msgid "&Start/Stop"
msgstr "&Iniciar/Parar"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:152 src/clients/services.rb:152
msgid "&Enable/Disable"
msgstr "&Habilitar/Desabilitar"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:154 src/clients/services.rb:154
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Mostrar &Detalhes"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:157 src/clients/services.rb:157
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5
msgid "Services Manager"
msgstr "Gerenciador de serviços"
-#. Redraws the services dialog
-#. Redraws the services dialog
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#. Redraws the services dialog
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:168 src/clients/services.rb:168
msgid "Reading services status..."
msgstr "Lendo status dos serviços..."
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187
-#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187
+#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197
-#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197
+#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197
msgid "Inactive"
msgstr "Inativo"
-#. The current state differs the the futural state
-#. The current state differs the the futural state
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#. The current state differs the the futural state
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204
msgid "Active (will start)"
msgstr "Ativo (será iniciado)"
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204
msgid "Inactive (will stop)"
msgstr "Inativo (será parado)"
-#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
-#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225
msgid "Service %{service} Full Info"
msgstr "Informações Completas do Serviço %{service}"
-#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should
-#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration
-#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should
-#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration
-#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258
-msgid ""
-"This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" "
-"section in the description file"
-msgstr ""
-"O serviço não pode ser habilitado/desabilitado pois não tem a seção \"install"
-"\" no arquivo de descrição"
+#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should
+#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration
+#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should
+#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration
+#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258
+msgid "This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" section in the description file"
+msgstr "O serviço não pode ser habilitado/desabilitado pois não tem a seção \"install\" no arquivo de descrição"
-#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
+#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52
msgid "&Services"
msgstr "&Serviços"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Serviços"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
"The current setup does not provide any functionality now.</p>"
@@ -262,39 +229,33 @@
"<p><big><b>Serviços</b></big><br>\n"
"A configuração atual não oferece nenhuma funcionalidade no momento.</p>"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n"
-"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from "
-"the \n"
+"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n"
" list of services.</p>\n"
-"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is "
-"enabled\n"
+"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n"
"and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Serviços</b></big><br>\n"
"Esta proposta de instalação permite iniciar e habilitar um serviço da \n"
" lista de serviços.</p>\n"
-"<p>Ela também poderá abrir portas no firewall para um serviço se o firewall "
-"estiver habilitado\n"
+"<p>Ela também poderá abrir portas no firewall para um serviço se o firewall estiver habilitado\n"
"e determinado serviço exigir que as portas sejam abertas.</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched "
-"%link"
-msgstr ""
-"O serviço %service será %toggled, e a porta no firewall será %switched %link"
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145
+msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link"
+msgstr "O serviço %service será %toggled, e a porta no firewall será %switched %link"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160
msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link"
msgstr "O serviço %service será %toggled %link"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:258
msgid "Package %1 is not available"
msgstr "Pacote %1 não disponível"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:268
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages has failed; \n"
"enabling and starting the services may also fail"
@@ -302,68 +263,66 @@
"Falha na instalação dos pacotes necessários. \n"
"Também poderá haver falha na habilitação e inicialização dos serviços"
-#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Cannot enable service %1"
msgstr "Impossível habilitar o serviço %1"
-#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
+#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6
msgid "Default Target"
msgstr "Destino Padrão"
-#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
-#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
-#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105
+#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional.
+#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil.
+#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105
msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'"
-msgstr ""
-"Esquema do perfil de serviços do autoyast desconhecido para ''services-"
-"manager''"
+msgstr "Esquema do perfil de serviços do autoyast desconhecido para ''services-manager''"
-#. AutoYast summary
-#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
+#. AutoYast summary
+#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29
msgid "Not configured yet."
msgstr "Ainda não configurado."
-#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
-#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452
+#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state.
+#. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified.
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. "
msgstr "Não foi possível %{change} %{service} com status %{status}. "
-#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471
+#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471
msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. "
msgstr "Não foi possível %{change} %{service}. "
-#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:20
msgid "Graphical mode"
msgstr "Modo gráfico"
-#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
+#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22
msgid "Text mode"
msgstr "Modo de texto"
-#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
+#. Systemd targets, bnc#892366
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:25
msgid "Emergency Mode"
msgstr "Modo de Emergência"
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:26
msgid "Graphical Interface"
msgstr "Interface Gráfica"
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27
msgid "Initrd Default Target"
msgstr "Destino Padrão de Initrd"
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28
msgid "Switch Root"
msgstr "Alternar Root"
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29
msgid "Multi-User System"
msgstr "Sistema Multiusuários"
-#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
+#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30
msgid "Rescue Mode"
msgstr "Modo de Recuperação"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/slp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,141 +14,141 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module
-#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35
+#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module
+#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35
msgid "Configuration of an SLP server"
msgstr "Configuração de um servidor SLP"
-#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64
+#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64
msgid "SLP Server"
msgstr "Servidor SLP"
-#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals
-#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68
+#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals
+#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68
msgid "&SLP Server"
msgstr "Servidor &SLP"
-#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49
+#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &Inicializar"
-#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2)
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53
+#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2)
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao Inicializar"
-#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61
+#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&")
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#. button for view log files
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78
+#. button for view log files
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Show Log"
msgstr "Mostrar arquivo de Log"
-#. button for expert settings (all config options)
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89
+#. button for expert settings (all config options)
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Especialista"
-#. response + scopes widget
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99
+#. response + scopes widget
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99
msgid "Response To"
msgstr "Resposta para"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Broadcast"
msgstr "Broadcast"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Multicast"
msgstr "Multicast"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "DA Server"
msgstr "Servidor DA"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107
msgid "Becomes DA Server"
msgstr "Passa a ser Servidor DA"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers"
msgstr "Endereços &IP de Servidores DA"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "&Scopes"
msgstr "&Escopos"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132
msgid "SLP Server Settings"
msgstr "Configurações do Servidor SLP"
-#. description map for tabs in overview dialog
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251
+#. description map for tabs in overview dialog
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "Global SLP Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Global SLP"
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81
msgid "SLP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Servidor SLP"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288
msgid "Server Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Servidor"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Static Configuration Files"
msgstr "Arquivos de Configuração Estática"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667
msgid "Really delete this file?"
msgstr "Deseja mesmo apagar este arquivo?"
-#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690
+#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Name of New File"
msgstr "Nome do Novo Arquivo"
-#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false);
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866
+#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false);
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted."
msgstr "É preciso inserir o escopo e o endereço IP."
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Scope must be inserted."
msgstr "É preciso inserir o escopo."
-#. SlpServer overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883
+#. SlpServer overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "SLP Server Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do Servidor SLP"
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892
msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Servidor SLP</h1>"
-#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929
+#. dialog for expert settings
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog"
msgstr "Configuração do Servidor SLP - Caixa de Diálogo Especialista"
-#. edit reg file dialog
-#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957
+#. edit reg file dialog
+#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957
msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File"
msgstr "Configuração do Servidor SLP - Editar Arquivo .reg"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
@@ -165,8 +165,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Abortando a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
"Aborte com segurança a configuração clicando <B>Abortar</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n"
@@ -198,8 +198,8 @@
"Obtenha uma visão geral dos servidores SLP instalados. Além disso,\n"
" edite suas configurações.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding an SLP Server</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an SLP server.</p>\n"
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adicionando um Servidor SLP</big></b><br>\n"
"Pressione <b>Adicionar</b> para configurar um servidor SLP.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n"
@@ -216,11 +216,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Editando ou Apagando</big></b><br>\n"
"Escolha um servidor SLP para mudar ou remover.\n"
-" Em seguida, pressione <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> conforme desejado."
-"p>\n"
+" Em seguida, pressione <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b> conforme desejado.</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -230,9 +229,9 @@
"Pressione <b>Próximo</b> para continuar.\n"
" <br></p>"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
-#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70
+#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -242,8 +241,8 @@
"Não é possível. É preciso codificar primeiro. :-)\n"
" </p>"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64
+#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -253,153 +252,132 @@
"Pressione <b>Próximo</b> para continuar.\n"
" <br></p>\n"
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75
msgid "<p>To show the slpd log file, use <b>Show Log</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para mostrar o arquivo de registro slpd, selecione <b>Mostrar Registro"
-"b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para mostrar o arquivo de registro slpd, selecione <b>Mostrar Registro</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is "
-"<b>Broadcast</b>.\n"
-"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode "
-"is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n"
-"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it "
-"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n"
-"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is "
-"<b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n"
+"<p>Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is <b>Broadcast</b>.\n"
+"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is <b>Multicast</b>. In it, the daemon answers queries\n"
+"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the <b>DA Server</b> mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n"
+"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is <b>Becomes DA Server</b>. This is a cache server for service\n"
"answers.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina aqui o modo como o daemon SLP deve ser executado. O modo mais "
-"simples é <b>Broadcast</b>.\n"
-"Nele, o daemon SLP responde a todas as solicitações enviadas por broadcast. "
-"O segundo modo é <b>Multicast</b>. Nele, o daemon responde a consultas\n"
-"enviadas por multicast em ESCOPOS apropriados. No modo <b>Servidor DA</b>, o "
-"daemon informa os servidores DA nos endereços IP especificados\n"
-"sobre os serviços registrados estática e dinamicamente. A última opção é "
-"<b>Passa a ser Servidor DA</b>. Trata-se de um servidor de cache para\n"
+"<p>Defina aqui o modo como o daemon SLP deve ser executado. O modo mais simples é <b>Broadcast</b>.\n"
+"Nele, o daemon SLP responde a todas as solicitações enviadas por broadcast. O segundo modo é <b>Multicast</b>. Nele, o daemon responde a consultas\n"
+"enviadas por multicast em ESCOPOS apropriados. No modo <b>Servidor DA</b>, o daemon informa os servidores DA nos endereços IP especificados\n"
+"sobre os serviços registrados estática e dinamicamente. A última opção é <b>Passa a ser Servidor DA</b>. Trata-se de um servidor de cache para\n"
"respostas de serviço.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85
-msgid ""
-"<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp."
-"conf.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Com <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>, acesse todas as opções "
-"disponíveis em /etc/slp.conf.</p>"
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85
+msgid "<p>With <b>Expert Settings</b>, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Com <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>, acesse todas as opções disponíveis em /etc/slp.conf.</p>"
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88
msgid ""
-"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create "
-"a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n"
-"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible "
-"to delete files not owned by any package."
+"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With <b>Add</b>, create a new empty file. With <b>Modify</b>,\n"
+"change the values of any existing file. With <b>Delete</b>, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package."
msgstr ""
-"Arquivos de configuração para registro estático no SLP. Com <b>Adicionar"
-"b>, crie um novo arquivo vazio. Com <b>Modificar</b>,\n"
-"mude os valores de qualquer arquivo existente. Com <b>Apagar</b>, é possível "
-"apagar os arquivos que não pertencem a nenhum pacote."
+"Arquivos de configuração para registro estático no SLP. Com <b>Adicionar</b>, crie um novo arquivo vazio. Com <b>Modificar</b>,\n"
+"mude os valores de qualquer arquivo existente. Com <b>Apagar</b>, é possível apagar os arquivos que não pertencem a nenhum pacote."
-#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91
msgid "Help for regedit"
msgstr "Ajuda de regedit"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. check for package openslp-server installed
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurar o servidor SLP, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado."
-"p>"
+#. check for package openslp-server installed
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181
+msgid "<p>To configure the SLP server, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurar o servidor SLP, o pacote <b>%1</b> deve estar instalado.</p>"
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184
msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Você quer instalar isto agora?</p>"
-#. SlpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199
+#. SlpServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199
msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração do Servidor SLP"
-#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Ler o banco de dados"
-#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Ler as configurações anteriores"
-#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219
msgid "Detect the devices"
msgstr "Detectar os dispositivos"
-#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Lendo o banco de dados..."
-#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações anteriores..."
-#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227
msgid "Detecting the devices..."
msgstr "Detectando os dispositivos "
-#. Progress finished
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. read another database
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253
+#. read another database
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Impossível ler banco de dados2."
-#. SlpServer read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276
+#. SlpServer read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276
msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração do Servidor SLP"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Não pode gravar configurações."
-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuração..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/slp.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/slp.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/slp.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,25 +14,25 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Constructor
-#.
-#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
-#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
-#. heading will be used).
-#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
-#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
+#. Constructor
+#.
+#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show
+#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default
+#. heading will be used).
+#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list).
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected
+#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
+#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil
+#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
msgid "Service selection"
msgstr "Seleção de serviço"
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
msgstr "Selecione um serviço detectado da lista."
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
+#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
msgid "No service was selected."
msgstr "Nenhum serviço foi selecionado."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/smt.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/smt.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/smt.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,430 +14,430 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
+#: src/clients/smt-server.rb:29 src/clients/smt.rb:29
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Não há interface do usuário disponível para este módulo."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message
+#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:53
msgid "No URL has been defined. Test cannot proceed."
msgstr "Nenhum URL definido. O teste não pode continuar."
-#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file
-#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps`
-#. could reveal them.
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68
+#. At first, credentials need to be written to a temporary file
+#. because of security reasons. If used on a commandline, `ps`
+#. could reveal them.
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:68
msgid "Creating a temporary file..."
msgstr "Criando arquivo temporário..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:94
msgid "Cannot create a temporary file %1."
msgstr "Impossível criar um arquivo temporário %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:102
msgid "Check credentials..."
msgstr "Verificar credenciais..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:115
msgid "Invalid credentials."
msgstr "Credenciais inválidas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/complex.rb:121
msgid "Success."
msgstr "Êxito."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of smt
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File: include/smt/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of smt
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:40
msgid "SCC Registration"
msgstr "Registro de SCC"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:41
msgid "Synchronization of Updates"
msgstr "Sincronização de Atualizações"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:44
msgid "Generation of Reports"
msgstr "Geração de Relatórios"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:47
msgid "Job Queue Cleanup"
msgstr "Limpeza da Fila de Tarefas"
-#. Patch category
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111
+#. Patch category
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "Recommended"
msgstr "Recomendado"
-#. Patch category
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113
+#. Patch category
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:113
msgid "Optional"
msgstr "Opcional"
-#. Patch category
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115
+#. Patch category
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Segurança"
-#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126
+#. opposite to check-mark used in UI, usually not translated
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:126
msgid "-"
msgstr "-"
-#. Only some repositories support filtering, although
-#. snapshots can be created from every repository
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153
+#. Only some repositories support filtering, although
+#. snapshots can be created from every repository
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Package manager patches: %1"
msgstr "Patches do gerenciador de pacote: %1"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Security patches: %1"
msgstr "Patches de segurança: %1"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Recommended patches: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes recomendados: %1"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Optional patches: %1"
msgstr "Patches opcionais: %1"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:166
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "Domingo"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Monday"
msgstr "Segunda-feira"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:168
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr "Terça-feira"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr "Quarta-feira"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:170
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr "Quinta-feira"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Friday"
msgstr "Sexta-feira"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr "Sábado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:191
msgid "&Enable Subscription Management Tool Service (SMT)"
msgstr "&Habilitar Serviço SMT (Subscription Management Tool)"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Customer Center Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Atendimento do Cliente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209
+#. TRANSLATORS: check box
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:209
msgid "&Use Custom Server"
msgstr "&Usar Servidor Personalizado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:220
msgid "&Registration Server Url"
msgstr "URL do Servidor de &Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:228
msgid "&Download Server Url"
msgstr "URL do Servidor de &Download"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "Organization (Mirroring) Credentials"
msgstr "Credenciais da Organização (Espelhamento)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name)
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (User name)
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Usuário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: password entry
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251
+#. TRANSLATORS: password entry
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "S&enha"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:261
msgid "&Test..."
msgstr "&Teste..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail)
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (e-mail)
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:274
msgid "&SCC E-mail Used for Registration"
msgstr "E-mail do &SCC Usado para Registro"
-#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL)
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284
+#. TRANSLATORS: text entry (URL)
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Your SMT Server URL"
msgstr "URL do seu &Servidor SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: password entry
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307
+#. TRANSLATORS: password entry
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:307
msgid "Database &Password"
msgstr "Senha do &Banco de Dados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: password entry
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316
+#. TRANSLATORS: password entry
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:316
msgid "C&onfirm Password"
msgstr "C&onfirmar Senha"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:329
msgid "List of Scheduled Jobs"
msgstr "Lista de Tarefas Programadas"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "Job to Run"
msgstr "Tarefa para Execução"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Frequency"
msgstr "Frequência"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:338
msgid "Day of the Week"
msgstr "Dia da Semana"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:340
msgid "Day of the Month"
msgstr "Dia do Mês"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:342
msgid "Hour"
msgstr "Hora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344
+#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Minute"
msgstr "Minuto"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:350 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "&Adicionar..."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:351
msgid "&Edit..."
msgstr "&Editar..."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:367
msgid "E-mail addresses to send reports to"
msgstr "Endereços de e-mail aos quais enviar relatórios"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "All"
msgstr "Tudo"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2031
msgid "Repository &Name"
msgstr "&Nome do Repositório"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:424
msgid "&Patch Category"
msgstr "Categoria de &Patch"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Patch Name"
msgstr "Nome do Patch"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:437
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Versão"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:438
msgid "Category"
msgstr "Categoria"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Testing"
msgstr "Testando"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Production"
msgstr "Produção"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Resumo"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Patch Details"
msgstr "Detalhes do Patch"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:453
msgid "&Toggle Patch Status"
msgstr "&Alternar Status do Patch"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:457
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "Mudar &Status"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:459
msgid "&Exclude from Snapshot..."
msgstr "&Excluir do Instantâneo..."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:463
msgid "&All listed..."
msgstr "&Todos listados..."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "&Enable"
msgstr "&Habilitar"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:466
msgid "&Disable"
msgstr "&Desabilitar"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:473
msgid "Create Snapshot..."
msgstr "Criar Instantâneo..."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:477
msgid "From Full Mirror to &Testing"
msgstr "De Espelhamento Completo a &Teste"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:481
msgid "From Testing to &Production"
msgstr "De Teste à &Produção"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Repository Filter"
msgstr "Filtro de Repositório"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:505
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Destino"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:506
msgid "Mirroring"
msgstr "Espelhando"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186
+#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:507 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:186
msgid "Staging"
msgstr "Propagação em Fases"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:508
msgid "Mirrored"
msgstr "Espelhado"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:509
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:515
msgid "Toggle &Mirroring"
msgstr "Alternar &Espelhamento"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:516
msgid "Toggle &Staging"
msgstr "Alternar &Propagação em Fases"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:518
msgid "Mirror &Now"
msgstr "Espelhar &Agora"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Host Name"
msgstr "Nome de máquina"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Last Contact"
msgstr "Último Contato"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:543 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:973
msgid "Initializing SMT Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração da SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:548 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Read SMT configuration"
msgstr "Ler configuração da SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:550
msgid "Read SMT status"
msgstr "Ler status da SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:554
msgid "Read cron settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de cron"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:558 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:983
msgid "Reading SMT configuration..."
msgstr "Lendo configuração da SMT..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:560
msgid "Reading SMT status..."
msgstr "Lendo status da SMT..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:562
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de firewall..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:564
msgid "Reading cron settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de cron..."
-#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:610
msgid "SCC Credentials"
msgstr "Credenciais do SCC"
-#. Informative text
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615
+#. Informative text
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:615
msgid ""
"System does not appear to be registered in SCC.\n"
"Choose one of the options below."
@@ -445,18 +445,18 @@
"O sistema não parece estar registrado no SCC.\n"
"Escolha uma das opções a seguir."
-#. Radio button
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631
+#. Radio button
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:631
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "&Ignorar Registro"
-#. Radio button
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640
+#. Radio button
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:640
msgid "Register in &SUSE Customer Center"
msgstr "Registrar no &SUSE Customer Center"
-#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650
+#. Help "SCC Credentials", #1
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:650
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>SCC Credentials</big></b><br>\n"
"You need to register your SMT in SUSE Customer Center to get it working\n"
@@ -466,8 +466,8 @@
"Você precisa registrar a SMT no SUSE Customer Center para que ela funcione\n"
"apropriadamente. Escolha uma das opções da lista.</p>"
-#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656
+#. Help "SCC Credentials", #2
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:656
msgid ""
"<p>Choosing <b>Register in SUSE Customer Center</b> would\n"
"call regular SUSE Customer Center Configuration module,\n"
@@ -476,37 +476,35 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Ao escolher <b>Registrar no SUSE Customer Center</b>, o módulo\n"
"de configuração regular do SUSE Customer Center é chamado.\n"
-"<b>Gerar Novas Credenciais do SCC</b> apenas cria um arquivo das novas "
-"Credenciais do SCC\n"
+"<b>Gerar Novas Credenciais do SCC</b> apenas cria um arquivo das novas Credenciais do SCC\n"
"sem chamar o módulo de Configuração do SUSE Customer Center.</p>"
-#. Pop-up dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685
+#. Pop-up dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Aviso"
-#. Pop-up question
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687
+#. Pop-up question
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:687
msgid ""
"Leaving the SCC credentials empty might cause SMT not to work properly.\n"
"Are you sure you want to really skip it?"
msgstr ""
-"Se as credenciais do SCC ficarem vazias, a SMT poderá não funcionar "
-"apropriadamente.\n"
+"Se as credenciais do SCC ficarem vazias, a SMT poderá não funcionar apropriadamente.\n"
"Deseja realmente ignorá-las?"
-#. Button label
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691
+#. Button label
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:691
msgid "&Yes, Skip It"
msgstr "&Sim, Ignorá-las"
-#. Button label
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693
+#. Button label
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:693
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "&Cancelar"
-#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767
+#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with file name, %2 with username
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:767
msgid ""
"SMT is unable to set %1 file permissions\n"
"to be readable by %2 user."
@@ -514,8 +512,8 @@
"A SMT não pode definir as permissões do arquivo %1\n"
"para ele ser legível pelo usuário %2."
-#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784
+#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with directory name, %2 with username
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:784
msgid ""
"SMT is unable to set %1 directory permission\n"
"to be recursively writable by %2 user."
@@ -523,10 +521,10 @@
"A SMT não pode definir a permissão do diretório %1\n"
"para ele ser gravável recursivamente pelo usuário %2."
-#. 0 -> some lines found
-#. 1 -> nothing found
-#. 2 -> error
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838
+#. 0 -> some lines found
+#. 1 -> nothing found
+#. 2 -> error
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:838
msgid ""
"File %1 has been found in your document root.\n"
"\n"
@@ -536,126 +534,125 @@
"O arquivo %1 foi encontrado na raiz do documento.\n"
"\n"
"Verifique se '/repo/keys' está listado como diretório permitido\n"
-"ou remova o arquivo. Do contrário, o servidor SMT poderá não funcionar "
-"apropriadamente."
+"ou remova o arquivo. Do contrário, o servidor SMT poderá não funcionar apropriadamente."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:854
msgid "Adjust SMT configuration"
msgstr "Ajustar configuração da SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Adjust database configuration"
msgstr "Ajustar configuração do banco de dados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:858
msgid "Check and install server certificate"
msgstr "Verificar e instalar certificação do servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Adjust Web-server configuration"
msgstr "Ajustar configuração do servidor Web"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "Adjust SMT service"
msgstr "Ajustar serviço SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:864
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Write cron settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de cron"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Check mirrored repositories"
msgstr "Verificar repositórios espelhados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Run synchronization check"
msgstr "Executar verificação de sincronização"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:874
msgid "Adjusting SMT configuration..."
msgstr "Ajustando configuração da SMT..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:876
msgid "Adjusting database configuration..."
msgstr "Ajustando configuração do banco de dados..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:878
msgid "Checking and installing server certificate..."
msgstr "Verificando e instalando certificação do servidor..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:880
msgid "Adjusting Web server configuration..."
msgstr "Ajustando configuração do servidor Web..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Adjusting SMT service..."
msgstr "Ajustando serviço SMT..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:886
msgid "Writing cron settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de cron..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Checking mirrored repositories..."
msgstr "Verificando repositórios espelhados..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:890
msgid "Running synchronization check..."
msgstr "Executando verificação de sincronização..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:896
msgid "Writing SMT Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração da SMT"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005
+#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1005
msgid "Writing Changes"
msgstr "Gravando Mudanças"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010
+#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Write patches"
msgstr "Gravar patches"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014
+#. TRANSLATORS: Bussy message /progress/
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Writing patches..."
msgstr "Gravando patches..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130
+#. TRANSLATORS: error report
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130
msgid "The first and the second password do not match."
msgstr "A primeira e a segunda senha não são iguais."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176
+#. TRANSLATORS: error report, actually containing a question
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1176
msgid ""
"Password should not be empty.\n"
"\n"
@@ -665,8 +662,8 @@
"\n"
"Deseja continuar mesmo assim?"
-#. Pop-up error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199
+#. Pop-up error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid ""
"The SMT URL must not be empty.\n"
"\n"
@@ -676,8 +673,8 @@
"\n"
"Digite o URL do servidor SMT no seguinte formato: http:://servidor.nome/\n"
-#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211
+#. BNC #518222: Check for 'http://.+' or 'https://.+' in URL
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1211
msgid ""
"Invalid SMT Server URL.\n"
"\n"
@@ -687,55 +684,55 @@
"\n"
"O URL deve começar com 'http://' ou 'https://'."
-#. Pop-up error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224
+#. Pop-up error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Update server user must not be empty."
msgstr "O usuário do servidor de atualização não deve ficar vazio."
-#. Pop-up error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232
+#. Pop-up error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1232
msgid "Update server password must not be empty."
msgstr "A senha do servidor de atualização não deve ficar vazia."
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView label
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1246
msgid "&Test Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes do Teste"
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1261
msgid "Test result: success"
msgstr "Resultado do teste: êxito"
-#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268
+#. TRANSLATORS: LogView line
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1268
msgid "Test result: failure"
msgstr "Resultado do teste: falha"
-#. busy message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410
+#. busy message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1410
msgid "Getting list of the currently available repositories..."
msgstr "Obtendo lista dos repositórios disponíveis no momento..."
-#. empty /--/ == no specific target
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467
+#. empty /--/ == no specific target
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1466 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1467
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. Used as a fallback
-#. %1 is replaced with a patch category
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545
+#. Used as a fallback
+#. %1 is replaced with a patch category
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1545
msgid "Patch category '%1'"
msgstr "Categoria do patch '%1'"
-#. No patch listed, no patch selected
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563
+#. No patch listed, no patch selected
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1563
msgid "There are no patches available in this repository."
msgstr "Não há patches disponíveis neste repositório."
-#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter
-#. %2 is replaced with patch description
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586
+#. %1 is replaced with a warning that patch is filtered-out by a category filter
+#. %2 is replaced with patch description
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1586
msgid ""
"%1\n"
"\n"
@@ -745,97 +742,93 @@
"\n"
"%2"
-#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state
-#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590
-msgid ""
-"<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be "
-"enabled in this dialog.</b>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>O patch foi removido do filtro de categoria de patch (%1) e, portanto, "
-"não pode ser habilitado nesta caixa de diálogo.</b>"
+#. Connected with the text above, informs user about the current patch state
+#. %1 is replaced with a translated patch type
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1590
+msgid "<b>Patch is filtered-out by patch-category filter (%1) and thus cannot be enabled in this dialog.</b>"
+msgstr "<b>O patch foi removido do filtro de categoria de patch (%1) e, portanto, não pode ser habilitado nesta caixa de diálogo.</b>"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1616
msgid "There are no repositories with staging enabled"
msgstr "Não há repositórios com propagação em fases habilitada"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1632
msgid "Mirror timestamp: %1"
msgstr "Espelhar marcação de horário: %1"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1639
msgid "Never mirrored"
msgstr "Nunca espelhado"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid "Testing snapshot timestamp: %1"
msgstr "Testando marcação de horário do instantâneo: %1"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1653 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1667
msgid "Never created"
msgstr "Nunca criado"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1660
msgid "Production snapshot timestamp: %1"
msgstr "Marcação de horário do instantâneo de produção: %1"
-#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819
+#. If filter is used, remove 'nil's
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1819
msgid "Repository does not allow patch-filtering"
msgstr "O repositório não permite filtragem de patch"
-#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date
-#. %2 There are some patches pending...
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860
+#. %1 Client (is|is not) up-to-date
+#. %2 There are some patches pending...
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1860
msgid "%1<br>%2"
msgstr "%1<br>%2"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1862
msgid "Client is up-to-date"
msgstr "Cliente atualizado"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1863
msgid "<b>Client is not up-to-date</b>"
msgstr "<b>Cliente desatualizado</b>"
-#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5'
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867
+#. %1 is replaced with a comma-separated pieces of info, e.g., 'Security patches: 5'
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1867
msgid "There are some patches pending:<br>%1"
msgstr "Há alguns patches pendentes:<br>%1"
-#. Number of patches pending
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876
+#. Number of patches pending
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1876
msgid "Status is unknown"
msgstr "Status desconhecido"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1886
msgid "There are no registered clients or their status is unknown"
msgstr "Não há clientes registrados ou o status deles é desconhecido"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1914
msgid "Unknown Status"
msgstr "Status Desconhecido"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1917
msgid "Never"
msgstr "Nunca"
-#. Catalog Name (Target)
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999
+#. Catalog Name (Target)
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1999
msgid "%1 (%2)(%3)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)(%3)"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
-#. a mlti-selection-box label
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057
+#. a mlti-selection-box label
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2057
msgid "Exclude All Patches of Selected Categories"
msgstr "Excluir Todos os Patches das Categorias Selecionadas"
-#. a pop-up message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133
+#. a pop-up message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2133
msgid ""
"This repository does not allow patch filtering.\n"
"You can create snapshots of its current stage though."
@@ -843,8 +836,8 @@
"Este repositório não permite filtragem de patch.\n"
"No entanto, é possível criar instantâneos de sua fase atual."
-#. a pop-up message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154
+#. a pop-up message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid ""
"This patch is filtered-out by a category-based filter\n"
"and thus its status cannot be changed in this dialog."
@@ -852,13 +845,13 @@
"Este patch foi removido do filtro baseado em categoria\n"
"e, portanto, não pode ser mudado nesta caixa de diálogo."
-#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172
+#. Inverting the status: "filtered" used as new "status"
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Unable to change the current patch status."
msgstr "Impossível mudar o status do patch atual."
-#. Multiline key description
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298
+#. Multiline key description
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2298
msgid ""
"Key ID: %1\n"
"UID: %2\n"
@@ -868,14 +861,14 @@
"UID: %2\n"
"Impressão Digital: %3"
-#. pop-up heading
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308
+#. pop-up heading
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2308
msgid "Signing Key Passphrase"
msgstr "Frase Secreta da Chave de Assinatura"
-#. pop-up dialog message
-#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314
+#. pop-up dialog message
+#. %1 is replaced with a (possibly multiline) key descrioption
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2314
msgid ""
"SMT is configured to sign the snapshot with the following key:\n"
"\n"
@@ -891,153 +884,152 @@
"Digite a frase secreta da chave e clique em OK,\n"
"do contrário, clique em Cancelar para ignorar o procedimento de assinatura."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2331
msgid "Key &Passphrase"
msgstr "&Frase Secreta da Chave"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2332
msgid "&Once Again"
msgstr "&Outra Vez"
-#. pop-up error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359
+#. pop-up error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2359
msgid "Entered passphrases are not identical."
msgstr "As frases secretas digitadas não são idênticas."
-#. a bussy message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399
+#. a bussy message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2399
msgid "Creating repository snapshot..."
msgstr "Criando instantâneo do repositório..."
-#. a pop-up error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414
+#. a pop-up error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2414
msgid "An error has occurred while creating the snapshot."
msgstr "Erro ao criar o instantâneo."
-#. very simple e-mail validator
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493
+#. very simple e-mail validator
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493
msgid "New &E-Mail"
msgstr "Novo &E-mail"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2493
msgid "Editing &E-Mail"
msgstr "Editando &E-mail"
-#. OK pressed
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528
+#. OK pressed
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2528
msgid "E-mail '%1' is not valid."
msgstr "E-mail '%1' inválido."
-#. pop-up error message
-#. pop-up error message
-#. pop-up error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611
+#. pop-up error message
+#. pop-up error message
+#. pop-up error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2573 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2586
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2603 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2611
msgid "Internal Error: Cannot toggle the current state."
msgstr "Erro Interno: Impossível alternar o estado atual."
-#. Error message
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649
+#. Error message
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2649
msgid "Unable to mirror the selected repository."
msgstr "Impossível espelhar o repositório selecionado."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2655
msgid "Mirroring Repository"
msgstr "Espelhando Repositório"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2656
msgid "&Progress"
msgstr "&Andamento"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2657
msgid "&Stop"
msgstr "&Parar"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2665
msgid "Started mirroring the selected repository with process ID: %1\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Espelhamento do repositório selecionado iniciado com ID do processo: %1\n"
+msgstr "Espelhamento do repositório selecionado iniciado com ID do processo: %1\n"
-#. a headline
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691
+#. a headline
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2691
msgid "Aborting the Mirroring"
msgstr "Interrompendo o Espelhamento"
-#. a pop-up question
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693
+#. a pop-up question
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2693
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the current mirroring process?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente interromper o processo de espelhamento atual?"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695
+#. push button
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2695
msgid "Abort Mirroring"
msgstr "Interromper Espelhamento"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697
+#. push button
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2697
msgid "Continue Mirroring"
msgstr "Continuar Espelhando"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2700
msgid "Aborting...\n"
msgstr "Interrompendo...\n"
-#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738
+#. BNC #519216: Purge cache right after mirroring
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2738
msgid "Finished\n"
msgstr "Concluído\n"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2744
msgid "Mirroring failed\n"
msgstr "Falha no espelhamento\n"
-#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands
-#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266
+#. BNC #520557: Manual or additional cron commands
+#. BNC #520557: Handling unknown script
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2842 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3266
msgid "Command: %1"
msgstr "Comando: %1"
-#. Offer adding the script only if exists
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872
+#. Offer adding the script only if exists
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2872
msgid "Uploading Support Configs"
msgstr "Fazendo Upload das Configurações de Suporte"
-#. Script-call period, used as a table item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201
+#. Script-call period, used as a table item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2905 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3201
msgid "Periodically"
msgstr "Periodicamente"
-#. Script-call period, used as a table item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198
+#. Script-call period, used as a table item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2911 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3198
msgid "Monthly"
msgstr "Mensalmente"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2915 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2926
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2944 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2952
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2961 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2969
msgid "Undefined"
msgstr "Indefinido"
-#. Script-call period, used as a table item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197
+#. Script-call period, used as a table item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2920 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3197
msgid "Weekly"
msgstr "Semanalmente"
-#. Script-call period, used as a table item
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196
+#. Script-call period, used as a table item
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2933 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3196
msgid "Daily"
msgstr "Diariamente"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2943
msgid "Every %1 hours"
msgstr "A cada %1 horas"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:2960
msgid "Every %1 minutes"
msgstr "A cada %1 minutos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message)
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011
+#. TRANSLATORS: informational message (Report::Message)
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3011
msgid ""
"Scheduled jobs have been disabled due to missing packages.\n"
"To install the missing packages and set up the scheduled jobs,\n"
@@ -1047,53 +1039,53 @@
"Para instalar os pacotes ausentes e configurar as tarefas programadas,\n"
"é necessário reiniciar o módulo de Configuração da SMT do YaST."
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3038
msgid "Every H-th &Hour"
msgstr "A Cada Nº &Hora"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3039
msgid "Every M-th &Minute"
msgstr "A Cada Nº &Minuto"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3041 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3222
msgid "&Hour"
msgstr "&Hora"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3042 src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3233
msgid "&Minute"
msgstr "&Minuto"
-#. Weekly
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184
+#. Weekly
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3184
msgid "Editing a SMT Scheduled Job"
msgstr "Editando uma Tarefa Programada da SMT"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3185
msgid "Adding New SMT Scheduled Job"
msgstr "Adicionando Nova Tarefa Programada da SMT"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3194
msgid "&Frequency"
msgstr "&Frequência"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3208
msgid "&Job to Run"
msgstr "&Tarefa para Executar"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3212
msgid "Job Start Time"
msgstr "Horário de Início da Tarefa"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3219
msgid "Day of the &Week"
msgstr "Dia da &Semana"
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3228
msgid "&Day of the Month"
msgstr "&Dia do Mês"
-#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup
-#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359
+#. TRANSLATORS: yes-no popup
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:3359
msgid ""
"Really exit?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -1101,69 +1093,57 @@
"Realmente sair?\n"
"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas."
-#. TRANSLATORS: help a1
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17
+#. TRANSLATORS: help a1
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Customer Center Access</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter the credentials for SUSE Updates (updates.suse.com) here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Acesso ao Atendimento do Cliente</b></big><br>\n"
-"Digite as credenciais para as Atualizações do SUSE (updates.suse.com) aqui."
-"p>\n"
+"Digite as credenciais para as Atualizações do SUSE (updates.suse.com) aqui.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help a2
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21
+#. TRANSLATORS: help a2
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
-"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center "
-"authentication.\n"
+"<p><b>User</b> and <b>Password</b> are needed for Customer Center authentication.\n"
"To test the credentials you entered, click <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and "
-"download of\n"
+"SMT then connects to the Customer Center server for authentication and download of\n"
"test data.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b> necessários para autenticação no "
-"Atendimento do Cliente.\n"
+"<p><b>Usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b> necessários para autenticação no Atendimento do Cliente.\n"
"Para testar as credenciais digitadas, clique em <b>Testar</b>.\n"
-"A SMT conecta-se ao servidor de Atendimento do Cliente para autenticação e "
-"download dos\n"
+"A SMT conecta-se ao servidor de Atendimento do Cliente para autenticação e download dos\n"
"dados de teste.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help a3
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28
-msgid ""
-"<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O e-mail deve ser o mesmo que você usou para se registrar no atendimento "
-"do cliente.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: help a3
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:28
+msgid "<p>E-mail should be the one you used to register to the customer center.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O e-mail deve ser o mesmo que você usou para se registrar no atendimento do cliente.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help b1
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33
+#. TRANSLATORS: help b1
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Database</b></big><br>\n"
-"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the "
-"database.\n"
+"For security reasons, SMT requires a separate user to connect to the database.\n"
"With <b>Database Password</b>, set or change the database\n"
"password for that user. The password should not be empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Banco de Dados</b></big><br>\n"
-"Por questões de segurança, a SMT requer um usuário separado para conexão com "
-"o banco de dados.\n"
+"Por questões de segurança, a SMT requer um usuário separado para conexão com o banco de dados.\n"
"Em <b>Senha do Banco de Dados</b>, defina ou mude a senha do\n"
"banco de dados para esse usuário. A senha não deve ficar vazia.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help c1
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41
+#. TRANSLATORS: help c1
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Reporting</b></big><br>\n"
-"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to."
-"</p>\n"
+"Here you can set up a list of e-mail addresses that SMT will send reports to.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Gerador de Relatórios</b></big><br>\n"
-"Aqui, é possível configurar uma lista de endereços de e-mail aos quais a SMT "
-"enviará os relatórios.</p>\n"
+"Aqui, é possível configurar uma lista de endereços de e-mail aos quais a SMT enviará os relatórios.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help d1
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46
+#. TRANSLATORS: help d1
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Schedule SMT Jobs</b></big><br>\n"
"Here you can edit periodical SMT jobs.</p>"
@@ -1171,32 +1151,26 @@
"<p><big><b>Programar Tarefas da SMT</b></big><br>\n"
"Aqui, é possível editar tarefas periódicas da SMT.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help d2
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50
+#. TRANSLATORS: help d2
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:50
msgid "<p>When adding a new job, first select a <b>Job to Run</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Ao adicionar uma nova tarefa, selecione primeiro uma <b>Tarefa para "
-"Executar</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Ao adicionar uma nova tarefa, selecione primeiro uma <b>Tarefa para Executar</b>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help d3
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52
+#. TRANSLATORS: help d3
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
-"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> "
-"selection box\n"
+"<p>When editing a current job or adding new one, the <b>Frequency</b> selection box\n"
"switches dialog mode according to the currently selected value.\n"
-"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week"
-"b>\n"
+"Some fields are enabled or disabled accordingly, e.g., <b>Day of the Week</b>\n"
"is disabled for <tt>Daily</tt> job frequency.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ao editar uma tarefa atual ou adicionar uma nova, a caixa de seleção "
-"<b>Frequência</b> alterna\n"
+"<p>Ao editar uma tarefa atual ou adicionar uma nova, a caixa de seleção <b>Frequência</b> alterna\n"
"o modo da caixa de diálogo conforme o valor selecionado no momento.\n"
-"Alguns campos são habilitados ou desabilitados de acordo, ex. <b>Dia da "
-"Semana</b>\n"
+"Alguns campos são habilitados ou desabilitados de acordo, ex. <b>Dia da Semana</b>\n"
"é desabilitado para a frequência de tarefa <tt>Diariamente</tt>.</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help e1
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60
+#. TRANSLATORS: help e1
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repositories</b></big><br>\n"
"Here you can see all repositories available for mirroring.</p>"
@@ -1204,30 +1178,28 @@
"<p><big><b>Repositórios</b></big><br>\n"
"Aqui, é possível ver todos os repositórios disponíveis para espelhamento.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help e2
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64
+#. TRANSLATORS: help e2
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p>To set mirroring on or off, select a repository in the table\n"
"and click <b>Toggle Mirroring</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para ativar ou desativar o espelhamento, selecione um repositório na "
-"tabela\n"
+"<p>Para ativar ou desativar o espelhamento, selecione um repositório na tabela\n"
"e clique em <b>Alternar Espelhamento</b>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help e3
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68
+#. TRANSLATORS: help e3
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Staging</b> offers you to create testing and production\n"
"snapshots. To enable or disable this feature, select a repository\n"
"in the table and click <b>Toggle Staging</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Propagação em Fases</b> permite criar instantâneos de teste e\n"
-"produção. Para habilitar ou desabilitar esse recurso, selecione um "
-"repositório\n"
+"produção. Para habilitar ou desabilitar esse recurso, selecione um repositório\n"
"na tabela e clique em <b>Alternar Propagação em Fases</b>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help f1
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75
+#. TRANSLATORS: help f1
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Staging</b></big><br>\n"
"Here you can create testing and production snapshots from the mirrored\n"
@@ -1237,26 +1209,23 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Propagação em Fases</b></big><br>\n"
"Aqui, é possível criar instantâneos de teste e produção dos repositórios\n"
-"espelhados que têm a <tt>propagação em fases</tt> habilitada. Os "
-"repositórios que contêm\n"
-"patches permitem a filtragem de patch, do contrário, você poderá criar "
-"apenas instantâneos completos\n"
+"espelhados que têm a <tt>propagação em fases</tt> habilitada. Os repositórios que contêm\n"
+"patches permitem a filtragem de patch, do contrário, você poderá criar apenas instantâneos completos\n"
"(sem usar nenhum filtro).</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help f2
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83
+#. TRANSLATORS: help f2
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p>Choosing a <b>Repository Name</b> will switch the current\n"
"repository. Choosing a <b>Patch Category</b> applies a listing filter\n"
"on the current repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>A escolha de um <b>Nome do Repositório</b> alterna o repositório\n"
-"atual. A escolha de uma <b>Categoria de Patch</b> aplica um filtro de "
-"listagem\n"
+"atual. A escolha de uma <b>Categoria de Patch</b> aplica um filtro de listagem\n"
"ao repositório atual.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help f3
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89
+#. TRANSLATORS: help f3
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>To enable or disable <tt>patches</tt> in the snapshot,\n"
"select a patch in the table and click <b>Toggle Patch Status</b>.</p>"
@@ -1264,18 +1233,17 @@
"<p>Para habilitar ou desabilitar <tt>patches</tt> no instantâneo,\n"
"selecione um patch na tabela e clique em <b>Alternar Status do Patch</b>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93
+#. TRANSLATORS: help f4, '->' is actually '->' in HTML
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:93
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to change more patches at once, you can also use\n"
"<b>Change Status->All Listed Patches...->Enable/Disable</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para mudar mais patches de uma vez, você também pode usar\n"
-"<b>Mudar Status->Todos os Patches Listados...->Habilitar/Desabilitar"
-"b></p>"
+"<b>Mudar Status->Todos os Patches Listados...->Habilitar/Desabilitar</b></p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97
+#. TRANSLATORS: help f5, '->' is actually '->' in HTML
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>To exclude all patches of a selected type from the <tt>testing</tt>\n"
"snapshot, use <b>Change Status->Exclude from Snapshot...</b>.\n"
@@ -1283,71 +1251,66 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Para excluir todos os patches de um tipo selecionado do instantâneo\n"
"de <tt>teste</tt>, use <b>Mudar Status->Excluir do Instantâneo...</b>.\n"
-"Esse patch não pode ser habilitado, exceto se você remover o filtro "
-"novamente.</p>"
+"Esse patch não pode ser habilitado, exceto se você remover o filtro novamente.</p>"
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p>To create <tt>testing</tt> or <tt>production</tt> snapshots\n"
-"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to "
-"Production</b>.</p>"
+"click <b>Create Snapshot...->From Full Mirror to Testing/From Testing to Production</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para criar instantâneos de <tt>teste</tt> ou\n"
-"<tt>produção</tt>, clique em <b>Criar Instantâneo...->De Espelhamento "
-"Completo a Teste/De Teste à Produção</b>.</p>"
+"<tt>produção</tt>, clique em <b>Criar Instantâneo...->De Espelhamento Completo a Teste/De Teste à Produção</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/smt/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p><b>Testing</b> snapshot is always created from the mirrored repository,\n"
"<b>production</b> is always created as a copy of the <b>testing</b> one.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"O instantâneo de <p><b>teste</b> sempre é criado com base no repositório "
-"espelhado,\n"
-"o instantâneo de <b>produção</b> sempre é criado como uma cópia do "
-"instantâneo de <b>teste</b>.</p>"
+"O instantâneo de <p><b>teste</b> sempre é criado com base no repositório espelhado,\n"
+"o instantâneo de <b>produção</b> sempre é criado como uma cópia do instantâneo de <b>teste</b>.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159
+#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:159
msgid "Customer Center Access"
msgstr "Acesso ao Atendimento do Cliente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167
+#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:167
msgid "Database and Reporting"
msgstr "Banco de Dados e Gerador de Relatórios"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:180
msgid "Repositories"
msgstr "Repositórios"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192
+#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:192
msgid "Clients Status"
msgstr "Status dos Clientes"
-#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198
+#. TRANSLATORS: tab-header
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:198
msgid "Scheduled SMT Jobs"
msgstr "Tarefas Programadas da SMT"
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:215 src/include/smt/wizard.rb:241
msgid "SMT Configuration Wizard - Step %1/%2"
msgstr "Assistente de Configuração da SMT - Etapa %1/%2"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:263
msgid "Update Server Configuration"
msgstr "Atualizar Configuração do Servidor"
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/include/smt/wizard.rb:280
msgid "SMT Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento da SMT"
-#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name,
-#. %2 with the SMT config file
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126
+#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with the SMT user name,
+#. %2 with the SMT config file
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:126
msgid ""
"SMT configuration is broken.\n"
"LOCAL->smtUser %1 defined in %2 does not exist on the system."
@@ -1355,10 +1318,10 @@
"Configuração da SMT inválida.\n"
"LOCAL->smtUser %1 definido em %2 não existe no sistema."
-#. Something has been changed
-#. Apache conf needs writing
-#. and Apache service needs restarting
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669
+#. Something has been changed
+#. Apache conf needs writing
+#. and Apache service needs restarting
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:669
msgid ""
"Synchronization script %1 does not exist.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1368,85 +1331,77 @@
"\n"
"Verifique a instalação da SMT."
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:691
msgid "Running the synchronization script failed."
msgstr "Falha na execução do script de sincronização."
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:695
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Details:</big></b></p>\n"
-" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>"
-"p>\n"
-" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>"
-"p>"
+" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n"
+" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Detalhes:</big></b></p>\n"
-" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre>"
-"p>\n"
-" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre>"
-"p>"
+" <p><b>stdout:</b><br><pre>%1</pre></p>\n"
+" <p><b>stderr:</b><br><pre>%2</pre></p>"
-#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835
+#. take care the the post script do not reschedule again
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:835
msgid "Cannot write cron settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações de cron."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with a service-name
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:851
msgid "Reloading service %1 has failed."
msgstr "Falha ao recarregar o serviço %1."
-#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869
+#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question headline
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:869
msgid "Missing Server Certificate"
msgstr "Certificação do Servidor Ausente"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872
+#. TRANSLATORS: Pop-up question, %1 is replaced with a file name
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:872
msgid ""
"Server certificate %1 does not exist.\n"
"Would you like to run CA management to create one?\n"
"\n"
-"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support "
-"SSL.\n"
+"The server certificate is vitally important for the update server to support SSL.\n"
msgstr ""
"A certificação do servidor %1 não existe.\n"
"Deseja executar o gerenciamento de CA para criar uma?\n"
"\n"
-"A certificação do servidor é crucialmente importante para o servidor de "
-"atualização suportar SSL.\n"
+"A certificação do servidor é crucialmente importante para o servidor de atualização suportar SSL.\n"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:880
msgid "&Run CA management"
msgstr "&Executar gerenciamento de CA"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:881 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1021
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1052 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1064
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Ignorar"
-#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930
+#. Package is not installed and couldn't be installed
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:930
msgid "Cannot run CA management because package %1 is not installed."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível executar o gerenciamento de CA porque o pacote %1 não está "
-"instalado."
+msgstr "Impossível executar o gerenciamento de CA porque o pacote %1 não está instalado."
-#. Server certificate exists
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974
+#. Server certificate exists
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:974
msgid "Database root Password Required"
msgstr "Senha de root do Banco de Dados Obrigatória"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:982
msgid "Enter the MariaDB root &Password"
msgstr "Digitar Senha de root do &MariaDB"
-#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013
+#. 2 : Cannot read the SMT configuration file
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1013
msgid "Unable to read %1"
msgstr "Impossível ler %1"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1014
msgid ""
"SMT was not able to read the configuration file.\n"
"Please, check the file and click Retry.\n"
@@ -1458,13 +1413,13 @@
"\n"
"Para ignorar esse procedimento, clique em Ignorar.\n"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1020 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1051
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1063
msgid "&Retry"
msgstr "&Repetir"
-#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?)
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028
+#. 4 : Cannot connect to database (wrong mysql root password?)
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1028
msgid ""
"SMT was not able to connect to the database.\n"
"The root password was probably wrong.\n"
@@ -1472,12 +1427,12 @@
"A SMT não pôde se conectar ao banco de dados.\n"
"Provavelmente, a senha de root estava incorreta.\n"
-#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047
+#. 7 : Cannot create Database smt
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1047
msgid "Cannot create database"
msgstr "Impossível criar banco de dados"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1048
msgid ""
"SMT was not able to create the database.\n"
"Click Retry to try again.\n"
@@ -1485,12 +1440,12 @@
"A SMT não pôde criar o banco de dados.\n"
"Clique em Repetir para tentar novamente.\n"
-#. 21: Database migration failed
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059
+#. 21: Database migration failed
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1059
msgid "Database migration failed"
msgstr "Falha na migração do banco de dados"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1060
msgid ""
"SMT has failed to migrate the database.\n"
"Click Retry to try again.\n"
@@ -1498,45 +1453,43 @@
"Falha na SMT ao migrar o banco de dados.\n"
"Clique em Repetir para tentar novamente.\n"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1080
msgid "Adjusting New Database root Password"
msgstr "Ajustando Nova Senha de root do Banco de Dados"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1086
msgid ""
"The current MariaDB root password is empty.\n"
"\n"
-" For security reasons, please, set "
-"a new one."
+" For security reasons, please, set a new one."
msgstr ""
"A senha de root atual do MariaDB está vazia.\n"
"\n"
-" Por questões de segurança, defina "
-"uma nova."
+" Por questões de segurança, defina uma nova."
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1093
msgid "New MariaDB root &Password"
msgstr "Nova Senha de root do &MariaDB"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1094
msgid "New Password &Again"
msgstr "Repetir &Nova Senha"
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1126
msgid "Set up a new password, please."
msgstr "Configure uma nova senha."
-#. rw only for owner
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189
+#. rw only for owner
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1189
msgid "Setting up new MariaDB root password failed."
msgstr "Falha na configuração da nova senha de root do MariaDB."
-#. root password has been already set
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251
+#. root password has been already set
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1251
msgid "SMT needs to set up the database."
msgstr "A SMT precisa configurar o banco de dados."
-#. rw only for owner
-#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392
+#. rw only for owner
+#: src/modules/SMTData.rb:1392
msgid "Cannot change SMT user password."
msgstr "Impossível mudar a senha de usuário da SMT."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/snapper.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,163 +14,163 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of snapper
+#. Summary: Main file
+#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel
+#.
+#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "Configuração dos instantâneos do sistema"
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
+#. text entry label
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
+#. text entry label
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Dados do usuário"
-#. combo box label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
+#. combo box label
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Algoritmo de limpeza"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
+#. popup label, %{num} is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
msgstr "Modificar Instantâneo %{num}"
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
+#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
msgstr "Modificar Instantâneo %{pre} e %{post}"
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
msgstr "Pré (%{pre})"
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Post (%{post})"
msgstr "Pós (%{post})"
-#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
+#. popup label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Criar Novo Instantâneo"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Único instantâneo"
-#. radio button label
-#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
+#. radio button label
+#. 0 means there's no post
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pré"
-#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
+#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Pós, emparelhado com:"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
msgstr "Apagar realmente o instantâneo %{num}?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
msgstr "Apagar realmente os instantâneos %{pre} e %{post}?"
-#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
+#. summary dialog caption
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Instantâneos"
-#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
+#. generate list of snapshot table items
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Único"
-#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
+#. pre canot be 0
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Pré e Pós"
-#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
+#. busy popup message
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "Lendo lista de instantâneos..."
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Atual"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#. table header
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Data de Início"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Data de Término"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Dado do Usuário"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
+#. button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Mostrar Mudanças"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
+#. button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Modificar"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -178,132 +178,132 @@
"Este 'pré' instantâneo ainda não está emparelhado com nenhum 'pós'.\n"
"A exibição das diferenças não é possível."
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Visão Geral do Instantâneo Selecionado"
-#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
+#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
-#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
+#. busy popup message
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Calculando arquivos mudados..."
-#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
+#. busy popup message
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Calculando modificações de arquivo..."
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Novo arquivo criado."
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Arquivo removido."
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Conteúdo do arquivo não modificado."
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Arquivo não existe em nenhum instantâneo."
-#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
+#. label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Conteúdo do arquivo modificado."
-#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
+#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "O modo de arquivo mudou de '%1' para '%2'."
-#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
+#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "A propriedade do arquivo mudou de '%1' para '%2'."
-#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
+#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "A propriedade do grupo do arquivo mudou de '%1' para '%2'."
-#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
+#. button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "R&estaurar a partir do Primeiro"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
+#. button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Restaurar"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "Res&taurar a partir do Segundo"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferença entre o instantâneo e o sistema atual"
-#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
+#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferença entre o instantâneo atual e o selecionado:"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferença entre o primeiro e o segundo instantâneo"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferença entre o primeiro instantâneo e o sistema atual"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Mostrar a diferença entre o segundo instantâneo e o sistema atual"
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958
msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr "Horário de tomada do instantâneo:"
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Horário de tomada do primeiro instantâneo:"
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Horário de tomada do segundo instantâneo:"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
+#. button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Abrir"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
+#. button label
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Restaurar Selecionados"
-#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
+#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -317,9 +317,9 @@
"\n"
"do sistema atual?"
-#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
+#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
+#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -333,38 +333,35 @@
"\n"
"do instantâneo '%2' para o sistema atual?"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
msgstr "Nenhum arquivo selecionado para restauração."
-#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
+#. popup headline
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Restaurando arquivos"
-#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
+#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system."
-"p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
"<p>Estes arquivos serão restaurados do instantâneo '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Os arquivos existentes no instantâneo original serão copiados para o "
-"sistema atual.</p>\n"
-"<p>Os arquivos que não existiam no instantâneo serão apagados.</p>Tem "
-"certeza?"
+"<p>Os arquivos existentes no instantâneo original serão copiados para o sistema atual.</p>\n"
+"<p>Os arquivos que não existiam no instantâneo serão apagados.</p>Tem certeza?"
-#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#. Read dialog help
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -372,153 +369,125 @@
"<p><b><big>Lendo a lista de instantâneos</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#. Summary dialog help:
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
-"types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
-"are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
-"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
-"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in "
-"the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
-"the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuração dos Instantâneos</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>A tabela mostra uma lista de instantâneos do sistema de arquivos raiz. "
-"Existem três tipos\n"
-"de instantâneos, <b>único</b>, <b>pré</b> e <b>pós</b>. Instantâneos únicos "
-"são\n"
-"usados para armazenar o estado do sistema de arquivos em determinado "
-"momento, enquanto o Pré e o Pós são usados para definir as mudanças feitas "
-"por operações especiais ocorridas entre a tomada desses dois instantâneos. "
-"Os instantâneos Pré e Pós são agrupados na tabela.</p>\n"
-"<p>Selecione um instantâneo ou um par de instantâneos e clique em <b>Mostrar "
-"Mudanças</b> para ver as\n"
+"<p>A tabela mostra uma lista de instantâneos do sistema de arquivos raiz. Existem três tipos\n"
+"de instantâneos, <b>único</b>, <b>pré</b> e <b>pós</b>. Instantâneos únicos são\n"
+"usados para armazenar o estado do sistema de arquivos em determinado momento, enquanto o Pré e o Pós são usados para definir as mudanças feitas por operações especiais ocorridas entre a tomada desses dois instantâneos. Os instantâneos Pré e Pós são agrupados na tabela.</p>\n"
+"<p>Selecione um instantâneo ou um par de instantâneos e clique em <b>Mostrar Mudanças</b> para ver as\n"
"novas mudanças do sistema de arquivos no instantâneo especificado.</p>\n"
-#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#. Show snapshot dialog help
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
-"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
-"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
-"creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
-"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is "
-"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Visão Geral do Instantâneo</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"A árvore mostra todos os arquivos que foram modificados entre a criação do "
-"primeiro (\"pré\") e do segundo (\"pós\") instantâneo. À direita, você vê a "
-"descrição gerada quando o primeiro instantâneo foi criado e o horário de "
-"criação dos dois instantâneos.\n"
+"A árvore mostra todos os arquivos que foram modificados entre a criação do primeiro (\"pré\") e do segundo (\"pós\") instantâneo. À direita, você vê a descrição gerada quando o primeiro instantâneo foi criado e o horário de criação dos dois instantâneos.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Quando um arquivo é selecionado na árvore, você vê as mudanças feitas nele. "
-"Por padrão, as mudanças entre os instantâneos agrupados selecionados são "
-"mostradas, mas é possível comparar o arquivo com outras versões.\n"
+"Quando um arquivo é selecionado na árvore, você vê as mudanças feitas nele. Por padrão, as mudanças entre os instantâneos agrupados selecionados são mostradas, mas é possível comparar o arquivo com outras versões.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
-"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
-"of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
-"snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Visão Geral do Instantâneo</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"A árvore mostra todos os arquivos que são diferentes entre um instantâneo "
-"selecionado e o sistema atual. No lado direito, você vê a descrição do "
-"instantâneo e o horário de sua criação.\n"
+"A árvore mostra todos os arquivos que são diferentes entre um instantâneo selecionado e o sistema atual. No lado direito, você vê a descrição do instantâneo e o horário de sua criação.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Quando um arquivo é selecionado na árvore, você pode ver as diferenças entre "
-"a versão do instantâneo e o sistema atual.\n"
+"Quando um arquivo é selecionado na árvore, você pode ver as diferenças entre a versão do instantâneo e o sistema atual.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
+#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
+#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao obter config:\n"
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#. Return the path to given snapshot
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao obter ponto de montagem do instantâneo:\n"
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao criar novo instantâneo:\n"
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao modificar instantâneo:\n"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
msgstr "Falha ao apagar instantâneo:\n"
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Inicializando Snapper"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
msgid "Read list of configurations"
msgstr "Ler a lista de configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
msgid "Read list of snapshots"
msgstr "Ler a lista de instantâneos"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
msgid "Reading list of configurations"
msgstr "Lendo a lista de configurações"
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
msgstr "Lendo a lista de instantâneos"
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
msgstr "Falha ao consultar configurações do snapper:"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
@@ -528,21 +497,21 @@
"configurações para usar o yast2-snapper. É possível usar a ferramenta\n"
"de linha de comando do snapper para criar as configurações."
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
msgstr "Falha ao consultar instantâneos do snapper:"
-#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#. label for log window
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Restaurando Arquivos..."
-#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#. log entry (%1 is file name)
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "%1 Apagado\n"
-#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#. log entry (%1 is file name)
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "%1 ignorado\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sound.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,145 +14,135 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. popup error message
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:49
+#. popup error message
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:49
msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Banco de dados de plascas de som não encontrado. Verifique sua instalação."
+msgstr "Banco de dados de plascas de som não encontrado. Verifique sua instalação."
-#. translators: command line help text for Sound module
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:59
+#. translators: command line help text for Sound module
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:59
msgid "Sound card configuration module."
msgstr "Módulo de Configuração de placa de som."
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:69
+#. translators: command line help text for summary action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:69
msgid "Configuration summary of sound cards"
msgstr "Sumário de configurações de placas de som"
-#. translators: command line help text for add action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:79
+#. translators: command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:79
msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected."
-msgstr ""
-"Adicionar placa de som. Sem parâmetros, adicionar o primeiro detectado."
+msgstr "Adicionar placa de som. Sem parâmetros, adicionar o primeiro detectado."
-#. help text for unknownd parameters
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:84
+#. help text for unknownd parameters
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:84
msgid "Value of the specific module parameter."
msgstr "Valor do parâmetro do módulo específico."
-#. translators: command line help text for remove action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:91
+#. translators: command line help text for remove action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:91
msgid "Remove sound cards"
msgstr "Remover placas de som"
-#. translators: command line help text for test action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:98
+#. translators: command line help text for test action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:98
msgid "Play test sound on given sound card"
msgstr "Tocar som de teste na placa de som dada"
-#. translators: command line help text for test action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:105
+#. translators: command line help text for test action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:105
msgid "Show the information of given sound card"
msgstr "Mostrar informação da placa de som dada"
-#. translators: command line help text for set action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:115
+#. translators: command line help text for set action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:115
msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters."
msgstr "Configurar novos valores para parâmetros da placa dada"
-#. - for unknown parameter names
-#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show'
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:121
-msgid ""
-"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list "
-"of allowed parameters."
-msgstr ""
-"Valor do parâmetro do módulo específico. Use o comando 'show' para ver uma "
-"lista dos parâmetros permitidos."
+#. - for unknown parameter names
+#. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show'
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:121
+msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters."
+msgstr "Valor do parâmetro do módulo específico. Use o comando 'show' para ver uma lista dos parâmetros permitidos."
-#. translators: command line help text for volume action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:131
+#. translators: command line help text for volume action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:131
msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card."
msgstr "Configure o volume dos canais específicos da placa dada."
-#. - for unknown parameter names
-#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:137
-msgid ""
-"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a "
-"list of available channels."
-msgstr ""
-"Valor do canal específico (0-100). Use o comando 'channels' para ver uma "
-"lista dos canais disponíveis."
+#. - for unknown parameter names
+#. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:137
+msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels."
+msgstr "Valor do canal específico (0-100). Use o comando 'channels' para ver uma lista dos canais disponíveis."
-#. translators: command line help text for modules action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:144
+#. translators: command line help text for modules action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:144
msgid "List all available sound kernel modules."
msgstr "Listar todos os módulos de kernel disponíveis."
-#. translators: command line help text for channels action
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:151
+#. translators: command line help text for channels action
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:151
msgid "List available volume channels of given card."
msgstr "Liste canais volume disponíveis da placa dada."
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:159
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'card' option
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:159
msgid "Number of sound card"
msgstr "Número da placa de som"
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:166
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'all' option
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:166
msgid "All available sound cards"
msgstr "Todas as placas de som disponíveis"
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:172
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'module' option
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:172
msgid "Kernel module (driver) for the sound card"
msgstr "Módulo de Kernel (driver) para a placa de som"
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:179
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'play' option
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:179
msgid "Play the test sound when the card is configured"
msgstr "Tocar som de teste quando a placa é configurada"
-#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:185
+#. translators: command line help text for the 'volume' option
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:185
msgid "Volume value for the sound card (0-100)"
msgstr "Valor do volume para a placa de som (0-100)"
-#. result message, %1 is card name
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:347
+#. result message, %1 is card name
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:347
msgid "Successfully added card '%1'."
msgstr "Placa adicionada com sucesso '%1'."
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:611
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:374 src/clients/sound.rb:484 src/clients/sound.rb:568
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:611
msgid "You must specify the card number."
msgstr "Vocë deve especificar o número da placa."
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:379 src/clients/sound.rb:402 src/clients/sound.rb:425
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:490 src/clients/sound.rb:574 src/clients/sound.rb:617
msgid "There is no such sound card."
msgstr "Não existe esta placa de som."
-#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:437
+#. label: list of card parameters will follow; %1 is card name, %2 driver
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:437
msgid "Parameters of card '%1' (using module %2):\n"
msgstr "Parâmetros da placa '%1' (usando módulo %2):\n"
-#. label (default value of sound module parameter)
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:454
+#. label (default value of sound module parameter)
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:454
msgid ""
"\n"
"\tDefault Value: %1"
@@ -160,8 +150,8 @@
"\n"
"\tValor Padrão: %1"
-#. label (current value of sound module parameter)
-#: src/clients/sound.rb:464
+#. label (current value of sound module parameter)
+#: src/clients/sound.rb:464
msgid ""
"\n"
"\tCurrent Value: %1"
@@ -169,86 +159,86 @@
"\n"
"\tValor Atual: %1"
-#. Do not show any progress during Read()
-#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39
+#. Do not show any progress during Read()
+#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:39
msgid "Detecting sound cards..."
msgstr "Detectando placa de som..."
-#. section name in proposal dialog
-#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72
+#. section name in proposal dialog
+#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:72
msgid "Sound"
msgstr "Som"
-#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74
+#. section name in proposal - menu item
+#: src/clients/sound_proposal.rb:74
msgid "&Sound"
msgstr "&Som"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:102
msgid "Save module configuration"
msgstr "Salvar configuração do módulo"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:104
msgid "Save sound card information"
msgstr "Salvar informação da placa de som"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:106
msgid "Save sysconfig values"
msgstr "Salvar valores sysconfig"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:108
msgid "Start sound card"
msgstr "Iniciar placa de som"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:110
msgid "Store volume"
msgstr "Armazenar volume"
-#. progress bar item
-#. progres bar label
-#. progres bar label
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145
+#. progress bar item
+#. progres bar label
+#. progres bar label
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:115 src/clients/sound_write.rb:139
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:145
msgid "Saving sound card settings..."
msgstr "Salvando configurações de placa de som..."
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:117
msgid "Saving card information..."
msgstr "Salvando informações da placa..."
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:119
msgid "Saving sysconfig values..."
msgstr "Salvando valores sysconfig..."
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:121
msgid "Starting sound card..."
msgstr "Iniciando placa de som..."
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:123
msgid "Storing volume settings..."
msgstr "Armazenando configurações de volume..."
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:128
msgid "Install required packages"
msgstr "Instalar pacotes necessários"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:131
msgid "Installing required packages..."
msgstr "Instalando pacotes necessários..."
-#. log mixer settings
-#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293
+#. log mixer settings
+#: src/clients/sound_write.rb:293
msgid ""
"These required packages are not available: %1\n"
"Some sound devices may not work or some features may not be supported.\n"
@@ -256,30 +246,28 @@
"Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n"
msgstr ""
"Estes pacotes necessários não estão disponíveis: %1\n"
-"Alguns dispositivos de som podem não funcionar ou alguns recursos podem não "
-"ter suporte.\n"
+"Alguns dispositivos de som podem não funcionar ou alguns recursos podem não ter suporte.\n"
"\n"
-"Habilite ou adicione um repositório de software adicional que contenha os "
-"pacotes.\n"
+"Habilite ou adicione um repositório de software adicional que contenha os pacotes.\n"
-#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states
-#. (running/not running/dissappeared)
-#. @return [Array] table contents
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61
+#. creates summary table with card labels and thier states
+#. (running/not running/dissappeared)
+#. @return [Array] table contents
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:61
msgid "Configured as sound card number %1"
msgstr "Configurada como placa de som número %1"
-#. sort the cards by index
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112
+#. sort the cards by index
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:70 src/include/sound/complex.rb:112
msgid "Driver %1"
msgstr "Driver %1"
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:120
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Não configurada"
-#. popup question text
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259
+#. popup question text
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:259
msgid ""
"To apply changes, the sound system\n"
"must be restarted.\n"
@@ -289,7 +277,7 @@
"deve ser reiniciado.\n"
"Reiniciar sistema de som agora?\n"
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:272
msgid ""
"Restart of the sound system has failed.\n"
"Check options of the driver.\n"
@@ -297,289 +285,285 @@
"Falha no reinício do sistema de som.\n"
"Verifique as opções do driver.\n"
-#. error popup message
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342
+#. error popup message
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:342
msgid "PulseAudio is not installed or cannot be configured."
msgstr "O PulseAudio não está instalado ou não pode ser configurado."
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:352
msgid "PulseAudio Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do PulseAudio"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:359
msgid "&Enable PulseAudio Support"
msgstr "&Habilitar Suporte ao PulseAudio"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:400
msgid "Advanced Options"
msgstr "Opções Avançadas"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:407
msgid "&Start Sequencer (Load MIDI Drivers)"
msgstr "I&niciar Seqüenciador (Carregar Drivers MIDI)"
-#. menu item
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492
+#. menu item
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:492
msgid "&Volume..."
msgstr "&Volume..."
-#. menu item
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494
+#. menu item
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:494
msgid "Play &Test Sound"
msgstr "Executar &Teste de Som"
-#. menu item
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496
+#. menu item
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:496
msgid "&Start Sequencer"
msgstr "I&niciar sequencer"
-#. menu item
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498
+#. menu item
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:498
msgid "Set as the &Primary Card"
msgstr "Definir como Placa &Principal"
-#. menu item
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500
+#. menu item
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:500
msgid "PulseAudio &Configuration..."
msgstr "&Configuração do PulseAudio..."
-#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507
+#. menu item, do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:507
msgid "&Install SoundFonts..."
msgstr "&Instalar SoundFonts..."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:513
msgid "Sound Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Som"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516
+#. table header
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516
msgid "Index"
msgstr "Índice"
-#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516
+#: src/include/sound/complex.rb:516
msgid "Card Model"
msgstr "Modelo da Placa"
-#. table entry (vendor was not defined)
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92
+#. table entry (vendor was not defined)
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:92
msgid "Other"
msgstr "Outros"
-#. table entry (all vendors)
-#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356
+#. table entry (all vendors)
+#. item for all sound card models in sound card driver list
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:97 src/include/sound/routines.rb:356
msgid "All"
msgstr "Todos"
-#. selection box title
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184
+#. selection box title
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:184
msgid "Sound Card &Vendor"
msgstr "Fabricante de Placa de Som &V"
-#. selection box title
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186
+#. selection box title
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:186
msgid "Sound card &driver"
msgstr "&Driver da placa de som"
-#. selection box title
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196
+#. selection box title
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:196
msgid "Sound card &model"
msgstr "&Modelo da placa de som"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:207
msgid "Show List of Kernel Modules"
msgstr "Mostar Lista de Módulos de Kernel"
-#. input field - label
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213
+#. input field - label
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:213
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "Pesqui&sar"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/sound/manual.rb:219
msgid "Manual Sound Card Selection"
msgstr "Seleção Manual de Placa de Som"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:33
msgid "Master"
msgstr "Mestre"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:37
msgid "PCM"
msgstr "PCM"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:41
msgid "Master Mono"
msgstr "Master Mono"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:45
msgid "Headphone"
msgstr "Headphone"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:49
msgid "Line"
msgstr "Linha"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:53
msgid "CD"
msgstr "CD"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:57
msgid "Mic"
msgstr "Mic"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:61
msgid "Video"
msgstr "Vídeo"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:65
msgid "Phone"
msgstr "Fone"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:69
msgid "Aux"
msgstr "Aux"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:73
msgid "PC Speaker"
msgstr "Autofalante PC"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:77
msgid "Bass"
msgstr "Bass"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:81
msgid "Treble"
msgstr "Treble"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:85
msgid "Surround"
msgstr "Surround"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:89
msgid "LFE"
msgstr "LFE"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:93
msgid "Center"
msgstr "Central"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:97
msgid "Wave"
msgstr "Wave"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:101
msgid "Wave Center"
msgstr "Wave Center"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:105
msgid "Wave Surround"
msgstr "Wave Surround"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:109
msgid "AC97"
msgstr "AC97"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:113
msgid "Music"
msgstr "Musica"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:117
msgid "Front"
msgstr "Frontal"
-#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121
+#. channel name - label for IntField widget in mixer dialog
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:121
msgid "iSpeaker"
msgstr "iSpeaker"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:219
msgid "&Master volume"
msgstr "Volume &mestre"
-#. push button label
-#. Test - button label
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90
+#. push button label
+#. Test - button label
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:226 src/include/sound/volume.rb:90
msgid "&Test"
msgstr "&Testar"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:261
msgid "&Other channels"
msgstr "&Outros canais"
-#. card name
-#. add vendor/device ID
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435
+#. card name
+#. add vendor/device ID
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:279 src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:435
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. help text - mixer setting
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377
+#. help text - mixer setting
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377
msgid ""
-"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected "
-"sound card. \n"
-"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore "
-"the original settings.</P>"
+"<P>With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n"
+"Press <B>Next</B> to save your volume settings, press <B>Back</B> to restore the original settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Com este diálogo você pode configurar o volume de cada canal da placa de "
-"som selecionada. \n"
-"Clique <B>Próximo</B> para salvar dados de volume, clique <B>Voltar</B> para "
-"recuperar configuração original.</P>"
+"<P>Com este diálogo você pode configurar o volume de cada canal da placa de som selecionada. \n"
+"Clique <B>Próximo</B> para salvar dados de volume, clique <B>Voltar</B> para recuperar configuração original.</P>"
-#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name
-#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385
+#. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name
+#: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385
msgid "Volume Settings for Card %1 - %2"
msgstr "Configurações de Volume da Placa %1 - %2"
-#. To translators: popup message, wrong value
-#. To translators: popup message, wrong value
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62
+#. To translators: popup message, wrong value
+#. To translators: popup message, wrong value
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:53 src/include/sound/options.rb:62
msgid "The value: %1 must be a number"
msgstr "O valor: %1 deve ser um número"
-#. To translators: "space" means blank character
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77
+#. To translators: "space" means blank character
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:77
msgid "(space)"
msgstr "(espaço)"
-#. To translators: popup message, wrong value
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80
+#. To translators: popup message, wrong value
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:80
msgid "String cannot contain: %1"
msgstr "String não pode conter: %1"
-#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93
+#. popup message: wrong value; %1 is list of right values
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:93
msgid ""
"The value must be one of\n"
"%1"
@@ -587,8 +571,8 @@
"O valor deve ser um de \n"
"%1"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254
+#. label text
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:254
msgid ""
"Possible value:\n"
"not known"
@@ -596,25 +580,25 @@
"Valor possível:\n"
"desconhecido"
-#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update
-#. combo with values
-#. @param [String] values list of values
-#. @param [String] default_item default item
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298
+#. when the selected option in table is changed, we need to update
+#. combo with values
+#. @param [String] values list of values
+#. @param [String] default_item default item
+#. @return [void]
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:298
msgid "Name of the &Option"
msgstr "Nome da &Opção"
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Valor"
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:306 src/include/sound/options.rb:312
msgid "&Option: "
msgstr "&Opção: "
-#. all non-ASCII characters from value
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346
+#. all non-ASCII characters from value
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:346
msgid ""
"Value of the option contains invalid\n"
"characters '%1'.\n"
@@ -626,8 +610,8 @@
"\n"
"Digite um valor válido."
-#. all non-ASCII characters from name
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367
+#. all non-ASCII characters from name
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:367
msgid ""
"Name of the option contains invalid\n"
"characters '%1'.\n"
@@ -639,81 +623,81 @@
"\n"
"Digite um nome válido."
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:394
msgid "Change the Option"
msgstr "Modificar a Opção"
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:398
msgid "Add a New Option"
msgstr "Adicionar uma Nova Opção"
-#. Returns description of card module option
-#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list
-#. @return [String] description
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414
+#. Returns description of card module option
+#. @param [Object] arg type of arg can be string or list
+#. @return [String] description
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:414
msgid "No description available"
msgstr "Descrição não disponível"
-#. Table header -- option description
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439
+#. Table header -- option description
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:439
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. Table header -- option name
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441
+#. Table header -- option name
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:441
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Opção"
-#. Table header -- value of an option
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443
+#. Table header -- value of an option
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:443
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. restore original option values
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454
+#. restore original option values
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:454
msgid "R&eset all"
msgstr "R&einicializar tudo"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:543
msgid "Sound Card Advanced Options"
msgstr "Opções Avançadas para Placa de Som"
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:554
msgid "There are no options for this module"
msgstr "Não existem opções para este módulo"
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/sound/options.rb:685
msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?"
msgstr "Você realmente quer reinicializar todos os valores?"
-#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176
+#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
+#: src/include/sound/read_routines.rb:176
msgid "Sound Cards"
msgstr "Placas de som"
-#. list of all sound modules (table items)
-#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53
+#. list of all sound modules (table items)
+#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:53
msgid "Unknown CD-ROM device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de CD-ROM Desconhecido"
-#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71
+#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:71
msgid "Unknown CD-ROM Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo de CD-ROM Desconhecido"
-#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100
+#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:100
msgid "CD-ROM &Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo de CD-ROM"
-#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only)
-#. @return [Array] as above
-#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344
+#. returns list of all available sound modules (OSS only)
+#. @return [Array] as above
+#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:344
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
-#. label to error popup, %1 is module name
-#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844
+#. label to error popup, %1 is module name
+#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:844
msgid ""
"The kernel module %1 for sound support\n"
"could not be loaded. This can be caused by incorrect\n"
@@ -723,8 +707,8 @@
"não pode ser carregado. Isto pode ser causado por \n"
"parâmetro de módulo incorreto, incluindo IO ou IRQ."
-#. popup question: different module has to be choosed
-#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115
+#. popup question: different module has to be choosed
+#: src/include/sound/routines.rb:1115
msgid ""
"It seems that you have a Thinkpad 600E laptop.\n"
"On this laptop, the CS4236 driver should be used\n"
@@ -742,9 +726,9 @@
"Alerta: O procedimento de teste pode demorar e pode \n"
"tornar o sistema instável.\n"
-#. help text - setup type selection 1/3
-#. help text - quick configuration 1/3
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53
+#. help text - setup type selection 1/3
+#. help text - quick configuration 1/3
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:30 src/include/sound/texts.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To configure this sound card and adjust its \n"
@@ -756,8 +740,8 @@
"volume, marque <b>Configuração normal</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - setup type selection 2/3
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37
+#. help text - setup type selection 2/3
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p>To set a special option, \n"
"check <b>Advanced setup</b>.\n"
@@ -769,8 +753,8 @@
"Isso não é necessário para a maioria dos usuários.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - setup type selection 3/3
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44
+#. help text - setup type selection 3/3
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you do not want to adjust volume or set options now, \n"
@@ -784,8 +768,8 @@
"pode ajustar volume e mudar opções mais tarde.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - quick configuration 2/3
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60
+#. help text - quick configuration 2/3
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you do not want to adjust the volume now, check <b>Quick \n"
@@ -799,8 +783,8 @@
"opções mais tarde.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - quick configuration 3/3
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68
+#. help text - quick configuration 3/3
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:68
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"To configure a card that was not detected, \n"
@@ -812,8 +796,8 @@
"marque <B>instalação mais detalhada de placa de som </B>.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. help text - sound card selection 1/2
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76
+#. help text - sound card selection 1/2
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:76
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"<b>Manually</b> choose the sound card to \n"
@@ -827,8 +811,8 @@
"informando o nome na caixa de pesquisa.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - sound card selection 2/2
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84
+#. help text - sound card selection 2/2
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>All</b> to see the entire list of \n"
@@ -840,8 +824,8 @@
"completa de modelos de placa de som suportados.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92
+#. help text - which sound card to configure 1/2
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the type of card to configure.\n"
@@ -851,8 +835,8 @@
"Selecione o tipo de placa para configurar.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98
+#. help text - which sound card to configure 2/2
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the list contains <b>autodetected</b> cards not yet \n"
@@ -866,9 +850,9 @@
"contrário use <b>seleção manual</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated
-#. (popup label message)
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114
+#. To reset the sound configuration these programs must be terminated
+#. (popup label message)
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:108 src/include/sound/texts.rb:114
msgid ""
"There are programs running that are currently using \n"
"the audio device.\n"
@@ -880,8 +864,8 @@
"Para reinicializar a configuração, estes programas \n"
"devem ser terminados. Continuar?\n"
-#. help text - options dialog 1/2
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122
+#. help text - options dialog 1/2
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, modify options for the sound modules. \n"
@@ -895,8 +879,8 @@
"deixe este diálogo sem alterações. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - options dialog 2/2
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130
+#. help text - options dialog 2/2
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the option to set then use <b>Set</b> \n"
@@ -916,8 +900,8 @@
"decimal ou hexadecimal (hexadecimal com um prefixo <b>0x</b>).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - mixer setting 1/4
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142
+#. help text - mixer setting 1/4
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:142
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Adjust the volume.\n"
@@ -927,8 +911,8 @@
"Ajuste o volume.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - mixer setting 2/4
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144
+#. help text - mixer setting 2/4
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Test your sound card by pressing <b>Test</b>.\n"
@@ -940,8 +924,8 @@
"\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - mixer setting 3/4
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151
+#. help text - mixer setting 3/4
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"After configuration is complete, use <b>amixer</b> \n"
@@ -953,8 +937,8 @@
"um um programa de sua escolha para ajustar o volume.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text - mixer setting 4/4
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158
+#. help text - mixer setting 4/4
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b>WARNING:</b> Start testing your\n"
"sound card with <b>very</b> low volume settings to prevent \n"
@@ -966,8 +950,8 @@
"danos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. warning/question message
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166
+#. warning/question message
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:166
msgid ""
"Configuring this sound card on some Sony VAIO notebooks \n"
"may fail if X is running. This can be avoided by setting the\n"
@@ -979,13 +963,13 @@
"valor 1 para a opção snd_vaio_hack out configurando \n"
"esta placa fora do X. Continuar? \n"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174
+#. error message
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:174
msgid "Error while saving '/etc/modules.conf'.\n"
msgstr "Erro durante o salvamento do '/etc/modules.conf'.\n"
-#. list of error
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177
+#. list of error
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:177
msgid ""
"These errors occurred during saving configuration:\n"
"%1"
@@ -993,8 +977,8 @@
"Estes erros ocorreram durante o salvamento da configuração:\n"
"%1"
-#. information message - success
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180
+#. information message - success
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:180
msgid ""
"The sound card was successfully configured.\n"
"It is now available for use.\n"
@@ -1002,21 +986,21 @@
"A placa de som foi configurada com sucesso.\n"
"Ela está disponível para uso agora.\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:183
msgid "The sound configuration was saved."
msgstr "A configuração de som foi salva."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186
+#. error message
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:186
msgid "Error while saving file: %1 \n"
msgstr "Erro durante o salvamento do arquivo: %1 \n"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189
+#. error message
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:189
msgid "Error while setting volume.\n"
msgstr "Erro durante configuração do volume.\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:190
msgid ""
"The sound volume and configuration\n"
"for the sound card \n"
@@ -1026,34 +1010,34 @@
"para a placa de som \n"
"serão salvos agora.\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:195
msgid "The sound configuration will be saved now."
msgstr "A configuração de som será salva agora."
-#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198
+#. this is the second part of message "The sound card 'sbLive' will be configured as the first card"
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:198
msgid "will be configured as the first sound card (%1)"
msgstr "será configurado como a primeira placa de som (%1)"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:199
msgid "will be configured as the second sound card (%1)"
msgstr "será configurada como a segunda placa de som (%1)"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:200
msgid "will be configured as the third sound card (%1)"
msgstr "será configurada como a terceira placa de som (%1)"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:201
msgid "will be configured as the %2th sound card (%1)"
msgstr "será configurada com a %2a. placa de som (%1)"
-#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205
+#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:205
msgid "Install SoundFonts"
msgstr "Instalar SoundFonts"
-#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208
+#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:208
msgid ""
"Should YaST2 install the wavetable SoundFont-files from \n"
"your Soundblaster Live! or AWE driver CD?\n"
@@ -1061,7 +1045,7 @@
"O YaST2 deve instalar os arquivos SoundFonts para wavetable do\n"
"CD de driver de Soundblaster Live! ou AWE?\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:211
msgid ""
"Insert the driver CD for the Soundblaster Live! or AWE card\n"
"in the CD-ROM drive.\n"
@@ -1069,22 +1053,22 @@
"Insira o CD de drivers para a Soundblaster Live! ou \n"
"placa AWE no drive de CD-ROM.\n"
-#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..."
-#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217
+#. To translators: the message below will look like this: "14 SoundFont-files have been installed in /usr/share/..."
+#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:217
msgid "%1 SoundFont-files have been installed in %2."
msgstr "%1 arquivos SoundFont foram instalados em %2."
-#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220
+#. do not translate "SoundFont" term (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound_font)
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:220
msgid "No SoundFont-files found."
msgstr "Nenhum arquivo SoundFont encontrado."
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:221
msgid "Would you like to change the CD and retry ?"
msgstr "Você gostaria de trocar o CD e tentar novamente?"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:222
msgid ""
"'%1' and '%2' sound cards were autodetected on your system. \n"
"For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n"
@@ -1094,7 +1078,7 @@
"Para ter funcionalidade, salte a placa de som '%1' e \n"
"configure somente a '%2'.\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:227
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"Hardware detection found a new sound card. To configure it, \n"
@@ -1108,7 +1092,7 @@
"clique <B>Configurar<B>.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:234
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"Press <B>Change</B> to configure cards already installed.\n"
@@ -1118,7 +1102,7 @@
"Clique <B>Modificar</B> para configurar placas já instaladas.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:239
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"To save the current configuration, press <B>Finish</B>.\n"
@@ -1128,23 +1112,22 @@
"Para salvar a configuração atual, clique <B>Encerrar</B>.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. sound system dependent part:
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251
+#. sound system dependent part:
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:251
msgid "<p><big><b>Sound Cards</b><big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Placas de Som</b></big></p>"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>Select an unconfigured card from the list and press <B>Edit</B> to\n"
"configure it. If the card was not detected, press <B>Add</B> and\n"
"configure the card manually.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Selecione uma placa não configurada na lista e pressione <B>Editar</B> "
-"para\n"
+"<P>Selecione uma placa não configurada na lista e pressione <B>Editar</B> para\n"
"configurá-la. Se a placa não foi detectada, pressione <B>Adicionar</B> e\n"
" configure-a manualmente.</P>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
"To change the configuration of a card, select the card.\n"
@@ -1156,7 +1139,7 @@
" Em seguida, pressione <B>Editar</B>.\n"
" </P>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Other</b> to set the volume of the selected card or configure\n"
@@ -1166,49 +1149,41 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Outro</b> para definir o volume da placa selecionada ou configurar\n"
-"o módulo carregado para reproduzir arquivos MIDI (<b>Iniciar Seqüenciador"
-"b>).\n"
+"o módulo carregado para reproduzir arquivos MIDI (<b>Iniciar Seqüenciador</b>).\n"
"Use <b>Executar Teste de Som</b> para testar a placa selecionada.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270
msgid ""
"<P>PulseAudio daemon can be used to play sounds.\n"
"Use <B>PulseAudio Configuration</B> to enable or disable it.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>O daemon do PulseAudio pode ser usado para tocar sons.\n"
-"Use <B>Configuração do PulseAudio</B> para habilitá-lo ou desabilitá-lo."
-"P>\n"
+"Use <B>Configuração do PulseAudio</B> para habilitá-lo ou desabilitá-lo.</P>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273
msgid ""
-"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and "
-"applications.\n"
+"<p>The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n"
"Use <b>Other</b> to set the selected sound device as the primary device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O dispositivo de som com o índice 0 é o dispositivo padrão usado pelo "
-"sistema e aplicativos.\n"
-"Use <b>Outros</b> para definir como principal o dispositivo de som "
-"selecionado.</p>"
+"<p>O dispositivo de som com o índice 0 é o dispositivo padrão usado pelo sistema e aplicativos.\n"
+"Use <b>Outros</b> para definir como principal o dispositivo de som selecionado.</p>"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276
msgid ""
"The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n"
-"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> "
-"to\n"
+"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n"
"start the application."
msgstr ""
-"Os aplicativos que usam OSS (Open Sound System) podem usar o mixador de "
-"software\n"
-"por meio do agrupador aoss. Use o comando <tt>aoss <aplicativo></tt> "
-"para\n"
+"Os aplicativos que usam OSS (Open Sound System) podem usar o mixador de software\n"
+"por meio do agrupador aoss. Use o comando <tt>aoss <aplicativo></tt> para\n"
"iniciar o aplicativo."
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316
msgid "<p>An error has occurred. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Um erro ocorreu. </p>"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:287
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the the problem persists, try passing \n"
@@ -1224,7 +1199,7 @@
"outro módulo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This is the complete sound card list. Use the <b>Finish</b> button \n"
@@ -1236,7 +1211,7 @@
"para salvar as informações da placa de som.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:306
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Delete</b> to remove a configured sound card. \n"
@@ -1248,64 +1223,64 @@
"Use <b>Adicionar placa de som</b> para adicionar placa de som.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317
+#: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317
msgid "<p>You can try to pass some <b>options</b> to the module.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Você pode tentar passar algumas <b>opções</b> para o módulo.</p>"
-#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname'
-#. will be configured as the first snd card"
-#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73
+#. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname'
+#. will be configured as the first snd card"
+#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:73
msgid "The sound card\n"
msgstr "A placa de som\n"
-#. radio button label - type of setup
-#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86
+#. radio button label - type of setup
+#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:86
msgid "&Quick automatic setup"
msgstr "Configuração automática &rápida"
-#. radio button label - type of setup
-#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94
+#. radio button label - type of setup
+#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:94
msgid "Normal &setup"
msgstr "&Configuração normal"
-#. radio button label - type of setup
-#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101
+#. radio button label - type of setup
+#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:101
msgid "Advanced setup with possibility to change &options"
msgstr "Configuração avançada com possibilidade de mudar &opções"
-#. dialog header
-#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123
+#. dialog header
+#: src/include/sound/ui.rb:123
msgid "Sound Card Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Placa de Som"
-#. volume slider label
-#. volume slider label
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62
+#. volume slider label
+#. volume slider label
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:51 src/include/sound/volume.rb:62
msgid "&Volume"
msgstr "&Volume"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:76
msgid "Settings for sound card"
msgstr "Configurações para placa de som"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:82
msgid "Volume Adjust and Test"
msgstr "Ajuste e teste de volume"
-#. message label
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93
+#. message label
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:93
msgid "Press 'Test' to start playing sound sample"
msgstr "Clique 'Testar' para iniciar toque do som de exemplo"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:134
msgid "Sound Card Volume"
msgstr "Volume da Placa de Som"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203
+#. error message
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:203
msgid ""
"Please try to configure this sound card manually \n"
"using the \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" or \"Cirrus \n"
@@ -1317,13 +1292,13 @@
"Logic CS4236\" e configure \n"
"os parâmetros usando o 'Configuração avançada'."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214
+#. error message
+#: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214
msgid "An error occurred during the installation of"
msgstr "Erro durante a instalação de"
-#. popup message: test audio file was not found
-#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118
+#. popup message: test audio file was not found
+#: src/include/sound/volume_routines.rb:118
msgid ""
"Cannot find file:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1333,22 +1308,22 @@
" %1\n"
"(arquivo de teste de audio)"
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/sound/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?"
msgstr "Você realmente quer apagar esta entrada?"
-#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled)
-#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175
+#. part of a summary text (PulseAudio is disabled/enabled)
+#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175
+#: src/modules/PulseAudio.rb:175
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188
+#. yes/no popup text, %1 is chip name
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:188
msgid ""
"It looks like probing the chip\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1362,8 +1337,8 @@
"\n"
"Testar o chip agora?\n"
-#. label
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263
+#. label
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:263
msgid ""
"No card was found.\n"
"Attempt to detect the presence some old chips?\n"
@@ -1378,53 +1353,53 @@
"Alerta: A detecção pode demorar e pode\n"
"tornar o sistema instável.\n"
-#. selection box label
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275
+#. selection box label
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:275
msgid "&Select the Drivers to Probe"
msgstr "&Selecionar os Drivers para Testar"
-#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:280
msgid "&Yes, Probe"
msgstr "Sim, Testar &Y"
-#. popup dialog header
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304
+#. popup dialog header
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:304
msgid "Probing:"
msgstr "Pesquisando:"
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309
+#. progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:309
msgid "Progress:"
msgstr "Em andamento:"
-#. label (%1 is name of the chip)
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339
+#. label (%1 is name of the chip)
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:339
msgid "Card with %1 Chip"
msgstr "Placa com Chip %1"
-#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617
+#. summary string, %1 is a list of packages
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:617
msgid "Required packages to install: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes necessários para instalação: %1"
-#. separator for constructing package list
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619
+#. separator for constructing package list
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:619
msgid ", "
msgstr ", "
-#. sound Read dialog caption:
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632
+#. sound Read dialog caption:
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:632
msgid "Initializing Sound Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração de Som"
-#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1'
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855
+#. summary text: '(sound card is) Configured as snd-card-1'
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:855
msgid "Configured as %1."
msgstr "Configurado como %1."
-#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards.
-#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...]
-#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100
+#. returns list of configured/proposed sound cards.
+#. @return [Array] of maps: [$["name": "ASDASD", "card_no": 0]...]
+#: src/modules/Sound.rb:1100
msgid "Sound card"
msgstr "Placa de som"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/squid.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,483 +14,483 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module
-#: src/clients/squid.rb:57
+#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module
+#: src/clients/squid.rb:57
msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy"
msgstr "Configuração do proxy de cache do Squid"
-#. ***************** SRC ************************
-#. ***************** SRC END ********************
-#. ***************** DST ************************
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197
+#. ***************** SRC ************************
+#. ***************** SRC END ********************
+#. ***************** DST ************************
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197
msgid "Invalid values."
msgstr "Valores inválidos."
-#. ***************** DST END ********************
-#. ***************** MYIP ************************
-#. * Uses same functions as DST
-#. /****************** MYIP END *******************
-#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ********************
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244
+#. ***************** DST END ********************
+#. ***************** MYIP ************************
+#. * Uses same functions as DST
+#. /****************** MYIP END *******************
+#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ********************
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244
msgid "Domain Name must not be empty."
msgstr "O nome de Domínio não pode estar vazio."
-#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END ****************
-#. *************** DSTDOMAIN *********************
-#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN.
-#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END ****************
-#. *************** REGEXP ***********************
-#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression.
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104
+#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END ****************
+#. *************** DSTDOMAIN *********************
+#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN.
+#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END ****************
+#. *************** REGEXP ***********************
+#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression.
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104
msgid "Regular Expression"
msgstr "Expressão Regular"
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342
msgid "Case Insensitive"
msgstr "Não Diferenciar Maiúsculas de Minúsculas"
-#. Universal verification function for regular expression.
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305
+#. Universal verification function for regular expression.
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305
msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty."
msgstr "A expressão regular não pode estar vazia."
-#. *************** REGEXP END *******************
-#. *************** TIME *************************
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369
+#. *************** REGEXP END *******************
+#. *************** TIME *************************
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369
msgid "You must select at least one day."
msgstr "Você deve selecionar pelo menos um dia."
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372
msgid "Time is not set in correct format."
msgstr "A hora não está definida no formato correto."
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375
msgid "From must be less than To."
msgstr "De deve ser menor que Para."
-#. *************** TIME END *********************
-#. *************** PORT *************************
-#. *************** PORT END *********************
-#. ************* MYPORT *************************
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463
+#. *************** TIME END *********************
+#. *************** PORT *************************
+#. *************** PORT END *********************
+#. ************* MYPORT *************************
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463
msgid "Invalid value."
msgstr "Valor inválido."
-#. ************* MYPORT END *********************
-#. ************** PROTO *************************
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495
+#. ************* MYPORT END *********************
+#. ************** PROTO *************************
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495
msgid "Protocol must not be empty."
msgstr "O protocolo não pode ficar vazio."
-#. ************** MAXCONN END *******************
-#. ************** HEADER ************************
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587
+#. ************** MAXCONN END *******************
+#. ************** HEADER ************************
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587
msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty."
msgstr "O Nome do Cabeçalho e a Expressão Regular não devem estar vazios."
-#. error report
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630
+#. error report
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630
msgid "MAC Address must not be empty."
msgstr "O endereço MAC não pode estar vazio."
-#. error report
-#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634
+#. error report
+#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634
msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address."
msgstr "Formato incorreto do endereço MAC."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of squid
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Daniel Fiser
-#.
-#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of squid
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Daniel Fiser
+#.
+#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51
msgid "Squid"
msgstr "Squid"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Ao &Inicializar"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Ao inicializar"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Manualmente"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76
msgid "Squid is running"
msgstr "O Squid está em execução"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77
msgid "Squid is not running"
msgstr "O Squid não está em execução"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78
msgid "&Start Squid Now"
msgstr "Iniciar &Squid Agora"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79
msgid "S&top Squid Now"
msgstr "&Parar Squid Agora"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84
msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now"
msgstr "Gra&var Configurações e Reiniciar Squid Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92
msgid "Start Squid Now"
msgstr "Iniciar Squid Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94
msgid "Stop Squid Now"
msgstr "Parar Squid Agora"
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96
msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now"
msgstr "Gravar Configurações e Reiniciar Squid Agora"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104
msgid "Open Ports in Firewall"
msgstr "Abrir Portas no Firewall"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Firewall"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Inicialização"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277
msgid "HTTP Ports Setting"
msgstr "Configurações de Portas HTTP"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of squid
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Daniel Fiser
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of squid
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Daniel Fiser
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40
msgid "HTTP Ports"
msgstr "Portas HTTP"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286
msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting"
msgstr "Configuração de Padrão de Atualização"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Refresh Patterns"
msgstr "Padrões de Atualização"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Cache Setting"
msgstr "Configuração de Cache"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304
msgid "Cache Directory Setting"
msgstr "Configuração do Diretório de Cache"
-#. `HBox(
-#. `HSpacing(3),
-#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `HWeight(1,`VBox(
-#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10),
-#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units")
-#. )),
-#. `VSpacing(0.4),
-#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0),
-#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units")
-#. )),
-#. `VSpacing(0.4),
-#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0)
-#. )),
-#. `VSpacing(0.4),
-#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"),
-#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"),
-#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")])
-#. )))
-#. )),
-#. `HSpacing(3),
-#. `HWeight(1,`VBox(
-#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())),
-#. `VSpacing(0.4),
-#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0),
-#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units")
-#. )),
-#. `VSpacing(0.4),
-#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0)
-#. )),
-#. `VSpacing(0.4),
-#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox(
-#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"),
-#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"),
-#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")])
-#. )))
-#. ))
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `HSpacing(3)
-#. );
-#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249
-#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224
+#. `HBox(
+#. `HSpacing(3),
+#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"),
+#. `HBox(
+#. `HWeight(1,`VBox(
+#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10),
+#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units")
+#. )),
+#. `VSpacing(0.4),
+#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0),
+#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units")
+#. )),
+#. `VSpacing(0.4),
+#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0)
+#. )),
+#. `VSpacing(0.4),
+#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"),
+#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"),
+#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")])
+#. )))
+#. )),
+#. `HSpacing(3),
+#. `HWeight(1,`VBox(
+#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())),
+#. `VSpacing(0.4),
+#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0),
+#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units")
+#. )),
+#. `VSpacing(0.4),
+#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0)
+#. )),
+#. `VSpacing(0.4),
+#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox(
+#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"),
+#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"),
+#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")])
+#. )))
+#. ))
+#. )
+#. ),
+#. `HSpacing(3)
+#. );
+#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224
msgid "Cache Directory"
msgstr "Diretório de Cache"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317
msgid "Access Control Setting"
msgstr "Configuração de Controle de Acesso"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Access Control"
msgstr "Controle de Acesso"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330
msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting"
msgstr "Configuração de Registro e Tempos de Espera"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332
msgid "Logging and Timeouts"
msgstr "Registro e Tempos de Espera"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369
msgid "Miscellaneous Setting"
msgstr "Configurações Diversas"
-#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341
+#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Diversas"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Host"
msgstr "Host"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54
msgid "Port"
msgstr "porta"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opções"
-#. , _("Options")
-#. table header, stands for minimum
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65
+#. , _("Options")
+#. table header, stands for minimum
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "Min"
msgstr "Mín"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111
+#. table header
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111
msgid "Percent"
msgstr "Porcentagem"
-#. table header, stands for maximum
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69
+#. table header, stands for maximum
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Max"
msgstr "Máx"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97
msgid "C&ache Memory"
msgstr "Memória C&ache"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107
msgid "Ma&x Object Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Má&ximo do Objeto"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "M&in Object Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Mín&imo do Objeto"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135
msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)"
msgstr "Marca &Mínima de Troca (porcentagem)"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148
msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)"
msgstr "Marca Má&xima de Troca (porcentagem)"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162
msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy"
msgstr "&Política de Substituição de Cache"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180
msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy"
msgstr "&Política de Substituição de Memória"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "&Directory Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Diretório"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258
msgid "&Size (in MB)"
msgstr "&Tamanho (em MB)"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "L&evel 1 Directories"
msgstr "Dir&etórios de Nível 1"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories"
msgstr "Diretórios de Ní&vel 2"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "ACL Groups"
msgstr "Grupos ACL"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232
msgid "Allow/Deny"
msgstr "Permitir/Negar"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Registro"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "&Access Log"
msgstr "Registro de &Acesso"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "&Cache Log"
msgstr "Registro do &Cache"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Cache &Store Log"
msgstr "Registro do &Armazenamento em Cache"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Timeouts"
msgstr "Tempos de espera"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350
msgid "Connection &Timeout"
msgstr "&Tempo de Espera de Conexão"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Client &Lifetime"
msgstr "Tempo de Vida do C&liente"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371
msgid "&Language of error messages"
msgstr "&Idioma das mensagens de erro"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Administrator's email"
msgstr "E-mail do &administrador"
-#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
+#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375
msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode"
msgstr "&Usar Modo Passivo do FTP"
-#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294
+#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294
msgid "Access Log"
msgstr "Registro de Acesso"
-#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297
+#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297
msgid "Cache Log"
msgstr "Registro de Cache"
-#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300
+#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300
msgid "Cache Store Log"
msgstr "Registro do Armazenamento em Cache"
-#. Returns a widget with setting of units
-#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38
+#. Returns a widget with setting of units
+#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Unidades"
-#. Returns a widget with setting of units
-#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56
+#. Returns a widget with setting of units
+#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56
msgid "seconds"
msgstr "segundos"
-#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57
+#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57
msgid "minutes"
msgstr "minutos"
-#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58
+#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58
msgid "hours"
msgstr "horas"
-#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59
+#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59
msgid "days"
msgstr "Dias"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -498,18 +498,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do Squid</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em "
-"<B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração clicando em <B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -517,8 +516,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do Squid</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -530,8 +529,8 @@
"diálogo adicional informará se é seguro ou não fazer isso.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53
+#. Summary dialog help
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure Squid here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -539,8 +538,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do Squid</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure o Squid aqui.<br></p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57
+#. Ovreview dialog help
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Squid Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n"
@@ -550,8 +549,8 @@
"Confira uma visão geral dos squid instalados e\n"
"edite suas configurações, se necessário.<br></p>\n"
-#. Http Ports Dialog
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63
+#. Http Ports Dialog
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>Define all ports where Squid will\n"
"listen for clients' http requests.</p>\n"
@@ -559,7 +558,7 @@
"<p>Defina todas as portas nas quais o Squid\n"
"escutará as solicitações http dos clientes.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b>Host</b> can contain a hostname or IP address\n"
"or remain empty.</p>\n"
@@ -567,25 +566,20 @@
"<p><b>Host</b> pode conter um nome de host, endereço IP\n"
"ou pode ficar vazio.</p>\n"
-#. Cache Dialog
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache."
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Padrões de Atualização</b> determina a maneira como o Squid trata os "
-"objetos no cache.</p>\n"
+#. Cache Dialog
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70
+msgid "<p><b>Refresh Patterns</b> define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>Padrões de Atualização</b> determina a maneira como o Squid trata os objetos no cache.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n"
"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Os padrões de atualização são verificados na ordem em que são listados "
-"aqui.\n"
+"<p>Os padrões de atualização são verificados na ordem em que são listados aqui.\n"
"A primeira entrada correspondente será usada.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Min</b> determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n"
"considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n"
@@ -593,55 +587,46 @@
"<p><b>Min</b> determina por quanto tempo (em minutos) um objeto\n"
"sem um período de expiração explícito deve ser considerado novo.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percent</b> is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n"
"modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n"
"considered fresh.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Porcentagem</b> é a porcentagem de duração do objeto\n"
-"(o tempo desde a última modificação). Um objeto sem um período de expiração "
-"explícito\n"
+"(o tempo desde a última modificação). Um objeto sem um período de expiração explícito\n"
"será considerado novo.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max</b> is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n"
"expiry time will be considered fresh.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Máx</b> é o limite máximo do tempo em que um objeto será considerado "
-"novo, sem um período\n"
+"<p><b>Máx</b> é o limite máximo do tempo em que um objeto será considerado novo, sem um período\n"
"de expiração explícito.</p>\n"
-#. Cache 2 Dialog
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for "
-"objects.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Memória Cache</b> define a quantidade ideal de memória que será usada "
-"pelos objetos.</p>"
+#. Cache 2 Dialog
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88
+msgid "<p><b>Cache memory</b> defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Memória Cache</b> define a quantidade ideal de memória que será usada pelos objetos.</p>"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p><b>Max Object Size</b> defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n"
"on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Tamanho Máximo do Objeto</b> define o tamanho máximo de "
-"armazenamento dos objetos\n"
-"no disco. Os objetos maiores do que esse tamanho não serão gravados no disco."
-"</p>\n"
+"<p>O <b>Tamanho Máximo do Objeto</b> define o tamanho máximo de armazenamento dos objetos\n"
+"no disco. Os objetos maiores do que esse tamanho não serão gravados no disco.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Min Object Size</b> specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n"
"objects will not be saved to the disk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Tamanho Mínimo do Objeto</b> especifica o tamanho mínimo dos "
-"objetos. Os objetos menores\n"
+"<p>O <b>Tamanho Mínimo do Objeto</b> especifica o tamanho mínimo dos objetos. Os objetos menores\n"
"não serão gravados no disco.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n"
"<b>Swap Low-Water Mark</b> and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n"
@@ -651,21 +636,17 @@
"is done each time.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>A substituição começa quando o uso da troca (disco) fica acima da\n"
-"<b>Marca Mínima de Troca (porcentagem)</b> e tenta manter a utilização "
-"próxima da\n"
+"<b>Marca Mínima de Troca (porcentagem)</b> e tenta manter a utilização próxima da\n"
"<b>Marca Mínima de Troca</b>. Conforme a utilização da troca chega perto da\n"
"<b>Marca Máxima de Troca</b>, a expulsão do objeto se torna mais agressiva.\n"
-"Se a utilização chegar perto da <b>Marca Mínima de Troca</b>, cada vez menos "
-"substituições\n"
+"Se a utilização chegar perto da <b>Marca Mínima de Troca</b>, cada vez menos substituições\n"
"serão realizadas.\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be "
-"replaced\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Replacement Policy</b> determines which objects are to be replaced\n"
"when disk space is needed.\n"
-"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement "
-"in\n"
+"<b>Memory Replacement Policy</b> specifies the policy for object replacement in\n"
"memory when space for new objects is not available.\n"
"Policies could be:\n"
"<table>\n"
@@ -688,11 +669,9 @@
"</table>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A <b>Política de Substituição de Cache</b> determina quais objetos serão "
-"substituídos\n"
+"<p>A <b>Política de Substituição de Cache</b> determina quais objetos serão substituídos\n"
"quando for necessário espaço em disco.\n"
-"A <b>Política de Substituição de Memória</b> especifica a política para a "
-"substituição de objetos na\n"
+"A <b>Política de Substituição de Memória</b> especifica a política para a substituição de objetos na\n"
"memória quando não houver espaço disponível para novos objetos.\n"
"As políticas podem ser:\n"
"<table>\n"
@@ -715,135 +694,102 @@
"</table>\n"
"</p>"
-#. Cache Directory
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap "
-"files will be stored.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome do Diretório</b> define o diretório de nível superior em que os "
-"arquivos de troca de cache serão armazenados.</p>"
+#. Cache Directory
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132
+msgid "<p><b>Directory Name</b> defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Nome do Diretório</b> define o diretório de nível superior em que os arquivos de troca de cache serão armazenados.</p>"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this "
-"directory.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tamanho</b> define a quantidade de espaço (em MB) que será usada por "
-"esse diretório.</p>"
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135
+msgid "<p><b>Size</b> defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Tamanho</b> define a quantidade de espaço (em MB) que será usada por esse diretório.</p>"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level "
-"subdirectories, \n"
+"<p><b>Level 1 Directories</b> defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n"
"which will be created under the <b>Directory Name</b> directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Diretórios de Nível 1</b> define o número de subdiretórios do primeiro "
-"nível,\n"
+"<p><b>Diretórios de Nível 1</b> define o número de subdiretórios do primeiro nível,\n"
"que serão criados no diretório<b>Nome do Diretório</b>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level "
-"subdirectories,\n"
+"<p><b>Level 2 Directories</b> defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n"
"which will be created under each first-level directory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Diretórios de Nível 2</b> define o número de subdiretórios do segundo "
-"nível,\n"
+"<p><b>Diretórios de Nível 2</b> define o número de subdiretórios do segundo nível,\n"
"que serão criados em cada diretório do primeiro nível.</p>\n"
-#. ACL Groups
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O acesso ao servidor Squid pode ser controlado por <b>Grupos ACL</b>.</p>"
+#. ACL Groups
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145
+msgid "<p>Access to the Squid server can be controlled via <b>ACL Groups</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O acesso ao servidor Squid pode ser controlado por <b>Grupos ACL</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group "
-"depends\n"
+"<p><b>ACL Group</b> has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n"
"on the particular type.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Grupo ACL</b> possui vários tipos, e a descrição do Grupo ACL "
-"depende\n"
+"<p>O <b>Grupo ACL</b> possui vários tipos, e a descrição do Grupo ACL depende\n"
"do tipo em particular.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
-"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to "
-"ACL Groups.\n"
-"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be "
-"allowed\n"
+"<p>In the <b>Access Control</b> table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n"
+"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n"
"or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Na tabela <b>Controle de Acesso</b>, o acesso pode ser permitido ou "
-"negado aos Grupos ACL.\n"
+"<p>Na tabela <b>Controle de Acesso</b>, o acesso pode ser permitido ou negado aos Grupos ACL.\n"
"Se houver mais Grupos ACL em uma linha, significa que o acesso\n"
-"será permitido ou negado para os membros que pertencem a todos os Grupos ACL "
-"ao mesmo tempo.</p>\n"
+"será permitido ou negado para os membros que pertencem a todos os Grupos ACL ao mesmo tempo.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Access Control</b> table is checked in the order listed here.\n"
"The first matching entry is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A tabela <b>Controle de Acesso</b> é verificada na ordem em que é listada "
-"aqui.\n"
+"<p>A tabela <b>Controle de Acesso</b> é verificada na ordem em que é listada aqui.\n"
"A primeira entrada correspondente será usada.</p>\n"
-#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Registro de Acesso</b> define o arquivo no qual as atividades do "
-"cliente serão registradas.</p>"
+#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160
+msgid "<p><b>Access Log</b> defines the file in which client activities are logged.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O <b>Registro de Acesso</b> define o arquivo no qual as atividades do cliente serão registradas.</p>"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about "
-"your\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Log</b> defines the file in which general information about your\n"
"cache's behavior is logged.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Registro de Cache</b> define o arquivo no qual serão registradas as "
-"informações gerais\n"
+"<p>O <b>Registro de Cache</b> define o arquivo no qual serão registradas as informações gerais\n"
"sobre o comportamento do cache.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of "
-"all\n"
-"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an "
-"object\n"
+"<p><b>Cache Store Log</b> defines the location of the transaction log of all\n"
+"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n"
"gets deleted. This option can be left empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Registro de Armazenamento em Cache</b> define o local do registro "
-"das transações de\n"
-"todos os objetos armazenados no armazenamento de objetos, juntamente com a "
-"hora\n"
+"<p>O <b>Registro de Armazenamento em Cache</b> define o local do registro das transações de\n"
+"todos os objetos armazenados no armazenamento de objetos, juntamente com a hora\n"
"em que o objeto foi apagado. Essa opção pode ficar vazia.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Emulate httpd Log</b> specify that Squid writes its\n"
"<b>Access Log</b> in HTTPD common log file format.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Em <b>Registro de Emulação Httpd</b>, especifique para o Squid\n"
-"gravar seu <b>Registro de Acesso</b> no formato de arquivo de registro comum "
-"HTTPD.</p>\n"
+"gravar seu <b>Registro de Acesso</b> no formato de arquivo de registro comum HTTPD.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p><b>Connection Timeout</b> is an option to force Squid to close\n"
"connections after a specified time.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Tempo de Espera de Conexão</b> é uma opção para forçar o Squid a "
-"fechar\n"
+"<p><b>Tempo de Espera de Conexão</b> é uma opção para forçar o Squid a fechar\n"
" as conexões após um tempo especificado.</p>"
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b>Client Lifetime</b> defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n"
"(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process.</p>"
@@ -851,110 +797,109 @@
"<p><b>Tempo de Vida do Cliente</b> define o tempo máximo que será permitido\n"
"a um cliente (navegador) ficar conectado ao cache.</p>"
-#. Miscellaneous Dialog
-#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181
+#. Miscellaneous Dialog
+#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's email</b> is the address which will be added to any\n"
"error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>E-mail do administrador</b> é o endereço que será adicionado a "
-"qualquer\n"
+"<p><b>E-mail do administrador</b> é o endereço que será adicionado a qualquer\n"
"página de erro exibida aos clientes. O padrão é webmaster.</p>\n"
-#. table cell
-#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55
+#. table cell
+#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55
msgid "Transparent"
msgstr "Transparente"
-#. **************** HTTP PORT *******************
-#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48
+#. **************** HTTP PORT *******************
+#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48
msgid "Add New HTTP Port"
msgstr "Adicionar Nova Porta HTTP"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49
msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port"
msgstr "Editar Porta HTTP Atual"
-#. **************** HTTP PORT END ***************
-#. **************** CACHE ***********************
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95
+#. **************** HTTP PORT END ***************
+#. **************** CACHE ***********************
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Padrão de Configuração"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern"
msgstr "Editar Padrão de atualização atual"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110
msgid "Min (in minutes)"
msgstr "Mín. (em minutos)"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Max (in minutes)"
msgstr "Máx. (em minutos)"
-#. **************** CACHE END *******************
-#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL **************
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226
+#. **************** CACHE END *******************
+#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL **************
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Add New HTTP Access"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Acesso HTTP"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Edit HTTP Access"
msgstr "Editar Acesso HTTP"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Allow"
msgstr "Permitir"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Deny"
msgstr "Negar"
-#. `VSpacing(),
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239
+#. `VSpacing(),
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239
msgid "ACL"
msgstr "ACL"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244
msgid "O&pposite"
msgstr "O&posto"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251
msgid "Add ACL"
msgstr "Adicionar ACL"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254
msgid "not"
msgstr "não"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322
msgid "Add New ACL Group"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Grupo ACL"
-#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322
msgid "Edit ACL Group"
msgstr "Editar Grupo ACL"
-#. **************** HTTP_PORT *******************
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64
+#. **************** HTTP_PORT *******************
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64
msgid "Port number must not be empty."
msgstr "O número da porta não pode ficar vazio."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74
msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname."
msgstr "Host deve conter um endereço IP ou nome de host válido."
-#. **************** HTTP_PORT END ***************
-#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS ***************
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129
+#. **************** HTTP_PORT END ***************
+#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS ***************
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129
msgid "Regular expression must not be empty."
msgstr "A expressão regular não pode estar vazia."
-#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END ***********
-#. ************* CACHE DIALOG *******************
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292
+#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END ***********
+#. ************* CACHE DIALOG *******************
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292
msgid ""
"Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n"
"must be higher than Max Object Size.\n"
@@ -962,26 +907,26 @@
"Memória Cache + Tamanho do Diretório de Cache\n"
"deve ser maior do que o Tamanho Máximo do Objeto.\n"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264
msgid "Cache directory must not be empty."
msgstr "O diretório de cache não pode ficar vazio."
-#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END ***************
-#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ********************
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351
+#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END ***************
+#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ********************
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351
msgid "ACL table must not be empty."
msgstr "A tabela ACL não pode estar vazia."
-#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429
+#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429
msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n"
msgstr "O Grupo ACL '%1' já existe com um tipo diferente.\n"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433
msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n"
msgstr "O Grupo ACL '%1' deve ser do tipo '%2'.\n"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438
msgid ""
"If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n"
"delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n"
@@ -989,8 +934,8 @@
"Para mudar o tipo deste Grupo ACL, você deve primeiro\n"
"apagar outros Grupos ACL com mesmo nome.\n"
-#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option.
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453
+#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option.
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453
msgid ""
"You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n"
"it is used in the Access Control table.\n"
@@ -998,7 +943,7 @@
"Impossível mudar o nome deste Grupo ACL, porque \n"
"ele é utilizado na tabela Controle de Acesso.\n"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517
msgid ""
"If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n"
"delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table."
@@ -1006,28 +951,26 @@
"Para mudar o nome deste grupo ACL, você deve\n"
"apagar todas as suas ocorrências na tabela Controle de Acesso."
-#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module)
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Se você mudar o nome deste Grupo ACL, estas opções poderão ser afetadas: \n"
+#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module)
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467
+msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
+msgstr "Se você mudar o nome deste Grupo ACL, estas opções poderão ser afetadas: \n"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474
msgid "Change name anyway"
msgstr "Mudar o nome mesmo assim"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475
msgid "Do not change name"
msgstr "Não mudar o nome"
-#. test, if name is filled
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485
+#. test, if name is filled
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485
msgid "Name must not be empty."
msgstr "O nome não pode estar vazio."
-#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table."));
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514
+#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table."));
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514
msgid ""
"You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n"
"it is used in the Access Control table.\n"
@@ -1035,652 +978,632 @@
"Você não deve apagar este Grupo ACL, porque \n"
"ele é utilizado na tabela Controle de Acesso.\n"
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524
msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n"
msgstr "Se você apagar este Grupo ACL, estas opções poderão ser afetadas: \n"
-#. +
-#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?");
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535
+#. +
+#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?");
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535
msgid "Delete anyway"
msgstr "Apagar mesmo assim"
-#. Label::YesButton(),
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536
+#. Label::YesButton(),
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536
msgid "Do not delete"
msgstr "Não apagar"
-#. ************* ACL END ************************
-#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
+#. ************* ACL END ************************
+#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG **********
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578
msgid "Access Log must not be empty."
msgstr "O Registro de Acesso não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588
msgid "Cache Log must not be empty."
msgstr "O Registro de Cache não pode estar vazio."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field."
msgstr "Nome de caminho incorreto no campo Registro de Acesso."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field."
msgstr "Nome de caminho incorreto no campo Registro de Cache."
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621
msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field."
msgstr "Nome de caminho incorreto no campo Registro de Armazenado de Cache."
-#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
-#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
+#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ******
+#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684
msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces."
msgstr "O E-mail do administrador não pode conter espaços em branco."
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85
msgid "Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Squid"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. Read all squid settings
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
+#. Read all squid settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088
msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração do Squid"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092
msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File."
msgstr "Ler as Portas HTTP do Arquivo de Configuração."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093
msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File."
msgstr "Ler os Padrões de Atualização do Arquivo de Configuração."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094
msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File."
msgstr "Ler os Grupos ACL do Arquivo de Configuração."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095
msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File."
msgstr "Ler a tabela Controle de Acesso do Arquivo de Configuração."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096
msgid "Read Other Settings."
msgstr "Ler Outras Configurações."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097
msgid "Read Service Status."
msgstr "Ler o Status do Serviço."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098
msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
msgstr "Ler as Configurações do Firewall."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101
msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..."
msgstr "Lendo Portas HTTP..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102
msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..."
msgstr "Lendo Padrões de Atualização..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103
msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..."
msgstr "Lendo Grupos ACL..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104
msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..."
msgstr "Lendo a Tabela Controle de Acesso..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105
msgid "Reading Other Settings ..."
msgstr "Lendo Outras Configurações..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106
msgid "Reading Service Status ..."
msgstr "Lendo o Status do Serviço..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107
msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..."
msgstr "Lendo as Configurações do Firewall..."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117
msgid "Cannot read configuration file."
msgstr "Impossível ler o arquivo de configuração."
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122
msgid "Cannot read service status."
msgstr "Impossível ler o status do serviço."
-#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
+#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465
msgid "Saving Squid Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do Squid"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de firewall"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474
msgid "Start Service"
msgstr "Iniciar Serviço"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de firewall..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482
msgid "Starting Service..."
msgstr "Iniciando Serviço..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. write settings
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
+#. write settings
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações."
-#. firewall
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
+#. firewall
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500
msgid "Cannot write firewall settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar as configurações do firewall."
-#. Header
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
+#. Header
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584
msgid "Squid Cache Proxy"
msgstr "Squid Cache Proxy"
-#. Start daemon
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
+#. Start daemon
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589
msgid "Start daemon: "
msgstr "Iniciar daemon:"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590
msgid "When booting"
msgstr "Ao inicializar"
-#. Http Ports
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
+#. Http Ports
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594
msgid "Configured ports:"
msgstr "Portas configuradas:"
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611
msgid " (transparent)"
msgstr " (transparente)"
-#. Cache directory
-#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
+#. Cache directory
+#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625
msgid "Cache directory: "
msgstr "Diretório de cache:"
-#. **
-#. Unsupported ACLS:
-#. * * * * * * * * * * *
-#. ident, ident_regex,
-#. src_as, dst_as,
-#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex,
-#. snmp_community,
-#. max_user_ip,
-#. external,
-#. urllogin, urlgroup
-#. user_cert, ca_cert
-#. ext_user
-#. map of acl definition. format:
-#. $[
-#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs",
-#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType,
-#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget,
-#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget,
-#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions
-#. ]
-#. ]
-#.
-#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item)
-#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName()
-#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName()
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68
+#. **
+#. Unsupported ACLS:
+#. * * * * * * * * * * *
+#. ident, ident_regex,
+#. src_as, dst_as,
+#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex,
+#. snmp_community,
+#. max_user_ip,
+#. external,
+#. urllogin, urlgroup
+#. user_cert, ca_cert
+#. ext_user
+#. map of acl definition. format:
+#. $[
+#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs",
+#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType,
+#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget,
+#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget,
+#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions
+#. ]
+#. ]
+#.
+#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item)
+#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName()
+#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName()
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68
msgid "src"
msgstr "src"
-#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""),
-#. `Label(" - "),
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74
+#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""),
+#. `Label(" - "),
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74
msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses"
msgstr "Endereço IP ou Faixa de Endereços IP"
-#. `Label("/"),
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106
+#. `Label("/"),
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106
msgid "Network Mask"
msgstr "Máscara de Rede"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84
msgid "The IP address of the requesting client."
msgstr "O endereço IP do cliente solicitante."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89
msgid "dst"
msgstr "dst"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98
msgid "Destination IP Address."
msgstr "Endereço IP de Destino."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103
msgid "myip"
msgstr "myip"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105
msgid "Local IP Address"
msgstr "Endereço IP Local"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112
msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists."
msgstr "O endereço IP local no qual existe uma conexão do cliente."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119
msgid "srcdomain"
msgstr "srcdomain"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120
msgid "Clients Domain Name"
msgstr "Nome de Domínio dos Clientes"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131
msgid "This type matches the client's domain name."
msgstr "Este tipo corresponde ao nome de domínio do cliente."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136
msgid "dstdomain"
msgstr "dstdomain"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137
msgid "Destination Domain"
msgstr "Domínio de Destino"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148
-msgid ""
-"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the "
-"origin server is located."
-msgstr ""
-"Isto faz referência ao domínio de destino, isto é, o domínio de origem onde "
-"o servidor de origem está localizado."
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148
+msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located."
+msgstr "Isto faz referência ao domínio de destino, isto é, o domínio de origem onde o servidor de origem está localizado."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155
msgid "Matches the client domain name."
msgstr "Corresponde ao nome de domínio do cliente."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160
msgid "Provides match for destination domain."
msgstr "Fornece correspondência para o domínio de destino."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165
msgid "time"
msgstr "tempo"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dias"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175
msgid "Monday"
msgstr "Segunda-feira"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr "Terça-feira"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr "Quarta-feira"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr "Quinta-feira"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179
msgid "Friday"
msgstr "Sexta-feira"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr "Sábado"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr "Domingo"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192
msgid "From (H:M)"
msgstr "De (H:M)"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195
msgid "To (H:M)"
msgstr "Para (H:M)"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208
msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL."
msgstr "Corresponde utilizando uma expressão regular no URL completo."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213
-msgid ""
-"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
-msgstr ""
-"Corresponde ao caminho do URL menos informações sobre protocolo, porta e "
-"nome de host"
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213
+msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information"
+msgstr "Corresponde ao caminho do URL menos informações sobre protocolo, porta e nome de host"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220
msgid "port"
msgstr "porta"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221
msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports"
msgstr "Número da Porta ou Faixa de Portas"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226
msgid "Matches the destination port for the request."
msgstr "Corresponde à porta de destino para a solicitação."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231
msgid "myport"
msgstr "myport"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232
msgid "Port Number"
msgstr "Número de Porta"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237
msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number."
msgstr "Fornece a correspondência do número da porta TCP local."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242
msgid "proto"
msgstr "proto"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocolo"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248
msgid "Matches the protocol of the request."
msgstr "Corresponde ao protocolo da solicitação."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253
msgid "method"
msgstr "método"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256
msgid "HTTP Method"
msgstr "Método HTTP"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271
msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers."
msgstr "Este tipo corresponde ao método HTTP nos cabeçalhos de solicitações."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278
-msgid ""
-"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the "
-"user agent header."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma expressão regular que corresponde ao tipo de browser do cliente com base "
-"no cabeçalho do agente do usuário."
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278
+msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header."
+msgstr "Uma expressão regular que corresponde ao tipo de browser do cliente com base no cabeçalho do agente do usuário."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288
msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections"
msgstr "Número Máximo de Conexões HTTP"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300
-msgid ""
-"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of "
-"HTTP connections established."
-msgstr ""
-"Corresponde quando o endereço IP do cliente tem mais que o número "
-"especificado de conexões HTTP estabelecidas."
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300
+msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established."
+msgstr "Corresponde quando o endereço IP do cliente tem mais que o número especificado de conexões HTTP estabelecidas."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307
msgid "Matches Referer header."
msgstr "Corresponde ao cabeçalho Referenciador."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337
msgid "Header Name"
msgstr "Nome do Cabeçalho"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338
msgid "Regular Expression(s)"
msgstr "Expressão(ões) Regular(es)"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328
msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers."
-msgstr ""
-"Expressão regular correspondente a qualquer um dos cabeçalhos de solicitação "
-"conhecidos."
+msgstr "Expressão regular correspondente a qualquer um dos cabeçalhos de solicitação conhecidos."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351
msgid ""
-"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. "
-"Can\n"
+"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n"
"be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Expressão regular correspondente ao tipo MIME da resposta recebida pelo "
-"squid. Pode\n"
-"ser usada para detectar o download de arquivos ou algum tipo de solicitação "
-"de túnel HTTP.\n"
+"Expressão regular correspondente ao tipo MIME da resposta recebida pelo squid. Pode\n"
+"ser usada para detectar o download de arquivos ou algum tipo de solicitação de túnel HTTP.\n"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358
msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client."
msgstr "Corresponder ao tipo MIME da solicitação gerada pelo cliente."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363
msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid."
msgstr "Corresponder ao tipo MIME da resposta recebida pelo Squid."
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369
msgid "MAC Address"
msgstr "Endereço MAC"
-#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374
+#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374
msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching."
msgstr "Endereço de rede (MAC) encontrado."
-#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
+#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53
msgid "Afrikaans"
msgstr "Africânder"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Árabe"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55
msgid "Armenian"
msgstr "Armênio"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56
msgid "Azerbaijani"
msgstr "Azerbaijano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57
msgid "Bulgarian"
msgstr "Búlgaro"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58
msgid "Catalan"
msgstr "Catalão"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tcheco"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dinamarquês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61
msgid "German"
msgstr "Alemão"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Grego"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63
msgid "English"
msgstr "Inglês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Espanhol"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estoniano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66
msgid "Persian"
msgstr "Persa"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finlandês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68
msgid "French"
msgstr "Francês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69
msgid "Hebrew"
msgstr "Hebraico"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Húngaro"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71
msgid "Indonesian"
msgstr "Indonésio"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italiano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japonês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Coreano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75
msgid "Latvian"
msgstr "Letão"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Lituano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77
msgid "Malay"
msgstr "Malaio"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Holandês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79
msgid "Occitan"
msgstr "Occitano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polonês"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Português"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82
msgid "Brazilian Portuguese"
msgstr "Português (Brasil)"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Romeno"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russo"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Eslovaco"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86
msgid "Slovenian"
msgstr "Esloveno"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87
msgid "Serbian Cyrillic"
msgstr "Sérvio (Cirílico)"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88
msgid "Serbian Latin"
msgstr "Sérvio (Latino)"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Sueco"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90
msgid "Thai"
msgstr "Tai"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Turco"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ucraniano"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93
msgid "Uzbek"
msgstr "Uzbeque"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94
msgid "Vietnamese"
msgstr "Vietnamita"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Chinês Simplificado"
-#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96
+#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Chinês Tradicional"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sshd.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sshd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/storage.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:50
msgid ""
"Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n"
"\n"
@@ -26,8 +26,7 @@
"\n"
"To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de "
-"discos rígidos.\n"
+"Use este programa somente se estiver familiarizado com o particionamento de discos rígidos.\n"
"\n"
"Nunca particione discos que possam, de alguma forma, estar em uso\n"
"(montados, realizando troca, etc.) a menos que saiba exatamente o que está\n"
@@ -36,60 +35,60 @@
"\n"
"Para continuar, apesar deste aviso, clique em Sim.\n"
-#. dialog heading
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
+#. dialog heading
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68
msgid "Expert Partitioner"
msgstr "Particionador Técnico"
-#. text show during initialization
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:69
+#. text show during initialization
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:69
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/clients/disk.rb:71
+#. helptext
+#: src/clients/disk.rb:71
msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Os volumes estão sendo detectados.</p>"
-#. Commandline help title
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
+#. Commandline help title
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49
msgid "Storage Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Armazenamento"
-#. Commandline command help
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
+#. Commandline command help
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57
msgid "List disks and partitions"
msgstr "Listar discos e partições"
-#. Command line option help text
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
+#. Command line option help text
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70
msgid "List disks"
msgstr "Listar discos"
-#. Command line option help text
-#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
+#. Command line option help text
+#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74
msgid "List partitions"
msgstr "Listar partições"
-#. Title for dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
+#. Title for dialogue
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento Sugerido"
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
+#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Expert Partitioner..."
msgstr "&Particionador Técnico..."
-#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
+#. Radiobutton for partition dialog
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80
msgid "&Create Partition Setup..."
msgstr "&Criar Configuração de Partição..."
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -97,17 +96,17 @@
"Nenhuma sugestão possível.\n"
"especifique pontos de montagem manualmente no diálogo 'Particionador'."
-#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. this is the resize case
-#.
-#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+#. TRANSLATORS: button text
+#. this is the resize case
+#.
+#. this is the normal case
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Editar Configurações da Proposta"
-#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
+#. help on suggested partitioning
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -117,9 +116,9 @@
"Os discos rígidos foram verificados. Propõe-se a configuração\n"
" da partição exibida para seu disco rígido.</p>"
-#. help text continued
-#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
+#. help text continued
+#. %1 is replaced by button text
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -133,8 +132,8 @@
"<b>%1</b> e modifique as configurações no diálogo\n"
"do particionador avançado.</p>\n"
-#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
+#. help text continued
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -152,29 +151,27 @@
"Essa também é a opção a ser escolhida no caso de\n"
"configurações avançadas, como RAID e criptografia.</p>\n"
-#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
-#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
+#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
+#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Impossível criar a proposta solicitada."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr ""
-"Não há espaço suficiente disponível para propor instantâneos para o volume "
-"raiz."
+msgstr "Não há espaço suficiente disponível para propor instantâneos para o volume raiz."
-#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Espaço insuficiente para propor /home separado."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz. Impossível continuar."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -182,22 +179,22 @@
"Computar esta proposta sobregravará as mudanças feitas manualmente \n"
"até agora. Continuar computando esta proposta?"
-#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow
-#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66
+#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow
+#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66
msgid "Preparing disks..."
msgstr "Preparando discos..."
-#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
-#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
-#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
-#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487
+#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
+#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
+#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version
+#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487
msgid "MB"
msgstr "MB"
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490
msgid ""
"Windows\n"
"Used\n"
@@ -207,9 +204,9 @@
"Usado\n"
"%1 "
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492
msgid ""
"Windows\n"
"Free\n"
@@ -219,9 +216,9 @@
"Livre\n"
"%1 "
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494
msgid ""
"Linux\n"
"%1 "
@@ -229,25 +226,25 @@
"Linux\n"
"%1 "
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497
msgid "Windows Free (%1)"
msgstr "Windows Livre (%1)"
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499
msgid "Linux (%1)"
msgstr "Linux (%1)"
-#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
-#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
-#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
-#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
-#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
-#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508
+#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
+#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
+#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
+#. Help text for Windows partition resizing -
+#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs)
+#. and non-graphical mode (text only).
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n"
@@ -257,9 +254,9 @@
"Escolha o novo tamanho da sua partição Windows.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -271,14 +268,13 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"O redimensionamento real só será executado após a confirmação\n"
-"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo de instalação. Até lá, sua "
-"partição do Windows\n"
+"de todas as suas configurações no último diálogo de instalação. Até lá, sua partição do Windows\n"
"permanecerá inalterada.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#. help text (common to both modes), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#. help text (common to both modes), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -292,23 +288,23 @@
"<b>Voltar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545
msgid "Now"
msgstr "Agora"
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552
msgid "After Installation"
msgstr "Após Instalação"
-#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574
+#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#. help text, continued - graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -324,9 +320,9 @@
"redimensionamento da partição).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -340,9 +336,9 @@
"cada campo de entrada para ajustar os valores sugeridos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -356,29 +352,29 @@
"automaticamente criadas conforme necessário.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612
+#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612
msgid "Windows Used"
msgstr "Windows Usado"
-#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622
+#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622
msgid "Free"
msgstr "livre"
-#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
-#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632
+#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
+#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632
msgid "Linux"
msgstr "Linux"
-#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
-#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652
+#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only
+#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n"
@@ -392,9 +388,9 @@
"conforme requerido pelo &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -403,13 +399,12 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows Usado</b> é o tamanho do espaço que sua partição do Windows "
-"utiliza.\n"
+"<b>Windows Usado</b> é o tamanho do espaço que sua partição do Windows utiliza.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n"
@@ -421,13 +416,13 @@
"do Linux) na partição.\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686
msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition"
msgstr "Redimensionando a Partição Windows"
-#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount
-#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390
+#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount
+#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -453,9 +448,9 @@
"dispositivo do Windows, incluindo a área de trabalho do Windows e\n"
"o espaço para %2.\n"
-#. not yet checked
-#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425
+#. not yet checked
+#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425
msgid ""
"Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n"
"for consistency.\n"
@@ -471,8 +466,8 @@
" e do espaço utilizado, isso talvez demore algum tempo.\n"
" \n"
-#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452
+#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -494,14 +489,14 @@
"Se o problema ocorrer novamente, redimensione a\n"
"partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
-#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774
+#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774
msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation."
msgstr "O espaço disponível não é suficiente para uma instalação."
-#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should
-#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet.
-#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889
+#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should
+#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet.
+#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889
msgid ""
"An internal error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -521,17 +516,15 @@
"\t partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
"\t "
-#. popup text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
+#. popup text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr ""
-"O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento "
-"personalizado."
+msgstr "O sistema só pode ser configurado com a opção de particionamento personalizado."
-#. Win NT / 2000
-#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
-#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
+#. Win NT / 2000
+#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
+#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268
msgid ""
"An error has occurred.\n"
"\n"
@@ -551,10 +544,10 @@
"Escolha outro disco ou aborte a instalação e\n"
"diminua a partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
-#. local error
-#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
-#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
+#. local error
+#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user
+#. he can go back in the installation or abort it.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287
msgid ""
"The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n"
"\n"
@@ -570,10 +563,10 @@
"Escolha outro disco ou aborte a instalação e\n"
"diminua a partição Windows de outra maneira.\n"
-#. OK --> No NT or 2000
-#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
-#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
+#. OK --> No NT or 2000
+#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows.
+#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308
msgid ""
"You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n"
"In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n"
@@ -601,14 +594,14 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deseja diminuir a partição Windows?\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
+#. button text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329
msgid "&Shrink Windows"
msgstr "&Diminuir Windows"
-#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
-#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
+#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows.
+#. Ask him if he really wants to do it
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345
msgid ""
"You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n"
"\n"
@@ -622,13 +615,13 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deseja apagar a partição Windows?\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
+#. button text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356
msgid "&Delete Windows"
msgstr "&Apagar Windows"
-#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
+#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition
+#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423
msgid ""
"Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n"
"the disk is too small. \n"
@@ -640,41 +633,38 @@
" Para instalar o Linux, selecione mais partições\n"
"para remover ou selecione um disco maior."
-#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
-#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
-#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
+#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
+#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
+#. anyway
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
msgid "Available &Disks"
msgstr "&Discos Disponíveis"
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
msgstr "Particionamento &Personalizado (para especialistas)"
-#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
-#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
-#. installation target
-#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
+#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
+#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
+#. installation target
+#. heading text
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Disco rígido"
-#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
-#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid ""
-"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver "
-"disponível, para a instalação."
+#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
+#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
+msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr "Nenhum disco encontrado. Tente usar o CD de atualização, se estiver disponível, para a instalação."
-#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
-#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
-#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
-#. do while the following locale is the help description
-#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
+#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
+#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
+#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
+#. do while the following locale is the help description
+#. help part 1 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -686,8 +676,8 @@
"são mostrados aqui. Selecione o disco no qual instalar o &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
+#. help part 2 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -697,8 +687,8 @@
"Você pode escolher depois que parte do disco usar para o &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
+#. help part 3 of 3
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -714,108 +704,107 @@
"partições a pontos de montagem durante a instalação do &produto;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
-#. Information what to do, background information
-#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
+#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
+#. Information what to do, background information
+#. Information what to do, background information
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
msgstr "Preparando o Disco Rígido"
-#. there is a selection from which one option must be
-#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
+#. there is a selection from which one option must be
+#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Escolha uma das opções para continuar."
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
msgstr "Disco %1 em uso por %2"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: multipath-simple.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module.
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: multipath-simple.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module.
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34
msgid "Activate multipath?"
msgstr "Ativar caminhos múltiplos?"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. Author: Klaus Kaempf
-#.
-#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions.
-#.
-#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. Author: Klaus Kaempf
+#.
+#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions.
+#.
+#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
msgid ""
"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"A partição /home não será formatada. Após a instalação,\n"
-"tenha certeza de que as propriedades dos diretórios pessoais sejam definidas "
-"corretamente."
+"tenha certeza de que as propriedades dos diretórios pessoais sejam definidas corretamente."
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento"
-#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
+#. label text
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
msgid "&Partitioning"
msgstr "&Particionamento"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69
msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
msgstr "Salvando a configuração do sistema de arquivos..."
-#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that
-#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and
-#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53
+#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that
+#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and
+#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53
msgid ""
"The current selection is invalid:\n"
"%1"
@@ -823,15 +812,15 @@
"A seleção atual é inválida:\n"
"%1"
-#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned
-#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72
+#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned
+#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned"
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72
msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned"
msgstr "&%1: %2, não atribuídos"
-#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button
-#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104
+#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button
+#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104
msgid ""
"Disk Areas to Use\n"
"to Install %1\n"
@@ -839,16 +828,16 @@
"Áreas do Disco a Usar\n"
"para Instalar %1\n"
-#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on
-#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on
-#. the target disk
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118
+#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on
+#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on
+#. the target disk
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118
msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk"
msgstr "Usar Disco Rígido Int&eiro"
-#. There were no prior partitions on this disk.
-#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed.
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153
+#. There were no prior partitions on this disk.
+#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed.
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n"
"The entire disk will be used for %1."
@@ -856,8 +845,8 @@
"Não existem partições no disco ainda.\n"
"O disco inteiro será usado para o %1."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166
msgid ""
"This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n"
"There is not enough space to install Linux."
@@ -865,18 +854,18 @@
"O disco parece estar sendo usado pelo \n"
"Windows. Não existe espaço para instalar o Linux."
-#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181
+#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181
msgid "&Delete Windows Completely"
msgstr "&Apagar o Windows Completamente"
-#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189
+#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189
msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition"
msgstr "&Diminuir a Partição do Windows"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n"
@@ -886,8 +875,8 @@
"Selecione no seu disco onde instalar o &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n"
@@ -899,8 +888,8 @@
"ou regiões livres exibidas.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n"
@@ -914,8 +903,8 @@
"outros sistemas operacionais.\n"
"</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
+#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n"
@@ -927,16 +916,16 @@
"perdidos. </i></b> Não existirá forma de recuperar estes dados.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
+#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306
msgid "Installing on:"
msgstr "Instalando em:"
-#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
-#. part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
+#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning
+#. part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n"
@@ -950,8 +939,8 @@
"ou <b>diminuir</b> ele para obter espaço livre suficiente.\n"
"</p>"
-#. helptext, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
+#. helptext, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n"
@@ -967,28 +956,28 @@
"Isto pode falhar em situações raras.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Label text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#. Label text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Propor Partição &Home Separada"
-#. Label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
+#. Label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357
msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal"
msgstr "Criar Proposta Baseada em &LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368
msgid "Encrypt Volume Group"
msgstr "Criptografar Grupo de Volume"
-#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
+#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373
msgid "Proposal type"
msgstr "Tipo de proposta"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1002,8 +991,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1013,13 +1002,12 @@
msgstr ""
"Você tentou montar uma partição FAT em um dos seguintes pontos\n"
"de montagem: /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Isso provavelmente vai causar\n"
-"problemas. Use um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esses "
-"pontos de montagem.\n"
+"problemas. Use um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esses pontos de montagem.\n"
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1029,13 +1017,12 @@
msgstr ""
"Você tentou montar uma partição FAT no ponto de\n"
"montagem /boot. Isso provavelmente vai causar programas. Use\n"
-"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de "
-"montagem.\n"
+"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de montagem.\n"
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1045,14 +1032,13 @@
msgstr ""
"Você montou uma partição com Btrfs no ponto de\n"
"montagem /boot. Isso provavelmente vai causar programas. Use\n"
-"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de "
-"montagem.\n"
+"um sistema de arquivos Linux, como ext3 ou ext4, para esse ponto de montagem.\n"
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
-#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
+#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1068,8 +1054,8 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
+#. popup text, %1 is a number
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1089,8 +1075,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1104,8 +1090,8 @@
"\n"
"Manter realmente este tamanho da partição de boot?\n"
-#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
+#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1114,16 +1100,15 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Aviso: Não há uma partição do tipo bios_grub presente.\n"
-"Essa partição é recomendada (necessária no caso do Btrfs) quando o Grub2 "
-"está\n"
+"Essa partição é recomendada (necessária no caso do Btrfs) quando o Grub2 está\n"
"instalado no MBR de um disco GPT. Ela não deve ser formatada e deve ter\n"
"aproximadamente 1 MB.\n"
"Deseja realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
-#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#. popup text
+#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
+#. boot from the hard drive!
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1141,8 +1126,8 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente a configuração sem partição /boot?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1162,7 +1147,7 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1174,8 +1159,8 @@
"%s\n"
"Usar realmente essa configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1191,8 +1176,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente usar esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1216,8 +1201,8 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1241,20 +1226,19 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esta configuração?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Realmente usar esta configuração?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
-"\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1263,14 +1247,13 @@
"Você não atribuiu uma partição de troca. Na maioria dos casos, é altamente \n"
"recomendável a criação e atribuição de uma partição de troca.\n"
"Partições de troca no sistema são listadas na janela principal com o\n"
-"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca atribuída tem o ponto de montagem "
-"\"swap\".\n"
+"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Uma partição de troca atribuída tem o ponto de montagem \"swap\".\n"
"Você poderá atribuir mais de uma partição de troca, se desejado.\n"
"\n"
"Usar realmente a configuração sem partição de troca?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1282,8 +1265,8 @@
"que não será formatada. O YaST não pode garantir que sua instalação\n"
"será bem-sucedida, particularmente nos seguintes casos:\n"
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1295,20 +1278,19 @@
"sobreposta\n"
"- se esta partição não contém ainda um sistema de arquivos\n"
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
-"points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
"Em caso de dúvida, é melhor voltar e marcar esta partição para\n"
"formatação, principalmente se ela for atribuída a um dos pontos de\n"
"montagem padrão, como /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n"
-#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#. continued popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1318,8 +1300,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente manter a partição não formatada?\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1327,8 +1309,8 @@
"O dispositivo selecionado pertence ao RAID (%1).\n"
"Remova-o do RAID antes de editá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1336,8 +1318,8 @@
"O dispositivo selecionado pertence a um grupo de volume (%1).\n"
"Remova-o do grupo de volume antes de editá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1345,8 +1327,8 @@
"O dispositivo selecionado é usado pelo volume (%1).\n"
"Remova o volume antes de editá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
+#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1354,8 +1336,8 @@
"O dispositivo (%2) pertence ao RAID (%1).\n"
"Remova-o do RAID antes de apagá-lo.\n"
-#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
+#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1363,12 +1345,12 @@
"O dispositivo (%2) é usado por %1.\n"
"Remova %1 antes de apagá-lo.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Impossível apagá-lo durante a montagem."
-#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
+#. popup text, %1 is a device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1376,24 +1358,21 @@
"O dispositivo (%1) não pode ser removido já que é uma partição lógica \n"
"e outra partição lógica com um número maior está sendo usada.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
-"mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
-"extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"A partição estendida selecionada contém partições que estão montadas:\n"
"%1\n"
-"É *altamente* recomendado desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a "
-"partição estendida.\n"
+"É *altamente* recomendado desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n"
"Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
+#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1407,8 +1386,8 @@
"partições dos respectivos grupos de volume\n"
"antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
+#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1422,8 +1401,8 @@
"partições dos respectivos sistemas RAID antes de apagar\n"
"a partição estendida.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1435,31 +1414,31 @@
"que está em uso. Remova o volume usado\n"
"antes de apagar a partição estendida.\n"
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
msgstr "Digite sua Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado."
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Lembre-se do que você digitou aqui!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "É permitido senha vazia."
-#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
+#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84
msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1"
msgstr "Senha do Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado em %1"
-#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
-#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
+#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory
+#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var"
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"Enter your encryption password for\n"
"device %1 mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1467,38 +1446,38 @@
"Digite sua senha de criptografia para o\n"
"dispositivo %1 montado em %2.\n"
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System"
msgstr "Digite sua Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos Criptografado"
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Digite a Senha para o Sistema de Arquivos:"
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Digite novamente a Senha para &Verificação:"
-#. Cancel button
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
+#. Cancel button
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Saltar"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match!\n"
@@ -1508,10 +1487,10 @@
"da senha não são iguais!\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1519,10 +1498,10 @@
"Você não informou uma senha\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1530,17 +1509,17 @@
"A senha deve ter pelo menos %1 caracteres.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237
msgid "No floating point number."
msgstr "Sem número de ponto flutuante."
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361
msgid "File system options:"
msgstr "Opções de sistema de arquivos:"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443
msgid ""
"The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n"
"Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n"
@@ -1548,82 +1527,75 @@
"O caractere '/' não é mais permitido em uma etiqueta de volume.\n"
"Mude sua etiqueta de volume para que não contenha este caractere.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n"
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
-"disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montar em in /etc/fstab por:</b>\n"
-"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos para montagem é identificado em /etc/"
-"fstab\n"
-"pelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para localizar "
-"o sistema de arquivos \n"
-"a ser montado procurando um UUID ou uma etiqueta do volume. Nem todos os "
-"sistemas de \n"
-"arquivos podem ser montados por UUID ou etiqueta do volume. Se a opção "
-"estiver desabilitada, \n"
+"Normalmente, um sistema de arquivos para montagem é identificado em /etc/fstab\n"
+"pelo nome do dispositivo. Essa identificação pode ser mudada para localizar o sistema de arquivos \n"
+"a ser montado procurando um UUID ou uma etiqueta do volume. Nem todos os sistemas de \n"
+"arquivos podem ser montados por UUID ou etiqueta do volume. Se a opção estiver desabilitada, \n"
"isso não será possível.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
-"makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Etiqueta de Volume:</b>\n"
-"O nome digitado neste campo é usado como a etiqueta de volume. Isso "
-"normalmente apenas \n"
+"O nome digitado neste campo é usado como a etiqueta de volume. Isso normalmente apenas \n"
"faz sentido quando você ativa a opção de montagem pela etiqueta de volume.\n"
"Uma etiqueta de volume não pode conter o caractere / ou espaços.\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by"
msgstr "Montar no /etc/fstab pelo"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501
msgid "&Device Name"
msgstr "Nome do &Dispositivo"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544
msgid "Volume &Label"
msgstr "Rótu&lo do Volume"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515
msgid "&UUID"
msgstr "&UUID"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Device &ID"
msgstr "&ID do Dispositivo"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Device &Path"
msgstr "Caminho do &Dispositivo"
-#. heading text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
+#. heading text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672
msgid "Fstab Options:"
msgstr "Opções do Fstab:"
-#. popup text %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
+#. popup text %1 is a number
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846
msgid ""
"\n"
"Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n"
@@ -1633,63 +1605,63 @@
"O comprimento máximo da etiqueta do volume do sistema de arquivos\n"
"selecionado é %1. A etiqueta do volume foi truncada com esse tamanho.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label."
msgstr "Informe um rótulo de volume para montar por rótulo."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880
msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Este rótulo de volume já está em uso. Selecione um diferente."
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046
msgid "File &System"
msgstr "&Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr "&Opções..."
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr "&Criptografar Dispositivo"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr "&ID de Sistema de arquivos:"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formatar"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
msgid "Do ¬ format"
msgstr "&Não formatar"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatar"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr "Opções de Fs&tab"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de &montagem"
-#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
+#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1704,8 +1676,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"A partição selecionada (%1) está montada em %2.\n"
-"Se você mudar os parâmetros (como o ponto de montagem ou o tipo do sistema "
-"de arquivos),\n"
+"Se você mudar os parâmetros (como o ponto de montagem ou o tipo do sistema de arquivos),\n"
"sua instalação do Linux poderá ser danificada.\n"
"\n"
"Se possível, desmonte a partição. Se você não tem certeza,\n"
@@ -1714,8 +1685,8 @@
"\n"
"Continuar?\n"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1723,11 +1694,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"O sistema de arquivos na partição não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1735,63 +1705,58 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico não pode ser diminuído pelo YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 e reiser permitem a diminuição do sistema de arquivos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr "Você arrisca perder dados se reduzir esta partição."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr "Você arrisca perder dados se reduzir este volume lógico."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr "Continuar?"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo "
-"YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"O sistema de arquivos na partição selecionada não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n"
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido "
-"pelo YaST2.\n"
-"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de "
-"arquivos."
+"O sistema de arquivos no volume lógico selecionado não pode ser estendido pelo YaST2.\n"
+"Somente fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs e reiser permitem extensão do sistema de arquivos."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr "Continuar redimensionamento?"
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Você reduziu uma partição com um sistema de arquivos reiser nela."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Você reduziu um volume lógico com um sistema de arquivos reiser nele."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1805,23 +1770,21 @@
"\n"
"Reduzir o sistema de arquivos agora?"
-#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
+#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
-"partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"O dispositivo selecionado contém partições que estão montadas:\n"
"%1\n"
-"É *altamente* recomendável desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a "
-"tabela de partição.\n"
+"É *altamente* recomendável desmontar essas partições antes de apagar a tabela de partição.\n"
"Escolha Cancelar, a menos que você saiba exatamente o que está fazendo.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
+#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1835,8 +1798,8 @@
"partições de seus respectivos grupos de volumes\n"
"antes de apagar o dispositivo.\n"
-#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
+#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1850,8 +1813,8 @@
"partições de seus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de\n"
"apagar o dispositivo.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1863,58 +1826,56 @@
"usada por outro volume. Apague o volume\n"
"antes de apagar o dispositivo.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Crie e remova subvolumes de um sistema de arquivos Btrfs.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Habilite instantâneos automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o "
-"snapper.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Habilite instantâneos automáticos para um sistema de arquivos Btrfs com o snapper.</p>"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr "Subvolumes Existentes:"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr "Novo Subvolume"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
msgid "Add new"
msgstr "Adicionar novo"
-#. button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
+#. button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Remover"
-#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
+#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Habilitar Instantâneos"
-#. heading text
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
+#. heading text
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Subvolumes"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Não é permitido um nome vazio de subvolume."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1922,16 +1883,16 @@
"Somente nomes de subvolume que começam com \"%1\" são permitidos!\n"
"Precedendo automaticamente \"%1\" ao nome do subvolume."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "O nome do subvolume %1 já existe."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "As modificações feitas até agora neste diálogo serão perdidas."
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Create an encrypted file system.\n"
@@ -1941,8 +1902,8 @@
"Crie um sistema de arquivos criptografado.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Access an encrypted file system.\n"
@@ -1952,8 +1913,8 @@
"Acesse um sistema de arquivos criptografado.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -1962,63 +1923,55 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não "
-"estiver \n"
+"Lembre-se de que esse sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n"
"montado.</b> Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n"
" sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
-"tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /"
-"tmp ou /var/tmp.\n"
-"Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma "
-"senha\n"
-"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que "
-"você perderá todos\n"
+"Este ponto de montagem corresponde a um sistema de arquivos temporário como /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n"
+"Se você deixar a senha de criptografia em branco, o sistema criará uma senha\n"
+"aleatória durante a inicialização do sistema para você. Isso significa que você perderá todos\n"
"os dados desses sistemas de arquivos quando o sistema for encerrado.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
-"system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema "
-"de arquivos.\n"
+"Se você esquecer sua senha, você vai perder acesso aos dados no seu sistema de arquivos.\n"
"Escolha sua senha com cuidado. Uma combinação de letras e números\n"
"é recomendada. Para garantir que sua senha foi informada corretamente,\n"
"informe ela duas vezes.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
-"at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2029,8 +1982,8 @@
"(ex., letras com acentos).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Possible characters are\n"
@@ -2044,10 +1997,10 @@
"letras (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) e dígitos <tt>0</tt> a <tt>9</tt>.\n"
" </p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
+#. help text, continued
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2057,8 +2010,8 @@
"Não esqueça esta senha!\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text for cryptofs
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150
+#. help text for cryptofs
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You will need to enter your encryption password.\n"
@@ -2068,25 +2021,22 @@
"Você precisa digitar sua senha de criptografia.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
+#. help text, continued
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
-"is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de "
-"sistema e portanto, não for\n"
-"ecessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar <b>Ignorar</b>. Neste "
-"caso, o\n"
+"Se o sistema de arquivos criptografados não contiver nenhum arquivo de sistema e portanto, não for\n"
+"ecessário para a atualização, você poderá selecionar <b>Ignorar</b>. Neste caso, o\n"
"sistema de arquivos não é acessado durante a atualização.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n"
@@ -2106,7 +2056,7 @@
"Caso você tenha que usar esse disco para a instalação, destrua a \n"
"etiqueta de disco no particionador avançado.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187
msgid ""
"Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n"
"boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n"
@@ -2120,18 +2070,18 @@
"\n"
"Você precisa marcar todas as partições nesse disco para remoção.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
msgstr "Você não pode usar ponto de montagem \"%1\" para LVM.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
msgstr "Você não pode usar ponto de montagem %1 para RAID."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
msgid ""
"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2140,17 +2090,15 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de "
-"arquivos\n"
-"que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento apropriado do "
-"sistema.\n"
+"Você optou por não montar automaticamente na inicialização um sistema de arquivos\n"
+"que possa conter arquivos necessários ao funcionamento apropriado do sistema.\n"
"\n"
"Isso pode causar problemas.\n"
"\n"
"Fazer isso mesmo assim?\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
msgid ""
"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
@@ -2162,8 +2110,8 @@
" /var\". Isso não é possível. Mude o ponto de montagem ou use um\n"
" sistema de arquivos sem loopback.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
msgid ""
"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
"may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
@@ -2179,32 +2127,32 @@
"\n"
"Fazer isso mesmo assim?\n"
-#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok.
-#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
-#. @param mount mount point
-#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
+#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok.
+#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
+#. @param mount mount point
+#. @return [Boolean]
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
msgstr "O ponto de montagem não pode ficar vazio."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Os dispositivos de swap devem ter swap como ponto de montagem."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Somente dispositivos de swap podem ter swap como ponto de montagem."
-#. && mount!="swap" )
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
+#. && mount!="swap" )
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Este ponto de montagem já está em uso. Selecione um diferente."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
msgid ""
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
@@ -2212,14 +2160,13 @@
"FAT usado para ponto de montagem do sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"Isto não é possível."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
-msgid ""
-"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
+msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
msgstr "Caractere inválido no ponto de montagem. Não use \"`'!\"%#\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
msgid ""
"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2229,13 +2176,13 @@
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
"/var/adm/mnt\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr "Seu ponto de montagem deve iniciar com uma \"/\" "
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
"to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2243,9 +2190,9 @@
"Não é permitido atribuir a troca de ponto de montagem\n"
"a um dispositivo sem um sistema de arquivos de troca."
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
+#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
@@ -2253,8 +2200,8 @@
"Sua partição é pequena demais para usar %1.\n"
"O tamanho mínimo para este sistema de arquivos é %2.\n"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2262,8 +2209,8 @@
"Não é permitido atribuir um ponto de montagem\n"
"para um dispositivo com sistema de arquivos não existente ou desconhecido."
-#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
+#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2285,14 +2232,14 @@
"\n"
"Usar realmente esse sistema de arquivos?\n"
-#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. modify map new
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "O sistema de arquivos está montado em %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2300,14 +2247,14 @@
"Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora, continuar sem desmontar ou cancelar.\n"
"Clique em Cancelar, a menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo."
-#. button text
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
+#. button text
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Desmontar"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2315,76 +2262,75 @@
"Você pode tentar desmontá-lo agora ou cancelar.\n"
"Clique em Cancelar, a menos que saiba exatamente o que está fazendo."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Impossível diminuir o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Impossível estender o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
+msgstr "Impossível redimensionar o sistema de arquivos enquanto está sendo montado."
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
msgid "Rescan Devices"
msgstr "Reexplorar Dispositivos"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85
msgid "Import Mount Points..."
msgstr "Importar Pontos de Montagem..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94
msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..."
msgstr "Informar &Senhas de Criptografia..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99
msgid "Configure &iSCSI..."
msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104
msgid "Configure &FCoE..."
msgstr "Configurar o &FCoE..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109
msgid "Configure &Multipath..."
msgstr "Configurar &Multipath..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114
msgid "Configure &DASD..."
msgstr "Configurar &DASD..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119
msgid "Configure &zFCP..."
msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124
msgid "Configure &XPRAM..."
msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..."
-#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
+#. menu button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129
msgid "Configure..."
msgstr "Configurar..."
-#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
+#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140
msgid "Available Storage on %1"
msgstr "Armazenamento Disponível em %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all storage devices\n"
"available.</p>"
@@ -2392,8 +2338,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos de armazenamento\n"
"disponíveis.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163
msgid ""
"<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n"
"you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n"
@@ -2403,8 +2349,8 @@
"você navega para a tela com informações detalhadas sobre o\n"
"dispositivo.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n"
"navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>"
@@ -2412,8 +2358,8 @@
"<p>Selecionando uma entrada da tabela você pode\n"
"navegar para a tela com informações detalhadas sobre o dispositivo.</p>"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233
msgid ""
"Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really rescan disks?"
@@ -2421,8 +2367,8 @@
"Reexplorar os discos cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja reexplorar os discos?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251
msgid ""
"Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call iSCSI configuration?"
@@ -2430,8 +2376,8 @@
"Chamar a configuração iSCSI cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração iSCSI?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260
msgid ""
"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call FCoE configuration?"
@@ -2439,20 +2385,19 @@
"Chamar a configuração do FCoE cancela todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja realmente chamar a configuração do FCoE?"
-#. popup text
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
+#. popup text
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283
msgid ""
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos cancela todas as mudanças "
-"atuais.\n"
+"Chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos cancela todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração de múltiplos caminhos?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300
msgid ""
"Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call DASD configuration?"
@@ -2460,8 +2405,8 @@
"Chamar a configuração DASD cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração DASD?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309
msgid ""
"Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call zFCP configuration?"
@@ -2469,8 +2414,8 @@
"Chamar a configuração zFCP cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração zFCP?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318
msgid ""
"Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call XPRAM configuration?"
@@ -2478,50 +2423,50 @@
"Chamar a configuração XPRAM cancelará todas as mudanças atuais.\n"
"Deseja chamar a configuração XPRAM?"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Edit Btrfs %1"
msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151
msgid "Select at least one device."
msgstr "Selecione pelo menos um dispositivo."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mude os dispositivos utilizados pelo volume Btrfs.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Unused Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados:"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531
msgid "Selected Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Selecionados:"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291
msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Volume Btrfs %1"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130
msgid "No Btrfs device selected."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo Btrfs selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47
msgid ""
"The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -2529,176 +2474,174 @@
"O Btrfs %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134
msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices."
msgstr "Falha ao remover alguns dispositivos físicos."
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Editar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. disabled, see bnc #832196
-#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130
msgid "Btrfs Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes Btrfs"
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr "Editar..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. disabled, see bnc #832196
-#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
-#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. disabled, see bnc #832196
+#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")),
+#. TRANSLATORS: push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170
msgid "Delete..."
msgstr "Apagar..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154
msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra todos os volumes Btrfs.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2706,8 +2649,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o volume Btrfs selecionado.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -2715,74 +2658,72 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos usados\n"
"pelo volume Btrfs selecionado.</p>\n"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330
msgid "Btrfs Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1"
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. tab heading
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. tab heading
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241
msgid "&Overview"
msgstr "Visã&o Geral"
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. tab heading
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. tab heading
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317
msgid "&Used Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos &Usados"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39
msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha a função do dispositivo.</p>"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
msgstr "Partição de Boot EFI"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Sistema Operacional"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "Aplicativos de Dados e ISV"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr "Troca"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr "Volume Inicial (não formatado)"
-#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Função"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2790,21 +2731,19 @@
"<p>Primeiro, informe se a partição deve ser formatada\n"
"e escolha o tipo de sistema de arquivos.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
-"existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Para criptografar todos os dados no\n"
-"volume, selecione <b>Criptografar Dispositivo</b>. A mudança da criptografia "
-"em\n"
+"volume, selecione <b>Criptografar Dispositivo</b>. A mudança da criptografia em\n"
"um volume existente apaga todos os seus dados.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2812,49 +2751,48 @@
"<p>Em seguida, escolha se a partição deve ser montada\n"
"e insira o ponto de montagem (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
-#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
+#. set globals
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Opções de Formatação"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatar a partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Não formatar a partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Não montar partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Opções de Montagem"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Montar partição"
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de Montagem"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Opções do Fs&tab..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Os arquivos de criptografia devem ser criptografados."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2866,18 +2804,18 @@
"\n"
"Verifique também a opção de formato.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Os arquivos de criptografia necessitam de um ponto de montagem."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs requer um ponto de montagem."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2886,14 +2824,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Lembre-se de que este sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não "
-"estiver \n"
+"Lembre-se de que este sistema de arquivos só estará protegido quando não estiver \n"
"montado. Uma vez montado, ele será tão seguro quanto qualquer outro\n"
" sistema de arquivos do Linux.\n"
"</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2902,39 +2839,36 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é de troca. Você pode deixar a "
-"senha de\n"
-"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para "
-"hibernação\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos usado para este volume é de troca. Você pode deixar a senha de\n"
+"criptografia vazia, mas o dispositivo de troca não pode ser usado para hibernação\n"
"(suspender para o disco).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Todos os dados armazenados no volume serão perdidos!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Redimensionamento não suportado no dispositivo subjacente."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de "
-"arquivos\n"
+"Você não pode redimensionar a partição selecionada porque o sistema de arquivos\n"
"nessa partição não suporta redimensionamento.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2942,8 +2876,8 @@
"Impossível verificar se uma partição NTFS\n"
"pode ser redimensionada enquanto estiver sendo montada."
-#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#. FIXME: Really?
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2951,79 +2885,79 @@
"Impossível redimensionar a partição %1,\n"
"pois o sistema de arquivos parece estar inconsistente.\n"
-#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
+#. Heading for dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Partição %1"
-#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
+#. Heading for dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Volume Lógico %1"
-#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
+#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho atual: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Atualmente em uso: %1"
-#. frame heading
-#. input field label
-#. combo box label
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
+#. frame heading
+#. input field label
+#. combo box label
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamanho"
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Tamanho Máximo (%1)"
-#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
+#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Tamanho Mínimo (%1)"
-#. radio button text
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
+#. radio button text
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Personalizado"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
+#. help text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o novo tamanho.</p>"
-#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
+#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
+#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
msgstr "O tamanho informado é inválido. Forneça um tamanho entre %1 e %2."
-#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
-#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
-#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
-#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
+#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only
+#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
+#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
+#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -3035,28 +2969,28 @@
"desmontar o sistema de arquivos, o que aumentará muito a velocidade\n"
"da tarefa de redimensionamento."
-#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
+#. label for log view
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Saída de %1"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Reexplorando os discos..."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Edit DM %1"
msgstr "Editar DM %1"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35
msgid "No DM device selected."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo DM selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46
msgid ""
"The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3064,25 +2998,24 @@
"O DM %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado."
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85
msgid "Device Mapper (DM)"
msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivo (DM)"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n"
"included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n"
"BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos do Mapeador de Dispositivos,\n"
-"exceto aqueles já incluídos em alguma outra tela. Portanto, os discos de "
-"múltiplos caminhos,\n"
+"exceto aqueles já incluídos em alguma outra tela. Portanto, os discos de múltiplos caminhos,\n"
"RAIDs de BIOS e volumes lógicos LVM não são exibidos aqui.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected Device Mapper device.</p>"
@@ -3090,8 +3023,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre o \n"
"dispositivo Mapeador de Dispositivos selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected Device Mapper device.</p>"
@@ -3099,185 +3032,185 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos utilizados pelo\n"
"dispositivo Mapeador de Dispositivos selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265
msgid "DM Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-graph.rb
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-graph.rb
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39
msgid "Add RAID"
msgstr "Adicionar RAID"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Add Volume Group"
msgstr "Adicionar Grupo de Volumes"
-#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
-#. a set of notes connected with edges
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447
+#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
+#. a set of notes connected with edges
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447
msgid "Device Graph"
msgstr "Gráfico do Dispositivo"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74
msgid "Save Device Graph..."
msgstr "Gravar Gráfico de Dispositivos..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra um gráfico dos dispositivos.</p>"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214
msgid "Saving graph file failed."
msgstr "Falha ao gravar arquivo de gráfico."
-#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
-#. a set of notes connected with edges
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
+#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for
+#. a set of notes connected with edges
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453
msgid "Mount Graph"
msgstr "Gráfico de Montagem"
-#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
+#. button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163
msgid "Save Mount Graph..."
msgstr "Gravar Gráfico de Montagem..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173
msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra um gráfico dos pontos de montagem.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41
msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o tipo de partição para a nova partição.</p>"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Primary Partition"
msgstr "Partição &Primária"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76
msgid "&Extended Partition"
msgstr "Partição &Estendida"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89
msgid "&Logical Partition"
msgstr "Partição &Lógica"
-#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
+#. heading for a frame in a dialog
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99
msgid "New Partition Type"
msgstr "Novo Tipo de Partição"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166
msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Escolha o novo tamanho da nova partição.</p>"
-#. frame heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
+#. frame heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232
msgid "New Partition Size"
msgstr "Novo Tamanho da Partição"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265
msgid "Custom Region"
msgstr "Região Personalizada"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272
msgid "Start Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindro Inicial"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "End Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindro Final"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380
msgid "The region entered is invalid."
msgstr "A região digitada é inválida."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Adicionar Partição em %1"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Editar Partição %1"
-#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
+#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Nenhum espaço para a partição movida %1."
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "Mover a partição %1 para frente?"
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "Mover a partição %1 para trás?"
-#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
+#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Mover a partição %1?"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Para frente"
-#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Para trás"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Confirmar Remoção de Todas as Partições"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3285,35 +3218,35 @@
"O disco \"%1\" contém ao menos uma partição.\n"
"Se você continuar, as seguintes partições serão apagadas:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar todas as partições em \"%1\"?"
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Nenhum disco rígido selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
msgstr "Impossível criar tabela de partição no DASD formatado com LDL."
-#. error popup
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
+#. error popup
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "O disco está em uso e não pode ser modificado."
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Selecione o novo tipo de tabela de partição para %1."
-#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
+#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3321,46 +3254,46 @@
"Criar nova tabela de partição em %1? Isso vai apagar todos os dados\n"
"em %1 e todos os RAIDs e Grupos de Volume que utilizam partições em %1."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Nenhum disco selecionado."
-#. popup text
-#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
+#. popup text
+#. Must be called before removing device.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar o RAID BIOS %1?"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar RAID Particionado %1?"
-#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
+#. error ppup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Não existem partições para apagar neste disco."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Não é possível criar uma partição em %1."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Nenhuma partição selecionada."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3368,13 +3301,13 @@
"A partição %1 está em uso e não pode\n"
"ser editada. Para editar %1, verifique se não está em uso."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Impossível editar uma partição estendida."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3382,13 +3315,13 @@
"A partição %1 já está criada no disco\n"
"e não pode ser movida."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Uma partição estendida não pode ser movida."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3396,13 +3329,13 @@
"A partição %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"redimensionada. Para redimensionar %1, verifique se não está sendo usada."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Impossível redimensionar uma partição estendida."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3418,7 +3351,7 @@
"partições. Após a clonagem, essas partições\n"
"serão apagadas.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3426,11 +3359,11 @@
"As seguintes partições serão apagadas\n"
"e todos os seus dados serão perdidos:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar estas partições?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3440,7 +3373,7 @@
"clonável deve ter pelo menos uma partição.\n"
"Crie partições antes de clonar o disco.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3448,20 +3381,20 @@
"Este disco não pode ser clonado. Não existem discos\n"
"apropriados com o mesmo layout de particionamento."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Clonar layout da partição de %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Discos de destino disponíveis:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Selecionar um disco de destino para criar um clone"
-#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
+#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3469,8 +3402,8 @@
"A execução de dasdfmt apaga todos os dados no disco.\n"
"Realmente deseja executar dasdfmt no disco %1?\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3482,58 +3415,58 @@
" As partições atualmente presentes neste disco são exibidas\n"
" novamente.\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41
msgid "Add Partition"
msgstr "Adicionar Partição"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62
msgid "Move"
msgstr "Mover"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88
msgid "Move..."
msgstr "Mover..."
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61
msgid "Resize..."
msgstr "Redimensionar..."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132
msgid ""
"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n"
"devices cannot be moved."
@@ -3541,8 +3474,8 @@
"Discos rígidos, RAIDs de BIOS e dispositivos\n"
"com caminhos múltiplos não podem ser movidos."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143
msgid ""
"Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n"
"devices cannot be resized."
@@ -3550,39 +3483,38 @@
"Discos rígidos, RAIDs de BIOS e dispositivos\n"
"com caminhos múltiplos não podem ser redimensionados."
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374
msgid "Hard Disks"
msgstr "Discos Rígidos"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220
msgid "Add Partition..."
msgstr "Adicionar Partição..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n"
"iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os discos rígidos, incluindo\n"
-"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições."
-"</p>\n"
+"discos iSCSI, RAIDs de BIOS e discos de múltiplos caminhos e suas partições.</p>\n"
-#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
+#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320
msgid "Health Test (SMART)..."
msgstr "Teste de Saúde (SMART)..."
-#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331
+#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331
msgid "Properties (hdparm)..."
msgstr "Propriedades (hdparm)..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected hard disk.</p>"
@@ -3590,84 +3522,82 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o disco rígido selecionado.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393
msgid "SMART is not available for this disk."
msgstr "SMART não disponível para este disco."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401
msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk."
msgstr "Hdparm não disponível para este disco."
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458
msgid "Create New Partition Table"
msgstr "Criar Nova Tabela de Partição"
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467
msgid "Clone this Disk"
msgstr "Clonar este Disco"
-#. menu entry text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477
+#. menu entry text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477
msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device"
msgstr "Executar dasd&fmt no dispositivo DASD"
-#. push button text
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
+#. push button text
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110
msgid "Add..."
msgstr "Adicionar..."
-#. menu button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501
+#. menu button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501
msgid "Expert..."
msgstr "Avançado..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n"
"hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n"
"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todas as partições do disco rígido\n"
-"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou múltiplos "
-"caminhos,\n"
+"selecionado. Se o disco rígido for usado por RAID de BIOS ou múltiplos caminhos,\n"
"nenhuma partição será exibida aqui.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n"
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Esta tela mostra todos os dispositivos usados pelo\n"
-"disco rígido selecionado. A tela está disponível somente para RAIDs de BIOS, "
-"RAIDS \n"
+"disco rígido selecionado. A tela está disponível somente para RAIDs de BIOS, RAIDS \n"
"de software particionados e discos de múltiplos caminhos.</p>\n"
-#. tab heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646
+#. tab heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646
msgid "&Partitions"
msgstr "&Partições"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661
msgid "Hard Disk: %1"
msgstr "Disco Rígido: %1"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721
msgid "Partition: %1"
msgstr "Partição: %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected partition.</p>"
@@ -3675,20 +3605,19 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"a partição selecionada.</p>"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n"
"Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n"
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>O YaST2 explorou os discos rígidos e encontrou\n"
-"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de "
-"montagem antigos são exibidos \n"
+"um ou mais sistemas Linux existentes sem pontos de montagem. Os pontos de montagem antigos são exibidos \n"
"na tabela.</p>\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n"
"volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n"
@@ -3699,49 +3628,49 @@
"instalação. Volumes que não são de sistema, por exemplo, \n"
"/home, não serão formatados.</p>"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected."
msgstr "Nenhum sistema anterior com pontos de montagem foi detectado."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343
msgid "Show &Previous"
msgstr "Mostrar Anteriores &P"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344
msgid "Show &Next"
msgstr "Mostrar Próximo &N"
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353
msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:"
msgstr "Importar Pontos de Montagem de um Sistema Existente:"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368
msgid "Format System Volumes"
msgstr "Formatar Volumes do Sistema"
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374
msgid "Import"
msgstr "Importar"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
+#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400
msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:"
msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado em %1 contém:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499
msgid "Wrong Password Provided."
msgstr "Senha Incorreta Fornecida."
-#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
+#. Must be called before removing device.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão da Partição Usada pelo LVM"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3751,15 +3680,15 @@
"Para manter o sistema em um estado consistente, o seguinte grupo de volume\n"
"e seus volumes lógicos serão apagados:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Apagar partição \"%1\" e grupo de volume \"%2\" agora?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão da Partição Usada pelo RAID"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3769,24 +3698,24 @@
"Para manter o sistema em um estado consistente, o seguinte\n"
"dispositivo RAID será apagado:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Apagar a partição \"%1\" e o RAID \"%2\" agora?"
-#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
+#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar todas as partições em %1?"
-#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#. now delete partition!!
-#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
+#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#. now delete partition!!
+#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar %1?"
-#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
+#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3794,61 +3723,58 @@
"\n"
"O arquivo loop %1 também deve ser removido?\n"
-#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
-#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
+#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
+#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Não particionado"
-#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one
-#. or the end of the disk if
-#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
-#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
+#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one
+#. or the end of the disk if
+#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
+#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Não alocado"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhuma mudança no particionamento.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mudanças no particionamento:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhuma mudança nas configurações de armazenamento.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configurações de armazenamento:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Pacotes para instalar:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nenhum pacote precisa ser instalado.</p>"
-#. TODO
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
+#. TODO
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
-"file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Caminho do Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Isso deve ser um caminho absoluto "
-"para o arquivo\n"
-"que contêm os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser "
-"configurado.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Caminho do Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Isso deve ser um caminho absoluto para o arquivo\n"
+"que contêm os dados para o dispositivo de loop criptografado a ser configurado.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n"
@@ -3856,13 +3782,12 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Criar Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Se essa opção for marcada, o arquivo "
-"será \n"
+"<p><b>Criar Arquivo de Loop:</b><br>Se essa opção for marcada, o arquivo será \n"
"criado com o tamanho indicado no próximo campo. <b>NOTA:</b> Se o \n"
"arquivo já existir, todos os dados serão perdidos.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n"
@@ -3870,11 +3795,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b>Tamanho:</b><br>Este é o tamanho do arquivo de loop.\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá "
-"esse tamanho.</p>\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos a ser criado no dispositivo de loop criptografado terá esse tamanho.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n"
@@ -3888,23 +3812,23 @@
"sistema de arquivos não está acessível. Ele será criado no final da\n"
"instalação. Tenha cuidado ao fornecer o tamanho e o nome do caminho.</p>\n"
-#. input field label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
+#. input field label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Path Name of Loop File"
msgstr "Caminho do Arquivo Loop"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103
msgid "Browse..."
msgstr "Procurar..."
-#. check box text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111
+#. check box text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111
msgid "Create Loop File"
msgstr "Criar Arquivo de Loop"
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162
msgid ""
"The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n"
"Use an absolute path name.\n"
@@ -3912,13 +3836,13 @@
"O nome de arquivo \"%1\" é inválido.\n"
"Use um nome de caminho absoluto.\n"
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1."
msgstr "O tamanho informado é inválido. Forneça um tamanho de pelo menos %1."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206
msgid ""
"The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n"
"and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n"
@@ -3928,47 +3852,47 @@
"e o flag para criá-lo está desligado. Use um arquivo existente ou ative\n"
"o flag de criação."
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Crypt"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Editar Arquivo Crypt %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107
msgid "No crypt file selected."
msgstr "Nenhum arquivo crypt selecionado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77
msgid ""
"The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3976,30 +3900,30 @@
"O Arquivo Crypt %1 está sendo usado e não\n"
"pode ser editado. Para editar %1, verifique se ele não está sendo usado."
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398
msgid "Crypt Files"
msgstr "Arquivos Crypt"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112
msgid "Add Crypt File..."
msgstr "Adicionar Arquivo Crypt..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121
msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela exibe todos os arquivos crypt.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172
msgid "Crypt File: %1"
msgstr "Arquivo Crypt: %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n"
"selected crypt file.</p>"
@@ -4007,23 +3931,23 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o arquivo crypt selecionado.</p>"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41
msgid "Enter a name for the volume group."
msgstr "Digite um nome para o grupo de volumes."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46
msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters."
msgstr "O nome do grupo de volumes é maior do que 128 caracteres."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52
msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"."
msgstr "O nome do grupo de volumes não deve iniciar com um \"-\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58
msgid ""
"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
@@ -4031,13 +3955,13 @@
"O nome do grupo de volumes contém caracteres inválidos. Caracteres\n"
"permitidos são os alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76
msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists."
msgstr "O grupo de volumes \"%1\" já existe."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85
msgid ""
"The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n"
"with another entry in the /dev directory.\n"
@@ -4045,52 +3969,48 @@
"O nome de grupo do volume \"%1\" está em conflito\n"
"com uma outra entrada no diretório /dev.\n"
-#. pop-up dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106
+#. pop-up dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group"
msgstr "Confirmar Exclusão do Grupo de Volume"
-#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109
+#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109
msgid ""
"The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n"
"If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n"
"and deleted:"
msgstr ""
"O grupo de volume \"%1\" contém, no mínimo, um volume lógico.\n"
-"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem "
-"montados)\n"
+"Se você prosseguir, os seguintes volumes serão desmontados (se estiverem montados)\n"
"e apagados:"
-#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
+#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr ""
-"Realmente apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos "
-"relacionados?"
+msgstr "Realmente apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\" e todos os volumes lógicos relacionados?"
-#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
+#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"Os dados inseridos são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão "
-"maior do que %1\n"
+"Os dados inseridos são inválidos. Insira uma tamanho físico de extensão maior do que %1\n"
"em potências de 2, por exemplo, \"%2\" ou \"%3\""
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167
msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume."
msgstr "Digite um nome para o volume lógico."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172
msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters."
msgstr "O nome do volume lógico é maior do que 128 caracteres."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178
msgid ""
"The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
@@ -4098,8 +4018,8 @@
"O nome do volume lógico contém caracteres inválidos. Caracteres\n"
"permitidos são os alfanuméricos,\".\", \"_\", \"-\" e \"+\"."
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
+#. error popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197
msgid ""
"A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n"
"in volume group \"%2\"."
@@ -4107,59 +4027,56 @@
"Um volume lógico chamado \"%1\" já existe\n"
"no grupo de volumes \"%2\"."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Digite o nome e o tamanho físico do novo grupo de volumes.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione os volumes físicos que o grupo de volumes deve conter.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione os volumes físicos que o grupo de volumes deve conter.</p>"
-#. label for input field
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
+#. label for input field
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
msgid "Volume Group Name"
msgstr "Nome do Grupo de Volume"
-#. label for combo box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293
+#. label for combo box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293
msgid "&Physical Extent Size"
msgstr "Tamanho da Extensão &Física"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Available Physical Volumes:"
msgstr "Volumes Físicos Disponíveis:"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414
msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:"
msgstr "Volumes Físicos Selecionados:"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mude os dispositivos usados para o grupo de volme.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
-"higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Digite o tamanho, bem como o número e tamanho \n"
-"de distribuições para o novo volume lógico. O número de distribuições não "
-"pode ser maior\n"
+"de distribuições para o novo volume lógico. O número de distribuições não pode ser maior\n"
"que o número de volumes físicos do grupo de volume.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500
msgid ""
"<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n"
"with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n"
@@ -4170,172 +4087,161 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Os chamados <b>Volumes Dinâmicos</b> podem ser criados\n"
"com tamanho de volume arbitrário. O espaço necessário é obtido sob demanda \n"
-"do <b>Pool Dinâmico</b> atribuído. Portanto, é possível criar um Volume "
-"Dinâmico maior\n"
+"do <b>Pool Dinâmico</b> atribuído. Portanto, é possível criar um Volume Dinâmico maior\n"
"que o Pool Dinâmico. Claro que quando realmente há dados gravados em um\n"
-"Volume Dinâmico, o Pool Dinâmico atribuído deve atender a esse requisito de "
-"espaço.\n"
+"Volume Dinâmico, o Pool Dinâmico atribuído deve atender a esse requisito de espaço.\n"
"Volumes Dinâmicos não podem ter uma Contagem de Stripe."
-#. heading for frame
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
+#. heading for frame
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186
msgid "Stripes"
msgstr "Distribuições"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606
msgid "Number"
msgstr "Número"
-#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
+#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631
msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Adicionar volume Lógico %1 a %2"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Resize Volume Group %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar Grupo de Volumes %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Digite o nome do novo volume lógico.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
-"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível declarar o volume lógico como um <b>Volume Normal</b>.\n"
-"Esse é o padrão e significa que os Volumes LVM puros, como todos os volumes, "
-"já foram o recurso de <b>Aprovisionamento Dinâmico</b> existente.\n"
+"Esse é o padrão e significa que os Volumes LVM puros, como todos os volumes, já foram o recurso de <b>Aprovisionamento Dinâmico</b> existente.\n"
"Em caso de dúvida, mais provavelmente essa é a opção certa</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
-"such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível declarar o volume lógico como um <b>Pool Dinâmico</b>.\n"
-"Isso significa que os <b>Volumes Dinâmicos</b> alocam seu espaço necessário "
-"sob demanda desse pool.</p>"
+"Isso significa que os <b>Volumes Dinâmicos</b> alocam seu espaço necessário sob demanda desse pool.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool"
-"b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível declarar o volume lógico como um <b>Volume Dinâmico</b>.\n"
-"Isso significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda de um "
-"<b>Pool Dinâmico</b>.</p>"
+"Isso significa que o volume aloca o espaço necessário sob demanda de um <b>Pool Dinâmico</b>.</p>"
-#. heading for frame
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
+#. heading for frame
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195
msgid "Logical Volume"
msgstr "Volume Lógico"
-#. heading for frame
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
+#. heading for frame
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Normal Volume"
msgstr "Volume Normal"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851
msgid "Thin Pool"
msgstr "Pool Dinâmico"
-#. radio button label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857
msgid "Thin Volume"
msgstr "Volume Dinâmico"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Used Pool"
msgstr "Pool Usado"
-#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
+#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Adicionar Volume Lógico em %1"
-#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
+#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Editar Volume Lógico %1 em %2"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
-"unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de "
-"volumes.\n"
+"Não existem dispositivos não utilizados apropriados para ciar um grupo de volumes.\n"
"\n"
-"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e (ou 0x83) ou "
-"um dispositivo\n"
+"Para usar LVM, pelo menos uma partição não usada do tipo 0x8e (ou 0x83) ou um dispositivo\n"
"RAID não usado é necessário. Mude sua tabela de partições de acordo."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165
msgid "No volume group selected."
msgstr "Nenhum grupo de volumes selecionado."
-#. empty VG - simple
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181
+#. empty VG - simple
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181
msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Realmente apagar o grupo de volumes \"%1\"?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198
msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed."
msgstr "Falha ao apagar o grupo de volume \"%1\"."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Nenhum volume lógico selecionado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232
msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"."
msgstr "Não há espaço disponível no grupo de volumes \"%1\"."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
@@ -4343,8 +4249,8 @@
"O volume %1 é um pool dinâmico.\n"
"Ele não pode ser editado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
+#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4352,46 +4258,46 @@
"O volume %1 está em uso e não pode ser\n"
"editado. Para editar %1, tenha certeza de que ele não está sendo usado."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41
msgid "Add Logical Volume"
msgstr "Adicionar Volume Lógico"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190
msgid "Volume Group"
msgstr "Grupo de Volume"
-#. heading
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
+#. heading
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390
msgid "Volume Management"
msgstr "Gerenciamento de Volumes"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n"
"their logical volumes.</p>"
@@ -4399,8 +4305,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe todos os grupos de volumes LVM e\n"
"seus volumes lógicos.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4408,8 +4314,8 @@
"<p>Esta visão exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o grupo de volumes selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n"
"selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4417,8 +4323,8 @@
"<p>Esta visão exibe todos os volumes lógicos\n"
"do grupo de volumes selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n"
"the selected volume group.</p>"
@@ -4426,28 +4332,28 @@
"<p>Esta visão exibe todos os volumes físicos usados\n"
"pelo grupo de volumes selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460
msgid "Volume Group: %1"
msgstr "Grupo de Volumes: %1"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469
msgid "&Logical Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes &lógicos"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471
msgid "&Physical Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes &Físicos"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525
msgid "Logical Volume: %1"
msgstr "Volume Lógico: %1"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected logical volume.</p>"
@@ -4455,56 +4361,56 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o volume lógico selecionado.</p>"
-#. tree node label
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
+#. tree node label
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123
msgid "RAID"
msgstr "RAID"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406
msgid "Device Mapper"
msgstr "Mapeador de Dispositivos"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr "Btrfs"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr "tmpfs"
-#. tree node label
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
+#. tree node label
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87
msgid "Unused Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos Não Utilizados"
-#. tree node label
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
+#. tree node label
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Resumo da Instalação"
-#. tree node label
-#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
+#. tree node label
+#. dialog heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547
+#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547
msgid ""
"You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n"
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
@@ -4514,38 +4420,34 @@
"Estas mudanças serão perdidas se você sair do particionador com %1.\n"
"Realmente sair?"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561
msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aqui você pode ver o resumo do particionamento.</p>"
-#. Fullscreen summary of changes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573
+#. Fullscreen summary of changes
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573
msgid ": Summary"
msgstr ": Resumo"
-#. tree node label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648
+#. tree node label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648
msgid "System View"
msgstr "Visão do Sistema"
-#. fallback dialog content
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-"A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote "
-"yast2-nfs-client."
+#. fallback dialog content
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
+msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
+msgstr "A configuração do NFS não está disponível. Verifique a instalação do pacote yast2-nfs-client."
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
msgid "Network File System (NFS)"
msgstr "Network File System (NFS)"
-#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060)
-#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171
+#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060)
+#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171
msgid ""
"Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n"
"Save it anyway?"
@@ -4553,88 +4455,73 @@
"A montagem de teste do compartilhamento NFS '%1' falhou.\n"
"Deseja gravar mesmo assim?"
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61
msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device."
msgstr "Para %1, selecione pelo menos %2 dispositivo."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82
msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecione o tipo de RAID para o novo RAID.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
-"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Este nível aumenta o desempenho do disco.\n"
-"<b>NÃO</b> há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será "
-"possível recuperar os dados.</p>\n"
+"<b>NÃO</b> há redundância neste modo. Se uma das unidades falhar, não será possível recuperar os dados.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
-"on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
-"partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Este modo tem a melhor redundäncia. Ele pode ser\n"
-"usado com dois ou mais discos. É mantida cópia exata de todos os dados de "
-"todos os\n"
-"discos. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda está funcionando, nenhum dado é "
-"perdido.\n"
-"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho."
-"p>\n"
+"usado com dois ou mais discos. É mantida cópia exata de todos os dados de todos os\n"
+"discos. Enquanto pelo menos um disco ainda está funcionando, nenhum dado é perdido.\n"
+"As partições usadas neste caso devem ter aproximadamente o mesmo tamanho.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
-"disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
-"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Este modo combina gerenciamento de muitos\n"
-"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundäncia. Pode ser usado com trës discos ou "
-"mais.\n"
-"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham "
-"simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos</p>\n"
+"discos e ainda mantém alguma redundäncia. Pode ser usado com trës discos ou mais.\n"
+"Se um disco falha, todo dado ainda está intacto. Se dois discos falham simultaneamente, todos os dados são perdidos</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n"
"name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n"
"available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Nome do Raid</b> permite dar um nome que faça sentido\n"
-"para o raid. Ele é opcional. Se o nome for especificado, o dispositivo "
-"estará\n"
+"para o raid. Ele é opcional. Se o nome for especificado, o dispositivo estará\n"
"disponível como <tt>/dev/md/<nome></tt>.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
-"the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5)."
-"p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Adicionar partições para seu RAID. De acordo com\n"
-"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma dessas partições (RAID0), o "
-"tamanho\n"
+"o tipo de RAID, o tamanho útil do disco é a soma dessas partições (RAID0), o tamanho\n"
"da menor partição (RAID 1) ou (N-1)*menor partição (RAID 5).</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n"
"to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n"
@@ -4642,85 +4529,80 @@
"<p>Geralmente, as partições devem estar em drives diferentes,\n"
"para ter a redundäncia e performance que você quer.</p>\n"
-#. heading
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
+#. heading
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192
msgid "RAID Type"
msgstr "Tipo de RAID"
-#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
+#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201
msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)"
-#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
+#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210
msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)"
msgstr "RAID &1 (Espelhamento)"
-#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
-#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
+#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate
+#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219
msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &5 (Striping Redundante)"
-#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
+#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228
msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &6 (Striping Duplo Redundante)"
-#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
-#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
+#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if
+#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English.
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237
msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)"
msgstr "RAID &10 (Espelhamento e Striping)"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
+#. label text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248
msgid "Raid &Name (optional)"
msgstr "&Nome do Raid (opcional)"
-#. label for selection box
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
+#. label for selection box
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530
msgid "Available Devices:"
msgstr "Dispositivos Disponíveis:"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
-"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
-"the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho do Pacote:</b><br>É a menor massa de dados \"atômica\" \n"
-"que pode ser gravada nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 "
-"KB. Para RAID 0,\n"
+"que pode ser gravada nos dispositivos. Um tamanho razoável para RAID 5 é 128 KB. Para RAID 0,\n"
"32 KB é um bom começo. Para RAID 1, o tamanho não afeta muito a matriz.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade:"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
-"with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"O algoritmo de paridade a ser utilizado no RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com "
-"superfícies rotativas.\n"
+"Left-symmetric é o que oferece desempenho máximo nos discos típicos com superfícies rotativas.\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
msgid ""
"For further details regarding the parity \n"
"algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
@@ -4728,66 +4610,66 @@
"Para mais detalhes sobre o algoritmo de\n"
"paridade, consulte a página de manual do mdadm (man mdadm).\n"
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195
msgid "Chunk Size"
msgstr "Tamanho do Pacote"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427
msgid "Parity &Algorithm"
msgstr "&Algoritmo de Paridade"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436
msgid "RAID Options"
msgstr "Opções RAID"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481
msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Alterar os dispositivos usados para o RAID.</p>"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "Adicionar RAID %1"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Redimensionar RAID %1"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "Editar RAID %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76
msgid ""
"\n"
"Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n"
@@ -4796,26 +4678,25 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Impossível modificar o raid %1 porque seu estado é inativo.\n"
-"Isso normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é pequeno "
-"demais\n"
+"Isso normalmente significa que o subconjunto de dispositivos raid é pequeno demais\n"
"para ser usado no raid.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
msgstr "Não existem dispositivos não usados apropriados para criar um RAID."
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255
msgid "No RAID selected."
msgstr "Nenhum RAID selecionado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4823,8 +4704,8 @@
"O RAID %1 está em uso e não pode ser editado.\n"
"Para editar %1, verifique se não está sendo usado."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again."
@@ -4832,8 +4713,8 @@
"O RAID %1 já está criado no disco e não pode ser\n"
"redimensionado. Para redimensionar %1, remova-o e crie novamente."
-#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
+#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222
msgid ""
"The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4841,18 +4722,18 @@
"O RAID %1 está em uso e não pode ser redimensionado.\n"
"Para redimensionar %1, verifique se ele não está em uso."
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
msgid "Add RAID..."
msgstr "Adicionar RAID..."
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141
msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra todos os RAIDs, exceto os RAIDs de BIOS.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected RAID.</p>"
@@ -4860,8 +4741,8 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe informações detalhadas sobre \n"
"o RAID selecionado.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n"
"selected RAID.</p>"
@@ -4869,130 +4750,123 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe todos os dispositivos usados\n"
"pelo RAID selecionado.</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308
msgid "RAID: %1"
msgstr "RAID: %1"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Rótulo"
-#. list entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
+#. list entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162
msgid "UUID"
msgstr "UUID"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147
msgid "Mount by"
msgstr "Montar por"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150
msgid "Used by"
msgstr "Usada Por"
-#. list entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
+#. list entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "ID do BIOS"
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47
msgid "Cylinder information"
msgstr "Informação do Cilindro"
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52
msgid "Fibre Channel information"
msgstr "Informação sobre Fibre Channel"
-#. list entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
+#. list entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Criptografia"
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome do Dispositivo"
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63
msgid "Volume Label"
msgstr "Rótulo do Volume"
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "ID do Dispositivo"
-#. combo box entry
-#. combo box entry
-#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
+#. combo box entry
+#. combo box entry
+#. Column header
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168
msgid "Device Path"
msgstr "Caminho do Dispositivo"
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74
msgid "Optimal"
msgstr "Ideal"
-#. combo box entry
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
+#. combo box entry
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76
msgid "Cylinder"
msgstr "Cilindro"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136
msgid "Default Mount by"
msgstr "Montagem Padrão por"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145
msgid "Default File System"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Padrão"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154
msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions"
msgstr "Alinhamento das Partições Recém-criadas"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164
msgid "Show Storage Devices by"
msgstr "Exibir Dispositivos de Armazenamento por"
-#. multi selection box label
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
+#. multi selection box label
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices"
msgstr "Informações Visíveis nos Dispositivos de Armazenamento"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows general storage\n"
"settings:</p>"
@@ -5000,31 +4874,25 @@
"<p>Esta tela exibe as configurações\n"
"gerais de armazenamento:</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path"
-"i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
-"and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montagem Padrão por</b> fornece o método de montagem\n"
-"para sistemas de arquivos recém-criados. <i>Nome do Dispositivo</i> usa o "
-"nome de dispositivo\n"
-"do kernel, que não é persistente. <i>ID do Dispositivo</i> e <i>Caminho do "
-"Dispositivo</i>\n"
-"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Eles "
-"deveriam ser persistentes,\n"
+"para sistemas de arquivos recém-criados. <i>Nome do Dispositivo</i> usa o nome de dispositivo\n"
+"do kernel, que não é persistente. <i>ID do Dispositivo</i> e <i>Caminho do Dispositivo</i>\n"
+"usam nomes gerados pelo udev a partir das informações de hardware. Eles deveriam ser persistentes,\n"
"mas infelizmente isso nem sempre é verdade. Por fim, <i>UUID</i> e\n"
-"<i>Etiqueta do Volume</i> usam o UUID e a etiqueta dos sistemas de arquivos."
-"</p>\n"
+"<i>Etiqueta do Volume</i> usam o UUID e a etiqueta dos sistemas de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n"
"system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5032,26 +4900,21 @@
"<p>O <b>Sistema de Arquivos Padrão</b> exibe o tipo\n"
"dos sistemas de arquivos recém-criados.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
-"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
-"aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Alinhamento das Partições Recém-criadas</b>\n"
-"determina como as partições criadas são alinhadas. <b>Cilindro</b> é o "
-"alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. <b>Ideal</b> "
-"alinha as\n"
-"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas "
-"pelo kernel Linux \n"
+"determina como as partições criadas são alinhadas. <b>Cilindro</b> é o alinhamento tradicional nas fronteiras do cilindro do disco. <b>Ideal</b> alinha as\n"
+"partições para obter o melhor desempenho de acordo com as dicas fornecidas pelo kernel Linux \n"
"ou tenta ser compatível com o Windows Vista e o Win 7.</p>\n"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n"
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
@@ -5059,33 +4922,32 @@
"<p><b>Mostrar Dispositivos de Armazenamento por </b> controla\n"
"o nome exibido para discos rígidos na árvore de navegação.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
msgid ""
"<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n"
"Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Informação Visível Sobre os Dispositivos\n"
-"de Armazenamento</b> permite ocultar informações nas tabelas e visões gerais."
-"</p>"
+"de Armazenamento</b> permite ocultar informações nas tabelas e visões gerais.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50
msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra o resumo da instalação.</p>"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "Adicionar Montagem tmpfs"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35
msgid "No tmpfs device selected."
msgstr "Nenhum dispositivo tmpfs selecionado."
-#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48
+#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48
msgid ""
"\n"
"Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1"
@@ -5093,18 +4955,18 @@
"\n"
"Realmente apagar tmpfs montado em %1?"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101
msgid "tmpfs Volumes"
msgstr "Volumes tmpfs"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121
msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Esta tela mostra todos os volumes tmpfs.</p>"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n"
"selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n"
@@ -5112,18 +4974,18 @@
"<p>Esta tela mostra informações detalhadas sobre\n"
"o volume tmpfs selecionado.</p>\n"
-#. heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234
+#. heading
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234
msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1"
msgstr "tmpfs montado em %1"
-#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96
+#. push button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96
msgid "Rescan"
msgstr "Reexplorar"
-#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104
+#. helptext
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104
msgid ""
"<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n"
"point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n"
@@ -5133,8 +4995,8 @@
"montagem atribuído, discos não particionados e grupos de volumes que\n"
"não possuem volumes lógicos.</p>"
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130
msgid ""
"Rescanning unused devices cancels\n"
"all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?"
@@ -5142,30 +5004,30 @@
"Reexplorar dispositivos sem uso cancela\n"
"todas as mudanças atuais. Deseja reexplorar os dispositivos sem uso?"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: ep-main.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: ep-main.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38
msgid ""
"A logical volume with the requested size could \n"
"not be created.\n"
@@ -5173,17 +5035,17 @@
"Não foi possível criar um volume lógico com o \n"
"tamanho solicitado.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42
msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume."
msgstr "Tente reduzir a contagem de stripe do volume."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48
msgid "You can only remove logical volumes."
msgstr "Você somente pode remover volumes lógicos."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54
msgid ""
"There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n"
"Remove the snapshot first."
@@ -5191,8 +5053,8 @@
"Há pelo menos um instantâneo ativo neste volume.\n"
"Remova-o primeiro."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63
msgid ""
"There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n"
"Remove the thin volume first."
@@ -5200,100 +5062,100 @@
"Há pelo menos um volume dinâmico usando este pool.\n"
"Remova primeiro o volume dinâmico."
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69
+#. Popup text
+#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?"
msgstr "Remover o volume lógico %1?"
-#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92
+#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92
msgid "Total size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho total: %1"
-#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107
+#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size
+#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107
msgid "Resulting size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho resultante: %1"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#.
-#. The items must have the `id() as their first element.
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#.
+#. The items must have the `id() as their first element.
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Classe"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99
msgid "Top"
msgstr "Superior"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Para Cima"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Para Baixo"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105
msgid "Bottom"
msgstr "Inferior"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107
msgid "Classify"
msgstr "Classificar"
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140
msgid "Add All"
msgstr "Adicionar Todos"
-#. push button text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153
+#. push button text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153
msgid "Remove All"
msgstr "Remover Todos"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183
msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!"
msgstr "O arquivo %1 não é um arquivo regular!"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188
msgid "File %1 is too big!"
msgstr "O arquivo %1 é muito grande!"
-#. error popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212
+#. error popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212
msgid ""
"Pattern file has invalid format!\n"
"\n"
@@ -5305,51 +5167,43 @@
"Esse arquivo precisa ter linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome\n"
"de classe por linha. Exemplo:"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237
msgid "Detected following pattern lines:"
msgstr "Foram detectadas as seguintes linhas padrão:"
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250
msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?"
msgstr "OK para corresponder os dispositivos às classes com estes padrões?"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
-"cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Este diálogo é para definir as classes para os dispositivos RAID\n"
-"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E, mas em muitos "
-"casos,\n"
+"contidos no RAID. As classes disponíveis são A, B, C, D e E, mas em muitos casos,\n"
"menos classes são necessárias (ex.: apenas A e B). </p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
-"the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
-"in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
-"currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Você pode colocar um dispositivo em uma classe clicando o botão\n"
-"direito do mouse no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de "
-"contexto. Pressionando a \n"
-"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar vários dispositivos e colocá-los "
-"em uma classe em\n"
-"apenas um passo. É possível também usar os botões chamados \"%1\" a \"%2\" "
-"para colocar os dispositivos \n"
+"direito do mouse no dispositivo e escolhendo a classe apropriada no menu de contexto. Pressionando a \n"
+"tecla Ctrl ou Shift você pode selecionar vários dispositivos e colocá-los em uma classe em\n"
+"apenas um passo. É possível também usar os botões chamados \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar os dispositivos \n"
"selecionados nessa classe.</p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340
msgid ""
"<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n"
"devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"."
@@ -5357,8 +5211,8 @@
"<p>Após escolher as classes para os dispositivos, você pode ordenar os\n"
"dispositivos pressionando um dos botões chamados \"%1\" ou \"%2\"."
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351
msgid ""
"<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n"
"of class B and so on."
@@ -5366,81 +5220,67 @@
"<b>Ordenado</b> coloca todos os dispositivos da classe A antes de todos\n"
"os dispositivos da classe B e assim por diante."
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
-"follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Intercalado</b> usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro "
-"dispositivo da \n"
-"classe B, depois todas as classes seguintes com dispositivos atribuídos. Na "
-"sequência, o \n"
-"segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim "
-"por diante."
+"<b>Intercalado</b> usa o primeiro dispositivo da classe A, depois o primeiro dispositivo da \n"
+"classe B, depois todas as classes seguintes com dispositivos atribuídos. Na sequência, o \n"
+"segundo dispositivo da classe A, o segundo dispositivo da classe B e assim por diante."
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369
msgid ""
"All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n"
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe são ordenados no final da lista de "
-"dispositivos.\n"
-"Quando você sair da janela popup, a ordem atual dos dispositivos será usada "
-"como a ordem dos\n"
+"Todos os dispositivos sem uma classe são ordenados no final da lista de dispositivos.\n"
+"Quando você sair da janela popup, a ordem atual dos dispositivos será usada como a ordem dos\n"
"no RAID a ser criado.</p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
-"devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
-"expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
-"part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
-"then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
"Pressionando o botão \"<b>%1</b>\", você pode selecionar um arquivo que\n"
-"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (ex.: \"sda.* A"
-"\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n"
-"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão "
-"regular é verificada \n"
+"contém linhas com uma expressão regular e um nome de classe (ex.: \"sda.* A\"). Todos os dispositivos que correspondem\n"
+"à expressão regular serão colocados na classe dessa linha. A expressão regular é verificada \n"
"em relação ao nome do kernel (ex.: /dev/sda1), \n"
-"ao nome do caminho udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-"
-"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e ao\n"
+"ao nome do caminho udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) e ao\n"
"ID udev (ex.: /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"A primeira correspondência determina a classe quando um nome de dispositivo "
-"corresponde a mais de uma\n"
+"A primeira correspondência determina a classe quando um nome de dispositivo corresponde a mais de uma\n"
"expressão regular.</p>"
-#. headline text
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126
+#. headline text
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#. headline text
-#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550
+#. headline text
+#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550
msgid "Pattern File"
msgstr "Arquivo Padrão"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "&Tamanho do Tmpfs"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5448,124 +5288,111 @@
"Tamanho especificado inválido. Use números seguidos de K, M, G ou %.\n"
"O valor deve ser maior que 100k ou estar entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente."
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "O valor deve estar entre 1% e 200%. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
-"Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho do Tmpfs:</b>\n"
-"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo, "
-"Mega ou Gigabyte ou\n"
-"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem "
-"de memória.</p>"
+"O tamanho pode ser informado como um número seguido por K,M,G para Quilo, Mega ou Gigabyte ou\n"
+"como um número seguido de um sinal de porcentagem significando a porcentagem de memória.</p>"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "&Prioridade de Swap"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Valor de estar entre 0 e 32767. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prioridade de Swap:</b>\n"
-"Informe a prioridade de swap. Números altos significam maior prioridade."
-"p>\n"
+"Informe a prioridade de swap. Números altos significam maior prioridade.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Monta&r Apenas Leitura"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
-"installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Montar Apenas Leitura:</b>\n"
-"Impossível gravar no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a "
-"instalação,\n"
+"Impossível gravar no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é falso. Durante a instalação,\n"
"o sistema de arquivos sempre será montado como leitura-gravação.</p>"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Sem Tempo de &Acesso"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sem Tempo de Acesso:</b>\n"
-"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando um arquivo é lido. O padrão é "
-"falso.</p>\n"
+"Os tempos de acesso não são atualizados quando um arquivo é lido. O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr "Pode ser Montado pelo Usuário"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Pode ser montado pelo usuário:</b>\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por usuário comum. Padrão é falso."
-"p>\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos pode ser montado por usuário comum. Padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Não montar na Inicialização do &Sistema"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>"
-"tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
-"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Não Montar na Inicialização do Sistema:</b>\n"
-"O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente quando o sistema é "
-"inicializado.\n"
+"O sistema de arquivos não é montado automaticamente quando o sistema é inicializado.\n"
"Uma entrada em /etc/fstab é criada e o sistema de arquivos é montado com\n"
-"as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <ponto de montagem>"
-"tt>\n"
-"é inserido (<ponto de montagem> é o diretório onde o sistema de "
-"arquivos é montado). O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
+"as opções apropriadas quando o comando <tt>mount <ponto de montagem></tt>\n"
+"é inserido (<ponto de montagem> é o diretório onde o sistema de arquivos é montado). O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "Habilitar Suporte a &Cotas"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5575,42 +5402,37 @@
"O sistema de arquivos está montado com cotas de usuários habilitadas.\n"
"O padrão é falso.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Modo de &journalling de dados"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
-"impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
-"</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Modo de Registro de Dados em Diário:</b>\n"
"Especifica o modo de registro em diário para dados de arquivo.\n"
" <tt>journal</tt> -- Todos os dados são submetidos ao diário antes de serem\n"
" gravados no sistema de arquivos principal. Impacto máximo no desempenho.\n"
-" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de "
-"arquivos principal\n"
-"antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário. Impacto médio no "
-"desempenho.\n"
-" <tt>writeback</tt> -- O ordenamento dos dados não é preservado. Sem impacto "
-"no desempenho.</p>\n"
+" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Todos os dados são forçados diretamente no sistema de arquivos principal\n"
+"antes que seus metadados sejam submetidos ao diário. Impacto médio no desempenho.\n"
+" <tt>writeback</tt> -- O ordenamento dos dados não é preservado. Sem impacto no desempenho.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "Listas de Controle de &Acesso (ACL)"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5618,13 +5440,13 @@
"<p><b>Lista de controle de acesso (ACL):</b>\n"
"Habilita listas de controle de acesso no file system.</p>\n"
-#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
+#. button text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos de usuário &Estendidos"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5632,39 +5454,33 @@
"<p><b>Atributos de usuário estendidos</b>\n"
"Permite atributos de usuário estendidos no file system.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "&Valor da Opção Arbitrária"
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid ""
-"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
-"again."
-msgstr ""
-"Caracteres inválidos no valor da opção arbitrária. Não use espaços ou "
-"tabulações. Tente novamente."
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
+msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
+msgstr "Caracteres inválidos no valor da opção arbitrária. Não use espaços ou tabulações. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
-"etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Valor da Opção Arbitrária:</b>\n"
-"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo "
-"de /etc/fstab.\n"
+"Neste campo, digite uma opção de montagem válida permitida no quarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n"
"Várias opções são separadas por vírgulas.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Char&set para nomes de arquivos"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5672,69 +5488,60 @@
"<p><b>Charset para nomes de arquivos:</b>\n"
"Configure o conjunto de caracteres para nomes em partições Windows.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Code&page para nomes FAT pequenos"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
-"systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Codepage para nomes FAT pequenos:</b>\n"
-"Esta codepage é usada para converter para nomes pequenos caracteres em file "
-"system FAT.</p>\n"
+"Esta codepage é usada para converter para nomes pequenos caracteres em file system FAT.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Número de &FATs"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
-"is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Número de FATs:</b>\n"
-"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de "
-"arquivos. O padrão é 2.</p>"
+"Especifique o número de tabelas de alocação de arquivo no sistema de arquivos. O padrão é 2.</p>"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "&Tamanho do FAT"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
-"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
-"for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho do FAT:</b>\n"
-"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16 ou 32 "
-"bits). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o "
-"valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
+"Especifica o tipo de tabela de alocação de arquivo usada (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Se 'auto' for especificado, o YaST selecionará automaticamente o valor mais adequado para o tamanho do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Entradas do &Diretório Raiz"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do Diretório Raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente."
+msgstr "O tamanho mínimo para \"Entradas do Diretório Raiz\" é 112. Tente novamente."
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5742,70 +5549,58 @@
"<p><b>Entradas do Diretório Raiz:</b>\n"
"Selecione o número de entradas disponíveis no diretório raiz.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "&Função Hash"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
-"in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Função Hash:</b>\n"
-"Especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para classificar os nomes de "
-"arquivos em diretórios.</p>\n"
+"Especifica o nome da função hash que será usada para classificar os nomes de arquivos em diretórios.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "&Revisão FS"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
-"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
-"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
-"2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Revisão FS:</b>\n"
-"Essa opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usado. '3.5' é para "
-"compatibilidade retroativa com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais "
-"recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou "
-"iguais a 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Essa opção define o formato da revisão do reiserfs a ser usado. '3.5' é para compatibilidade retroativa com kernels das séries 2.2.x. '3.6' é mais recente, mas pode ser usado somente com versões do kernel superiores ou iguais a 2.4.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "&Tamanho de Bloco em Bytes"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
-"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
-"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho de Bloco:</b>\n"
-"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, "
-"2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco "
-"padrão 4096 será usado.</p>\n"
+"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se 'auto' for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco padrão 4096 será usado.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
+#. label text
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "Tamanho do &Inode"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
+#. help text, richtext format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5813,49 +5608,45 @@
"<p><b>Tamanho do inode:</b>\n"
"Esta opção especifica o tamanho do inode do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
-"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode:</b>\n"
-"A opção \"Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de "
-"espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.</p>\n"
+"A opção \"Porcentagem de Espaço de Inode\" especifica a maior porcentagem de espaço no sistema de arquivos que pode ser alocada para inodes.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "Inode &Alinhado"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
-"or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode Alinhado:</b>\n"
-"A opção \"Inode Alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é "
-"ou \n"
+"A opção \"Inode Alinhado\" é usada para especificar se a alocação de inode é ou \n"
"não alinhada. Por padrão, os inodes são alinhados, o que é\n"
"geralmente mais eficiente do que o acesso não alinhado.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "Tamanho de &Log em Megabytes"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5863,30 +5654,28 @@
"O valor do \"Tamanho de Log\" está incorreto.\n"
"Informe um valor maior que zero.\n"
-#. xgettext: no-c-format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
+#. xgettext: no-c-format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
-"aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho de Log</b>\n"
-"Defina o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se for auto, o padrão será 40% do "
-"tamanho agregado.</p>\n"
+"Defina o tamanho de log (em megabytes). Se for auto, o padrão será 40% do tamanho agregado.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "Acionar o &Utilitário de listagem de Blocos ruins"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "&Comprimento de Stride em Blocos"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5894,8 +5683,8 @@
"O valor do \"Comprimento de Stride em Blocos\" é inválido.\n"
"Selecione um valor maior que 1.\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5907,26 +5696,22 @@
"argumento suportado é 'stride', que tem como argumento o número \n"
"de blocos em um stripe de RAID.</p>\n"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
-"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
-"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tamanho de Bloco:</b>\n"
-"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 1024, 2048 "
-"e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se auto for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será "
-"determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
+"Especifique o tamanho dos blocos em bytes. Os valores válidos são 1024, 2048 e 4096 bytes por bloco. Se auto for selecionado, o tamanho de bloco será determinado pelo tamanho e uso esperado do sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Bytes por &Inode"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5934,28 +5719,25 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
-"reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bytes por Inode:</b> \n"
"Especifique a razão de bytes por inode. O YaST cria um inode para cada\n"
"<bytes-por-inode> bytes de espaço no disco. Quanto maior a razão de\n"
"bytes-por-inode, menos inodes são criados.\n"
-"Geralmente, esse valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema "
-"de arquivos, senão\n"
+"Geralmente, esse valor não deve ser menor que o tamanho de bloco do sistema de arquivos, senão\n"
"muitos inodes serão criados. Não é possível expandir o \n"
-"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos após sua criação. Portanto, "
-"digite um\n"
+"número de inodes de um sistema de arquivos após sua criação. Portanto, digite um\n"
"valor adequado para esse parâmetro.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Porcentagem de Blocos &Reservados para o root"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5963,74 +5745,63 @@
"O valor da \"Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root\" está incorreto.\n"
"Os valores permitidos são números flutuantes de até 99 (ex. 0,5).\n"
-#. xgettext: no-c-format
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
-"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
-"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
-"default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root:</b> Especifique a "
-"porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é "
-"calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite máximo "
-"para o padrão reservado é 5,0, e o padrão reservado mínimo é 0,1.</p>"
+#. xgettext: no-c-format
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
+msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Porcentagem de Blocos Reservados para o root:</b> Especifique a porcentagem de blocos reservados para o superusuário. O valor padrão é calculado de tal forma que, normalmente, 1 Giga é reservado. O limite máximo para o padrão reservado é 5,0, e o padrão reservado mínimo é 0,1.</p>"
-#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
+#. checkbox text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Desabilitar Verificações Regulares"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Desabilitar Verificações Regulares:</b>\n"
-"Desabilite as verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização."
-"</p>\n"
+"Desabilite as verificações regulares do sistema de arquivos na inicialização.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "Recurso de Índice de &Diretório"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Índice de Diretório:</b>\n"
-"Permite o uso de árvores b hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios "
-"grandes.</p>\n"
+"Permite o uso de árvores b hash para acelerar as pesquisas em diretórios grandes.</p>\n"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Sem Diário"
-#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
+#. help text, richtext format
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
-"really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sem Diário</b>:\n"
"O registro em diário é suprimido do sistema de arquivos. Ative isto\n"
"somente quando realmente souber o que está fazendo.</p>\n"
-#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
+#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937
msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr "Operação não permitida no disco %{device}.\n"
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942
msgid ""
"\n"
"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
@@ -6042,8 +5813,7 @@
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Esse procedimento não é suportado pela ferramenta de particionamento parted "
-"para\n"
+"Esse procedimento não é suportado pela ferramenta de particionamento parted para\n"
"mudar a tabela de partição em seu disco %{device}\n"
"(o disco é formatado com LDL).\n"
"\n"
@@ -6051,8 +5821,8 @@
"e atribuir pontos de montagem, mas você não pode adicionar,\n"
"redimensionar nem remover partições desse disco aqui.\n"
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954
msgid ""
"\n"
"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
@@ -6072,8 +5842,8 @@
"e atribuir pontos de montagem, mas você não pode adicionar, editar, \n"
"redimensionar nem remover partições desse disco aqui.\n"
-#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966
msgid ""
"\n"
"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
@@ -6093,8 +5863,8 @@
"formatá-la e atribuir um ponto de montagem, mas você não pode redimensionar\n"
"nem remover a partição desse disco aqui.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6104,13 +5874,12 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\n"
-"Você pode inicializar a tabela de partição do disco em um estado íntegro no "
-"Particionador\n"
+"Você pode inicializar a tabela de partição do disco em um estado íntegro no Particionador\n"
"Avançado selecionando \"Avançado\"->\"Criar Nova Tabela de Partição\",\n"
"mas isso destrói todos os dados em todas as partições do disco.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -6122,26 +5891,26 @@
"Ignore com segurança esta mensagem se você não pretende\n"
"usar este disco durante a instalação.\n"
-#. Returns map of free space per partition
-#.
-#. @param [String] device
-#. @param integer testsize
-#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
-#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
+#. Returns map of free space per partition
+#.
+#. @param [String] device
+#. @param integer testsize
+#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
+#. @param [Boolean] verbose
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Redimensionamento não é possível:"
-#. Sets a new size for volume
-#.
-#. @param [String] device name
-#. @param [String] disk
-#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes)
-#. @return [Boolean] if successful
-#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
-#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
-#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
+#. Sets a new size for volume
+#.
+#. @param [String] device name
+#. @param [String] disk
+#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes)
+#. @return [Boolean] if successful
+#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
+#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
+#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -6153,8 +5922,8 @@
"\n"
"Talvez a senha de criptografia fornecida esteja incorreta.\n"
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -6164,8 +5933,8 @@
"da senha não correspondem.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
+#. popup text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6175,26 +5944,26 @@
"0..9, a..z, A..Z e qualquer um destes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
+#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "&Digitar Senha de Criptografia:"
-#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Informar Senha"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Os seguintes volumes criptografados já estão disponíveis."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Ativação de Volume Criptografado"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6206,12 +5975,12 @@
"As senhas deverão ser conhecidas se os volumes forem necessários em \n"
"uma atualização ou se eles contiverem um volume físico LVM."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Você deseja fornecer senhas de criptografia?"
-#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#. text in help field
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6221,72 +5990,70 @@
"dispositivos na lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n"
"A senha será experimentada para todos os dispositivos."
-#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
+#. header text
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Digitar Senha de Criptografia"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Não há nenhum volume criptografado para desbloquear."
-#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
+#. label text, multiple device names follow
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Fornecer a senha para qualquer um dos seguintes dispositivos:"
-#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
+#. label text, one device name follows
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Fornecer a senha para o seguinte dispositivo:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Tentando desbloquear volumes criptografados..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "A senha não desbloqueou nenhum volume."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "Disco IDE"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "Disco SCSI"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "RAID DM"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "RAID MD"
-#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
-#. not provide anything
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
+#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
+#. not provide anything
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Falha na instalação dos pacotes necessários."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Continuar apesar do erro?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
-msgid ""
-"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível criar partições, pois há outras partições no disco sendo usadas."
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
+msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr "Impossível criar partições, pois há outras partições no disco sendo usadas."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6296,7 +6063,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser modificado, pois contém a troca ativada\n"
"necessária para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6306,7 +6073,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser modificado, pois contém os dados\n"
"da instalação necessários para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6316,7 +6083,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois contém a troca ativada\n"
"necessária para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6326,7 +6093,7 @@
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois contém os dados\n"
" para executar a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6338,7 +6105,7 @@
"o dispositivo %2, que contém a troca ativada necessária para executar \n"
"a instalação.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6346,11 +6113,10 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"O dispositivo %1 não pode ser removido, pois isso muda indiretamente\n"
-"o dispositivo %2, que contém os dados necessários para executar a "
-"instalação.\n"
+"o dispositivo %2, que contém os dados necessários para executar a instalação.\n"
-#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
+#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6360,114 +6126,114 @@
"A partição %1 não pode ser removida, já que outras partições no\n"
"disco %2 são usadas.\n"
-#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
+#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Nada atribuído como sistema de arquivos raiz!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "É muito provável que a instalação falhe fatalmente!"
-#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
-#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
-#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
+#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
+#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
+#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Falha ao adicionar os seguintes resolvíveis: %1"
-#. hack: assume every text change means another action
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139
+#. hack: assume every text change means another action
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139
msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:"
msgstr "Falha durante a seguinte ação:"
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151
msgid "System error code was: %1"
msgstr "Código de erro do sistema: %1"
-#. Label: get password for device
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199
+#. Label: get password for device
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199
msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:"
msgstr "&Digitar Senha para o Dispositivo %1:"
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86
+#. human text for Boolean value
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. human text for Boolean value
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89
+#. human text for Boolean value
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition)
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition)
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135
msgid "F"
msgstr "F"
-#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device)
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138
+#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device)
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138
msgid "Enc"
msgstr "Criptografado"
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141
msgid "FS Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153
msgid "Start"
msgstr "Início"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156
msgid "End"
msgstr "Fim "
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159
msgid "FS ID"
msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177
msgid "Disk Label"
msgstr "Rótulo do Disco"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180
msgid "Metadata"
msgstr "Metadados"
-#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183
+#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183
msgid "PE Size"
msgstr "Tamanho Físico Estendido"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189
msgid "RAID Version"
msgstr "Versão do RAID"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198
msgid "Parity Algorithm"
msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201
msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "Fornecedor"
-#. Column header
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204
+#. Column header
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223
msgid ""
"<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n"
"disk. This field can be empty."
@@ -6475,8 +6241,8 @@
"<b>ID do BIOS</b> exibe o ID do BIOS do disco\n"
"rígido. Este campo pode estar vazio."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231
msgid ""
"<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n"
"the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks."
@@ -6484,8 +6250,8 @@
"<b>Barramento</b> exibe como o dispositivo está conectado ao\n"
"sistema. Este campo pode estar vazio, ex.: para discos multipath."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239
msgid ""
"<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n"
"devices."
@@ -6493,8 +6259,8 @@
"<b>Tamanho do Pacote</b> mostra o tamanho do pacote\n"
"para dispositivos RAID."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245
msgid ""
"<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n"
"cylinders of the hard disk."
@@ -6502,8 +6268,8 @@
"<b>Tamanho do Cilindro</b> exibe o tamanho dos\n"
"cilindros do disco rígido."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253
msgid ""
"<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n"
"sectors of the hard disk."
@@ -6511,8 +6277,8 @@
"<p>Tamanho do Setor</b> mostra o tamanho dos\n"
"setores do disco rígido."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261
msgid ""
"<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n"
"device."
@@ -6520,8 +6286,8 @@
"<b>Dispositivo</b> exibe o nome do dispositivo\n"
"no kernel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267
msgid ""
"<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n"
"type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>."
@@ -6529,8 +6295,8 @@
"<b>Rótulo do Disco</b> exibe o tipo do disco na\n"
"a tabela de partição, ex <tt>MSDOS</tt> ou <tt>GPT</tt>."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275
msgid ""
"<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n"
"encrypted."
@@ -6538,8 +6304,8 @@
"<b>Criptografado</b> mostra se o dispositivo\n"
"está criptografado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281
msgid ""
"<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n"
"the partition."
@@ -6547,8 +6313,8 @@
"<b>Cilindro Final</b> mostra o cilindro final\n"
"da partição."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287
msgid ""
"<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n"
"Fibre Channel disks."
@@ -6556,8 +6322,8 @@
"<b>LUN</b> exibe o Número de Unidade Lógica para\n"
"discos Fibre Channel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295
msgid ""
"<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n"
"Channel disks."
@@ -6565,8 +6331,8 @@
"<b>ID de Porta</b> exibe o identificador de porta\n"
"para discos Fibre Channel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301
msgid ""
"<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n"
"Fibre Channel disks."
@@ -6574,8 +6340,8 @@
"<b>WWPN</b> exibe o Nome de Porta Mundial\n"
"para discos Fibre Channel."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309
msgid ""
"<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n"
"an encrypted loop device."
@@ -6583,8 +6349,8 @@
"<b>Caminho do Arquivo</b> exibe o caminho do arquivo para\n"
"um dispositivo de loop criptografado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317
msgid ""
"<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n"
"means the device is selected to be formatted."
@@ -6592,19 +6358,18 @@
"<b>Formatar</b> mostra alguns flags: <tt>F</tt>\n"
"significa que o dispositivo foi selecionado para ser formatado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323
msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id."
msgstr "<b>ID do Sistema de Arquivos</b> exibe o ID do sistema de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326
msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type."
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos</b> exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos."
+msgstr "<b>Tipo do Sistema de Arquivos</b> exibe o tipo do sistema de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331
msgid ""
"<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n"
"system."
@@ -6612,8 +6377,8 @@
"<b>Rótulo</b> exibe o rótulo do sistema\n"
"de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337
msgid ""
"<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n"
"volume groups."
@@ -6621,43 +6386,37 @@
"<b>Metadados</b> exibe os tipos de metadados LVM\n"
"para grupos de volumes."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341
msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model."
msgstr "<b>Modelo</b> exibe o modelo do dispositivo."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
-"by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Montar por</b> indica o modo de montagem do sistema de arquivos:\n"
-"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Etiqueta) pela etiqueta do sistema de "
-"arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n"
-"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo "
-"caminho do dispositivo.\n"
+"(Kernel) pelo nome do kernel, (Etiqueta) pela etiqueta do sistema de arquivos, (UUID) pelo\n"
+"UUID do sistema de arquivos, (ID) pelo ID do dispositivo e (Caminho) pelo caminho do dispositivo.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
-"volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Um ponto de interrogação (?) indica que o\n"
-"sistema de arquivos não está listado em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ele foi "
-"montado\n"
-"manualmente ou por algum sistema de montagem automática. Ao mudar as "
-"configurações deste volume,\n"
+"sistema de arquivos não está listado em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Ele foi montado\n"
+"manualmente ou por algum sistema de montagem automática. Ao mudar as configurações deste volume,\n"
"o YaST não atualiza o <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368
msgid ""
"<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n"
"is mounted."
@@ -6665,20 +6424,19 @@
"<b>Ponto de Montagem</b> exibe onde o sistema de\n"
"arquivos está montado."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
-"it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
"Um asterisco (*) após o ponto de montagem \n"
"indica um sistema de arquivos que não está montado (por exemplo, \n"
"porque tem a opção <tt>noauto</tt> configurada em <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385
msgid ""
"<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n"
"cylinders the hard disk has."
@@ -6686,8 +6444,8 @@
"<b>Número de Cilindros</b> exibe a quantidade\n"
"de cilindros existentes do disco rígido."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393
msgid ""
"<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n"
"algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10."
@@ -6695,8 +6453,8 @@
"O <b>Algoritmo de Paridade</b> mostra o algoritmo\n"
"de paridade referente a dispositivos RAID com RAID dos tipos 5, 6 ou 10."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401
msgid ""
"<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n"
"for LVM volume groups."
@@ -6704,13 +6462,13 @@
"<b>Tamanho Físico Estendido</b> mostra o tamanho físico\n"
"estendido dos grupos de volume LVM."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407
msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version."
msgstr "<b>Versão do RAID</b> mostra a versão do RAID."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412
msgid ""
"<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n"
"called RAID level, for RAID devices."
@@ -6718,13 +6476,13 @@
"<b>Tipo de RAID</b> exibe o tipo de RAID, também\n"
"chamado nível RAID, para dispositivos RAID."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418
msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device."
msgstr "<b>Tamanho</b> exibe o tamanho do dispositivo."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423
msgid ""
"<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n"
"of the partition."
@@ -6732,8 +6490,8 @@
"<b>Cilindro Inicial</b> mostra o cilindro inicial\n"
"da partição."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431
msgid ""
"<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n"
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
@@ -6741,8 +6499,8 @@
"<b>Stripes</b> exibe o número de stripes dos volumes lógicos\n"
"LVM e, se maior que um, o tamanho do stripe entre parênteses.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
msgid ""
"<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n"
"device type."
@@ -6750,8 +6508,8 @@
"<b>Tipo</b> fornece uma visão geral sobre\n"
"o tipo do dispositivo."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445
msgid ""
"<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n"
"IDs. This field can be empty.\n"
@@ -6759,8 +6517,8 @@
"<b>ID do Dispositivo</b> exibe os IDs\n"
"persistentes do dispositivo. Esse campo pode ficar vazio.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453
msgid ""
"<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n"
"path. This field can be empty."
@@ -6768,8 +6526,8 @@
"<b>Caminho do Dispositivo</b> exibe o caminho do dispositivo.\n"
"O campo pode estar vazio."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461
msgid ""
"<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n"
"e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n"
@@ -6777,8 +6535,8 @@
"<b>Usado por</b> indica se um dispositivo é usado por\n"
"LVM ou RAID. Do contrário, esta coluna ficará vazia.\n"
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469
msgid ""
"<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n"
"Identifier of the file system."
@@ -6786,246 +6544,245 @@
"<b>UUID</b> exibe o Identificador Universalmente\n"
"Exclusivo do sistema de arquivos."
-#. helptext for table column and overview entry
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475
+#. helptext for table column and overview entry
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475
msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor."
msgstr "<b>Fabricante</b> exibe o fabricante do dispositivo."
-#. row label, %1 is replace by device name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504
+#. row label, %1 is replace by device name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504
msgid "Device: %1"
msgstr "Dispositivo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512
msgid "Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho: %1"
-#. label text
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548
+#. label text
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548
msgid "DISK %1"
msgstr "DISCO %1"
-#. row label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570
+#. row label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570
msgid "Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo: %1"
-#. row label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587
+#. row label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587
msgid "Format: %1"
msgstr "Formato: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614
+#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614
msgid "Encrypted: %1"
msgstr "Criptografado: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627
msgid "File System: %1"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643
+#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643
msgid "Mount Point: %1"
msgstr "Ponto de Montagem: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678
+#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678
msgid "Mount by: %1"
msgstr "Montar por: %1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688
msgid "Used by %1: %2"
msgstr "Usado por %1: %2"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704
msgid "UUID: %1"
msgstr "UUID: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712
msgid "Label: %1"
msgstr "Rótulo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720
+#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720
msgid "Device Path: %1"
msgstr "Caminho do Dispositivo: %1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730
msgid "Device ID %1: %2"
msgstr "ID do Dispositivo %1: %2"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744
+#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744
msgid "BIOS ID: %1"
msgstr "ID do BIOS: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754
+#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754
msgid "Disk Label: %1"
msgstr "Rótulo do Disco: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762
+#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762
msgid "Vendor: %1"
msgstr "Fabricante: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by model string
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770
+#. row label, %1 is replace by model string
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770
msgid "Model: %1"
msgstr "Modelo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793
+#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793
msgid "Bus: %1"
msgstr "Barramento: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804
+#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804
msgid "Metadata: %1"
msgstr "Metadados: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817
msgid "PE Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho do PE: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838
msgid "Stripes: %1"
msgstr "Distribuições: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846
+#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846
msgid "RAID Version: %1"
msgstr "Versão do RAID: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854
+#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854
msgid "RAID Type: %1"
msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867
msgid "Chunk Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho do Pacote: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879
+#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879
msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1"
msgstr "Algoritmo de Paridade: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890
msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1"
msgstr "Número de Cilindros: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903
msgid "Cylinder Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho de Cilindro: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920
msgid "Start Cylinder: %1"
msgstr "Cilindro Inicial: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939
+#. row label, %1 is replace by integer
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939
msgid "End Cylinder: %1"
msgstr "Cilindro Final: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by size
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952
+#. row label, %1 is replace by size
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952
msgid "Sector Size: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho do Setor: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964
msgid "FS ID: %1"
msgstr "ID do Sistema de Arquivos: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973
+#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret"
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973
msgid "File Path: %1"
msgstr "Caminho do Arquivo: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997
+#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997
msgid "WWPN: %1"
msgstr "WWPN: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by lun
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010
+#. row label, %1 is replace by lun
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010
msgid "LUN: %1"
msgstr "LUN: %1"
-#. row label, %1 is replace by port id
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032
+#. row label, %1 is replace by port id
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032
msgid "Port ID: %1"
msgstr "ID da Porta: %1"
-#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is
-#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and
-#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to
-#. nil.
-#.
-#. Possible return values for predicate:
-#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304
+#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is
+#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and
+#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to
+#. nil.
+#.
+#. Possible return values for predicate:
+#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304
msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>"
msgstr "<p>A tabela contém:</p>"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356
msgid "Device:"
msgstr "Dispositivo:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359
msgid "File System:"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362
msgid "Hard Disk:"
msgstr "Disco Rígido: "
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365
msgid "Fibre Channel:"
msgstr "Fibre Channel:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368
msgid "LVM:"
msgstr "LVM:"
-#. heading
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371
+#. heading
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371
msgid "RAID:"
msgstr "RAID:"
-#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414
+#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414
msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>"
msgstr "<p>A visão geral contém:</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91
msgid ""
"The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n"
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
msgstr ""
-"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado por um aplicativo "
-"desconhecido.\n"
+"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado por um aplicativo desconhecido.\n"
"Você deve sair do aplicativo antes de continuar."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105
msgid ""
"The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"You must quit that application before you can continue."
@@ -7033,49 +6790,44 @@
"O subsistema de armazenamento está bloqueado pelo aplicativo \"%1\" (%2).\n"
"Você deve sair do aplicativo antes de continuar."
-#. bsc#983003
-#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
-msgid ""
-"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
-"under Windows."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. "
-"Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows."
+#. bsc#983003
+#. penalty for not having separate /home
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
+msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
+msgstr "Impossível redimensionar devido a inconsistências no sistema de arquivos. Tente verificar o sistema de arquivos no Windows."
-#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos da Partição Raiz"
-#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
+#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos da Partição Pessoal"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "Aumentar &Troca para Suspensão"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Configurações da Proposta"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Escolha <b>Proposta baseada em Partição</b> para não usar o LVM.\n"
-"Escolha <b>Proposta baseada em LVM</b> para LVM puro e <b>Proposta "
-"Criptografada baseada em\n"
+"Escolha <b>Proposta baseada em LVM</b> para LVM puro e <b>Proposta Criptografada baseada em\n"
"LVM</b> para criptografar o sistema.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -7083,99 +6835,96 @@
"size for the root partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>É possível selecionar o sistema de arquivos da partição raiz usando a\n"
-"caixa de combinação correspondente. Com o sistema de arquivos BtrFS, a "
-"proposta pode\n"
+"caixa de combinação correspondente. Com o sistema de arquivos BtrFS, a proposta pode\n"
"habilitar instantâneos automáticos com o snapper. Isso também aumenta o\n"
"tamanho da partição raiz.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A proposta pode criar uma partição pessoal separada. É possível "
-"selecionar o sistema de arquivos da\n"
+"<p>A proposta pode criar uma partição pessoal separada. É possível selecionar o sistema de arquivos da\n"
"partição pessoal usando a caixa de combinação correspondente.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Na maioria dos casos, é possível ampliar a partição swap o suficiente "
-"para usá-la para suspender\n"
+"<p>Na maioria dos casos, é possível ampliar a partição swap o suficiente para usá-la para suspender\n"
"o sistema para o disco.</p>"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Digite a senha da criptografia proposta."
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Senha:"
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Digite novamente a senha para confirmação:"
-#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr "&Proposta baseada em Partição"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "P&roposta baseada em LVM"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "Proposta Criptografada baseada em &LVM"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
-#. by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
-#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
-#. more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
-#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. File: StorageSettings.ycp
-#. Package: yast2-storage
-#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
-#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published
+#. by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+#. more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may
+#. find current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. File: StorageSettings.ycp
+#. Package: yast2-storage
+#. Summary: Expert Partitioner
+#. Authors: Arvin Schnell
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179
msgid "Default Mount-by:"
msgstr "Montagem Padrão por:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180
msgid "Default File System:"
msgstr "Sistema de Arquivos Padrão:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181
msgid "Show Storage Devices by:"
msgstr "Mostrar Dispositivos de Armazenamento por:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182
msgid "Partition Alignment:"
msgstr "Alinhamento de Partição:"
-#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
+#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Informações Visíveis nos Dispositivos de Armazenamento:"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sudo.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,37 +14,37 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module
-#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54
+#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module
+#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of sudo"
msgstr "Configuração do sudo"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of sudo
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Bubli
-#.
-#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of sudo
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Bubli
+#.
+#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72
msgid ""
"A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n"
"(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n"
@@ -54,316 +54,308 @@
"(4 inteiros na faixa de 128 - 255 separados por pontos) \n"
"ou é um único inteiro na faixa de 0 - 32"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95
msgid "Add New Host to the Alias"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Host ao Álias"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99
msgid "Hostname or Network"
msgstr "Nome de Host ou Rede"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136
msgid "Add New User to the Alias"
msgstr "Adicionar Novo Usuário ao Álias"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142
msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)"
msgstr "Usuários Locais e do Sistema (Grupos)"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176
msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist."
msgstr "O álias '%1' de arquivo, diretório ou comando não existe."
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195
msgid "Add new command with optional parameters"
msgstr "Adicionar novo comando com parâmetros opcionais"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Comando"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Procurar"
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206
msgid "Parameters (optional)"
msgstr "Parâmetros (opcionais)"
-#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration
-#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291
+#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration
+#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291
msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Falha ao gravar configuração do sudoer. Mudar as configurações?"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40
msgid "New Command Alias"
msgstr "Novo Álias de Comando"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44
msgid "Existing Command Alias"
msgstr "Álias de Comando Existente"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59
msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)"
msgstr "Nome do Álias (em MAIÚSCULAS)"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49
msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias"
msgstr "Nomes de Comandos ou Diretórios no Álias"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82
msgid "Parameters"
msgstr "Parâmetros"
-#. next
-#. next
-#. next
-#. next
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108
+#. next
+#. next
+#. next
+#. next
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108
msgid "Alias name must not be empty."
msgstr "O álias não deve estar vazio."
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116
msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists"
msgstr "Já existe o álias %1"
-#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name);
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125
+#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name);
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125
msgid "Alias must have at least one member."
msgstr "O álias deve ter no mínimo um membro."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44
msgid "New Host Alias"
msgstr "Novo Álias de Host"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48
msgid "Existing Host Alias"
msgstr "Álias de Host Existente"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53
msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias"
msgstr "Nomes de Host ou Redes no Álias"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54
msgid "Hostnames/Networks"
msgstr "Nomes de Host/Redes"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47
msgid "New RunAs Alias"
msgstr "Novo Álias RunAs"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54
msgid "Existing RunAs Alias"
msgstr "Álias RunAs Existente"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64
msgid "Alias Members"
msgstr "Membros do Álias"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47
msgid "New Sudo Rule"
msgstr "Nova Regra Sudo"
-#. Setting default values
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50
+#. Setting default values
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50
msgid "Existing Sudo Rule "
msgstr "Regra Sudo Existente"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60
msgid "User, Group or User Alias"
msgstr "Usuário, Grupo ou Álias de Usuário"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68
msgid "Host or Host Alias"
msgstr "Host ou Álias de Host"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76
msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias"
msgstr "RunAs ou Álias de RunAs"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80
msgid "No Password"
msgstr "Sem Senha"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81
msgid "Commands to Run"
msgstr "Comandos para Execução"
-#. next
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152
+#. next
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152
msgid "Username must not be empty."
msgstr "O nome de usuário não pode ficar vazio."
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157
msgid "Hostname must not be empty."
msgstr "O nome de host não pode ficar vazio."
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166
msgid "Command list must have at least one entry."
msgstr "A lista de comandos deve ter no mínimo uma entrada."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47
msgid "New User Alias"
msgstr "Álias de Novo Usuário"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54
+#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54
msgid "Existing User Alias"
msgstr "Álias de Usuário Existente"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of sudo
-#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
-#. Authors: Bubli
-#.
-#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp
+#. Package: Configuration of sudo
+#. Summary: Dialogs definitions
+#. Authors: Bubli
+#.
+#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44
msgid "Sudo Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Sudo "
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Users"
msgstr "Usuários"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224
msgid "Hosts"
msgstr "Hosts"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "RunAs"
msgstr "RunAs"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "NOPASSWD"
msgstr "NOPASSWD"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "Commands"
msgstr "Comandos"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Para Cima"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Para Baixo"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144
msgid "Rules for sudo"
msgstr "Regras para o sudo"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146
msgid "Rules for sudo "
msgstr "Regras para o sudo"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "Alias Name"
msgstr "Nome de Álias"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Members"
msgstr "Membros"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181
msgid "User Aliases"
msgstr "Álias do Usuário"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "RunAs Aliases"
msgstr "Álias de RunAs"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Álias de Host"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "Command Aliases"
msgstr "Álias de Comando"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. current_alias_name = "";
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486
+#. current_alias_name = "";
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486
msgid ""
"Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"O álias de host %1 está sendo usado em uma das regras de sudo.\n"
-"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo "
-"inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
+"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
-#. No alias name set so far
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549
+#. No alias name set so far
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549
msgid ""
"User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"O álias de usuário %1 está sendo usado em uma das regras de sudo.\n"
-"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo "
-"inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
+"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
-#. No alias name set so far
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612
+#. No alias name set so far
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612
msgid ""
"RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"O álias de RunAs %1 está sendo usado em uma das regras de sudo.\n"
-"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo "
-"inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
+"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
-#. No alias name set so far
-#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674
+#. No alias name set so far
+#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674
msgid ""
"Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n"
-"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really "
-"delete it?\n"
+"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n"
msgstr ""
"O álias de comando %1 está sendo usado em uma das regras de sudo.\n"
-"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo "
-"inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
+"Sua exclusão pode resultar em um arquivo de configuração do sudo inconsistente. Realmente apagá-lo?\n"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -371,18 +363,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração do sudo</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança a configuração clicando em <B>Interromper</B> agora."
-"</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança a configuração clicando em <B>Interromper</B> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving sudo Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -390,8 +381,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração do sudo</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -403,8 +394,8 @@
"caixa de diálogo adicional informará se é seguro ou não fazer isso.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. User Specification help 1/6
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55
+#. User Specification help 1/6
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Rules for sudo</big></b><br>\n"
"\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n"
@@ -416,19 +407,16 @@
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Regras para o sudo</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tAs regras para o sudo determinam basicamente quais comandos um usuário "
-"pode executar \n"
-"\tnos hosts especificados (opcionalmente, também o tipo de usuário). Cada "
-"regra\n"
-"\té uma tupla que consiste no usuário, no host e em uma lista de comandos, "
-"com especificação \n"
+"\tAs regras para o sudo determinam basicamente quais comandos um usuário pode executar \n"
+"\tnos hosts especificados (opcionalmente, também o tipo de usuário). Cada regra\n"
+"\té uma tupla que consiste no usuário, no host e em uma lista de comandos, com especificação \n"
"\tRunAs opcional e tags adicionais. Eles estão resumidos \n"
"\tna seguinte tabela. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. User Specification help 2/6
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66
+#. User Specification help 2/6
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b>Users</b> column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n"
"\t<b>Hosts</b> column determines, on which hosts, or group \n"
@@ -436,641 +424,509 @@
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A coluna <b>Usuários</b> indica o usuário local ou do sistema ou o álias "
-"do usuário. \n"
+"<p>A coluna <b>Usuários</b> indica o usuário local ou do sistema ou o álias do usuário. \n"
"\tA coluna <b>Hosts</b> determina em quais hosts ou grupo \n"
-"\tde hosts, conhecido como álias de host, um usuário pode executar comandos "
-"especificados.\n"
+"\tde hosts, conhecido como álias de host, um usuário pode executar comandos especificados.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. User Specification help 3/6
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74
+#. User Specification help 3/6
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
"<b>RunAs</b> column is an\n"
-"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access "
-"privileges\n"
-"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining "
-"whether\n"
+"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n"
+"\twill be used to run commands. <b>NOPASSWD</b> is a tag, determining whether\n"
"\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"A coluna <b>RunAs</b> é um parâmetro\n"
"\topcional contendo nome (ou álias) de usuário cujos privilégios de acesso\n"
-"\tserão usados para executar comandos. <b>NOPASSWD</b> é uma tag, que "
-"determina se os\n"
+"\tserão usados para executar comandos. <b>NOPASSWD</b> é uma tag, que determina se os\n"
"\tusuários precisam se autorizar antes de executarem comandos.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. User Specification help 4/6
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83
+#. User Specification help 4/6
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<p>A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n"
"\tin <b>Commands</b> column. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Um conjunto de comandos que podem ser executados pelo usuário nos hosts "
-"especificados são resumidos\n"
+"<p>Um conjunto de comandos que podem ser executados pelo usuário nos hosts especificados são resumidos\n"
"\tna coluna <b>Comandos</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. User Specification help 5/6
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90
+#. User Specification help 5/6
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p> To add a new rule, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate \n"
"\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p> Para adicionar uma nova regra, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e "
-"preencha as\n"
-"\tentradas apropriadas. O nome de usuário, o nome de host e a lista de "
-"comandos não devem estar vazios.\n"
+"<p> Para adicionar uma nova regra, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e preencha as\n"
+"\tentradas apropriadas. O nome de usuário, o nome de host e a lista de comandos não devem estar vazios.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. User Specification help 5/6
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97
+#. User Specification help 5/6
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p>To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n"
-"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> "
-"button.\n"
+"\t<b>Edit</b> button. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para editar uma regra existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e clique "
-"no botão\n"
-"\t<b>Editar</b>. Para apagar uma entrada selecionada, clique no botão "
-"<b>Apagar</b>.\n"
+"<p>Para editar uma regra existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e clique no botão\n"
+"\t<b>Editar</b>. Para apagar uma entrada selecionada, clique no botão <b>Apagar</b>.\n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Specification help 1/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104
+#. Single User Specification help 1/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), "
-"group name prefixed\n"
+"<p><b>User Name or Alias</b> may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n"
"\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n"
-"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, "
-"groups and aliases \n"
+"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n"
"\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>O <b>Nome ou Álias de Usuário</b> pode ser especificado por um único nome "
-"de usuário (ex.: foo), por um nome de grupo prefixado\n"
+"<p>O <b>Nome ou Álias de Usuário</b> pode ser especificado por um único nome de usuário (ex.: foo), por um nome de grupo prefixado\n"
"\tcom '%' (por exemplo, %bar) ou por um nome de álias de usuário. Se a \n"
-"\tpalavra-chave 'ALL' for usada, ela representará qualquer usuário. "
-"Selecione usuários, grupos e aliases existentes \n"
+"\tpalavra-chave 'ALL' for usada, ela representará qualquer usuário. Selecione usuários, grupos e aliases existentes \n"
"\tno menu suspenso ou digite o seu próprio valor. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www."
-"example.com), single IP \n"
-"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host "
-"alias. If commands may be\n"
-"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched "
-"against your own hostname\n"
-"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file "
-"between multiple machines, \n"
+"<p><b>Hostname or Alias</b> entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com), single IP \n"
+"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n"
+"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n"
+"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n"
"\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A entrada <b>Nome de Host ou Álias</b> consiste no nome de host (como www."
-"exemplo.com), em um único endereço \n"
-"\tIP (ex.: 192.168.0.1), em um endereço IP combinado com uma máscara de rede "
-"ou em um álias de host. Use a palavra-chave 'ALL' para permitir a execução "
-"dos comandos\n"
-"\tem qualquer host. É feita a correspondência do nome de host ou do endereço "
-"IP com o seu próprio nome de host\n"
-"\tou endereço IP; portanto, se não desejar compartilhar um arquivo /etc/"
-"sudoers com várias máquinas, \n"
-"\ta entrada 'ALL' ou 'localhost' será suficiente para quase todas as "
-"finalidades. \n"
+"<p>A entrada <b>Nome de Host ou Álias</b> consiste no nome de host (como www.exemplo.com), em um único endereço \n"
+"\tIP (ex.: 192.168.0.1), em um endereço IP combinado com uma máscara de rede ou em um álias de host. Use a palavra-chave 'ALL' para permitir a execução dos comandos\n"
+"\tem qualquer host. É feita a correspondência do nome de host ou do endereço IP com o seu próprio nome de host\n"
+"\tou endereço IP; portanto, se não desejar compartilhar um arquivo /etc/sudoers com várias máquinas, \n"
+"\ta entrada 'ALL' ou 'localhost' será suficiente para quase todas as finalidades. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Specification help 2/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122
+#. Single User Specification help 2/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an "
-"user, \n"
+"<p><b>RunAs Username or Alias</b> is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n"
"\twhose access privileges \n"
-"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is "
-"the default\n"
-"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or "
-"run_as alias name\n"
-"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter "
-"your own value.\n"
+"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user <b>root</b> is the default\n"
+"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n"
+"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nome de Usuário ou Álias de RunAs</b> é um parâmetro opcional que "
-"especifica um usuário, \n"
+"<p><b>Nome de Usuário ou Álias de RunAs</b> é um parâmetro opcional que especifica um usuário, \n"
"\tcujos privilégios de acesso \n"
-"\tserão usados para executar um comando específico. Se nada estiver "
-"especificado, o usuário <b>root</b> será usado como\n"
-"\tpadrão. Essa entrada pode ser novamente um único nome de usuário, um nome "
-"de grupo prefixado com '%' ou um nome de álias run_as\n"
-"\tSelecione usuários, grupos e aliases existentes no menu suspenso ou digite "
-"o seu próprio valor.\n"
+"\tserão usados para executar um comando específico. Se nada estiver especificado, o usuário <b>root</b> será usado como\n"
+"\tpadrão. Essa entrada pode ser novamente um único nome de usuário, um nome de grupo prefixado com '%' ou um nome de álias run_as\n"
+"\tSelecione usuários, grupos e aliases existentes no menu suspenso ou digite o seu próprio valor.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Specification help 3/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132
+#. Single User Specification help 3/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
-"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to "
-"authenticate\n"
-"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running "
-"particular \n"
+"<p><b>No Password</b> is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n"
+"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n"
"\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n"
"\tdisable this authentication\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sem Senha</b> é uma tag opcional. Normalmente, os usuários devem se\n"
-"\tautenticar (ex.: fornecer sua própria senha, e não a senha do root) antes "
-"de executar um comando \n"
+"\tautenticar (ex.: fornecer sua própria senha, e não a senha do root) antes de executar um comando \n"
"\tespecífico. Defina a tag Sem Senha como ''Sim'' para\n"
"\tdesabilitar essa autenticação\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Specification help 4/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141
+#. Single User Specification help 4/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b>Commands to Run</b> table is a list of commands (optionally with\n"
-"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be "
-"allowed \n"
-"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be "
-"run. \n"
+"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n"
+"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>A tabela <b>Comandos para Execução</b> é uma lista de comandos "
-"(opcionalmente, com\n"
-"\tparâmetros), diretórios e aliases de comando que um determinado usuário "
-"terá permissão\n"
-"\tpara executar. Se um nome de diretório for usado, qualquer comando nesse "
-"diretório poderá ser executado. \n"
-"\tMais uma vez, a palavra-chave 'ALL' representa qualquer comando, portanto, "
-"utilize-a com cuidado.\n"
+"<p>A tabela <b>Comandos para Execução</b> é uma lista de comandos (opcionalmente, com\n"
+"\tparâmetros), diretórios e aliases de comando que um determinado usuário terá permissão\n"
+"\tpara executar. Se um nome de diretório for usado, qualquer comando nesse diretório poderá ser executado. \n"
+"\tMais uma vez, a palavra-chave 'ALL' representa qualquer comando, portanto, utilize-a com cuidado.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
-"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with "
-"optional\n"
-"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate "
-"entry from the table\n"
+"To add a new command, click on <b>Add</b> button, fill in command name with optional\n"
+"\tparameters and click <b>OK</b>. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n"
"\tand click on <b>Delete</b> button.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"Para adicionar um novo comando, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>, preencha o "
-"nome do comando com\n"
-"\tparâmetros opcionais e clique em <b>OK</b>. Para remover um comando, "
-"selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela\n"
+"Para adicionar um novo comando, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>, preencha o nome do comando com\n"
+"\tparâmetros opcionais e clique em <b>OK</b>. Para remover um comando, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela\n"
"\te clique no botão <b>Apagar</b>.\n"
"\t"
-#. User Aliases help 1/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156
+#. User Aliases help 1/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of "
-"users that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Álias do Usuário</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar os aliases do usuário. O "
-"álias de usuário é um conjunto de usuários que recebem\n"
-"\tum nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer "
-"referência a todos os usuários desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
+"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar os aliases do usuário. O álias de usuário é um conjunto de usuários que recebem\n"
+"\tum nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os usuários desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
-#. User Aliases help 2/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164
+#. User Aliases help 2/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new user alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de usuário, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> "
-"e preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
+"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de usuário, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
"\tO nome de álias e a lista de usuários no álias não devem estar vazios. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. User Aliases help 3/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171
+#. User Aliases help 3/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para editar um álias de usuário existente, selecione uma entrada na "
-"tabela e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
+"<p>Para editar um álias de usuário existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
"\t. Para apagar uma entrada selecionada, clique no botão <b>Apagar</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Host Aliases help 1/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178
+#. Host Aliases help 1/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of "
-"hosts that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Aliases de Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar aliases de host. O álias de "
-"host é um conjunto de hosts que recebem\n"
-"\tum nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer "
-"referência a todos os hosts desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
+"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar aliases de host. O álias de host é um conjunto de hosts que recebem\n"
+"\tum nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os hosts desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Host Aliases help 2/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186
+#. Host Aliases help 2/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new host alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de host, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e "
-"preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
+"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de host, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
"\tO nome de álias e a lista de hosts no álias não devem estar vazios. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Host Aliases help 3/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193
+#. Host Aliases help 3/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para editar um álias de host existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e "
-"clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
+"<p>Para editar um álias de host existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
"\t. Para apagar uma entrada selecionada, clique no botão <b>Apagar</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200
+#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>RunAs Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of "
-"users that is given\n"
-"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set "
-"in sudo configuration. \n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n"
+"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p> \n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Aliases de RunAs</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar aliases de RunAs. O álias de "
-"RunAs é um conjunto de usuários que recebem\n"
-"\tum nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer "
-"referência a todos os usuários desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
+"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar aliases de RunAs. O álias de RunAs é um conjunto de usuários que recebem\n"
+"\tum nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os usuários desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208
+#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new RunAs alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de RunAs, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e "
-"preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
+"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de RunAs, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
"\tO nome de álias e a lista de usuários no álias não devem estar vazios. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215
+#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on "
-"<b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para editar um álias de RunAs existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela "
-"e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
+"<p>Para editar um álias de RunAs existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
"\t. Para apagar uma entrada selecionada, clique no botão <b>Apagar</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Command Aliases help 1/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222
+#. Command Aliases help 1/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Command Aliases</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set "
-"of commands \n"
-"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is "
-"then used to refer\n"
+"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n"
+"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n"
"\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Álias de Comando</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar aliases de comando. O álias "
-"de comando é um conjunto de comandos n\t(opcionalmente com parâmetros) que "
-"recebem um nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer "
-"referência\n"
+"\tNesta caixa de diálogo, você pode configurar aliases de comando. O álias de comando é um conjunto de comandos n\t(opcionalmente com parâmetros) que recebem um nome exclusivo. Esse nome será usado posteriormente para fazer referência\n"
"\ta todos os comandos desse conjunto na configuração do sudo. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Command Aliases help 2/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231
+#. Command Aliases help 2/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in "
-"appropriate entries. \n"
+"<p>To add a new command alias, click on <b>Add</b> button and fill in appropriate entries. \n"
"\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de comando, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> "
-"e preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
+"<p>Para adicionar um novo álias de comando, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b> e preencha as entradas apropriadas. \n"
"\tO nome de álias e a lista de comandos no álias não devem estar vazios. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Command Aliases help 3/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238
+#. Command Aliases help 3/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
-"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click "
-"on <b>Edit</b>\n"
+"<p>To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on <b>Edit</b>\n"
"\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on <b>Delete</b> button. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para editar um álias de comando existente, selecione uma entrada na "
-"tabela e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
+"<p>Para editar um álias de comando existente, selecione uma entrada na tabela e clique no botão <b>Editar</b>\n"
"\t. Para apagar uma entrada selecionada, clique no botão <b>Apagar</b>. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Alias Help 1/2
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245
+#. Single User Alias Help 1/2
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>User Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with "
-"'%') or other\n"
-"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, "
-"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in "
-"this alias.\n"
+"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n"
+"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Álias de Usuário</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tO álias de usuário consiste em um ou mais usuários, grupos do sistema "
-"(prefixados com '%') ou outros\n"
-"\taliases de usuário. Um único nome é fornecido (deve conter letras "
-"maiúsculas, números e sublinhados\tapenas) e será usado posteriormente para "
-"fazer referência a todos os usuários desse álias.\n"
+"\tO álias de usuário consiste em um ou mais usuários, grupos do sistema (prefixados com '%') ou outros\n"
+"\taliases de usuário. Um único nome é fornecido (deve conter letras maiúsculas, números e sublinhados\tapenas) e será usado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os usuários desse álias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
-#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306
+#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
+#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or "
-"groups to the\n"
-"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on "
-"<b>Add</b> button.\n"
-"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, "
-"and click on\n"
+"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add users or groups to the\n"
+"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on <b>Add</b> button.\n"
+"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite um nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Nome de Álias</b>. Para "
-"adicionar usuários ou grupos ao\n"
-"\tálias, selecione o nome do usuário ou do grupo no menu suspenso e clique "
-"no botão <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
-"\tPara remover um usuário do álias, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela "
-"e clique no botão\n"
+"<p>Digite um nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Nome de Álias</b>. Para adicionar usuários ou grupos ao\n"
+"\tálias, selecione o nome do usuário ou do grupo no menu suspenso e clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
+"\tPara remover um usuário do álias, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela e clique no botão\n"
"\t<b>Remover</b>. Para concluir a configuração, clique em <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single User Alias Help 3/3
-#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4
-#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
-#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346
+#. Single User Alias Help 3/3
+#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4
+#. Single User Alias Help 2/3
+#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one "
-"member.\n"
+"<b>Note:</b> Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<b>Nota:</b> O nome de álias não deve estar vazio. Cada álias deve ter pelo "
-"menos um membro.\n"
+"<b>Nota:</b> O nome de álias não deve estar vazio. Cada álias deve ter pelo menos um membro.\n"
"\t"
-#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266
+#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP "
-"addresses\n"
-"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. "
-"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
-"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. "
-"It is \n"
-"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore "
-"only), which \n"
+"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n"
+"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n"
+"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n"
+"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n"
"\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Álias de Host</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tO álias de host consiste em um ou mais nomes de host, endereços IP únicos, "
-"endereços IP\n"
-"\tcombinados com notação de formato quádruplo com pontos para o id de "
-"máscara de rede (ex.: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou\n"
-"\tcom um número CIDR de notação de bits (por exemplo, 192.168.0.0/24) ou "
-"outros aliases de host. Um \n"
-"\túnico nome é fornecido (deve conter letras maiúsculas, números e "
-"sublinhados apenas), que \n"
-"\tserá posteriormente usado para fazer referência a todos os hosts nesse "
-"álias.\n"
+"\tO álias de host consiste em um ou mais nomes de host, endereços IP únicos, endereços IP\n"
+"\tcombinados com notação de formato quádruplo com pontos para o id de máscara de rede (ex.: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou\n"
+"\tcom um número CIDR de notação de bits (por exemplo, 192.168.0.0/24) ou outros aliases de host. Um \n"
+"\túnico nome é fornecido (deve conter letras maiúsculas, números e sublinhados apenas), que \n"
+"\tserá posteriormente usado para fazer referência a todos os hosts nesse álias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277
+#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277
msgid ""
"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add hosts to the\n"
-"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you "
-"can enter\n"
+"\talias, click on <b>Add</b> button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n"
"\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite um nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Nome de Álias</b>. Para "
-"adicionar hosts ao\n"
-"\tálias, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>. Uma janela popup será exibida, na "
-"qual você poderá digitar um\n"
+"<p>Digite um nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Nome de Álias</b>. Para adicionar hosts ao\n"
+"\tálias, clique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>. Uma janela popup será exibida, na qual você poderá digitar um\n"
"\tnome de host ou um endereço IP válido. Em seguida, clique em <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t<p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285
+#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285
msgid ""
-"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and "
-"click on\n"
+"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"Para remover um host do álias, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela e "
-"clique no botão\n"
+"Para remover um host do álias, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela e clique no botão\n"
"\t<b>Remover</b>. Para concluir a configuração, clique em <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296
+#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>RunAs Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more "
-"users, system groups \n"
-"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must "
-"contain \n"
-"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to "
-"refer to all users \n"
+"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n"
+"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n"
+"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n"
"\tin this alias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Álias de RunAs</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tO álias de RunAs é bem semelhante ao Álias de Usuário. Ele consiste em um "
-"ou mais usuários, grupos do sistema \n"
-"\t(prefixados com '%') ou outros aliases de RunAs. Um único nome é fornecido "
-"(deve conter \n"
-"\tletras maiúsculas, números e sublinhados apenas) e será usado "
-"posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os usuários \n"
+"\tO álias de RunAs é bem semelhante ao Álias de Usuário. Ele consiste em um ou mais usuários, grupos do sistema \n"
+"\t(prefixados com '%') ou outros aliases de RunAs. Um único nome é fornecido (deve conter \n"
+"\tletras maiúsculas, números e sublinhados apenas) e será usado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os usuários \n"
"\tdesse álias.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319
+#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Command Alias</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional "
-"parameters), directories, or\n"
-"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase "
-"letters, numbers and\n"
+"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n"
+"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n"
"\tunderscore only), which is \n"
-"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally "
-"have one or more\n"
-"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these "
-"parameters only. If a \n"
+"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n"
+"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n"
"\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Álias de Comando</big></b><br>\n"
-"\tO Álias de Comando é uma lista de um ou mais comandos (com parâmetros "
-"opcionais), diretórios ou\n"
-"\toutros aliases de comando. Um único nome é fornecido (deve conter letras "
-"maiúsculas, números e\n"
+"\tO Álias de Comando é uma lista de um ou mais comandos (com parâmetros opcionais), diretórios ou\n"
+"\toutros aliases de comando. Um único nome é fornecido (deve conter letras maiúsculas, números e\n"
"\tsublinhados apenas) e será\n"
-"\tusado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os comandos desse "
-"álias. Um comando pode ter opcionalmente um ou mais\n"
-"\tparâmetros especificados. Nesse caso, os usuários somente poderão executar "
-"o comando com esses parâmetros. Se for usado um \n"
+"\tusado posteriormente para fazer referência a todos os comandos desse álias. Um comando pode ter opcionalmente um ou mais\n"
+"\tparâmetros especificados. Nesse caso, os usuários somente poderão executar o comando com esses parâmetros. Se for usado um \n"
"\tnome de diretório, qualquer comando desse diretório poderá ser executado.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331
+#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command "
-"to the alias,\n"
-"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can "
-"enter command name\n"
-"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. "
-"Additionally, you can\n"
+"<p>Enter unique name into <b>Alias Name</b> text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n"
+"\tclick on <b>Add</b> button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n"
+"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on <b>Browse</b> button. Additionally, you can\n"
"\tspecify command parameters in <b>Parameters</b> text entry\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Digite um nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Nome de Álias</b>. Para "
-"adicionar um novo comando ao álias,\n"
-"\tclique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>. Uma janela popup será exibida para você "
-"digitar o nome do comando\n"
-"\t(ou selecionar um nome no browser de arquivos, clicando no botão "
-"<b>Procurar</b>). Você também pode\n"
+"<p>Digite um nome exclusivo na entrada de texto <b>Nome de Álias</b>. Para adicionar um novo comando ao álias,\n"
+"\tclique no botão <b>Adicionar</b>. Uma janela popup será exibida para você digitar o nome do comando\n"
+"\t(ou selecionar um nome no browser de arquivos, clicando no botão <b>Procurar</b>). Você também pode\n"
"\tespecificar parâmetros de comando na entrada de texto <b>Parâmetros</b>\n"
"\t"
-#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4
-#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339
+#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4
+#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339
msgid ""
-"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, "
-"and click on\n"
+"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n"
"\t<b>Remove</b> button. To finish the configuration, click <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"Para remover um comando do álias, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela e "
-"clique no botão\n"
+"Para remover um comando do álias, selecione a entrada apropriada na tabela e clique no botão\n"
"\t<b>Remover</b>. Para concluir a configuração, clique em <b>OK</b>.\n"
"\t</p>\n"
"\t"
-#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) {
-#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true;
-#. }
-#. else {
-#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false;
-#. }
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400
-msgid ""
-"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Esta regra é uma regra de sistema necessária para o correto funcionamento do "
-"sudo.\n"
+#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) {
+#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true;
+#. }
+#. else {
+#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false;
+#. }
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400
+msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n"
+msgstr "Esta regra é uma regra de sistema necessária para o correto funcionamento do sudo.\n"
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407
msgid ""
"After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n"
"Really delete?"
@@ -1078,7 +934,7 @@
"Depois de apagá-los, alguns aplicativos podem não funcionar corretamente.\n"
"Deseja apagá-los?"
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414
msgid ""
"If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n"
"Really edit? "
@@ -1086,35 +942,32 @@
"Se você mudá-los, alguns aplicativos podem não funcionar corretamente.\n"
"Deseja editá-los? "
-#. end Commands
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545
-msgid ""
-"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?"
-msgstr ""
-"Todas as mudanças serão perdidas. Realmente sair da configuração do sudo sem "
-"gravar?"
+#. end Commands
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545
+msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?"
+msgstr "Todas as mudanças serão perdidas. Realmente sair da configuração do sudo sem gravar?"
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573
msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups."
msgstr "Erro ao ler usuários e grupos."
-#. Sudo read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605
+#. Sudo read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605
msgid "Saving sudo Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração do sudo"
-#. Progress stage 1/1
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620
+#. Progress stage 1/1
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress step 1/1
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624
+#. Progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar as configurações."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/support.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,69 +14,68 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module
-#: src/clients/support.rb:56
+#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module
+#: src/clients/support.rb:56
msgid "Configuration of support"
msgstr "Configuração do suporte"
-#. Rich text title for Support in proposals
-#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83
+#. Rich text title for Support in proposals
+#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Suporte"
-#. Menu title for Support in proposals
-#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87
+#. Menu title for Support in proposals
+#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Support"
msgstr "&Suporte"
-#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#. Command line parameters dialog caption
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr "Caixa de Diálogo da Visão Geral do Supportconfig"
-#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#. Support configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "Abrir o SUSE Support Center"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
-msgstr ""
-"Será iniciado um browser para conexão com o Portal do SUSE Support Center."
+msgstr "Será iniciado um browser para conexão com o Portal do SUSE Support Center."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Open"
msgstr "Abrir"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr "Coletar Dados"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr "Isso cria um tarball com os arquivos de registro coletados."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr "Criar relatório em arquivo tarball"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr "Fazer Upload de Dados"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr "Isso faz upload dos registros coletados para o URL especificado."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "Fazer Upload"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr "Não foi possível encontrar nenhum browser instalado."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -88,191 +87,189 @@
"%1.\n"
"Iniciar o browser da Web?\n"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr "Caixa de Diálogo de Upload do Supportconfig"
-#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#. Support configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "Gravar Como"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr "Diretório para Gravar"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr "Pacote com arquivos de registro"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr "Fazer upload do tarball de arquivos de registro para URL"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr "Destino do Upload"
-#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#. }
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Impossível gravar configurações."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr "Escolha o Diretório no qual Gravar o Tarball"
-#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr "Escolher Arquivos Tarball com Arquivos de Registro"
-#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#. Command line parameters dialog caption
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Parâmetros do Supportconfig"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr "Criar uma lista de arquivo completa de '/'"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr "Excluir informações detalhadas de disco e verificações"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr "Procurar instâncias do eDirectory no sistema de arquivos raiz"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr "Incluir toda a lista de serviços SLP"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr "Executa rpm -V para cada rpm instalado"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
-msgstr ""
-"Incluir todas as linhas do arquivo de registro, coletar registros "
-"rotacionados adicionais"
+msgstr "Incluir todas as linhas do arquivo de registro, coletar registros rotacionados adicionais"
-#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#. Support configure1 dialog contents
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr "Usar Padrões (ignorar /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr "Ativa todas as funções de suporte"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr "Reunir apenas uma quantidade mínima de informações"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr "Usar Configurações (Técnicas) Personalizadas"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Técnicas"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opções"
-#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#. Support overview dialog caption
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Técnica do Supportconfig"
-#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#. FIXME table header
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr "Opções Padrão"
-#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#. Support configure2 dialog caption
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Contato do Supportconfig"
-#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#. Support configure2 dialog contents
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr "Informações de Contato"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Empresa"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "Endereço de E-mail"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr "Número de Telefone"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr "ID de Armazenamento"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr "ID do Terminal"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr "UID GPG"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr "Informações de Upload"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr "Número da solicitação de serviço de 11 dígitos"
-#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#. abort?
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr "O número da SS deve ter 11 dígitos"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr "Coletando Dados"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Andamento"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr "Revisão de Dados Coletados"
-#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
-#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
+#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "Nome do Arquivo"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr "Remover dos Dados"
-#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -280,18 +277,17 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando Configuração de Suporte</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompend a Inicialização:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando "
-"<b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
+"Interrompa com segurança o utilitário de configuração pressionando <b>Interromper</b> agora.</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -299,8 +295,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando Configuração de Suporte</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -308,13 +304,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interrompendo a Gravação:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Interrompa o procedimento de gravação pressionando <b>Interromper</b>. Uma "
-"caixa de \n"
+"Interrompa o procedimento de gravação pressionando <b>Interromper</b>. Uma caixa de \n"
"diálogo adicional vai informar se é seguro ou não fazer isto.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
+#. Summary dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Support Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure support here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -322,8 +317,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Configuração do Suporte</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure o suporte aqui.<br></p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59
+#. Summary dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a support:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n"
@@ -335,8 +330,8 @@
"Se o seu suporte não for detectado, use <b>Outro (não detectado)</b>.\n"
"Em seguida, clique em <b>Configurar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66
+#. Summary dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -346,161 +341,133 @@
"Se você pressionar <b>Editar</b>, será aberta uma caixa de diálogo \n"
"adicional para mudar a configuração.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
+#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use "
-"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
-"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure "
-"you write down\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
+"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Abrindo o SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para iniciar um browser da Web e abrir o Portal do SUSE Support Center, use "
-"<b>Abrir o SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
-"Em seguida, você poderá abrir uma Solicitação de Serviço junto ao Suporte "
-"Técnico Global. Anote\n"
-"o número da Solicitação de Serviço para incluí-lo no upload de dados do "
-"supportconfig.</p>\n"
+"Para iniciar um browser da Web e abrir o Portal do SUSE Support Center, use <b>Abrir o SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
+"Em seguida, você poderá abrir uma Solicitação de Serviço junto ao Suporte Técnico Global. Anote\n"
+"o número da Solicitação de Serviço para incluí-lo no upload de dados do supportconfig.</p>\n"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80
+#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b><br>\n"
"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Coletando Dados</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para executar a ferramenta de coleta de dados do supportconfig, use "
-"<b>Coletar Dados</b></p>"
+"Para executar a ferramenta de coleta de dados do supportconfig, use <b>Coletar Dados</b></p>"
-#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84
+#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Uploading Collected Data</big></b><br>\n"
"To upload the data already collected to a server, use <b>Upload Data</b>.\n"
"The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Fazendo Upload de Dados Coletados</big></b><br>\n"
-"Para fazer upload dos dados coletados para um servidor, use <b>Fazer Upload "
-"de Dados</b>.\n"
+"Para fazer upload dos dados coletados para um servidor, use <b>Fazer Upload de Dados</b>.\n"
"O servidor pode ou não ser o Suporte Técnico Global.</p>"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default "
-"settings,\n"
+"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n"
"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opções do Supportconfig</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecione uma opção para anular os padrões. Você pode usar as configurações "
-"padrão,\n"
+"Selecione uma opção para anular os padrões. Você pode usar as configurações padrão,\n"
"reunir a maioria dos dados ou reunir apenas um volume mínimo de dados."
-#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96
+#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Select <b>Use Custom</b> and click the <b>Expert Settings</b> button\n"
"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configurações de Especialista</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecione <b>Usar Personalizadas</b> e clique no botão <b>Configurações de "
-"Especialista</b>\n"
+"Selecione <b>Usar Personalizadas</b> e clique no botão <b>Configurações de Especialista</b>\n"
"para selecionar os conjuntos de dados específicos para a coleta.</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102
+#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n"
-"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information."
-"p>\n"
+"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opções</big></b><br>\n"
"Coletar informações adicionais. Normalmente, essas opções não são\n"
-"necessárias, mas poderão ser incluídas se a situação demandar mais "
-"informações.</p>\n"
+"necessárias, mas poderão ser incluídas se a situação demandar mais informações.</p>\n"
-#. Expert dialog help 1/1
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108
+#. Expert dialog help 1/1
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball.</p>"
+"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Opções Padrão</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecione ou anule a seleção de cada um dos conjuntos de dados que você "
-"deseja incluir no tarball do supportconfig.</p>"
+"Selecione ou anule a seleção de cada um dos conjuntos de dados que você deseja incluir no tarball do supportconfig.</p>"
-#. Contact dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
+#. Contact dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n"
-"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to "
-"include\n"
-"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment."
-"txt file.</p>"
+"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n"
+"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Informações de Contato</b></big><br>\n"
"Preencha todos os campos de informações de contato que deseja incluir no\n"
-"tarball do supportconfig. Os campos são gravados no arquivo basic-"
-"environment.txt.</p>"
+"tarball do supportconfig. Os campos são gravados no arquivo basic-environment.txt.</p>"
-#. Contact dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
+#. Contact dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n"
-"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported "
-"upload services include\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball "
-"filename in your upload target,\n"
-"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual "
-"tarball filename.\n"
+"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n"
+"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n"
"See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Informações de Upload</big></b><br>\n"
-"O destino do upload é o URI de destino do tarball do supportconfig. Os "
-"serviços de upload suportados incluem\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. Se for preciso incluir o nome de arquivo do tarball "
-"do supportconfig no destino do upload,\n"
-"use a palavra-chave <i>tarball</i>. Ela será substituída pelo verdadeiro "
-"nome de arquivo do tarball.\n"
+"O destino do upload é o URI de destino do tarball do supportconfig. Os serviços de upload suportados incluem\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. Se for preciso incluir o nome de arquivo do tarball do supportconfig no destino do upload,\n"
+"use a palavra-chave <i>tarball</i>. Ela será substituída pelo verdadeiro nome de arquivo do tarball.\n"
"Consulte <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> para obter mais detalhes.</p>"
-#. Contact dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126
+#. Contact dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball"
-"i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Exemplos de Destino de Upload</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball"
-"i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
-#. Contact dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
+#. Contact dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global "
-"Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open "
-"service request.\n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nota:</b> Se você fizer upload de um tarball do supportconfig para o "
-"Suporte Técnico Global,\n"
+"<p><b>Nota:</b> Se você fizer upload de um tarball do supportconfig para o Suporte Técnico Global,\n"
"inclua o número de 11 dígitos da solicitação de serviço em aberto.\n"
-#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137
+#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collecting Data</big></b>><br>\n"
"Data is being collected.</p>\n"
@@ -508,55 +475,49 @@
"<p><b><big>Coletando Dados</big></b>><br>\n"
"Os dados estão sendo coletados.</p>\n"
-#. Data review dialog help 1/1
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141
+#. Data review dialog help 1/1
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n"
-"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some "
-"of the collected data,\n"
+"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n"
"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Revisão de Dados Coletados</big></b><br>\n"
-"Revise os dados coletados pelo supportconfig. Para compartilhar alguns dos "
-"dados coletados,\n"
+"Revise os dados coletados pelo supportconfig. Para compartilhar alguns dos dados coletados,\n"
"use <b>Remover dos Dados</b>, e o arquivo selecionado será removido.</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
+#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Fazer upload do tarball do supportconfig para o Suporte Técnico "
-"Global</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Fazer upload do tarball do supportconfig para o Suporte Técnico Global</big></b><br>\n"
"Para armazenar uma cópia do tarball do supportconfig, selecione o diretório\n"
"de destino e marque esta opção.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
-#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180
+#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
+#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n"
-"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be "
-"uploaded\n"
+"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n"
"as default value.\n"
"Change this value only in special cases.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>URL de Upload</big></b><br>\n"
-"Esta opção indica o local onde será feito upload do tarball do "
-"supportconfig\n"
+"Esta opção indica o local onde será feito upload do tarball do supportconfig\n"
"como valor padrão.\n"
"Mude este valor apenas em casos especiais.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL
-#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
+#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL
+#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n"
"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n"
@@ -566,22 +527,20 @@
"Você encontra a política de privacidade do SUSE em\n"
"<i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big>"
-"b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Fazer upload do tarball do supportconfig para o Suporte Técnico "
-"Global</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Fazer upload do tarball do supportconfig para o Suporte Técnico Global</big></b><br>\n"
"Se você já criou o tarball do supportconfig, insira o caminho completo\n"
"no campo <i>Pacote com arquivos de registro</i>.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198
+#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -591,8 +550,8 @@
"Pressione <b>Avançar</b> para continuar.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
-#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -602,450 +561,350 @@
"Não é possível. É preciso codificar primeiro. :-)\n"
" </p>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30
msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt"
msgstr "Informações sobre o AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33
msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt"
msgstr "Informações sobre o autofs. fs-autofs.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36
msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas a boot e kernel. boot.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39
msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt"
msgstr "Estados atuais do serviço do sistema. chkconfig.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42
msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas à captura de dump de memória do sistema. crash.txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas à captura de dump de memória do sistema. crash.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45
msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas a cron e at. cron.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48
msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações sobre disco, montagens do sistema de arquivos e partições. fs-"
-"diskio.txt"
+msgstr "Informações sobre disco, montagens do sistema de arquivos e partições. fs-diskio.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51
msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações sobre o Domain Name Service (Serviço de Nomes de Domínio). dns."
-"txt"
+msgstr "Informações sobre o Domain Name Service (Serviço de Nomes de Domínio). dns.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54
msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações sobre a verificação de integridade do Novell eDirectory. novell-"
-"edir.txt"
+msgstr "Informações sobre a verificação de integridade do Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env."
-"txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações sobre o ambiente do sistema, incluindo sysctl e o ambiente da "
-"raiz. env.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57
+msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt"
+msgstr "Informações sobre o ambiente do sistema, incluindo sysctl e o ambiente da raiz. env.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60
-msgid ""
-"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files "
-"in /etc. etc.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Obtém arquivos *.conf recursivamente, junto com vários outros arquivos de "
-"configuração em /etc. etc.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60
+msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgstr "Obtém arquivos *.conf recursivamente, junto com vários outros arquivos de configuração em /etc. etc.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63
msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas ao Sistema de Gerenciamento de Volumes de Empresa. "
-"evms.txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Sistema de Gerenciamento de Volumes de Empresa. evms.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66
msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt"
msgstr "Informações sobre heartbeat/alta disponibilidade de cluster. ha.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69
msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt"
msgstr "Informações sobre destino e iniciador de iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72
msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas ao LDAP, incluindo uma pesquisa de DSE raiz. ldap."
-"txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao LDAP, incluindo uma pesquisa de DSE raiz. ldap.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX "
-"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas ao Gerenciador de Usuários Novell Linux, incluindo "
-"um DSE raiz, a Configuração do UNIX e pesquisas de objeto Estação de "
-"Trabalho. novell-lum.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75
+msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Gerenciador de Usuários Novell Linux, incluindo um DSE raiz, a Configuração do UNIX e pesquisas de objeto Estação de Trabalho. novell-lum.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78
msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Gerenciamento de Volumes do Linux. lvm.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81
msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas à memória. memory.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84
msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt"
msgstr "Informações sobre o módulo de kernel do sistema. modules.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87
msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações sobre multi-caminho do mapeador de dispositivo nativo. mpio.txt"
+msgstr "Informações sobre multi-caminho do mapeador de dispositivo nativo. mpio.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90
msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Novell Core Protocol. novell-ncp.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93
msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Novell Cluster Services. novell-ncs.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96
msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas à rede, incluindo regras de firewall. network.txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas à rede, incluindo regras de firewall. network.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99
msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Sistema de Rede de Arquivos. nfs.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102
msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Novell Storage Services. novell-nss.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105
msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Network Time Protocol. ntp.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108
msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao sistema de arquivos OCFS2. ocfs2.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111
msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt"
msgstr "Lista de todos os arquivos abertos usando lsof. open-files.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114
msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account "
-"information. pam.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas ao Módulo de Autenticação Conectável, incluindo "
-"informações de conta de usuário. pam.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117
+msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Módulo de Autenticação Conectável, incluindo informações de conta de usuário. pam.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120
msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas a impressão e CUPS. print.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123
msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt"
msgstr "Inclui o conteúdo principal do arquivo /proc. proc.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126
msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao daemon de atualização. updates-daemon.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129
msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao cliente de atualização. updates.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR "
-"data files. sar.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas a Relatórios de Atividades do Sistema, incluindo "
-"cópias dos arquivos de dados de SAR. sar.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132
+msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt"
+msgstr "Informações relacionadas a Relatórios de Atividades do Sistema, incluindo cópias dos arquivos de dados de SAR. sar.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135
msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao kernel SLES em Tempo Real. slert.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138
msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Service Location Protocol. slp.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141
msgid ""
-"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for "
-"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
-"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to "
-"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
+"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
+"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
msgstr ""
-"Informações relacionadas a SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting "
-"Technology — Tecnologia de Automonitoramento, Análise e Relatório) para "
-"discos rígidos. AVISO: Algumas controladoras de disco rígido e unidades\n"
-"não se comportam bem. Sabe-se que a investigação de dados SMART muda os "
-"sistemas de arquivos para o modo apenas leitura ou até trava o servidor. "
-"Verifique se a investigação de dados SMART\n"
+"Informações relacionadas a SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology — Tecnologia de Automonitoramento, Análise e Relatório) para discos rígidos. AVISO: Algumas controladoras de disco rígido e unidades\n"
+"não se comportam bem. Sabe-se que a investigação de dados SMART muda os sistemas de arquivos para o modo apenas leitura ou até trava o servidor. Verifique se a investigação de dados SMART\n"
"funciona em seu ambiente antes de habilitar essa opção. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146
msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao Samba e CIFS. samba.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149
msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas a RAID via software. fs-softraid.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152
msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt"
msgstr "Informações sobre servidor Secure Shell. ssh.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155
msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt"
msgstr "Arquivos de configuração localizados em /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158
msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao gerenciador de dispositivos UDEV. udev.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161
msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas ao sistema gráfico X. x.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164
msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt"
msgstr "Informações relacionadas à virtualização XEN. xen.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167
-msgid ""
-"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances "
-"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
-msgstr ""
-"Instrui o supportconfig a pesquisar no sistema de arquivos todos os arquivos "
-"com instâncias do eDirectory. Se definido, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST também será "
-"definido automaticamente. -e"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167
+msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
+msgstr "Instrui o supportconfig a pesquisar no sistema de arquivos todos os arquivos com instâncias do eDirectory. Se definido, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST também será definido automaticamente. -e"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170
-msgid ""
-"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Uma lista completa de arquivos usando a procura na raiz do sistema de "
-"arquivos. -L, fs-files.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170
+msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgstr "Uma lista completa de arquivos usando a procura na raiz do sistema de arquivos. -L, fs-files.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173
-msgid ""
-"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just "
-"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if "
-"available. -l"
-msgstr ""
-"Inclui todo o arquivo de registro, incluindo comentários, em vez de apenas "
-"as respectivas linhas VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Registros rotacionados "
-"adicionais são incluídos, se disponíveis. -l"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173
+msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l"
+msgstr "Inclui todo o arquivo de registro, incluindo comentários, em vez de apenas as respectivas linhas VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Registros rotacionados adicionais são incluídos, se disponíveis. -l"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176
msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d"
-msgstr ""
-"Minimiza o volume de informações sobre o disco e a exploração detalhada. -d"
+msgstr "Minimiza o volume de informações sobre o disco e a exploração detalhada. -d"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option "
-"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
-msgstr ""
-"Normalmente, todos os registros de /var/log/YaST2/* são incluídos. Esta "
-"opção minimiza o volume de cada arquivo recuperado."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179
+msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
+msgstr "Normalmente, todos os registros de /var/log/YaST2/* são incluídos. Esta opção minimiza o volume de cada arquivo recuperado."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182
-msgid ""
-"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to "
-"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Executa um comando rpm -V em cada pacote RPM instalado. Isso demora algum "
-"tempo para terminar. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182
+msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgstr "Executa um comando rpm -V em cada pacote RPM instalado. Isso demora algum tempo para terminar. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you "
-"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Normalmente, apenas os tipos de serviço SLP de base são listados. Esta opção "
-"permite consultar individualmente cada um dos tipos de serviço descobertos. -"
-"s, slp.txt"
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185
+msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
+msgstr "Normalmente, apenas os tipos de serviço SLP de base são listados. Esta opção permite consultar individualmente cada um dos tipos de serviço descobertos. -s, slp.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188
msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
msgstr "Nome da empresa que será incluído no basic-environment.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191
msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Endereço de e-mail do contato que será incluído no basic-environment.txt"
+msgstr "Endereço de e-mail do contato que será incluído no basic-environment.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194
msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
msgstr "Nome do contato que será incluído no basic-environment.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197
msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr ""
-"Número de telefone do contato que será incluído no basic-environment.txt"
+msgstr "Número de telefone do contato que será incluído no basic-environment.txt"
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200
-msgid ""
-"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"Número de linhas que será incluído ao obter um arquivo de registro. Zero "
-"significa obter o arquivo inteiro."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200
+msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "Número de linhas que será incluído ao obter um arquivo de registro. Zero significa obter o arquivo inteiro."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203
-msgid ""
-"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is "
-"always used."
-msgstr ""
-"Localização do tarball do supportconfig. A primeira localização válida da "
-"lista é sempre usada."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203
+msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used."
+msgstr "Localização do tarball do supportconfig. A primeira localização válida da lista é sempre usada."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the "
-"entire file."
-msgstr ""
-"Número máximo de linhas de /var/log/messages a obter. Zero significa obter o "
-"arquivo inteiro."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206
+msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file."
+msgstr "Número máximo de linhas de /var/log/messages a obter. Zero significa obter o arquivo inteiro."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the "
-"supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"Número máximo de arquivos de registro do mecanismo de política de heartbeat "
-"a incluir no tarball do supportconfig."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209
+msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "Número máximo de arquivos de registro do mecanismo de política de heartbeat a incluir no tarball do supportconfig."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr ""
-"Número máximo de arquivos de dados de SAR a incluir no tarball do "
-"supportconfig."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212
+msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr "Número máximo de arquivos de dados de SAR a incluir no tarball do supportconfig."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215
msgid ""
-"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if "
-"you\n"
-"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -"
-"Q."
+"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n"
+"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q."
msgstr ""
-"Quando definido como 1, o supportconfig é executado no modo silencioso. Esta "
-"opção é útil, por exemplo, se você\n"
-"planeja executar o supportconfig regularmente em uma tarefa cron. Defina com "
-"-Q."
+"Quando definido como 1, o supportconfig é executado no modo silencioso. Esta opção é útil, por exemplo, se você\n"
+"planeja executar o supportconfig regularmente em uma tarefa cron. Defina com -Q."
-#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using "
-"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports "
-"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
-msgstr ""
-"Usado para especificar o local do upload do tarball do supportconfig, quando "
-"a opção de inicialização -u do srnum é usada. Você pode especificar qualquer "
-"servidor FTP que suporte uploads anônimos. O padrão é o servidor FTP público "
-"do SUSE."
+#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
+msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
+msgstr "Usado para especificar o local do upload do tarball do supportconfig, quando a opção de inicialização -u do srnum é usada. Você pode especificar qualquer servidor FTP que suporte uploads anônimos. O padrão é o servidor FTP público do SUSE."
-#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147
msgid "Support Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Suporte"
-#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando..."
-#. global string created_directory="";
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
+#. global string created_directory="";
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:143
msgid "To continue, enter root password"
msgstr "Para continuar, digite a senha do root"
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:144
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:144
msgid "root Password"
msgstr "Senha do root"
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:163
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:163
msgid "Password incorrect"
msgstr "Senha incorreta"
-#. Support read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:267
+#. Support read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:267
msgid "Initializing Support Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando Configuração de Suporte"
-#. Support read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:313
+#. Support read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:313
msgid "Saving Support Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Suporte"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:329
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:329
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:331
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:331
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "Executar SuSEconfig"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:335
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:335
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:337
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:337
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "Executando SuSEconfig..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:339
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
-#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Support.rb:438
+#. TODO FIXME: your code here...
+#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
+#: src/modules/Support.rb:438
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Resumo da configuração..."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/sysconfig.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,85 +14,85 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. help text header - sysconfig editor
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34
+#. help text header - sysconfig editor
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34
msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files"
msgstr "Editor para arquivos /etc/sysconfig"
-#. help text for command 'list'
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48
+#. help text for command 'list'
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48
msgid "Display configuration summary"
msgstr "Mostrar Sumário da Configuração"
-#. help text for command 'set' 1/3
-#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
-#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58
+#. help text for command 'set' 1/3
+#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
+#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58
msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'"
msgstr "Defina o valor da variável. Requer as opções 'variável' e 'valor'"
-#. help text for command 'set' 2/3
-#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
-#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64
+#. help text for command 'set' 2/3
+#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
+#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64
msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm"
msgstr "ou 'variável=valor' (por exemplo, variável=valor DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm"
-#. help text for command 'set' 3/3
-#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
-#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70
+#. help text for command 'set' 3/3
+#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks.
+#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text.
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70
msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm"
msgstr "ou simplesmente DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm)"
-#. help text for command 'set'
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80
+#. help text for command 'set'
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80
msgid "Set empty value (\"\")"
msgstr "Configurar valor vazio (\"\")"
-#. help text for command 'details'
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90
+#. help text for command 'details'
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90
msgid "Show details about selected variable"
msgstr "Mostrar detalhes sobre variável selecionada"
-#. help text for option 'all'
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102
+#. help text for option 'all'
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102
msgid "Display all variables"
msgstr "Mostrar todas as variáveis"
-#. help text for option 'variable'
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107
+#. help text for option 'variable'
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107
msgid "Selected variable"
msgstr "Variável selecionada"
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108
msgid "If the variable is available in several files use"
msgstr "Se a variável estiver disponível em vários arquivos, use"
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109
msgid "<variable>$ syntax,"
msgstr "a sintaxe $,"
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110
msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail."
msgstr "por exemplo, CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail."
-#. help text for option 'value'
-#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116
+#. help text for option 'value'
+#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116
msgid "New value"
msgstr "VALOR NOVO"
-#. header (command line mode output)
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43
+#. header (command line mode output)
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43
msgid "All Variables:\n"
msgstr "Todas as variáveis:\n"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43
msgid "Modified Variables:\n"
msgstr "Variáveis Modificadas:\n"
-#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text)
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77
+#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text)
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77
msgid ""
"\n"
"Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3"
@@ -100,31 +100,31 @@
"\n"
"Configurando variável '%1' para '%2': %3"
-#. result message
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82
+#. result message
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82
msgid "Success"
msgstr "Sucesso"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83
msgid "Failed"
msgstr "Falhou"
-#. display a new value for modified variables
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164
+#. display a new value for modified variables
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164
msgid "New Value: "
msgstr "Novo Valor: "
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167
msgid "Value: "
msgstr "Valor: "
-#. command line output
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194
+#. command line output
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194
msgid "Variable %1 was not found."
msgstr "Variável %1 não foi encontrada."
-#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required
-#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217
+#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required
+#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217
msgid ""
"\n"
"Use a full variable name in the form $\n"
@@ -134,128 +134,128 @@
"Use um nome completo de variável na forma $\n"
"(ex., %1$%2).\n"
-#. error popup message
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65
+#. error popup message
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65
msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes."
msgstr "Um erro ocorreu ao salvar e ativar as mudanças."
-#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127
+#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127
msgid "or any value"
msgstr "ou qualquer valor"
-#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135
+#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135
msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:"
msgstr "Valor que combina com expressão regular:"
-#. allowed value description
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141
+#. allowed value description
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141
msgid "Any integer value"
msgstr "Qualquer valor inteiro"
-#. allowed value description
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154
+#. allowed value description
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154
msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1"
msgstr "Valor inteiro maior ou igual que %1"
-#. allowed value description
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163
+#. allowed value description
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163
msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1"
msgstr "Valor inteiro menor ou igual que %1"
-#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172
+#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172
msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2"
msgstr "Qualquer valor inteiro de %1 até %2"
-#. allowed value description - any value is allowed
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179
+#. allowed value description - any value is allowed
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179
msgid "Any value"
msgstr "Qualquer Valor"
-#. allowed value description - IP adress
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183
+#. allowed value description - IP adress
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183
msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address"
msgstr "endereço IPv4 ou IPv6"
-#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187
+#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187
msgid "IPv4 address"
msgstr "Endereço IPv4"
-#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191
+#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191
msgid "IPv6 address"
msgstr "Endereço IPv6"
-#. rich text item
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220
+#. rich text item
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220
msgid "File: "
msgstr "Arquivo: "
-#. rich text item
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236
+#. rich text item
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236
msgid "Possible Values: "
msgstr "Valores possíveis:"
-#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>")
-#. rich text value
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255
+#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "</I>empty</I>")
+#. rich text value
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255
msgid "Default Value: "
msgstr "Valor Padrão:"
-#. rich text value
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277
+#. rich text value
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277
msgid "Original Value: "
msgstr "Valor original: "
-#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303
+#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303
msgid "Prepare Command: "
msgstr "Preparar Comando: "
-#. header in the variable description text
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323
+#. header in the variable description text
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323
msgid "Configuration Script: "
msgstr "Script de Configuração: "
-#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341
+#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341
msgid "Service to Reload: "
msgstr "Serviço para Recarregar: "
-#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359
+#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359
msgid "Service to Restart: "
msgstr "Serviço para Reiniciar: "
-#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376
+#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376
msgid "Activation Command: "
msgstr "Comando de Ativação: "
-#. rich text value
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424
+#. rich text value
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424
msgid "Description: "
msgstr "Descrição: "
-#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed)
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592
+#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed)
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592
msgid "(changed)"
msgstr "(Modificado)"
-#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string
-#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850
+#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string
+#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850
msgid "S&etting of: "
msgstr "Configurações d&e:"
-#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly
-#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged)
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640
+#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly
+#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged)
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640
msgid ""
"The currently selected value has more than one line.\n"
"Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n"
@@ -263,14 +263,14 @@
"O valor atualmente selecionado tem mais de uma linha.\n"
"Linhas juntas são mostradas na caixa combo.\n"
-#. header label
-#. label widget
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837
+#. header label
+#. label widget
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837
msgid "Current Selection: "
msgstr "Seleção atual: "
-#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713
+#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713
msgid ""
"Value '%1'\n"
"does not match type '%2'.\n"
@@ -282,212 +282,188 @@
"\n"
"Realmente configurar este valor?\n"
-#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table
-#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764
+#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table
+#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764
msgid "..."
msgstr "..."
-#. Translation: push button label
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889
+#. Translation: push button label
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889
msgid "&Search"
msgstr "Pesqui&sar"
-#. tree widget label
-#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content);
-#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box);
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815
+#. tree widget label
+#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content);
+#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box);
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815
msgid "&Configuration Options"
msgstr "Opções de &configuração"
-#. helptext for popup - part 1/2
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819
+#. helptext for popup - part 1/2
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819
msgid ""
"<p>After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n"
-"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which "
-"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
-"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig "
-"takes effect.</p>\n"
+"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n"
+"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Após você salvar as mudanças, este editor modifica as variáveis no\n"
-"arquivo sysconfig correspondente. Então ele inicia comandos de ativação, que "
-"modificam arquivos de configuração, para e inicia daemons,\n"
-"e executa ferramentas de configuração para as configurações do sysconfig "
-"terem efeito.</p>\n"
+"arquivo sysconfig correspondente. Então ele inicia comandos de ativação, que modificam arquivos de configuração, para e inicia daemons,\n"
+"e executa ferramentas de configuração para as configurações do sysconfig terem efeito.</p>\n"
-#. helptext for popup - part 2/2
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file "
-"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Importante:</b> Você ainda pode editar cada arquivo de configuração "
-"individual manualmente. O nome do arquivo é mostrado na descrição da "
-"variável.</p>"
+#. helptext for popup - part 2/2
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825
+msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> Você ainda pode editar cada arquivo de configuração individual manualmente. O nome do arquivo é mostrado na descrição da variável.</p>"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830
msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor"
msgstr "Editor do /etc/sysconfig"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "Pa&drão"
-#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2)
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration "
-"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to "
-"configure your hardware and system settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Editor de Configuração de Sistema</B></P><P>Com o editor de "
-"configuração de sistema, você pode mudar algumas configurações do sistema. "
-"Você também pode usar o YaST para configurar seu hardware e sistema.</P>"
+#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2)
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866
+msgid "<P><B>System Configuration Editor</B></P><P>With the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Editor de Configuração de Sistema</B></P><P>Com o editor de configuração de sistema, você pode mudar algumas configurações do sistema. Você também pode usar o YaST para configurar seu hardware e sistema.</P>"
-#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2)
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read "
-"directly from configuration files.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Nota:</B> As descrições não são traduzidas porque são lidas "
-"diretamente nos arquivos de configuração.</P>"
+#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2)
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870
+msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Nota:</B> As descrições não são traduzidas porque são lidas diretamente nos arquivos de configuração.</P>"
-#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877
+#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877
msgid "&Use Current Value"
msgstr "&Use Valor atual"
-#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879
+#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879
msgid "&Add New Variable..."
msgstr "&adicionar nova variável..."
-#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921
+#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921
msgid "Save Modified Variables"
msgstr "Gravar Variáveis Modificadas"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927
msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command"
msgstr "Confirme Cada Comando de Ativação"
-#. // popup dialog header
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949
+#. // popup dialog header
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949
msgid "Search Result"
msgstr "Resultados da pesquisa"
-#. help text in popup dialog
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951
-msgid ""
-"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select "
-"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog."
-msgstr ""
-"Resultados de sua pesquisa são mostrados aqui. Ao ver o item que quer, "
-"clique este item e clique \"Ir para\". Caso contrário, clique \"Cancelar\" "
-"para sair."
+#. help text in popup dialog
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951
+msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog."
+msgstr "Resultados de sua pesquisa são mostrados aqui. Ao ver o item que quer, clique este item e clique \"Ir para\". Caso contrário, clique \"Cancelar\" para sair."
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956
msgid "&Go to"
msgstr "&Ir para"
-#. popup message - search result message
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981
+#. popup message - search result message
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981
msgid "No entries found"
msgstr "Nenhuma entrada encontrada"
-#. popup window header
-#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992
+#. popup window header
+#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Ajuda"
-#. search popup window header
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33
+#. search popup window header
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33
msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable"
msgstr "Pesquisar por uma variável de configuração"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41
msgid "&Search for:"
msgstr "Pesqui&sar por:"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44
msgid "&Case Sensitive Search"
msgstr "Pesquisa diferencia maiús&cula de minúscula"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Search &Variable Name"
msgstr "Pesquisa pala&vra-chave"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "Search &description"
msgstr "Pesquisa &descrição"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Search &value"
msgstr "Pesquisa &valor"
-#. table column header
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132
+#. table column header
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133
msgid "NEW VALUE"
msgstr "VALOR NOVO"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134
msgid "Old Value"
msgstr "Valor antigo"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135
msgid "File"
msgstr "Arquivo"
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "&Variable Name"
msgstr "Nome de &Variável"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181
msgid "V&alue"
msgstr "V&alor"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186
+#. text entry label
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "&File Name"
msgstr "Nome de A&rquivo"
-#. warning popup message - variable name is empty
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210
+#. warning popup message - variable name is empty
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210
msgid "Missing variable name value."
msgstr "Valor de nome de variável faltante."
-#. warning popup message - file name is empty
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214
+#. warning popup message - file name is empty
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214
msgid "Missing file name value."
msgstr "Valor de nome de arquivo faltante."
-#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path
-#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218
+#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path
+#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Missing absolute path in file name."
msgstr "Caminho absoluto no nome de arquivo faltante."
-#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17
+#. Read dialog help
+#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -495,8 +471,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Inicializando configuração de sysconfig</big></b>\n"
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
-#. Write dialog help
-#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21
+#. Write dialog help
+#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
@@ -506,109 +482,108 @@
"<br>Aguarde...<br></p>\n"
"\n"
-#. Translation: Progress bar label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
+#. Translation: Progress bar label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Pesquisando..."
-#. button label
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
+#. button label
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881
msgid "S&kip"
msgstr "Sa<ar"
-#. write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
+#. write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909
msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration"
msgstr "Salvando configuração sysconfig"
-#. progress bar item
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
+#. progress bar item
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923
msgid "Write the new settings"
msgstr "Gravar novas configurações"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924
msgid "Activate the changes"
msgstr "Ativar as mudanças"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934
msgid "Saving changes to the files..."
msgstr "Salvando modificações nos arquivos..."
-#. start generic commands
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
+#. start generic commands
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. configuration summary headline
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
+#. configuration summary headline
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048
msgid "Configuration Summary"
msgstr "Sumário da Configuração"
-#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
-#. @see #exec_action
-#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
-#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
+#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param cmd [String] command to execute
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132
msgid "Starting command: %1..."
msgstr "Iniciando comando: %1..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133
msgid "Command %1 failed"
msgstr "Comando %1 falhou"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
msgid "A command will be executed"
msgstr "Um comando será executado"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134
msgid "Command: "
msgstr "Comando: "
-#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
-#. @see #exec_action
-#. @param name [String] service name
-#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
-#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
+#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action
+#. @see #exec_action
+#. @param name [String] service name
+#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart
+#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156
msgid "Reloading service %s..."
msgstr "Recarregando o serviço %s..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157
msgid "Reload of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Falha ao recarregar o serviço %s"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158
msgid "Service %s will be reloaded"
msgstr "O serviço %s será recarregado"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160
msgid "Restarting service %s..."
msgstr "Reiniciando o serviço %s..."
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161
msgid "Restart of the service %s failed"
msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o serviço %s"
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162
msgid "Service %s will be restarted"
msgstr "O serviço %s será reiniciado"
-#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
-#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
-#.
-#. @param service name
-#. @return [Boolean] active?
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
+#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd)
+#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil
+#.
+#. @param service name
+#. @return [Boolean] active?
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187
msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível determinar o estado do serviço, o serviço systemd não existe:"
+msgstr "Impossível determinar o estado do serviço, o serviço systemd não existe:"
-#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
+#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266
msgid "Saving variable %1..."
msgstr "Salvando variável %1..."
-#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
-#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
+#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager)
+#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273
msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed."
msgstr "Salvando variável %1 no arquivo %2 falhou."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/tftp-server.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,130 +14,123 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. description map for command line
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35
+#. description map for command line
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35
msgid "Configure a TFTP server"
msgstr "Configurar servidor TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "status" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39
+#. command line: help text for "status" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39
msgid "Status of the TFTP server"
msgstr "Status do servidor TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "directory" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49
+#. command line: help text for "directory" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49
msgid "Directory of the TFTP server"
msgstr "Diretório do servidor TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "enable" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61
+#. command line: help text for "enable" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61
msgid "Enable the TFTP service"
msgstr "Habilitar o serviço TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "disable" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67
+#. command line: help text for "disable" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67
msgid "Disable the TFTP service"
msgstr "Desabilitar o serviço TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "show" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73
+#. command line: help text for "show" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73
msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service"
msgstr "Mostrar o status do serviço TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "path" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80
+#. command line: help text for "path" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80
msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server"
msgstr "Definir o diretório do servidor TFTP"
-#. command line: help text for "list" command
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86
+#. command line: help text for "list" command
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86
msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server"
msgstr "Mostrar o diretório do servidor TFTP"
-#. command line: show status of tftp-server
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120
+#. command line: show status of tftp-server
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120
msgid "Service Status: %1"
msgstr "Status do Serviço: %1"
-#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server
-#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140
+#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server
+#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140
msgid "Directory Path: %1"
msgstr "Caminho do Diretório: %1"
-#. Tftp-server dialog caption
-#. Tftp-server dialog caption
-#. Tftp-server dialog caption
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67
-#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43
-#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78
+#. Tftp-server dialog caption
+#. Tftp-server dialog caption
+#. Tftp-server dialog caption
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43
+#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78
msgid "TFTP Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Servidor TFTP"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "<p><big><b>Configuring a TFTP Server</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Configurando um Servidor TFTP</b></big></p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). "
-"The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Use essa opção para habilitar um servidor para TFTP (trivial file "
-"transfer protocol). O servidor será iniciado com xinetd.</p>"
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83
+msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Use essa opção para habilitar um servidor para TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). O servidor será iniciado com xinetd.</p>"
-#. enlighten newbies, #102946
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91
+#. enlighten newbies, #102946
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91
msgid "<p>Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Observe que TFTP e FTP não são iguais.</p>"
-#. dialog help text
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96
+#. dialog help text
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n"
"Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n"
-"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option)."
-"p>\n"
+"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diretório de Imagem de Boot</b>:\n"
-"Especifique o diretório onde estão localizados os arquivos atendidos. O "
-"valor habitual é\n"
+"Especifique o diretório onde estão localizados os arquivos atendidos. O valor habitual é\n"
"<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. O diretório será criado se não existir. \n"
"O servidor utiliza-o como diretório raiz (usando a opção <tt>-s</tt>).</p>\n"
-#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115
+#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115
msgid "&Disable"
msgstr "&Desabilitar"
-#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124
+#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124
msgid "&Enable"
msgstr "&Habilitar"
-#. Text entry label
-#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134
+#. Text entry label
+#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134
msgid "&Boot Image Directory"
msgstr "Diretório de Imagem de &Boot"
-#. push button label
-#. select a directory from the filesystem
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137
+#. push button label
+#. select a directory from the filesystem
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137
msgid "Bro&wse..."
msgstr "P&esquisar..."
-#. push button label
-#. display a log file
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144
+#. push button label
+#. display a log file
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144
msgid "&View Log"
msgstr "&Ver Registro"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207
msgid ""
"The directory must start with a slash (/)\n"
"and must not contain spaces."
@@ -145,19 +138,19 @@
"O diretório deve iniciar com (/)\n"
"e não deve conter espaços."
-#. progress label
-#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46
+#. progress label
+#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. progress label
-#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81
+#. progress label
+#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81
msgid "Initializing ..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. error popup
-#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them)
-#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145
+#. error popup
+#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them)
+#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145
msgid ""
"This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n"
"However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n"
@@ -167,24 +160,24 @@
"Entretanto, outro programa está servindo o TFTP: %1.\n"
"Encerrando.\n"
-#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it
-#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured.
-#. If it is running, restart it.
-#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240
+#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it
+#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured.
+#. If it is running, restart it.
+#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240
msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}"
msgstr "Impossível recarregar o serviço %{name}"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303
msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:"
msgstr "Servidor TFTP Habilitado:"
-#. summary item: an option is turned on
-#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305
+#. summary item: an option is turned on
+#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#. summary header
-#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308
+#. summary header
+#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308
msgid "Boot Image Directory:"
msgstr "Diretório de Imagem de Boot:"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/timezone_db.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-15 11:17\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/tune.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,41 +14,37 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
-msgid ""
-"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line "
-"interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Detecção de Hardware - este módulo não suporta a interface de linha de "
-"comando, use '%1'."
+#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo"
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49
+msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr "Detecção de Hardware - este módulo não suporta a interface de linha de comando, use '%1'."
-#. translators: popup heading
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
+#. translators: popup heading
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73
msgid "Probing Hardware..."
msgstr "Investigando Hardware..."
-#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
+#. progress bar label
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Em andamento"
-#. title label
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
+#. title label
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311
msgid "&All Entries"
msgstr "Todas &As entradas"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323
msgid "&Save to File..."
msgstr "&Salvar no Arquivo..."
-#. dialog header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
+#. dialog header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332
msgid "Hardware Information"
msgstr "Informações de Hardware"
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n"
"details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n"
@@ -56,111 +52,95 @@
"<P>O Módulo <B>Informações de Hardware </B> mostra os detalhes do \n"
"hardware do computador. Clique em qualquer nó para mais informações</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
-msgid ""
-"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> "
-"and enter the filename.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Você pode salvar informações de hardware em um arquivo. Clique em "
-"<B>Salvar no Arquivo</B> e digite o nome do arquivo.</P>"
+#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338
+msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Você pode salvar informações de hardware em um arquivo. Clique em <B>Salvar no Arquivo</B> e digite o nome do arquivo.</P>"
-#. installation proposal header
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
+#. installation proposal header
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31
msgid "System and Hardware Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Sistema e Hardware"
-#. this is a heading
-#. tree node string
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
+#. this is a heading
+#. tree node string
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52
msgid "S&ystem"
msgstr "Sist&ema"
-#. tree widget label
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87
+#. tree widget label
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes"
-#. help text
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are "
-"displayed here.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Detalhes</B></P><P>Os detalhes de uma componente de hardware "
-"selecionada são mostrados aqui.</P>"
+#. help text
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95
+msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Detalhes</B></P><P>Os detalhes de uma componente de hardware selecionada são mostrados aqui.</P>"
-#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub")
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101
+#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub")
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101
msgid "Component '%1'"
msgstr "Componente '%1'"
-#. device model name fallback
-#. device model is unknown
-#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model")
-#. TODO allow setting of module args?
-#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281
-#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418
+#. device model name fallback
+#. device model is unknown
+#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model")
+#. TODO allow setting of module args?
+#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281
+#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Dispositivo desconhecido"
-#. device class is unknown
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154
+#. device class is unknown
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154
msgid "Unknown device class"
msgstr "Classe de dispositivo desconhecida"
-#. table header
-#. tree node string - means "class of hardware"
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56
+#. table header
+#. tree node string - means "class of hardware"
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Classe"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170
msgid "&Kernel Settings..."
msgstr "Configurações do &Kernel..."
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Detalhes..."
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174
msgid "Save to &File..."
msgstr "Salvar em &arquivo..."
-#. help text - part 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components "
-"detected in your system.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Hardware Detectado</B><BR>Esta tabela contém todas as componentes de "
-"hardware detectadas no seu sistema.</P>"
+#. help text - part 1/3
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180
+msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Hardware Detectado</B><BR>Esta tabela contém todas as componentes de hardware detectadas no seu sistema.</P>"
-#. help text - part 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a "
-"more detailed description of the component.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Detalhes</B><BR> Selecione um componente e pressione <B>Detalhes</B> "
-"para obter uma descrição mais detalhada do componente.</P> "
+#. help text - part 2/3
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184
+msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Detalhes</B><BR> Selecione um componente e pressione <B>Detalhes</B> para obter uma descrição mais detalhada do componente.</P> "
-#. help text - part 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188
+#. help text - part 3/3
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188
msgid ""
"<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n"
" hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>"
@@ -168,1004 +148,969 @@
"<P><B>Gravar no Arquivo</B><BR>É possível gravar\n"
" as informações de hardware (saída <I>hwinfo</I>) em um arquivo.</P>"
-#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197
+#. heading text
+#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197
msgid "Detected Hardware"
msgstr "Hardware Detectado"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45
msgid "Saving system settings..."
msgstr "Salvando configurações do sistema..."
-#. text in dialog header
-#. text in dialog header
-#. dialog header
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439
+#. text in dialog header
+#. text in dialog header
+#. dialog header
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439
msgid "PCI ID Setup"
msgstr "Configuração de ID de PCI"
-#. textentry label
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269
+#. textentry label
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269
msgid "&Driver"
msgstr "&Driver"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110
msgid "&Vendor"
msgstr "&Fornecedor"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117
msgid "&Subvendor"
msgstr "&Subvendor"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Classe"
-#. textentry label
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276
+#. textentry label
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276
msgid "Sys&FS Directory"
msgstr "Diretório Sys&FS"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147
msgid "S&ubdevice"
msgstr "S&ubdispositivo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154
msgid "Class &Mask"
msgstr "&Máscara de Classe"
-#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed
-#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314
+#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed
+#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314
msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name."
msgstr "Digite o driver ou nome de diretório SysFS."
-#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204
+#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204
msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required."
msgstr "No mínimo um valor PCI ID é requerido."
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286
msgid "PCI &Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo PCI"
-#. table header, use as short texts as possible
-#. tree node string - means "hardware driver"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96
+#. table header, use as short texts as possible
+#. tree node string - means "hardware driver"
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96
msgid "Driver"
msgstr "Driver"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367
msgid "Card Name"
msgstr "Nome da Placa"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336
msgid "Vendor"
msgstr "Fornecedor"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo"
-#. table header, use as short texts as possible
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321
+#. table header, use as short texts as possible
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321
msgid "Subvendor"
msgstr "Subfornecedor"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372
msgid "Subdevice"
msgstr "Subdispositivo"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374
msgid "Class Mask"
msgstr "Máscara de Classe"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375
msgid "SysFS Dir."
msgstr "Dir. SysFS"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383
msgid "&From List"
msgstr "&Da Lista"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "&Manualmente"
-#. help text header
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409
+#. help text header
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409
msgid "<P><B>PCI ID Setup</B><BR></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Configuração de ID de PCI</B><BR></P>"
-#. PCI ID help text
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411
-msgid ""
-"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal "
-"database of known supported devices.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>É possível adicionar um ID de PCI ao driver do dispositivo para estender "
-"seu banco de dados interno de dispositivos suportados conhecidos.</P>"
+#. PCI ID help text
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411
+msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>É possível adicionar um ID de PCI ao driver do dispositivo para estender seu banco de dados interno de dispositivos suportados conhecidos.</P>"
-#. PCI ID help text
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415
-msgid ""
-"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS "
-"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it "
-"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Números de ID de PCI são digitados e exibidos como hexadecimais. <b>SysFS "
-"Dir.</b> é o nome do diretório em /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se estiver vazio, o "
-"nome do driver será usado como nome do diretório.</P> "
+#. PCI ID help text
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415
+msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Números de ID de PCI são digitados e exibidos como hexadecimais. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> é o nome do diretório em /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Se estiver vazio, o nome do driver será usado como nome do diretório.</P> "
-#. PCI ID help text
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419
-msgid ""
-"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty "
-"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Se o ddriver é compilado dentro do kernel, deixe o nome do driver vazio e "
-"informe o nome do diretório SysFS.</P>"
+#. PCI ID help text
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419
+msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Se o ddriver é compilado dentro do kernel, deixe o nome do driver vazio e informe o nome do diretório SysFS.</P>"
-#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424
-msgid ""
-"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>"
-"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P>Use os botões abaixo da tabela para mudar a lista de IDs de PCI. "
-"Pressione <b>%1</b> para ativar as configurações.</P>"
+#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424
+msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>"
+msgstr "<P>Use os botões abaixo da tabela para mudar a lista de IDs de PCI. Pressione <b>%1</b> para ativar as configurações.</P>"
-#. PCI ID help text
-#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you "
-"know what you are doing.</P>"
-msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Alerta:</B> Isto é uma configuração de especialista. Só continue se "
-"você sabe o que está fazendo.</P>"
+#. PCI ID help text
+#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431
+msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>Alerta:</B> Isto é uma configuração de especialista. Só continue se você sabe o que está fazendo.</P>"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura"
-#. tree node string - means "hardware bus"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31
+#. tree node string - means "hardware bus"
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31
msgid "Bus"
msgstr "Barramento"
-#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36
+#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID"
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36
msgid "Bus ID"
msgstr "ID do Bus"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593
msgid "Cache"
msgstr "Cache"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51
msgid "Card Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Placa"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61
msgid "CD Type"
msgstr "Tipo de CD"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Nome de Dispositivo"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71
msgid "Device Numbers"
msgstr "Números de Dispositivo"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221
msgid "Sysfs ID"
msgstr "ID do Sysfs"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86
msgid "Device Identifier"
msgstr "Identificador de Dispositivo"
-#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91
+#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers"
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91
msgid "Drivers"
msgstr "Drivers"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106
msgid "Major"
msgstr "Major"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Minor"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116
msgid "Range"
msgstr "Intervalo"
-#. tree node string (System Management BIOS)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121
+#. tree node string (System Management BIOS)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121
msgid "SMBIOS"
msgstr "SMBIOS"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126
msgid "Interface"
msgstr "Interface"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131
msgid "Resources"
msgstr "Recursos"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136
msgid "Requires"
msgstr "Requer"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141
msgid "Revision"
msgstr "Revisão"
-#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146
+#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146
msgid "Slot ID"
msgstr "ID do Slot"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151
msgid "Length"
msgstr "Comprimento"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Ativo"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171
msgid "Device Names"
msgstr "Nomes dos Dispositivos"
-#. tree node string (number of colors)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176
+#. tree node string (number of colors)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176
msgid "Colors"
msgstr "Cores"
-#. tree node string (harddisk parameter)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181
+#. tree node string (harddisk parameter)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181
msgid "Logical Geometry"
msgstr "Geometria Lógica"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186
msgid "Count"
msgstr "Contagem"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
-#. tree node string (interrupt request)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196
+#. tree node string (interrupt request)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196
msgid "IRQ"
msgstr "IRQ"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201
msgid "IO Port"
msgstr "Porta de E/S"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496
msgid "Memory"
msgstr "Memória"
-#. tree node string (direct memory access)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211
+#. tree node string (direct memory access)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211
msgid "DMA"
msgstr "DMA"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216
msgid "Hwcfg Bus"
msgstr "Barramento Hwcfg"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226
msgid "Parent Unique ID"
msgstr "ID Exclusivo do Pai"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231
msgid "UDI"
msgstr "UDI"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236
msgid "Unique ID"
msgstr "ID Exclusivo"
-#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241
+#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241
msgid "Vertical Frequency"
msgstr "Freqüência Vertical"
-#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246
+#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246
msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency"
msgstr "Freqüência Horizontal Máxima"
-#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251
+#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251
msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency"
msgstr "Freqüência Vertical Máxima"
-#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256
+#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256
msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency"
msgstr "Freqüência Horizontal Mínima"
-#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261
+#. tree node string (monitor parameter)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261
msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency"
msgstr "Freqüência Vertical Mínima"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266
msgid "DVD"
msgstr "DVD"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271
msgid "Kernel Driver"
msgstr "Driver do Kernel"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276
msgid "HW Address"
msgstr "Endereço de HW"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281
msgid "BIOS ID"
msgstr "ID do BIOS"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Habilitado"
-#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291
+#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291
msgid "Resolution"
msgstr "Resolução"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamanho"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301
msgid "Old Unique Key"
msgstr "Chave Única Antiga"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306
msgid "Class (spec)"
msgstr "Classe (spec)"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311
msgid "Device (spec)"
msgstr "Dispositivo (spec)"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316
msgid "Device Identifier (spec)"
msgstr "Identificador de Dispositivo (esp)"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326
msgid "Subvendor Identifier"
msgstr "Identificador de Subfornecedor"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331
msgid "Unique Key"
msgstr "Chave Única"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653
msgid "Vendor Identifier"
msgstr "Identificador de Fornecedor"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346
msgid "BIOS Video"
msgstr "Vídeo BIOS"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351
msgid "Boot Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura de Boot"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356
msgid "Boot Disk"
msgstr "Disco de Boot"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361
msgid "Block Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos Block"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366
msgid "DASD Disks"
msgstr "Discos DASD"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371
msgid "CD-ROM"
msgstr "CD-ROM"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376
msgid "CPU"
msgstr "CPU"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disco"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Display"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713
msgid "Floppy Disk"
msgstr "Disquete"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396
msgid "Framebuffer"
msgstr "Framebuffer"
-#. tree node string (powermanagement)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401
+#. tree node string (powermanagement)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401
msgid "Has APM"
msgstr "Tem APM"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406
msgid "Has PCMCIA"
msgstr "Tem PCMCIA"
-#. tree node string (multiprocessing)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411
+#. tree node string (multiprocessing)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411
msgid "Has SMP"
msgstr "Tem SMP"
-#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416
+#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416
msgid "UML System"
msgstr "Sistema UML"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421
msgid "Hardware Data"
msgstr "Dados de Hardware"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426
msgid "ISDN"
msgstr "ISDN"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Teclado"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441
msgid "Network Devices"
msgstr "Dispositivos de Rede"
-#. tree node string
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698
+#. tree node string
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698
msgid "Network Interface"
msgstr "Placa de rede"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impressora"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461
msgid "Sound"
msgstr "Som"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466
msgid "Storage Media"
msgstr "Mídia de Armazenamento"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476
msgid "TV Card"
msgstr "Placa de TV"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481
msgid "DVB Card"
msgstr "Placa DVB"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486
msgid "USB Type"
msgstr "Tipo de USB"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491
msgid "Version"
msgstr "Versão"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501
msgid "Network Card"
msgstr "Placa de Rede"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506
msgid "BIOS"
msgstr "BIOS"
-#. tree node string
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511
+#. tree node string
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511
msgid "Framebuffer Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Framebuffer"
-#. tree node string - bus type
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516
+#. tree node string - bus type
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516
msgid "IDE"
msgstr "IDE"
-#. tree node string - bus type
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521
+#. tree node string - bus type
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521
msgid "PCI"
msgstr "PCI"
-#. tree node string - bus type
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526
+#. tree node string - bus type
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526
msgid "USB"
msgstr "USB"
-#. tree node string - bus type
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531
+#. tree node string - bus type
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531
msgid "ISA PnP"
msgstr "ISA PnP"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536
msgid "USB Controller"
msgstr "Controladora USB"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541
msgid "USB Hub"
msgstr "Hub USB"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546
msgid "IEEE1394 Controller"
msgstr "Controladora IEEE1394"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551
msgid "SCSI"
msgstr "SCSI"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556
msgid "Scanner"
msgstr "Scanner"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560
msgid "Mouse"
msgstr "Mouse"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563
msgid "Joystick"
msgstr "Joystick"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568
msgid "Braille Display"
msgstr "Vídeo em braille"
-#. tree node
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573
+#. tree node
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573
msgid "Chipcard Reader"
msgstr "Leitora Chipcard"
-#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578
+#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578
msgid "Camera"
msgstr "Câmera"
-#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583
+#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583
msgid "PPP over Ethernet"
msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588
msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second"
msgstr "Milhões de instruções por segundo-Bogus"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598
msgid "Coma Bug"
msgstr "Coma Bug"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603
msgid "f00f Bug"
msgstr "f00f Bug"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608
msgid "CPU ID Level"
msgstr "Nível de ID da CPU"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613
msgid "Frequency"
msgstr "Frequëncia"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618
msgid "Floating point division bug"
msgstr "Bug de divisão de ponto flutuante"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623
msgid "Flags"
msgstr "Flags"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628
msgid "Floating Point Unit"
msgstr "Unidade de Ponto Flutuante"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633
msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception"
msgstr "Unidade de ponto flutuante"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638
msgid "Halt Bug"
msgstr "Halt Bug"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643
msgid "Processor"
msgstr "Processador"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648
msgid "Stepping"
msgstr "Stepping"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658
msgid "Family"
msgstr "Família"
-#. tree node string - CPU information
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668
+#. tree node string - CPU information
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668
msgid "WP"
msgstr "WP"
-#. tree node string - wireless network adapters
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673
+#. tree node string - wireless network adapters
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673
msgid "Wireless LAN"
msgstr "Wireless LAN"
-#. tree node string - tape devices
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678
+#. tree node string - tape devices
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678
msgid "Tape"
msgstr "Fita"
-#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683
+#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"
-#. tree node string - DSL devices
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688
+#. tree node string - DSL devices
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688
msgid "DSL"
msgstr "DSL"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693
msgid "Ethernet Network Interface"
msgstr "Interface de Rede Ethernet"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703
msgid "Loopback Network Interface"
msgstr "Interface de Rede de Loopback"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partição"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718
msgid "Floppy Disk Controller"
msgstr "Controladora de disquete"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723
msgid "PnP Unclassified Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Não Classificado PnP"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728
msgid "Unclassified Device"
msgstr "Dispositivo Não Classificado"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733
msgid "Main Memory"
msgstr "Memória principal"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738
msgid "UHCI Host Controller"
msgstr "Controladora de Host UHCI"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743
msgid "EHCI Host Controller"
msgstr "Controladora de Host EHCI"
-#. tree node string - generic device name
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748
+#. tree node string - generic device name
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748
msgid "OHCI Host Controller"
msgstr "Controladora de Host OHCI"
-#. yes/no strings
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879
+#. yes/no strings
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Sim"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879
msgid "No"
msgstr "Não"
-#. Linux kernel modules (drivers)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917
+#. Linux kernel modules (drivers)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917
msgid "Modules"
msgstr "Módulos"
-#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929
+#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
-#. window title
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057
+#. window title
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057
msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File"
msgstr "Gravar Saída do hwinfo em Arquivo"
-#. progress window content
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063
+#. progress window content
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063
msgid "Saving hardware information..."
msgstr "Salvando informações de hardware..."
-#. error popup message
-#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071
+#. error popup message
+#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071
msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed."
msgstr "Salvamento da saída no arquivo '%1' falhou."
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. File:
-#. system_settings.ycp
-#.
-#. Summary:
-#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters,
-#. Bootloader parameters etc.
-#.
-#. Authors:
-#. Lukas Ocilka
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#.
-#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error)
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. system_settings.ycp
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters,
+#. Bootloader parameters etc.
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Lukas Ocilka
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#.
+#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error)
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176
msgid "Kernel Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Kernel"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93
+#. combo box label
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93
msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler"
msgstr "Programador de &E/S Global"
-#. combo box item - I/O scheduler
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96
+#. combo box item - I/O scheduler
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Not Configured"
msgstr "Não Configurado"
-#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98
+#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]"
msgstr "Enfileiramento Totalmente Justo [cfq]"
-#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100
+#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100
msgid "NOOP [noop]"
msgstr "NOOP [noop]"
-#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102
+#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Deadline [deadline]"
msgstr "Prazo [deadline]"
-#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq'
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118
+#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq'
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n"
-"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in "
-"the\n"
-"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually "
-"'cfq')\n"
-"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
-"block\n"
+"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n"
+"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n"
+"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
"directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Programador de E/S Global</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecione o algoritmo que ordena e envia comandos para dispositivos de\n"
-"disco. Esta é uma opção global, que será usada para todos os dispositivos de "
-"disco no\n"
-"sistema. Se a opção não for configurada, o programador padrão (normalmente "
-"''cfq'')\n"
-"será usado. Consulte a documentação no diretório /usr/src/linux/"
-"Documentation/block\n"
+"disco. Esta é uma opção global, que será usada para todos os dispositivos de disco no\n"
+"sistema. Se a opção não for configurada, o programador padrão (normalmente ''cfq'')\n"
+"será usado. Consulte a documentação no diretório /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n"
"(pacote kernel-source) para obter mais informações.</p>\n"
-#. .sysconfig.sysctl
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130
+#. .sysconfig.sysctl
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130
msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys"
msgstr "Habilitar Teclas &SysRq"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134
+#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n"
-"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if "
-"it\n"
-"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key "
-"combination\n"
+"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n"
+"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n"
"Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n"
"computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n"
-"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source)."
-"p>\n"
+"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Habilitar Teclas SysRq</big></b><br>\n"
-"Se você habilitar as teclas SysRq, terá algum controle sobre o sistema mesmo "
-"se ele\n"
-"falhar (por exemplo, durante a depuração do kernel). Se estiver habilitada, "
-"a combinação de teclas \n"
-"Alt-SysRq- iniciará o respectivo comando (ex.: "
-"reinicializar o \n"
-"computador, descartar informações do kernel). Para obter mais informações, "
-"consulte\n"
+"Se você habilitar as teclas SysRq, terá algum controle sobre o sistema mesmo se ele\n"
+"falhar (por exemplo, durante a depuração do kernel). Se estiver habilitada, a combinação de teclas \n"
+"Alt-SysRq- iniciará o respectivo comando (ex.: reinicializar o \n"
+"computador, descartar informações do kernel). Para obter mais informações, consulte\n"
"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pacote kernel-source).</p>\n"
-#. Short sleep between reads or writes
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29
+#. Short sleep between reads or writes
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29
msgid "Reading the Configuration"
msgstr "Lendo a Configuração"
-#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36
+#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36
msgid "Read the PCI ID settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações de ID de PCI"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36
msgid "Read the system settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações do sistema"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38
msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações de ID de PCI..."
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39
msgid "Reading the system settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações do sistema..."
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
@@ -1173,31 +1118,31 @@
"<p><b><big>Lendo a Configuração</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...</p>"
-#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here
-#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module
-#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module))
-#. has a Read() function call in its constructor.
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71
+#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here
+#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module
+#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module))
+#. has a Read() function call in its constructor.
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71
msgid "Saving the Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76
msgid "Save the PCI ID settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de ID de PCI"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76
msgid "Save the system settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações do sistema"
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78
msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações de ID de PCI..."
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79
msgid "Saving the system settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações do sistema..."
-#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82
+#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving the Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...</p>"
@@ -1205,67 +1150,67 @@
"<p><b><big>Gravando a Configuração</big></b><br>\n"
"Aguarde...</p>"
-#. PushButton label
-#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34
+#. PushButton label
+#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34
msgid "System Information"
msgstr "Informações do sistema"
-#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000)
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56
+#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000)
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56
msgid "Unknown processor"
msgstr "Processador desconhecido"
-#. create processor count string
-#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1)
-#. the second %s is processor model name
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67
+#. create processor count string
+#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1)
+#. the second %s is processor model name
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67
msgid "%sx %s"
msgstr "%sx %s"
-#. list separator (placed between items)
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74
+#. list separator (placed between items)
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74
msgid ", "
msgstr ", "
-#. system manufacturer is unknown
-#. system product name is unknown
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120
+#. system manufacturer is unknown
+#. system product name is unknown
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device
-#. probe by bus
-#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ];
-#. probe by device class
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235
+#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device
+#. probe by bus
+#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ];
+#. probe by device class
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235
msgid "Hardware Detection"
msgstr "Detecção de Hardware"
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238
msgid "Detect hardware"
msgstr "Detectar hardware"
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239
msgid "Detecting hardware..."
msgstr "Detectando hardware..."
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240
msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait."
msgstr "Detecção de hardware em andamento. Favor espera."
-#. set progress bar label
-#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260
+#. set progress bar label
+#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260
msgid "%1..."
msgstr "%1..."
-#. Error message
-#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462
msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID."
msgstr "Arquivo '%1' não existe. Não pode configurar novo PCI ID."
-#. test for installation proposal
-#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100)
-#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers)
-#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686
+#. test for installation proposal
+#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100)
+#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers)
+#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686
msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2"
msgstr "Dispositivo: %1, Novo PCI ID: %2"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/update.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,57 +14,57 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65
+#. Proposal for backup during update
+#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:65
msgid "Create Backup of Modified Files"
msgstr "Criar Backup de Arquivos Modificados"
-#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72
+#. Proposal for backup during update
+#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:72
msgid "Create Backup of /etc/sysconfig Directory"
msgstr "Criar Backup do Diretório /etc/sysconfig"
-#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76
+#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Do Not Create Backups"
msgstr "Não Criar Salvamentos"
-#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81
+#. Proposal for backup during update
+#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Remove Backups from Previous Updates"
msgstr "Remover Salvamentos de Atualizações Anteriores"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:107
msgid "Backup"
msgstr "Backup"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/clients/backup_proposal.rb:109
msgid "&Backup"
msgstr "Salvamento &B"
-#. screen title for software selection
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54
+#. screen title for software selection
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:54
msgid "Backup System Before Update"
msgstr "Faça salvamento do sistema antes de atualizar"
-#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67
+#. checkbox label if user wants to backup modified files
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:67
msgid "Create &Backup of Modified Files"
msgstr "Criar &Salvamento de Arquivos Modificados"
-#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75
+#. checkbox label if user wants to backup /etc/sysconfig
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:75
msgid "Create a &Complete Backup of /etc/sysconfig"
msgstr "Criar Salvamento &Completo do /etc/sysconfig"
-#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84
+#. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84
msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory"
msgstr "Remover Salvamentos Antig&os do Diretório de Salvamentos"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>To avoid any loss of information during update,\n"
"create a <b>backup</b> prior to updating.</p>\n"
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@
"<p>Para evitar perda de informações durante a atualização,\n"
"crie um <b>backup</b> antes de atualizar.</p>\n"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p><b>Warning:</b> This will not be a complete\n"
"backup. Only modified files will be saved.</p>\n"
@@ -81,36 +81,33 @@
"<p><b>Alerta:</b> Isto não será um salvamento\n"
"completo. Só arquivos modificados serão salvos.</p>\n"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 3/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:106
msgid "<p>Select the desired options.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Selecionar as opções desejadas.</p>\n"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 4/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Backup of Modified Files:</b>\n"
"Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Criar um Backup de Arquivos Modificados:</b>\n"
-"Armazena somente os arquivos modificados que serão substituídos durante "
-"atualização.</p>\n"
+"Armazena somente os arquivos modificados que serão substituídos durante atualização.</p>\n"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p><b>Create a Complete Backup of\n"
-"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of "
-"the\n"
+"/etc/sysconfig:</b> This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n"
"sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Criar um Backup Completo do\n"
-"/etc/sysconfig:</b> Engloba todos os arquivos de configuração que fazem "
-"parte do\n"
+"/etc/sysconfig:</b> Engloba todos os arquivos de configuração que fazem parte do\n"
"mecanismo sysconfig, mesmo aqueles que não serão substituídos.</p>\n"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:130
msgid ""
"<p><b>Remove Old Backups from the Backup\n"
"Directory:</b> If your current system already is the result of an earlier\n"
@@ -122,36 +119,36 @@
"anterior, podem existir salvamentos antigos de configurações. Selecione\n"
"esta opção para removê-los.</p>\n"
-#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142
+#. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:142
msgid "<p>All backups are placed in %1.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Todos os Salvamentos estão colocados em %1.</p>"
-#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222
+#. error popup, user did not enter a valid directory specification
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:222
msgid "Invalid backup path."
msgstr "Caminho do salvamento inválido."
-#. there is not enough space for the backup during update
-#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes)
-#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261
+#. there is not enough space for the backup during update
+#. inform the user about this (MB==megabytes)
+#: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:261
msgid "Minimum disk space of %1 MB required."
msgstr "Espaço em disco mínimo de %1 MB é necessário."
-#. screen title for update options
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
+#. screen title for update options
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Update Options"
msgstr "Opções de Atualização"
-#. push button label
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51
+#. push button label
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:51
msgid "Select Patterns"
msgstr "Selecionar Padrões"
-#. check if state changed
-#. Display warning message
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59
+#. check if state changed
+#. Display warning message
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:59
msgid ""
"You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n"
"You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection."
@@ -159,39 +156,39 @@
"Você já escolheu software da \"Seleção detalhada\".\n"
"Você vai perder esta seleção se mudar a seleção básica."
-#. Build and show dialog
-#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...])
-#. Table item (unknown architecture)
-#. Table item (unknown file system)
-#. label - name of sustem to update
-#. starts with >`<
-#. Get installed release name
-#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
+#. Build and show dialog
+#. Table item (unknown system [neither openSUSE 11.1 nor SLES 14 nor ...])
+#. Table item (unknown architecture)
+#. Table item (unknown file system)
+#. label - name of sustem to update
+#. starts with >`<
+#. Get installed release name
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. label showing to which version we are updating
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
+#. label showing to which version we are updating
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80
msgid "Update to %1"
msgstr "Atualizar para %1"
-#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84
+#. label showing from which version to which version we are updating
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:84
msgid "Update from %1 to %2"
msgstr "Atualizar de %1 para %2"
-#. frame title for update selection
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96
+#. frame title for update selection
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:96
msgid "Update Mode"
msgstr "Modo de Atualização"
-#. radio button label for update including new packages
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108
+#. radio button label for update including new packages
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:108
msgid ""
"&Update with Installation of New Software and Features\n"
"Based on the Selection:\n"
@@ -199,13 +196,13 @@
"At&Ualizar com instalação de Novo Software ou Recursos\n"
"Baseadas na Seleção:\n"
-#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122
+#. radio button label for update of already installed packages only
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:122
msgid "Only U&pdate Installed Packages"
msgstr "Somente Atualizar &pacotes Instalados"
-#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143
+#. help text for dialog "update options" 1/4
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>The update option offers two different modes. In\n"
"either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.</p>\n"
@@ -213,50 +210,45 @@
"<p>A opção de atualização oferece dois modos diferentes. Em\n"
"qualquer um deles, é recomendado fazer backup de seus dados pessoais.</p>\n"
-#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151
+#. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>With New Software:</b> This default setting\n"
"updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n"
-"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former "
-"predefined\n"
+"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n"
"software selection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Com Novo Software:</b> Essa configuração padrão\n"
-"atualiza o software existente e instala todos os novos recursos e benefícios "
-"da\n"
+"atualiza o software existente e instala todos os novos recursos e benefícios da\n"
"nova versão de <tt>%1</tt>. A seleção baseia-se na seleção anterior de \n"
"software predefinida.</p>\n"
-#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164
+#. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p><b>Only Installed Packages:</b> This selection\n"
"only updates the packages already installed on your system. <i>Note:</i>\n"
-"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, "
-"is\n"
+"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n"
"not available after the update. You might miss new features.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Somente Pacotes Instalados</b> Esta seleção\n"
"atualiza somente os pacotes já instalados no sistema. <i>Nota:</i>\n"
-"Novos softwares na seleção de software predefinida, como novos módulos do "
-"YaST, não estarão\n"
+"Novos softwares na seleção de software predefinida, como novos módulos do YaST, não estarão\n"
"disponíveis após a atualização. Você poderá perder os recursos novos.</p>\n"
-#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
+#. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>After the update, some software might not\n"
-"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete "
-"those\n"
+"function anymore. Activate <b>Delete Unmaintained Packages</b> to delete those\n"
"packages during the update.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Após a atualização, alguns softwares podem não funcionar mais.\n"
"Ative <b>Remover Pacotes Não Mantidos</b> para eliminar estes\n"
"pacotes durante a atualização.</p>\n"
-#. warning / question
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
+#. warning / question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231
msgid ""
"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n"
"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n"
@@ -270,8 +262,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente continuar?"
-#. yes/no question
-#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
+#. yes/no question
+#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to reset your detailed selection?"
@@ -279,164 +271,151 @@
"Você realmente quer\n"
"reinicializar sua seleção detalhada?"
-#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
+#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123
msgid "Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes para Atualização: %1"
-#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
+#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131
msgid "New Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Novos Pacotes para instalar: %1"
-#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
+#. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139
msgid "Packages to Remove: %1"
msgstr "Pacotes para Remoção: %1"
-#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147
+#. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB)
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147
msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1"
msgstr "Tamanho Total dos Pacotes para Atualização: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168
-msgid ""
-"Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required."
-"a>"
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível resolver todos os conflitos. Intervenção manual "
-"necessária.</a>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168
+msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required.</a>"
+msgstr "Impossível resolver todos os conflitos. Intervenção manual necessária.</a>"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pacotes"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211
msgid "&Packages"
msgstr "&Pacotes"
-#. Proposal for system to update
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70
+#. Proposal for system to update
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:70
msgid "No root partition found"
msgstr "Nenhuma partição raiz foi encontrada"
-#. Proposal for system to update
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97
+#. Proposal for system to update
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:97
msgid "%1 on root partition %2"
msgstr "%1 na partição raiz %2"
-#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
-#. error report
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
-#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64
+#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385
+#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64
msgid "Failed to mount target system"
msgstr "Ocorreu falha na montagem do sistema destino"
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149
+#. this is a heading
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149
msgid "Selected for Update"
msgstr "Selecionado para Atualização"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:151
msgid "&Selected for Update"
msgstr "&Selecionado para Atualização"
-#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false;
-#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57
+#. Update::deleteOldPackages = false;
+#: src/clients/run_update.rb:57
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "At&ualizar"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
-#: src/clients/update.rb:47
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
+#: src/clients/update.rb:47
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
msgstr "Não existe interface de usuário disponível para este módulo."
-#. error message in proposal
-#. part of error popup message
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
+#. error message in proposal
+#. part of error popup message
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:87 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:390
msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database."
msgstr "Não é possível ler o Banco de Dados RPM atual."
-#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
-#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
-#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
+#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
+#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label)
+#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
+#. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:119
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:174 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:180
msgid "Unknown product"
msgstr "Produto desconhecido"
-#. error message in proposal
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
-msgid ""
-"The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on "
-"the installation media (%{update_to})."
-msgstr ""
-"O produto instalado (%{update_from}) não é compatível com o produto na mídia "
-"de instalação (%{update_to})."
+#. error message in proposal
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:129
+msgid "The installed product (%{update_from}) is not compatible with the product on the installation media (%{update_to})."
+msgstr "O produto instalado (%{update_from}) não é compatível com o produto na mídia de instalação (%{update_to})."
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
-#. %2 is the version being installed
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
+#. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system
+#. %2 is the version being installed
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:146
msgid ""
-"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the "
-"running system.<br>\n"
+"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n"
"Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n"
"or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n"
msgstr ""
-"A atualização do sistema para outra versão (%1 -> %2) não é suportada no "
-"sistema em execução.<br>\n"
+"A atualização do sistema para outra versão (%1 -> %2) não é suportada no sistema em execução.<br>\n"
"Reinicialize-o pela mídia de instalação e use um upgrade normal\n"
-"ou desabilite os repositórios de software dos produtos com versões "
-"diferentes.\n"
+"ou desabilite os repositórios de software dos produtos com versões diferentes.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
+#. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:167
msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match."
msgstr "Aviso: Atualizando de '%1' para '%2'. Os produtos não são idênticos."
-#. Proposal for backup during update
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
+#. Proposal for backup during update
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:194
msgid "Only update installed packages"
msgstr "Somente Atualizar Pacotes Instalados"
-#. proposal string
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
+#. proposal string
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:209
msgid "Update based on patterns"
msgstr "Atualizar com Base nos Padrões"
-#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
+#. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n"
"Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n"
"installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n"
"deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Opções de Atualização</big></b> Selecione como o seu sistema será "
-"atualizado.\n"
-"Escolha se somente os pacotes instalados serão atualizados ou se os novos "
-"pacotes também deverão ser\n"
+"<p><b><big>Opções de Atualização</big></b> Selecione como o seu sistema será atualizado.\n"
+"Escolha se somente os pacotes instalados serão atualizados ou se os novos pacotes também deverão ser\n"
"instalados (padrão). Informe se os pacotes não mantidos deverão ser\n"
"apagados.</p>\n"
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
+#. this is a menu entry
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:286
msgid "&Update Options"
msgstr "Opções de At&Ualização"
-#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
+#. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:393
msgid "None of these files exist:%1"
msgstr "Nenhum desses arquivos existe:%1"
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
+#. continue-cancel popup
+#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548
msgid ""
"The installed product is not compatible with the product\n"
"on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n"
@@ -448,28 +427,28 @@
"de instalação atual, o sistema pode não iniciar ou algumas\n"
"aplicações podem não executar adequadamente."
-#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
+#. Table item (unknown system)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93
msgid "Unknown Linux"
msgstr "Linux Desconhecido"
-#. Table item (unknown system)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
+#. Table item (unknown system)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96
msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux"
msgstr "Linux Desconhecido ou Não-Linux"
-#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
+#. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr "%1 (%2)"
-#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
+#. label for selection of root partition (for boot)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186
msgid "Partition or System to Boot:"
msgstr "Partição ou Sistema para executar Boot:"
-#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
+#. help text for root partition dialog (for boot)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to boot.\n"
@@ -479,13 +458,13 @@
"Selecione a partição ou sistema para executar boot.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
+#. label for selection of root partition (for update)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196
msgid "Partition or System to Update:"
msgstr "Partição ou Sistema para Atualizar:"
-#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
+#. help text for root partition dialog (for update)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select the partition or system to update.\n"
@@ -495,13 +474,13 @@
"Selecione a partição ou sistema para atualizar.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
+#. headline for dialog "Select for update"
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207
msgid "Select for Update"
msgstr "Selecionar para Atualizar"
-#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
+#. help text for root partition dialog (general part)
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n"
@@ -513,43 +492,43 @@
"revisão geral das partições do seu sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
+#. table header
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
-#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
+#. table header item
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236
msgid "Partition"
msgstr "Partição"
-#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
+#. table header item
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitetura"
-#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
+#. table header item
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240
msgid "File System"
msgstr "Sistema de arquivos"
-#. table header item
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
+#. table header item
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Rótulo"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
+#. check box
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252
msgid "&Show All Partitions"
msgstr "Mo&strar Todas as Partições"
-#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
+#. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283
msgid "&Boot"
msgstr "&Boot"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354
msgid ""
"No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n"
"on the selected partition."
@@ -557,8 +536,8 @@
"Nenhum sistema instalado que possa ser atualizado com este produto foi\n"
"encontrado na partição selecionada."
-#. continue-cancel popup
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
+#. continue-cancel popup
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364
msgid ""
"The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n"
"is different from the one of this product.\n"
@@ -566,24 +545,23 @@
"A arquitetura do sistema instalado na partição selecionada é\n"
"diferente da arquitetura deste produto.\n"
-#. pop-up question
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
+#. pop-up question
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394
msgid ""
-"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected "
-"partition.\n"
+"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n"
"Are sure you want to use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Uma possível instalação incompleta foi detectada na partição selecionada.\n"
"Você tem certeza de que quer usá-la mesmo assim?"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
+#. button label
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398
msgid "&Yes, Use It"
msgstr "&Sim, Usá-lo"
-#. Target load failed, #466803
-#. Target load failed, #466803
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
+#. Target load failed, #466803
+#. Target load failed, #466803
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461
msgid ""
"Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n"
"It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n"
@@ -595,17 +573,17 @@
"\n"
"Tem certeza de que deseja continuar?"
-#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
+#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467
msgid "&Yes, Continue"
msgstr "&Sim, Continuar"
-#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
-#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69
+#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found
+#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69
msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected."
msgstr "Foi detectada uma possível instalação incompleta."
-#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110
+#. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices.
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110
msgid ""
"See the SDB article at %1 for details\n"
"about how to solve this problem."
@@ -613,18 +591,18 @@
"Veja o artigo SBD em %1 para obter detalhes\n"
"sobre como resolver o problema."
-#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148
+#. label - name of sustem to update
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148
msgid "Unknown Linux System"
msgstr "Sistema Linux Desconhecido"
-#. label - name of sustem to update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153
+#. label - name of sustem to update
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153
msgid "Non-Linux System"
msgstr "Sistema Não-Linux"
-#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309
+#. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1)
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309
msgid ""
"Cannot unmount partition %1.\n"
"\n"
@@ -638,33 +616,33 @@
"dados podem ser perdidos. Desmonte a partição \n"
"manualmente, ou reinicie seu computador.\n"
-#. label, %1 is partition
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380
+#. label, %1 is partition
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380
msgid "Checking partition %1"
msgstr "Verificando partição %1"
-#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "")
-#. @param [String] question
-#. @param string button (true)
-#. @param string button (false)
-#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417
+#. @param [String] headline (optional; to disable, use "")
+#. @param [String] question
+#. @param string button (true)
+#. @param string button (false)
+#. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "")
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417
msgid "Show &Details"
msgstr "Mostrar &Detalhes"
-#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499
+#. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499
msgid "Checking file system on %1..."
msgstr "Verificando o sistema de arquivos em %1..."
-#. popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531
+#. popup headline
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531
msgid "File System Check Failed"
msgstr "Falha na Verificação do Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
-#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535
+#. popup question (continue/cancel dialog)
+#. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535
msgid ""
"The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -674,44 +652,42 @@
"\n"
"Deseja continuar a montagem do dispositivo?\n"
-#. button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544
+#. button
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544
msgid "&Skip Mounting"
msgstr "&Ignorar Montagem"
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Senha incorreta. Tentar novamente?"
-#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
+#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Aviso"
-#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
-#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
-#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
+#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
+#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
+#. %2 with the recommended size
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
-"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not "
-"fit.\n"
+"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n"
"It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n"
"or not use a /boot partition at all.\n"
"\n"
"Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n"
msgstr ""
"Sua partição /boot é muito pequena (%1 MB).\n"
-"Nós recomendamos um tamanho mínimo de %2 MB, ou o novo Kernel poderá não "
-"caber.\n"
+"Nós recomendamos um tamanho mínimo de %2 MB, ou o novo Kernel poderá não caber.\n"
"É mais seguro aumentar a partição\n"
"ou até mesmo nem usar a partição /boot.\n"
"\n"
"Deseja continuar a atualização do sistema atual?\n"
-#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
+#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -728,32 +704,31 @@
"\n"
"Se você tem certeza de que a partição não é necessária para a\n"
"atualização (não é UMA partição do sistema), clique em Continuar.\n"
-"Para verificar ou corrigir as opções de montagem, clique em Especificar "
-"Opções de Montagem.\n"
+"Para verificar ou corrigir as opções de montagem, clique em Especificar Opções de Montagem.\n"
"Para interromper a atualização, clique em Cancelar.\n"
-#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
+#. push button
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "E&Specificar Opções de Montagem"
-#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
+#. popup heading
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Opções de Montagem"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#. text entry label
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de &montagem"
-#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
+#. tex entry label
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Dispositivo"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
+#. text entry label
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -761,13 +736,13 @@
"Sistema de Aquivos &F\n"
"(vazio para auto-detecção)"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "A partição /var %1 não pode ser montada.\n"
-#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
+#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -779,47 +754,43 @@
"<b>IDs do udev:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>caminho do udev:</b> %6"
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
msgid "None"
msgstr "Nenhum"
-#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
+#. a popup caption
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Impossível encontrar a partição /var automaticamente"
-#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
+#. a popup message
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
msgid ""
-"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the "
-"upgrade\n"
-"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition "
-"manually\n"
+"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n"
+"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n"
"to continue the upgrade process."
msgstr ""
-"Seu sistema usa uma partição /var separada que é necessária para o processo "
-"de upgrade\n"
-", a fim de detectar as alterações de nomeação de disco. Selecione a "
-"partição /var manualmente\n"
+"Seu sistema usa uma partição /var separada que é necessária para o processo de upgrade\n"
+", a fim de detectar as alterações de nomeação de disco. Selecione a partição /var manualmente\n"
"para continuar o processo de upgrade."
-#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
+#. a combo-box label
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&Selecionar Dispositivo de Partição /var"
-#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
+#. an informational rich-text widget label
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Informações do Dispositivo"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "Não foi possível montar partição /var com a configuração de disco.\n"
-#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
+#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -829,85 +800,81 @@
"\n"
"Verifique o arquivo de log %1."
-#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
-#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
-#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
+#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
+#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
+#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
msgid ""
-"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This "
-"is\n"
+"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
-"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change "
-"the\n"
+"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n"
"mount-by method to any other method for all partitions."
msgstr ""
-"Algumas partições no sistema em %1 estão montadas por nome do dispositivo do "
-"kernel. Isto não é\n"
-"confiável para a atualização, visto que os nomes dos dispositivos do kernel "
-"infelizmente não são\n"
+"Algumas partições no sistema em %1 estão montadas por nome do dispositivo do kernel. Isto não é\n"
+"confiável para a atualização, visto que os nomes dos dispositivos do kernel infelizmente não são\n"
"persistentes. É fortemente recomendado iniciar o sistema antigo e mudar o\n"
"o método de montagem para qualquer outro para todas as partições."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Nenhuma fstab foi encontrada."
-#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
+#. message part 1
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "A partição raiz em /etc/fstab tem um dispositivo raiz inválido.\n"
-#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
+#. message part 2
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Está atualmente montado como %1 mas listado como %2.\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
+#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
msgid "before update"
msgstr "antes da atualização"
-#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
+#. prepare progress-bar
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Avaliando partição raiz. Um momento por favor ..."
-#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
+#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "Montando partições. Um momento por favor..."
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Procurando Sistemas Disponíveis"
-#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
-#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
-#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
-#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
-#.
-#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
-#. @return [String] product name
-#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
+#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file.
+#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation.
+#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing.
+#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open.
+#.
+#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/"
+#. @return [String] product name
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
msgstr "Arquivo de versão %{file} não encontrado"
-#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
+#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74
msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}"
msgstr "Impossível ler o arquivo de versão %{file}"
-#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
-#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
+#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS
+#. -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Produto desconhecido"
-#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
-#. and we don't continue further
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
+#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case
+#. and we don't continue further
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:788
msgid ""
"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n"
"%{patterns}"
@@ -915,7 +882,7 @@
"Impossível selecionar estes padrões necessários para instalação:\n"
"%{patterns}"
-#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Update.rb:793
msgid ""
"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n"
"%{packages}"
@@ -923,24 +890,24 @@
"Impossível selecionar estes pacotes necessários para instalação:\n"
"%{packages}"
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Atualização"
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Atualizar"
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Executar Atualização"
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8
msgid "Update System Configuration"
msgstr "Atualizar Configuração do Sistema"
-#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
+#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9
msgid "Update Configuration"
msgstr "Atualizar configuração"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/users.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -15,267 +15,260 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for Users module
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:100
+#. translators: command line help text for Users module
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:100
msgid "Group configuration module"
msgstr "Módulo de configuração de grupo"
-#. translators: command line help text for list action
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:113
+#. translators: command line help text for list action
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:113
msgid "List of available groups"
msgstr "Lista de grupos disponíveis"
-#. help text for unknown parameter name
-#. help text for unknown parameter name
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120
+#. help text for unknown parameter name
+#. help text for unknown parameter name
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120
msgid "User parameters that should be listed"
msgstr "Parâmetros de usuário que devem ser listados"
-#. translators: command line help text for show action
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:125
+#. translators: command line help text for show action
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:125
msgid "Show information of selected group"
msgstr "Mostrar informações do grupo selecionado"
-#. translators: command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:135
+#. translators: command line help text for delete action
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:135
msgid "Delete an existing group"
msgstr "Eliminar um grupo existente"
-#. translators: command line help text for ad action
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:145
+#. translators: command line help text for ad action
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:145
msgid "Add new group"
msgstr "Adicionar novo grupo"
-#. help text for unknown parameter name
-#. help text for unknown parameter name
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165
+#. help text for unknown parameter name
+#. help text for unknown parameter name
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165
msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters"
msgstr "Parâmetros de grupo (LDAP) adicionais"
-#. translators: command line help text for ad action
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:160
+#. translators: command line help text for ad action
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:160
msgid "Edit an existing group"
msgstr "Editar um grupo existente"
-#. translators: command line help text for list local option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:173
+#. translators: command line help text for list local option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:173
msgid "List of local groups"
msgstr "Lista de grupos locais"
-#. translators: command line help text for list system option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:179
+#. translators: command line help text for list system option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:179
msgid "List of system groups"
msgstr "Lista de grupos de sistema"
-#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:185
+#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:185
msgid "List of LDAP groups"
msgstr "Lista de grupos LDAP"
-#. translators: command line help text for list nis option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:191
+#. translators: command line help text for list nis option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:191
msgid "List of NIS groups"
msgstr "Lista de grupos NIS"
-#. translators: command line help text for show uid option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:197
+#. translators: command line help text for show uid option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:197
msgid "GID of the group"
msgstr "GID do grupo"
-#. translators: command line help text for groupname option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:204
+#. translators: command line help text for groupname option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:204
msgid "Name of the group"
msgstr "Nome do grupo"
-#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:211
+#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:211
msgid "Password of the group"
msgstr "Senha do grupo"
-#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid ""
-"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
-"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr ""
-"Lista de membros do grupo, normalmente nomes de usuário, separados por "
-"vírgulas. A lista de DNs de usuário LDAP precisa ser separada por dois-"
-"pontos."
+#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
+msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr "Lista de membros do grupo, normalmente nomes de usuário, separados por vírgulas. A lista de DNs de usuário LDAP precisa ser separada por dois-pontos."
-#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
+#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
msgid "New group name"
msgstr "Novo Nome de grupo"
-#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:232
+#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:232
msgid "New GID of the group"
msgstr "Novo GID do grupo"
-#. translators: command line help text for show option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:239
+#. translators: command line help text for show option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:239
msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)"
msgstr "Tipo de grupo (local, sistema, nis, ldap)"
-#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option
-#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274
+#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option
+#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274
msgid "Password for LDAP server"
msgstr "Senha para servidor LDAP"
-#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option
-#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option
-#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295
+#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option
+#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option
+#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "Não perguntar sobre dados ausentes; em vez disso, retornar erro."
-#. translators: command line help text for Users module
-#: src/clients/users.rb:102
+#. translators: command line help text for Users module
+#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
msgstr "Módulo de configuração de usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for list action
-#: src/clients/users.rb:115
+#. translators: command line help text for list action
+#: src/clients/users.rb:115
msgid "List of available users"
msgstr "Lista de usuários disponíveis"
-#. translators: command line help text for show action
-#: src/clients/users.rb:127
+#. translators: command line help text for show action
+#: src/clients/users.rb:127
msgid "Show information of selected user"
msgstr "Mostrar informação do usuário selecionado"
-#. translators: command line help text for ad action
-#: src/clients/users.rb:137
+#. translators: command line help text for ad action
+#: src/clients/users.rb:137
msgid "Add new user"
msgstr "Adicionar novo usuário"
-#. help text for unknown parameter name
-#. help text for unknown parameter name
-#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157
+#. help text for unknown parameter name
+#. help text for unknown parameter name
+#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157
msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters"
msgstr "Parâmetros de usuário (LDAP) Adicionais"
-#. translators: command line help text for ad action
-#: src/clients/users.rb:152
+#. translators: command line help text for ad action
+#: src/clients/users.rb:152
msgid "Edit an existing user"
msgstr "Editar um usuário existente"
-#. translators: command line help text for delete action
-#: src/clients/users.rb:167
+#. translators: command line help text for delete action
+#: src/clients/users.rb:167
msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)"
msgstr "Apagar um usuário existente (o diretório home não é removido)"
-#. translators: command line help text for list local option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:175
+#. translators: command line help text for list local option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:175
msgid "List of local users"
msgstr "Lista de usuários locais"
-#. translators: command line help text for list system option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:181
+#. translators: command line help text for list system option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:181
msgid "List of system users"
msgstr "Lista de usuários de sistema"
-#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:187
+#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:187
msgid "List of LDAP users"
msgstr "Lista de usuários LDAP"
-#. translators: command line help text for list nis option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:193
+#. translators: command line help text for list nis option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:193
msgid "List of NIS users"
msgstr "Lista de usuários NIS"
-#. translators: command line help text for uid option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:199
+#. translators: command line help text for uid option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:199
msgid "UID of the user"
msgstr "UID do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:206
+#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:206
msgid "GID of user's default group"
msgstr "GID do grupo padrão do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for username option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:213
+#. translators: command line help text for username option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:213
msgid "Login name of the user"
msgstr "Nome de Login do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for add option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:220
+#. translators: command line help text for add option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:220
msgid "Full name of the user"
msgstr "Nome Completo do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for shell option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:227
+#. translators: command line help text for shell option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:227
msgid "Login shell of the user"
msgstr "Shell de Login do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for home option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:234
+#. translators: command line help text for home option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:234
msgid "Home directory of the user"
msgstr "Diretório Home do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:241
+#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:241
msgid "Do not create home directory for new user"
msgstr "Não criar diretório home para novo usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:247
+#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:247
msgid "Also delete user's home directory"
msgstr "Apague também o diretório home do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for add option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:253
+#. translators: command line help text for add option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:253
msgid "Password of the user"
msgstr "Senha do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for home option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:260
+#. translators: command line help text for home option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:260
msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)"
msgstr "Lista de grupos dos quais o usuário é um membro (separada por vírgula)"
-#. translators: command line help text for show option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:267
+#. translators: command line help text for show option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:267
msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)"
msgstr "Tipo de usuário (local, sistema, nis, ldap)"
-#. translators: command line help text for new_username option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:281
+#. translators: command line help text for new_username option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:281
msgid "New login name of the user"
msgstr "Novo Nome de Login do usuário"
-#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option
-#: src/clients/users.rb:288
+#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option
+#: src/clients/users.rb:288
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Novo UID do usuário"
-#. Checking double user entries
-#. (double username or UID)
-#. @param [Array] users to check
-#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172
+#. Checking double user entries
+#. (double username or UID)
+#. @param [Array] users to check
+#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172
msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>."
msgstr "Usuários encontrados no perfil com o mesmo <username>."
-#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823)
-#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178
+#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823)
+#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178
msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>."
msgstr "Usuários encontrados no perfil com o mesmo <uid>."
-#. helptext 1/3
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
+#. helptext 1/3
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry "
-"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aqui, veja a tabela de atributos permitidos para a entrada LDAP atual que "
-"não foram configurados nos diálogos anteriores.</p>"
+"Aqui, veja a tabela de atributos permitidos para a entrada LDAP atual que não foram configurados nos diálogos anteriores.</p>"
-#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
-#. %1 is list of values
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111
+#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
+#. %1 is list of values
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n"
@@ -289,370 +282,314 @@
"<br>%1).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. helptext 3/3
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122
+#. helptext 3/3
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
-"Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Edite cada atributo usando <b>Editar</b>. Alguns atributos \n"
-"pode ser requeridos, como definido no modelo de usuário no <b>Módulo de "
-"Cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n"
+"pode ser requeridos, como definido no modelo de usuário no <b>Módulo de Cliente LDAP</b>.</p>\n"
-#. table header 1/2
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
+#. table header 1/2
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
msgid "Attribute"
msgstr "Atributo"
-#. table header 2/2
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237
+#. table header 2/2
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255
msgid "Additional LDAP Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Adicionais LDAP"
-#. helptext
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid ""
-"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
-"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
-"user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Atribua um objeto política de senha a este usuário em <b>DN do objeto "
-"Política de Senha</b>. Ative <b>Redefinir Senha</b> para redefinir a senha "
-"do usuário modificado.</p>"
+#. helptext
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
+msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Atribua um objeto política de senha a este usuário em <b>DN do objeto Política de Senha</b>. Ative <b>Redefinir Senha</b> para redefinir a senha do usuário modificado.</p>"
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
+#. check box label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
msgid "Use &Default Password Policy"
msgstr "&Usar Política de Senha Padrão"
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115
+#. text entry label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115
msgid "DN of &Password Policy object"
msgstr "DN do objeto &Política de Senha"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120
msgid "&Reset Password"
msgstr "&Redefinir Senha"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Política de Senha"
-#. label (date of last password change)
-#. label (date of last password change)
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803
+#. label (date of last password change)
+#. label (date of last password change)
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Desconhecido"
-#. label (date of last password change)
-#. label (date of last password change)
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806
+#. label (date of last password change)
+#. label (date of last password change)
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Never"
msgstr "Nunca"
-#. label
-#. label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838
msgid "Last Password Change: %1"
msgstr "Última Troca de Senha: %1"
-#. intfield label
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856
+#. intfield label
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning"
msgstr "Aviso em &Dias antes do vencimento de senha"
-#. intfield label
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865
+#. intfield label
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login"
msgstr "Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha que o &Login é Válido"
-#. intfield label
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874
+#. intfield label
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874
msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password"
msgstr "Número Má&ximo de Dias para a Mesma Senha"
-#. intfield label
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883
+#. intfield label
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883
msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password"
msgstr "Número &Mínimo de Dias para a Mesma Senha"
-#. textentry label
-#. textentry label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893
+#. textentry label
+#. textentry label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Ex&piration Date"
msgstr "D&ata de Vencimento"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213
msgid "Shadow Account Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Conta Transitória"
-#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!!
-#. The date must stay in this format
-#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!!
-#. The date must stay in this format
-#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
-#. The date must stay in this format
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
+#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!!
+#. The date must stay in this format
+#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!!
+#. The date must stay in this format
+#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD
+#. The date must stay in this format
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665
msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD."
msgstr "A data de expiração deve ser no formato AAAA-MM-DD."
-#. helptext for quota
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
+#. helptext for quota
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina as configurações de cota para o usuário nos sistemas de arquivos "
-"selecionados.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina as configurações de cota para o usuário nos sistemas de arquivos selecionados.</p>"
-#. helptext for quota, cont.
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
+#. helptext for quota, cont.
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system."
-"p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Defina um limite de tamanho especificando o número de blocos de 1 KB\n"
-"que o usuário pode ter neste sistema de arquivos. Você também pode definir "
-"um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o usuário pode ter "
-"no sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
+"que o usuário pode ter neste sistema de arquivos. Você também pode definir um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o usuário pode ter no sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. helptext for quota, cont.
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode especificar limites flexíveis e físicos por tamanho e número de "
-"inodes. Os limites flexíveis definem um nível de alerta no qual os usuários "
-"são informados que estão perto do limite, enquanto que os limites físicos "
-"definem o limite no qual as solicitações de gravação são negadas.</p>"
+#. helptext for quota, cont.
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode especificar limites flexíveis e físicos por tamanho e número de inodes. Os limites flexíveis definem um nível de alerta no qual os usuários são informados que estão perto do limite, enquanto que os limites físicos definem o limite no qual as solicitações de gravação são negadas.</p>"
-#. helptext for quota, cont.
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Quando o usuário atinge o limite flexível, os campos de entrada do "
-"intervalo extra são ativados. Especifique o período em que o usuário pode "
-"exceder os limites flexíveis definidos acima. A contagem do intervalo extra "
-"tem início imediatamente.</p>"
+#. helptext for quota, cont.
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
+msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Quando o usuário atinge o limite flexível, os campos de entrada do intervalo extra são ativados. Especifique o período em que o usuário pode exceder os limites flexíveis definidos acima. A contagem do intervalo extra tem início imediatamente.</p>"
-#. helptext for quota
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
+#. helptext for quota
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina as configurações de cota do grupo nos sistemas de arquivos "
-"selecionados.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina as configurações de cota do grupo nos sistemas de arquivos selecionados.</p>"
-#. helptext for quota, cont.
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
+#. helptext for quota, cont.
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
-"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system."
-"p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Defina um limite de tamanho especificando o número de blocos de 1 kB\n"
-"que o grupo pode usar neste sistema de arquivos. Você também pode definir um "
-"limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o grupo pode usar no "
-"sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
+"que o grupo pode usar neste sistema de arquivos. Você também pode definir um limite de inode especificando o número de inodes que o grupo pode usar no sistema de arquivos.</p>\n"
-#. helptext for quota, cont.
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid ""
-"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
-"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
-"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
-"requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Você pode especificar limites flexíveis e físicos para tamanho e número "
-"de inodes. Os limites flexíveis definem um nível de aviso no qual os grupos "
-"são informados que estão próximos do limite, enquanto os limites físicos "
-"definem o limite no qual as solicitações de gravação são negadas.</p>"
+#. helptext for quota, cont.
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
+msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Você pode especificar limites flexíveis e físicos para tamanho e número de inodes. Os limites flexíveis definem um nível de aviso no qual os grupos são informados que estão próximos do limite, enquanto os limites físicos definem o limite no qual as solicitações de gravação são negadas.</p>"
-#. helptext for quota, cont.
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid ""
-"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
-"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
-"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
-"interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Quando o grupo atinge o limite flexível, os campos de entrada do "
-"intervalo extra são ativados. Especifique o período em que o grupo pode "
-"exceder os limites flexíveis definidos acima. A contagem do intervalo extra "
-"tem início imediatamente.</p>"
+#. helptext for quota, cont.
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
+msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Quando o grupo atinge o limite flexível, os campos de entrada do intervalo extra são ativados. Especifique o período em que o grupo pode exceder os limites flexíveis definidos acima. A contagem do intervalo extra tem início imediatamente.</p>"
-#. combo box label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
+#. combo box label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "Siste&ma de Arquivos"
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195
+#. frame label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195
msgid "Size Limits"
msgstr "Limites de Tamanho"
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203
msgid "&Soft limit"
msgstr "Limite &Flexível"
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211
msgid "&Hard limit"
msgstr "Limite &Físico"
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231
+#. frame label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231
msgid "I-nodes Limit"
msgstr "Limite de I-nodes"
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238
msgid "S&oft limit"
msgstr "Limite F&lexível"
-#. intfield label
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246
+#. intfield label
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246
msgid "Har&d limit"
msgstr "Limite Fí&sico"
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306
+#. error popup
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306
msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit."
msgstr "O limite flexível não pode ser maior do que o limite físico."
-#. helper for creating widget with time settings
-#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's
-#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330
+#. helper for creating widget with time settings
+#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's
+#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dias"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Horas"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minutos"
-#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333
+#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Segundos"
-#. password entering label
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
+#. password entering label
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
msgstr "Senha do Servidor LDAP:"
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491
msgid "There is no such user."
msgstr "Não existe este usuário."
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233
msgid "Full Name:"
msgstr "Nome Completo:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237
msgid "Login Name:"
msgstr "Nome de login:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241
msgid "Home Directory:"
msgstr "Diretório Home:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245
msgid "Login Shell:"
msgstr "Shell de Login:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249
msgid "UID:"
msgstr "UID:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253
msgid "Default Group:"
msgstr "Grupo Padrão:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257
msgid "List of Groups:"
msgstr "Lista de Grupos:"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285
msgid "Enter a user name."
msgstr "Informe um nome de usuário."
-#. question on command line
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306
+#. question on command line
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306
msgid "Password for New User:"
msgstr "Senha para novo usuário:"
-#. question on command line
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309
+#. question on command line
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309
msgid "Confirm the password:"
msgstr "Confirmar a senha:"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314
msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again."
msgstr "As senhas não são iguais. Tente novamente."
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318
msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting."
msgstr "As senhas não são iguais. Saindo."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399
msgid ""
"You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n"
"Please log off the user first."
@@ -660,46 +597,46 @@
"Você não pode apagar este usuário, porque o usuário está ativo.\n"
"Favor executar logoff do usuário primeiro."
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. error message
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. error message
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158
msgid "There is no such group."
msgstr "Não existe este grupo."
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565
msgid "Group Name:"
msgstr "Nome de Grupo:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569
msgid "GID:"
msgstr "GID:"
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#. label shown at command line (user attribute)
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577
msgid "List of Members:"
msgstr "Lista de Membros:"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637
msgid "Enter a group name."
msgstr "Informe um nome de grupo."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
msgstr "Realmente abortar o processo de gravação?"
-#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69
+#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry.</p>"
@@ -707,8 +644,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"Você usou letras maiúsculas na entrada de login do usuário.</p>"
-#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73
+#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>This could cause problems with delivering mail\n"
"to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n"
@@ -720,13 +657,13 @@
"suportam nomes com distinção de maiúsculas e minúsculas.<br>\n"
"Você pode resolver isto editando a tabela de alias.</p>\n"
-#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80
+#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "<p>Really use the entered value?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Realmente usar o valor informado?</p>"
-#. password entry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124
+#. password entry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"To access the data required to modify\n"
"the encryption settings for this user,\n"
@@ -736,16 +673,16 @@
"as configurações de criptografia para este usuário,\n"
" digite a senha atual do usuário."
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -753,25 +690,23 @@
"As senhas não são iguais.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
+#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
"Crypted directory image and key files\n"
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
-"directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
msgstr ""
"Arquivos de imagem e chave de diretório criptografados\n"
"'%1' e '%2'\n"
"encontrados. Utilizá-los para o usuário atual?\n"
"\n"
-"Isto significa que os dados desta imagem serão usados no lugar do diretório "
-"pessoal atual."
+"Isto significa que os dados desta imagem serão usados no lugar do diretório pessoal atual."
-#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
+#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
msgid ""
"The home directory (%1) already exists.\n"
"Use it anyway?"
@@ -779,127 +714,125 @@
"O diretório pessoal (%1) já existe.\n"
"Usá-lo mesmo assim?"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377
msgid "&Change directory owner"
msgstr "&Mudar proprietário do diretório"
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585
msgid "User's &Full Name"
msgstr "Nome &Completo do Usuário"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "Primeiro Nome &F"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Last Name"
msgstr "Ú&Ltimo Nome"
-#. label text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422
+#. label text
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
-msgstr ""
-"No caso de usuários remotos, só é possível mudar as participações de grupos "
-"adicionais."
+msgstr "No caso de usuários remotos, só é possível mudar as participações de grupos adicionais."
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592
msgid "&Username"
msgstr "Nome do &Usuário"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
msgstr "Receber Correio do S&istema"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "Login A&utomático"
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616
msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
msgstr "U&sar esta senha para o administrador do sistema"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
msgstr "Desab&ilitar Login de Usuário"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509
+#. push button
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509
msgid "User &Management"
msgstr "Gerencia&mento de Usuário"
-#. group name is not known (combobox item):
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615
+#. group name is not known (combobox item):
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615
msgid "(Unknown)"
msgstr "(Desconhecido)"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623
msgid "De&fault Group"
msgstr "&Grupo Padrão"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "Login &Shell"
msgstr "&Shell de Login"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641
msgid "Addi&tional User Information"
msgstr "Informações A&dicionais do Usuário"
-#. button label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650
+#. button label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650
msgid "B&rowse..."
msgstr "&Pesquisar..."
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656
msgid "&Home Directory"
msgstr "Diretório &Home"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665
msgid "&Move to New Location"
msgstr "&Mover para Nova Localização"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678
msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode"
msgstr "Modo de &Permissão do Diretório Pessoal"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "E&mpty Home"
msgstr "Ho&me Vazio"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory"
msgstr "&Usar Diretório Pessoal Criptografado"
-#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-)
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707
+#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-)
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707
msgid "&Directory Size in MB"
msgstr "Tamanho do &Diretório em MB"
-#. label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721
+#. label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"For remote users, only additional \n"
"group memberships can be changed."
@@ -907,109 +840,109 @@
"Para usuários remotos, somente associações\n"
"de grupos adicionais podem ser mudadas."
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738
msgid "User &ID (uid)"
msgstr "&ID de usuário (uid)"
-#. selection box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759
+#. selection box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Additional Gr&oups"
msgstr "Grup&os Adicionais"
-#. selection box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766
+#. selection box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766
msgid "&LDAP Groups"
msgstr "Grupos &LDAP"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848
msgid "Force Password Change"
msgstr "Forçar mudança de senha"
-#. table header
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217
msgid "Plug-In Description"
msgstr "Descrição de Plug-In"
-#. pushbutton label
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
+#. pushbutton label
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226
msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In"
msgstr "Adici&onar ou Remover Plug-In"
-#. pushbutton label
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
+#. pushbutton label
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Iniciar"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959
msgid "New Local User"
msgstr "Novo Usuário Local"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961
msgid "New System User"
msgstr "Novo Usuário do Sistema"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963
msgid "New LDAP User"
msgstr "Novo Usuário LDAP"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967
msgid "Existing Local User"
msgstr "Usuário Local Existente"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969
msgid "Existing System User"
msgstr "Usuário do Sistema Existente"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971
msgid "Existing LDAP User"
msgstr "Usuário LDAP Existente"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973
msgid "Existing NIS User"
msgstr "Usuário NIS Existente"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Us&er Data"
msgstr "Dado d&e Usuário"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Detalhes"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988
msgid "Pass&word Settings"
msgstr "&Configurações de Senha"
-#. tab label
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
+#. tab label
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Plu&g-Ins"
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Empty User Login"
msgstr "Esvaziar Login de Usuário"
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
msgid ""
"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
@@ -1019,21 +952,21 @@
"em um ambiente de rede com um servidor de autenticação.\n"
"Deixar vazio?"
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Really use this password?"
msgstr "Deseja realmente usar esta senha?"
-#. popup question
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
msgstr "Mudar diretório home para %1?"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430
msgid ""
"The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n"
"because the user is currently logged in.\n"
@@ -1043,13 +976,13 @@
"porque o usuário efetuou login.\n"
"Primeiro desconecte o usuário."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Enter the size for the home directory."
msgstr "Digite o tamanho do diretório pessoal."
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Directory cannot be encrypted."
@@ -1057,90 +990,89 @@
"\n"
"Impossível criptografar diretório."
-#. popup message
-#. popup message
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
+#. popup message
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485
msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed."
msgstr "Este Plug-In não pode ser removido."
-#. popup text
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
+#. popup text
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005
msgid "Now you have added a new user."
msgstr "Agora você adicionou um novo usuário."
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071
msgid "New Local Group"
msgstr "Novo Grupo Local "
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073
msgid "New System Group"
msgstr "Novo Grupo de Sistema "
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075
msgid "New LDAP Group"
msgstr "Novo Grupo LDAP"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079
msgid "Existing Local Group"
msgstr "Grupo Local Existente"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081
msgid "Existing System Group"
msgstr "Grupo de Sistema Existente"
-#. dialog caption:
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
+#. dialog caption:
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083
msgid "Existing LDAP Group"
msgstr "Grupo LDAP Existente"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "&Nome de Grupo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154
msgid "Group &ID (gid)"
msgstr "&ID de Grupo (gid)"
-#. selection box label
-#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
-#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
+#. selection box label
+#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes
+#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog)
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593
msgid "Group &Members"
msgstr "&Membros de grupo"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "&Dados de Grupo"
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
msgid "DES"
msgstr "DES"
-#. encryption type
-#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or "
-"umlauts. \n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1149,12 +1081,11 @@
"caracteres acentuados ou tremas. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -1163,8 +1094,8 @@
" %2 e %3 caracteres.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
@@ -1176,20 +1107,19 @@
"exatamente no segundo campo. Não esqueça sua senha.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text 0/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
+#. Help text 0/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Configure aqui os valores padrão para usar ao criar novos usuários locais ou "
-"do sistema.\n"
+"Configure aqui os valores padrão para usar ao criar novos usuários locais ou do sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text 1/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109
+#. Help text 1/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Default Group</b><br>\n"
@@ -1201,8 +1131,8 @@
"O nome do grupo primário de um novo usuário.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text 1.5/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116
+#. Help text 1.5/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Secondary Groups</b><br>\n"
@@ -1214,45 +1144,39 @@
"Nomes de grupos adicionais aos quais atribuir novos usuários.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text 2/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
+#. Help text 2/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
-"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Shell de login padrão</b><br>\n"
-"O nome do shell de login do novo usuário. Selecione um da lista ou informe "
-"seu caminho para o shell.</P>\n"
+"O nome do shell de login do novo usuário. Selecione um da lista ou informe seu caminho para o shell.</P>\n"
-#. Help text 3/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
+#. Help text 3/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
-"added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Home Padrão</b><br>\n"
-"Prefixo do caminho inicial do diretório home de um novo usuário. O nome de "
-"usuário é adicionado\n"
+"Prefixo do caminho inicial do diretório home de um novo usuário. O nome de usuário é adicionado\n"
"ao final desse valor para criar o nome padrão do diretório home.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Help text 4/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
+#. Help text 4/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
-"new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Diretório Esqueleto</b><br>\n"
-"O conteúdo desse diretório é copiado para o diretório home de um usuário "
-"quando um novo usuário é adicionado. </p>\n"
+"O conteúdo desse diretório é copiado para o diretório home de um usuário quando um novo usuário é adicionado. </p>\n"
-#. Help text 4.5/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
+#. Help text 4.5/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p><b>Umask for Home Directory</b><br>\n"
"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n"
@@ -1260,22 +1184,20 @@
"<p><b>Umask para Diretório Pessoal</b><br>\n"
"Umask usado para criar novos diretórios pessoais.</p>\n"
-#. Help text 5/6:
-#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
+#. Help text 5/6:
+#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
-"format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Data de Vencimento</b><br>\n"
-"Data em que a conta do usuário é desabilitada. A data de expiração deve ser "
-"no formato\n"
+"Data em que a conta do usuário é desabilitada. A data de expiração deve ser no formato\n"
"AAAA-MM-DD. Deixe-a vazia se essa conta nunca expirar.</P>\n"
-#. Help text 6/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149
+#. Help text 6/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<P><B>Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable</B><BR>\n"
"Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n"
@@ -1283,14 +1205,12 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha em que o Login é Válido</B><BR>\n"
-"Os usuários podem efetuar login após a expiração das senhas. Configure o "
-"número de dias, \n"
-"após a expiração da senha, em que o login ainda é permitido. Use -1 para "
-"acesso ilimitado.\n"
+"Os usuários podem efetuar login após a expiração das senhas. Configure o número de dias, \n"
+"após a expiração da senha, em que o login ainda é permitido. Use -1 para acesso ilimitado.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162
+#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -1300,8 +1220,8 @@
"Aguarde...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
-#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168
+#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B>\n"
@@ -1309,13 +1229,12 @@
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Abortando a Inicialização</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <B>Abortar"
-"B>\n"
+"Aborte o utilitário de configuração com segurança pressionando <B>Abortar</B>\n"
"agora.\n"
"</P>"
-#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180
+#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...\n"
@@ -1325,8 +1244,8 @@
"Favor esperar...\n"
"<BR></P>\n"
-#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186
+#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n"
@@ -1338,8 +1257,8 @@
"Um diálogo adicional vai informa-lo se é seguro fazer isto.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203
+#. help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>First Name</b>, <b>Last Name</b>, \n"
@@ -1353,9 +1272,8 @@
"<b>Senha</b> para atribuir a esse usuário.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
@@ -1363,99 +1281,76 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Digite o <b>Nome Completo do Usuário</b>, <b>Nome do Usuário</b> e <b>Senha"
-"b> para\n"
+"Digite o <b>Nome Completo do Usuário</b>, <b>Nome do Usuário</b> e <b>Senha</b> para\n"
"atribuir a essa conta de usuário.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
+#. help text 2/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Crie o <b>Nome de usuário</b> com base em componentes do nome completo\n"
"clicando em <b>Sugestão</b>. Isso pode ser modificado, mas use somente\n"
"letras (sem caracteres acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada a não ser que saiba o que está "
-"fazendo.\n"
-"Os nomes de usuário têm restrições mais rígidas que senhas. Você pode "
-"redefinir as\n"
-"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua página de manual para obter "
-"informações.\n"
+"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada a não ser que saiba o que está fazendo.\n"
+"Os nomes de usuário têm restrições mais rígidas que senhas. Você pode redefinir as\n"
+"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua página de manual para obter informações.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. alternative help text 2/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241
+#. alternative help text 2/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Para o <b>Nome do Usuário</b>, use somente\n"
"letras (sem caracteres acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada, a menos que saiba o que está "
-"fazendo.\n"
-"Nomes de usuário possuem mais restrições do que senhas. Você pode redefinir "
-"as\n"
-"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual "
-"para obter informações.\n"
+"Não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada, a menos que saiba o que está fazendo.\n"
+"Nomes de usuário possuem mais restrições do que senhas. Você pode redefinir as\n"
+"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual para obter informações.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"O nome de usuário e a senha criados aqui são necessários para efetuar login "
-"e trabalhar com o sistema Linux. Com <b>Login Automático</b> habilitado, o "
-"procedimento de login é ignorado. Este usuário efetuar login automaticamente."
-"</p>\n"
+"O nome de usuário e a senha criados aqui são necessários para efetuar login e trabalhar com o sistema Linux. Com <b>Login Automático</b> habilitado, o procedimento de login é ignorado. Este usuário efetuar login automaticamente.</p>\n"
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
-"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Encaminhe mensagens do root para esse usuário marcando <b>Receber Correio do "
-"Sistema</b>.</p>\n"
+"Encaminhe mensagens do root para esse usuário marcando <b>Receber Correio do Sistema</b>.</p>\n"
-#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid ""
-"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system."
-"p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Clique <b>Gerenciamento de Usuários</b> para adicionar mais usuários ou "
-"grupos no sistema.</p>"
+#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
+msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Clique <b>Gerenciamento de Usuários</b> para adicionar mais usuários ou grupos no sistema.</p>"
-#. alternative help text 4/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
+#. alternative help text 4/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n"
@@ -1467,19 +1362,17 @@
"ID de usuário, clique <b>Detalhes</b>\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. alternative help text 5/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
+#. alternative help text 5/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
-"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para editar várias configurações de senha desse usuário, como data de "
-"expiração, clique em <b>Configurações de Senha</b>.</p>\n"
+"Para editar várias configurações de senha desse usuário, como data de expiração, clique em <b>Configurações de Senha</b>.</p>\n"
-#. help text 7/7
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
+#. help text 7/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
msgid ""
"<p>To forbid this user to\n"
"log in, check <b>Disable User Login</b>.</p>"
@@ -1487,8 +1380,8 @@
"<p>Para impedir o login desse\n"
"usuário, marque <b>Desabilitar Login de Usuário</b>.</p>"
-#. help text 1/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316
+#. help text 1/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the group data here. \n"
@@ -1498,8 +1391,8 @@
"Digite os dados do grupo aqui. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318
+#. help text 2/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Group Name:</b>\n"
@@ -1514,12 +1407,11 @@
"Evite nomes longos para grupos. Normalmente, os comprimentos variam \n"
"de dois a oito caracteres. \n"
"Você pode redefinir a lista de caracteres permitidos para nomes de grupo\n"
-"no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual para obter "
-"informações.\n"
+"no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia sua respectiva página de manual para obter informações.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/6, %1 is number
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329
+#. help text 3/6, %1 is number
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Group ID (gid):</b>\n"
@@ -1537,13 +1429,12 @@
"aviso caso tente usar um ID já configurado.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 4/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342
+#. help text 4/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
-"when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -1552,14 +1443,13 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Senha:</b>\n"
"Para solicitar a usuários não membros do grupo que se identifiquem quando\n"
-"mudarem para esse grupo (consulte a página do manual de <tt>newgrp</tt>), "
-"atribua uma\n"
+"mudarem para esse grupo (consulte a página do manual de <tt>newgrp</tt>), atribua uma\n"
"senha a esse grupo. Por razões de segurança, essa senha não é mostrada\n"
"aqui. Essa entrada não é necessária.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 5/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353
+#. help text 5/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Confirm Password:</b>\n"
@@ -1571,8 +1461,8 @@
"Digite a senha uma segunda vez para evitar erros de digitação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 6/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361
+#. help text 6/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Group Members:</b>\n"
@@ -1584,8 +1474,8 @@
"Selecione aqui quais usuários devem ser membros desse grupo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373
+#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373
msgid ""
"The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n"
" group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user."
@@ -1593,8 +1483,8 @@
"A segunda lista mostra os usuários cujo grupo padrão\n"
" é esse. O grupo padrão só pode ser mudado editando-se o usuário."
-#. help text 1/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392
+#. help text 1/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Additional user data includes:\n"
@@ -1604,8 +1494,8 @@
"Os dados adicionais do usuário incluem:\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text 2/8, %1 is number
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395
+#. help text 2/8, %1 is number
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>User ID (uid):</b>\n"
@@ -1623,8 +1513,8 @@
"pelo sistema para fins específicos e para pseudo-logins.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408
+#. help text 3/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n"
@@ -1638,8 +1528,8 @@
"para os arquivos no diretório home do usuário, mas não para todos\n"
"os arquivos localizados em outros locais.</p>\n"
-#. help text 4/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417
+#. help text 4/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Home Directory:</b>\n"
@@ -1655,17 +1545,13 @@
"Para selecionar um diretório existente, clique em <b>Pesquisar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for user's home directory mode
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid ""
-"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
-"home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Opcionalmente, defina o <b>Modo de Permissão do Diretório Pessoal</b> do "
-"diretório pessoal deste usuário de forma diferente do padrão.</p>"
+#. help text for user's home directory mode
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
+msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Opcionalmente, defina o <b>Modo de Permissão do Diretório Pessoal</b> do diretório pessoal deste usuário de forma diferente do padrão.</p>"
-#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
+#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
msgid ""
"<p>To create only an empty home directory,\n"
"check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n"
@@ -1675,56 +1561,33 @@
"marque <b>Home Vazio</b>. Caso contrário, o novo diretório home\n"
"será criado a partir do esqueleto padrão (%1).</p>\n"
-#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid ""
-"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
-"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by "
-"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the "
-"existing data.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se você estiver mudando a localização do diretório pessoal de um usuário, "
-"mova o conteúdo do diretório atual usando a opção <b>Mover para Nova "
-"Localização</b>, ativada por padrão. Caso contrário, será criado um novo "
-"diretório pessoal que não conterá os dados existentes.</p>"
+#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
+msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se você estiver mudando a localização do diretório pessoal de um usuário, mova o conteúdo do diretório atual usando a opção <b>Mover para Nova Localização</b>, ativada por padrão. Caso contrário, será criado um novo diretório pessoal que não conterá os dados existentes.</p>"
-#. help text for directory encryption
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
+#. help text for directory encryption
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n"
-"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home "
-"directory\n"
-"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is "
-"shared\n"
+"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
+"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
-"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
-"shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do usuário, habilite <b>Usar "
-"Diretório Pessoal Criptografado</b>\n"
-"e defina o tamanho do diretório. A criptografia do diretório pessoal de um "
-"usuário não oferece alta segurança\n"
-"contra outros usuários. Se esta máquina for compartilhada com vários "
-"usuários,\n"
+"<p>Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do usuário, habilite <b>Usar Diretório Pessoal Criptografado</b>\n"
+"e defina o tamanho do diretório. A criptografia do diretório pessoal de um usuário não oferece alta segurança\n"
+"contra outros usuários. Se esta máquina for compartilhada com vários usuários,\n"
"um usuário poderá comprometer a segurança do\n"
-"sistema obtendo a chave de outro usuário e acessando os dados "
-"criptografados. Se for necessário ter alta segurança, o sistema não deverá "
-"ser compartilhado fisicamente.</p>"
+"sistema obtendo a chave de outro usuário e acessando os dados criptografados. Se for necessário ter alta segurança, o sistema não deverá ser compartilhado fisicamente.</p>"
-#. help text for directory encryption
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
-"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint "
-"configuration first.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os diretórios pessoais não poderão ser criptografados se o dispositivo "
-"leitor de impressão digital for usado. Para criptografar o diretório pessoal "
-"do usuário, desabilite primeiro a configuração de impressão digital.</p>"
+#. help text for directory encryption
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
+msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os diretórios pessoais não poderão ser criptografados se o dispositivo leitor de impressão digital for usado. Para criptografar o diretório pessoal do usuário, desabilite primeiro a configuração de impressão digital.</p>"
-#. alternate helptext 5/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
+#. alternate helptext 5/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n"
@@ -1734,8 +1597,8 @@
"O diretório home de um usuário LDAP pode ser trocado somente\n"
"no servidor de arquivos.</p>"
-#. alternate helptext 5/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497
+#. alternate helptext 5/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497
msgid ""
"<p><b>Additional Information:</b>\n"
"Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n"
@@ -1744,15 +1607,13 @@
"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Informações Adicionais:</b>\n"
-"Alguns dados de usuário adicionais podem ser configurados aqui. Esse campo "
-"pode conter até\n"
+"Alguns dados de usuário adicionais podem ser configurados aqui. Esse campo pode conter até\n"
"três partes, separadas por vírgulas. O padrão é gravar\n"
-"<i>escritório</i>,<i>fone de trabalho</i>,<i>fone res.</i>. Essas "
-"informações são \n"
+"<i>escritório</i>,<i>fone de trabalho</i>,<i>fone res.</i>. Essas informações são \n"
"mostradas quando você usa o comando <i>finger</i> nesse usuário.</p>\n"
-#. help text 6/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512
+#. help text 6/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Login Shell:</b>\n"
@@ -1768,8 +1629,8 @@
"no sistema.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text 7/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522
+#. help text 7/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Default Group:</b>\n"
@@ -1783,8 +1644,8 @@
"na lista de todos os grupos existentes no sistema.\n"
"</p>"
-#. help text 8/8
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531
+#. help text 8/8
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Additional Groups:</b>\n"
@@ -1796,8 +1657,8 @@
"Selecione os grupos adicionais dos quais o usuário deve ser membro.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544
+#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544
msgid ""
"<p>Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n"
"extensions of user and group configuration.</p>\n"
@@ -1805,8 +1666,8 @@
"<p>Veja aqui a lista de plug-ins, as\n"
"extensões da configuração de grupo e usuário.</p>\n"
-#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548
+#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548
msgid ""
"The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n"
"is currently in use."
@@ -1814,17 +1675,13 @@
"A marca de seleção na parte esquerda da tabela indica que o plug-in\n"
"está atualmente em uso."
-#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid ""
-"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting "
-"<b>Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Inicie a configuração detalhada de um plug-in específico selecionando "
-"<b>Iniciar</b>.</p>"
+#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
+msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Inicie a configuração detalhada de um plug-in específico selecionando <b>Iniciar</b>.</p>"
-#. help texts 1/1
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
+#. help texts 1/1
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n"
@@ -1834,20 +1691,19 @@
"Grave as configurações de usuário e grupo atuais no sistema.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Help text 1/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573
+#. Help text 1/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p>Activate <b>Force Password Change</b> to force the user to change the\n"
"password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n"
"<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Ative <b>Forçar Mudança de Senha</b> para forçar o usuário a modificar a "
-"senha\n"
+"<p>Ative <b>Forçar Mudança de Senha</b> para forçar o usuário a modificar a senha\n"
"no próximo login. Se <b>Última Troca de Senha</b> estiver definida como \n"
"<b>Nunca</b>, o usuário será forçado a mudar a senha.</p>"
-#. Help text 2/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579
+#. Help text 2/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</B><BR>\n"
@@ -1859,13 +1715,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>Aviso Dias Antes do Vencimento da Senha</B><BR>\n"
"Os usuários podem receber um aviso antes de a senha expirar. Defina \n"
-"quanto tempo antes da expiração da senha o aviso deve ser emitido. Defina -1 "
-"para desabilitar\n"
+"quanto tempo antes da expiração da senha o aviso deve ser emitido. Defina -1 para desabilitar\n"
"o aviso. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text 3/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588
+#. Help text 3/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<P><B>Days after Password Expires with Usable Login</B><BR>\n"
"Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n"
@@ -1873,47 +1728,41 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Dias Depois do Vencimento da Senha em que o Login é Válido</B><BR>\n"
-"Os usuários podem efetuar login após suas senhas terem expirado. Defina "
-"quantos dias\n"
+"Os usuários podem efetuar login após suas senhas terem expirado. Defina quantos dias\n"
"o login será permitido. Use -1 para acesso ilimitado.\n"
"</P>\n"
-#. Help text 4/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
+#. Help text 4/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days "
-"a user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Número Máximo de Dias para a Mesma Senha</B><BR>Defina quantos dias um "
-"usuário \n"
+"<P><B>Número Máximo de Dias para a Mesma Senha</B><BR>Defina quantos dias um usuário \n"
"pode usar a mesma senha antes de ela expirar.</P>\n"
-#. Help text 5/6
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
+#. Help text 5/6
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum "
-"age of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Número Mínimo de Dias para a Mesma Senha</B><BR>Defina o tempo mínimo "
-"de vida de \n"
+"<P><B>Número Mínimo de Dias para a Mesma Senha</B><BR>Defina o tempo mínimo de vida de \n"
"uma senha antes de o usuário poder trocá-la.</P>\n"
-#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603
+#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expiration Date</B><BR>Set the date when this account expires. \n"
"The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n"
"Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Data de Vencimento</B><BR>Defina a data em que essa conta deve "
-"expirar. \n"
+"<P><B>Data de Vencimento</B><BR>Defina a data em que essa conta deve expirar. \n"
"A data deve ser no formato AAAA-MM-DD. \n"
"Deixe-a vazia se essa conta nunca expirar.</P>\n"
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613
+#. help text 1/2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Configuration Overview</b><br>\n"
@@ -1927,284 +1776,198 @@
"de contas de usuários ou tipos de autenticação.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/2
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621
+#. help text 2/2
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
-"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Mudando os Valores</b><br>\n"
-"Você pode definir essas configurações executando módulos apropriados. "
-"Selecione o módulo com <b>Configurar</b>.\n"
+"Você pode definir essas configurações executando módulos apropriados. Selecione o módulo com <b>Configurar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies"
-"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups "
-"of attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione as guias <b>Políticas de Mudança de Senha</b>, <b>Políticas de "
-"Idade da Senha</b> e <b>Políticas de Bloqueio</b> para escolher os grupos de "
-"atributos de políticas de senhas LDAP que você deseja configurar.</p>"
+#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
+msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione as guias <b>Políticas de Mudança de Senha</b>, <b>Políticas de Idade da Senha</b> e <b>Políticas de Bloqueio</b> para escolher os grupos de atributos de políticas de senhas LDAP que você deseja configurar.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
-"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
-"be used.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Especifique o <b>Número Máximo de Senhas Armazenadas no Histórico</b> "
-"para definir quantas senhas já usadas devem ser gravadas. As senhas gravadas "
-"não poderão ser usadas.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
+msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Especifique o <b>Número Máximo de Senhas Armazenadas no Histórico</b> para definir quantas senhas já usadas devem ser gravadas. As senhas gravadas não poderão ser usadas.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
-"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
-"administrator.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>O Usuário Deverá Mudar a Senha após a Redefinição</b> para "
-"forçar os usuários a mudar as senhas depois que a senha for redefinida ou "
-"modificada por um administrador.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Marque <b>O Usuário Deverá Mudar a Senha após a Redefinição</b> para forçar os usuários a mudar as senhas depois que a senha for redefinida ou modificada por um administrador.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
-"passwords.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>O Usuário Pode Mudar a Senha</b> para permitir que os usuários "
-"mudem suas senhas.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
+msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Marque <b>O Usuário Pode Mudar a Senha</b> para permitir que os usuários mudem suas senhas.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid ""
-"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
-"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Se a senha existente precisar ser fornecida junto com a nova, marque "
-"<b>Senha Antiga Obrigatória para Mudança de Senha</b>.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
+msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Se a senha existente precisar ser fornecida junto com a nova, marque <b>Senha Antiga Obrigatória para Mudança de Senha</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
-"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
-"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
-"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
-"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
-"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
-"checked.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione se a qualidade da senha deverá ser verificada enquanto as "
-"senhas são mudadas ou adicionadas. Selecione <b>Sem Verificação</b> se as "
-"senhas não precisarem ser verificadas. Com <b>Aceitar Senhas não "
-"verificadas</b>, as senhas serão aceitas mesmo se a verificação não puder "
-"ser realizada, por exemplo, se o usuário tiver fornecido uma senha "
-"criptografada. Com <b>Aceitar Somente Senhas Verificadas</b>, as senhas "
-"serão recusadas se o teste de qualidade falhar ou se a senha não puder ser "
-"verificada.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
+msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione se a qualidade da senha deverá ser verificada enquanto as senhas são mudadas ou adicionadas. Selecione <b>Sem Verificação</b> se as senhas não precisarem ser verificadas. Com <b>Aceitar Senhas não verificadas</b>, as senhas serão aceitas mesmo se a verificação não puder ser realizada, por exemplo, se o usuário tiver fornecido uma senha criptografada. Com <b>Aceitar Somente Senhas Verificadas</b>, as senhas serão recusadas se o teste de qualidade falhar ou se a senha não puder ser verificada.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
-"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"Defina o número mínimo de caracteres que devem ser incluídos em uma senha em "
-"<b>Tamanho Mínimo da Senha</b>.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
+msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "Defina o número mínimo de caracteres que devem ser incluídos em uma senha em <b>Tamanho Mínimo da Senha</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
-"modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Idade Mínima da Senha</b> define quanto tempo deve decorrer entre as "
-"modificações da senha.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
+msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Idade Mínima da Senha</b> define quanto tempo deve decorrer entre as modificações da senha.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
-"expires.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Idade Máxima da Senha</b> define quanto tempo após a modificação uma "
-"senha expira.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
+msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Idade Máxima da Senha</b> define quanto tempo após a modificação uma senha expira.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
-"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages "
-"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Em <b>Tempo antes de Emitir Aviso de Vencimento da Senha</b>, defina "
-"quanto tempo antes do vencimento de uma senha deve ser emitida uma mensagem "
-"de aviso para um usuário que estiver se autenticando.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
+msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Em <b>Tempo antes de Emitir Aviso de Vencimento da Senha</b>, defina quanto tempo antes do vencimento de uma senha deve ser emitida uma mensagem de aviso para um usuário que estiver se autenticando.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate "
-"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Defina quantas vezes uma senha expirada pode ser usada para autenticar em "
-"<b>Usos Permitidos de Senha Expirada</b>.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
+msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Defina quantas vezes uma senha expirada pode ser usada para autenticar em <b>Usos Permitidos de Senha Expirada</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
-"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Marque <b>Habilitar Bloqueio de Senha</b> para proibir o uso de uma senha "
-"após um número especificado de tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com "
-"falha.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Habilitar Bloqueio de Senha</b> para proibir o uso de uma senha após um número especificado de tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com falha.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
-"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
-"Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Em <b>Falhas de Vinculação para Bloquear a Senha</b>, defina o número de "
-"tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com falha após o qual a senha não "
-"poderá ser usada para autenticação.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
+msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Em <b>Falhas de Vinculação para Bloquear a Senha</b>, defina o número de tentativas consecutivas de vinculação com falha após o qual a senha não poderá ser usada para autenticação.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>."
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Em <b>Duração do Bloqueio da Senha</b>, defina por quanto tempo a senha "
-"não poderá ser usada.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
+msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Em <b>Duração do Bloqueio da Senha</b>, defina por quanto tempo a senha não poderá ser usada.</p>"
-#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
-"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
-"authentication has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A opção <b>Duração do Cache de Falhas de Vinculação</b> define quanto "
-"tempo deve decorrer até que as falhas de senha sejam purgadas do contador de "
-"falhas, mesmo que não tenha ocorrido nenhuma autenticação com êxito.</p>"
+#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
+msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A opção <b>Duração do Cache de Falhas de Vinculação</b> define quanto tempo deve decorrer até que as falhas de senha sejam purgadas do contador de falhas, mesmo que não tenha ocorrido nenhuma autenticação com êxito.</p>"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171
msgid "&Password Change Policies"
msgstr "&Políticas de Mudança de Senha"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies"
msgstr "P&olíticas de Idade da Senha"
-#. tab label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175
+#. tab label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175
msgid "&Lockout Policies"
msgstr "Po&líticas de Bloqueio"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211
msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History"
msgstr "Número Má&ximo de Senhas Armazenadas no Histórico"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221
msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset"
msgstr "O U&suário Deverá Mudar a Senha após a Redefinição"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230
msgid "&User Can Change Password"
msgstr "O &Usuário Pode Mudar a Senha"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239
msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change"
msgstr "&Senha Antiga Obrigatória para Mudança de Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248
msgid "Password Quality Checking"
msgstr "Verificação da Qualidade da Senha"
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258
msgid "&No Checking"
msgstr "&Sem Verificação"
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266
msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords"
msgstr "A&ceitar Senhas Não Verificadas"
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274
msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords"
msgstr "&Aceitar Somente Senhas Verificadas"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Minimum Password Length"
msgstr "Tamanho &Mínimo da Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Minimum Password Age"
msgstr "Idade Mínima da Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376
msgid "Maximum Password Age"
msgstr "Idade Máxima da Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381
msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning"
msgstr "Tempo antes de Emitir Aviso de Vencimento da Senha"
-#. IntField label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387
+#. IntField label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387
msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password"
msgstr "Usos Permitidos de Senha Expirada"
-#. check box label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416
+#. check box label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416
msgid "Enable Password Locking"
msgstr "Habilitar Bloqueio de Senha"
-#. intField label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424
+#. intField label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424
msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password"
msgstr "Falhas de Vinculação para Bloquear a Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Password Lock Duration"
msgstr "Duração do Bloqueio da Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440
msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration"
msgstr "Duração do Cache de Falhas de Vinculação"
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471
+#. dialog label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Política de Senha"
-#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535
+#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535
msgid ""
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
@@ -2212,96 +1975,88 @@
"O atributo \"%1\" é mandatório.\n"
"Informe um valor."
-#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666
+#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666
msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Diretórios pessoais</b></p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668
+#. help text
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668
msgid ""
"<p>If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n"
"check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
"action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
"user home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Se os diretórios pessoais dos usuários LDAP tiverem que ser armazenados "
-"nesta máquina,\n"
+"<p>Se os diretórios pessoais dos usuários LDAP tiverem que ser armazenados nesta máquina,\n"
"marque a opção apropriada. A mudança desse valor não causa nenhuma\n"
-"ação direta. Trata-se apenas de informações para o módulo de usuários do "
-"YaST, que pode gerenciar\n"
+"ação direta. Trata-se apenas de informações para o módulo de usuários do YaST, que pode gerenciar\n"
"diretórios pessoais de usuários.</p>\n"
-#. help text caption
-#. help text
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
+#. help text caption
+#. help text
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
-"or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Clique <b>Configurar</b> para configurar informações armazenadas no\n"
"servidor LDAP. Será solicitada senha se você não está conectado ou se\n"
"tiver mudado sua configuração.</p>\n"
-#. password policy help text caption
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681
+#. password policy help text caption
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681
msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Política de Senha</b></p>"
-#. password policy help
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
+#. password policy help
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> "
-"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Configure a política de senha selecionada usando <b>Editar</b>. Use "
-"<b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar uma nova política de senha. A configuração "
-"só será possível\n"
+"<p>Configure a política de senha selecionada usando <b>Editar</b>. Use <b>Adicionar</b> para adicionar uma nova política de senha. A configuração só será possível\n"
" se as políticas de senha já estiverem habilitadas no servidor LDAP.</p>"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693
msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine"
msgstr "Diretórios &Pessoais Nesta Máquina"
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702
msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
msgstr "Configurar Informaçõe&s de Gerenciamento de Usuário..."
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711
msgid "Password Policy"
msgstr "Política de Senha"
-#. dialog title
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727
+#. dialog title
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727
msgid "LDAP Administration Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Administração LDAP"
-#. InputField label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754
+#. InputField label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Name of Password Policy Object"
msgstr "Nome do Objeto Política de Senha"
-#. text label,suffix will follow in next label
-#. text label,suffix will follow in next label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796
+#. text label,suffix will follow in next label
+#. text label,suffix will follow in next label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796
msgid "Suffix:"
msgstr "Sufixo:"
-#. pushbutton label
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799
+#. pushbutton label
+#. pushbutton label
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799
msgid "Change Suffix"
msgstr "Mudar Sufixo"
-#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812
+#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812
msgid ""
"The Policy '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
@@ -2309,240 +2064,240 @@
"A Política '%1' já existe.\n"
"Selecione outra."
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61
msgid "&System Users"
msgstr "Usuários do &Sistema"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63
msgid "&Local Users"
msgstr "Usuários &Locais"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65
msgid "&NIS Users"
msgstr "Usuários &NIS"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67
msgid "L&DAP Users"
msgstr "Usuários L&DAP"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69
msgid "Sam&ba Users"
msgstr "Usuários &Samba"
-#. the type of user set
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103
+#. the type of user set
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103
msgid "&Custom"
msgstr "&Personalizado"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77
msgid "System Users"
msgstr "Usuários do Sistema"
-#. the type of user set
-#. New user is the default option
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
+#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Usuários Locais"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81
msgid "NIS Users"
msgstr "Usuários NIS"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83
msgid "LDAP Users"
msgstr "Usuários LDAP"
-#. the type of user set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85
+#. the type of user set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85
msgid "Samba Users"
msgstr "Usuários do Samba"
-#. the type of user set
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118
+#. the type of user set
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Personalizado"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93
msgid "&System Groups"
msgstr "Grupos do &Sistema"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95
msgid "&Local Groups"
msgstr "Grupos &Locais"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97
msgid "&NIS Groups"
msgstr "Grupos &NIS"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99
msgid "L&DAP Groups"
msgstr "Grupos L&DAP"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101
msgid "Sam&ba Groups"
msgstr "Grupos Sam&ba"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108
msgid "System Groups"
msgstr "Grupos do Sistema"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110
msgid "Local Groups"
msgstr "Grupos Locais"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112
msgid "NIS Groups"
msgstr "Grupos NIS"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114
msgid "LDAP Groups"
msgstr "Grupos LDAP"
-#. the type of group set
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116
+#. the type of group set
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116
msgid "Samba Groups"
msgstr "Grupos do Samba"
-#. richtext label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
msgid "NIS"
msgstr "NIS"
-#. richtext label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
+#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr "SSSD"
-#. richtext label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140
+#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140
msgid "Samba"
msgstr "Samba"
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147
msgid "&NIS"
msgstr "&NIS"
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr "&SSSD"
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
msgid "&Samba"
msgstr "&Samba"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
msgstr "&Usuários"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178
msgid "&Groups"
msgstr "&Grupos"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188
msgid "De&faults for New Users"
msgstr "&Padrões para Novos Usuários"
-#. tab header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224
msgid "&Authentication Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de &Autenticação"
-#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs ---------------------------------
-#. MenuButton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225
+#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs ---------------------------------
+#. MenuButton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225
msgid "&Set Filter"
msgstr "Configurar &Filtro"
-#. Menu Buton label
-#. Menu Buton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008
+#. Menu Buton label
+#. Menu Buton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008
msgid "E&xpert Options"
msgstr "Opções do Esp&ecialista"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326
msgid "D&efault Group"
msgstr "&Grupo padrão"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333
msgid "Default &Login Shell"
msgstr "shell de &login padrão"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344
msgid "Se&condary Groups"
msgstr "Grupos Se&cundários"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355
msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory"
msgstr "Prefixo de caminho para diretório &Home"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Procurar..."
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379
msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory"
msgstr "E&Squetelo para diretório Home"
-#. push button label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390
+#. push button label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390
msgid "Bro&wse..."
msgstr "P&esquisar..."
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401
msgid "Default E&xpiration Date"
msgstr "Data de V&encimento padrão"
-#. text entry
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413
msgid "&Umask for Home Directory"
msgstr "&Umask para Diretório Pessoal"
-#. intfield
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420
+#. intfield
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420
msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable"
msgstr "Número de dias depois do &vencimento da senha em que o login é válido"
-#. menu button label
-#. menu button label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407
+#. menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407
msgid "&Configure..."
msgstr "&Configurar..."
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>This is for experts only.</b>\n"
@@ -2552,13 +2307,12 @@
"<b>Isto é somente para especialistas.</b>\n"
"</p>"
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
-"it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2568,8 +2322,8 @@
"rede, mas restringe sua senha a no máximo oito caracteres.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n"
@@ -2577,53 +2331,47 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>MD5</b> permite senhas mais longas, o que permite maior segurança, mas "
-"alguns\n"
-"protocolos de rede não suportam esse recurso, podendo ocorrer problemas com "
-"o NIS.\n"
+"<b>MD5</b> permite senhas mais longas, o que permite maior segurança, mas alguns\n"
+"protocolos de rede não suportam esse recurso, podendo ocorrer problemas com o NIS.\n"
"</p>"
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros "
-"algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por questões de compatibilidade.</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por questões de compatibilidade.</p>"
-#. Label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
+#. Label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
msgstr "Criptografia de Senha"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Criptografia"
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
msgid "&DES"
msgstr "&DES"
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
msgid "&MD5"
msgstr "&MD5"
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
msgid "SHA-&256"
msgstr "SHA-&256"
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
msgid "SHA-&512"
msgstr "SHA-&512"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You have changed the default encryption for user passwords.</p>"
@@ -2631,66 +2379,57 @@
"<p>\n"
"Você trocou a criptografia padrão de senhas de usuário.</p>"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586
msgid ""
-"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network "
-"environments,\n"
+"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Parece que você está executando um servidor NIS. Em alguns ambientes de "
-"rede,\n"
-"você talvez não consiga efetuar login em um cliente NIS quando uma senha de "
-"usuário estiver\n"
+"<p>Parece que você está executando um servidor NIS. Em alguns ambientes de rede,\n"
+"você talvez não consiga efetuar login em um cliente NIS quando uma senha de usuário estiver\n"
"criptografada com um método diferente do DES.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593
+#. help text 3/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593
msgid "<p>Really use the selected method?</p>"
msgstr "<p>Realmente usar o método selecionado?</p>"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719
msgid "AND"
msgstr "AND"
-#. combo box item
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721
+#. combo box item
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721
msgid "OR"
msgstr "OR"
-#. helptext 1/4 - caption
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728
+#. helptext 1/4 - caption
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728
msgid "<p><b>LDAP Search Filter Changes</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Mudanças de Filtro de Pesquisa do LDAP</b></p>"
-#. helptext 2/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid ""
-"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
-"search filters.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Aqui, estenda os filtros de pesquisa para usuários e grupos além do "
-"padrão.</p>"
+#. helptext 2/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
+msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Aqui, estenda os filtros de pesquisa para usuários e grupos além do padrão.</p>"
-#. helptext 3/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
+#. helptext 3/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
-"attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Com <b>Padrão</b>, carregue o filtro padrão dos\n"
-"módulos de configuração do usuário e do grupo gravados no servidor LDAP "
-"(valores dos atributos 'susesearchfilter').\n"
+"módulos de configuração do usuário e do grupo gravados no servidor LDAP (valores dos atributos 'susesearchfilter').\n"
"Se você ainda não estiver conectado, a senha será solicitada.</p>\n"
-#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740
+#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740
msgid ""
"<p><b>Example:</b>\n"
"<br>With the user filter\n"
@@ -2706,54 +2445,54 @@
"<br>\n"
"é possível obter somente usuários com nome de usuário iniciado por 'u'.</p>\n"
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763
msgid "Search Filter for &Users"
msgstr "Pesquisa de Filtro por &Usuário"
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772
msgid "Search Filter for &Groups"
msgstr "Pesquisa de Filtro por &Grupos"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783
msgid "New Condition for Current Filter"
msgstr "Novas Condições para o Filtro Atual"
-#. combobox label
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949
+#. combobox label
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949
msgid "&Attribute"
msgstr "&Atributo"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803
msgid "&Value"
msgstr "&Valor"
-#. pushbuttton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806
+#. pushbuttton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806
msgid "A&dd to Filter"
msgstr "A&dicionar Filtro"
-#. Pushbutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817
+#. Pushbutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817
msgid "De&fault"
msgstr "Padrão &f"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852
msgid "Enter the value for the attribute."
msgstr "Digite o valor para o atributo. "
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876
msgid "Enter the value of the user filter."
msgstr "Digite o valor do filtro de usuário."
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887
msgid ""
"The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n"
"Really use it?\n"
@@ -2761,13 +2500,13 @@
"O novo filtro de usuário não contém o filtro padrão de usuário.\n"
"Realmente usá-lo?\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902
msgid "Enter the value of the group filter."
msgstr "Digite o valor do filtro de grupo."
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913
+#. yes/no popup question
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913
msgid ""
"The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n"
"Really use it?\n"
@@ -2775,76 +2514,69 @@
"O novo filtro de grupo não contém o filtro padrão de grupo.\n"
"Realmente usá-lo?\n"
-#. helptext 0/3 - caption
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967
+#. helptext 0/3 - caption
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967
msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Configurações de Login</b></p>"
-#. helptext 1/3 - general info
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
+#. helptext 1/3 - general info
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
-"as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Os recursos descritos abaixo só estão disponíveis se você estiver usando KDM "
-"ou GDM como gerenciador de login.\n"
+"Os recursos descritos abaixo só estão disponíveis se você estiver usando KDM ou GDM como gerenciador de login.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. helptext 2/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
+#. helptext 2/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
-"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"Ao configurar o <b>Auto Login</b>, ignore o procedimento de login. O usuário "
-"escolhido na lista é conectado automaticamente.</p>\n"
+"Ao configurar o <b>Auto Login</b>, ignore o procedimento de login. O usuário escolhido na lista é conectado automaticamente.</p>\n"
-#. helptext 3/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
+#. helptext 3/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
-"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Login Sem Senha</b><br>\n"
-"Se essa opção estiver marcada, todos os usuários terão permissão para "
-"efetuar login\n"
-"sem digitar senhas. Caso contrário, a senha será solicitada, mesmo que você "
-"configure um usuário para efetuar login automaticamente.</p>\n"
+"Se essa opção estiver marcada, todos os usuários terão permissão para efetuar login\n"
+"sem digitar senhas. Caso contrário, a senha será solicitada, mesmo que você configure um usuário para efetuar login automaticamente.</p>\n"
-#. dialog label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
+#. dialog label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Display Manager Login Settings"
msgstr "Exibir Configurações de Login do Gerenciador"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014
msgid "&Auto Login"
msgstr "&Auto Login"
-#. textentry label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025
+#. textentry label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025
msgid "&User to Log In"
msgstr "&Usuário para Efetuar Login"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035
msgid "Password&less Logins"
msgstr "&Login sem Senha"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126
msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server."
msgstr "Não pode apagar usuário %1. Isto deve ser feito no servidor NIS."
-#. Continue/Cancel popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135
+#. Continue/Cancel popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135
msgid ""
"The user seems to be currently logged in.\n"
"Continue anyway?"
@@ -2852,23 +2584,23 @@
"O usuário parece estar conectado.\n"
"Continuar mesmo assim?"
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157
msgid "Selected User Is System User"
msgstr "Usuário Selecionado é Usuário do Sistema"
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159
msgid "Really delete this system user?"
msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar esse usuário do sistema?"
-#. question popup. %1 is username
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171
+#. question popup. %1 is username
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171
msgid "Delete the user %1?"
msgstr "Eliminar o usuário %1?"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178
msgid ""
"Delete &Home Directory\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2876,8 +2608,8 @@
"Eliminar Diretório &Home\n"
"%1\n"
-#. yes-no popup. %1 is username
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201
+#. yes-no popup. %1 is username
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201
msgid ""
"\n"
"Really delete the user %1?\n"
@@ -2885,18 +2617,18 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deseja apagar o usuário %1?\n"
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230
msgid "System Group"
msgstr "Grupo do Sistema"
-#. / yes-no popup contents
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232
+#. / yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232
msgid "Really delete this system group?"
msgstr "Realmente deseja apagar esse grupo do sistema?"
-#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240
+#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240
msgid ""
"\n"
"Really delete the group %1?\n"
@@ -2904,8 +2636,8 @@
"\n"
"Realmente deseja apagar o grupo %1?\n"
-#. warning popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250
+#. warning popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -2915,127 +2647,118 @@
"existem usuários neste grupo.\n"
"Delete os usuários primeiro.\n"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280
msgid "User List View"
msgstr "Visão da Lista de Usuários"
-#. Frame label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288
+#. Frame label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288
msgid "Group List View"
msgstr "Visão da Lista de Grupos"
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360
msgid "Local"
msgstr "Local"
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
msgid "LDAP"
msgstr "LDAP"
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "Sistema"
-#. label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379
+#. label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379
msgid "User Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Usuário"
-#. label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381
+#. label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381
msgid "Group Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Grupo"
-#. menubutton item
-#. menubutton item
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460
+#. menubutton item
+#. menubutton item
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460
msgid "Customi&ze Filter..."
msgstr "Personali&zar Filtro..."
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473
msgid "&Login Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de &Login"
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480
msgid "Password &Encryption"
msgstr "Criptografia d&e Senha "
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486
msgid "&Write Changes Now"
msgstr "&Gravar Mudanças Agora"
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500
msgid "LDAP &Search Filter"
msgstr "LDAP Filtro de Pesqui&Sa"
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505
msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Usuário e Grupo L&DAP"
-#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518
+#. help text 1/1
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to "
-"the\n"
+"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux é um sistema multiusuário. Vários usuários diferentes podem estar "
-"conectados ao\n"
+"Linux é um sistema multiusuário. Vários usuários diferentes podem estar conectados ao\n"
"sistema ao mesmo tempo. Para evitar confusão, cada usuário precisa ter\n"
-"uma identidade exclusiva. Além disso, cada usuário pertence a pelo menos um "
-"grupo.\n"
+"uma identidade exclusiva. Além disso, cada usuário pertence a pelo menos um grupo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 1/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
+#. help text 1/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently "
-"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Usuários e grupos são organizados em vários conjuntos. Mude o conjunto "
-"atualmente mostrado na tabela com <b>Configurar Filtro</b>.\n"
+"Usuários e grupos são organizados em vários conjuntos. Mude o conjunto atualmente mostrado na tabela com <b>Configurar Filtro</b>.\n"
"Personalize sua visão com <b>Personalizar Filtro</b>.</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541
+#. help text 2/3
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
-"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for "
-"new\n"
+"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Clique em <b>Opções de Especialista</b> para editar várias configurações "
-"avançadas, como \n"
-"tipo de criptografia de senha, método de autenticação de usuário, valores "
-"padrão para novos\n"
+"Clique em <b>Opções de Especialista</b> para editar várias configurações avançadas, como \n"
+"tipo de criptografia de senha, método de autenticação de usuário, valores padrão para novos\n"
"usuários ou configurações de login. Com <b>Gravar Mudanças Agora</b>, grave\n"
-"todas as mudanças efetuadas até o momento sem sair do módulo de configuração."
-"</p>\n"
+"todas as mudanças efetuadas até o momento sem sair do módulo de configuração.</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
+#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n"
@@ -3043,13 +2766,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para gravar as configurações de grupo e usuário modificadas no sistema, "
-"pressione\n"
+"Para gravar as configurações de grupo e usuário modificadas no sistema, pressione\n"
"<b>%1</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -3059,13 +2781,12 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use essa caixa de diálogo para obter informações sobre usuários existentes e "
-"para adicionar ou modificar\n"
+"Use essa caixa de diálogo para obter informações sobre usuários existentes e para adicionar ou modificar\n"
"usuários. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To shift to the group dialog, select <b>Groups</b>.\n"
@@ -3075,8 +2796,8 @@
"Para mudar para o diálogo de grupo, selecione <b>Grupos</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -3088,8 +2809,8 @@
"Para criar um novo usuário, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n"
@@ -3101,23 +2822,21 @@
"clique <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616
+#. help text 1/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
-"groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use essa caixa de diálogo para obter informações sobre grupos existentes e "
-"para adicionar ou modificar grupos.\n"
+"Use essa caixa de diálogo para obter informações sobre grupos existentes e para adicionar ou modificar grupos.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624
+#. help text 2/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To shift to the user dialog, select <b>Users</b>.\n"
@@ -3127,8 +2846,8 @@
"Para mudar para o diálogo de usuário, selecione <b>Usuários</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631
+#. help text 3/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -3140,8 +2859,8 @@
"Para criar um novo grupo, clique em <b>Adicionar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n"
@@ -3153,8 +2872,8 @@
"clique em <b>Editar</b> ou <b>Apagar</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. popup error label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679
+#. popup error label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679
msgid ""
"The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -3162,8 +2881,8 @@
"O esqueleto de diretório home informado não é um diretório.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697
msgid ""
"The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -3171,8 +2890,8 @@
"O prefixo de caminho informado para home não é diretório.\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706
msgid ""
"The selected directory does not exist.\n"
"Create it now?\n"
@@ -3180,8 +2899,8 @@
"O diretório selecionado não existe.\n"
"Criar ele agora?\n"
-#. error message
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754
+#. error message
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754
msgid ""
"These groups do not exist in your system:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3191,8 +2910,8 @@
"%1\n"
"Tente novamente.\n"
-#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779
+#. Yes-No popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n"
"may be unable to log in. Continue?\n"
@@ -3200,48 +2919,48 @@
"Se selecionar um shell inexistente, o usuário\n"
"pode não ter condições de login. Continuar?\n"
-#. directory location popup label
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933
+#. directory location popup label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933
msgid "Path to Directory"
msgstr "Caminho ao Diretório"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Login"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969
msgid "UID"
msgstr "UID"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "Grupos"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985
msgid "Group Name"
msgstr "Nome do Grupo"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987
msgid "Group ID"
msgstr "ID de grupo"
-#. table header
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989
+#. table header
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989
msgid "Group Members"
msgstr "Membros de Grupo"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069
msgid ""
"NIS groups can only be\n"
"modified and deleted on the server.\n"
@@ -3249,47 +2968,47 @@
"Grupos NIS só podem ser\n"
"modificados e apagados no servidor.\n"
-#. error popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088
msgid "Select an entry from the table."
msgstr "Selecione uma entrada da tabela."
-#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification)
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109
+#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109
msgid "There are no changes to save."
msgstr "Não há mudanças a gravar."
-#. yes/no popup (data were changed)
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151
+#. yes/no popup (data were changed)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151
msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?"
msgstr "Ler novamente todos os dados do servidor LDAP?"
-#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom'
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219
+#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom'
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219
msgid "Filter: %1"
msgstr "Filtro:%1 "
-#. wait popup
-#. wait popup
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284
+#. wait popup
+#. wait popup
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284
msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..."
msgstr "Lendo conjuntos de usuários e grupos. Favor esperar..."
-#. helper function to get information about authentication from
-#. appropriate module
-#. @param [String] client
-#. @return
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331
+#. helper function to get information about authentication from
+#. appropriate module
+#. @param [String] client
+#. @return
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331
msgid "<b>yast2-auth-client module not installed</b>"
msgstr "<b>Módulo yast2-auth-client não instalado</b>"
-#. error popup, %1 is package name
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435
+#. error popup, %1 is package name
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "O pacote %1 não está disponível para instalação."
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
msgid ""
"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
"Install it now?\n"
@@ -3297,31 +3016,31 @@
"Pacote '%1' não está instalado no sistema.\n"
"Instala-lo?\n"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
msgstr "Administração de Usuário e Grupo"
-#. init dialog caption
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
+#. init dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284
msgid "User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de usuário e grupo"
-#. label (during init dialog)
-#. label (during init dialog)
-#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
+#. label (during init dialog)
+#. label (during init dialog)
+#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Inicializando ..."
-#. List of errors found for a given password
-#.
-#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
-#.
-#. @param passwd [String] password to check
-#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
-#. validation is disabled
-#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
msgid ""
"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
"the password should have at least %s characters."
@@ -3329,10 +3048,10 @@
"Se você pretende criar certificados,\n"
"a senha deverá ter, no mínimo, %s caracteres."
-#. Localized help text about CA constraints
-#.
-#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
-#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
@@ -3340,53 +3059,47 @@
"<p>Se você pretende usar essa senha para criar certificados,\n"
"ela deverá ter, no mínimo, %s caracteres.</p>"
-#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
-#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de Usuários..."
-#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
-#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
-#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha um método de criptografia de senha para usuários locais e de "
-"sistema.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolha um método de criptografia de senha para usuários locais e de sistema.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is "
-"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>%s</b> é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros "
-"algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por questões de compatibilidade.</p>"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid "<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>%s</b> é o método de hashing padrão atual. A utilização de outros algoritmos não é recomendada, exceto por questões de compatibilidade.</p>"
-#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
-#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
-#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
msgid "Password Encryption Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Criptografia de Senha"
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58
msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
msgstr "Senha para o Administrador do Sistema \"root\""
-#. reenable suggestion
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
@@ -3395,15 +3108,14 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Use uma das opções disponíveis para adicionar usuários locais ao sistema.\n"
-"Os usuários locais são armazenados em <i>/etc/passwd</i> e em <i>/etc/"
-"shadow</i>.\n"
+"Os usuários locais são armazenados em <i>/etc/passwd</i> e em <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142
msgid "Create new user"
msgstr "Criar novo usuário"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
@@ -3412,12 +3124,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ao digitar uma senha, diferencie maiúsculas e\n"
-"minúsculas. As senhas não devem conter caracteres especiais, como caracteres "
-"acentuados ou tremas. \n"
+"minúsculas. As senhas não devem conter caracteres especiais, como caracteres acentuados ou tremas. \n"
"</p>\n"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
@@ -3429,88 +3140,70 @@
" e %{max} caracteres.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Em <b>Nome de usuário</b>, use somente letras (sem caracteres acentuados), "
-"dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"A menos que saiba o que está fazendo, não use letras maiúsculas nessa "
-"entrada.\n"
-"Nomes de usuário tem mais restrições do que as senhas. Você pode redefinir "
-"as\n"
-"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia a sua página de manual para "
-"obter informações.\n"
+"Em <b>Nome de usuário</b>, use somente letras (sem caracteres acentuados), dígitos e <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"A menos que saiba o que está fazendo, não use letras maiúsculas nessa entrada.\n"
+"Nomes de usuário tem mais restrições do que as senhas. Você pode redefinir as\n"
+"restrições no arquivo /etc/login.defs. Leia a sua página de manual para obter informações.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecione <b>Usar esta senha para o administrador do sistema</b> se for "
-"necessário usar a mesma senha fornecida ao primeiro usuário para o root.</p>"
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176
+msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Selecione <b>Usar esta senha para o administrador do sistema</b> se for necessário usar a mesma senha fornecida ao primeiro usuário para o root.</p>"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187
msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "Importar Dados do Usuário de Instalação Anterior"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
-"The information there can be used to create users in the system being "
-"installed.\n"
-"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic "
-"information will\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic information will\n"
"be imported.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Uma instalação anterior do Linux com usuários locais foi detectada.\n"
-"Essas informações podem ser usadas para criar usuários no sistema que está "
-"sendo instalado.\n"
-"Use o botão <b>Escolher Usuários</b> para selecionar alguns usuários. As "
-"informações básicas deles serão\n"
+"Essas informações podem ser usadas para criar usuários no sistema que está sendo instalado.\n"
+"Use o botão <b>Escolher Usuários</b> para selecionar alguns usuários. As informações básicas deles serão\n"
"importadas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196
msgid "Skip User Creation"
msgstr "Ignorar Criação de Usuário"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
-"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without "
-"creating\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n"
"a local user.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Às vezes, root é o único usuário local necessário, como em ambientes de "
-"rede\n"
-"com um servidor de autenticação. Selecione essa opção para continuar sem "
-"criar\n"
+"Às vezes, root é o único usuário local necessário, como em ambientes de rede\n"
+"com um servidor de autenticação. Selecione essa opção para continuar sem criar\n"
"um usuário local.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279
msgid "Local User"
msgstr "Usuário Local"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332
msgid ""
"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3520,8 +3213,8 @@
"Para não criar um usuário agora, selecione\n"
"\"Ignorar Criação de Usuário\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389
msgid ""
"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
@@ -3531,143 +3224,143 @@
"Para não criar um usuário agora, selecione\n"
"\"Ignorar Criação de Usuário\"."
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516
msgid "&Create New User"
msgstr "&Criar Novo Usuário"
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539
msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
msgstr "&Importar Dados do Usuário de Instalação Anterior"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549
msgid "Choose Users"
msgstr "Escolher Usuários"
-#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565
msgid "&Skip User Creation"
msgstr "Ignorar Criação de U&suário"
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621
msgid "&Automatic Login"
msgstr "Login A&utomático"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628
msgid "No users selected"
msgstr "Nenhum usuário selecionado"
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630
msgid "%d user will be imported"
msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
msgstr[0] "O usuário %d será importado"
msgstr[1] "Os usuários %d serão importados"
-#. selection box label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
msgid "&Select Users to Read"
msgstr "&Selecionar Usuários para Ler"
-#. check box label
-#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
msgstr "Selecionar ou Anular Seleção de &Todos"
-#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
-#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
msgid "SHA-256"
msgstr "SHA-256"
-#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
-#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
msgid "SHA-512"
msgstr "SHA-512"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
-#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
msgstr "Método de Criptografia: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
-#. menu button label
-#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
msgstr "Tipo de &Criptografia de Senha"
-#. rich text label
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Configurações de Usuário"
-#. menu button label
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Usuário"
-#. menu button label
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
msgid "&Root Password"
msgstr "Senha de &Root"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
msgstr "<%1>Senha do Root<%2> definida"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
msgstr "<%1>Senha do Root<%2> não definida"
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
msgstr "Nenhum <%1>usuário<%2> configurado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
msgstr[0] "<a href=%s>%d usuário</a> será importado"
msgstr[1] "<a href=%s>%d usuários</a> serão importados"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
msgstr "<%1>Usuário<%2> %3 configurado"
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
msgstr "<%1>Usuário<%2> %3 (%4) configurado"
-#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
-#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
msgstr "Método de Criptografia de Senha: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59
msgid "&Password for root User"
msgstr "&Senha para Usuário root"
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65
msgid "Con&firm Password"
msgstr "Con&firmar Senha"
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
msgstr "Não se esqueça do que informou aqui."
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
msgid ""
"No password entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -3675,8 +3368,8 @@
"Nenhuma senha digitada.\n"
"Tente novamente. "
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
@@ -3690,18 +3383,16 @@
"Diferente dos usuários comuns do sistema, que gravam textos, criam\n"
"gráficos ou navegam pela Internet, o usuário \"root\" existe em\n"
"todos os sistemas e é solicitado sempre que\n"
-"tarefas administrativas precisam ser executadas. Somente efetue login como "
-"root\n"
+"tarefas administrativas precisam ser executadas. Somente efetue login como root\n"
"quando precisar ser o administrador do sistema.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued 2
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
"reenter it in a second field.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3713,14 +3404,13 @@
"corretamente, informe novamente no segundo campo.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued 3
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3729,8 +3419,8 @@
"mínimo 5 caracteres e não conter caracteres acentuados ou tremas.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. help text, continued 4
-#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
@@ -3740,369 +3430,369 @@
"Não se esqueça desta senha do \"root\".\n"
"</p>"
-#. User name for user: "root"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
+#. User name for user: "root"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
msgstr "root"
-#. User name for user: "bin"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48
+#. User name for user: "bin"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48
msgid "bin"
msgstr "bin"
-#. User name for user: "daemon"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52
+#. User name for user: "daemon"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52
msgid "Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon"
-#. User name for user: "lp"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56
+#. User name for user: "lp"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56
msgid "Printing Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon de Impressão"
-#. User name for user: "mail"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60
+#. User name for user: "mail"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60
msgid "Mailer Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon de Correio"
-#. User name for user: "news"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64
+#. User name for user: "news"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64
msgid "News System"
msgstr "Sistema de News"
-#. User name for user: "uucp"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68
+#. User name for user: "uucp"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68
msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System"
msgstr "Sistema de Cópia de Unix para Unix"
-#. User name for user: "games"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72
+#. User name for user: "games"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72
msgid "Games Account"
msgstr "Conta de Jogos"
-#. User name for user: "man"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76
+#. User name for user: "man"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76
msgid "Manual Page Viewer"
msgstr "Viewer de Páginas Manual"
-#. User name for user: "at"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80
+#. User name for user: "at"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80
msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon de Tarefas em Lote"
-#. User name for user: "wwwrun"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84
+#. User name for user: "wwwrun"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84
msgid "WWW Daemon Apache"
msgstr "Apache Daemon WWW"
-#. User name for user: "ftp"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88
+#. User name for user: "ftp"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88
msgid "FTP Account"
msgstr "Conta FTP"
-#. User name for user: "named"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92
+#. User name for user: "named"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92
msgid "Name Server Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon de Servidor de Nomes"
-#. User name for user: "gdm"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96
+#. User name for user: "gdm"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96
msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon do Gerenciador de Sessões do GNOME"
-#. User name for user: "postfix"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100
+#. User name for user: "postfix"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100
msgid "Postfix Daemon"
msgstr "Serviço Postfix"
-#. User name for user: "sshd"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104
+#. User name for user: "sshd"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104
msgid "SSH Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon SSH"
-#. User name for user: "ntp"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108
+#. User name for user: "ntp"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108
msgid "NTP Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon NTP"
-#. User name for user: "ldap"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112
+#. User name for user: "ldap"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112
msgid "User for OpenLDAP"
msgstr "Usuário para OpenLDAP"
-#. User name for user: "nobody"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116
+#. User name for user: "nobody"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116
msgid "Nobody"
msgstr "Ninguém"
-#. User name for user: "amanda"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120
+#. User name for user: "amanda"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120
msgid "Amanda Admin"
msgstr "Admin do Amanda"
-#. User name for user: "vscan"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124
+#. User name for user: "vscan"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124
msgid "Vscan Account"
msgstr "Conta do Vscan"
-#. User name for user: "bigsister"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128
+#. User name for user: "bigsister"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128
msgid "Big Sister"
msgstr "Big Sister"
-#. User name for user: "wnn"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132
+#. User name for user: "wnn"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132
msgid "Wnn System Account"
msgstr "conta de sistema Wnn"
-#. User name for user: "cyrus"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136
+#. User name for user: "cyrus"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136
msgid "User for cyrus-imapd"
msgstr "Usuário para cyrus imapd"
-#. User name for user: "dpbox"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140
+#. User name for user: "dpbox"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140
msgid "DpBox Account"
msgstr "Conta do DpBox"
-#. User name for user: "gnats"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144
+#. User name for user: "gnats"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144
msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System"
msgstr "Sistema Gnats GNU backtracking"
-#. User name for user: "gnump3d"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148
+#. User name for user: "gnump3d"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148
msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon GNUMP3"
-#. User name for user: "hacluster"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152
+#. User name for user: "hacluster"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152
msgid "Heartbeat Processes"
msgstr "Processos de Heartbeat"
-#. User name for user: "irc"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156
+#. User name for user: "irc"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156
msgid "IRC Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon IRC"
-#. User name for user: "mailman"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160
+#. User name for user: "mailman"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160
msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager"
msgstr "Gerenciador de Lista de Discussão GNU"
-#. User name for user: "mdom"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164
+#. User name for user: "mdom"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164
msgid "Mailing List Agent"
msgstr "Agente de Lista de Discussão"
-#. User name for user: "mysql"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168
+#. User name for user: "mysql"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168
msgid "MySQL Database Admin"
msgstr "Admin do Banco de Dados MySQL"
-#. User name for user: "oracle"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172
+#. User name for user: "oracle"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172
msgid "Oracle User"
msgstr "Usuário do Oracle"
-#. User name for user: "postgres"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176
+#. User name for user: "postgres"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176
msgid "PostgreSQL Server"
msgstr "Servidor PostgreSQL"
-#. User name for user: "pop"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180
+#. User name for user: "pop"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180
msgid "POP Admin"
msgstr "Admin do POP"
-#. User name for user: "sapdb"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184
+#. User name for user: "sapdb"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184
msgid "SAPDB Account"
msgstr "Conta do SAPDB"
-#. User name for user: "snort"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188
+#. User name for user: "snort"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188
msgid "Snort Network Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor de Rede Snort"
-#. User name for user: "squid"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192
+#. User name for user: "squid"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192
msgid "WWW Proxy Squid"
msgstr "Squid do Proxy WWW"
-#. User name for user: "stunnel"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196
+#. User name for user: "stunnel"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196
msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)"
msgstr "Usuário de Daemon para stunnel (Túnel SSL Universal)"
-#. User name for user: "zope"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200
+#. User name for user: "zope"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200
msgid "Zope"
msgstr "Zope"
-#. User name for user: "radiusd"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204
+#. User name for user: "radiusd"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204
msgid "Radius Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon Radius"
-#. User name for user: "otrs"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208
+#. User name for user: "otrs"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208
msgid "OTRS System User"
msgstr "Usuário de Sistema OTRS"
-#. User name for user: "privoxy"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212
+#. User name for user: "privoxy"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212
msgid "Daemon User for privoxy"
msgstr "Usuário Daemon para privoxy"
-#. User name for user: "vdr"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216
+#. User name for user: "vdr"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216
msgid "Video Disk Recorder"
msgstr "Gravador de Vídeo Disco"
-#. User name for user: "icecream"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220
+#. User name for user: "icecream"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220
msgid "Icecream Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon Icecream"
-#. User name for user: "bitlbee"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224
+#. User name for user: "bitlbee"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224
msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User"
msgstr "Usuário do Daemon Bitlbee"
-#. User name for user: "dhcpd"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228
+#. User name for user: "dhcpd"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228
msgid "DHCP Server Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon do Servidor DHCP"
-#. User name for user: "distcc"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232
+#. User name for user: "distcc"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232
msgid "Distcc Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon Distcc"
-#. User name for user: "dovecot"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236
+#. User name for user: "dovecot"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236
msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon"
msgstr "Daemon Dovecot IMAP"
-#. User name for user: "fax"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240
+#. User name for user: "fax"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240
msgid "Facsimile Agent"
msgstr "Agente de Fax"
-#. User name for user: "partimag"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244
+#. User name for user: "partimag"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244
msgid "Partimage Daemon User"
msgstr "Usuário do Daemon Partimage"
-#. User name for user: "avahi"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248
+#. User name for user: "avahi"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248
msgid "User for Avahi"
msgstr "Usuário para Avahi"
-#. User name for user: "beagleindex"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252
+#. User name for user: "beagleindex"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252
msgid "User for Beagle indexing"
msgstr "Usuário para a indexação do Beagle"
-#. User name for user: "casaauth"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256
+#. User name for user: "casaauth"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256
msgid "casa_atvd System User"
msgstr "Usuário do Sistema casa_atvd"
-#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260
+#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260
msgid "User for DVB daemon"
msgstr "Usuário para daemon DVB"
-#. User name for user: "festival"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264
+#. User name for user: "festival"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264
msgid "Festival daemon"
msgstr "Daemon do Festival"
-#. User name for user: "haldaemon"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268
+#. User name for user: "haldaemon"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268
msgid "User for haldaemon"
msgstr "Usuário para o haldaemon"
-#. User name for user: "icecast"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272
+#. User name for user: "icecast"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272
msgid "Icecast streaming server"
msgstr "Servidor de streaming Icecast"
-#. User name for user: "lighttpd"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276
+#. User name for user: "lighttpd"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276
msgid "User for lighttpd"
msgstr "Usuário para lighttpd"
-#. User name for user: "nagios"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280
+#. User name for user: "nagios"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280
msgid "User for Nagios"
msgstr "Usuário para o Nagios"
-#. User name for user: "pdns"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284
+#. User name for user: "pdns"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284
msgid "User for PowerDNS"
msgstr "Usuário para o PowerDNS"
-#. User name for user: "polkituser"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288
+#. User name for user: "polkituser"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288
msgid "PolicyKit"
msgstr "PolicyKit"
-#. User name for user: "pound"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292
+#. User name for user: "pound"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292
msgid "User for Pound"
msgstr "Usuário para o Pound"
-#. User name for user: "pulse"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296
+#. User name for user: "pulse"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296
msgid "PulseAudio daemon"
msgstr "Daemon do PulseAudio"
-#. User name for user: "quagga"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300
+#. User name for user: "quagga"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300
msgid "Quagga routing daemon"
msgstr "Daemon de roteamento do Quagga"
-#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304
+#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304
msgid "Sabayon user"
msgstr "Usuário do Sabayon"
-#. User name for user: "tomcat"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308
+#. User name for user: "tomcat"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308
msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine"
msgstr "Mecanismo Servlet/JSP para Tomcat - Apache"
-#. User name for user: "tomcat"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312
+#. User name for user: "tomcat"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312
msgid "Apache Tomcat"
msgstr "Apache Tomcat"
-#. User name for user: "pegasus"
-#. User name for user: "cimsrvr"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317
+#. User name for user: "pegasus"
+#. User name for user: "cimsrvr"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317
msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services"
msgstr "Serviços tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM"
-#. User name for user: "ulogd"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321
+#. User name for user: "ulogd"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321
msgid "ulog daemon"
msgstr "ulog daemon"
-#. User name for user: "uuidd"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325
+#. User name for user: "uuidd"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325
msgid "User for uuidd"
msgstr "Usuário para uuid"
-#. User name for user: "suse-ncc"
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329
+#. User name for user: "suse-ncc"
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329
msgid "Novell Customer Center User"
msgstr "Usuário do Novell Customer Center"
-#. label
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343
+#. label
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343
msgid ""
"You have installed a NIS master server.\n"
"It is configured to use a different database\n"
@@ -4116,42 +3806,39 @@
"banco de dados do sistema local no diretório /etc.\n"
"Selecione qual deles deseja configurar.\n"
-#. radio button
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359
+#. radio button
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359
msgid "&Local (/etc directory)"
msgstr "&Local (diretório /etc)"
-#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc)
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367
+#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc)
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367
msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)"
msgstr "&NIS (%1 diretório)"
-#. label above radiobutton box
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425
+#. label above radiobutton box
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425
msgid "User Templates"
msgstr "Modelos de Usuário"
-#. label above radiobutton box
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427
+#. label above radiobutton box
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427
msgid "Group Templates"
msgstr "Modelos de Grupo"
-#. label
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452
+#. label
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452
msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read."
-msgstr ""
-"Vários modelos são definidos como padrão. Selecione o que deve ser lido."
+msgstr "Vários modelos são definidos como padrão. Selecione o que deve ser lido."
-#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence)
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491
+#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence)
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491
msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again."
-msgstr ""
-"Corrija-os manualmente antes de executar de novo o módulo de usuários do "
-"YaST."
+msgstr "Corrija-os manualmente antes de executar de novo o módulo de usuários do YaST."
-#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
-#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505
+#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
+#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505
msgid ""
"There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n"
"%3"
@@ -4159,8 +3846,8 @@
"Existem múltiplos usuários com o mesmo nome (\"%2\") no arquivo %1.\n"
"%3"
-#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2)
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514
+#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2)
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514
msgid ""
"There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n"
"%3"
@@ -4168,9 +3855,9 @@
"Existem múltiplos grupos com o mesmo nome (\"%2\") no arquivo %1.\n"
"%3"
-#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line
-#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534
+#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line
+#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534
msgid ""
"There is a strange line in the file %1:\n"
"%2\n"
@@ -4179,32 +3866,28 @@
msgstr ""
"Existe uma linha estranha no arquivo %1:\n"
"%2\n"
-"Talvez o número de vírgulas esteja errado ou alguma entrada de linha esteja "
-"ausente.\n"
-"Corrija o arquivo manualmente antes de executar de novo o módulo de usuários "
-"do YaST."
+"Talvez o número de vírgulas esteja errado ou alguma entrada de linha esteja ausente.\n"
+"Corrija o arquivo manualmente antes de executar de novo o módulo de usuários do YaST."
-#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545
+#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545
msgid ""
"There is a strange line in the file %1.\n"
"Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n"
"Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again."
msgstr ""
"Existe uma linha estranha no arquivo %1.\n"
-"Talvez o número de vírgulas esteja errado ou alguma entrada de linha esteja "
-"ausente.\n"
-"Corrija o arquivo manualmente antes de executar de novo o módulo de usuários "
-"do YaST."
+"Talvez o número de vírgulas esteja errado ou alguma entrada de linha esteja ausente.\n"
+"Corrija o arquivo manualmente antes de executar de novo o módulo de usuários do YaST."
-#. default error message
-#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555
+#. default error message
+#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read user or group data."
msgstr "Não pode ler dados de usuário ou grupo."
-#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
-#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:725
+#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
+#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:725
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4222,206 +3905,205 @@
"Isso poderá tornar esses diretórios inacessíveis\n"
"após montá-los corretamente. Continuar configuração de usuário?"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:973
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:973
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Vários usuários satisfazem as condições de entrada."
-#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
+#. progress caption
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Inicializando a Configuração de Usuário e Grupo"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações padrão de login"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações padrão de sistema"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Ler tipo de configuração"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Ler configurações customizadas de usuário"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Ler usuários e grupos"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Construir estruturas de cache"
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações padrão de login..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "Lendo as configurações padrão de sistema..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Lendo tipo de configuração..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "Lendo configurações customizadas..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "Lendo usuários e grupos..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "Construindo estruturas de cache..."
-#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309
+#. final progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Usuário inexistente."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Grupo inexistente."
-#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
+#. progress caption
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando a Configuração de Usuário e Grupo"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Gravar configurações de usuário e grupo LDAP"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Gravar grupos"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Verificar usuários deletados"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Gravar usuários"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Gravar senhas"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações customizadas"
-#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
+#. progress stage label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Gravar configurações padrão de login"
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "Gravando usuários e grupos LDAP..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "Gravando grupos..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "Verificando usuários deletados..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "Gravando usuários..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "Gravando senhas..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações do usuário..."
-#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307
+#. progress step label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "Gravando configurações padrão de login..."
-#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392
+#. error popup (%s is a file name)
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "O arquivo %s não foi lido corretamente, portanto, não será gravado."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Erro ao remover usuários."
-#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#. error popup (%s is a file name)
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "O arquivo %s não foi lido corretamente, portanto, não será gravado."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Suporte à criptografia não instalado. Os diretórios pessoais NÃO serão "
-"criptografados."
+"Suporte à criptografia não instalado. Os diretórios pessoais NÃO serão criptografados."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "Erro ao configurar encaminhamento para e-mail do root. "
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Não há UID disponível para esse tipo de usuário."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4430,8 +4112,8 @@
"O ID de usuário selecionado não é permitido.\n"
"Selecione um inteiro válido entre %i e %i."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4439,8 +4121,8 @@
"O ID de usuário informado já está em uso.\n"
"Usar este mesmo?"
-#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#. popup question, %i are numbers
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4451,8 +4133,8 @@
"definido para usuários (%i-%i).\n"
"Realmente usar isto?"
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4463,8 +4145,8 @@
"já que é maior que %i.\n"
"Realmente deseja mudar o tipo de usuário para 'local'? "
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4475,7 +4157,7 @@
"já que é menor que %i.\n"
"Realmente deseja mudar o tipo de usuário para 'sistema'? "
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4483,8 +4165,8 @@
"\n"
"O nome de usuário existente pode pertencer a um usuário NIS ou LDAP.\n"
-#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4494,8 +4176,8 @@
"digitado e um nome de usuário já existente. %1\n"
"Tente outro nome."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4503,8 +4185,8 @@
"A \"Informação adicional de usuário\" não pode \n"
"conter dois pontos (:). Tente novamente."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4514,8 +4196,8 @@
"até três seções separadas por vírgulas.\n"
"Remova o excesso."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4525,8 +4207,8 @@
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9 e _-/\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4535,8 +4217,8 @@
"O Diretório %s não pode ser gravado.\n"
"Escolha outro caminho para o diretório home."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4544,8 +4226,8 @@
"O diretório home é usado por outro usuário.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4555,8 +4237,8 @@
"mas não é um diretório.\n"
"Realmente deseja usar esse caminho?"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4564,9 +4246,9 @@
"O diretório home selecionado já existe.\n"
"Usa-lo e mudar seu dono?"
-#. chown is not needed (#25200)
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#. chown is not needed (#25200)
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4577,8 +4259,8 @@
"já existe e pertence ao usuário editado atualmente.\n"
"Usar este diretório?\n"
-#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#. yes/no popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4591,23 +4273,22 @@
"um usuário previamente marcado para eliminação.\n"
"Usar este diretório?"
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
-"Se você selecionar um shell inexistente, talvez o usuário não possa efetuar "
-"login.\n"
+"Se você selecionar um shell inexistente, talvez o usuário não possa efetuar login.\n"
"Usar esse shell? "
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Não há GID disponível para esse tipo de grupo."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4616,8 +4297,8 @@
"O ID de grupo selecionado não é permitido.\n"
"Selecione um inteiro válido entre %i e %i."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4625,8 +4306,8 @@
"O ID de grupo informado já está em uso.\n"
"Usar este mesmo?"
-#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#. popup question, %i are numbers
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4637,8 +4318,8 @@
"definido para grupos LDAP (%i-%i).\n"
"Realmente usar isto?"
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4649,8 +4330,8 @@
"já que é maior que %i.\n"
"Realmente deseja mudar o tipo de grupo para 'local'? "
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4661,8 +4342,8 @@
"já que é menor que %i.\n"
"Realmente deseja mudar o tipo de grupo para 'sistema'?"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4670,8 +4351,8 @@
"Nenhum nome de grupo digitado.\n"
"Tente novamente. "
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4680,8 +4361,8 @@
"O nome de grupo deve ter entre %i e %i caracteres de tamanho.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4693,8 +4374,8 @@
"e deve começar com uma letra.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4704,13 +4385,13 @@
"informado e um grupo já existente.\n"
"Tente outro nome."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Usuário %s inexistente."
-#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#. error message: group cannot be deleted
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4720,8 +4401,8 @@
"existem usuários neste grupo\n"
"como seu grupo padrão."
-#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#. error message: group cannot be deleted
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4731,33 +4412,33 @@
"existem usuários neste grupo.\n"
"Remova os usuários do grupo primeiro. "
-#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
+#. summary label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Usuários</h3>"
-#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627
+#. summary label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3>"
-#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638
+#. summary label
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Configurações de login</h3>"
-#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640
+#. summary item, %1 is user name
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "O usuário %1 foi configurado para o login automático"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226
msgid "No password for LDAP was entered."
msgstr "Nenhuma Senha para LDAP foi informada."
-#. popup question, %s is string argument
-#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377
+#. popup question, %s is string argument
+#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"No entry with DN '%s'\n"
@@ -4766,39 +4447,38 @@
"Nenhuma entrada com DN '%s'\n"
"existe no servidor LDAP. Criar agora?"
-#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
+#. plugin name
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Kerberos"
-#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
+#. user plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr "Sem Gerenciamento do Kerberos para Grupos"
-#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
+#. user plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr "Gerenciar Entidades Principais do Kerberos"
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr "Impossível executar kadmin.local."
-#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147
+#. plugin name
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147
msgid "LDAP Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos LDAP"
-#. plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162
+#. plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162
msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes"
msgstr "Editar Atributos Restantes do LDAP"
-#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287
+#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n"
@@ -4807,28 +4487,28 @@
"O atributo '%s' é requerido para este objeto de acordo com\n"
"sua configuração LDAP, mas está vazio atualmente."
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378
msgid "An error occurred."
msgstr "Um erro ocorreu."
-#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147
+#. plugin name
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147
msgid "LDAP Password Policy"
msgstr "Política de Senha do LDAP"
-#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156
+#. user plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156
msgid "Edit Password Policy"
msgstr "Editar Política de Senha"
-#. error popup, %s is object DN
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239
+#. error popup, %s is object DN
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"."
msgstr "Sintaxe DN inválida de \"%s\"."
-#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251
+#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"Error while searching for \"%s\":\n"
@@ -4837,8 +4517,8 @@
"Erro ao procurar \"%s\":\n"
"%s"
-#. error popup, %s is object DN
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258
+#. error popup, %s is object DN
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The object \"%s\"\n"
@@ -4847,9 +4527,9 @@
"O objeto \"%s\"\n"
"não é um objeto Política de Senha"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349
msgid ""
"It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n"
"the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n"
@@ -4857,19 +4537,19 @@
"Não é possível adicionar esse plug-in se\n"
"o plug-in de atributos de Conta Transitória estiver sendo usado.\n"
-#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183
+#. plugin name
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183
msgid "Shadow Account Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Conta Transitória"
-#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192
+#. user plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192
msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes"
msgstr "Editar atributos de Conta Transitória"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396
msgid ""
"It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n"
"the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n"
@@ -4877,23 +4557,23 @@
"Não é possível adicionar este plug-in quando\n"
"o plug-in de Política de Senha está em uso.\n"
-#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237
+#. plugin name
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237
msgid "Quota Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de Cota"
-#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248
+#. user plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248
msgid "Manage Group Quota"
msgstr "Gerenciar Cotas de Grupo"
-#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251
+#. user plugin summary (table item)
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251
msgid "Manage User Quota"
msgstr "Gerenciar Cotas de Usuário"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365
msgid ""
"Quota is not enabled on your system.\n"
"Enable quota in the partition settings module."
@@ -4901,8 +4581,8 @@
"As cotas não estão habilitadas no sistema.\n"
"Habilite cotas no módulo de configurações de partição."
-#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435
+#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435
msgid ""
"Error while calling\n"
"\"%1\":\n"
@@ -4912,39 +4592,35 @@
"\"%1\":\n"
"%2"
-#. the ']' is or-ed...
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
+#. the ']' is or-ed...
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
"A senha só pode conter os seguintes caracteres:\n"
-"0-9, a-z, A-Z e qualquer um dos seguintes: \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?"
-"='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
+"0-9, a-z, A-Z e qualquer um dos seguintes: \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
+#. help text (default part shown in more places)
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
-"keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Para a senha, use apenas caracteres que possam ser encontrados em um layout "
-"de teclado\n"
-"americano. No caso de erro do sistema, talvez seja necessário efetuar login "
-"sem usar um\n"
+"Para a senha, use apenas caracteres que possam ser encontrados em um layout de teclado\n"
+"americano. No caso de erro do sistema, talvez seja necessário efetuar login sem usar um\n"
"layout de teclado localizado.\n"
"</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4954,38 +4630,38 @@
"\":\" ou \",\".\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "Você usou o nome do grupo como parte da senha."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "Você usou o nome de usuário como parte da senha."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Você usou apenas letras minúsculas na senha."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "Você usou apenas letras maiúsculas na senha."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "Você usou um palíndromo como senha."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "Você usou apenas dígitos na senha."
-#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
+#. popup question
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4994,8 +4670,8 @@
"A senha é grande demais para o atual método de criptgrafia.\n"
"Será truncada para %s caracteres."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -5004,14 +4680,14 @@
"A senha é simples demais:\n"
"%s."
-#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
+#. popup error, %i is number
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "A senha deve ter pelo menos %i caracteres."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -5019,8 +4695,8 @@
"Nenhum nome de usuário digitado.\n"
"Tente novamente. "
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -5029,8 +4705,8 @@
"O nome de usuário deve ter entre %i e %i caracteres.\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -5042,8 +4718,8 @@
"devendo ser iniciado por uma letra ou \"_\".\n"
"Tente novamente."
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -5053,18 +4729,18 @@
"digitado e um nome de usuário já existente.\n"
"Tente outro nome."
-#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
+#. busy popup message
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "Recuperando a extensão %1..."
-#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
+#. busy popup message
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "Liberando a extensão %1..."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"user name and an existing user name.\n"
@@ -5074,8 +4750,8 @@
"informado e um nome de usuário já definido.\n"
"Tente outro."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545
msgid ""
"The home directory is used from another user.\n"
"Please try again."
@@ -5083,45 +4759,45 @@
"O diretório home é usado por outro usuário.\n"
"Favor tentar novamente."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858
msgid "No plug-in was defined"
msgstr "Nenhum plug-in foi definido"
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912
msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user."
msgstr "Não é possível editar um usuário NIS."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025
msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user."
msgstr "Não é possível eliminar um usuário NIS."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980
msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group."
msgstr "Não é possível modificar um grupo NIS."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403
msgid "No user was specified."
msgstr "Nenhum usuário foi especificado."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476
msgid "User was not correctly specified."
msgstr "Usuário não foi corretamente especificado."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133
msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group."
msgstr "Não é possível eliminar um grupo NIS."
-#. error message
-#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451
+#. error message
+#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "Existem múltiplos usuários satisfazendo as condições de entrada."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/vm.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,256 +14,214 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Main
-#. Definition of command line mode options
-#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54
+#. Main
+#. Definition of command line mode options
+#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54
msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools"
msgstr "Instalar Hipervisor e Ferramentas"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgstr "Configurando a máquina virtual..."
-#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160
-msgid ""
-"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your "
-"architecture is "
-msgstr ""
-"x86_64 é a única arquitetura suportada para hospedar máquinas virtuais. Sua "
-"arquitetura é "
+#. check for kernel-bigsmp
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160
+msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
+msgstr "x86_64 é a única arquitetura suportada para hospedar máquinas virtuais. Sua arquitetura é "
-#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179
+#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
msgstr ""
-"A instalação da máquina virtual não pode ser iniciada dentro da máquina "
-"UML.\n"
+"A instalação da máquina virtual não pode ser iniciada dentro da máquina UML.\n"
"Inicie a instalação no sistema host.\n"
-#. progress stage 1/2
-#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285
+#. progress stage 1/2
+#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Verificar Pacotes Instalados"
-#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198
+#. progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração da Ponte de Rede"
-#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
+#. Headline for management domain installation
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "Configurando o Servidor VM (domínio 0)"
-#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216
-msgid ""
-"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM "
-"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>Configuração do Servidor VM</b></big></p><p>A configuração do "
-"Servidor VM (domínio 0) tem duas partes.</p>"
+#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216
+msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuração do Servidor VM</b></big></p><p>A configuração do Servidor VM (domínio 0) tem duas partes.</p>"
-#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220
-msgid ""
-"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot "
-"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is "
-"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Os pacotes necessários são instalados no sistema primeiro. Em seguida, o "
-"carregador de inicialização é alternado para GRUB (caso ainda não esteja em "
-"uso) e a seção do Xen é adicionada ao menu do carregador de inicialização se "
-"ela não estiver incluída.</p>"
+#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220
+msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Os pacotes necessários são instalados no sistema primeiro. Em seguida, o carregador de inicialização é alternado para GRUB (caso ainda não esteja em uso) e a seção do Xen é adicionada ao menu do carregador de inicialização se ela não estiver incluída.</p>"
-#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to "
-"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>O GRUB é necessário porque suporta o padrão multiboot exigido para "
-"inicializar o Xen e o kernel do Linux.</p>"
+#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224
+msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>O GRUB é necessário porque suporta o padrão multiboot exigido para inicializar o Xen e o kernel do Linux.</p>"
-#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM "
-"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Quando a configuração é concluída com êxito, é possível inicializar o "
-"Servidor VM pelo menu do carregador de boot.</p>"
+#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228
+msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Quando a configuração é concluída com êxito, é possível inicializar o Servidor VM pelo menu do carregador de boot.</p>"
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "A instalação será interrompida."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Escolher Hipervisor(es) para instalar"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr "Servidor: Sistema mínimo para obter um Hipervisor em execução"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "Ferramentas: Configurar, gerenciar e monitorar máquinas virtuais"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241
-msgid ""
-"A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed"
-msgstr ""
-"A opção desabilitada significa que o item do hipervisor já foi instalado"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241
+msgid "A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed"
+msgstr "A opção desabilitada significa que o item do hipervisor já foi instalado"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr "Hipervisor KVM"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr "Servidor KVM"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr "Ferramentas do KVM"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr "containers libvirt do LXC"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr "daemon libvirt do LXC"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr "Software para conectar ao servidor de Virtualização"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Ferramentas do cliente de virtualização"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr "Hipervisor Xen"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "Servidor Xen"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "Ferramentas do Xen"
-#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418
+#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Falha na instalação do pacote\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Falha na instalação do pacote para lxc\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr "Falha na instalação do pacote para o padrão de cliente sled\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr "Falha na instalação do pacote para os padrões do sles\n"
-#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456
+#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
-msgstr ""
-"Execução em modo de texto. Instalar os componentes gráficos mesmo assim?"
+msgstr "Execução em modo de texto. Instalar os componentes gráficos mesmo assim?"
-#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469
+#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Verificando pacotes..."
-#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472
+#. progressbar title - install the required packages
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "Instalando pacotes..."
-#. error popup
-#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#. error popup
+#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Não pode instalar pacotes requeridos."
-#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494
+#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "Atualizando arquivos de configuração grub2..."
-#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508
+#. Default Bridge stage
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "Configurando a Ponte de Rede Padrão..."
-#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529
+#. Popup yes/no dialog
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Ponte de Rede."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530
-msgid ""
-"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network "
-"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Para configurações normais de rede com hospedagem de máquinas virtuais, "
-"recomenda-se uma ponte de rede.</p><p>Configurar uma ponte de rede padrão?"
-"p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530
+msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Para configurações normais de rede com hospedagem de máquinas virtuais, recomenda-se uma ponte de rede.</p><p>Configurar uma ponte de rede padrão?</p>"
-#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
-#. Progress::NextStage();
-#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+
-#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall();
-#. if ( success == false ) {
-#. // error popup
-#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
-#. return false;
-#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599
+#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
+#. Progress::NextStage();
+#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+
+#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall();
+#. if ( success == false ) {
+#. // error popup
+#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
+#. return false;
+#. }
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
-msgstr ""
-"Componentes do KVM instalados. Seu host está pronto para instalar convidados "
-"KVM."
+msgstr "Componentes do KVM instalados. Seu host está pronto para instalar convidados KVM."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602
-msgid ""
-"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native "
-"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
-msgstr ""
-"Componentes do KVM instalados. Reinicialize a máquina e selecione o kernel "
-"nativo no menu do carregador de boot para instalar convidados KVM."
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602
+msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
+msgstr "Componentes do KVM instalados. Reinicialize a máquina e selecione o kernel nativo no menu do carregador de boot para instalar convidados KVM."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605
-msgid ""
-"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in "
-"the boot loader menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Para instalar convidados do Xen, reinicialize a máquina e selecione a seção "
-"do Xen no menu do carregador de boot."
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605
+msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
+msgstr "Para instalar convidados do Xen, reinicialize a máquina e selecione a seção do Xen no menu do carregador de boot."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Hipervisor e ferramentas do Xen instalados."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "As ferramentas do cliente de virtualização estão instaladas."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr "Os componentes libvirt do LXC estão instalados."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/vpn.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,43 +14,41 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Manage VPN client secrets.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
msgstr "Chave pré-compartilhada para gateways"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Gateway IP"
msgstr "IP do Gateway"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
msgid "Pre-shared key"
msgstr "Chave pré-compartilhada"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
msgid "Set"
msgstr "Definir"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
msgid "Show key"
msgstr "Mostrar chave"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
msgstr "Certificado/par de chaves para gateways"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Certificate"
msgstr "Certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Chave"
-#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
msgid ""
"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
"%s"
@@ -58,7 +56,7 @@
"Chaves compartilhadas ainda ausentes para os seguintes gateways:\n"
"%s"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
msgid ""
"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
"%s"
@@ -66,118 +64,116 @@
"Certificados ainda ausentes para os seguintes gateways:\n"
"%s"
-#. Load PSKs
-#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
-#. Load XAuth
-#. Load EAP
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
msgid "(hidden)"
msgstr "(oculto)"
-#. Remove the selected EAP user.
-#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
msgid "Please select a user to delete."
msgstr "Selecione um usuário para apagar."
-#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
msgstr "Chave pré-compartilhada obrigatória. Digite uma."
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
msgstr "Digite o caminho de ambos os arquivos de certificado e de chave."
-#. Event handlers
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
msgstr "Escolher um arquivo de certificado codificado com PEM"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
msgstr "Escolher um arquivo de chave de certificado codificado com PEM"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
msgstr "Chave pré-compartilhada do gateway"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
msgid "Gateway certificate"
msgstr "Certificado do gateway"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
msgid "Path to certificate file"
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
msgid "Pick.."
msgstr "Escolher..."
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
msgid "Path to certificate key file"
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo da chave de certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Credenciais de usuário para clientes Android, iOS, MacOS X"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Nome do usuário"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Senha"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Adicionar"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Apagar"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
msgid "Show Password"
msgstr "Mostrar Senha"
-#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Credenciais de usuário para clientes Windows 7, Windows 8"
-#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
msgid "Gateway - PSK"
msgstr "Gateway - PSK"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
msgstr "Gateway - Certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
msgstr "Gateway - Clientes móveis"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
msgstr "Gateway - Clientes Windows"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
msgid "Client - PSK"
msgstr "Cliente - PSK"
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
msgid "Client - Certificate"
msgstr "Cliente - Certificado"
-#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
+#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
msgid ""
"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n"
"Continue using the module will remove your customisation."
@@ -185,13 +181,13 @@
"O ipsec.conf e o ipsec.secrets foram manipulados fora deste módulo.\n"
"Ao continuar com o módulo, a personalização será removida."
-#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
msgid "The connection name is already used."
msgstr "O nome da conexão já está em uso."
-#. Find an unused gateway scenario
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
msgid ""
"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
@@ -199,8 +195,8 @@
"É possível ter apenas uma conexão de gateway por cenário.\n"
"Todos os cenários de gateway já estão em uso."
-#. Warn against duplicated configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
msgid ""
"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
@@ -208,83 +204,76 @@
"O cenário já foi configurado com outro gateway.\n"
"Você não pode ter dois gateways em operação no mesmo cenário."
-#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "O nome de usuário já está em uso."
-#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "Conexão de cliente correspondente não encontrada."
-#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62
msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
msgstr "Gateway e Cliente VPN"
-#. Left side: global config & connection management
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
msgid "Global Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração Global"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
msgstr "Habilitar daemon da VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72
msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
msgstr "Reduzir MSS do TCP"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75
msgid "All VPNs"
msgstr "Todas as VPNs"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78
msgid "New VPN"
msgstr "Nova VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
msgid "Delete VPN"
msgstr "Apagar VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81
msgid "View Connection Status"
msgstr "Ver Status da Conexão"
-#. Event handlers
-#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible "
-"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) "
-"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available "
-"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"Se os clientes VPN tiverem problemas para acessar alguns sites da Internet, "
-"é possível que os hosts afetados impeçam a descoberta automática de MTU "
-"(unidade máxima de transmissão) devido à configuração incorreta do "
-"firewall.\n"
-"A redução do MSS do TCP corrige a situação; porém, a largura de banda "
-"disponível é reduzida em cerca de 10%."
+"Se os clientes VPN tiverem problemas para acessar alguns sites da Internet, é possível que os hosts afetados impeçam a descoberta automática de MTU (unidade máxima de transmissão) devido à configuração incorreta do firewall.\n"
+"A redução do MSS do TCP corrige a situação; porém, a largura de banda disponível é reduzida em cerca de 10%."
-#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126
msgid "Delete connection"
msgstr "Apagar conexão"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127
msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
msgstr "Deseja realmente apagar a conexão "
-#. Check for incomplete configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146
msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
msgstr "Especifique a configuração das seguintes conexões:\n"
-#. Consider enabling the daemon
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153
msgid ""
"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
@@ -292,125 +281,125 @@
"Há conexões VPN, mas o daemon não está habilitado.\n"
"Deseja habilitar o daemon da VPN?"
-#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
msgstr "Configurações aplicadas com êxito."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176
msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Falha ao configurar o daemon do IPSec."
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179
msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
msgstr "Deseja ver o registro e o status de conexão do daemon?"
-#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr "Digite o IP do gateway antes de editar as credenciais."
-#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Descrição"
-#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr "Clique em \"Nova VPN\" para criar um gateway ou cliente."
-#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "Todas as redes IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Todas as redes IPv6 (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "CIDRs limitados, separados por vírgula:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Nome da conexão: "
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Tipo"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Gateway (Servidor)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Cliente"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "O cenário é"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Proteger comunicação com uma chave pré-compartilhada"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Proteger comunicação com um certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Conceder acesso a clientes Android, iOS, MacOS X"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Conceder acesso a clientes Windows 7, Windows 8"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Editar Credenciais"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "Conceder acesso a clientes VPN para"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "Pool de endereços dos clientes (ex. 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "O gateway requer autenticação"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Por uma chave pré-compartilhada"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Por um certificado"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "IP do gateway de VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "Usar o túnel da VPN para acessar"
-#. They are however allowed in password
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
msgid "Please enter both username and password."
msgstr "Digite ambos o nome de usuário e a senha."
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
msgid ""
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
@@ -418,17 +407,17 @@
"Evite usar caracteres especiais e espaços no nome de usuário.\n"
"Os caracteres aceitáveis são: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, traço, sublinhado"
-#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
msgstr "Digite um nome para a nova conexão VPN"
-#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
msgstr "Digite o nome da conexão VPN."
-#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
msgid ""
"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
@@ -438,52 +427,52 @@
"Os caracteres aceitáveis são: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, traço, sublinhado\n"
"O nome deve começar com uma letra."
-#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
msgid "Path to certificate file:"
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo de certificado:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
msgstr "Caminho para o arquivo da chave de certificado:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
msgstr "Não armazene a chave no próprio arquivo de certificado."
-#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
msgstr "Insira ambos os arquivos de certificado e de chave."
-#. Return password string.
-#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Please enter a password."
msgstr "Digite uma senha."
-#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47
msgid "VPN daemon status"
msgstr "Status do daemon VPN"
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48
msgid "All connection status"
msgstr "Status de todas as conexões"
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
msgstr "Os registros são atualizados automaticamente a cada três segundos."
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
msgstr "Reiniciar Daemon da VPN"
-#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
msgstr "Confirmar reinicialização do daemon"
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
msgid ""
"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
"Do you still wish to continue?"
@@ -491,32 +480,32 @@
"As conexões existentes serão interrompidas.\n"
"Deseja continuar mesmo assim?"
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar daemon do IPSec"
-#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
-#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
msgstr "Status não disponível: o daemon está em execução?"
-#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Falha ao instalar pacotes IPSec."
-#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Falha ao iniciar daemon do IPSec."
-#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Falha ao aplicar as configurações de encaminhamento IP usando sysctl:"
-#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -524,47 +513,43 @@
"O firewall do SuSE está habilitado, mas não está ativado.\n"
"Para a VPN funcionar apropriadamente, o firewall do SuSE será ativado."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Falha ao reiniciar o firewall do SuSE."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the "
-"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
-"Tanto o gateway quanto os clientes VPN requerem configuração de firewall "
-"especial do SuSE.\n"
-"O firewall do SuSE não está habilitado, portanto, você deve executar "
-"manualmente o script de configuração a cada reinicialização. O script será "
-"executado agora.\n"
+"Tanto o gateway quanto os clientes VPN requerem configuração de firewall especial do SuSE.\n"
+"O firewall do SuSE não está habilitado, portanto, você deve executar manualmente o script de configuração a cada reinicialização. O script será executado agora.\n"
"O script está localizado em %s"
-#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Configurações Globais de VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Habilitar daemon da VPN (IPSec): %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272
msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr "Reduzir MSS do TCP: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Gateway e Conexões"
-#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "Um gateway atendendo clientes em "
-#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Um cliente conectando-se a "
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/wol.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,35 +14,35 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#. File: clients/wol.ycp
-#. Package: Boot Server
-#. Author: Anas Nashif
-#. Summary: WOL
-#.
-#. $Id$
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:49
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#. File: clients/wol.ycp
+#. Package: Boot Server
+#. Author: Anas Nashif
+#. Summary: WOL
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:49
msgid ""
"Package could not be installed.\n"
"Install the missing packages and try again."
@@ -50,48 +50,47 @@
"Pacote não pode ser instalado.\n"
"Instale os pacotes faltantes e tente novamente."
-#. Table header
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:64
+#. Table header
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:64
msgid "MAC Address"
msgstr "Endereço MAC"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:64
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:64
msgid "Host Name"
msgstr "Nome de Host"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:66
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:66
msgid "Wake Up"
msgstr "Acionar"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:76
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:76
msgid "Wake-On-Lan"
msgstr "Wake-On-Lan"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:77
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:77
msgid ""
"<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n"
"<p>With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n"
"over the network.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n"
-"<p>Com WOL, você pode 'ativar' seu pc simplesmente enviando um 'magic "
-"packet' \n"
+"<p>Com WOL, você pode 'ativar' seu pc simplesmente enviando um 'magic packet' \n"
"pela rede.</p>"
-#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false);
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:127
+#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false);
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:127
msgid "Really delete this item?"
msgstr "Deseja mesmo apagar este item?"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:146
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:146
msgid "Waking remote host"
msgstr "Ativando host remoto"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:171
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:171
msgid "Host Name:"
msgstr "Nome de Host:"
-#: src/clients/wol.rb:173
+#: src/clients/wol.rb:173
msgid ""
"MAC Address of\n"
"the Client: "
@@ -99,8 +98,8 @@
"Endereço MAC do\n"
"Cliente: "
-#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf
-#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101
+#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf
+#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101
msgid ""
"No previously configured clients found.\n"
"However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/xpram.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/xpram.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/xpram.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,138 +14,126 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module
-#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51
+#. Command line help text for the Xxpram module
+#: src/clients/xpram.rb:51
msgid "Configuration of XPRAM"
msgstr "Configuração de XPRAM"
-#. command line help text for 'enable' action
-#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61
+#. command line help text for 'enable' action
+#: src/clients/xpram.rb:61
msgid "Enable XPRAM"
msgstr "Habilitar XPRAM"
-#. command line help text for 'disable' action
-#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68
+#. command line help text for 'disable' action
+#: src/clients/xpram.rb:68
msgid "Disable XPRAM"
msgstr "Desabilitar XPRAM"
-#. command line help text for 'configure' action
-#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78
+#. command line help text for 'configure' action
+#: src/clients/xpram.rb:78
msgid "Change the XPRAM configuration"
msgstr "Mudar a configuração de XPRAM"
-#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option
-#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86
+#. command line help text for the 'mountpoint' option
+#: src/clients/xpram.rb:86
msgid "Mount point"
msgstr "Ponto de montagem"
-#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48
+#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:48
msgid "XPRAM Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração de XPRAM"
-#. help text for XPRAM 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51
+#. help text for XPRAM 1/4
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:51
msgid "<p>Here, configure the <b>XPRAM</b> for your computer.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configure aqui o <b>XPRAM</b> do seu computador.</p>"
-#. help text for XPRAM 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53
-msgid ""
-"<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one "
-"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features "
-"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 "
-"stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>No momento, esta ferramenta suporta a atribuição total de XPRAM a apenas "
-"uma partição. Para utilizar várias partições, consulte o documento \"Device "
-"Drivers, Features and Commands (Comandos, Recursos e Drivers de Dispositivo) "
-"de 30 de novembro de 2004\" para o kernel Linux 2.6 – fluxo de abril de 2004."
-"</p><p>Nesse caso, desabilite o XPRAM neste módulo.</p>"
+#. help text for XPRAM 2/4
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53
+msgid "<p>This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.</p><p>In this case disable XPRAM in this module.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>No momento, esta ferramenta suporta a atribuição total de XPRAM a apenas uma partição. Para utilizar várias partições, consulte o documento \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands (Comandos, Recursos e Drivers de Dispositivo) de 30 de novembro de 2004\" para o kernel Linux 2.6 – fluxo de abril de 2004.</p><p>Nesse caso, desabilite o XPRAM neste módulo.</p>"
-#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
+#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Escolha o ponto de montagem correto em <b>Ponto de Montagem</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Escolha o ponto de montagem correto em <b>Ponto de Montagem</b>.</p>"
-#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
+#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>A seguir, escolha o sistema de arquivos a ser usado no dispositivo.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>A seguir, escolha o sistema de arquivos a ser usado no dispositivo.</p>"
-#. radio button label for to not start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
+#. radio button label for to not start xpram
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM"
msgstr "Nã&o Iniciar XPRAM"
-#. radio button label for to start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
+#. radio button label for to start xpram
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
msgid "&Start XPRAM"
msgstr "&Iniciar XPRAM"
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
-msgstr ""
-"Instalar Sistema de Arquivos ou Trocar Embora o &XPRAM Contenha Dados Válidos"
+msgstr "Instalar Sistema de Arquivos ou Trocar Embora o &XPRAM Contenha Dados Válidos"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de montagem"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "Ponto de &montagem"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
+#. frame label
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
msgid "File System Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Sistema de Arquivos"
-#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
msgid "F&ile System to Use:"
msgstr "&Sistema de Arquivos a Ser Usado:"
-#. Xpram read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99
+#. Xpram read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:99
msgid "Saving XPRAM Configuration"
msgstr "Gravando Configuração de XPRAM"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Gravar as configurações"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Reiniciar o serviço"
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Gravando as configurações..."
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Reiniciando serviço..."
-#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Concluído"
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgstr "Erro ao parar o xpram. Tente \"rcxpram stop\" manualmente."
-#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
-#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
+#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
+#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgstr "Erro ao iniciar o xpram. Tente \"rcxpram start\" manualmente."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:47:32 UTC (rev 97310)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/pt_BR/po/yast2-apparmor.pt_BR.po 2017-04-20 11:48:26 UTC (rev 97311)
@@ -14,38 +14,38 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. Globalz
-#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66
+#. Globalz
+#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:66
msgid "Select File to Generate a Profile for"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo para o qual Gerar um Perfil"
-#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog
-#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77
+#. Check for cancel in the file choose dialog
+#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:77
msgid "Profile for "
msgstr "Perfil para "
-#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78
+#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:78
msgid " already exists."
msgstr " já existe."
-#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80
+#: src/clients/AA_AddProfile.rb:80
msgid "Would you like to open this profile in editing mode?"
msgstr "Deseja abrir este perfil no modo de edição?"
-#. Globalz
-#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR
-#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481
+#. Globalz
+#. TODO ELSE POPUP NO ENTRY SELECTED ERROR
+#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:64
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1481
msgid "Delete profile confirmation"
msgstr "Confirmação de exclusão de perfil"
-#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484
+#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:67
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1484
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile "
msgstr "Tem certeza de que deseja apagar o perfil "
-#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487
+#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:70
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1487
msgid ""
" ?\n"
"After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set."
@@ -53,39 +53,37 @@
" ?\n"
"Após esta operação, o módulo do AppArmor recarregará o conjunto de perfis."
-#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
-#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the "
-"profile."
+#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
+#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90
+msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile."
msgstr "Selecione um dos perfis listados e clique em Avançar para apagá-lo."
-#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
+#: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93
msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete"
msgstr "Apagar Perfil - Escolha o perfil para apagar"
-#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
-#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88
+#. Read the profiles from the SCR agent
+#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88
msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it."
msgstr "Selecione um perfil na lista e clique em Editar para editá-lo."
-#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89
+#: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89
msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit"
msgstr "Editar Perfil - Escolha o perfil para editar"
-#. no command line support #269891
-#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52
+#. no command line support #269891
+#: src/clients/apparmor-settings.rb:52
msgid "Enable AppArmor Functions"
msgstr "Habilitar Funções do AppArmor"
-#. AppArmor dialog caption
-#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
+#. AppArmor dialog caption
+#. Network dialog caption
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do AppArmor"
-#. AppArmor dialog help
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54
+#. AppArmor dialog help
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:54
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available AppArmor modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding action and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -93,495 +91,469 @@
"<p>Escolha um dos módulos AppArmor disponíveis para configurar\n"
" a ação correspondente e clique em <b>Iniciar</b>.</p>\n"
-#. Selection box label
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69
+#. Selection box label
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69
msgid "&Available AppArmor Modules:"
msgstr "&Módulos do AppArmor Disponíveis:"
-#. Selection box items
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72
+#. Selection box items
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:72
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configurações"
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:73
msgid "Manage Existing Profiles"
msgstr "Gerenciar Perfis Existentes"
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:74
msgid "Manually Add Profile"
msgstr "Adicionar Perfil Manualmente"
-#. Label::FinishButton()
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90
+#. Label::FinishButton()
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:90
msgid "&Launch"
msgstr "&Iniciar"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid ""
-"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and "
-"AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr ""
-"Esta operação gerou o seguinte erro. Verifique a instalação e as "
-"configurações de perfil do AppArmor."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
+msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+msgstr "Esta operação gerou o seguinte erro. Verifique a instalação e as configurações de perfil do AppArmor."
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Desabilitado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
msgid "1 minute"
msgstr "1 minuto"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
msgid "5 minutes"
msgstr "5 minutos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
msgid "10 minutes"
msgstr "10 minutos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
msgid "15 minutes"
msgstr "15 minutos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
msgid "30 minutes"
msgstr "30 minutos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
msgid "1 hour"
msgstr "1 hora"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
msgid "1 day"
msgstr "1 dia"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
msgid "1 week"
msgstr "1 semana"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
msgid "Security Event Notification"
msgstr "Notificação de Evento de Segurança"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
msgid "Terse Notification"
msgstr "Notificação Concisa"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
msgid "Frequency"
msgstr "Frequëncia"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "Endereço de E-mail"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
msgid "Severity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
msgstr "Incluir Eventos de Gravidade Desconhecida"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
msgid "Summary Notification"
msgstr "Notificação Resumida"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
msgid "Verbose Notification"
msgstr "Notificação Verbosa"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr ""
-"É necessário fornecer um endereço de e-mail para cada método de notificação "
-"selecionado."
+msgstr "É necessário fornecer um endereço de e-mail para cada método de notificação selecionado."
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
msgstr "Falha de configuração para as seguintes operações:"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
msgid "Notification is enabled"
msgstr "A notificação está habilitada"
-#. Notification Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
+#. Notification Status
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
msgid "Notification is disabled"
msgstr "A notificação está desabilitada"
-#. AppArmor Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
+#. AppArmor Status
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
msgstr "O AppArmor está desabilitado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
msgstr "O AppArmor está habilitado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
msgid ""
-"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy "
-"enforcement \n"
+"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Status do AppArmor</b><br>Relata se o módulo de imposição de política "
-"do AppArmor \n"
+"<p><b>Status do AppArmor</b><br>Relata se o módulo de imposição de política do AppArmor \n"
"está carregado e funcionando.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Notificação de Evento de Segurança</b><br>Para ser notificado \n"
-"por e-mail quando ocorrer uma violação de acesso, configure esta ferramenta. "
-"</p>"
+"por e-mail quando ocorrer uma violação de acesso, configure esta ferramenta. </p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
msgid ""
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Modos de Perfil</b><br>Use esta ferramenta para modificar o modo como "
-"o AppArmor\n"
+"<p><b>Modos de Perfil</b><br>Use esta ferramenta para modificar o modo como o AppArmor\n"
"utiliza os perfis individuais.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
msgid "&Enable AppArmor"
msgstr "&Habilitar AppArmor"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
msgid "Configure AppArmor"
msgstr "Configurar o AppArmor"
-#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
-#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
-#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )),
-#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
+#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
+#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
+#. `HBox(
+#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
+#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )),
+#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
+#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
+#. )
+#. ),
+#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
msgid "Configure Profile Modes"
msgstr "Configurar Modos de Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
msgid "Set profile modes"
msgstr "Definir Modos de Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
msgid "Co&nfigure"
msgstr "Co&nfigurar"
-#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
+#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "&Done"
msgstr "&Concluído"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:49
msgid "Errors found in AppArmor profiles"
msgstr "Erros encontrados nos perfis do AppArmor"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the "
-"profile management tools can be used.</p> "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Estes problemas devem ser corrigidos antes que o AppArmor seja iniciado "
-"ou as ferramentas de gerenciamento de perfil sejam usadas.</p> "
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57
+msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> "
+msgstr "<p>Estes problemas devem ser corrigidos antes que o AppArmor seja iniciado ou as ferramentas de gerenciamento de perfil sejam usadas.</p> "
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64
msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running "
msgstr "<p>Encontre uma descrição da sintaxe de perfil do AppArmor executando "
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
-msgid ""
-"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the "
-"Administration guide located in the directory: "
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Uma documentação abrangente sobre o AppArmor está disponível no Guia de "
-"Administração, localizado no diretório: "
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70
+msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: "
+msgstr "<p>Uma documentação abrangente sobre o AppArmor está disponível no Guia de Administração, localizado no diretório: "
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:35
msgid "&Allow"
msgstr "&Permitir"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:36
msgid "&Deny"
msgstr "&Negar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:37
msgid "Abo&rt"
msgstr "Inte&rromper"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:39
msgid "Audi&t"
msgstr "Audi&toria"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:40
msgid "Audi&t off"
msgstr "Audi&toria desativada"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:41
msgid "Audit &All"
msgstr "&Auditoria em Tudo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:42
msgid "&Opts"
msgstr "&Opções"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:43
msgid "&Owner Permissions on"
msgstr "&Permissões do Proprietário ativadas"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:44
msgid "&Owner Permissions off"
msgstr "&Permissões do Proprietário desativadas"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:45
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:63
msgid "&Inherit"
msgstr "&Herdar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:46
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:64
msgid "&Profile"
msgstr "&Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:47
msgid "&Profile Clean Exec"
msgstr "&Execução Limpa do Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:48
msgid "&Child"
msgstr "&Filho"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:49
msgid "&Child Clean Exec"
msgstr "Execução Limpa &Filha"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:50
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Nome"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:51
msgid "&Named Clean Exec"
msgstr "Execução Limpa &Nomeada"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:52
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:65
msgid "&Unconfined"
msgstr "&Não Delimitado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:53
msgid "&Unconfined Clean Exec"
msgstr "Clean &Exec sem Restrições"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:54
msgid "&Profile ix"
msgstr "&Perfil ix"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:55
msgid "&Profile ix Clean Exec"
msgstr "Execução Limpa do &Perfil ix"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:56
msgid "&Child ix"
msgstr "&Filho ix"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:57
msgid "&Child ix Cx Clean Exec"
msgstr "Execução Limpa do &Filho ix Cx "
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:58
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:59
msgid "&Name ix"
msgstr "&Nome ix"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:60
msgid "i&x fallback on"
msgstr "i&x fallback ativado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:61
msgid "i&x fallback off"
msgstr "i&x fallback desativado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:62
msgid "&Continue Profiling"
msgstr "&Continuar Criando Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:66
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Editar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:67
msgid "&Glob"
msgstr "&Glob"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:68
msgid "Glob w/E&xt"
msgstr "Glob com E&xt"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:69
msgid "&Add Requested Hat"
msgstr "&Adicionar Hat Solicitado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:70
msgid "&Use Default Hat"
msgstr "&Usar Hat Padrão"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:71
msgid "&Scan system log for AppArmor events"
msgstr "&Explorar eventos do AppArmor no registro do sistema"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:72
msgid "&View Profile"
msgstr "&Ver Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:73
msgid "&Use Profile"
msgstr "&Usar Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:74
msgid "&Create New Profile"
msgstr "&Criar Novo Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:75
msgid "&Update Profile"
msgstr "&Atualizar Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:76
msgid "&Ignore Update"
msgstr "&Ignorar Atualização"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:77
msgid "&Save Changes"
msgstr "&Gravar Mudanças"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:78
msgid "&Upload Changes"
msgstr "&Fazer Upload das Mudanças"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:79
msgid "&View Changes"
msgstr "&Ver Mudanças"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:80
msgid "&Enable Repository"
msgstr "&Habilitar o Repositório"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:81
msgid "&Disable Repository"
msgstr "&Desabilitar o Repositório"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:82
msgid "&Never Ask Again"
msgstr "&Nunca Perguntar Novamente"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:83
msgid "Ask Me &Later"
msgstr "Perguntar &Depois"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:106
msgid ""
"Email address format invalid.\n"
"Email address must be less than 129 characters \n"
@@ -593,209 +565,209 @@
" e o formato \"nome@domínio\". \n"
"Informe um endereço válido.\n"
-#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog
-#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor
-#. profile repository
-#.
-#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend
-#. [ repo_url - string ]
-#. @return answers - map that contains:
-#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ]
-#. [ user => username ]
-#. [ pass => password ]
-#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ]
-#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ]
-#. [ the system ]
-#.
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141
+#. UI_RepositorySignInDialog
+#. Dialog to allow users to signin or register with an external AppArmor
+#. profile repository
+#.
+#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend
+#. [ repo_url - string ]
+#. @return answers - map that contains:
+#. [ newuser => 1|0 - registering a new user? ]
+#. [ user => username ]
+#. [ pass => password ]
+#. [ email => email address - if newuser = 1 ]
+#. [ save_config => true/false - save this information on ]
+#. [ the system ]
+#.
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:141
msgid "AppArmor Profile Repository Setup"
msgstr "Configuração do Repositório de Perfis do AppArmor"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:153
msgid "Sign in to the repository"
msgstr "Conectar-se ao repositório"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:157
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Nome de usuário"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:164
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:200
msgid "S&ave configuration"
msgstr "G&ravar configuração"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:167
msgid "&Sign in"
msgstr "L&ogon"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:178
msgid "&Register new user..."
msgstr "&Registrar novo usuário..."
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:186
msgid "Register New User"
msgstr "Registrar Novo Usuário"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:190
msgid "Enter Username"
msgstr "Digitar Nome de Usuário"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:191
msgid "Enter Email Address"
msgstr "Digitar Endereço de E-mail"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:192
msgid "Enter Password"
msgstr "Digitar Senha"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:193
msgid "Verify Password"
msgstr "Verificar Senha"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:202
msgid "&Register"
msgstr "&Registrar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:213
msgid "&Sign in as existing user..."
msgstr "&Entrar como um usuário existente..."
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:249
msgid "Username is required"
msgstr "O nome de usuário é necessário"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:251
msgid "Password is required"
msgstr "A senha é obrigatória"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:290
msgid "Username required for registration."
msgstr "É necessário o nome de usuário para o registro."
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:292
msgid "Email address required for registration."
msgstr "Endereço de e-mail necessário para registro."
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:294
msgid "Password is required for registration."
msgstr "Senha obrigatória para registro."
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:296
msgid "Passwords do not match. Please re-enter."
msgstr "As senhas não são iguais. Digite novamente."
-#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile
-#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository
-#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog
-#.
-#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend
-#. [ user => string ]
-#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ]
-#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ]
-#.
-#. @return [void]
-#.
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373
+#. UI_RepositoryViewProfile
+#. Dialog to allow users to view a profile from the repository
+#. and display it in a small scrollable dialog
+#.
+#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map data from the backend
+#. [ user => string ]
+#. [ profile => string contiaining profile contents ]
+#. [ profile_type => string INACTIVE_LOCAL|REPOSITORY ]
+#.
+#. @return [void]
+#.
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:373
msgid "Local inactive profile"
msgstr "Perfil local inativo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:375
msgid "Profile created by user "
msgstr "Perfil criado pelo usuário"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:377
msgid "Local profile"
msgstr "Perfil local"
-#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog
-#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries
-#. and returns them
-#.
-#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend
-#. [ profiles - list of profile names ]
-#.
-#. @return results - map
-#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ]
-#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ]
-#. [ selects a single changelog ]
-#.
-#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ]
-#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ]
-#. ...
-#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ]
-#.
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449
+#. UI_ChangeLog_Dialog
+#. Takes a list of profiles and collects one or multiple changelog entries
+#. and returns them
+#.
+#. @param [Hash] agent_data - data from the backend
+#. [ profiles - list of profile names ]
+#.
+#. @return results - map
+#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ]
+#. [ SINGLE_CHANGELOG - string - set with changelog if user ]
+#. [ selects a single changelog ]
+#.
+#. [ profile 1 name - string - changelog 1 ]
+#. [ profile 2 name - string - changelog 2 ]
+#. ...
+#. [ profile n name - string - changelog n ]
+#.
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:449
msgid "Enter a changelog for the changes for "
msgstr "Digite um registro para as mudanças dos "
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:450
msgid " the selected profiles"
msgstr " perfis selecionados"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:451
msgid "Individual changelogs per profile"
msgstr "Registros de mudanças individuais por perfil"
-#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog
-#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left
-#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles
-#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further
-#. processing - for example uploading to the repository
-#.
-#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend
-#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ]
-#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ]
-#. [ supply changelogs ]
-#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ]
-#. [ user select to never prompt again to ]
-#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ]
-#. [ repository ]
-#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ]
-#. [ profile selection ]
-#. [ profiles - map ]
-#.
-#. @return results - map
-#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ]
-#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ]
-#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ]
-#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ]
-#. [ to upload ]
-#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ]
-#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ]
-#.
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600
+#. UI_MultiProfileSelectionDialog
+#. Two pane dialog with a multi-selection box on the left
+#. and a long text on the right. Allows a list of profiles
+#. or profile changes to be viewed and selected for further
+#. processing - for example uploading to the repository
+#.
+#. @param [Hash] agent_data - map - data from backend
+#. [ title - string - explanation of the forms use ]
+#. [ get_changelog - string true/false - prompt user to ]
+#. [ supply changelogs ]
+#. [ never_ask_again - string true/false - add widget to let ]
+#. [ user select to never prompt again to ]
+#. [ upload unselected profiles to the ]
+#. [ repository ]
+#. [ default_select - string true/false - default value for ]
+#. [ profile selection ]
+#. [ profiles - map ]
+#.
+#. @return results - map
+#. [ STATUS - string - ok/cancel ]
+#. [ PROFILES - list[string] - list of selected profiles ]
+#. [ NEVER_ASK_AGAIN - string - true/false - mark unselected ]
+#. [ profiles as local only and don't prompt ]
+#. [ to upload ]
+#. [ CHANGELOG - map[string,string] - changelog data from ]
+#. [ UI_ChangeLog_Dialog() ]
+#.
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:600
msgid "&Do not ask again for unselected profiles"
msgstr "&Não perguntar novamente sobre perfis não selecionados"
-#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671
+#: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_ycp_utils.rb:671
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr "Perfis"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. YCP map containing definitons for Capabiltiies
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:35
msgid ""
"<ul><li>In a system with the [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] option defined, \n"
"this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n"
@@ -805,79 +777,57 @@
"ela anula a restrição de mudança de propriedade de arquivo \n"
"e de grupo.</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n"
-"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE."
-"</li></ul>"
+"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Anular todo o acesso DAC, incluindo o acesso de execução da ACL se \n"
-"a opção [_POSIX_ACL] estiver definida. Excluindo o acesso DAC incluído em "
-"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
+"a opção [_POSIX_ACL] estiver definida. Excluindo o acesso DAC incluído em CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n"
-"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is "
-"defined. \n"
+"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n"
"Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Anula todas as restrições DAC relacionadas a leitura e pesquisa \n"
-"nos arquivos e diretórios, incluindo restrições da ACL se a opção "
-"[_POSIX_ACL] estiver definida. \n"
+"nos arquivos e diretórios, incluindo restrições da ACL se a opção [_POSIX_ACL] estiver definida. \n"
"Excluindo o acesso DAC incluído em CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where "
-"file\n"
+"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n"
"owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n"
"applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Anula todas as restrições sobre as operações permitidas nos "
-"arquivos,\n"
-"em que o ID do proprietário do arquivo deve ser igual ao ID do usuário, "
-"exceto quando\n"
+"<ul><li>Anula todas as restrições sobre as operações permitidas nos arquivos,\n"
+"em que o ID do proprietário do arquivo deve ser igual ao ID do usuário, exceto quando\n"
"CAP_FSETID for aplicável. Não anula as restrições MAC e DAC. </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file "
-"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the "
-"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the "
-"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and "
-"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not "
-"implemented). </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Anula as seguintes restrições: o ID do usuário deve corresponder ao "
-"ID do proprietário do arquivo ao configurar os bits S_ISUID e S_ISGID nesse "
-"arquivo; o ID do grupo efetivo (ou um dos IDs de grupo suplementares) deve "
-"corresponder ao ID do proprietário do arquivo ao configurar o bit S_ISGID "
-"nesse arquivo; os bits S_ISUID e S_ISGID são limpos no retorno bem-sucedido "
-"do chown(2) (não implementado). </li></ul>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65
+msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Anula as seguintes restrições: o ID do usuário deve corresponder ao ID do proprietário do arquivo ao configurar os bits S_ISUID e S_ISGID nesse arquivo; o ID do grupo efetivo (ou um dos IDs de grupo suplementares) deve corresponder ao ID do proprietário do arquivo ao configurar o bit S_ISGID nesse arquivo; os bits S_ISUID e S_ISGID são limpos no retorno bem-sucedido do chown(2) (não implementado). </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n"
-"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of "
-"the process \n"
+"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n"
"receiving the signal.</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li>Anula a restrição de que o ID de usuário real ou efetivo \n"
-"de um processo que envia um sinal deve corresponder ao ID de usuário real ou "
-"efetivo \n"
+"de um processo que envia um sinal deve corresponder ao ID de usuário real ou efetivo \n"
"do processo que recebe o sinal.</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Permite a manipulação de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permite setgroups(2) "
-"li> \n"
+"<ul><li>Permite a manipulação de setgid(2) </li> <li> Permite setgroups(2) </li> \n"
"<li> Permite gids forjados ao passar credenciais de soquete. </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>"
@@ -885,24 +835,19 @@
"<ul><li>Permite a manipulação de setuid(2) (incluindo fsuid) </li> \n"
"<li> Permite pids forjados ao passar credenciais de soquete. </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n"
"remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Transferir qualquer recurso do seu conjunto permitido para qualquer "
-"pid, \n"
+"<ul><li> Transferir qualquer recurso do seu conjunto permitido para qualquer pid, \n"
"remover qualquer recurso do seu conjunto permitido de qualquer pid</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
-msgid ""
-"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes"
-"li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li>Permite modificações dos atributos de arquivo S_IMMUTABLE e "
-"S_APPEDN</li></ul>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97
+msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li>Permite modificações dos atributos de arquivo S_IMMUTABLE e S_APPEDN</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103
msgid ""
"<ul><li>Allows binding to TCP/UDP sockets below 1024 </li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to ATM VCIs below 32</li></ul>"
@@ -910,41 +855,37 @@
"<ul><li>Permite a vinculação a soquetes TCP/UDP abaixo de 1024 </li> \n"
"<li> Permite a vinculação a VCIs de ATM abaixo de 32</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109
msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li>Permite broadcasting, escuta de multicast </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Permite a configuração da interface</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite administração de firewall, mascaramento e contabilidade de IP"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Permite administração de firewall, mascaramento e contabilidade de IP</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a definição de opção de depuração em soquetes</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a modificação das tabelas de roteamento</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n"
"<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Permite a definição de processo arbitrário/grupo de processos em "
-"soquetes</li> \n"
+"<li> Permite a definição de processo arbitrário/grupo de processos em soquetes</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a vinculação a qualquer endereço para proxy transparente</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a definição do TOS (tipo de serviço)</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a definição do modo promíscuo</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a limpeza das estatísticas do driver</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:128
msgid ""
"<li> Allows multicasting</li> \n"
"<li> Allows read/write of device-specific registers</li> \n"
@@ -952,12 +893,11 @@
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Permite multicasting</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite leitura/gravação de registros específicos dos dispositivos"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Permite leitura/gravação de registros específicos dos dispositivos</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a ativação de soquetes de controle de ATM </li>\n"
"</ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:137
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows use of RAW sockets</li> \n"
"<li> Allows use of PACKET sockets </li></ul>"
@@ -965,53 +905,47 @@
"<ul><li> Permite o uso de soquetes RAW</li> \n"
"<li> Permite o uso de soquetes PACKET </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock "
-"and\n"
+"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n"
"mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Permite o bloqueio de segmentos de memória compartilhada</li> <li> "
-"Permite mlock e\n"
+"<ul><li> Permite o bloqueio de segmentos de memória compartilhada</li> <li> Permite mlock e\n"
"mlockall (que não tem nada a ver com IPC) </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149
msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Anular verificações de propriedade de IPC </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit"
-"li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n"
"<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Inserir e remover módulos do kernel – modificar o kernel sem "
-"limitação</li> \n"
+"<ul><li> Inserir e remover módulos do kernel – modificar o kernel sem limitação</li> \n"
"<li>Modificar cap_bset </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows ioperm/iopl access</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
"<ul><li> Permite acesso a ioperm/iopl</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite o envio de mensagens USB para qualquer dispositivo por /proc/"
-"bus/usb </li></ul>"
+"<li> Permite o envio de mensagens USB para qualquer dispositivo por /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Permite o uso de chroot() </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:169
msgid "<ul><li> Allows ptrace() of any process </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Permite ptrace() de qualquer processo </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:173
msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>"
-msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Permite a configuração de contabilização de processos </li></ul>"
+msgstr "<ul><li> Permite a configuração de contabilização de processos </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows configuration of the secure attention key</li> \n"
"<li> Allows administration of the random device</li> \n"
@@ -1021,10 +955,9 @@
"<ul><li> Permite a configuração da chave segura de atenção</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a administração do dispositivo aleatório</li> \n"
"<li> Permite o exame e a configuração de cotas de disco</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite a configuração do syslog do kernel (comportamento do printk)"
-"li>"
+"<li> Permite a configuração do syslog do kernel (comportamento do printk)</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185
msgid ""
"<li> Allows setting the domain name</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting the hostname</li> \n"
@@ -1038,7 +971,7 @@
"<li> Permite mount() e umount(), configurando uma nova conexão smb</li> \n"
"<li> Permite alguns autofs root ioctls</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192
msgid ""
"<li> Allows nfsservctl</li> \n"
"<li> Allows VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n"
@@ -1052,39 +985,33 @@
"<li> Permite irix_prctl no mips (setstacksize)</li> \n"
"<li> Permite descarregar todo o cache no m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199
msgid ""
"<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n"
-"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores "
-"and shared memory</li> \n"
+"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n"
"<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n"
"<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li> Permite a remoção de semáforos</li> \n"
-"<li> Usado no lugar de CAP_CHOWN para aplicar \"chown\" às filas de "
-"mensagens IPC, semáforos e memória compartilhada</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite bloqueio/desbloqueio de segmento de memória compartilhada"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Usado no lugar de CAP_CHOWN para aplicar \"chown\" às filas de mensagens IPC, semáforos e memória compartilhada</li> \n"
+"<li> Permite bloqueio/desbloqueio de segmento de memória compartilhada</li> \n"
"<li> Permite ativar/desativar troca</li> \n"
"<li> Permite pids forjados ao passar credenciais de soquete</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206
msgid ""
"<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra "
-"ioctls)</li>"
+"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Permite configurar buffers de leitura antecipada e descarregamento em "
-"dispositivos de blocos</li> \n"
+"<li> Permite configurar buffers de leitura antecipada e descarregamento em dispositivos de blocos</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a configuração de geometria no driver de disquete</li> \n"
"<li> Permite ativar/desativar DMA no driver xd</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite a administração de dispositivos md (a maioria está listada "
-"acima, mas alguns ioctls extras)</li>"
+"<li> Permite a administração de dispositivos md (a maioria está listada acima, mas alguns ioctls extras)</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212
msgid ""
"<li> Allows tuning the ide driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows access to the nvram device</li> \n"
@@ -1093,89 +1020,74 @@
msgstr ""
"<li> Permite o ajuste do driver ide</li> \n"
"<li> Permite o acesso ao dispositivo nvram</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite a administração do dispositivo apm_bios, serial e bttv (TV)"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Permite a administração do dispositivo apm_bios, serial e bttv (TV)</li> \n"
"<li> Permite comandos do fabricante no driver isdn de suporte a CAPI</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218
msgid ""
-"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space"
-"li> \n"
+"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n"
"<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n"
"<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Permite a leitura de partes não padronizadas do espaço de configuração "
-"pci</li> \n"
+"<li> Permite a leitura de partes não padronizadas do espaço de configuração pci</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a depuração DDI de ioctl no driver sbpcd</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a configuração de portas seriais</li> \n"
"<li> Permite o envio de comandos qic-117 não processados</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:224
msgid ""
"<li> Allows enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers\n"
" and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> Permite habilitar/desabilitar enfileiramento com tag em controladoras "
-"SCSI\n"
+"<li> Permite habilitar/desabilitar enfileiramento com tag em controladoras SCSI\n"
" e enviar comandos SCIS arbitrários</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite a configuração de chave criptográfica no sistema de arquivos "
-"loopback </li></ul>"
+"<li> Permite a configuração de chave criptográfica no sistema de arquivos loopback </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232
msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Permite o uso de reboot() </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236
msgid ""
-"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different "
-"UID) processes</li> \n"
-"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own "
-"processes and setting \n"
+"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n"
+"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n"
"the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n"
"<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Permite a elevação de prioridade e a definição de prioridade em "
-"outros processos (UID diferente)</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite o uso de programação FIFO e de rodízio (tempo real) nos "
-"próprios processos e a configuração \n"
+"<ul><li> Permite a elevação de prioridade e a definição de prioridade em outros processos (UID diferente)</li> \n"
+"<li> Permite o uso de programação FIFO e de rodízio (tempo real) nos próprios processos e a configuração \n"
"do algoritmo de programação usado por outro processo.</li> \n"
-"<li> Permite a configuração de afinidade de cpu em outros processos </li>"
-"ul>"
+"<li> Permite a configuração de afinidade de cpu em outros processos </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n"
"<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n"
-"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling "
-"resources)</li>"
+"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li> Anular os limites de recursos. Definir os limites de recursos."
-"li>\n"
+"<ul><li> Anular os limites de recursos. Definir os limites de recursos.</li>\n"
"<li> Anular os limites de cota.</li>\n"
"<li> Anular espaço reservado no sistema de arquivos ext2</li>\n"
-"<li> Modificar o modo de registro de dados em diário no sistema de arquivos "
-"ext3 (utiliza recursos de registro em diário)</li>"
+"<li> Modificar o modo de registro de dados em diário no sistema de arquivos ext3 (utiliza recursos de registro em diário)</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251
msgid ""
-"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you "
-"can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n"
"<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n"
"<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n"
"<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<li> NOTA: o ext2 aplica o fsuid ao verificar se há anulações de recursos "
-"para que você também possa anular usando o fsuid</li> \n"
+"<li> NOTA: o ext2 aplica o fsuid ao verificar se há anulações de recursos para que você também possa anular usando o fsuid</li> \n"
"<li> Anular restrições de tamanho em filas de mensagens IPC</li> \n"
"<li> Permite interrupções de mais de 64hz do relógio em tempo real</li> \n"
"<li> Anular o número máximo de consoles na alocação de console</li> \n"
"<li> Anular o número máximo de mapas do teclado </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows manipulation of system clock</li> \n"
"<li> Allows irix_stime on mips</li> \n"
@@ -1185,7 +1097,7 @@
"<li> Permite irix_stime no mips</li> \n"
"<li> Permite a configuração do relógio em tempo real</li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:269
msgid ""
"<ul><li> Allows configuration of tty devices</li> \n"
"<li> Allows vhangup() of tty </li></ul>"
@@ -1193,37 +1105,37 @@
"<ul><li> Permite a configuração de dispositivos tty</li> \n"
"<li> Permite vhangup() do tty </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:275
msgid "<ul><li> Allows the privileged aspects of mknod() </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li> Permite os aspectos privilegiados de mknod() </li></ul>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281
+#: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:281
msgid "<ul><li> Allows taking of leases on files </li></ul>"
msgstr "<ul><li>Permite empréstimos de arquivos </li></ul>"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#.
-#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
-#. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
-#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-#. GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
-#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
-#.
-#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#.
+#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as
+#. published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
+#.
+#. ***************************************************************************
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:34
msgid ""
"<p><b>Profile Mode Configuration</b><br>This tool allows \n"
"you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.</p>"
@@ -1231,22 +1143,19 @@
"<p><b>Configuração do Modo de Perfil</b><br>Esta ferramenta permite\n"
"definir perfis do AppArmor no modo de reclamação ou imposição.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p><b>Complain mode</b> is a profile training state that logs application \n"
"activity. All the violations of the AppArmor profile rules are logged \n"
"(into <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> file), but still permitted, so \n"
"that application's behavior is not restricted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Modo de reclamação</b> é um estado de treinamento de perfil que "
-"registra\n"
-"as atividades do aplicativo. Todas as violações das regras do perfil do "
-"AppArmor são registradas \n"
-"(no arquivo <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>), mas ainda são permitidas, para "
-"que \n"
+"<p><b>Modo de reclamação</b> é um estado de treinamento de perfil que registra\n"
+"as atividades do aplicativo. Todas as violações das regras do perfil do AppArmor são registradas \n"
+"(no arquivo <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>), mas ainda são permitidas, para que \n"
"o comportamento do aplicativo não seja restringido.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43
msgid ""
"<p>With the profile in <b>enforce mode</b>, application is protected by \n"
"AppArmor. The profile rules are enforced and their violation is logged,\n"
@@ -1254,91 +1163,89 @@
"permitted to do so by the profile).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Com o perfil no <b>modo de imposição</b>, o aplicativo é protegido pelo \n"
-"AppArmor. As regras do perfil são impostas e suas violações são "
-"registradas,\n"
-"mas não são permitidas (exemplo: um aplicativo não pode acessar arquivos, a "
-"menos\n"
+"AppArmor. As regras do perfil são impostas e suas violações são registradas,\n"
+"mas não são permitidas (exemplo: um aplicativo não pode acessar arquivos, a menos\n"
"que o perfil permita isso).</p>"
-#. Button for showing active or all profiles
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63
+#. Button for showing active or all profiles
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:63
msgid "Could not recognize profile name: "
msgstr "Não foi possível reconhecer o nome do perfil: "
-#. Reverse modes for toggling
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75
+#. Reverse modes for toggling
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:75
msgid "Could not recognize mode: "
msgstr "Não foi possível reconhecer o modo: "
-#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
+#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117
msgid "enforce"
msgstr "enforce"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118
msgid "complain"
msgstr "complain"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134
msgid "Show All Profiles"
msgstr "Mostrar Todos os Perfis"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135
msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles"
msgstr "Configurar Modo para os Perfis Ativos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138
msgid "Show Active Profiles"
msgstr "Mostrar Perfis Ativos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139
msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles"
msgstr "Configurar Modo para Todos os Perfis"
-#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
-#. TODO switch to variable in a module
-#. TODO plain reread does not work here
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
+#. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"),
+#. TODO switch to variable in a module
+#. TODO plain reread does not work here
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439
msgid "Profile Name"
msgstr "Nome do perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160
msgid "Toggle Mode"
msgstr "Alternar Modo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161
msgid "Set All to Enforce"
msgstr "Definir Todos para Forçado"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162
msgid "Set All to Complain"
msgstr "Definir Todos para Reclamação"
-#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
+#. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183
msgid "Profile Mode Configuration"
msgstr "Configuração do Modo de Perfil"
-#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
+#. We'll need this often - cache it
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289
msgid "Configure Profile Mode"
msgstr "Configurar Modo de Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
+#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297
msgid "Select an action to perform."
msgstr "Selecione uma ação para executar."
-#. START Help Section
-#. **********************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32
+#. START Help Section
+#. **********************************************************
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
"<p>The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email \n"
"alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often \n"
@@ -1346,13 +1253,11 @@
"event must be to send an alert.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>A tela Notificação de Evento de Segurança permite configurar\n"
-"alertas de e-mail para eventos de segurança. Nas etapas seguintes, "
-"especifique a frequência\n"
-"de envio dos alertas, o destinatário do alerta e a gravidade que o evento de "
-"segurança\n"
+"alertas de e-mail para eventos de segurança. Nas etapas seguintes, especifique a frequência\n"
+"de envio dos alertas, o destinatário do alerta e a gravidade que o evento de segurança\n"
"deve ter ao enviar o alerta.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification Types</b><br> <b>Terse Notification:</b> \n"
"Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without \n"
@@ -1364,15 +1269,14 @@
"fornecer detalhes. <br>Por exemplo:<br> <tt>dhcp-101.up.wirex.com teve \n"
"10 eventos de segurança desde Ter Out 12 11:10:00 2004</tt></p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b>Summary Notification:</b> The Summary notification displays \n"
"the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of \n"
"individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n"
"<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n"
"'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 "
-"2004.</tt>\n"
+"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Notificação Resumida:</b> A notificação resumida exibe \n"
@@ -1380,11 +1284,10 @@
"ocorrências individuais, incluindo a data da última ocorrência. \n"
"<br>Por exemplo:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITINDO acesso ao recurso\n"
"''setgid'' (httpd2-prefork(6347) perfil /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n"
-"ativo /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 vezes, sendo a última em Sáb Out 9 "
-"16:05:54 2005.</tt>\n"
+"ativo /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 vezes, sendo a última em Sáb Out 9 16:05:54 2005.</tt>\n"
"</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Verbose Notification:</b> The Verbose notification displays \n"
"unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time \n"
@@ -1394,14 +1297,13 @@
"and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Notificação Verbosa:</b> A notificação verbosa exibe \n"
-"eventos de segurança do AppArmor registrados sem modificação. Ela lhe "
-"informa cada vez\n"
+"eventos de segurança do AppArmor registrados sem modificação. Ela lhe informa cada vez\n"
"que um evento ocorre e adiciona uma nova linha ao registro verboso. Estes \n"
"eventos de segurança incluem a data e a hora da ocorrência, quando \n"
"o perfil do aplicativo permite ou rejeita acesso \n"
"e o tipo de permissão de acesso ao arquivo que é autorizado ou rejeitado.</p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>Verbose Notification also reports several messages that \n"
"the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. <br>For example:<br>\n"
@@ -1410,13 +1312,12 @@
"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>A Notificação Verbosa também relata várias mensagens que \n"
-"a ferramenta logprof utiliza para interpretar os perfis. <br>Por exemplo:"
-"<br>\n"
+"a ferramenta logprof utiliza para interpretar os perfis. <br>Por exemplo:<br>\n"
"<tt>Out 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: PERMITINDO acesso de leitura a\n"
"/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) perfil \n"
"/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork ativo /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt></p>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<li> For each notification type that you would like \n"
"enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would \n"
@@ -1430,7 +1331,7 @@
"as notificações dos eventos de\n"
"segurança serão enviadas diariamente, se houver.</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<li> Enter the email address of those who should receive \n"
"the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications.If there is no local \n"
@@ -1443,11 +1344,10 @@
"Consisas, Resumidas ou Verbosas. Se não houver nenhum servidor SMTP local \n"
"configurado para distribuir os e-mails deste host para o domínio \n"
"informado, digite, por exemplo <i><user>@localhost</i> \n"
-"e habilite o recebimento de e-mails do sistema para o usuário <i><user>"
-"i>, \n"
+"e habilite o recebimento de e-mails do sistema para o usuário <i><user></i>, \n"
"se não for um usuário root. </li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<li>Select the lowest <b>severity level</b> for which a notification \n"
"should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications \n"
@@ -1458,14 +1358,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<li>Selecione o <b>nível de gravidade</b> mínimo para que uma notificação \n"
"seja enviada. Os eventos de segurança serão registrados e as notificações \n"
-"serão enviadas de acordo com o tempo indicado no intervalo quando os "
-"eventos \n"
-"tiverem um nível de gravidade igual ou maior do que o especificado. Se o "
-"intervalo \n"
+"serão enviadas de acordo com o tempo indicado no intervalo quando os eventos \n"
+"tiverem um nível de gravidade igual ou maior do que o especificado. Se o intervalo \n"
"for de 1 dia, a notificação será enviada diariamente, se houver eventos de \n"
"segurança."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<b>Severity Levels:</b> These are numbered 1 through 10, \n"
"10 being the most severe security incident. The <b>severity.db</b> \n"
@@ -1481,33 +1379,30 @@
"diferentes eventos de segurança, como acesso a determinados recursos \n"
"ou negação de serviços.</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n"
-"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number."
-"li>"
+"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li>Selecione <b>Incluir eventos de segurança desconhecidos</b> para \n"
"incluir eventos não classificados com um número de gravidade.</li>"
-#. ----------------------------
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103
+#. ----------------------------
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103
msgid "<b>AppArmor Profiling Wizard</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Assistente de Criação de Perfil do AppArmor</b></br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
-"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control "
-"module. \n"
+"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n"
"You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n"
"by using the suggestions made by AppArmor."
msgstr ""
-"Este assistente apresenta entradas geradas pelo módulo de controle de acesso "
-"do AppArmor. \n"
+"Este assistente apresenta entradas geradas pelo módulo de controle de acesso do AppArmor. \n"
"Você pode gerar perfis de segurança altamente otimizados e robustos \n"
"utilizando as sugestões feitas pelo AppArmor."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources \n"
"or define execute permission for entries. Questions \n"
@@ -1519,7 +1414,7 @@
"exibidas foram registradas durante o teste de execução \n"
"normal do aplicativo já realizado.<br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"The following help text describes the detail of the security profile \n"
"syntax used by AppArmor. <br><br>At any stage, you may \n"
@@ -1535,55 +1430,51 @@
"de Administração do Novell AppArmor para obter \n"
"instruções passo a passo.<br><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:125
msgid "<b>Access Modes</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modos de Acesso</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six "
-"modes:"
-msgstr ""
-"Os modos de permissão de acesso a arquivos consistem na combinação dos seis "
-"modos seguintes:"
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126
+msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:"
+msgstr "Os modos de permissão de acesso a arquivos consistem na combinação dos seis modos seguintes:"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129
msgid "<li>r - read</li>"
msgstr "<li>r - leitura</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:130
msgid "<li>w - write</li>"
msgstr "<li>w - gravação</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:131
msgid "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>"
msgstr "<li>m - mmap PROT_EXEC</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:132
msgid "<li>px - discrete profile execute</li>"
msgstr "<li>px - execução de perfil discreto</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:133
msgid "<li>ux - unconfined execute</li>"
msgstr "<li>ux - execução não delimitada</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:134
msgid "<li>ix - inherit execute</li>"
msgstr "<li>ix - execução herdada</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:135
msgid "<li>l - link</li>"
msgstr "<li>l - link</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:136
msgid "<b>Details for Access Modes</b>"
msgstr "<b>Detalhes sobre os Modos de Acesso</b>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:137
msgid "<b>Read mode</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modo de leitura</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:138
msgid ""
"Allows the program to have read access to the\n"
"resource. Read access is required for shell scripts\n"
@@ -1599,11 +1490,11 @@
"ser anexado a ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) é utilizado por utilitários como\n"
"strace(1), ltrace(1) e gdb(1).)"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:146
msgid "<b>Write mode</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modo de gravação</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"Allows the program to have write access to the\n"
"resource. Files must have this permission if they are\n"
@@ -1613,11 +1504,11 @@
"recurso. Os arquivos deverão ter essa permissão se tiverem que ser\n"
"desvinculados (remoção do link)."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:152
msgid "<b>Mmap PROT_EXEC mode</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modo Mmap PROT_EXEC</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"Allows the program to call mmap with PROT_EXEC on the\n"
"resource."
@@ -1625,11 +1516,11 @@
"Permite que o programa chame o mmap com PROT_EXEC\n"
"no recurso."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:154
msgid "<b>Unconfined execute mode</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modo de execução não delimitada</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"Allows the program to execute the resource without any\n"
"AppArmor profile being applied to the executed\n"
@@ -1643,7 +1534,7 @@
"Incompatível com as entradas de execução\n"
"Herdada e Perfil Discreto."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:162
msgid ""
"This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n"
"be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n"
@@ -1663,11 +1554,11 @@
"Para obter mais informações sobre as restrições, consulte\n"
"a página de manual de apparmor(7)."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:172
msgid "<b>Discrete Profile execute mode</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modo de execução de Perfil Discreto</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"This mode requires that a discrete security profile is\n"
"defined for a resource executed at a AppArmor domain\n"
@@ -1681,11 +1572,11 @@
"o acesso será negado. Incompatível com as entradas de execução Herdada e\n"
"Sem Restrições."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:180
msgid "<b>Link mode</b><br>"
msgstr "<b>Modo de link</b><br>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"Allows the program to be able to create and remove a\n"
"link with this name (including symlinks). When a link\n"
@@ -1703,11 +1594,11 @@
"destino não precisa ter acesso de link). O acesso de link é\n"
"necessário para remover o link de um arquivo."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:190
msgid "<b>Globbing</b>"
msgstr "<b>Globbing</b>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"File resources may be specified with a globbing syntax\n"
"similar to that used by popular shells, such as csh(1),\n"
@@ -1717,48 +1608,35 @@
"semelhante à usada por shells populares, como csh(1),\n"
"bash(1) e zsh(1)."
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>*</b> pode substituir qualquer número de caracteres, exceto ''/''"
-"li>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196
+msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>*</b> pode substituir qualquer número de caracteres, exceto ''/''</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'"
-"li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>**</b> pode substituir qualquer número de caracteres, incluindo "
-"''/''</li>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199
+msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>**</b> pode substituir qualquer número de caracteres, incluindo ''/''</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202
msgid "<li><b>?</b> can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>?</b> pode substituir qualquer caractere, exceto ''/''</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205
+msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> substituirá cada caractere a, b ou c</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208
+msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> substituirá cada caractere a, b ou c</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
-msgid ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match "
-"cd</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> será expandido para uma regra para corresponder a ab, e "
-"para outra regra para corresponder a cd</li>"
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211
+msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> será expandido para uma regra para corresponder a ab, e para outra regra para corresponder a cd</li>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214
msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>"
msgstr "<b>Execução Limpa - para execução limpa</b>"
-#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215
+#: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:215
msgid ""
"The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n"
"execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n"
@@ -1771,12 +1649,11 @@
"sem restrições proporciona uma segurança adicional distribuindo o \n"
"ambiente herdado pelo programa filho das variáveis \n"
"específicas. Você deverá escolher se deseja limpar o\n"
-"ambiente se escolher ''p'' ou ''u'' durante o processo de criação de "
-"perfil.\n"
+"ambiente se escolher ''p'' ou ''u'' durante o processo de criação de perfil.\n"
"As variáveis são:"
-#. Globalz
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55
+#. Globalz
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:55
msgid ""
"<b>Capability Selection</b>.\n"
"<br>Select desired capabilities for this profile. \n"
@@ -1786,117 +1663,116 @@
"<br>Selecione os recursos desejados para este perfil. \n"
"Selecione o nome do Recurso para ver informações sobre ele."
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Capabilities enabled for the profile"
msgstr "Recursos habilitados para o perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Capabilities"
msgstr "Recursos"
-#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179
+#. We'll need this often - cache it
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:179
msgid "All"
msgstr "Todos"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:199
msgid "Network Family"
msgstr "Família em Rede"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:205
msgid "Socket Type"
msgstr "Tipo de Soquete"
-#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog
-#. return a map containing PERM and FILE
-#. for the updated permissions and filename
-#. for the profile entry
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292
+#. Popup the Edit Profile Entry dialog
+#. return a map containing PERM and FILE
+#. for the updated permissions and filename
+#. for the profile entry
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:292
msgid "Profile Entry for "
msgstr "Entrada de Perfil para "
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:297
msgid "Enter or Modify Filename"
msgstr "Digitar ou Modificar Nome de Arquivo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:298
msgid "&Browse"
msgstr "&Pesquisar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:306
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "Permissões"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:310
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Ler"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:315
msgid "Write"
msgstr "Gravar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Link"
msgstr "Link"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:325
msgid "Append"
msgstr "Anexar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:330
msgid "Lock"
msgstr "Bloquear"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:335
msgid "MMap PROT_EXEC"
msgstr "MMap PROT_EXEC"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:340
msgid "Execute"
msgstr "Executar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Herdar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:350
msgid "Profile"
msgstr "Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Profile Clean Exec"
msgstr "Clean Exec de Perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Unconstrained"
msgstr "Sem restrições"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Unconstrained Clean Exec"
msgstr "Clean Exec sem Restrições"
-#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542
+#. Popup a dialog to let a user browse for a file
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:542
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Selecione um Diretório"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:545
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo"
-#. Update table values
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602
+#. Update table values
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined."
-msgstr ""
-"A entrada não será adicionada. Nome da entrada ou permissões não definidas."
+msgstr "A entrada não será adicionada. Nome da entrada ou permissões não definidas."
-#. Prompts the user for a hatname
-#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"]
-#. returns true (hat entered)
-#. false (user aborted)
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849
+#. Prompts the user for a hatname
+#. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"]
+#. returns true (hat entered)
+#. false (user aborted)
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:849
msgid ""
"Enter the name of the Hat that you would like \n"
"to add to the profile\n"
@@ -1904,16 +1780,16 @@
"Digite o nome do Hat que você deseja \n"
"adicionar ao perfil\n"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:859
msgid "&Hat name to add"
msgstr "Nome de &Hat a adicionar"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:865
msgid "&Create Hat"
msgstr "&Criar Hat"
-#. Check for no application entry in the dialog
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881
+#. Check for no application entry in the dialog
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:881
msgid ""
"You have not given a name for the hat you want to add.\n"
"Please \n"
@@ -1921,30 +1797,20 @@
msgstr ""
"Você não atribuiu um nome para o hat que deseja adicionar.\n"
"Digite \n"
-"o nome para criar um novo hat ou clique em Interromper para cancelar este "
-"assistente."
+"o nome para criar um novo hat ou clique em Interromper para cancelar este assistente."
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
-msgid ""
-"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name "
-"or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
-msgstr ""
-"O perfil já contém o nome fornecido para o hat. Digite um outro nome ou "
-"clique em Interromper para cancelar este assistente."
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889
+msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard."
+msgstr "O perfil já contém o nome fornecido para o hat. Digite um outro nome ou clique em Interromper para cancelar este assistente."
-#. FIXME: format these texts better
-#. help text
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
-msgid ""
-"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing "
-"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Veja e modifique o conteúdo de um perfil individual. Para as entradas "
-"existentes, clique duas vezes nas permissões para acessar uma caixa de "
-"diálogo de modificação.</p>"
+#. FIXME: format these texts better
+#. help text
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928
+msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Veja e modifique o conteúdo de um perfil individual. Para as entradas existentes, clique duas vezes nas permissões para acessar uma caixa de diálogo de modificação.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
+#. help text
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933
msgid ""
"<p><b>Permission Definitions:</b><br><code> r - read <br> \n"
"w -write<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - file locking<br>\n"
@@ -1953,204 +1819,169 @@
"U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Definições de Permissão:</b><br><code> r - leitura <br>\n"
-"w - gravação<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - bloqueio de "
-"arquivo<br>\n"
-"a - anexação de arquivo<br>x - execução<br> i - herança<br> p - perfil "
-"discreto<br>\n"
+"w - gravação<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - bloqueio de arquivo<br>\n"
+"a - anexação de arquivo<br>x - execução<br> i - herança<br> p - perfil discreto<br>\n"
"P - perfil discreto <br> (*execução limpa)<br> u - sem restrições<br> \n"
"U - sem restrições<br> (*execução limpa)</code></p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop "
-"down list.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Adicionar Entrada:</b><br>Selecione na lista suspensa o tipo de "
-"recurso a ser adicionado.</p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942
+msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Adicionar Entrada:</b><br>Selecione na lista suspensa o tipo de recurso a ser adicionado.</p>"
-#. help text - part x1
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
+#. help text - part x1
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947
msgid "<p><ul><li><b>File</b><br>Add a file entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><ul><li><b>Arquivo</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de arquivo a este perfil."
-"</li>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><li><b>Arquivo</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de arquivo a este perfil.</li>"
-#. help text - part x2
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951
+#. help text - part x2
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951
msgid "<li><b>Directory</b><br>Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Diretório</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de diretório a este perfil."
-"li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Diretório</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de diretório a este perfil.</li>"
-#. help text - part x3
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955
+#. help text - part x3
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955
msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>"
-msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Recurso</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de recurso a este perfil.</li>"
+msgstr "<li><b>Recurso</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de recurso a este perfil.</li>"
-#. help text - part x4
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
+#. help text - part x4
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959
msgid ""
"<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n"
-"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load "
-"time.</li>"
+"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Incluir</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de inclusão a este perfil. Esta "
-"opção \n"
-"inclui o conteúdo da entrada do perfil de outro arquivo neste perfil no "
-"momento do carregamento.</li>"
+"<li><b>Incluir</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de inclusão a este perfil. Esta opção \n"
+"inclui o conteúdo da entrada do perfil de outro arquivo neste perfil no momento do carregamento.</li>"
-#. help text - part x5
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
+#. help text - part x5
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963
msgid ""
"<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n"
-"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the "
-"profile. \n"
+"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n"
"You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>"
msgstr ""
-"<li><b>Entrada de Rede</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de regra de rede a este "
-"perfil. \n"
-"Esta opção permite especificar privilégios de acesso de rede para o "
-"perfil. \n"
-"Você pode especificar uma família de endereços de rede e o tipo de soquete."
-"li>"
+"<li><b>Entrada de Rede</b><br>Adicionar uma entrada de regra de rede a este perfil. \n"
+"Esta opção permite especificar privilégios de acesso de rede para o perfil. \n"
+"Você pode especificar uma família de endereços de rede e o tipo de soquete.</li>"
-#. help text - part x6
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
+#. help text - part x6
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969
msgid ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n"
-"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be "
-"selected\n"
+"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n"
"during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n"
"aware</b> application. \n"
-"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system "
-"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
+"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>"
msgstr ""
"<li><b>Hat</b><br>Adicionar um subperfil a este perfil, chamado de Hat. \n"
-"Esta opção é análoga à criação manual de um novo perfil, que pode ser "
-"selecionada\n"
+"Esta opção é análoga à criação manual de um novo perfil, que pode ser selecionada\n"
"durante a execução somente quando solicitada por um aplicativo\n"
"<b>com reconhecimento de changehat</b>. \n"
-"Para obter mais informações sobre o changehat, consulte <b>man changehat</b> "
-"em seu sistema ou o Guia de Administração do Novell AppArmor.</li>"
+"Para obter mais informações sobre o changehat, consulte <b>man changehat</b> em seu sistema ou o Guia de Administração do Novell AppArmor.</li>"
-#. help text - part x7
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
+#. help text - part x7
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977
msgid "</ul></p><p><b>Edit Entry:</b><br>Edit the selected entry.</p>"
msgstr "</ul></p><p><b>Editar Entrada:</b><br>Edite a entrada selecionada.</p>"
-#. help text
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<b>Apagar Entrada:</b><br>Remove deste perfil a entrada selecionada.<p>"
+#. help text
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982
+msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>Apagar Entrada:</b><br>Remove deste perfil a entrada selecionada.<p>"
-#. help text - part y1
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
+#. help text - part y1
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n"
-"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping "
-"the environment \n"
-"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These "
-"variables are:"
+"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n"
+"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>*Execução Limpa</b><br>A opção Execução Limpa para as permissões de "
-"execução de perfil discreto \n"
+"<p><b>*Execução Limpa</b><br>A opção Execução Limpa para as permissões de execução de perfil discreto \n"
"e sem restrições oferece segurança adicional distribuindo o ambiente \n"
"herdado pelo programa filho das variáveis específicas. Essas variáveis são:"
-#. help text - part y2
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998
+#. help text - part y2
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998
msgid "&File"
msgstr "&Arquivo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Network &Rule"
msgstr "&Regra de Rede"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "&Directory"
msgstr "&Diretório"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1001
msgid "&Capability"
msgstr "&Recurso"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1002
msgid "&Include File"
msgstr "&Incluir Arquivo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1012
msgid "AppArmor profile "
msgstr "Perfil do AppArmor"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "&Hat"
msgstr "&Hat"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1021
msgid "AppArmor profile for "
msgstr "Perfil do AppArmor para "
-#. Define the widget contents
-#. for the Wizard
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032
+#. Define the widget contents
+#. for the Wizard
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1032
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "Nome de Arquivo"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1039
msgid "Add Entry"
msgstr "Adicionar Entrada"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1040
msgid "&Edit Entry"
msgstr "&Editar Entrada"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1041
msgid "&Delete Entry"
msgstr "&Apagar Entrada"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1075
msgid "AppArmor Hat Dialog"
msgstr "Caixa de diálogo AppArmor Hat"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1105
msgid "AppArmor Profile Dialog"
msgstr "Caixa de Diálogo de Perfil do AppArmor"
-#. Widget activated in the table
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
-msgid ""
-"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include "
-"entries."
-msgstr ""
-"Impossível editar as entradas de inclusão. Selecione Adicionar ou Remover "
-"para gerenciar as entradas de Inclusão."
+#. Widget activated in the table
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145
+msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries."
+msgstr "Impossível editar as entradas de inclusão. Selecione Adicionar ou Remover para gerenciar as entradas de Inclusão."
-#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
+#. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294
msgid "Hats can not have embedded hats."
msgstr "Os hats não podem ter hats incorporados."
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1306
msgid "Select File to Include"
msgstr "Selecionar Arquivo para Incluir"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
-msgid ""
-"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these "
-"directories: \n"
-msgstr ""
-"Arquivo #include inválido. Os arquivos de inclusão devem estar localizados "
-"em um destes diretórios: \n"
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335
+msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n"
+msgstr "Arquivo #include inválido. Os arquivos de inclusão devem estar localizados em um destes diretórios: \n"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379
msgid "Save changes to the profile"
msgstr "Gravar mudanças no perfil"
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"Save the changes to this profile? \n"
"(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n"
@@ -2158,12 +1989,12 @@
"Deseja gravar as mudanças realizadas neste perfil? \n"
"(Nota: após a gravação, os perfis do AppArmor serão recarregados.)\n"
-#. We'll need this often - cache it
-#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476
+#. We'll need this often - cache it
+#: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476
msgid "You must select a profile to edit."
msgstr "Selecione um perfil para editar."
-#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
+#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
#, perl-format
msgid "Failed copying %s."
msgstr "Falha ao copiar %s."